IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


f 


A 


1.0 


I.I 


|50     ^^" 

Ml 


125 
2.2 


HI 

HI 


Ui   120 


^       HA 

12^  niu  11.6 


i 


FhotogFaphic 

Sdeices 

Corporation 


4^ 


^'^ 


iV 


;\ 


\ 


^ 


23  WIST  MAIN  STRHT 

WltSTIR,N.Y.  USM 

(716)«7a-4ft03 


v\ 


4^ 


« 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHIVI/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Inatituta  for  Historical  IMicroraproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  da  microraproductions  hiatoriquas 


\ 


\ 


T«chnical  and  Bibliographic  Notaa/Notas  tachniquaa  at  bibiiographiquaa 


Tha  inatituta  haa  attamptad  to  obtain  tha  baat 
originai  copy  avaiiabia  for  fiiming.  Faaturaa  of  thia 
copy  which  may  ba  bibiiographicaiiy  uniqua, 
which  may  altar  any  of  tha  imagaa  In  th9 
raproduction.  or  which  may  aignificantiy  changa 
tha  uaual  mathod  of  fiiming,  ara  chackad  balow. 


D 


D 


D 


D 
D 


D 


D 


Coiourad  covara/ 
Couvartura  da  coulaur 


I      I   Covara  damaged/ 


Couvartura  andommagte 


Covara  raatorad  and/or  iaminatad/ 
Couvartura  raataurte  at/ou  paliicuite 


|~~|   Covar  titia  miaaing/ 


La  titra  da  couvartura  manqua 


I     I   Coiourad  maps/ 


Cartaa  g^ographiquas  an  coulaur 

Coiourad  inic  (i.a.  othar  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encra  da  coulaur  (i.a.  autra  qua  blaua  ou  noira) 


r~~1   Coiourad  plataa  and/or  iliuatrationa/ 


Pianchaa  at/ou  iliuatrationa  an  coulaur 

Bound  with  othar  matarlal/ 
RalM  avac  d'autraa  documanta 

Tight  binding  may  causa  shadowa  or  distortion 
along  intarior  margin/ 

La  re  iiura  sarr^a  paut  causar  da  I'ombra  ou  da  la 
diatortion  la  long  da  la  mar$a  IntAriaura 

Blank  laavas  addad  during  rastoration  may 
appaar  within  tha  taxt.  Whanavar  poasibia,  thaaa 
hava  baan  omittad  from  filming/ 
II  aa  paut  qua  cartainaa  pagas  blanchas  ajoutias 
lors  d'una  rastauration  apparaissant  dans  la  taxta, 
mala,  ioraqua  cala  Atait  poaaibia,  cas  pagaa  n'ont 
pas  tt6  filmtea. 

Additional  commants:/ 
Commantairas  suppl6mantairas; 


L'Institut  a  microfilm*  la  malllaur  axamplaira 
qu'il  iui  a  4t4  poaaibia  da  sa  procurar.  Las  details 
da  cat  axamplaira  qui  sont  paut-Atra  uniquaa  du 
point  da  vua  bibllt.graphiqua,  qui  pauvant  modifier 
una  imaga  raproduita,  ou  qui  pauvant  axigar  una 
modification  dans  la  mAthoda  normala  da  f ilmaga 
aont  indlquAs  ci-dassous. 


I      I   Coiourad  pagas/ 


\/ 


D 


Pagaa  da  coulaur 

Pagas  damaged/ 
Pagas  andommagtes 

Pagas  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pagaa  rastaurAea  at/ou  pallicul6ea 

Pagas  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pagas  d6colortes,  tachatiea  ou  piquAas 

Pages  detached/ 
Pagas  ditachias 


Showthrough/ 
Transparence 


I     I   Quality  of  print  variaa/ 


Quaiit6  InAgaia  de  I'impreaalon 

includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  material  auppMmantaira 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  diaponibia 


Pagas  wholly  or  partially  obacurad  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  hava  been  ref limed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pagas  totalament  ou  partieliement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  una  palure, 
etc.,  ont  M  filmtes  A  nouveau  da  fapon  A 
obtanir  la  mailleure  imaga  poaaibia. 


Tha  00 
to  tha 


Thalnp 
poaaib 
of  the 
filminf 


Origim 
baginn 
tha  las 
aion,  a 
othar I 
firat  pi 
aion,  a 
or  illus 


The  lai 
ahail  c< 
TINUEI 
which! 

IMapa, 

diffarei 

entirely 

baginn 

right  a 

raquiro 

mathoi 


This  Item  is  filmed  at  tha  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 


Ce  document  est  film*  ai  taux  de  reduction  indiqu4  ci-deasous 
10X                           14X                           18X                           22X 

26X 

SOX 

y 

12X 

16X 

20X 

24X 

28X 

32X 

laira 
>  dAtailt 
i|u«t  du 
It  modifier 
;ig«r  une 
•  fiimag* 


Tha  copy  filmad  hara  hat  baan  raproducad  thanka 
to  tha  ganaroaity  of: 

National  Library  of  Canada 


Tha  imagaa  appearing  hara  ara  tha  baat  quaiity 
poaaibia  conaidaring  tha  condition  and  legibility 
of  tha  original  copy  and  in  Icaeping  with  tha 
filming  contract  apacif icationa. 


L'axemplaire  film*  f ut  reproduit  grAce  A  la 
ginAroait*  de: 

BibiiothAque  nationaia  du  Canada 


Lea  images  suivantas  ont  AtA  raproduites  avac  la 
plua  grand  soin.  compta  tenu  do  la  condition  at 
da  la  nattatA  da  rexamplaire  filmA,  et  en 
conformitA  avec  lea  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmaga. 


d/ 
luAea 


Original  copiaa  in  printed  paper  covera  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illuatratad  imprea- 
alon,  or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copiaa  ara  filmad  beginning  on  the 
firat  page  with  a  printed  or  illuatratad  impraa- 
aion.  and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illuatratad  impraaaion. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
ahail  contain  tha  symbol  -^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  y  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  appliea. 


Lea  axempiairea  originaux  dont  la  couvarture  en 
papier  eat  imprimAe  sont  filmAs  en  commen^ant 
par  la  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
darnlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impreaaion  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  la  second 
plat,  aaion  le  caa.  Toua  lea  autras  axemplairas 
originaux  aont  flimAa  en  commen^ant  par  la 
pramlAre  page  qui  comporte  una  empreinte 
d'impreaaion  ou  d'illustration  at  an  terminant  par 
la  darnlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  dee  aymbolea  auivanta  apparaftra  sur  la 
darnlAre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
caa:  la  aymbola  — ►  slgnifie  "A  SUIVRE",  le 
symbole  ▼  slgnifie  "FIN  ". 


taire 


Mapa,  platea,  charta,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Thoaa  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  expoaura  are  fliineci 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  aa  many  framea  aa 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  cartea,  planches,  tableaux,  etc..  peuvent  Atre 
filmAa  A  dea  taux  da  rAduction  diff Arents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  Atre 
reproduit  en  un  aeul  clichA,  11  est  filmA  A  partir 
da  I'angia  aupAriaur  gauche,  de  gauche  A  droite, 
et  de  heut  an  baa,  an  prenant  le  nombre 
d'imagea  nAcassaira.  Lea  diagrammaa  auivanta 
illustrant  la  mAthoda. 


by  errata 
mad  to 

(lent 

une  pelure, 
fapon  A 
I. 


1 

2 

3 

32X 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

'■v*'™ 


\«.-; 


THE 


% 


< 

m 


1'  ^ 


Z 

'2 


MISSIONARY  GAZETTEER; 

COMPRISING 

A  GEOGRAPHICAL  AND  STATISTICAL  ACCOUNT 

or   THX 

VARIOUS  STATIONS 

or    THK 
AMERICAN    AND    FOREIGN    PROTESTANT    MISSIONARY 

SOCIETIES 

OF    ALL    DENOMINATIONS, 


WITH  THEIR  PROGRESS  IN 

EVANGELIZATION  AND  CIVILIZATION 

ILLLCSTRATKD     BT     ENGRAVINGS. 


X 


BY  B.  B.  EDWARDS. 


BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED  BY  WILLIAM  HYDE&CO. 

1832. 


t  ./- 


.* 


Eulered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  (he  year  1832,  by 

S.   G.    Goodrich, 
in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  Dbtrict  Court  of  Massachusetts. 


PEIRCX     AND     PARKER,    P  R  I  N  T  U  R  S,  9   C  O  RN  H  I  L  L. 


ABBREVIATIONS  USED  IN  THE  WORK. 


L.  M.  S.  or  L.  S.y  London  Miisiouary  Sjciety. 
C.  M.  S.,  Church  ditto. 

W.  M.  S.  or  IV.  S.,  Weileyan    ditto. 

B.  M.  S.,  Baptist  ditto. 
S.  M.  S.,  Scottish  ditto. 
JV.  M.  S.,  Netherlands                ditto. 

U.  F.  M.  S.,  United  Foreign      ditto.  (United  States). 

^.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Misaions. 

^.  B-  B.  F.  M.y  American  Baptist  Board  for  Foreign  Missions. 

C.  M.  A.y  Calcutta  Missionary  Auxiliary. 
M.  Ji.,  Missionary  Association. 

M.  S.f  Missionary  Society. 

,S.  M.  S.,  Auxiliary  Missionary  Society. 

U.  B.y  United  Brethren. 

C  K.  S.f  Christian  Knowledge  Society. 

S.  P,  G.  F.  P.,  Society  for  Propagating  the  Gospel  in  Foreign  Parts. 

B.  ^  F.  B.  S.,  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society. 

B.  5.,  Bible  Society. 

B.  A.^  Bible  Association. 

A.  B.  S.,  Auxiliary  Bible  Society. 
L.  J.  S.f  London  Jews'  Society. 

jE.  J.  S.y  Edinburgh        ditto.  * 

T.  S.J  Tract  Society. 

B.  F.  S.  S.,  British  and  Foreign  School  Society. 
A.  S.,  Auxiliary  Society. 


Th 

uine  f 

In  his 

thoug 

time  s 

was  k 

part  ol 

Editor 

its  aid, 

records 

have  b 

station: 

to  is  1 

Chapii: 

preveni 

those  p 

publica( 

edition 

at  th'>  t 

use  whi 

The  de 


ADVERTISEMENT 


TO   THE   AMERICAN   EDITION 


This  Gazetteer  has  heen  prepared  upon  the  basis  of  a  vol- 
ume published  m  London,  in  1828,  by  Mr.  Charles  WiUiams. 
In  his  preface,  Mr.  V/illiams  has  the  following  remarks.  "  Al- 
though this  Gazetteer  partially  resembles  one  published  some 
time  since  in  America,  its  plan  was  laid  several  years  before  it 
was  known  that  any  similar  work  was  extant ;  and  a  large 
jmrt  of  it  was  prepared  before  that  referred  to  was  seen.  The 
Editor,  however,  on  making  the  discovery,  availed  himself  of 
its  aid,  as  we'l  as  of  the  assistance  afforded  by  other  missionary 
records  to  which  he  had  access ;  but  his  principal  resources 
have  been  found  in  the  reports  of  the  various  societies  whose 
stations  he  has  described."  The  American  Gazetteer  referred 
to  is  the  one  which  was  prepared  by  the  late  Rev.  Walter 
Chapin  of  Woodstock,  Vermont,  and  published  in  1824.  To 
prevent  all  tM)Uision  with  the  respectable  work  of  Mr.  Chapin, 
those  passages,  which  wer-*  copied  by  Mr.  Williams  from  the 
publication  of  his  predecessor,  have  been  expunged  in  this 
editio:i ;  with  a  few  exceptions  in  the  first  pages  of  the  book — 
at  th'>  time  of  revising  which  the  Editor  was  not  aware  of  the 
use  which  Mr.  WiUiams  had  made  of  the  American  Gazetteer. 
The  description  of  all  the  stations,  supported  by  the  American 


i 


MiHsionnry  Societies,  with  the  exception  of  a  pnrt  of  the  article 
upon  Rangoon,  liave  been  (.'ntiiely  compiled  or  written  l)y  the 
Editor  of  this  edition.  The  articles  upon  these  stations  con- 
Htituted  the  principjd  part  of  the  niatler  which  Mr.  Williams 
borrowed  from  Mr.  (.'hapin.  It  is  proper  here  to  say  that  the 
British  GazeUeer  contained  between  two  and  three  times  the 
amount  of  matter  embodied  in  Mr.  Chapin's  work.  The  lat- 
ter was  distinguished  for  accuracy,  but  it  was  little  more  than 
a  book  of  annals.  The  work  of  Mr.  Williams  contains  a  great 
variety  of  anecdote,  biography,  and  other  instructive  matter. 
In  respect,  also,  to  the  efforts  of  all  the  European  Societies,  it 
is  much  more  full  and  thorough. 

The  principal  alterations  and  improvements  in  this  edition 
are  the  following. 

1.  All  the  mutter  pertaining  to  the  stations  under  the  care  of 
the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Missions, 
the  American  Baptist  Board,  the  American  Methodist  and 
Episcopal  Missionary  Societies,  with  the  exception  mentioned 
above,  has  been  entirely  recompiled  and  rewritten. 

2.  Some  of  the  more  important  articles  respecting  the  sta- 
tions of  the  Foreign  Societies,  such  as  Abyssinia,  Egypt, 
Greece,  Syria,  Sierra  Leone,  Surinam,  St.  Thomas,  Cape 
Town,  Siam,  and  others,  have  also  been  prepared  without  aid 
from  any  preceding  Gazetteer.  The  greater  part  of  the  article 
upon  Liberia,  was  written  by  the  Editor,  several  years  since, 
and  published  in  a  periodical. 

3.  All  the  stations,  of  any  importance,  (and  it  is  believed  ev- 
ery one  where  an  American  or  European  missionary  is  employ- 
ed) which  have  been  estabUshed  since  1828,  are  described  in 
this  volume. 

4.  The  intelligence  respecting  all  (he  stations  is  brought 

down  to  the  present  time,  so  far  as  materials  were  at  hand  to 
furnish  the  information.  To  give  room  for  this  additional  mat- 
ter, the  delineation  of  several  missions  which  have  been  re- 
linquished, is  here  omitted,  as  well  as  some  other  matters  of 
httle  interest  or  value. 


XI 


f  tlic  arlicle 
leu  by  the 
till  ions  con- 
r.  WillianiH 
say  that  the 
cc  times  the 
:.  Thclat- 
c  more  than 
ains  a  great 
!tive  matter. 
Societies-,  it 

this  edition 

r  the  care  of 
gn  Missions, 
jthodist  and 
n  mentioned 

ting  the  sta- 
nia,  Egypt, 
omas.  Cape 

without  aid 
)f  the  article 

years  since, 


Several  errors  in  geography  and  topography  have  been  cor- 
rected. The  Editor  has  had  accesg,  as  he  supposes,  to  all  the 
valuable  sources  of  information  on  this  subject,  which  are  to  be 
found  in  this  country. 

The  work  upon  which  lie  has  (lej^»cndcd  more  than  upon  any 
other,  is  the  London  Missionary  Register,  a  publication,  which 
is  not  equalled  in  th(5  Christian  world  for  fulness  and  accuracy 
on  the  subject  of  missions.  Much  use  has  also  been  made  of 
the  Missionary  Herald,  the  Reports  of  all  the  American  and  of 
the  princij)al  British  Societie-s,  a  histwy  of  the  American  Meth- 
<xlist  Missions  published  in  New  York  in  1832,  Tyerman  and 
Bennet's  Journal,  Ellis's  Polynesian  Researches,  Malte  Brun's 
Geography,  the  American  Encyclopfledia,  and  the  principal  re- 
views and  periodicals  of  the  day. 

The  Editor  is,  however,  far  from  supposing  that  the  book  is 
entirely  accurate,  or  that  it  might  not  be  amended  in  regard  to 
the  selection  of  matter.  Still,  he  commits  it  with  confidence 
to  the  Christian  public,  hoping,  that  through  the  Divine  bless- 
ing, it  may  advance  the  cause  of  that  Redeemer  to  whom  all 
the  nations  of  the  earth  are  given  as  an  inheritance. 

B.  B.  Edwards. 

Boston^  Augustj  1832. 


bcHeved  ev- 
y  is  employ- 
described  in 


is  brought 
at  hand  to 

Hitional  mat- 
;^e  been  re- 

ir  matters  of 


-H-SP----^    -■ 

1  •           * 

9 

# 

« 

» 

i 

9  ... 

h 

# 

• 

» 

'• 

1 

f 

i»l 


f 


r- 


« 


"'.1 


MISSIONARY     GAZETTEER. 


A.A.S. 

AASmVADAroORAM,  or  the- 
Blessed  villiijro,  a  |iliir«'  in  the  district 
of  Tinnev<'lly,  near  the  southern  ex- 
tremity of  the  peninsula  of  liindoos- 
tan.  In  1^'^H,  it  was  a  wilderness, 
and  called  by  a  name  which  signifieH 
the  "  Devil's  Tank."  Now  it  is  a 
Christian  villaijc,  consisting  of  '.iT* 
houses  n»gularly  built,  with  a  neat 
and  larjre  church  in  front.  The 
church  is  crowded  with  attentive 
hearers,  and  at  the  date  of  the  last 
intelligence,  six  persons  had  been 
baptized,  among  whom  was  one  of 
the  head  men. 

ABU  ROW,  OR  ABORU,  a  village 
in  the  island  r)f  Harooka,  which  the 
Rev.  Mr.  Kam,  of  the  L.  M.  S.  occa 
Monally  visits.  Here  a  native  school- 
master, Nicholas  Kiriwiniw,  collected 
together  the  inhabitants,  and,  on  the 
18th  of  January,  18*24,  iK'rsuaded 
them  to  abandon  idolatry,  and  to  de- 
molish their  idols.  He  was  equally 
successful  at  five  different  villages  in 
the  same  island.  The  very  ashes  ol 
objects  esteemed  sacred  were  cast  in- 
to the  sea.  Harooka  is  one  of  the 
Moluccas,  or  Spice  Islands,  in  the 
Indian  Ocean,  about  S.  Lat.  5'^.  E. 
Lon.  128°. 

ABYSSINIA,  an  empire  of  Africa. 
770  m.  long,  and  550  broad  ;  bounded 
N.by  Sennaar,  E.  by  the  Red  Sea,  W. 
and  S.  partly  by  Sennaar  and  Kordo- 
fan,  and  partly  by  barbarous  regions, 
of  which  the  names  have  scarcely 
reached  us.  It  is  divided  into  three 
separate  states,  Tigr6,  Amhara,  and 
Efat.  The  capitol  of  Tigr6  is  the 
ancient  Axum.  The  king,  or  nngus 
08  he  was  formerly  called,  lives  at 


Amhara,  enjoying  only 
'I"he  country 


ABY 

(tondar,  in 

a  nominal  sovereigtUy. 
is  mountainous.  I)ut  in  the  vales  the 
soil  is  fi'rtile.  The  rainy  reason  con- 
tinues from  April  to  September.  This 
is  sticceeded,  without  interval,  by  a 
cloudless  sky,  and  a  vertical  sun; 
Imt  Cold  nights  constantly  follow 
these  scorching  days.  The  earth, 
notwithstanding  thes(>  days,  is  cold 
to  tlu'  soles  of  t  lie  feet;  partly  owing 
to  the  six  months'  rain,  when  no  sun 
apjM'ars,  and  partly  to  the  |)erpetual 
equality  of  nights  and  days.  No 
country  in  the  world  produces  a  great- 
er variety  of  quadru|H>ds,  both  wild 
and  tame.  Birds  are  also  numerous, 
and  some  are  of  an  immense  size  and 
of  great  beauty.  There  is  a  remark- 
able coincidence  between  the  customs 
in  the  court  of  ancient  Persia  and 
those  of  Abyssinia.  The  religion  of 
the  countrv  is  a  mixture  of  Judaism 
and  the  (Jhristianity  of  the  Greek 
church ;  and  the  language  bears  a 
great  alfinity  to  the  Arabic.  The 
government  is  legally  a  despotism, 
t)ut  in  an  unsettled  state ;  for  the 
power  of  the  emperor,  is  very  weak, 
and  the  ras,  or  prince  of  the  empire, 
and  the  chiefs  of  the  provinces,  are 
generally  in  enmity  with  one  anoth- 
er. The  people  are  of  a  dark  olive 
complexion ;  their  dress  is  a  light 
robe,  bound  with  a  sash,  and  the  head 
is  covered  with  a  turban.  The  cus- 
toms of  the  Abyssinians  are  exceed- 
ingly savage.  A  perpetual  state  of 
civil  war  seems  the  main  cause  of 
their  peculiar  brutality.  Dead  bodies 
are  seen  lying  in  the  streets,  and  serve 
as  food  for  dogs  and  hyenas.     Mar- 

13 


ABY 

riago  is  a  vory  slight  connexion,  and 
coiijugiil  fidelity  is  hut  little  regard- 
ed, hi  the  western  part  of  the  coun- 
try, there  is  an  independent  govern- 
nient  of  Jews. 

To  Ahyssinia.  tlie  attention  of  the 
('.  J\l.  S.  was  called  some  years  ago, 
hy  tl'e  circumstances  which  occurred 
during  Mr.  Jowetts  visits  to  Kgypt. 
The  li.  6,'  /•'.  li.  6'.  has  since  availed 
itself  of  all  the  means  at  its  disposal, 
to  prepare  the  Scriptures  for  Ahyssi- 
nia, Itoth  in  the  Ethiojiic,  as  tlie 
ecclesiiustical  language  of  the  coun- 
try, and  in  the  Amharic,  as  the  chief 
vernacular  dialect.  By  the  active  aid 
of  its  learned  coadjutors,  nearly  all 
the  N<'W  'JVstainent,  from  tiie  trans- 
lation of  Ahu  llumi,  procured  for  the 
Society  hy  Mr.  Jowett,  in  Egypt, 
were  speedily  printed  and  forwarded 
to  Abyssinia.  The  Etliiopic  gospels 
are  now  in  circulation.  Translations 
of  other  parts  (tf  the  liible  both  Etlii- 
opic ami  Amiiaric  are  in  progress. 
Attempts  have  been  uiadc  for  several 
years,  by  the  C.  M.  S.  to  penetrate 
into  A.byssinia.  In  lt'20,  while 
Messrs.  Gobat  and  Kugler  were  in 
Egypt,  prepariiif^  for  a  mission  to 
Abyssinia,  they  became  acquainted 
with  a  young  Abyssinian  by  the 
name  of  Girgis,  who  had  been  com- 
missioned by  Ilia  sovereign  to  pro- 
cure a  patriarch  from  the  Armenian 
church.  He  was  a  young  man  of 
great  simplicity  and  excellence  of 
character  and  seemed  to  be  a  true 
Christian.  After  remaining  some 
time  in  Egypt  and  Syria,  he  returned 
in  1626  to  Abyssinia.  Messrs.  Kug- 
ler and  Gobat  followed  him  in  the 
latter  part  of  \62'.\  They  were  re- 
ceived by  Sel)agadis,  the  chief  of 
Tigre,  with  the  greatest  kindness. 
Girgis  they  found  to  have  been  faith- 
ful to  his  profession,  and  to  have 
been  truly  a  light  amidst  the  deep 
darkness  by  which  he  w.as  surround- 
ed. The  missionaries  say  that  their 
prospects  are  as  good  as  they  could 
have  expected.  Mi-.  Kugler's  medi- 
cal knowledge  rer  ders  him  very  ac- 
ceptable to  the  Abyssinians.  Mr. 
Gobat  has  proceeded  to  Gondar  in 
order  to  distribute  the  Amharic  gos- 
pels. In  the  mean  Avhile,  the  mis- 
sionaries were  proceeding  with  the 
translations  of  the  Scriptures  and 
with  the  preparation  of  school  books. 


AFR 

By  request  of  Sebagadis,  a  place  of 
worship  was  about  to  be  built  in  the 
European  style.  The  people  receive 
the  gospels  and  oth«'r  books  without 
the  h'ast  prejudice,  and  in  fact  with 
great  eagerness.  The  last  letters 
from  the  missionaries  report,  that 
there  liad  been  a  war  between  the 
kingdoms  of  Tigre  and  the  Galla> 
The  iniHwionaries  had  been  obliged  to 
suspend  their  operations. 

ACAPAPUMBA.achurch  of  Syri- 
an Christians,  on  the  Malabar  coast,  in 
India.  The  llomanists  are  numerous 
in  the  surrounding  region.  With  the 
church,  and  with  one  in  the  neigh- 
borhood, about  '^UO  houses  are  con- 
nected, and  1400  persons.  About 
70  years  since  the  Syrians  gave  the 
llomanists  a  large  premium  tor  evac- 
uating the  church. 

ACCRA,  or  ACRE,  a  British  Fort 
on  the  citast  of  Guinea.  W.  Africa, 
E.  Ion.  I'-'iti',  N.  hit.  iV  40'. 

In  tlie  early  part  of  i622,  a  flour- 
ishing school  was  patronized  here  by 
The  ^Ifriciin  I nstiLut'iun ,  consisting  of 
^^2  boys,  many  of  whom  had  made 
considerable  progress  in  writing, 
grammar,  and  arithmetic.  The  teach- 
ers performed  divine  service  in  the 
hall  every  Sabbath.  The  progress  of 
civilization  and  morality  is  also  very 
pleasing. 

AUANJORE,  or  ADANJOUR,  a 
village  in  Ilindoostan,  17  m.  from 
Tanjore.     E.  Ion.  7!F,  N.  hit.  10°. 

In  1602  the  missionaries  at  Tanjore j 
under  the  Society  for  Provioting 
C  'stian  Knmclrilge,  had  labored 
here  with  success,  and  stationed  a 
Catechist ;  nine  families  had  received 
baptism,  and  being  assisted  by  several 
Christian  families  in  the  vicinity, 
they  erected  a  house  for  public  wor- 
ship. 

AFRICA,  is  a  vast  peninsula,  form- 
ing a  triangle,  with  its  vertex  towards 
the  south,  containing  12,000,000 
square  miles.  Its  length  is  4G00 
miles,  and  its  greatest  breadth  3500. 
It  is  situated  between  18°  W.  and 
51°  E.  Ion.  and  from  34°  S.  to  37°  30' 
N.  lat.  It  has  the  Mediterranean 
Sea  on  the  N.  ;  Asia,  the  Red  Sea, 
and  the  Indian  Ocean  on  the  E. ;  the 
Southern  and  Atlantic  Ocean  on  the 
S.  and  W  It  is  on  the  whole  more 
level  than  any  other  portion  of  the 
globe,  though  it  has  immense  chains 

14 


AFR 


AFIl 


.   :-hi<^Wfl;, 


dF  mountains.  Thorp  aro  vast  dosorts 
of  sand.  inU'rspcrscd  with  small  ver- 
dant islands,  callfd  oa.ir.f.  The  prin- 
cipal rivers  art?  the  Nile,  Nigx>r,  Sen- 
rjral.  fiaiubia.  Con^o,  Oranjre,  «!tc. 
To  tlii>  naturalist  Africa  is  a  wonder- 
ful coujitry.  It  II  enumerate  five 
times  as  many  spicies  of  quadrupeds 
as  Asia,  and  three  times  as  many  as 
all  America.  The  populsitinn  of 
Africa  is  probably  between  100  and 
110  millions.  The  interior  of  the 
country  nnist  bo  very  populous,  since 
it  liiis  produced  immense  multitudes 
for  Ihx?  slave  tralHc.  The  inhabitants 
belong  to  two  branches  of  the  huuran 
family  ; — to  the  black,  or  Ethiopean 
race,  which  extends  from  the  Niger 
to  the  southern  extremity,  compris- 
ing, perlmps.  the  Hottentots;  and 
to  the  Caucasian  rrice,  which  includes 
the  natives  of  Barbary,  Copts,  the 
Arabs  or  Moors,  Uie  Abyssinians, 
and  the  nations  of  Nubia.  The 
Arabic  is  the  leading  lan<ruasie  of  the 
north  •,  the  Mandiniro  is  used  from 
the  Senegal  to  the  Niger.  The  lan- 
guages oi  the  nrgroes  are  as  mnltifa- 
rious  as  the  nations,  in  Sahara  alone 
4:»  dialects  are  said  to  be  spoken. 
Kqually  manifold  are  the  modes  of 
religious  worship.  The  most  loath- 
some Fetichism  prevails  among  most 
of  the  negro  nations,  demanding,  in 
many  cases,  from  iti  votaries,  the 
sacrifice  of  human  life.  Mohammed- 
anism has  diffused  itself  over  most  of 
the  northern  and  eastern  regions. 
The  Christian  relip-ion,  though  in 
very  various  and  debased  forms,  is 
professed  in  Abyssinia,  Nubia,  and 
among  the  Copts.  The  tropic  of 
Cancer  and  the  equator  divide  Africa 
into  three  principal  parts; — I.  the 
Northern,  including  the  Barbary 
States  and  the  northern  part  of  Saha- 
ra; 2.  the  Central,  comprising  Nubia. 
Abyssinia,  Adel.  Ageji.  the  southern 
part  of  Soodan  or  Sahara,  Benin. 
Senegambia,  Guinea,  &c.,  3.  all 
Africa,  south  of  the  last  named  coun- 
tries. 

AFRICANERS  KRAAL,  called 
also  Pence  Motmfain,  and  Jerusalem, 
a  settlement  in  Great  Namaqualand, 
S.  Africa,  a  little  N.  of  the  Orange 
R.  551)  m.  N.  of  Cape  Town,  late  the 
residence  of  the  Chief  Africaner,  who 
was  long  known  as  a  most  sanguinary 
free  boo ter. 


The  Rev.  Mr.  Campbell,  of  tlie 
f,.  M.  S.,  when  in  Africa,  wrote  to 
him  a  conciliatory  letfer.  to  induce 
him,  if  possible,  to  live  in  [)eaee  with 
the  missionaries.  Tliis  appeal  was, 
happily,  successful;  and  a  missimj 
was  formed  among  his  people.  The 
preaching  of  the  cross  wassubsequent- 
Iv  crowned  with  abundant  success. 
The  chief  himself  was  heard  to  say, 
shortly  afler  the  conunencement  of 
Mr.  bbner's  labors,  in  lfl5,  •*  I  am 
glad  that  I  am  delivered.  I  have  long 
enough  been  engaged  in  the  service 
of  the  devil ;  but  now  I  am  freed 
from  his  b  mdagi',  .lesus  hath  deliv- 
ered me  ;  him  therefnr<>  I  will  serve, 
and  with  him  I  will  abide."' 

'•  To  form  a  jiroper  estimate."  says 
Dr.  Philip,  soon  atler,  '•  of  the  change 
effected   upon  Africaner,  his  former 
character  and  circumstances  must  be 
taken    into    consideration.       A    tew 
years  since,  he  was  such  a  terror  to 
the   colony,  that  a  thousand   dollars 
weri'  otlered  to  any  man  who   would 
shoot  him  ;  and  when  Mr.  Campbell 
crossed   Africa,  in  his  first  journey, 
he  was  more   alarmed  with  the   idea 
of  meeting  Africaner,  than  with   all 
the  other  dangers  to  which  he   was 
exposed.     What  a  change   has  now 
taken    place  !      The     ])ersecutor     i.i 
turned  into  the  war'.n  friend  of  mis- 
sionaries ;  the  savage  has  laid  aside 
his  barbcirous  habits,  and  has  become 
docile  and  gentle  as  a  child  ;  and  the 
man  who  was  formerly  the  plunderer 
and  terror  of  the  colonists,  is  now  a 
friend  of  peace  and  justice,  and  is  the 
centre  of  union,  and  the  bond  of  har- 
mony,  between  the   subjects  of  the 
British  government  and  tlu'    savage 
tribes  with  which  they  are  surround- 
ed,   and   even   among    those    tribes 
themselves.      In  proof  of  the   latter 
assertion,  Mr.   Moftalt  states  that  in 
travelling   along    the    ba,nks   of   the 
Orange   R.   he   met   with   a  tribe   of 
Bastard    Hottentots,    who    were    re- 
moving from  the  plact>  of  their  for- 
mer abode.     Being  asked  why  they 
were  desirous  of  a  new  station,  they 
replied,  that  it  was  in  consequence  of 
the    ititended   removal    of  Africaner 
from  Namaqualand.     When  Mr.  Mof- 
fatt  asked  why  that  circumstance,  if 
true,  should  induce  them  to  change 
their  place  of  residence,  they  replied, 
that  if  Africaner  removed,  they  could 

15 


I     I 


begin 


AGI 

not  live  in  that  part  of  the  country  ; 
for  it  was  iiid  influence  that  kept  all 
the  tribes  in  peace  ;  and  that  as  soon 
as  he  was  gone,  they  would 
murdering  each  other."' 

In  1817,  Mr.  Ebner  had  baptized 
about  40  converts  and  their  children, 
and  about  400  attended  public  wor- 
ship. A  school  was  also  prosperous. 
Mr.  Robert  Moffatt  joined  Mr.  E.  in 
the  early  part  of  1818,  and  they  both 
left,  the  station  to  the  care  of  Africa- 
ner before  tiie  close  of  the  year,  who 
efficiently  supplied  the  place  of  the 
missionaries,  by  regularly  meeting 
with  the  people  on  tlie  Sabbath,  and 
expounding  to  them  the  Scriptures. 
The  B.  4"  F.  B.  S.  forwarded  100 
Bibles  and  100  Testaments  to  this 
station,  in  the  Dutch  language,  which 
were  usefully  distributed. 

Since  the  death  of  Africaner,  in 
1822,  various  circumstances  have  pre- 
vented the  continuance  of  missionary 
labors. 

AGFMEER,  or  AGMEER,  or 
AJEMERE,  an  extensive  province 
ofHindoostan  Proper,  350  m.  long, 
and  200  broad.  The  S.  W.  part  is  a 
sandy  desert,  and  thinly  inhabited 
the  central  part  hilly,  containing  salt 
lakes  and  springs  that  produce  salt 
spontaneously  ;  and  the  S.  E.  part 
mountainous,  with  fertile  vallies  and 
plains  intervening.     In  the  southern 

Sart  of  this  province  are  several 
Lajpoot  states,  governed  by  rajahs 
and  petty  chiefs.  The  Rajpoots  are 
stout  and  l)rave,  with  hooked  noses 
and  Jewish  features  ;  haughty  in  their 
manners,  very  indolent,  nmch  ad- 
dicted to  the  use  of  opium,  and  ex- 
tremely attached  to  their  respective 
chiefs. 

Jlgimecr,  the  capital  of  the  above 
province,  is  situated  in  a  pleasant 
valley,  and  is  on  all  sides  surrounded 
by  mountains.  Its  circumference  is 
C  m.  It  is  guarded  by  walls,  towers, 
and  a  strong  fortress,  and  has  been 
lately  added  to  tln'  British  territory. 
E.  Ion.  75°  20',  N.  i..t   20^  24'. 

The  prejudices  and  superstitions  of 
the  people  are  very  strong  and  invet- 
erate, which  may  be  conceived  from 
the  following  circumstance  : — 

Here  is  the  tomb  of  a  Mohammedan 
saint,  who  flourished  about  (JOO  years 
since,  reputed  one  of  the  greatest  that 
evp'  appeared  in  Hindoostan,  whom 


AGR 

Hindoos  and  Mussulmans  worship, 
and  by  whose  naiue  they  swear.  The 
number  of  priestit  who  subsist  on  the 
contributions  paid  at  tin;  tomb  by 
devotees  from  all  religions,  exceeds 
1100. 

The  Rev.  Jabez  Carey,  from  the 
B.  M.  S.  commenced  his  labors  in 
lHli>.  and  engaged  in  establishing 
schools,  in  order  to  introduce  the 
Gospel.  The  Marquis  of  Hastings 
suggested  the  enterprise,  and  made 
two  grants  for  the  object,  amounting 
to  10,000  rupees  ;  which  being  ex- 
pended, he  granted  '00  rupees  month- 
ly, for  the  support  and  increase  of 
the  schools.  No  accounts  of  Mr. 
Carey's  labors  have  lately  been  re- 
ceived. 

AGRA,  a  province  of  Hindoostan 
Proper,  2.')0  m.  long,  and  180  broad; 
bounded  on  the  N.  by  Delhi,  E.  by 
Oude  and  Allahabad,  S.  by  Malwah, 
,Tid  W.  by  Agimeer. 

The  capital  of  this  province  is  a 
large  city,  the  air  of  which  is  es- 
teemed very  healtliy.  The  river 
Jumna  runs  through  it.  The  em- 
peror Acber  founded  here  a  mobt 
magniflcent  city,  wliich  is  now,  for 
the  most  part,  a  heap  of  ruins.  The 
city  rises  from  the  R.  Jumna,  and 
extends  in  a  vast  semicircle.  The 
fort,  in  which  is  included  'be  impe- 
rial palace,  which  occupied  above 
1000  laborers  for  12  years,  and  cost 
nearly  3,000,000  rupees,  is  of  great 
extent.  This  city  was  taken  by 
Madhajee  Sindia,  and  continued  in 
the  possession  of  the  Mahrattas  until 
1803,  when  it  was  captured  by  the 
British  army  under  General  Lake, 
aft.er  a  short  and  vigorous  siege.  It 
has  ever  since  remained  in  the  pos- 
session of  the  British  Government, 
and  is  the  seat  of  a  civil  establish- 
ment, for  the  collection  of  the  reve- 
nue, and  the  administration  of  justice. 
100  m.  S.S.E.  Delhi,  800  m.  N.W.  of 
Calcutta;  E.  Ion.  77^^  5(i',  N.  lat.  27° 
12'.     Population  about  40,000. 

At  the  commencement  of  1811,  the 
Baptist  missionaries  considered  it  ex- 
pedient to  form  a  regular  mission  in 
Hindoostan,  which  should  comprise 
Agra  and  Patna.  at  which  Mr.  Moore 
and  his  wife  had  been  for  some  time. 
Accordingly,  on  the  21st  of  January, 
Messrs.  Chamberlain  and  Peacock, 
with  their  families,  and  a  baptized 

16 


\ 


lans  worship, 
\f  swear.  The 
subsist  on  the 
lh(!  tomb  by 
rions,  exceeds 

rey,  from  the 
his  hibors  in 
1  establishing 
introduce  the 
s  of  Hastings 
se,  and  made 
ct,  amounting 
ich  being  ex- 
rupees  month- 
id  increase  of 
ounts  of  Mr. 
tely    been   re- 

of  Ilindoostan 

nd  J  60  broad  ; 

Delhi,  E.  I)y 

3.  by  Malwah, 

province  is  a 

which   is  es- 

The     river 

it.     Tlie    em- 

lierc   a  mobt 

ch  is  now,  for 

jf  ruins.     The 

,.  Jumna,  and 

licircle.     The 

ded  ^be  impe- 

cupied   above 

ars,  and  cost 

is  of  great 

as    taken    by 

continued  in 

ahrattas  until 

)tured  by  the 

encral    Lake, 

:)us  siege.     It 

in  the  pos- 

Government, 

ivil  establish- 

of  the  reve- 

ion  of  justice. 

0  m.  N.W.  of 

()',  N.  lat.  27° 

40,000. 

itof  1811,  the 

sidered  it  ex- 

ar  mission  in 

uld  comprise 

h  Mr.  Moore 

or  Home  time. 

it  of  January, 

ind  Peacock, 

d  a  baptised 

16 


OASJIS  IN  Tin^  DESKRT.      Aride  Ajnca. 


WOMEN  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 
[Page  16.] 


r 


AGR 


AGR 


Hindoo,  named  Vrundavun,  set  out 
from  Seramporo  to  occupy  the  new 
station. 

On  the  )7lh  of  May  the  mission- 
aries arrived  at  Ajjra,  where  they 
were  kindly  received  by  the  person 
to  whom  tliey  were  r»'commeud<>d. 
and,  after  a  sliort  time,  a  serirennt 
major  at  the  tort  acconnnt)datod  them 
with  tlie  use  of  iiis  (juarters,  for  tlie 
celebration  of  divine  service  on  the 
Lord's  day,  and  on  Thursday  eve- 
nings. Severe  aillietions,  however, 
botli  personal  and  domestic,  exercised 
their  faith  and  patience.  Early  in 
ldl!2,  the  missionaries  were  prohibit- 
ed, by  a  military  order,  from  preach- 
ing in  tlie  fort ;  and,  in  consequence 
of  Mr.  C.'s  addressing  a  note  on  the 
subject  to  the  conunanding  officer,  a 
communication  was  made  by  that 
gentleman  to  government,  and  an 
order  arrived  for  Mr.  C.  to  be  sent 
down  to  the  presidency.  The  Agra 
magistrate,  however,  who  was  m- 
trusted  with  th'»  execution  of  this 
order,  behaved  with  the  utmost  kind- 
ness and  urbanity,  ordering  the  per- 
sons who  sliould  have  had  the  charge 
of  him,  to  attend  him  to  Calcutta,  a 
distance  of  nearly  IHX)  miles,  as  his 
servants.  It  is  also  pleasing  to  add, 
that  on  his  appearance  at  the  office 
of  police,  nothing  more  was  said  to 
him,  than  that  he  was  at  liberty. 
Just  before  this  occurrence,  the  as- 
pect of  affiiirs  began  to  brighten. 
"  Four  men,"  observes  Mr.  Peacock, 
"  who  remained  at  this  station,  ap- 
parently love  to  read  and  hear  the 
pure  word  of  God  ;  and  one  of  them 
has,  withia  the.se  last  few  weeks, 
offered  himself  as  a  candidate  for  be- 
liever's baptism."  This  person  was 
baptized  Aug.  7,  1812.  Several  per- 
sons, previously  votaries  of  pleasure, 
exchanged  their  cards  and  backgam- 
mon for  the  Bible  and  the  Hymn 
Book,  instituted  family  prayer,  and 
constantly  attended  public  worship ; 
at  which  a  large  congregation  of  na- 
tives ordinarily  assembled.  One  per- 
son set  up  a  native  school  on  her  own 
premises,  and  at  her  own  expense, 
and  contributed,  in  a  short  time,  55U 
rupees  to  the  mission.  Mr.  Peacock 
continued  at  Agra  till  the  year  1816, 
and  many  who  were  brought  by  his 
instrumentality  and  that  of  his  suc- 
cessors, from  the  paths  of  the  de- 


stroyer, are  stated  at  a  recent  period 
to  have  been  living  as  burning  and 
sliining  lights  in  that  dark  part  of  the 
earth. 

'i'liis  place  has  also  engaged  the 
attention  of  th«'  C.  M.  S.  In  A'ovem- 
lH»r,  \7i\'2.  Abdool  Messech,  a  con- 
verted native  of  Delhi,  one  of  the 
fruits  of  the  Rev.  Ih-iiry  Martyn's 
ministry,  accompanied  the  Krv.  Dan- 
iel Corrie  to  Agra,  with  tiie  design 
of  settling  there,  as  a  public;  reader 
and  catechist.  On  liis  arrival  he 
conunenced  his  wrrk  with  great  zeal, 
and  as  many  hundred  pj-rsoius  had 
recently  flocked  to  the  neighborhood, 
in  consequence  of  a  scarcity  in  the 
Mahratta  country,  occasioned  by  a 
terrible  drought,  lie  went  among  tJiem 
distributing  pice,  or  halfpence,  and 
inviting  theui  to  liear  the  Gospel,  and 
to  send  their  children  to  him  to  learn 
to  read.  At  first  they  received  him 
as  an  angel  of  light ;  but  a  report 
having  beon  circulated,  that  he  was 
an  Arabian,  who  wished  to  carry  off 
their  children,  the  poor  natives,  for 
several  days,  refused  to  receiv<;  the 
charity  he  offered  them,  or  to  hear 
any  thing  from  him.  In  the  course 
of  a  week  or  two,  however,  they  per- 
ceived that  their  suspicions  were 
unfounded  ;  and  his  public  services 
were  attended  by  hundreds,  many  of 
whom,  on  hearing  an  exposition  of  the 
decalogue,  cried  out  aloud,  *•  These 
are  true  words  ;  and  the  curse  of 
God  will  fall  upon  us  if  we  obey 
them  not."  Indeed,  the  congrega- 
tions soon  began  to  increase  rapidly, 
and  comprised  many  respoctJible  per- 
sons, both  Hindoos  and  Mohammed- 
ans. A  school  was  also  opened  for 
the  instruction  of  children  ;  persons 
visited  the  catechist  every  day,  for 
religious  conversation ;  and  a  ven- 
erable old  man,  \\  no  stated  tliat  he 
was  90  years  of  age,  acknowledged 
that  his  soul  had  been  greatly  re- 
freshed by  the  things  he  had  heard. 

The  10th  of  J  a  1813,  is  noticed 
in  Abdool's  Journal,  a3  *'  the  day  on 
which  the  doctrine  of  Christ  witness- 
ed a  triumph."  "  For  three  weeks 
past,"  says  he,  "  a  faqueer  of  the  Jogi 
tribe  has  come  frequently  to  our 
morning  worship  in  tJie  scnool.  On 
Tuesday,  the  chapter  to  be  read  in 
order  was  John  17.  The  subject  of 
it,  and  our  Lord's  manner  toward^ 

17 


AGR 


AGR 


•I 

t 


til 


I 


r 


his  disniplos,  arn'stcd  tlio  nttontion 
of  the  Joffi.  iiud  llif  tears  H(»\v»'(l  plen- 
tifully flown  his  chrckH.  To-duy  iif 
hrouirlit  his  wife  and  ciiild  ;  said  lie 
was  a  convert  to  Jesus,  witliout  re- 
Borve  ;  and  i)eoan  of  iiiniself  to  take 
otf'his  fa(jneer  s  dress.  Hi;  first  took 
tile  beads  from  his  nerk  ;  broke  the 
Btrini^  to  which  the  cliarni  iriven  him 
by  his  jroroo  was  suspended  ;  and 
broke  off  an  iron  rin<j  worn  round 
hifl  waist,  and  to  whicii  an  iron  rod 
about  two  t'eet  lontr  was  attaclted. 
He  then  put  on  some  old  clothes 
which  we  had  by  us,  and  said  he 
wished  to  be  iib;trucf<'d  in  the  Gospel, 
and  to  fret  soMie  employment.  A  ru- 
pee beiujr  given  to  procure  food  for 
the  family,  Ids  wife  went  and  bought 
a  spinninir-wheel,  saying  she  would 
spin  and  earn  a  livelihood  ;  and  tlie 
whole  fan\ily  aflerwards  oat  their 
dinner  with  us  of  their  own  accord. 
Those  are  wonders  in  the  history  of 
a  Hindoo."  Two  days  allerwards,  a 
Mussulman  came  to  tho  house,  and 
asked  the  Jogi  if  he  liad  really  beconio 
a  Christian.  He  answered,  '-Yes; 
and  have  just  now  beeu  <mting  beef 
with  Abdool  Messeeh."  i'he  Mo- 
hammedan then  turned  to  the  Jogi's 
wife,  land  inquired  if  she  had  eud'-raced 
the  same  faith  ;  asking,  at  tho  same 
time,  what  could  have  induced  her 
to  renounce  her  former  religion  for 
Christianity  ?  She  replied,  that  by 
the  grace  of  God  she  had  become  a 
Christian  ;  and  though  she  liad  not 
yet  learned  much  of  the  Gospel,  and 
being  but  a  rustic,  could  not  dispute 
with  a  learned  man  like  him ;  yet 
what  she  had  heard  of  the  doctrine 
of  Christ  had  brought  rest  and  peace 
to  her  soul,  and  therefore  she  had 
embraced  it.  In  July,  1814,  Abdool 
visited  his  relatives  at  Lucknow,  to 
whom  he  publisiied  the  glad  tidings 
of  salvation  ;  and  on  the  11th  of 
August  he  returned  to  Agra,  accom- 
panied by  his  father  and  five  other 
members  of  his  family,  with  several 
other  persons,  one  ot  whom,  an  aged 
Molwee,  appeared  desirous  for  the 
welfare  of  his  soul.  About  ■>.  week 
after  Abdool's  return,  the  Rev.  Mr. 
Corrie  waa  compelled  by  ill  health 
to  quit  Agra,  in  order  to  visit  Eng- 
land ;  and  on  his  departure  he  re- 
marks, that  "  during  the  preceding 
16  montht),  71  natives  had  received 


baptism,  of  whom  abotit  ^iO  were 
a(!;ilfs,  al)out  half  Mohanuuedans,  ant' 
the  other  h.alf  Hindoos.  Of  these, 
I  hi-'.d  been  ■  X|)elled  ;  (i  had  aposta- 
tized ;  4  had  gone  to  thei'  friends, 
and  wen*,  it  was  hoped,  holding  fast 
their  nrotession  :  and  others  were 
occupyinjf  tlifl'erent  stations  i:.s  readers 
and  cate(-hists."  Soon  alter  his  re- 
moval, however,  tiie  infant  church 
began  to  decline  ;  hut  Abdool,  not- 
withstanding the  indolence  and  inai- 
tention  of  some  of  the  teachers  in  the 
schools,  and  the  removal  of  Mr.  Bo.v- 
ley  to  Chunar,  continued  to  bear  a 
'aithful  testimony  to  the  truth,  and 
.,o  watch  over  his  l!ock  with  unremit- 
ting vigilance  ;  his  health,  however, 
having  been  for  a  considerable  time 
in  an  infirm  state,  he  visited  Calcutta 
in  iH'iO  ;  and.  in  the  month  of  October, 
received  Lutheran  ordination. 

On  his  return  to  Agra,  tho  interest 
seems  to  have  revived  ;  many  notninal 
Christians,  who,  it  was  believed,  had 
not  entered  a  place  of  worship  for 
many  years,  became  regtilar  attend- 
ants on  Sabbath  days  as  did  many 
persons  of  the  Armenian  and  Roman 
Catholic  persuasions ;  while  a  few 
Hindoos  and  Mussulmans  occasion- 
ally visited  the  church. 

He  visited,  from  time  to  time,  the 
chief  cities  in  the  upper  provinces, 
and  everywhere,  by  tho  simplicity 
and  uprightness  of  his  conduct,  and 
tho  interesting  manner  in  which,  on 
every  occasion,  he  introduced  the 
subject  of  religion,  excited  much 
attention.  Some  of  the  principal 
British  residents  at  Agra,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  a  chaplain,  attended  c'ivine 
service  in  Hindoostanee,  and  received 
the  Lord's  supper  with  the  native 
Christians.  In  1825,  he  was  admitted 
by  Bishop  Heber  into  the  ministry  of 
the  established  church.  The  bishop 
thus  rema.'-ks  about  his  person  and 
character.  "  He  is  a  very  fine  old 
man,  with  a  magnificent  grey  beard, 
and  of  much  move  gentlemanly  man- 
ners than  any  Christian  native  whom 
I  have  seen.  He  is  every  way  fit  for 
holy  orders,  and  is  a  most  sincere 
Christian,  quite  free,  so  far  as  I  could 
observe,  from  all  conceit  and  enthu- 
siasm. His  long  eastern  dress,  his 
long  grey  beard;  and  his  calm,  re- 
signed countenance,  give  him  already 
almost  the  air  of  an  apostle." 

18 


R 

about  50  \vor«» 
oliaiiiiiicdans,  am* 
idoos.  i)t'  tliesc, 
:l  ;  (i  had  apnsta- 
to  tliri*-  frii'iids, 
>prd,  liiddiiiir  last 
[iiid  otluTs  were 
stations  j.s  roadt'rs 
loon  alliT  his  re- 
ic  infant  church 
but  Abdool,  not- 
(lolencc  and  infil- 
hc  U-arlicrs  in  the 
loval  of  Mr.  Bo.v- 
itlnued  to  boar  a 
to  tlie  truth,  and 
)ck  with  unroniit- 
hoalth,  however, 
sonsiderable  time 
e  visited  Calcutta 
month  of'October, 
trdination. 
\jrra,  tlie  interest 
d  :  many  nominal 
ivas  believed,  had 
3  of  worship  for 
e  regular  attend- 
lys.  as  did  many 
>nian  and  Roman 
IS ;  while  a  few 
iilmans  occasion- 
ch. 

time  to  time,  the 
pper  provinces, 
the  simplicity 
lis  conduct,  and 
er  in  which,  on 
introduced  the 
excited  much 
the  principal 
gra,  in  the  ab- 
attended  c'ivine 
ee,  and  received 
ith  the  native 
he  was  admitted 
the  ministry  of 
li.  Tlie  bishop 
lis  person  and 
very  fine  old 
nt  grey  beard, 
tlemanly  man- 
n  native  whom 
ery  way  fit  for 
most  sincere 
|o  far  as  I  could 
eit  and  enthu- 
ern  dress,  his 
his  calm,  re- 
ive him  already 
stle." 
18 


JUMMA  MUSJID,  OR  FRIDAY  MOSQUE,  AGRA. 

[Page  18.] 


*... 


V    \ 


AIT 


ALB 


In  Ir^tl  111'  wns  st!iti«)iit'd  at  Luck- 
now,  iiiul  >u(  ('I't'dcd  ill  (lisiiriniiitr  all 
opposition.  Iiy  lii'-<  wisdom  iiiid  kind- 
ness, wliilf'  In-  a-<si'rt('d,  ni*  st  unconi- 
pronnsiniflv  .  tin-  prcnliar  doctrinrsof 
r('V«'lation.  In  tin- early  part  ot"  lr':;i7. 
ho  was  taken  lalally  siek.  Here  tlie 
value  of  tlie  C'liristian  reliirion  ati- 
peared  in  an  eminent  dejrree.  His 
whole  deportment  was  marked  by 
calm  and  eiieerl'ul  resijriuition.  lie 
had  conip<)sed  a  liymn,  wlii«di  afl'ordt'd 
him  nmch  consolation.  Tin*  follow- 
ing is  a  literal  translation  of  two 
8tanzas. 

Helovnd  Saviour,  !ol  not  nic 
In  Uiy  ("or.-l  licarl  torgiiU<'ii  l>c  ; 
Of  all  llial  <!o "ks  liic  lit-iil  or  bower, 
Thou  arl  i.'il    wi'i(«si,  fairest  (lower. 

Youth's  mora  lias  (u-d,  okl  aj^e  come  on, 
But  sin  distracts  my  soul  alone  ; 
Beloved  Saviour,  \cl  not  me 
In  thy  fond  heart  forf^oiten  be. 

The  conversion,  life,  labors,  and 
success  of  Abdoo!  Messeeh,  encourage 
the  hope,  that,  in  process  of  time, 
India  will  supi-ly  herself  with  com- 
petent ministers  of  the  gospel ;  for 
doubtless  many  other  natives  of  the 
country  may  be  found,  possessing  a 
similar  capacity  for  improvement  and 
usefulness. 

The  last  intelligence  from  Agra  is 
encouraging.  J.  Cussens  of  the 
C.  M.  S.  is  Assist.  Mis. ;  and  Fue;-. 
Messeeh,  in  at.  Assist.  The  latter 
was  about  to  remove  to  Muttra,  to 
open  a  school.  Service  is  held  twice 
on  Sundays,  and  twice  on  week  eve- 
nings, and  is  attended  by  about  40 
persons.  About  20  attend  family 
worship  morning  and  evening  ;  3 
adult  females,  and  an  old  blind  man 
have  beer  baptized.  The  school  con- 
tinues to  bvi  well  attended.  The  ex- 
penses of  the  year  are  about  £340. 
In  the  latter  part  of  1830,  Mr.  Cus- 
sens writes,  "  I  never  witnessed  so 
much  eagerness  to  hear  the  truth, 
during  a  space  of  8  years,  as  in  a  fair, 
which  I  lately  attended."  The  na- 
tives, and  pilgrims  from  a  distance, 
thronged  around  him,  to  receive  the 
message  of  eternal  life. 

AITUTAKI,  one  of  the  Harvey 
Islands,  where  two  native  preachers 
have  been  placed  by  the  L.  M.  S. 
Among  its  inhabitants,  who  have  em- 
braced Christianity,  decency  and  or- 


<ler  are  now  conspicuous.  They  are 
diligent  in  learning,  and  many  of 
ilieiii  can  read  and  repeat  tlie  cat(*- 
cliisni  well ;  the  iiiimber  baptizt'd, 
inclndiiiir  children,  is  ()!'>.  Family 
and  |)rivate  prayer  are  general,  and 
Mr.  Uoiirne  observes  that  no  i-ongre- 
gation  in  Kngland  could  alleiid  with 
iiiwre  propriety  to  the  ordinances  of 
religion,  thaii  the  jieople  n|' Ailutaki. 
A  chapel,  erected  in  l^'J-'i,  has  been 
completed.  Civilization  is  making 
rajiid  progresH.  Tlu-  houses  of  the 
principal  chiefs  are  substantial  build- 
ings. The  number  of  plastered 
dwelling-houses  is  nearly  loll,  many 
of  them  furnished  with  sofas,  cVc.  &.c. 

Aitutaki  is  now  an  out  station  of 
Rarotonga.  and  prospers  both  in  its 
temiMwaland  spiritual  concerns. 

Al-IK-HUN-NA,  a  statiim  of  the 
,7.  li.  C.  F.  M.  in  the  Choctaw  na- 
tions of  Indians.  Loring  S.  Will- 
iams missionary,  and  Mrs.  Williams. 
A  number  of  the  members  of  the 
church  at  Eliot  liave  resided  at  this 
place.  In  consequence  of  a  late 
treaty  (see  Choctmps)  the  affairs  of  the 
mission  at  this  and  at  other  stations, 
have  been  thrown  into  great  confu- 
sion. Some  of  the  members  of  the 
church  have  apostatized,  but  most 
have  remained  firm  in  the  midst  of 
strong  temptations. 

ALBANY,  a  newly-established  dis- 
trict in  the  Eastern  part  of  Cape  Col- 
ony, South  Africa,  extending  from 
jCoijje.smans  River  to  the  Keiskamma. 
The  extent  of  the  new  settlement  is 
about  GO  m.  by  30.  In  1820,  the  set- 
tlers amounted  to  15,000.  The  con- 
dition of  grants  to  the  colonists  is, 
that  they  cultivate  the  soil  without 
slaves.  The  soil  is  productive,  and 
the  climate  healthy. 

The  Albany  mission  was  commen- 
ced in  1827  by  the  Weshijan  Society^ 
with  the  settlers  who  .  •  nt  out  from 
England,  in  the  hor  ■  Ifm'  it  would 
connect  itself  with  \hv  iottentots, 
and  ultimately  prepar  .le  means  for 
extending  the  Gospel  among  the  Caf- 
fre  tribes.  These  hopes  have  been 
realized,  and  that  more  immediately 
and  extensively  than  was  previously 
anticipated.  Agents  have  likewise 
been  raised  up  to  accompany  those 
brethren,  who  have  been  planted 
themselves  among  the  savages  in 
CaiTraria.    From  this  misuon,  estab- 

19 


ALE 


ALG 


■^  i 


'inhi'd  but  a  few  y«'nrH.  tin-  fnllowiiiir 
ntuiioiiH  li:'vi' arisni :  (iriilnnii  s  Vtnni. 
when'  tlnTf  is  ii  c'Ihi|M'I  willi  w  lnrirc 
iiuiiiImt  nf  licartTs ;  a  cuiiirn-iratirm 
and  Hiiiall  sixtirty  of  llnttriitots  ;  and 
an  Knjirlisli  and  i  Hottentot  school. 
Saltni,  a  Hnial!  \ition,  willi  a  rlia|)- 
el  uImo,  and  a  h  '       ll'r.ilnjMiHinf, 

where  are  a  r\v,.  \  Hociety.  and  a 
school.  At  I'orf  I'ninris.Siihht  Hills. 
and  Clumlnr.  sorietie.^  also  liiive  lii-eii 
furnied,  and  cliapcls  arc  al)oiit.  to  he 
erected.  Siniiirxtt.  a  proniiHinij  new 
station,  has  lieen  lately  visited,  and 
given  access  to  many  of  tiic  heatlu'ii 
U8  well  as  to  the  (colonists.  These 
are  rej^arded  as  hi<rhly  ijratifyinir 
prospects  ;  tor  the  increased  intlii- 
enceofpure  relijrion  anionir  the  c<d- 
onists,  ninst  furnish,  to  a  \nr<To  ex- 
ttnt,  suitable  ajrents  for  the  conduct- 
ing of  schools  and  missions  ainonir 
the  neifrhltorintj  trilw's  of  I'aijan  Afri- 
cans. The  missionaries,  at  the  vari- 
ous stations  in  the  Albany  district 
are  W.  Shaw,  John  Davis.S.  Palmer, 
Stephen  Kay.  Members. :{!');  Schol- 
ars, Europeans,  'it(!>  boys,  and  174 
girls;  native.*^,  17  boys,  and  :{|  girls. 
The  settler's  contribute  liberally  to 
the  propagation  of  the  (iospel.  Ma- 
ny have  adopted  a  ctturse  of  system- 
atic annual,  daily,  and  extraordinary 
contribution. 

ALEXANDRIA,  a  town  of  Egypt, 
now  much  decayed,  though  there  are 
'jtill  some  remains  of  ancient  splendor. 
It  was  first  built  by  Alexander  the 
Great,  and  was  several  miles  in  ex- 
tent ;  but  at  presi'nt  it  consists  chiefly 
of  one  long  street.  It  was  formerly  a 
a  place  of  great  trade,  all  the  treasures 
oi  the  East  Indies  being  deposited 
here,  before  the  discovery  of  the 
route  by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
Alexandria  was  taken  by  the  French 
invaders  under  Buonaparte,  in  175(8, 
and  taken  from  them  by  the  English, 
in  1801 .  It  surrendered  to  the  Eng- 
lish in  1807,  but  was  soon  after  evac- 
uated. Here  is  an  obelisk  called 
Cleopatra's  Needle ;  also  Pompey's 
Pillar,  and  the  ancient  Pharos,  now  a 
castle  called  Pharillon.  Alexandria 
is  seated  on  the  Mediterranean,  125 
m.  W.  N.  W.  Cairo,  E.  Ion.  30^  10', 
N.  lat.  31°  11'.  The  library  of  Alex- 
andria, at  one  time,  amounted  to  700,- 
000  volumes.  The  population  for- 
merly amounting  to  to  300,000,  does 


not  now  exceed  I'J.dOO  ;  the  houses, 
:t|:{'i.  By  tiie  building  of'  a  canal 
from  (.'airo  to  Alexandria,  the  com- 
merce of  the  latter  has  been  much 
im|)roved.  In  l<"'ti'l,  I'JIU)  ships  arriv- 
ed, and  I  l!l!)  departed. 

The  intercourse  which  has  in  so 
extraordinary  and  nnexpect»'d  a  man- 
ner sprung  up  lietweeii  Kngland 
and  Iv4;ypt.  has  itrought  tiiis  very  de- 
gra«!"d  country  under  the  eye  of  those 
wiio  are  deeply  .solicitous  for  the  )uii- 
versal  spread  oflht;  (Ictspel.  The  re- 
viving conunerce  ot  Kgypt  has  al- 
ready led  to  the  residence  ot'  nmny 
Knglishmen  ut  its  principal  sea- 
port, who  are  as  yet  destitute,  for 
the  most  jiart,  of  Christian  ordinances, 
in  that  land  of  Mohannnedan  dark- 
ness and  almost  extinct  Christianity. 
To  m«'et,  in  some  degree,  the  wants 
(»f  the  people,  the  Uev.  Mr.  Macpher- 
son  was  sent  out  to  Alexandria  in 
IH'^-),  by  the  ir.  M.  S.  He  was  for 
some  time  prevented  from  any  regu- 
lar engagement,  by  th«'  prevalence  of 
the  plague,  but  has  since  held  reli- 
gious conversations,  in  different  lan- 
guages, with  various  persons,  and  has 
hopes  of  the  conversion  of  a  respecta- 
ble Abyssinian  lady,  whom  he  found 
unacquainted  with  almost  every  form 
of  religion,  and  to  whom  he  has  ad- 
ministered baptism.  James  Barthol- 
omew, and  Frederick  Biallublotsky 
are  now  employed  by  fV.  M.  S.  in 
Alexandria.  They  preach  on  board 
ships  in  the  harbor  as  well  as  on 
shore  in  the  town  ;  and  in  conversa- 
tions and  the  distribution  of  the  Scrip- 
tures and  tracts,  find  full  employment 
among  a  people  gathered  from  almost 
every  country  ot  the  world,  differing 
much  in  language,  in  manners  and  in 
forms  of  worship,  but  appearing  em- 
phatically to  live  without  God  in  the 
world.  A  school  of  Arab  boys  is 
continued. 

ALGOA  BAY,  a  settlement  of 
Hottentots,  on  Zwartkopts  River  in 
Cape  Colony,  South  Africa,  500  m. 
E.  of  Cape  Town,  E.  Ion.  20°  35',  S. 
lat.  33'-'  5G'.  Ships  may  lie  at  anchor 
in  five  fathoms  water,  a  mile  from  tlie 
general  landing  place.  The  adjacent 
country  is  very  fertile,  and  abounds 
in  useful  animals. 

Dr.  Vanderkemp  and  Mr.  James 
Read  arrived  at  this  place  in  1802, 
both  beinff  connected  with  the  L.  M. 

20 


f 

■^ 


I 


s. 

ed 

th 

wl 

wa 

th. 

Til 

res 

Ge 

col 

fori 


)  ;  tht'  lioiitiofl, 
ilj  111'  a  niiiiii 
Iria.  lilt'  CKiii- 
iH  Ih-ci)  much 
!1K)  sliipH  arriv- 

icli   liaM    in   an 

i\ivrU'i\  u  man- 

Tfii     Kiiijfhiiid 

t  tliif*  very  ilo- 

lir  t'yi'  <tt'tlii)s»' 

UH  ior  the  utii- 

i«|)('l.     'I'Ih'  r»'- 

Kiry|)t    has  al- 

I'licf   of"  many 

principal     Hca- 

dcstiUit«%    for 

an  ordinanct'H, 

nmi'dan   dark- 

t  Christianity. 

rrp,  thr  wants 

Mr.  Macplior- 

AU'xandria   in 

'.     1I»'  was  for 

rom  any  ri'gu- 

'  prevalence  of 

nee  l»eld  reli- 

1  different  lan- 

•rsons,  and  has 

I  of  a  respecta- 

'hnm  he  found 

ost  every  form 

oni  he  has  ad- 

Limes   Barthol- 

Biallobh)tsky 

IV.  M.  S.  in 

acii  on  board 

well  as  on 

in  conversa- 

n  of  the  Scrip- 

1  employment 

d  from  almost 

orld,  differing 

lanners  and  in 

ippearing  em- 

ut  God  in  the 

Arab   boys  is 

ettlement  of 
spts  River  in 
frica,  500  m. 
n.  20°  35',  S. 

lie  at  anchor 
mile  from  tlie 
The  adjacent 

and  abounds 

:  Mr.  James 
"lace  in  1802, 
Kth  the  L.  M. 

20 


IS 


ALG 

S.  About  1(10  llntfcnfots  nccompani- 
ed  llicni  from  Clraaf  lleynet,  under 
the  escort  of  Major  Sherloi'U.  some  of 
whom  si>))arati'))  from  them  on  the 
way,  and  otlicrs  joined  them,  so  that 
there  were  atMiiit  H(l  on  llieir  arrival. 
Tliin  measiirt'  was  the  ellect  of  a  ror- 
respondcncc  betwixt  his  K.vcelleney 
General  Diindas,  the  (Joveriior  of  tlie 
colony,  and  Dr.  \  aiiderkernp  ;  the 
former  liavin<;  requested  the  latter  to 
furnish  him  with  a  plan  for  the  for- 
mation of  a  llottrnlot  villaire,  with  a 
view  to  civilization.  'I'he  plan  siiir- 
gested  was  approved  by  the  (lovern- 
or.  who  e.\|)nsse(l  his  intention  of 
Bupportinir  it,  |»y  furnishinir  provis- 
ions to  tile  Hottentots  tor  a  reasona- 
ble time,  and  Hendini;  a  part  of  the 
materials  necressary  (or  the  ecmsfriic- 
tion  of  the  intended  settlement.  'J'liis 
desifTii  was  .accomplished,  so  far  as 
related  to  the  provisions,  which  were 
sent  in  a  ship  ap|iointed  for  that  pur- 
pose ;  but  the  final  adjustment  of  the 
measure  was  postjioned. 

In  the  course  of  the  v*'*'""  a  settle- 
ment was  formed  at  (iota's  place, 
about  H  III.  from  the  IJay,  and  its  as- 
pect was  very  encouruirjiig  ;  but,  un- 
happily, some  violent  diseases,  sup- 
posed to  have  been  occasioned  by  the 
stagnated  waters  of  the  neighbor- 
hood, bejraii  to  make  their  appearance 
among  the  people.  Dr.  Vanderkemp 
himself  was  atllicted  ;  by  which  his 
public  labors  wi're  totally  susjiended, 
and  his  jtatience  tried  by  a  confine- 
ment to  his  bed  for  eleven  months. 
The  efforts  of  his  coadjutor.  Mr  Read, 
were  continued,  with  no  small  ditH- 
culties  and  obstructions  of  a  local  na- 
ture ;  on  which  account  his  K.vcel- 
lency  'Governor  Dundas  favored  the 
Doctor  with  a  visit;  and  representing 
to  him  the  unhappy  posture  of  affairs. 
and  the  extreme  danger  to  which  the 
missionaries  would  be  exposed,  when 
the  English  garrison  should  be  with- 
drawn from  the  neighboring  fort,  at 
Algoa  Bay,  strongly  recommended  to 
him  to  dt'sist.  for  the  present,  from 
the  prosecution  of  his  benevolent  plan 
in  that  quarter,  and  to  retire  to  a  place 
of  greater  safety.  The  Doctor,  how- 
|«ver,  respectfully  replied,  that  he  was 
determined  to  remain  faithfnl  to  the 
call  of  his  God  ;  and  should  his  life 
be  made  a  sacrifice  in  consequence  of 
abiding  with  the  people,  he  was  per- 


ALG 

fectly  ready  to  lose  it  for  the  sake  of 
the  least  child  amoii^r  them.  Mr. 
Head,  actuated  by  the  saiiii'  fortitude 
of  K|Hrit.  thoiiirh  li-fl  liv  his  colU>ague 
entirely  to  the  dntiitcs  of  his  own 
judgment,  made  the  same  rcsulntion, 
adding,  that  should  Dr.  \  anilerkeiiip 
have  thought  proper  to  witlidraw  from 
the  scene  of'  daiiirer.  it  was  his  own 
determination  to  abide  with  the  peo- 
ple. 'I'he  worthy  Governor,  finding 
his  prudential  admonitions  fruitless, 
desisted,  and  could  fiiitlier  iii.initi'st 
his  benevolence  only  by  presenting 
tliein  with  a  very  liberal  sii|t|-ly  of 
oxen  and  sheep,  with  other  iiselul  ar- 
ticles for  their  support,  and  for 
their  assistance  in  agriculture;  and 
by  empowering  them  iminediutely 
to  take  possession  of  the  fort,  as  a 
|)lace  of  safety.  This  bitter  meas- 
ure, them  issioiiaries  thoonht  pro- 
per to  decline  tor  the  present  ;  re- 
serving, however,  the  right  «»f  avail- 
ing tliemselvi's  of  the  generous  offer, 
shimld  future  circumstances  render  it 
iM'cessary. 

This  necessity,  alas  !  was  too  soon 
apparent  ;  for  only  eight  days  had 
eiap.sed  afli-r  the  departure  of  the  sol- 
diers from  the  garrison,  when  the 
mis,  naries  were  suddenly  assaulted 
in  t*  (•  iniddh'  of  a  dark  night,  by  a 
furious  banditti,  whose  object  seemed 
to  be,  not  only  the  destruction  of 
their  property,  but  of  their  lives  also. 
Tht  assailants  fired  their  muskets  at 
them  not  less  than  til\y  times  ;  yet, 
happily,  no  lives  were  lost.  In  this 
awful  moment  of  danger,  the  Hotten- 
tots who  were  with  the  Doctor,  insist- 
ed on  repelling  force  liy  force,  and 
accordingly  fired  twice,  and  twice 
only,  and  at  random,  among  the  in- 
vading party.  The  assault,  from 
what  cause  they  could  not  then  guess, 
immediately  ceased,  and  the  party 
withdrew.  When  the  morning  ar- 
rived, it  was  found  that  one  of  the 
shots  had  peni'trated  the  thigh  of  the 
Hottentot  chief,  and  by  dividing  a 
principal  artery,  occasioned  such  a 
loss  of  blood,  as  put  a  period  to  his 
life  in  a  few  minutes.  The  enemy, 
however,  enraged  and  reinforced,  re- 
newed the  attack  in  the  following 
night ;  but,  finding  the  settlement  in 
a  better  state  of  defence,  judged  it 
prudent  to  withdraw  ;  after  which  the 
missionaries  thought  themselves  calU 

21 


AM. 


ALL 


nl  Wy  I'rov'ulcnpc  to  rctiro  fn  tho  nHv 
liitii  wliicli  till'  Mci<r|ilMiriiiir  I'lirt  iif- 
ionitMi,  uiiil  ill  wliii'li  tli*'y  \Vfn>  |ii'<>- 
wrv«'(l  ill  Hiill'ty  froiii  tin-  violfiici"  n|' 
tln'ir  «'ii<'iiii<"s. 

Wlu'ii  liin  Kxfi'llciipy  (Juvfriinr 
JaiiHt-iis  IijkI  tiiki'ii  |iiiHscssiiiii  lit'  tlir 
Cajic  tor  till'  Diilrli  Ki'|iiililic,  in' 
paid  a  v'\m\  to  Dr.  Viiiiili'rki'iii|i.  ami 
ex|in'HNi'i1  liis  o|)ii)ioii  that  tin-  iiiis- 
Mioiiarii'.s  slmitlil  ri'iiiovi*  to  a  iiiori* 
(■li}rilili>  situation  ;  airl  liaviii!;  iiiiii- 
8('lt"  looki'il  out  for  a  Kiiitalilr  spot,  ri'- 
coiniiii'iiilril  tlnir  iiiiiiii'diali'  rriiioval 
to  it.  Willi  tlii.s  uilvii!!'  tliry  tliouoht 
it  tlii'ir  iliity  ut  oiii'i>  to  comply,  ami 
aci;or(liiii;ly  ri'iiiovi-il  to  tlw  appointi'il 
phuM',  Kitiiati'il  wt'stwani  to  M^roa 
liixy,  at  till'  iiioiitli  ot'tlir  Zwartkopts 
Ilivrr.  ami  j^avi'  it  tiii'  naiiii'  of  JJi'tli- 
ol  Villairi'. 

Ill  till'  midst  of  tlii'si'  iinlavorahlr 
and  thri'atiMiiiiij  ciifiimstami's,  the 
work  of  (toil  was  proi'i'i'dinir  :  a 
goodly  niimltcr  of  till'  poor  Hotti-iitots 
wi'H!  convi'rti'd  from  tin*  rrmr  of 
their  ways,  ami  ati'ordrd  tlic  most 
satisfactory  I'vidi'iu'.i' of  pii'ty.  In  oiii' 
war  mort'  than  two  liuiulred  witc 
baptized,  and  many  of  thorn  were  ad- 
mitted to  the  communion.  They 
kept  every  week  a  feast  of  charity. 
reBenihlinir  the  Ajjapii!  of  the  first 
Christians,  which  tliey  always  con- 
cluded l)y  the  celehratioii  of  the 
Lord's  Supper. — [SVr  Iht/nlsdori).] 

ALLAJJAG.  capital  of  an  inde- 
pendent Maliratta  I'rince,  Ilindoos- 
tan,  about  2{)  m.  down  the  coast  from 
Bombay,  and  !•  N.  of  tlawadunda. 

The  Aiiurican,  Missionaries  at  IJom- 
bav  have  establislied  a  j)ros porous 
school  hero,  under  a  .Jewish  teacher, 
which  they  occasionally  visit.  In 
18:21  it  contained  about  4(>  scholars. 
12  of  wliom  were  from  Jewish  fami- 
lies. No  inlelliirence  has  boon  recent- 
ly roceived  in  rejrard  to  tliis  school. 

ALLAHAIJAI),  a  province  of  Min- 
doo.stan  Proper.  'i(»0  m.  lonir,  and  I'^O 
broad  ;  bounded  on  the  N.  by  Aijra 
and  Oude,  E.  by  Baliar,  S.by  Guadi- 
anna,  and  W.  by  Malwah  and  Agra. 

The  Nerbudda,  which  rist;s  on  the 
S.  E.  border  of  the  province,  flows 
from  E.  to  W.  near  its  S.  side  ;  and 
the  Ganges,  which  is  hero  joined  by 
the  Jumna,  crosses  it  from  W.  to  E. 
near  its  N.  side.  The  S.  W.  part, 
called    Bundelcund,   is   an   elevated 


places, 
tent  of 
irrouiid 


hillv  territory  ;  but  in  other  parts  it 
is  tiat  and  very  productive.  It  \\\\* 
i-eileil  to  Great  Krilaiii  in  I7I*H.  |t<« 
cavalry  ami  infantry  have  amounted 
to  alioiit  'Jlttl.llliil,  and  its  revi-niii'  to 
more  tlian  tliree  millions  of'  sicra  rii- 
pi'i's.  The  population  exreids  7.<lti(l.- 
III IM  consisting;  of  a  proportion  of  I  liii- 
doos  to  .MoiiammeiJans  as  H  to  I.  It 
is  not  percrptilile  of  cumpli'ti'  rulti- 
valion.  Iiiit  it  contains  the  iainons  di- 
amond mines  i>t'  I'annali. 

.Illnhitliiid,  the  capital  of  the  above 
provime.  lias  a  ma'jnilirmt  I'itadrl. 
It  was  fonnili'd  l»y  liie  Kmperor  Ac- 
iier.  who  inti'iided  it  as  a  place  of 
arms;  and  its  fortifications  are  now 
impreijnaiile  to  a  native  arniv.  It 
stands  at  tiie  i-oiitlnv  of  tlie  .liimna, 
the  (Janet's,  and  the  Sereswati,  which 
is  the  lart'ost  and  most  iioly  prayai,M 
of  the  Hindoos;  so  noted,  that  it  is 
called  ••  the  kini;  of"  worsiiipped 
'  and  the  territory,  to  the  e.x- 
10  m.  roui.i!,  is  deemed  holy 
So  numerous  are  tlie  pil- 
i;rims  who  resort  liitler  for  ablution, 
tliat  f>r  ihis  injiiiliren'.'  an  annual 
contrilmtioii  of  "»((.(;()()  rupees  has  been 
paid  into  tlie  vizier's  tr'»asnry.  It  is 
170  111.  W.  N.  W.  Calcutta.  E  ion. 
S|>  ;-)(!'.  N.  lat.  '>W  -27'.  The  inhabi- 
tants exclusive  of  the  garrison  amount 
to  'itt.OOO. 

At  tliis  place  human  sacrifices  are 
of  t'iei|iient  occurrence.  Tiie  follow- 
ing instance,  as  described  by  a  spec- 
tator of  the  scene,  is  thus  iriven  by 
.Mr.  Ward  : — '*  Sixteen  females,  ac- 
companied by  as  many  priests,  went 
in  boats  on  the  river  opposite  Allaha- 
bad, and  proceeded  to  the  spot  where 
the  Ganges  and  the  Jumna,  two 
sacred  rivers,  unite  their  imrityiiig 
streams.  Each  victim  had  a  larae 
earthern  pan  slung  over  her  shoul- 
ders. She  descended  over  the  side  of 
the  boat  into  the  river,  and  was  then 
held  up  by  a  priest,  till  she  had  filled 
the  |»ans  from  the  river,  when  the  priest 
let  go  his  hold,  and  the  ])ans  drajru'ed 
lier  to  the  bottom.  And  thus  died 
amidst  the  applauses  of  the  specta- 
tors, and  assisted  by  the  priests  of  tlie 
country,  sixteen  females,  as  a  single 
offering  to  the  demon  of  destruction. 
They  died  under  the  firm  persuasion 
that  this  was  the  direct  way  to  hea- 
ven. The  priests  enjoyed  the  scene, 
and  spoke  of  it  to  their  friends  as  a 

23 


Jie 

no 

HOI 

toi 
ndl 
for 
mil 
ilai 

tiO  ( 

tie 
Iwy 
mei 
\ 

lain 
and 
<lav 
cup 
.ftl 
cd 
j)lac 
for  1 
nctr 
mak 
of  A 
gun 
'       was 
*•  I  h 
tlie  V 
atteii 
great 
tlian 
Hind 
and 
liear 
afler 
sons 
a  (list 
Mr 
fixed 
ed  by 
nia  a  I 
liitve 
TJje  I 
la  wo 
in  the 
afler 
them 
M.  ha 
tor  vie 
famed 
to  see 
"  were 
face  bl 
the  up 
before 
chain 
vironei 
gles ; 
naked 


AL 


t< 


ALL 


nlluT  jjiirts  it 
1,-tivr.  It  wii!* 
11  ill  I7'.'H.  lt-« 
liHVf  iiiinMinlril 

itH  rt-vfiitif  l<> 
Diis  ol'  Hircii  ru- 
,.x,T.-.ls  7. <«*«.- 
(portion  ot'  lliii- 
|y  «!<  H  (u  I .  It 
foiniiltt''  <i\lti- 
,  liio  laiiioiiH  di- 

iiili. 

till  of  till'  altovf 
nilinnt  rit;i<l"'l- 
ic  Kmi»'ror  .\<"-_ 
t  wA  ;i  pliK''  "*' 
catioiiH  '"■'"  ""^^' 
itivc  iiriiiv.  1^ 
X  of  tlif  Juiniiii, 
Scri'swiiti,  whit'li 

osi  l'«iy  |»^lyi^^'il 

ik.UmI.  llmt  it  \<* 
,,1'     worshippt'tl 
rritnry.  I<»  tl"'  «'^- 
I,  \»  il.MMiiftl  lioly 
rous  art'   tin'    pil- 
itl'iT  lor  iilihitioii, 
iwn'    an   annual 
To  ri.p«'f><  li"**  Ix't'n 
'a  treasury.     It  i^ 
1  Calcutta.   E   Ion. 
,.'.     Tlu«  inliabi- 
o  irarrirton  amount 


U 


nan  sarrific-08  are 
xxco.     Tlu'  lollow- 
scrilxHl  by  a  spoc- 
is  thus  ^rivon  by 
tci'ii   ffinalcrt.  ac- 
lany  prit'sts.  went 
r  oppoHiti*  Allaha- 
to  th»«  spot  whoro 
tilt*     Jumna,    t\v(» 
their  purity insr 
^tim    had    a   laroe 
ir  ovor  hor  sh"Ui- 
fod  over  tho  side  of 
livpr.  and  was  tbt'n 
.  till  sht'  had  lillt'd 
i,or,whtmth('prH'st 
I  tho  pans  drasru't'd 
And  thus  died 
SOS  of  tho  spocta- 
iv  tho  priostsof  the 
[omales,  as  a  single 
lion  of  dostruction. 
:he  firm  persuasion 
direct  way  to  hea- 
enjoyed  the  scene, 
their  friends  as  a 

23 


'^' 


idoasant  moriiinjj  I'umbol.  Wo  have 
lioro  no  wroporH  ,  no  n'lnoiistrants  ; 
no  youth  iiitorpoHiiijir  to  navo  tlinn  to 
Ho«;ioty.  'I'lioy  (JO  tlowii  to  tlio  bot- 
loiii,  UH  looHo  btoiioH  which  have  no 
fidliosioii  to  the  quarry — ub  frouliircs 
for  \vhi«h  Hocioty  has  no  us*'.  Nor 
must  it  bo  .siippoHod  tiiat  this  is  a  h(d- 
itarv  instaiioo  ;  ihoso  iioinolationH  aro 
til)  oommoii,  that  tlioy  oxc-ito  very  lit- 
th-  anxiotv  indood  at  Allahabad,  and 
boyoiid  that  city  thoy  are  Kcarct-ly 
iiioiitioiiod." 

Whon  tho  Rt'V.  Messrs.  Chambor- 
luiii  and  I'oacock.  with  thoir  iiiiiiilios, 
and  a  baptized  Hindoo  tiaiiied  N'run- 
daviiii.  sot  out  I'roiii  Serampore  to  oc- 
cupy a  now  station  at./^/^/v/,  tho  news 
<  I'tfii'ir  jjoini^  appears  to  jiav«'  preced- 
ed their  proyfress,  as  in  ditferont 
places  they  met  with  people  inquiring; 
for  the  sahibs,  who  jrav«'  away  the 
nctr  shasirr  ;  and  in  consequenco,  on 
makiiifr  thoir  nn,<earanco  in  the  city 
of  Allahabad,  the  people  assembled  in 
jrroat  numbers.  So  mucii  interest 
was  awakened,  that  iMr.  C  remarks, 
'•  I  liavo  boon  in  many  |)lacos  whore 
tho  word  of  God  has  o.\cite<l  much 
attention,  but  never  saw  a  spirit  of 
greater  inquiry,  al\»'r  tho  /*///'  iraij, 
than  was  discovered  at  Allahabad. 
Hindoos  and  Mussiilinen,  learned 
and  unlearned,  all  s(  einod  oam'r  to 
iioar  the  word  of  salvation  ;  ami  oven 
atlor  we  had  lofl  the  city,  several  per- 
sons followed  us,  in  quest  of  books,  to 
a  distance  of  oijrht  or  nine  miles." 

Mr.  Mackintosh  was  subsequently 
fi.xod  at  this  place,  and  in  It^si!*.  assist- 
ed by  two  native  brethren,  Soota  Ra- 
ma and  Nriputa,  his  labors  ap|>ear  to 
have  excited  considerable  notice. 
Tiie  missionaries  behold  two  Mahrat- 
ta  women  immolato  themselves  here 
in  the  manner  of  those  just  described, 
aflor  attempting  in  vain  to  induce 
them  to  forego  their  purpose.  Mr. 
M.  had  also,  about  this  time,  an  in- 
terview with  a  goroo,  or  teacher, 
famed  for  his  austerities,  who  desired 
to  see  him.  "  His  looks,"  says  ho, 
"  were  grim  and  dreadful,  having  his 
face  blackened  ;  a  human  skull,  with 
the  upper  jaw  and  teeth  to  it,  hung 
before  him,  suspended  by  an  iron 
chain  round  his  neck  ;  his  ancles  en- 
vironed with  a  heavy  cliain  and  ban- 
gles ;  he  wore  no  clothes,  and  his 
naked  body  appeared  much  emaciat- 


ed. I  asked  him  what  was  tlie  oh- 
jeet  of  his  worship  :  he  said,  four 
things — air,  water,  oarth.  and  fire; 
and  that  be  hIioiiIiI  iiiiiii>;ie  in  thoRC 
|(Mir  I'ieiiieiits  alter  death.  'Then,' 
said  I,  '  it  afipears  you  have  no  futurr 
prospects.  Jlut  why  «lo  you  go 
through  such  peiiumes.  when  yoil 
lu'liovo  you  are  to  be  annihilated,  and 
to  liavo  no  oxistonct'  alhr  this  life  ? 
Surely  you  are  taken  in  the  snares  <tf 
Satan,  deceiving  your  ow  n  soul,  and 
ti'oding  upon  ambition,  that  men  may 
tall  down  at  your  li-ot,  and  worship 
you  us  II  (lod  ;  and  bo(;aiise  this  flat- 
ters you.  tliereloro  you  i.'o  through 
such  penances.'  lie  told  mo  that  lie 
had  i>eeii  in  this  state  t'or  twelve 
years,  and  meant  to  (Miiitiniio  in  it  till 
<l»'ath  delivon'd  him  from  it.  When 
I  came  up  t  i  him,  he  was  worship- 
ping lire.  I  advis«>d  him  to  throw 
away  these  delusions." 

i\Ir.  M.  continued  to  labor  for  some 
time  with  but  little  success  ;  but  an 
lOiiglish  friend,  in  token  of  gratitude 
for  the  benefit  derived  from  his  min- 
istry, generously  sent  him  iiCHlO  ru- 
pees, to  build  a  place  of  worship.  In 
l^*2.">,  however,  the  prospect  appeared 
brightening  ;  a  church  was  formed, 
consisting  of.)  members,  among  whom 
were  two  or  three  i»ious  Europeans ; 
and  five  Hindoo  youths  road  the  New 
Testament  with  Mr.  M.  At  the  pre- 
sent time,  Mirza  Yusuf  Hakir,  a  na- 
tive of  Allahabad  and  David  Batavia, 
a  native  of  Ceylon,  ore  employed  by 
the  C.  M.  6'.  as  catechists,  under  the 
direction  of  the  chaplain,  the  Rev. 
G.  W.  Crawford.  Service  is  conduct- 
ed among  the  native  Christians  con- 
nected with  the  ft>rt.  the  invalid  lines, 
and  the  cantonments.  Schools  for 
Christian  instruction  are  also  con- 
tinued at  these  places.  Christian 
knowledge  is  also  disseminated  by 
means  of  tracts,  portions  of  tlie  Scrip- 
ture, and  in  conversations  with  the 
many  wlio  resort  to  Allahabad  on  pil- 
grimages. The  two  catechists  sus- 
tain an  excellent  character,  and  their 
labors  are  highly  acceptable.  Indi- 
viduals are  already  found,  who,  it  is 
to  be  hoped,  will  be  only  first  fruits 
of  a  most  abundant  harvest.  A  spot 
better  fitted  for  missionary  exertion 
could  hardly  be  pointed  out.  Mr.  L. 
Mackintosh,  of  the  Serampore  mis- 
sions, continues  to  labor  with  encour- 

23 


i 


J 


i' 

r 

J 

\ 

■, 

P 

lBx-.ri 

ALL 

aging  success.  lie  has  Sectuldas  for 
a  native  assistant.  "  It  is  astonisli- 
ing,"  says  Mr.  M.  "  to  see  so  many 
coine  to  liear  us,  since  such  multi- 
tudes, from  the  very  beirirars  up  to 
the  governnicnt,  derive  pecuniary 
benefit  from  this  idolatrous  place. 

ALLEPIE,  a  larire  town  on  the 
Malabar  Coast,  about  40  m.  from 
Cochin,  and  I:;iO  N.  of  Cape  Como- 
rin,  is  the  chief  place  at  which  the 
Company's  ships  call  to  take  in  pep- 
per and  spices ;  it  has  a  healthy  cli- 
mate, and  about  13,000  inhabitants. 
Inhabitants  30,000,  with  a  very  popu- 
lous vicinity. 

A  good  house  and  garden  having 
been  ^.anted  by  the  rannee  of  Tra- 
vancore,  at  the  request  of  the  resi- 
dent, a  church  was  begun  in  181G, 
sufficiently  spacious  to  accommodate 
700  or  80U  persons  ;  and  the  Rev.  Mr. 
Norton  was  settled  there.  The  church 
was  opened  on  the  If^th  of  July,  ldl8, 
and  greatly  attracted  the  attention  of 
the  natives.  Mr.  Norton  preached 
three  times  on  the  Sabbath,  and  es- 
tablished a  lecture  on  Thursday  eve- 
nings, for  the  more  immediate  benefit 
of  all  who  understood  English.  At 
this  time  48  children  were  in  the 
schools,  and  24  in  the  Orphan  Asy- 
lum. A  new  school  was  opened  in 
the  previous  August,  built  in  the 
Great  Bazaar,  about  a  mile  from  the 
Mission-house,  capable  of  containing 
100  childr-^'n.  Some  principal  natives 
had  promised  to  use  their  influence  in 
filling  it  with  scholars  ;  but  the  op- 
position of  the  Roman  Catholics  (of 
whom  there  are  great  numbers  in  the 
town,)  was  violent ;  and  the  Roman 
Syrians,  in  particular,  seemed  to  have 
succeeded  in  possessing  the  minds  of 
the  people  with  unfounded  suspicions 
and  fears. 

In  1810,  the  English  congregation 
consisted  of  about  40  persons,  and  the 
native  of  about  100,  of  all  ages,  Syri- 
ans, converts  from  the  Romish  church 
and  catechumens.  Occasional  audi- 
tors of  all  persuasinrs  also  attended. 
The  schools  suffered  material  diminu- 
tion at  this  period,  in  consequence  of 
the  disturbance  betwe(>n  the  Syrians 
and  the  Roman  Catholics ;  most  of 
the  Roman  children  having  been 
withdrawn.  At  the  end  of  tlie  year 
the  number  of  scholars  was  about  50, 
but  subsequently  the  scholars  gener- 


ALL 

ally  returned.  A  school  was  also  es* 
tablished  in  the  suburbs  of  Allepie, 
from  which  much  benefit  was  antici* 
pated,  and  the  general  aspect  of  the 
mission  was  encouraging.  During 
the  following  year  IVfr.  N.  baptized 
yo  persons,  including  children,  and 
distributed  122  Bibles  and  Testaments 
in  different  languages,  and  18  copies 
of  Genesis  in  Tamul,  with  130  Pray- 
er Books  and  Psalters  in  English  or 
Tamul.  The  schools  again  decreased 
on  the  arrival  of  an  European  bishop; 
the  people  were  prohibited  sending 
their  children,  on  pain  of  excommu- 
nication, in  consequence  of  which 
many  were  much  alarmed.  The 
bishop  ordered  all  the  Bibles  and 
Testaments  which  had  been  distri- 
buted, to  be  delivered  to  him  at  Ver- 
apoly ;  but  many  were  courageous 
enough  to  oppose  him  in  this,  and  to 
allow  their  children  to  come  again. 
About  100  persons,  however,  heard 
the  Gospel. 

In  1822,  the  2  schools  contained 
109  children,  whose  profri^ess  in  learn- 
ing was  satisfactory  ;  and  an  occur- 
rence in  this  mission  evinced  the 
happy  effects  of  the  perusal  of  the 
sacred  Scriptures.  A  Hindoo  youth 
belonging  to  the  school,  who  was 
employed  by  Mr.  Norton  to  transcribe 
portions  of  the  Gospels  in  the  ver- 
nacular tongue,  became  impressed 
with  a  conviction  of  the  truths  con- 
tained in  them,  and  gradually  discon- 
tinued the  observance  of  the  idolatrous 
rites  of  his  family.  He  was  removed 
by  his  relations  into  the  interior  of 
the  country,  in  order  to  detach  him 
from  the  mission  ;  and  violence  was 
threatened,  to  induce  him  to  conform 
to  the  customary  practices  of  his 
caste.  Urged  l)y  this  treatment,  he 
fled  from  the  country,  and  coming 
into  the  Tinnevelly  district,  he  heard 
of  the  mission  in  the  town  of  that 
name,  and  sought  entrance  into  the 
seminary  there.  The  missionaries  at 
Tinnevelly  wrote  to  Mr.  Norton,  to 
ascertain  the  truth  of  as  much  of  th"? 
youth's  account  of  himself  as  he 
might  be  acquainted  with  ;  and  he 
was  enabled,  fo  far,  to  confirm  its 
accuracy.  The  youth  applied  himself 
diligently  to  his  duties  at  Tmnevelly 
seminary,  preparatory  to  baptism ; 
and  the  missionaries  there  wrote  in 
terms   of  entire   approbation   of  his 

24 


I 


AMB 


A  MB 


;hool  was  also  efl* 
I)urb9  of  Allepie, 
["notit  was  antici- 
ral  aspect  of  the 
raginw.  During 
]Vfr.  N.  baptized 
ng  cliildrcn,  and 
!8  and  Testaments 
rps,  and  18  copies 
!l,  with  K?0  Pray- 
ers in  English  or 
Is  again  decreased 
European  bishop ; 
rohibited  sending 
)ain  of  excommu- 
]uonce  of  which 
i    alarmed.      The 

I  tlie    Bibles   and 
had   been   distri- 

ed  to  him  at  Ver- 
Avere  courageous 
im  in  this,  and  to 

II  to  come  again. 
,  however,  heard 

schools  contained 
profT^'ess  in  learn- 
y  ;  and  an  occur- 
sion    evinced   the 
le  perusal  of  the 
A  Hindoo  youth 
school,   who   was 
orton  to  transcribe 
>spels  in  the  ver- 
)ecame   impressed 
)f  the  truths  con- 
gradually  discon- 
ce  of  the  idolatrous 
He  was  removed 
to  the  interior  of 
er  to  detach  him 
and  violence  was 
ce  him  to  conform 
practices    of  his 
this  treatment,  he 
ilry,  and   coming 
district,  he  heard 
the  town  of  that 
entrance  into  the 
lie  missionaries  at 
;o  Mr.   Norton,  to 
of  as  much  of  th"? 
f   himself   as   he 
pd  with  ;   and  he 
ir,  to  confirm  its 
J th  applied  himself 
ties  at  T'nnevelly 
tory    to  baptism ; 
es  there  wrote  in 
iprobation   of  his 

24 


conduct.  A  Roman  Catholic,  who 
joined  the  Protestant  Church,  suf- 
fered, like  this  youth,  much  perse- 
secution.  "  We  are  obliged,"  says 
Mrs.  N.,  "  to  take  him  under  our  care, 
or  they  would  confine  him  in  whai 
they  call  the  Black-hole.  The  bishop 
sent  a  petition  to  the  British  resident, 
requesting  him  to  make  Mr.  Norton 
give  him  up.  The  resident  sent  it 
to  Mr.  Norton,  wishing  him  to  com- 
municate a  full  account  of  the  case, 
which  he  did  ;  and  the  young  man 
begged  leave  to  write  to  him  also, 
which  he  was  permitted  to  do.  He 
told  the  resident,  that  he  had  been  in 
our  school  more  than  4  years  ;  that 
he  had  thus  learnt  to  read  his  Bible  ; 
and  that  he  could  not  belono;  to  a 
church  which  would  deprive  him  of 
the  only  book  that  would  teach  him 
the  way  to  heaven.  Several  others 
in  the  school  told  their  parents  that 
they  could  not  give  up  reading  the 
Scriptures." 

The  average  attendance  on  public 
worship,  at  the  Allepie  station,  is 
'MO;  the  communicants  are  iJi;  can- 
didates for  baptism,  22  ;  for  the  Lord's 
supper,  ](i ;  the  number  of  schools  is 
5;  of  scholars — boys  1/7.  girls  28, 
youths  and  adults,  5.  Tiie  labors 
of  Mr.  Norton  have  been  subjected  to 
some  interruption,  in  consequence  of 
a  small  allowance  from  the  Travan- 
core  government  for  educational  pur- 
poses having  been  withdrawn.  It  is 
in  contemplation  speedily  to  establish 
boarding-schools,  in  connection  with 
day-schools  ;  the  former  affording 
excellent  opportunities  for  imparting 
thorough  instruction,  and  for  pro- 
ducing a  permanent  change  in  tlie 
native  character.  Mr.  Fyvie  of  the 
L.  J\[.  S.  says,  that  he  was  present  at 
Allepie  on  a  Sabbath,  and  witnessed 
the  baptism  of  7  converts  from  Hin- 
dooism,  and  the  renunciation  of  Ro- 
manism by  an  entire  family.  More 
than  100  natives  were  present,  and 
appeared  to  be  devout  worshippers. 

AMBOYNA,  an  island  in  the  In- 
dian Ocean,  the  Dutch  metropolis  of 
the  Moluccas.  It  is  fiO  miles  long. 
and  divided,  at  the  S.W.  end,  by  a 
large  bay  into  two  limbs,  the  larirest 
called  Hetou,  and  the  other  Leytimor. 
The  surface  is  beautiful ;  woody  hills 
and  verdant  plains  being  interspersed 
with  hamlets,  and  enriched  by  cul- 


tivation. The  chief  products  are 
cloves,  the  trees  of  which  are  about 
40  or  50  feet  high,  nutmegs,  sugar, 
coflee,  and  many  delicious  fruits ; 
also,  a  peculiar  wood,  that  is  used  for 
beautiful  cabinet-work.  The  English 
and  Dutch  had  factories  here  at  the 
beginning  of  the  17th  century  ;  but 
the  Dutch  e.xpelled  the  English,  and, 
in  Kl^ii.  tortured  and  put  to  death 
many  of  them.  The  island  was  taken 
by  the  British  in  17!l(>,  restored  iu 
18()ii,  and  again  taken  in  1810,  and 
restored  in  1815.  When  the  English 
took  Aiiiboyna  in  171l(),  it  contained 
about  45.y5'2  inhabitants  ;  of  whom 
no  less  than  i7,8i;{  were  protestants ; 
the  rest  were  Mohannnedaiis  and 
Chinese. 

/Jiiilwijna,  the  chief  town,  is  neatly 
built,  and  stands  near  the  middle  of 
the  bay,  on  the  smaller  limb,  defend- 
ed by  the  Fort  Victoria.  The  Dutch 
are  tolerably  polished,  but  the  natives 
fire  rude  and  uncultivated.  The 
houF'^s  are  made  of  bamboo-canes  and 
sago- trees,  generallv  one  story  high, 
on  account  of  frequent  eartlujuakes. 
E.  Ion.  \2i*^  15',  S.  lat.  li^  4()'. 

The  Rev.  Joseph  Kam,  from  the 
L.  M.  S.  fixed  upon  this  island,  in 
1814,  as  the  scene  of  his  labors. 
Early  in  1810,  his  congregation  in 
the  Dutch  church,  on  the  Lord's  day, 
amounted  in  gi-neral  to  800  or  1000 
persons  ;  and  when  he  preached  in 
the  Malay  language  he  had  usually 
from  500  to  000  hearers. 

Speaking  of  the  inhabitants  of  Am- 
boyna.  he  says,  "  The  great  bod/ 
of  Christians  residing  here  are  not 
Europeans,  or  half-castes,  but  per- 
sons whose  ancestors  have  resided 
here  from  generation  to  generation. 
Among  them,  I  will  venture  so  say, 
there  are  thousands  who  would  part 
with  every  thing  they  possess  to  ob- 
tain a  copy  of  the  Bible  in  their  own 
tongue  ;  and  if  they  hear  that  I  am 
to  preach  in  the  Malay  language, 
which  is,  at  present,  more  my  busi- 
ne;-;s  than  preaching  in  Dutch,  many 
collect  together  two  hours  before  the 
service  commences." 

"  As  to  the  slaves."  he  says,  *'  many 
of  their  masters  did  not,  formerly, 
approve  of  their  coming  to  receive 
instruction,  and  some  came  to  mo 
without  hiving  previously  obtained 
permission ;  but  now  several  of  the 

25 


AMB 


AMB 


.1 


masters  request  me  to  teach  their 
slaves,  having  found  by  experience, 
that  those  who  are  reUgiously  in- 
structed are  more  faithful  and  diligent 
than  otliers." 

After  visiting  the  islands  of  Banda, 
Harooka,  Cerani,  Nalaliwu,  Saparu- 
wa,  and  Nusalout,  Mr.  K.  returned 
to  Aniboyna,  where  the  work  of  the 
Lord  continued  to  pro.-per,  especially 
among  the  heathen,  who  destroyed 
the  houses  formerly  erected  for  the 
worship  of  devils,  and  put  away  from 
them  every  vestige  of  idolatry.  Such, 
indeed,  was  their  zeal  in  the  cause 
of  divine  truth,  that  when  Mr.  Kam 
intimated  his  intention  of  erecting 
a  new  church,  for  the  separate  use 
of  the  slaves,  they  cheerfully  volun- 
teered their  services  in  cutting  tim- 
ber in  the  forests,  for  the  purpose  ; 
and  thus  precluded  the  necessity  of 
his  applying  to  the  Directors  for  pe- 
cuniary assistance.  Within  about  4 
years,  1200  heathens  and  Moham- 
medans embraced  Christianity  in  the 
extensive  field  of  his  labors.  The 
comnmnicants  were  about  2800 ;  and 
the  scholars  2000. 

From  a  letter,  written  hy  Mr.  Kam, 
after  his  return  from  a  visit  he  paid 
to  Celebes  Sangir,  and  other  islands, 
it  appears  that  this  zealous  and  labo- 
rious missionary  had  baptized,  in  the 
several  islands,  up-."arde  of  500  chil- 
dren, and  nearly  500  adults  ;  and  that 
in  Amboyna  he  had  baptized,  chieflv 
of  those  who  had  been  Mohammed- 
ans, 128  adults,  besides  children. 

In  January  1821,  an  Auxiliary 
Missionary  Society  was  formed  at 
Amboyna,  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
tributing to  the  maintenance  and  sup- 
port of  several  missionaries  recently 
sent  out  by  the  JV.  S.,  and  also  with  a 
view  to  assistin  the  printing  of  school- 
books  and  religious  tracts,  a  second 
printing-press  having  arrived  from 
the  directors  in  London,  in  the  course 
of  the  preceding  year. 

About  this  time,  a  place  was  e  act- 
ed, immediately  contiguous  to  Mr. 
Kam's  dwelling-house,  for  the  initiato- 
ry instruction  of  such  converts  from 
paganism  as  might  be  desirous  of  re- 
ceiving baptism  ;  and,  during  the 
year,  that  solemn  rite  was  adminis- 
tered to  30  persons,  who  had  abjured 
heathenism,  and  embraced  the  truths 
of  Christianity.    Towards  the  close 


of  December,  in  the  same  year,  Mr. 
Kam  had  the  satisfaction  of  receiving 
into  his  church  about  100  new  mem- 
bers, of  whom  several  had  formerly 
been  idolaters,  and  one  a  Moham- 
medan. At  diflerent  times  the  B.  i^ 
F.  B.  6'.  have  sent  to  the  disposal  of 
Mr.  Kam  !)000  Malay  Testaments,  the 
distribution  of  which  has  been  exten- 
sively followed  by  the  renunciation 
of  idolatry.  The  Bible  iias  been  sold 
by  auction  for  4(J  dollars.  An  Auxil- 
iary Bible  Society  was  formed  in  1815, 
the  subscriptions  to  which  amounted 
to  4000  dollars. 

\i\  1824,  there  were  in  Mr.  Kam's 
school,  including  adults,  54  scholars. 
During  the  twelve  months  immedi- 
ately preceding  June  1824,  he  bap- 
tized 107  persons,  of  both  sexes, 
professed  converts  from  heathenism. 
Four  Chinese,  2  men  and  2  women, 
to  whom  the  reading  of  Dr.  Morrison's 
Chinese  version  of  the  Scriptures  had 
been  made  useful,  were  also  baptized 
by  Mr.  Kam,  and  admitted  into 
Christian  fellowship,  as  the  first  fruits 
of  his  mission  among  that  people. 
Seven  persons  were  employed  at  that 
period  in  the  printing  establishment. 
Mr.  K.  had  received  the  sum  of  3500 
Java  rupees,  or  about  400/.,  from  the 
sale  of  Malay  Bibles,  and  a  supply  of 
Psalm-books  in  that  language,  from 
the  JV.  S. 

In  the  following  year,  there  were 
18  young  men  in  Mr.  Kam's  native 
seminary,  under  preparatory  instruc- 
tion for  the  office  of  native  teacher. 
The  first  volume  of  the  "  Village 
Sermons,"  in  Malay,  was  ready  for 
circulation.  The  number  of  native 
converts  from  Paganism  and  Moham- 
medanism, who  were  candidates  for 
baptism,  was  considerable.  His  Ex- 
cellency the  Governor  General,  who, 
accompanied  by  his  lady  and  his 
Excellency  the  Governor  of  the  Mo- 
luccas, had  inspected  Mr.  Kam's 
missionary  establishment,  and  ex- 
pressed himself  much  gratified,  par- 
ticularly with  his  chapel  and  printing 
office  ;  ordered  him  a  monthly  allow- 
ance of  600  Java  rupees,  towards 
defraying  his  travelling  expenses. 
At  the  close  of  this  year  Mr.  Kam 
performed  another  extensive  mission- 
ary tour,  among  the  islands  of  the 
Malayan  Archipelago.  During  Feb- 
ruary 1826,  five  native  teachers  were 

26 


AMB 


AME 


anguage,  from 


srnt  from  Amboyna  to  several  of  the 
Molucca  islands,  in  consetnicncc  of 
applications  previously  n'ceivod  from 
the  inliabitants.  Two  teachers,  na- 
tives of  JJanlia.  have  also  been  sent  t(» 
that  island,  in  cfunpliance  with  their 
own  earnest  desire,  to  instruct  their 
countrymen  thine  knowledge  of  the 
Gosi)el.  Mr.  Kiim's  Malay  translaticm 
of  the  first  volume  of  the  "  Village 
Scrinons"  is  nf)w  in  circulation. 

In  Ir'M,  the  ilev.  Jabez  Carey,  from 
the  />.  M.  S.  was  appointed  inspector 
of  t!ie  schools  in  this  isl.md.  In 
Itilf),  he  sa3's.  •'  The  number  of  schol- 
ars is  ;{()3.  On  the  Kith  of  January, 
I  was  appointed  to  the  otRce  of  man- 
ager of  the  poor  fund,  with  this  emol- 
ument attaclu^d  to  it,  namely,  that  of 
attending  to  the  wants  and  good  of 
the  poor.  The  fund  was  a  very  rich 
one,  and  will  tic  so  yet.  if  the  English 
government  should  return  the  loan 
made  to  it  by  the  Dutch  government, 
which  is  more  than  "liit.OdO  rix-dollars  : 
besides  Avhich  1  Jiave  in  hand  about 
(JOOO  rix-dollars.  Last  December  J 
visited  the  neighboring  islands  of 
Saparooa  and  ilaronka." 

On  .Tune  the  "ith.  r  few  of  the  chil- 
dren under  Mr.  Carey's  inspection, 
that  is,  20  out  f)f  ;?((().  were  examined 
at  the  Government-house,  in  presence 
of  tlie  resident;  they  actpiitted  them- 
selves well,  and  each  obtained  a  suit 
of  clothes  from  gov»'rament. 

In  the  conrs''  of  a  week  the  chiefs 
had  destroyed  five  idolatrous  temples, 
with  every  thing  belonging  to  them, 
at  Haroolva. 

A  few  years  after,  a  cliange  took 
place  relatJA-e  to  the  government ; 
but  the  conduct  of  Mr.  Carey  had  so 
offectually  recommended  him,  that 
the  new  government  requested  him 
to  continue  his  employment  as  su- 
perintendent I'f  sr.jiools.  A  valued 
jnissionnry,  .Mr.  Ricketts,  was  tlie 
first  fruits  of  the  Amboyna  mission. 
Various  difficulties,  however,  subse- 
quently Mjote ;  and,  in  If^lH,  jNlr. 
Carey  left  the  island,  and  arrived  in 
Bengal. 

In  1810,  Mr.  Finn,  from  the  K. 
JI.  S.  joined  Mr.  Kam.  and  has  since 
euceessfully  assisted  him  in  his  la- 
bors. Messrs.  Ferdinand  Bormeister, 
Frederick  Mueller,  from  the  Basle 
Seminary,  and  Mr.  Akersloth,  from 
HoJJagd,  jbIso  arrived  in  1821,  and 


commenced  the  study  of  the  language, 
preparatr)ry  to  their  becoming  mis- 
sionaries in  diflerent  islands.  No 
recent  intelligence  has  been  received 
of  the  state  of  the  missions  in  Amboy- 

AMERICA.  E.  of  Asia,  W.  of 
Europe  and  Africa,  between  the  At- 
lantic and  Pacific  Oceans,  lies  the 
continent  of  America,  it  extends 
from  lat.  5ti^  S.  to  an  unknown  N. 
hit.,  and  consists  of  two  great  divis- 
ions,— North  and  South  America, — 
which  are  connected  by  the  istlnuus 
of  Darien,  or  Panama.  The  whole 
continent  is  upwards  of  1K)((0  m.  in 
length,  and  from  l;j()0  to  l(5(t()  miles 
in  average  breadth.  Balbi  estimates 
th(>  number  of  scpiare  miles  at  14,<122,- 
()()(> ;  llassi'l,  at  17,:«»:{,<I0)).  The 
principal  ranges  of  mountains  an'  the 
Alleghany,  llocky,  Cordilleras,  and 
Andes.  The  |)rincipal  rivers  are  the 
St.  Liawri'uce,  Mississippi,  Missouri, 
Rio  del  Norte,  Colorado,  Arkansas, 
iied  River,  Ohio,  Amazon,  La  Plata, 
Orinoco,  Paraguay,  Madeira,  &-c. 
In  !(82,  the  Icelanders  mtade  a  voyage 
to  sonw  portions  of  the  northern  coast 
of  this  continent,  but  it  remained  un- 
known to  Europe  till  14!  2,  when  it 
was  discovered  by  Christoval  Colon 
(Christopher  Columbus)  a  native  of 
G(<noa.  It  was  visited  by  Amerigo 
Vespucci,  in  14U7,  from  whom  it  took 
its  name.  The  climate  of  this  conti- 
nent generally  differs  from  that  of 
the  eastern  continents  by  a  greater 
predominance  of  cold.  It  is  calculat- 
ed that  the  heat  is  .at  least  ten  degrees 
less  than  in  the  same  parallels  in  the 
eastern  continent.  It  abounds  in  al- 
most all  the  varieties  of  the  animal, 
vegetaljle,  and  mineral  productions. 
The  inhabitants  may  be  divided  into 
three  classes — whites,  descendants  of 
Europeans,  who  have  emigrated  to 
the  country  since  its  discovery  ;  ne- 
o-rors,  mosUy  held  in  slavery,  and 
descendants  of  Afrioar  ,  stolen  from 
their  native  land;  and  i, id iaiis,  who 
are  aborigines,  and  mostly  in  a  sav- 
age state.  Humbolt  cstimaU^s  the 
Indians  at  e.(i00.000 

Negroes,  C.fjOO'OOO 

Mixed  races,  (i.'')t)0,(X)0 

Whites,  13.r)00,000 

The  whole  amount  is  over  3.5,(K)0,d()0  ; 

some  estimate  it,  40,000.000. 

There  is  yet  spare  and  fertile  soil  for 

27 


T 


4i 


|i 


■# 


'  i«     ' .' 


!B        il 


I 


I; 


A  ML 

more  than   500,000,000.     The   num- 
bers of  those,  who  speak  in  difl'crent 
languages,  are  thus  distributeci  : — 
Enghsli  language,  ]  l.d-lT.OOl) 

Spanish,  10.174,000 

Portuguese,  IJ.T-lO.OOO 

Indian  languages,  7,")!t3.0()(l 

French  language,  l.'M'2,{){)0 

Dutch,  Danish,  Swedish,  and 

Russian,  210.000 

A  great  part  of  the  Indians  are  sul)- 
dued,  and  are  included  in  the  pop- 
ulation of  Mexico,  Guatiniala,  and 
the  states  of  South  America. 

AMLAM^;OI)DE,  ou  AMLAM- 
GOODY,  a  town  on  the  S.  VV.  coast 
of  Ceylon,  near  a  small  river  of  tlie 
same  place. 

The  Rev,  Wm.  Read,  of  the  L.  M. 
S.,  commenced  his  labors  here  in 
1805  ;  and  subsequently  became  i)as- 
tor  of  the  Dutch  Church,  and  super- 
intendent of  schools.  The  Wesleyan 
missionarie.s,  at  Galle,  take  tiiis  into 
tlieir  field  of  labor,  and  have  a  school 
of  40  boys  under  regular  Ciiristian 
instruction.  Carolus  Rodriim,  the 
first  master,  is  a  pious  member  of  the 
society,  und  is  a  local  preacher.  A 
very  neat  and  subst'.intial  school 
house  has  been  erected  by  the  na- 
tives. Two  young  men,  beli)nging 
to  the  school,  have  died  in  the  tri- 
umphs of  the  Ciiristian  faith. 

AMSTERDAM,  the  chief  city  of 
Holland,  Ion.  4^  44'  E. ;  hit.  52  J"  25' 
N.  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Am- 
stel,  05  m.  from  Antweip.  and  240  N. 
E.  from  Paris.  In  the  18th  century. 
Amsterdam  surpassed  every  other 
city  in  Europe  in  wealth.  It  wastiie 
great  market  of  all  the  productions  of 
the  East  and  West,  and  its  harbor 
was  alwaj's  full  of  shijis.  Since  17!>5. 
its  trade  and  wealth  has  constantly 
diminished.  The  population  in  1S20 
was  180.000,  of  whom  OO.OOO  were 
Calvinists,  38.000  Romanists,  and 
30,000  Lutherans.  The  Dutch  Re- 
formed have  1 0  churches  ;  the  French 
I ;  the  English  \  ;  the  Romanists  18  ; 
and  the  Greeks  and  Arminians  1. 

The  Rev.  A.  S.  Thelwall,  agent  of 
the  L  ./.  S ,  assisted  by  Mr.  Cheval- 
lier,  •''•  "3,  for  some  time,  assiduously 
enga^  in  promoting  Christianity 
among  the  Jews,  and  in  exciting 
among  Christians  an  enli(jhtened  in- 
terest  in  their  behalf,  with  considera- 
ble  gucceas,      Much   good   has  also 


AMS 

been  effected  through  tlie  medium  of 
a  Tract  Society  ;  and  an  institution 
has  been  fnniu'd  to  educate  ]ioor  Jew- 
ish children. 

While  on  a  visit  to  England.  Mr.  T. 
iieard  from  one  of  those  converted  Is- 
raelites with  whom  he  had  enjoyed 
much  Christian  intercourse,  convey- 
ing the  intellirrence,  that,  within  two 
months,  he  had  lost  five  of  his  nearest 
relatives—an  uncle,  a  father,  a  brother, 
and  two  aunts.  Respecting  his  father, 
he  mentions  several  things  which  give 
reason  to  hope,  that,  during  the  latter 
weeks  of  his  life,  a  great  change  had 
taken  place  in  his  heart.  But  of  his 
brother  he  gives  a  most  interesting 
account.  He  was  taken  ill  only  three 
weeks  after  the  father's  death,  and 
the  disease  came  on  so  rajtidly,  that 
he  had  a  very  early  presentiment  of 
his  own  approaching  dissolution.  The 
convictions  under  which  he  had  evi- 
dently been  laboring  even  in  health, 
now  became  a  source  of  severe  inter- 
nal conflict.  For  a  time  his  mental 
anguish  was  extreme.  On  one  occa- 
sion he  said,  ''  You,  my  dear  brother, 
can  understand  me  ;  I  am  tormented 
with  the  devil.  Our  dear  mother 
does  not  believe  that  there  is  one. 
There  was  a  time  when  I  did  not  be- 
lieve it  myself;  but  now  I  feel  that 
he  tortures  my  soul.  1  have  deserved 
it.  Oh  !  my  brother,  what  a  sinner  I 
have  been!'  '-Then  it  was,"  says 
the  writer  of  this  letter,  '•  that  I  first 
felt  freedom  and  boldness  in  speak- 
ing to  him  of  our  Saviour,  in  telling 
him  of  the  love  of  God  towards  such 
sinners  as  humble  themselves  before 
him,  and  in  exhorting  him  to  pray  to 
the  Lord  Jesus  to  be  delivered  from 
the  v/icked  one.  He  soon  began  to 
pray  most  earnestly,  and  seemed  to 
be  completely  overwhelmed  with  a 
deep  sense  of  sin.  He  confessed  that 
he  had  long  been  under  conviction. 
On  the  seventh  day  of  his  illness, 
after  a  violent  paroxysm  of  the  dis- 
ease, he  sunk  into  a  kind  of  torpor, 
from  which,  in  a  few  hours,  he  raised 
himself  up,  and,  in  the  full  possession 
of  his  faculties,  to  the  surprise  of  all, 
he  exclaimed,  '  Call  my  mother,  my 
sister,  and  my  friends ;  I  die  in  the 
faith  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ — of  the 
Triune  God — the  true  Messias — the 
King  of  the  world.  He  is  revealed 
to  me.    In  him  Jews  and  Gentiles 


I 


ANG 


ANT 


le  medium  of 
III  institution 
ate  poor  Jew- 

(rland,  Mr.  T. 
converted  Is- 
had  enjoyed 
urse,  convey- 
it.  within  two 
of  his  nearest 
her,  a  brotlier, 
Ling  his  father, 
igs  which  give 
ring  the  latter 
at  change  liad 
t.     But  of  his 
)st  interesting 
1  ill  only  three 
■'s   death,  and 
)  rapidly,  that 
esentimerit  of 
isolution.  The 
zh  he  had  evi- 
■ven  in  health, 
if  severe  inter- 
ne his  mental 
On  one  occa- 
y  dear  brother, 
am  tormented 
•   dear  mother 
there  is   one. 
n  I  did  not  be- 
)\v  I  feel  that 
have  deserved 
vhat  a  sinner  I 
it  was,"  says 
*•  that  I  first 
iiess  in  speak- 
our,  in  telling 
towards  such 
mselves  before 
him  to  prajr  to 
delivered  from 
soon  began  to 
nd  seemed  to 
lelmed  with  a 
confessed  that 
er  conviction. 
[)f  his  illness, 
m  of  the  dis- 
ind  of  torpor, 
nurs,  he  raised 
full  possession 
ur prise  of  all, 
mother,  my 
I  die  in  the 
Christ — of  the 
Messias — the 
e  is  revealed 
and  Gentilesj 

as 


y 


are  one.  Many  of  tlje  Jewish  nation 
must  yet  come' to  liim.  Proclaim,  in 
the  synagogue,  howl  have  died.  Say 
to  all",  and  you  (addre.-sing  an  inti- 
mate Jewi.sh  friend)  listen  to  my 
voice,  and  say  this  to  my  other  friends, 
that  tliey  must  come  to  him.'  After 
this  he  again  he  expressed  his  deep 
conviction  of  his  own  sinfulness. 
The  disease  returned  upon  him  with 
increased  strength,  and  he  became 
delirious  nearly  to  the  time  of  his  de- 
parture, which  took  place  on  the  fol- 
lowing morning  In  the  intervals  of 
composure,  he  declared  his  perfect 
knowledge  of  what  he  had  said,  and 
Jiis  firm  acquiescence  in  the  princi- 
ples he  had  tiien  avowed.  In  this  way 
he  died.  Was  '  not  this  a  brand 
plucked  from  the  burning.''  " 

Mr.  Thelwali  also  received,  about 
the  same  time,  a  letter  from  another 
Jewish  convert,  giving  a  very  aflTect- 
ing  account  of  the  death  of  his  moth- 
er-in-law, after  two  years'  consistent 
profession  of  Christianity.  Mr.  Thel- 
wali had  been  present  at  her  baptism, 
at  which  time,  siie  was  15  years  old. 

ANGAMALEE,  a  church  in  the 
district  of  Cottayam,  Southern  India. 
This  church  was  built  nearly  700 
years,  and  like  other  churches  in  this 
quarter,  was  burnt  by  Tippoo  Saib. 
Connected  with  that  and  the  Acapa- 
rumba  church,  there  are  200  houses 
and  1400  persons. 

ANGUILLA,  OR  SNAKE  ISL- 
AND, the  most  northerly  of  the  Car- 
ibbee  Islands  possessed  by  Great  Brit- 
ain in  the  West  Indies.  It  takes  its 
name  from  its  winding  figure,  and  is 
GO  m.  N.  W.  of  St.  Christopher's. 
W.  Ion.  03°  10',  N.  lat.  18°  12'. 

The  JV.  M.  S.  have  a  flourishing 
mission  on  this  island.  "  The  atten- 
dance on  the  various  means  of  grace 
has  been  good,  and  the  piety  of  many 
of  our  people  is  truly  exemplary. 
They  last  year  assisted  in  the  erec- 
tion of  a  neat  and  comfortable  chapel 
at  the  Road,  and  have  this  year  con- 
tributed towards  the  erection  of  a 
much  larger  and  more  commodious 
one  in  the  valley.  Thirteen  mem- 
bers, (in  1830,)  were  removed  to  an- 
other world,  some  of  them  in  the  tri- 
umphs of  Christian  hope.  The  nett 
increase  of  members  is  43.  The 
number  now  in  the  society  is,  whites, 
C3;    free       'ored    and  black,    153; 


slaves,  304.— Total,  5H0."  The  num- 
ber in  the  schools  is,  boys,  75  ;  girls, 
133;  total,  20d,  of  whom  180  are 
slaves. 

ANNAMABOE,  a  large,  populous, 
fortified  town  on  the  (Johi  Coast  of 
Africa.  In  1822,  it  was  niuicxtul  to 
the  general  government  ol'  Siena  Le- 
one, since  which  time  successl'ul 
measures  have  been  taken  by  the 
.■ifrican  Institution  to  establish  schools. 
The  natives  evince  a  very  anxious 
wish  for  the  instruction  of  their  ciiil- 
dren  in  the  Englisii  language  and  in 
the  Christian  religion.  E.  Ion.  I'-MS' 
N.  lat.  5^'  20'. 

ANTIGUA,  one  of  the  Carrihbee 
Islands.  1(5  miles  long  and  12  broad, 
and  do  E.  by  S.  of  St.  Christopher. 
It  has  several  good  ports  ;  and  in  that 
called  the  Englisii  Harbor,  on  the  S. 
E.  side,  are  a  royal  navy  yard  and 
arsenal.  It  is  destitute  of  fresh  water, 
and  tlie  inhabitants  save  rain  water 
in  cisterns.  It  was  taken  b"  lie 
French  in  1782,  but  restor*  '  in 
1783.  Population,  2000  whites;  30,- 
000  slaves;  4500  free  blacks,  total, 
3(),500.  Sir  Patrick  Ross  Governor. 
It  is  divided  into  G  parishes  and  11 
districts. 

Antigua  is  the  seat  of  government 
for  the  Leeward  Islands.  Its  legisla- 
ture is  composed  of  the  commander- 
in-chief,  a  council  of  12  members,, 
and  an  assembly  of  25.  This  legisla- 
ture presented  to  the  lister  islands  the 
first  example  of  the  melioration  of  the 
criminal  law  respecting  negro  slaves, 
by  giving  the  accused  the  benr;it  of 
a  trial  by  jury,  and  allowing,  in  cases 
of  capital  conviction,  4  days  between 
the  time  of  sentence  and  the  execution. 
The  capital  is  St.  John's.  It  lies  in 
W.  Ion.  02°  9',  N.  lat.  17"  4'. 

In  January,  1750,  Samuel  Isles, 
one  of  the  United  Brethren,  set  sail 
for  Antigua.  Countenanced  by  the 
governor  and  some  proprietors,  he 
commenced  his  labors ;  but  heavy 
trials  awaited  him,  which  soon  cloud- 
ed his  prospects. 

In  the  year  17G1,  however,  a  piece 
of  ground  was  purchased  in  the  town 
of  St.  John's,  for  the  purpose  of  a  mis- 
sionary establishment,  and  a  place  of 
worship  was  erected  for  the  accom- 
modation of  the  negroes. 

Three  years  after,  Samuel  Isles  waa 
removed  bv  death  from  the  scene  of 

29 


ANT 


ANT 


i 


hiH  labors ;  and  for  about  five  years 
the  iiiiHsion  continued  in  a  very  lan- 
guishing state  ;  but  at  the  expiration 
of  tliat  time,  a  missionary,  named 
Brown,  arrived,  and  his  labors  were 
80  abundantly  blessed,  that  it  soon 
became  necessary  to  enlarge  the 
church ;  and  on  that  occasion  the 
zeal  of  the  converted  negroes  was 
most  pleasingly  demonstrated.  On 
coming  to  the  evening  meeting,  each 
individual  bought  a  tew  stones  and 
other  materials  with  him ;  the  differ- 
ent departments  of  the  work  were 
divided  among  such  as  were  masons 
and  carpenters ;  and  those  who  could 
not  assist  in  enlarging  the  edifice, 
provided  refreshments  for  the  build- 
ers ;  so  that  the  reciuisito  alteration 
was  completed  by  the  voluntary  la- 
bor of  these  poor  slaves,  after  the 
completion  of  their  respective  daily 
tasks. 

In  the  midst  of  calamities,  which 
subsequently  arose,  the  work  contin- 
ued to  go  forward  ;  and,  immediately 
after  the  hurricane  of  1772,  a  new  re- 
vival of  religion  appeared  among  the 
slaves,  and  spread  in  all  directions. 
A  desire  for  religious  instruction  was, 
of  course,  augmented;  and,  in  1775, 
the  number  of  persons  who  attended 
public  worship  amounted  to  2000, 
and  from  10  to  20  were  baptized  al- 
most every  month.  A  new  and  more 
spacious  church  was,  therefore,  erect- 
ed in  St.  John's,  in  1773;  and,  in 
the  following  year,  a  piece  of  ground 
was  purchased  at  Baity  Hill,  near  the 
town  of  Falmouth,  for  the  purpose  of 
forming  a  second  establishment,  for 
the  accommodation  of  those  negroes 
who  lived  at  a  considerable  distance 
from  the  former  station. 

From  this  place,  which  proved  in- 
convenient, owing  to  the  steepness  of 
the  ascent,  the  brethren  removed,  in 
1782,  to  a  more  eligible  spot,  which 
they  designated  Grace  Hill;  and, 
though  the  external  circumstances  of 
the  mission  were  rather  difficult,  the 
Christian  slaves  being  exposed  to 
famine,  sickness,  persecutions,  and 
depredations,  and  the  island  being 
taken  by  the  French, — the  cause  of 
Divine  truth  remained  firm  and  im- 
moveable ;  and,  after  the  restoration 
of  peace  in  17d3,  GO  adults  were  re- 
oeived  into  the  church  of  St.  John's, 
bj  the  rite  of  baptism,  in  one  day ; 


and,  in  the  course  of  12  months,  the 
congregations  in  that  town  and  at 
Grace  Hill  were  augmented  by  the 
accession  of  more  than  700  persons. 
The  missionaries  also  preached,  at 
stated  times,  in  different  plantations ; 
and  one  of  the  native  assistants  actu- 
ally built  a  chapel  at  his  own  ex- 
pense, sufficiently  capacious  to  ac- 
commodate 400  hearers. 

Many  of  the  planters  were  now 
convinced  of  the  beneficial  eflects  of 
the  Gospel  on  their  slaves,  but  oth- 
ers became  violent  opposers  of  the 
truth. 

The  word  of  the  Lord,  however, 
continued  to  run,  and  was  glorified. 
The  two  congregations,  in  1786,  con- 
sisted of  more  tlian  (iOOO  members ; 
and  so  many  new  opportunities  were 
opened  to  the  Gospel,  that  the  mis- 
sionaries were  exceedingly  thankful 
when  they  found  zealous  and  useful 
assistants  in  many  of  their  converts, 
to  visit  the  sick,  give  advice  and  re- 
proof if  needed,  and  to  report  to  the 
missionaries  the  state  of  the  congre- 
gation. 

Although  indisposition  compelled 
Mr.  Brown  to  retire  in  1790,  a  suita- 
ble successor  was  found  in  the  Rev. 
H.  C.  Tschirpe ;  and  the  cause  was 
so  prosperous,  that  a  third  settlement 
was  formed,  and  named  Grace  Bay. 

In  1810,  the  missionaries  commenc- 
ed a  Sunday-school,  on  the  Lancaste- 
rian  plan  of  instruction  at  St.  John's ; 
and  though  at  first  they  had  but  80 
scholars,  that  number  was  soon  in- 
creased to  700  ;  and  tlie  progress  not 
only  of  the  children,  but  of  their 
parents,  who  appeared  equally  anx- 
ious for  tuition,  both  surprised  and 
delighted  the  teachers.  A  school  was 
also  opened  on  one  of  the  plantations 
near  Grace  Hill,  where  the  scholars 
were  instructed  one  day  in  every 
week. 

In  1817,  the  brethren  were  encour- 
aged to  form  a  fourth  settlement,  by 
the  solicitation  of  the  Colonial  Gov- 
ernment; which,  with  the  most 
praiseworthy  liberality,  presented 
them  with  ten  acres  of*^  land  for  this 
purpose,  together  with  1000/.  currency 
towards  building  a  church  and  dwell- 
ing-houses, and  a  grant  of  dOOl.  per 
annum  for  the  support  of  the  mis- 
sionaries. The  proprietors  of  the 
adjacent  plantations,  also,   aware  of 

30 


ANT 


ANT 


the  bont'fit  which  thoirnoffroos  would 
receive  from  rcUgious  instruction,  con- 
tributed a  iiaridsonie  sun)  towards  the 
erection  of  the  necessary  buildings. 
Th'-  dilHciiUy  of  procurinjr  stones 
was  for  some  .ime^i  considerable  hin- 
drance to  tlu'  work  ;  l)ul  at  length  a 
quarry  was  opened,  about  tiiree  <juar- 
ters  of  a  mile  from  the  spot,  and  the 
missionaries  obtained  such  kind  assis- 
tance from  the  masons,  carpentt'rs, 
and  laborers,  belonging  to  their  neigh- 
bors, that  their  church  (a  substantial 
well  built  edifice, (i4  feet  by  ;}(>  in  the 
clear)  was  solemnly  consecrated  on 
the  (ith  of  Deeemlter,  IrTH. 

To  this  new  settlement,  which  the 
brethren  named  JS'rwJirhl,  two  others 
were  subsetpiently  added,  in  the  year 
1822 ;  one  at  Cidar  Hall,  and  the 
other  at  Mnantjuij  :  and  it  is  peculiarly 
pleasing  to  add,  that  in  each  of  these 
stations  large  congregfitions  were  col- 
lected, many  were  joined  to  the  church 
by  baptism,  and  the  word  of  Cod  ap- 
pears to  have  been  followed  with  an 
abundant  blessing. 

On  the  nth  of  July,  1823,  the 
United  Brethren  celebratea  the  fifli- 
eth  anniversary  of  the  opening  of 
their  church  at  St.  John's ;  when  it 
appeared  that  there  had  been  baptized 
and  received  into  the  congregation  at 
that  town,  l(i,()!(!)  negroes,  young  and 
old  ;  and  that  35  male,  and  as  many 
female,  missionaries  had  been  em- 
ployed in  the  important  service  of 
making  known  to  their  benighted  fel- 
fow-cieatures  the  way  of  salvation. 
And  it  was  stated  by  the  Rev.  C.  F. 
Richter,  that,  between  Easter  1822 
and  Easter  1823,  408  adult  negroes 
had  been  baptized  or  received  into  the 
congregation  at  St.  John's;  104  at 
Grace  Hill ;  40  at  Grace  Bay  ;  1 15  at 
Newfield ;  and  81)  at  Cedar  Hall ; 
forming  a  total  of  705  in  the  year ; 
and  during  the  same  period,  482  were 
admitted,  in  the  different  settlements, 
to  the  Holy  Communion. 

The  following  is  the  last  report, 
which  we  have  seen  of  the  state  of 
this  mission  : — 1058  communicants, 
592  baptized  children,  2'.>G  candidates 
for  baptism  or  reception,  420  new 
people,  and  about  300  who  are  at  pre- 
sent under  church  discipline  ;  mak- 
ing a  total  under  the  care  of  the 
imssionaries  of  31 16  souls.  The  ser- 
rices  on  the  Sabbath  are  well  attended, 


and  the  Sabbath  School  atVerds  much 
encouragement.  It  is  fre<piented  on 
an  average  by  about  100  children. 
The  two  principal  teachers  appear  to 
lie  truly  devoted  to  their  work.  At 
St.  John's  are  the  following  mission- 
aries, Newby.  Koolite,  Coleman,  and 
Thraen  ;  at  Newfield,  Mneuzer.  and 
Zellner  ;  at  Grace  Bay.  lirunner  at 
Cedar  Hall,  Simon  ;  at  Grace  Hill, 
Wright  and  Bayne. 

In  the  year'l7«)0,  Nathaniel  Gil- 
bert, esq.  who  had  e.xperienced  the 
saving  power  of  the  Gospel  in  Eng- 
land, became  a  resident ol' this  island; 
and  whilst  deploring  the  spiritual  con- 
dition of  the  persons  by  whom  he 
was  surrounded,  he  felt  an  earnest 
desire  for  their  welfare.  His  first  ef- 
forts, were  confined  to  a  few  individ- 
uals, whom  he  invited  to  assemble  in 
his  own  house  on  the  Sabbath-day  ; 
but  finding  his  exertions  were  evi- 
dently blessed  of  God,  he  went  forth 
boldly,  and  preached  the  Gospel  to 
the  poor  benighted  negroes,  notwith- 
standing the  situation  l;e  held  as  speak- 
er of  the  House  of  assembly. 

Mr.  Gilber*  continued  to  labor, 
without  any  abatement  of  ardor,  or 
any  diminution  of  success,  till  the  pe- 
riod of  his  decease  ;  but  as  he  had  no 
means  of  appointing  a  successor  in 
his  spiritual  office,  his  bereaved  flock 
were  left  as  sheep  without  a  shepherd 
for  nearly  twenty  years.  In  1778, 
however,  Mr.  John  Baxter,  a  nicmber 
of  the  Wesleyan  connexion  in  Eng- 
land, removed  to  Antigua,  for  the 
purpose  of  working  as  a  shipwright 
in  the  service  of  Government ;  and 
shortly  after  his  arrival  took  upon 
himself,  in  the  intervals  of  his  em- 
ployment, the  care  of  the  remains  of 
Mr.  Gilbert's  Society. 

Through  the  superintendance  of 
Mr.  Baxter,  the  assistance  of  Mrs. 
Gilbert,  and  the  subordinate  instru- 
mentality of  an  old  Irish  emigrant, 
who  had  been  providentially  led  to 
the  island  towards  the  close  of  1783, 
things  went  on  prosperously  ;  so  that 
these  individuals  had  under  their  care 
upwards  of  1000  members,  chiefly 
blacks,  who  appeared  to  be  earnestly 
stretching  forth  their  hands  towarwi 
God.  Many  new  places  were  open- 
ed, and  requests  were  made  for 
preaching,  with  which  Mr.  Baxter 
could  net  possibly  comply. 

31 


ANT 


ANT 


■I 


i 


In  the  monili  of  January.  17*^7, 
Dr.  C()k»'.  aftrr  luaturr  (h'lilxTiitioii. 
resolved  lliat  Mr.  Warrcnor,  tmv  of 
the  luisHinniirifs  <>ri<riiially  ap|>(>iiitc(J 
to  Nova  Sciitiii.  hIidiiIiI  rfiiiaiii  iti  An- 
tigua ;  and  Mr.  Iia.\tt>r  avowed  IiIh 
deterniinatitin  of  n-siifniuij  t'le  liutra- 
tive  situation  wliicli  lie  held  as  under 
8torekee|"'r  in  Knirlisli  llnrltor.  for 
the  e.vpnss  |tur|inse  of  dcvotiiio  hini- 
8.^1f  unreserv«'dly  to  tiie  work  of  the 
ministry 

Two  ^years  afterwords  it  apjieared 
that  Mr.  VVarrener.  dnrinnr  tlie  com- 
paratively siiort  period  of  his  resi- 
dence on  the  island,  iiiid  l)een  niad«' 
the  instrument  of  addinjj  1000  mem- 
bers to  the  society,  who  were  dwell- 
ing tojjether  in  the  sjjirit  of  love. 

In  April.  If^l(>.  the  island  of  An- 
tigua was  pliiced  under  martial  law. 
in  cons«'(]\ienee  of  nn  insurrection 
which  had  recently  broken  out  in 
Barbndoes.  Mr.  Woolley.  one  of  the 
Wesleyan  missit.naries,  on  hearing 
that  the  militia  of  the  colony  was 
called  out.  went,  in  company  with 
his  colleagues,  to  the  president,  and 
offered  their  services  in  any  way  that 
might  be  deemed  lumeficial  to  the  gov- 
ernment. '•  His  honor,"  says  Mr, 
Woolley,  '•  thanked  me  for  the  offer, 
and  observed  that  we  could  render 
more  important  service  than  that  of 
bodily  exercise.  I  assured  him,  in  re- 
turn, that  nothing  on  our  part  3hould 
be  wanting  to  do  away  any  bad  im- 
pressions which  the  present  painful 
report  might  have  produced.  It  is 
not  more  strange  than  true,  that  some 
persons  think  religion  seditious,  and 
that  the  implantation  of  religious  prin- 
ciples in  the  minds  of  the  negroes  is 
calculated  to  bring  about  revolt.  The 
subjects  of  sxich  sentiments,  however, 
are  ignorant  of  the  nature  of  religion, 
and  utter  strangers  to  its  influence. 
A  gentleman,  who  entertained  these 
ideas,  assembled  his  negroes,  and  told 
them  what  had  happened  at  Barba- 
does  ;  when,  to  his  astonishment,  they 
observed,  '  Massa,  dem  no  have  reli- 
gion den.'  I  have  been  at  some 
pains  to  discover  whether  any  of  our 
people's  minds  have  received  an  un- 
favorable bias  from  the  alarming  re- 
ports in  circulation ;  and  am  happy 
in  being  able  to  state,  that  I  found  in 
them  no  disposition  even  to  murmur 
at  their  situation,  much  less  to  rebel. 


One  well-informed  man.  of  whom  I 
ihijuired,  took  up  a  book,  and  said, 
'  Sir,  with  this  l)ook  in  your  hand, 
you  will  do  more  to  prevent  rebellion, 
than  all  the  King's  men.'   ' 

The  latter  part  of  I  ■"'I''  was  unusu- 
ally sickly  ;  ami  early  in  the  ensuing 
year  Mr.  Woolley  was  compelU'd.  by 
indispositi^in,  to  go  to  ISermmla; 
while  Mr.  .Fones.  a  promising  mis- 
sionary, was  removed  i»y  tleafh. 

In  \f*'i[),  a  hurricane  occurred  in 
Antigua,  which,  tliouirh  it  did  little 
comparative  injury  in  the  island,  car- 
ried away  the  two  Wesleyan  school- 
rooms in  the  town  of  I'arliam.  In- 
deed, as  they  were  only  what  is  term- 
ed irtittird  buildings,  they  could  not  be 
expected  to  resist  a  stnmg  wind. 
The  counnittee,  therefore,  resolved  to 
«'xert  themselves  in  order  to  raise  a 
durable  edifice,  (iO  feet  in  length  by 
2'}  in  breadth.  It  was  accordingly 
commenced,  and  a  subscription  was 
opened  t''  defray  the  v\)).  iise  of  its 
erection.  *•  Some  of  the  respectable 
inhabitants,"  says  one  of  the  mission- 
aries, "  came  n)rward  on  this  occa- 
sion in  the  most  nandsome  manner ; 
but  from  others  we  received  hard 
words,  and  stern  repulses." 

In  February,  IH"*!,  a  missicmary  so- 
ciety was  formed  in  St.  John's;  when 
a  very  lively  interest  was  excited, 
and  the  subscriptions  and  collections 
amounted  to  about  \YM.  currency,  ex- 
clusive ofa  quantity  of  trinkets  thrown 
into  the  Loxes.  Previous  to  the  close 
of  the  year,  the  hearts  of  'he  brethren 
at  Antigua  were  gladdened  by  the 
conversion  of  a  Mohannnedan  negro, 
who  was  publicly  baptized  by  Mx. 
Whitehouse,  renouncing  all  the  de- 
lusions of  the  false  prophet. 

On  the  23d  of  September,  1822,  a 
new  place  of  worship,  called  Zion 
Chapel,  was  opened  at  Zion-hill,  the 
estate  of  the  Hon.  J.  D.  Taylor;  and 
on  the  1st  of  December,  in  the  samfi 
year,  Mr.  Whitehouse  laid  the  foun- 
dation stone  of  another  chapel  in  Wil- 
loughby  Bnv,  in  which  ceremony  the 
Moraviai  ssionary  assisted  ;  while 
the  negro,  connected  with  his  con- 
gregation at  Nevvfield  brought  sever- 
al loads  of  stone  in  carts,  and  many 
of  them  were  ready  squared. 

From  the  last  report  of  the  Antigua 
district,  the  following  particulars  are 
taken : — 

33 


7> 
h 
( 


SI 


ANT 


ARC 


oriilly  srr(>\viii<r  in  trnicc, 
knowh'ilirc   of    Christ. 


.St  John'.'*.  NuimIht  in  Bocioty  ;  ID 
wliitfs,  tilM!  frcf-colurcd,  4-l(>  hIjum's. 
7rt  n<liiiitf('(I  (liiriiii;  the  yt'ar.  Many 
liiivf  r.\|H'ricnt;f«l  tli»<  CDnilbrts  of  the 
OosjM'l  of  the  Sou  of  God  in  their 
hust  hours. 

I'ar/itiiii.     Till'  niouib«>rH  nn-    gvn- 

and  in  tin- 
NiiudnT  in 
Society,  I'T.'),  of  vhouj  '\  arc  wliitcs. 
17  fn'('-col<iri'd,  and  !)").'>  alavcs ;  Ult 
inarriacrcs.  :{."»  deaths. 

Sioii  IliU.  In  Society  2!l'2.  of  whom 
2Hf^  are  sliives.  and  4  free -colored. 

tl'illiniirliliij  lUiij.  Duriiiij  IIk  year. 
30  nii'iid)ers  died,  and  nonic  were 
drawn  a.-<i<le  into  tlie  |)aths  of  dissipa- 
tion. 'I'iie  con^rreiTiitions  on  the  es- 
tites  liave  been  very  jfood. .  In  So- 
ciety. <'('4,  of  whom  (»:};{  were  shives, 
yi)  free-colore*].  and  'Z  whites. 

Kiiirlish  llarlmr.  in  society,  18!>, 
(if  whom  10  were  whites,  Iti:}  free- 
colored,  and  o(i  slaves.  Total,  num- 
ber in  the  wiiolo  circuit,  '2r<f^l,  of 
whom  '^iJ?."*  are  slaves,  40!)  free  color- 
ed, 'M  whites.  The  schools  are  of 
tliree  kinds,  JS'otm  and  jViirht  schools ; 
Infunt  sriiouls,  and  Sandtiy  schools 
Tlie  noon  and  nitrht  schools  are  held 
by  te  ichers  living  on  the  estates. 
They  are  oO  in  number,  in  which  are 
taught  11<J8  scholars.  The  infant 
schools  are  8  in  number,  in  which  are 
daily  taught  l!)4  children,  by  female 
teachers.  The  progress,  which  tliese 
little  children  have  made  ia  truly 
wonderful.  The  Sunday  schools  are 
3  in  number,  in  which  are  taught 
]4:5*i  children.  The  total  number  in 
tiie  various  schools  in  the  island  of 
Antigua  is  1700,  including  80  adults. 

Mr.  Wm,  Dawes,  a  member  of  the 
committee  of  the  C.  M.  S ,  being 
•J)out  to  settle  in  Antigua  in  1814, 
was,  at  his  own  request,  accredited 
as  a  gratuitous  catochist  and  corres- 
pondent. In  1817,  Mr.  Charles 
Tiiwaites,  who  was  accompanied  by 
his  wife,  was  also  appointed  superin- 
tendent of  schools,  and  assistant  cat- 
echist.  At  this  time  there  were  three 
stations — English  Harbor,  Bcthcsda, 
and  the  Hope ;  and  the  work  was 
aided  by  Wm.  Anderson  and  his  wife, 
resident  teachers  of  color.  Between 
that  period  and  1823,  the  number  of 
schools  Wcas  increased  to  ten ;  contain- 
ing 774  boys,  102!)  girls,  and  133 
adults.    These  means  had,  under  the 


Divine  blessing,  many  happy  eflectn. 
Alluding  to  one  of  the  estates.  Mr. 
Thwaites  says,  '•  We  li:ive  among  m* 
several  young  men  and  women,  who 
grew  up  in  tlie  scluxd,  and  maintain 
unl)lemished  characters.  Wliat  a 
contrast  to  past  times,  when  it  seem- 
ed as  thr)ugh  slavery  ami  unchastity 
were  inse|>arable  !  We  iiav«'  gone  to 
Lynch's  on  Sunday  evenings,  in  time 
past,  when  our  ears  liave  been  salut»'d 
with  the  sound  of  the  fiddle  and  the 
dance  ;  but  n<)W  the  fiddle  is  no  long- 
er lieard — the  dance  is  aboli.-hed — 
and  hymns  and  sjiiritual  songs  are 
otlen  resounding  from  the  little  ones. 
This  improvement  «)f  the  children  has 
had  an  ettect  on  the  elder  slaves ;  not 
only  are  the  fiddle  and  dance  abcdish- 
ed  on  BUiulays,  but  they  (irowd  tlu; 
house  of  prayer,  and  are  thankful  I'or 
the  care  taken  of  their  little  ones. 
Some  of  these  pious  parents  express 
themselves  in  a  very  afl'ecting  man- 
ner, in  gratitude  to  God,  and  in  pray- 
ing for  blessings  on  the  teachvrs." 
Otiier  agents  have  been  sent  to  the 
aid  of  these  successful  instructors. 
From  the  Report  for  1825-0,  it  appears 
that  here  were  15  schools  ;  contaiii- 
ing,  of  colored  people,  15  men,  8  wo- 
men, 88  boys,  and  77  girls;  and  of 
Blacks, !)(]  men,  05  won'^n,  (521  boyn, 
712  girls;  total,  1082.  Since  then, 
however,  the  numVier  of  children  in 
attendance  has  been  much  diminish, 
ed.  No  reports  have  been  lately  re- 
ceived from  those  schools. 

ANTRIM,  a  maritime  county  in 
Ulster,  Ireland.  Population,  in  1821, 
2G!>,85().  This  county  is  much  en- 
cumbered with  bogs  and  morasses, 
though  it  enjoys  a  tolerable  air.  It 
has  a  great  natural  cm  ioslty  on  tlie 
N.  coast,  called  the  Giants  Cause- 
way, which  projects  GOO  feet  into  tlie 
sea.  It  is  formed  of  above  3000  per- 
pendiculiir  pillars  of  basaltes,  stand- 
ing in  contact  with  each  other,  and 
exhibiting  a  sort  of  polygon  pavement, 
somewhat  resembling  the  appearance 
of  a  solid  honeycomb.  There  are  1) 
preaching  places  of  the  W.  M.  6'  in 
this  station,  and  135  members  in  so- 
ciety, being  an  increase  of  25  in 
1830.  One  Sabbath  school  has  been 
commenced,  containing  57  children. 

ARGOT,  a  city  of  Hindoostan,  the 
nominal  capital  of  the  Carnatic.  In 
the  vicinity  are  celebrated  templesi, 

33 


•f 


ARK 


ARM 


- 


iilii 


/];: 


visitod  by  numornuH  pil^riniH  :  r»7  m. 
from  MadriiH,  K.  lonjr  7!)^  tJl)',  N.  liit. 

Tho  nuHHionnrioH  at  Urlliiry,  con- 
noctcd  with  tlif  fj.  .S'.,  Iiiivc  hvi'u  xisv- 
ful  to  the  iiihultitantft,  by  the  distri- 
bution of tnictrt. 

AllKANSAS.  a  territory  of  tiir 
United  Staffs.  Ixiiindcd  N.  by  tlic 
ti'rritory  and  state  (»f  Missnnri.  K.  bv 
the  JMississippi,  wliirli  sepiiratcs  it 
from  tlie  stiitcs  of 'rennessee  niid  Mis- 
Bissippi.  S.  by  Louisiana  and  Mexi- 
co, and  \V.  l)y  .Mexieo.  Ficnifth  IruMi 
E,  to  VV..  'h)i)  ni.  ;  mean  breadtli  alnnit 
220  m.  ;  square  miles  al)i»ut  l*^().()(i(l. 
between  b>ii.  W"^  and  1(10'  W.  ;  lat. 
32^  40' and  :)(>'  IMV  N.  This  is  tlie 
usual  statement  of  the  size  of  the  ter- 
ritory; but  the  limits  of  wliat  is  pro- 
perly called  Arkansas  territory  have 
been  lately  rediieed.  so  that  it  now 
contains  about  4r).000  scpiare  miles. 
Population  in  IHIO.  KHi;  in  f-JO. 
i4.ti7:\;  slaves  l(il7  ;  in  JK50,  :{().- 
3<:*H,  of  whom  4578  are  slaves.     It  is 


divid<'d    into   2'^    counties. 


Little 


Rock  is  the  seat  of  frovernmont.  The 
Arkansas  flows  tlirouirh  a  central 
part;  the  Mississip|)i  forms  the  east- 
ern^ and  the  Red  River  a  part  of  the 
southern  boundar}'.  Tlie  country  be- 
tween the  Ozark  mountains  and  tin 
Mississippi  is  low  and  level,  and  ivi 
many  places  liable  to  inundation.  Tf> 
the  N.  W.  of  these  mountains,  the 
country  consists  mostly  of  extensive 
prairies  without  trees,  except  on  the 
borders  of  the  streams  of  water. 
The  soil  on  the  rivers  is  exceedinjrly 
fertile,  but.  in  other  parts,  much  of  it 
is  sterile.  There  is  in  jreneral  a  great 
scarcity  of  water.  Tlie  climate  is  sub- 
ject to  violent  extremes  of  heat  and 
cold,  and  is  unhealthy  to  new  settlers. 
The  Arkansas  river  is  navigable  for 
boats  at  some  seasons  liWO  in.  ;  its 
whole  length  following  its  windings 
is  2170  ni.  The  principal  tribes  of 
Indians  in  this  territory  are  the  Osatres, 
Cherokees,  Choctaws.  Quapaws,  Ca- 
does.  &c.  Missions  have  been  es- 
tablished among  some  of  these  tribes, 
which  we  shall  notice  under  their  ap- 
propriate heads.  The  Methodists  in 
this  territory  have  7  preachers  and 
983  members  ;  the  Baptists  1  associa- 
tion, 8  churches,  2  ministers,  and  88 
communicants  ;  the  Romanists  sever- 
al priests;  the  Presbyterians  one  or 


two  ministerH,  and  the  EpiHcopalinnfl, 
I  minister. 

ARMKNIA,  an  Asiatic  country, 
'•((ntaining  1(I(»,0()(>  s(|uiire  miles,  for- 
merly divuled  ill  Armenia  .Major  and 
.Minor.  TIh'  lirst.  whieli  is  the  modern 
'i'urcomania,  and  is  sometimes  called 
Armenia,  lies  S.  of  Mount  (.'aueasup, 
and  eom|>reheii<is  the  province.^  iOrze- 
room.  Kars  and  V  an  wiiicli  extendover 
:{:{./70  scpiare  miles,  and  have  '.'"lO.OOO 
inhabitiints,  and  also  the  I'ersian  pro- 
vince Krivan.  Armenia  Miimr,  now 
called  yMiululia  or  I'egian.  belongs  to 
the  Turks,  and  is  divided  between  tlie 
paclialics  Merashe  and  Sivas.  Arme- 
nia is  a  rough  mountainous  country, 
whi(!li  has  Caucasus  for  its  northern 
boundary,  and  in  the  centre  is  travers- 
ed by  branches  ot'tln'  'J'aiirus  to  which 
beloiiiLfs  Mount  Ararat.  This  mountain 
has  twi.  suiinnits.  one  of  which  is  con- 
siderably higher  than  the  other,  and  an 
it  is  always  covered  with  j-now,  it 
must  have  an  elevation  of  more  than 
I(».(i00  feet.  At  this  mountain  tlie 
boundaries  of  the  three  kingdoms. 
Russia,  l^'rsia,  and  Turkey,  meet, 
tJie  inhabitants  consist  of  genuine 
Armenians,  of  Turco'nans,  who  pass 
a  wandering  life  in  the  plains,  and  of 
a  few  Turks,  Greeks,  and  Jews.  The 
Armenians  are  a  sober  and  temperate 
nation,  and  are  chiefly  occupied  in 
commerce,  which,  in  Turkey  is  al- 
most entirely  in  their  hands.  Most  of 
them  are  Monophosytes  in  religion. 
Their  doctrine  ditfers  irom  the  Ortho- 
dox chiefly  in  their  admitting  only 
one  nature  in  Christ,  and  believing 
the  Holy  Spirit  to  issue  from  the  Fa- 
ther alone.  Their  hierarchy  dift'eiS 
little  from  that  of  the  Creeks.  Tlic 
cnt/iolicos,  or  head  of  the  church  has 
his  seat  at  Etschmiazim.  a  monastery 
near  Erivan,  the  capital  of  the  Per- 
sian Armenia,  on  Mount  Ararat.  Tlie 
Armenians  surpass  all  the  kindred 
Monophosyte  sects  in  information. 

Tlio  G.  M.  S.  have  three  stations  in 
Armenia,  which  we  shall  notice  in 
order.  '•  The  labors  of  our  missiona- 
ries," say  the  Committee,  "  are  in- 
creased in  extent  and  importance, 
and  the  blessing  of  God  h  evident- 
ly resting  upon  them.  T.-irough  the 
last  conclusion  of  peai:e  between 
Russia  and  Persia,  not  only  their 
boundaries  are  sure  and  fixed,  but 
ialso  entrances  for   missionaries  are 

34 


Episcopalinnfl, 

^iiitic    country, 
lart'  iiiilcH,   lor- 
uiu  Major  and 
li  iH  llu>  iiiodcrn 
iiictiiiu's  calU'd 
nuiit  CaiuaHiiP, 
[trovincMS  Krze- 
liclH'Xtmdovt'r 
1(1  liavi'!'r>0.(l()0 
lie  Persian  |)ro- 
tiiu  Minnr,  now 
[ian.  ln-longs  to 
led  lu't\v(  rn  live 
]  isivas.    Arine- 
iiinous  country, 
for  its  northern 
cnfrc  is  travcrs- 
ruurus  to  which 
This  mountain 
of  wliich  iscon- 
Lhootiii'r.and  na 
with  t-now,  it 
in  of  more  than 
s  mountain  tlie 
iree    kingdoms. 
Turkey,    meet, 
dst   of    genuine 
niians.  who  pass 
le  phiins,  and  of 
and  Jews.  The 
r  and  temperate 
Hy  occupied  in 
Turkey    is  al- 
lands.     Most  of 
tes   in   religion, 
rom  the  Ortho- 
ad  mi  tting  only 
and  believing 
ue  from  the  Fa- 
ierarchy   diffeiS 
.  Creeks.     Tlie 
the  church  has 
ni.  a  monastery 
ital  of  the  Per- 
mt  Ararat.  Tlie 
«ill  the    kindred 
information, 
three  stations  in 
shall  notice  in 
if  our  missiona- 
littee,  "  are  in- 
ad   importance, 
od  's  evident- 
T.'irough  the 
leai  '.e    between 
noi.  only  their 
land  fixed,    but 
issionaries   are 

34 


ARR 

opened  into  the  very  heart  of  woHtern 
Asia  and  we  deeply  feel  our  great 
want  of  means  to  send  ministers  of 
Christ  into  tlnse  inviting  regions." 
The  emperor  of  llussia  has  recently 
given  a  free  toleration  to  the  nnssion- 
aries  in  Armenia.  This  is  justly  (••n- 
itidered  as  a  most  important  deeisi'ii. 
Sir  Ktini.i.s,  Mtidcliii,  lint/  S/iu.<lni. 

In  the  early  |).irt  of  js:{(l.  Rev. 
Mcftsrs.  i:ii  Smith,  and  11.  Ci.  (). 
Dwight,  missionaries  of  the  .7.  //.  C. 
I'.  M.  h'O  Malta,  on  an  exploring 
tour  into  Arm«'nia.  They  visited  To- 
c-it,  Krzeroom,  Titlis.  Shuslin.  Ktsch- 
miazim.  Sic.  Tiny  reacheti  Malta 
on  the  '.ind  of  July."  IKU.  They  e.\- 
ocuted  their  arduous  connnission  with 
entire  satisfaction  to  the  Board.  The 
results  of  their  labors  are  not  yet  fully 
known. 

ARllOO,  five  islands  in  the  In- 
dian Ocean,  to  the  S.  and  W.  of  New 
Guinea,  extending  from  5^  ',W  to  7^ 
0'  S.  lat.,  with  narrow  channels  be- 
tween them.  Population  between 
1!),()00  and  1:20.000  souls. 

The  inhabitants  being  very  desirous 
to  receive  Christian  instruction,  Mr. 
Kam,  of  the  L.  S.,  sent  them  a  native 
teacher,  who  head  been  previously 
prepared  for  the  employment,  at  the 
Beminary  which  he  had  erected  for 
the  purpose,  in  Amboyna. 

ARRACAN,  a  province  in  the  W. 
part  of  the  Birman  empire,  S.  E.  of 
Bengal,  on  the  eastern  coast  of  th*" 
sea  of  Bengal,  between  Rangoon  and 
Chittagong.  Lenffth  500  m. ;  breadth 
from  10  to  200.  Population  between 
2  and  3  millions.  The  country  is 
fertile,  and  the  mountains  are  cover- 
ed with  perpetual  verdure. 

The  inhabitants  are  idolaters,  and 
worship  of  images  made  of  clay.  Ar- 
racan  was  formerly  an  independent 
kingdom,  but  surrendered  to  the  Bir- 
man empire  in  17H3 ;  since  which 
time  it  has  been  subject  to  a  viceroy, 
appointed  by  the  Birman  government. 
In  182t),  Arracan,  with  three  other 
provinces  was  ceded  to  the  British. 

Arracan,  the  principal  city,  is  situ- 
ated on  a  river  of  the  same  name,  in 
E.  long.  93°  f)',  N.  lat.  20°  47'.  It  is 
said  to  be  15  m.  in  circumference, 
and  to  contain  160,000  inhabitants. 

Land  has  been  granted  to  the  Bapt. 
S.  for  the  establishment  of  a  mission 
at  Akyab,  an  island  of  this  province, 


ARR 

which  is  eligdily  situated  at  the 
mouth  of  the  .\rraran  river.  The 
wlinle  number  of  native  ni  lubers  of 
if/<-  church  ii»  full  cemmi  nion,  ac- 
cordmir  to  th*  ^AHt  report,  is  71  ;  but 
of  thest*  •»"♦.  «piili'  one  half  are  fixed 
in  th«'  Cl<n»:liun  colony.  About  2(> 
still  remain  at  the  old  stations,  and 
II  e  in  the  town  of  Arra«;an.  There 
are  .ilso  about  '..(}  meinliers  at  a  place 
eallt  il  Kaptai.  under  the  gf»vernment 
of  an  independent  ehiet".  wiio  iH'ing 
exceedingly  itiimical  ti>  the  (iospel, 
has  for  several  years  effectually  pre- 
vented all  intercourse  lietweeii  these 
people  and  the  brethren.  The  enmi- 
ty of  the  human  heart  lias  displayed 
itself  here  as  in  other  places ;  yet  Mr. 
Fink  has  found  a  frankness  of  inquiry 
ami  an  earnest  attention,  which  are 
exceedingly  encouraging.  The  Ar- 
racan«'se  are  essentially  the  same  as 
the  Birmans,  and  have  no  caste  ;  and, 
compared  with  the  Hindoos,  have  but 
a  limited  number  of  objects  of  idola- 
trous worship. 

Besides  the  native  Christians,  a 
number  of  heathen  Arracanese  have 
been  admitted  into  the  colony  as  re- 
sidents. They,  however,  comply 
with  such  regulations  as  Mr.  Fink 
sees  fit  to  appoint,  and  they  liave  the 
Gospel  regularly  preached  to  them, 
and  their  children  will  receive  a 
Christian  education  in  the  school. 
Tuesdays  and  Saturdays  have  been 
fixed  as  market  days  ;  the  shops  are 
open  on  the  other  days  of  the  week, 
with  the  exception  of  the  Sabbath, 
when  there  is  a  cessation  of  all  public 
business. 

Meearung,  one  of  the  preachers,  is 
stationed  in  the  colony,  and  both  con- 
ducts public  worship  and  teaches  the 
the  school,  which  is  held  in  the  chap- 
el erected  by  the  peoole  themselves. 
The  other  preachers  a. .  devoted  to  the 
general  diffusion  of  the  Gospel ;  and 
one  of  them,  by  rotation,  is  usua'ly  in 
the  town  of  Arracan.  As  the  coun- 
try is  much  intersected  by  rivers  and 
creeks,  Mr  Fink  has  purchased  and 
fitted  up  a  small  boat  in  which  the 
brethren  can  convey  themselves  to  a 
number  of  important  places  at  con- 
siderable distances  from  their  homes ; 
and  hitherto  they  have  met  with  no 
unkind  treatment  from  their  country- 
men, when  thus  engaged.  These 
four  brethren  are  supported  by  the 

35 


ARIl 


ASI 


r 


«'oiitril)iiti<)ns  (»f  two  aHsncintinns  of 
yollllif  irrlltl<'llH'll  ill  (iliisixow,  wlio 
iinitiMlly  sriiil  tlirm  4(1/.  |irr  aiiiiiiiii 
lor  tliiit  |»iir|iiis('. 

Ill  jirovitliiiij  ••o|»i»'M  «>r  the  Scrip- 
turcH,  or  riitlwr  |(iirt.H  of  tliein,  mid 
tnicts,  the  iiiissiuiiar'u's  rii|i»yf(l  the 
co-'i|)criitioii  111'  sdiiM-  (»f  tlirir  Aiiicri- 
ciiii  brt'tlircii,  coniiccli'd  willi  llic  Jlir- 
iiiiiri  iiiiHsinii.  particularly  from  tlit> 
H<'V.  a.  II.  Ilonoli. 

J.  ('.  Fill!?,  of  tlic  Scraiiiporc  Mis- 
HJotH,  is  now  lalioriiifr  nt  Arracaii. 
Akyali,  I'rairiiayiiiif,  Kiiiikywoii,  and 
(itliiT  villaircH.  Ill'  has  ti  native  as- 
tiistaiifs.  Ill  lf^'2'.K  r>  natives  wore 
haptizcd.  i)u  land  which  was  hnt 
4  years  ajro  a  barren  wasle,  Mr.  Fink 
has  five  ilourishinir  villa<Te8,  and  'idO 
houses.  Though  the  natives  are  not 
all  Christians,  yet  tlie  settlement  is 
essentially  a  missionary  one.  Idola- 
try does  not  exist,  and  the  (Jospel  is 
constantly  preached.  Individuals 
have  been  found  well  qualified  for 
spreadiiijr  the  knowledsje  of  Christ 
nmonij  their  poor  brethren.  The 
Gospel  has  triumphed  wonderfully, 
nnd  has  changed  the  habits  and  teiii- 
por  of  men,  who  had  otherwise  died 
in  a  state,  but  a  little  higher  than 
that  of  animals. 

ARROWACKS,or  AROUAKAS. 
a  wandering  tribe  of  Indians,  scattered 
over  a  great  extent  of  territory  in  Gui- 
ana, South  America.  They  are  humane 
and  friendly.  Many  of  them  occupy 
the  sea  coast  to  the  S.  of  the  Orinoco. 

The  United  Brcthrrn  sent  2  mission- 
aries to  Berbice,  a  Dutch  settlement 
near  Surinam,  in  17;{H,  who  labored 
among  the  Pagan  uihabitants  around 
them  for  several  years,  but  with  little 
success. 

In  the  mean  time  they  became  ac- 
quainted with  the  Arrowack  lan- 
guage; and,  from  174*i  to  1757,  they 
baptized  about  400,  and  succeeded  in 
introducing  among  them  the  habits  of 
civilized  life.  In  17")!).  a  church  was 
erected  to  accommodate  the  increas- 
ing congregation  of  Lewis  C.  Dehne, 
at  Hope  or  Hoop;  and.  though  many 
discouragements  still  attended  the  la- 
bora  of  the  brethren,  yet  they  were 
permitted  to  reap  some  fruit.  In 
178!),  the  number  of  baptized  persons 
was  83 ;  in  1800  it  had  increased  to 
1()J).  Afterwards  they  removed  to  the 
river  Neukeer. 


.\  not  her  station  was  fnrnied  at  an 
earlv  ptrind.  iiaiiied  I'iliiirliiit,  in  tlif 
iit'iuliliorlioiid  of  wliicli  most  of  thw 
i»apli/cd  persons  lived.  Amidst  many 
trials,  the  Inrlhreii  persevered  at  this 
place  till  \7'.*'.\.  when  the  negroes  ro^*t 
ill  relicHioii  against  llnir  masters, 
iiiiirdcred  many  <'t'  the  u  liite  people, 
burnt  the  setliniient  at  rijiieriiut, 
and  laid  waste  almost  the  whole  coun- 
try. IJy  llii^  fire  an  Arrowack  (Jram- 
mar  and  liexicon.  and  some  translati'd 
portions  of  the  Scriptures,  prepared 
by  «iiie  of  the  inissioiiarie.>J,  were  con- 
sumed. 

A  tliini  station,  named  S/iarnn,  was 
also  occii|)ied  for  many  years,  hut  was 
relin(|uislie(l  from  the  occurrence  of 
uncontrollable  circuiiistanc«'s.  It  is 
pleasing  to  add  a  quotation  from  a  let- 
ter written  by  one  of  the  missionaries 
at  Surinam,  dated  Feb.    \'2.  l!^'2.\: — 

"  Now  and  then  1  .see  and  conversp 
with  the  Arrowacks.  A  company  of 
these  people  were  here  not  long  ago, 
some  of  whom  told  me  that  they  could 
not  forget  what  they  had  formerly 
heard  of  Jesus  t.'hrist  «>ur  Saviour." 
No  recent  intelligence  has  been  re- 
ceived from  this  tribe  of  Indians. 

ASHl'RY,  a  missionary  station  in 
Georuin.  among  the  Creek  Indiana, 
recently  established  by  the  M.  S.  Cur- 
olinti  Confrrfiicf. 

The  missionaries,  Messrs.  Jf'ni.  Cn- 
/tcrs,  Isaac  Sinlt./i,  and  JInilriw  Gum- 
mil,  have  encountered  much  opposi- 
tion I'rom  the  Big  Warrior  ;  but  tlw 
difficulties  have  considerably  subsid- 
ed, and  the  prospects  of  the  mission 
are  brightening.  In  1822,  a  hope  was 
entertained  that  100  scholars  would 
would  soon  be  obtained  in  the  school. 

It  appears  that  in  consequence  of 
the  removal  of  the  Creek  Indians, 
this  mission  is  discontinued. 

ASIA,  forms  the  eastern  and  north- 
ern part  of  the  old  world,  and  is  sep- 
arated from  Australia,  by  the  Indian 
and  Pacific  oceans  ;  from  America  on 
the  N.  E.  by  Cook's  or  Behrinu's 
Straits,  and  on  the  E.  by  the  Pacific 
ocean  ;  from  Africa  by  the  Arabian 
Sea.  and  the  Red  Sea,  with  the  Straits 
of  Bahelmandel ;  from  Europe  by  the 
Black  Sea,  Sea  of  Azof,  the  Sea  of 
Marmora,  &c.  The  area  of  Asia  is 
estimated  at  ir).17r).000  square  miles. 
It  exiend:-;  from  2{P  to  l!iOo  E  long., 
and  from  2"^  to  78^  N.  lat.     Its  great- 

36 


I 


;l 


i 


i 


ASI 

finii  wnH  foniirMl  lit  nil 
laiiird  I'iliji  ilnil,  in  tli»? 
(if   Wllicll     IIKIht    of    lliM 

IIS  lived.  Aiiiitlst  iiiaiiy 
liii'ii  |H'rs('Vt'rcil  iif  thin 
,  wlirii  I  he  iii'^riocs  roH« 
uraiiiht  their  iiiiistcrM, 
ly  of  thi'  wliilc  |H>()|>1(>, 
Itleiiieiit  ill  i'iloerlillt, 
aliiinst  file  wliole  ciiiiM- 
rc  nil  Arrowack  ( Jiaiii- 
i>n.  and  some  translated 
f  S('ri|»(ures,  prepared 
inissioiuirit'!^,  were  con- 
ion,  imnicd  Sliiiron,  was 
ior  ninny  y<'ars.  l»ut  \vn« 
"rom  tlie  oceiirri-ncc  of 
circuiiiKtanceH.  It.  is 
il  a  (|ii(!tntioii  iVfiin  alel- 
oiie  of  the  niisHionnrit'O 
ited  Fell.  \'^.  \r-l\:— 
then  I  see  mid  coiiversp 
wacks.  A  company  of 
.'crc  hore  not  lonjr  ajro, 
I  told  me  tiiat  they  oniild 
lat  tliey  had  foriiurly 
s  Christ  our  Saviour." 
Lellitrenco  has  been  re- 
lis  triln*  of  Indians. 
a  missionary  station  in 
iir  the  Creek  Indiana, 
ishcd  by  the  .V.  6'.  Car- 

arics,  Messrs.  Win.  Ca- 
\iit/i,  and  Jtndriici  Gam- 
piinlored  much  opposi- 
UiiT  Warrior  ;  but  tlie 
e  considerably  subsid- 
)spects  of  Iho  mission 
In  182y,  a  hope  vva.i 
M    100  scholars  would 
lobtainod  in  the  school, 
at  in  consequence  of 
f  the  Creek  Indians, 
iiscontinued. 
the  eastern  and  north- 
old  world,  and  is  sep- 
stralia,  by  the  Indian 
ns  ;  from  America  on 
Cook's  or    Belirinsx's 
the  E.  by  the  Pacific 
Vica  by  the  Arabian 
'  Sea,  with  the  Straits 
from  Europe  by  the 
of  Azof,  the  Sea  of 
The  area  cf  Asia  is 
7.").000  square  miles. 
2{P  to  lilOo  E  lonsr., 
8^  N.  lat.     Its  great- 

36 


A; 
(     ■ 


.  4 
1     • 


f^ 


0 


# 


HIMALAYA  MOUNTAINS  IN  ASIA. 
[Page  36.]      . 


I 


_iojjaJS*.^  ,,-  •'•-a^ 


VIEW  Of  MODERN  ATHENS. 
[Page  38.] 


' '  I 


m 


S' 


% 


r 


Ir 


5| 


J.' 

rib, 


,*t. 


:^.«    ^v 


.-■'«' 


pv  . 


>i  ; 


\     ) 


■    t' 


...^'•tjji 


"v-  *        ',■■        ■ 


;<;'iT' 


vC'-i-, 


M>-.- 


■'JfV^ 


^■<- 


ASS 


ASS 


V.r*.' 


^..4 


"*■ 


est  breadth  is  4140  miles,  and  its 
greatest  length  8000  miles.  It  is  four 
times  larger  tlian  Europe.  It  has  the 
highest  mountains  on  the  globe — the 
Himalaya  chain,  which  are  said  to 
reach  an  elevation  of  Ji7,()77  feet. 
The  population  is  estimated  at  from 
300  to  580  millions.  The  Tartar 
Caucasian  race  inhabit  W.  Asia;  the 
Mongolian  E.  Asia;  and  the  Malay 
S.  Asia.  Mohammedanism  prevails 
in  the  W. ;  the  religion  of  the  Lama 
in  the  E.  and  that  of  Brama  in  the  S. 

ASSAM  OR  ASHAM,  a  country 
between  Bengcal  and  Thibet,  700  m. 
in  length,  by  about  70  in  breadtii.  It 
is  intersected  by  the  Bramapootra,  and 
several  other  rivers,  and  is  very  fer- 
tile. The  inhabitants  are  genuine 
Hindoos.  No  European  merchant  is 
permitted  to  settle  in  the  country 
without  the  previous  permission  of 
the  East  India  Company. 

The  Serampore  Baptists  establish- 
ed a  missi-n  in  this  country  in  182!J. 
James  Rae,  Missionary.  See  Goa- 
valtii. 

ASTRACHAN  OR  ASTRAKHAN, 
a  viceroyalty  of  the  Russian  Em- 
pire, extending  from  4(>^  to  52'-'  N. 
lat.  containing  2!>:J,000  sq.  m.,  with 
2,000,000  inhabitants,  is  divided  into 
three  governments.  It  is  bounded 
N.  by  the  country  of  the  Bulgarians 
and  Bashkeers ;  S.  by  the  Caspian 
Sea,  W.  by  the  Wolga ;  E  .  by  a 
long  chain  of  mountains,  which  sep- 
arates it  from  Tartary.  The  summer 
is  long  and  very  hot ;  the  winter  lasts 
3  months  and  is  very  severe.  The 
capital  Astr  vkhan  is  34  m.  from  the 
entrance  of  the  Wolga  into  the  Cas- 
pian. It  is  the  see  of  a  Greek  arch- 
bishop, and  of  an  Armenian  bishop  ; 
has  2o  Greek,  2  Armenian  churches, 
20  Tartar  mosques,  one  Indian  temple, 
n.  high  school,  a  seminary  for  priests, 
a  botanical  garden,  and  many  manu- 
factures. It  contains  3,800  houses, 
and  30,000  inhabitants,  beside  90,000 
people,  who  spend  a  part  of  the  year 
there  on  account  of  the  fisheries. 

The  Rev.  Messrs.  Wm.  Glen,  John 
Dickson,  John  Mitchell,  and  Macpher- 
son  Selbij,  from  the  Scotch  M.  S.  com- 
menced their  labors  here  in  1814. 
The  original  design  of  this  mission 
was  to  print  and  distribute  tracts,  and 
portions  of  the  Scriptures,  in  various 
languages.    Its  situation  is  peculiarly 


favorable  for  this  purpose,  being  the 
mart  for  Persian  and  numerous  other 
merchants,  who  assist  in  extensively 
circulating  these  publications.  From 
181.')  to  1822,  the  missionaries  distrib- 
uted about  40,000  copies  of  tracts, 
Testaments,  and  portions  of  the 
Scriptures,  in  the  following  languages 
and  dialects,  viz.  Hebrew,  Tartar, 
Turkish,  Persian,  Armenian,  Calmuc, 
Jagatai  Tartar,  Orenberg  Tartar,  and 
Turkish  Tartar.  Thus,  truth  has 
been  disseminated,  and  the  fruit  be- 
gins to  lappear. 

Several  of  the  missionaries,  hav- 
ing acquired  a  knowledge  of  differ- 
ent languages,  commenced  itinerant 
preaching  in  the  suburbs  and  vicinity, 
where  are  about  25,000  Tartar  Mo- 
hammedans, many  of  whom  heard 
with  attention,  and  warrant  strong 
hopes  of  the  ultimate  prevalence  of 
truth.  A  considerable  population  of 
Jews,  on  the  W.  tand  E.  of  the  Cas- 
pian,  has  also  excited  the  regard  of 
the  missionaries,  and  the  L.  J.  S.  has 
favored  their  designs  by  placing  a 
quantity  of  suitable  books  at  their 
disposal.  The  Russian  B.  S.  has  also 
afforded  important  aid,  by  printing 
the  Scriptures  in  the  different  Tartar 
dialects.  In  181.5,  an  auxiliary  li.  S. 
was  formed  at  Astrachan,  which  has 
been  efficient  in  disseminating  the 
Scriptures  among  Persians  and  Tar- 
tars, who  have  been  eager  to  receive 
them.  A  seminary  has  been  erected 
for  the  education  of  native  youths,  to 
become  teachers  of  their  countrymen ; 
which  is  also  designed  to  embrace  the 
children  of  the  missionaries,  and  to 
qualify  them  to  take  the  place  of  their 
fathers  in  future  years. 

Mr.  Glen  expected  to  finish  the 
translation  of  the  prophetical  books 
into  Persian  in  the  course  of  the  sum- 
mer of  1831.  Some  delay  was  occa- 
sioned by  the  confusion  into  which 
the  city  was  thrown  by  a  violent  at- 
tack of  the  cholera.  Of  this  awful 
visitation  Mr.  G.  writes  on  the  27th 
of  August,  when  the  disease,  having 
continued  its  ravages  28  days,  had 
disappeared.  *'  Such  a  time  the  city 
of  Astrakhan  never  saw,  in  the  mem- 
ory of  the  present  generation  at  least. 
The  shops  were  almost  all  shut,  and 
an  universal  gloom  sat  on  the  faces 
of  the  inhabitants.  From  5  to  G,000 
in  30  days  fell  victims  to  it.     One 

37 


^, 


1-  :   V 


:\ 


ATH 

half  of  the  adults  were  more  or  less 
affected  by  it.  Some  were  cut  oft' 
almost  instantaneously,  in  one  day 
500  were  interred ;  and  on  another, 
480." 

The  missionaries  are  now  proceed- 
ing prosperously  with  their  transla- 
tions. Of  Mr.  Glen's  Persian  Psalter, 
1000  copies  have  been  printed. 

ATHENS.  This  was  the  capital 
of  the  old  kingdom  of  Attica  in 
Greece,  and  was  founded  by  Cecrops, 
1550  B.  C.  Modern  Athens  lately 
contained  1300  houses,  and  12,000 
inhabitants  2000  of  whom  were  Turks. 
The  Greeks  here  experienced  from 
the  Turks  a  milder  government  than 
elsewhere.  In  18^,  the  Acropolis 
after  a  long  siege  fell  into  the  hands 
of  the  free  Greeks. 

Efforts  have  been  made  by  various 
missionary  societies  to  establish 
schools  in  Athens.  In  1831,  Rev.  Jonas 
King,  of  the  ^.  B.  C.  F.  M.  removed 
from  Tenos  to  Athens,  and  opened  a 
Lancasterian  school  for  both  sexes,  at 
the  head  of  which  he  placed  Nike- 
toplos  formerly  master  of  the  orphan 
school  at  iEgina.  On  the  30th  of 
May,  1831 ,  this  school  contained  170 
scholars  of  both  sexes.  Mr.  King 
will  be  amply  furnished  with  books 
from  the  mission  press  at  Malta.  He 
thinks  that  it  will  soon  be  desirable  to 
establish  a  college  in  this  renowned 
seat  of  ancient  learning.  He  has 
sent  to  this  country  a  powerful  appeal 
ill  favor  of  this  object. 

Rev.  Messrs.  J.  J.  Robertson,  and 
J.  H.  Hill  of  the  A.  E.  M.  S.  have 
established  themselves  at  Athens. 
*'  The  favor  of  the  people"  say  they 
in  a  late  communication,  "  at  large  is 
ours.  The  clergy  generally  seem 
friendly.  Every  where  we  meet  with 
civility,  and  facilities  are  often  afford- 
ed us  by  those  in  office.  Mr.  Jetter, 
of  the  C.  M.  S.  says  he  is  finally  per- 
suaded that  Providence  has  opened 
the  door  to  his  people,  especially  to 
the  Armenians,  and  that  American 
Episcopalians  are  they  whose  labors 
will  most  probably  be  crowned  with 
success." 

ATIU,  one  of  the  Hervey  Islands, 
where  4  teachers  of  the  L.  M.  S.  are 
stationed,  their  exertions  have  been 
greatly  blessed.  The  settlement  form- 
ed in  a  healthy  part  of  the  island  has  a 
fine  appearance.   A  large  new  chapel, 


BAD 

capable  of  containing  1800,  or  2000 
people ;  with  neat  and  substantial 
liouses  for  the  chiefs  and  teachers, 
have  been  erected,  and  the  people 
were  building  substantial  dwellings 
for  themselves.  On  the  Hth  of  June 
1830,  the  first  church  in  these  islands 
was  formed,  and  the  sacrament  of  the 
Lord's  supper  administered  by  Mr. 
Williams  to  20  persons.  The  state  of 
the  people  in  every  respect  is  very 
encouraging. 

AUSTRALASIA,  or  AUSTRAL- 
IA, the  fifth  division  of  the  globe. 
The  South  Sea  and  the  Pacific  ocean, 
between  the  eastern  shore  of  Asia 
and  the  western  shore  of  America 
contains  all  the  islands  of  Australia, 
which  occupy  a  space  of  130°  in 
length  and  f^5°  in  breadth,  as  they 
extend  from  50°  S.  to  35°  N.  lat.,  and 
from  1)5°  to  230°  E.  Ion.  The  area 
is  about  3,500,000  sq.  m.  New  Hol- 
land alone  is  almost  equal  in  extent 
to  Europe. 

AUSTRAL  ISLANDS,  5  islands, 
in  24°  S.  lat.  149°  W.  Ion.  Under 
the  care  of  the  L.  M.  S.  15  Tahitian 
teachers  are  employed.  About  COO 
persons  have  been  baptized,  and  200 
admitted  to  the  communion.  The 
various  islands  will  be  noticed  in  order. 

AVAMA,  a  station  on  Rarotonga, 
one  of  the  Hervey  islands.  The  at- 
tendance on  the  means  of  Christian 
instruction  is  very  encouraging,  and 
the  attachment  of  the  chiefs  and  the 
people  to  the  missionary  Mr.  Bar- 
acott  is  strengthened.  The  children's 
school  contains  550  members. 


B. 


BADDAGAMME,  a  village  in  the 
S.  W.  part  of  Ceylon,  about  12  m. 
from  Galle,  on  the  R.  Gindrah,  one 
of  the  largest  in  the  island.  Popu- 
lation, in  1802,  1,(544;  the  houses  are 
built  of  mud  and  sticks.  Villages  of 
the  same  kind  are  extensive  in  the 
neighborhood.  The  situation  is 
healthy,  and  affords  the  missionaries 
easy  access  to  the  natives. 

Here  is  a  station  of  the  C.  M.  S. 
The  Rev.  Mr.  Mayor  having  obtained 
a  tract  of  land  from  the  government, 
erected  a  comfortable  house  on  an 
eminence,  which  commands  a  delight- 
ful prospect  of  a  winding  river,  a  fer- 

38 


BAII 


BAH 


g  1800,  or  2000 

and  substantial 
ifs   and  teachers, 

and  the  people 
tantial  dwelhngs 

the  !lth  of  June 
li  in  these  islands 
sacrament  of  the 
nistered  by  Mr. 
as.    The  state  of 

respect  is  very 

,  OR  AUSTRAL- 

)n  of  the  globe, 
he  Pacific  ocean, 
a  shore  of  Asia 
lore  of  America 
nds  of  Australia, 
pace  of  130°  in 
breadth,  as  they 
o35o  N.lat,  and 
.  Ion.  The  area 
}.  m.  New  Hc4- 
equal  in  extent 

.NDS,  5  islands, 
W.  Ion.  Under 
.  S.  15  Tahitian 
'ed.  About  GOO 
iptized,  and  200 
nmunion.  The 
(noticed  in  order. 
>n  on  Rarotonga, 
dands.  The  at- 
ans  of  Christian 
■ncouraging,  and 

chiefs  and  the 
onary  Mr.  Bar- 

The  children's 
lembers. 


a  village  in  the 
on,  about  12  m. 

Gindrah,  one 
island.  Popu- 
the  houses  are 
■cs.  Villages  of 
tensive  in   the 

situation  is 
le  missionaries 
ves. 


'  the  C.  M.  S. 

laving  obtained 

^ 

e  government, 

' 

house   on  an 

- 

lands  a  delight- 

ng  river,  a  fer- 

■ 

38 

;V 

■•■ 

k 

1 


tile  valley,  well-cultivated  fields  and 
distant  mountains.  Here,  on  the 
Lord's  day,  he  had  soinetiinos  an  op- 
portunity of  addressing  about  100 
children,  besides  adults ;  and  the  lat- 
ter appeared  to  be  gradually  losing 
their  confidence  in  their  heathen  su- 
perstitions. Some  of  theui,  indeed, 
ingenuously  confessed,  that  the  doc- 
trines of  Christianity  were  more  rea- 
sonable, and  better  adapted  to  the 
wants  of  man,  than  the  religion  of 
Budhu.  The  priests,  however,  were 
so  well  convinced  that  it  was  their 
own  interest  to  uphold  the  ancient 
system  of  delusion,  that  tiiey  were 
almost  invariably  found,  upon  all  oc- 
casions, to  resist  every  argument  ad- 
duced in  support  of  the  truth.  This 
branch  of  the  mission  was  afterwards 
strengthened  by  the  labors  of  Mr. 
Ward,  who  removed  hither  from  Nel- 
lore,  as  the  climate  at  the  latter  place 
was  found  unsuitable  to  his  constitu- 
tion. 

On  the  14th  of  February,  1821,  the 
foundation-stone  of  a  church  was 
laid  ;  the  stones  for  wliicli  were  blast- 
ed from  a  rock,  at  the  expense  of  700 
pounds  of  powder.  A  great  number 
of  natives  were  present  at  the  service. 
About  four  months  afterwards,  Mr. 
Ward  was  requested  to  visit  a  young 
woman  on  her  dying  bed,  who  said, 
that  she  had  heard  of  Jesus  Christ,  at 
Baddagamme,  and  that  she  trusted  in 
him  alone  for  the  salvation  of  her 
Boul.  Messrs.  Trimnell  and  Faught 
are  now  at  this  station,  with  7  native 
assistants ;  301)  children  sometimes  at- 
tend church.  The  average  attendance 
in  13  native  towns  is  27"). 

BAHAMAS,  o!t  LUCAYO  ISL- 
ANDS, in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  ex- 
tending along  the  coast  of  Florida  to 
Cuba,  on  two  sand  banks,  called  the 
Little  and  Great  Bank  of  Bahama ; 
the  former  Iving  N.  of  the  latter. 

The  islands  are  near  500  in  number ; 
some  of  them  mere  rocks,  but  12  are 
large  and  fertile.  Few  of  them  are 
inhabited,  and  they  are  subject  to  the 
English.  The  islands  which  give 
name  to  the  whole  are  Bahama  or 
Lucayo,  both  of  them  on  the  S.  part 
of  the  Little  Bank,  which  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  Great  Bank  by  a  pas- 
sage called  Providence  Channel.  One 
of  these  islands  was  the  first  land  of 
the  New  World  descried  by  Colum- 


bus in  1492,  on  which  he  landed,  and 
called  it  San  Salvador.  The  Baha- 
mas were  not  known  to  the  English 
till  Jt)t)7,  when  Captain  Seyle  l^ing 
driven  among  them  in  his  passage  to 
Carolina,  gave  his  name  to  one  of 
them  ;  and,  afterwards,  being  a  sec- 
ond time  driven  upon  it  called  it 
Providence. 

About  the  middle  of  the  year  1802, 
a  small  society  of  the  Wesfeyan  order 
was  formed  in  the  eastern  part  of  the 
island  of  Providence,  through  the  in- 
strumentality of  Mr.  Will.  Turton,  a 
native  of  the  West  Indies,  who  had 
been  laboring  there  about  a  year  in 
tiie  midst  of  much  opposition,  and  had 
succeeded  in  erecting  a  chapel.  A 
reformation  was,  however,  visible  in 
many.  But  while  the  work  thus  pros- 
pered in  the  country,  languor  and  in- 
difference prevailed  throughout  the 
town.  The  established  ministers 
opposed  the  mission,  and  the  occa- 
sional indisposition  of  Mr.  Turton 
tended  to  favor  their  proceedings ;  for, 
though  he  was  not  compelled  to  omit 
the  duties  of  his  station,  he  felt  him- 
self inadequate  to  those  exertions 
which  were  necessary  to  defeat  the 
purposes  of  his  foes.  Still  he  perse- 
vered in  a  course  which  he  considered 
blessed  of  God,  and  at  the  end  of 
1804  Mr.  Rutledge  was  sent  out  to 
his  assistsT'r'e. 

The  urethren  now  labored  together 
in  harmony, and  extended  their  sphere 
of  action  to  Eleuthera,  which  had  for- 
merly been  the  scene  of  every  species 
of  wickedness  ;  but  in  which  the  in- 
habitants gladly  received  the  word, 
and  exhibited  a  reformation  in  con- 
duct. 

In  1811,  Mr.  Dowton  arrived,  and, 
with  his  colleagues,  extended  the 
preaching  of  the  Gospel  to  Harbor 
Island,  Abaca  or  Green  Turtle  Quay, 
and  other  places ;  and  so  consider- 
ably did  the  cause  increase  at  Provi- 
dence Island  in  a  few  years,  that  in 
the  town  of  Nassau  it  became  neces- 
sary to  have  two  chapels  open  at  the 
same  time  every  Sabbath,  which  were 
attended  by  multitudes. 

In  181G,  all  meetings  for  worship, 
earlier  than  sunrise  and  later  than 
sunset,  were  prohibited,  under  a  se- 
vere penalty,  by  an  edict  of  the  leg- 
islature. This  measure  was  deeply 
afflictive  to  the  poor  slaves,  who  were 

39 


BAH 


BAL 


thus  deprived  of  their  religious  priv- 
ileges during  the  week.  *•  One  black 
man,"  says  Mr.  Rutledge,  '•  of  dis- 
tinguished piety,  said,  with  flowing 
tears,  *  They  might  as  well  take  away 
my  life,  as  deprive  me  of  our  meet- 
ings.' And  it  was  deeply  affecting 
to  see  his  venerable  sable  face,  skirted 
with  grey  locks,  turned  towards 
heaven,  while  in  the  simplicity  of  his 
heart,  he  exclaimed,  '  Lord  God !  how 
is  it  that  men  can  be  suffered  to  dance 
together,  to  play  at  cards  together, 
and  to  get  drunk  together,  but  thy 
peaceable  people  cannot  get  leave  to 
worsnip  thee  together  .''  " 

Formerly  the  negroes  had  been  in 
the  habit  of  rising  an  hour  before  day, 
every  Sabbath  morning,  that  they 
might  spend  that  time  together  ip 
their  chapel  in  prayer ;  but,  by  the 
act,  they  were  deprived  of  this  priv- 
ilege. 

After  the  restrictions  had  remained 
in  force  about  four  years,  they  were 
happily  removed ;  and  one  of  the 
chapels  in  Nassau  being  opened  for 
divine  worship  by  candlelight,  the 
congregations  on  the  week  evenings 
were  soon  very  considerable. 

In  a  letter,  dated  Nov.  4th,  1824, 
Mr.  Turtle  gives  an  affecting  account 
of  a  hurricane  which  had  recently 
occured,  and  which  had  brought  on 
many  heavy  calamities.  At  Tarpum 
Bay,  the  chapel  and  dwelling-house 
were  dashed  to  pieces ;  but  though, 
in  other  cases,  the  mission  buildings 
were  considerably  shattered,  they 
were  afterwards  repaired.  "  With 
regard  to  the  horror  of  the  scene," 
says  Mr.  T.,  "I  certainly  never  be- 
held any  thing  like  it  before — houses 
falling — ruins  flying  about  in  all  di- 
rections— husbands  dragging  their 
wives  from  one  house  to  another  for 
shelter,  and  mothers  lamenting  foi 
their  children,  supposed  to  be  dashed 
in  pieces!"  The  Report  of  1830 
communicates  the  following  intelli- 
gence : — 

JVew  Providence.  The  prospects  of 
the  mission  are  encouraging.  In  so- 
ciety, 97  whites,  124  free  colored,  01 
slaves,  total  312.  2  schools,  110  chil- 
dren, 35  of  whom  are  slaves. 

Eleuthera.  In  society,  184  whites, 
46  free  colored,  GO  slaves  ;  total  290. 
5  schools,  359  children,  of  whom  35 
are  slaves. 


Harbor  Island  and  Maco.  In  soci- 
ety, 307  whites,  53  free  colored,  110 
slaves,  total  470.  8  schools,  405  chil- 
dren, 100  slaves 

Turk's  Island.  In  society,  307 
whites,  53  free  colored,  110  slaves, 
total  470.  1  school,  93  children,  48 
slaves. 

Bermuda.  In  society,  lOG  whites, 
3G  free  colored,  39  slaves,  total  2(j0. 
The  principal  societies  ore  Hamilton, 
St.  Georges',  and  Warwick,  4 
schools,  5G7  children.  Total  scholars 
in  the  schools  in  the  Bahamas  Dis- 
trict  1440. 

BALASORE,  a  town  of  Hindoos- 
tan,  in  Orissa,  and  a  place  of  consid- 
erable trade.  The  town,  with  this 
part  of  the  district  of  JMohurbunge, 
was  ceded  by  the  Mahrattas  to  the 
British,  in  1803.  It  is  situated  on 
the  Gongahar,  6  m.  from  its  mouth, 
in  the  bay  of  Bengal,  and  120  m.  S. 
W.  of  Calcutta.  Long.  87°  10'  E., 
lat.  21°  30'  N.  This  place  derives 
peculiar  interest  from  its  proximity  to 
the  temple  of  Juggernaut,  to  which 
many  thousand  devotees  annually  re- 
sort. It  is  150  m.  from  Juggernaut, 
and  contains  10,000  inhabitants. 

The  idol  itself  is  a  large  block  of 
wood,  having  a  frightful  visage  paint- 
ed black,  with  a  very  wide  mouth, 
of  a  bloody  color.  His  arms  are  of 
gold,  and  he  is  dressed  in  gorgeous 
apparel.  A  numerous  retinue  of 
priests  and  other  servants  are  always 
in  attendance  upon  his  temple,  to  re- 
ceive the  offerings  made  to  the  idol, 
and  superintend  the  performance  of 
his  worship. 

Multitudes  of  persons  assemble 
from  all  pg-rts  of  India  to  pay  honor 
to  this  odious  deity.  Of  their  num- 
ber no  accurate  calculation  can  be 
made.  The  natives  themselves,  when 
talking  on  this  subject,  usually  say 
that  a  lack  of  people  (100,000)  would 
not  be  missed.  And  so  mad  are  they 
upon  their  idols,  that  thousands  of 
lives  are  annually  lost,  by  the  fatigues 
and  privations  to  which  they  are  ex- 
posed in  the  long  journeys  undertaken 
for  this  purpose.  Several  years  ago, 
Dr.  Carey  computed  the  number  sac- 
rificed in  this  way  alone ,  at  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty  thousand ! 

But  the  worship  of  Juggernaut  is, 
in  a  more  direct  and  evident  manner, 
a  system  of  cruelty  and  blood.    Dr. 

40 


BAL 


BAL 


at  one  Awn- 


Buchanan  tlius  doscribea  the  dread- 
ful scene  : — "  After  the  tower  had 
proceeded  some  way,  a  pilgrim  an- 
nounced that  he  was  ready  to  offer 
himself  a  sacrifice  to  the  idol.  He 
laid  himself  down  in  the  road,  before 
ihe  tower  as  it  was  moving  along, 
lying  on  his  face,  with  his  arms 
stretched  forwards.  The  multitude 
passed  round  him,  leaving  the  space 
clear,  and  he  was  crushed  to  deatli 
by  the  wheels  of  the  tower.  A  shout 
of  joy  was  raised  to  the  god.  He  is 
said  to  smile,  when  the  libation  of 
blood  is  mad.'.  The  people  throw 
cowries,  or  small  money,  on  the  body 
of  the  victim,  in  approbation  of  the 
deed.  He  was  left  to  view  a  consid- 
erable time  ;  and  was  then  carried  to 
a  place  a  little  way  out  of  tlie  town, 
called  by  the  English  Golgotha, 
where  the  dead  bodies  arc  usually 
cast  forth,  and  where  dogs  and  vul- 
tures are  ever  seen.  There  I  have 
just  been  viewiui,-  his  remains." 

He  then  says — "  I  beheld  another 
distressing  scene  at  the  Place  of 
Sculls — a  poor  woman  lying  dead,  or 
nearly  dead ;  and  her  two  children 
by  her,  looking  at  the  dogs  and  vul- 
tures which  were  i  r.  The  people 
passed  by  witliout  i.oticing  the  chil- 
dren. I  asked  them  where  was  their 
home.  Thev  said,  '  they  had  no 
home,  but  where  their  mother  was.' 
Oh,  there  is  no  pity  at  Juggernaut ; 
no  mercy,  no  tenderness  of  heart,  in 
Moloch's  kingdom !" 

Mr.  John  Peter,  of  the  B.  M  S.,  a. 
zealous  and  eloquent  Bengalee  preach- 
er, formerly  a  member  of  the  Arme- 
nian church,  arrived  at  Balasore  in 
1810 ;  he  met  with  a  very  friendly 
reception  from  the  European  inhab- 
itants, and  in  a  short  time,  baptized  a 
number  of  English  soldiers.  His  la- 
bors, together  with  those  of  Knstno 
Dass,  a  native  assistant,  were  sue 
cessfully  extended  to  various  villages, 
from  Balasore  to  Cuttack,  a  distance 
of  about  100  miles. 

Early  in  February,  1812,  Mr.  Peter 
had  an  opportunity  of  introducing  the 
New  Testament,  in  the  Orissa  lan- 
guage, into  the  temple  of  Juggernaut. 
He  accordingly  distributed  several 
copies  among  the  principal  persons 
belonging  to  that  place,  and  gave  one 
of  them  into  the  hands  of  one  of  the 
purichas,or  principal  mioisters  of  tbc 


idol ;  accompanying  his  gifl  with  an 
ardent  prayer,  that  the  intense  dark- 
ness of  superstition  might  be  speedily 
dispersed  by  tlie  glorious  light  of  Di- 
vine revelation.  In  the  autumn  of 
the  same  year,  he,  and  his  friend, 
Kristno  ma,  went  to  a  place  called 
Poorooha-pota.  "  It  being  tlie  last 
day  of  the  festival  of  Juggernaut," 
says  Mr.  Peter,  "  more  than  a  thou- 
sand persons  were  assembled,  and 
tliree  cars  of  the  god  were  dragged 
along.  In  the  midst  of  the  crowd  I 
stood  upon  a  chair,  and  preached  the 
everlasting  Gospel.  The  people, almost 
to  a  man,  left  the  cars,  and,  surround- 
ing me,  heard  the  word  with  attention. 
V»  e  sang  three  hymns ;  preached  and 
prayed  twice ;  and  distributed  15 
Orissa  New  Testaments  and  Psalters, 
besides  many  tracts.  One  Oriya  was 
insulted  by  his  countrymen  for  ac- 
cepting a  "Testament :  their  derision, 
however,  made  no  impression  on  him ;; 
he  received  the  book,  and  went  his 
way.  On  this  occasion  several  mili- 
tary officers,  with  their  ladies,  were 
present  upon  elephants." 

In  the  year  1813,  Kristno  Dass  wa« 
removed  by  death. 

In  January,  1814,  great  astonish- 
ment was  excited  in  Balasore,  by  the 
conversion  of  a  Brahmin  of  high 
rank,  named  Jugunat'ha  Mookhoojya. 
This  man,  who  was  of  a  rich  family, 
and  well  versed  both  in  the  Orissa 
and  Bengalee  languages,  was  so  thor- 
oughly convinced  of  the  truth  of  the 
Gospel,  that  he  renounced  his  caste 
— threw  away  his  poita,  or  sacred 
thread — and  ate  publicly  with  Mr. 
Peter ;  to  whom  he  expressed  an  ear- 
nest desire  for  baptism.  One  even- 
ing, whilst  the  missionary  was  read- 
ing and  explaining  to  him  part  of  the 
Bengalee  Testament,  he  expressed 
his  joy  that  Christ  was  able  to  dispos- 
sess Satan  even  of  his  strong  holds, 
aad  observed  :  **  The  debtas  are  evil 
spirits,  and  the  followers  of  Jesus 
have  power  from  him  to  overcome 
the  devil  and  all  his  temptations.  I 
am  growing  fearless  of  the  power  of 
debtas,  and  all  persecutors.  I  know 
that  God  alone  has  the  power  to  kill, 
and  to  give  life  ;  and  that  without  his 
permission  neither  good  nor  evil  can 
befall  me.  If  he  t^  my  Redeemer, 
therefore,  I  will  not  fear  what  man 
can  do.    Should  the  people  of  my 

41 


1 


w' 


i 

1 


'P': 


.     BAM 

caste  kill  me,  I  will  not  fear;  since  I 
hope  that  heaven  is  secured  to  me  by 
Jesus,  the  Son  of  God.  From  this 
time  may  I  appear  before  all  men  a 
decided  f  jliower  of  Christ !  1  hope 
the  Lord  will  receive  me,  and  keep 
me  tor  ever,  as  his  own  chiid  :  for 
though  I  am  the  greatest  of  sinners, 
I  bless  the  Almigiity,  and  will  thank 
him  for  ever,  that  he  has  brought  me 
out  of  darkness  into  his  marvellous 
light!" 

The  statement  he  afterwards  made 
being  perfectly  satisfactory,  he  was 
baptized  in  March.  After  the  service, 
an  Oriya,  named  Khosalee,  told  his 
countrymen,  both  near  the  tank  where 
the  baptismal  rite  was  administered, 
and  on  his  way  home,  that  their 
flhasters  were  all  false  ;  but  that  the 
■haster  of   Jesus  was  certainly  true. 

In  1816,  Mr.  jPeter  wrote  :— "  Since 
my  arrival  at  Balasore,  84  persons, 
nati.'es  and  Europeans,  have  been 
baptized  ;  some  of  whom  have  been 
taken  to  heaven,  and  others  are  re- 
Biding  at  various  places."  At  the 
commencement  of  1817,  however,  the 
province  of  Orissa  was  thrown  into  a 
Btate  of  great  alarm  by  the  approach 
of  the  Pindarees;  which,  together 
with  a  very  indifferent  state  of  health, 
compelled  Mr.  Peter  to  remove  to 
Calcutta. 

A.  Sutton  is  now  laboring  here  un- 
der '  'le  direction  of  the  General  Bap- 
tist Missions.  Many  happy  fruits  of 
missionary  toil  are  seen. 

BAMBEY,  a  settlement  on  the  R. 
Sarameca,  in  the  centre  of  several 
villages  of  free  negroes  in  Surinam, 
Soutn  America ;  who  fled  to  this  re- 
treat from  the  excessive  cruelty  of 
their  masters.  As  might  be  expect- 
ed, they  are  extremel3'  ignorant  and 
superstitious ;  and  cherish  the  most 
profound  reverence  for  their  idols, 
which  chiefly  consist  of  wooden  im- 
ages, large  trees,  heaps  of  sand, 
gtones,  crocodiles,  &c. 

Mr.  Lewis  C.  Define,  one  of  the 
United  Brethren,  accompanied  by  two 
>thers,  came  here  in  1765,  in  conse- 
quence of  an  application  from  the 
government  of  Surinam,  who  hoped 
to  put  a  period  to  the  cruelties  and 
depredations  of  these  negroes,  by  the 
introduction  of  the  Gospel.  At  first 
the  prospects  of  the  mission  were  en- 
couraging ;  but  such  were  the  preju* 


BAN 

dice  -nd  blindness  of  the  negroes, 
thr  .  ...e  missionaries  found  it  un- 
availing to  attempt  more  than  the 
instruction  of  their  children.  From 
the  commencement  of  the  mission  to 
17!t7,  a  period  of  32  years,  only  49 
were  baptized  ;  and  during  the  same 
time,  I'J  ntissionaries  out  of  28,  who 
entered  this  unpromising  field  of  la- 
bor, followed  each  other  to  the  grave 
in  quick  succession  in  this  unhealthy 
clime. 

In  1810,  a  refractory  spirit  began 
to  appear  among  many  of  the  negroes, 
who  were  alike  excited  against  the 
brethren  and  the  Colonial  govern- 
ment ;  and  about  three  years  after- 
wards, the  mission  was  relinquished, 
as  its  general  aspect  became  more  and 
more  discouraging,  while  its  expense 
was  exceedingly  burdensome. 

BANANAS,  some  islands  which 
lie  off  the  coiast  of  West  Africa,  open- 
ed a  new  sphere  of  usefulness  to  the 
C.  M.  S.  In  1823,  "  The  superinten- 
dant,  Mr.  F.  Campbell,  having  erected 
a  house  for  holding  Divine  worship," 
says  the  Rev.  Mr.  Beckley,"  entreat- 
ed me,  on  behalf  of  the  people,  to 
visit  the  Bananas,  for  the  purpose  of 
exhorting  them  once  or  twice  a  week." 
Soon  after,  he  speaks  of  the  prospects 
there  being  most  encouraging.  "  I 
have  been  enabled,"  he  adds  "  to 
keep  service,  with  few  exceptions, 
once  a  week  during  the  past  quarter ; 
when  between  60  and  70  assembled, 
who,  from  outward  appearance,  seem 
desirous  of  obtaining  inward  and 
spiritual  grace."  These  hopes,  how- 
ever, were  not  realized  to  the  extent ; 
but  circumstances  of  recent  occur- 
ance  promise  more  success.  The 
Rev.  Mr.  Gerber  visits  this  station  as 
often  as  his  other  duties  permit.  At 
Midsummer,  1826,  there  were  72 
boys  in  a  school  which  had  been  es- 
tablished ;  but,  being  almost  wholly 
kept  at  work,  they  made  little  im 
provement.  31  school-girls  were  re- 
moved to  York,  another  station.  Since 
January  1828,  no  teacher  has  resided 
at  York. 

BANDA,  OR  LANTOR,  chief  of  a 
group  of  10  small  islands,  belonging 
to  the  Dutch,  called  Banda,  or  ^ice 
Islands,  in  the  Eastern  Pacific  Ocean, 
125  m.  S.  E.  of  Amboyna.  The 
whole  contain  about  6000  inhabitants. 
Cloves,  nutmegs,  and  mace,  are  the 

42 


BAN 


BAN 


of  the  negroes, 
a  found  it  un- 
niore  than  the 
iliildren.  From 
if  the  mission  to 

years,  only  4!) 
during  the  same 

out  of  '26,  who 
ising  field  of  la- 
he  r  to  the  grave 
n  this  unhealthy 

ory  spirit  began 
y  of  the  negroes, 
iited  against  the 
/olonial   govern- 
iree  years  afler- 
'as  relinquished, 
jeeame  more  and 
vhiie  its  expense 
densome. 
e  islands  which 
est  Africa,  open- 
isei'ulnesa  to  the 
The  superinten- 
11,  having  erected 
divine  worship," 
?ckley,"entreat- 
>f  the  people,  to 
•r  the  purpose  of 
or  twice  a  week." 
i  of  the  prospects 
icouraging.     "  I 
'    he    adds   "to 
few  exceptions, 
;he  past  quarter ; 
d  70  assembled, 
ipearance,  seem 
ng   inward   and 
lese  hopes,  how- 
d  to  the  extent ; 
recent  occur- 
success.      The 
ts  this  station  as 
ties  permit.    At 
there    were   72 
h  had  been  es- 
almost  wholly 
made  little  im- 
ol-girls  were  re- 
station.  Since 
cher  has  resided 

TOR,  chief  of  a 
ands,  belonging 
Banda,  or  Spice 
(1  Pacific  Ocean, 
mboyna.  The 
iOOO  inhabitants, 
mace,  are  the 
42 


f 

'■3 


principal  productions.  The  ai.  ual 
sales  formerly  amounted  to  80,0UU 
pounds  of  nutmegB,  and  24,000  of 
mace.  It  supplies  the  whole  world 
in  these  articles.  The  climate  is 
most  unheaitiiy. 

Every  European  planter  employs 
from  00  to  10()  slaves.  There  are  a 
few  nominal  Christians  here,  who  are 
anxious  to  receive  the  Scriptures,  and 
to  enjoy  Christian  privileges.  Banda 
is  in  E.  long.  130^  37',  S.  lat.  4^  I'i'. 

Mr.  Kam,  of  Amboyna,  has  visited 
this  island,  and  been  instrumental  oi 
much  good.  The  JS'ctherlands  M.  S. 
has  also  appointed  three  missionaries 
to  labor  in  this  long  and  neglected 
field. 

BANDORA,  7  m.  from  Bombay  in 
Hindoostan,  wliere  a  mission  was  be- 
gun by  the  C.  M.  S.  in  1&20.  The 
laborers  at  this  mission  are  John  Dix- 
on, C.  P.  Farrar,  Mrs.  Farrar,  and  12 
native  assistants.  In  11  schools  there 
were  388  boys  and  2(5  girls.  A  new 
translation  of  Matthew  into  Mahratta 
had  been  made.  Mr.  Dixon  was  ed- 
iting St.  Luke  and  the  Acts,  from 
Martyn's  Persian  Translation,  at  the 
lithographic  press. 

BANGALORE,  a  town  s\d  mili- 
tary station  in  Mysore,  Flndoostan, 
in  the  centre  of  the  Pen'/isula,  74  m. 
N.E.  of  Seringapatam,  iiid  215  W.  of 
Madras',  a  place  of  ^rreat  political 
importance,  strongly  fortified,  and 
from  situation  the  Dulwark  ' "  the 
Mysore  country  towards  Arcc.  Silk 
and  woollen  cloths  are  the  principal 
manufactures,  and  all  sorts  of  English 
vegetables  grow  plentifully.  It  is 
healthy,  bemg  elevated  above  the 
level  of  the  sea  at  Madras,  2!)00  feet. 
In  the  Pettah,  or  Native  Town,  are 
about  30,000  people,  who  speak  the 
Canarese  language.  The  canton- 
ments of  the  troops,  about  a  mile 
distant,  forming  a  neat  village,  with 
the  bazaars  and  huts  built  by  the  fol- 
lowers of  the  army,  make  a  town  as 
large  and  populous  as  the  Pettah. 
These,  with  the  exception  of  about 
2000  English  troops,  speak  the  Ta- 
mul.  The  native  inhabitants  are 
mostly  Hindoos ;  but  loosely  attached 
to  their  religion. 

The  importance  of  the  station  is 
increased,  by  its  vicinity  to  Sering- 
ftpatam,  and  its  connexion  with  many 
other  populous  towns ;  and  by  its  be- 


ing the  central  mart  for  merchandize 
in  this  part  of  India.  E.  long.  77^, 
N.  lat.  13^. 

The  Rev.  Messrs.  Andrew  Forbes 
and  atephcn  Ltiidlcr,  from  the  L.  M\ii. 
commenced  their  labors  here  in  1820. 
The  missionaries  were  lor  some  time 
engaged  in  the  study  of  the  language, 
and  other  preparatory  measures.  A 
chapel  was  built,  principally  by  the 
zeal  and  liberality  of  Major  Mack- 
worth,  who  subscribed  100  pagodas  to 
the  building,  procured  a  grant  of  tim- 
ber for  the  seats,  drew  the  plan  of 
the  chapel,  and  also  superintended  its 
erection.  The  conunanding  officer 
had  previously  made  a  grant  of  land. 

Mr.  Laidler  brought  with  him  from 
Madras,  in  the  cn.pacity  of  servant,  a 
native  who  had  received  Christian 
instruction  under  the  Danish  mis- 
sionaries at  Tranquebar,  who  under- 
stands the  Canara  as  well  as  the 
Tamul.  Twice  a  week  he  visited  a 
neighboring  village,  to  read  the  Scrip- 
tures, and  to  give  an  exhortation. 
When,  on  his  first  embracing  Chris- 
tianity, he  was  baptized  by  the  Rev. 
Mr.  Spring,  he  received  the  name 
of  Samuel ;  and,  on  account  of  his 
piety,  his  disinterestedness,  the  mild- 
ness of  his  disposition,  and  his  being 
an  attentive  observer  of  the  provi- 
dence of  God,  Mr.  Laidler  subsequent- 
ly added  that  of  Flavel.  Some  trans- 
lations and  schools  were  commenced. 
Congregations  for  English  worship 
on  the  Sabbath  evenings  nearly  filled 
the  chapel.  A  Christian  church  was 
formed  in  April  1821,  when  31  mem- 
bers, chiefly  soldiers,  were  admitted 
to  communion,  some  of  whom  had 
previously  renounced  popery ;  and  a 
small  society  was  instituted  among 
the  eoldiers,  for  the  joint  support  of 
the  Missionary,  Bible,  and  Tract  So- 
cieties. In  the  course  of  the  next 
year,  a  friend  of  the  mission  opened 
a  house  in  the  bazaar,  both  as  a  chapel 
and  a  depository  for  the  sale  of  the 
Scriptures,  religious  books,  tracts, 
&c.  in  the  vernacular  languages. 
Here  the  natives  call,  read,  inquire, 
and  converse,  on  the  subjects  of  the 
books  on  sale ;  from  which  much 
good  is  anticipated.  In  1823,  the 
missionaries  were  joined  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Chambers ;  and,  in  addition  to 
pursuing  the  works  already  co-.  imenc- 
ed,  a  seminary  was  opened  for  pre- 

43 


BAN 


BAN 


paring  native  youths,  of  pious  char- 
acter and  promising  talents,  for 
preaching  the  Gospel  to  their  coun- 
trymen. Six  students  were  at  that 
time  going  through  a  course  of  theo- 
logical study  under  the  direction  of 
Mr.  Laidler.  They  were  named 
Isaac,  Joshua,  Peter,  Shadrach,  Ja- 
cob, and  Moses.  Isaac  and  Joshua 
had  been  for  a  considerable  time 
engaged  in  addressing  their  country- 
men. Peter  read  English  well,  and 
was  learning  Greek  and  Latin.  Sha- 
drach had  uhadc  good  proficiency  in 
Tanml.  Jacob  and  Moses,  the  junior 
pupils,  had  made  comparatively,  little 
progress. 

On  the  27th  of  June,  1824,  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Campbell  joined  those  who  had 
been  thus  successfully  laboring.  Of 
the  first  native  service  at  which  he 
was  present,  Mr.  C.  gives  the  follow- 
ing account: — "  I  went  to  seethe  na- 
tive service  conducted  by  Samuel 
Flavel.  It  is  no  small  matter  to  hear 
a  converted  heathen  address  his  coun- 
trymen with  so  much  fluency  and 
earnestness  as  was  then  done.  It 
is  a  great  matter  to  see  the  heathen 
listening  with  attention  to  the  word  of 
life,  ana  to  witnesss  two  from  among 
them  receiving  the  ordinance  of  bap- 
tism, as  followers  of  Christ,  as  was 
then  done.  But  it  is  a  greater  matter 
still,  to  sit  down  to  the  table  of 
the  Lord,  and  commemorate  his  death 
with  twenty  who  were  once  adolaters, 
now  no  longer  heirs  of  wrath,  but 
children  of  the  living  God,  and  see 
them  give  evidence  of  their  conver- 
sion to  Christ,  as  I  then  did.  Long 
shall  I  remember  the  feelings  I  then 
experienced,  and  wish  that  those 
who  pray  for  the  cause,  and  support 
its  interests  at  home,  could  witness 
such  a  scene.  Nor  does  Samuel  labor 
alone ;  two  other  youths,  endued,  1 
trust,  with  fervent  piety,  labor  assidu- 
ously, as  far  as  their  ability  extends ; 
and  should  the  Lord  God  of  Israel 

five  success  to  our  plans,  there  will, 
hope,  soon  go  forth  a  host  of  warri- 
ors to  fight  the  battles  of  the  Lord, 
and  to  warn  their  countrymen  of  the 
danger  and  destruction  to  which  they 
are  exposed. 

Mr.  Chambers,  unable  to  bear  the 
climate,  even  at  this  comparatively 
salubrious  station,  was  recommended 
to  return  to  Europe.    He,  however, 


died  at  sea,  on  the  7th  of  January, 
1820,  the  day  atlor  his  embarkation  ; 
but  Mrs.  C.  and  her  two  children  ar- 
rived safely  in  this  country.  From 
the  last  report  the  followin-  particu- 
lars are  taken  : — 

On  Sabbath  mornings  there  is  a  na- 
tive service  in  the  mission  chapel,  at 
which  from  40  to  00  persons  usually 
attend  ;  and  in  the  afternoon  another, 
alternately  in  the  Choola,  and  at  the 
barracks  of  the  horse  and  native  foot 
artillery.     Mr.    Campbell    visits    six 
villages  in  the  neighborhood,  twice  a 
week.     On    these  occasions    regular 
service  is  held,  and  the  average  num- 
ber of  hearers  is  between  50  and  GO. 
There  are  also,  native  and  Indo-Brit- 
ish  Christians,  who  open  their  houses 
once  a  week  for  public  service.     The 
number  of   members  of   the  native 
church  is  18.     The  number  of  Eng- 
lish communicants  is  33.   The  preach- 
ing of  the  word  has  been  blessed  to 
the  conversion  of  several  individuals. 
In  the  native  seminary,  with  which 
Mr.  Campbell's  Canarese  school  is  im- 
mediately connnected,  the  4  youths, 
David,  Jacob,  Paul,  and  Joseph,  still 
continue  to   receive  preparation  for 
the  Christian  ministry.     They  have 
been  very  ur"  ful  in  propagating  the 
Gospoi  i.i  the   neighboring  villages. 
The  Canarese   school   has   11   boys. 
All  these  are  represented  as  promis- 
ing  lads,  and  are  considered  as  in 
preparation   for  becoming   students. 
One  of  the  Teloogoo  schools  has  been 
relinquished,  on  account  of  the  very 
unsatisfactory  conduct  of  the  master. 
The   children   of  the  Tamil  orphan 
school  are  reduced  to  4.     Two  of  the 
youths,  named   John  and  Solomon, 
educated  in  this  school,  have   been 
engaged  as  readers   at  Salem.      At 
present  there  appears  to  be  at  Banga- 
lore 4   boys*   schools  ; — I   Teloogoo, 
containing  39  scholars ;  1  Mahratta, 
35  ;  1  Tamil,  4  ;  Canarese,  11  ;  mak- 
ing in  all,  89.     The  Canarese  female 
school,  under  Mrs.  Campbell's  care, 
contains  5  girls,  and  6  women.   Their 
conduct,  as  well  as  progress  in  study, 
are  very  good.     Mr.  Campbell  has 
finished  the  first  volume  of  his  work 
"  On  the  principal  Doctrines  of  the 
Gospel,"  comprising  450  pages.  Each 
subject  forms  a  separate  ^act.     They 
are  original  compositions  in  the  native 
style.    The  London  Religious  Tract 

44 


BAN 


BAR 


I  of  January, 
embarkation  ; 
o  children  ar- 
untry.  From 
Avjn-  particu- 

s  there  is  a  na- 
sion  chapel,  at 
prsons  usually 
moon  another, 
ila,  and  at  the 
,nd  native  foot 
icU   visits    sic 
rhood, twice  a 
isions    regular 
average  num- 
!en  50  and  GO. 
ind  Indo-Brit- 
?n  their  houses 
service.     The 
of   the  native 
imber  of  Eng- 
\.  The  preacn- 
een  blessed  to 
■al  individuals. 
Y,  with  which 
se  school  is  im- 
the  4  youths, 
id  Joseph,  still 
reparation  for 
r.     They  have 
•opagating  the 
oring  villages, 
has  11   boys, 
ted  as  promis- 
isidered  as  in 
ing    students, 
hools  has  been 
nt  of  the  very 
of  the  master. 
Tamil  orphan 
.    Two  of  the 
and  Solomon, 
)1,  have   been 
;  Salem.      At 
>  be  at  Banga- 
—1   Teloogoo, 
;  1  Mahratta, 
ese,  11  ;  mak- 
.narese  female 
npbell's  care, 
omen.   Their 
ress  in  study, 
ampbell  has 
of  his  work 
strines  of  the 
)  pages.  Each 
tract.     They 
1  in  the  native 
ligious  Tract 
44 


Society  has  granted  24  roams  of  paper 
towards  tiiis  work.  3().00()  copies  arc 
now  in  a  course  of  circulation.  Many 
thonsiind  copies  of  portions  of  the 
Scriptures,  as  w»^ll  as  of  religious 
books,  liavc  l)t'on  put  into  a  course  of 
distribution  by  the  Bible  and  Tract 
Society.  Tlio  Circulating  Mission 
Library  has  4(H)  volumes,  wliich  have 
proved  exceedingly  useful.  The 
IV.  M.  S.  have  two  missionaries,  J.  F. 
England,  and  T.  Cryer.  and  1  native 
assistant.  Number  of  member?  ]'M). 
This  statement  includes  the  mission 
at  Seringiipatam. 

BANKOK,  tlie  capital  of  the  king- 
dom of  fcsiam,  contains  about  400,000 
inhabitants,  of  whom  '.ilO.OOO  are  Chi- 
nese,  and    the    remainder   a    mixed 


■f 


population.  The  Siamese  in  the  city 
amount  to  8000,  exclusive  of  11,000 
priests.  Very  ample  facilities  seem 
to  be  here  provided,  not  only  for  in- 
troducing the  Gospel  into  Siam,  but 
into  China  itself,  by  means  of  the 
multitudes  of  Chinese,  who  may  be 
termed  extra  mural. 

BANKOTE,atown  in  Hindoostan, 
on  the  coast,  00  m.  S.  of  Bombay  ; 
5000  or  G0()0  inhabitants.  James 
Mitchell  and  John  Stevenson  of  the 
S.  M  S.  are  employed  at  this  place. 
The  schools  have  been  given  up. 
They  will  probably  soon  be  resumed. 

BARBADOES,  the  easternmost  of 
the  Caribbee  islands,  21  m.  long,  and 
14  broad.  The  exports  are  sugar, 
rum,  cotton,  and  ginger;  and  it  has 
most  of  the  fruits  common  to  the 
climate.  The  sugar  exported  hence 
is  finer  than  that  of  any  other  planta- 
tion :  and  it  has  a  production  called 
Barbadoes  tar,'  which  exudes  from 
crevices  in  the  clay  hills  on  the  E. 
coast,  and  is  collected  on  the  surface 
of  water,  in  holes  dug  for  the  pur- 
pose. This  island  always  belonged 
to  the  British,  who  colonized  it  in 
1024 ;  and  it  remained  private  prop- 
erty till  settled  to  the  crown  in  1663. 

In  1765,  two  of  the  United  Brethren 
were  sent  to  this  island  to  commence 
a  mission.  One  of  them,  however, 
^  died  soon  after  his  arrival :  his  com- 
panion, seduced  by  the  love  of  the 
world,  neglected  and  finally  aban- 
doned the  cause  ;  and  a  third,  who 
was  sent  to  fill  up  the  place  of  the 
first,  followed  him  shortly  after  to  the 
lomb.    In  May,  1767,  Mr.  Benjamin 


Bruckshaw  arrived,  and  his  design 
being  approved  by  tlie  president  of 
the  council  and  the  resident  clergy, 
he  began  immediately  to  preach  to 
the  negroes  at  Bridijetown,  with  the 
consent  of  many  of  tlie  planters,  who 
not  only  permitved  their  slaves  to 
hear  the  Gospt>l,  but  occasionally  en- 
couraged the  missionaries  by  their 
own  attendance. 

In  the  month  of  August,  Mr.  Ben- 
nett came  from  North  America,  lie 
was  soon  joined  by  other  laborers ; 
and  as  the  hearers  were  continually 
increasing,  they  purchased  and  fitted 
up  a  building,  botii  as  a  place  of  wor- 
ship and  a  dwelling-liouse.  Here  6 
negroes  were  baptized,  and  several  of 
the  planteriT  invited  the  missionaries 
to  preach  on  their  own  estates.  A 
variety  of  diificullies,  unhappily,  af- 
terwards arrse  ;  the  slaves  absented 
themselves  from  the  chapel,  pecunia- 
ry wants  embarrassed  the  mission, 
and  after  the  removal  of  Mr.  Bruck- 
shaw to  Antigua,  in  1771,  and  the 
death  of  Mr.  Bennet,  the  following 
year,  a  spirit  of  dissension  was  excited 
among  the  remaining  missionaries, 
and,  at  length,  only  one  was  left  on 
the  island. 

In  1773,  some  success  appeared  to 
attend  the  zealous  labors  of  Mr.  Au- 
german  ;  but  scarcely  two  years  had 
elapsed,  when  he  was  removed  by 
the  hand  of  death,  and  though  his 
successors  continued  the  work,  no 
change  of  importance  occurred  for 
several  years.  Very  few  negroes, 
except  those  who  nad  formerly  been 
baptized,  and  whose  number  did  not 
exceed  20,  attended  the  ministrations 
of  the  missionaries ;  and  even  those 
who  assented  to  the  truth,  afforded 
melancholy  proof  that  they  were  not 
under  its  power.  The  planters,  also, 
Avith  a  few  exceptions,  were  now 
averse  to  the  instruction  of  their 
slaves;  and  in  1780,  a  tremendous 
hurricane  involved  the  missionaries 
and  their  hearers  in  the  most  serious 
difficulties.  In  17!)0,  however,  cir- 
cumstances appeared  more  favorable 
than  before  ;  the  congregations  in- 
creased, and  sometimes  amounted  to 
150 ;  the  deportment  of  the  negroes 
became  more  consistent  :  several, 
having  given  satisfactory  evidence  of 
conversion,  were  baptized,  the  pro- 
prietors of  different  plantations  were 

45 


BAR 


BAR 


gradual W  .ndiicfd  to  lay  awidp  their 
prejudice's,  and  the  local  got^eriiiuent 
treated  the  iiiissionarieu  with  kind- 
ness and  res|  ect.  As  their  Hituation 
was  unhealthy  and  inconvenient,  they 
purchased  a  small  estate,  in  I7'.)4, 
consisting  of  a  spacious  house  and 
four  acres  of  land,  very  elijribly  situ- 
ated, to  whicii  they  gave  the  name  of 
Sharon. 

In  the  month  of  November,  17!(8, 
Mr.  James  Waller  and  his  wif«?,  to- 
gether with  an  unmarried  sister, 
named  Mary  Giant,  embarked  at 
Bristol,  and,  after  encountering  im- 
minent perils,  reached  Barhadoes. 

Towards  the  close  of  1817.  the 
congregation  consisted  214  members, 
of  whom  (W  had  been  admittted  to 
partake  of  the  Lord's  Supper.  The 
whole  number  of  negroes  baptized, 
from  the  couunencement  of  the  mis- 
sion, did  not  exceed  \\\\()  adults,  and 
150  children.  Through  subsequent 
years,  the  work  proceedi'd,  notwith- 
standinij;  many  trials  arising  from  the 
want  ot  laborers,  and  from  the  sick- 
ness and  death  of  those  who  entered 
the  field.  In  August,  182"),  Mr. 
Brumner  announces,  that  more  inter- 
est had  recently  been  excited  among 
the  children,  and  says — "'  We  have 
hitherto  met  with  no  hindrance  in 
prosecution  of  our  great  object — 
the  instruction  of  the  negroes ;  on 
the  contrary,  several  places  nave  been 
offered  to  me,  where  I  may  make 
known  the  glad  tidings  of  salvation  ; 
but  at  present,  I  find  it  impossible  to 
visit  them.  Difficulties  enough,  in- 
deed, exist  in  the  very  structure  of 
society,  and  the  usages  which  prevail 
among  the  negroes  in  these  islands. 
Among  these  l  may  specify  the  Sun- 
day markets,  and  the  dancing  and 
revelry  in  which  too  many  are  en- 
gaged from  Saturday  evening  to 
Sunday  night,  and  which  preclude 
attention  to  more  serious  concerns. 
Here  the  missionary  stands  in  especial 
need  of  the  guidance  of  the  Holy 
Spirit,  that  he  may  fulfil  the  aim  of 
his  important  and  blessed  calling." 

A  short  time  after,  he  wrote  : — 
"  Every  successive  Sunday  we  have 
the  pleasure  to  see  an  increase  in  the 
number  of  our  hearers ;  and  the  at- 
tendance at  the  evening  meeting  is 
much  greater  than  ever  I  could  have 
expected.    When  we  last  spoke  with 


the  new  people  belonging  to  our  small 
tlock,  no  less  than  24  negroes  came, 
for  the  first  time,  and  most  of  them 
appeared  to  be  truly  concerned  for 
their  salvation.  Un  Sunday  next,  5 
women  will  be  added  to  the  church 
by  holy  ba])tism." 

At  the  commencement  of  1H27,  he 
says — "  In  the  year  lf^2(>,  there  have 
been  baptized  at  Sharon,  28  adults, 
and  14  children  ;  \\  p«'rsons  have  been 
received  into  the  congregation,  and  !) 
readmitted  ;  \Vl  admitted  to  the  holv 
comnmnion  ;  14  adults,  and  0  chil- 
dren, have  departed  this  lile  ;  and  3 
have  been  excluded.  At  the  close  of 
the  year,  the  congregation  consisted 
of  71)  communicants.  78  baptized 
adults,  and  33  baptized  children.  If 
to  these  are  added  8(>  candidates  for 
baptism,  and  188  new  people,  &c., 
the  totaJ  of  individuals  under  our 
care,  will  be  404. 

The  missionaries  have  recently 
been  visite-^  with  a  severe  calamity. 
On  the  10  h  and  11th  of  August, 
1831,  a  dreadful  hurricane  swept  over 
the  island,  and  transformed  it  into  a 
desert.  About  7  o'clock  on  Wednes- 
day evening,  the  sky  assumed  an 
unusual  appearance.  "  The  wind 
continued  to  increase,"  says  Mrs. 
Morrish,  the  wife  of  one  of  the  mis- 
sionaries, "  and  blew  cold.  My  hus- 
band and  myself  retired  to  rest  be- 
tween 10  and  11  o'clock.  About  12, 
the  storm,  blowing  tremendously 
from  the  west,  awoke  us.  Brother 
Taylor  now  came  into  our  room  ;  and 
brother  Morrish  proceeded  with  him 
to  examine  the  doors  and  windows 
of  the  house,  to  ascertain  that  all  was 
secure, — this  being  a  point  of  great 
importance,  for  if  the  hurricane  once 
gets  entrance,  it  carries  all  before  it. 
We  now  repaired  to  the  hall,  which 
is  in  the  centre  of  the  building.  It 
was  well  we  did  so ;  for,  in  a  short 
time,  our  apartments  were  a  mere 
wreck.  At  this  time,  the  storm  was 
raging  with  frightful  fury  from  the 
north,  forcing  in  the  rain,  which  fell 
in  torrents,  at  every  crevice,  till  the 
floor  of  our  hall  was  covered.  The 
brethren  having  returned  to  us  from 
a  second  attempt  to  secure  the  weak- 
er parts  of  the  building,  we  all  knelt 
down  and  commended  ourselves  in 
earnest  prayer  to  the  Lord,  implor- 
ing him,  that  whether   it   was   for 

46 


BAR 


BAR 


ing  to  our  small 
nt'groos  cmiM", 
IllOHt  of  tlH'in 
cimciTneii    for 

Sunday  next.  5 
to  the  church 

KMit  of  IH27,  he 
^•j(i,  tiiere  have 
iron,  .iH  adults, 
rsons  have  been 
rrej^ation,  and  !) 
ted  to  the  holy 
Ita,  and  0  chil- 
this  lile  ;  and  3 
At  the  close  of 
ration  consisted 
a,    78    baptized 
I'd  cliildren.     If 
)()  candidates  for 
'W  people,  «&c., 
uals   under    our 

have    recently 
severe  calamity. 
1th   of  August, 
icane  swept  over 
jformed  it  into  a 
lock  on  Wednes- 
ky   assumed   an 
"  The    wind 
ise,"    says    Mrs. 
one  of  the  mis- 
cold.     My  hus- 
tired  to  rest  be- 
ock.     About  12, 
tremendously 
ke  us.     Brother 
0  our  room  ;  and 
;eeded  with  him 
•s  and  windows 
tain  that  all  was 
point  of  great 
hurricane  once 
ies  all  before  it. 
the  hall,  which 
le  building.     It 
for,  in  a  short 
were   a  mere 
,  the  storm  was 
1  fury  from  the 
rain,  which  fell 
[crevice,  till  the 
covered.     The 
rned  to  us  from 
cure  the  weak- 
g,  we  all  knelt 
led  ourselves  in 
Lord,  implor- 
er   it   was   for 
46 


f 


life  or  for  death,  our  minds  might  be 
kept  stnyed  n|)on  Him.  Just  then 
succeeded  a  portentouH  calm,  wliieli 
hiKted  about  !;'>  ininuteH.  Alas  !  it 
was  but  to  coUeet  freHh  force.  l^ou( 
sf)bs  and  innuns  now  attracted  our 
attention  ;  and  upon  opening  tiie  door 
we  found  tlie  wliite  j)eo|ile  and  the 
negroes  from  an  adjoining  estate,  half 
naked,  and  drenciied  in  rain;  their 
dwellings  had  been  entirely  destroy- 
ed, and  they  had  hardly  escaped  with 
their  lives.  We  had  just  time  to 
supply  them  with  <lry  clothing,  and 
to  collect  our  own  negroes  around 
us,  whose  huts  had  l)een  blown  down, 
when  the  the  tempest  reconmienced 
from  the  opposite  point,  with  re- 
doubled violence.  We  were  expect- 
ing every  moment  that  the  walls 
would  give  way.  We  of  the  mission- 
ary family  clung  to  one  another,  as  if 
we  would  enter  eter'^ity  together." 

On  the  abatement  of  the  storm,  the 
brethren  ventured  out.  Nothing  ap- 
peared but  one  scene  of  ruins.  The 
ehurch  and  school-rooin  were  both 
gone.  At  Mount  Tabor,  the  other 
station,  the  church  and  mission- house 
were  both  entirely  destroyed.  The 
ruins  of  buildings  were  strewed  in  all 
directions. 

The  number  of  persons  who  were 
killed  in  this  hurricane,  on  the  island, 
amounted  to  5000.  The  garrison  lost 
from  40  to  50  soldiers,  killed ,  besides  a 
great  number  wounded.  The  young 
cane  and  provision  crops  were  entire- 
ly destroyed.  All  the  poorer  class  of 
whites  and  colored  people,  whose 
little  sheds  were  a  perfect  mass  of 
ruins,  were  subjected  to  great  suffer- 
ing. 

A  favorable  opportunity  for  the  pro- 
mulgation of  the  Gospel  appearing  in 
Dec.  1788,  Mr.  Pearce,  of  the  Jf.  M. 
S.  commenced  his  labors  ;  but  a  spirit 
of  persecution  soon  arosr  among  per 
sons  of  rank  and  influence ,  who  resolv- 
ed, if  possible,  to  prevent  his  progress. 
Mobs  were  encouraged  to  disturb  and 
interrupt  public  worship;  and,  at  the 
close  of  one  of  the  weekly  lecture:!, 
the  most  disgraceful  uproar  and  con- 
fusion occurred.  Mr.  Pearce,  of 
course,  asked  for  redress  ;  but,  though 
the  magistrate  to  whom  he  applied 
appeared  very  indignant  at  such  a 
broach  of  the  peace,  on  the  case  being 
proved,  he  came  to  the  extraordinary 


menacinir 
he, 


decision,  that,  •  as  tlic  oflence  wan 
committed  against  .Aim  Hi  iitv  God,  it 
wuH  not  within  his  jurisdiction  to  pun- 
ish >t."  It  was  now  liir  some  time 
impracticable  to  preucli  at  night;  and 
when,  all«'r  tlie  lapse  of  several 
montiis,  it  was  attempted,  the  same 
liostility  was  manilested.  (Jne  even- 
i'  g  tlie  preacher  was  obliged  to  dis- 
niisH  the  coiijifegntioii.  'I  he  rioters 
being  allerwards  joined  by  about  a 
hundred  other  persons,  eiideav  red  to 
break  open  the  ehapel  doors  ;  a.nd, 
failing  in  this,  they  demolished  the 
windows  above.  Mr.  Pearce  now 
ventured  among  them  ;  but  they  no 
sooner  saw  him.  than  several  of  them 
attempted  to  strike  him,  anu  followed 
him  to  his  house,  which  they  sur- 
rounded for  some  time,  with  the  most 
words  and  gestures  ;  but 
providentially,  eseaj)ed  unhurt; 
and  the  mob  at  length  retired,  with- 
out executing  their  threats. 

Mr.  Pearce  resolved  once  more  to 
seek  justice — and  he  wjis  successful. 
Warrants  were  issued  by  one  of  the 
magistrates,  with  the  utmost  readi- 
ness. The  aflair  was  brought  to  a 
hearing  in  the  Town  Hall,  and  five 
of  the  rioters  (who  had  i)reviously  at- 
tempted to  compromise  the  business) 
pleaded  guilty.  They  were,  there- 
fore, dismissed,  after  a  severe  repri- 
mand from  the  bench,  on  condition 
of  their  paying  all  the  expenses  of 
the  day,  together  with  half  the  sum 
which  Mr.  Pearce  had  given  to  those 
he  had  consulted.  This  they  did,  ex- 
pressing their  sorrow  for  the  offence, 
and  promising  not  to  disturb  the  con- 
gregation any  more.  Such  a  decision 
produced  a  sensible  impression,  and 
materially  tended  to  dissipate  existing 
prejudices.  Accordingly  the  mis- 
sionarjr  was  invited  to  visit  a  planter 
in  a  distant  part  of  the  island  ;  and 
the  sermons  he  preached  served  also 
to  dispel  the  unfoimded  calumnies 
which  had  been  so  industriously  cir- 
culated. But  some  of  the  rioters,  in 
his  absence,  assailed  his  house  with 
stones,  and  severely  hurt  Mrs.  Pearce. 
As  the  delinquents  were  unknown, 
nothing  remained  but  to  bear  the  in- 
jury with  patience,  and  to  watch  the 
return  of  those  wlio  had  inflicted  it. 

In  1791,  Mr.  Lamb  succeeded  Mr. 
Pearce,  but  his  lalors  were  attended 
with  very  little  success ;  though  per- 

47 


BAR 


BAR 


mittcd  to  atU'tuI  '^(5  ontiitcH  in  tlu' 
country,  whicli  lie  n'jjnliirly  viHitt'd 
once  a  lintnijrlit.  "  Tlic  n«'jrr(M'H,  in 
jfenorai,"  lu'  wiiyH,  ••art'  an  much 
atihanii'il  of  rt'li^ion  (ih  tiu>  wliitcii ; 
and  Huch  ii  |ilacc  lor  lioldinir  divine 
thin^ti  in  conlcinpt,  I  nt-vrr  huw  bt>- 
fore.  '  And.  in  I7'.i7,  the  rcjruhir  con- 
gregations seldom  consisted  of  more 
than  41)  persons,  most  of  whom  were 
whites,  and  'M  of  tiiem  mend)ers  of 
the  Society.  In  the  country  places, 
they  seldom  amouitled  to  more  than 
10  or  12;  and  throujirii  the  whole 
island,  exclusively  ol  Uridgetown, 
the  menibei  of  the  Society  did  not 
exceed  Ul . 

In  March,  1801,  however,  Mr. 
Hawkshaw,  who  was  proceeding  to 
another  place,  in  company  with  some 
other  nunisters,  came  to  an  anchor 
at  Bridget'iwn,  and  went  on  shore, 
expecting  to  spend  a  i'ew  hours  with 
the  missionary  ;  but,  to  his  great  sue- 

t»ri»3,  he  found  that  tlu*  preacher  had 
ocked  up  the  chajiel,  sent  the  key 
into  the  country,  and  retired,  about 
three  weeks  before,  either  to  Antigua 
or  St.  Christopher's.  Several  of  the 
people,  who  were  lamenting  the  loss 
of  their  privileges,  earnestly  entreated 
Mr.  Hawkshaw  to  remain,  and  he 
complied  with  their  request.  His  la- 
bors were  attended  with  considerable 
success.  The  chapel,  which  he  found 
in  a  very  dilapidated  sttite,  was  re- 
paired, and  rendered  more  commodi- 
ous, during  his  stay  ;  and  though  he 
was  sometimes  interrupted  in  divine 
worship,  the  decisive  measures  adopt- 
ed procured  a  restoration  of  tranquil- 
lity. Owing  to  his  removal  to  Gren- 
ada, the  interest  again  sunk  into  a 
low  state  ;  but  it  was  revived  by  Mr. 
Bradnock,  who  reached  Barbadoes, 
March  21st,  1804  ;  and  who,  encour- 
aged and  protected  by  the  civil  au- 
thorities, re-established  the  evening 
service,  which,  for  a  considerable 
time, had  been  given  up.  New  spheres 
opened  in  the  country,  while  divis- 
ions which  had  existed  in  the  church 
at  Bridgetown  were  healed,  backslid- 
ers were  reclaimed,  and  members 
gradually  increased.  In  1805,  Mr. 
Bradnock  was  succeded  by  Mr.  Rich- 
ard Pattison,  who,  mourning  over  the 
state  of  feeling  discovered,  returned  ; 
and  Mr.  Robinson,  his  successor,  la- 
bored with  zeal  and  fidelity  till  July, 


IH07,  when  his  life  was  suddenly  ter« 
minated. 

In  JHlJ.the  society  was  composed 
of  HO  persons,  1 1  of  wlioni  were 
whites,  I'A  were  free  persons,  and  ii 
were  slaves. 

In  the  spring  of  IHIO.  an  insurrec- 
tion broke  out  among  the  negroes  on 
some  of  the  plantations,  but  it  was 
soon  terminated  by  a  military  force. 
This  circumstance  was  charged  on 
missions,  although,  out  of  a  popula- 
ti(m  of  71,yir)  negroes,  there  were  not 
more  than  lUJ  belonging  to  the  Socie- 
ty ;  and  in  the  report  of  the  com- 
mittee appointed  by  the  Mouse  of  As- 
sembly to  inquire  into  it,  the  mischief 
is  traced  to  other  causes. 

In  1818,  the  mission  was  recom- 
menced ;  and,  in  the  ensuing  year,  a 
new  and  conunodious  chapel  was 
erected ;  towards  it  several  of  the 
principal  inhabitants  contributed  lib- 
erally ;  it  was  licensed  by  the  govern- 
or's special  authority — prejudice  ap- 
peared to  be  giving  way — and  hope 
animated  the  bosoms  of  the  laborers. 

In  ]b20,  Messrs.  Shrewsbury  and 
Larcum  thus  wrote  : — "  Our  pros- 
pects at  present  cannot  be  deemed 
fluttering,  but  they  are  certainly 
briirhtening,  as  there  is  more  likeli- 
hood of  prosperity  than  was  ever  pre- 
viously known  in  Barbadoes.  On 
Sunday  evenings  our  chapel  is 
thronged,  and  multitudes  crowd  about 
the  door  to  squeeze  in,  when  there  is 
the  least  opening.  Besides  our  labors 
in  Bridgetown,  we  have  three  estates 
in  the  country,  at  which  we  preach 
once  a  fortnight.  The  proprietors 
(one  of  whom  is  a  member  of  the 
house  of  Assembly),  are  firm  friends 
to  the  missionaries,  and  have  prom- 
ised to  use  all  their  influence  with 
other  gentlemen  of  the  colony  to  per- 
mit us  to  instruct  their  negroes." 
More  encouraging  still  did  the  aspect 
of  the  mission  become  ;  crowds  flock- 
ed to  hear  the  gospel — members  were 
added  to  the  society,  and  an  auxiliary 
society  was  established,  which,  it  was 
expected,  would  make  an  annual  re> 
mittance  of  not  less  than  50Z.  sterling. 
But  a  fearful  storm  soon  arose ;  Mr. 
Shrewsbury  was  abused  as  a  villain 
in  the  streets,  and  violently  molested 
by  the  press.  On  Oct.  5th,  1822,  the 
congregation  was  insulted,  and  the 
chapel  was  assailed  by  violence ;  and 

48 


I 


.V 


I  Hiulilfnly  ter- 

waH  coinpoBcd 

whom    wero 

jHTHoiiH,  and  0 

«;.  ail  iiiBurrec- 
tlu-  iH'{j;rfio8  on 
lis,  but  it  WOM 

iiiilitary  force. 
n»  cluirgrd  on 
it  of  a  popula- 
,  tluTi'  were  not 
nr  to  the  Socie- 
it  of  the  com- 
ic HouBc  of  As- 

it,the  mischief 

11' s. 

on  was  rccom- 
tMi8uing  year,  a 
utf    cliapel   was 
Bcveral  of  the 
contributed  lib- 
J  by  the  jrovern- 
— prejudice  ap- 
way — and  hope 
of  the  laborers. 
Shrewsbury  and 
; — "  Our    pros- 
inot  be   deemed 
are     certainly 
is  more  likeh- 
an  was  ever  pre- 
Barbadoes.      On 
our     chapel     is 
ides  crowd  about 
..,  when  there  is 
esides  our  labors 
IV  e  three  estates 
liich  we  preach 
The  proprietors 
member  of  the 
are  firm  friends 
ind  have  prom- 
influence  with 
le  colony  to  per- 
Itheir    negroes." 
lU  did  the  aspect 
crowds  flock- 
members  were 
nd  an  auxiliary 
d,  which,  it  was 
e  an  annual  re- 
an50i.  sterling, 
jon  arose ;    Mr. 
[sed  as  a  villain 
(lently  molested 
t.  5th,  J 822,  the 
lulted,  and  the 
violence ;  and 
48 


BAR 

no  Htronij  was  the  feeling  in  fiiyor  of 
the  dehmnuMits,  that  no  hopes  of  tlieir 
pnnishiiieiit  could  Ik«  <'iitertaiiied. 
On  tli«^  following  Saltlmth  the  nsHaiilt 
was  reiieweti,  and  the  most  dreadful 
opposition  conteiiipliited;  in  the  midst 
of  wiiich  the  missionary  preached 
with  considerable  enlargement  and 
freedom,  from  1  Cor.  i.  '^2,  '24.  and 
thus  closed  his  iiii'iistry  in  IJarbadoes. 
Oti  the  iKtli,  there  was  no  service  in 
the  chap«'l,  in  ronsequence  of  the 
governor  refusing  to  inti'rpose  on  be- 
nalf  of  .Mr.  S.  ;  aiul  a  multitude,  pre- 
viously organized,  completely  demol- 
ished the  building,  without  t!ie  least 
attempt  being  made  to  check  them, 
eitlier  by  the  civil  or  military  nu- 
tiiorities.  l'rovi<lentially.  Mr.  S.  and 
his  wife  escaped  to  St.  Vincent's  in 
safety.  The  governor  now  issued  a 
proclamation,  otlering  a  reward  of 
100/.  for  the  conviction  of  the  ofliMid- 
ers.  Sucli,  however,  was  the  unpar- 
alleled etfi'ont(«ry  of  the  rioters,  that 
they  immediately  printed  and  circu- 
lateil  a  cuuntcr-proriamntlun,  threat- 
«Miing  that  any  per.son  who  came  for- 
ward to  iiM  lach  one  of  them,  should 
receive  lui  rited  punishment— observ- 
ing that  no  conviction  could  be  ob- 
tained while  the  parties  were  firm  to 
themselves,  and  stating  that  the 
chapel  was  destroyed,  not  by  the 
rabble  of  the  community,  but  that  the 
majority  of  the  persona  assembled 
were  ot  the  Jirst  respectability  I  After 
Mr.  S.'s  departure,  the  people  contin- 
ued to  meet,  though  they  were  threat- 
ened with  similar  acts  of  violence — 
but  these  were  happily  averted. 

The  re-establishment  of  the  mis- 
sion was  confided  to  Mr.  Rayner  in 
1625  ;  but,  afler  a  correspondence 
with  the  governor,  important  consid- 
erations prevented  his  landing.  In 
182(5,  however,  he  returned  to  fulfil 
the  trust  committed  to  him  :  the  mis- 
sion-house in  Bridgetown  was  rebuilt. 
On  the  24th  of  May,  1830,  the  new 
chapel  in  Bridgetown  was  opened  for 
divine  service,  and  the  congregations 
are  respectable.  Four  weenly  prayer 
meetings  are  held  -,  12!)  belong  to  the 
society.  A  number,  who  have  died 
gave  good  ground  to  hope  that  their 
sins  were  forgiven.  Service  is  held 
in  the  country  twice  on  the  Sabbach, 
and  once  in  the  week.  The  average 
number  attending  on  Sabbath  fore- 


B.VR 

noon  in  about  200.      On    Thursday 
evenings.  100, 

In  the  early  part  of  the  last  century, 
(len.  ('odringtoii  bequeatlied  two  es- 
tates to  the  Soiiilij  J'ltr  I'ropiiiriitinff 
the  (io.ipel  in  t'lireiita  Piiitti.  to  |)ro- 
vide  for  the  religious  instruction  of 
the  negroes  in  this  and  Mie  other  Ca- 
ribbee   islands,  and  'cling  and 

endowing  a  c<illeg  •  •.-.  Lrulgetown, 
esjM'cially  re«|uirin  •  f-  >  religious  in- 
struction of  the  slav  .  on  these  es- 
tates. The  society  faithfully  complied 
with  these  conditions,  and  the  rt-sult 
has  been  aiispiciou.s.  The  negroes 
on  these  estates  were  quiet  during  the 
dreadful  insurrection  in  I'^lt),  in 
which  about  10(10  negroes  were  mas- 
sacred, either  as  actual  insurgents,  or 
on  unfounded  suspicion.  This  cir- 
cumstance has  g.-catly  abated  the 
bitter  prejudices  whicii  usually  pre- 
vailed here  a<rainst  the  religious  in- 
struction of  the  slaves,  and  lias  con- 
vinced many  planters,  that  no  such 
event  would  have  occurred  if  their 
slaves  had  been  diligently  instructed, 
and  brought  under  the  influence  of 
the  Gospel.  The  bishop  of  Barbadoea, 
in  a  late  report,  says  •'  that  the  slaves 
on  this  estate  are  an  industrious  and 
healthy  body  of  I.-iborers  supported 
entirely  by  the  estate,  born  almost  to 
a  man  on  it,  never  sold  from  it,  but 
virtually  attached  to  the  soil  with  their 
vill.age,  chapel,  hospital,  and  school, 
with  an  excellent  minister,  with  the 
Sunday  wholly  unbroken  in  upon  and 
with  other  days  wh^liy  at  their  dis- 
posal." The  society  have  determin- 
ed to  take  the  lead  in  a  gradual  but 
SYSTEMATIC  emancipation  by  the  in- 
troduction of  free  labor,  all  slaves, 
married  according  to  the  rites  of  the 
established  church  are  exempted  from 
compulsory  labor  one  day  in  the  week 
and  all  slaves  are  allowed  to  purchase 
one  or  more  days'  exei..ption  from 
compulsory  labor,  until  they  are  com- 
pletely enfranchised.  Freedom  so 
purchased  is  to  be  transmitted  to  all 
children,  lawfully  born  in  wedlock. 
No  slave  is  to  be  sold  from  the  es- 
tate. 

The  C.  M.  S.  has  had  for  somo 
years  a  school  in  Barbadocs,  which 
the  lord  bishop  has  recently  taken  un- 
der his  own  charge  ;  it  contained,  in 
1825, 114  boys  and  44  girls,  making  a 
total  of  158  scholars ;    of  whom   dj 

49 


BAR 


BAR 


were  slaves,  and  77  free  ;    G  of  them 
were  adinitted  to  confirmation. 

BARBUDA,  OH  BERBUDA,  one 
of  the  British  Caribbee  Islands  in  the 
West  Indies.  Length  20  m.,  ureadth 
12,  Ion.  01°  50'  W.  lat  17°  44'  N.  It 
belongs  to  the  heirs  of  Gen.  Codring- 
ton,  who  obtained  .  grant  of  it  for  his 
important  services  to  the  crown  of 
England,  in  the  West  Indies,  and  is 
saia  to  yield  about  £5000  a  year.  At 
his  '  ath,  in  1710,  he  bequeathed  a 
large  part  of  the  island  to  the  Society 
for  Prapagatlng  tie  Gospel,  for  tin* 
instruction  of  the  negro*«.s  in  Liiis  and 
the  neighboring  islands  in  the  Chris- 
tian religion,  and  for  erecting  and  en- 
dowing a  college  in  Barbadoes.  The 
Wcshijan  Missionaries  have  labored 
here  with  some  success.  Population 
1500. 

dAREILLY,  a  large,  populous, 
and  flourishing  city  in  the  province  of 
Delhi,  Hindoostan,  ceded  to  the  Brit- 
ish in  18(j2,  and  is  the  seat  of  their 
judicial  establishnient  for  the  district 
of  Bareilly.  Under  the  fostering  hand 
of  the  British  Government,  in  one 
year,  1S20-1,  more  than  2270  houses 
were  built  in  the  city,  and  the  coun- 
try around  is  proportionably  increas- 
ing in  population  and  agriculture. 
The  city  is  about  800  m.  N.W.  of  Cal- 
cutta, 15G  N.W.  of  Lucknow,  and  142 
E.  of  Delhi.  E.  long.  80°,  N.  lat. 
28°. 

The  C.  M.  S.  took  this  into  their 
field  of  labor  in  1818,  by  the  appoint- 
ment of  Fucz  Messeeh,  native  reader 
and  catcchist,  who  was  born  at  Moor- 
adabad,  and  was  about  45  years  of  age. 
At  the  age  of  18,  being  disgusted  with 
the  idolatry  of  the  Hindoos,  he  became 
a  Mohammedan,  and,  till  abo'itthe  year 
1817,  lived  after  the  strictest  manner 
of  that  people,  becoming  a  Fokeer, 
and  gaining  many  disciples  by  his 
austerities  and  reputed  snuctity,  when 
he  obtained  of  a  lody,  at  Bareilly,  a 
copy  of  Martyii's  Hindoostanee  Tes- 
tament, which  was  the  means  of  his 
conversion  to  the  Christian  faith.  He 
afterwards  removed  to  Delhi.  In  one 
ucliool  there  are  40  boys. 

BARK  EL,  a  town  in  the  Nether- 
lands. The  JVetherlands  M.  S.  has  a 
seminary  here  to  prepare  missionaries 
for  their  fuLure  labors,  containing  16 
•tudents. 
BARRACKPORE,  a  town  in  Ben 


fal,  Hindoostan,  on  the  E.  side  of  the 
[oogly  R.,  10  m.  above  Calcutta,  and 
near^  opposite  Serampore.  It  is  the 
country  seat  of  the  governor' general, 
and  a  military  station. 

In  1814,  the  Baptist  Missionaries  at 
Serampore,  in  compliance  with  the 
earnest  solicitations  of  several  non- 
commissioned ofiicers,  introduced  the 
Gospel  here,  by  occasionally  preach- 
ing at  th<  ir  houses.  Though  preach- 
ing Viiwi  been  irregularly  maintained, 
yet  their  laLvtrs  have  been  greatly 
uiessed,  and  several  of  their  country- 
men and  natives  have  been  added  to 
the  church  at  Serampore.  In  1821 , 
the  Marchioness  of  Hastings  establish- 
ed a  school  here,  with  due  provision 
for  its  support,  and  committed  it  to 
the  care  of  the  C.  K.  S.,  which  has  a 
depot  of  books,  and  tracts  which  are 
usefully  distributed, 

BARRIPORE,  a  town  of  Bengal, 
Hindoostan,  16  m.  S.  E.  of  Calcutta. 

For  several  years,  the  C.  K.  S.  has 
supported  a  large  school  here,  for 
which  a  school-house  has  been  re- 
cently erected. 

BARTHOLOMEW,  ST.,  one  of 
the  Caribbee  islands,  24  m.  in  cir- 
cuit, and  25  N,  of  St,  Christopher. 
The  French  ceded  it  to  the  Swedes  in 
1785,  and  it  is  the  only  spot  in  the 
West  Indies  possessed  by  them.  The 
chief  exports  are  cotton,  drugs,  and 
lignum  vitae  ;  and  it  has  a  good  har- 
bor, called  Gustavia.  W.  long.  63° 
40',  N.  lat.  17°  46'. 

This  was  one  of  the  first  stations  of 
the  W.  M.  S.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Dace 
labored  here  ten  years,  and  was  called 
to  his  reward  in  1816.  The  governor, 
and  most  of  the  respectable  persons 
on  the  island,  attended  his  funeral. 
In  every  place  in  which  he  was  en- 
gaged in  the  West  Indies,  Mr.  Dace 
was  deservedly  esteemed.  A  few 
days  after  his  death,  a  dreadful  hurri- 
cane completely  destroyed  the  mis- 
sion chapel  and  dwelling-house, — a 
loss  which,  it  was  hoped,  would  in 
great  part  be  repaired  by  the  exertions 
of  the  friends  of  the  mission  there. 
The  following  is  an  extract  of  a  let- 
ter from  Mr.  Hirst,  who  went  over 
from  St.  Martin's  to  nerform  the 
funeral  ceremony  over  Mr.  Dace's 
remains. 

♦|  The  morning  afl.er  the  gale,  I 
waited  on  his  excellency  the  govern- 

50 


BAR 


BAS 


.  side  of  the 
lalcutta,  and 
i.  It  is  the 
norgcneral, 

ssionaries  at 
!e  with  the 
teveral  non- 
Iroduced  the 
lally  preach- 
ugh  preach- 
maintained, 
een  greatly 
leir  country- 
;en  added  to 
e.  Inlb21, 
igs  establish- 
ue  provision 
nmitted  it  to 
,  which  has  a 
Its  which  are 

a  of  Bengal, 

of  Calcutta. 

C.  K.  S.  has 

»ol   here,  for 

las  been  re- 

ST.,  one   of 

!4  m.  in  cir- 

Christopher. 

he  Swedes  in 

spot  in  the 

them.    The 

drugs,  and 

a  good  har- 

V.  long.  63° 

st  stations  of 
Mr.  Dace 
id  was  called 
le  governor, 
;able  persons 
his  funeral, 
he  was  en- 
i,  Mr.  Dace 
d.      A   few 
eadful  hurri- 
ed the  mis- 
g-house, — a 
d,  would  in 
the  exertions 
ission  there, 
•act  of  a  let- 
went  over 
(lerform    the 
Mr.  Dace's 

the   gale,  I 
the  govern- 

30 


m 


or,  who  expressed  his  regret  at  our 
losd,  but  said,  '  As  your  old  chapel 
was  in  a  bad  situation,  if  you  find 
a  vacant  plot  more  eligibly  situated, 
bt'loncring  to  the  king,  1  will  give 
it  you.'  This  we  were  not  able  to 
do,  and  have  been  obliged  to  pur- 
chase. The  situation  is  in  the  centre 
of  the  town,  and  12i)0  dollars  have 
been  already  subscribed :  his  excel- 
lency gave  30  dollars,  and  3  gentle- 
men 100  eaclj ;  another,  who  had 
HuftVred  much  by  the  gale,  gave  25; 
and  I  doubt  not  but  2000  dollars  will 
be  raised  for  the  new  building.  His 
e.xcelloncy  says  that  he  will  repre- 
sent the  loss  we  have  sustainec*  to 
liis  majesty,  the  king  of  Sweden,  anu 
diuhts  not  but  some  grant  will  be 
made  to  us."' 

Ill  tlie  following  year  it  is  stated, 
that  though  the  congregation,  since 
the  destruction  of  the  chapel,  was 
without  a  convenient  place  to  meet 
in,  yet  the  people  were  attentive  to 
religious  services  in  private  houses  ; 
and,  by  tlie  exertions  of  the  leaders, 
the  society  was  kejit  together  and  was 
pro;perin;r.  In  1823,  the  mission 
sutft'red  inateriiUy  from  local  and 
unavoidable  circumstances,  which 
were  mt  only  felt  by  the  members  of 
the  society  in  particular, Tiut  by  the 
community  at  large.  The  stagnation 
of  trade  obliged  nearly  100  members 
to  leave  the  island,  to  seek  support 
for  themselves  and  their  owners  else- 
where. Notwithstanding  these  diffi- 
culties, the  society  increased,  until 
the  alarms  arising  out  of  the  affair  at 
Demarara  cou.sed  some  restrictions  to 
be  imposed.  Latterly,  however,  the 
cauje  of  God  lias  prospered. 

In  a  recent  Report  of  the  W.  M.  S. 
it  is  said,  ''  Since  the  opening  of  our 
cliapel,  tlie  congregations  have  been 
nearly  doubled,  and  we  are  persuaded 
that  it  will  be  said  of  tiiis  and  that 
man,  tliat  they  were  born  there." 
The  obligations  we  have  been  under 
to  the  government  for  the  use  of  the 
Swedish  churcli.  so  long  enjoyed  by 
our  people,  call  for  our  sincere  grati- 
tude. We  have  had  during  tiie  year 
an  increase  of  32  members,  most  of 
whom  are  walking  in  the  comforts  of 
the  Holy  Ghost.  The  number  in 
society  is, — whites  18;  free  colored 
187;  slaves  5)8;  total,  303.  Number 
of  scholars  is, — boys  52 ;   girls  84  ; 


total,  136.     Some  of  the  children  have 
made  great  progress  in  learning. 

BASLE,  or  BALE,  the  largest 
town  in  Switzerland,  has  16j400  in- 
habitants. Lon.  7^  31'  E.,  lat.  47° 
40'  N.  It  has  a  celebrated  university, 
witii  an  excellent  library. 

A  seminary  was  established  here 
in  1815,  for  the  education  of  mission- 
aries to  the  heathen.  Its  origin  and 
progress  were  thus  described,  in  1822, 
by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Blumhardt,  the  in- 
spector : — 

''  It  was  in  the  last  calamitous  war, 
in  the  year  1815,  that  the  spirit  of 
missions  first  struck  its  roots  in  the 
heiirts  of  some  Christian  friends,  at 
Bale,  in  Switzerland.  In  this  event- 
ful year,  a  Russian  army  encamped 
on  one  side  of  our  town  ;  and,  on  the 
other  side,  the  fortress  of  lluningen 
began  to  pour  out  a  dreadful  torrent 
of  bombs  against  our  dwellings.  In 
these  sorrowful  moments,  the  Lord 
of  the  elements  sent  a  very  violent 
east  wind,  which  had  a  wonderful 
effect  on  the  fire  of  the  enemy.  The 
bombs  were  exhausted  in  the  air, 
before  they  could  reach  our  homes, 
withouL  injury  to  any  life  of  the  in- 
habitants. While  the  fire  of  the  for- 
tress was,  in  this  remarkable  manner, 
quenched  by  the  wind  of  God,  a  holy 
flame  of  missionary  zeal  was  kindled 
in  the  hearts  of  some  Christian 
friends.  They  resolved  to  establish 
a  missionary  seminary,  as  a  monu- 
ment of  this  remarkable  salvation  of 
the  town ;  and  to  train  up  a  number 
of  pious  teachers  for  the  instruction 
of  the  heathen  Mohammedan  tribes, 
who  were  sent  from  the  interior  of 
Asia  to  be  onr  deliverers. 

'•  In  the  Ist  year  181(5,  we  had  only 
a  few  rooms,  inhabited  by  a  small  num- 
ber of  missionary  sf  hr-lars  ;  in  the 
sixth  year  the  blesf'ng  of  God  enabled 
onr  committee  to  build  a  missionary 
college.  In  the  1st  year  Ave  had  an 
income  of  little  more  than  50/.  ;  in 
the  ()th  year  the  blessing  of  our  Lord 
increased  it  to  about  5000/.  In  the 
1st  year  onr  society  consisted  only  of 
a  small  number  of  Christian  friends, 
at  Bale  ;  by  the  Oth  year  more  than 
40  auxiliary  societies  had  been  es- 
tablished in  Switzerland,  in  Ger- 
many, and  among  the  Protestants  of 
France." 

I     The  term  of  study  is  four  years, 

51 


BAS 


BAT 


iii: 


during  which  time  particular  atten- 
tion is  given  to  philology,  compre- 
hending the  English,  Lutin,  Greek, 
Hebrew,  and  Arabic  languages  ;  other 
•sciences  are  embraced,  and  also  a 
systematic  course  of  theology.  The 
students  enjoy  privileges  in  the  uni- 
versity. About  15  students  may  be 
annually  admitted,  and  the  hope  ie 
indulged,  that  the  increasing  liberality 
of  its  friends  will  provide  for  a  much 
greater  number.  The  government 
ha^  approved  of  the  design,  and 
afforded  the  institution  its  favor  and 
protection. 

The  number  of  students  in  Mr. 
Blumhardt's  seminary  is  now  from 
40  to  50.  They  are  enrolled  as  mem- 
bers of  the  university,  so  us  to  pass 
by  the  regular  door  into  the  ministry. 
Prof.  Robinson,  in  his  article  on 
"  Theological  Education  in  Germa- 
ny," says,  "  The  Missionary  Semina- 
ry at  Bale  forms  a  nucleus,  around 
which  cluster  the  affections  and  the 
exertions  of  Christians  in  the  neigh- 
boring states  of  Baden  and  Wilrtem- 
burg.  Here  is  published  a  quarterly 
missionary  journal,  and  weekly  mis- 
sionary report,  which  obtain  a  wide 
circulation,  and  excite  a  deep  interest 
in  the  missionary  cause." 

BASSEIN,  a  large  town  on  the 
W.  coast  of  Hindoostan,  30  m.  N.  of 
Bombay,  on  an  island  separated  by 
a  narrow  strait  from  tlie  island  of 
Salsette.  It  was  taken  by  the  British 
in  1780,  but  restored  to  the  Mahrattas 
in  1763;  and  here,  in  lb02,  was  sign- 
ed the  celebrated  treaty  between  the 
Peishwa  and  the  British,  which  anni- 
hilated thi»  Malirattas  as  a  federal 
empire.  This  town  is  ancient,  and 
was  a  place  of  great  importance  when 
the  Portuguese  power  was  at  its  ze- 
nith. The  fort,  which  is  larger  than 
that  at  Bombay,  was  formerly  filled 
with  houses  and  inhal)itants,  and 
contains  the  splendid  ruins  of  12 
churches.  Many  monuments  of  na- 
tional wealth  and  power  are  still  re- 
maining. The  inside  of  St.  Paul's 
church,  the  roof  of  which  is  fallen  in, 
was  completely  overlaid  with  gold. 
The  idol,  Hunamunt,  set  up  in  the 
gateway  of  these  churches,  by  the 
Mahratta  power,  reminds  the  beholder 
that  absolute  heathenism  has  long 
superseded  Roiiian  Catholic  super- 
stition. 


The  American  missionarifs,  at  Tan- 
nah  and  Bombay,  have  frequently 
visited  this  place,  and  distributed 
books  and  tracts  ;  and,  in  ]fcl!>,  they 
opened  a  flourishing  school  of  about 
30  boys,  taught  by  a  Brahmin. 

BATAVlA,  a  city  and  seaport  of 
Java,  capital  of  the  island,  and  of  all 
the  Dutch  settlements  in  the  East 
Indies.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a  paral- 
lelogram, 4200  feet  long  and  3000 
broad ;  and  the  streets  cross  each 
other  at  right  angles.  The  public 
edifices  consist  of  the  great  church, 
a  Lutheran  and  Portuguese  church, 
a  mosque,  a  Chinese  temple,  the 
stadthouse,  the  spenhouse,  the  in- 
firmary, and  the  chamber  of  orphans. 
The  fort  is  built  of  coral  rock,  brought 
from  some  of  the  adjoining  islands, 
and  has  a  fortification  of  brick.  A 
part  of  the  town  wall  is  built  of  dense 
lava,  from  the  mountains  in  the  centre 
of  Java.  No  stone  of  any  kind  is 
to  be  found  for  many  miles  beyond 
this  city  ;  but  marble  and  granite  are 
brought  here  from  China.  The  har- 
bor is  excellent ;  and  there  are  canals 
in  the  principal  streets,  planted  on 
each  side  with  trees.  Batavia  con- 
tains a  prodigious  number  of  inhabit- 
ants, of  various  countries ;  and  all  the 
goods  brought  from  other  parts  of  the 
East  Indies  are  laid  up  here,  till  they 
are  exported  to  their  places  of  destin- 
ation. The  city  surrendered  to  a 
British  force  in  1811.  It  was  restored 
to  the  Dutch  at  the  peace  of  Paris,  iu 
1814.  It  is  situate  on  the  R.  Jacatra, 
amid  swamps  and  stagnant  pools, 
which,  with  the  fogs  and  climate, 
render  the  air  unwholesome  to  Eu- 
ropeans. It  once  containt-'d  about 
1G0,00()  inhabitants ;  they  do  not  now 
amount  to  47,217;  of  whom  14.23!) 
were  slaves;  11,854  Chinese;  7720 
Balinese  ;  4115  natives  of  Celebes  ; 
333J  Javanese  ;  3155  Malays ;  2(J28 
Europeans,  and  their  descendants. 
E.  long.  10()C  52',  S.  hit.  G^  8'. 

Messrs.  Tyerman  and  Bennet,  who 
visited  this  island  in  1825,  thus  speak 
of  the  mortality  which  prevails. — 
"  There  are  many  coffin-makers  in 
this  great  city,  where  death  so  often 
keeps  his  court,  and  slays  not  only 
his  ordinary  thousands,  in  tlie  course 
of  the  year,  but,  at  particular  times, 
strikes  down  his  tens  of  thousands, 
in  the  houses,  in  the  streets,  in  the 

52 


BAT 


BAT 


rifs,  at  Tan- 
friMjuently 
distributed 
1  lfcl!>,  they 
lool  of  about 
liniin. 

d  seaport  of 
d,  and  of  all 
in   the   East 
n  of  a  paral- 
ijr  and  3U00 
cross   each 
The  public 
reat  church, 
jcse  church, 
temple,    the 
use,  the    in- 
r  of  orphans, 
■ock,  brought 
ning  islands, 
)f  brick.     A 
juilt  of  dense 
in  the  centre 
any  kind   is 
iiiles  beyond 
d  granite  are 
a.     The  har- 
^re  are  canals 
1,   planted  on 
i3atavia  con- 
er  of  inhabit- 
and  all  the 
r  parts  of  the 
lere,  till  tliey 
ics  of  destiii- 
ndered   to   a 
was  restored 
V  of  Paris,  iu 
R.  Jacatra, 
Tuant    pools, 
and  climate, 
ionie  to  Eu- 
,ain(?d    about 
do  not  now 
horn  ]4.y3!) 
lincse  ;    77!<J0 
of  Celebes  ; 
iilays ;   2(^26 
descendants. 

8'. 
Jennet,  who 
thus  speak 
prevails. — 
n-makers  in 
'utli  so  often 
ys  not  only 
tlie  course 
cular  times, 
f  thousands, 
rcets.  in  the 

52 


fielda',  walking  with  the  pestilence 
in  darkness,  and  slaughtering  with 
the  arrow  that  flieth  at  day.  The 
Chinese  coffins  are  not  only  expos- 
ed for  sale  in  every  undertaker's 
workshop,  but  are  frequently  seen 
placed  at  the  doors  of  their  own  dwell- 
ings." Mr.  Abeel,  an  American  mis- 
sionary, .-'ho  visited  Batavia  in  Feb- 
ruary, 1831,  says,  that  *'  the  Dutch 
church  and  population  are  in  a  de- 
plorable state.  There  is  scarcely  a 
semblance  of  religion  ;  gross  Armin- 
ianism  reigns." 

In  1813,  the  B.  M.  S.  commenced 
a  mission  at  Batavia,  by  means  of 
their  agent,  Rev.  Mr.  Robinson.  His 
personal  afflictions  were  great ;  but 
ne  says,  in  a  letter  dated  April  5th, 
1815, — "  Last  Monday  evening  1 
preached  in  a  new  place,  where  I  had 
about  GO  hearers.  I  now  preach  in 
Malay  4  times  a  week."  He  men- 
tions also  a  very  interesting  instance 
of  usefulness.  Towards  the  end  of 
that  year  he  had  finished  the  rough 
copy  of  St.  Matthew's  Gospel,  in  the 
Malay  language,  and  proceeded  to 
revise  it  for  the  nress.  In  July,  131G, 
he  baptized  4  persons,  viz.  2  soldiers, 
and  2  inhabitants  of  Batavia.  In 
1820  he  says,  "  We  have  now  4  mem- 
bers who  have  been  baptized  in  Java  ; 
and  we  have,  besides  them,  5  men  of 
hopeful  piety,  who  pray  in  turn  at  our 

{>rayer  meetings.  There  are  also  a 
ew  women  who  seem  to  be  pious ; 
and  2  persons,  if  no  more,  appear  to 
have  died  in  the  Lord ;  to  say  nothing 
of  a  Chinese,  who  says,  *  he  will  die 
at  the  feet  of  Jesus :  add  these  to- 
gether, and  you  will  find  them  more 
than  10 — the  number  for  wliich  Sod- 
om might  have  been  saved."  Mr. 
Robinson's  labors  were  subsequently 
impeded,  by  restrictions  which  greatly 
diminished  his  hopes  of  future  useful- 
ness. 

Afler  an  unsuccessful  application 
for  their  removal,  to  the  king  of  the 
Netherlands,  and  after  a  patient  strug- 
gling with  them,  Mr.  Robinson  deem- 
ed it  expedient  to  remove  to  Bencoo- 
len.  The  station  was  not,  however, 
neglected.  Mr.  Deering,  one  of  the 
persona  alluded  to  as  baptized,  who 
was  very  useful  to  Mr.  Robinson,  was 
actively  employed,  after  his  departure, 
in  doing  good.  Twice  on  the  Sab- 
bath, and  onoe  during  the  week,  he 
E* 


engaged  in  expounding  the  Scriptures 
to  his  ignorant  neighbors ;  and  ap- 
peared desirous  to  employ  every  mea^ns 
in  his  power  to  promote  the  cause  of 
the  Gospel  in  Uiat  city  ;  but  in  Octo- 
ber, 1825,  he  was  removed,  after  & 
short  illness. 

Thfe  Rev.  Mr.  Supper,  of  the  L.  M. 
S.,  arrived  at  Batavia  on  the  2Gth  of 
May,  1814,  and  at  the  request  of  Dr. 
Ross,  the  venerable  Dutch  minister  of 
the  city,  became  his  colleague.  In  a 
letter  dated  November,  1814,  Mr. 
Supper  speaks  of  an  increase  in  his 
congregation,  and  states  that  several 
persons  had  appeared  to  be  convinced 
of  their  sins  under  the  ministry  of  the 
word,  but  they  had  encountered  much 
opposition  from  their  gay  connexions ; 
and  many  others  were  offended  with 
the  faithfulness  of  the  discourses  which 
had  been  delivered  in  the  church. 

In  another  letter  dated  August  12, 
181G,  and  addressed  to  the  Rev.  Dr. 
Steinkopflf,  Mr.  Supper  says,-—"  The 
German,  French,  Dutch,  and  English 
Bibles  and  Testaments,  as  well  as  the 
Portuguese  New  Testaments,  which, 
through  your  goodness,  I  carried  out 
with  me,  or  received  from  you  after- 
wards, have  almost  all  been  expended ; 
and  I  can  assure  you,  that  they  have 
fallen  into  hands  where  thty  are  daily 
made  use  of.  The  Chinese  New  Tes- 
tament, which  the  zealous  missionary, 
Mr.  Milne,  distributed  among  the 
Chinese,  and  those  which  I  had  the 
means  of  distributing,  have  been  visi- 
bly attended  with  blessed  effects.  I 
mention  only  a  few  instances. — A 
member  of  my  Portuguese  congrega- 
tion came  to  me  last  week,  and  said^ — 
'  I  am  acquainted  with  some  Chinese, 
who  generally  come  to  me  twice  a 
week,  when  the  word  of  God  is  the 
theme  of  our  conversation  :  they  have 
read  the  Chinese  New  Testament,  and 
find  the  contents  of  it  of  far  greater 
excellence  than  those  of  any  other 
book  they  have  ever  read,  but  yet 
they  do  not  understand  every  thmg 
that  is  said  in  it,  and  consequently 
apply  to  me  to  explain  and  clear  up 
some  passages  which  they  canm.t 
comprehend  ;  I  then  give  them  such 
illustrations  on  the  suoject  as  I  have 
remembered  from  your  discourses.' 
This  Portuguese  is  one  of  my  pupils, 
and,  thanks  be  to  God  !  I  may  truly 
say,  that  he  is  my  crown,  and  ma 

53 


BAT 


BAT 


;.> 


first-fruits  of  my  labors  among  the 
nominal  Christians  here.  The  Chi- 
nese have  already  turned  their  idols 
out  of  their  houses,  and  are  desirous 
of  becoming  Christians. 

"  Another  of  my  Portuguese  pupils, 
a  man  of  58,  came  to  me  a  lew  days 
ago,  and  told  me  that  a  certain  Chi- 
nese, who  had  read  the  New  Testa- 
ment in  his  mother  tongue,  visits  him 
three  times  a  week,  to  converse  about 
the  doctrines  of  Christianity  ;  he 
seems  to  love  Jesus  Christ  better  than 
Confucius,  and  expressed  a  wish  for 
a  few  more  b^^oks  in  the  Chinese  lan- 
guage. He  like:vise  turned  his  paper 
idols  out  of  his  house,  and  is  ardently 
desirous  of  becoming  a  Christian. 

"  I  was  lately  on  a  visit  to  a  certain 
gentleman,  where  one  of  the  richest 
Chinese  in  this  country  was  also  a 
guest.  He  spoke  to  me  in  Dutch  and 
said, — '  1  have  read  Mr.  Morrison's 
New  Testament  with  pleasure.  It  itj 
very  fine,  and  it  would  be  well,  if 
every  one  led  such  a  life  as  Jesus 
Christ  has  taught  people  to  lead.'  I 
cannot  describe  to  you,  what  effect 
these  words,  spoken  by  the  mouth  of 
a  Chinese,  had  upon  me.  I  com- 
menced a  discourse  with  him  about 
his  idols,  and  said — *  You  believe,  ac- 
cording to  the  doctrines  of  Confucius, 
that  there  is  but  one  God,  who  made 
heaven,  the  earth,  man,  and  every 
living  creature.'  '  Yes,'  he  replied  ; 
*  but  Gad  is  so  far  above  us,  that  we 
dare  not  address  ourselves  to  him, 
without  the  intervention  of  the  demi- 
gods.' 1  then  said,  '  As  God  is  the 
Creator  of  mankind,  should  we  not 
call  him  our  common  Father .'"  '  Yes, 
certainly,'  was  his  reply.  '  Well ;  if 
this  be  admitted,  are  not  children 
obliged  to  place  confidence  in  their 
father .'''  '  Most  assuredly.'  'In  what 
consists  this  confidence  and  trust .''' 
No  answer.  '  Are  not  you  the  father 
of  five  sons  .-''  *  Yes.'  *  Now,  what 
would  you  think  or  do,  if  three  of 
your  sons  took  it  in  their  heads  to  paint 
images  upon  paper,  or  carve  them 
upon  wood  ;  and,  when  finished,  pay 
them  all  tlie  veneration,  and  put  that 
confidence  in  them,  which  is  justly 
due  to  you  as  their  father .''  Would 
you  quietly  submit  to  such  conduct 
in  your  sons  ?'  *  No,  I  would  certainly 
chastise  them,  and  place  them  in  a 
madhouse,  as  laboring  under  a  fit  of 


insanity.'  '  But,  if  they  stated,  by 
way  of  exculpation,  that  from  the 
great  veneration  they  had  for  you,  as 
their  father,  they  could  not  venture  to 
approach  you  but  through  the  inter- 
cession of  images  which  they  them- 
selves had  made,  what  would  you  say 
then  ?'  '  I  should  answer — I  have 
chaKtised  you  for  your  want  of  confi- 
dence in  me,  and  on  account  of  your 
conduct  in  preparing  images,  and 
pnying  them  the  respect  which  is 
alone  due  to  me  :  they  being  unable 
to  hear,  move,  or  help  themseTves,  and 

pronounce  you  to  be  out  of  your 
'<  nses-'  *  But,  said  I,  do  you  act 
more  wisely  on  this  supposition,  than 
your  children  would  have  acted,  when 
you  worship  the  idols  in  your  tem- 
ples, and  pay  every  honor  to  them  in 
your  houses,  which  is  only  due  to 
your  heavenly  Father  ?'  '  Ah,'  repli- 
ed the  Chinese,  '  we  have  never  di- 
rected our  views  so^far;  but  I  am 
convinced,  that  our  idolatry  can  never 
be  pleasing  to  the  only  and  true  God, 
and  that  by  so  doing  we  provoke  his 
vengeance  upon  us.' 

"^rhe  conversation  being  nded, 
he  went  home,  seemingly  dissatisfied 
with  himself;  and  on  his  arrival  there, 
tore  all  the  painted  images  from  the 
walls,  and  threw  thtm  into  the  fire. 
He  has  never  since  frequented  the 
Chinese  temples ;  and  contents  him- 
self with  reading  the  New  Testament, 
and  other  religious  writings  with 
which  I  supply  him  from  time  to 
time.  (Is  it  unlikely  that  this  Chinese 
is  near  the  kingdom  of  Gc  d  .?)  Are 
not  the  grace  of  God  and  the  power 
of  the  Holy  Spirit  able  to  convert  even 
the  Chinese  to  the  true  Christian 
faith  ?  Many  of  the  Europeans  here 
are  inclined  to  doubt  this,  and  there- 
fore look  upon  my  labor  as  an  un- 
necessary waste  of  time ;  but  their 
seemingly  repulsive  doubts  animate 
me  to  greater  zeal,  and  strengthen 
my  faith  and  hope  that  God  will  con- 
vince such  unbelievers,  by  the  evi- 
dence of  facts,  that  the  labors  of  his 
servants  among  the  Chinese  will  not 
be  '  in  vain  in  the  Lord.' 

•*  You  will  rejoice  with  me  when 
I  tell  you,  that  the  Lord  has  signally 
blessed  the  labors  of  my  catechumens. 
Four  of  them  hav<3  solemnly  made  a 
confession  of  their  faith,  and  have 
been  accepted    as   members  of  our 

54 


BAT 


BAT 


y  stilled,  hy 
lat  from  the 
id  for  ycu,  as 
lot  venture  to 
gh  the  inter- 
li  they  tlifin- 
,-ould  you  buy 
iwer — I  have 
kant  of  confi- 
joant  of  your 

images,  and 
ect  which  is 
being  unable 
emselves,  and 
;  out  of  your 
,  do  you  act 
position,  than 
e  acted,  when 
in  your  tem- 
or  to  them  in 

only  due  to 
'Ah,'  repli- 
ave  never  di- 
ir;  but  I  am 
atry  can  never 
and  true  God, 
i^e  provoke  his 

being      nded, 
gly  diijsatisfietl 
s  arrival  there, 
lages  from  the 
into  the  fire. 
requenled  the 
contents  him- 
sw  Testament, 
writings   with 
from  time    to 
it  this  Chinese 
Gtd?)    Are 
and  the  power 
,o  convert  even 
true   Christian 
Europeans  here 
his,  and  there- 
)or  as  an  un- 
me  ;  but  their 
oubts   animate 
nd   strengthen 
God  will  con- 
's, by  the  evi- 
le  labors  of  his 
linese  will  not 

vith  me  when 
rd  has  signally 
catechumens, 
lemnly  made  a 
ith,  and  have 
mbers  of  our 
54 


community ;  as  tlu'ir  conduct  is  a  sure 
testimony  of  the  true  Christian  life 
they  load  ;  and  they  continue  to  give 
proofs  thiit  tlicy  act  urtder  the  influ- 
ence of  tlie  lli'ly  Spirit  and  the  Gospel 
of  our  Lord  Jesus  Clirist,  the  power 
of  which  unto  salvation  they  have 
already  an  experience  of.  One  of  my 
catechists  rends  the  Holy  Scriptures 
with  some  Mohamuiedans  three  times 
a-week,  converses  with  them  upon 
what  they  have  read,  and  they  join  in 
prayer  in  his  house  afterwards.  Some 
of  the  priests  have  ai)plied  to  me. 
through  this  my  beloved  pupil,  for  an 
Arabic  Bible,  wiiich,  after  repeated 
requests  1  shall  send  them." 

Mr.  bupp(!r  was,  in  the  course  of 
the  same  year,  summoned  from  the 
scene  of  his  labors  to  the  mansions  of 
etei'nal  rest.  And  from  the  period  of 
his  decease,  the  L.  .if.  S.  had  no  mis- 
sionary in  Java,  until  the  summer  of 
181!),  when  IMr.  John  Slater,  who  had 
been  for  a  considerable  time  occupied 
witli  the  study  of  the  Chinese  lan- 
guage at  Canton  and  Malacca,  arrived 
there,  and  shortly  after  took  under  his 
instruction  four  Chinese  children,  a:: 
the  commencement  of  a  school,  de- 
signed to  be  conducted,  as  far  as  cir- 
cumstances would  permit  on  the 
Lancasterian  plan.  He  also  employed 
himself  sedulously  in  circulating  cop- 
ies of  the  New  Testament  and  reli- 
gious tracts  among  the  heathen  ;  and, 
with  the  assistance  of  a  native  teacher, 
devoted  a  considerable  portion  of  his 
time  to  the  :Jtudy  of  the  Chinese  lan- 
guage. But  a  few  months  only  had 
elapsed,  when  his  labors  were  sus- 
pended by  a  calamity  at  once  alarming 
and  destructive.  On  the  2d  of  Octo- 
ber, 1819,  his  house  was  burnt 
down;  when  his  Chinese  books,  with 
various  articles  of  furniture  were 
consumed.  This  calamity,  however, 
was  considerably  alleviated  by  the 
kindness  of  several  friends,  and  par- 
ticularly by  that  of  one  family,  with 
whom  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Slater  found 
an  hospitable  asylum  for  several 
weeks. 

After  this  accident,  a  piece  of  ground 
was  purchased,  on  account  of  the 
society,  for  a  mission-house  and  jgrar- 
den ;  and,  by  the  liberal  subscriptions 
of  such  of  the  inhabitants  as  appeared 
to  take  an  interest  in  his  object,  Mr. 
Slater  was  enabled  to  build  a  conve- 


nient habitation,  capable  of  accommo- 
dating 2  or  3  missionaries,  b'^sides 
his  own  family.  On  tlie  adjoining 
premises,  a  school  was  afterwards 
erected,  and  opened  with  20  pupils. 

Of  tile  various  idolatrous  ceremo- 
nies which  were  performed  in  this 
place,  at  the  time  of  his  visit,  Mr. 
Slater  has  given  the  following  descrip- 
tion : — 

'•  Within  the  temple  yard,  which 
prevents  the  idol  from  being  seen 
i'rom  without,  is  an  elevated  stage,  on 
which  the  Chinese  players  perform 
their  exploits,  to  the  astonishment  of 
the  crowd  below.  On  passing  this, 
the  attention  is  I'xcited  by  the  gaudy 
apiiearance  of  golden  ornaments,  and 
various  colored  paper  cut  in  shreds  ; 
but  principally  by  the  quantity  of 
painted  candles  burning  in  front  of 
the  idols,  the  smoke  of  which,  togeth- 
er with  the  incense,  is  intolerable  at 
first  entering.  The  candles  are  about 
100  in  number,  and  of  various  sizes, 
from  1  foot  to  3  feet  in  height,  and 
measuring  from  2  to  0  inches  in  cir- 
cumference. These  are  kept  burning 
during  the  whole  time  of  worship*; 
but,  as  every  worshipper  brings  2  can- 
dles, they  are  constantly  changing 
them,  so  that  I  suppose  the  entire 
number  is  changed  every  20  minutes. 
Two  men  are  employed  to  keep  a  ft  w 
places  vacant,  that  no  one  may  Le 
prevented  from  placing  his  candles, 
and  that  the  worship  may  go  on  with- 
out interruption.  The  candles  which 
are  removed  are  for  the  benefit  of  the 
temple,  and  they  must  amount  to  a 
considerable  sum,  as  the  smallest  of 
them  cost  about  two  dollars  a-piece. 

"  On  entering  the  temple,  every 
worshipper  presents  his  hghts,  and 
receives  six  sprigs  of  incense.  Three 
of  them,  after  bowing  to  tlie  imagina- 
ry deity,  as  an  intimation  that  he  is 
about  to  worship,  he  places  close  to 
the  image,  and  the  other  at  a  short 
distance  ;  then  retiring  to  a  cushion 
in  front  of  the  idol,  he  pays  his  hom- 
age, which  consists  in  kneeling  down, 
and  bowing  the  head  thrice  to  the 
ground,  and  this  is  repeated  three 
times.  He  then  goes  on  to  a  large 
table  on  the  left  side  of  the  idol,  where 
there  are  persons  to  enrol  his  name 
and  receive  his  contribution ;  and  here 
the  devotees  appear  anxious  to  exceed 
each  other  in  the  sums  which  thejr 

55 


BAT 

give  toward  the  support  of  this  abom> 
inable  worship. 

On  the  7th  of  January,  1822,  Mr. 
Medhurst  and  his  family  arrived  at 
fiutavia,  where  they  were  received 
with  great  cordiality  by  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Slater;  and  shortly  after  their  arri- 
val, a  dwelling-house  was  built  for 
them  on  the  mission  premises.  The 
contiguous  land  belonging  to  the  so- 
ciety, was  also  brought  from  the  wild- 
ness  of  nature  to  resemble  the  culti- 
vated grounds  in  the  neighborhood. 

Mr.  Medhurst  now  commenced 
preaching  in  Chinese  4  times  a-week  : 
on  the  Sabbath  morning,  at  7  o'clock, 
in  the  mission  chapel ;  on  Tuesday 
evening,  at  a  dwelling-house  in  Bata- 
via ;  and  on  the  evenings  of  Thursday 
and  Friday,  at  2  other  places.  It  sel- 
dom happened,  however,  that  either 
of  the  congregations  exceeded  30  per- 
sons; and  the  only  apparent  effect 
produced,  at  this  time,  by  the  public 
dispensation  of  the  truth,  consisted  in 
the  temporary  conviction  of  gainsay- 
ers,  and  in  the  extended  concessions 
of  the  heathen  to  the  veracity,  consis 
tency,  and  consequent  obligations,  of 
what  was  advanced  on  i.^oral  and  re- 
ligious subjects. 

Towards  the  autumn  of  this  year, 
the  health  of  Mr.  Slater  was  so  much 
irapaired  as  to  render  it  necessary  that 
he  should  take  a  voyage  for  its  recov- 
ery. This  he  accordmgly  did,  with 
the  desired  effect;  but  as  he  after- 
wards thought  proper  to  dissolve  his 
connexion  with  the  society,  the  entire 
weight  of  the  mission  at  Batavia  was 
thrown  upon  Mr.  Medhurst.  That 
valuable  missionary,  however,  contin 
ued  to  labor  with  unremitting  assidu 
ity  and  unabated  zeal  in  the  cause  of 
his  divine  Master;  and  during  the 
year  1823,  he  established  a  printing 
office,  which  will,  no  doubt,  prove  of 
essential  benefit  to  the  mission  at  this 
station.  The  necessary  supply  of 
paper  and  printing  materials  was  ob- 
tained from  Canton,  through  the  kind 
intervention  of  Dr.  Morrison ;  and 
typecutters  were  procured  from  Sin- 
gapore. 

Under  date  of  March  7,  1831,  air. 
Medhurst  states  that  a  chapel,  had 
been  erected  at  Batavia,  principally  at 
the  expense  of  the  residents  at  the 
place  in  which  English  and  Malay 
■ervices  were  performed  every  Sab- 


BAT 


bath.      The    congregations     though 
small,    were   increasing,    and   much 
good  seems  likely  to  result  from  these  __^ 
labors.     "  The  Malay  sermon,"  says  "^ 
Mr.  M.,  "  in  the  Dutch  church  is  con- 
tinued once  a  fortnight,  and  the  inter- 
mediate Sabbath  alternocns  are  occupi- 
ed in  preaching  to  the  convicts  in  the 
open  air;    except   when   I   visit  the 
native  congregation  at  the  village  of 
Depok  about  yo  m.  off.     About  once 
a  Ibrtnight  1  visit  the  gaols,  in  both 
which  tiie  prisoners  sit  very  quietlv, 
and  pay  great  attention  ;  and  the  early 
part  of  almost  every  morning  in  the 
week  is  devoted  to  going  about  among 
the  Malays  and  Chinese,  distributimr 
Tracts,  and  conversing  with  the  peo- 
ple.    By  this  means  upwards  of  500 
people   are   regularly  brought  under 
Christian  instruction,    besides   those 
who  are  occasionally  addressed  in  the 
markets  and   shops,  or  by  the  way- 
side."    One  native,  since  the  com- 
mencement of   his   religious  career, 
has  sometimes  gone  on  journeys   to 
the  markets  and  villages  around.    Sev- 
eral other  persons  are  in  a  very  hope- 
ful state  of  mind.  The  truth  is  brought 
to  bear  in  many  ways  on  the  Chinese 
population.      Chinese    Tracts    have 
been  distributed,  and  the  schools  for 
Chinese  contain  40  scholars.     A  Hok- 
kien  dictionary    has    been    finished, 
occupying  800  pages  of  closely  print- 
ed quarto,  and  will  be  followed  by  one 
or  two  hundred  pages  of  preface,  in- 
dexes, and  appendixes.     1  he  printing 
of  the  translation  in  Low  Malay  wiR 
be  completed  by  the  end  of  the  year. 
A  school  or  school  book  society  for 
the  Malayan  and  Javanese  population 
of  the  island,  embracing  a  school  at 
each  residency,  and  4  at  Batavia  is  in 
contemplat'on.      The  distribution  of 
Malay  tracts  during  the  past  year  has 
been  unprecedented,  so  as  to  exhaust 
all  the  stock  ;  upwards  of  a  thousand 
Malay  tracts  have  been  circulated  in 
the  immediate    vicinity  of   Batavia, 
and  the  people  in  the  markets  have 
been  so  eager  to  obtain  them,  that  40 
or  50  have  been  easily  distributed  in 
one  morning,  and  on  one  occasion, 
150  were   put  into  the  hands  of  the 
people  on  one  market  day. 

Rev.  David  Abeel  of  the  A.  B.  C. 
F.  M.  visited  Java  in  1831,  and  spent 
some  time  very  pleasantly  and  very 
profitably  with  Mr.  Medhurst. 

56 


1 


BAT 


BAT 


)ns     though 
and   much 
t  from  these  _. 
rmon,"  says  ^ 
mrch  is  con- 
nd  the  inter- 
is  are  occupi- 
nvicts  in  the 
I   visit  the 
le  village  of 
About  once 
Lols,  in  both 
very  quietly, 
and  the  early 
rning  in  the 
about  among 
distributing 
irith  the  peo- 
wards  of  500 
ought  under 
)esides  those 
ressed  in  the 
by  the  way- 
ice  the  com- 
gious  career, 
journeys  to 
iround.    Sev- 
a  very  hope- 
nth  is  brought 
1  the  Chinese 
Tracts    have 
e  schools  for 
ars.     A  Hok- 
een    finished, 
closely  print- 
Uowed  by  one 
if  preface,  in- 
1  he  printing 
w  Malay  wiU 
i  of  the  year, 
k  society  for 
se  population 
a  school  at 
Batavia  is  in 
istribution  of 
jast  year  has 
IS  to  exhaust 
>f  a  thousand 
circulated  in 
of  Batavia, 
narkets  have 
them,  that  40 
distriljuted  in 
>ne  occasion, 
hands  of  th« 

the  A.  B.  C. 
31,  and  spent 
ly  and  very 
urst. 
56 


BATHURST,  a  new,  flourishing, 
and  healthy  British  8«'ttlenicnt  in  \V. 
Africa,  on  the  island  St.  Mtiry,  at  the 
'  month  of  the  Gambia,  between  l[i^ 
and  ^4'-'  N.  lat.  By  meauH  of  this  set- 
tlement a  very  prosperous  commercial 
trade  has  been  introduced  up  tlie 
^1  Gambia,  wliicii  is  designed  to  suppress 

the  slave  trade.  The  river  is  naviga- 
ble more  than  500  ni. ;  and,  in  point 
of  commercial  importance,  this  place 
is  expected  to  become  the  first  British 
establisliment  on  tiie  coast,  as  it  affords 
the  best  intercourse  with  the  interior. 
Population  upwards  of  2)00,  almost 
entirely  Jaloofs  and  Mandingoes. 
Tiiey  are  friendly,  and  many  are  de- 
sirous for  religious  instruction.  They 
are  Mohannnedans. 

The  C.  M.  S.  established  a  mission 
at  Bathurst  in  March,  1^21,  Rev.  T. 
Davey  is  now  the  missionary  at  the 
station.  Mr.  J.  \Varburton  superin- 
tendent of  the  schools.  In  the  sum- 
mer of  1621,  tlie  following  report  of 
the  state  of  the  mission  was  given. 
Comirmnicants  21  ;  Candidates  20  ; 
Sunday  school  scholars  2'JO  ;  average 
attendance  155  ;  daily  school,  libera- 
ted African  girls  137;  colored  born 
children  2i)0 ;  evening  school  attend- 
ants 12. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Marshall  of  the  W. 
M  S.  have  lately  rested  from  their  la- 
bors. John  Cupidon  is  a  native  as- 
sistant. The  congregations  are  very 
good.  The  governor  is  a  regular  at- 
tendant. Numljer  of  members  45. 
They  are  very  consistent  in  their  con- 
duct. Number  on  trial,  including  15 
at  Go-  c','  21 .  The  number  of  Sunday 
scholars  is  between  30  and  40.  Tbe 
school  master  is  pious  and  exemplary. 
The  contributions  to  the  mission,  in 
1828,  amounted  to  £24  ;  in  182J  to 
£53. 

BATTICALOE.  a  small  island, 
about  31  or  32  in.  in  circuit,  on  the  E. 
coast  of  Ceylon  ;  GO  m.  N.  Matura. 
E.  long.  82^,  N.  lat.  7(P  45'.  Here  is 
a  fort ;  a  few  English  families,  and  a 
small  village  of  Mohammedans  and 
Hindoos,  are  dupes  to  the  vilest  super- 
stitions. They  mostly  speak  Tamul. 
The  heathen  population  is  numerous 
on  the  adjacent  shores,  but  they  are 
remote  and  secluded  from  any  other 
missionary  station,  the  intermediate 
country  btnng  wild  and  dangerous. 

Rev.  Mr.  .iult,  of  the   W.  M.  S., 


commenced  a  mission  here  in  1824. 
and  rested  from  his  very  active  and 
successful  labors  in  the  following 
year ;  yet,  in  this  short  space,  he  had 
nearly  prepared  an  extensive  circuit. 
At  this  time,  he  was  the  only  mis- 
sionary, from  Jaffna  on  the  N.  to  Ma- 
tura on  the  S. ;  a  distance  of  3;iO 
miles.  He  acquired  the  Tamul,  and 
preached  often  and  extensively  to 
large  and  attentive  cf)ngregations,  be- 
sides sujM'rintending  several  schools 
of  about  140  scholars ;  into  which  he 
introduced  portions  of  the  Gospel, 
copied  by  the  scholars  upon  their  olas, 
for  school-books,  instead  of  the  books 
and  vain  songs  of  the  heathen.  He 
began  to  see  precious  fruits  of  his  la- 
bors. Alter  his  death,  the  mission 
was  only  partially  sui)plied,  till  1821, 
when  Air.  Roberts,  having  previously 
acquired  a  knowledge  of  me  Tamul  at 
Jaffna,  resumed  it. 

The  report  of  1830  furnishes  the 
following  particulars  of  this  station  : — 

The  society  is  increas'ng  in  the 
grace  of  God.  The  present  number 
in  the  Tamul  and  Portuguese  classes 
is  22,  all  of  whoui  seem  determined  to 
give  themselves  unreservedly  to  God. 
A  spirit  of  inquiry  seems  to  be  excited 
among  the  Mussulmans  of  this  place  ; 
many  of  whom  have  applied  for  New 
Testaments  and  other  Christian  books. 
The  English  school  contains  15  boys 
and  1  girl ;  the  Tamul  30  childrvMi ; 
the  Kalladay  25 ;  the  Navetcuda  30  ; 
Arapatte  30 ;  the  Eraoer  34  ;  Perea- 
torrey  15.  Total,  7  schools  and  180 
scholars. 

BATTICOTTA,  a  parish  in  the 
district  of  Jaffna,  on  the  northern  ex- 
tremitv  of  the  island  of  Ceylon ;  G  m. 
N.W.  Jaffnapatam;  2  N.W .  Manepy, 
and  3  S.E.  Panditeripo.  Previous  to 
the  desolating  sickness,  in  1819,  the 
parish  contained  1300  families.  E. 
Ion.  80°  15',  N.  lat.  iF  45'. 

The  Rev.  Messrs.  Benjamin  C. 
Meigs,  and  James  Richards,  from  the 
American  Board  of  Commissioners 
for  Foreign  Missions,  commenced  la- 
boring here  in  1817. 

Having  gained  permission  of  ffov- 
ernment  to  occupy  the  glebe  lands  at 
this  place,  the  missionaries  commenc- 
ed repairing  the  buildings  in  181G, 
and  removed  their  famifies  here  in 
June,  1817. 

The  missioji  premises  contain  nearly 

67 


BAT 


BEE 


■i 


4  acres  of  land,  on  which  the  mis- 
Hioniiriea  found  the  fullovving  up|>ur- 
tenuaces  ;    a  churcii,  dweUing-huuse, 

5  other  small  buildintrs,  2  yards,  a 
garden,  4  wells,  1 1  nianujirnsii  trees, 
and  51  palmyra  trees,  all  belonging  tu 
the  government  of  Ceylon. 

The  church  is  171  leet  long  and  (35 
wide ;  the  walls,  4  leet  thick,  are 
chiefly  of  coral  stones.  From  one 
end  to  the  other  are  2[)  massy  pillars, 
10  feet  in  circumference,  in  two  rows, 
supporting  18  fine  arches,  which  are 
so  mucii  higher  than  the  walls  as  tu 
support  the  roof.  It  was  built  by  tlie 
Portuguese  in  the  15th  century,  and 
repaired  by  the  Dutch  in  107d.  Since 
the  English  took  possession  of  the 
island,  in  17i)5-(i,all  the  buildings  had 
been  rapidly  decaying,  till  tlie  mis- 
sionaries made  the  repairs.  The  rava- 
ges of  time  had  nearly  demolished  all 
that  pertained  to  them  of  wood. 

The  church  and  <lwcl ling-house,  ac- 
cording to  the  custom  of  the  country, 
are  one  story  high.  The  latter  is  1(K) 
feet  long,  and  42  wide  ;  the  walls  of 
coral  stones,  the  floors  of  brick,  and, 
in  the  time  of  the  Dutch,  was  the 
country  seat  of  the  second  officer  in 
command  at  Jaffna.  In  front  is 
the  church,  about  20  rods  distant.  At 
the  back  of  the  house  are  the  yards, 
enclosed  by  a  wall  about  8  feet  high. 
Through  one  of  these  is  an  entrance 
into  the  garden,  which  contains  nearly 
two  acres,  enclosed  by  a  fine  wall  of 
coral  stones,  laid  in  mortar,  i)  feet 
high. 

The  following  facts  will  show  the 
present  state  of  the  mission.  Benja- 
min C.  Meigs  and  Daniel  Poor,  mis- 
sionaries and  their  wives.  Gabriel 
Tissera,  native  preacher  and  tutor  in 
the  seminary  ;  Nathaniel  Niles,  native 
preacher ;  Ebenezer  Porter  superin- 
tendant  of  schools  ;  P.  M.  Whelpley 
native  medical  attendant  on  the  semi- 
nary, Samuel  Worcester,  John  Gris- 
wold,  and  others,  teachers.  Mr.  Poor 
is  principal  of  tlie  seminary.  The 
first  class  contains  22,  the  second  20, 
the  tliird  19,  the  fourth  30.  Includ- 
ing those  who  have  finished  their 
studies,  and  are  employed  as  teachers 
in  the  seminary,  the  number  is  102. 
The  principal  building  is  called  Ottley 
Hall,  in  honor  of  Sir  Richard  Ottley, 
Chief  Justice  of  Ceylon,  correspond- 
ing member  of  the  Board,  and  for  ten 


years  past  an  influential  and  liberal 
patioii  of  the  mission.  This  edifice 
including  virandah-rooms  erected  on 
one  side  and  end,  is  100  feet  in  length 
and  ()<)  in  breadth.  Its  height  is  2 
stories,  a  sufficient  number  of  rooms  has 
been  created  within  the  college  yard 
to  acconunodate  100  students.  The 
seminary  has  been  furnished  with 
a  respectable  philoscphical  and  other 
apparatus.  The  mission  hbrary  con- 
tains more  than  tl'iO  volumes,  besides 
class  books  prepared  for  the  Seminary, 
and  is  in  general  well  selected.  Tlie 
sum  of  ^5372  has  been  collected  for 
this  institution  among  the  friends  of 
learning  in  India,  all  of  which  has 
been  e.xpended  in  erecting  the  neces- 
sary buildings.  Tlu^  study  of  Eng- 
lish and  of  various  branches  of  sci- 
ence, principally  in  that  language  oc- 
cupies about  two  thirds  ol"  the  time  cf 
the  students,  and  Tamul  literature 
the  remainder.  Great  interest  has 
been  recently  excited  among  the  na- 
tives by  witnessing  the  philosophical 
and  astronomical  experiments  at  the 
seminary. 

BAY  OF  KENTY,  a  bay  on  the 
northern  shore  of  lake  Ontario,  Upper 
Canada,  inhabited  by  the  Mohawks. 

Messrs.  John  Hill  and  John  Greene, 
schoolmasters  from  the  Society  for  pro- 
pagating the  Gospel  in  Foreign  Parts, 
labor  here. 

This  place  is  occasionally  visited  by 
the  Rev.  Mr.  Stewart  of  Kingston, 
who  superintends  the  school,  and  per- 
forms other  missionary  labors.  'I'he 
Mohawks  are  very  desirous  of  instruc- 
tion. The  pupils  make  encouraging 
progress,  and  a  permanent  mission  is 
intended. 

BEERBHOOM,  a  district  in  Ben- 
gal, Hindoostan,  N.W.  of  Calcutta ; 
80  m.  long  and  30  wide,  bordering  on 
Monghyr  N.  and  Burdwan  S.  About 
()0  m.  from  Cutwa.  Although  this 
place  had  been  visited  for  some  years, 
as  opportunity  offered,  by  the  Baptist 
missionaries,  it  was  not,  till  le23, 
made  a  separate  station.  At  that  pe- 
riod, Mr.  Hampton,  who  was  baptized 
some  years  belbre  by  Mr.  Sutton,  and 
had  for  some  time  been  exerting  him- 
self very  successfully  among  his 
heathen  neighbors  at  Tumlook,  near 
the  Sunderbunds,  was  appointed  to  it. 
Animated  by  Christian  zeal,  he  re- 
signed his  secular  engagements,  and 

09 


BEL 


BEL 


.1  and  libt-ral 
Tliis  edifice 
IS  erected  on 
i'et  in  length 
B  height  u  "2 
r  of  rooms  has 

college  yurd 
idents.      The 
rnished   with 
cal  and  other 
n  library  con- 
unies,  liesides 
the  Seminary, 
>lecU'd.     The 
n  collected  for 
the  friends  of 
of  which   has 
ing  the  neces- 
itudy  of  Eng- 
mches  of  sci- 
t  language  oc- 

oi'  the  time  of 
iml  literature 
t  interest  has 
imong  the  na- 
i  philosophical 
•riments  at  the 

a  bay  on  the 
Ontario,  Upper 
[he  Mohawks, 
d  John  Greene, 
Societij  for  pro- 

^'oreign  Parts, 

nally  visited  by 

of"  Kingston, 

ichool,  and  per- 

labors.     The 

ous  of  instruc- 

le  encouraging 

lent  mission  is 

istrict  in  Ben- 
of  Calcutta ; 
:>,  bordering  on 
van  S.  About 
Although  this 
m  some  years, 
by  the  Baptist 

ot,  till  ley;}. 

At  that  pe- 

o  was  baptized 

r.  Sutton,  and 

exerting  him- 

among    his 

umlook,  near 

ppointed  to  it. 

zeal,  he  re- 

agements,  and 

58 


devoted  himself  entirely  to  missionary 
labor.  The  village  in  which  he  fixed 
Ids  residence  is  called  Seuri,  and  he 
iiad  soon  the  pleasure  of  receiving 
several  new  members  into  the  church. 
His  sphere  of  action  being  very  ex- 
tensive, a  number  of  itinerants  were 
employed  under  his  superintendence. 
Mr.  Hampton  aflerwards  resigned  his 
connection  in  the  society,  but  a  pious 
friend  on  the  sj.ot  exerted  himself,  in 
consequence,  so  zealously,  that  the 
deficiency  was  scarcely  felt,  until  Mr. 
Williamson  arrived  from  Serampore, 
who  entered  on  his  work,  in  162(), 
with  great  energy.  He  had  four  na- 
tive assistants.  The  church  consisted, 
at  the  date  of  his  last  letters,  of  ;i7 
members,  nearly  all  of  whom  are  con- 
verts from  heathenism.  In  his  en- 
deavors to  instruct  the  female  part  of 
his  flock,  only  one  of  whom  was 
found  able  to  read,  Mrs.  W.  takes  an 
active  part,  and  the  progress  already 
made  is  highly  encouraging. 

No  recent  intelligence  has  been  re- 
ceived from  this  mission. 

BELGAUM,  a  populous  town  and 
military  station  between  Bombay  and 
Bellary,  and  200  ra.  N.W.  of  the  lat- 
ter place.  The  -Canara  is  chiefly 
spoken  here,  and  in  the  extensive 
country  between  this  and  Bellary ; 
and  the  Mahratta  between  this  and 
Bombay. 

Kev.  Joseph  Taylor,  of  the  L.  M.  S. 
accompanied  by  the  native  teaclier, 
Ryndass,  proceeded,  in  September, 
1820,  from  Bellary  to  Belgaum,  for 
the  purpose  of  commencing  a  new 
mission.  They  were  very  kmdly  re- 
ceived by  general  Pritzler,  as  well  as 
by  several  other  respectable  Europe- 
ans, whose  solicitations,  with  those 
of  the  general,  had,  amongst  other 
causes,  induced  Mr.  Taylor  to  re- 
move to  Bfelgaum.  On  his  arrival, 
Mr.  Taylor  conducted  public  worship, 
on  the  Sabbath  mornings,  at  general 
Pritzler's  house  ;  on  which  occasion, 
a  considerable  proportion  of  the  mili- 
tary officers  stationed  at  Belgaum  at- 
tended. On  the  Sabbath  evenings  he 
preached  to  the  soldiers  in  the  camp. 
In  1821,  Mr.  Taylor  had  succeeded 
in  the  formation  of  two  native  schools ; 
one  of  which  is  situated  at  Belgaum, 
and  the  other  in  the  neighboring  town 
of  Shawpore.  The  number  o?  boys 
under  instruction  was  about  120.    At 


Shawpore,  by  the  kindness  of  Dr. 
Millar,  of  his  Majesty's  53d  regiment, 
Mr.  Taylor  had  been  enabled  to  pro- 
vide a  convenient  school-iiouse.  Be- 
sides elementary  books.  Dr.  Watts's 
First  Catechism,  and  a  larger  Cate- 
chism used  at  Bellary,  together  with 
Scripture  tracts,  &c.  had  been  intro- 
duced into  the  schools.  The  children 
not  only  committed  to  memory  large 
portionsof  the  Scriptures,  Catechisms, 
&c.,  but  endeavored  to  understand 
what  they  learned.  Mr.  Taylor  de- 
voted two  evenings  in  each  week  to 
conversations  with  the  heathen. 
These  meetings,  which  were  held  in 
tJie  school-house  at  Shawpore,  and 
conducted  in  the  Canara  language, 
were  occasionally  well  attended.  On 
the  Sabbath,  ^Mt.  Taylor  conducted 
three  public  services  in  English  ;  two 
of  them  in  the  camp,  and  one  at  the 
commanding  officer's  quarters.  A 
temporary  building,  capable  of  hold- 
ing from  250  to  300  persons,  had  been 
erected  in  the  camp,  where  divine 
worship  was  regularly  performed ; 
and,  on  the  Saturday  morning,  all  the 
soldiers,  then  oflTduty,  were  marched 
down.  The  rest,  together  with  vol- 
unteers, attended  the  camp  service  in 
the  evening.  The  service  at  the 
commanding  oflUcere  quarters  was  at- 
tended by  all  the  staff"  officers,  and 
others  residing  in  the  fort,  and  also 
by  the  soldiers  of  the  royal  artillery. 
On  Wednesday  evenings,  Mr.  Taylor 
held  a  service  in  the  camp ;  and  on 
Friday  evenings,  at  his  own  house  in 
the  fort.  All  the  soldiers  who  as- 
sembled for  worship  on  these  occa- 
sions,    attended     voluntarily. Mr. 

Taylor  was  encouraged  to  hope  that 
the  above-mentioned  services  which 
he  described,  particularly  those  in  the 
fort,  as  truly  animating,  had  not  been 
in  vain.  Some  of  his  hearers  ac- 
knowledged the  benefit  derived  from 
his  public  ministry,  and  confirmed 
this  acknowledgement ;  while  they 
adorned  their  profession  by  a  holy 
conversation  and  a  consistent  life. 

On  the  application  of  General  Pritz- 
ler, the  Madras  government  granted 
Mr.  Taylor  a  liberal  allowance  for  his 
services  in  the  camp  ;  which  he  gen- 
erously devoted  to  the  mission,  A 
society,  denominated  the  Belgauni 
Association,  had  been  formed,  as  an 
auxiliary    to   the   Bible,  Missionary, 

59 


Vv.\ 


BEL 


BEL 


and  Trod  Societies.  And  the  circu- 
lation of  tlio  Scripturod  and  religious 
tracts  had  been  promoted,  in  five  lan- 
guages. 

Mr.  Hands,  who  during  tiie  year 
IS'ii,  had  an  opportunity  ofwitnerising 
the  progress  of  the  mission,  ..rote  as 
follows : — 

*'  I  was  exceedingly  gratified  by  my 
visit  to  Belgaum.  Dear  brother  Tay- 
lor has  sho'.vn  hinj-^elf  to  be  *  a  work- 
man that  needs  not  to  be  ashamed.' 
His  public  services,  both  in  the  camp 
and  in  the  fort,  are  well  attended  ; 
and  the  great  Head  of  the  Church 
has  honored  him  with  very  considera- 
ble success.  There  are  several  hum- 
ble, devout  soldiers,  now  members  of 
his  church,  who  consider  him  as  their 
spiritual  father  ;  and,  during  my  jour 


ney 


last 


year. 


I  met  with  several  at 


B:mgalore,  Cananore,  &c.,  who  bless- 
ed God  for  the  benefit  they  had  re- 
ceived from  his  labors.  His  exertions 
among  the  natives  have  also  been 
blessed  ;  one,  a  brahmin  at  Belgaum, 
has,  I  trust,  received  the  truth  in  love, 
and  become  a  sincere  disciple  of  Jesus 
Christ.  I  saw  mucli  of  this  brahmin 
while  at  Belgaum,  and  he  afterwards 
accompanied  us  part  of  the  way  to 
Bellary.  I  was  so  well  satisfied  of  the 
sincerity  of  his  profession,  that  I  ad- 
vised Mr.  Taylor  to  baptize  him  on 
his  arrival  at  home,  which  I  imagine 
he  has  done.  There  are  also  a  few 
other  natives  at  this  station,  of  whom 
I  hope  well. 

"  His  English  and  native  schools 
afforded  me  much  satisfaction,  par- 
ticularly the  native  school  at  Shaw- 
pore,  A  number  of  children  there, 
replied  to  several  important  and  un- 
expected questions,  in  a  manner  that 
almost  surprised  me,  aiid  would  have 
done  credit  to  a  school  in  England. 
Some  of  them  have  had  their  minds 
so  far  affected  by  wliat  they  have 
learned  of  Christianity,  that  they 
hsve  refused  to  offer  the  usual  wor- 
ship to  the  household  gods  of  their 
parents,  and  have  endeavored  to  show 
them  the  sin  and  folly  of  worshippin<r 
Huch  ^ods.  Ryndass  continues  as  a 
catechist  with  Mr.  Taylor,  and  has,  I 
think,  considerably  improved  since  he 
has  been  with  him.  Mr.  Taylor  was 
anticipating  a  removal  from  the  fort 
to  a  house  well  adapted  for  the  mis- 
gion,  in  the  centre  of  the  native  town." 


The  following  is  the  latest  intelli< 
goncc,  which  we  hav(!  received.  Mr. 
Taylor  still  continues  his  very  useful 
labors,  lit;  is  assisted  by  VV.  Beynon, 
who  has  r<MiK»vcd  from  Bellury,  and 
has  better  health  at  Belgaum.  There 
are  3  native  assistants.  At  the  Eng- 
lish services,  there  are  I'roni  JO  to 
15  conununicants,  and  the  same  at 
the  native  services.  In  3  Mahratta 
schools,  tiie  attendance  varies  from  00 
to  12i) ;  and  in  2  Tanml,  from  20  to 
50.  All  the  scholars  are  examined 
weekly  by  the  missionaries.  The  dis- 
tribution of  Tracts,  in  1830,  has  been 
greater  than  in  any  preceding  year, 
and  the  general  aspect  of  the  missions 
is  that  of  growing  importance  and 
success.  Samuel  and  Jonah,  the  na- 
tive Tamhl  assistants,  have  rendered 
valuable  services,  and  their  conduct 
has  been  perfectly  exemplary.  At 
the  Poor  House,  several  orphans  and 
destitute  cliildren  are  received,  and 
instructed  in  the  truths  of  Christian- 
ity. The  Brahmins  and  Gooroos 
begin  to  shrink  from  argument,  cease 
to  defend  their  systems,  acknowledge 
that  the  Hindoo  religion  is  not  adapt- 
ed to  become  an  universal  religion, 
and  that  it  cannot  show  by  what 
means  sin  may  be  pardoned. 

BELIZE,  a  town  in  the  province  of 
Honduras,  in  Central  America.  Here 
the  English  have,  for  a  considerable 
time,  kept  up  establishments,  which 
have  rendered  them  masters  of  the 
country.  In  17G!>,  the  English  colo- 
nies exported  800,000  feet  of  mahoga- 
ny, and  200,000  lbs.  of  sarsaparilla, 
and  10,000  lbs.  of  tortoise-shell,  besides 
tiger  and  deer  skins.  At  Belize,  the 
fV.  M.  S.  have  established  missions. 
"  The  congregations  are  numerous 
and  attentive  ;  there  are  some  indica- 
tions of  divine  influence 
seem  inclined  to  give 
the  Lord.  Members  in  society,  178  ; 
children  in  the  school,  170. 

BELLARY,  a  town  situated  in  the 
most  northern  part  of  the  province  of 
Mysore,  and  surrounded  by  numer- 
ous populous  towns  and  villages. 
Here  the  Rev.  J.  Hands,  from  the 
L.  M.  S.,  arrived  in  April,  1810,  and 
was  treated  with  great  respect  by  th« 
European  residents,  among  whom  he 
soon  began  to  celebrate  divine  ser- 
vice. He  had,  at  first,  some  great 
difficulties  to  contend  with,  in  ac- 

60 


,  and  many 
themselves  to 


BEL 


BEL 


latest  intelli- 
■ccived.     Mr. 
8  vrry  useful 
r  W.  Bey non, 
Bellury,  and 
;auiu.     There 
At  the  Eng- 
Irom   JO    to 
the  same   at 
1  3  Mahratta 
iraries  from  GO 
il,  from  5J()  to 
are  examined 
ies.     The  dis- 
830,  has  been 
eceding  year, 
if  the  missions 
iportance   and 
lonah, the  na- 
have  rendered 
their  conduct 
emplary.      At 
il  orphans  and 
received,   and 
3  of  Christian- 
and    Goorooa 
gument,  cease 
,  acknowledge 
n  is  not  adapt- 
ersal  religion, 
how   by   what 
oned. 

the  province  of 

merica.    Here 

a  considerable 

iments,  which 

nasters  of  the 

English  colo- 

'ct  of  mahoga- 

f  sarsaparilla, 

c -shell,  besides 

At  Belize,  the 

shed  missions. 

ire    numerous 

3  some  indica- 

ce,  and  many 

themselves  to 

I  society,  178 ; 

70. 

ntuated  in  the 
he  province  of 
d  by  numer- 
and  villages, 
ids,  from  the 
iril,  1810,  and 
respect  by  the 
long  whom  he 
,e  divine  ser- 
,  some  great 
with,  in  afi- 
60 


qilirinor  the  Canara  language,  which 
is  spolten  from  tlie  borders  of  the 
Mahratta,  nearly  to  the  boUoiu  of  tlie 
Mysore.  He  applied  himself,  how- 
ever, so  patiently  and  perseveririgly 
to  this  study,  that  he  not  only  soon 
collected  several  thousands  of  woiuh. 
which  he  fornied  into  a  vocabulary. 
but  also  began  preparing  a  grammar, 
with  the  asriistance  of  his  moonshee. 
who  appeared  to  he  a  very  learned 
man.  The  brahmins  in  tliis  place 
are  said  to  be  comparativt^'ly  few  in 
number.  Some  of  these  visited  tiie 
missionary  in  a  friendly  manner ;  a 
considerable  number  of  country  poor, 
or  ''half-caste"  persons,  attended  his 
ministry,  and,  in  some  instances,  his 
labors  appear  to  have  been  success- 
ful. One  man,  in  particular,  inform- 
ed him  that  he  had  been  constrained 
to  commence  family  worship,  both 
morning  and  evening. 

Many  pleasing  circumstances  sub- 
sequently transpired.  Mr.  Hands 
E reached  thrice  every  Lord's  day  to 
is  countrymen,  and  the  Portuguese 
half-caste,  with  much  encourage- 
ment. The  principal  people  treated 
him  with  great  kindness  ;  and  several 
of  the  natives,  on  certain  festival 
days,  brought  him  an  abundance  of 
fruit.  His  residence  had  been  a  pa- 
oroda,  and  several  huge  gods  of  stone 
lay  about  his  premises.  In  the  sp/ing 
of  181'i,  with  the  assistance  of  a 
young  friend  from  Madras,  he  opened 
a  native  school,  which  was  soon  at- 
tended by  50  children.  Here  he 
Breached  the  Gospel  twice  a  week. 
Tpwards  of  20  soldiers  belonging  to 
one  regiment,  were  brought  to  a  sav- 
ing acquaintance  with  divine  things, 
under  his  ministry,  and,  with  some 
others,  were  formed  into  a  society. 

In  1816,  Mr.  Hands  was  joined  by 
the  Rev.  Wm.  Reeve,  by  which  time 
many  schools  had  been  established. 

In  the  month  of  March,  1817, 
Messrs.    Hands   and    Reeve    took   a 

1'ourney  to  visit  the  spot  once  occupied 
)y  the  famous  city  of  Bisnagur. 
From  the  top  of  a  pagoda,  on  a  high 
mountain,  and  with  the  aid  of  a  good 
telescope,  they  had  a  fine  view  of  the 
extensive  scene  of  desolation,  com- 
prising the  ruins  of  palaces,  pagodas, 
and  other  public  buildings ;  the  arch- 
itecture  of  which  appeared  to  have 


been  of  a  very  superior  kind. 
P 


said,  if  all  the  buildings  which  now 
leiiiain  were  placed  close  together, 
they  would  occupy  a  greater  extent 
of  ground  than  that  on  which  the 
city  of  London  stands. 

^lere  they  met  with  many  people 
who  had  visited  the  mission-hou.^e  at 
Bellary,  for  the  purpose  of  receiving 
religious  instruction.  Tlu-y  paid  a 
visit  to  the  aged  rajah  of  Anngoody, 
who  seemed  to  be  al)out  !)()  years  of 
ajje,  and  was  underjroinnr  a  severe 
course  ot  penance,  to  propitiate  his 
deity,  whom  he  conceived  to  be  angry 
with  him.  They  found  him  at  a  short 
distance  from  the  city,  performing  his 
devotions  in  one  of  his  pagodas,  sur- 
rounded by  servants,  nmsicians,  and 
bralimins,  in  abundance.  He  had 
already  fasted  ninr  days,  besides  un- 
dergoing other  mortilications  ;  and 
from  wliat  they  saw  and  heard,  they 
considered  him  as  a  complete  devo- 
tee. Mr.  Hands  spoke  to  him  for  a 
considerable  time  on  the  inefficiency 
of  his  penances  to  obtain  the  favor  of 
heaven  ;  but  he  seemed  to  hear  with 
reluctance  what  was  advanced  agi\inst 
his  infatuating  idolatry. 

At  Bisnagur,  on  the  last  day  of  the 
annual  festival,  the  missionaries  be- 
held a  grand  religious  procession,  in 
which  two  ponderous  cars  of  the  idols 
were  dragged  along  by  the  multitude. 
•'  I  counted  nearly  1000  people,"  says 
Mr.  Reev",  "  who  were  drawing  one 
of  them,  and,  on  measuring  one  of 
the  whet  Is,  I  found  it  to  be  14  feet  in 
diameter.  The  height  of  the  car,  in- 
cluding its  trappings  and  ornaments, 
was,  I  suppose,  not  less  than  200 
feet;  so  that  it  was  very  fatiguing 
work  to  make  it  u;ove  at  all.  Indeed, 
I  believe,  that  if  the  peons  and  sol- 
diers had  not  come  with  their  swords 
and  spears,  the  poor  god  would  have 
been  forsaken,  and  left  in  the  road." 

After  their  return  to  Bellary,  they 
had  the  satisfaction  of  adding  to  their 
little  church  10  persons  ;  and  they 
were  particularly  gratified  with  the 
experience  of  one  individual,  who 
stated  that  he  was  the  son  of  an  aged 
Moravian  missionary,  still  laboring 
in  the  West  Indies.  He  had  rua 
away  from  a  boarding-school,  and  en- 
listed for  a  soldier  ;  in  these  circum- 
stances he  was  brought  to  India,  and, 
I  under  a  sermon  at  Bellary,  he  was 


It  is 'converted  to  God, 


61 


BEL 


BEL 


m 


In  tlio  courBe  of  tho  summer,  Mv. 
Handii  was  induced,  by  Um;  unl'avor- 
abk'  (jtalu  ot'  hiH  bcallh,  tu  lake  a 
iouriMsy  to  MadraH,  which  was  very 
beneficial ;  but,  «ni  his  return,  he 
found  that  of  hi8  beloved  wile  on  the 
decline.  8he  lan^ruitihed  until  the 
Ist  of  Aug.  ISIH,  when  her  «liseuj- 
bodied  spirit  entered  "  the  houHe  not 
made  with  hands,  eternal  in  the 
heavens."  She  was  one  of  the  oldest 
missionaries  connected  with  the  L. 
.W.  6'.  in  India  ;  havinjr  been  employ- 
ed in  the  work  12  years — first  as  tiie 
wife  of  the  e.xcellent  Mr.  Des  Gran- 
ges, and  ntlerwards  as  the  beloved 
partner  of  Mr.  Hands. 

In  January,  1HI!>,  a  juvenile  Bible 
S.  wa-i  formed  at  Bellaiy.  principally 
through  the  zeal<«f  the  master  of  the 
charity-school,  and  the  activity  of  one 
of  the  scholars,  who  was  formerly 
notorious  for  liis  wickedness  and  au- 
dacity. The  attendance  also  at  the 
mission  chapel  became  so  numerous, 
that  an  enlargement  was  considered 
indispensable.  The  expense  of  this, 
together  with  additional  seats  and 
lamps,  was  computed  at  JC50 ;  but 
the  pious  soldiers,  and  other  friends, 
who  were  in  the  habit  of  attending 
on  the  means  of  grace,  felt  so  deeply 
interested  in  the  object,  that  they  col- 
lected nearly  the  whole  sum  in  the 
course  of  24  hours. 

On  the  2d  of  March,  tlie  missiona- 
ries received  a  visit  from  the  rajah  of 
Harponally,  who  had  arrived  at  Bel- 
lary  on  the  preceding  evening,  seated 
upon  a  very  large  elephant,  and  fol- 
lowed by  three  others,  amidst  an 
immense  concourse  of  people.  "  He 
came  to  us  "  says  Mr.  Reeve,  **  with 
all  the  pomp  and  parade  of  oriental 
princes,  and  our  garden  was  almost 
filled  with  his  splendid  retinue.  He 
showed  no  disposition  to  enter  into 
any  particular  conversation,  but  ex- 
pressed himself  highly  gratified  with 
the  attention  which  had  been  shown 
to  him." 

At  the  close  of  1819,  Mr.  Reeve 
observes — "  During  the  progress  of 
this  year,  the  Gospel  has  been  carried 
several  hundred  miles  through  the 
dark  villages,  and  several  thousands 
of  tracts  have  been  distributed.  The 
translation  and  revision  of  the  Scrip- 
tures in  Canara,  have  also  been  pro- 
ceeding.     A    new   edition    of   Dr. 


Watts's  First  Catechism,  in  that  lan- 
guage, with  nunieri'UH  improvements 
and  eorrecticius,  has  been  prepared 
lor  the  press.  A  co[)y  of  the  same 
has  also  been  prepared  in  the  Tamul. 
The  progress  ol  the  native  schools 
has  been  favorable,  and  heveral  hun- 
dreds of  the  pupils  know  perfectly 
the  First  I'ateclusm,  an-l  the  greater 
iiart  of  our  Lord's  Sermon  on  the 
Mount. 

Towards  the  latter  end  of  the  fol- 
1  )wingyear,  Mr.  Hands  determined  to 
commence  a  nussionary  tour  through 
the  Italagltaut  ceded  districts,  and 
Mysore,  to  Seringapatam  ;  and,  on 
the  14th  of  March,  lr!ii2,  returned  to 
Bellary  with  Mrs.  Hands,  having 
been  married  during  his  ab«ence. 
On  their  journey  Mrs.  Hands  became 
serivtusly  indispohod  ;  and,  after  her 
arrival  at  her  husband  s  residence, 
she  grew  much  worse,  and  gradually 
declined,  till  tiie  yoth  of  May,  when 
she  died. 

From  the  report  of  lf'24,  it  seems 
that  tiie  nuniLer  of  schools  was  15, 
and  the  number  of  scholars  about  500. 
An  evening  school  had  been  opened. 
The  Canare^e  and  Tanmlese  services 
were  continued,  and  not  without  en- 
couragement. One  of  the  baptized  had 
died  apparently  very  happy.  The  en- 
mity formerly  manifested  against  the 
converts  had,  in  a  great  degree,  subsid- 
ed, and  intercourse  had  been  restored 
between  them  and  their  relations.  In- 
stances of  conversion  occurred,  from 
time  to  time,  thn  ugh  the  instrumen- 
tality of  the  English  services ;  and  tlie 
improved  example  of  many  Europe- 
ans, including  civil  and  military  offi- 
cers in  the  E.  I.  Company's  service, 
had  made  a  favorable  impression  on 
the  natives.  The  translations  of  the 
Scriptures,  and  other  works,  were  ad- 
vancing :  GOOO  tracts  had  been  distrib- 
uted during  the  year,  in  many  places, 
besides  large  supplies  being  sent  to 
Seringapatam  and  Canaanore.  The 
number  of  Tracts  issued  by  the  Bellary 
T.  S.  from  its  establishment  in  1817, 
was  26,734.  The  contributions  of  the 
Bellary  Jl.  M.  5'.,  for  the  year  1823, 
amounted  to  rupees,  027. 13.  In  con- 
sequence of  the  removal  of  some  of 
his  coadjutors,  and  of  Mr.  Reeve's 
visit  to  England,  Mr.  Hands  labored 
some  time  alone,  but  successfuUj. 
The  new  chapel  was  opened  in  Octo- 

62 


BEN 


BEN 


in  that  lan- 
i|)r«ivciiit>ntii 
■n  prt- pared 
>C  tiie  Hatnc 

the  Taniul. 
live  schools 
several  huu- 
w   pt-rfcctly 

the  greatt-r 
luun   un  the 

d  of  the  fol- 
eterniined  to 
Lour  through 
itttricts,  and 
n  ;    and,  on 

returned  to 
rids,  having 
lis  abticnce. 
ands  became 
d,  after  hor 
8  residence, 
nd  gradually 

May,  when 

•24,  it  seems 
jols  was  15, 
rs  about  500. 
been  opened, 
ilese  services 
,  without  en- 
baptized  had 
y.     The  en- 
i  against  the 
'greejsubsid- 
een  restored 
?lations.    In- 
curred, from 
!  instrumen- 
ces ;  and  the 
iny  Europe- 
nilitary  offi- 
ly's  service, 
ipression  on 
itions  of  the 
ks,  were  ad- 
been  distrib- 
nany  places, 
?ing  sent  to 
more.     The 
Y  the  Bellary 
■nt  in  1817, 
iitions  of  the 
•year  1823, 
3.     In  con- 
of  some  of 
r.  Reeve's 
inds  labored 
luccessfuUy. 
led  in  Octo- 
62 


her,  lri24.  Its  total  cost  was  more 
than  7(MM)  rupee's,  or  about  £7W  hUt- 
lin^.  Thin  debt,  thnmgh  the  liber- 
ality of  friends  in  Indiii.  was,  however, 
soon  licpiidiiled.  Tin*  llev.  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Benyon  reached  Belliiry  at  the 
close  of  1p<2">,  and  the  llev.  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  i'liiiie  arrived  in  the  course  of  the 
following  year. 

The  tolhuving  is  the  latest  infor- 
mation wliich  has  been  received  of 
the  stat(>  of  this  niission.  Mr.  Hands, 
atli'r  havin;^  spent  some  time  in  Kng- 
land,  wa»  expected  to  return  in  the 
suintuer  of  l-^'M,  to  Bellary.  John 
Reid  is  now  missionary  at  the  station  ; 
G.  Walton,  assistant;  B.  H.  Paine, 
printer  ;  S.  FIav(d,  and  other  native 
assistants.  Communicants  at  the 
Enijlish  services  are  10  in  nuiiiber  ; 
at  the  native  22;  adults  baptized  31. 
In  (5  Canarese  schools  f  )r  boys,  and 
1  for  jrirls ;  with  2  Tamid  schools  for 
boys,  there  are  311  scb  ilars.  Im- 
provement lA  impeded  by  tli(>  want  of 
proper  school-masters.  Many  of  the 
girls,  under  .Mrs.  Piiincs  superin- 
tcmdence,  read  and  write  vv^ell.  The 
F.ii:^lisli  charity  school  is  very  useful. 
The  printin<|-oHice  is  condticted  with 
diligence  and  spirit;  1000  copies  of 
each  of  7  of  the  hooks  of  the  Old 
Testament  in  Ca'iarese,  with  0000 
Tracts  and  elementary  books  have 
been  printed  durinjf  the  year  18:50. 
The  distributions  have  been  30  Bibles, 
113.)  portions  of  Scripture,  and  2(5.240 
Tracts,  manv  of  which  were  circulated 
at  native  festivals  in  the  vicinity. 
The  Branch  Bible  Society  raised  1H)0 
rupees  in  the  yoir ;  the  Tract  578  ; 
the  missioniry  440 ;  and  the  charity 
school  212  >. 

BELTOLLAM,  a  town  in  Bengal 
Hindoostan.  In  1S2I,  the  C.K.S. 
established  5  Bengalee  schools  in  this 
vicinity ;  and  a  central  English 
Bchool  at  this  p!a';e  under  the  sviper- 
iutendencp  of  Mr.  Van  Grirhni. 

BENARES,  a  large  district  of 
Hindoost\n,  in  the  E.  part  of  the  prov- 
ince of  Allahahad.  It  contiins  the 
circars  of  Benares,  Juanpoor,  and 
Mirzipoor,  and  was  ceded  to  the 
English  in  1775.  The  manufactures 
of  this  district  are  numerous,  and  the 
chief  articles  of  produce  are  barley, 
peas,  wheat,  sugar,  salt,  indigo,  and 
opium. 

Benares,  a  famous  city,  is  the  capi- 


tal oi  the  above  district,  and  may  be 
called  the  Athens  of  the  liindiMis.  It 
is  celebrated  as  the  ancient  seat  of 
brahminical  learning,  and  is  built  on 
the  left  bank  of  ths  Ganges.  Its  an- 
cient name  is  Casi  (the  Splendid) 
which  the  Hindoos  still  retain  ;  and 
it  is  so  holy,  that  many  distant  rajahs 
have  delegates  residing  here,  who 
iwrforin  for  them  the  re(|uisite  sacri- 
Hces  and  ablutions.  The  shasters 
atiirin,  and  the  natives  suppose,  that 
whoever  dies  here  will  be  saved. 
Several  Hindoo  ttMiiples  enibcdlish  the 
high  banks  of  the  river,  and  many 
othtr  pul)lic  and  privatt!  buildings 
are  magniHcent.  The  streets  are  ex- 
tremely narrow ;  the  houses  high, 
with  terriu-es  on  the  Hummit,  and 
some  of  thein  inhabited  by  diflferent 
families  ;  but  tlie  more  wealthy  Gen- 
toos  live  in  detached  houses  with  an 
open  court,  surrounded  by  a  wall. 
The  number  of  stone  and  brick 
houses,  from  1  to  (i  stories,  is  upwards 
of  12,000  ;  and  of  mud  houses,  above 
10,000.  The  permanent  inhabitants, 
are  200,000,  and  during  the  festivals, 
the  concourse  is  beyond  all  calcula- 
tion. Nearly  in  Jw.  centre  of  the 
city  is  a  considerable  Mohammedai! 
mosque,  built  by  Aurengzebe,  who  de- 
stroyed a  magnificent  Hindoo  temple 
in  order  to  make  room  for  it ;  and 
from  the  top  of  the  minars  there  is  an 
exU'nsive  view  of  the  town  and  adja- 
cent country,  and  of  the  numerous 
Hindoo  temples  scattered  ever  the 
city,  and  the  surrounding  pluins.  The 
rajah  of  Benares  resides  at  Ramna- 
gur,  about  5  in.  from  the  city,  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  R.  Benares  is 
l.U)  m.  W.  by  S.  Patna,  and  400  W. 
N.W.  Calcutta.  E.  long.  83°  10',  N. 
lat,  25^  30', 

Some  y«»ar3  since,  a  Hindoo  Collegt 
was  founded  here  by  a  late  English 
resident,  Mr.  Dancan,  to  encourage 
learning  among  the  brahmins,  which 
has  recently  revived,  and  is  becoming 
a  very  important  institution.  The 
government  allows  20,000  rupees,  or 
11,100  dollars,  annually  for  its  sup- 
port. The  course  of  study  is  12  years, 
and  students  are  admitted  from  12  to 
18  years  of  age.  The  first  annual  ex- 
ammation  was  held  in  1820.  In  1822 
the  number  of  students  was  172,  more 
than  100  of  whom  received  no  sup- 
port from  the  funds. 

63 


BEN 


BEN 


The  C.  K.  S.  has  a  valuable  depot 
of  books  in  this  city. 

The  ilev.  W.  Smith  was  appointed 
to  benares  by  tlie  Baptist  M.  6'.  in 
181  (J,  and  pursued  his  work  with  much 
constancy  and  vigor.  Sevenil  Hin- 
doos were  reclaimed  by  his  instru- 
mentality, and  baptized  in  the  name 
of  Jesus  ;  among  the  rest  a  brahmin 
of  the  name  of  Kam-dass,  whose  sub- 
sequent concern  en  behalf  of  his  de- 
luded countrymen  was  described  as 
happily  attesting  the  sincerity  of  his 
prolession.  Tlie  powerful  interest 
excited  by  the  first  introduction  of 
the  Gospel  into  this  famous  city  ap- 
peared m  alter  years,  not  to  have 
wholly  subsided.  Crowds  of  atten- 
tive Hindoos  were  said  to  hear  the 
word  ;  and  many  instances  occurred 
in  which  evident  impressions  were 
made.  On  one  occasion,  a  brahmin, 
after  listening  to  the  Gospel,  exiilaim- 
ed,  "  I  will  leave  all  my  frienos  to  be 
instnu'.U'd  in  tJie  knowledwe  of 
Christ;"  throwing  away, at  the  same 
time,  a  god  of  stone  which  he  had 
been  used  to  worship.  Another  ven- 
tured to  predict — "  In  80  years  hence 
the  worship  of  Gunga  will  vanish, 
the  chains  of  the  caste  will  be  dissolv- 
ed, and  all  will  liave  the  true  know- 
ledge of  God  and  become  Christians ;' 
while  a  third  invited  Shiva,  Chunda, 
and  Lukshumna,  the  native  itiner- 
ants assisting  Mr.  Smitli,todine  with 
him.  They  accepted  his  invitation, 
and  had  a  long  conversation  witii 
him  respecting  the  Gospel ;  in  the 
course  of  which  he  commended  tliem 
for  the  p'irt  they  had  taken  in  em- 
bracing Christinnity.  In  the  estab- 
lishment of  schools,  Mr.  Smitli  had 
been  greatly  encouraged  by  a  rich 
native,  resident  on  the  spot,  who  sub- 
scribed very  liberally  towards  their 
support.  These  schools  were  in  a 
flourishing  state,  and  the  boys  were 
said  to  read  tlie  Scriptures  witli  de- 
light. Instances  of  disappointment, 
however,  occurred  here  as  well  as 
elsewhere.  Several  persons,  who 
gladly  received  the  word,  and  seemed 
tor  a  while  disposed  to  make  any 
sacrifices  for  the  sake  of  the  Gospel, 
were  intimidated  by  the  threats  and 
insults  of  their  former  companions, 
and  desisted  from  further  attendance. 
In  18J24,  the  church  consisted  of  12 
members,  among  whom  several  brah- 


mins were  included.  Ram-dass,  a 
native  itinerant,  was  associated  with 
Mr.  S.  in  his  labors  ;  and  so  much 
was  he  respected  by  the  European 
inhabitants  of  the  city,  that  they  sub- 
scribed, almost  without  solicitation, 
lUUO  ru|)ee8  to  assist  him  in  erecting 
a  small  place  of  worship. 

Mr.  Smith  continues  to  labor  un- 
remittingly ;  Ram-dass  is  a  native  as- 
sistant. Number  of  communicants  is 
10.  Inquirers  y;  scholars  from  25  to 
40  boys.  Christian  tracts  and  the 
Gospel  are  used. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Corrie,  having  been 
appointed  to  the  chaplaincy  at  Cawn- 
pore,  left  Calcutta  towards  the  end  of 
November  1817,  accompanied  by  Mr. 
Adlington,  a  native  youth,  who  had 
been  under  the  care  of  Rev.  Messrs. 
Greenwood  and  Roberson ,  of  the  C. 
M.  S.,  and  the  recently  baptized  Fuez 
Messeeh.  They  were  nmch  aided  in 
their  efforts  by  a  liberal  native.  Jay 
Narain  Ghossaul,  giving  a  large  house 
in  the  city  for  a  school,  and  endowing 
it  with  200  rupees  per  month  (about 
300/.  per  annum).  The  school  waa 
opened  on  the  17th  of  July,  J81!),  and 
in  November,  IKi  scholars  had  been 
admitted^  and  the  school  was  becom- 
ing very  popular  among  the  natives. 

The  Rev.  Benedict  La  Roche,  and 
the  Rev.  John  Perowne,  were  after- 
wards appointed  to  this  station.  They 
were  accompanied  by  Mr.  Thomas 
Brown,  who  had  diligently  prepared 
to  conduct  all  the  departments  of  a 
printing  and  stereotyping  establish- 
ment, and  who  carried  out  with  him 
a  printing-press,  and  founts  of  Eng- 
lish, Ara'iic,  and  Persian  types.  It 
became,  however,  soon  apparent,  that 
tlie  monthly  allowance,  granted  by 
the  founder,  was  greatly  exceeded  by 
the  necessary  expenses  of  the  estab- 
lishment. Jay  Narain  therefore,  for- 
mally applied  to  the  governor-general 
in  council  for  pecuniary  assistance ; 
accompanying  his  letters  by  a  state- 
ment of  the  monthly  disbursements, 
from  which  it  appeared,  that  a  surplus 
of  252  sicca  rupees  (nearly  400/.  ster- 
ling) above  the  sum  allowed  by  him- 
selt,  was  necessary,  in  order  to  carry 
on  the  school  witli  eflT?ct.  It  is  most 
gratifying  to  add,  that  the  application, 
was  graciously  received  by  the  gov- 
ernor-general in  council ;  and  that  the 
proper  directions  were  issued  to  his 

04 


BEN 


BEN 


agent  at  Benares,  for  the  regular 
monthly  payment  of  the  above-men- 
tioned excess. 

From  Mr.  Adlington's  first  report, 
it  appears:  that  the  attendance,  on  an 
average,  was  about  121 ;  of  these,  ()3 
were  acquiring  the  English,  82  the 
Persian,  11  the  Hindee  and  Sanscrit, 
and  15  the  Bengalee.  Divine  wor- 
ship was  generally  held  in  a  bunga- 
low, which  had  been  purchased,  three 
times  on  the  Sabbath,  i.  e.  morning 
and  evening  in  English,  and  in  Hin- 
doostanee  m  the  afternoon,  when 
from  (j  to  12  usually  attended  at  each 
service.  A  school  was  also  estab- 
lished at  Secrole,  a  station  of  the  mil- 
itary near  Benares,  which  was  sup- 
ported by  the  residents  in  the  neigh- 
borhood. 

In  1821,  Rev.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Morris 
arrived  at  this  station,  and  found  the 
schools  in  a  prosperous  state.  About 
Christmas,  the  founder  of  the  school, 
in  addition  to  the  liberal  monthly  al- 
lowance for  subsistence  to  poor  schol- 
ars, added  a  suit  of  clothes  to  each. 
That  benevolent  individual  soon  clos- 
ed his  mortal  career.  Unhappily,  the 
legal  transfer  of  property,  intended 
to  have  been  assigned  by  him  to  the 
support  of  the  schools,  was  never  ef- 
fected ;  but  his  son,  Kolly  Shunker 
Ghossaul,  declared  his  purpose  of 
securing  to  the  society  the  monthly 
payment  assigned  by  his  father. 
Through  the  kindness  of  his  excel- 
lency the  commander-in-chief,  a  suit- 
able person  from  H.  M.'s  17th  regi- 
ment was  obtained  as  schoolmaster  : 
Mr.  Stewart,  who  had  been  brought 
to  the  notice  of  the  corresponding 
committee  by  Lieut.  Peevor,  before 
his  departure  for  England,  took  pos- 
session of  the  upper  story  of  the 
house  in  Benares,  which  was  fitted 
up  for  his  reception  in  March,  1822. 

Mr.  Adlington,  having  recruited 
his  strength  by  a  visit  to  Calcutta, 
where  he  married,  devoted  his  time 
to  the  city  school ;  leaving  Mr.  Mor- 
ris more  at  leisure  to  acquire  the  lan- 
guage, and  to  give  his  time  to  more 
immediate  missionary  labors.  A 
schoolmistress  was  also  obtained  from 
Chunar,  and  a  few  girls  were  learn- 
ing to  read,  knit,  and  sew.  A  few 
other  girls  were  in  a  second  school. 
Both  were  supported  by  ladies  at  the 
station. 


In  1823,  several  of  the  elder  boys 
were  accdstomed  to  go,  on  Sunday 
mornings,  as  far  as  Secrole,  in  order 
to  read  and  to  give  instructions  ^n  the 
Old  Testament.  A  chapel  was  also 
built  there  for  the  use  of  the  native 
Christians,  about  half  the  expense  of 
which  was  borne  by  friends  at  and 
near  Benares.  It  was  opened  in  May  ; 
when  the  chaplain,  the  Rev.  Mr. 
Frazer,  baptized  a  man  descended 
from  Christian  parents,  and  a  Hindoo 
woman,  who  had  been  previously  un- 
der a  course  of  instruction.  About 
50  native  Christiana  usually  assem- 
bled;  and,  occasionally,  the  chapel 
was  attended  by  a  few  Hindoos  and 
Mohammedans. 

"  On  Sunday,  the  18th  of  April, 
1824,"  says  Mr.  Morris,  "  I  p'-eached 
my  first  sermon  in  Hindoostanee,  at 
the  new  chapel.  I  had  long  ago,  as 
opportunity  offered,  endeavored  to 
converse  with  the  heathen,  and  hope 
now  to  be  able  to  do  so  frequently." 
The  bishop  of  Calcutta  passed  Sunday, 
5th  of  September,  at  this  station.  At  an 
early  hour,  his  lordship  attended  the 
mission  chapel,  when  Mr.  Morris  read 
and  preached  in  Hindoostanee,  in 
which  tongue  the  bishop  pronounced 
the  blessing.  On  the  same  day,  the 
company's  church  was  consecrated, 
a  confirmation  was  held,  and  the 
Lord's  Supper  was  administered  :  in 
the  evening  the  bishop  preached  in 
English.  On  this  occasion,  14  native 
Christians  were  confirmed,  and  were 
admitted  to  the  Lord's  table ;  the 
bishop  officiating,  as  respected  them, 
in  Hindoostanee.  Archdeacon  Cor- 
rie  gives  the  following  account  of  his 
Lordship's  visit  to  the  society's 
school,  in  the  city,  on  the  follow- 
ing Wednesday  : — "  The  classes  ex- 
amined, exhibited  good  proficiency 
in  Christian  knowledge,  in  translating 
the  History  of  England  into  Hin- 
doostanee, and  in  English  grammar  : 
they  have  proceeded  beyond  the  Rule 
of  Three  ;  and  a  few  showed  consid- 
erable knowledge  of  geography." 
The  day  after,  ^r.  Corrie  saw  the 
first  classes  of  four  schools  establish- 
ed in  the  suburbs  of  Benares,  by  Mr. 
Morris.  They  had  been  too  recently 
formed  to  show  much  progress,  thoush 
some  of  the  boys  read  pretty  well. 
They  all  read  the  Hindee  Gospels ; 
which  they  were  brought  to  do  with 

6£» 


BEN 


BEN 


r'-i 


m 


t  I'l 


some  difficulty,  owing  to  the  lower 
castes  beintr  forbidden  by  the  brah- 
mins to  reail  the  Sanscrit  character. 
"  Wc  also  examined,"  says  Mr.  Cor- 
rie,  "a  school  of  eleven  Christian 
girls,  superinLended  by  Mrs.  Morris, 
who  read  only  their  native  tongue. 
Even  the  Christians  were  brougiit  to 
Bend  their  children  to  school  with 
Bome  difficulty  ;  but  they  now  begin 
to  be  pleased  with  their  improved 
conduct.  Mrs.  Fraser  superinten'-i 
another  school  for  girls,  who  are  di  .- 
titute  children  of  European  fathers. 
In  this,  I  believe,  are  17  scholars,  and 
they  are  taught  English." 

The  following  is  the  present  state 
of  the  mission.  Ralph  Eteson,  mis- 
sionary, R.  Steward,  master  of  the 
Free  school ;  Simon  Bartholemew, 
catechist,  Noor  Messeeh,  superintend- 
ant  of  Ilinduwee  schools,  with  native 
assistants.  Congregation  from  25  to 
30;  communicants  11.  In  visiting 
the  Bazaars  and  neighboring  villages, 
*'  Mr.  Eteson  has  been  constantly  ac- 
companied by  the  Rev.  J.  Robertson, 
of  the  London  Society,  to  whose  ad- 
vice and  encouragement  he  has,  in 
every  respect,  been  indebted."  In 
Jay  Narain's  Free  School,  various 
improvements  have  been  introduced 
in  respect  of  the  books  in  use  ;  the 
boys  in  th^  Hinduwee  schools  are  re- 
duced to  55.  Schools  might  be  open- 
ed in  the  city  to  almost  any  extent, 
but  the  benefit  which  may  be  expect- 
ed to  arise  from  thein  for  want  of 
suitable  masters  bears  no  proportion 
to  the  cost  of  maintaining  them.  Fe- 
male schools  are  about  to  be  estab- 
lished. Benares,  being  a  great  resort 
for  pilgrims,  presents  peculiar  facili- 
ties for  the  distribution  of  tracts. 

On  the  Gth  of  Aug.  1820,  Rev.  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Adam  arrived  at  Benares  as 
the  agents  of  the  L.  M.  S.  Although 
chiefly  employed  in  the  study  of  tlie 
Hindoostanee,  Mr.  Adam  preached 
to  a  company  of  English  artillery- 
men, on  the  Sabbath  and  Wednesday 
evenings,  in  his  own  dwelling  at 
Secrole,  and  entered  on  compiling, 
for  the  use  of  the  natives,  a  "  Life 
of  Christ;"  in  which  it  was  his  in- 
tention to  contrast  the  dignity  and 
purity  of  our  Lord's  character,  with 
the  opposite  qualities,  as  found  in  the 
Hindoo  mythology. 

In  the  month  of  May,  1821,  Mr. 


Adam  opened  a  native  school.  He 
also  availed  hiuiiscii'  of  Idvorablc 
opportunities  ior  tiie  distribution  of 
religious  tracts  ;  and  particularly,  at 
the  great  public  festivals,  wJien  the 
resort  of  Hindoos  to  Benaies,  from 
the  various  parts  of  India,  is  im- 
mense. 

In   1823,   ^iiere 
schools  within  the 


were 
city; 


two 

one 


native 
in  the 


Kashepoor  district,  containing  35 ; 
and  the  other  in  that  ot  Hubeepoor, 
containing  30  boys.  In  the  school, 
situii''  d  in  the  cantonment,  establish- 
ed ill  lft21,  the  attendance  was  about 
20.  In  this  school  is  a  class  in  which 
the  Scriptures  are  read. 

A  coniiuodious  chapel  was  built  by 
subscription  in  1824,  chiefly  through 
the  exertions  of  persons  holding  infe- 
rior stations  in  the  army,  who  for- 
merly attended  Mr.  Adam's  ministry 
at  his  private  house,  in  which  he 
preached  on  Sabbath  and  Tuesday 
evenings.  Concerning  this  station, 
Mr.  A.  forcibly  says  ; — 

"  Benaies  exhibits,  in  full  opera- 
tion, some  of  the  worst  principles  of 
Hindoo  superstition.  The  Gospel  of- 
iers  its  invaluable  blessings  to  the 
'  poor  in  spirit;'  but  these  people  fancy 
themselves  *  rich,  and  incieased  in 
goods,  and  having  need  of  nothing.' 
The  Saviour  is  a  Saviour  to  them  who 
leel  themselves  lost ;  but  they  fancy 
themselves  already  at  the  '  gate  of 
heaven,'  and  certain  of  obtaining  an 
easy  admission  through  it.  Add  to 
this,  the  awful  wickedness  of  their 
lives,  occasioned  or  fostered  by  the 
local  superstitions,  and  it  will  easily 
be  perceived  that  Benares  presents 
many  and  peculiar  obstacles,  both  to 
the  missionary  exertions  and  to  the 
reception  of  the  Saviour.  Amid  such 
a  population,  it  is  a  great  blessing  to 
dwell  in  peace  and  safety,  and  to  do 
any  thing  that  may  lead,  though  the 
eftects  may  be  remote,  to  the  impor- 
tant and  happy  object  we  may  have 
in  view." 

In  182G,  Mr.  James  Robertson  ar- 
rived at  Benares,  to  assist  in  the  work 
of  the  mission. 

The  native  schools,  3  in  number, 
containing  170  boys,  and  in  all  of 
which  Christian  Books  were  taught, 
were  prospered.  Some  of  the  boys 
committed  a  catechism,  prepared  by 
Mr.  Adam,  to  memory ;   and  a  con- 

66 


BEN 


BEN 


school.  Hp 
if  iiivorable 
stribution  of 
rticularly,  at 
Is,  when  the 
jnaies,  from 
ndia,   is   im- 

two  native 
,  one  in  the 
itaining   35 ; 

Hubeepoor, 
1  the  school, 
;nt,  establish- 
ice  was  about 
lass  in  which 

was  built  by 
lefly  through 

holding  intie- 
ny,  who  for- 
ani's  ministry 
ill  which  he 
and  Tuesday 
r  this  station, 

in  full  opera- 
t,  principles  of 
I  he  Gospel  of- 
ssings   to  the 
e  people  fancy 
incieased   in 
1  of  nothing.' 
ir  to  them  who 
ut  they  fancy 
the   '  gate  of 
obtaining  an 
it.     Add  to 
Iness  of  their 
istercd  by  the 
it  will  easily 
lares  presents 
tacles,  both  to 
lis  and  to  the 
Amid  such 
at  blessing  to 
fety,  and  to  do 
id,  though  the 
to  the  impor- 
we  may  have 

Robertson  ar- 
st  in  the  work 

3  in  number, 
and  in  all  of 
were  taught, 
>  of  the  boys 
I,  prepared  by 
and  a  con- 
66 


r. 


fcidorablo  number  made  progress  in 
reading,  and  it  is  hoped  also,  in  the 
understand  ng  of  the  Scriptures  and 
other  useful  books.  A  pund  t  was  en- 
gaged, at  a  moderate  stipend,  to  visit 
the  scliools  daily,  and  to  prepare  suit- 
able school  books. 

Mr.  Ad.un  prepared  a  Hinduwee 
translation  of  Scripture  Lessons,  for 
the  use  of  the  schools.  Such  a  work, 
as  a  school-book  containing  suitable 
selections  from  the  sacred  volume,  he 
considered  as  peculiarly  adapted  to 
native  schools  similarly  circumstanced 
with  those  at  Benares,  from  which, 
on  account  of  the  great  poverty  of 
their  parents,  the  children  were  taken 
away  at  a  very  early  age. 

A  Hind'josta  ee  service  was  occa- 
sionally held  at  the  mission  ihapel, 
which  was  sometimes  performed  by 
Mr.  Smith,  the  B  iptist  missionary,  in 
conformity  to  a  stipulation  in  the  grant 
of  the  chapel  to  the  society,  which 
provided  that  it  should  be  open,  ac- 
eordinff  to  the  orifrinal  plan,  to  the 
occasional  labors  of  evangelical  min- 
isters of  different  denominations.  In 
conformity  with  this  stipulation,  ap- 
plication was  made  to  Mr.  Adam  for 
the  occasional  use  of  the  chapel  for 
the  purpose  mentioned ;  which  he 
cheerfully  granted.  Though  appear- 
ances, in  reference  to  the  conversions 
from  among  the  natives,  were  not 
such  as  miglit  be  wished,  there  was 
still,  Mr.  Adam  thought,  no  cause  to 
despair  of  success ;  but,  on  the  contra- 
ry, much  to  inspire  hope  and  impel  to 
zealous  exertion. 

Services  in  English  were  performed 
at  the  mission  chapel  every  Sunday 
and  Wednesday  evening.  The  num- 
ber of  the  congregation  fluctuated 
considerably ;  but,  afterwards,  much 
increased  by  the  attendance  of  many 
seriously-disposed  men  belonging  to 
a  company  of  British  artillery,  sta- 
tioned there.  It  is  pleasing  to  add, 
that  good  was  done  by  these  servi- 
ces. 

Mr.  Adam  printed  1000  copies  of 
his  tract  on  the  "  Ten  Command- 
ments," and  500  of  his  Catechism. 
Beside  the  Hinduwee  translation  of 
Scripture  Lessons  already  noticed,  he 
had,  in  preparation,  a  tract  under  the 
following  title — Jesus,  the  Deliverer 
from  the  Wrath  of  God.  A  consider- 
able number  of  tracts  were,  from  time 


to  time,  distributed  by  Mr.  Adam  and 
the  teachers  in  the  native  schools,  es- 
pecially at  the  melas,  held  in  md 
round  Benares. 

The  connexion  between  Mr.  Adam 
and  the  society  li  as  since  been  dissolved . 
The  congregation  sometimes  amounts 
to  50  or  GO  persons.  A  native  school, 
where  the  scriptures  are  daily  read, 
has  been  opened  in  tiie  precincts  of  a 
temple,  C(mtaining  a  dirty  pool,  nam- 
ed tiie  "Pool  of  Immortality;"  a 
place  of  great  resort  on  account  of 
the  pretended  cure  thereby  of  various 
diseases.  Of  Tracts  and  Books  in 
Hinduwee,  by  Mr.  Adam.  «150  copies 
were  printed  ir  1  f^^O ;  2{Mi  copies  of 
Mr.  Robertson's  comparison  between 
Mohammedanism  and  Christianity  are 
in  circulation.  The  book  of  Job  has 
been  translated  into  Oordoo,  and  that 
of  Ecclesiastes  into  Hinduwee  and 
Oordoo. 

BENCOOLEN  or  BENKAHULE, 
a  sea-port  town  and  fort,  on  the  S.  W. 
roast  of  the  islaiid  of  Sumatra,  about 
2  m.  in  compass,  where  the  English 
have  a  settlement  and  factory.  The 
town  stands  upon  a  morass,  und  is 
unhealthy.  4t  is  chiefly  inhabited  by 
native  Malays,  who  build  their  houses 
on  pillars  or  bamboo  wood.  There 
are  also  some  English,  Portuguese,  and 
Chinese ;  but  few  of  this  class  sur- 
vived the  effects  of  the  climate,  till 
fort  Marlborough  was  built  on  a  dry 
and  elevated  situation,  about  3  m. 
distant,  where  these  inhabitants  repair 
during  the  rage  of  disease.  The  me- 
dium neat  throughout  the  year  is  from 
81^^  to  82^\  The  principal  establish- 
ment of  the  East  India  Company  on 
the  island,  is  at  this  place.  E.  long. 
102°  11',  N.  lat.  3°  50'. 

Mr.  Nath.  Ward,  of  the  B.  M.  S., 
proceeded  hither  from  Bengal  in  1818, 
and  was  followed  by  Mr.  Robinson. 
Here  they  found  the  press  a  very  use- 
ful auxiliary,  and  formed  schools  un- 
der the  immediate  sanction  of  the 
government.  A  great  number  of 
Malay  tracts  were  printed  and  circu- 
lated. In  1823,  it  was  reported,  that 
the  progress  of  the  schools  was  satis- 
factory— that  123  pupils  were  in  reg- 
ular attendance — that  progress  in 
Christian  instruction  was  visible  in 
many — and  that  G  neighbormg  villa- 
ges had  petitioned  for  the  establishment 
of  schools.     The  richest  blessings  also 

67 


BEN 


BER 


seemed  to  have  followed  the  Labors  of 
the  missionaries,  warranting  the  hope, 
that  the  spirit  of  God  had  coninienced 
a  work,  wliere,  for  ages,  all  had  been 
apathy  and  death.  In  lf<25,  illness 
obliged  Mr.  Robinson  to  remove,  but 
Mr.  Ward  remained  for  a  time ;  since 
which  he  has  retired  to  Padang. 

BENGAL,  a  province  of  Hindoos- 
tan,  on  each  side  of  the  Ganges; 
bounded  N.  by  Bootan  ;  W.  by  Bahar 
and  Orissa ;  S.  by  the  bay  of  Bengal ; 
and  E.  by  the  Birman  empire  and 
Assam ;  4()0  m.  long  and  300  broad ; 
between  8G°  and  1*2°  E.  long.,  and 
21°  and  27°  N.  lat.  The  coast  be- 
tween the  Hoogly  and  the  Ganges, 
180  m.,  is  a  dreary  inhospitable  shore, 
which  sands  and  whirlpools  render 
inaccessible  to  ships  of  burden.  Ben- 
gal consists  of  one  vnst  plain,  of  the 
most  fertile  soil,  which,  in  common 
with  other  parts  of  Hindoostan,  annu- 
ally yields  2,  and  in  some  parts  even 
3,  crops.  The  rainy  season  continues 
from  June  to  September,  but  the  in- 
undations from  the  Ganges  and  Bur- 
rampooter  continue  oin{  about  a 
month  in  the  latter  part  of  July  and 
beginning  of  August.  After  the 
waters  subside,  diseases  rage,  espe- 
cially among  those  who  are  not  accus- 
tomed to  the  climate. 

The  presidency  of  Bengal  includes 
several  provinces,  and  yields  an  im- 
mense revenue  to  the  British,  who 
gained  possession  in  17C5.  The  pop- 
ulation is  estimated  at  more  than 
25,000^000 ;  within  the  presidency  are 
about  40,000,000.  It  is  peopled  by 
various  nations,  but  the  principal  are 
the  Moguls,  or  Moors,  and  the  Hin- 
doos, or  Bengalese.     The  Bengalese 


and  Moors  have  each 
ffuage.      The  former 


a  distinct  Ian- 
are  idolaters ; 
they  generally  live  in  huts  built  of 
mud  and  straw,  seldom  use  chairs  or 
tables,  but  sit  on  the  ground,  and  eat 
with  the  fingers. 

The   Dutch   possess  the   town   of 
Chinsurah;  the  French,  Chindema- 

fore  ;  and  the  Danes,  Serampore. 
'he  number  of  native  troops,  cnHed 
Scamoys  was,  in  1811, 207,579  besides 
58?^  invalids.  No  small  part  of  the 
population  are  Mohammedans — the 
descendants  of  the  Afghan  and  Mogul 
conquerors,  and  Arabian  merchants, 
softened,  in  the  course  of  time,  by  an 
intermixture    with  Hindoo  women, 


converts,  and  children,  whom  they 
purchased,  and  educated  in  their  own 
religion.  The  practice  of  Suttee,  or 
widow-burning  was  formerly  carried 
on  to  a  great  extent  in  Bengal,  but  it 
has  recently  been  abolished  by  order 
of  the  British  government. 

Bi-'RBICE,  a  settlement,  on  a  river 
of  the  same  name,  in  Guiana,  to  the 
W.  of  Surinam.  The  land  is  low 
and  woody.  It  was  taken  from  the 
Dutch  by  the  British  in  17iJG,  and  in 
1803 ;  and  it  was  ceded  to  Britain  in 
1814.  The  R.  enters  the  Atlantic  in 
long.  W.320  13',  N.  lat.  G^  25'.  Pop- 
ulation  in  1815,  29,059;  of  whom 
550  were  whites,  240  people  of  color, 
and  25,109  slaves. 

A  new  and  wide  door  of  usefulness 
appeared  to  be  opening  in  this  colony, 
in  the  year  1812.  Several  estates  be- 
longed to  the  British  crown,  and  wer6 
under  the  direction  of  commissioners, 
who  were  disposed  to  encourage  the 
instruction  of  the  slaves.  These 
gentlemen,  who  are  well  acquainted 
with  the  valuable  services  of  the  Rev. 
Mr.  Wray,  of  the  L.  M.  S  ,  &i  Deme- 
rara,  proposed  to  him  to  remove  to 
Berbice,  and  to  defray  the  expenses 
of  the  mission ;  a  proposal  in  which  Mr. 
Wray  and  the  directors  acquiesced. 

In  1815,  notwithstanding  the  many 
difficulties  with  which  Mr.  W.  had  to 
contend,  reports  of  his  success  were 
very  favorable.  A  school  which  he 
had  established  was  on  the  increase. 
A  great  number  of  poor  free  children, 
as  well  as  slaves,  learned  to  read : 
many  adults  came  for  this  purpose 
occasionally  ;  and  many  girls  belong- 
ing to  the  crown  estates  were  taught 
to  sew,  under  the  care  of  Mrs.  Wray. 
16  persons  had  been  baptized,  wno 
had  subsequently  conducted  them- 
selves with  consistency  ;  4  of  whom 
had  belonged  to  the  school,  the  rest 
were  old  people.  On  the  31st  of  De- 
cember, he  administered  the  Lord's 
Supper  for  the  first  time  in  Berbice  ; 
11  negroes  were  communicants. 

Persecution,  however,  aft;erward8 
arose ;  Mr.  Wray  was  soon  wholly 
excluded  by  the  new  managers,  ap- 
pointed in  consequence  of  the  restor- 
ation of  about  half  the  crown  negroes 
to  the  Dutch,  and  the  slaves   were 

Erohibited    all   communication   with 
im.     He  therefore  engaged  in  ths 
instrviction  of  a  large  body  of  slaves, 

68 


BER 


bER 


f  Suttee,  or 


remove  to 


about  300  in  number,  who  belonged 
to  llie  Britislj  government,  and  re- 
sided in  the  town  of  New  Amster- 
dam, where  tliey  were  employed  chief- 
ly as  mechanics.  In  the  pursuit  of  this 
object,  he  for  some  time  enjoyed  the 
countenance  and  aid  of  the  British 
government;  but  very  embarrassing 
and  perplexing  difficulties  were 
thrown  in  his  way  by  persons  on  the 
spot,  and,  with  a  view  to  their  remo- 
val, lie  was  induced  to  visit  England. 
Mrs.  Wray,  during  his  absence,  con- 
tinued to  instruct,  with  great  assiduity , 
the  young  and  female  part  of  his 
congregiition. 

On  Mr.  Wray's  return,  July  17. 
ISIS,  his  prospects  of  usefulness  were 
very  animating.  He  purchased  a 
house,  and  a  piece  of  "round  on 
which  he  built  a  chapel,  .,., wards  the 
expense  of  which  upv/ards  of  £401) 
was  subscribed  by  the  inhabitants. 
The  crown  estates,  which  had  been 
restored,  by  special  convention,  to  the 
Dutch  company,  tf>  who'n  they  had 
formerly  belonged,  had  lately  been 
purchased  by  a  respectable  planter  in 
Berbice,  who  encouraged  Mr.  Wray 
to  visit  them,  and  to  instruct  the  ne- 
groes, as  L..-  did  when  they  belonged 
to  the  British  government;  a  work 
on  which  he  immediately  entered 
with   gratitude  and  delight. 

Prior  to  the  embarkation  of  his  Ex- 
cellency Lieutenant  Governor  Beard, 
for  Berbice,  in  li^Sl,  a  deputation  of 
directors  waited  upon  him,  for  the 
purpose  of  recommending  the  ntis- 
sion  at  New  Amsterdam  to  his  kind 
attention  ;  a  recommendatiom  which 
was  most  promptly  and  liberally  at- 
tended to.  Nearly  the  whole  of  Mr. 
Wray's  time,  at  this  period,  appears 
to  have  been  occupied  in  connuuni- 
cating  religious  instruction ;  includ- 
ing in  this  statement  his  visits  to  the 
cells  of  the  prison,  and  the  chambers 
of  sickness,  with  his  occasional  ad- 
dresses at  the  graves  of  the  dead. 
Prejudices  against  the  instruction  of 
the  slave  population  were  subsiding, 
and  a  great  change,  in  various  re- 
spects, in  favor  of  the  mission  was 
taking  place.  Several  additional 
fields  of  labor  had  been  opened  with- 
in the  colony  ;  among  which  were 
the  estates  of  the  Governor  and  the 
Fiscal;  and  an  auxiliary  M.  S.,  form- 
ed 2  years  before,  was  prosperous. 


In  1822,  the  chapel  needed  a  second 
enlargement — many  negroes  were 
baptized — the  connnunicants  had  in- 
creased to  about  40 — the  number  of 
children  instructed  in  the  Sabbath- 
school  exceeded  100,  exclusive  of 
many  young  persons  who  attended  to 
read  and  learn  the  catechism — and 
the  occasional  labors  of  Mr.  Wray  at 
plantations  in  the  vicinity  were  at- 
tended with  considera  le  success. 
On  the  27th  of  January,  1623,  a  very 
gratifying  public  examin;ition  of  the 
school  was  held  in  conformity  to  tiie 
desire,  and  in  the  presence  of,  his 
Excellency,  accompanied  by  other 
persons  of  distinction. 

For  some  time  prior  to  the  distur- 
bances in  Demarara.  the  jjrospects  of 
Mr.  Wray  were  briirhtening,  and  his 
sphere  of  labor  enlarging.  Just  be- 
fore their  occurrence,  he  had  received 
invitations  from  several  respectable 
proprietors,  to  instruct  the  slaves  on 
their  estates,  one  of  which  contained 
.as  many  as  KIOO;  and  he  had  just 
entered  into  these  additional  engage- 
ments, under  highly  promising  cir- 
cumstances, v. hen  those  events  oc- 
cured  which  at  once  interrupted  his 
labors  and  exposed  him  to  much 
unmerited  reproach. 

Mr.  Wray  was  summoned,  on  false 
and  injurious  charges,  to  appear  be- 
fore the  Governor.  Here,  in  the 
presence  of  the  gentlemen  who  had 
brought  them  forward,  he  positively 
asserted  his  innocence,  and  requested 
that  his  Excellency  would  direct  the 
Fiscal  to  investigate  the  affair,  in  order 
that  his  innocenre  might  fully  appear. 
With  this  request  his  Excellency 
complied,  and  the  result  was  the  en- 
tire vindication  and  most  honorable 
acquittal  of  Mr.  Wray. 

Not  much  more  than  a  fortnight 
had  elapsed,  when  he  was  again  plung- 
ed into  trouble,  from  a  very  different 
cause.  His  chapel,  which  had  been 
a  second  time  enlarged,  was  destroyed 
by  fire,  together  with  the  school-house. 
This  calp.i.!ty  happened  on  the  22d 
of  Sept  mber.  The  dwelling-house 
and  furniture  of  Mr.  Wray  also  re- 
ceived considerable  damage.  A  very 
short  time  before,  the  debt  on  the 
chapel  was  paid  off,  and  the  building 
itself  secured  to  the  society  in  con- 
formity to  the  regulations  of  the  col- 
ony. 

69 


BER 


BER 


Although  Mr.  Wray's  labors  were 
thus  greatly  circumscribed,  he  availed 
himself  of  such  opportunities  as  were 
afforded,  to  communicate  Christian 
instruction  both  to  the  slaves  and  tree 
people.  The  members  of  his  church, 
although  not  increased  in  number, 
advanced  in  piety.  On  th"  1st  of 
March,  1825,  the  foundation  of  the 
new  chapel  was  laid  ;  and  it  was  open- 
ed on  the  lyth  of  June,  when  a  large 
and  attentive  congregation  assembled. 
The  collection  at  the  doors  amounted 
to  about  1G2  guilders.  His  Ex- 
cellency Sir  Benjamin  B'Uroan,  gov- 
ernor of  the  coloriy  of  Demarara, 
kindly  presented  Mr.  Wray  with  a 
handsome  donation.  The  debt  was 
reduced,  in  182(3,  by  the  liberality  of 
gentlemen  on  the  spot,  to  about  GOO 
guilders,  or  about  £55  sterling. 

The  number  of  adults  baptized, 
during  the  year  182G,  v/as  41,  in  the 
sincerity  of  whose  religious  profes- 
sions Mr.  Wray  has  full  confidence. 
12,  during  the  same  period,  were  ad- 
mitted to  the  Lord's  table.  The 
mambers  of  the  church  are  highly 
spoken  of  by  the  managers  of  the  es- 
tates on  which  they  labor. 

The  number  instructed  in  the  Sab- 
bath-school, consisting  of  both  chil- 
dren and  adults,  was,  at  the  close  of 
the  year,  about  230 ;  and  many  more, 
belonging  to  each  class,  have  been 
admitted  since  that  period.  In  con- 
sequence of  the  great  increase  of 
scholars,  Mr.  Wray  is  desirous  to  fit 
up  the  school-room  under  the  chapel, 
which  will  hold  from  3  to  400.  The 
cost  of  this  would  be  about  1000  guil- 
ders, or  £)0  sterling. 

The  increase  in  the  Sabbath-school 
is  attributed  in  part  to  the  encourage- 
ment given  by  his  Majesty's  Commis- 
sioners of  Inquiry  to  tne  crown  slaves 
(about  300  in  number)  to  attend  on 
the  means  of  religious  instruction. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wray  visited  Eng- 
land, on  account  of  his  health,  in  the 
summer  of  1831 .  Tlio  mission  is  in  a 
prosperous  state.  The  public  ser- 
vices are  well  attended.  The  private 
meetings,  where  people  state  their 
experience,  are  encouraging,  and  the 
desire  for  instruction  is  increasing. 
Scarcely  a  Sabbath  passes  in  which 
some  do  not  request  lo  have  their 
names  inserted  amonw  the  catechu- 
mens.   Contributions  tor  the  enlarge- 


ment of  the  missionary  chapel  have 
been  liberally  made  by  all  classes  of 
society.  In  the  course  of  the  year, 
1830-1,  18  persons  were  admitted  to 
the  Lord's  table,  all  of  whom,  with 
the  exception  of  one  individual,  were 
slaves.  The  present  number  of  church 
members  is  107.  Tiie  whole  number 
of  persons  baptized  since  the  com- 
mencement of  the  mission,  in  1814, 
amount  to  454,  and  of  those  admit- 
ted to  communion  150.  The  Sabbath 
school  is  well  attended.  It  is  propos- 
ed to  erect  a  new  chapel  on  the  west 
coast  of  Berbice. 

BERDITSCHEW,  a  town  in  Po- 
land,  containing  about  30,000  Jews, 
among  whom  the  agents  of  the  Edin- 
burgh J.  S.  have  labored  in  distributing 
and  explaining  the  Scriptures,  and 
found  many  diligently  inquiring  after 
the  truth. 

BERHAMPORE,  a  town  of  Hin- 
doostan,  in  Bengal.  It  is  seated  on 
the  Cossimbazar,  7  m.  S.  of  Moorshe- 
dabad,  and  has  a  fine  range  of  can- 
tonments tor  troops. 

Fxev.  Micaiah  Hill,  of  the  L.  M.  S., 
removed  to  this  station  from  Calcutta 
in  1824.  He  calculated  that  a  circL 
of  2  m.  drawn  around  him  would  in- 
clude a  population  of  about  20,000. 
After  encountering  considerable  op- 
position from  the  natives,  arising  from 
a  peculiar  attachment  to  the  supersti- 
tions of  their  forefathers,  he  succeeded 
in  establishing  6  schools  on  the  in- 
digenous plan  (4  for  the  children  of 
Hindoos,  and  2  for  those  of  Moham- 
medans ;  the  latter  being  conducted 
by  Persian  Moonshees) ;  and  Mrs. 
Hill,  after  overcoming  similar  diffi- 
culties, established  a  native  female 
school,  in  behalf  of  which  she  appeal- 
ed to  the  European  residents  at  the 
station,  and  not  without  success. 

Mr.  Hill  preaches  in  Bengalee  and 
Hisdoostanee  daily,  and  meets  the 
native  Christians  two  evenings  in  a 
week.  In  the  eveniiigs  of  the  Lord's 
day,  he  preaches  in  English  to  a  nu- 
merous audience.  The  new  chapel 
is  sometimes  found  too  small.  During 
the  year  1829-30,  he  spent  8  weeks 
in  itinerating,  attended  one  fair,  and 
distributed  2  or  3000  Tracts.  The 
Brahmins  destroy  the  Tracts,  when- 
ever  they  have  an  opportunity.  Mrs. 
Hill  holds  a  religious  meeting  every 
Tuesday  evening  with  females.     The 

70 


■n 


BER 


BER 


chapel  have 
ill  classes  of 
of  the  year, 

aduiittt'd  to 
whom,  with 
ividual,  were 
ber  of church 
'hole  number 
ice  the  com- 
lion,  in  1814, 
those  admit- 
The  Sabbath 

It  is  propos- 
1  on  the  west 

L  town  in  Po- 
30,000  Jews, 
}  of  the  Edin- 
in  distributing 
iriptures,  and 
nquiring  after 

town  of  Hin- 
;  is  seated  on 
5.  of  Moorshe- 
range  of  can- 

■  the  L.  M.  S., 
from  Calcutta 
i  that  a  circle 
lim  would  in- 
about  20,000. 
nsiderable  op- 
s,  arising  from 
0  the  supersti- 
,  he  succeeded 
)ls  on  the  in- 
le  children  of 
se  of  Moham- 
ng  conducted 
i);    and   Mrs. 
similar  diffi- 
native   female 
ch  she  appeal- 
sidenta  at  the 
success. 
Bengalee  and 
nd   meets   the 
evenings  in  a 
of  the  Lord's 
glish  to  a  nu- 
new  chapel 
mall.     During 
spent  8  weeks 
one  fair,  and 
Tracts.      The 
Tracts,  when- 
rtunity.     Mrs. 
meeting  every 
females.    The 

70 


le 


il 


English  church  has  been  increased 
by  °the  aduiiasion  of  27  nieiubers. 
Airs.  Hill's  native  schools  for  females 
has  from  12  to  20  girls  in  attend- 
ance. 

BERLIN,  a  city  of  Germany,  cap- 
ital of  the  marquisate  of  Brandenberg, 
and  of  all  the  King  of  Prussia's  Ger- 
man dominions.  It  is  12  m.  in  circuit, 
surrounded  partly  by  walls  and  partly 
by  pallisades,  and  has  15  gates ;  but 
within  this  iuclosure  are  numerous 
gardens,  orchards,  and  fields.  The 
streets  are  straight,  wide,  and  long; 
and  its  large  squares,  magnificent 
l)alace3,  churches,  and  other  build- 
ings, are  scarcely  to  be  equalled. 
Berlin  is  seated  on  the  Spree,  from 
v'hich  there  is  a  canal  to  the  Oder  on 
the  E.,  and  another  to  the  Elbe  on 
the  W. ;  so  that  it  has  a  communica- 
tion by  water  both  with  the  Baltic 
Sea  and  the  Germ'  ,n  Ocean.  It  was 
taken  in  1760,  b  an  army  of  Rus- 
sians, Austrians,  and  Saxons,  who 
were  obliged  to  evacuate  it  in  a  few 
days.  In  1800,  soon  after  the  battle 
of  Jena,  the  French  entered  this  city, 
and  Buonaparte  held  a  court  in  the 
palace.  It  is  100  m.  N.  of  Dresden, 
and  185  N.  W.  of  Breslau.  E.  long. 
13°  22',  N.  lat.  52°  31'. 

In  1825,  including  the  military,  the 
population  was  220,000.  The  Jews 
are  also  numerous  ;  among  whom  the 
most  encouraging  indications  appear, 
that  the  time  of  mercy  towards  Israel 
is  approaching. 

In  1822,  a  society  for  promoting 
Christianity  among  the  Jews  was 
formed  in  this  city,  under  the  express 
sanction  of  the  King,  and  much  zeal 
and  liberality  is  manifested  in  the 
cause.  A  considerable  number  of 
Jews  have  already  made  a  public 
profession  of  their  faith  in  Christ. 

In  1826,  above  100  persons  of  the 
Jewish  persuasion  were  baptized  in 
Berlin  ;  of  whom  04  were  baptized  in 
some  one  of  the  4  churches,  under 
the  superintendence  of  a  distinguish- 
ed ecclesiastic,  and  a  member  of  the 
committee  of  the  Berlin  S.  An  old 
and  highly  respectable  Jew  said  to 
him,  "  We  are  all  coming,  we  cannot 
hold  to  Judaism  any  longer." 

The  Berlin  Missionary  Institution 
was  founded  in  1800,  and  is  support- 
ed by  the  voluntary  contributions  of 
individuals.     It  is  designed  to  qualify 


pious  young  men  for  missionaries,  and 
is  under  the  immediate  care  of  the 
Rev.  Mr.  Joenicke,  of  Berlin.  Many 
faithful  missionaries  have  already 
gone  forth  lirom  this  school  of  the 
prophets. 

BERMUDAS,  or  SOMMERS 
ISLANDS,  four  islands  in  the  At- 
lantic Ocean,  500  m.  E.  of  Carolina, 
and  surrounded  by  numerous  rocks 
and  shoals,  which  render  them  diffi- 
cult of  approach.  They  were  discov- 
ered by  Juan  Bermudez,  a  Spaniard, 
in  1522  ;  but  were  not  inhabited  till 
160!),  when  Sir  George  Sommers  was 
cast  away  upon  them  ;  and  they  have 
belonged  to  Britain  ever  since.  They 
carry  on  some  trade  with  America 
and  the  West  Indies.  The  principal 
one  is  called  St.  George.  They  ex- 
tend from  N.  E.  to  S.  W.  about  45 
m.  The  north  point  of  these  islands 
lies  in  Ion.  04°  28'  W.,  lat.  32°  22'  N. 
Population,  10,381,  of  whom  5462 
were  whites,  and  4,911)  slaves. 

In  the  beginning  of  171)9,  the  Rev. 
John  Stephenson,  a  native  of  Ireland, 
proceeded  to  these  islands.  On  his 
arrival,  it  was  quickly  known  that  a 
Methodist  missionary  from  Ireland 
was  in  the  harbor ;  and  the  report  soon 
made  an  impression  to  his  disadvan- 
tage. Coming  from  Ireland,  it  was 
concluded  that  he  must  be  a  r'sbel,  and, 
as  such,  sustaining  the  character  of 
a  missionary,  it  was  instantly  appre- 
hended that  he  was  about  to  introduce 
disaifection  among  the  slaves.  Full 
of  these  preposterous  notions,  many 
were  unwilling  that  he  should  come 
on  shore,  and  would  probably  have 
exerted  themselves  to  prevent  it,  if 
an  enlightened  magistrate,  then  stand- 
ing on  the  quay,  had  not  disarmed 
their  momentary  prejudices,  and  dis- 
pelled the  gathering  storm. 

After  waiting  upon  the  Governor, 
and  laying  before  his  Excellency  the 
certificate  of  his  ordination,  and  tlie 
pass  which  he  had  received  prior  to 
his  quitting  Dublin,  certifying  that 
he  was  appointed  as  a  missionary  to 
the  island  of  Bermuda,  Mr.  Stepnen- 
son  commenced  his  ministerial  labors ; 
and  though,  at  first,  his  hearers  were 
but  few  in  number,  and  of  those,  the 
greater  part  appeared  either  hostile 
or  indifferent  to  the  subjects  intro- 
duced to  their  notice,  the  violence  of 
prejudice  and  opposition  soon  beiran 

71 


•  I  * 


I  !■: 


BER 

to  subside ;  the  congregation  visibly 
increased ;  subscriptions  were  raised 
for  the  erection  of  a  ciiapel ;  and  in 
the  montli  of  April,  IbOO,  74  whites 
and  '.iU  blacks  had  joined  the  society. 
The  prosperity  which  now  began 
to  shine  upon  the  infant  mission  was 
viewed  witii  a  malignant  eye  by  the 
enemies  of  r«'ligion ;  and  as  they 
found  themselves  incapable  of  check- 
ing its  progress  without  the  aid  of 
law,  tiiey    procured    an  edict   to   be 

Kassed  by  the  house  of  assembly,  pro- 
ibiting  all  persons,  not  ordained  ac- 
'icvreling  to  the  rites  and  ceremonies 
of  tae  church  of  England  or  Scotland, 
.V  "^  preaching,  lecturing,  or  exhort- 
in  ,,  'O  any  collected  audience,  public 
or  pr." '',e,  under  a  penalty  of  £50, 
andO  i>  ■  iktlu  imprisonment  for  every 
offence  ;  and  inflicting  a  similar  pun- 
ishment on  the  person  in  whose  house 
the  meeting  should  be  held. 

Mr.  Stephenson,  considering  this 
law  as  hostile  to  the  spirit  of  tolera- 
tion— as  an  infringement  upon  the 
birthright  of  every  8ui)ject — and  as 
diametrically  opposite  to  the  avowed 
sentiments  of  the  reigning  monarch 
— continued  his  ministerial  labors  as 
formerly  ;  but  though  he  was  suffered 
to  proceed  for  a  few  weeks  without 
interruption,  he  was  at  length  appre- 
hended, carried  before  the  magis- 
trates, and  committed  to  the  common 
goal,  to  take  his  trial  at  the  next 
assizes.  Mr.  Pallais,  the  person  in 
whose  house  he  had  preached,  was 
also  committed  with  him  :  Mr.  S., 
however,  procured  bail,  and  obtained 
his  liberation  on  the  15th  day  of  his 
imprisonment,  as  his  companion  had 
done  some  days  before. 

In  December,  Mr.  Stephenson  was 
brought  to  trial  for  the  crime  of  hav- 
ing preached  the  Gospel,  or,  as  one 
of  the  principal  evidences  swore,  of 
having  "  read  prayers  from  a  book 
which  he  held  in  his  hand,  and  sung 
psalms  to  a  congregation."  And  for 
this  high  offence  he  was  sentenced 
to  be  confined  (5  months  in  the  com- 
mon gaol,  to  pay  a  fine  of  £50,  and 
to  discharge  all  the  fees  of  the  court. 
Afler  he  had  been  imprisoned  about 
5  weeks,  the  Governor  ofiered  to  set 
him  at  libert}  on  condition  of  his 
promising  to  quit  the  island  within 
60  days  ;  but,  as  he  conceived  such  a 
proposition  dishonorable  to  the  cause 


BER 

for  which  he  had  hitherto  suffered, 
he  declined  accepting  it,  and  remain- 
ed a  prisoner  till  the  ni<  nth  of  June, 
IdOl,  when  the  period  of  his  incarce- 
ration expired. 

Mr.  S.  continued  on  the  island 
during  the  remaining  part  of  the  year ; 
but  his  health  was  so  seriously  im- 
paired, that  he  was  nf>  longer  equal 
to  the  exertions  he  had  iir  ruicrly  been 
accustomed  to  make;  and.  as  the  in- 
terdiction of  the  law  precluded  him 
from  uniting  in  puMic  or  social  wor- 
ship with  the  members  of  the  society, 
he  was  recalled  from  Bermuda  early 
in  1802,  and  those  who  hnd  formerly 
heard  the  word  of  God  with  gladness, 
were  left  as  sheep  without  a  shep- 
herd. 

Applications,  in  the  mean  time, 
had  been  made  to  his  Majesty's  gov- 
ernment in  England,  to  diaailow  the 
intolerant  edict  wliieli  had  driven 
Mr.  Stephenson  from  the  scene  of  his 
labors  ;  but  thoivgh  the  request  of  the 
petitioners  was  readily  gi anted,  near- 
ly 3  years  elapsed  leir.re  the  repeal  of 
the  act  v.'as  publicly  announced.  And 
even  subsequently  to  that  period, 
such  a  spirit  of  determined  hostility 
was  exhibited  against  the  intrcduction 
of  the  Gospel,  that  no  missionaries 
could  be  induced,  for  some  time,  to 
venture  among  the  inhabitants. 

At  length,  in  the  spring  of  1808, 
Rev.  Joshua  Marsden  sailed  from 
New  Brunswick  to  Bermuda,  with 
the  view  of  re-establishing  the  mist- 
sion.  Afler  repeated  interviews  with 
the  governor,  Mr.  M.  was  permitted 
to  commence  his  ministration  ;  and 
though,  at  first,  he  was  merely  at- 
tenck'd  by  20  or  30  hearers,  his  con- 
gregation soon  began  to  increase ; 
and,  in  the  beginning  of  September, 
he  had  the  satisfaction  of  uniting 
about  50  persons  in  societ}',  most  of 
whom  were  negroes  or  people  of 
color,  who  appeared  truly  anxious  for 
spiritual  mstruction.  A  chapel  was 
afterwards  erected,  and  some  of  the 
most  respectable  persons  in  the  island 
became  regular  attendants  on  the 
means  of  grace,  whilst  others  could 
hardly  be  restrained  by  their  relatives 
tirom  uniting  with  the  society. 

In  1811,  a  quantity  of  Bibles  and 
religious  tracts  were  sent  to  Bermuda, 
and  the  happy  effects  resulting  from 
thsii  distribution  are  thus  pleasingly 

72 


hitherto  Buffered, 
\nir  it,  and  remain- 
lic  iiH  nth  of  Juno, 
-icd  of  his  incarce- 

ed  on  the  island 
11  ir  part  of  the  year ; 
s  HO  seriously  im- 
is  no  longer  equal 

had  ir  rniorly  been 
ke  ;  and,  as  the  in- 
aw  precluded  him 
ilJic  or  social  wor- 
bers  of  the  society, 
oni  Bermuda  early 

who  hnd  Ibrmerly 
Gcd  with  gladness, 
p  without  a  shep- 

i   the    mean    time, 

his  Majesty's  gov- 
nd,  to  disallow  the 
vhlch  had  driven 
orn  ihe  scene  of  his 
li  the  request  of  the 
idily  gi anted,  near- 
leihrc  the  repeal  of 
y  announced.  And 
y  to  that  period, 
etermined  hostility 
nst  the  introduction 
lat  no  missionaries 
,  for  some  time,  to 
e  inhabitants. 
;he  spring  of  1808, 
irsden   sailed    from 

to  Bermuda,  with 
itablishing  the  mis- 
ted interviews  with 
.  M.  was  permitted 

ministration  ;  and 
he  was  merely  at- 
!0  hearers,  his  ccn- 
jegan  to  increase ; 
ning  of  September, 
sfaction   of  uniting 

in  scciet}',  most  of 
rroes  or  people  of 
ed  truly  anxious  for 
on.  A  chapel  was 
d,  and  some  of  the 
)ersons  in  the  island 
attendants  on  the 
whilst  others  could 
ed  by  their  relatives 
I  the  society, 
ntity  of  Bibles  and 
^re  sent  to  Bermuda, 
Fects  resulting  from 

are  thus  pleasingly 

72 


VIEW  OF  THE  ROYAL  PALACE  AT  BERLIN* 

[Page  7L] 


! 


-at  Narnj*  , 
abo"' 


i 


.,^ 


.4Uk-C 


>I>    I 


n  ue 


BER 


BET 


described  by  Mr.  M.,  in  a  letter  dated 
Sept.  24th  :— 

"  The  Bibles  which  yon  sent  to  this 
place  were  as  the  sun  rising  upon  a 
dark  and  benighted  land.  The  poor 
blacks,  who  could  read,  eagerly  in- 
quired for  tht*m  ;  and  those  who  could 
not,  began  to  learn,  that  they  iniglit 
peruse  the  word  of  God.  To  this  new 
employment,  their  intervals  of  rest, 
their  meal-times,  and  their  Sabbaths, 
were  devoted.  Passing  through  a 
field  or  a  lane,  with  a  spelling-book 
in  their  hands,  they  would  solicit 
little  boys  coming  from  school  to 
teach  them  ;  and  would  frequently 
beg  of  me,  upon  the  road,  that  I 
would  stop  a  few  moments,  and  hear 
them  repeat  their  lessons.  To  be 
able  to  read,  was  to  them  like  being 
placed  in  a  new  world,  as  they  beheld 
things  in  a  different  light,  and  a  train 
of  new  ideas  sprang  up  in  their  minds. 
In  a  little  time  many  of  them  under- 
stood the  word  preached,  and  a  work 
of  reformation  was  immediately  visi- 
ble among  them.  Profane  oaths  and 
imprecations  were  now  laid  aside  ; — 
the  polygamist  left  all  his  wives  but 
the  one  who  had  a  prior  claim  ; — the 
evening  worship  called  them  from 
the  libidinous  dance,  and  the  mid- 
night theft; — the  stu|)id  and  slothful 
became  pliant  and  diligent; — mon- 
sters were  transformed  into  men  ; — 
and  the  voice  of  religious  melody 
sounded  from  huts  and  and  cottages, 
formerly  blackened  with  the  vilest 
pollutions." 

Nothinw  of  particular  interest  oc- 
curs in  the  history  of  this  mission, 
from  the  date  of  Mr.  M.'s  letter  till 
the  month  of  May,  1824,  when  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  auxiliary  M.  S., 
held  at  Hamilton,  appears  to  have 
excited  a  very  lively  interest ;  and 
the  following  observations  were  made 
by  the  Hon.  J,  C.  Esten,  the  Chief 
Justice  of  the  island,  who  presided  on 
the  occasion  : — 

"  I  will  maintain  that  your  mission- 
aries, in  the  scene  of  their  operations 
of  all  others  the  most  interesting  to 
us, — I  mean  the  West  India  colo- 
nies,— have  entitled  themselves  to  the 
thanks  of  the  established  church, 
which  they  cannot,  without  being 
calumniated;  be  accused  of  undermin- 
ing. We  see  a  splendid  religious  es- 
taolishment,  and  not  more  splendid 


than  I  sincerely  hope  will  be  useful, 
going  ou*-  to  our  West  India  colonies ; 
— 2  oishopg,  3  archdeacons,  and  a 
number  ot  clergy.  One  of  the  prin- 
cipal objects  of  their  appointment,  as 
stated  by  Lord  Bathurst,  the  colonial 
Secretary  of  State,  is  to  improve  the 
religious  condition  of  the  slave  pop- 
ulation. I  will  maintain,  therelbre, 
that  your  missionaries,  sent  from  your 
parent  society,  have  prepared  the 
way  for  this  establishment  ;  they 
have  bci'n  the  humble,  but  useful 
pioneers,  who  have  preceded  and  re- 
moved impediments  from  its  march  ; 
and,  instead  of  being  accused  of  a 
wish  to  subvert  it,  they  ought  to  be 
permitted  to  share  in  its  triumph  ; 
tor  what  they  have  sown  in  tears,  the 
church  will  reap  in  joy  ; — they  have, 
in  fact,  laid  the  foundation  upon 
which  the  fabric  of  the  church  will 
be  reared  among  the  slaves  in  the 
West  Indies." 

The  state  of  the  mission  last  re- 
ported is  as  follows  : — 

"  Our  principal  societies,"  say  the 
missionaries,  "  are  at  Hamilton,  St. 
George's,  and  Warwick.  The  small 
societies  are  Port  Royal,  Paget's, 
Brackishpond,  Flarris  Bay,  and  Bai- 
l(»y's  Bay.  Total  in  society,  100 
whites,  30  free  colored  and  black,  58 
slaves;  total  200;  with  a  considerable 
number  of  scholars.  We  have  had 
an  accession  of  zealous  teachers,  who, 
with  the  others,  are  all  members  of 
society.  There  is  a  general  improve- 
ment m  the  school.  The  whole  num- 
ber is,  whites  2!),  free  110,  slaves  21 8; 
total  363.  Two  jlored  women  have 
died  in  the  hopes  of  eternal  life, 

BETHANY,  formerly  Klin  Foun- 
tain, a  settlement  in  Great  Namaqua 
country.  South  Africa,  about  550  ni. 
from  C5ape  town,  near  the  former  sta- 
tion, called  fVarm  Bath. 

Rev.  Mr.  Schmelen,  of  the  L.  M. 
S.,  on  his  return  from  Damara  coun- 
try, which  he' went  to  explore  in  1815, 
fell  in  with  a  kraal  of  Namaquas.  At 
first  they  were  greatly  alarmed  at  the 
appearance  of  himself  and  his  people  ; 
but  findinw  that  he  was  not  the  free- 
booter, Africaner,  but  a  peaceful  mis- 
sionary, they  expressed  the  highest 
joy,  and,  with  Flemerius,  their  ■  'lief, 
at  their  head,  earnestly  entreated  him 
to  continue  among  them.  Mr.  S. 
wished  to  decline  this,  but  they  would 

73 


BET 


BET 


I 

r 

I, 


m 


4 


ii 

It! 


I 


take  no  drnial.  Groat  success  fnl- 
lowed  h'lH  ucqiiieHcencc  ;  a  concern 
al)uut  ri'lijrioa  bcciiiiie  general — Sit) 
perrions  were  ba|)ti/,ftl,  on  a  credible 
proleHHiuii  ot'  Itiilli — a  Hchool  wau 
opened,  which  Hoon  conlained  140 
children — and  civili/iition  coiniiienc- 
cd.  Thene  happy  rttsulta,  however, 
were  not  of  long  continuance  ;  Mr. 
S.  atler  Htrugghng  with  niiiny  dillicul- 
ties,  partly  arising  froia  tiic  failure  of 
tJie  crops — no  rain  having  fallen  in 
Bonie  purls  of  Nania(iualand  for  three 
years — and  partly  Iroin  the  disturbi-d 
Htate  of  tiic  tribes  alter  the  death  of 
Africaner,  left  lielhany  in  IS22,  ac- 
coiiipanied  by  many  of  his  people, 
who  nettled  with  hiiu  near  the  mouth 
of  the  (Jreat  Orange  River. 

]>i:rilKLSDOia',   or   Village  of 
Bethel,  situated   westward   of  Algoa 
Hay,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Zwartzko]itB 
U.,  and  about  4r)()  m.  K.  of  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope.      To  this  station,  Dr. 
Vanderkemp  and  Mr.  Head,  the  rep- 
resentatives of  the  fj.  M.  6'.  removed, 
in    conseijuence    of    the    dangers   to 
which  they   were  exposed  at   Bota's 
place.      Having  marked  out  a  plot  of 
ground,  240  paces  in  length  and  144 
in  breadth,  they  divided  it  into  dift'er- 
ent  portions  for  the  families  under  their 
care,  and  gave  the  name  of  Bethel 
Fountain  to  a  stream  that  ran  through 
the  middle  of  the  settlement.     They 
then  erected  a  temporary  church,  and 
houses  for  their  own  accommodation 
— the  walls  and  roofs  being  chiefly 
constructed  of  reeds  ;    and,  in  July, 
1804,  they  commenced   public    wor- 
ship, and  opened  a  school  for  the  in- 
struction of  the  young.      Nor  were 
the  missionaries  permitted  to  labor  in 
vain.      Cupido,  a  man  notorious  for 
vice,  and  distinguished  above  all  his 
neighbors    for   the   enormity   of  his 
crimes,  found,  in  the  blood  of  Christ, 
a  remedy  sufficient  to  heal  all  his  dis- 
eases ;    and  when  he  heard  that  the 
Son  of  God  was  able  to  save  sinners, 
he  cried  out,  "This  is  what  I  want : 
This  is  what  I  want !"  This  convert, 
like    Saul   of  Tarsus,  no   sooner   re- 
ceived the  faith  of  the  Gospel,  than 
he   straightway   preached   it  to    his 
countrymen ;    and,  in  one  year,  he 
could  number  of  them  17  adr^lU  cgi?- 
verted  by  his  instrumentality— one  of 
whom  became  the  wife  of  Mi.  Reed. 
Many  other  instances  of  usefulness^ 


peculiarly  pleasing,  also  occurred. 
Just  before  the  re-ca|»ture  of  the  Cape, 
however,  the  opposition  of  many  per- 
sons had  risen  to  a  great  height ;  and 
the  missionuries  leated  that  they 
RJioiiid  be  compelled  to  relinquish 
their  labors.  '1  hey  were  suinmoned 
to  the  Cape,  where  th<'y  vindicated 
their  conduct  to  the  satisfaction  of 
the  Dutch  Governor;  yet  so  malig- 
nant were  their  enemies,  that  he  rec- 
ommended the  missionaries  to  delay 
their  return  till  a  nu)re  favorable  op- 
portunity. '1  hat  opportunity  was  un- 
expectedly afl'orded  by  the  capture  of 
Cape  Town  ;  which  was  no  sooner 
eflected,  than  the  Cieneral,  Sir  David 
liaird,  sent  for  Dr.  Vanderkemp, 
whom  he  treated  in  the  most  cordial 
manner,  hliortly  alter,  full  permis- 
sion was  grantfd  to  resume  tne  care 
of  the  congregation  at  liethelsdorp, 
where  the  doctor  arrived,  March  Jilst, 
lri(;().  Mr.  Kead,  who  was  desired 
by  Sir  David  Jiaird  to  return  by  sea, 
was  preserved  from  the  most  iminent 
danger  of  being  shipwrecked  on  the 
coast  of  Cattraria,  and  providentially 
reached  the  settlement  in  safety.  The 
eftorts  of  Messrs.  iJlbricht,  Tromp, 
and  Erasmus  Smith,  having  been 
greatly  blessed  in  the  absence  of  Dr. 
V.  and  Mr.  II.,  the  mission  was 
flourishing  ;  and  a  valuable  coadjutor 
had  been  found  in  Mrs.  Smith,  who 
formerly  lived  at  Rodezand,  and  had 
devoted  herself  to  the  instruction  of 
the  heathen.  The  missionaries  were 
received  by  their  beloved  flocks  with 
the  most  enthusiastic  tokens  of  joy. 
"  Even  the  old  Hottentot  women,  who 
could  scarcely  leave  their  houses, 
made  their  appearance,"  says  Mr. 
Read,  "  on  this  occasion,  to  join  the 
general  acclamation  of  clapping  of 
hands ;  and  I  was  almost  afraid  of 
being  smothered  by  their  caresses." 

In  1811,  Messrs.  Wimmer,  Verg- 
host,  Bartlett,  and  Coner,  (a  convert- 
ed black  from  Demerara,)  were  added 
to  the  laborers  at  this  settlement,  Dr. 
Vanderkemp  having  long  contempla- 
ted a  mission  to  Madagascar ;  but,  in 
the  midst  of  his  anticipations  of  re- 
moval to  a  new  sphere,  he  was  sum- 
moned to  the  enjoyment  of  eternal  rest. 

On  the  20th  of  March,  1813,  the 
Rev.  John  Campbell,  who  had  kindly 
undertaken,  in  behalf  of  the  L.  M.  S. 
to  visit  S.  Africa,  arrived  at  Bethels- 

74 


of 


V 


BET 


BET 


dorp,  and  beheld  a  iimch  greater  de- 
gree ofcivihzition  tlian  lit;  li.ul  ex- 
pected. Me  fiiuiul  iiiiiny  of  the  na- 
tives exerrjiainjr  tlic  biiHiness  of 
Hiiiiths,  carpenters,  sawyers,  basket- 
makers,  brickiiiakers,  thatcliers, 
cooperH,  Uiiie-buriiera,  inat-iiianufuc- 
tiirers,  stocking  make  s,  tailors,  &c. 
♦fee.  ('ultivalion  was  also  much  ex- 
tended, and  the  stock  had  greatly  m- 
creased.  The  etiects  of  religion  were 
likewise  displayed  in  the  existence 
and  prosperity  of  benevolent  institu- 
tions formed  among  tlu;  HottentotB. 
Tlu^y  had  a  fund  for  the  sick  and  in- 
digent, whicli  amonnted  to  iJ.")(i  rix- 
dollars  ;  and  they  had  recently  pro- 
posed erecting  a  liouse  for  the  recep- 
tion of  part  ot  their  j)oor.  They  had 
also  a  common  fund  for  the  purpose 
of  improving  the  settlement,  amount- 
ing to  Dill  dollars,  and  abcmt  ItO  head 
of  cattle  ;  and,  in  addition  to  this, 
they  hid  contributed,  duriig  the  ore- 
ceding  12  nrmth.^,  the  sun:  of  7l5  uol- 
lara  in  aid  of  the  L.  M.  6'. 

The  colonial  government  liaving 
demanded  the  payment  of  taxes,  and 
'•  remonstrances,"  says  Mr.  Head,  in 
a  letter  dated  April  '.»,  1815,  "  having 
proveti  in  vain,  the  only  alternative 
vva3  for  our  people  to  exert  themselves 
to  the  utmo si  in  order  to  raise  the 
money.  Accordingly,  they  dispersed 
themselves,  and  applied  themselves, 
some  to  hewing  and  sawing  timber; 
and  others  to  beating  bark  and  burn- 
ing charcoal.  The  smith,  the  wheel- 
wright, the  carpenter,  &c.  all  exert- 
ed themselves  to  comply  with  the  de- 
mand made  on  them  and  their  poorer 
relations,  so  that  at  the  appointed 
time  the  tax  was  paid,  amounting  to 
300i)  rix  dollars,  or  about  £700.  And, 
on  the  following  day,  a  regular  Aux- 
illiarij  Society  was  established  for  this 
se''.  jment,  in  consequence  of  many 
of  the  natives  having  long  expressed 
a  desire  to  do  something  more  for  the 
cause  of  CJirist  than  they  had  hitherto 
done.  Twelve  of  the  members  were 
chosen  to  form  a  committee,  and  sub- 
scriptions were  immediately  made  to 
the  amount  of  800  rix  dollars,  or  about 
£1G0."  In  the  same  year,  a  general 
awakening  took  place;  and,  in  a 
short  time,  50  persona  were  added  to 
the  church,  among  whom  was  the 
son  of  a  CafFre  chief,  who  had  been 
a  ringleader  of  the  young  people  in 


'heir  follies,  Kis  conversion  made  a 
deep  impression  on  the  minds  of 
many,  especially  of  his  companitmi. 
A  Meeting  Hccnts  took  placi*  at  some 
of  their  public;  meclings  :  the  greater 
part  of  the  assendily  Iteing  bathed  in 
tears,  and  crying  lor  mercy  ;  while 
the  believing  Hotlcntots  wept  for  joy, 
on  beholding  so  many  turned  troni 
darkness  to  light. 

In  l&Jri,  the  former  reed  honsen 
were  removed,  and  streets  f<»rnu'd,  the 
hol:.^es  of  which  wert;  arranged  in 
regular  rows.  A  public  shop  or  store 
was  opened  for  the  sale  of  goods. 
Tlie  Hottentots  had  become  contrac- 
tors with  the  government  to  convey 
stores  from  Algoa  Hay  to  (iraham  s 
Town.  The  agents  appointed  at  the 
two  places  were  likewise  Hottentots, 
all  of  whom  acipiitted  themselves  to 
the  perfect  salistiiction  of  their  re- 
spective officers.  And  besides  sup- 
porting themselves  by  their  own  in- 
dustry, the  ilottcntots  of  Bethelsdorp 
paid,  in  the  course  of  a  few  months, 
7000  dollars,  or  about  £580  sterling, 
for  a  farm  called  Hankey  farm,  sit- 
uated on  the  Cliamtoos  River  ;  built 
a  school-house  nearly  ecpial  in  value 
to  that  sum  ;  and  in  many  instances, 
erected  houses  for  themselves. — At 
this  period  Mr.  Kitchingman  was  the 
missionary,  and  the  schools  were  un- 
der the  superintendence  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Monro. 

In  the  following  year,  the  new 
school-house  was  finished.  A  range 
of  alms-houses,  17  in  number,  hat' 
been  erected,  by  the  labor  and  at  the 
expense  of  Hottent(-ts.  The  mer- 
chants' store  succeeded  beyond  all 
expectation.  The  contract  with  gov- 
ernment afforded  seasonable  relief 
under  privations  arising  from  want 
of  corn  seed  and  of  genial  weather. 
They  were  nlso  further  assisted  by 
profits  derived  from  a  species  of  aloe, 
which  Dr.  Vanderkemp  supposed,  in 
1810,  would  require  a  Herculean  ef- 
fort to  induce  them  to  gather.  Every 
Monday,  by  unanimous  consent,  was 
appropriated  by  the  people  to  public 
labor,  when  all  the  men  in  the  village 
engaged  in  the  executic  of  some 
work  for  the  common  be;  r  ;  t. 

The  Sabbath  school  w;  .Jso  pros- 
perous. Dr.  Philip  says — "  The  peo- 
ple meet  at  8  o'clock  in  the  morning, 
and  in  the  afternoon.     Here  all  is  ac- 

75 


1 


13 


J 

I 


H 

If' 


I ''I 


m- 


i 


BET 

tivity  :  the  wives  of  the  miasionaries, 
and  the  daughters  of  others  belong- 
ing to  the  institution,  with  the  Messrs. 
Kemp^  the  merchants,  are  all  engag- 
ed ;  and  it  is  a  delightful  sight  to  see 
all  ages,  from  childhood  to  gray  hairs, 
under  such  superintendence,  conning 
over  their  lessons,  from  the  A  B  C  to 
the  most  advanced  classes,  reading 
the  most  difficult  parts  of  the  sacred 
Scriptures  without  the  aid  of  spelling. 
There  is  scarcely  aiiv  thing  at  Beth- 
elsdorp  I  take  more  pleasure  in  than 
this  school.  Here  we  uee  all  the  en- 
ergies of  the  institution,  all  the  tal- 
ents of  the  station,  in  full  exercise  ; 
and  it  is  truly  affecting  to  behold 
children  of  7  and  10  years  of  age 
(which  is  frequently  the  case)  acting 
as  monitors  to  classes  of  aged  people, 
from  40  to  70  years  of  age." 

His  Majesty's  Commissioners  of 
Inquiry  arrived  at  lieihelsdorp  on  the 
28th  of  Dec,  accompanied  by  their 
secretary  and  a  gentleman  of  the 
oolony.  They  attended  divine  ser- 
vice at  the  mission  chapel,  when  Mr. 
Kitchingman  preached  from  Psalm 
cxxvi.  S—The  Lord  hath  done  great 
things  for  us,  ichereof  we  are  glad. 
After  the  sermon,  about  20  Hotten- 
tots read  the  3d  chapter  of  St.  John's 
Gospel,  and  were  examined  as  to  their 
knowledge  of  the  Scriptures.  The 
children  afterwards  read  a  chapter  in 
the  Bible,  and  were  catechised.  The 
English  class,  belonging  to  the  mis- 
sion-school, then  read  a  few  easy 
lessons.  When  all  was  finished,  the 
Hon.  Commissioners  announced  the 
object  of  their  visit ;  when  some  of 
the  old  men  of  the  institution  r(»se  up 
and  replied,  thanking  the  King  of 
England,  and  thanking  thein  for  the 
interest  they  took  in  the  Hottentots 
of  Bethelsdorp.  The  Hon.  Commis- 
sioners expressed  their  satisfaction  at 
the  progress  which  the  people  had 
made  in  the  Knowledge  of  the  Gospel 
and  in  civilization.  An  auxiliary 
B  S.  was  formed  at  Bethelsdorp,  on 
the  5th  of  January,  1820. 

The  following  statements  show  the 

f resent  condition  of  Bethelsdorp. 
nhabitants,  130  men,  133  women, 
301  children  ;  of  these  about  300  are 
colored  people.  Adam  Robson,  Mis- 
sionary ;  Cornelius  Vanderkemp,  el- 
dest son  of  Dr.  Vanderkemp  assis- 
tant.      Sunday   congregations   from' 


BET 

400  to  450 ;  week  evenings,  150  to 
250 ;  members  230,  of  whom  13  were 
added  in  1830.  Candidates  11.  The 
native  converts  nianiiest  greater 
stedfastness  and  consistency,  and  in- 
crease in  religious  knowledge.  Day 
scholars  122;  of  these  ti^  can  read 
both  English  and  Dutch.  Adult 
Sunday  scholars  during  the  year,  2G0. 
Young  Sunday  scholars  ICO.  Infant 
scholars  30.  Distributed  23  Bibles,  07 
Testaments,  700  Tracts,  and  100  El- 
ementary Books.  The  loss  of  cattle 
to  the  value  of  £450  through  the  long 
continued  drought,  has  led  to  a  dimi- 
nution of  the  population.  More  than 
100  families  have  removed  to  the  neu- 
tral Territory,  between  the  Fish 
and  Keiskauuua  rivers. 

The  Rev.  Dr.  Thilip,  superinten- 
dant  of  the  missions  ol"  the  L.  M.  S. 
in  South  Africa,  has  recently  returned 
to  his  labors  from  a  visit  to  England. 
He  was  received  with  enthusiastic 
joy  by  the  Hottentots.  Mr.  Holland, 
one  of  the  French  missionaries,  gives 
the  following  account  of  a  public 
dinner  with  which  the  Hottentots  of 
Bethelsdorp  greeted  Dr.  Philip. 

"  The  School  House  alone  was  large 
enough  to  contain  all  the  guests ; 
who,  if  we  include  the  children, 
amounted  to  about  250.  At  tliree  in 
the  afternoon,  the  bell  announced  that 
all  was  ready  ;  and,  at  this  signal,  we 
directed  our  steps  towards  the  School. 

Tiie  first  thing  that  struck  rne,  on 
entering  the  room,  was  two  long  ta- 
bles, on©  with  eighty  dishes,  the  oth- 
er with  forty,  containing  different 
kinds  of  meat  and  vegetables,  all 
dressed  in  the  Englisli  manner.  That 
which  next  drew  our  attention  was 
the  clothes  of  the  Hottentots,  which 
were  much  better  made  than  those 
of  our  peasants  in  France  :  most  of 
the  men  wore  cloth  clothes  of  differ- 
ent colors  :  some  had  short  jackets, 
cotton  trowsers,  and  waistcoats  of 
striped  calico.  The  women  were 
clothed  in  printed  cotton,  white  stock- 
ings, and  black  shoes  :  the  most  dis- 
tinguished were  those  who  waited  at 
table,  who  had  small  silk  handker- 
chiefs ;  and  all  had  silk  or  red  and  yel- 
low cotton  handkerchiefs  round  their 
heads,  very  neatly  put  on.  The  boys 
who  waited  had  al!  white  trowsers,  blue 
waistcoats ,  and  'olack  c ravats :  they  had 
a  napkin  under  their  arm  or  upon  their 

7(1 


BET 


BEY 


shoulder.  The  cleanliness  of  tliosc 
who  waited  at  table,  tiie  good  quality  oi 
the  ditt'erent  meats  whicii  were  serv- 
ed, and  the  harmless  gaiety  which  the 
repast  inspired,  were  well  calculated 
to  remove  the  repugnance  which  is 
felt  in  Europe,  when  we  speak  ot 
dininv  with  llottentjts.  But  what 
strucK  us  more  fhan  all,  was  the 
promptitude  and  bHilt'ulness  of  the 
boys  "ind  girls  who  waited  at  table, 
whether  tney  changed  the  plates, 
handed  the  bread,  poured  out  the  bev- 
erage, or  helped  the  dishes  :  they  ran, 
crossed,  passed,  and  repassed  one 
another,  and  acquitted  themselves 
with  as  mucii  dexterity  as  the  waiters 
at  the  hotels  of  London  or  Paris. 

You  will  perhaps  think,  after  all  1 
have  told  you  of  this  dinner,  that  we 
were  entirely  occupieil  with  our  Hot- 
tentots in  eating  and  drinking  :  but 
you  mistake  ;  for  at  the  same  time  a 
scene  was  passing  before  us  which 
raised  our  tiioughts  above  material 
things.  We  had  scarcely  begun  din- 
ner, when  thirty  young  girls  enter- 
ed, decked  in  their  holiday  dress,  and 
placed  Jiemselves  on  a  little  gallery 
at  the  end  of  the  room :  tliey  soon 
began  to  sing  in  chorus,  English  and 
Dutch  hymns.  Nothing  could  be 
more  sweet  and  melodious  than  their 
voices,  for  the  Hottentots  are  natural- 
ly musicians.  1  have  heard  children 
of  four  or  live  yt^ars  old  sing  ditferent 
accompanilnent^  perfectly  ;  and  they 
have,  in  general,  so  decided  a  taste 
for  music,  that  they  will  sing  a  whole 
day  without  fatigue.  We  were  de- 
lighted to  hear  these  young  girls 
sing  the  praises  of  their  Creator  and 
Redeemer,  Our  souls  rose  to  God: 
we  (piite  forgot  our  dmner,  to  give 
vent  to  the  many  feelings  to  which 
such  a  scene  gave  birth  in  our  heart.?. 
When  the  young  girls  had  ceased,  all 
the  assembly  sang  a  hymn  of  thanks. 

Soon  after,  tlie  little  children  of 
the  Infant  School  entered,  and  rang 
ed  themselves  in  a  circle  in  the  midst 
of  the  room,  and  commenced  their 
exercises  under  the  conduct  of  a 
little  Monitor.  Arithmetic,  the  prin- 
ciples of  reading,  geometry,  mechan- 
ical arts,  &c.,  aU  was  executed  sing- 
ing :  their  motions  were  appropriated 
to  the  words,  and  the  most  perfect 
measure  and  harmony  were  observed. 
We  were  delighted  to  see  them  j  and 


we  could  not  sufficiently  admire  such 
a  science  reduced  to  a  practical  sys- 
tem, the  execution  of  which  is  so 
eai-y  :  in  effect,  this  is  one  of  the 
most  philosophical  and  usel'ul  discov- 
eries which  English  g<'niuB  has  ever 
made.  Children  are,  in  this  manner, 
brought  up  with  gentleness :  their 
moral  and  intellectual  faculties  are 
developed :  they  accpiire  tlu?  princi- 
ples of  social  life ;  and  their  minds 
are  prepared  to  receive,  at  a  later  pe- 
riod, a  more  extended  and  enlarged 
education.  Constraint  is  never  em- 
ployed in  this  school,  and  the  infants 
never  feel  that  dislike  which  is  gen- 
erally seen  in  children  when  at  their 
k'iisons.  They  go  to  school  with  joy, 
and  at  their  own  free  will ;  even  the 
youngest,  forgetting  the  bosom  of 
their  mothers,  cry  to  go,  and  join  their 
songs,  with  those  of  their  little  com- 
panions ;  and  in  going  out  of  school, 
not  contented  witli  what  they  have 
done  duiing  their  lessons,  they  cheer 
the  villaoe  with  their  songs,  and  re- 
peat  everywhere  what  they  have 
learned.  Dr  Philip,  addressing  him- 
self to  the  parents  of  the  children, 
who  were  present,  said — '•  Let  the 
fathers  who  do  not  love  Lheir  chil- 
dren visit  this  school  :  their  hearts 
will  then  melt,  r.nrl  they  will  be  con- 
strained to  love  them.  Let  the  moth- 
ers, who  feel  no  tendernes  for  them, 
and  who  krow  not  how  to  make  them 
obey  but  with  the  rod,  come  here,  and 
they  will  learn  tiiat  neither  the  rod 
nor  constraint  is  necessary."  Many 
shed  tears ;  and  this  sight,  joined  to 
that  of  the  children  before  uh,  pre- 
sented the  most  interesting  and 
touching  scene." 

BETriESDA,  a  missionary  station 
of  the  UnHed  Brethren  in  St.  Kitt's, 
one  of  tue  West  India  Islands.  Mis- 
sionaries, Hoch  and  Seitz. 

BEULAH,  a  station  of  the  L.M.  S. 
on  Borabora,one  of  the  Society  Islands. 

BEY  ROUT,  a  city  of  Syria,  at  the 
foot  of  Mount  Lebanon.  It  is  pleas- 
antly situated  on  the  western  side  of 
a  large  bay.  in  33°  4i)'  N.  lat.,  and 
35°  50'  E.  Ion.  It  has  a  fertik  soil, 
and  is  abundantly  furnished  with 
good  water  from  the  springs,  which 
flow  from  tlie  adjacent  hills.  It  was 
anciently  called  Berytus,  from  which 
the  idol  Baalberith  is  supposed  to 
have  had  its  name.     The  houses  are 

77 


6IR 


filR 


built  of  mud,  and  of  a  soft,  sandy, 
crumbling  stone  ;  and  are  dark,  damp, 
and  inconvenient.  Ships  are  forced 
to  lie  at  anchor  at  the  eastern  extrem- 
ity of  the  Bay,  about  2  m.  from  the 
city,  as  the  port  is  choked  with  sand, 
and  pillars  of  granite.  Mourt  Leba- 
non is  at  a  short  distance  on  the  cast, 
and  affords  a  pleasant  resort  for  the 
summer.  On  the  south  is  a  large  and 
beautiful  plain,  varied  by  small  hills, 
which  are  covered  with  orange,  palm, 
lemon, olive,  pine,  and  mulberry  trees. 
On  the  N.  and  N.  W.  Beyrout  is  en- 
tirely open  to  the  sea.  Beyrout  is  the 
great  emporium  of  all  who  dwell  on 
the  mountains.  Since  the  residence 
of  the  English  Consul,  in  the  place, 
the  trade  has  greatly  increased.  Be- 
sides 3  large  mosques  and  several  small 
ones,  the  city  contains  a  Roman 
Catholic,  a  Maronite,  a  Greek  and  a 
Catholic-GreoK  Church.  The  pop- 
ulation  is  supposed  to  be  5000. 

In  1823,  Rev.  Messrs.  Jonas  Kino- 
and  Pliny  Fisk,  of  Ji.  B.  C.  F.  M. 
commenced  a  mission  in  this  place. 
After  laboring  with  considerable  suc- 
cess for  several  years,  the  missiona- 
ries (Goodell  and  Bird)  on  account 
of  a  bitter  persecution  which  had  been 
raised  by  the  ecclesiastics,  and  the 
political  state  of  the  Turkish  empire, 
retired  in  May  1828  to  Malta.  Ten 
or  twelve  individuals,  one  a  priest, 
and  another  an  archbishop,  had  em- 
braced the  Christian  faith.  The  ex- 
citement on  the  subject  of  religion, 
for  several  months  was  very  great. 
In  the  spring  of  1830,  Rev.  Messrs. 
Isaac  Bird  and  George  B.  Whiting 
recommenced  the  mission.  A  few 
young  men  had  remained  stedfast  in 
the  gospel.  Mr.  W.  is  employed  in 
learning  the  Arabic  language.  Mr. 
B.  in  scattering  divine  knowledge. 

BIRMAH.  The  Birnan  empire 
before  the  late  war  extend  \  from  !.)0" 
to  20°  N.  lat.,  and  was  about  1000  m. 
long  and  700  broad ;  Population  about 
18,000,000.  In  1824,  the  Birman 
forces  invaded  a  province  under  the 
protection  of  the  British.  Lord  Am- 
nerst,  the  Governor  General,  ii'inie- 
diately  declared  war.  Gen.  Alexan- 
der Campbell  entered  the  country  and 
prosecuted  the  war  so  successfully, 
that  in  February,  1820,  the  Emperor 
of  Birmah  made  peace  by  ceding  to 
.the  East  India  Company  four  prov- 


u.,' 


inces,  Arracan,  Merguy,  Tavoy,  and 
Yea,  and  by  paying  in  addition, 
about  $4,300,000.  'Ihe  country  of 
Assam  was  made  indei;endt  nt,  and 
the  important  city  of  Rangoon  de- 
clared to  be  a  free  port.  At  present, 
the  empire  consists  of  seven  provin- 
ces, Unmierapoora,  the  capital,  con- 
tains 17r),000  inliabitants.  Birmah,  is 
in  general,  fertile,  though  it  contains 
several  vast  deserts.  In  the  northern 
parts,  it  is  mountainous,  and  abounds 
in  gold,  silver,  precious  stones,  and 
marble  ;  also  in  iron,  tin,  lead,  &c. 
The  East  India  Company  build  vessels 
of  even  a  thousand  tons  in  the  Birman 
docks.  '1  he  trade,  especially  with 
China  is  very  brisk,  by  means  of  the 
river  Irawaddy,  which  extends  1 ,240 
m.  into  the  interior,  and  has  populous 
cities  all  along  its  banks.  The  prince 
is  absolute,  but  custom  obliges  him 
to  ask  the  opinion  of  the  nobility  in 
important  state  matters.  Every  Bir- 
man learns  arithmetic,  reading,  and 
writing.  The  common  people  write 
on  palm  leaves,  with  an  iron  style  ; 
the  rich  have  libraries,  with  books, 
the  leaves  of  which  are  thin  pieces  of 
ivory  with  gilt  edges.  1  he  literary 
Birmans  translate,  from  English,  va- 
rious scientific  and  legal  books.  The 
Birmans  are  idolaters  of  tlie  sect  of 
Boodh,  or  as  he  is  more  conunonly  call- 
ed, Guadama.  The  Boodhists  be- 
lieve, that,  like  the  Hindoo  Vishnoo, 
Guadama  has  had  ten  incarnations. 
They  do  not  believe  in  a  First  Cause  ; 
they  consider  matter  as  eternal ;  that 
every  portion  of  animated  existence 
lias  in  itself  its  own  rise,  tendency, 
and  destiny.  The  religion  of  Birmah 
is,  in  cliect,  atheism;  and  the  highest 
reward  of  piety,  the  object  of  earnest 
desire,  and  unwearied  pursuit  is  ah- 

NIUILATION. 

The  first  Protestant  missionaries, 
who  visited  Birmah,  were  Messrs. 
Chater  and  Mardon,  who  went  thith- 
er from  Serampore  in  1807.  Mr. 
Mardon,  after  a  few  months,  left  the 
station,  and  Mr.  Chater  was  joined 
by  Mr.  Felix  Carey,  the  eldest  son  of 
Dr.  Carey.  Mr.  Chater  remained 
four  years,  and  made  considerable 
progress  in  the  language.  At  length, 
he  removed  to  Ceylon,  and  Mr.  Ca- 
rey went  to  Ava.  In  July  1813,  Rev. 
Adoniram  Judson,  and  his  wife,  mis- 
sionaries under  the  direction  of  the 

78 


BIR 


BIR 


missionaries. 


American  Baptist  Board  for  Foreign 
Missions,  arrived  at  Rangoon,  one  of 
the  Birinan  pirts.  They  immediately 
commenced  the  study  of  the  Birniese 
language.  In  October,  1"^1G,  Mr. 
George  H.  Hough,  and  his  wife, 
joined  the  mission.  Dr.  Carey,  and 
his  associates  at  Serampore,  inade  a 
present  of  a  printing  press,  types,  and 
other  printing  apparatus.  Two  tracts, 
which  had  been  prepared  by  Mr.  Jud- 
son,  were  immediately  printed  by  Mr. 
Hough.  Soon  after  a  grammar  was 
prepared.  In  November  ldl7,  Mr. 
Edward  Wlieclock  and  Mr.  James 
Colman,  witli  their  wives,  sailed  from 
Boston  as  a  reinforcement  to  the  Bir- 
niese mission.  They  arrived  at  Ran- 
goon, September,  181!).  In  April 
181*J,  Mr.  Judson  commenced  preach- 
ing. His  congregation  consisted,  on 
the  first  day  of  1")  persons  besides 
children.  On  the  27th  June,  18 If), 
the  first  lia;>tism  occurred  in  the  Bir- 
inan empire.  Moung  Nau  was  the 
name  of  the  convert.  In  August, 
Mr.  Wheelock,  while  on  a  voyage  to 
Calcutta,  in  a  paroxysm  of  delirium, 
plunged  into  the  sea,  and  was  drown- 
ed. In  November,  two  natives, 
Moung  Thahlah  and  Moung  Byaa, 
were  baptized.  In  March,  lo20,  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Colman  proceeded  to  Chit- 
gagong,  to  establish  a  mission.  In 
July  li52-2,  Mr.  C.  fell  a  martyr  to 
his  missionary  zeal.  In  the  latter 
part  of  1821 ,  Mrs.  Judson,  on  account 
of  ill  health,  sailed  for  her  native  land 
by  way  of  England.  In  December, 
lbi-2,  Rev.  Jonathan  D.  Price,  M.  D. 
n*>d  his  wife,  joined  Mr.  Judson  at 
Rangoon.  Mrs.  Judson  arrived  at 
New  York,  on  the  25lh  of  September, 
1822.  In  the  latter  part  of  1823,  she 
returned  to  Bintiah  in  company  with 
Mr.  Jonathan  Wade  and  his  wife. 
The  missionaries  now  met  with  en- 
couraging success.  Eighteen  con- 
verts had  been  baptized,  when  their 
prospects  were  overclouded  by  the 
war  in  which  the  Hirmans  were  en- 
gaged with  the  British.  During 
nearly  two  years,  the  missionaries 
suffered  almost  incredible  hardships. 
For  19  months,  Mr.  Judson  was  a 
prisoner.  On  the  24th  of  October, 
182(!,  Mrs.  Judson  died.  At  the  close 
of  182'),  20  persons  had  been  baptized, 
and  with  one  or  two  exceptions,  had 
evinced  the  sincerity  of  their  profes- 


sion by  an  upright  deportment.  T'le 
following  table  will  give,  in  a  con- 
densed form  several  interesting-  facts. 

View  of  the  Birvian  Mission 


NAMES. 

A.  Judson.  > 
Aim  M.  Judson,  ^ 
(i.  H.  Hough,  } 

Hough,   5 

J   (^olmnii, 
['].  \V.  Ciihoan, 
K.W.VVlieelock  ,• 
Iv  \V.  V\hcdockJ 
J.  D.  IVite, 

Price. 

J.  Wade, 
I),  li.  L.  Wade, 
G.  I),  lioardmaii, 
S.  H.  IJoardinan, 
C.  Htiuietl, 
S.  Heniielt, 
E.  Kiiiraic), 
KiiK-ai<l, 


AKKIVKD 
IN    niH-  Oil  U. 

MAH. 

July,  18U{.!()^^^    jg,g 

Oct.  181(). 

July,  1822. 

Aug.  1819. 


F.  Mason, 

Mason, 

J    T  Jones, 

JoilfS, 


O.  T.  Cuuer, 
Culler, 


Feb. 1828. 
.May,1822. 

Feb. 1831. 


Died. 


Sept.  1810. 

Dec.  1821. 
Dec.  1823. 
Dec  1825. 
Jan.  1G30. 

Nov.  1830. 

Feb. 1831. 

Embarked 
Ocl.  1831. 


The  present  state  of  the  mission 
will  be  learned  frorr  the  ensuing  Ict- 
ir  •  from  Mr.  Judson,  dated  Ran^^oon, 

•arch  4,  1831. 

"  I  can  spare  time  to  write  a  few 
lines  onlj'^,  having  a  constant  press  of 
Missionary  work  on  hand ;  add  to 
which,  that  the  weather  is  dreadful- 
ly oppressive  at  thin  season.  Poor 
Boardman  has  just  died  under  it,  and 
Mrs.  Wade  is  nearly  dead. — Brother 
Wade  and  myself  are  now  the  only 
men  in  the  mission  that  can  speak 
and  write  the  language,  and  we  have 
a  population  of  above  ten  millions  of 
perishing  souls  before  us.  I  am  per- 
suaded that  the  only  reason  why  all 
the  dear  friends  of  Jnsus  in  America, 
do  not  come  forward  in  the  support 
of  missions,  is  mere  want  of  informa- 
tion, (such  information  as  they  would 
obtain  b^'  taking  any  of  the  periodical 
publications).  If  they  could  only  see 
and  know  half  what  I  do,  they  would 
give  all  their  property,  and  their  per- 
sons too. 

"  The  great  annual  festival  is  just 
past,  during  which  multitudes  come 
from  the  remotest  parts  of  the  coun- 

79 


m 


tM 


r ''■ 


U    ■  i: 


w    ■•• 


BIR 

try,  to  worship  at  tlio  groat  Sliway 
Datfonu  l*a;foda,  in  tliis  place,  w  here 
it  is  bciifvci  that  several  real  iiair.« 
of  Guadama  are  enshrined.  J)iiriiio- 
tlu!  festival,  I  have  jriven  away  nearly 
10,000  tracts,  givinir  to  none  but  t!i()se 
who  ask.  I  presume  there'  have  Leeu 
six  thousand  applicatioiisat  the  house. 
— Some  come  two  or  three  month.s 
journey,  froni  the  borders  of  Siain 
and  CJiina, — •'  Sir,  we  hear  that  tliere 
is  an  etirnal  hell.  We  ;ire  afraid  ij 
it.  Do  give  us  a  v/ritiny  that  will 
tell  us  how  to  ericaj)e  it."  Others 
come  from  tlie  frontiers  of  Cassay.  a 
hundred  miles  north  of  Ava, — ••  Sir, 
we  have  seen  a  writino-  that  tells 
about  an  eternal  God.  Are  you  the 
man  than  gives  away  such  writiiiiis.- 
If  so,  pray  give  us  one,  for  we  want 
to  know  the  truth  before  we  die." 
Others  come  from  the  interior  of  tli(> 
country,  where  the  name  of  Jesus 
Christ  is  a  little  known, — ••  Are  you 
Jesus  Christ's  man  f  Give  us  a 
writing  that  tells  about  Jesus  Christ. "" 
Brother  Bennett  works  day  and  night 
atjjre.ss;  but  he  is  unabk"  to  supply 
us  ;  for  the  call  is  great  at  Mauj- 
niein  and  Tavoy  as  well  as  here,  and 
his  types  are  ve.fy  poor,  and  he  has 
no  etHcient  helj).  The  faet  is,  that 
we  are  very  weak,  and  have  to  com- 
plain th:it  hitherto  we  have  not  been 
well  supported  from  home.  It  is  most 
distressing  to  fnid.  when  we  are  al- 
most worn  out,  lud  are  winking,  f)ne 
after  another,  into  tl'.-  j-!ve,  that 
many  of  oiir  brethrei-  i.j  Christ  at 
Jionie  are  ju.st  as  hard  ai  ^  i.',)movai)le 
a3  rocks  ;  just  as  cold  and  repulsive 
as  the  mountains  of  ice  in  the  polar 
seas.  But  whatever  they  do,  we 
cannot  sit  still,  and  see  the  dear  Bir- 
mans,  flesh  and  blood  like  ourselves, 
and  like  ourselves  possessed  of  im- 
mortal souls,  tliat  will  shine  forever 
in  heaven,  or  burn  forever  in  hell  — 
we  cannot  see  them  go  down  to  p(>r- 
dition,  without  doing  our  very  ut?nost 
to  save  them.  And  thanks  be  to 
God,  our  labors  are  not  in  vain.  We 
have  three  lovely  churches,  and  about 
two  hundred  baptized  converts,  and 
some  are  in  glory.  A  spirit  of  reli- 
gious inquiry  is  extensivelyspreading 
through  ut  the  country,  and  the  signs 
of  the  times  indicate  that  the  great 
renuvition  of  Birmah  is  drawinir 
near.     Oh,  if  we  had  about  twenty 


RCG 

more  Vci.-ed  in  tlie  Inngenge.  aiwl 
means  to  spread  sclmol.-,,  and  tracts, 
aiid  l{iblo'\  io  any  ej  tent,  how  hapi)y 
1  shoiili'  be.  B<it  tl\nse  rocks,  and 
i.i)'.>f  iev  le.r.ui.Tai!'..-  iiave  ciuslud  us 
down  liir  ninny  years.  However,  I 
!iu:st  not  U'ave  my  work  to  v.rite  let- 
ters. It  is  seldom  that  i  write  a  letter 
home,  e.vcept  my  journal,  iuid  that  1 
am  obliged  to  do.  1  'ook  u[)  niy  pen 
Ui"rely  to  acknov.ledge  your  kind- 
nes,-'.  and  liehold  I  b-ive  scratched  out 
a  long  letter,  whici-  1  hope  y<ni  will 
excuse,  and  believe  me, 

"  In  haste  your  afl'ectionale  brother 
in  Christ,  A.  Ji dson." 

F'or  furtiier  particulars  see  .Mtnil- 
inrin  and  Tiirdy. 

iiLEST-TOVVN,  a  station  of  the 
fy.  M.  S.  on  the  island  Kiineo.  one  of 
Georgian  islands,  in  the  Pacific  ocean. 
Alexander  Simpson,  missionary. 
Klijah  Annitnge.  artizan.  Sice  liobij's 
nil  re. 

]JLACKTOWN,  see  Mailras. 

BOGLIPOIU:,  a  town  240  m.  N. 
by  W.  of  Cab;itui,  and  2  m.  S.  of  the 
Ganj^es,  '■  Bo'^t'.pore,  as  an  European 
station  (says  the  archdeacon  of  Cal- 
cutta), is  midway  between  Berham- 
])ore  and  Dinapore,  the  nearest  sta- 
ti<jn  where  a  chaplain  resides.  There 
are  only  aboti!  'l\)  European  Christians 
of  all  des(^r!p*ioiis  at,  Boglipore  ;  but 
westward.  Monj  hyr  little  more  than 
:?0  m.  ;  norih\var<i.  Purneah,  about 
()0 ;  and  eastward,  Malda,  from  70  to 
rtO.  At  each  of  these  stations  are 
(;ivil  and  military  servants  of  the 
.lovernmeut ;  and  in  these  districts 
are  many  families  of  indigo  planters, 
who  would  occasionally  visit  Bogli- 
])ore  fo'-  the  services  of  a  clergyman  ; 
or  these  stations  might  be  visited, 
with  little  trouble  and  exjumse,  in  the 
cold  season,  by  a  clern-yman.  to  the 
great  comfort  of  these  residents  and 
others." 

With  a  view  to  the  superintend- 
ence of  native  schools.  Boglipore  of- 
fers considerable  advantages  ;  there 
l)eino-  no  one  laro'e  town  in  which  the 
inhabitants  reside,  but  several  bazars, 
within  a  circuniferenqe  of  (5  or  8  m. 
containing  about  lo.OOO  peoj)le. 

Boglipore  is  particularly  interest- 
ing, as  the  liead-quarters  of  the  dis- 
trict which  includes  the  Rajeiaahel 
Kills,  containing  a  population  of  a 
totally  different  kind  from  th''  inhab- 

80 


>  I 


tij^rntrp.  r.rnl 
3,  and  tnicti^, 
t,  li(iw  liaj)j)y 
3  rocks,  and 
(■  ciiislu  (1  us 
ildwcver.  I 
1(1  writ''  lot- 
wriic  a  lotter 
,1,  iijid  that  1 
k  liji  my  p!'M 
•  your  kiud- 
scratclied  out 
ope  you  will 

ruiato  brotiier 

.  Jl  JJSUN'."' 

s   see    ManJ- 

:ation   of  the 

^iiiit'o,  ono  of 

Pacific  ocean. 

missionary. 

■Scfi  liobifs 

Madras. 

n  'J40  m.   N. 

I  m.  S.  of  the 

an  European 

icon  of  Cal- 

•en   Berliam- 

nearest  sta- 

ides.     There 

in  C'in'istians 

rlipore  ;    but 

>   more  than 

■neah,  about 

.  from  70  to 

stations  are 

ints   of    the 

•se   districts 

o-o  planters, 

visit  Bogli- 

clcro-yman  ; 

b<'    visited, 

>ense.  in  the 

nan,  to  the 

•sidents  and 

uporintend- 
Jofilipore  of- 
iges  ;  there 
n  which  the 
•erul  bazars, 
r  <)  or  8  m. 
eo])le. 
ly  interest- 
of  the  dis- 
llajj'Mahel 
hit  ion  of  a 
1  till'  inhab- 
80 


.% 


HINDOO  PAGODA. 


\-  A 


i 


I    '■ 


■i    ■  ■m 


■m 


DAGON  PAGODA  IN  BIRMAH. 

[PageSO.J 


I 


If 


' 


H'f"l 


.^^j'^-m^'^ 


l-'jsp  ■"■■-•  ^^. 


*»  * 


4 


ir 


w 

m 

^ 
i 

i  ilMw' 

i'? 

I  ffif 

1 

BOG 


BOG 


itaiita  of  the  plains.  These  hills  are 
a  separate  cluster,  surrounded  by  a 
level  cultivated  country  on  all  sides. 

The  Board,  in  one  ot"  their  reports, 
gives  the  following  views  relative  to 
the  people  and  the  mission  : — 

"  The  people  who  inhabit  these 
hills  are  distinct  from  the  Hindoos ; 
their  customs,  religion,  language,  and 
features,  bear  no  reseinblace  to  those 
who  live  around  them.  They  have 
many  religious  ceremonies,  and  are 
extremely  superstitious,  but  liberal 
in  their  opinions  of  those  who  ditfer 
from  them.  As  these  people  have  no 
distinction  of  castes  among  them,  the 
success,  Mr.  Christian,  the  missionary 
trusts,  will  be  great  and  decisive.  TIk; 
present  obstacles  exist  in  their  lan- 
guage, which  has  no  written  charac- 
ter ;  and  all  the  aids  to  be  obtained 
in  that  country,  are  very  insutHcient 
to  remove  these  diiiiculties;  he  is  en- 
gaged, at  present,  in  writing  a  voca- 
bulary. He  is  anxious,  if  possible,  to 
go  among  those  people  in  December, 
which  is  the  best  time  for  visitmg 
them  ;  when  he  purposes  to  establisli 
schools  in  different  pirts  of  the  hills, 
as  aids  to  his  higher  views.  He  gets 
on  so  slowly  with  his  work  of  prepar- 
ation, that  he  almost  fear??  at  that 
time  he  shall  fall  short  of  the  requisite 
qualifications ;  as  it  would  be  desira- 
ble to  give  thorn  some  portions  of 
Scripture  in  their  own  language, 
which  he  purposes  writing  in  the 
Nagree  character.  He  has  been  vis- 
ited by  some  of  their  chiefs,  to  whom 
he  mentioned  his  wishes  to  commu- 
nicate better  knowledge  among  tliem 
than  tlu^y  had  liitherto  received  :  they 
seem  to  be  pleased  with  this  mark  of 
consideration  ;  and  observed,  that 
they  would  forward  his  views,  by  di- 
recting the  children  of  their  respec- 
tive villages  to  attend  the  schools 
when  erected. 

"  The  hills,  from  their  insalubrity, 
are  only  to  bc»  approached  tliree 
month-  in  the  year  ;  and  his  residence 
for  the  otiier  months  has  been  fixed  at 
the  civil  station  of  Boglipore,  with 
dir^pfrons  to  p«^rform  the  clerical  du- 
ties of  it.  The  gentlemen  of  the  sta- 
tion have  slnwn  him  the  kindest  at- 
tentions; and,  being  chiefly  of  the 
church  of  England,  are  regular  in 
their  attendance  on  divine  vvoiship. 
He  has  also  received  instructions  to 


make  occasional  visits  to  the  invalid 
station  at  Monghyr  ;  this  station  be- 
ing destitute  of  tiie  services  of  a  cler- 
gyman, the  bishop  directed  him  to  go 
there  once  a  month.  On  leaving 
Calcutta,  he  jiroceeded,  in  the  first 
instance,  to  Monghyr  ;  when  a  reg- 
ular attendance  on  the  m-rvices  of  the 
church  was  observed  by  a  numiier  ex- 
ceeding 70.  But  as  the  facilities 
which  offered,  to  obtain  an  acquaint- 
ance with  the  Hill  language,  were 
greater  at  Boglipore,  it  made  that  of 
greater  consequence  as  a  settled  resi- 
dence." 

The  committee  of  public  instruc- 
tion appropriated  'MiW)  rupees  per 
annum  to  the  su])port  of  a  government 
school  at  Bhagulpure.  or  Boglipore. 
in  a  vo'ume  publislied  by  .Mr.  Charles 
Lujliington,  of  the  Bengal  civil  ser- 
vice, on  religious,  cliaritable,  and  be- 
nevolent institutions  connected  with 
Calcutta,  the  author  states  the  allow- 
ance to  be  400  rupees  per  month,  and 
gives  the  following  particulars  : — 

"  This  school  vvas  established  by 
government,  for  the  purpose  of  in- 
structing the  recruits  and  children  of 
the  corps  denominated  Hill  Rang- 
ers, in  the  Hindoostanee  language, 
and  the  elements  of  Arithmetic.  It 
is  also  open  to  the  children  of  the 
Hill  chiefs ;  so  that  there  is  every 
just  rt  ason  to  expect  that  the  institu- 
tion is  calculated  to  strengthen  the 
efficiency  of  the  corps  of  Hill  Ran- 
gers, and  to  promote  civilization 
among  the  rude  tribes  from  which  it 
is  embodied.  The  number  of  pupils 
averages  about  'M) ;  at  a  late  exami- 
nation many  exhibited  a  creditable 
proficiency.  Captain  Graham,  with 
whom  the  project  of  the  school  orig- 
inated, has  coiui)iled  a  vocabulary  of 
the  language  ripokin  by  the  Boglipore 
inountainr  is,  which  is  conjectured^ 
to  bear  a  close  atTinity  with  that  of 
the  Bheels." 

BOGUE  TOWN,  a  station  of  the 
L.  M.  S.,  in  Taiarnpli,  or  smaller  pen. 
insula,  Georjrian  Isliinds. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Crook  settled  here, 
at  the  request  of  the  inhabitants,  at 
the  end  of  \S2^ ;  and  soon  had  a 
congregation  of  about  .500,  a  church 
of  47  members,  and  a  flourishing 
school.  In  September  IH'.^O,  Mr, 
Crook,  and  his  family  removed  to  the 
colonv  t.r  New  South  Wales,  on  ac» 

81 


^ 


■■;  .-•^1 


I. 


♦  \ 


g'..  i 


l'£  :  •! 


BOM 

count  of  the  enfeebled  state  of  his 
own,  and  of  Mrs.  Crook's  health, 
their  large  family,  and  the  diiliculty 
of  makinir  suitable  provision  for 
them  in  the  islands.  When  the  hist 
accounts  were  transmitted  there  were 
148  men  and  r^;J  females  united  in 
church  fellowsliip,  with  12  who  were 
candidates  for  admission.  The  aver- 
age attendance  at  the  chapel,  whicli 
would  afford  comfortable  acconniioda- 
tion  for  800,  was  750.  The  scholars 
in  the  girls  school  amounted  to  180, 
of  whom  about  100  regularly  attend- 
ed. The  boy  s  school  contained  IGli 
whose  attendance  was  less  regular. 
The  male  adults  under  daily  instruc- 
tion were  y'iO  ;  females  170. 

BOMBAV,  a  small  island  near  the 
W.  coast,  iiindoostan,  about  7  rn. 
long  and  1  wide,  near  the  fort,  con- 
taining a  very  strong  and  capacious 
fortress,  a  large  and  populous  city  of 
the  same  name,  a  dock-yard,  and  ma- 
rine arsenal.  It  has  a  very  spacious 
and  safe  harbor  ;  was  ceded  to  the 
Enprlish,  by  the  Portuguese,  in  KKiJi; 
ancTwas  chartered  to  the  S'-ast  India 
Company,  who  retained  the  pos.ses- 
sion,  in  1(308.  Toleration  is  granted 
to  persons  of  every  religious  profes- 
sion. The  population  has  been  esti- 
mated at  22i),(M.) ;  but  a  late  census 
gives  1(51 ,550,  of  the  following  clas- 
ses : — British.  4,:J00;  native  Chris- 
tians, i.  c.  Portuguese.  Catholics  and 
Armenians,  1 1 ,500  ;  Jews  800  ;  Mo- 
hammedans, 28.000;  Parsees,  13.150; 
Hindoos,  103,800.  Tlie  Hindoos 
generally  speak  the  Mahratta ;  the 
Parsees  the  Gruzarattee.  The  climate 
is  unhealthy,  and  the  water  brack- 
ish. Bombay  has  an  extensive 
commerce  with  the  neigiiboring 
continent  and  the  fertile  island  of 
Salsette. 

Bambay  is  a  city  at  the  S.  E. 
end  of  the  above  island,  and  one  of 
the  three  presidencies  of  the  English 
East  India  Company,  by  which  their 
oriental  territories  are  governed.  It 
has  a  strong  and  capacious  fort,  a 
dock-yard,  and  marine  arsenal  Here 
the  finest  merchant  ships  are  built, 
and  all  of  teak,  snppli;-d  chiefly  from 
Bassein.  The  inhabitants  are  of  sev- 
eral !*ations,  and  very  numerous. 
This  city  counnands  the  entire  trade 
of  the  N.  W.  coast  of  India,  and  that 
of  the  gulf  of  Persia.     It   is  15G  m. 


BOM 

S.  of  Surat.     E.  long.  Tl°  55',  N.  lat. 
18    55'. 

The  Rev.  Gordon  Hall,  missionary, 
and  Mr.  James  Garrett,  printer,  from 
tiie  Jimerican  Board  of  Commission- 
trsfor  Foreign  Atissions,  commenced 
their  labors  here  in  1813. 

This  was  the  first  station  establish- 
ed by  the  Board.  The  first  mission- 
aries. Rev.  Messrs.  JVcwdl,  HalLJiott, 
.Judson,  and  Rice,  sailed  Feb.  1812 ; 
and,  after  various  wanderings  and 
disappointments,  Messrs.  Hall  and 
Nott  arrived  at  Bombay  in  about  a 
year,  and  were  joined  by  Mr.  Newell 
the  year  following ;  before  which  time , 
Mrs.  Newell  died  at  the  Isle  of  B'rance. 
Mr.  Judson  and  his  wife,  and  Mr. 
Rice,  became  Baptists  in  Bengal,  and 
left  the  connexion ;  and  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Nott  returned  to  America,  on 
account  of  his  health,  in  1815.  About 
this  time  Messrs.  Hall  and  Newell, 
the  only  missionaries  at  this  station, 
b(>gan  to  instruct  the  natives  in  the 
principles  of  Christianity,  and  to 
translate  the  Scriptures  and  tracts  in- 
to the  Mahratta  language ;  they  also 
established  a  promising  school  for 
European  and  half-caste  children ; 
and,  from  the  first,  preached  to  such 
as  understood  English.  Rev.  Hora- 
tio Bardwcll  and  his  wife  arrived 
Nov.  1 ,  181G :  about  the  same  time  a 
printing-press  was  procured  from 
Calcutta,  which  he  was  competent  to 
manage  ;  and  another  valuable  addi- 
tion was  made  to  the  mission,  by  the 
marriage  of  Mr.  Hall  to  an  English 
lady,  who  had  acquired  a  knowledge 
of  the  Hindoostanee,  one  of  the  prin- 
cipal languages  spoken  at  Bombay. 

In  Feb.  1818,  Rev.  Messrs.  Men 
Graves  and  John  Nichols,  with  their 
wives,  and  Miss  Philomela  Thurston, 
joined  the  mission;  and,  in  March 
following.  Miss  T.  was  married  to  Mr. 
Newell.  In  Jan.  1821 ,  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
B  irdwell  left  the  station  and  embark- 
ed for  America,  on  account  of  his  ill 
health  ;  -^nd  Mr.  Newell  died  May 
30th  of  tne  same  year.  A  few  weeks 
previous  to  this,  Mr.  Garrett  arrived. 
He  miuried  the  widow  of  Mr. 
Newell.  In  1822,  Mrs.  Graves  em- 
bark(»d  for  America,  for  the  recovery 
of  her  health.  She  sailed  for  Bombay, 
with  Rev.  Edmund  Frost  and  his 
wife,  in  Sept.  1823. 

Mr.  Nichols  died  Dec.  9,  1824,  Mr. 

82 


Pros 

20, 

to  tl 

sidet 

Ion, 

Engl 

also, 

the  A 

and 

O.   Al 


vey 
rett. 


BOM 


BON 


0  55',  N.  lat. 

,  missionary, 
printer,  from 
Commission- 
,  commenced 

ion  establish- 
first  mission- 
ll,HalLJ^ott, 
il  J'eb.  1812; 
ideringa  and 
8.  Hall  and 
y  in  about  a 
f  Mr.  Newell 
•e  which  time, 
ale  of  France, 
rife,  and  Mr. 

1  Bengal,  and 
nd  Mr.  and 
America,  on 
1815.     About 

and  Newell, 
t  this  station, 
natives  in  the 
nity,    and    to 
I  and  tracts  in- 
ige ;  they  also 
ng   school  for 
iste    children  ; 
iched   to  such 
Rev.   Hora- 
wife  arrived 
le  same  time  a 
irocured    from 
competent  to 
aluable  addi- 
ission,  by  the 
o  an  English 
a  knowledge 
le  of  the  prin- 
at  Bombay. 
Messrs.  Mien 
<]s,  with  their 
el  a  Thurston, 
|nd,  in  March 
tarried  to  Mr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs. 
11  and  embark- 
[ount  of  his  ill 
ell  died  May 
A  few  weeks 
arrett  arrived. 
low    of      Mr. 
Graves  em- 
the  recovery 
|d  for  Bombay, 
'rost    and   his 

9,  1824,  Mr. 

82 


U 


ey,  in 

Allen 


Frost  Oct.  18,  1825,  Mr.  Hall,  March 
20,  18'<!t].  Mrt.  Hall  soon  alter  came 
to  tliis  country  >  here  she  now  re- 
sides. Mrs.  Nichols  removed  to  Cey- 
lon, afl  the  wife  of  Mr.  Kniglit,  an 
English  missionary  ;  and  Mrs.  Frost, 
also,  as  the  wife  »)f  Mr.  Woodward  of' 
the  American  mission.  In  November 
and  December,  1827,  Rev.  Messrs.  1). 
O.  Allen,  Cyrus  Stone,  and  their 
wives,  and  Miss  Cynthia  Farrar,  join- 
ed the  mission;  Messrs.  H.  Read, 
Wm.  Rcamsey,  and  Wm.  Herve 
the  early  part  of  1831.  Mrs 
died  on  the  5tii  Feb.  1831,  Mrs.  Her- 
vey  on  the  3d  of  May  and  Mr.  Gar- 
rett, on  the  0th  of  May  followiiij;-, 
Mrs.  Garrett  has  returned  to  tiiis  coun- 
trj'. 

We  give  tlie  following  facts  in  re- 
gard to  the  present  state  of  the  mis- 
sion. 

"  The  native  attendance  at  tlie 
chapel  has  somewhat  increased.  Tlie 
schools,  of  which  there  were  17  for 
boys  and  18  for  girls,  comprise  about 
1,000  boys,  and  not  far  from  500 
girls. 

"  Seventy-eight  of  the  boys  had 
Mohammedan  parents,  and  130  were 
of  the  Jewish  origin.  Ten  of  the 
boys'  schools  are  in  different  villa- 
ges on  the  continent ;  the  others,  with 
all  the  female  schools,  are  on  the 
island  of  Bombay.  It  is  an  interest- 
ing fact,  that  most  of  the  schools  on 
tlie  continent  are  under  the  instruc- 
tion of  Jewish  teachers,  who  disallow 
the  observance  of  heathenish  customs 
in  their  schools.  These  schools  e.xert 
a  favorable  influence  on  the  character 
of  the  villages  where  they  are  situa- 
ted, and  the  missionaries  justly  regard 
them  as  so  many  lights  burning 
amidst  the  deep  spiritual  gloom  which 
covers  the  country.  They  are  an  im- 
portant means  of  prepariiig  {.he  way 
for  the  publication  of  the  gospel, 
whether  that  publication  be  made 
through  the  medium  of  conversation, 
preaching,  or  the  press. 

*•  Six  of  the  female  schools  are  pat- 
ronized by  the  Bombay  district  com- 
mittee of  the  Society  for  Promoting 
Christian  Knowledge. 

The  amount  of  printing  executed  at 
the  mission  press  during  182L)  and 
until  Nov.  20th,  1830,  is  exhibited  in 
the  following  table. 


In  1>2!), 
In  1830, 

In  Mahratta, 
In  Knglish, 

Total. 


Copies. 
2(),(I00 
35,h00 

(il  ,S00 
41,720 


Pages. 
1 ,087,000 
1,13(5,700 

2.2i.3,7(l0 
7V2.501 


103,r)20    2,!J!i(),201 


Or  nearly  3,000,000  of  pnges  in  lit- 
tle more  tiian  twenly-two  months. 
The  whole  amount  of  printing  execu- 
ted at  Bombay  from  April  l^i7  to  the 
close  of  ly30,  was  about  10,000,000  of 
puges. 

Only  about  10,000  of  the  above 
mentioned  103,520  ct)pies  were  jjrint- 
ed  at  the  t'xpense  of  the  mission.  The 
British  .lud  Foreign  Bible  Society 
and  its  Aux'liary  at  Bombay  defrayed 
the  expense  of  printing  tlie  scriptures 
in  Mahratta  ;  and  liie  Bond)ay  Aux- 
iliary Tract  Society,  which  was  or- 
ganized four  y«'ars  ago,  paid  the  cost 
of  tracts  for  gratuitous  distribution. 

Some  of  the  natives,  and  among 
them  three  brahmins,  profess  tc  be 
serious  inquirers  into  the  truth  of  ihe 
Christian  religion,  and  hopes  are  en- 
tertained concerning  a  few,  that  they 
have  been  renovated  by  the  Spirit  o::' 
God. 

The  number  of  boys'  schools  is  nov 
20,  and  of  scholars,  1200. 

The  District  committee  of  the  C.  K. 
S.  have  ti  boys  schools  under  their 
care ;  one  of  these  has  been  lately 
opened  at  Bhooj,  in  the  province  of 
Cutoh.  The  committee  have  also 
undertaken  the  expense  of  (5  of  the 
native  female  schools,  conducted  by 
ladies  of  the  American  Mission.  The 
P.  D.  and  //.  S.  have  furnished  Portu- 
guese prayer-books  and  homilies. 
The  R.  T.  S.  in  one  year  sent  to  the 
Bombay  Auxilliary  72  reams  of  pa- 
per, and  52G0  English  publications. 
Books  were  sold  in  the  same  time  to 
the  amount  of  £200.  In  2  years  pre- 
ceding May  1830,  13,000  volumes  had 
been  published  by  tlie  native  Educa- 
tion Society,  25  school  masters  were 
ready  to  enter  on  their  labors.  The 
S.  .\[.  S.  employ  Mr.  John  Wilson  as 
missionary.  Mr.  Stevenson,  while  in 
Bombay,  baptized  two  Brahmins.  He 
has  now  gone  to  the  Concan. 

BONSTOLLAH,  a  station  of  the 
D.  M.  S.  eastward  of  Calcutta,  C.  C. 
Aratoon,  missionary,  9  have  been  bap- 

83 


1  '■ 


K 


BOO 

tizcd,  and  there  are  60  inquirers  ;  9  of 
the  baptized  died  in  peace ;  inucli 
perBCcution  is  encountered.  A  school 
of  no  boys  and  an  evening  school,  for 
adults,  prospers. 

BOOJEE  GURB,  a  village  40  ni. 
from  Chunar,  India.  A  Brahmin  has 
done  much  good  in  this  village  by  the 
distribution  of  tracts.  Mr.  Bowlev  of 
the  C.  M.  S.  at  Chunar  says  (Oct. 
1830)  "  I  hav(^  not  before  seen  such 
an  instance  as  this  of  ont^  being  so 
evidently  taught  without  "the  help  of 
man." 

BOOTSCHNAAP,  a  station  of  the 
W.  M.  S.  among  the  Bootsuannas, 
north  of  the  yellow  river,  South  Afri- 
ca; established  in  lH2-<.  T.  L.  Hodg- 
son, missionary.  Congregations,  150 
to  aOO  on  the  Sabbatli,  80  to  100  on 
week  days,  members  23,  scholars  10!(. 

BOUDINOT,  a  station  of  the  A. 
B.  C.  F.  M.  among  the  Osage  Indians, 
40  miles  from  Union.  This  latter 
place  is  on  the  Grand  R.  ij.')  m.  N.  of 
its  entrance  into  the  Arkansas,  and 
700  above  the  junction  of  the  Arkan- 
sas and  Mississippi.  Rev.  N.  B.  Dodge, 
and  Mrs.  D.  are  missionaries  at  Bou- 
dinot.     See  Osagcs. 

BORABORA,  one  of  the  Society 
islands ;  it  lies  about  4  leagues  N.  W. 
of  Taha.  W.  long  151°  52',  N.  lat. 
10°  32'.  It  has  one  harbor  for  ship- 
ping. In  its  centre  is  a  very  lofty 
douole-peaked  mountain  ;  its  eastern 
side  appears  almost  wholly  barren, 
but  tlic  western  part  is  more  fertile  ; 
and  a  low  border  around  the  whole 
island,  together  with  the  islets  in  its 
reef,  are  productive  and  populous. 
The  inhabitants  were  formerly  noted 
for  more  daring  ferocity  than  any  of 
the  neitjhboring  islanders,  all  of 
whom,  at  one  time,  they  subjugated. 
This  island  renounced  idolatry  with 
the  rest  of  the  Society  islands,  in  the 
year  1816,  and  many  of  the  natives 
were  long  very  desirous  that  a  mis- 
sionary sliould  settle  among  them. 
To  meet  their  wishes,  the  Rev.  Mr. 
Orsmond,  from  the  L.  M.  S.  leflRaia- 
tea  on  the  13th  of  Nov.  1820.  The 
natives  received  him  with  much  cor- 
diality, and  soon  after  commenced 
the  building  of  a  place  of  worship, 
and  also  of  better  habitations.  The 
chapel  was  opened  in  Jan.  1822. 
"  The  spot  selected  for  this  settle- 
ment," say  the  deputation,   *'  is  une- 


BOR 

quailed  by  any  other  on  the  island. 
It  is  on  the  western  side  of  the  great 
central  mountain,  extending  along 
its  biise,  and  is  upwards  ot  13  fur- 
longs in  h-ngth,  parallel  with  the 
winding  shore.  In  front  is  a  fine 
harbor,  in  which  several  hundred 
ships  might  lie  at  anchor  with  perfect 
safety,  in  all  weatlu-rs.  On  the  west 
side  of  this  beautiful  bay  is  the  long 
island  Tobura,  and  two  small  coriil 
islets ;  where  is  an  o /cning  through 
the  reef,  with  the  ishivie  <  f  Maupiti 
in  full  view,  at  the  dihlanco  of  35  or 
40  m.  A  more  beautiful  and  suitable 
situation  cannot  be  imagined  ;  while 
a  rich  border  of  low  land,  and  some 
valleys  near,  afford  sufficient  garden- 
ground  to  the  people  for  raising  the 
food  common  to  the  country." 

The  missionary,  Mr.  Piatt,  is  en- 
couraged with  prospects  of  increasing 
usefulness.  The  injurious  effect  of 
the  heretical  visionaries,  who  had  dis- 
turbed the  peace, and  retarded  the  pros- 
perity of  the  station,  were  disappear- 
ing. The  indifference  of  the  people 
was  succeeded  by  renewed  energy  in 
the  cause  of  religion,  and  by  temporal 
improvement.  The  place  of  worship, 
which  had  been  demolished  by  a 
storm,  had  been  rebuilt.  There  had 
been  a  great  mortality,  especially 
among  the  children  and  very  aged 
persons.  Several  of  the  latter,  who 
were  members  of  the  church,  held 
fast  their  profession  to  the  end  of 
life. 

BORNEO,  next  to  New  Holland, 
the  largest  island  in  the  world,  is 
about  800  m.  long,  and  700  broad, 
with  a  population  estimated  at  from 
3,000.000  to  5,000,000.  Lon.  100°  to 
119°  E. ;  lat.  7°  N.  to  4°  20'  S.  Its 
central  parts  have  never  been  explor- 
ed by  Europeans,  and  the  insalubrity 
of  its  climate  has  pTevented  them 
from  frequenting  its  shores.  The 
island  is  often  devastated  by  volca- 
noes and  earthquakes.  Though  situ- 
ated under  the  equator,  the  heat  is 
not  excessive,  being  moderated  by 
the  sea  and  mountain  breezes,  and  by 
the  rains,  which  are  incessant  from 
November  till  May.  Diamonds  are 
found  in  this  country  of  great  value. 
One  of  the  native  princes  owns  a 
diamond,  which  is  estimated  at 
1,200,000  dollars.  Mohammedanism 
is  the  prevailing  religion  among  the 

84 


BOS 


BUE 


thn  island. 
)1"  the  great 
(ling  along 
of  r.J  fur- 
1  with  thp 
nt  is  a  fine 
ul  hundred 
witli  pcrft'Ct 
Dn  the  west 
1  is  tlie  long 
small  coral 
ing  through 
I  »t*  Maupiti 
nee  of  35  or 
and  suitable 
ined ;  while 
id,  and  some 
lient  garden- 
er raising  the 
Ury." 

Piatt,  is  en- 
of  increasing^ 
ous  ettect  of 
who  had  dis- 
irded  the  pros- 
re  disappear- 
of  the  people 
ved  energy  in 
dby  temporal 
ce  of  worship, 
ulished  by    a 
.     There  had 
;y ,   especially 
id  very  aged 
e  latter,  who 
church,   held 
the  end  of 

(ew  Holland, 
the  world,  is 
^d  700  broad, 
tiated  at  from 

Lon.  100°  to 
10  20'  S.     Its 

been  explor- 
|ie  insalubrity 
Ivented  them 
shores.  The 
led  by  volca- 
iThough  situ- 
the  heat  is 

loderated  by 
leezes,  and  by 
Icessant  from 

diamonds  are 

great  value. 

Inces  owns  a 

Estimated     at 

lammedanism 

In  among  the 

84 


Inhabitants  of  the  coast,  who  are  Ma- 
lays, Javanese,  &c.  The  Diaks  are 
the  most  peculiar  inhabitants,  and  tlie 
most  numerous,  covering  the  wiiole 
island  of  Hornen,  with  a  considerable 
portion  of  the  Celebes.  Their  manners 
are  ferocious  tr»  the  last  deojree.  Pro- 
curing tit'tils  seems  to  oe  the  greiit 
business  and  amusement  of  both  cliiefs 
and  jM'ople.  Tiiey  are  a  Hnely  form- 
ed   race 


and  it  is  supposed,  would 
welconie  the  visits  of  white  luen. 
Mr.  Daltou,  an  Englishman,  as  it  aj)- 
pears,  by  the  Singapore  Chronicle, 
recently  spent  nearly  two  years  on 
the  island. 

BOS.IHSVKLn,  sometimes  called 
Kramers  District,  in  the  district  of 
Tulbagh,  about  40  m.  from  Cape 
Town 

In  1817,  the  Rev.  Cornelius  Kra- 
mer, of  the  L.  M.  S.,  was  employed 
in  preachinsr  to  the  slaves,  Hottentots, 
and  colonists,  who  jrreatly  needed  his 
assistance.  Mr.  K.,  who  is  the  only 
survivor  of  the  first  missionaries  sent 
out  to  Afric;i  in  17!>!>,  of  which  num- 
ber was  the  late  Dr.  Vanderkemp, 
continues  to  labor  to  the  ])resent  time 
with  the  same  diligence  and  devoted- 
ness  as  have  always  characterized 
him.  "  Tlio  labors  of  our  excellent 
missionary,  Mr.  Kramer."  say  the 
Directors  of  the  London  Missionary 
Society,  "  being  altogether  of  an  itin- 
erant nature,  do  not  admit  of  the  same 
mode  of  reporting,  as  is  practicable 
with  the  re^t  of  the  society's  stations. 
Dr.  Phillip  state?,  that  the  favorable 
change,  which  has  been  elfected  in 
Mr.  Kramer's  district,  is  agreeably 
surprising.  He  preaches  in  all  the 
neighboring  villages  and  huts,  with 
much  acc(>i)t,ance. 

BRA  [NERD,  formerly  Chkhamau- 
ffak,  in  Chickamaugah  district,  a 
Cherokee  nation,  about  30  m.  from 
the  N.  W.  corner  of  Gee  ^^ia,  in  an 
easterly  direction,  2.  m.  within  the 
chartered  limita  of  Tennessee,  on  the 
western  side  of  Chickamaugah  creek, 
which  is  navigable  to  Brainerd,  being 
15  m.  from  its  confluence  with  the 
Tennessee.  It  isnejtrly  equi-distant, 
from  the  eastern  and  western  extrem- 
ities of  the  Cherokee  country,  and 
perhaps  25  or  30  m.  from  the  northern 
limit,  which  is  the  mouth  of  the  Hi- 
wassee.  It  lies  2-50  m.  N.  W.  of 
Augusta,  Greorgia,  150  S.  E.  of  Nash 
H 


ville,  110  S.  W.  of  Knoxville,  Ten 
nessee,  alxiut  2  in.  N.  K.  of  the  road 
from  Augusta  to  Mashville.     W.  lon. 
Hi^',  N.  hit.  35^'. 

The  first  mission  of  the  .7.  //.  C. 
F.  M.  among  the  Indians  was  com- 
menced in  this  place  in  Jan.  IH17. 
A  church  was  organized  in  Septem- 
lier  of  the  same  year.  Catharine 
Brown  was  the  first  fruit  of  mission- 
ary labor.  The  missionary  family  at 
tills  station  now  are  John  C.  Els- 
worth,  teacher  and  superintendant  of 
secular  concerns  ;  John  Vail,  farmer; 
Ainsworth  E.  Blount,  farmer  and 
mechanic;  Henry  Parker,  miller; — 
vvitii  their  wives.  Miss  Delight  Sar- 
gent, teacher.  The  church  has  been 
in  a  nourishing  state,  previously  to 
the  political  troui)les  in  whicli  ;hc' 
nation  are  now  involved.  See  A*  .-■- 
ohirs. 

BOUJAH,  a  village  near  Smyrna, 
Asia  Minor,  where  all  the  English 
families  of  Smyrna  generally  reside 
in  the  hot  season.  Mr.  Jetter  of  tho 
C.  M.  S.  in  the  summer  of  ls:<|,  og. 
tablished  a  girl's  school  at  Boujali, 
which  soon  numbered  between  (i!) 
and  70  children.  Tlif^re  is  a  boy's 
school  supportijd  by  the  people,  which 


is,  in  some  measure,  under   Mr.   Jot- 
ter's influence. 

BRESLAU,    the    capital    of 
duchy  of  Silesia.     E.  lon.  17^  8' 


the 
N. 

lat.  51^  ;V.  Dr.  Neumann,  a  learned 
and  respectable  Christian  .Tew,  has 
here  exerted  a  very  favorable  influ- 
ence. 

BRIDGETOWN,  a  seaport  and 
capital  of  the  island  Barl)adoes.  Lon. 
5!>"40'W.;  lat.  13"  .5'  N.  Pop.  15 
or  20,000.  It  has  suffered  greatly  by 
fire  at  three  several  times.  Col.  Cod- 
rinofton's  college  is  in  this  town.  A 
mission  of  the  IV.  M.  S.  is  establislied 
in  this  place.  Number  of  members 
in  1830,  120.  Meetings  are  held  in 
the  surrounding  country.  At  3 
schools  there  are  2!>8  scholars. 

BROTHERTOWN,  a  station  a- 
mong  the  Seneca  Indians,  in  the 
State  of  New  York.     See  Svnecns. 

BUDGE-BUDGE,  a  village  near 
Calcuttta,  where  is  a  catechist  of  the 
C.  M.  S. 

BUENOS  AYRES,  an  extensive 
country  of  South  America,  formerly 
belonging  to  Spain,  but  since  the 
declaration  of  independence,  in  1316, 

85 


■',' 


it* 


"v-n 


^ 

^^^ 

w^' 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


1.1 


li£|28 


2.5 
2.2 


lit 

Hi 

u 

•»     u 
■IMU 


140 


IL25  UN  1.4 


Kb 
1.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Carporation 


33  WIST  MAIN  STRUT 

WnSTH.N.Y.  MSM 

(716)  •73-4S03 


■<^^ 


1 
^ 


r<\^ 


v 


\\ 


-  ^ 


<  1\ 


BUP 

it  has  assumed  the  name  of  the  United 
Provinces  of  South  America.  It  is 
hounded  N.  hy  Bolivia,  E.  hy  Brazil, 
S.  hy  Patagonia,  S.  IC.  hy  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  W.  hy  Chili,  and  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  It  comprehends  most  of  the 
valley  or  basin  of  the  great  river  La 
Plata. 

Buenos  Jlyrcs,  the  city,  is  (JO  leagues 
from  the  mouth  of  the  La  Plata,  first 
built  in  the  year  1535.  Lon.  5b^  'M' 
W. ;  lat.  :{4"  35'  S.  Pop.  variously 
estimated  at  from  50,000  to  100,000. 
From  ;J00  to  400  ships  annually  enter 
the  port. 

In  Oct.  1H25,  Uev.  Messrs.  Parvin 
and  Brigham  of  the  /I.  B.  C.  F.  J\t. 
visited  Buenos  Ayres.  Mr.  P.  still 
resides  there.  In  JH:U),  he  distril)uted 
2000  tracts,  besides  many  Bibles  and 
Testaments. 

BUFF-BAY,  a  station  of  the  B.  M. 
6'.  on  the  island  Jamaica.  Here  is  a 
school,  with  (>:i  scholars. 

BULLOM  country,  VV.  Africa,  N. 
Sierra  Leone  Colony. 

The  Bnlloms  are  a  numerous  peo- 
ple, extremely  degraded  and  super- 
stitious, and  very  much  addicted  to 
witchcraft.  Among  them  the  tyran- 
ny and  cruelty  of  satauical  delusions 
are  most  affectingly  displayed. 

In  every  town  are  devil's  houses  to 
guard  the  place  ;  and  almost  every 
Bullom-house  has  some  representation 
of  Satan.  Before  the  devil's  houses, 
which  are  small  thatched  huts,  3  or  4 
feet  high,  the  blood  of  animals  is  sprin- 
kled, a  libation  of  palm  wine  poured 
out,  and  an  offering  of  fruit  and  i"?(' 
occasionally  made.  The  BuUoms  be- 
lieve in  a  state  of  e.xistence  after  death, 
and  erect  huts  over  the  graves  of  the 
dead,  in  which  they  place  a  jug  or 
two  to  supply  the  spirits  of  the  de- 
ceased with  what  they  want  when 
they  come  out,  as  they  suppose  they 
do,  at  different  times. 

In  1818,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Ny lander, 
having  resigned  his  situation  as  chap- 
lain at  Sierra  Leone,  for  the  purpose 
of  commencing  a  missionary  station 
among  the  Bulloms,  had  fixed  his 
residence  at  a  place  called  Yongroo 
Pomoh,  which  is  described  by  the 
Rev.  C.  Bickersteth,  as  "  pleesantly 
situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Sierra 
Leone  R.,  nearly  opposite  to  Free 
Town,  and  about  7  miles  from  it." 
Here  he  opened  a  school;  and  by 


BUL 

the  suavity  of  his  manners,  and  tlie 
consistency  of  his  conduct,  so  effect- 
ually  conciliated  the  respect  and  es- 
teem of  the  natives,  that  a  considera- 
ble number  of  them  were  induced  to 
place  their  children  under  his  tuition. 
Even  the  king  of  Bulloni  entrusted  one 
of  his  sons  to  the  care  of  this  excellent 
missionary  ;  but  the  youn^^j  prince  had 
not  been  long  in  the  seminary  before 
he  died.  "  After  he  was  dead,"  says 
Mr.  Nylander,  '•  the  j)eople  were 
going  to  ask  him,  according  to  their 
custom,  who  had  killed  him  :  but  I 
was  very  glad  that,  after  long  reason- 
ing in  oj»position  to  their  opinions, 
they  were  satisfied  that  he  had  not 
fallen  a  victim  to  the  arts  of  any 
witch  or  gregree  ;  but  that  God,  who 

ffave  him  life  at  first,  had  now  called 
lim  home,  to  be  with  him,  in  a  good 
and  happy  i>lace  :  and  1  assured  his 
friends,  that  if  they  would  begin  to 
pray  to  God,  they  would  once  more 
meet  him  in  that  place,  and  rejoice 
with  him  forever.  As  1  stated  my 
belief  that  God  had  killed  him,  I  was 
jillo.ved  to  bury  him,  in  •  white  man's 
fashion,"  and  the  king  gave  me  a 
burying-j)lace  separate  from  their 
own." 

'•  It  is  lamentable."  says  the  same 
writer,  in  another  conununication, 
•'  that  the  Bulloms  should  have  been 
left  so  long  without  any  religious  in- 
struction. They  live  in  gross  dark- 
ness, worshipping  evil  spirits,  and 
dealing  very  cruelly  with  each  other, 
on  account  of  their  superstitious 
witchcraft  ;  which,  perhaps,  was  en- 
couraged by  the  inhuman  traffic  in 
slaves.  If  any  slave  ship  had  been 
permitted  to  appear  in  the  Sierra 
Leone  R.,  ab<mt  J  5  or  more  witches 
would  have  been  sold,  and  sent  off 
for  the  coast,  since  I  have  been  at 
Bullom."  The  following  facts  will 
exhibit  some  of  their  superstitions  in 
an  affecting  manner. 

"  A  young  man,  named  Jem  Kam- 
bah,  was  employed  by  me,  and  at- 
tended pretty  regularly  on  our  family 
and  public  worship.  Going  one  day 
to  visit  his  mother,  she  gave  him  two 
small  smooth  stones,  which  she  had 
laid  by  for  that  purpose  ;  telling  him 
to  wash  them  every  day  and  rub  them 
with  oil ;  and  that  then  they  would 
take  care  of  him,  and  he  would  pros- 
per— ^because  they   were    two   good 

86 


BUL 


BUL 


and  the 
■o  effect- 
t  and  es- 
:uaiiidcra- 
iduccd  to 
18  tuition. 
UBted  one 
excellent 
:»rince  had 
ary  before 
•ad,"  says 
iple    were 
ig  to  their 
ini :  but  I 
ng  reason- 
opinions, 
le  had  not 
ts  of  any 
God,  who 
now  called 
,  in  a  good 
issureu  his 
d  begin  to 
once  more 
ind  rejoice 
stated  my 
him,  I  was 
fWiie  man's 
rave    me   a 
from     their 

la  the  same 
imnication, 
have  been 
eligious  in- 
[vross  dark- 
j)irits,   and 
each  other, 
ipcrstilious 
[)s,  was  en- 
i  traffic  in 
had  been 
the   Sierra 
ire  witches 
>d  sent  off 
i-e  been  at 
facts  will 
stitions  in 

I  Jem  Kam- 
Lc,  and  at- 
]  our  family 

ig  one  day 

ire  him  two 

111  she  had 

lelling  him 

Id  rub  them 

iiey  would 
[ould  proB- 
1  two    good 
86 


spirits.  *  Mother,'  said  he, '  these  are 
stones,  how  can  these  take  care  of 
me .'  I  hear  the  white  man  at  Yon- 
groo  Pomoh  tellinir  us  that  God  alone 
can  help  us.  and  that  all  our  grewrees 
(charms)  are  good  for  nothing.  These 
stones  can  do  nie  no  goftd:  I  will, 
therefore,  look  to  God,  and  beg  him 
'  Tims  saying,  lie 
in  the  fire,  as   un- 


to take  rare  of  me 
threw  the  stones 
worthy  of  notice. 

'•  This  was  a  heinous  sacrilege  ; 
and,  on  his  iiK)tlier  acquainting  Tier 
friends  with  it.  they  sharply  reproved 
him  ;  and  told  him  that,  hy  thus  act- 
ing, he  would  make  the  devil  angry, 
and  would  hrin;r  tniseliief  upon  the 
country.  I  le  iissured  tiiem.  however, 
that  he  would  pay  no  more  attention 
to  any  of  their  customs,  but  would 
listen  to  what  he  heard  at  Yongroo 
Pomoh. 

'•One  Sahhath.  after  divine  service, 
Jem  again  went  to  see  his  mother, 
and  met  the  jx'ojjle  dancing,  and  try- 
ing some  persons  for  witchcraft.  He 
told  them  that  it  was  the  Lord's  Day, 
and  that  they  shmld  not  danre,  but 
go  to  Yonirnx*  Pomoh.  to  hear  what 
tiic  white  man  had  to  say.  •  Aiid 
then,'  he  adili'd.  •  yon  will  leave  off 
all  dancing  and  witch-palavers,  which 
are  nothing  but  the  work  of  the 
devil.'  This  speeeh,  together  with 
the  throwing  of  the  stones  into  the 
fire,  affronted  them  so  much,  that 
they  threatened  to  punish  him  ;  and, 
the  next  morning,  he  wag  summoned 
before  the  king,  and  accused  of  having 
made  a  witch-gun,  and  concealed  it 
in  his  house,  for  the  purpose  of  kill- 
ing and  injurinjf  his  inmate.  Jem 
replied — •  I  never  saw  a  witch-gun. 
and  do  not  know  how  to  make  one. 
He,  therefore,  who  told  you  this,  did 
not  speak  the  truth.'  He  was  urged 
to  acknowledire  it,  and  then  the  whole 
palaver  would  have  an  end.  '  No,' 
he  replied.  '  I  cannot  tell  a  lie  merely 
to  please  you.'  He  was  then  called 
upon  to  prove  his  innocence,  by  rub- 
bing 'lis  arm  with  a  red-hot  iron,  or 
by  drinking  red  water  ;  but  he  coolly 
replied — '  I  am  no  fool,  to  burn  myself 
with  the  hot  iron  ;  and  as  for  the  red 
water  palaver,  I  shall  look  in  my  head 
first ;'  meaning  that  he  should  take 
time  to  consider  the  matter.  He  af- 
terwards came  to  me,  and  told  me 
the  charges  which  had  been  brought 


against  him ;  and  said, '  T  will  drink 
the  red  water  to  clear  mys'-lf.  and  to 
bring  my  family  out  of  the  blame — 
and  I  hope  God  will  help  me.'  I 
advised  him  to  pray,  and  to  consider 
well  what  he  was  ffoiiig  to  do. 

*'  X   day  ht'fore  the  trial,  Jem  was 
confined;  and  persons  of  both  parties, 
his  friends  and  enfinies,   questioned 
him,  and  urged  him  to  confess  every 
thing  he  had  done  evil.     At  last  the 
day   came  ;    he    was   carried    to    the 
place    of  e.xeeution,   strij)ped   of   his 
clothi  s.  and  had  some  plaintain  leaves 
tied  round  his  waist.     About  two  tea- 
spoontuls  of  wiiite  rice  had  iM'en  given 
to   hiin  in  the  morning;    and   it   this 
rice    were   thrown   uj)   with   the    red 
water,  it  was  to  |)rove  him  innocent. 
Jem  now  ascended  the  H(!affol(l,   and 
drank  "^  calal)ashes  (about  4  quarts)  of 
red  Wtater.  which  was  administered  to 
him  as  fast  as  he  could  swallow   it. 
He  threw  all  up  again,  with  the  rice 
\\Jiich  he  had  eaten  in  the  morning  ; 
but,  as  he  fiiinted  Iw'fore  he  could  get 
down  from  the  scaffold,   it  was  said 
that  some  witch-palaver  must  be  left 
in    his   stomach,    because    the    devil 
wrestled  with  him  ;  and    he  was  re- 
quested   to    drink   the    water   again. 
This,  however,  he  refused  ;  observing 
that  he  had  merely  drank  the  water 
in   th»?    first  instance    to   please   his 
accusers,  and  to  show  that  he  was  no 
witch.      A    few   days   afterward    he 
came  to  work  again,    and  the  busi- 
ness was  dropped  ;  but  Jem  did  not 
appear  so  serious,  nor  did  he  so  regu- 
larly   attend  on    public    worship,   as 
before." 

The  jjoor  creature  whose  case  is 
is  next  narrated,  had  not  the  courage 
of  Kainbah.  but  was  terrified  into  the 
confi'ssion  of  an  imaginary  crime,  in 
order  to  save  herself  from  the  further 
cruelty  of  her  persecutors. 

'•  I  was  told,"  says  Mr.  Nylander, 
*•  that  there  was  a  woman  very  ill 
with  the  small-pox,  and  that  another 
woman,  who  had  just  fallen  ill  of  the 
same  disease,  had  bewitched  her.  I 
visited  the  sick  woman  first,  and 
found  hrtr  dangerously  ill ;  afterward* 
I  went  to  the  place  where  the  sup- 
posed witch,  named  Dumfurry,  was 
lying  in  chains,  under  a  tree,  in  a 
high  fever, — the  small-pox  just  com- 
ing out.  I  begged  the  people  to  re- 
lease her,  and  to  let  her  lie  down 

87 


■•'1 
m 


BUL 

coinfortiibly  in  a  huusc  ;  but  thoy  suit! 
tliey  could  not  du  it,  I  must  Hpcak  to 
tlr>  lu>ad  man  of  the  town,  tlie  kinir 
not  being  at  home,  i  applied  to  him, 
but  lie  refuHed  ;  alleging  that  she 
watj  a  bad  woman,  who  had  been  in 
the  Sheerong  (a  sort  of  purgatory, 
where  the  evil  Hpirits  dwell,  and 
wliitlier  the  supposed  witches  resort), 
wliere  she  bought  the  sniall-pox,  and, 
by  witchcralt,  brought  the  disease 
upon  this  woman. 

*' '  If  she  be  so  skilful,'  I  said,  'you 
can  make  money  by  her.  Loose  Fier, 
and  let  her  go  this  night  to  the  Shee- 
rong,  and  bring  the  sinall-pox,  in 
order  to  witcli  the  small-pox  upon 
me  ;  and  if  1  catch  the  disease,  I  will 

|)ay  you  ten  bars.'  One  said  Unit  1 
lad  had  them,  and  therefore  she 
could  not  bring  them  on  me.  '  Why," 
said  I,  '  if  she  be  a  witch,  sle  can 
cause  a  stick  to  have  the  small-pox 
tomorrow  ;  and  if  she  knew  anything 
of  witchcraft,  she  would  not  stanti 
before  you  to  be  flogged,  but  would 
bind  you  all,  that  you  could  not  catch 
her.  She  knows  nothing,  however, 
about  witch-palaver,  and,  in  your 
dealing  so  hardly  with  her,  you  do 
extremely  wrong,  and  displease  God.' 
"  As  the  poor  creature  could  not 
be  loosed  without  the  consent  of  the 
sick  wonums  husband,  I  sent  i'or 
him  ;  and,  after  some  time,  he  con- 
sented that  she  should  be  taken  out 
of  the  stocks — and  so  1  left  them. 
But  the  relations  of  the  person  dan- 
gerously ill  began  to  question  the 
supposed  witch,  and  gave  her  a  wvere 
whipping  ;  and  the  woman,  !it  length, 
confessed  tiiat  she  had  bewitched  her. 
**  The  doctor  was  now  called  in  to 
examine  the  sick  person,  and  he,  in 
his    turn,   by    pretended    witchcraft. 

f>retended  to  take  out  of  the  v^man's 
lead,  1.  A  worm,  called,  in  Sit^ra 
Leone,  the  forty  foot ;  2.  A  small 
bag,  containing  the  instruments  of  a 
witch — such  as  a  knife,  a  spoon,  a 
basin,  &c. ;  'A.  A  snail ;  4.  A  rope  ; 
and,  5,  the  small-pox  ! !  The  witch 
was  then  whipped  a  second  time,  and 
asked  whether  she  had  not  put  all 
tliese  things  into  the  head  of  the 
woman,  who  was  now  almost  dead. 
She  confessed  it ;  and  brought  for- 
ward a  man  and  two  women,  as 
having  joined  vi'ith  her  to  kill  this 
woman.    The  man  sa.u\  that  he  knew 


BUR 

nothing  of  witchcraft,  and  crmsentcd 
tfj  prove  his  innocence  by  drinking 
the  red  water.  The  two  I'emales  were 
whipped,  and  sent  to  work  ;  and  the 
principal  one  was  to  be  put  to  death, 
as  soon  as  the  sick  woman  should 
die.  Till  then,  Dumfurry,  the  sup- 
posed witch,  was  appointed  to  guard 
the  sick  person,  and  to  drive  the  flies 
from  her." 

*'  1  oi)pose  these  foolish  witch  accu- 
.sations,"  says  Mr.  N.  '•wherever  I 
can  ;  and  numbers  of  the  liullonis, 
especially  the  younger  ones,  see  plain- 
ly that  it  is  tJie  power  t/f  darkness 
and  ignorance  which  works  upon  the 
minds  of  llie  old  j)eopI«'  ;  but  they 
dare  not  say  a  W( ad  in  opposition  to 
this  evil  practice,  for  fi-ar  of  being 
iheiuKclves  immediately  accused  of 
witchcralt.' 

Aiiumg  these  benighted  ])eople,  Mr. 
Nylaiider  continued  to  labor  for  a 
considerable  time,  with  the  iiKist  un- 
Aeiiried  patience  and  unremitting 
zeal  ;  and,  in  addition  to  the  instruc- 
tion of  the  children  placed  in  his 
school,  and  the  preacliing  <if  the 
truth,  he  tran.slated  the  four  Gos];els, 
the  Epistles  of  St.  John,  tb  iiiorning 
and  evening  prayers  of  tlie  Church 
of  England,  some  hymns,  and  several 
elementary  books,  into  the  Bullom 
language.  In  lr*lS,  however,  the 
pernicious  intluencc  of  the  slave  trade 
rendered  the  prospect  of  success  more 
dark  and  distant  than  ever,  and  the 
mission  was coubcquently  abaiidi.ned  ; 
Mr.  N.  retiring  into  the  colony  with 
the  greater  part  of  the  i)upils,  who, 
at  that  time,  were  under  his  instruc- 
tion. 

BURDERS  rOlNT,  a  station  in 
the  district  of  Atehuru,  in  the  N.  E. 
part  of  Taheite. 

In  If^'il ,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bourne  joined 
Mr.  Darling,  who  had  c.-nnmenced  a 
mission  to  the  Onipoas  ;  the  inhabit- 
ants of  this  district,  and  the  station 
ultimately  formed, assumed  the  above- 
mentioned  name.  Public  religious 
services  had  been  regularly  kept  up 
fro:a  the  time  of  Mr.  Darling's  arrival. 
About  3U0  adults  had  been  carefully 
examined,  and  '/?00  children  had  been 
baptized.  Of  the  former,  21  were  ad- 
mitted to  the  Lord's  Supper,  and  the 
rest  were  under  instruction  as  candi- 
dates for  communion.  Schools  had 
also  been  established,  both  for  aduUt) 

86 


BUR 


BUR 


consented 
drinking 
nales  wen* 
. ;  and  the 
L  to  death, 
an  should 
,  the  sup- 
1  to  guard 
ve  the  tlie« 

vitch  nccu- 
vhcrt'ver  I 
'  BulloniB, 
i.  Koe  plain- 
f  diirliness 
s  upon  llie 
,  but  they 
position  ti) 
r  of  lieinjf 
accused   ot" 

people.  Mr. 
iibor  for  a 
e  most  un- 
inrcniitting 
lie  iustrtic- 
ced  in  his 
,i\g  of  the 
ur  Gosi;elri, 
h  iimmmg 
llie  Church 
land  several 


le    Bulloux 

ever,    the 

lave  trade 

access  more 

.  and   the 

;iiid(.ned  ; 

loiiy   with 

)ils,  who, 

s  instiuc- 


up 


stiition  m 
the  N.  E. 

iirne  joined 

niuienced  a 

\v  iuhabit- 

the  station 

the  above- 

religious 
y  kei)t  up 
ig's  arrival, 
n  carefully 
n  had  been 
!1  were  ad- 
>r,  and  the 
n  as  candi- 
Ichools  had 

for  aduUa 
88 


Rnd  ciuldrcu.  TIk-v  crmlaiiK  d.  at  this 
t«nie,oftli<'  fnriner.':ir"i  ;  of  tlie  latti-r. 
y:tt».  At  another  piiice,  in  the  siuiu' 
district,  tJiere  was  a  scIimoI.  wliich 
containeci  a!)out  HO,  cliietly  adiilts.  A 
large  and  coininodious  place  of  wir- 
8hi|t.  in  the  Eiij^hsh  style,  iiad  bci  ii 
built,  in  tlu'  erecliou  of  which  tlie  ni- 
tives  cheerluliy  a.ssisted.  Tlu-  nativts 
were  likewise,  in  some  deorec.  innreil 
to  industry.  Mrs.  JJ:.iiriH'  and  Mrs. 
Darling  had  taugiit  tlxr  fennilcs  tn 
make  tliemselv<'S  boimets  of  a  species 
of  grass  adapted  t  >  this  purpo.sc. 
Scarcely  a  wmiiiin  was  t'>  be  seen  in 
the  conijregation  without  a  bonnet, 
or  a  niau  witiiout  a  hat.  of  this  simple 
manufacture.  A  printinir  fstabli:-i]i- 
ment  was  forinrd  here,  and  ,">IH)(i 
copies  of  liie  Ciospel  bv  Matthew,  and 
3UU0  of  tiiat  by  John.' in  the  Tahilian 
language,  printed  ;  which  were  re- 
ceived l)y  the  natives  with  the  gieab-st 
avidity.  Mr.  liourne  haviiiL'.  soon 
atler,  removed  trom  this  station,  Mr. 
Darlini;  continued  his  zealous  exer- 
tions,  attended  by  tiie  mnst,  encour- 
aging success. 

In  the  middle  of  l.-^ri:?.  the  numlier 
of  th(!  baptized  had  increased  to  7.'>l. 
of  wiiom  411  wert!  adults;  that  o) 
candidates  for  baptism  was  I.").  Tiie 
church  consisted  (jf  .">l(  meMd)ers.  and 
there  were  10  caiulidates  lor  admis- 
sion. Among  the  latter  was  a  man 
named  Maiohaa,  who  wa.s  tliruierly 
distiuijuished  by  takin^  tlu-  lead  in 
acts  ot  'llioii,  and  whose  otlice  it 
was  to  recite  all  the  aucienl  speeches 
of  war.  Others,  once  atrocious  trans- 
gressors, had  recently  died  in  the 
J  ord.  A  striking  proof  of  tin?  ])eace- 
fu.  influence  of  the  Gos|)el  nuist  also 
be  mentioned. — l>uriug  the  early  jiart 
of  the  previous  year,  some  mischiev- 
ous persons  having  raised  a  report, 
tending  lo  e.\cite  a  war  between  the 
people  inhabiting  the  districts  of  Ate- 
imru  and  I'are,  those  of  tlie  former 
district  came  to  Mr.  Darling,  and 
declared  that  they  would  not  take  up 
arms — that  they  would  not  fight  witli 
their  countrymen,  as  they  had  for- 
merly done,  as  they  had  now  received 
the  G(»8pel  of  peace,  and  were  become 
brethren  in  the  Gospel.  Tiie  great- 
ness of  the  change  will  l>e  felt,  when 
it  is  remembered  that,  before  the  over- 
throw of  idolatry,  thri  Atehuruans 
were  notorious  for  violence,  and  had 

H* 


delinrJiti  (1    in   war  and  bloodshed   for 
ag<s  inikufiwn. 

'I'he  SI  h  lols.  in  .Iiily.  I "'.i;).  contain- 
ed i'Jtl  boys  and  \'-i\  giils;  •!."»  nativen 
pertormed  the  part  of  ti-ac  hers  in  the 
sclioiil.s.   (it'  whom    I.")   were    women. 
Sui>s(i|ii(  nt    ri'ports   assure    us   that, 
in    both  a  civil  and  reiiiritus    |)nint  <-f 
view,  the    allairs   ot  the    nation    are 
prospering.      I'Vom    that   of    |rti7.   it 
it  appears   that  an  end*  niic  had  I  ecu 
very  picvaU-nt.     It  iiad  carried  otJ'  13 
adults  and  14  chihiieu.     Among  the 
deceased    was   a   truly   pious  ami  de- 
voteil  deacon  of  (lie  ciiurch.  wlio  liatl 
wished  to  tri)  as  a  teacher  to  some  of 
the   suiroundinix   islands,  but  no  op- 
portunity  hail  occurred  tor  thi'.t  |)ur- 
posi'.       lie    died    in    peace.      Of  the 
(hildren  who  dejiarted.  two  or   three 
of   the    boys   g;i\e   pleasinir   evidence 
of    a    spiritual    chanue.      Several    of 
those    who,    after   having    prolessed 
Ciiristiaiuty,    had    returned    to    their 
former   evil    ways,  had  given  proofs 
of  repentance.     Among  the  rest  was 
the  father    of  .i   family,   whose    chil- 
dren attended  the  mission  school.     It 
seems    that    his     compunction     was 
awaki'iied.  by  oliserving  his  childrens' 
attention    diri'cted    to  that   which    ia 
good,  wliile  he  himself  was  living  in 
sin.     The  weekly  meetings  were  nu- 
merously    and     regularly     attended. 
'I'he  day-schools,  for  adults  and  chil- 
dren, were  in  a  flourishing  state.     At 
the    Sai)liath    school   the   attendance 
was    uood,  and   the   progress   of  the 
children  was  pleasing.     Several  books 
had    been    printed.       The    Tahilian 
public  library  for  the  Windward  isl- 
ands, formed  at  this  station,  had  been 
enriched   by   many  presents.     A  nevr 
mission-house,    a    very    commodious 
school-lKHiie,  and  several  good  dwell- 
insr-hou.ses,  had  be«'n  erected.     A  new 
road  had  been  made,  and,  throughout 
the  district,  the  people  were  engaged 
in    making    plantatiims   of  taro,   &c. 
etc.  ;    and    several    pious   men    had 
given  themselves  up  to  the  work  of 
the  Lord  among  the  surrounding  isl- 
ands. 

''  The  district  in  which  this  station 
is  situated,"  says  the  report  of  IH'M, 
"  contains  between  10()0  and  1100 
persons,  who  all  attend  the  means  of 
mstruction  and  religious  improve- 
ment. The  congregation  usually 
consists  of  between  ti^  and  900,  an4 

89 


I 


1  +' 


^1 


f 


BUR 

the  station  is  prospt'roiis.  Order  and 
harmony  previiil.  There  hus  been  a 
great  diminution  of  crime  and  inorratte 
of  industry.  About  !ii(Kf  cliildren  reg- 
alirly  attend  in  the  Hchool,  and  many 
of  *he  peoph'  are  anxious  to  be  fur- 
nished with  books.  Tiie  behavior  nf 
the  chiefs  and  peopl<>  is  respectful 
and  kind  towards  the  missiimary. 
They  are  buildintr  a  subHtantial  plac*- 
for  public  worsiiip.  IJuriujir  the  six 
months  previous  to  the  date  of  the 
latest  inteUigence  upwards  of  20 
members  had  been  added  to  tlie 
church.  Twenty  children  and  4 
adults  had  received  the  rite  of  bap- 
tism during  the  year." 

bURDWAN,  a  town  of  Hindoos- 
tan  in  Bengal,  capital  of  a  district 
which  is  the  first  in  rank  for  agricul- 
tural riches  in  all  India.  It  is  seated 
near  the  Duinmooda,  'tS  m.  N.W  of 
Calcutta.  E.  long.  87^'  57',  N,  lat. 
23"  15'. 

At  the  close  of  the  year,  181G,  the 
Corresponding  Committee  at  Cal- 
cutta, connected  witli  the  C.  M.  H. 
received  a  communication  from  Lieut. 
Stewart,  stationed  at  Burdwan,  pro- 
posing an  extensive  plan  of  native 
■chooTs  at  and  near  that  place.  Three 
achools — in  Burdwan,  and  at  LmIwO' 
djff  and  liijan — were  accordingly  ta- 
ken under  the  society's  care.  With 
tlie  concurrence  of  the  committee, 
the  plan  was  afterwards  extended,  and 
additional  schools  opened. 

Of  the  state  of  the  Burdwan  schools, 
an  impartial  observer  testifies,  under 
date  of  Au^.  2«th,  l.-*17  :— "  I  am  at 
Burdwan,  m  the  house  of  Lieut. 
Stewart,  an  officer  in  the  company's 
service.  If  every  missionary  did  as 
much  as  he  has  don(>,  and  is  doing, 
for  the  cause  of  civilization  and  re- 
ligion, he  need  be  in  no  fear  as  to  his 
reputation  with  those  who  employ 
him.  He  has  done  wonders  in  tills 
neighbor  iiood,  in  regard  to  education." 
The  number  of  schools  was  soon  after 
Increased  to  10,  in  whicii  about  101)0 
children  were  taught  the  Bengalee 
language,  by  the  new  method  so  suc- 
cessfully adopted  in  Europe,  with  ju- 
dicious modifications  and  improve- 
ments by  Lieut.  Stewart.  The  places 
at  which  they  were  built,  in  addition 
to  those  meniioned,  were — Konshun- 
nugur,  Komilpore,  Goituuporc,  Poura, 
QtMnpore,  Mirzapore,  and   Coilgong. 


BUR 

The  most  distant  of  these  villages  is 
about  0  miles  trom  Burdwan,  but  the 
greater  number  are  only  from  2  to  '.\ 
m.  distant.  Thr)ugli  Lieut.  Stcwurt 
did  not  formally  and  regularly  teach 
the  Scriptures,  he  continually  distrib- 
uted copies  of  the  Gospels  and  relig- 
ious tracts,  which  were  eagerly 
sought  after  by  the  young  people 
when  they  had  learned  to  read.  Ue- 
ceiving  an  impiilse  and  borrowing 
light  from  the  plans  and  operations  of 
the  late  active  and  excellent  Mr.  May, 
ut  Chinsurah,  he  still  further  improv- 
ed his  system  ;  and  of  its  efficiency, 
Mr.  llobertetm  and  Mr.  Thomason 
speak  in  the  highest  terms.  The  lat- 
ter says,  after  an  examination  he  con- 
ducted— "  It  was  very  pleasing  to 
hear  a  simple  and  good  account  of  the 
English  government,  the  two  houses 
of  parliai'ieiit,  the  army  and  navy, 
and  universities,  of  England,  with  its 
chief  towns,  cities,  and  rivers,  frc.ii  a 
company  of  poor  Bengalee  boys,  who, 
unlt'ss  they  h;id  been  brought  under 
instruction,  must  have  remained  in 
entire  ignorance,  and  stupid  indiffer- 
ence to  improvement." 

The  Rev.  Messrs.  Jetter  and  Deerr 
were  settled  at  Burdwan,  on  the  17th 
November,  181!>,  Captain  Stewart 
having  purchased  a  piece  of  ground, 
and  built  a  house  for  the  accommoda- 
tion of  the  missionary  family.  The 
former  took  charge  of  the  central 
school  recently  erected,  in  which  the 
English  language  was  taught ;  and 
Mr.  Deerr  superintended  the  Bengalee 
schools. 

In  July,  18'20,  there  were  about  50 
scholars  in  the  central  English  school, 
and  1050  in  111  Bengalee  schools. 
Their  attendance  was  inti'rrupted  by 
the  frequent  recurrence  of  heathen 
festivals,  and  by  occasional  labors  in 
the  field.  Mr.  Jetter  writes,  on  oc- 
casion of  a  visit  paid  them  by  a  kind 
friend — "  We  were  much  grieved  that 
he  could  not  sec  much  of  the  schools, 
as  the  natives  had,  just  then,  2  holy- 
days,  if  we  may  call  them  so,  when  all 
the  schools  were  shut  up.  They 
worshipped,  during  those  two  days, 
paper,  pens,  and  ink !  By  doing  so, 
they  say,  they  become  wise." 

In  1821,  an  English  clergyman  be- 
ing much  wanted,  the  Rev.  John  Pe- 
rowne  proceeded  to  this  station.  His 
reception  by  the  residents  was  most 

90 


BUR 


BUR 


villngps  t* 
n,  but  the 
roiii  2  to  3 
I.  Stewurt 
larly  teach 
lly  distrib- 
aiid  rcliff- 
3    t-agerly 
ng    people 
read.     Ke- 
l)orrowing 
e  rations  of 
I  Mr.  May, 
ler  iiiiprov- 
elKciency, 
Thoniason 
.     The  lat- 
ion  he  con- 
ilcasing    to 
ount  of  the 
two  houses 
and  navy, 
nd,  with  its 
aTs,  frc.n  a 
;  boys,  who, 
lught  under 
eniainrd  in 
[)id  indiffer* 

r  and  Deerr 

on  llie  17th 

m    Stewart 

of  ground, 

^cconunoda- 

nily.     The 

the   central 

which  the 

nglit ;    and 

le  Bengalee 

Ire  about  50 
[lisli  school, 
•e  schools, 
•rrupted  by 
lof  heathen 
ll  labors  in 
rites,  on  oc- 
h  by  a  kind 
rrieved  that 
Che  schools, 
}en,  'iholy- 

),  when  all 
ip.      They 

two  days, 
doing  so, 

igyman  be- 

John  Pe- 

htion.    His 

was  moit 

90 


> 


H 


Who   would 
ago,    to   8<>i> 


cordial:     a   subscription    was  sot  on  I  good.      Ther« 
foot  fur  till"  i'rection  of  a  suitable  place   bless  Go<i   fo 
of  worsiiip  ;    and,  on  application   to 
governmi'iit  by  tbf   IiumI  aiitluirities. 
an  eligible  n|»ot  of  frromid  was  assign- 
c<i  f<»r  tlie  »ite  of  a  cluireli,  and  an  or- 
der issued  to  supply  tin-  sum  wanted 
Ui  complete  the    esliniate  <iul   of  t In- 
public   clifst.       Tlif    Huceess    of  the 
schools  was  denu-ustnitt'd  by  an  inter- 
esting   an<l    extensive    examination. 
Mr.  Deerr.  in  adilition  t(»  liia  <)r(linary 
engageuM'nis,  took  Hve  boys  into  his 
house  at  his  own   cxitcnse,  to  whom 
he  gave  religions  instruction.     "  I  am 
sometimes  deijglited."  he  says,  "  with 
the  answ«'rs   which  I  obtain,   when   I 
ask  these  boys  the   nir:iningof  a  |>as- 
sage    of    Scri[»lnre.       For    instanee. 
when  I   asked.   •  What  (fid  onr  Lord 
mean,    when    ho     saith.    Whosorrrr, 
seeth  mc,  scvtii  the  Fullur  .''"   One  who 
is  of  the  brahmin  cnstc  answered,  '  1 
think  it  may  l>e  understood  thus  :    As 
the    Father,  the    Son.  and  the  Holy 
Ghost,  are  one,  therefore   whosoever 
seeth  the  Son.  seelh  the  Father  also.' 
At  another  time,   when  1  asked  how 
i(  was  that   David  called   Christ  his 
'  Lord,'  though  h«>  was  also  called  the 
son   of  David.'     the  same   boy  said, 
•  David      had     become     acquainted, 
tlirough  the  prophets,  with  that  great 
Redeemer  who  was  to  come  ;    and  in 
that  respect  called  him  his  Lord ;  and 
because  he  became  incarnate  in  the 
family   of   David,    he    is    called    his 
Son.'  " 

In  1822,  the  Rev.  J.  Perowne  and 
the  Rev.  W.  Deerr  (Rev.  Mr.  Jetter 
having  suspended  his  labors  at  Burd- 
wan  trom  impaired  health)  were  join- 
ed in  the  charge  of  the  missitm  and 
schools  by  the  Rev.  Jacob  Maisch. 
In  April,  a  church  was  nearly  finish- 
ed. Divine  service  was  held  twice 
on  Sundays.  The  first  converts  in 
tins  missicm  were  baptized  on  the  5th 
of  May.  An  adult  native  received, 
on  this  interesting  occasion,  the  name 
of  Daniel,  and  a  youth  of  13  years  of 
age  that  of  John.  Another  promising 
youth  was  a  candidate  for  admission 
to  the  holy  ordinance.  Mrs.  Perowne, 
afler  many  unsuccessful  attempts, 
flucceeded  in  forming  a  female  Ben- 
galee school.  Mr.  Perowne  observes, 
"  The  remarks  and  questions  of  the 
children  in  the  schools  evince  that  a 
foundation  is  laid  for  much  future 


is  abundant  reason  to 
what  has   >,i-en  done, 
have  exj    cted,  a  year 
KHHi   Hindoo    children 
reading  tht    (Ios|)«'l  ?    Nay.  eo  greatly 
an*    these    prejinlices    reniov«d,    that 
those   very  boys,  who,  a  few  months 
since,  disliketi  or  refu.sed  to  niid  any 
lKM)k    which    I'lmiained   the  name   of 
Jesus,  are  now  willing  to  read  a  pro- 
fessed history  of  his  life  and  doctrine  ; 
and,  what  is  more,  in  some  cases  they 
have  solicited   the  (iospel  in  prefer- 
ence to  every  other  book.  " 

In  lr2:{,  the  work  apnears  to  have 
increased  and  prospered.     Two  more 
adult    youths    were    added    to     the 
church;     and    the   blessing  of  i-nX 
manifestly  n'sti'd  on  the  religious  in- 
struction atlorded  to  the  elder  youths. 
To  tlu'  scluKils  on  the  western  side  of 
the  town,  under  the  more  particular 
care  of  Messrs.   Deerr  and  Maisch, 
Mr.  Perowne   added  two  on  the  east- 
ern ;  one  containing  HO  boys,  and  th« 
other  about  1(M>.  At  the  annual  exam- 
ination, conducted  by  the  Rev.  Mr. 
Thoniason,  there  was  a  much  wider 
range   than    on    former   occasions  of 
subjects  purely  religious ;    the   boys 
continued  to   manifest  the  same  zeal 
and  interest  in  the  books  they  rea<l, 
and  their  sensible  and  pertinent  ans- 
wers  to   the    questions  put   to  them 
were  highly   gratifying.      The  Kng- 
lish  school,  also,  which  had  been  la- 
boring under  various  disadvantages, 
was  in  a  more  pleasing  state  than  at 
any  former  period  :    it  contained  55 
boys  ;  about  32  of  whom,  at  an  exam- 
ination in  March,  iiassed  very  satis- 
factorily.     Four   more  schools   were 
opened  for  female  children  ;    contain- 
ing, with  the    one  previously  estab- 
lisTied,  upwards    of  100  girls.      Tl»e 
operations   of  the  missionaries   were 
continued   with  much  energy  in  all 
the  departments  of  their  labors,  until 
many  of  the    school   buildings   were 
either  seriousl}'    injured,  or  entirely 
swept  away,  by  an  alarming  inunda- 
tion, in  the  autunm  of  182ii.     All  the 
houses  of  the   poor  Bengalees  fell  in, 
and  the  people  were  obliged  to  climb 
up  the  trees   in   order  to  save  their 
lives.     "  There  they  sat,  without  su»- 
tenance,  for  four  days,  says  Mr.  Reich- 
ardt,    then  on   a  visit  at  Burdwan, 
"  crying  to  their  gods,  *  Hori !    Hori ! 
save  us — we  are  lost !'  Brethren  Deerr 

91 


>''-j 


%■■ 


I' 


BUll 


BIT 


and  MaiHch,  and  mywir.  wvw  t'iott|i-|a  ftiniik'  M;iior  1   in   any  pliirr.      1\\o 

mitivcs  frri-atly  ailnilir  tin-  artH  ol' 
SI  {riiifr  and  iiiinliiinj,  and  nii-ntion,  in 
it  tone  of  fxuitatiiji.  that  cui-li  a  \i\t\ 
ci'.n  do  like  iium  aiihih.  (an  Kn^rjisiii 
la<l\-  ) 

IJI  ILMAII,  on  lilK.MAN  KM- 
I'lltl'i,  Sit  JiiniKi/i.  Mintlimin,  and 
Turinf. 

JU'lLNOVA.  a  t(;\vii  on  tlir  iHland 
( '(  liiifo.  (incct'.  An  individual  \vl»o 
was  i!n('(  Muployi'd  in  road-niakin^', 
iias<'Ntid)li»<lii'd  at  JiniiK'Va,  a  bclicxd 
tor  Mnlnal  Instruction. 

hUKUISIlOL.  capital  f.f  tin-  15ac- 
kri^UMJ  district,  '4'i  ni.  t<.  of  Dacca, 
ami  14t(  ni.  E.  of  Scraniporc.  Wvv. 
Joini  Sniitii,  and  Mnthoor,  a  na- 
tive assistant,  arc  laiior)n<r  in  tiiia 
jdacc.  Mr.  S.  sttulicd  nearly  fiv«* 
years  at  SiTanipore.  A  liberal  friend 
at  Uurrisiiol.iias  o.iven  l;i.44(»  rupt'CH, 
the  interest  it"  wiiich  is  to  l;e  appro- 
priated totiie  support  of  a  mission  and 
school  in  this  place.  Mr.  Smith  en- 
tered on  his  Work,  in  the  beginning 
of  |.S{(t. 

JMTTKRWOKTII.  a  station  of 
the  W.  J\t,  .S.  anionuf  tiie  CatiVes,  in 
South  Africa,  ill)  ni.  I'ronj  Wesley- 
vilh',  in  llintzas  tribe.  Kstablislied 
in  \^'il.  John  AylitF,  missionary. 
Coni^regations  on  Siindays  ;^l)(),  niem- 
I'.ers  1(1.  A  few  persons  are  candi- 
dates for  baptism.  Mr.  Shrewsbury 
tlius  tpeaks  of  the  station.  '*  The  sit- 
uation could  not  be  more  favorable. 
JJutterworth  stands  in  the  very  centre 
of  tile  tribe.  So  many  kraals  have 
been  built  near  us.  that  we  are  quite 
surrounded  ;  and  have  in  our  vicinity 
and  within  the  reach  of  our  Sabbath 
labors,  almost  double  the  populatio.i, 
which  we  found  at  the  con.mence- 
ment  of  the  mission.  Our  chief  is 
not  a  converted  man,  but  it  is  his  sin- 
cere desire  never  to  fight  another  bat- 
tle w-ith  any  people.'  Butterworth 
is  the  centre  of  the  missions,  which 
are  nearest  tlie  colony,  and  on  the 
thoroughfare  to  distant  stations. 

BUXAR.  a  town  in  Bahar,  Hin- 
doostan,  situated  in  a  liealthy,  pleas- 
ant plain,  on  the  S.  side  of  the  Gan- 
ges, about  70  m.  below  Benares,  and 
about  400  N.W.  of  Calcutta,  in  the 
midst  of  a  very  numerous  heathen 
population.  Here  are  about  90  Euro- 
ftean  invalids,  and  nearly  that  num- 
ber of  iiative  Christian  wonien.    LeM 

9S 


er  in  one  House;  and  it' the  wate'-  Ind  j 
risen   but  one    inch    higher,  't  wmdd 
have    entered     '>ur    rooms,    and     we 
should  hav«'  In  iblii>ed  to  llee  to  the 

root";  for  whlr-ji  piupose  we  k<  |)1.  ii 
ladder  ready:  howrvr.  we  were 
spared  this  danger,  by  tjie  water  de- 
creasing. Mil  My  idols,  luid  piirti:ii- 
hirly  those  whieii  tuey  had  prcpM'd 
to  celebrate  tli«'  jmuj.iii  ol'  liu-  godde^.s 
Doorga,  wer«'  broken  to  pieces,  or 
floal«'d  away.  Isiwa  heap  of  theni. 
abo\it  till  in  uumber,  lying  broken 
near  the  road.  'I'iie  ii.ipotency  ol 
tliese  idols  w,>s  greatly  exposed  ;  and 
many  of  tiie  Benaalees  began  to  ridi- 
cule t'leu;,  saying.  "  Uur  gods  art- 
dead — they  c<iuld  not  previ-nt  the 
Hood.'  lint.  I  am  sorry  to  say,  this 
impression  ol'  liie  nothingness  ot'  idols, 
which  they,  tluriiig  this  awful  .-atas- 
troplie.  rciTived.  is  already  worn  otf; 
for,  soon  aHrr  tiiat,  insleatl  id'  the  iiii- 
ftgc  of  Doorga.  they  woishipped  a 
water-pot.  into  which  fin  y  had  cited 
luT  spirit.  "  The  injury  sustaiaed  by 
this  calamity  wa.s,  however,  repaired 
as  soon  as  possiide. 

In  l'"J"),  Biirdwan  was  deprived  ot 
two  valuable  missionaries,  'i'lie  death 
of  Mr.  Maiscli  took  phce,  Aug.  Ji'.t; 
and  Mrs.  M.iisch's  continued  ill  iiealtli 
rendered  her  return  to  this  country 
neceesarv.  Toe  encouraaing  pros- 
pects ol  the  male  and  female  scluxds 
continued.  Ul'the  (  xamination  of  the 
latter,  it  is  said,  '•  The  general  im- 
pression .seeiiH'd  to  be,  that  the  chil- 
dren exceeded  the  expectations  form- 
ed of  them.  Th"  order,  legularity. 
and  respectful  hi'havior,  for  which  the 
Burdwan  boys'  schools  are  noted,  were 
equally  exemplifi'-'d  in  those  <d"  the 
girls  ;  there  was  no  confusion,  no  im- 
proper conduct — but  all  conducted 
themselves  in  a  modest  and  becoming 
manner.  All  read  or  answered  the 
questions  without  fear  or  hesitation ; 
but  nothing  forward  01  i>resuniing 
was  seen  in  any  of  them." 

In  Feb.  1831 ,  there  were  7  schools  at 
Burdwan,    containing  ^)\\7   children,! 
many  of  whom  vere  reading  books,and ' 
tlie  remainder  employed  in  ihe  elemen- 
tary parts  of  education.  The  boys  learn 
of  their  own  accord.  The  girls  need  to 
be  solicited  i^-.od  persuaded.    Prejudice 
is,  however,  giving  way,  and  the 
would  be  no  objection  to  establishing 


M 


.1 

1 


mil 


BAG 


ICC.  llio 
u-  urtH  (>r 
iiiition.  in 
^iicli  it  |rirl 

III   I'llljrliHh 

AN  KM- 
mtin,  and 

tlu>  iHlnnd 
-ill Hill  who 
id-iiiakiii^', 

I,    a    bcllCMjl 

i"  the  IJac- 
of  Dacca, 

)R'.         Itf'V. 

■or,  a  iiii- 
i<r  in  tliii 
uiirly  five 
rcriil  Iricnd 
44t(  riipiTS, 
()  l;c  iippro- 
uission  and 
.  Sniitli  «n- 
'  bcirinning 

sintinn   of 
CiirtVcs,  in 
ni  VVi'Hlcy- 
Kstablishfd 
knissionary. 
I  •JlK),nieni- 
are  candi- 
Jhrt'wsbury 
'•  The  Bit- 
favorable, 
very  centre 
raals  liave 
•  are  quite 
)ur  vicinity 
ur  Sabbath 
population, 
soniinence- 
ir  chief  is 
t  is  his  sin- 
nother  bat- 
utterworth 
ons,  which 
nd   on   the 
ions. 

ahar,  Hin- 
thy,  pleas- 
the  Gan- 
nares,  and 
itta,  in  the 
IS  heathen 
It  90  Euro- 
thai  num- 
len.    LeM 

92 


than  half  a  mile  from  the  town,  is  a 
place  where  iiunieroiis  devoteeM.  from 
ditiereiit  |)iirls  of  liidia.  take  up  their 
residence,  mostly  for  life.  'I'wo  irrand 
fairs  are  aMiiually  held,  wiiicii  jrreatly 
increase  its  im|>ortance  as  a  mission- 
ary stati<)n. 

A  native  Christian.  Kurrum  M<'s- 
wM'h,  from  Chiniar.  eonuiieiiced  ids 
labors  in  this  place  in  l~\i(>,  under  the 
direction  of  tiie  CM.  S'.  lie  was 
very  useful  in  teachiiiir  the  native 
Christians  to  read  the  New  Testament, 
and  to  repeat  tlie  ealeeliisiii.  as  well 
OS  in  lea«iiiiii'  llii-ir  wursliip,  accordinii; 
to  the  llimloostanee  I'raver-book. 
About -1((  received  iiislni(;lioii  at  this 
time,  in  various  ways,  and  lie  has 
continued  iiis  etforts  v.  lib  some  siic- 
ct\s.s.  <)•!,■  .iiiiill  was  bajMized  by  the 
Ilttv.  Mr.  IJowlcy,  and,  suliseiiuently, 
Archde.icoii  Corrie  writes: — 

'•  The  JJisiiir)  saw  Kurrum  Mes- 
stH'h  s  conirn'oatioii,  (!onsistiui.r  tif 
about  ){')  womcM.  30111111  and  (ihl.  lie 
hearu  tiiem  read  in  the  Hind  -ostanee 
Testament,  and  (jticstiouetl  ibein  in 
their  Catechism.  1 1  is  liordsiiip  ex- 
jiressed  to  me  his  entire  satisfaction 
witli  the  prolicienry  they  manifest- 
ed." 

In  a  letter  dated  S.'pt.  2r>tli,  lr2(», 
tlie  Arclideacon  sa3-s  : — 

"  I  passed  a  Sunday  at  Bu.xar, 
when  about  'Mi  adults  attended  divine 
service.  The  peoi)Ie  here  are  ver^' 
attentive,  and  Kurrum  .Messecdi  con- 
tinues to  enjoy  their  confidence  and 
e,steein.  Tiie  want  of  a  place  of  wor- 
ship has  Ion;.'  been  felt  here.  A  cir- 
cumstance occurred  wiiicli  led  me  to 
bejfin  one.  Mary  Carr.il,  a  native 
Christian,  iia /iiiii-  ol>tained  stime  ar- 
rears of  pension,  as  a  widow  of  Ser- 
jeant Carrol,  brought  me  Kit)  rupees, 
'  as  an  olferins>','  to  use  her  own  words. 
'  to  the  church.'  This  woman  has 
been  lonir  one  of  the  mo.st  attentive 
and  consistent  Chrislians  at  the  sta- 
tion :  her  religious  impressions  were 
first  received  at  Cliunar  ;  and  this  of- 
fering she  made  of  her  own  nccord,  in 
token  of  hei  gratitude  for  the  blessing 
of  Christian  instruction.  I  obtained 
from  the  commanding  officer  leave  to 
inclose  a  small  piece  of  public  ground, 
adj'  ining  the  parade ;  and  with  a  do- 
nation from  another  friend,  added  to 
M;  ry  Carrol's  gift,  commenced  a 
small  building,  convenient  also    for 


the  natives  who  live  in  the  adjoining 
bazar." 

According  to  the  report  of  IKIO, 
Kurrum  Mes.^eeh  has  niiiove4l  to 
('.twnpore.  His  place  at  lliixar  is 
supplied  by  a  converted  Hraiimin.  W 
boys  have  attended  school  n  giilarly, 
'.)2  o*"  whom  read  the  gospel. 

HA(;iJ;M>,'  capital  of  a  Turkish 
pa(diiilic  of  the  sanu;  name,  lat.  '.V.i^ 
•2I»'  N.  b>n.  44  -J:?'  Vs.  The  irienter 
|>art  of  it  lies  on  the  »'aste">>  ban!  of 
the  Tigris,  wiiich  is  crosse«l  by  u 
bridge  of  boats  i'i'2'')  feet  buig.  'I'lie 
old  IJagdad,  the  residence  of  the  cal- 
iphs, with  '^.(lOO.tHil),  now  in  ruins, 
was  situated  on  the  westrrn  bank  of 
the  river.  The  modern  city  was  sur- 
rounded b)'  a  brick  wall,  aiiout  (i  n«. 
in  circuit,  and  with  a  ditch  from  five 
te  si.x  fathoms  (b'ep,  which  may  be 
filled  with  water  from  the  Tigris. 
IJagdad  is  inhabited  by  Turks,  I'er- 
sians,  Armenians,  Jews,  and  a  small 
immber  of  Christians.  'i'lu-  lurks 
compos*'  three  fourths  of  the  whole 
population.  Inclusive  ui'  the  Arabs, 
Hindoos,  .Afghans,  and  Egyptians, 
who  are  accuslonu'd  to  resi<le  Ikto, 
the  p(»pulation  may  anu/unt  to  H»,0(10. 
Bagdad  is  an  important  mart  for  Ara- 
bian, Indian  and  IVrsian  jiroductions, 
'.s  well  as  for  European  manufactures. 
A  splendid  view  is  aft'erded  by  the 
bazars,  with  their  l,2»»U  shops  filled 
with  oriental  goods. 

Near  the  close  of  l^•21),  Mr.  A.  N. 
Groves,  of  E.xeter,  England  witii  his 
wife  and  two  sons,  and  Mr.  Kitto, 
who  was  formerlv  at  Malta,  under 
the  C.  M.  i'.  sailed  from  England  to 
conunence  a  mission  in  Persia.  '1  hey 
were  conveyed  to  St.  Petersburg,  in 
the  Osi)rey,at  the  e.xpense  of  Messrs. 
Parnell  and  Paget,  who  took  up  the 
vessel  for  that  purpose,  and  accompa- 
nied him  on  the  voyage.  Mr.  Groves 
proceeded  by  way  of  Tiflis  in  Geor- 
gia, to  Shusha,  a  settlement  of  the 
German  nnssionary  society,  and 
thence  to  Tebreez  in  Pi'rsia.  From 
this  place  accompanied  by  Mr.  Pfan- 
der,  one  of  the  German  missionaries, 
he  performed  a  tedi"us  and  danger- 
ous journey  of  30  days  to  Bagdad. 
There  the    missionaries  experienced 


•Ml 


j: 


*  'I'his  article  was  omitted  in  its  proper 
place,  it  should  have  followed  liaddit- 
gammi, 

93 


'■!■■■ 

3 


BAG 


CAF 


iW 


much  kindiH'HH  from  Major  Taylor 
thu  liritiili  rrHidcnt.  lii  Kt'bruiiry, 
Ifi'M,  Mr.  rtiiiidfr  llius  writcH,  "  \\v 
have  Ih'i'U  liivorcd  to  lay  liii'  toiiiida- 
tiuii  of  u  pcriiiitiK'iit  iiiisHioii  iil  tliin 
Meut  of  Moiiaiiiiiirdiiii  dt'lusion,  imd 
havt*  found  lliir  nifiiiis  of  cHtablisliin^ 
a  proniidiiiir  hcIiooI. 

The  iiuiuljcr  of  AriiuMiian  youths 
and  liovH  containi'd  iu  it  is  (m.  'J'lu'y 
have  all  niudf  due  prit^rrcss,  and  iiiau- 
ili'Ht  (rrt'iit  d(  sire  lor  iiiHtructioii,  and 
much  atlrction  and  conliilcnco  to- 
ward us.  'J'liirty  of  tln'ni  havi'  bcjjun 
to  translate  tiic  wrilinirH  of  thf  iSrw 
Tt'staniiMil  from  tiic  ancient  Arme- 
nian into  the  modern  ;  and  will  soon 
be  able  to  read  Muently.atul  to  under- 
stand the  New  Testament.  Mrs. 
Grove.s,  also,  has  opened  a  school  for 
Armenian  girls,  and  her  scholars  ijive 
lier  umch  joy.  Tiie  Moiianunedans  of 
this  place  are  afraid  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment. The  Catholics  have  been  forbid- 
den by  their  l)ishop  to  a(!cept  of  any 
book  not  printed  at  Home,  and  the  Isra- 
clitescare  nothingtor  iht  word  of  God. 
On  the  whole,  tlie  I^ord  has  visibly 
hh^Hsed  this  beirinnintr  of  tiie  work. 
He  ha.s  removed  many  oi)8tacles  and 
opened  a  door  for  much  e.xertion." 

Dreadful  calamities  wen*  s(»on  after 
experienced  in  Jlajfdad.  The  Pi,Atii;i: 
prevriiliuir  to  a  fearful  e.xtent  anionir 
the  inhabitants,  part  of  them  attempted 
to  escape  into  the  c(mntry,  but  were 
arrested  In'  a  sudden  im,m>vtion  of 
the  Tigris,  by  which  nuujbers  perished 
and  the  rest  were  driAen  back  into  the 
city.  Thousands  were  falliujr  under 
the  deadly  influence  of  tlie  pestilence, 
when  the  water  nui«le  a  l)reach  in  tlw; 
walls,  and  swejjt  away  many  of  the 
habitations.  The  wretched  inhabi- 
tants were  crowded  toircther,  and 
compelled  to  take  n-fuge  in  houses 
left  desolate  by  the  jdague.  When  at 
length  it  pleased  God  to  stay  the 
hand  of  the  destroying  «ngel,  it  was 
found  that  out  of  Ht.lMK)  human  be- 
ings, not  more  than  ;:io,000  survived  ! 
But  the  swoRU  followed  quickly  in 
the  rear  of  these  desolating  judg- 
menta.  The  plague  liad  scarcely  ceas- 
ed, and  the  waters  subsided,  when 
troops  arrived,  in  the  name  of  the 
Sultan,  to  depose  the  Pacha.  Fierce 
and  bloody  contests  succeeded  before 
•a  temporary  calm  was  restored.  Not 
one  house  escaped  the  plague.     That 


of  Mr.  Groves  was  last  attacked.  Mrs. 
Groves  was  first  seized,  and  died  on 
th«'  seventh  day,  Mr.  (ir«)ve8  was  at- 
tacked, but  soon  recovered.  The 
wile  of  an  Armenian  school  mastt-r 
took  the  contagion,  and  then,  in  suc- 
cession a  female  servant,  tht^  hcIkmjI- 
master  and  Mr.  (jroves's  son.  all  died. 
Mr.  I'fander  was  about  proceeding 
on  a  tour  into  I'ersia.  Several  mis- 
sionari*>s  from  Knglaiul,  among  whom 
w«'re  Mr.  I'arnelj,  son  of  Sir  Henry 
i'arnell,  and  Mr.  N«'wman,  a  distin- 
guished O.xford  scholar,  were  at  the 
last  inteljigi'uce,  in  Syria,  on  their 
way  to  join  Mr.  Groves  at  liagdad. 


CADAMATTIM  CHURCH,  one 

of  the  Syrian  churciies  in  tbe  district 
of  Cottagorm.  in  Soutiiern  India.  Tiie 
chur(;h  was  built  4lll)  years  8inc(>.  has 
l(K) houses  connected  with  it.andabout 
")()()  inhabitants.  The  people  are  poc^r 
but  increasing  in  number.  There  are 
;')()  boys  cajiable  of  being  instructed. 

CAFFH.MIIA  commences  at  the 
Great  Fish  II..  South  Africa,  which  di- 
vides itfrom  Albany  in  the  colony  ;  and 
runsalong  the  Indian  Ocean,  in  a  N.F. 
direction,  to  the  R.  JJassee,  which  di- 
vides it  from  the  Tambookie  country. 
It  does  not  extend  more  than  70  m.  uj) 
the  comitry  ;  "r  to  the  W. — at  least  at 
the  S.  j'nd  of  it — being  separated  from 
the  colony  and  Bushman  criuntry  on 
that  side  by  a  chain  of  mountains.  It 
abounds  with  mountains,  woods,  and 
water,  and  is  far  more  po])ulous  than 
either  the  Bushman,  Coranna,  or 
Namaqua  countries.  The  people  also 
are  taller,  more  robust,  and  more  in- 
dustrious. "  Better  shaped  men." 
says  Mr.  Campbell,  "  1  never  saw." 
They  are  a  warlike  race,  and  many 
of  them  are  greatly  addicted  to  plun- 
dering. Like  the  Chinese,  they  con- 
sider all  other  people  inferior  to  them- 
selves, and  suppose  that  Europeans 
wear  clothes  merely  on  account  of 
having  feeble  and  sickly  bodies.  They 
have  scarcely  any  religion  ;  but  some 
of  them  profess  to  believe  that  some 
great  being  came  from  above,  and 
made  the  world,  after  which  he  re- 
turned, and  cared  no  more  about  it. 
It  is  very  probable,  that  even  this 
feeble  ray  of  light  was  obtained  by 

94 


rueans 

Du(  .1 

They  c< 

tlu>   bru 

tion  of  I 

dead.th 

i..ike  ih( 

cumcisii 

rant  of  \ 

They  p* 

young  n 

more. 

among 

Ijave   se 

wives, bi 

five.   \V 

e rally  se 

ered  a  pi 

tract  froi 

pents,  nil 

times   h( 

knees,  ai 

tile  liotti 

most  rottt 

cattle  int 

son  :  and 

to  drive  I 

The  Cari 

r)f  e,\pf»sii 

their  opii 

cover.      1 

chiefs  an 

thrown  o 

wild  beasi 

ci  (leu  tally 

kraal  is  (i 

very    hos| 

waiting  ti 

bringing  i 

setting  it 

the  best  tl 

CafTre  ch 

of  which 

Me  keeps 

iiii.ser  dfK! 

use  them 

when  he  i 

to  anothei 

then  they 

bags    whi< 

never  mor 

ning  befoi 

beating  on 

to  gallop  s 

leads  then 

tliose   oxe 

such    OCC£ 

best ;    of 

them  with 

Caffres  chi 


fm 


CAF 


CAF 


ncknd.  Mrs. 
uiul  died  on 

[)Vt'8  WUH  at- 

i'Tvil.  The 
liool  iiiaBtcr 
lu'ii,  in  Hiic- 
,  tilt!  Hcliool- 
Hoii.  nil  died. 
I  |)n>(-«'fdin^ 
rirvoral  niih- 
iiiioiiir  whom 
f  yir  Henry 
(U).  a  diutin- 
wtTO  at  the 
•iii.  on  lluMr 
at  liairdad. 


IURCH.on<' 

n  thf  (liHtrict 
rn  liidia.  The 
iirs  Hincc.  iiiib 
h  it.iindaltoul 
!H)i)li'  arc  ])oor 
r.     Tlicr*'  iiri- 
•  instructed, 
oncos   at  the 
■ica,  whicli  di- 
o  colony  ;  and 
can,  in  a  N.K. 
;co,  which  di- 
lokio  country, 
than  70  in.  uj) 
— at  least  at 
)arated  from 
cfuntry  on 
ountains.     it 
woods,  and 
pulous  than 
'oranna,     or 
•  |)co|)k'  also 
and  more  in- 
aped   men." 
never  saw." 
and   many 
cted  to  plun- 
se,  they  con- 
rior  to  them- 
Lt  Europeans 
account  of 
jodies.  They 
m ;  hut  some 
vc  that  some 
ahove,  and 
which  he  re- 
ore  about  it. 
it    even  this 
obtained  by 

94 


T'lenns  of  their  intercourse  with  the 
Dn;  ,1  ltiM)rs  (lurinjr  Heveral  ii<rvt*. 
They  consider  man  as  on  a  level  with 
tiie  brutes,  willi  ri'irtird  to  the  dura- 
tion of  liiH  bein^  ;  ho  that  wlien  he  is 
dead,  there  is  an  en<i  of  liis  existence. 
l.<ike  ill*'  .Matchai»|»ees.  they  have  cir- 
cumcision amonjr  them.thouirh  iirno- 
rant  of  wiiat  ijave  rise  to  tiie  custom. 
They  perforin  this  cerei'ifiny  on  tiieir 
yountr  men  at  the  aire  of  |4  years,  nr 
more.  I'olyjyramv  in  very  ireiienil 
among  tliein.  '1  he  common  people 
have  seldom  more  than  one  or  two 
wives,ltiit  their  chiefs  jrcnerally  four  or 
five.  VVIien  a  Catire  is  sick,  they  jren- 
erally  send  for  a  person  who  is  consid- 
ered a  piiysician.  who  j)reteiids  to  ex- 
tract from  the  body  of  the  Hi<:k,  ser- 
pents, stones,  bones.  Arc.  At  other 
times  he  Iwats  them  on  the  ell)ow. 
knees,  and  ends  of  their  fnifjers,  till,  as 
tin-  Hottentots  express  it,  these  are  al- 
most rotU'U  :  tiu'v  sometimes,  also,  kill 
cattle  in  the  way  of  saj-rirtce  for  the  per- 
son :  and  at  others  the  doctor  pretends 
to  drive  ontthedevii  and  to  kill  him. 
The  Catlr(>s  have  a  barbarous  custom 
of  e.vposiiiir  their  sick  friends,  who,  in 
aie  not  likely  to  re- 
riiey  bury  nony  but  fheir 
and  their  wives  ;  others  are 
thrown  out  to  be  devoured  by  the 
wild  beasts.  Should  a  person  die  ac- 
cidentally in  his  own  lious(>,  the  whole 
kraal  is  deserted.  Many  of  them  are 
very  hospitable  to  stranirers ;  not 
waitinij  till  they  ask  for  victuals,  but 
bringing  it  of  their  own  accord,  and 
setting  it  before  them,  and  always  of 
the  'uest  they  have.  The  riches  of  a 
CafFre  chiefly  consists  of  his  cattle, 
of  which  he  is  extravagantly  fimd. 
1I«;  keeps  them  as  caiefully  as  the 
miser  does  his  gold.  lie  does  not 
use  them  as  l)eas^  of  burden,  except 
when  he  is  removing  from  one  place 
to  another  along  with  his  kraal,  and 
then  they  carry  the  milk  bags,  or  skin 
bags  which  contain  milk.  He  is 
never  more  gratified  than  when  run- 
ning before  them  with  his  shield,  by 
beating  on  which  the  whole  are  taught 
to  gallop  after  him.  In  this  way  he 
leads  them  out  to  take  exercise,  and 
those  oxen  which  run  quickest  on 
such  occasions  are  considered  his 
best ;  of  these  he  boasts,  and  treats 
them  with  peculiar  kindness.  The 
Caffres  chiefly  subsist  upon  milk ;  but 


their  opinion 

cover. 

chiefs 


in  part,  also,  by  liunting,  and  by  tho 
produce  of  their  gardens.  They  how 
a  h|M>cies  of  inillet,  which  is  known 
in  the  ciilonv  liy  tin-  name  of  (.'aHro 
corn.  \N  liilc  griiwiiig,  it  v<'ry  much 
resembles  Indian  cuni,  only  tin-  fruit 
grows  in  clusters,  like  the  jfrape  ;  the 
grain  is  small  and  round,  and  when 
boiled  it  is  very  palataldi'.  They  frc- 
(pieiitly  iiruise  it  between  two  stones, 
and  make  a  kind  ot'  bread  from  it.  To 
HOW  it  is  the  work  of  the  women. 
They  watter  the  seed  on  the  grass, 
after  which,  they  push  otf  the  grass 
fioin  the  surface,  by  means  of  a  Kind 
of  wooden  spade,  shaped  something 
like  a  Hpoon  at  both  ends,  by  which 
operation  the  seed  falls  upon  the 
ground,  and  i-t  covered  by  tliv  grass  ; 
Ironi  underneath  wliicii  witliere<l  and 
rotten  grass,  it  afterwards  springs  up. 
They  also  sow  piiiiipkins,  water-mel- 
ons, Ac,  and  iis<'  various  vegetables, 
which  grow  wild.  They  cultivate 
tobacco,  and  smoke  it.  like  the  Mat* 
chapp«'e8,  through  water  in  a  horn. 
The  men  spend  thtMrdaysin  idlenesR, 
having  no  employment  Init  war,  hunt- 
ing, and  milkinir  the  cows.  'I'lie  wo- 
men construct  mclosures  for  the  cat- 
tle, utensils,  and  cbitlies  ;  they  also 
till  the  gnmnd.  and  cut  wood.  They 
likewise  iiiannfa<!ture  mats  of  rushes, 
and  neat  baskets,  wrought  so  close  as  to 
contain  milk,  but  which  are  seldom 
washed  or  cleaned,  except  by  the 
dogs'  tongues.  They,  moreover,  build 
houses  in  the  shape  of  a  dome,  form- 
ed of  long  sticks  bent  into  that  shape, 
thatched  with  straw,  and  |)lastercd  in 
the  inside  with  a  mi.xture  of  clny  and 
cow-dung  :  the  entrance  is  low — sel- 
dom higher  than  two  or  three  feet ; 
and  having  no  chimney,  the  smoke 
proceeding  from  the  fire,  which  is 
placed  in  the  middle  of  the  hut,  must 
find  its  passage  out  the  best  way  it 
can,  through  tlie  roof  or  by  the  door. 

Next  to  these  people  is  anq^er 
numerous  tribe,  called  Tnvibookics ; 
and  further  to  the  N.  E.,  near  Dela- 
goa  Bay,  are  the  Mnmhookics,  who 
are  very  numerous.  These  are  said 
to  be  of  the  CafFre  race,  as  are  the 
numerous  tribes  of  the  Bootchuanaa 
to  the  W. 

Dr.  Vanderkcmp,  with  other  agents 
of  the  L,  M.  S.,  attempted  an  estab- 
lishment on  the  Keiskamma  R.  in 
1709;    but    owing  to    the  disturbed 

95 


''',  '■' 


''I 


■1^ 

■.y  r 


CAF 


CAI' 


1 

R 

i 

Mi 

Mi 

HeiI 

'^'li 

,   1 

utalo  of  tin*  cimiilry,  uiul  tlu'  pn'jii- 
dici'H  (»f  tlif  |H'ii|iU'.  tlu-y  removed  to 
(iriiatl'  Kt-yni't,  witliin  tlu'  colony,  in 
Irilll  ;  iiol,  liowrvcr,  till  tlii'y  had  coll- 
cilialcil  111. my  *>i'  the  t'iitrns.  aiid|iif- 
pur'«l  llif  way  lor  iuliiii'  liiiiors'i. 

'I'lic  Kt'V.  Joriiali  Williams     acroin- 
paiiii  d   liy    liH  will  .  Mr.   Ilrtid.  and  a 
nativf  cuiivfrl,  'I  zal/.nc.  arrivrd  at  a 
place  intinilcd  lor  a  slat  ion,  near  Cat 
ll.,  in  l-iti.     The  ehicls  ni' this  coun- 
try wi'lcomcd  ihfin   uilii  the  jiTcatest 
kindness.     Several   ol"    tiiein  lemem- 
bured    Dr.   \  anderkehi|i,   whom   tiiey 
called  Jankaiina,  and  lor  whose  mem- 
ory they  entertained   a    hiyh   venera- 
tion.    One  of    the  chiefs  said,   "You 
must  not   he    tired   of   lis,   thoiijrh  we 
uro    perverse  ;    hut    often     visit     us. 
Jankanna  W  dead,  and  you  uro  insteud 
of   him."        T'Cleika,     the     principal 
chief,  appeared  to  he  di'eply  convinc- 
ed of  his  sins  ;    which    he    compared 
one  nii>ht,  after  tiie  piihlic  service,  to 
the    stars,    then    t>hllerin(r  over   his 
head.       lie   lainenled   his   neu'lect  ol 
the  word  lormerly  preai  hed   by   Jan- 
kanna ;  but  said  that  (iod.  who  w<iuld 
not  sutler  him   to  die  in  his  .sins,  had 
scut  Juiikaiina's   son    (for   so  lu?  and 
the  pi'ople  styled  ,Mr.  Head)  and  now 
he  declared,    that  if    (iod    would   lie 
pleased  to  strenolheii  him,   he   would 
renounce  the  world,  and  }»ive  himself 
wliolly  to  Christ  ;  without   whom   he 
said,  all   things  are  nothing  ;  adding, 
that  if  the  Calfres  refused  to  hear  the 
Gospel,    he    would    leave    them    and 
cleave  to  the   missionaries  and   their 
friends  at  Cape  Town,  that  he  might 
enjoy  it.       He   also  desired   that    his 
thanks  might  be  given  to  tiie  Gover- 
nor, and  to  the  King  of    FiUgland,  for 
sending  missionaries  to  Calfraria. 

Under  these  auspicious  circumstan- 
ces, Mr.  Williams  commenced  his 
labors.  He  built  a  house,  formed  a 
garden,  inclosed  ground  for  corn,  and 
prepared  for  conducting  wati'r  to  it 
from  a  distance.  About  100  CaftVes 
attended  his  ministry  on  the  Sabbath, 
and  about  70  on  other  days.  A  school 
he  commenced,  contained  about  150 
native  children.  Hut  in  tlie  midst  of 
his  efforts,  Mr.  W.  was  called,  on  the 
24th  of  August,  1818,  to  Ins  reward. 
Obstacles  afterwards  arose,  partly 
from  the  existence  of  a  Caffre  war, 
which  prevented,  for  a  'time,  the  es 
tablishment  of  the  mission. 


In  \^'i'>.  the  llev.  .lohn  Urownlep, 
who  had  be«'n  successfully  engaged  at 
('huiiiie.  at  the  evpensi'  of  tiie  Colo- 
nial (tovernnieiit.  airreed  to  attem|)t 
its  revival.  .Accnnipaiiied  liy  Jan 
Tzat/oe.  wlm,  since  the  death  of 
.Mr.  Williams,  had  been  a  teacher  at 
'i"ln'o|)olis.  he  proceeded  to  Tzatzoe's 
kraal,  on  the  HntV.iln  K..  the  residence 
of  his  assistant  s  fallier.  who  is  a  Caf- 
fre chief  of  considrralile  intliieiice. 
A  ipiantity  of  ground  has  since  been 
enclosed,  and  is  in  course  ol'  cultiva- 
tion. A  good  coiiiirei;iitinn  has  been 
(■(dlected,  and  the  place  ol"  worship  is, 
at  times,  full.  In  a  letter  dated  April 
•J().  .Mr.  iJ.  Iliiis  states  th«' 
of    CatlVelaiiil    to    missionary 


l.'>th,    r- 


claiins 
efforts  : — 

"  A  dense  |)*ipiilation,  liviii<r  'n  the 
vicinity  of  a  ('lirisliaii  i'mtestant 
IJritish  Colony — the  ('atfie  laiimiage 
|H'rl('ctly  understood  and  spoken,  with 
liltle  variation,  for  otiO  in.  along  tlit- 
eastern  I'oast — act-ess  to  the  Catfre 
country  from  the  colony,  and  a  daily 
inlercourst"  maintiiiiied  between  the 
("affres  and  the  colonial  frontier — a 
weekly  niarki  t  in  the  vicinity  of  tlie 
frontier,  atteiidi'd  by  the  Calfres  and 
other  tribes  beyfMid  tlnni — the  supe- 
rior local  advaiitiioes  of  the  Caffre 
country,  compared  with  other  tiact« 
of  South  Africa,  and  a  free  and  unin- 
ti'rru|tled  intercourse  maintained  Ik'- 
tween  the  Calfres.  the  'rambookies, 
and  some  of  the  Manibookie  tribes. 
The  population  ef  the  Calfres  subject 
loT'Geika.  llinza.  and  Slanibie,  does 
not  probaldy  amount  to  less  than 
KiO.OOO  souls.  'J'lie  Tambookies  n»ay 
amount  to  the  same  niiniler ;  and 
tlu'ir  most  distant  kraals  are  not  much 
more  than  2(M  m.  from  the  colonial 
territory.  At  present  there  would  be 
no  ol)je{;tion  made  by  the  above-men- 
tioned tribes  to  niissionnries  settling 
amonost  them. 

"  Missions  among  the  Caffres  would 
form  connecting  links  with  others 
that  may  in  future  be  established 
among  the  Tambookies,  Mnnd)ookies, 
and  other  tribes.  But,  jierhaps,  the 
strongest  reason  that  could  be  adduced 
for  increasing  the  missionary  stations 
in  Caffraria,  is  the  success  which 
has  attended  the  feeble  means  already 
used." 

The  Rev.  Gottlieb  Frederick  Kay- 
Iscr,  from  the  university  at  Halle,  has 

96 


r«.Vl 


J 


III  Hrowiilrr, 
_v  riiifiijLrt'd  at 
111"  the  Coln- 
il  to  attfiiipt 
lit'd  liy  Jiin 
III'  (Initli  of 
II  IfiicliiT  nt 
to  'I'zatzfics 
llic  r('si(lciic«' 
w  ln»  is  a  C'af- 
ilc  iiitliiciif.c. 
as  hiiK'*'  licrii 
:<■  <it'  ciilfivn- 
tiiiii  lias  l.ci-u 

l»t'  Wnisllip   JH. 

r  (lalci!  A[»ril 
lis  slatrs  till' 
()    iiiissidiinry 

,  liviiiij  in  tlir 

II    I'mttstant 

H'li-   hiiii;uair«' 

I  s|)fik«'ii.  with 

III.  alonir  till' 

n    llic    Catlr*' 

.  and   a  daily 

Ix'twccn    the 

il  frontier — ii 

iriiiity  <)f  tin* 

ic  Cairns  and 

III — llic  Hupc- 

f   llic   Catih- 

I   oilier  tvacts 

ice  and  iinin- 

aiiitained  U'- 

'raiiiliookij's, 

MHikie   Iribes. 

iillVes  subject 

Manibi«\  (Wb 

)     less   tlinn 

iliookies  may 

iiiiil.er  ;    and 

are  not  iiinrh 

the    colonial 

■re  would  bo 

altove-nien- 

lules  settling 

I'a fires  would 
I  with  others 
established 
^Ininbookies, 
perhaps,  the 
[1  be  adduced 
lary  stations 
tcess  which 
?an8  already 

ierick  Kay- 
Halle,  has 

96 


PORCELAIN  TOWEll  AT  NA.NKlN. 


THE  criY  OF  CALCUTTA. 

*    ■ 


i  I 


i 


'  JLtibiAjM- 


1  V»».ifi-Kl3Jj3»I'--    ' 


^m 


'  J* ' 


■  1^^ 


'•!#.: 


m. 


»4VV 


»•*» 


'»g, 


« -.J*.  .<»'%.■. 


•^^»'vk''i>iL»i«*;<i. 


atii''iEiar: 


CAP 


CAP 


recently  boon  appointed,  in  conso- 
quencf  of  tlu'sc  circumstances,  a  mis- 
sionary of  tilt'  aocicty  1o  Catt'raria. 

John  Brownh'o  and  G.  F.  Kayscr 
continue  at  tiiis  station,  assisted  by 
Jan  T/.iilzoe.  Mr.  Kayser,  wlio  has 
made  |food  proirres  i  tiic  lanj^uajr*;, 
itinerates  iiuionir  t       people. 

TJie  ilfv.  Wni.  biiaw,  .accompanied 
by  otlier  nieinbers  of  the  fV.  M.  S., 
travi'llcd  tlirouirii  a  considerable!  part 
of  tiiis  country  in  lr*'2'.i.  and  the  nortli- 
ward,  to  take  possession  of  a  place 
for  a  mission,  whicli  lay  bi-tween  the 
residence  of  two  chiefs.  .%ir.  S.  says, 
"  We  saw  as  many  kraals,  or  villager, 
within  2  m.  of  thv  place,  as  nmst  con- 
tain a  popnlatiou  of  at  least  lOOO 
eouls  ;  and  tiiis  nuudter  will  doubtless 
be  increased  from  other  pirts  as  soon 
as  the  mission  is  established."  To 
the  station  thus  determined  f)n, 
the  missionaries  gave  thi>  nani<'  of 
JVi'slfijcille,  in  honor  of  the  founder 
of  their  society.  In  \&24,  Mr.  S. 
says : — "  The  village  has  been  laid 
out  on  a  regular  plan,  and  the  houses 
are  now  iu  nnxrress  of  buildinof.  Jt 
will  be  higldy  gratifvmg  to  see  a  num- 
ber of  natives  living  together  in  decent 
cottages,  instead  of  their  miserable 
straw  huts  ;  this  change  in  their  hou- 
ses will  im])ereeptibly  draw  after  it  a 
change  of  iiabits.  which  is  a  matter  of 
much  more  consecpience.  Two  strong 
wattled  and  plastered  houses,  of  f(jur 
rooms  each,  have  been  finished.  I 
am  living  in  one,  and  Mr.  HIk iistonr 
occupies  the  other  :  so  that.  comi)ared 
with  our  own  residenci  in  the  waggon 
and  tent,  we  are  now  (piite  comfort- 
able. The  Caffres,  both  men  and 
women,  readily  work  for  us  at  any 
thing  we  have  for  them  to  do.  -eceiv- 
ing,  as  their  wages,  5  strings  (  ;"  beads 
per  day.  A  school-room,  40  feet  by 
15,  has  been  commenced,  and  will 
probably  be  finished  by  June;  when 
it  will  be  used  for  the  double  purpose 
of  a  school-room  and  chapel,  until  it 
may  appear  desirable  to  commence  a 
larger  building  for  divine  worship. 
At  present,  service  is  held  in  the  ojjen 
air,  and,  when  excessively  hot  which 
has  frequently  been  the  case  this  sum- 
mer, we  avail  ourselves  of  the  shtidow 
afforded  by  some  large  spreading 
trees." 

''  I  am  extremely  anxious  for  the 
completion  of  the  school-room,  that  1 


may  be  able  to  organize  a  wchool  for 
the  children,  and  such  adults  as  may 
be  anxious  to  learn.  This  cannot  be 
effected  until  the  l)uilding  is  ready. 
Many  of  the  children  have,  however, 
learned  the  Alphaliet." 

•'  A  four  months"  residence  in  a 
Pagan  country  hardly  warrants  my 
saying  any  thing  as  to  the  direct  ef- 
fects produced  hy  the  preaching  of 
the  Gospel ;  and  indeed  it  is  not  at 
present  in  my  power  to  speak  of  any 
true  conversions  :  bnf  I  may  state, 
that  a  consideraitle  number  of  the  na- 
tives have  become  regular  hearers  of 
the  word  ;  and  1  trust  that  some  of 
them  will  prove  it  to  be  '  the  power 
of  God  unto  salvation.'  Much  dis- 
cussion on  tlu^  sul))ects  spoken  of  by 
till!  missionaries  lias  been  induced  ; 
many  contending  for,  and  many  pro- 
ducing their. s7/7;//i'/T«^sMw.v«iw/««<"  the 
hihiPiulirnliooloo'  (Great  Hook).  They 
are  generally  very  attentive  and  de- 
corous during  service  :  and  one  of  the 
pleasing  things  which  I  ought  not  to 
omit  mentioning,  is,  that  although  in 
a  heathen  country,  the  J^ord's  day  is 
rever«>nced  and  observed  by  the  inhab- 
itants of  Wesleyville  and  its  immedi- 
ate vicinity  in  a  most  gratifying  man- 
ner. This  is  some  encouragement, 
when  it  is  considered  there  was  no 
such  day  known,  or  observed,  among 
these  people  previously  to  the  coin- 
iiiencement  of"  the  mission  among 
them." 

'•  The  three  brother  chiefs,  Pato, 
Coniro,  and  Kamn,  are  very  seldom 
absent  from  divine  worship.  The 
last-named  is  particularly  inquisitive, 
very  docile,  and  tells  me  he  often 
|)rays  to  the  Great  God,  that  he  may 
be  guided  into  the  truth.  We  have 
great  hope  of  this  young  man,  and 
should  he  be  truly  converted  to  God, 
he  will,  no  doubt,  be  a  very  useful 
auxiliary  to  us.  Of  his  wife  we  havo 
also  great  hope  ;  die  is  a  daughter  of 
Gaika.'' 

*'  The  obstacles  with  which  we  have 
to  contend  in  this  mission,  arising 
from  the  extreme  ignorance  and  wick- 
edness of  the  people,  are  neither  few 
nor  small.  In  England,  books  are 
frequently  publishea  in  defeoce  of 
what  is  very  falsely  called  the  rdigion 
of  nature,  as  opposed  to  the  relig>on  of 
the  Bible,  I  wish  the  authors  of  these 
speculationa  enjoyed  the  benefit  of 

97 


1 

pKI 

'"Wm 

•  ■*■' 

l 

i*th 

'. 

'&'  iIH' 

'- 

iwlrj 

'^■B 

i'\ 

iw 

•'''•, 

"> 

,  ^f;: 

. 

'.-1 

;  ■ 

* . 

-  - 

»  r 

'I'' 

i 

■rf. 


^M 


"If 


S      ; 


CAI 

merely  a  4  months'  residence  in  Cal- 
frcland  ;  it  would  give  them  a  melan- 
choly opportunity  of  beholding  the 
folly  and  wretchedness  f)f  man,  un- 
blessed with  the  liglit  of  reveliiti(jn. 
They  would  Ix'hold  in  the  CallVts — 
tlnse  •  Himj)l«'  childnn  (.1'  uiilure.'  who 
daily  apjuar  in  i)ul)l!(;.  without  shame. 
in  a  state  of  comj>i(  It-  nudity,  anil 
who  profe.i8  no  religion  but  that  ol 
nature — an  exiiibitinn  of  all  the  gros- 
ser vires.  llcrr  are  liars,  thieves, 
adulterers,  nuudirers,  &c.,  in  apjial- 
ing  mnnbers  ;  and  not  a  few  who  will 
even  justify  such  things  against  the 
contending  missionary,  and  that  with- 
out blush  or  shame." 

In  [r-'^Vi,  Mr.  Shaw  says,  '•  Tiie 
popuhition  continues  nmch  the  same 
as  tiiat  n-ported  to  be  residirig  on  the 
station  last  year  ;  viz.  about  JoO  souls. 
Besides  these,  there  is  a  considerable 
niunber  of  natives,  who  occasionally 
reside  here  for  several  months  at,  a 
time,  and  who  are  either  employed  in 
tlu!  public  works  of  tlie  station,  or  in 
the  .service  of  those  that  are  settled  at 
the  Institution.  There  are  two  tilings 
which  at  present  operate  against  any 
very  considerable  population  being 
a9send)led  at  a  mission  village:  1st. 
the  nature  of  their /<(/*/«/ customs  and 
reliitionships ;  and  2<llij,  their  love  of 
cattle,  and  decided  j)redilection  for 
grazing  pursuits,  inducing  tlu-m  to 
live  a  jjtirtidlhj  irtiii(l('riii<s  life,  not 
much  unlike  tiiat  of  the  graziers  and 
herdsmen  of  patriarchal  times,  ns  de- 
8cril)ed  in  the  Book  of  Genesis.' 

Ff)r  accounts  of  these  missions  See 
Tzatzut's  Kraal, 
letfvillc.  Chumie,  i,r 

CAIRO,  the  capital  city  of  Egypt. 
and  one  of  tlu-  largest  cities  in 
the  world.  It  lies  on  the  east  bank 
of  the  Nile,  in  a  sandy  plain,  and  c<'n- 
tains  Old  Cairo,  Boulae.  (the  harbor) 
and  New  Cairo.  The  city  itself  is 
3i  leagues  in  circuit,  has  'M  gates, 
8400  iriegular  unpaved  streets,  which, 
during  the  night,  ire  closed  ;  y.").f^4(i 
houses,  and  more  i  i m  2i>(),000  inhab- 
itants. There  are  18  ])ui>lic  baths. 
300  mosques,  2  Greek.  V2  Coptish. 
and  1  Armenian  church,  and  3(5  syn- 
agogues. Here  is  a  Mf)hanune<lan 
high  school,  a  printing  office,  and  li- 
brary of  2'),000  volumes.  In  the 
summer  and  autnnm  of  18:?1,  the 
cholera  raged  with  fearful    violence 


Colics  Mount,   Hts- 


CAL 

at  CaTro,  For  a  f«w  days,  lijO(>  irvdv- 
viduals,  were  carried  otf  every  day. 
The  C.  J»/.  A',  en  ploy  in  Kgypt,  W. 
Kruse;  .1.  Kiidolpb.  T.  Lieder.  T. 
Muiller,  mi>.-ionaries.  and  .1.  l'(>troj4, 
native  assistant.  Scholars  in'Jscho<ils 
in  Cairo,  TiU,  with  <Jt*  girls  iii  a  lemale 

CALADA  CHrUCH.  a  church  of 
the  fcyrian  Christians  in  S(*uth  India, 
built  'MM  years  ago.  In  tlie  last  year 
reported,  there  v/ere  !•"»  baptisms,  4 
deatlif..  and  4  marriaiics.  A  school  of 
iiO  boys  is  here  collected. 

CAl.Cl  'i'J'A,  a  city  of  Hindoos- 
tan,  the  eiiijn  riuiu  of  Bengal,  the 
.seat  of  the  supreme  government  of 
British  India,  and  the  See  f)f  a 
Bishop,  with  a  citadel  calle<l  Ffirt 
VN'ill.am.  It  is  situated  on  the  left 
lank  of  the  Hoogly.  or  we>tern  arm 
of  the  Ganges.  I UO  m.  from  its  mouth, 
and  extends  from  the  \V.  point  of 
I'ort  \N  illiam.  up  the  river,  about  0 
111.;  the  breadth,  in  many  parts,  is 
inconsiderable.  Generally  sjienking, 
the  descrijition  of  (.m>  Indian  city  is 
a  description  of  all;  being  all  built  on 
one  plan,  with  \v\-\  narrow  and 
crooked  streets,  interspersed  with  nu- 
merous reservoirs,  pc-nds  and  gardens. 
A  lew  of  the  streets  are  pav»'d  with 
brick.  The  houses  are  variously 
built ;  some  with  brick,  others  with 
mud,  and  a  irreater  j)ro|)ortion  with 
bandioos  and  mats :  these  difl'erent 
kinds  of  falirics,  intermixed  wifh  each 
other,  form  a  motley  ap])earancc. 
Those  of  the  latter  kinds  are  invaria- 
bly of  one  story,  and  covered  with 
thatch  ;  those  of  brick  seldom  exceed 
two  floors,  and  have  flat  terraced 
roofs ;  but  tlu'se  are  so  thinly  scatter- 
ed, that  fhes  which  ot\en  happen,  do 
not,  sometimes,  meet  with  the  ob- 
structicn  of  a  brick  house  through  the 
whole  street.  But  Calcutta  is,  in 
jiart.  an  exception  to  tliis  rule  of 
building  ;  for  the  quarter  inhabited  by 
the  Knglish  is  composed  entirely  of 
brick  buildings,  many  of  which  have 
the  apiiearanceof  jjalact  s. 

The  population  of  Calcutta  is  prob- 
ably about  50(^.(1(10.  An  equal  num 
her  IS  contain(>d  in  the  suburbs.  The 
population  of  the  surrounding  dis- 
tricts, within  a  space  of  20  m.  is 
estimated  at  2,225.000.  Here  ia  the 
residence  of  the  governor-general  of 
India,  and  the  seat  of  the  Supreme 

98 


L_^^^ 


CAL 


CAL 


I.-jOO  imii- 
vcry  day. 
h:oy|.t,W. 
Litder,  T. 
.1.  I'clroB, 
11  '2  schools 
II  ;i  IfiuaU? 

clinrch  of 
)\ith  India, 
11"  last  year 
a|ttisins.  4 
A  t;t'lu>ol  of" 

llindoos- 
en^al,    the 

lIlllHUt    of 

{?('(•    of   a 
:allfd   Fort 
in   the  loft 
tvtcrn  arm 
I  its  month, 
.     point  of 
er,  about  0 
y   parts,   is 
V  speaking, 
liiin   city  is 
all  huilton 
i:irrow    and 
mI  with  nu- 
iid  j>ardcns. 
pavt'd  with 
variously 
otliors  with 
rtion   with 
difiorcnt 
1  wifli  oach 
])|!parance. 
re  invaria- 
A'cred  with 
oin  exceed 
it  terraced 
ily  scattcr- 
lappen,  do 
th    the   ob- 
h rough  the 
vitta   is,   in 
is   rule  of 
ihabited  by 
entirely  of 
A'hich  haT* 

tta  is  prob- 
•(jual  num 
urhs.     The 
nding  dia- 

20  m.  is 
terc  is  the 
Igeneral  of 

Supreme 

98 


M 


Court  of  Justice,  which  decides  (causes 
acc(vrding  to  the  Knolish  law  without 
reiranl  to  country,  rank,  or  otlice. 
Calcutta  is  tiu-  <rr<'at  emiioriuiii  of 
Beiii^al.  and  the  chauncl  throii;.rh 
which  the  treasure-?  of  the  interior 
provinces  are  convex ed  to  Kuri>|)e. 
The  port  is  tilled  willi  ships  of  all  na- 
tions, tiicre  are  sonie  houses  which 
trade  annually  to  the  amount  of  4   or 

n.ooii.diMijt;. 

In  17-">'i.  Caiciitla  was  taken  l>y  the 
soubah  of  JJi'Uijal,  who  forced  the  !<•<'- 
ble  garrison  of  the  old  fort,  to  the 
amount  ot'  lit)  persons,  into  a  small 
prison  called  tiie  iJlack  Hole,  out 
of  whicii  inly  'Si  came  alive  the 
next  morning.  it  was  re-takeii 
the  next  year ;  the  victory  of  IMassey 
followed  ;  and  the  inlmiiian  soultah 
was  deposi'd,  and  put  to  death  by  his 
successor.  immedialA'ly  af^er  this 
victory,  the  erection  of  the  present 
Fort  William  commenced,  whicii  is 
superior  in  roiiiilarity  and  stn^nirth  to 
any  fort  in  India,  is  sujiposed  to  have 
cost  almut  Jt.'J.DIIO.dOO  sterling,  and  is 
eapahle  of  containing  l.").(lUt)  men.  No 
chip  can  pass  without  being  exposed 
to  the  fire  of  the  fort,  nor  can  an  enemy 
approach  by  land  without  being  dis- 
cerned at  the  distance  of  10  or  ]'i 
miles. 

Sir  Will  lain  Jours  instituted  hire. 
in  1764.  the  Jisiatic  S.,  designed  to 
concentrate  all  the  valuable  know- 
edge,  w!ii''h  might  be  obtained  in 
India.  The  *'  Asiatic  Researches" 
>are  the  productions  of  this  society, 
forming  ft  noble  and  splendid  monu- 
ment of  British  science  in  a  distant 
country. 

In  IfOO,  the  Colh'oe  at  Fort  Wil- 
liam wa-j  founded  by  the  Martjuis 
Ji'cllcsldj.  i,o  initiate  the  English 
youth,  who  were  to  fill  the  ditferent 
departments  of  government,  into  the 
languages  of  the  country,  and  also  to 
promote  the  translation  of  the  Scrip- 
tures into  those  languages.  Early  in 
1801.  Dr.  Carey  was  connected  with 
the  institution  as  teacher  of  the  Ben- 
galee and  Sanscrit,  with  the  design 
of  rendering  it  the  centre  of  all  the 
translations  of  Eastern  Asia ;  and  to 
facilitate  these  purposes,  in  less  than 
5  years,  about  100  learned  men.  from 
difterent  parts  of  India,  Persia,  and 
Arabia,  were  attaclied  to  it ;  the 
translations  of  the  Scriptures  were 


made  in  several  languages.  Or. 
Claudius  Buchanan  was,  for  some 
time  vice  provost,  and  Uev.  Uavid 
Brown.  ])rovost.  The  institution  has 
b«'en  for  a  considerable  peiiod  discon- 
tinued. 

In  IS  10.  a  lliniloo  Collcire  was 
foundejl.  This  institution  is  remark- 
able as  !)einif  thetirst  which  has  been 
projected,  siiperliitemh'tl,  an<l  sup- 
])orted.  by  the  natives,  fi»r  the  instruc- 
tion of  their  sons  in  the  English  and 
Indian  languages,  and  in  tiie  litera- 
ture and  science  ot"  llurop*-  and  Asia. 

A  large  sum  having  been  placed  by 
the  Soritlij  for  l'roj)o(riititto  the  (ios- 
[ttl  ill  rorriirii  }'arts  at  the  disjiosal  of 
the  Uev.  Dr.  Mi<ldleton.  \.liile  bishop 
of  Calcutta,  he  established  Iti^/iup's 
Collroe.  The  obj<'cts  of  this  institu- 
tion are; — 1 .  To  prejiare  native  and 
other  Christian  youths  to  liecome 
preachers,  catt>chists,  and  schoolmas- 
ters ;  2.  To  teach  the  elements  of 
ii.><el"ul  knowledge  and  the  English 
laiiiiiuige  to  Musselmen  and  Hindoos  ; 
'.).  To  traiLslate  the  Scriptuies,  the 
Liturgy,  and  tracts  ;  4.  To  receive 
Enirlish  missionaries,  sent  out  by  the 
socii'ty,  on  their  first  arrival  in  India, 

The  supreme  government  was  in- 
duced, in  consequence  of  the  late 
Bishop  Ileber's  known  wishes  on  the 
subject,  to  make  a  large  and  extremely 
iinportcint  additiori  to  the  land  already 
granted  to  the  college. 

The  following  facts  will  show  the 
present  condition  of  the  college.  W. 
f  I.  Mill  D.  ]).,  Principal ;  F.  Holmes, 
G.  Withers,  Professors  ;  W.  Morton, 
W.  Tweedle,  M.  R.  Di  Mello,  T.  D. 
Pettinger,  missionaries  ;  G.  Koch,  R. 
Acheson,  catechists ;  James  Sykes, 
printer.  The  students  are  10  in 
number.  The  missionaries  have  the 
superintendence  of  a  large  number  of 
native  schools.  Bishop  Turner,  in 
speaking  of  the  college,  says,  "  We 
have  a  powerful  instrument  in  our 
hands,  which,  in  the  present  state  of 
society  in  India  is  calculated  to  pro- 
duce great  etl'ects." 

The  Rev.  John  '.'ack  Kicrjiandcr, 
Trom  the  Hucirtij  for  Promotinff 
Christian  Knutclctlfrc,  in  1 700,  was 
the  honored  instrument  of  establish- 
ing the  first  Protestant  mission  in 
Bengal.  After  laboring  many  years 
at  Cuddalore,  he  came  to  Calcutta,  in 
1760 ;    where  he  erected  a  place  of 

99 


-^v? 


m.i 


CAL 

worship,  and  formed  a  church,  which 
was  the  only  Protestant  one  in  Ben- 
gal for  about  IJO  years.  About  177;{, 
the  coinniunicants  were  17;?,  of  whom 
104  were  natives.  In  the  two  suc- 
ceedinij  years  IV.)  were  added,  mostly 
Hindoos.  Amidst  numerous  discour- 
agements, he  continued  to  witness 
many  im'cious  fruits  of  his  labors, 
till  1  T.-^T  ;  when  Mr.  Grant  purchased 
the  house  for  5500  dollars,  called  it 
the  Missionary  Church,  and  devoted 
it  to  its  orifvinal  design.  About  this 
time,  the  Uev.  David  Brmrn,  some 
years  first  chaplain  of  the  Presidency 
and  provost  of  the?  college  at  tort 
William,  among  other  zealous  ettbrts 
for  tl  promotion  of  Christianity  in 
India,  devoted  much  of  his  time  to 
the  spiritual  good  of  this  flock,  till 
about  Irill  ;  when  the  Rev.  T.  T. 
Thomasun  took  the  charge,  and  con- 
tinued to  preach  for  many  years  in 
the  mis.sion  church,  to  a  large  and 
respectali  congregaticm  which  raised 
a  fund  for  his  support. 

About  1815,  the  society  renewed 
ta  labors  in  the  establishment  of 
English  and  Bengalee  schools,  and 
the  circulation  of  the  Scriptures  and 
tracts,  under  a  diocesan  committee  at 
Calcutta,  who  appointed  district  com- 
mittees in  different  parts  of  India,  by 
which  means  its  labors  have  become 
extensive  and  eflicient. 

By  the  report  of  1830,  we  learn  that 
tlie  schools  are  in  a  flourishing  state. 
Mrs.  Wilson,  Miss  Ward  and  Miss 
Hebron  are  the  teachers. 
Daily  attendance  at  Cen- 
tre School  150  to  200 

'•     Bang  Bazaar  50  to    70 

'•     Mirzapore  40  to    60 


i  I 


330 

About  200  ladies  and   gentlemen, 

among  whom  was  lady  Wm.  Bentick, 

attended  the  prev'ous  examination  of 

the  schools. 

The  Rev.  Thomas  Rohinson'wx  182G, 
secretary  to  the  Calcutta  district  com- 
mittee, states,  "That  their  native 
schools  in  Bengal  hold  out  most  en- 
couraging prospects  of  success,  in 
converting  the  heathen  to  our  holy 
faith.  I  have  visited  these  seminaries," 
he  says,  "  and  am  satisfied  that  no  hu- 
man means  can  be  so  effectual  in  sap- 
ping the  foundations  of  idolatry  as 
they  are.     A  beginning  has  also  Seen 


CAL 

made  among  the  female  part  of  the 
community,  on  a  limited  scale,  for 
want  of  funds  to  extend  it.  We  re- 
quire nothing,"  he  continues,  ''but 
pecuniary  resources  and  missionaries, 
to  assemble  the  whole  youthlul  popu- 
lation of  our  Indian  villages,  wherever 
a  tree  can  attbrd  its  shade,  or  a  thatch- 
ed roof  give  shelter.  You  may  easily 
imagine  the  efli-ct  of  a  Christian  sys- 
teni  over  such  plastic  minds,  and  how 
impossible  it  is  for  a  superstition, 
founded  on  ignorance,  ami  abetting 
the  most  revolting  cruelties,  to  with- 
stand the  difl'usion  of  light  and 
truth." 

While  the  liapt.  M.  S.  was  deliber- 
ating on  its  first  efl'orts,  the  comnjit- 
tee  learned  tliat  Mr.  John  Thomas, 
who  had  been  several  years  in  Ben- 
gal, preaching  the  Gospel  to  the  na- 
tives, was  then  in  London,  endeavor- 
ing to  establish  a  fund  for  a  mission 
to  that  country,  and  that  he  was  de- 
sirous of  engaging  a  comj»anion  to 
return  with  him  to  the  work.  On 
particular  inquiry,  it  appeared  that 
Mr.  Thomas,  after  having  embraced 
the  Gospel,  under  the  ministry  of  Dr. 
Stennett,  went  out,  in  the  year  1783, 
as  surgeon  of  the  Oxford  Last  India- 
man  :  that  while  he  was  in  Bengal, 
he  felt  a  desire  to  communicate  the 
Gospel  to  the  natives ;  and  being  en- 
couraged to  do  so,  by  a  religious 
friend,  he  obtained  his  discharge  from 
the  ship;  and,  after  learning  the  lan- 
guage, continued,  from  the  year  1787 
till  171>1,  preaching  Christ  in  different 
parts  of  the  country.  Of  the  conver- 
sion of  tliree  persons  he  entertained 
hope  ;  two  of  whom  were  brahmins. 
Mr.  Thomas  was  accordingly  invited 
to  join  the  Rev.  Wm.  Carey  ;  and 
having  acceded  to  the  proposal,  he, 
with  Mr.  Carey  and  family,  arrived 
m  India  in  Nov.  \7[Yi.  St  vere  trials, 
however,  awaited  them.  Their  re- 
mittances failed,  and  they  were  with- 
out support.  Early  in  the  following 
year,  Mr.  Carey  accepted  an  invita- 
tion to  take  charge  of  an  Indian  fac- 
tory at  Mudnabatty,  200  m.  N.  of 
Calcutta,  and  Mr.  Thomas  acceded 
to  a  similar  appointment  at  Moypaul- 
diggy,  16  m.  further  N.  Here  their 
means  were  ample  ;  and  at  the  same 
time  they  had  charge  of  several  hun- 
dred Hindoos,  to  '"hom  they  gave  in- 
struction,  besides  preaching  to  the 


ic. 


irt  of  the 

scale,  for 
We  re- 
ava,  ''  but 
Hsionaries, 
lil'ul  popu- 
,  w  lierever 
r  a  thatch- 
may  easily 
istian  sys- 
i,  and  how 
perstition, 
;1  abetting 
s,  to  with- 
liyht 


and 


as  deliber- 
le  commit- 
1  Thomas, 
s  in  Ben- 
t<>  the  na- 
endeavor- 
a  mission 
he  was  de- 
i])anion    to 
fork.      On 
•ared   that 
embraced 
stry  of  Dr. 
year  1783, 
^ast  India- 
in  Bengal, 
nicate  tlie 
being  en- 
religious 
iiarge  from 
ig  the  Ian- 
year  1787 
n  different 
le  conver- 
ntertained 
brahmins, 
rly  invited 


irey 


and 


)posal,  he, 
ly,  arrived 
vere  trials, 

Their  re- 
ivere  with- 

following 
an  invita- 

ndian  fac- 

m.  N.  of 
18  acceded 

Moypaul- 
Here  their 
t  the  same 
veral  hun- 
?y  gave  in- 
ng   to  the 


H 


CAL 

natives,  both  at  their  places  of  resi- 
dence and  in  various  excursions. 

Mr.  Carey's  appointment,  in  1801, 
to  an  important  station  in  the  new 
college  at  Fort  William,  prepared  the 
way  tor  the  establishment  of  a  mission 
in  this  city.  In  Jan.  1803,  a  place  of 
worship  was  opened;  a  few  only  at- 
tended, perhaps  20.  More  attention 
was  shortly  atterwards  awakened.  A 
shed  was  taken  in  Lai  Bazaar,in  which 
large  congregations  assembled  ;  and 
in  Jan.  l''0!>,  a  new  chapel  was  open- 
ed. In  a  few  weeks  from  that  time, 
0  |)er.soiis  were  baptized  ;  others  were 
inquiring  the  way  of  salvation;  and 
2  native  missionaries  were  sent  out. 

In  l."^ll,  an  auxiliary  B.  M.  S.  was 
forme<l.  Many  persons,  who  had 
lived  in  drunkenness,  in  profane  swear- 
ing, and  in  gross  impuriU^,  laid  aside 
their  vicious  prsictices.  Not  a  corner 
was  then?  in  the  fort  wherein  the 
Gospel  had  not  found  a  reception : 
indeed,  a  wider  eictension  of  truth 
took  place  during  this  year  than  in 
any  one  preceding.  The  word  of 
God  continued  to  prevail,  and  a  con- 
siderable number  of  persons,  Europe- 
ans and  natives,  were  added  to  the 
church.  Certain  Hindoos,  condemn- 
ed for  an  extensive  robbery,  were  vis- 
ited in  the  jail  by  a  native  preacher. 
They  received  his  attentions  with 
gratitude  ;  and  two  of  them  united  in 
a  request  that  he  would  attend  them 
to  the  place  of  execution ;  with  which 
he  readily  complied. 

Among  the  laborious  native  preach- 
ers at  Calcutta,  Sebukram  was  partic- 
ularlji  distinguished  for  the  zeal  he 
displayed,  and  the  respect  in  which 


he  was   held. 
1812,  ho   was 
persons  at 
from   a  town 
who,  havinir 


On  one  occasion,  in 

visited   by  nearly  300 

once,  chiefly  fishermen, 

about   30   m.    distant; 

received   a  book  they 


could  not  fully  understand,  came  to 
him  to  have  it  explained.  This  prov- 
ed to  be  a  copy  of  the  Scriptures ;  on 
which  he  discoursed  to  them  a  great 
part  of  3  days,  which  was  the  extent 
of  their  visit. 

On  Jan.  1 1th,  181G,  the  Rev.  Messrs. 
John  Lawson  and  Eustace  Carey 
were  ordained  co-pastors  of  the  church 
at  Calcutta,  in  connection  with  the 
senior  brethren. 

A  new  chapel  was  opened  for  Eng- 
lish worship  in  1821 ;    the  expense, 


CAL 

about  JC3000,  was  nearly  defrayed  by 
subscriptions  on  the  spot.  A  chapel 
was  also  erected  at  the  charge  of  a 
pious  female  servant,  A  benevolent 
institution,  and  other  schools  in  con- 
nexion with  the  mission,  were  useful. 
Indications  of  hopeful  seriousness 
were  observed  in  many  of  the  pupils  ; 
and  one,  who  died,  is  said  to  have 
given  undoubted  evidence  of  conver- 
sion to  God.  Sickness  and  death  in- 
vaded the  missionary  brotherhood, 
but  other  agents  were  raised  up. 

That  useful  knowledge  was  making 
great  progress  at  thip  period,  is  obvi- 
ous from  the  following  passage  from 
a  missionary's  journal : — "This  morn- 
ing asked  my  pundit,  who  'las  latelv 
visited  every  school  connected  with 
the  CalnUta  School  Society,  to  exam- 
ine its  progress,  whether  he  had  wit- 
nessed any  effects  of  the  instruction 
now  afforded  to  children .'  He  replied, 
'  Yes,  Sir  ;  the  effects  are  astonishing, 
botli  among  the  children  and  the  pa- 
rents. A  few  months  ago,  before 
your  books  were  irtroduced,  if  I  had 
asked  a  boy  at  school  what  was  the 
matter  during  the  late  eclipse,  he 
would  have  replied,  that  the  giant 
Rahoo  was  eating  the  moon,  and 
would  have  joined  in  the  beating  of 
drums,  &c.  to  frighten  him,  that  he 
might  let  go  his  grasp.  But  now  they 
all  know  better;  they  see  such  an 
event  without  alarm,  know  it  to  be 
produced  by  the  shadow  of  the  earth, 
and  despise  the  foolish  ideas  and 
customs  they  formerly  entertained 
and  practised.  A  few  months  ago, 
had  a  snake  bit  a  person,  he  would 
have  done  nothing  but  immediately 
call  for  a  priest,  to  repeat  a  muntra 
(or  incantation)  over  him  j  and,  if 
the  snake  were  poisonous,  die  in  the 
repetition  : — but  now,  as  soon  as  he 
is  bitten,  he  puts  no  faith  in  muntras, 
but  directly  ties  a  bandage  over  the 
wound,  and  gets  a  ^'ot  iron  applied  to 
burn  out  the  poise. — and  if  he  get  it 
done  quickly,  there  is  great  hopes  of 
his  recovery,  even  though  the  snake 
were  poisonous.'  " 

In  1824,  Mr.  Kirkpatrick,  a  young 
man,  had  discovered  such  aptitude 
and  inclination  to  the  work,  that  he 
was  adopted  as  a  missionary.  He 
was  educated  in  the  Benevolent  In- 
stitution, and  thus  affords  another 
striking  proof  of  the  utility  of  those 

101 


I 


D 


III 


CAL 

exertions  that  had  been  made  to  in- 
struct the  children  of  tlie  poor. 

The  state  of  the  niiusion  is  thus 
described  in  the  last  Rejiort : — 

The  nuHsioniiries  of  tJie  B.  M.  S., 
are  W.  Yat.'s,  W.  H.  Pearce,  J.  Pen- 
ney, W.  Robinson,  G.  Pearce,  J. 
Thomas,  C  C  Aratoon,  with  native 
assiHtants.  Worship  is  maintained  at 
y  Enirlish  chapels — the  Lai  Bazaar, 
and  the  Circular  Road.  More  thiin 
5iO  weekly  public  services  are  held  for 
the  natives.  The  conjrregations  still 
maintain  their  number  and  their  in- 
tent, and  the  religit)us  services  exevt 
a  powerful  and  beneficial  influence. 
In  1H2!>,  Mr.  Robinson  baptized  43 
jicrsons,  27  of  whom  had  been  idola- 
tors.  More  than  20  natives  were  bap- 
tized by  the  other  missionaries.  A 
Benjralee  version  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment, entirely  new  from  Acts,  is  in 
preparation.  Founts  of  Siamese  and 
Armenian  types  have  boon  cast.  More 
than  60,(K)0  Tracts  in  Bengalee  and 
HindoBstanee  have  beer  printed  for 
the  Calcutta  Tract  Society  10,000 
rupees  were  earned  in  printing  for  the 
government.  This  sum  was  trans- 
mitted to  England,  and  is  fully  equal 
to  the  present  annual  expenditure  of 
the  Calcutta  mission. 

The  Benevolent  InstiltUlon,  conduct- 
ed by  Mr.  Penney,  continues  to  be  a 
source  of  much  benefit  to  the  indi- 
gent youth  of  Calcutta.  The  present 
number  of  pupils  is  258 — among  whom 
are  fo  be  found  Europeans,  Hindoos, 
Mussulmans,  Portuguese,  Indo-Brit- 
ons,  Chinese,  Africans,  Armenians, 
and  Jews.  Since  the  establishment 
of  this  institution,  between  1500  and 
2000  children  have  been  fostered  un- 
der its  benevolent  wing,  who  would 
otherwise,  in  all  probability,  have 
been  doomed  to  a  life  of  ignorance, 
wretchedness,  and  vice.  Instead  of 
this,  many  of  them  are  now  filling 
respectable  stations  in  Fife,  with  hon 
or  to  themselves,  and  satisfaction  to 
their  employers  ;  whUe  in  "^ome  there 
is  reason  to  hope  tiiat  effects  far  more 
pleasing  have  been  produced.  Two 
brothers,  who  had  been  educated  in 
the  institution,  died  lately,  testily 
ing  their  faith  in  the  Son  of  God, 
and  praying  for  their  relations,  teach 
er,  and  the  whole  world.  Nor  must 
it  be  forgotten  that  the  Calcutta  Juve- 
nile Society f  who  are  zealously  engag- 


CAL 

ed  in  conducting  prayer-meeting* 
from  house  lo  iiouse,  distributing 
tracts,  and  e»f*ablishing  Sabbath- 
schools,  is  conii-')Ked  of  young  men 
who  have  been  edccaied  here.  It  is 
gratilying  to  add,  that  the  value  of 
this  institution  is  evidently  appreci- 
ated by  the  public  and  the  C4overn- 
nient.  For  several  years  a  highly 
respectable  lady  presented  each  girl 
with  a  gainienl,  on  condition  of  her 
making  it  herself.  The  government 
have  also  made  a  generous  donation 
)f  KJ.dOO  rupees,  during  the  year 
Ib2t»,  in  order  to  liquidate  the  debts 
and  rej)air  the  school-room  of  the  in- 
stitution. 

The  improvenient  of  the  scholars 
is  considered  to  be  equal  to  that  of 
any  school  in  England.  More  than 
loo  of  the  present  members  can  read 
the  Scriptures.  A  great  loes  was  ex- 
perienced in  the  death  of  Mrs.  Pen- 
ney which  took  place  Dec.  24,  1829. 

The  Printing-office,  conducted  by 
Mr.  W.  H.  Pearce,  is  becoming  more 
and  more  important  as  a  means  of  dif- 
fusing intellectual,  moral,  and  religious 
truth.  Besides  many  thousand  tracts 
and  school-books,  in  various  langua- 
ges, and  other  miscellaneous  works 
of  a  larger  size,  there  have  issued 
from  it  a  Commentary  on  the  Romans 
in  Bengalee,  by  brother  Eustace  Ca- 
rey ; — a  work  on  geography,  with 
other  small  publications,  in  the  same 
language,  by  brother  Pearce  ; — with  a 
Harmony  of  the  Gospels,  in  Hindoos- 
tanee,  a  new  translation  of  the  Psalms, 
and  an  epitome  of  Natural  History, 
with  various  other  works,  in  Bengalee, 
by  brother  Yates.  Abou^,  70  persons 
are  employed  in  various  capacities  in 
the  office,  among  whom  are  several 
native  Christians,  thus  comfortably 
supported  by  their  own  labor.  A  ser- 
vice is  held  for  the  benefit  of  all  the 
office  servants  twice  or  thrice  a  week, 
which,  it  is  hoped,  may  lead  many  of 
them  to  an  acquaintance  with  the 
truth  of  the  Gospel,  and  eventually, 
under  the  divine  blessing,  to  an  ex- 
perience of  its  power 

A  Corresponding  Committee,  in 
connexion  with  the  C.  M.  S.,  was 
formed  at  Calcutta,  in  1815,  to  which 
the  aflTairs  of  that  institution  in  the 
N.  of  India  were  entrusted :  £1500 
per  annum  were  allowed  to  them  hj 
the  society,  and  the  European  resi- 

102 


li 


CAL 


CAL 


r-nieeting« 
istrihuling 
tiubbath- 
oung  men 
t're.      It  is 
le   viihie  of 
y  apprcci- 
u*  C^ovi-rn- 
I   a   highly 
d  each  tfirl 
tion  of  ner 
fovernment 
18  (lunation 
T   the    year 
e  tlie  debts 
1  of  the  in- 

lie  scholare 
to  that  of 
More  than 
^rs  can  read 
0E8  was  ex- 
F  Mrs.  Pen- 
c.  24,  1^20. 
nducted   by 
oming  more 
leans  of  dif- 
ind  religious 
J  sand  tracts 
ous  langua- 
eous  works 
lave    issued 
the  Romans 
ustace  Ca- 
aphy,    with 
in  the  same 
ce  ; — with  a 
in  Hindoos- 
the  Psalms , 
•al     listory, 
n  Bengalee, 
70  persons 
;apacities  in 
are  several 
comfortably 
)or.     A  ser- 
of  all  the 
rice  a  week, 
ad  many  of 
with  the 
eventually, 
to  an  ex- 

imittce,  in 
M.  S.,  was 
5,  to  which 
ition  in  the 
ted:  £1500 
to  them  bjr 
■opean  rest- 
102 


dents  added  to  this  sum  several  hun- 
dred pounds.  Tiie  proct-t'diniys  of  tlic 
rommittiT  were  cuiiniirnoi'd  by  car- 
rying into  iMll'ct  a  phui  whirii  had 
been  l.>iig  in  ritnlfiii|iliiti<)n,  riz.  tlic 
education  of  nalivi'  yotiliis  and  half- 
castes,  already  jjrofcssing  Christiani- 
ty, in  h  ■('li  a  manner  as  mijjlif  admit 
of  their  Immuit  altcrwards  ordainvd  td 
the  ministry,  if  tlicy  should  appear 
suitable  iiistrunu'iits. 

On  the  r.th  of  June.  IriKi,  the  ilev. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Greenwood  and  Mr. 
Schroeter  arrived,  and  were  gladly 
received  by  the  society's  frien<ls.  who 
had  long  been  waiting  their  coming. 
They  were  placed,  /no  ti mixirr.  in  a 
house  just  purcliased  at  G  arclen  lleacli, 
about  4  ni.  below  the  city,  wiiere  they 
were  diligently  oni|)loyeiJ  in  learning 
Bengalee.  Six  uiitive  youths,  the 
fruit  of  Mr.  Corrie's  ministry,  were 
put  under  Mr.  (Greenwood  scare;,  and 
were  attended  by  Serjeant  MCabe, 
their  protector  and  provider. 

At  Kidderpore,  a  village  near  Gar- 
den Reach,  a  native  having  given 
ground  for  the  purpose,  a  school-rooui 
was  erected,  and  a  teacher  was  aj)- 
pointed  to  carry  intf)  eliect  the  new 
system  of  instruction.  Some  brah- 
mins, who  witnessed  the  opening  of 
the  school,  expressed  their  approba- 
tion of  this  attempt  to  ditVuse  knowl- 
edge. The  school  couunenced  with 
33  children,  but  soon  increased  to  l((0. 
On  the  ()  native  youths  leaving  Cal- 
cutta, first  to  return  to  Mr.  Robertson, 
and  finally  to  accompany  Mr.  Corrie 
to  Benares,  Mr.  Greenwood  devoted 
more  time  to  the  school  ;  attended  the 
Female  Orph.in  Asylum,  containing 
between  20  and  30  destitute  children  ; 
and  was  enabled  to  establish  divine 
service,  in  English,  in  the  large  hall 
of  the  mission-house  every  Sunday 
morning. 

On  the  12th  of  Oct.  1817,  after  the 
first  discourse  had  been  delivered, 
professedly  with  a  missionary  object, 
from  a  pulpit  of  the  established  churcii 
in  India  (which  produced  about 
£300),  a  native,  from  Baroilly,  was 
baptized  by  the  name  of  Fuez  Mes- 
seeh,  who  had  been  a  vear  imder  in- 
struction, andhadgi\(H  satisfactory 
evidence  of  his  sincerity. 

The  native  who  gave  the  ground 
for  the  erection  of  the  school  at  Kid- 
derpore, wished  that  those  boys,  who 


should  become  most  proficient  in 
Ibngalee.  should  be  taught  English. 
This  was  attended  to,  and  between  20 
a'MJ  30  Ixiys  received  instruction.  Of 
the  state  of  ine  school  Mr.  G.  reports 
very  iavorably,  under  dale  ol"  Nov. 
.").  1"'17.  In  consecjuence  of  a  par- 
ticular necessity  for  bis  services,  he 
soon  after  proceeded  to  Chunar,  and 
till'  Ilev.  Deocar  and  Mrs.  Scliniid 
were  appointed  to  the  station.  One 
chief  object  of  Mr.  Schmid  s  removal 
from  Madras  was  tin-  superinteiidenoe 
of  a  jieriodieal  work,  connected  with 
the  plans  and  exertions  of  the  soci- 
ety, to  which  he  had  particularly  ap- 
plied his  attention.  About  the  time 
of  bis  arrival  at  Calcutta,  a  vacancy 
occuring  in  the  situation  of  mistress 
of  the  Keniale  Orphan  Asylum,  Mrs. 
Schmid  was  appointed  to  that  ofiico, 
for  which  she  was  well  fitted.  The 
charge  of  the  school  at  Kidderpore, 
and  otiurs  lately  opened,  devolved  on 
Mr.  Sandys,  son  of  Col.  Sandys,  of 
Cornwall,  who  was  both  well  qualified 
and  disposed  for  the  task. 

Of  Mr.  Schmid,  the  Corresponding 
Committee  observe  in  the  following 
y»'ar  : — "  His  acquaintance  with  Ta- 
iiuil  has  in  some  degree,  facilitated 
his  Bengalee  studies,  in  which  lan- 
guaae  he  has  just  prepared  a  useful 
sclio(d-book, — being  a  collection  of 
extracts  of  Holy  Writ,  with  the  cor- 
respf)nding  English  in  the  opposite 
columns, — designed,  at  once,  to  assist 
the  scholar  in  his  acquisition  of  Eng- 
lish, and  to  enrich  his  mind  with 
Evangelical  truth."  They  also  re- 
mark : — '•  The  school  at  Kalee  Ghaut 
(one  of  the  4  lately  under  the  charge 
of  Mr  Greenwood)  has  been  trans- 
ferred to  the  Diocesari  School  Coiiv- 
mittee,  in  consequence  of  its  having 
been  judged  to  fall  most  conveniently 
within  the  line  of  that  committee's 
operations.  Of  the  other  3  schools 
belonging  to  the  Kidderpore  station, 
1  of  them — the  school  erected  on  the 
ground  made  over  to  the  committee 
by  Colly  Shunker,  a  few  years  ago— 
hiis  been  lately  changed  into  an  Eng- 
lish school,  at  the  particular  request 
of  Colly  Shunker ;  who  expressed  his 
regret  that  the  English  language  had 
not  been  regularly  taught  at  th« 
school,  and  handsomely  oifered  him- 
self to  pay  the  monthly  sum  of  15 
sicca  rupees,  for  the  support  of  an 

103 


CAL 


CAL 


h 


! 


English  schooImaHtcr.  A  suitable 
neruoii  has  been  found,  it  is  hoped, 
ir\  Mr.  Parker,  v/ho  has  latt'ly  hwu 
put  in  ch'trge  of  the  school."  On  the 
Bubeiequent  removal  of  the  Baboo, 
Colly  Shunker,  to  Benares,  th«'  ex- 
pense of  the  school  devolved  a^ain  on 
the  committee. 

About  this  time  the  B.  &  F.  S.  S., 
in  concert  with  some  members  of  the 
Calcutta  S.  S.,  then  in  England,  had 
obtained  funds  for  sending  out  a 
suitable  female  teacher  to  India. 
Such  a  person  was  found  in  Miss 
Cooke,  whose  services,  on  her  arrival 
in  India,  were  surrendered  by  her 
first  supporters,  to  the  Corresponding 
Committee,  who  were  extremely  de- 
sirous of  promoting  female  education. 
The  commencement  of  her  exertions 
was  singularly  interesting.  While 
engaged  m  studying  the  Bengalee  lan- 
guage, and  scarcely  daring  to  hope 
that  an  immediate  opening  for  enter- 
ing upon  the  work  to  which  she  had 
devoted  herself  would  be  found,  Miss 
Cooke  paid  a  visit  to  one  of  the  soci- 
ety's boys'  schools,  in  order  to  observe 
their  pronunciation.  This  circum- 
stance, trifling  in  appearance  led  to 
the  establishment  of  her  first  school. 
Unaccustomed  to  see  an  European 
female  in  tha*.  part  of  the  native  town, 
a  crowd  collected  round  the  door  of 
the  school.  Among  them  was  an  in- 
teresting looking  little  girl,  whom  the 
school  pundit  drove  away.  Miss 
Cooke  desired  the  child  to  be  called, 
and,  by  an  interpreter,  asked  her  if 
she  wished  to  learn  to  read  .-*  She 
was  told,  in  reply,  that  this  child  had, 
for  3  1  ionths  past,  been  daily  begging 
to  be  admitted  to  learn  to  read,  among 
the  boys;  and  that  if  Miss  Cooke 
(who  had  made  known  her  purpose 
of  devoting  herself  to  the  instruction 
of  girls)  would  attend  next  day, 
twenty  girls  should  be  collected. 

On  the  following  day.  Miss  Cooke, 
accompanied  by  a  female  friend,  who 
speaks  Bengalee  fluently,  attended 
accordingly.  About  15  girls,  accom- 
panied, m  several  cases,  by  their 
mothers,  assembled  ;  and  the  follow- 
ing few  particulars  of  a  long  conver- 
sation which  took  place  with  them, 
will  afford  some  insight  into  the 
modes  of  thinking  prevalent  among 
them.  On  their  inquiring  Miss 
Ccoke's  circumstances,    they    were 


told  that  she  had  heard  in  England 
that  the  women  of  this  country  were 
kept  in  total  ignorance ;  that  they 
were  not  taught  even  to  read  or  write 
— that  the  men  alone  wer  allowed 
to  atlain  any  degree  of  knowledge  : 
and  it  was  a.\w>  generally  undiTstood, 
that  the  chief  (ibjection  to  their  ac- 
quiring knowledge,  arose  from  their 
having  no  females  who  would  under- 
taite  to  teach  them.  She  had,  there- 
ff)re,  felt  compassion  for  their  state, 
and  had  determined  to  leave  her 
country,  parents,  friends,  and  every 
other  advantage,  and  to  come  here 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  educating  their 
female  children.  They,  wiln  one 
voici ,  cried  out,  smiting  their  bosoms 
with  their  right  hands — "Oh!  what 
a  pearl  of  a  woman  is  this  !"  It  was 
added,  "  She  has  given  up  every 
earthly  expectation  to  come  here ;  and 
seeks  not  the  riches  of  t':is  world, 
but  to  promote  your  best  interests." 
"  Our  children  are  yours — we  give 
them  to  you,"  replied  two  or  three  of 
their  mothers  at  once.  After  a  while, 
one  asked,  "  What  will  be  the  use  of 
learning  to  our  female  children  ?  and 
what  advantage  will  it  be  to  them.^" 
She  vas  told,  that  "it  will  enable 
them  to  be  aiore  useful  in  their  fam- 
ilies, and  incroise  their  knowledge  ; 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped,  that  it  will  lend 
also  tc  gain  them  respect,  and  increase 
the  harmony  of  families."  "True," 
said  one  of  them,  '*  our  husbands  nov/ 
look  upon  us  as  little  better  than 
brutes."  And  another  added,  "  What 
benefit  will  you  derive  from  this 
work.'"  She  was  told  that  the  only 
return  we  wished,  was  to  promote 
their  best  interests  and  happiness. 
"  Then,"  said  the  woman,  "  I  suppose 
this  is  a  holy  work  in  your  sight — and 
well  pleasing  to  God.  As  they  were 
noi  yet  able  to  understand  our  mo- 
tives, it  was  only  said  in  return,  that 
"  God  is  always  well  pleased  that  we 
should  love  and  do  good  to  ur  fellow- 
creatures."  The  women  then  spoke 
to  one  another  in  terms  of  the  high- 
est approbation. 

This  '■'  'velopement  of  Miss  Cooke's 
plans  seems  to  have  prevented  much 
suspicion  from  being  entertained  as  to 
her  mctives,  and  the  effects  of  her  in- 
tercounie  with  the  children.  Petitions 
were  presented  from  time  to  time, 
from  different  quarters  of  the  native 

104 


-ife^ 


CAL 


CAL 


n  England 
unlry  wore 
that  thoy 
'ad  or  write 
L»r  allowed 
t  now  ledge  : 
understood, 

0  their  ao- 
;  from  their 
:)uld  under- 
had,  there- 
their  stale, 

leave  her 
,  and  every 
coiiip  here 
cat'ng  their 
,  willi  one 
heir  bosoms 
'Oh!  what 
a!"    It  was 

up  every 
ic  here ;  and 
this  world; 
t  interests." 
s — we  give 
3  or  three  of 
fler  a  while, 
?  the  use  of 
ildren  ?  and 
e  to  them?" 
will  enable 
n  their  fam- 
knowledge ; 
it  will  tend 
ind  increase 
"  "True," 
isbands  nov/ 
better  than 
ded,"What 
3  from  this 
lat  the  only 
to  promote 

happiness. 

"  I  suppose 
r  sight — and 
Ls  tney  were 
md  our  mo- 
•eturn,  that 
Lsed  that  we 
D    ur  fellow- 

1  then  spoke 
of  the  high- 

^iss  Cooke's 
ented  much 
rtained  as  to 
its  of  her  in- 
n.  Petitions 
ne  to  time, 
*  tlie  native 
104 


town  ;  «o  that  H  schools  wore  soon  vn- 
tabli.shf'd.  and  mor*-  niiirlil  have  Im-cii 
begun,  had  tiiiu"  allowed.  One  in- 
stance, however,  of  the  suspicion  with 
whicii  iiiitntored  niiiids  are  apt  to 
view  (iisitilerested  lahois  for  tln"ir 
good,  it  may  he  well  to  imtice. 

The  first  t|;'rl  wlio  presented  her- 
self, afler  liaviiiir  attt'iided  daily  fi)r 
some  weeks,  was  wiilulrawn ;  and. 
under  tlu'  pretext  <>f  irdino'  to  a  dis- 
tance, was  aliseiit  almtit  a  I'nrtiiiglit. 
Daily  inf|uiry  iM-iny  made  after  her. 
tlie  lather,  one  «iay.  presiiiled  a  pa|)er. 
written  in  Kn^flisli.  wliidi  In-  re(iuire(l 
Miss  Cooke  to  sitra  ;  nnd  ))romised,  in 
that  case,  to  'i:d  his  ciiild  to  school 
again.  'I'his  |»ro'  :■(!  to  be  an  atrree- 
ment,  hy  which  Miss  i.ooke  was  re- 
quired to  bind  herself  to  make  no 
claim  u|>on  tin-  child  herealter,  on  the 
score  of  educatin<r  her;    and  that  her 

f)arents  should  be  at  liberty  to  tak«' 
ler  away  when  they  chose.  Miss 
Cooke,  with  the  utmost  readiness, 
signed  the  agreement :  the  child  re- 
turned t«)  school — nor  has  any  further 
interruption,  exce|)t  what  the  igno- 
rance and  indolence  of  the  parents  oc- 
casion, arisen  in  any  quarter, 

At  the  time  of  ])rinting  the  fifth 
Report,  there  were  ".^77  girls  in  the  10 
schools  ;  about  200  of  whom  were  in 
daily  attendance. 

It  is  pleasing  to  add,  that  several  of 
the  elder  girls  at  the  Asylum  for  the 
Female  Orphans  of  European  parents, 
who  had  given  evidence  of  having  be- 
come truly  pious,  entered  with  glad- 
ness of  heart,  on  the  study  of  Bengalee, 
in  order  that,  under  Miss  Cooke's  in- 
structions, they  might  be  prepared  to 
act  as  tea'-hers  in  the  female  schools. 
Other  schi/.>ls  for  boys  were  opened, 
and  the  various  means  of  usefulneeis 
were  plied  with  great  activity.  The 
visit  of  the  Marchioness  of  Hastings 
to  the  female  schools  seem  to  have 
been  attended  with  happy  results. 
"  Certain  it  is,"  say  the  committee, 
"  taht  since  her  Ladyship's  visit,  the 
mistress  of  the  Shyam  bazaar  school 
(the  only  female  teacher  that  could  at 
first  be  found)  has  been  called  to  in- 
struct a  respectable  brahminee,  a 
widow,  with  2  other  adult  females,  at 
her  own  house,  during  the  hours  not 
occupied  in  the  school  :  and  this  wid- 
owed brahminee,  though  herself  still 
a  learner,  attends  daily  at  the  house  of 


a  brahmin  to  instruct  his  two  daugh- 
ters." 

O'l  the  -Mh  of  August,  \r^'Z\,  an 
auxiliary  M.  S.  was  formed,  and  HOIK) 
rupees  contriiiuted  ;  and  a  Ladies  6'. 
for  the  promotion  of  lemale  education 
WiiS  sul)Ke(piently  estalilished,  under 
the  patronage  oi  l.,ady  Andierwt.  The 
total  numlier  of  publications  reported 
the  followinir  year,  as  issued  Irrtu  tlic 
society's  press,  was  .").").ii(i(l. 

From  one  of  tiie  Reports,  the  fol- 
lowing |)articnlars  are  txtracted: — 
The  death  of  iJishop  lleber  produced 
an  inqtrcssion  highly  honorable  to  his 
character  and  usefulness.  At  Cal- 
cutta, it  vas  determined  to  erect  a 
monument  in  the  catheilral.  and  to 
appro|)riate  any  surplus  in  the  t'und  to 
the  founding  ol  ••  Heber  scdiolarships" 
in  JJishop's  College.  'I'iie  sum  of 
■SiOO  rupees  was  subscribed.  The 
conunittee  also,  wishing  to  perpetuate 
the  memory  of  their  regard  to  the 
late  liishop,  have  directed  the  found- 
ing of  two  scholarships  in  Bishop's 
College  to  bear  his  name.  The  so- 
ciety, at  its  annual  meetings,  having 
repeatedly  sanctioned  the  yearly  ap- 
l)ropriation,  so  long  as  the  state  of  the 
funds  would  aHow,  of  the  sum  of 
JCIOOO  to  the  use  of  Bishop's  College, 
the'  committee  have  acted  on  that  au- 
thority ;  and  have,  at  the  proper  sea- 
sons, voted  the  said  sum  for  the  years 
iHT>2,  ld'23,  leiti4,  and  1825  respec- 
tively. In  voting  the  grant  for  1826, 
which  was  done  unanimously,  at  the 
monthly  meeting  of  the  conunittee,  on 
the  11th  of  Dec,  the  conunittee  have 
requested  the  committee  of  the  Cal- 
cutta auxiliary  to  appropriate  the 
said  grant,  in  conjunction  with  such 
a  portion  of  former  grants  as  may  be 
requisite  for  the  purpose  of  forming  2 
theological  scholarship  "n  Bishop's 
College,  to  bear  the  r  »  t*  <-'  ••  Bishop 
Heber's  Church  Mi  i-i.  /  Scholar- 
ships." A  special  n  •  ang  of  the 
committee  was  held  ai  Freemason's 
Tavern  on  the  15th  of  Dec.  1826, 
when  the  minutes  of  the  previous 
meeting,  relative  to  this  subject,  were 
confirmed.  Resolutions  were  passed, 
expressive  of  the  feelings  of  the  com- 
mittee occasioned  by  the  death  of 
Bishop  Heber,  and  of  their  conviction 
of  the  inadequacy  of  one  bighop  to  the 
due  discharge  of  the  duties  of  so  vast 
a  diocese  j  and  a  memorial  to  govern- 

1U3 


'I 

it-: 


;■■& 

•i' 


11 


¥■ 


CAL 


CAL 


III 


mwit  ni^rrrd  nn  fur  tlu'  appuinliiU'iit 
oi'iiinrt'  tliiiii  (iiii-  |>n'liit('  til  tins  ardii- 
OUH  Htatioii. 

AinoMj,'  t'  losses  wiiicli  tilt'  ciiusf 
t)f'r<'liiri(iii  .  ^staiiu'il  in  Imliii,  it  is 

iiii|)<is>*ililf  t<  ioiiU  lliiit  \\'lii<'li  liiiN 

be(>ii  ()C(;iisioiii-i  iiy  tlic  ilipiirturt'  ot 
tlu'  trit'd  jiiiii  /.imImus  iViiiul  of  tlu  ho- 
cicty — tlic  llfv.  'r.  'i'.  'I'iioiiiiisoii. 

'J  li«'  sfcoiid  :lmlivt•r.■^Jll•y 


d'llir  Cill- 


riitfii  ('.  M.  ./.,  wart  lu'ld  iit  tlii'  itid 
churrh-rooi  I.  on  \\\v  cvi'iiiiiir  ot'  tin- 
!Mli  !)<>(■..  till*  late  laiiiciittMi  iiislio|)  in 
tlio  cliair.  Till'  r<'Cfi|)tH  of  tlic  '-jd 
year  umoiiiit«'d  to  •jr»-(i  iiiitccs,  and 
tlie  jiaym  -nlH  to  :{'>'.»:{.  Tlic  aMiiiiai 
ficrnion  wms  |»n'ac',licd  for  the  socifty, 
at  tli(?  old  cliiircli.  on  W'liitstinday. 
whoii  about  -(i|.|  rnju'cs  wcit'  collected. 
Tim  aniiuil  nieetinij  was  lu'ld  on  the 
y()th  of  May,  and  a  collection  of  (i  )ll 
rupees  made. 

The  Kev.  John  Theophilus  Kei- 
cliardt,  and  Mrs.  Ileie.hardt,  with  the 
Rpv.  Isaac  Wilson,  are  more  iiiniu'di- 
ately  connected  with  the  direct  ch- 
jects  of  the  mission  ;  while  Mrs.  Wil- 
son (late  Miss  (,'ooke).  attends  to  the 
native  female  schciol  department ;  and 
the  Rev.  Deocar  Schinid,  Jind  Mrs. 
Schniid,  have  the  superintendence  of 
the  Female  Orphan  Asylum.  The 
coniniitteo  liaviuir  been  unable  to 
send  out  a  suitable  person  to  succeed 
Mr.  Brown  as  a  printer,  Mr.  Rei- 
chardt.  who  conducts  that  department 
in  addition  to  his  other  duties,  is  at 
present  ass'sted  by  Mr.  de  Rozario. 

All  idea  may  be  formed  of  the  ex- 
tent of  its  operations  from  the  ff)llow- 
inir  statement: — From  June,  lf<y4,  to 
Feb.  18ii(>,  there  were  printed  52  dif- 
ferent books  and  tracts,  forming  a  to- 
tal of  I;:i'.?.:^44  copies;  these  works 
were  of  various  sizes,  from  a  tract  of 
4  pages,  to  a  book  of  A'.Vi  ;  and  the  edi- 
tions varied  from  HO  co|>ies  to  (iOdO. 
but  produced  a  total  of  nearly  (l.OOO.OOO 
of  pages:  of  these  pages,  more  than 
one-half  consisted  of  single  Gospels, 
the  Acts,  and  the  book  of  Isaiah, — 
printed  for  the  Bible  S.  ;  nearly  one- 
tw^elflh  of  the  whole  were  for  other 
societies  and  individuals  ;  and  the  re- 
mainder were  printed  for  the  use  of 
the  society's  missions. 

The  Calcutta  Committee  thus  speak 
of  the  missionary  labors: — 

"The  Rev.  Mr.  Wilson  and  the 
Rev,  Mr.  Reichardtare  each  occupied 


'.i  or  4  evenings  in  lh«'  week,  in  preach* 
ing  to  and  conversing  wilh  such  nn 
choose  to  attend  in  the  bungalow 
chapels  of  the  society  ;  of  whieh  there 
are  two  in  the  native  town,  distant 
in  ally  "J  HI.  from  each  otln  r.  'liie 
attendance  at  these  places  is  very 
eiii'ourauing.  sometimes  ••.mounting  Uy 
'Jill  pi  rsoiis  and  upward,  i  lit  usually 
irom  150  to  M) ;  many  of  tlnse  stay 
during  the  whole  time  of  divine  ser- 
vice. Some  pri'pare  (juisliins  in 
writing  at  home,  and  ajiply  to  the 
missionaries  for  answi  is:  tiiese  qiiea- 
tioiis  relate  chiefly  to  the  per.son  of 
Christ,  the  nature  of  the  Christian  re- 
ligion, and  what  would  le  ie<iiiired  of 
tliein  on  their  liecoming  Christians. 
Some  will  occasionally  debate  lor  u 
long  while  on  controverted  points  of 
iliHereiice  between  Christia'iily  and 
llindooism.  which  generally  ends  in 
their  being  left  without  any  plausible 
objection  to  the  truth  ;  and  tiiey  con- 
clude the  argument  with  saying — 
•  Let  the  Raboos  and  Pundits  first 
embrace  Christianity,  then  all  th« 
other  castes  will  follow.'  " 

J{esides  the  chapels  at  Mirzapoor 
and  Potuldunga,Mr.  Reichardt  writes, 
in  June  : — 

••  Another  chapel  has  lately  been 
erected  in  Semlya,  in  a  very  eligible 
spot.  We  opened  it  only  about  a 
month  ago,  and  have  hitherto  had  an 
attendance  of  from  1<!()  to  "il.O  hearers, 
who  generally  stay  to  hear  during  tlui 
whole  time  of  the  service.  Thechapel 
will  hold  I^OO  persons;  and.  as  num- 
bers of  the  people  constantly  pass  by, 
and  many  Hindoos  live  around,  a  nu- 
merous attendance  is  secured.' 

Of  the  services  at  Mirzapore,  Mr. 
Wilson  writes  : — 

'•  Our  little  chapel  at  Mirzapore  has 
been  a  great  convenience  and  com- 
fort to  the  few  native  Christians  whom 
we  have  collected  about  ns.  There 
are  now  residing  with  us  8  Christian 
families  ;  making,  in  all,  18  baptized 
adults  and  8  children.  Within  the 
last  12  months,  15  persons  have  been 
baptized  ;  of  whom  8  were  adults,  and 
7  children." 

■•  The  missionaries  express  the  en- 
couragement which  they  derive  from 
the  present  aspect  of  things,  and 
the  spirit  of  inquiry  which  the  lieathen 
are  beginning,  in  some  degree,  to 
manifest.     With  these  encouraging" 

106      " 


I'lrcumst 
forireffnl 
their  woi 

"  The 
have  it  ii 
for  the  in 
children  ; 
ot"  poor 
their  USUI 
in  order 
out  to  hn 
over  tliei 
raise  a  ra( 
native  sei 

With  n 
ucalioii.  t 
S.  rem;i;k 

';Th-s 
aitioii  in 
creasiiinly 
society,  ai 
accession' 
wisdom  a 
!U*e  I'xecii 

of  its  flllK 

niented  In 
of  iOurope 
'•  We  1. 
able  wi-ap 
and  to  \\u: 
as  the  WOI 
der  the  ca 
cerni'd. 
her  labors 
C.  M.  S.  i 
the  first  y 
containiiu! 
ond  year.  1 
3t)(»;  dnrii 
children  \ 
Lndies  S. 
Wilson  w 
Mrs.  Jette 
and  shortl 
Thus,  in  t 
500  native 
under  a  ( 
have  madi 
writinij.  ai 
"The  ! 
been  open 

fort  of  the 
ndia,  ai  lo 
this  sum,  I 
produced 
The  openii 
of  jCGOOfn 
tlie  Ladlci 
school.  F 
have  been 


UAL 


CAL 


iirciiinstanrcB.  liowrvcr.  tliry  arc  m.t 
lorirftlul  i.IIIk-  (liU'uultifH  Willi  whicli 
tlnir  work  is  .ilti'inlrd. 

'•  'I'lic  (  Miiiiiiitti'c  of  tlio  aiixiliiiry 
havf  it  III  »  WW  *'•  fstiililisli  ii  scluiul 
tor  llu'  iiiMtnictinii  orilif  iiiissi.iu.iiirK' 
cliililmi ;  iiikI  also  for  tlit*  rdiic-iitioii 
ol"  poor  iiiitivf  fliildn-ii.  idcsrrviin.' 
their  iisiiiil  liu!>it>i  in  r^.^n(•^t  of  foctd. 
in  ordtr  to  llit-ir  liciiiu;  aiiprfiiticcd 
out  to  li  iiisriioldcrs  wlio  will  watcli 
over  thrill ;  nnd  thus  they  lio|)<'  to 
rnisc  II  riHi-  of  trustworthy  and  pious 
nativi-  Hirviiiits.  " 

With  n-ftTi'Mcc  to  native  female  ed- 
ucatioii.  the  nomiiiittee  of  the  Luiliis 
S.  ri'iii.ifk  : 

'•  Til"  siihjret  ol' unlive  fe.iiule  edii 
CJitiou  ill  this  enuntry  is  hecoiiiiiii.' in- 
oroasiiiufly  |io|)ul.ir  aiiioiii;  iill  ranks  of 
Kociety.  and  is  evidently  nfiiinino' rapid 
accessions  o|'  streiiirtli.  h'lth  from  the 
wisdom  aml/e^il  with  which  its  plans 
are  executed,  and  from  the  increase 
of  its  funds,  which  ore  annually  aii^'- 
nieiiled  livtlie  (Pr iierons  coiitrilnit ioiis 
of  Kuropeaiis  .,iid  native  {fcntleineii." 

'•  We  look  upon  facts  as  unanswer- 
able weapons  in  the  caiiM-  of  truth  ; 
and  to  ficts  we  can  now  appeal,  as  far 
as  the  work  of  teinale  education,  un- 
der the  car(>  of  the  hidus  S.,  is  ('on- 
cerned.  Mrs.  Wilson  ctniimencH'd 
lier  labors  under  the  patronajre  of  the 
C.  M.  6'.  in  the  year  |J^-'2.  Dnriiio; 
tlio  first  year.  H  schools  were  opened, 
contain!  nic  y  1(1  children;  in  the  s<'c- 
ond  year.  tli(>y  hid  increased  to  above 
300;  dnriiiii- the  third,  the  number  of 
children  was  about  ."JOd;  wlieii  the 
Ltidirs  .S'.,  was  founded,  and  Mrs. 
Wilson  was  joined  in  her  labors  by 
Mrs.  J<'tter,  wh  )  is  now  in  (1  recce, 
and  shortly  atlor  by  Mrs.  lleiciiardt. 
Thus,  in  the  sp-u-e  of  4  years,  aliove 
500  native  females  have  been  brouirht 
under  a  course  of  instruction,  and 
have  laadi'  fair  procrress  in  reading, 
writin<r.  and  needle-work." 

"  The  separate  fund,  which  has 
been  opened  by  the  society,   in  sup- 

Fort  of  the  native  female  education  in 
ndia,  ai  lounts  to  nearly  £1800  :  of 
this  sum,  upwards  of  £400  has  been 
produced  by  a  sale  of  ladies'  work. 
The  opening  of  this  fund,  by  a  grant 
of  £500  from  the  society,  encouraged 
tlie  Ladles  S.  to  begin  the  central 
school.  For  this  object,  43,000  rupees 
have  been  raised :    of  these,  20,000 


rupees  have  been  contributed  by  « 
native  r.ijah.  Itiidinath  Hoy  ;  IH.OOO 
have  been  raiNcd  by  the  e.vertioiiH  of 
the  ladicH  ;  and  the  remaiiiiiii>:  .'»tKM) 
by  the  society's  jjranl.  Of  the  huiii 
thus  raised.  •jK.liUli  rujiees  were  ap- 
plied to  the  purchase  of  the  ground, 
i>nd  the  remainder  appro|iriated  to  the 
requisite  l)ui''!iii<>''^.  The  I'oniidatioii 
stone  was  laid  on  the  l>lh  ot'.Mav.  by 
the  lady  ot'  the  '  ioverimr-it-eneral  ; 
and  solemn  prayer  was  otl'ered  by  the 
Archdeacon  ot'  ('aiciitta  for  the  tli- 
vine  blessiiiir.  .Many  iialives.  particu- 
larly women  and  their  daiiohters. 
were  ]»reseiit.  'I'he  iijieral  benefactor 
of  the  school.  Ituiiinalh  Koy.  address- 
ed Lady  A iiiher.-t .  tliioiinli  his  inter- 
pn'ter,  in  terms  ot'  li-'cp  griititude  for 
the  obligation  bestowed  on  his  coun* 
trywomeii.  and  eou^jratnlated  her 
ladyship,  and  the  oilier  hilies.  on  the 
success  atteiidiiiir  their  exertions." 

In  tlh-  year  I7l'~.  the  Kev.  Mr. 
Forsyth  was  sent  to  Calcutta,  under 
the  patronage  of  the  /,.  M.  S.  He 
|)reached  for  several  scarseverv  Sun- 
day at  ('hinsurah.  where  he  resided, 
and  also  at  Calcutta,  where  he  had 
had  the  use  of  a  lai)o'  chapel  open  to 
all  denominations  ot' (  liri.'-lians. 

'1  Kev.  .Messrs.  Townlcy  and 
K<>'Ji  arrivefl  at  Calcutta  in  Sept. 
!'"'lti.  and.  at  an  early  period  began  to 
preach,  in  J5einralee.  the  (iospelof 
(.iod.  'I'o  their  own  c'Hintrymen  also 
they  proclaimed  the  truth  with  ac- 
ce|)tance  and  success.  Ihey  like- 
wist!  ojiened  a  place  I'or  preachinir  at 
llowrah,  on  the  other  side  the  R, 
lloogly,  where  the  attendance  was 
ijood.  Agreeably  to  their  inslructionp, 
they  werea(;tive  in  the  establishment 
of  schools.  Mr.  Townley  built  a 
school-room  at  (^alcutta.  capable  of 
accommodating  about  lOO  children, 
and  Mr.  Keith  engaged  a  poojah- 
house,  (a  place  for  pagan  worship), 
for  another.  A  Huiwiay-school  was 
also  commenced,  in  which  the  chil- 
dren learnt  the  cafechism,  and  at 
which  some  of  their  parents  attended. 

In  ldl7,  a  Srkii(d  llnok  S.  was  es- 
tablished, principally  for  the  supply 
of  native  schools,  as  was  also  the  CaU 
cutta  School  S.  the  design  of  which  ia, 
to  improve  existing  schools,  and  to 
establish  and  support  any  further 
schools  and  seminaries  which  may  bo 
requisite  ;  with  a  view  to  a  more  gen- 

107 


Ii 


CAL 


CAL 


,1 
I") 


I'  t-i 


I 


'I!; 


P^ 


r>ral  tlitfuflinn  uf  knnwlpfiiro  ainon|r 
the  inlialiitiintM  of  liidin,  ot  ovi-ry  elf 
ucription,  ('Hpfciiilly  within  the  pniv' 
inceH  Hiiliji'ct  to  tlic  prrnidf-ricy  of 
Fort  Will  mill.  The  iniHsion:iri«'H  wrrc 
excLTiliiiirly  uctivi"  in  <listrihutinu 
Scripture  iiiul  <'van<rt'liciil  triirts 
anionjr  the  |H>o|)lr  ;  tind  to  tiHriist  tlu'iii 
in  doinjr  this,  a  printi-r  (Mr.  (tojrcrly) 
and  |»riiitiiiir  matirials  wt-ro  wnt  to 
Calcutta. 

Thf  iTi'ctioM  of  a  Hpacious  and 
comniodioiiH  chaiii'l,  to  bo  called 
Union  C/ni/itl,  was  conleniplatcd  in 
18lrt,touiirds  vvliicli  the  suinof  I4.(»()(» 
sicca  nipccrt  (ainmt  JtlToO  stcrlinjj) 
had  hci'ii  siili.'*crili«'d ;  c.vcliisivo  of 
which  tilt-  sum  of  *i"jil()  sifca  ruprcs 
(or  iI'J7."()  had  hccn  rontributcd  in 
support  of  piiltlic  worship.  Tin- 
Denial  J.  M.  6'  prodticrd,  in  two 
2  years, '-2 Km (  sicca  ruptu's  (or  aliout 
£\\m.)  Til"  totiil  Huni.  in  stcrlino 
money,  cniitrihntfd  at  Calcutta  tor 
reliijious  purposes,  and  n'c»'ivod  hy 
Messrs,  Tf)wnley  and  Keith,  up  to 
181H  (/.  r.  in  less  than  2  years),  a- 
inounted  to  upwards  of  Jt;'.i;{(M). 

Tiio  Rev.  Messrs.  Ilanipson  and 
Trawiri  arrived,  with  their  wives,  at 
Calcutta.  Kel).  Hth.  JS1!»;  but.  a  few 
months  atler.  Mrs.  II.  was  removed 
by  death.  In  the  decline  of  the  pre- 
vious year.  Messrs.  'I'ownley  and 
Keith  occupied  a  new  station,  called 
Talhj  GiiiiAtf.  situated  about  4  ni. 
from  the  southern  boundary  of  the 
city,  in  the  midst  of  an  extremely 
populous  neiirhl)orluM»d.  In  a  circuit 
of  about  'iS)  III.,  reckonintj  ;{  m.  from 
Tally  GtuKjfe  in  all  directions,  it  is 
calculated  f  liat  tliere  are  not  less  than 
10(),0((0  souls.  Messrs.  Townley  and 
Keith  had  continued  to  visit  this 
place  until  the  rains  set  in,  and  to 
preach  alternately,  sometimes  not 
only  to  attentive  but  to  large  congre- 
gations ;  availin.fT  themselves  of  the 
opportunity  of  distributing  tracts  as 
fhey  passed  along  the  road.  A  school 
room  was  built  here,  and  30  or  40 
children  attended,  who  were  taught 
to  read  the  Scriptures.  A  gentleman 
of  Calcutta  kindly  accommodated 
the  brethren  with  a  substantial  brick 
house,  which  they  were  permitted  to 
occupy  for  3  years,  without  payment 
ol  rent. 

In  consequence   of  the   arrival  of 
M«i9rs.  Hampson  and  Trawin,  relig- 


ioUfl  ««>rviceH  had  again  been  eitah* 
lislieii  at  the  Ilowrali.  where,  for  want 
ni  assislance,  they  had  been  reluc- 
tantly discontiniie<l.  The  brethren 
had  obtained  'i  |)lotri  of  tfround  on  the 
N.K.  side  of  the  eify.  for  the  erection 
of  two  buiiijalows,  to  be  us«'d  as  na- 
tive chiipels. 

On  the  '^Ist  Sept.  If-ii),  the  mission 
Hiislaitied  a  heavy  loss,  by  the  death 
of  Mr.  Ilanipson.  During  that  year, 
the  missionaries  had  (ievot«'d  them- 
selves iiiorr"  e.v<lusiv«'ly  to  the  preach- 
ing of  the  (Jospel  among  tile  heathen. 
They  established  tor  tlint  purpose,  M\ 
stations,  at  each  of  which  they  preach- 
<•(!  in  Meiigalee  once  every  week. 
The  largest  bungalow  cliajiel  for  n.i- 
tive  worship,  erected  by  a  meiiiber  of 
the  Knglish  congregation,  and  pre- 
senti'd  by  him  to  the  lhn<rul  .7.  M.  S., 
for  tlie  use  of  the  mission,  is  situated 
at  KidihriHirr.  It  wus  opened  on  the 
oth  of  March.  |.".yo.  when  about  1,')0 
natives  atteiuh  d  the  service  through- 
out. 

For  the  spot  .)f  ground  on  which 
another  bungalow  cluipel  was  built, 
the  brethren  wi're  indebted  to  the 
kind  influence  of  a  very  eminent  na- 
tive, a  bralimin.  The  proprietor  of 
the  ground,  who  was  also  a  brahmin, 
had  more  than  once  attended  the 
chapel,  and.  at  the  conclusion  of  one 
of  the  services,  so  far  expressed  his 
approbation  as  to  say.  '•  that  he  deem- 
ed it  a  good  work  to  point  out  to  his 
countrymen  the  delusion  of  worship- 
ping idols,  and  bowing  down  to  gods 
which  cannot  save." 

Divine  worship,  in  English,  was 
regularly  held  at  the  Free  Masons' 
Lodge,  which  continued  to  be  gratui- 
tously afforded  to  the  mission,  twice 
every  Sabbath  day.  In  the  morning, 
about  120  assembled  ;  in  the  evening, 
about  140.  The  church  consisted  of 
about  30  members,  who  walked  wor- 
thy of  their  holy  vocation.  Every 
Sabbath  morning,  children  of  all  de- 
nominations, whose  parents  were  dis- 
posed to  send  them,  were,  at  the  same 
place,  instructed  in  the  principles  of 
Christianity. 

A  printing-press  was  established  in 
connexion  witli  the  mission  at  this 
station ;  and  was  placed  under  tlie 
more  immediate  superintendence  of 
the  Bengal  A.  S. 

The    Rev.    Messrs.   James    Hill, 

108 


CAL 


CAL 


hvi'ii  eatab- 
iT»',  for  want 

lit't'ii  rrluc- 
lie  hr<>tlirrn 
-ouiid  on  the 

thf  rn'cfion 
■  iiM-d  (iH  na- 

,  tilt'  niiHHion 
>y  tin'  <li'iith 

\"itt'(l    thonj- 

0  tlu'  prrach- 
tlic  lu'iitlicn. 

1  |)ur|)08<*,  '^1 
lIu'V  |)«'iicli- 

rviry    wf'ck. 
liajH'l   lor  na- 
a  nu'iiilKT  of 
)n.  nixl    pn'- 
'loal  .1.  M.  'S'., 
n,  Ih  Hituntod 
[K'ncil  on  the 
u'u  about  !')() 
v\cc  through- 
id  on  which 
v\   was  built, 
I'btcd  to   the 
r  t'lnincnt  na- 
propriotor  of 
in  a  brahmin, 
iittcndod    the 
lusion  of  one 
I'xpressed  his 
that  ho  dcem- 
tint  out  to  hi» 
I  of  worship- 
down  to  gods 

English,  was 

reo  Masons' 

to  be  gratui- 

nission,  twice 

the  morning, 

the  evening, 

h  consisted  of 

walked  wor- 

;ion.      Every 

ren  of  all  de- 

mts  were  di»- 

,  at  the  same 

principles  of 

established  in 
ssion  at  this 
id  under  the 
ntendence  of 

James    Hill, 
108 


Micaiah  Hill,  and  J.  B,  Warden,  ar- 
rived, with  thi'ir  wives,  at  (,'alcutta, 
March  'tth,  IH'-W.  Mr.  Trawin,  short- 
ly alter,  removed  to  Kidderpore  with 
his  family.  The  native  schools  grad- 
ually increaHed,  and  one  for  native 
ffiiiuh'H,  whi(;h  had  been  under  the 
cure  of  Mrs.  Trawin,  was  in  a  Hour- 
iMhing  state.  It  was  ascertained,  that 
female  education  was  anciently  prev- 
alent among  the  Hindoos,  notwith- 
standing it  is,  at  present,  su  much 
discountenanced  by  the  brahmins  as 
being  contrary  to  the  institutes  of 
Menu.  To  assist  in  furthering  this 
object,  the  M.  6'.  placed  at  the  dispo- 
sal of  Mr.  Townley,  the  sum  of  lUOU 
sicca  rupees. 

\n  institution  called  the  Christian 
School  6'.,  was  also  formed  at  Cab'ut- 
ta,  the  object  of  which  is,  to  intro- 
duce Christian  instruction  into  the 
indigenous,  or  native,  schools,  under 
tlie  entire  management  of  native 
schoolmasters. 

A  Bethel  S.  was  established  at  Cal- 
cutta, in  connexion  with  thelJuptist 
bretiiren  who  reside  at  Serampore 
and  C  ilcutta,  in  the  same  year ;  as 
was  also  an  auxiliary  li.  A.  The 
station,  h')wever,  was  called  to  suffer 
a  severe  loss  in  the  removal  of  Mr. 
Townley,  on  account  of  health,  tirst  to 
Chinsurah, and  afterwards  to  England. 

In  X&ii  and  ld'J4,  success  accom- 
panied the  various  efforts  of  the  mis- 
sionaries. Union  Chipel  was  well 
attended,  and  Mr.  Hill  was  diligent 
in  the  discharge  of  his  duties  as  pas- 
tor of  the  infant  church.  The  Sab- 
bath school  was  in  a  prosperous  st  ite. 
Bengalee  preaching  was  continued  at 
the  bungalow  chapel,  Mirzoporc, 
opened  83mc  time  betbre,  and  the 
school  at  that  place  was  under  the  su- 
perintendance  of  Mrs.  Warden.  A 
bungalow  chapel  had  been  erected  for 
divine  worship  in  the  native  language, 
on  the  main  road  of  Bhopanipore. 
The  station  at  Tally  Gunge  was  oc- 
cupied for  some  time,  but  was  after- 
wards vacated  at  the  request,  and  in 
favor  of,  the  Diocesan.  Committee.  At 
Kidderpore,  Mr.  Trawin's  prospects 
were  becoming  daily  more  interesting 
and  encouraging.  A  chapel  had  been 
erected,  nearly  the  whole  sum  for 
which  (about  £400)  had  been  sub- 
scribed. A  Sabbath  adult  school  had 
been  commenced,  composed  of  the 


workmen  of  a  gentleman  at  Kidder- 
pore. A  native  school  for  boys,  and 
another  for  girls,  had  been  commenc- 
ed at  ChittuJi,  a  few  miles  from  Kid- 
derpore. At  lloicalrr,  a  village  near 
Chittuh,  a  native  girls'  school  had 
been  commenced,  culled  the  Irvine 
Female  School.  A  native  boya' 
school  had  been  opened  at  liealbab,  a 
large  village  situaU'd  alumt  A  m.  ti. 
of  Kidderpore,  under  circumstances 
of  extraordinary  promise.  Tlie  vil- 
lage, which  is  very  populous,  is  situ- 
ated in  the  midst  ol  several  other 
villages,  and  is  inhabited  chietly  by 
brahmins.  One  of  thest?,  a  respecta- 
ble and  wealthy  individual,  named 
Haldam,  publicly  countenanced  the 
school;  and  of  the  KM)  boys  which 
composed  it,  he  was  instrumental  in 
placing  dO  under  instruction. 

In  the  summer  of  Iti'^A,  Mr  Trawin 
piTl'ormed  a  tour  in  Bengal,  for  the 
purpose  of  conversing  with  the  na- 
tives on  religious  subjects,  preaching, 
and  distributing  tracts.  And  in  Dec. 
of  the  same  year,  Mr.  Trawin,  ac- 
companied by  Messrs.  Hill  and  War- 
den, proct'eded  as  far  as  Gour,  the 
ancient  capital  of  Bengal.  At  some 
of  the  places  visited  in  the  course  of 
the  journey,  the  people  remembered 
the  illustrations  used  by  the  brethren 
in  conversations  on  a  former  tour,  and 
requested  that  one  of  their  number 
might  remain  among  them,  as  a  mis- 
sionary. 

The  proceeds  of  the  Bengal  A.  M. 
S.,  for  the  year  ending  blst  Dec, 
ld*23,  were, 

S.  R,  3313  8  6 
Calcutta  Ladies'  Br.  S.  818  4  0 

Chinsurah  ....  do 557  0  0 

The  Ilev.  Mr.  and  Miss  Piffard 
reached  Calcutta  at  the  close  of  1885, 
and  found  the  various  means  of  reli- 
gious instruction  vigorously  employ- 
ed. In  addition  to  those  aljeady 
mentioned,  a  new  station  at  Wellesley 
street  had  been  taken,  a  bungalow 
had  been  erected,  and  a  school  com- 
menced for  both  sexes.  The  bunga- 
low was  opened  for  worship  in  Ben- 
galee, on  the  27th  Jan.  Ib25,  and  tha 
natives  listened  to  the  Gospel  with 
attention,  and  the  appearance,  at  least, 
of  approbation.  Mr.  and  Miss  PiiFard 
took  up  their  residence  at  Kidderpore, 
and  proceeded  to  establish  additional 
schools  for  the  benefit  of  the  native 

109 


m 


■V 


■t 


'¥.■• 


W. 


CAL 


CAL 


population.  The  total  number  of  na- 
tive converts  baptized  at  Kidderpore, 
all  of  tliem  fruitt)  of  Mr.  Trawin's 
ministry,  was  8.  The  native  convert. 
Ranihurree,  had  also  entered  into 
regular  employ  at  this  station. 

On  the  Hth  Jan.  Ib20,  Mr.  Warden 
depart* 'd  this  life.  It  being  his  ear- 
nest desiio  that  Mrs.  W.  might,  after 
his  decease,  continue  in  India,  and 
exert  herself  in  promoting  native  fe- 
male education,  she  removed,  shortly 
after  the  melancholy  event,  to  Berham- 
pore,  to  assist  Mrs.  Micaiah  Hill. 
Mr.  Ray,  who  had,  soon  after  his  re- 
turn to  India,  joined  Mr.  M.  Hill, 
settled  <i*  Calcutta.  The  following 
particulars  will  exhibit  the  present 
state  of  affairs  at  this  important  sta- 
tion : — 

*'  The  engagements  of  our  bretliren 
1.  ihis  city,"  say  the  Directors  of  the 
Society,  '•  are  varied  and  interesting. 
The  work  of  the  Lord  in  Calcutta  and 
its  vicinity  is  advancing.  It  is  a  sub- 
ject for  thankfulness,  that  though  the 
season,  in  the  close  of  the  last  year, 
was  very  sickly,  and  many  persons 
were  removed  suddenly  by  fevers, 
yet  the  missionaries  wen  allowed,  in 
the  enjoyment  of  health,  to  continue 
their  labors  ;  in  the  ft>ar  of  God,  and 
with  much  love  among  themselves. 
In  the  month  of  August,  1830,  they 
reported  that  they  had  been  permitted 
to  carry  the  gospel  to  the  inhabitants 
of  the  Sunderbunds,  a  vast  tract  of 
land,  covered  with  jungles 

The  inhabitants  of  tliis  region  are 
fishermen  and  saltmakers.  They  have 
received  the  gospel  with  apparent 
thankfulness,  and  the  missionaries, 
who  occasionally  visit  them,  hope  to 
be  gladdened  by  beholding  the  fruit 
of  their  labors." 

Messrs.  Gogerly  and  Adam,  assist- 


•*  Tho  mciulhs  of  the  Ganges,  pouring 
inlo  ibc  Bay  of  Bengal,  extend  along  the 
8ea-(  oast  for  not  less  than  180  m.  The 
dreary  shore  occupied  by  these  rivers  and 
creeks,  being  covered  »vilh  wood,  anfl 
abounding  with  alligators,  the  royal  tiger, 
and  oilier  animals,  forms  one  vast  labyrinth, 
equal  in  extent  to  the  whole  principality 
of  Wnles.  This  is  called  the  Sunderbunds, 
and  has  lately  attracted  considerable  no- 
tice. According  to  a  Calcutta  paper,  of 
lanuary  1830,  the  number  of  acres  of  land 
framed  to  various  individuals  by  govern- 
ment was  more  than  150,000 ;  in  about 
Uiree  months  more  it  was  6fiO,000. 


ed  by  a  native  preacher,  Narapot 
Sing,  have  continued  the  public  ser- 
vices in  the  native  church,  and  in  the 
chapel  at  Tontonea,  Hautkolah,  and 
Mirzapore.  The  congregation  at  Ton- 
tonea, though  variable,  is  generally 
large.  That  at  IIaulk(<lah  is  increas- 
ing, both  in  number  and  interest. 
Mr.  Adam  lias  almost  daily  itinerated 
in  the  suburbs  of  Calcutta,  distribut- 
ing tracts  and  conversing  with  the 
heathen.  The  number  of  members 
in  the  native  church  is  24.  Mr. 
James  Hill  continues  to  discharge  the 
pastoral  duties  connected  with  Union 
jhapel,  with  conimeridable  zeal,  and 
much  to  tlio  satislaction  of  his  hear- 
ers. In  Fort  William,  through  the 
kindness  of  several  jiersons  high  in 
authority  a  place  has  been  appropri- 
ated to  divine  worship,  where  the 
missionaries  hold  two  religious  servi- 
ces every  week,  with  a  very  orderly 
and  attt-ntive  assembly  of  soldiers. 
A  blessing  has  accompanied  these  la- 
bors, and  a  Christian  Society  has  been 
formed  amouff  them.  The  missiona- 
ries have  several  native  schools  in 
Calcutta. 

PUKSKNT  STATE  OF  CALCUTTA. 

In  reviewing  the  efforts,  which  are 
now  made  for  the  intellectual  and 
spiritual  benefit  of  Calcutta,  we  were 
very  UiUch  struck  with  the  dircrsity 
of  the  measures,  which  are  in  opera- 
tion. First  comes  the  prkaching  of 
THE  GOsi'Ki..  The  following  per^sons, 
among  others  are  engaged  in  this  ser- 
vice, W.  Ya1(^s.  W.  Robinson,  W.  H. 
Pearce.  C.  C.  Aratoon,  James  Pen- 
ney, a.  Poarce.  James  Thomas,  J.  D. 
Ellis,  of  the  Baptist  Missionary  Soci- 
ety, W.  H.  Mill. }).  D..  F.  Holmes,  G. 
Withers.  W.  M(,rton.  W.  Tweedle,  M. 
R.  DiMello.T.  D.Pettingerofthe  Gos- 
pel Propagation  Society.  T.  Sandys,  J. 
J.  Weitbrecht,  J.  T.  lleichardt,  and  J. 
Macqueen  of  the  Church  Missionary 
Society,  James  Hill;  G.  Gogerly, 
John  Adam,  and  G.  Christie  of  the 
London  Missionary  Society,  and  Pe- 
ter Percival  and  T.  Hodson  of  the 
Wesleyan  Missionary  Society.  Be- 
sides these  there  are  several  clergy- 
men of  the  Established  Church,  as  the 
Bishop  of  Calcutta,  Archdeacvin  Cor- 
rie,  &c.  making  in  all  mort^  than 
thirty  European  ministers  and  mis- 
sionaries, who  are  now  preaching  the 

110 


^■« 


f| 


CAL 


CAL 


Narapot 
public  ser- 
and  in  the 
lolah,  and 
on  at  Ton- 

gpnerally 
is  incrcas- 
1    interest. 

itinerated 
,  distribut- 

with  tlie 

members 
24.  Mr. 
charge  the 
vith  Union 

zeal,  and 
f  his  hciar- 
irough  tho 
ns  high  in 
1  appropri- 
where  the 
ious  servi- 

ry  orderly 
soldiers. 
d  these  la- 
ty  has  been 
;  inissiona- 
schools   in 


r.CLTTA. 

,  which  are 
ectual  and 
a.  we  were 
le  dircrsitij 
e  in  opera- 

ACHING    OK 

ng  per^sons, 
in  this  ser- 
Bon,  W.  H. 
fames  Pen- 
Dmas,  J.  D. 
')nnry  Soci- 
Holmes,  G. 
'weedle,M. 
roftheGos- 
.  Sandys,  J. 
ardt,  and  J. 
Missionary 
.  Gofferlv, 
istie  of  the 
ty,  and  Pe- 
son  of  the 
ciety.  Be- 
?ral  clergy- 
urch,  as  the 
leacon  Cor- 
mon>  than 
B  and  mis- 
eachinff  the 

no 


4 

■■J 


gospel  in  Calcutta.  One  of  these 
ministers,  Rev.  W.  H.  Pearoe,  in  a 
letter,  bearing  date,  Jan.  14,  1832,  and 
directed  to  a  friend  in  this  country, 
says  '•  I  have  lately  returned  from  a 
uussionary  excursion  of  about  a  fort- 
night. Von  will  be  gratified  to  hear 
that,  during  our  trip,  my  associate 
and  my.self  had  the  pleasure  of  re- 
ceiving 8  luMthen  converts  into  the 
clmrch  of  Clirisst.  And  our  Piedo- 
Uaptist  brethren  hiive  lately  had  an 
accession  of  twice  that  number. 

Tens  of  thousands  in  Calcutta  and 
it.^  neigiiborlnt  xl  now  hear  the  words 
of  eternal  lill-  from  the  lips  of  the 
living  prca';her.  In  one  of  the  sub- 
urbs, more  t!i;m  MO  persons  have 
lately  embraced  the  profession  of 
Christianity,  and  rcnilarly  attend  the 
oriiinances  of  tho  gosju'l. 

Disriuiurno.v  or  ki-.i.igioi's  tracts 
\M)  HOOKS.  At  tlic  list  dates, '3")  ,000 
C')i)i(>3  fjf  Tracts  were  al)out  to  be 
nrepared  by  tlio  Christian  JJook  and 
Tract  aiiclecy  ;  CDUaisting  of  1(),000 
copies  of  one  new  ;iii(l  two  reprinted 
IJengii'.t'o  Tr:i''ls.au(l  of  1!).000  cop- 
ies of  3  newTrai;t.s  uiid  3  reprinted  in 
Hind!)ost;inei\  The  parent  Society 
his  granted  li«)  reams  of  paper  and 
irijOi);)  Knolish  |mblications  ;  the  state 
of  its  boun;!  works  continues  to  be 
encouraging  and  fresli  supplies  have 
been  recinired.  Tiie  IJook  of  Com- 
mon Prayer  Ii.is  been  translated  into 
Hindoostiui('(>,  Persian,  and  Malay- 
alim.  There  ar(>  now,  7  homilies  in 
Hindoostaiiee.  4  in  Armeniiin.  and  1 
in  Taiiml.  A  cousith'rable  degree  of 
e.xcitemeut.  cliJelly  by  Tracts,  has 
lately  lieeu  awiki'iied  among  the 
Moliammcdins.  Tliey  assemble  in 
much  greater  nnmhers,  and  evince  a 
more  eager  desire  than  formerly  to 
hear  remarks,  to  answer  questions, 
and  refute  arguments  used  in  defence 
of  Cliristianity. 

BnU.I'.S         ANM        niRI.K        SOCIKTIKS. 

Upwards  of  H.OUO  copies  of  the 
Scriptures,  or  p'»rtions  of  the  Scrip- 
tures were  [)ut  into  circulation  in  the 
year  I8;i0.  ••  The  missionaries." 
says  Mr.  DeaUry, "  are  constantly  call- 
ing for  the  Scriptu  res  in  all  the  dia- 
lects of  the  presidency.  Mr.  Rowley, 
at  the  different  fairs,  distriljutes  great 
numbers  of  books  and  tracts  ;  the  na- 
tives are  kagkr  to  obtain  them.    The 


state    of 


things 


is,    intjeed,    quite 


anomalous.  In  Calcutta,  there  are 
thousands  of  youths  receiving  Chris- 
tian education,  and  who  can  give  a 
better  account  of  the  Christian  faith 
and  duty  than  many  English  boys  of 
the  same  age,  and  yet  retain  all  their 
heathen  prejudices  and  practices. 
Converts  you  seldom  hear  of;  but  the 
natives  flock  on  all  hands  to  receive 
Christian  instruction.  We  cannot 
doubt  however,  tliat  this  is  preparing 
the  way  of  tin;  Lord.'  Tlie  stand- 
ing  and  authorised  version  of  the 
Scriptures  in  Ringalee  is  proceeding 
under  a  sub-coiumittee  specially  ap- 
pointed for  the  [nirpose.  and  consist- 
ing of  the  lu'st  scholars  in  the  presiden- 
cy, it  being  of  the  utmost  importance 
that  there  should  be  a  version  of  the 
Blessed  Book  which  may  be  depended 
upon  for  accuracy  and  elegance  of 
expression. 

Enie ATioN.M,  INSTITUTIONS.  The 
"Benevolent  Institution,"  before 
mentioned,  offers  an  asylum  to  chil- 
dren bearing  tiie  Christian  name,  but 
utterly  destitute  and  wandering  in 
the  streets  and  lanes  of  the  city.  The 
great  majority  of  1.200  or  1,500  chil- 
dren and  youth,  Imve  conducted 
themselv(>s  highly  to  the  satistiiction 
of  their  einpFoyers,  af>er  having  gone 
out  into  various  familifs.  A  st«'ady 
and  consistent  piety  has  appeared  in 
some  of  the  scholars.  The  daily  at- 
tendance in  the  central  and  2  subor- 
dinate schools  under  the  care  of  the 
•'  Ladies  Native  Female  Education 
Society,"  varies  from  240  to  1530  ;  of 
these  iiirls,  18(}  read  the  Scrii)tures, 
or  the  Bible  History.  The  Wesley  an 
Missiimaries  have  schools,  with  about 
200  children.  In  order  to  raise  the 
••  Calcutta  High  School"  to  a  more 
permanent  and  commanding  rank,  a 
sum  of  money  is  collecting  by  transfer- 
able sh;ires  of  200  rupees  each,  lo  be 
applied  exclusively  to  the  department 
of  education ;  and  subscriptions  are 
also  making  for  the  erection  of  the  pro- 
perbuildings.  On  the  23d  of  .Tune  1830, 
24,000  rupees  had  been  collected  in  In- 
dia, and  a  gentleman  in  England  had 
given  30.000  rupees.  Of  the  ''Bish- 
op's College"  we  have  spoken  before. 

Native  prkss  and  mtkraturk 
AT  CALCUTTA.  It  is  loug  siuce  the 
importance  of  a  weekly  publication, 
or  newspaper,  for  the  benefit  of  the 
natives  of  Bengal,  was  felt  as  being 

Ul 


w 

m 

Hm 

■t  1 

yjK 

A  1 

'H 

i^'i 

;j|Hp 

h.  1 

jjKj 

.^v  1 

i<- 

i  ■?'■*■ 

•■m' 

■  ^''M 

.* 

'  >'1B 

^■J.' 

■•';l 

|.^-i: 

!'\'*.'' ■ 

:!••-,       .■ 

t      ■•.'•.■ 

1  l-r-. 

i",U: 

f  •  J  ■ . 

'  ■■  1'.-. 

■  '    /  » 

t 

?*>  ;  '>•'■ 

|l! 

4l!1 

ii 
II 

CAL 


CAL 


calculated  to  rectify  and  enlarge  their 
ideas  respecting  a  thousand  subjects. 
This  paper  entitled  the  "  Surnachur 
DuRPUN,"  now  pays  itself,  and  is  read 
with  the  greatest  avidity.  The  first 
number  appeared  on  the  2M  of  May, 
1818.  Coming  week  after  week,  i'or 
so  many  years,  the  light,  which  it  has 
diffused  cannot  but  be  considerable. 
Some  time  ago,  the  Editor  commenc- 
ed printing  it  in  parallel  columns  ol 
Bengalee  and  English  :  and,  in  Jan- 
uary 1830,  changed  the  shape  into  8 
pages  of  the  usual  size  of  our  papers, 
instead  of  4.  The  native  subscribers 
having  expressed  a  wish  that  they 
might  be  able  to  bind  it  up  at  the  end 
of  the  year,  and  preserve  it  for  the  in- 
struction of  their  children.  It  is 
now  sent  to  at  least  40  different 
country  places :  going  as  far  as  Chit- 
tagong  on  tlu;  East,  and  even  to 
Assam  on  the  North-east — to  Benares, 
460  m.,  and  to  Delhi  UGO  m.,  N.  W. 
The  advantage,  whifh  the  nativps  of 
the  country  have  derived  from  it  in 
learning  English  is  very  great,  since 
the  English  original  and  the  Bengalee 
translation  are  placed  so  near  to  each 
other,  that  the  meaning  of  each  word 
is  obtained  without  the  slightest  dif- 
ficulty. Besides  the  "  Durpun," 
there  are  now  not  fewer  than  G  Ben- 
alee  papers  in  Calcutta,  besides  2 
^ersian,  edited  by  natives,  7  weekly, 
and  1  twice  a  week.  Several  of  them 
contain  intelligence  respecting  the 
governor  general  in  council — the  su- 
preme courts — the  police — intelli- 
gence from  Britain,  and  other  Euro- 
pean countries.  In  May,  1825,  the 
subscribers  to  the  G  papers  were  cal- 
culated at  from  800  to  1000,  and  5 
readers  to  each  paper.  During  the 
year  1830,  the  number  of  subscribers 
to  native  newspapers  doubled ;  ''  when 
this  paper,"  says  the  Durpun,  "  was 
first  published,  12  years  ago,  we  were 
censured  by  many  of  our  subscribers 
for  inserting  intelligence  resp  cting 
countries  of  which  they  knew  not 
even  the  name ;  but  we  perceive,  with 
much  pleasure,  that  the  papers  in 
Calcutta,  conducted  exchisitcly  by 
natives,  have  now  begun  to  introduce 
intelligence  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 
The  first  Bengalee  work  issued  by  the 
native  printing  press  was  published 
18  years  ago,  and  called  the  "  Unndu 
Munguh"  In  one  year,  (1830)  no  less 


than  <AtV<^«ere?i  books  and  treatises  ap- 
peared. 1  hus  the  Hindoos  themselves 
are  actively  engaged  in  hastening  Hin- 
dooism  in  its  progress  to  the  grave  ;  for 
the  more  it  is  exposed,  the  sooner  will 
it  fall  into  deserved  oblivion.  A  new 
weekly  periodical  has  started  called 
the  "  Book  of  Light,"  giving  the  true 
meaning  of  the  Vedangus,  I'ooranus, 
&c.,  so  that  every  thing  relating  to 
the  Shasters,  translated  into  Bengalee, 
will  be  open  to  the  comprehension  of 
all.  Wliatsoevrr  doth  make  mani- 
fest is  light;  and  the  effect  of  this 
publication  will  unconsciously  be  the 
exposure  of  the  perplexity  and  confu- 
sion, the  darkness  and  cruelty  of  the 
whole  system. 

There  is  now  a  Calcutta  Journal . 
and  a  Literary  Gazette,  supported  by 
native  writers;  and  among  14  publi- 
cations printed  by  natives  in  English, 
during  the  last  year,  it  is  curious  to 
observe,  '•  Bemarks  on  the  influx  of 
tJip  Irish  poor  during  the  season  of 
harvest,"  ''  the  early  lile  ol  Juord 
Liverpool,  a  self  guide  to  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  English  Language  in 
Bengalee  and  English,  &c." 

Native  eflbrts,  however,  begin  to 
take  a  much  higher  range  than  any 
thing  yet  mentioned.  In  1811,  a 
complete  edition  of  the  "  Shah  Na- 
meh"  was  undertaken  by  Dr.  Lums- 
den  for  government,  to  be  completed 
in  8  volumes.  This  is  the  great  his- 
toric pcein  of  the  Persians,  so  highly 
extolled  by  Sir  William  Jones.  It  is 
to  be  considered  as  the  highest  speci- 
men of  tlie  Persian  tongue.  It  vas 
abandoned  as  being  too  expensive, 
after  the  first  volume  was  printed. 
On  the  27th  of  February,  1830,  the 
Durpun  mentions  that  an  edition  has 
just  been  completed  by  Captain  Ma- 
hon.  It  consists  of  110,408  lines ; 
and  the  editor  has  collated  the  work 
with  17  editions;  this  implies  the  read- 
ing and  weighing  of  upwards  of 
2,000,000  of  lines,  at  500  a-day  for 
10  years.  This  great  work  lias  been 
printed  at  the  expense  of  the  King  of 
Oude.  The  progress  made  by  the 
natives  in  the  acquisition  of  English 
during  the  last  12  years  is  truly  as- 
tonishing. It  would  be  easy  to  point 
out  a  great  number  of  native  young 
gentleman  who  have  acquired  a  most 
thorough  knowledge  of  English.  A 
native  has  advertised  a   volume  of 

112 


CAL 


CAL 


-*; 


Enn-lisli   poetry,   composed    by  him- 
selt' 

Tho  importance  of  providing  suita- 
ble works,  wliicb  may  fill  the  vacant 
hours  of  the  Hindoo  students  and 
which  may  iiiip;irt  correct  notions  of 
literature  iind  science  and  religion,  is 
great  beyond  estimation.  Most  dis- 
astrous would  it  be  if  the  schemes  of 
education,  now  on  foot,  should  serve 
only  to  create  readers  for  idola- 
atrous  publications,  from  a  lack  of 
more  useful  works. 

The  cause  of  Christianity  in  Cal- 
cutta, as  well  as  throughout  India, 
has  suft'ered  severely  from  the  death 
of  Bishop  Turner.  He  was  the 
fourth  prelate  of  the  English  church, 
who  went  down  to  the  grave,  atkr  a 
short  period  of  labor.  Great  efforts 
will  be  made  by  tiie  friends  of  India 
to  procure  a  divisi<m  of  the  diocese, 
especially,  when  the  time  arrives  f.r 
the  renewal  of  the  East  India  Com- 
pany's charter  in  IS'.V^.  The  appoint- 
ment of  the  Rev.  Daniel  Wilson  of 
Islington,  to  the  vacated  See,  is  a 
fict  of  great  inLerest,  and  is  an  aus- 
picious omen  of  g  vod  to  India,  as 
it  shows  the  feelings  of  those  in  whom 
th"  appointing  power  is  vested.  A 
grievou.s  injustice,  which  has  long 
been  mmifested  by  the  East  India 
government  to  its  native  subjects,  in 
refusing  to  employ  them  in  the  public 
service  on  their  (unbracing  Christian- 
ity, has  at  length  been  put  av/ay.  The 
extinijaishment  of  the  Suttee  Hres.  or 
widow-burninr,  is  also  a  most  gratify- 
in  d-  fict. 

CALDWELL,  an  agricultural 
town  in  the  colony  of  Liberia  N.  of 
Monrovia,  and  S.  of  Millsburg,  on 
the  S.side  of  8t.  Paul's  river.  It  has 
its  name  from  Elias  B.  Caldwell,  one 
of  the  earliest  and  most  efficient 
friends  of  the  American  Colonization 
Society.  More  and  more  attention  is 
paid  to  agriculture  ;  3  schools  are  es- 
tablished. 

CALEDON,  a  Hottentot  village  in 
S.  Africa,  about  120  m.  E.  Cape 
Town ;  formerly  called  Zuurhrack. 
from  the  valley  in  which  it  is  situated. 
In  1820,  the  inhabitants  were  estima- 
ted at  about  1100. 

The  Rev.  John  Seidenfaden,  from 
the  L.  M.  S.  labored  here  about  seven 
years  with  success.  Permanent  build- 
ings were  erected  for  the  mission,  and 


for  many  of  the  Hottentots ;  and  inclo- 
sures  wt're  made  for  cultivation,  suf- 
ficient for  the  subsistence  of  500  fam- 
ilies. For  several  years,  the  mem- 
bers of  the  church  varied  from  about 
do  to  80 ;  and  the  scholars  averaged 
about  50.  A  Bible  Society  was  also 
formed,  and  a  fund  was  raised  for 
charitable  purposes. 

Afler  a  short  vacancy,  the  Rev.  11^. 
Anderson  came  hither  from  Griqua 
Town,  about  l'^2l,  preached  to  the 
Hottentots,  and  superintended  the 
school  for  a  short  time  ;  but  after- 
wards removed  to  Pacaltsdorj),  where 
his  services  were  likely  to  prove  much 
mon;  useful. 

The  mission  was  resumed  in  1837. 
The  number  of  inhabitants  is  544, 
dwelling  in  2  mission  and  (11  Hotten- 
tot hou.^es.  11.  Helm,  and  W.  Elliot, 
missionaries.  Sumlay  attendance  150; 
on  week  eveuitigs,  45  ;  the  building 
is  far  too  small  ;  communicants  11>. 
Mr.  Elliot  his  visited  various  places 
at  distances  from  15  to  40  m.  ;  arriv- 
ing usually  on  Saturday  eveninf)-,  and 
holding  divine  service  with  the  family 
and  neighbors  that  evening,  and 
three  or  four  times  on  the  following 
Sabbath;  waggons  would  arrive  on 
these  occasions  from  a  distance  of  15 
or  2i)  m.,  dinner  was  usually  prftvided 
by  the  family  of  which  sometimes  up- 
ward 100  persons  have  partaken.  "  I 
mention  these  circumstances,"  says 
Mr.  Elliot,  "  to  show  the  inconve- 
nience and  expense,  Avhich  families  in 
♦his  neighborhood  will  sustain  for  the 
privilege  of  having  the  gospel  preach- 
ed to  tiiem.  I  have  scarcely  met  with 
an  individual  in  these  parts,  whose 
circumstances  would  .allow  it,  who 
would  not  think  himself  favored  and 
obliged,  by  having  his  house,  even  on 
these  expensive  terms,  converted  oc- 
casionally into  a  place  of  worship. 
The  word  of  God  is  precious  Fiere." 
Scholars  94.  About  1 .  acres  of  land 
are  under  cultivation. 

CALLENBERG  Institution  was 
founded  at  Halle,  in  Germany,  in 
1728,  by  a  pious  evangelical  minister, 
principally  for  the  conversion  of  the 
Jews,  and  derived  its  name  from  Pro- 
fessor Callcnherg,  who  raised  it  to 
eminence  and  usefulness.  The  Gos- 
pels of  Matthew  and  Luke,  and  more 
than  70  different  tracts  calculated  to 
undermine  the  foundation  of  Jewish 

113 


il 


CAL 

prejudices,  were  published  in  great 
numbers,  and  extensively  circulated 
among  the  Jews  in  Europe,  Asia,  and 
Africa,  which  were  the  means  of  con- 
verting many  to  Christianity.  Pro- 
vision was  made  ^or  supporting  prose- 
lytes, catechumens,  and  missionaries. 
The  Rev.  Stephen  Shulze  labored  ex- 
tensively as  a  missionary  for  the  in- 
stitution, from  1733  to  1750 ;  but  the 
opposition  was  so  violent  and  dis- 
couraging, as  to  dishearten  its  friends, 
and  tiioy  yi"lded  in  sad  despondency. 

CALPALAIM,  a  village  in  the 
Tanjore  country,  in  Southern  India. 
A  number  of  individuals  have  recently 
renounced  their  Roman  Catholic  ten- 
ets, and  placed  tl.jmselves  under 
Christian  instruction, 

CALPENTYN,  a  large  native  vil- 
lage on  the  W.  side  of  Ceylon,  about 
100  m.  S.  of  Jaffna,  and  about  the 
same  distance  N.  of  Colombo.  E. 
long.  7!)°  50',  N.  lat.  8°  15'.  The  in- 
habitants are  ciiiefly  Roman  Catho- 
lics, Mohammedans,  and  Gentoos; 
but  there  are  many  native  Protestants 
in  the  district,  who  have  little  of  re- 
ligion but  the  name. 

The  Rev.  Benjamin  Ward,  mission- 
ary from  the  C.  M.  S.,  with  his  wife, 
arrived  here  from  Colombo,  Sept.  20, 
1818,  but  left  the  station  in  less  than 
a  year,  on  account  of  ill  health.  He 
found  it  one  of  great  importance,  af- 
fording access  to  at  hast  40,000  per- 
sons destitute  of  proper  instruction  ; 
there  being  no  resident  minister  for 
about  100  m.  on  the  coast.  During 
his  stay,  he  succeeded  in  establishing 
several  promising  schools,  and  found 
some  who  seemed  to  profit  by  his 
preaching.  These  efforts,  however, 
have  not  been  resumed. 

CALTURA,  a  village  and  fortress 
of  Ceylon,  27  m.  S.  of  Colombo,  at 
the  mouth  of  one  of  the  largest 
branches  of  the  Mulwaddy,  whicli  is 
here  about  a  mile  w^ide.  It  washes 
two  sides  of  the  fort  which  commands 
it,  and  is  navigable  by  boats  to  the 
sea.  The  adjoming  country  is  popu- 
lous, and  certain  native  manufactures 
are  carried  on  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent.    E.  long.  7<Jo  50',  N.  lat.  G°  34'. 

The  Rev.  Messrs.  John  M'Kenny 
and  James  Sutherland,  from  the  IV. 
M.  S.  commenced  their  labors  in  1817, 
The  circuit  extends  S.  20  m.  and  N. 
10 ;    and  is  the  intermediate  one  be- 


CAL 

tween  thoKe  of  Galle  and  Colombo. 
In  lb22,  there  were  (J  schools  and 
329  pupils,  with  a  suitable  number  of 
masters  and  catechists  *,  and  from  that 
time  to  the  present,  the  work  of  God 
has  prospered.  ''  Prayer  meetings," 
says  a  missionary,  "  have  spread  a 
wide  and  gracious  influence  ;  and  al- 
most every  house  is  open  to  us  for 
the  purposes  of  prayer  and  exhorta- 
tion. Our  congregations  continue  to 
be  steady  in  tlu'ir  attendance.  Our 
classes,  too,  give  us  great  satisfaction, 
At  licntotte.  our  work,  from  various 
causes,  dees  not  keep  pace  with  the 
other  parts  of  the  circuit.  It  lies  far 
from  us,  and  it  requires  the  constant 
and  zealous  efforts  and  holy  example 
of  a  missionary,  or  an  assistant  mis- 
sionary, resident  there.  At  Pantura 
our  work  chfcrs  us  greatly.  The 
residence  of  our  assistant  brother 
here  has  been  of  great  utility,  as  he 
has  spent  almost  every  evening  in 
religious  services  in  the  native  liuts 
round  the  village,  and  has  kept  alive 
tlie  good  feelings  excited  by  more 
public  services.  We  have  no  doubt 
but  the  next  year  will  be  cne  of  still 

frcater  good  in  this  part  of  the  station, 
was  lately  witness  to  a  very  interest- 
ing circumstance,  which  will  show 
how  truth  operates  where  least  ex- 
pected. On  walking  out  one  evening, 
three  or  four  weeks  ago,  I  saw  a 
group  of  people  assembled  a  little 
way  from  the  door  of  a  native  hut.  I 
went,  through  curiosity,  to  inquire 
the  cause,  and  was  surprised  and 
pleased  to  hear  a  boy,  of  about  13 
years  of  age,  reading  the  3d  chapter 
of  the  Gospel  by  St.  John,  to  three 
brothers  and  his  mother,  while  the 
people  without  were  attentively  lis- 
tening. I  passed  the  door  one  eve- 
ning since,  and  heard  the  same  boy 
reading  an  evening  prayer.  Many 
very  interesting  things,  of  a  eonie- 
whatsimilar  nature,  have  come  within 
my  notice,  and  demonstrate  that  our 
labors  have  not  been  in  vain." 

S.  Alien,  and  W.  A.  Salmon,  mis- 
sionaries, and  D.  A.  L.Bartholomew, 
jr.  assistant.  On  the  average,  16  per- 
sons (in  1830,)  enjoy  the  preached  Gos- 
pel every  week  in  Cingalese,  besides 
the  English  and  Portuguese  services  in 
Caltura ;  the  congregations  being  col- 
lected in  small  villages  are  not  Targe, 
but  divine  service  being  held  at  so  ma- 

114 


CAL 


CAN 


ny  place3,  a  considerable  number,  from 
800  to  iiOO  including  adults  and  chil- 
dren hear  the  word  of  God.  The 
members  are  62.  The  principal  hopes 
of  the  mission  are  connected  with 
the  numerous  schools  ;  in  them,  the 
principles  of  pure  Christianity  are 
tauf^ht.  In  1 3  schools  there  are  (ioG 
boys  and  7.)  girls. 

CALVADOS,  a  department  of 
France,  bordering  on  the  British 
Channel,  is  '2,'23.i  square  ni.  in  extent, 
and  contains  a  population  of  505,500. 

Messrs.  Htiirtjik  Jersey,  and  Philip 
Tourgis,  two  U'es[riiuii  Missionaries, 
were  stationed  here  in  16:22,  in  con- 
nection with  the  noighboring  depart- 
ments of  L'Ornc  and  Im  Munche. 
The  extent  and  population  of  each  of 
these  differ  but  little  from  those  of 
Calvados.  Usefulness  appears  to 
have  attended  the  efforts  thatUjjave 
been  made.  Mr.  Martin  is  no^^he 
Wesleyan  missionary  in  this  depart- 
ment. 

CALUPAR,  a  church  of  Syrian 
Christians  in  the  Cottayan  District  in 
Southern  India. 

CAMBRIDGlj^  station  of  the  B. 
M.  S.  belonging*  E^the  larger  station 
Falmouth,  distant  from  it,  8  m.  on  the 
island  Jamaica,  West  Indies. 

CAMPBELL,  a  settlement  among 
the  Griquas,  South  Africa,  40  m.  E.  of 
Griqua  town,  and  about  700  m.  N.E. 
of  Cape  Town.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Sass, 
from  the  L.  M.  S.  removed  from  Beth- 
esda  to  this  place  in  182i,  and  divided 
his  labors  between  the  Griquas  and 
several  kraals  of  Corannas  on  the 
Great  River.  Here,  howeve/,  he  was 
encompassed,  for  some  years,  with 
trials  and  discouragements  ;  and,  in 
1824,  he  removed  to  Griqua  Town. 
In  about  a  year  afterwards,  a  gratify- 
ing revival  took  place,  by  means  of  a 
catechist,  who  formed  a  Sabbath  and 
a  day  school,  instructing,  in  the  form- 
er, about  100  children,  and  in  the  lat- 
ter, about  GO.  He  still  continues  to 
be  useful.  A  school  room  is  being 
erected,  which  is  designed  to  serve 
as  a  chapel.  Congregation  is  now 
200,  communicants  20,  scholars  150, 
who  make  good  progress. 

CANADA,  a  country  of  North 
America,  bounded  on  the  N.  by 
New  Britain,  E.  by  Labrador  and 
the  "ulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  S.  by  New 
Brunswick  and  the   United  States, 


and  W.  by  unknown  lands.      It  waa 
discovered    by   John   and    Sebastian 
Cabot,  of  Bristol,  in  14!i7  ;    and  was 
settled  by  the  French  in  1G08.      The 
summer  here  is  very  hot,  and  winter 
continues  for  G  months  very  severe  ; 
but  the  sudden  transitions  from  heat 
to  cold,  so   common   to   the  United 
States,  are  not  known  in  Canada,  and 
the  seasons  are  more   regular.      The 
uncultivated   parts   are    a  continued 
wood,  in   which  are  many  kinds  of 
trees  unknown  in  Europe  ;     but  the 
land  that  is  cleared  is  fertile,  and  the 
progress  of  vegetation  so  rapid,  that 
wheat  sowed    in  May  is    reaped  in 
August.      Of  all    the    animais,    the 
beaver  is  the  most  useful  and  curious. 
Canada  turpentine  is  greatly  esteemed 
for  its  balsamic  qualities.  This  country 
abounds  with  coal,  and  near  Quebec 
is  a  fine  lead    mine.      The   different 
tribes  of  Indians,  or  original  natives, 
in  Canada,  are  numerous  ;    but  they 
have    been   observed  to  derr*-  se    in 
population  where  the   Eun  :    uns  are 
most  numerous,  owing  chiefly  to  their 
immoderate  use  of  spirituous  liquors. 
Canada  was  conquered  by  the  English 
in  1751) ;    and  confirmed  to   them  by 
the  French  at  the  peace  of  17G3.     In 
1791 ,  this  country  was  divided  into  two 
provinces.  Upper  and  Lower  Canada, 
which  have  since  made  great  progress 
in  population  and  agriculture. 

Loiccr   Canada,  is  bounded  N.  by 
New  Britain,  E.  by  New  Britain  and 
the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  S.E.  and 
S.  by  New  Brunswick  and  the  states 
of  Maine,  New  Hampshire  Vermont, 
and  New  York,  and  S.W.  and  W.  by 
Upper  Canada.      Lon.  G2"— 81"  W., 
lat.  45°— 52^^  N.      The  inhabitants  in 
17G3,  were  70,000 ;    in  1814,  335,000, 
of   whom    275,000    were    native    or 
French    Canadians.      In    1823,    the 
population  was  427,405.      From   the 
official    census,   taken   in   1831,   we 
gather  the  following  interesting  facts. 
82,487  houses  :  1458  houses  building  ; 
57,891  holders  of  real  estate  ;  25,208, 
not  holders  of  real  estate.     Total  pop- 
ulation 51 1 ,917.     Deaf  and  dumb  488. 
Blind  334.     Insane  924.     Attached  to 
the  Church  of  England  34,620  souls, 
or  7  percent.;  to  the  church  of  Scotland 
15,069,  3  per  cent. ;  Roman  Catholics 
403,472,  or  80  per  cent  ,    Methodists 
7019 ;     Baptists    2461  ;     Jews    107 ; 
Sccttch  seceders  7811 ;  other  denomi- 

115 


CAN 


CAN 


Sj,   . 


nations  5S97.  The  whole  miinbcr  of 
scholars  in  the  schools,  acadoniies. 
colleges,  and  convents  is  48,:}ii0,  or 
less  than  10  per  cent,  of  the  popula- 
tion. In  the  northi'rn  part  of  the 
United  States  it  is  from  iiii  to  2'*  j)er 
cent.  More  than  one  half  of  the  cliil- 
dren  in  Lower  Canada  are  not  taii<rht 
to  read  and  write.  The  nuniljorof 
taverns  and  shops  retailing  spirituous 
liquors  is  1.^:2,  or  I  to  every  L'(JO 
souls.  About  ^4,000  persons  have 
emigrated  into  the  province  since 
182').  The  climate  is  healthy,  but 
the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  are  very 
great ;  the  thermometer  sometimes 
rising  in  suumier  to  lUO",  and  sinking 
in  winter  to  4(F  below  0. 

Upper  Caiunia,  is  bounded  E.  and 
S.E.  by  J>ower  Canada,  S.  by  tlie 
United  States,  N.  and  W.  by  tlie  un- 
explored regions  of  New  Britain. 
Lon.  74'^  to  !i8^  W.,  lat.  4*2^  to  50^  N. 
The  population  in  178:{,  was  estima- 
ted at  only  10,0(;(l;  in  1814,  at  ilOjOOO  ; 
in  18y(>,  !it  t>:U  ,778.  The  country  has 
chiefly  been  settled  by  emigrants 
from  tlio  I'uited  States,  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland.  It  is  divided  into  11 
districts,  which  are  sub-divided  into 
counties  and  townships.  The  climate 
is  milder  and  considerably  healtliicr 
than  in  Lower  Canada.  Tlie  Metho- 
dists are  the  most  numerous  religious 
denominatirm.  The  colored  people 
from  the  United  States  have  formed 
a  settlement  at  Wilberforce. 

The  lUiiUd  Bnthrni  in  ]7!)2,  found- 
ed a  settlement  in  Upper  Canada,  on 
the  R.  lletrencli  or  Thames,  which 
falls  into  Lake  St.  Clair,  in  the  midst 
of  numerous  tribes  of  the  Chip])eways. 
to  which  they  gave  the  name  of 
Fairfield.  Tlie  brethren  were  accom- 
panied by  their  Indian  congregations, 
who  had  been  driven,  in  1781,  from 
their  settlements  on  the  Muskingum. 
During  that  interval  they  had  remov- 
ed from  place  to  place,  and  found  no 
rest  till  they  sat  down  here  in  peace, on 
a  tract  of  land,  containing  about  2500 
acres,  assigned  them  by  the  British 
government.  The  settlement  became 
a  regular  township,  about  12  m.  long, 
and  0  wide,  and  was  so  well  cultiva- 
ted, that  the  wilderness  was  literally 
changed  into  a  fruitful  field.  No 
striking  success  was  granted  in  the 
conversion  of  the  Indians ;  but  there 
was  a  gradual  increase  of  communi- 


cants, chiefly  from  the  children  born 
in  the  settlement,  when  grown  up  to 
maturity.  At  the  close  ol  ]t>l'J,  the 
number  of  communicanls  was  12(). 
Aiter  enjoying  tranquillity  lor  more 
tJian  20  years,  the  settienient  was  de- 
stroyed by  the  American  army,  under 
(Jencral  Harrison,  in  Itl'.i. 

After  residing,  for  s(.  le  time,  in 
huts  on  the  site  of  their  old  buildings, 
they  erected  a  town  in  the  opposite 
bank  of  the  river,  to  which  they  gave 
the  name  of  wNV«'  Fairjitid.  'I'o  this 
place  they  removed  in  the  autumn  of 
1815,  when  their  numljcrs  amounted 
to  10!)  persons.  The  loliowmg  year, 
an  Indian  named  Unim,  who,  from 
his  youth,  had  evinced  the  most  in- 
veterate hatred  against  tlie  missiona- 
ries, was  savingly  coiivtrtcd  to  God, 
was  baptized,  and  died  in  the  iiiith  of 
the  Gospel;  and  by  this  circumstance 
an  impression  was  made  both  among 
the  Indians  and  the  white  people, 
which  afterwards  led  to  an  extensive 
awakening  in  the  neiglihorhood. 

On  the  25th  of  June,  lfe22,  Mr. 
Luckenbach  wrote,  that  though  some 
circumstances  of  ajjaiiilul  nature  had 
occurred,  the  missionaries  were  ena- 
bled to  rejoice,  that  by  I'ar  the  greater 
part  of  their  congregation  continued 
to  be  faithful  followers  of  Christ,  and 
that  their  confidence  in  the  help  of 
the  Lord  was  frequently  revived  and 
strengthened  by  prools  of  his  mercy 
towards  them.  A  new  missionary 
house  was,  at  this  time,  pnrtly  erected ; 
and  it  is  stated  that  thr  Christian  In- 
dians most  cheerfully  lent  their  assist- 
ance towards  the  building,  without 
any  remuneration. 

After  3  years  had  passed  away  with- 
out any  of  the  heatlun  being  publicly 
devoted  to  God  by  the  rite  ot  baptism, 
the  missionaries  had  tlie  pleasure  of 
baptizing  3  Indian  lemak-s  ;  one  on 
Christmas-day,  lb22;  a  second  on 
New  Year's-day,  1823  ,  and  the  third 
on  the  Feast  of  the  Epiph;iny.  Two 
of  these,  an  aged  woman,  and  her 
daughter  about  14  years  old,  had  re- 
moved in  the  preceding  spring,  from 
the*  Upper  Monsy  Town  to  New  Fair- 
field, and  here  their  hearts  were  open- 
ed to  the  word  of  the  Gospel.  The 
other,  who  was  sister-in-law  to  one  of 
the  female  assistants,  had  resided  4  or 
5  years  in  the  settlement ;  and,  dur- 
ing that  time,  had  been  a  diligent  at- 

116 


lildren  born 
rown  up  lo 
•1  Ifl'J,  the 
s  waa  !'<:(». 
ly  lor  more 
L'lit  was  dc- 
nuy, under 


10  time,  in 
J  Luildinos, 
ic  opposite 
1  tlicy  gave 
I.      'I'o  this 

autumn  of 
i  amounted 
iwing  }  car, 

who,  irom 
le  most  in- 
e  missiona- 
I'd  to  God, 
the  faith  ot" 
rcumstance 
)oth  among 
ite  people, 
)  extensive 
rhood. 

It22,  Mr. 
ough  some 
nature  had 

were  ena- 
ihe  greater 

continued 

Jlirist,  and 

lie    lidp  ot" 

"ived  and 

lis  mercy 

uissionary 

y  I'rected; 

ristian  In- 

leir  assist- 
without 


•         f 


'i^ 


■1 


m 


t         IS 


way  with- 
g  publicly 
baptism, 
easure  of 
one    on 
(:ond    on 
the  third 
y.     Two 
and   her 
i,  had  re- 
ing,  from 
'»}ew  Fair- 
ore  open- 
H.      The 
to  one  of 
iided  4  or 
and,  dur- 
ligent  at- 
16 


*  i 


'I     ■ 

.,.■:»■■ 


;  (.if  -  - '  ■ 


*  i 


iiv 


♦         INDIAN  VILLAGE. 


VALLEV  OF  THE  COMMANCHES,  A  TIMBE  OF 
AMERICAN  INDIANS.    [Page  118.] 


Old 


CAN 


CAN 


tendant  on  tlic  incuns  of  grace,  but 
had  not  appcarcu  to  draire  a  closer 
connexion  villi  the  church.  Now, 
however,  Hhc  entreated,  with  tears, 
that  she  niiirht  he  baptized  ;  and  as 
she  made  a  sitisfactory  confession  of 
her  faith,  and  avowed  her  exchisive 
d«;pendi'nce  for  salvation  on  the  all- 
sutficient  sacrifice  of  Calvary,  her 
request  was  jyrranted,  and  the  divine 
presence  secnit'd  to  be  enjoyed  by  all 
who  witnessed  tlu-  ordiniince. 

In  a  eoinmuniniition,  dated  April 
bth,  H-^:J.  Mr.  Lnckeiiback  says— 
'•An  Indian  niiiiied  Simon,  wl.  had 
been  baptized  nt  l'ft(iunttiiiir,  but  had 
aflerwanls  left  llie  con^rreifiition,  and 
lived  for  more  than  l(j  years  ainonir 
the  wild  heathen.  returncMl  liitherthis 
B])ring,  and  beirtjed  most  earne.stly  for 
re-admission.  He  was  in  a  rajiid  con- 
sumption ;  and,  as  we  believed  he  had 
sougiit  and  obtained  mercy  from  llim 
who  treats  all  n'turninij  prodiirals 
with  compassion,  he  was  re-admitted, 
aiiu  ussiuL-a  uc  iiii-  ^<>l^'l  ,v  r><  >'^<  of  tWo 
congregation  on  his  sick-bed." 

"  Many  of  the  boys  in  the  school 
hive  made  good  progresjs,  and  are 
able  to  read  their  own  language  well. 
They  even  begin  to  understand  Eng- 
lish, and  read  tlie  three  epistles  of  St. 
John  in  that  language.  After  hearing 
single  verses  4  or  5  times  distinctly 
repeated,  they  learnt  them  by  heart, 
and  appear  delighted  with  this  mode 
of  instruction." 

The  foUowinsj  intellinrence  from 
this  settlement  is  contained  in  a  let- 
ter dated  Oct.  1(5.  ]S2.i,  in  which  Mr. 
Luckenbach  wrote  as  follows : — 
"  Since  my  last,  the  number  of  our 
inhabitants  has  been  augmented  by 
1()  persons  from  Goshen,  2  from 
among  the  heathen  at  Sandusky,  and 
4  of  the  Monsy  tribe.  The  latter  is  a 
family,  consisting  of  an  aged  mother, 
who,  four  years  ago,  was  baptized  at 
Old  Schoenbrunn,  on  the  Musk- 
ingum, her  son,  grandson,  and  great 
grandson.  Her  son  is  upwards  of  50 
years  old,  and  has  very  indifferent 
health.  Being  asked  why  he  wished 
to  reside  in  our  settlement,  he  repli- 
ed, '  I  have  no  greater  wish  than  to 
lay  down  my  bones  in  this  place.  All 
1  long  for  is  to  experience  the  pardon 
oimy  sins,  through  the  mercy  of  our 
Saviour,  before  t  die,  and  to  be  re- 
ceived by  baptism  into  the  Christian 


churcli.  I  now  believe  all  which  I 
formerly  heard  at  Schoenbrunn,  con- 
cerning our  incarnate  (iod  and  lie- 
deeiner,  who  died  uj»on  the  Cross  to 
save  U8  from  eternal  death.  In  this 
place  mv  poor  soul  derives  comf(»rt 
and  good  Iioih;  ;  and  1  am  theref(»re 
come  to  dwell  among  tlie  believers, 
and  to  (zie  with  them,  because  among 
the  heathen  1  find  neither  rest  nor 
peace." 

'•  On  the  7th  of  Sept.  we  had  a  true 
festival-day,  when  a  heatiien  woman 
and  her  child  were  baptized  ;  and  a 
person,  baptized  as  a  child,  was  re- 
ceived into  the  congregation.  The 
husband  of  the  former  was  baptized  a 
year  and  a  half  ago.  They  removed 
hither  from  the  Upper  Monsy  Town, 
that,  as  they  said,  they  might  believe, 
and  be  converted  to  Jesus.  She  is 
sister  to  a  man  named  Simon,  who 
departed  this  life  last  spring,  rejoicing 
in  the  Lord.  His  end,  as  a  believer, 
and  that    of   her   niotlier,  who    died 

salutary  impression  upon  her  ihind, 
insomuch  that  she  began  most  seri- 
ously to  be  concerned  about  the  sal- 
vation of  her  immortal  soul.  During 
her  baptism,  a  powerful  sense  of  the 
presence  of  Jesus  was  felt  by  the 
whole  congregation.  Thus  one  after 
another  finds  the  way  to  our  Saviour, 
and  we  have  reason  to  rejoice  that, 
by  the  power  of  his  word,  some  Finall 
additions  are  made  to  his  church,  and 
that  the  reward  for  the  travail  of  his 
soul  is  increased  from  among  the  In- 
dians. Painful  occurrences  are  in- 
deed not  wanting  ;  but,  in  general, 
we  have  much  cause  for  thankfulness, 
seeing  that  our  labor  is  not  in  vain  in 
tiie  Lord." 

For  further  information  see  JS'ew 
Fairfield. 

The  following  is  the  present  condi- 
tion of  the  English  Wesleyan  Meth- 
odist missions.  Quebec.  Mr.  Long, 
missionary,  139  in  society.  The  con- 
gregations have  been  numerous  and 
seriously  attentive.  Several  persons 
have  been  brought  to  sincere  repent- 
ance. There  is  one  school  connected 
with  this  station,  containing  92  chil- 
dren, under  the  care  of  17  teachers 
and  assistants.  Montreal,  15G  in  so- 
ciety, and  Sabbath  Schools  in  a  pros- 
perous state.  Kingston.  There  has 
been  a  gracious  work  of  the   Holy 

117 


I' 


'"  il 


CAN 


CAN 


J'' 


Spirit  among  tlie  8(il(lic>r8  Htitionc«l  in 
tiuH  parisli,7!>  in  Hocifiy.  Tln^  U'licli- 
vri)  in  the  Sabbutii  8ciio«il  labor  Htcad- 
ily  and  unanimously,  and  tlu>  ciiil- 
dren  are  regular  and  attentive.  iSt. 
JirmaniLi.  In  society  4<)rt.  The  |)ub- 
lie  preachinir  Ih  well  attended. 
HtansUad.  \i\  notMety,  liV.t,  Hcholars 
272.     tiarnston.     In  soeiety  4«».     On 


•lely 
eiiil 


this  circuit  are  several  Sunday 
schools.  Shrfford.  in  society  l!)(t. 
0(hll  Town.  '  In  society  'i\'>.  Si.\ 
tiabbath  seliools,  cunlaininij  |.'»7  boys 
and  i6.\  yirls.  makinjr  a  total  of  :5-ll(. 
under  the  can;  of  (i  siiperinlendants. 
y!>  male  and  ;J()  female  teachers,  most 
of  whom  take  a  lively  interest  in  t la- 
welfare  of  the  children.  Tlircv  Hirers. 
In  society  ti"<.  Total.  Scholars  in 
the  Canada  District,  l.4l!>. 

The  society  for  I'ropaifatinir  the 
Gospel  in  Foreion  I'arts  has  5;}  sta- 
tions in  Canada,  employs  about  .').'> 
missionaries,  and  H  schoolmasters  and 
catccliists.  We  have  no  particii- 
'iT  acco'.mt  of  tJ!*'  j>if >.ent  condition 
of  the  etforts  of  this  society  in  Can- 
ada. 

Missions  of  the  Wislnjan  Mvthodists 
of  the  United  States  and  of  Cunodii. 
Among  the  Indians,  who  inhabit  Up- 
per Canada,  are  :}t»,OnO.  who  speak 
the  Chippcwayor  Ojibway  Icuiguaire. 
scattered  in  different  places  throui^h 
the  province  The  Mohawks  are 
settled  on  Grand  River,  on  a  rich  res- 
ervation of  lands.  \2  m.  wide  and  (id 
m.  in  length,  and  wiiicli  is  guaranteed 
to  them  by  the  JJrilish  government. 
At  the  head  of  the  Mohawks  was  the 
celebrated  Col.  Brandt,  wlio;-e  feats  in 
the  revolutionary  war  are  well  known. 
Though  civilized  and  well  educated 
at  Dartmouth  College,  where  also  two 
of  his  sons  have  been  educated,  it 
seems  that  he  never  heartily  embrac- 
ed Christianity,  so  as  to  come  fully 
under  its  experimental  and  practical 
influence.  Much  pains  had  been  ta- 
den  to  introduce  among  the  Mohawks 
tlie  arts  of  civilized  life,  and  they  had 
made  considerable  progress  in  agri- 
culture, raising  slieej).  cattle,  &c. 
At  the  early  ])eriod  of  the  settlement 
of  that  country,  the  society  for  Pro- 
moting Chritstinn  Knowledge  had 
made  efforts  to  introduce  the  gospel 
to  the  notice  of  these  people.  Some 
success  attended  their  efforts.  Mrs. 
Kerr,  i>  daughter  of  Col.  Brandt,  is  a 


firm  Ix'lievcr  in  Christianity,  and  is  a 
lady  of  rare  accomplishnientti. 

In  the  year  iHtll.ayoung  Indian 
was  baptized  at  a  Quarterly  Meeting 
of  the  Methodists,  by  the  K«'V.  Jo- 
seph Sawyer,  who  was  named  after 
the  preacfu'r  who  baptized  him,  Jo- 
st'ph  Sawyer;  and  the  wile  of  a  Mr. 
Jones,  father  of  I'eter  Jones,  was  like- 
wise baptized  about  the  same  time, 
and  received  into  the  chiireh.  In  the 
year  Jf^'J'J,  the  (ienessre  Methodist 
(.'onferenee,  which  then  included  Up- 
per Canada,  turned  its  attention  to- 
wards th(>  Mohawk  Indians  and  ap- 
pointed the  llev.  Alvin  'J'orrv,  to 
introduce  the  gospel  among  them. 
He  commenced  his  labors  at  the 
mouth  of  the  (irand  11.  among  some 
white  inhabitants,  and  pursued  his 
route  up  the  river  about  vi.'i  m  pass- 
ing through  .several  Indinn  settle- 
ments, and  thence  brandling  out  he 
formed  a  circuit  of  about  140  m.  in 
circumference.  Neir  the  mouth,  of 
\\\t'  rivei'  II  |>urt  "f  tlic  i.'ilawiue  Tii- 
dians  resided.  Many  of  whom  un- 
ilerstood  the  English  hinguiige.  Above 
these  are  the  Cayugas  and  Oiionda- 
gas,  who, though  they  were  unfriendly 
to  tlie  gospel,  liad  the  best  regulated 
community  of  any  of  the  Indians  on 
the  river.  They  assigned  as  a  reason 
of  their  opposition  to  the  (iospel.  that 
the  Mohawks,  who  had  it.  dniiih  rum 
Olid  roniinittcd  ipir/,cdiii.fs.  Mo.st  of 
tliem  believed  in  one  SuprenK*  Good 
S|)irit ;  as  he  was  jiossest-cd  oi'  entire 
goodness,  they  think  he  ci  uld  do  no 
evil — hence  they  neither  fear  liii,-!. 
nor  ofler  him  sacrifice  Notwith- 
standing serious  obstacle?!,  Mr.  Ter- 
ry met  with  considerable  success. 
Several  Indians  gave  evidence  of  a 
real  conversion  to  God.  He  was 
joined  by  the  llev.  William  Case,  A 
special  influence  of  the  Holy  Spirit 
was  granted,  and  the  wilderness  be- 
come a  fruitful  field.  Amongst  oth- 
ers, Peter  Jones,  and  his  flimily,  be- 
came decided  followers  of  Christ,  and 
were  eminently  useful.  A  very  degrad- 
ed tribe  .the  Missisaugahs.shared  in  the 
work  of  the  Lord.  They  abandoned 
the  use  of  ardent  spirit',  altogether, 
united  themselves  to  tli  >  church,  and 
evinced  great  ardor  an<.  steadiness  of 
devotion.  In  the  ycir  18*28,  John 
Sunday,  and  Peter  Jacobs,  two  of  the 
converted   Indians,   with   Mr.  Case, 


well, 


CAN 


CAN 


virtiti'd  Pliilinlolpliia.  Now  York,  ami 
otlior  |)lnr(>M.  Frniii  tlio  ninth  nnniiul 
Ut'|)f»rt  of  tlu*  Mrlliodi.st  K|)it»co|ml 
INIissiDniiry  SiHUcty.  wo  niuko  tJio  lol- 
lowinir  (luotiition.  It  rolatoa  tn  tho 
incotini^  iit  Now  Y«>rk. 

••  Jolin  Sundiiy.  ouo  of  tlio  nativos. 
tlii'n  ros<>,  luul,  in  liis  own  lanjjuiijo, 
addrcrtsoil  tli<'  pooplo  with  u  zoal  and 
patlios  seldom  «'xhihito<l  hy  onr  culti- 
vatod  orators.  I  (is  gostnros,  Isis  ox- 
proHsion  of  countcnanfM",  the  onorjjy 
of  liis  niiinnor,  and  liin  nppoals  to 
lioavon,  all  oxhil»itcd  tho  warmth  of 
his  liourt,  tho  rcahfy  of  liis  rcliirirtn, 
and  tho  powers  of  his  native  olo- 
quenco  ;  for  ahlionjjh  not  a  word  was 
understood  hy  liis  hoarors,  yot  tlie 
effect  n|)on  tlio  conjrrojjation  was  )ini- 
vorsally  visil»h' — tlioir  tears  npoko  tijo 
iinsopliistioatod  language  of  their 
hearts.  Mr.  Case  then  intorprotod 
what  ho  had  said,  and  although  much 
of  tho  odgo  of  his  exhortation  must 
have  heen  dotoriorated  by  the  transla- 
tion, yot  we  may  readily  imagine 
what  must  he  tho  ofFoct  produced  up- 
on his  Indian  brethren  by  this  good 
man's  fervent  labors  among  them. 

Peter  Jacobs,  the  other  Indian,  a 
yontii  about  nineteen  years  of  age, 
then  read  several  passages  from  tlie 
Now  Testament,  first  in  English,  and 
then  in  the  Indian  language,  after  the 
manner  in  which  he  instructs  his 
brethren  at  home.  The  manner  in 
which  he  read  the  parable  of  the  lost 
sheep  was  very  creditable  to  his  head 
and  heart.  He  read  it  exceedingly 
well,  and  his  feelings  obviously  made 
a  personal  application  of  the  parable 
to  himself  and  his  countrymen.  This 
he  fully  exhibited  when  he  had  finished 
reading,  by  addressing  tlic  congrega- 
tion relative  to  his  personal  experi- 
ence and  knowledge  in  the  things  of 
God.  His  broken  English,  added  to 
the  obvious  simplicity  and  sincerity 
of  his  narrative,  combined  to  render 
the  scene  truly  impressive,  and  highly 
gratifying  to  the  hearts  of  all  true 
Christians.  The  two  Indians  then 
sung  four  verses  of  the  hymn  com- 
mencing— 

'  How  happy  are  ihey, 

Who  iheir  Saviour  obey,'  &c. 

in  their  own  language,  the  congrega- 
tion afterward  singing  it  in  Englisn. 
The  Rev.  Dr  Bangs  then  rose,  and 


4. 


•fler  romarkin;g  that  John  Sunday 
had  not  understood  any  tiling  titat 
iiiid  been  naid,  from  his  igi  orance  of 
o*)r  language,  pro*:eedod  i  )  address 
hull  tl.-ough  h**  brother  Inuian  as  in- 
torpreUT ;  »nd  mi  tiie  name  of  the 
Ciiristian  CT«ingresratioii  there  ahsom- 
bled,  gave  hiin  the  right  hand  of  fcl- 
l»tv»  -hip.  The  /lowing  tears  and  bro« 
kei  soils  of  tliis  pi  .or  son  of  tho  forest, 
adtji  •(!  to  his  loud  exclamations  wlion 
ho  u/idorstood  wliat  was  said  to  him, 
was  one  of  the  most  molting  scones 
we  ever  witnessed,  and  will  never  ba 
forgotten  by  any  oni'  present ;  partic- 
ularly, when  to  tho  ardent  wish  ex- 
pressed to  moot  him  in  heaven,  he 
H'sponded  with  melting  eyes,  and 
ovortlowing  heart,  "Amen!  Amen!' 
and  "all  tho  people  responded  Amen  ! 
Amen  !  also." 

In  iH^iO  all  the  Methodist  missions 
in  Upper  Canada  were  considered  to 
!)»•  in  a  state  of  proi>rossive  improve- 
ment. For  their  benefit  the  Now 
York  District  Bible  Society  had  the 
f^ospel  of  St.  Mark  and  several  other 
portions  of  the  sacred  Scriptures, 
printed  in  the  Mohawk  language. 
These  were  rendered  a  groat  blessing 
to  those  of  the  natives  who  could  not 
understand  the  English  language. 

A  new  mission  was  also  opened 
during  the  year,  at  Mahjodusk  Bay, 
which  empties  into  Lake  Huron. 
This  is  considered  of  great  import- 
ance as  being  the  annual  rendezvous 
of  many  of  the  Indians  from  the  North. 

According  to  the  latest  accounts 
received  from  the  Indian  missions  in 
Upper  Canada,  there  are  now  1,850 
adult  Indians  under  religious  instruc- 
tion, 1100  of  whom  are  members  of 
the  Church.  Beside  these  there  are 
four  hundred  children  taught  in  fifteen 
dift'erent  schools.  The  natives  are 
making  encouragii.  advances  in  do- 
mestic economy,  in  agriculture,  and 
in  some  of  the  mechanical  arts,  and 
some  of  them,  as  we  have  already 
seen,  are  becoming  extensively  useful 
in  the  field  of  Gospel  labor.  The  fol- 
lowing statistical  account  has  been  re- 
cently furnished  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Case: 
Adults  under  religious  instruction. 

1.  Grape  Island,  two  schools,     210 

2.  Mohawks,  Bay  Quinty, 

3.  Rice  Lake,  two  schools, 

4.  River  Credit,  two    " 

5.  Lake  Simcoe,  two   " 

119 


-!  -n 


ft^ 


120 

300 

-     ,      « 

240 

250 

' -.^f    >. 

^'V  '^i 

i          .K  ■ 

■■':  A- 

2j  '■■■'  ,      ..'tt.  J 

■ 

1 

i*  •<  « 

*;j;' 


CAN 

C.  Malijehcluiik,one      <' 
7.  Grand  KiviT,  three  " 
b.  Munci'v  town,  ont'  • 
9.  NVyaiulotH  ut  Curnard, 
10.  tieegeenjf  river, 


150 
UOU 
15() 

:kj 

100 


1 ,800 

For  further  particulars  seethe  vari- 
ous HtatioiiH  wiioriu  iiuiiies  have  just 
been  mentioned. 

CANAUGllOTE,  one  of  the  Sjrr- 
ian  ciiurchei),  in  the  Cuttayani  Din- 
trict,  Souttiern  India.  It  was  built 
about  50  years  ago,  by  two  ufHuent 
individuals,  as  u  subordinate  chapel 
to  that  at  Kiidanibonude.  It  can  ac- 
commodate t^lU  or  lit  10  persons  ;  con- 
nected witli  it  are  )(i5  houses, 
or  about  700  souls.  B''our  copies  ot 
St.  Matthew's  gospel  are  the  only 
books  in  the  vernacular  tongue,  ol 
which  the  church  is  possessed.  There 
is  very  little  of  the  spirit  of  Chris- 
tianity at  this  pl:ice. 

CANDIA,  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant islands  in  the  Mediterranean, 
Ion.  2;J°  4U'— yO"  40'  E. ;  lat.  '.J4"  50'— 
:{5^55'N. ;  81  m.  from  the  S.  extrem- 
ity of  the  Morea.  It  contains  4020 
square  m.  It  is  in  contemplation  to 
establish  schools  on  this  island. 

CANDY'S  CREEK,  a  missionary 
station  of  the  ^.  B.  C.  F.  M.  in  the 
Cherokee  nation  of  Indians,  within 
the  chartered  limits  of  Tennessee,  25 
m.  N.E.  of  Brainerd,  and  10  m.  S.W. 
of  the  Cherokee  agency  on  the  Ili- 
wa.jsee  R.  The  mission  was  com- 
menced in  1U24.  William  Holland 
and  his  wife  are  teachers  and  cate- 
chists.  Mr.  H.  in  a  letter  dated,  Dec. 
24, 1831 ,  says,  "  our  church  at  present 
consists  of  15  Cherokces,  with  Mrs.  H. 
and  myself.  Mr.  Butrick  has  labored 
here  a  large  portion  of  the  time  since 
he  left  Carmel.  During  the  last 
autumn,  a  meeting-house  has  been 
erected  at  this  station  at  considerable 
expense.  It  is  50  feet  by  30,  of  hewn 
logSjCovered  with  short  boards  fastened 
with  nails,  and  is  by  far  the  best  and 
most  commodious  house  of  worship  in 
this  nation.  Last  autumn,  we  held  a 
protracted  meeting  of  such  a  character 
as  to  excite  pleasm^  sensations.  In 
consequence,  a  few  mdividuals,  it  is 
hoped,  have  embraced  the  Gospel, 
land  some  are  still  in  an  inquiring 
state."  A  flourishing  school  exists 
ftt  this  station. 


CAN 

CANEY  CREEK,  a  station  of  the 
w4.  li.  C.  /'.  M.  in  the  Chickuuaw  na- 
tion, within  the  chartered  limits  of 
the  Htatt!  of  Mississippi.  A  mission 
was  commenced  uiiiong  the  Chicka- 
Haws  in  lr21,  by  the  S^nod  of  South 
Carolina  and  (ieorgia.  In  l.'^yT,  the 
mission  was  transterred  to  the  .V.  U. 
C.  t\  M  Hugh  Wilson  und  Mrs. 
Wilson,  are  missioiiuries.  Mr. 
Knight,  and  Miss  l'rud«  nee  Wil- 
son  teachers.  The  school  has  hud  3t) 
pupils,  all  of  whom  cuu  rcud,  and 
nearly  all  can  write,  'i'lie  expenses 
of  the  schools  have  been  principally 
defrayed  by  the  Chickawaws  them- 
selves. Few  attend  iiweting  except 
the  members  of  the  schools. 

CANTOiN,  is  the  principal  city  of 
the  Chinet-e  province  of  the  same 
name,  situated  2:5  \V  N.  lat.  and  113*^ 
E.  Ion.  This  is  the  only  city  which  the 
Chinese  government  ollows  for  Eu- 
ropean maritime  IralKc.  Within  the 
bocca,  or  mouth  of  the  river,  is  a 
small  island,  which,  bearing  some  re- 
semblance to  a  tiger  cvuchuHt,  is  call- 
ed Tiger  island ;  and  the  river  is 
hence  named  Tigris,  but  the  Chinese 
call  it  Taa.  Tlie  city  consists  of  3 
towns,  divided  by  high  walls,  but  so 
conjoined  ds  to  form  almost  a  regular 
square.  The  streets  are  narrow, 
paved  with  small  round  stones  in  the 
middle,  and  flagged  at  the  sides.  The 
houses  are  only  a  ground-floor,  built 
of  earth,  and  covered  with  tiles.  The 
better  class  of  people  are  carried  about 
in  chairs ;  but  the  common  sort  walk 
barefooted  and  bareheaded.  The  riv- 
er is  covered  with  barks,  which  have 
apartments  in  them  for  families,  where 
many  thousands  reside,  and  have  no 
other  habitation.  The  number  of  in- 
habitants is  suppoted  to  bo  750,000. 
The  immense  quantity  of  goods  and 
money  which  foreign  vessels  bring  to 
this  city,  draws  hither  a  crowd  of 
merchants  from  all  the  provinces ;  so 
that  the  factories  and  warehouses  con- 
tain the  rarest  productions  of  the  soil, 
and  the  most  valuable  of  the  Chiaese 
manufactures.  In  1822,  a  Are  broke 
out,  which  destroyed  many  lives, 
15,000  houses,  and  property  to  an  im- 
mense amount.  It  is  1180  m.  S.  by 
W.  Peking.  E.  Long.  113°  2',  N. 
lat.  23°  30'. 

The  person  deemed  most  suitabls 
for  this  station,  by  the  L.  M.  S.,  was 

120 


pers, 


CAN 


CAN 


Htation  of  the 
'hickuHaw  na- 
.>re(l  hinitii  ol' 
li.  A  iiiittHioii 
g  the  C'hicku- 
}  iiud  ut' South 
111  1.-^7,  the 
1  to  th«'  .'i.  U. 
,*m  uiiil  MrH. 
uiric'H.  Mr. 
rudnicc  Wil- 
uol  hud  hud  3<.) 
;aii   rcud,  and 

J'hc    fXpt'llBPS 

(11  priiicipully 
kuKuwH  tlieni- 
u'l'ling  except 
loold. 

iiicipal  city  of 
of  the  Huiiie 
.  lat.and  113'^ 
city  wliichthe 
Hows  for  Eu- 
Within  the 
lie  river,  ia  a 
iring  some  re- 
chunl,  is  call- 

the  river  is 
it  the  Cliinese 
coimidtB  of  3 

walls,  but  so 
Host  a  regular 

are     narrow, 

stones  in  tlie 
le  sides.  The 
iid-tloor,  built 
th  tiles.    The 

curried  about 
ion  sort  walk 
ed.     The  riv- 

which  have 
inilies,  where 

and  have  no 
lumber  of  in- 
j  be  750,000. 
of  goods  and 
sscls  bring  to 

a  crowd   of 

■ovinces ;  so 
•fhouses  con- 
is  of  the  soil, 

the  Chiaese 

a  fire  broke 

many  lives, 
rty  to  an  im- 
180  m.  S.  by 

113°  2',  N. 

nost  suitable 
.  M.  6'.,  was 
120 


th«  Rev.  Robert  Morriion,  whnao 
ntudiofl  at  Cttwport  had  been  p«>culiarly 
directed  to  u  prfparation  for  ho  impor- 
tant an  undi-rtuking ;  and  who  was 
Mubsequently  aH.sisted,  in  London,  by 
R  native  of  Ohinii,  in  learning  the  lan- 
guuge,  and  in  transcribing  a  Harmony 
of  the  (JroHjieU  and  other  parts  of  the 
New  Testament,  from  a  manuscript 
copy  in  tlw'  Hritish  .Museum.  I  lis 
attention  was  also  directed,  under  a 
suitable  tutor,  to  the  mathematicH  and 
a8tronr>my,  and  he  attended  the  lec- 
tures at  the  iloyal  Institution ;  this 
course  of  studies  having  been  deter- 
mined upon,  in  ccmsequence  of  some 
valuable  information  received  by  the 
directors,  from  an  intelligent  corres- 
pondent at  Macao. 

In  the  month  of  Jan.  1807,  Mr. 
Morrison  sailed  trntn  Enirland  ;  and, 
in  Sept.,  he  arrived  in  safety  at  Can- 
ton, where  he  applied  himself  -ith 
unwearied  assiduity  to  the  stuoy  of 
the  language  ;  though,  in  doing  this, 
he  wasobligod  toobsiTve  the  greatest 
possible  secrecy,  and  the  persons  who 
assisted  him  intimated  that  they  trem- 
bled for  their  own  safety,  under  the 
anticipation  of  being  discovered. 

In  consequence  of  a  tempfirary 
misunderstanding  between  the  Euro- 
pean residents  at  Canton  and  the 
Chinese  government,  the  latter  pro- 
hibited all  intercourse  with  foreign- 
ers, and  the  commencement  of  hos- 
tilities was  seriously  anticipated.  Mr. 
Morrison,  therefore,  retired,  in  the 
beginning  of  Nov.,  to  Macao,  where 
he  resumed  the  study  of  the  language. 
Matters,  however,  were  soon  amicably 
arranged,  and  he  returned  to  Canton, 
where,  in  180!>,  he  was  appointed  Chi- 
nese translator  to  the  English  factory. 
Alluding  to  this  circumstance,  he 
says,  "  My  reasons  for  accepting  this 
situation  were  briefly,  that  it  secured 
my  residence ;  that  its  duties  con- 
tributed to  my  improvement  in  the 
language ;  and  that  the  salary  at- 
tached to  it  would  enable  me  to  make 
my  labor  in  the  Gospel  less  chargeable 
to  the  churches  of  Great  Britian.  The 
situation,  however,  whilst  it  has  the 
advantages  which  I  state,  has  also  its 
disadvantages.  It  occupies  a  great 
part  of  my  short  life,  in  that  which 
does  not  refer  to  my  first  object. 
Whilst  I  am  translating  ofHciol  pa- 
pers, I  could  be  compiling  my  dic- 
L 


tionary,  which,  I  hnpo,  will  be  of 
e8H*-ntial  service  to  future  miasiona' 
ries." 

In  the  course  of  his  reading  with 
his  assistants,  Mr.  M.  embrart-d  every 
opportunity  of  M|M'akiiig  of  the  liord 
JesuH,  and  salvation  through  him,  aM 
well  as  of  the  existciu  e  of  tlit*  onu 
only  living  and  true  (iod.  On  thifl 
latter  subject,  he  ol)H«'rvc.s,  ••  their 
ideas  are  exceedingly  r)liHciire.  The 
Chinese  jKjople,  according  to  what  I 
have  Been,  have  no  idea  of  one  iiiti-l- 
ligj'Ut,  iml<>|M>iulrnt.  and  (MTtiut  being 
— the  Creat«»r  and  Governor  of  the 
world.  They  have,  however,  lords 
many  and  ^  xls  iiiiiny,  before  whose 
imagt's  they  worship,  and  to  whom 
they  offer  sacrifice.  The  word  hea- 
ven, in  their  language,  is  exceedingly 
vague  ;  and  it  sefins  imposHible  to  de- 
termine its  precise  signification,  ae 
they  ever  vary  in  their  definition  of 
it.  An  atonement  my  people  do  not 
think  necessary,  at  least  for  small 
sins  ;  and  of  the  pardon  of  great  sins 
they  have  no  hope." 

In  a  letter  addressed  to  the  direc- 
tors, and  dated  April  iid,  lbl2,  Mr. 
Morrison  says,  "  By  the  lost  fleet, 
which  sailed  about  a  month  ogo,  I 
wrote,  and  enclosed  you  a  copy  of 
my  translation  of  the  Gospel  by  Luke, 
and  a  Chinese  tract  on  the  Way  of 
Salvation,  which  I  hope  would  reach 
you  in  safety.  I  now  enclose  you  a 
translation  of  a  Chinese  edict ;  by 
which  you  will  see,  that  to  print  books 
on  the  Christian  religion,  in  Chinese, 
is  rendered  a  capital  crime.  I  must, 
however,  go  forward,  trusting  in  the 
Lord :  though  I  shall  be  careful  not 
to  invite  the  notice  of  government. 
Indeed,  notwithstanding  my  con- 
sciousness of  my  own  weakness,  I 
am  not  discouraged,  but  am  thankful 
that  .my  most  san«ruine  hopes  have 
been  more  than  realized  ;  as  the  prac- 
ticability of  acquiring  the  language 
in  no  great  length  of  time,  of  trans- 
lating the  Scriptures,  and  of  having 
them  printed  in  China,  have  been 
demonstrated.  I  am  grateful  to  the 
Divine  Being  for  ha  ing  employed 
me  in  this  good  Work  ;  and,  should  1 
die  soon,  it  will  afford  me  pleasure  in 
my  last  moments." 

The  Rev.  Wm.  Milne  arrived  at 
Macao,  with  Mrs.  Milne,  in  July 
1813,  at  a  coUea^e  to  Mr.  Morriion, 

121 


€ 


^r,  '^'' 


^:'  hW 


■Ai 


CAN 

by  whom  he  was  most  gladly  receiv- 
ed. By  the  instigation  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  clergy,  however,  the  Portu- 
guese gove.iiment  ordered  him  to 
qp-.t  the  island  in  10  days.  To  this 
severe  measure  Mr.  Milne  was  oblig- 
ed to  submit,  and  he  removed  to  Can- 
ton, where  under  suitable  teachers, 
he  applied  himself  assiduously  to  the 
study  of  the  language.  As  European 
females  are  not  permitted  to  reside  at 
Canton,  he  was  necessarily  separated 
from  Mrs.  M.,  who  continued  with 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Morrison  at  Macao. 
Mr.  Morrison,  however,  subsequently 
joined  Mr.  Milne  for  the  season,  which 
continues  5  months. 

In  Feb.  1H14,  Mr.  Milne  left  Chi- 
na, in  a  vessel  which  conveyed  nearly 
500  Chinese  emigrants,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  distributing  the  copies  of  the 
New  Testament  and  the  tracts  wiiich 
he  and  Mr.  Morrison  had  prepared  ; 
and  he  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing 
many,  while  on  board,  reading,  in 
their  own  language,  the  wonderful 
works  of  God.  He  touched  at  the 
island  of  Banca,  a  new  settlement, 
where  the  Chinese  were  landed,  when, 
by  permission  of  the  commanding 
officer,  he  distributed  his  books. 

It  having  been  deemed  of  great 
importance  to  commence  a  mission  at 
Malacca,  Mr.  Milne,  at  the  urgent  re- 
quest of  Mr.  Morrison,  removed  thith- 
er in  the  summer  of  1815. 

Mr.  Morrison's  labors  among  his 
domestics  were  not  in  vain.  One 
man  was  baptized  in  1815,  on  a  cred- 
ible profession  of  his  faith ;  and  some 
others  were  inclined  to  declare  them- 
selves Christians,  but  were  intimidat- 
ed by  apprehension  of  the  consequen- 
ces. 

In  a  letter  dated  September  4, 
1817,  Mr.  (now  Dr.)  Morrison  says — 
"  I  have  translated  the  morning  and 
evening  prayers,  just  as  they  stand  in 
the  book  of  Common  Prayer,  altering 
only  those  which  refer  to  the  rulers 
of  the  land.  These  I  am  printing, 
together  with  the  Psalter,  divided  for 
the  30  days  of  the  month :  I  intend 
them  as  a  help  to  social  worship,  and 
as  affording  excellent  and  suitable 
namressions  for  individual  devotion. 
Mr.  Milne  wished  to  modify  them,  so 
as  to  render  them  more  suitable  to  our 
peculiar  circumstances ;  but  as  they 
poMesa  here  no  auihority  but  their 


CAN 

own  general  excellence,  and  are  not 
binding  on  the  practice  or  conscience 
of  any  ;  aad  ab  they  are  not  exclusive, 
— I  judged  it  better  to  preserve  them 
as  they  are.  Additional  helps  may 
be  atforded,  if  they  shall  not  be  fully 
adequate.  The  heathen,  at  first,  re- 
quire helps  for  social  devotion  ;  and 
to  me  it  appeared,  that  the  richness  of 
devotional  phraseology,  the  elevated 
views  of  the  Deity,  and  the  explicit 
and  full  recognition  of  the  work  of 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  were  so  many 
excellencies,  that  a  version  of  them 
into  Chinese,  as  tliey  were,  was  bet- 
ter than  for  me  to  new  model  them. 
The  church  of  Scotland  supplied  us 
with  a  catechism  ;  the  congregational 
churches  afforded  us  a  form  for  a 
Christian  assembly  ;  and  t  he  church 
of  England  h.^s  supplied  us  v/ith  a 
manual  of  devotion,  as  a  help  to  those 
who  are  not  sufficiently  instructed  to 
conduct  social  worship  without  such 
aid.  We  are  of  no  purtij.  We  re- 
cognise buttwodivisionsof  our  fellow- 
creatures — the  righteous  and  the 
wicked — those  who  love  our  Lord  Je- 
sus Christ,  and  those  who  do  not." 
Other  useful  works  were  also  exe- 
cuted. 

On  the  25th  of  Nov.  1819,  the 
translation  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  in- 
to the  Chinese  language  was  happily 
brought  to  a  termination.  On  this 
interesting  occasion,  Dr.  Morrison 
wrote  to  the  directors  as  follows : — 
"To  have  Moses,  David,  and  the 
Prophets,  Jesus  Christ  and  his  Apos- 
tles, using  their  own  words,  and 
thereby  declaring  to  the  inhabitants 
of  this  land  the  wonderful  works  of 
God,  indicates,  I  hope,  the  speedy  in- 
troduction of  a  happier  era  in  these 
parts  of  the  world ;  and  I  trust,  that 
the  gloomy  darkness  of  pagan  scepti- 
cism will  be  dispelled  by  the  day- 
spring  from  on  high ;  and  that  the 
gilded  idols  of  Buddah,  and  the  num- 
berless images  whir.h  fill  this  land, 
will  one  day  assuredly  fall  to  the 
ground  before  the  power  of  God's 
word,  as  the  idol  Dagon  fell  before 
the  Ark." 

In  the  annual  Report,  communicat- 
ed to  the  general  meeting  of  the  L. 
M.  S.,  in  1823,  the  directors  observe 
— "  The  completion  of  Dr.  Morrison's 
Chinese  and  English  Dictionary, 
(which  has  occupied  more  or  less  of 

122 


1^ 


i 


CAN 


CAN 


,  and  are  not 
or  conscience 
not  exclusive, 
•reserve  them 
il  helps  may 
1  not  be  fully 
a,  at  first,  re- 
Bvotion ;  and 
le  richness  of 

the  elevated 
d  the  explicit 

the  work  of 
were  so  many 
■sion  of  them 
/ere,  was  bet- 
'  model  them, 
d  supplied  us 
ongregational 
I  form  for  a 
(1  tlic  church 
?d  us  v/ith  a 

help  to  those 

instructed  to 
without  such 
•tij.  We  re- 
of  our  fellow- 
US     and     the 

our  Lord  Je- 
^ho  do  not." 
ire   also  exe- 

V.  1819,  the 
Scriptures  in- 

was  happily 
n.  On  this 
)r.  Morrison 
18  follows: — 
lid,  and  the 
nd  his  Apos- 

words,  and 
e  inhabitants 
rful  works  of 
tie  speedy  in- 
era  in   these 

I  trust,  that 
pagan  scepti- 

by  the  day- 
ind  that  the 
ind  the  num- 
lli  this  land, 

fall  to  the 
er  of  God's 
m/ell  before 

communicat- 
ig  of  the  L. 
ctors  observe 
r.  Morrison's 
Dictionaiy, 
re  or  Ibm  of 
122 


his  time  during  a  period  of  15  years), 
as  well  as  lluit  of  the  Chinese  ver- 
sion of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  forms  a 
kind  of  epoch  in  tlie  history  of  the 
mission. 

It  is  due  to  Dr.  Morrison  to  ob- 
serve, that  by  means  of  his  Chinese 
and  English  Dictionary,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  Chinese  Grammar,  com- 
piled by  him,  and  published  about  12 
years  ago,  he  has  furnished  for  the 
use  of  English  students  of  Chinese, 
liighly  valuable  facilities  for  attaining 
a  kiiowledge  of  this  very  difficult  lan- 
guage ;  and,  at  the  same  time,  he  has 
contributed  to  open  more  widely  the 
door  of  access  to  the  stores  of  Chinese 
literature  and  philosophy. 

But  his  labors  in  tiiis  department 
are  chiefly  important,  as  they  supply 
the  Christian  missionary  with  the 
means  of  attaining  with  accurjicy, 
and,  as  far  as  possible,  with  ease  the 
language  of  a  people  who  compose 
about  a  iburth  part  of  the  entire  pop- 
ulation of  the  globe. 

It  may  further  be  observed,  in  refe- 
rence to  the  philological  labors  of  Dr. 
Morrison,  tiiat  thoy  have  also  contrib- 
uted to  prepare  the  way  for  the  future 
dissemination  of  European  learning 
and  science,  through  the  medium  of 
the  English  language,  among  the  na- 
tives of  China.  The  introduction  of 
these  into  the  empire,  as  objects  of 
study,  in  the  first  place  to  the  more 
learned,  and  gradually  of  education  to 
others,  would  naturally  tend  to  loosen 
the  fetters  of  superstition  and  preju- 
dice ;  to  substitute  for  a  contempt, 
perhaps  more  feigned  than  real,  a  de- 
gree of  respect  and  veneration  for  the 
inhabitants  of  Europe  ;  and  thus,  at 
length,  to  procure  a  candid  attention, 
on  the  part  of  tlie  more  inquisitive  of 
the  Chinese  at  least,  to  the  doctrines 
and  evidences  of  Christianity. 

Ever  since  the  year  1813,  the  Gos- 
pel has  been  more  or  less  regularly 
preached, both  in  English  ant!  Chinese, 
either  at  Macao  or  Canton.  Nor  has 
this  small  portion  of  the  Christian 
ministry,  thus  insulated,  as  it  were, 
and  conducted  almost  to  the  extremi- 
ties of  the  eastern  world,  been  wholly 
destitute  of  effect.  Besides  the  advan- 
tages derived  from  these  religious  ser- 
vices by  European  and  American  res- 
idents, *  there  are  some  Chinese,"  to 
use  the  language  of  Dr.  Morriaon, "  on 


whose  consciences  divine  truth   has 
made  an  impression." 

On  the  Uth  of  December,  1823,  Dr. 
Morrison  embarked  for  England,  where 
he  arrived  in  safety  on  the  SiOth  of 
March,  in  the  ensuing  year.  Previ- 
ous to  his  departure  from  China,  he 
dedicated,  by  prayer  and  imposition  of 
hands,  a  native  convert  to  the  work  of 
an  evangelist  among  his  own  country- 
men ;  securing  to  lum  a  small  annual 
stipend  for  the  duties  to  be  performed 
in  discharge  of  his  sacred  obhgations, 
and,  at  the  same  time,  permitting  him 
to  pursue  his  secular  calling,  as  tlie 
principal  means  of  his  support. 

Shortly  after  Dr.  M.s  arrival  in 
England,  he  had  the  honor  to  be  in- 
troduced at  Court,  by  Sir  George 
Staunton,  Bart.,  as  the  first  Protestant 
missionary  to  China ;  and  was  pre- 
sented to  the  King  by  the  President 
of  the  Board  of  Control,  the  Right 
Honorable  Charles  Wynn.  Dr.  Mor- 
rison was  permitted  to  lay  before  his 
Miijesty  a  copy  of  the  Chinese  version 
of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  made  by  him- 
self and  the  late  Dr.  Milne  ;  and  also 
to  present  to  the  King  an  account  of 
the  Anglo-Chinese  college  and  Sing- 
apore institution. 

In  an  official  communication  of  Sir 
George  Staunt(m,  dated  April  12, 
1824,  Mr.  Peel,  the  Secretary  for  the 
Home  Department,  stated,  that,  in 
laying  the  Chinese  Bible  before  the 
King,  he  had  mentioned  the  very  sin- 
gular and  meritorious  exertions  made 
by  Dr.  Morrison  for  the  promotion  of 
religion  and  literature  in  the  East : 
and  that  he  had  it  in  command  to 
communicate  his  Majesty's  marked 
approbation  of  that  gentleman's  dis- 
tinguished and  useful  labors. 

Another  letter  was  subsequently  ad- 
dressed to  Dr.  Morrison  himself,  by 
his  Majesty's  librarian  ;  in  which  thie 
writer  observes — '•  I  have  received  his 
Majesty's  commands  to  convey  to  you 
his  acknowledgment,  and  to  express 
his  sense  of  your  attention  in  present- 
ing, tlirough  Mr.  Peel,  a  copy  of  yonr 
Chinese  Bible. 

"  And  his  Majesty  has  been  pleased 
to  direct  me  to  take  it  into  my  partic- 
ular care,  as  an  important  and  valua- 
ble addition  to  his  library." 

After  rendering  many  invaluable 
services  to  the  cause  of  missions,  and 
to  that  of  China  in  particular.  Dr. 

123 


m 


J :.'.! 


3.  .- 


;  ■.■ 


|h 


n 


'. 


CAN 

Morrison  left  England  in  182G,  with 
his  family,  and  arrived  at  Macao  on 
the  l!Hh  of  September. 

The  first  Sabbath  after  his  arrival, 
he  resumed  the  religious  services  he 
liad  been  accustomed  to  perform  pre- 
viously to  his  visit  to  Europe.  During 
his  absence  from  China,  Leang-a-fa 
composed,  among  other  works,  a  small 
volume,  in  Chinese,  containing  ex- 
planatory notes  on  the  Epistle  to  the 
Hebrews.  Of  this  work,  considering 
the  few  advantages  Afa  possessed,  Dr. 
Morrison  speaks  favorably.  Afa  had 
also  written  a  small  Essay  in  favor  of 
the  Christian  Religion,  entitled,  The 
True  Principles  of  the  World's  Salva- 
tion ;  in  which  he  points  out  the  ne- 
cessity of  a  Saviour,  and  shows  tliat 
Jesus  Christ  has  made  an  atonement 
for  sin.  He  directs  the  attention  of 
Jiis  countrymen  to  the  Bible,  which, 
he  informs  them,  European  Christians 
have,  at  a  great  expense,  caused  to  be 
translated  into  Chinese,  printed,  and 
given  to  the  people.  He  had  likewise 
drawn  up  a  short  account  of  several 
interesting  conversations,  held  at  dif- 
ferent times,  with  certain  of  his  coun- 
trymen, who  had  casually  taken  up 
the  Bible  when  he  was  himself  pre- 
sent. Since  Dr.  Morrison's  return, 
Afa  has  drawn  up  a  brief  statement  of 
the  religious  progress  of  his  own  mind 
while  under  the  tuition  of  the  late  Dr. 
Milne  at  Malacca,  which,  at  length, 
issued  in  his  determination  fully  to 
einbrace  Christianity. 

The  above  accounts  relative  to  Le- 
ang-a-fa, however  in  themselves  pleas- 
ing, derive  additional  interest  from 
the  almost  universal  rejection  of  the 
Gospel  by  the  inhabitants  of  China, 
with  which  they  stand  contrasted. 
An  empire  is  here  presented  to  our 
view,  containing  150  millions  of  souls, 
involved  in  gross  spiritual  darkness; 
while  standing,  as  it  were,  on  its  ut- 
most verge,  we  behold  a  single  indi- 
vidual of  that  empire  defending  the 
existence  and  perfections  of  the  true 
God,  the  necessity  and  efficacy  of  our 
Lord's  atonement  for  the  sin  of  the 
world,  and  inviting  his  countrymen 
•to  read  the  Scriptures,  which  have 
•been  translated  for  their  use,  as  con- 
taining words  by  which  they  may  be 
saved.  May  this  light — small,  indeed, 
and  comparatively  dim,— increase  more 
(md  more,  until  it  shall  at  length  break 


CAN 

forth  in  all  the  brightness  of  meridian 
day! 

So  fully  persuaded  is  Dr.  Morrison 
of  the  importance  and  utility  of  com- 
ments on  the  Scriptures,  in  reference 
to  converted  and  inquiring  heathens, 
that,  while  the  present  obstacles  to 
preaching  the  Gospel  in  China  con- 
tinue, he  conceives  he  cannot  more 
profitably  employ  his  time  than  in 
composing  explanatory  notes  on  the 
Chinese  Bible. 

Under  date  of  January  10,  1831, 
Dr.  Morrison  says,  "  I  regret  that  a 
wide  door  is  not  opened,  to  send  the 
words  of  eternal  life  through  the  whole 
length  and  breadth  of  China.  Where 
we  cannot  send  whole  Bibles,  we  can 
yet  distribute  portions  of  the  Lord's 
word  ;  three  modes  are  in  operation — 
the  British  and  Foreign  School  Soci- 
ety's Scripture  Lessons — Dr.  Haw- 
ker's Scripture  Help  to  prayer — and 
Sheet  Tracts,  containing  only  Scrip- 
ture quotations.  I  have  a  confidence 
and  a  hope  in  the  pure  text  of  holy 
Scripture,  as  derived  from  divine  in- 
spiration, far  superior  to  any  human 
composition,  for  the  sake  of  the  hea- 
then. Yesterday,  Leang-a-fa  wrote 
out,  for  a  sheet  tract,  that  inimitable 
exhibition  of  tlie  vanity  of  idols,  con- 
tained in  Isaiah,  chap.  xliv.  which  hap- 
pened to  be  the  lesson  of  the  day,  and 
was  read  by  us  in  our  little  native  con- 
gregation. Afa  (as  we  abbreviate  his 
name)  explained  the  Scriptures  to  his 
aged  pagan  father,  in  the  morning ; 
and  mentioned,  with  grateful  hope, 
that  the  old  man's  heart  was  somewhat 
softened ;  he  listened  to  the  word  ;  and 
knelt  down  to  join  in  prayer  to  the 
living  and  true  God,  through  Jesus 
Christ. 

There  is  a  Christian  Union  in  Chi- 
na, consisting  of  a  number  sufficient 
to  constitute  a  primitive  church ;  ac- 
cording to  the  maxim,  that  where 
THREE  believers  in  Jesus  are  assem- 
bled, they  form  a  church."  A  Chi- 
nese, Kevvhagang,  was  baptised  at 
Macao,  in  the  beginning  of  1830  ;  he 
is  to  assist  in  tlie  distribution  of  Tracts. 
Dr.  Morrison  speaks  of  Leang-a-fa  as 
dead  to  this  world  and  living  unto 

Christ occupied    in    studying   the 

Scriptures,  writing  and  printing  tracts, 
and  visiting  from  liouse  to  house,  tes- 
tifying to  his  countrymen  the  Gospel 
of  salvation.    In  company  of  Agon^^ 

124 


anotl 
ed  ab 
purpc 
in  the 
tribut 
writt( 
view. 
Socie 

frint 
n  coi 
culate 


CAN 


CAP 


I  of  meridian 

)r,  Morrison 
lity  of  coin- 
in  reference 
\g  heathens, 
obstacles  to 
I  China  con- 
cnnnot  more 
me  than  in 
otes  on  the 

y  10,  1831, 
egret  that  a 
to  send  the 
ih  the  whole 
na.  Where 
i\va,  we  can 

the  Lord's 
operation — 
School  Soci- 
-Dr.  Haw- 
irayer — and 
only  Scrip- 
i  confidence 
BXt  of  holy 
I  divine  in- 
any  human 
of  the  hea- 
-a-fa  wrote 
L  inimitable 
f  idols,  con- 
whichhap- 
le  day,  and 
native  con- 
)reviate  his 
tures  to  his 

morning ; 
:eful  hope, 
i  somewhat 

word ;  and 
yer  to  the 
lagh  Jesus 

on  in  Chi- 
r  sufficient 
mrch ;  ac- 
lat  where 
ire  assem- 
A  Chi. 
aptised  at 
" lb30 ;  he 
of  Tracts, 
ing-a-fa  as 
ving  unto 
lying  the 
ing  tracts, 
louse,  tes- 
le  Gospel 
of  Agong, 

24 


another  Chinese  convert,  he  itinerat- 
ed about  '2^)0  m.  in  the  interior,  for  the 
purpose  of  instructing  his  countrj'men 
in  the  knowledge  of  Christ,  and  dis- 
tributing religious  tracts  among  theni, 
written  and  printed  by  them  with  that 
v^iew.  The  London  Religious  Tract 
Society  have  authorized  Leang-a-fa  to 

frint  16,000  tracts  at  their  expense, 
n  consequence,  7000  tracts  were  cir- 
culated chiefly  in  the  interior.  "  Le- 
tang-a-fa  has  exposed  the  vain  super- 
stitions, which  delude  the  minds  of 
the  Chinese,  in  a  manner,"  says  Dr. 
Morrison,  ''  which  no  European,  now 
livinw,  with  whom  I  am  acquainted, 
could  equal." 

A  mission  was  established  at  Can- 
ton by  the  ^.  B.  C.  F.  M.  in  the  i)e- 
ginning  of  1830.  The  Board  were 
strongly  urged  to  this  measure  by  the 
Rev.  Dr.  Morrison,  and  by  a  benevo- 
lent American  merchant,  trading  at 
Canton.  Accordingly,  in  the  autumn 
of  1821),  the  Rev.  Elijah  C.  Bridgman 
sailed  from  New  York  for  Canton,  ac- 
companied by  the  Rev.  David  Abeel, 
under  the  patronage  of  the  American 
Seamen's  Friend  Society.  They  ar- 
rived after  a  passage  of  12;)  days.  Mr. 
Bridgman  has  devoted  almost  his 
whole  time  to  the  acquisition  of  the 
Chinese  language.  The  establishment 
of  a  printing  press  at  Canton  Avas  re- 
commended by  Dr.  Morrison  for  the 
purpose  of  forming  writers  of  moral 
and  religious  tracts  adapted  to  the  pe- 
culiar circumstances  of  that  part  of  the 
world  ;  and  one  has  been  presented  to 
the  Board, with  the  necessiry  types  and 
furniture,  by  the  Church  and  Society 
in  Bleecker  Street,  New  York.  It  is 
to  be  called  the  Bkuen  Phkss,  in  mem- 
ory of  the  Rev.  Matthias  Bruen,  a  late 
pastor  of  the  churcii.  It  has,  doubtless, 
arrived  at  the  place  of  its  destination. 

Mr.  Abeel  went  to  China  as  a  sea- 
man's missionary,  for  those  speaking 
the  Englisli  language  in  the  port  of 
Canton.  He  had,  however,  a  condi- 
tional appointment  from  the  Commit- 
tee of  the  B  )ard  of  Missions,  should 
he  think  it  to  be  his  duty,  at  the  end 
of  a  year,  to  direct  his  whole  atten- 
tion to  the  native  population.  In  De- 
cember, 1830,  he  entered  into  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Board.  He  soon  after  went 
to  Java,  and  Siam,  on  an  exploring 
tour.  For  further  notices,  see  Ma- 
too. 


CAPE  COLONY,  or  COLONY 
OF  THE  CAPE  OF  GOOD  HOPE, 

South  Africa.  The  Colony  extends 
about  2.')0  m.  from  N.  to  S.,  and  550 
m.  from  E.  to  W.  ;  from  30°  to  34*^ 
30'  S.  lat.  and  from  18*-^  to  28^  E.  Ion. 
The  si)ace  includ«'d  within  these  lim- 
its is  about  120,000  sq.  m.  with  a  pop- 
ulation of  1  to  a  square  m.  On  the 
W.  and  S.  it  is  wjushed  by  the  ocean, 
and  on  the  N.  it  is  bounded  by  a  range 
of  lofty  mountains.  The  Table  Moun- 
tain is  a  stupendous  mass  of  naked 
rock,  rising,  almost  perpendicularly, 
about  3,r)8.">  ft.  in  height.  The  ave- 
rage amount  of  imports  is  about 
SI, 000,000.  The  principal  export  is 
ape  wine.  The  Dutch  settlers,  who 
live  in  the  interior,  called  Boors,  are 
in  a  very  degraded  ccmdition. 

CAPE  TOWN,  the  capital  of  the 
territory  of  tlie  Cape ;  a  settlement 
founded  by  the  Dutch,  It  stan  is  on 
the  W.  side  of  Table  Bay,  and  is  a 
town  rising  in  the  midst  of  a  desert, 
surrounded  by  black  and  dreary  moun- 
tains. The  mountains  behind  the 
town,  are  Table  Mountain,  the  Sugar 
Loaf,  the  Lion's  Head,  Charles  Mount, 
and  James  Mount,  or  the  Lion's  Rump. 
From  these  mountains  di*scend  seve- 
ral rivulets,  which  flow  into  the  diffe- 
rent bays,  as  Table  Bay,  False  Baj', 
&c.  Among  these  mountains,  ex- 
tending along  the  valleys  and  rivulets, 
are  a  gro-'*  number  of  plantations ; 
and  10  in.  S.  E.  of  the  town  is  the  cel- 
ebrated farm  of  Constantia,  yielding 
the  wine  of  that  nan»e.  This  tovvri, 
with  its  extensive  colony,  surrendered 
to  the  British  in  1705,  and  wasrestor- 
ed,  in  1802,  by  the  treaty  of  Amiens; 
it  again  surrendered  to  the  British  in 
180(5,  and  wiis  finally  ceded  to  them  in 
1814.  Cape  Town  is  34  m.  N.  by  W. 
from  the  Cape.  E.  long.  18"  23'  S. 
lat.  30°  50'. 

The  Rev.  Geo.  Thorn,  from  the  L. 
M.  S.,  arrived  at  Cape  town  in  1812, 
and  labored  zealously  to  promote  the 
cause  of  religion,  not  only  there,  but 
also  in  other  parts  of  the  colony,  for 
several  years  ;  and  aflerwards  accept- 
ed the  office  of  Dutch  minister  at  Cat- 
edon,  under  the  appointment  of  the 
colonial  government.  In  1818,  the 
Rev.  Dr.  Philip,  who  had  been  ap' 
pointed  superintendent  of  the  society's 
missions  in  that  part  of  the  globe,  in- 
creaded  the  congregation  previouslr 

125 


*( 


■"1 


i:^-M 


M    ' 


h'] 


., 


i: 


f 


CAP 

collected,  and  obtained  permission  to 
build   a   chapel.      Tliis  commodious 

?lace  of  worship  was  opened,  Dec.  1, 
822.     Through  Dr.  Philip's  agency, 
premises  have  also  been  purchased,  to 
be  occupied,  in  part,  as  a  dwelling- 
house  by  the  society's  resident  agent, 
and  as  a  temporary  abode  for  its  mis- 
Bionaries  who  may  touch  at  the  Cape, 
disembark  there,  or  occasionally  visit 
it  from  the  interior.     The  building 
will  also  afford  facilities  in  aid  of  plans 
of  education,   which   enter   into   the 
measures  of  the  Society  for  promoting 
the   dissemination  of  the   Gosj)el  in 
Soutn  Africa.     The  Rev.  Mr.  Beck, 
formerly  connected  with  the  S.  Jifri- 
can  M.  S.,   which   labored   here,  for 
many  years,  with  considerable  effect, 
was  at  this  time  an  important  and  gra- 
tuitous coadjutor ;  IG  heathens  were 
united  in  church-fellowship,  and  un- 
der his  pastoral  care.     Between  300 
and  400,  chiefly  adults,  were  under 
his  weekly  catachetical  instruction  ; 
and  the  Sabbath-school  consisted  of 
about  100.  Through  succeeding  years, 
considerable    success     attended    the 
means  thus  employed.  It  being  deem- 
ed necessary  for  Dr.  Philip  to  visit 
England,  his  place  was  supplied, /jro 
tempore,  by  the  Rev.  R.  Miles.     An 
auxiliary  M.  S.  has  been  established. 
The  visit  of  Dr.  Philip  to  England 
was  attended  with  important  conse- 
quences.     The  influence  which   he 
exerted, by  his  "Volume  ofRosearch- 
es,"  and  other  means,  led  the  way  to 
the  Abolition  of  Slavkrv  through- 
out the  colony.     Though  Dr.  Philip's 
book  was  received  with  decided  ap- 
probation in  England,  yet  it  was  of 
such   a  description  as  inevitably   to 
produce  a  very  opposite  sentiment  at 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.     So  many 
parties  were  necessaiily  implicated  in 
the    statements    introduced,   that    it 
could  not  but  excite  bitter  indignation 
against  the  author.     Dr.  Pl"IiP  had 
not  been  three  days  at  Cape  Town 
i^r  his  return,  before  he  received 
notice  of  an  action  for  a  libel  in  the 
Supreme  Court  of  the  colony.     The 
efforts  made  to  transfer  the  trial  from 
that  Court  to  England  were  overrul- 
ed and  the  doctor  was  thus  tried  in 
the    midst    of  local    prejudice,    and 
without  the  benefit  of  a  jury.     He 
was  cast  in  damages  of  £200,  and 
costs  of  more  than  MdW.    I'he  direct- 


CAP 

ors  of  the  L.  M.  S.  and  the  British 

public  generally  entirely  justified  the 
proceedings  of  Dr.  Philip.  So  strong 
was  the  sympathy  felt  in  his  behalf, 
that  a  sum  not  only  equal  to  the 
charges  incurred  by  the  prosecution 
(£1200)  has  been  raised,  but  a  hand- 
some surplus  remains  to  be  applied, 
according  to  the  Avishes  of  the  donors, 
to  the  benefit  of  his  family 

Dr.  Philip  is  the  superintendent  of 
all  the  missions  of  the  L.  M.  S.  in  the 
colony.  He  is  assisted  at  Cape  Town, 
by  the  Rev.  J.  J.  Freeman.  Congre- 
gation, 150  to  200.  Day  schools  are 
taught  three  times  a  week,  contain- 
ing 100  children.  A  school  of  indus- 
try, of  100  children,  is  very  success- 
fully conducted  by  a  daughter  of  Dr. 
Philip.  The  L.  K.  T.  S.  has  forward- 
ed to  Dr.  P.  11,300  Dutch  and  English 
publications. 

About  the  year  1820,  the  JV.  M,  S. 
established  a  mission  in  Cape  Town. 
It  is  principally  important  in  its  bear- 
ings on  tlie  country  stations.  Barna- 
bas Shaw,  James  Cameron,  and  E. 
Cook  are  missionaries.  Several  reli- 
gious services  in  Dutch  have  been 
lately  undertaken  for  the  benefit  of 
the  heathen.  About  20  new  mem- 
bers, in  1^31,  were  added.  A  school 
for  the  heathen  promises  well. 

"  African  research,"  says  the  South 
African  x\dvertiser,  has  had  many  mar- 
tyrs ;  some  of  them  men  of  the  highest 
qualifications  ;  yet,  with  the  exception 
of  a  few  spots  around  its  shores,  the 
whole  of  this  vast  continent  is  cover- 
ed from  the  eye  of  the  geographer 
by  tliick  darkness,  and  shut  against 
tlie  influence  of  the  Christian  philan- 
thropist by  almost  universal  barba- 
rism. To  conquer  the  physical  and 
moral  difficulties,  which  "lie  in  the 
way  of  African  discovery,  seems  to 
have  been  reserved  for  Christian  mis- 
sionaries, and  the  basis  lino  of  their 
most  successful  operations  is  the  ex- 
tensive frontier  of  this  colony.  A 
salubrious  climate  and  a  civilized  na- 
tive population  give  this  end  of  Africa 
prodigious  advantages  over  every 
other  point  from  which  the  traveller, 
the  merchant,  or  the  missionary  can 
attempt  to  penetrate  those  unknown 
regions."  The  missionaries  of  all  the 
societies,  in  Southern  Africa,  can  re- 
joice that  they  have  not  run  in  vain, 
nor  labored  in  vain.     Some  of  the 

126 


men, 
came 
an  edi 


gia, 


the  British 
justified  the 
.  So  strong 
I  his  Lehalt, 
qual  to  the 
prosecution 
but  a  hand- 
be  applied, 
f  the  donors, 

y 

intendent  of 
M.  S.  in  the 
Cape  Town, 
n.  Congre- 
f  schools  are 
ek,  contain- 
ool  of  indus- 
cry  success- 
ghter  of  Dr. 
has  forward- 
arid  English 

he  W.  M.  S. 
Capcf  Town, 
t  in  its  bear- 
His.  Barna- 
Ton,  and  E. 
Several  reli- 
I  have  been 
le  benefit  of 
I  new  mem- 
1.  A  school 
well. 

vsthe  South 
d  many  mar- 
f  the  highest 
le  exception 
3  shores,  the 
?nt  is  cover- 
geographer 
hut  against 
stian  pTiilan- 
ersal   barba- 
hysical  and 
lie    in   the 
y,  seems  to 
iristian  niis- 
ine  of  their 
s  is  the  ex- 
colony.     A 
civilized  na- 
nd  of  Africa 
over    every 
le  traveller, 
sionary  can 
le  unknown 
es  of  all  the 
ica,  can  re- 
run in  vain, 
ome  of  the 
126 


CAR 

various  tribes  have  been  gathered  as 
first  fruits  of  the  general  harvest. 

CAREY,  a  former  station  of  the 
A.  B.  M.  on  the  river  St.  Joseph, 
in  the  Michigan  Territory,  among 
the  Puttawatoniy  Indians.  By  a  late 
treaty  with  the  government  of  the 
United  States,  this  station  has  been 
given  up,  and  the  property  apprais- 
ed, for  whicli  tiie  Board  are  to  re- 
ceive an  indemnity.  Seven  young 
men,  of  the  Puttawatomies,  who  be- 
came hopefully  pious,  have  received 
an  education  at  tiie  Hamilton  Litera- 
ry and  Theolwcrical  Institution,  New 
York.  As  soon  as  the  removal  is 
eft'ected,  the  missionary  efforts  will 
be  recommenced. 

CAREY-TOWN,  a  settlement,  re- 
cently established,  in  the  A'lierican 
colony  at  Liberia.  It  was  so  named 
from  Kev.  Lott  Carey,  a  distinguished 
emigrant  from  Richmond,  Virginia. 

CARMEL,  a  st  ilion  >>f  the  Jl.  B. 
C.  F.  M.  among  li.e  Cherokees,  G2 
m.  S.  E.  of  Biiiincrd,  on  the  road 
from  Augusta,  Ga.  to  Nasliville,Tenn. 
Daniel  Butrick,  missionary,  Isaac 
Proctor,  teacher  and  catechist,  with 
their  wives.  Unusual  seriousness  has 
prevailed,  during  tlv  past  year  (1831) 
at    this    station.  ree    have  been 

added  to  the  church.  On  account  of 
the  difliiculties  with  the  State  of  Geor- 
gia, all  the  missionaries  have  been 
obliged  to  leave  Carmel  for  the  present. 

CARRADIVE,  a  small  island  of 
North  Ceylon,  about  4  m.  from  Bat- 
ticotta.  Here  are  several  thousands 
of  people,  mostly  Roman  Catholics, 
among  whom  the  American  Missiona- 
ries in  Ceylon  have  frequently  labor- 
ed and  distributed  tracts  and  portions 
of  the  Scriptures.  Tiie  influence  and 
opposition  of  the  priests  are  the  most 
discouraging  circumstances  against 
the  prevalence  of  truth. 

CARTIGA  PALY,  a  Syrian  church 
in  the  Tanjore  province.  Southern 
India.  It  was  built  262  years  since, 
and  has  100  houses  belonging  to  it. 
In  1830,  there  were  20  baptisms.  Mr, 
Baker  has  a  school  here. 

CATTARAUGUS,  an  Indian  re- 
servation in  the  State  of  New  York, 
on  the  eastern  shore  of  Lake  Erie, 
about  40  m.  S.  W.  of  Buffalo.  It 
comprists  about  26,000  acres  of  land. 
A  misaiou  was  commenced  here  in 
1822,  by  Mr.  Wm.  A.  Thayer,  a  mis- 


CAU 

sionary  of  the  United  Foreign  Mis- 
sionary Society.  It  is  now  under 
the  care  of  the  ^.  B.  C.  F.  M.  Mr. 
Taylor  and  MtJ.  T.  are  employed  as 
teachers  and  catechists.  Some  or- 
dained missionary  will  probably  soon 
take  the  ersight  of  the  church  in 
this  place.  Many  instances  of  hope- 
ful conversion  occurred  in  the  winter 
ofl8:i0-:31.  In  May,  is:u,  11  were 
received  into  the  churcii,  which  now 
consists  of  40.  A  temperance  societ^'- 
with  more  than  100  members,  has 
been  formed.  The  heathen  chiefs 
recently  gave  permission  to  such  of 
their  people  as  might  ciioose  to  at- 
tend the  Christian  meeting  ;  upon 
which  nearly  all  the  young  resolved 
to  join  the  Christian  party.  Such  a 
desertion  was  prevented  by  an  imme- 
diate renewal  of  the  restraints.  In 
January,  1832,  Mr.  Thayer  says, 
"  The  state  of  things  is  now  very  pleas- 
ant, and  I  think  we  have  a  more  than 
ordinary  attention  to  religion.  40  or 
50  assemble  at  our  evening  meetings. 
We  are  hoping  and  praying  for  tne 
blessed  influences  of  the  Holy  Spirit." 

CAUCASUS;  a  chain  of  moun- 
tains in  Western  Asia,  extending  from 
S.  E.  to  N.  W.  and  occupying  the 
isthmus  (containing  127,140  sq.  ui.) 
between  the  Black  and  Caspian  Seas. 
The  length  is  computed  at  (i44  m, ; 
the  breadth  is  various ;  from  Mosak 
to  'i'iflis  it  may  be  estimated  at  184 
m.  It  is  divided  into  two  parallel 
chains.  The  highest  peak  is  more 
than  18,000  feet.  The  highest  ridge 
is  rugged  and  barren,  but  the  soutn- 
ern  declivity  is  extremely  fruitful. 
The  whole  surface  of  the  country 
abounds  in  forests  and  fountains,  or- 
chards and  vineyards,  cornfields  and 
pastnres,  in  rich  alternation.  The 
inhabitants  consist  of  small  tribes  of 
various  languages.  Since  the  peace 
concluded  between  Russia  and  Persia, 
in  1813,  the  Caucasian  countries  have 
belonged  to  the  Russian  empire, 
though  without  being  completely  sub- 
ject to  it.  The  provinces,  at  present 
are  6  in  number— Tiflis,  300,000  in- 
habitants; Imiretta,  270,000  inhab- 
itants ;  Circassia,550,000;  Daghestan, 
184,000;  Schirvan,  133,000:  Caucasia, 
140,500. 

The  G.  M.  S.  have  established  mis> 
sions  in  these  regions.  See  Karagtf 
Madrhar,  Shttsha. 

127 


t'-.'! 


.'1  •'■■' 
. .  •"  •*  ■ ' 

■■'     -111 


^H      1      H     ' 

^^^^B 

i  ■  i 

^m  !■'« 

I'|-' 

^^^^^^T' 

^^B 

1 

Pr- 


CAW 

CAWNPORE,  a  town  and  import- 
ant military  station  in  Allahabad, 
Hindoostan,  on  the  W.  bank  ot"  the 
Ganges,  41)  m.  S.  W.  of  Lucknovv. 
E.  long,  81^^,  N.  lat.  2U"  30'. 

Eearly  in  180!),  the  lamented  Rev. 
Henry  Martyn,  removed  lirom  liina- 
pore  to  this  place,  and  contiraxed  his 
faithful  labors  among  the  suldiers  and 
natives  till  tiie  latter  part  of  the  fol- 
lowing year.  At  the  same  time,  he 
indefatigably  pursued  the  translation 
of  the  Scriptures  into  Hindoostance 
and  Persian  ;  and  procured  the  erec- 
tion of  a  house  for  worship. 

In  consequence  of  the  zeal  of  some 
pious  soldiers  who  were  quartered  at 
Cawnpore,  Nriputa,  one  of  the  natives 
assisting  the  Baptist  missionary  at 
Allahabad,  was  sent  hither  in  1818, 
and  was  very  useful. 

A  Fren- School.  Association  was  or- 
oranized  by  the  principal  European 
residents  at  this  station.  May  I'Jth, 
IBJil,  to  afford  gratuitous  instruction 
to  European  and  Hindoo  orphan  chil- 
dren in  Cawnpore  and  its  vicinity, 
and  to  support  such  as  are  destitute. 
Within  about  two  years,  the  number 
of  beneficiaries  amounted  to  158.  The 
funds  are  supplied  by  subscriptions 
and  sacramental  collections.  The- 
District  Committee  of  the  Christian 
Knowledge  S.  furnish  books  for  the 
children.  They  have  also  established 
a  Lending  Library.  This  is  an  en- 
cc.  .aging  field  for  missionary  labor. 

Kurrum  Messeeh,  at  the  earnest 
desire  of  the  chaplain  of  il.e  station, 
has  gone  to  this  place  from  Buxar. 
The  Serampore  missionaries  estab- 
lished a  mission  in  this  place,  in  1830. 
W.  Green  way  is  the  missionary. 
His  relatives  live  at  Cawnpore.  Rev. 
James  Whiting,  military  chaplain, 
has  remitted  iiJi5  to  purchase  works 
likely  to  be  useful  at  this  great  mili- 
tary station.  "  I  think  we  now  see," 
says  Mr.  W.  "  the  dawn  of  a  brighter 
day ;  several  are  expressing  anxiety 
not  only  for  their  own  souls,  but  for 
the  souls  of  others." 

CEDAR-HALL,  a  station  of  the 
U.  B.  on  the  island  Antigua.  Simon, 
missionarv. 

CELEBES,  or  MACASSAR,  an 
island  in  the  Indian  Ocean,  to  the  E. 
of  Borneo.  It  is  500  m.  from  N.  to 
S  ,  and  divided  into  various  portions 
by  large  bays,  so  the  breadth  is  com- 


CER 

monly  not  above  00  m.  Sq.  m.  about 
\)()r').  The  E.  side  of  tlie  island  is 
w  .  .  imes  called  Celebes,  and  the  W. 
Macassar  ;  but,  in  general,  tlie  former 
name  is  given  to  the  whole  island. 
The  inhabitants  are  Malays,  consist- 
ing of  several  nations  or  tribes,  and 
the  best  soldiers  in  these  parts.  The 
most  powerful  tribe  arc  called  Buges, 
and  have  something  free  and  dignified 
in  their  manner,  superior  to  other 
Malays,  and  are  remarkably  industri- 
ous. Their  chief  town  is  IJoni,  situ- 
ated on  a  river,  near  its  entrance  into 
the  Bay  of  Boni.  The  Dutch  have 
some  settlements  on  the  coast,  of 
which  the  chief  is  Macassar.  In 
1810,  the  English  obtained  possession 
of  those  of  Gorontano  and  Manado ; 
and,  in  1812,  of  that  of  Macassar  ;  but 
but  they  were  restored  in  1815.  The 
Dutch  are  said  to  have  370  towns 
under  their  control. 

The  JVethcrlunds  M.  S.  appointed 
the  Rev.  Mr.  Kellendroon  to  Macas- 
sar, the  capitai,  having  a  population 
of  100,000,  in  1820.  This  island  is 
also  occasionally  visited  by  the  Rev. 
Mr.  Kam,  ofthe  L  ^f  S. 

CERAM,  one  of  the  Molucca  or 
Spice  Islands,  in  the  East  Indian 
Ocean,  near  the  N.  E.  coast  of  Am- 
boyna,  190  m.  long,  and  nearly  40 
broad,  belonging  to  the  Dutch.  The 
inhabitants,  including  :'  small  isl- 
ands in  the  vicinity,  are  estimated  at 
15,000. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Kuvis  occasional 
visits  have  been  instrumental  of  much 
good  to  the  native  Christians,  and  re- 
cently a  mission  has  been  established 
here  under  his  direction.  The  inhab- 
itants of  two  villages  in  this  island, 
where  the  Rev.  Mr.  Starnink  then 
labored,  have  destroyed  their  idols. 
The  children  were  suiiinioned  to  at- 
tend, with  their  parents,  to  witness 
the  spectacle,  that  they  might  keep 
the  event  in  remembrance.  The  peo- 
ple of  these  villages  were  formerly 
notorious  for  wickedness  ;  but  since 
they  have  embraced  Cliristianity,  a 
great  improvement  in  their  conduct 
has  taken  place. 

CERIGO,  (anciently  Cythera)  an 
island  in  the  Mediterranean,  separated 
from  the  Morea  by  a  narrow  strait, 
and  belonging  to  the  Ionian  Republic 
of  the  seven  islands.  Lon.  23°  E., 
lat.  36°  28'  N.    Sq.  m.  95.     Pop.  8  or 

128 


CEY 


CEY 


Sq.  m.  about 
the  island  is 

I,  and  the  W. 

II,  tije  former 
^liole  island. 
ay  a,  consist- 
r  tribes,  and 
■  parts.  The 
;alhd  Buges, 
and  dignified 
ior  to  other 
ibly  industri- 
es lioni,  situ- 
^ntrance  into 

Dutch  have 
he  coast,  of 
acassar.  In 
L'd  possession 
md  Manado ; 
[acassar ;  but 
1  lbl5.  The 
e  ;?7U  towns 

S.  appointed 
3U  to  Macas- 
a  population 
his  island  is 
by  the  Rev. 

Molucca  or 
East  Indian 
;oast  of  Am- 
id nearly  40 
Dutch.  The 
small    isl- 

estimated  at 

occiasional 
ntal  of  much 
ans,  and  re- 
established 
Tlie  inhab- 
this  island, 
rnink  then 
their  idols, 
loned  to  at- 
to  witness 
might  keep 
The  peo- 
re  formerly 
but  since 
istianity,   a 
eir  conduct 

7//</tero)  an 
n,  separated 
rrow  strait, 
n  Republic 
■on.  23°  E., 
Pop.  8  or 

128 


y 


10,000.  It  is  dry  and  mountp^^ous. 
The  Ionian  Islands  having  beet,  pre- 
served from  the  desolating  wars  which 
ravaged  other  portions  ol  Greece,  ed- 
ucation has  advanced  more  rapidly 
than  in  those  quarters.  Five  schools 
with  two  hundred  scholars.  The 
schools  are  chiefly  supported  by  the 
voluntary  contributions  of  the  parents. 
CEYLON,  an  island  in  the  Indian 
Ocean,  containing  l!>,4(iO  sq.  m.  It  is 
separated  from  the  Coromandel  coast 
by  the  strait  of  Manaar,  but  united  to 
it  by  Adajn's  bridge — a  remarkable 
chain  of  sand-banlcs.  Ceylon  lies 
between  the  parallels  of  5°  50'  and 
9^  50'  N  lat.  ;  and  between  79'-^  20' 
and  81'^  50'  E.  Ion.  For  the  first 
certain  information  respecting  Cey- 
lon, we  are  indebted  to  the  Poriu- 
guese,  Almeyda,  who,  in  1505.  enter- 
ed a  port  of  Ceylon  by  accident,  and 
was  hospitably  received  by  the  na- 
tives. The  Portuguese  were  induced 
to  establish  commercial  settlements 
in  the  island,  on  account  of  the  great 
quantity  of  cinnamon  which  it  pro- 
duced; but  the  cruelty,  the  avarice, 
and  the  fanaticism,  which  they  evinc- 
ed in  suppressing  the  religion  of  the 
natives,  and  endeavoring  to  convert 
tliem  to  Christianity  by  '.  lolence, 
made  them  so  much  abhorred,  that 
tiie  Cinffalese,  in  1603,  assisted  the 
Dutch  in  driving  them  Jut  of  the  isl- 
and. By  the  conquest  of  the  principal 
Portuguese  town,  Colombo,  the  Dutch 
succeeded,  in  1050,  in  expelli  ig  the 
Portuguese.  But  the  gratitude  of  the 
natives  at  their  imagined  deliverance, 
which  induced  them  to  cede  the  most 
valuable  districts  to  the  Dutch,  was 
soon  changed  into  hatred.  Bloody 
wars  ensued,  in  which  the  Europeans 
were  the  victors,  and  forced  their 
opponents  to  seek  refuge  in  the  inte- 
rior of  the  island,  where  they  remain- 
ed independent.  In  1795,  the  English 
took  possession  of  the  island,  and,  at 
the  peace  of  Amiens,  in  1802,  it  was 
formally  ceded  to  them.  In  1815, 
tliey  subjected  tha  whole  of  it  by  the 
capture  of  the  Cingalese  king  of  Can- 
dy. The  island  is  subject  imme- 
diately to  the  crown  The  capital  is 
Colombo.  Its  coasts  are  flat,  and 
covered  with  rice  fields,  interspersed 
with  forests  of  cocoa  trees.  The  in- 
terior of  the  country  is  traversed  by 
a  chain  of  steep  mountains,  covered 


with  wood,  which  divides  the  island 
into  two  almost  equal  parts,  and  the 
highest  point  of  which  is  the  famous 
Adam's  peak,  (HirO  feet  high,  on 
which  the  Cingalese  and  all  the  Hin- 
doos worship  the  colossal  footsteps  of 
Adam,  who,  according  to  their  belief, 
wa^  created  there,  and,  according  to 
tli^  religion  of  Buddha,  is  Buddha 
himself.  The  island  t-eeiiis  to  consist 
of  primitive  rock.  The  cliiiiate  is,  on 
the  whole,  mild  and  healthy.  Al- 
though near  the  etjuiitor,  the  heat  is 
more  moderate  than  on  the  continent, 
on  account  of  the  sea-breezes.  The 
difference  between  the  longest  and 
shortest  day  is  not  more  than  J5  min- 
utes. All  the  tropical  fruits  grow 
wild.  The  chief  production  is  the 
cinnamon  tree.  The  best  and  most 
prolific  cinnamon  woods,  called  the 
cinnamon  gardens,  are  situated  on 
the  coasts.  The  annual  produce  is 
about  400,000  pounds.  Colquhoun 
estimates  the  inhabitants  at  GOOO 
whites,  and  800,000  natives.  Accord- 
ing to  others,  the  number  exceeds 
2,000,000.  The  native  inhabitants 
are  divided  into  the  Wcddas,  a  rude 
people  living  in  the  interior  of  the 
forests,  and  the  Cingalese,  who  have 
attained  a  certain  degree  of  civiliza- 
tion. The  Cingalese  are  divided  into 
certain  castes,  like  the  Hindoos,  of 
which  each  has  its  separate  laws, 
customs,  and  dress,  and  are  of  the 
religion  of  Buddha.  Besides  these, 
there  are  Hindoos  and  Moors.  The 
excessive  and  habitual  superstitions 
of  the  Cingalese  may  be  learned  from 
following  facts.  If  "they  intend  to  set 
out  on  a  journey,  and  hear  a  lizard 
chirp,  or  see  what  they  think  a  strange 
sight,  they  do  not  start  that  day.  If 
a  person  takes  medicine,  he  will  take 
it  only  on  some  particular  day  of  the 
week.  If  they  hear  a  dog  howling, 
which  is  not  bound,  it  portends  ill  to 
them  or  their  families.  Towards  tlie 
conclusion  of  the  year,  they  tie  a 
strip  of  a  cocoa-nut  leaf  round  many 
trees  in  their  gardens ;  on  the  eve  of 
the  new  year,  they  call  the  priest, 
and  with  some  ceremony,  loose  them. 
There  is,  indeed,  a  vast  system  of 
error  and  superstition  to  be  thrown 
off. 

We  shall  give  an  account  of  the 
various  efforts  to  christianize  Ceylon 
under  the  particular  towns  and  eta- 
129 


'■H:\ 


■I  SI 


■■t  \"3 


CHA 


CHR 


>'  r 


tions.  It  will  be  sufficient,  in  this 
place^  to  give  some  of  the  geutM-al 
results. 

Baptist  MissioNAnvSociKTv, com- 
menced a  mission  in  L'^l^,  ^i  mission- 
aries, 2  native  assistants,  10  schools, 
400  children ;  Sunday  schools  con- 
tain lUO  scholars. 

Church  Missionary  Society. — 
Summary  of  the  year  18;W-IU. 


Stations 

4 

School  masters  57 

Missionaries 

7 

Sch.  mistressses  J) 

Catechists 

2 

Seminarists        57 

Printer 

1 

Schools               54 

Reader 

1 

Boys                  18(5 

School  Visitors  3 

Girls                 '^i4 

Wesi.kvan  Misssionary  Sociktv. 
Stations  8      Missionaries         !> 

Assistants  11  Members  about  800 
Schools  90 

During  the  year  1830-31,  the  number 
of  children  added  to  the  schools  was 
upwards  of  800. 

American  Board  ok  Missions. — 
Stations  5.  *  Missionaries  G.  Number 
in  the  congregation  on  the  Sabbath, 
at  each  of  the  5  stations,  from  2  to  500. 
The  mission  church  contains  140  na- 
tive members  in  regular  standing. 
The  mission  has  been  repeatedly  bless- 
ed with  the  influence  of  the  Holy  Spir- 
it. The  number  of  free  schools  is  84, 
containing  2732  boys,  and  035  girls, 
or  3376  in  the  whole.  The  theological 
school  embraces  20  scholars.  Mis- 
sionary seminary,  91.  Academy  for 
boys  51.  Academy  for  girls  37.  Free 
schools  3367.     Whole  number  356(;. 

The  L.  R.  T.  S.  had  made  dona- 
tions, in  1831,  of  48  reams  of  paper 
and  8,300  publications  to  the  Colombo 
auxiliary,  and  60  reams  and  8,600 
publications  to  the  Jaffna  auxiliary. 
The  whole  Bible  in  Cingalese  has 
been  completed. 

CHANGAiNORE,  one  of  the  Syr- 
ian Churches,  in  the  Cottayam  dis- 
trict. Southern  India,  built  about 
1000  years  ago,  of  granite  stone  ;  640 
houses  connected  with  it.  In  1831, 
150  baptisms. 

CHANGANY,  or  CHANGANE, 
a  parish  in  Ceylon,  about  2  m.  N.  of 
Batticotta.  The  Jlinerican  Mission- 
aries at  Batticotta  have  bestowed 
much  attention  on  the  people  here  in 
preaching,  distributing  Scripture 
tracts,  and  establishing  schools.  In 
1818,  a  large  school  was  opened,  which 
is  supported  by  children  in  the  Sab- 


bath-school in  Charleston  S.  Caroli- 
na. The  missionaries  have  opened  2 
other  schools  in  this  parish,  in  the 
villages  of  Moolai  and  Sittenkerney. 
Many  seem  anxio'.s  :o  receive  reli- 
gious instruction 

CllAIlLESTOWN,  a  station  of 
thr*  B.  M.  S.,  belonging  to  Anotta 
Bay,  on  the  island  Jamaica,  West  In- 
dies. 

CHARLOTTE,  a  town  of  liberrxted 
Africans,  in  tlie  jjiirish  of  St.  John, 
Sierra  Leone,  W.  Al'rica.  In  1817, 
the  inhabitants  auioimled  to  only  85. 
In  1H23,  there  were  (576. 

The  C.  M  S.,  in  IHl!),  sent  hither 
Mr.  Christopher  Taijlor  and  Mrs. 
Taylor,  school-teachers,  and  Mr- 
Joliii  Jackson,  native  assistant.  The 
progress  of  education  was  pleasing, 
and  habits  of  industry  hfive  been  hap- 
pily introduced.  A  school-house,  30 
feet  by  30,  was  built,  and  was  used 
as  a  place  of  worship,  but  was  soon 
found  insufficient.  A  missionary  As- 
sociatii  n  was  formed,  and  (?  native 
collectors  appointed,  who  faithfully 
discharged  the  duties  of  tlieir  office. 
It  having  been  suggested  that  pro- 
duce would  be  received  in  lieu  of 
money,  160  bushels  of  cassada  were 
presently  i  in  the  course  of  a  few  days. 
The  amountof  contributions,  in  1824, 
was  £26  6*.  Since  this  time  Mr. 
Ttaylor  has  died,  but  other  laborers 
liavebeen  sent.  At  present  the  church 
services,  on  Sundays  and  week-days, 
are  regularly  kept  by  Mr.  Pierce,  as 
far  as  is  consistent  with  his  Xay  charac- 
ter. He  states,  that  about  100  adults 
attend  on  Sundays,  and  from  ]2  to 
16  on  the  week  evenings.  The  atten- 
dance has  been  much  improved,  in 
consequence  of  Mr.  P.  recently  vis- 
iting from  house  to  house.  The  nu- 
mbers in  the  schools  at  Michaelmas 
1626,  were,  boys,  94 ;  girls,  52. 

CHEROKEEES,  a  tribe  of  the 
Aborigines  of  North  America.  The 
following  seem  to  have  been  the 
original  limits  of  their  territory,  viz. 
From  the  mouth  of  Duck  R.  in  the 
State  of  Tennessee,  on  the  west,  to 
the  waters  of  French  Broad,  in  North 
Carolina,  on  the  east ;  and  from  the 
head  waters  of  the  Holston,  in  Vir- 
ginia, on  the  north,  to  some  distance 
down  the  Oconee,  in  Georgia,  on  the 
south ;  comprising  besides  what  is 
now  the  Cherokee  country,  more  than 

130 


none 


CHE 


CHE 


on  S.  Caroli- 
ave  opened  ij 
arish.  in  the 
Siltenkernoy. 
r«'ccive  reli- 

a  8tutior\  of 
ig  to  Anolta 
ica,  West  In- 

m  of  liboHxted 
of  St.  Jnhn. 
I.  In  m7, 
'd  to  only  fcT). 

),  sent  hither 
;r    and     Mrs. 
s,     and     Mr- 
isistant.     The 
was  pleasing, 
ave  been  hap- 
liool-hoiise,  'AO 
and  was  used 
but  was  soon 
nissionary  As- 
and   ()  native 
vho  faithfully 
)f  their  office, 
ited  that   pro- 
ed  in   lien  of 
cassada  were 
of  a  few  days, 
tions,  in  1824, 
:his  time   Mr. 
ither   laborers 
ntthe  church 
d  week-days, 
~r.   Pierce,  as 
lis  lay  charac- 
»ut  100  adults 
from  12  to 
The  atten- 
improved,  in 
recently  vis- 
le.       The  nu- 
Michaelmas 
iris,  52. 
tribe   of   the 
ncrica.      The 
,ve   been   the 
erritory.   viz. 
.ck  R.  in  the 
the  west,  to 
oad,  in  North 
and  from  the 
iton,  in  Vir- 
lome  distance 
orgia,  on  the 
des    what   is 
ry,  more  than 

130 


half  of  the  State  of  TiMincssee,  the 
southern  part  of  Kentucky,  the  suutli 
west  corner  of  Virginia,  a  consider- 
able portion  of  both  the  Caroliiias,  a 
small   portion  of    Georgia,   and     the 
northern    part    of    Alabama.      This 
tract  probably  contained    more  than 
:{."  ,000,000  of  acres,  of  which  a  l;irge 
])ortion  is  extremely  fertile,  and  some 
of  it  nut  inferior  to  any  land  in  North 
America.     Of  all  this  vast  tract,  tliey 
liad  sold  previously  to  1820,  all  but 
about    8,000,000   of   acres.        About 
5,000,000  of  this  remainder  falls  with- 
in  the  chartered  limits  of   Georgia, 
1.000;000  of  acres  within  Alabama, 
and    the    nunainder    within    North 
Carolina  and  Tennessee.     In  the  rev- 
olutionary   contest,    the     Cherokees 
took  part  with   the    King  of    Great 
Britian,  under  whose  protection  they 
then  considered  themselves,  as  they 
now  consider  themselves  to  be  under 
the  protection  of  the  United  States. 
Between   the  years  1785,  and  1811), 
sixteen  treaties  were    made  between 
the  Cherokees  and  the  United  States, 
negotiated   and   ratified   by   5   presi- 
dents— Washington,   Adams,    Jeffer- 
son, Madison,  and  Monroe,  all  resting 
on  the  same  principles,  all  consistent 
with  each    other, — and   all   now   in 
force,  except  that  some  parts  have  be- 
come obsolete  by  subsequent  stipula- 
tions on  the   same   subjects.      The 
earlier   treaties    are    repeatedly   and 
solemnly  recognized  by  later  ones.    In 
none  of  these  treaties  is   the  original 
right  of  the  Indians  declared  to  be 
defective.     In  none  of  them  is  it  said 
tliat  the  Indians  have  not  the   power 
of  self-government.     In  no  case,  have 
the  Indians  signed  away  their  inheri- 
tance.    The  declarations  of  the  gov- 
ernment, and  of  the   Indian  agents, 
towards   the    Cherokees,   have   been 
always  directed  to  one  point ;  viz.  to 
satisfy  the  Indians,  that  the  govern- 
ment would  deal  justly  and  faithfully 
by   them,   would   perform  all  its  en- 
gagements,— and     would   secure    to 
them  the    permanent  possessions  of 
their  country.     They  were  constantly 
urged  to  become  farmers,  to  educate 
tlieir  chileren,  and  form   a  regular 
government  for  themselves.     In  the 
treaty  of  1819,  executed  by  the  pre- 
sent Vice  President  of  the  United 
States,  there  was  a  provision  for  selling 
a  tract  of  land,  the  proceeds  of  which 


were  to  be  vested  by  the  President  of 
the    United    States — and  the  annual 
income  to  be  appllied  '•  to  diffuse  the 
blessings   of   education     among    the 
Clurolicr,   nation  on   this  side  of  the 
Missifsi/jpi."      To  fulfil  the  benevo 
lent  intentions  of  the  United  States, 
to  the  greatest  advantage  as  well  as 
to  carry  the  gospel  to  the    Indians, 
the  J.  Ji.   C.  F.  .]/.,  in  September, 
181(),  deputed  the  Rev.  Cyrus  Kings- 
bury, to  visit  the  Cherokee  Indians, 
and  adopt  measures  preparatory  to  a 
mission    and    school     establishment. 
His  design  was  warmly  approved  and 
seconJed  by  the  principal  chiefs   of 
the  Cherokees.      In  the  beginning  of 
1817,    he    was  joined   by     the    Rev. 
Messrs.  Hall  and  Williams.    A  church 
was  soon  formed  ;    schools  were  com- 
menced, other  missionaries  and  labor- 
ers  arrivi'd,   and   the    Divine    Spirit 
added   ius  effectual   blessing   in  the 
conversion  of  souls  to  Christ.      With 
the  exception  of  the  serious  difficul- 
ties and  embarrasments  which  have 
been  experienced  by  the  interference 
of  Georgia,  the  mission  has  been  one 
of  great  interest,  and  of  almost  uni- 
form success. 

The  following  statement  will  give 
a  view  of  the  present  condition  of 
the   mission  among  the   Cherokees. 
8  stations,  5  missionaries,  8  male  and 
20    female  assistants,   and   1   native 
preacher.     Public  religious  meetings 
arc  held  at  each  of  the  stations  on  the 
Sabbath,  and  occasionally  during  the 
week ;    and   Mr.    Butrick    and    Mr. 
Chamberlain     have     itinerated    and 
preached  extensively  in  the  Cherokee 
villages.     There  are   8  churches  at 
the  several  stations,   embracing  219 
members  in   all ;    of  whom  167  are 
Cherokees,  and  the  remainder,  whites 
and  Africans.     At  the  time  the  school 
was  interrupted  by  the  laws  of  Geor- 
gia, there  were  7  schools,  containing 
150  pupils.     Including  those  Chero- 
kees,   who  have   emigrated   to    the 
Arkansas,  or  have  deceased,  the  whole 
number  of  males  and    females  who 
have  received  an  English  education 
adequate  to  the  transaction   of  the 
ordinary  business  of  life,  is  about  300, 
besides  nearly  as  many  more  who  can 
read  and  write  in  English.    A  Cher- 
okee Sunday  School  Union  embraced 
6  schools,  8  teachers,  and  113  scholars. 
In  1831, 1,400  copies  of  a  2d  edition 

131 


.-'  ?' 


il 


'\i 


ill 


M 


it ; 


m 


rt    '* 


I    ) 


CHE 

cf  a  Cliorokoe  Hymn  Book  wore 
piintrd,  inakinir  with  the  tirut  edition 
a,'i(X)  copit'H.  Of  the  (;oh|h'|  of  iVIat- 
tlu'vv,  1(100  copies  liavt'  luH-n  printed, 
and  a  *<id  »'dition  is  ready  for  tlie  press. 
Trac;  socielies  have  been  f«)rnied  in 
allpiirts  of  the  Ciierokee  nation. 

"  1  !ie  mission    iimonir   tiie  (-hero- 
kpos,'    says  the  editor  <tlthe  Mission- 
ary He.-ald,  ••  has  now  been  established 
more   tl'an    14   years.      The  maus  of 
the    peo|;le,   in     their    dress,   liouses. 
furniture,    atTieultural     impk'ments, 
manner  of  cuhivatinif  tiie  soil,  raisinjr 
stock,    providintr    ibr   their    families, 
and  in  their  estimate  of  the  vahie  of 
an  education,  will  not  surt'er  greatly 
by  comparison  with  the  whites  in  tlie 
surrounding  settlements.     The  mass 
of  tlie   j)eople    have    externally   em- 
braced the  Christian  religion.     They 
have  a  regular  systejii  of  civil  gov- 
ernment,  founded   on   liberal   princi- 
ples,   and   administered  with  a  good 
degree  of  decorum  and  energy,     in- 
temperance has  been  checked.     Tlie 
laws  of  the  nation  rig<»rously  exclude 
intoxicating  liquors   from  all    public 
assemblies,  and  otherwise  restrict  its 
introduction  and  use.     Numerous  as- 
sociations f(u*  the  promotion  of  tem- 
perance   have    been   organized,   and 
joined  by  large  numbers.     Some  no- 
toriously   intemperate    persons   have 
been  reformed,  and  otliers  have  been 
arrested  in  their  fatal  course."     But 
these   favorable    prospects    are    now 
overcast,  with  a  dark  cloud.     In  ld()2, 
a    compact   was  made   between   the 
United  States  and  Georgia,  by  which 
a  long  controversy  was  settled,  and 
the  United  States  bound  themselves 
to  extinguish  the  Indian  title  to  lands 
within   the    chartered   limits  of  that 
state.     The  oblig-.ition  was  condition- 
al, however ;  and  there  was  nothing 
in  the  compact,  which  implied  that 
the  United   States  did   not  acknowl- 
edge the  perfect  right  of  the  Indians 
to  the  peaceable  and  exclusive  occu- 
pancy of  the  country  forever.     Since 
1810,  the  Cherokees  have  refused  to 
tell  any  land.      In   December,  1827, 
the  government  of  Georgia  assumed 
an  attitude  entirely  new,  by  declaring 
that  she  has  a  perfect  title,  by  the 
right  of  discovery,   to   all  the   land 
within  her  chartered  limits  ;  that  the 
Indians  have  no  title,  but  a  mere  oc- 
cupancy, determinable  at  the  pleasure 


cm 

of  Georgia  ;  that  she  may  take  poji- 
se«Bi<m  of  their  lands  by  force ;  and 
that  the  United  Stales  are  bound  to 
extinguish  the   Indian  title,  either  by 
neg«»ciation  or  force.      In    IM^H  and 
I'^2!(.  (leorgia  exteiub'd  her  laws  over 
the   t'herokees,  and  «Miacted  several 
provisions  of  a  most  oppiessive  char- 
acter,     'i'he  Cherokees   immediately 
asked  tin*   protection    of  the    United 
Stales.    The  President  informed  them 
that  111'  had  no  coiistilutional   power 
to  protect  them.     Tliey  next  petition- 
ed Congress  ;  and  while  their  petition 
was  pending,  a   bill   was  introduced 
into  Congress  for  the  purpose  of  en- 
al)ling   them    to  remove    W.  of  the 
Mississippi    R.      Previously    to  this, 
however,  a  series  of  articles  had  ap- 
peared in  the  Washington   National 
Intelligencer,  under  the  signature  of 
William    Penn,    written   by  the  late 
Jeremiah  Evarts.   Esq.  of  Boston,  in 
which    'he  whole   subject  was   very 
ably  di^  fussed,  and  the  rights  of  th(f 
Cherokees  unanswerably  vindicated. 
The  bill   for  the  removal  of  the  In- 
dians,  after   a   discussion   of  almost 
unequalled    interest   and    solemnity, 
passed   the    Senate   on   the   24th    of 
April,  18:^0.  by  a  vote  of  28  to  20; 
and  the  House,  on  the  2tith  of  May, 
by  a  vote  of  103  to  !»?.     Since  that 
time,  the  Cherokees  have  been  in  a 
state  of  great  agitation.     Their  gov- 
ernment  has   been    hindered   in    its 
operations,    their   laws   counteracted 
by  the  extension  of  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  State  of  Georgia   over    their 
territory,  and  many  of  their  citizens 
have  been  imprisoned.     The  mission- 
aries of  the  Board  have  been  forbid- 
den to  reside  among  them,  4  of  them 
have  been  arrested  for  not  rcmovinir, 
and  2,  Mr.  Worcester  and  Dr.  Butler, 
for  the  same  cause,  have  been  tried 
and  sentenced  to  the   Georgia  peni- 
tentiary for  the  term  of  four  years, 
where  they  are  now  confined.      The 
case  of  the  imprisoned  missionaries 
was    brought    before    the     Supreme 
Court  of  the   United  States,  in  Feb. 
1832.     On  the  3d  of  March,  the  opin- 
ion of  the  Court  was  given  in  favor 
of   the    missionaries,   and    an   order 
issued  for  their  release.     This  order 
has  not  been  complied  with  by  Geor- 
gia. 

CHILAW,  an  outstation,  attached 
to  Negombo,  20  m.  N.  of  Colombo. 

132 


I 


l»o  may  tiiko  pos- 
(Is  by  force ;  and 
lU'rt  urc  bound  to 
an  title,  either  by 
u.      In    ]t-)iH  and 
(led  her  lawH  over 
I  enacted   several 
t  o|)j)iesrtive  eliar- 
iees   immediately 
n    of  the    United 
•nt  informed  them 
stitutidual   powir 
hey  next  petition- 
hile  their  petition 
1   was  introduced 
u'  purpose  of  en- 
nove    \y.  of  the 
evioualy    to  this, 
articles  had  ap- 
liinfTton   National 
the  signature  of 
itteu   by  the  late 
sq.  of  Boston,  in 
lubject  was   very 
the  rijjhts  of  the 
rably  vindicated, 
inoval  of  the  In- 
ussion   of  almost 
and    solemnity, 
on   the   24th    of 
pte  of  28  to  20 ; 
he  2()th  of  May, 
!t7.     Since  that 
have  been  in  a 
ton.     Their  gov- 
hindered   in    its 
ivs   counteracted 
the  jurisdiction 
|)rma   over    their 
I  their  citizens 
The  mission- 
ve  been  forbid- 
them,  4  of  them 
|r  not  removing, 
and  Dr.  Butler, 
lave  been  tried 
Georgia  peni- 
of  four  years, 
onfined.     The 
d  missionaries 
the     Supreme 
States,  in  Feb. 
arch,  the  opin- 
given  in  favor 
and    an  order 
This  order 
with  by  Geor- 

ition,  attached 
of  Colombo. 

132 


0 


«ir-  "  T«f  y-^-,»^;:f^ 


CHEltOKEE  CHIEF  IN  FULL  DRESS. 

*  [Page  130.] 


-, 

1 

0i 

M  ij 

'f 

•  ' 

".  '-K 


11 

f 

■  ^1 


;  ;^f 


■  ■■i\ 

"'11 


,-v 


:.'^ 


CHI 


CHI 


Ceylon,  under  the  core  of  the  tV.  M.  S. 
CHIAUW,  or  ZIAi;W,an  island 
Iwloniafing  to  the  Uutch,  in  the  E.  In- 
dian Ocean,  situated  near  the  equator, 
in  E.  long,  about  VZi^.  Tlie  Rev. 
Mr.  Kam,  of  Ainboyna,  has  extended 
liin     labors     here,   and     occaHioimlly 

K reaches  to  large  congregations.  Tlie 
[ing  is  u  truly  pious  man,  is  much 
diH|iotM>d  to  pmmote  the  spread  of  the 
Gos|)el,  devotes  much  time  to  the  in- 
struction of  his  slaves,  and  has  erect- 
ed a  large  house  for  worship.  During 
one  visit  Mr.  Kam  baptized  about 
JiO(K)  jHTsons. 

CIIICKASAWS,  Indians,  whose 
country  lies  mostly  within  the  charter- 
ed limits  of  the  State  of  Missis- 
sippi, about  lyO  m.  sq.  T'leir  country 
is  well  watered,  and  is  tvell  adapted 
to  the  culture  of  cotton,  corn,  wheat, 
oats,  &c.  Cotton,  In'ef  and  pork,  are 
the  principal  articles  of  exportation. 
About  lUOO  bales  were  exported  in 
1830.  Every  head  of  a  family  culti- 
vates the  earth  more  or  less.  For 
the  last  10  years,  the  men,  instead  of 
the  wotni'n  have  almost  universally 
cultivat'  i  the  earth,  while  the  women 
attend  to  their  appropriate  dutie.s. 

A  school  was  established  among 
this  people  by  the  Cmnhcrland  M.  6  . 
in  1821,  containing  between  20  and 
30  scholars.  The  government  of  the 
United  States  allowed  400  dollars  an- 
nually to  this  instituti(»n. 

The  M.  S.  of  the  Si/nod  of  S.  Car- 
olina and  Georgia  also  selected  a 
station,  in  IH'21,  situated  within  tiie 
chartered  liuiits  of  Mississippi,  about 
50  m.  from  its  eastern  boundary,  on 
an  elevated  spot  of  the  dividing  ridge 
between  the  waters  of  the  Tombigbee. 
and  Yazoo,  2  in.  S.  Mackintosiiville. 
about  30  W.  of  Cotton-gin-Port,  and 
70  N.  W.  Columbus.  This  station 
was  called  ^wttroc.  Eighteen  nmntlis 
were  occupied  in  clearing  land  and 
erecting  buildings.  In  1823,  about 
40  acres  were  under  cultivation.  In 
May,  iS2'i,  the  school  commenc(!d  ; 
the  average  number  of  scholars,  who 
were  orderly  and  industrious,  was  about 
50.  Religious  meetings  were  well 
attended,  and  several  persons  hope- 
fully embraced  the  truth. 

In  1827,  this  mission  was  transfer- 
red to  the  .i.  B.  C.  F.  M.  Tlie  fol- 
lowing statement  will  show  its  present 
condition. 


Begun  in  1821  :  three  stations,  two 
missionaries,  one  lieens(>d  preacher, 
and  two  mule  and  five  female  assiti- 
tants. 

ToKfliiisif.  Thomas  ('.  Stuart, 
.yftssiunanj ;  and  Mrs.  Stuart. 

Martvn.  James  Mohi.es,  l/urnaed 
Pnwher;  Mrs.  Holmes;  Mr.  Mosby, 

Richmond, 


/I  igh    Wilson, 
Wilson  :     Mr. 


and    Miss   Emelin« 
Teachers, 

Cankv    Cheek. 
Missinnary ;      Mi 
Knight,  Teacher ;  Miss  Prudence  Wil. 
son. 

Preiirhing  aiul  churches.  There  has 
been  preaching  at  the  stations  on  the 
Sabbath,  and  to  some  extent  in  the 
Chickasaw  villages.  About  200  i)er- 
sons  usually  attend  meeting  at  lok- 
shish.  At  Martyn  the  audience  haa 
increased  during  the  year  from  Ibrty 
or  fifty  to  seventy-five,  and  is  still  in- 
creasing. Much  pains  has  been  taken 
to  instruct  the  people  by  means  of 
Scripture  lessons  and  expositions. 
Most  of  the  congregation  understand 
the  English  language.  At  Caney 
Creek  lew  attend  meeting,  except  the 
ineml)er8  of  the  school  and  some 
white  families  in  the  neighborhood. 

The  church  at  Tokshish  consists  of 
about  ninety  members ;  and  that  at 
Martynof  twelve,  one  havingadinitted 
during  the  year.  Though  the  minis 
of  the  members  of  the  church  have 
been  much  diverted  from  religious 
things,  and  much  spiritual  coldness 
has  prevailed,  yet  all  are  believed  to 
maintain,  in  other  respects,  a  fair 
Christian  character,  and  to  bo  firm  in 
their  adherence  to  the  gospel. 

Schools.  The  school  at  Martyn 
contains  ?,'i  pupils,  21  of  whom  are 
girls  ;  20  read,  and  all  speak  the  Eng- 
lish language.  The  school  at  Caney 
Creek  has  had  39  pupils,  all  of  whom 
can  read  and  nearly  all  can  write. 
The  expenses  of  these  schools  have 
been  principally  defrayed  by  the 
Chickasaws  themselves. 

Stale  of  the  people.  Intemperance 
has  much  increased  during  the  year, 
<m  r.cr.onnt  of  the  l)reaking  up  of  the 
Chickasaw  government  by  the  exten- 
sion of  the  laws  of  the  stat(?  of  Mis- 
sissippi over  their  country,  and  their 
fear  of  being  removed  across  the  Mis- 
sissippi river. 

For  further  particulars  See  Cant^ 
CrBekf  Martyn,  and  Tokshish. 

133 


III 


i  i' 


\'-\ 


pr\ 


'i  •: 


•it 


V     ! 


U'  I 


CHI 

CHILI,  or  CHILE,  a  country  of 
South  America,  extending,  on  the 
coast  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  from  lat. 
24°  to  45*^  S.  from  the  desert  of  Ata- 
cama  to  the  River  Biobio.  Its  length 
is  140(1  m.,  but  it  varies  in  breadth 
from  140  to  340,  to  its  eastern  bound- 
ary, which  is  tlie  great  chain  of  the 
Andes.  It  was  governed  by  a  Spanish 
officer,  who  held  the  title  of  Captain- 
general  of  the  kingdom  of  Chili,  and 
was  the  president  of  the  royal  audi- 
ence, established  at  St.  Jago  and  Con- 
ception. But,  in  1810,  a  revolution 
took  place  among  the  inhabitants  of 
this  country,  wl:o  separated  them- 
selves from  the  Spanish  monarchy  ; 
and,  on  Jan.  1 ,  181«,  the  Chili  govern- 
ment issued  a  proclamation  Irom  the 
directorial  palace  at  Conception,  de- 
claring Chili  and  its  adjacent  islands 
an  indopendont  state,  and  for  ever 
separated  from  the  monarchy  of  Spain. 
By  the  constitution  of  1818,  tiie  lle- 

Eublic  was  governed  by  a  Supreme 
Hrector  and  a  Congress.  The  for- 
mer possessed  all  the  executive  pow- 
er, but  his  acts  must  have  the  siinction 
of  the  latter.  The  government  is. 
however,  still  in  an  unsettled  slate. 
In  1827,  a  president  was  substituted, 
in  imitation  of  the  government  of  tin- 
U.  States.  The  Roman  Catholic  is 
the  established  religion.  There  are 
said  to  be  10,000  monks  and  nuns. 
Chili,  though  bordering  on  the  torrid 
zone,  never  feels  the  extremity  of 
heat,  being  screened  on  the  E.  by  the 
Andes,  and  refreshed  from  the  W.  by 
cooling  sea-breezes.  I'he  fertility  of 
the  soil  corresponds  with  the  benig- 
nity of  the  climate,  and  is  wonderfully 
accommodated  to  European  produc- 
tions. Chili  is  not  infested  by  any 
kind  of  insect,  excej't  the  chiguas,  or 
pricker ;  nor  by  any  poisonous  reptile. 
la  the  woods  and  fields  some  snakes 
found,  but  their  bite  is  not  dan- 


are 


gerous  ;  nor  •iocc  any  savage  or  fero- 
cious beast  excite  terror  in  the  plains. 
The  chief  '•ivers  are  the  Maule,  Bio- 
bio, Cauten,  Tolten,  Valdivia,  Chai- 
vin,  Bueno,  .and  Sinfondo,  which, 
with  many  others,  ..ise  in  tlie  Andes, 
and  flow  W.  into  the  Pacific  Ocean. 
The  population  is  1,000,000,  exclusive 
of  Indians.  It  is  divided  into  the 
2  intendrncies  of  St.  Jago,  and  Con- 
oeption.  St.  Jago  is  the  capital. 
Mr.  Eaton,  from  the  B.  fy  F.  S.  S., 


CHI 

became  superintendant  of  schools  here 
in  1821.  After  successfully  establish- 
ing schools  on  the  British  system,  at 
Buenos  Ayres,  Mr.  Thomson  also  pro- 
ceeded to  this  country ,  and  was  no  less 
prosperous  in  the  objects  of  his  mis- 
sion. He  was  followed  by  Mr.  Hea- 
ton,  who  arrived  at  St.  Jago,  the 
capital  of  the  country,  Sept.  1821 ; 
was  favorably  received  by  the  Su- 
preme Director  of  the  government, 
and  was  immediately  engaged  to  su- 
peiirtend  a  school  for  150  boys. 
Another  school,  on  a  larger  scale,  was 
soon  opened,  in  rooms  provided  by 
government  j  and  several  more  were 
in  progress  to  be  established  in  the 
Literary  Institution. 

The  American  B.  S.  has  forwarded 
a  considerable  number  of  Spanish 
Bibles  and  Testaments  to  Chili,  which 
have  been  gladly  received  ;  and  the 
translation  has  been  approved  by  the 
Roman  Catholic  clergy. 

CHINA  Proper,  extends  from  the 
great  wall  on  the  N.,  which  separates 
it  from  Chinese  Tartary,  to  the  Chi- 
nese Sea,  about  1300  m. ;  and  about 
the  same  distance  from  the  Pacific 
Ocean  on  the  E.,  to  the  frontiers  of 
Thibet  on  the  W. ;  lyinjr  betwecM 
100°  and  ]2()°  E.  long.,  and  between 
21°  and  41°  N.  lat.  The  territories 
of  the  empire  embrace  Thibet,  Mand- 
shuria,  Mongolia  Proper,  and  the 
whole  of  Central  Asia,  between  Hin- 
doostan  and  Asiatic  Russia.  On  the 
W.  it  is  separated  from  Independent 
Tartary  by  a  chain  of  mountains. 

The  •population  of  China  Proper 
has  been  estimated  at  333,000,000; 
but  by  others  is  supposed  to  be  about 
150,000,000. 

Mr.  Bridgman  tlie  American  mis- 
sionary says  that  it  is  the  common 
opinion  among  the  residents  at  Can- 
ton, that  the  estimate  of  333,000,000 
is  not  too  high. 

The  langvage,  is  not  only  one  of 
the  most  ancient  in  the  world,  but  is, 
perhaps,  the  only  one  of  the  early 
ages,  which  is  still  spokon  by  the  liv- 
ing. It  is  supposed  to  be  used  by 
about  one-third  part  of  the  inhabitants 
of  the  globe.  It  possesses  much  an- 
cient literature,  which  has  been,  for 
many  centuries,  the  constant  study  of 
the  literati  of  China :  who  have  pol- 
ished it  to  a  high  degree  of  what  they 
deem   an    elegant  conciseness,  and 

134 


quere( 


us  II 


dili 


iinmr 

witlistl 
that  isl 


nese. 


cm 


CHI 


it  of  Echools  here 
ssfully  establjsli- 
ritish  Bystem,  at 
homson  also  pro* 
,and  was  nolcEiB 
lecta  of  his  mis- 
ed  by  Mr.  Hea- 

St.  Jago,  the 
ry,  Sept.  1821; 
L'd  by  the  Su- 
le  government, 
engaged  to  su- 

for  150  boys, 
arger  scale,  vras 
118  provided  by 
eral  more  were 
ablished  in  the 

has  forwarded 
er  of  Spanish 
to  Chili,  which 
eivfd  ;  and  the 
[)provcd  by  the 

y- 

c  tends  from  the 
,vhich  separates 
•y,  to  the  Chi- 
in. ;  and  about 
om  tiie  Pacific 
the  frontiers  of 
lyinjr  between 
.,  aiid  between 
riie  territories 
Thibet,  Mand- 
per.  and  the 
between  Hin- 
bssia.  On  the 
Independent 
Mountains. 
China   Proper 

;}:«,ooo,0()0; 

to  be  about 

merican  mis- 
the  common 
cnts  at  Can- 
f  333,000,000 

only  one  of 
world,  but  is, 

of  the  early 
Dn  by  the  liv- 

be  used  by 
le  inhabitants 
ses  much  an- 
las  been,  for 
tant  study  of 
ho  have  pol- 
of  what  they 
isenesB,  and 
134 


richness  of  classical  quotation  and  al- 
lusion ;  so  that  the  written  style  of 
the  learned  is  nearly  as  different  from 
the  plain  binguaoe  of  the  people,  as 
that  of  ancient  Rome  from  the  mod- 
ern dialects  of  Europe.  This  lan- 
criiaore,  the  most  singular  upon  earth 
in  its  construction,  and  supposed  to 
be  so  difficult,  that  any  knowledge  of 
it  was  limited  among  Europeans,  to 
the  curiosity  of  a  few  learned  men 
and  to  the  imperious  necessities  of 
commercial  intercourse,  has  been  con- 
quered by  Christian  missionaries; 
and  is  now  rendered  tributary  to  th(? 
dilfusion  of  Gospel  light  among  this 
immense  portion  of  mankind,  not- 
withstanding the  violent  opposition 
that  is  made  to  Christianity. 

The  government  is  patriarchal. 
The  emperor  is  absolute.  The  first 
principle  instilled  into  the  people,  is 
to  respect  their  prince  with  so  high  a 
veneration,  as  almost  to  adore  him. 
All  places  of  honor  or  profit  are  at  his 
disposal,  as  well  as  the  lives  and  prop- 
erty of  his  subjects.  lie  is  seldom 
sren,  and  never  addressed  but  on  the 
knees.  Of  the  officers,  or  mandarins, 
tliore  are  D  classes,  from  the  judge  of 
the  village,  to  tiie  prime  minister. 

The  national  pride,  and  exclusive 
claim  to  pre-eminence,  of  the  Chi- 
nese, derives  most  powerful  support 
from  the  vain  idea  that  their  govern- 
ment is  formed  on  the  model  of  na- 
ture ;  and  is  a  transcript  of  the  noblest 
of  its  visible  parts, — viz.,  the  heavens. 
The  form  of  their  cities — the  regula- 
tion of  the  palace — the  duties  of  prince 
and  people — the  evolutions  of  their 
armies — the  order  of  their  standards 
— the  fashion  of  their  chariots — the 
ascent  and  descent — the  arrange- 
nientti  at  their  feasts — and  even  the 
very  shape  and  fashion  of  their  gar- 
ments, &c.  «S:c. — were  all  anciently, 
and  still  are  in  a  good  degree,  suppos- 
ed to  bear  a  resemblance  to  something 
in  the  visible  heavens  ;  to  some  star 
or  constellation — to  some  motions,  sup- 
posed or  real — to  some  grand  terrestri- 
al objects,  or  to  some  recondite  physi- 
cal principle.  They  often  judge  of 
thii  intentions  of  Providence  with  re- 
gard to  the  events  of  war,  and  the 
destiny  of  nations,  from  the  appear- 
ances in  the  heavens.  Of  old,  they 
sent  forth  their  armies — they  over- 
turned  thrones — they    punished   op- 


pressors— they  seized  on  territory ; 
all  in  obedience,  as  they  supposed, 
to  the  aspects  of  celestial  phenomena. 
If  to  these  erroneous  conceptions  be 
joined  their  antiquity,  their  vast  pop- 
ulation, their  immense  riches,  their 
defect  in  scientific  improvements,  their 
want  of  sound  principles,  and,  espe- 
cially, the  depravity  of  the  human 
heart,  which  they  have  in  common 
with  others, — we  can  hardly  wonder 
at  the  high  and  exclusive  tone  which 
they  assume  ;  or  at  their  extravagant 
claims  to  superiority  over  the  nations 
of  the  earth. 

Tiie  religion  of  China  is  a  a  strange 
mixture  of  superstitions,  of  which 
every  one  receives  or  rejects  as  much 
as  he  pleases.  From  time  immemo- 
rial, peculiar  homage  has  been  paid 
to  the  memory  of  the  dead  by  the 
Chinese.  What  is  known  of  their 
religion  previous  to  the  time  of  Con- 
fucius, is  fabulous  and  uncertain. 
This  most  celebrated  ancient  philos- 
opher of  China,  was  born  about  450 
years  before  the  Christian  era;  and 
seemed  designed  to  reform,  in  some 
measure,  the  corruptions  which  pre- 
vailed in  the  civil  and  religious  estab- 
lishments of  his  country.  He  con- 
demned the  idolatry  practised  by  his 
countrymen,  and  maintained  that 
Deity  was  the  most  pure  and  perfect 
principle, — eternal,  infinite,  indestruc- 
tible, omnipotent,  and  omnipresent. 
He  considered  the  sun,  moon,  &c.  the 
immediate  agent  of  Deity,  inseparably 
connected  with  Him,  and,  as  such, 
objects  of  worship.  Many  parts  of  his 
doctrine  were  calculated  to  preserve 
the  superstitious  notions  still  preva- 
lent. By  his  sage  counsels,  his  moral 
doctrine,  and  exemplary  conduct,  he 
obtained  an  immortal  name,  as  tha 
Reformer  of  his  country  ;  and,  from 
respect  to  his  memory,  his  descen- 
dants enjoy,  by  inheritance,  the  title 
and  office  of  mandarins. 

Soon  after  his  death,  a  species  of 
Lamanism  was  introduced  into  China 
from  Thibet;  and,  about  the  year  (35, 
the  sect  of  Fo  was  introduced  from 
India.  The  name  was  derived  from 
the  idol  Fo,  supposed  to  be  the  Budhu 
of  Hindoostan.  About  the  15th  cen- 
tury, many  of  the  literati  embraced  a 
new  system,  nearly  allied  to  atheism; 
but  this  is  confined  to  a  iiiv,'.  The 
Chinese,  in  general,  are  so  far  from 

135 


m 

'I 


.:   ''f   If 


CHI 


CHI 


,.-< 


being  atheista,  that  they  go  into  the 
opposite  extremes  of  polytheism.  In 
China  no  rehgion  is  prelerred  or  en- 
couraged by  government.  At  the 
present  time,  its  gods  are,  to  use  an 
expression  of  the  sect  oi  Fuh,  Hang- 
ho-sha-soo,  i.  e.  "  In  number  like  the 
sands  of  Hang  river."  Most  of  the 
forms  of  mythology,  which  make  any 
figure  in  the  page  of  history,  now 
exist  in  China,  except  that  their  inde- 
cent parts,  and  their  direct  tendency 
to  injure  human  life,  have  been  cut 
off.  The  idolatry  of  ancient  Canaan, 
of  Egypt,  of  Greece,  of  Rome,  of 
Chaldea,  and  of  India,  are  all  to  be 
found  here,  though  with  some  slight 
variations.  China  has  her  Diana,  her 
JEolus,  her  Ceres,  her  Esculapius,  her 
Mars,  her  Mercury,  her  Neptune,  and 
her  Pluto,  as  well  as  the  western  pa- 
gans had.  She  has  gods  celestiL*!. 
terrestrial,  and  subterraneous  ;  gods  ot 
the  hills,  of  the  valleys,  of  the  woods, 
of  the  districts,  of  the  family,  of  the 
shop,  and  of  the  kitchen !  She  adores 
the  gods  who  are  supposed  to  preside 
over  the  thunder,  the  rain,  and  the 
fire  ;  over  the  grain,  over  births,  and 
deaths,  and  over  the  small-pox.  She 
worships  "  the  host  of  heaven — the 
sun,  the  moon,  and  the  stars."  She 
also  worships  the  genii  of  the  moun- 
tains, rivers,  lakes,  and  seas  ;  togeth- 
er with  birds,  beasts,  and  fisiies.  She 
addresses  prayers,  and  offers  sacrifi- 
ces, to  the  spirits  of  departed  kings, 
sages,  heroes,  and  parents,  whether 
good  or  bad.  Her  idols  are  silver  and 
gold,  wood,  and  stone,  and  clay, 
carved  or  molten,  the  work  of  mens 
hands.  Her  altars  are  on  the  high 
hills,  in  the  groves,  under  the  green 
trees.  She  has  set  up  her  idols  at  the 
corners  of  the  streets,  on  the  sides  of 
the  high-ways,  on  the  banks  of  canals, 
in  boats,  and  in  ships.  Astrology, 
divination,  geomancy,  and  necroman- 
cy, everywhere  prevail.  Spells  and 
cnarms,  every  one  possesses :  they 
axe  hung  about  the  neck,  or  stitched 
up  in  their  clothes,  or  tied  to  the  bed- 
posts, or  written  on  the  doors ;  and 
few  men  think  their  persons,  children, 
shops,  boats,  or  goods,  safe  without 
them.  The  emperors  of  China,  her 
statesmen,  her  merchants,  her  people, 
and  her  pliilosophers  also,  are  all  idol- 
aters. 
With  regard  to  future  retributions, 


those  of  the  sect  of  Confucius  profess 
to  know  no  life  to  come,  but  that 
which  their  children  and  posterity 
shall  enjoy  on  earth :  hence  their 
views  rise  no  higher;  in  this  their 
fears  and  hopes  seem  to  terminate. 

The  Elysium  of  the  West,  which 
the  followerr,  of  Fuh  look  for,  is  such 
as  the  deluded  imagination  of  an 
Asiatic  would  naturally  paint.  For- 
tified palaces — groves  of  trees  pro- 
ducing gems — pools  of  fragrant  water, 
yielding  the  lotus  flower  as  large  as 
the  wheel  of  a  cart — showers  of  sweet 
odours,  falling  on  a  land  the  dust  of 
which  is  yellow  gold — myritads  of 
birds,  of  the  most  exquisite  plumage, 
singing  on  trees  of  gold,  with  the 
most  harmonious  and  ravishing  notes, 
of  a  hundred  thousand  kinds,  &c. 
&c.  Such  is  their  paradise  ;  but,  in 
conformity  with  the  comparative  con- 
tempt in  which  the  female  character 
is  held  throughout  the  east,  they  ex- 
clude all  women,  as  such,  from  a  par- 
ticipation therein.  Those  females 
who  have  acted  well  on  earth,  are 
first  transformed  into  men,  and  then 
admitted  into  that  palace  of  de- 
lights. 

The  eufferings  of  the  Tartarus 
which  their  terrified  imaginations  have 
figured,  are  represented  in  pictures, 
as  the  punishments  in  pur;.r;itory  and 
Tartarus  were  exhibited  in  the  Eleu- 
senian  and  other  heathen  mysteries  : 
with  this  difterence,  however, — tliat 
these  are  exposed  to  public  view ; 
those  were  seen  by  the  initiated  only. 
Lakes  of  blood,  into  which  women 
who  die  in  child-bed  are  plunged  ; 
red  hot  iron  pillars,  which  the  wicked 
are  caused  to  embrace ;  devourinjr 
lions,  tigers,  snakes,  &c. :  mountains 
stuck  all  over  with  knives,  on  the 
points  of  which  the  condemned  are 
cast  down,  and  seen  weltering  in 
gore  ;  cutting  out  the  tongue — str.ang- 
Rng — sawing  asunder  between  flam- 
ing iron  posts ;  the  condemned  creep- 
ing into  the  skins  of  those  animals  in 
the  form  of  which  they  are  destined 
to  appear  again  on  earth  ;  boiling  of 
the  wicked  in  caldrons;  the  wheel, 
or  apparatus,  by  means  of  which  all 
the  operations  of  the  metempsychosis 
are  performed  ;  horned  demons,  with 
swords,  spears,  hatchets,  and  hooks ; 
wretched  mortals  alternately  shiver- 
ing   with    indescribable    cold,    and 

J36 


cm 


CHI 


onfucius  profega 
come,  but  that 
I   and   posterity 
I :    hence    their 
;   in  this   their 
to  terminate. 
le  West,  which 
look  for,  is  such 
gination   of   an 
ly  paint.      For- 
s  of  trees  pro- 
'  fragrant  water, 
ver  as  large  as 
lowers  of  sweet 
land  the  dust  of 
Id — myriads   of 
uisite  plumage, 
^old,   with   the 
ravishing  notes, 
ad    kinds,    &c. 
radise  ;    but,  in 
iniparative  con- 
'niale  character 
!  east,  they  ex- 
ich,  from  a  par- 
Those   females 
on   earth,   are 
men,  and  then 
palace    of    de- 

the    Tartarus 
aginations  have 
in  pictures, 
>ur/:atory  and 
in   the  Eleu- 
len  mysteries  : 
lowcver, — tliat 
public  view  ; 
initiated  only, 
rt'hich  women 
are    plunged ; 
chthe  wicked 
;    devouring 
:    mountains 
lives,  on    the 
jndemned  are 
weltering   in 
igue — strang- 
jetween  flam- 
emned  creep- 
se  animals  in 
are  destijied 
h ;  boiling  of 
the  wheel, 
of  which  all 
einpsychosis 
emons,  with 
and  hooks; 
ately  shiver- 
cold,    and 

J  36 


burnt  to  coals  with  devouring  fire  ; — 
these,  with  numberless  other  such 
things,  are  represented  with  gross  and 
disgusting  minuteness.  Instead  of 
producing  any  salutary  fear  in  the 
mind,  they  fill  the  imagination  with 
horrid  figures ;  the  real  existence  of 
which  the  better  informed  surely 
cannot  believe  ;  or  which,  if  believed, 
must  eitL-^r  totally  weaken  the  springs 
of  action,  or  render  those  deluded 
heathens  inconceivably  wretched  even 
in  this  life. 

Their  system  o?  morals,  as  explain- 
ed by  the  sect  of  tlie  learned,  con- 
tains much  that  is  good.  Many  of 
the  duties  of  relative  life  are  set  forth 
with  as  much  clearness  as  could  be 
expected  from  a  people  who  know  not 
the  true  God.  But  to  those  who  can 
compare  it  with  the  system  of  Chris- 
tian ethics  contained  in  the  New 
Testament,  it  must  in  all  particulars 
appear  defective,  and  in  many  exceed- 
ingly erroneous ;  especially  if  the 
motives  and  ends  of  human  actions, 
and  the  spirit  in  which  they  should 
be  performed,  be  taken  into  the  ac- 
count. Some  important  duties  are 
also  entirely  left,  out ;  and  others  car- 
ried to  such  extravagant  lengths,  as 
to  render  them  not  only  irksome,  but 
oppressive. 

Female  infanticide,  which  still  pre- 
vails in  China,  if  it  had  not  originally 
sprung  from  their  doctrine  of  YIN 
and  YANG,  which  sets  every  tiling 
masculine  in  so  exalted,  and  every 
thing  feminine  in  so  inferior,  a  liglit, 
was  doubtless  greatl}'  increased  there- 

Their  general  belief  in  the  metemp- 
sychosis, and  in  the  inevitable  decis- 
ions of  a  numerical  fate,  prevents  the 
cordial  exercise  of  benevolence  and 
beneficence. 

Their  cold-hearted  philosophy,  in- 
deed, teaches  and  applauds  the  prac- 
tice of  alms-deeds.  Charity  falls 
clear  as  the  dew-drop  from  the  lips 
and  pens  of  their  sages,  but  often 
freezes  ere  it  reach  the  ground.  Even 
the  natural  desire  which  all  men,  as 
human  beings,  feel  to  assist  their 
follow-creatures  in  distress,  is  greatly 
weakened  in  China — often  entirely 
counteracted — by  a  fear  of  opposing 
the  gods,  who  send  men  back  to  en- 
dure poverty  and  misery  in  this  world, 
as  a  punishment  for  the  crimes  of  a 


crime 
which  gave 
or !       They 


it 


former  life  ;  or  by  a  belief  that  all  ef- 
forts which  tend  to  counteract  the 
decrees  of  fate,  are  not  only  fruitless, 
but  wrong  ;  or  by  a  criminal  selfish- 
ness, hardness  of  heart,  and  indiffer- 
ence to  other  people's  happiness, 
which  sometimes  allows  them  even 
to  sit  still  at  ease,  and  suffer  another 
man,  close  by,  to  drown  in  the  waves, 
or  his  property  to  consume  in  the 
flames,  when  a  little  effort  on  their 
part  might  save  both. 

It  is  true,  indeed,  that  some  of  the 
more  national  condemn  these  evils, 
and  have  written  against  them  ;  es- 
pecially against  female  infanticide ; 
but  of  how  little  avail  can  all  suv,h 
well-meant  efforts  to  correct  the  hor- 
rid crime  be,  while  the  principles 
birth  are  held  in  hon- 
aro  inconsistent  with 
themselves.  In  one  part  of  their 
writings,  they  deplore  the  bitter  con- 
sequences, land  V  :irn  men  against 
them  ;  while,  in  the  other,  they  inad- 
vertently magnify  the  causes  from 
which  they  rise,  as  the  only  source  of 
excellence  and  })erfection  in  the  uni- 
verse. They  deprecate  the  mortal 
stream,  and  yet  feed  the  impoisoned 
fountain  ;  they  strive  to  lop  the  bran- 
ches, and  yet  manure  the  root ! 

Though  vice,  in  all  its  diversified 
forms,  exists  in  China,  still,  perhaps, 
its  external  features  do  not  at  first 
°ight  appear  so  gro?s  as  in  some  other 
countries.  But  it  is  not  to  be  con- 
cluded from  hence,  that  the  degree  of 
it  is  less  than  in  other  parts  of  the 
heathen  world.  For  the  opinions  and 
customs  of  all  ranks  of  society  not 
only  furnish  sufficient  excuse  for  the 
commission  of  many  sins  against  the 
law  of  God.  but  have  even  raised 
them  to  a  certain  degree  of  respecta- 
bility and  honor  ;  and  hence  it  be- 
comes very  difficult  to  convince  them 
of  the  moral  turpitude  of  those  evils 
in  which  their  parents,  and  their  best 
and  Avisest  men,  have  from  age  to 
age  indulged.  Chinese  manners  and 
customs  are  thrown  into  so  regular 
and  digested  a  form,  as  that  a  stranger, 
but  superficially  acquainted  with  thfl 
language  and  real  spirit  of  the  Chi- 
nese people,  seems  to  see  much  to 
praise,  and,  comparatively,  little  to 
blame  :  while,  at  the  same  time,  thfl 
nation  groans  under  oppression  and 
violence ;    their  courts  are  filled  with 

137 


-* .!' 


!•*■ 


' 


CHI 

bribery  and  injustice  ;  their  markets 
with  cozening  and  deceit ;  theii  hou- 
ses with  concubines ;  their  monaste- 
ries with  ignorant,  indolent,  and  fillliy 
aacetics,  "  who,"  to  use  the  words  of 
a  Chinese  writer,  "  are  not  worth  tlie 
down  of  a  feather  to  society  ;"  their 
Bcliools  and  colleges  with  high-mind- 
ed, self-sufficient  literati,  to  whose 
f)roud  and  sophisticated  minds  the 
mmbling  doctrines  of  the  Gospel 
will  be  no  less  obnoxious  than  they 
were  to  the  sarcastic  pride  of  a  Cel- 
8us! 

Such  is  the  state  of  China  !  Such, 
after  enjoying  the  philosophy  of  Con- 
fucKia  for  more  than  yOUO  y>  ,  rs ! 
Such,  after  Roman  Catholic  C  'i  is- 
tianity  has  existed  in  it  for  upwards 
of  two  centuries  !  Such  it  was,  when 
the  mission  to  China  was  proposed, 
and  such  it  is  at  the  present  hour  ! — 
[See  Canton  and  Macao.'] 

For  the  following  statements  re- 
specting the  efforts  of  the  Roman 
Catholics  in  China,  we  are  indebted 
to  the  Amei'ican  Quarterly  Register, 
for  February,  18^2. 

"  Xavier's  desires  and  attempts  to 
open  a  way  into  China,  are  well 
known.  He  died,  however,  before 
he  reached  that  country.  Matteo 
Ricci,  a  Jesuit,  and  distinguished 
man,  of  a  noble  family  of  Maceratu, 
was  the  first  who  entered  upon  this 
important  field  of  missions.  He  had 
arrived  at  Goa,  in  1578,  and  had 
studied  the  Chinese  language  there. 
He  reached  Caoquin,  in  Canton,  in 
1583.  To  ingratiiate  himself  witii  the 
Chinese,  as  well  as  to  refute  their 
proud  notion  that  China  constituted 
tlie  greatest  part  of  the  earth,  he 
drew  an  atlas  for  them,  a  thing  never 
seen  there  before.  To  prevejxt,  how- 
ever, the  unpleasant  sensation  which 
the  largeness  of  the  world,  in  com- 
parison to  China,  was  calculated  to 
excite  in  the  Chinese,  he  put  the  first 
meridian  in  China.  Notwithstanding 
this  and  otlier  important  services 
which  he  rendered  to  the  people,  he 
could  not  get  access  to  the  emperor 
until  IGOl,  and  then  he  effected  it 
only  by  suggesting  that  he  had  some 
cunous  prestmts  to  bring  to  his  ma- 
jesty. Ricci  was  now  in  his  sphere, 
navmg  obtained  permission  for  the 
Jesuits  to  own  a  house,  with  reve- 
nues, at  Peking.     He  first  assumed 


CHI 

the  humble  apparel  of  a  Bonze  ;  but 
as  soon  as  circumstances  rec^uired  it, 
he  dressed  with  all  the  splendor  of  a 
n;andarin.  Ricci  now  labored  assid- 
uously and  successfully  for  t!ie  con- 
version of  the  great  at  court.  Still 
he  and  his  companions  were  m  con- 
tinual danger.  By  the  machinations 
of  th(!  Bonzes,  who  soon  bccume 
violently  opposed  to  them,  they  were 
once  on  the  point  of  being  expelled 
from  China,  Ricci  averted  the  ca- 
tastrophe, (as  Wolff  states  in  his 
Historij  of  the  Jesuits,)  by  scattering 
secretly  a  libel  on  the  emperor,  ana 
accusing  the  Bonze,  who  was  at  the 
head  of  their  enemies,  of  having  com- 
posed the  piece.  The  emperor  be- 
lieved it,  and  the  miserable  Bonze 
expired  under  a  fearful  bastinado  upon 
the  soles  of  his  feet.  Soon  after,  the 
suspicions  against  the  Jesuits  still 
continuing  Mr.  Martinez,  a  Jesuit, 
was  seized  by  thegovernor  of  Canton, 
and  died  under  the  same  terrible  pun- 
ishment. Ricci  labored  in  China  27 
years,  tand  died  at  Peking  in  1010. 
The  progress  of  the  Jesuits  in  China 
was  very  rapid,  after  the  first  obsta- 
cles were  overcome.  By  raising  the 
science  of  mathematics,  to  which  the 
Chinese  attach  a  kind  of  sacredness, 
far  above  that  degree  to  which  the 
Chinese  and  Arabs  had  been  able  to 
carry  it,  the  Jesuits  acquired  an  almost 
unbounded  influence.  They  pene- 
trated China  in  all  directions,  and 
made  converts  among  the  high  and 
low  without  number.  Tiie  empress 
Helena,  one  of  their  converts,  was 
induced  by  them  to  write  a  letter  to 
the  Pope,  Alexander  VH.,  in  the 
humblest  possible  terms,  calling  her- 
self his  servant,  an  unworthy,  poor 
Chinese  woman.  She  begs  the  Pope, 
on  her  knees,  and  with  her  face  to 
the  ground,  to  favor  her  with  a  look 
of  grace  and  acceptance,  expresses 
her  entiro  subjection  to  his  holiness, 
and  begs  him  to  sead  to  China  some 
more  of  the  holy  Jesuits,  &c.,  dated 
December,  1G50,  In  1G55,  the  Jesuits 
were  on  the  pinnacle  of  glory  in 
China.  Adam  Schall,  a  German  by 
birth,  but  a  consummate  Jesuit,  be- 
came a  mandarin  of  the  first  order, 
and  president  of  the  tribunal  of  math- 
ematics at  Peking.  The  emperors  of 
China  were  never  before  used  to 
leave  their  palace,  on  any  occasion 

138 


; 


whatc 

ror  p! 

visits 

birtlu 

receiv 

lation 

in  the 

great 

admit 

whom 

wardis 

order 

the  ec 

His 

bounc 

ed 

China 

ents 

sion 

cost 

tlie  m 

trate 

pass  o 

uits  V 

Capuc 

Roma 

thy   o 

which 

ger. 


CHI 


CHI 


'  a  Bonze  ;  but 
ces  required  it, 
le  splt^ndor  of  a 
1  labored  assid- 
ly   for  t!»e  con- 
it  court.     Still 
s  were  in  con- 
3  niachiiii'itioiis 
soon    btcume 
lein,  they  were 
beinjr  expelled 
iverted  the  ca- 
Ktates    in    his 
I  by  scattering 
emperor,  and 
j\\o  was  at  the 
of  having  com- 
0  emperor  be- 
iserable  Bonze 
bastinado  upon 
Soon  after,  the 
B  Jesuits    still 
nez,    a  Jesuit, 
nor  of  Canton, 
10  terrible  pun- 
d  in  China  27 
king  in  IGIO. 
suits  in  China 
Lhe  first  obsta- 
By  raising  the 
,  to  which  the 
of  sacredness, 
to  which  the 
been  able  to 
lired  an  almost 
They  pene- 
irections,  and 
the  high  and 
Tiie  empress 
onverts,   was 
ite  a  letter  to 
VII.,    in  the 
calling  her- 
worthy,  poor 
tegs  the  Pope, 
1  her  face  to 
r  with  a  look 
je,   expresses 
his  holiness, 
China  some 
&c.,  dated 
i5,  the  Jesuits 
of  glory    in 
German  by 
(  Jesuit,  be- 
!  first  order, 
mal  of  math- 
emperprs  of 
ire   used    to 
Ay  occaiilion 
138 


\ 


whatever.     But  to  Schall,  the  empe- 
ror paid  mure   than  tvenly  personal 
visits,  within  two  yi'ars  !     One  of  his 
birtiidays,    when    lu'  ought   to   have 
received  on  his  thrun(!  the  congratu- 
lations of  his  CDurt,  he  spont  wiioll 
in  the  private  dwelling  of  Schall 
great   number   of  Jesuits    was    now 
admitted    into    the    empire,    among 
whom  was  P.    Vtrbiest,  who   after- 
wards became  a  mandarin  >  if  the  first 
order.      Sciiall    was   entrusted    with 
the  education  of  the  heir  of  the  throne. 
His    influence    seemed    to    have    no 
bounds.     When  the  Dutch  endeavor- 
ed   to   estabhsh    their    counncrce    iu 
China,  and  came  with  immense  pres- 
ents to  the  emperor  to  obtain  permis- 
sion  tc   trarlic   in   his   dominions,  it 
cost  Schall  but  a  word  to  prejudice 
tlie  monarch  against  tliem,  and  frus- 
trate   their    whole    plan  entirely.      I 
pass  over  all  the  q-iarrels  of  the  Jes- 
uits with  the   Dominicans,   and  the 
Capuchins.     They  were  the  ruin  of 
Roman  Catholicism  in  China.     Wor- 
thy  of  notice    is   the    courage   with 
which  the  Jesuits  encountered  dan- 
ger, imprisonment,   and  even  death, 
m  times  of  persecution,  and  the  intr  - 
pidity  with  which  they  often  entered 
the  field  again,  v.hen  it  was  smoking 
with    the    blood    of    their    martyrs. 
Once,  after  a  season  of  persecution, 
four   Jesuits  entered  upon   the  field 
again,  and  were  seized  and  decapitat- 
ed.    After  making  all  due  allowance 
for  the  fact  that  the  Edifiantes  Lettres 
were  written  by  Jesuits,  the  sufferings 
related  in  volumes  II.  and  III.  must 
have   matter  of  fact  at  the   bottom, 
sufficient  to  form  a  considerable  mar- 
tyrology.      Yet  persecution   did   not 
at  first  affect  very  sensibly  their  suc- 
cess in  making  proselytes,  and  would 
never  have  done  them  injury,  if  the 
power  of  truth  had  been  on  their  side. 
The  series  of  calamities  which  at  last 
reduced  Popery   to  the  low  state  in 
which  it  is  at  present,  began  during 
the  lifetime  of  Schall.     He  himself, 
together  with  other  Jesuits,  was  put 
into  chains,  and  though  released  again 
after  some   time,   he  died  from  the 
consequences   of  the   hardships   and 
deprivations  of  his  imprisonment.  To- 
wards the  close  of  the  17th  century, 
the   difficulties  between   the  Jesuits 
and  the  Dominicans  and  Capuchins 
increased,  and  Roman  Catholicism  in 


China  declined  correspondingly.  Per- 
secutions at  last  followed.  After  all 
the  missionaries  were  expelled  from 
the  empire,  some  of  the  Jesui'a  still 
remained  at  Peking  in  the  caoacity  of 
mathematicians,  retained  much  influ- 
ence, and  remained  iu  the  possession 
of  three  houses  in  llie  city,  each  of 
which  afforded  them  tiie  annual  rent 
of  50,000  German  dollars.  In  1780, 
Mr.  Hallerstein,  a  Jesuit  of  Suabia. 
was  yet  a  mandarin  and  president  of 
the  mathematical  tribunal  at  Peking, 

••  From  the  Annals  of  the  Propagan- 
da, the  work  above  mentioned,  it 
appears  that  China  is  by  no  mean* 
given  up  by  them  ;  on  tiie  contrary, 
tlie  efforts  to  reduce  it  to  the  Pope  are 
becoinini;  more  vicrorous  now.  There 
is  still  a  bishop  at  Su-Tshuen,  and 
a  college  at  tlu;  confines  of  the  prov- 
ince (1827).  In  1827  they  sufi'ered 
somewhat,  but  none  of  tlieir  converts 
apostatized.  About  1,1500  leagues  on 
the  north  of  Su-Tshuen,  at  Ycl-Kiang, 
there  are  living  above  2U0  Roman 
Catholic  exiles,  with  four  priests  to 
minister  unto  them.  In  1823,  the 
apostolic  vicar  of  Chancy  sent  a  priest 
there  to  visit  them,  and  strengthen 
tbein  in  the  faith.  The  same  year 
the  emperor  permitted  all  to  return  to 
their  homes,  if  they  would  fiasake 
their  new  religion.  Only  five  indi- 
viduals made  use  of  their  permissiun. 

"  From  the  mission  of  Tong-King, 
the  intelligences  from  1828  state,  that 
the  present  king,  Minli-Menh,  though 
he  does  not  literally  persecute  the 
missionaries,  yet  he  will  not  permit 
any  new  ones  to  enter  into  his  do- 
minions. Those  who  have  been  in 
the  empire  for  some  time,  he  keeps 
in  the  capital  under  his  immediate  in- 
spection, pretending  to  have  Euro- 
pean papers  which  he  wished  them 
to  translate  for  him,  but  probably  to 
send  them  away  as  soon  as  convenient. 
There  are,  at  present,  Mr.  Lenger, 
apostolic  vicar,  and  three  priests,  one 
of  whom,  Mr.  Pouderoux,  embarked 
for  the  mission  in  1827.  The  mission 
prospers  in  spite  of  all  these  hindran- 
ces. In  1825,  they  baptized  21)7  indi- 
viduals, and  in  1826,  1,006.  The 
number  of  ecclesiastical  functions 
performed,  at  that  single  mission, 
during  one  year,  will  give  us  an  idea 
of  the  prosperity  of  the  mission,  and 
the  activity  of  the  missionaries.    Ii| 

139 


•      f   i 

i 


CHI 


CHI 


!  f 


1826,  they  baptized  children  of  bcliev- 
lera,  3,237,  and  of  unbelievers,  about 
1000, — adults,  1,00G;  confirmed  bap- 
tiiima,  administered  by  catechists  or 
Christiana,  during  the  absence  of  a 
priest,  5,3()r) ;  heard  confessions,  177.- 
456;  administered  the  conmiunion 
78 ,()92  times ;  viatic),  1,303;  extreme 
unctions,  2,706;  the 3;  had  maniages, 
1)43,  and  confirmations,  3,i)41."  (From 
a  letter  of  Mr.  Messon,  missionaiy  at 
Bon-Bang,  Marcii  25f.h,  1827.) 

CHINDATREPETTAH,  a  suburb 
of  Madras,  soutiiern  India. 

CHINGLEPUT,  a  village  in  the 
Tinnevelly  district,  in  the  presidency 
of  Madras,  East  Indies.  Here  is  a 
school,  with  38  scholars. 

CHINSURAH,  a  town  of  Hin- 
doostan,  in  Bengal,  with  a  fortress, 
it  stands  on  tlie  W.  bank  of  the 
Hoogly,  22  m.  N.  of  Calcutta.  The 
principal  houses  are  built  of  brick, 
with  terraced  roofs,  in  the  Moorish 
style.  In  consequence  of  a  conven- 
tion entered  into  on  the  part  of  his 
Britannic  Majesty  with  the  King  of 
the  Netherlands,  it  was  ceded  to  the 
English  in  1825. 

The  Rev.  Robert  May,  who  was 
sent  out  by  the  L.  M.  S.,  with  a  view 
of  aiding  the  mission  rJ  Vizigapatnm, 
especially  in  the  tuition  of  children, 
for  v/hicli  he  had  a  peculiar  tnlent, 
was  enabled,  after  a  long  detention 
in  America,  to  proceed  to  India.  He 
landed  at  Calcutta,  Nov.  21st,  1812, 
and,  by  a  peculiar  concurrence  of  cir- 
cumstances, was  led  to  settle  Jit  Chin- 
surah.  Soon  .after  entering  on  his 
labors,  he  was  bereaved  of  Mrs.  May. 
In  1816,  the  number  of  schools 
under  Mr.  May's  care  was  30,  in 
which  there  were  more  than  2(500 
children.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Pearson, 
who  was  highly  qualified  for  the 
work,  was  afterwards  sent  out  to  his 
assistance  ;  and  he  was  also  joined 
by  an  European,  Mr.  Harle,  who  was 
fully  approved  by  Mr.  Townley  and 
himself,  to  assist  in  the  superintend- 
ence of  these  seminaries.  In  the  be- 
nevolent effort  still  further  to  extend 
the  means  of  instruction,  Mr.  May 
finished  his  earthly  career.  Mr. 
Pearson  received  from  the  inhabitants 
a  writen  request  to  perform  the  duties 
,of  the  settlement  church,  which  he 
accepted.  With  vigor  and  success, 
^0,  with  his  colleague,  Mr.  Harle, 


carried  on  the  schools  ;  and  into  one 
or  two  of  them  the  British  system 
was  introduced,  in  which  it  approach- 
ed the  perfection  exhibited  in  Engla  d 
in  schools  conducted  on  the  same 
principle. 

Messrs.  Townley  and  Hampson, 
who  visited  the  schools  at  Chinsurah 
and  its  vicinity  in  181!>,  reported,  that 
tliey  were  in  tiie  most  prosperous 
state  ;  and,  of  the  schools  at  Banki- 
poor,  under  the  particular  superin- 
tendence of  Mr.  Harle,  their  account 
was  equally  favorable. 

In  addition  to  thse  engagements, 
the  missionaries  were  variously  oc- 
cupied. 

Mr.  Pearson  established  a  printing 
press,  partlv  under  the  patronage  of 
Calcutta  School  S. ,  the  profits  of  which 
he  designed  to  devote  to  the  Bengal 
A.  M.  S.  During  the  summer  of 
1821,  his  health  suffered  interruption, 
but  a  short  voyage  in  the  Bay  of 
Bengal  was  the  means  of  his  restora- 
tion. During  his  absence,  his  place 
was  filled  by  Mr.  Trawin,  of  Calcutta. 
In  the  previous  spring,  Mr.  George 
Mundy  arrived  at  this  station.  At 
this  period  the  Bengalee  boys  in  the 
school  manifested  a  laudable  and 
highly  useful  spirit  of  improvement. 
There  was  also  prevalent  among 
them  a  strong  desire  to  learn  I^nglish  ; 
and,  in  order  to  attain  this  object,  they 
appeared  to  be  willing  to  read  the 
Scriptures,  or  any  other  book.  Mr. 
Pearson,  aware  of  the  importance  of 
meeting  this  disposition,  compiled  a 
grammar  and  vocabulary,  in  Bengalee 
and  English,  with  a  view,  when  they 
were  printed,  to  open  an  English 
school,  in  which  the  reading  of  the 
Scriptures  should  be  indisjjensable ; 
and,  by  this  method,  he  hoped  to  pave 
the  way  for  their  introduction  into  all 
the  native  schools. 

The  native  schools  at  this  station 
were  visited  by  many  respectable 
individuals  of  intelligence  and  dis- 
cernment, who  highly  admired  their 
economy  ;  and  regarded  them  as  mod- 
els for  all  schools  of  this  description. 
The  manner  in  which  they  were  con- 
ducted, met  also  with  the  entire  ap- 
probation of  his  Excellency,  Mr. 
Overbeck,  the  Dutch  governor  of 
Chinsurah,  by  whose  liberality,  on 
the  part  of  his  government,  they  were 
supported. 

140 


I 


Bri''ga| 
be  p/iJ 
Relil 
extensl 
dajr  pc 
cation^ 
Connel 
religiol 


CHI 


CHI 


;  and  into  one 
Uritisli  system 
ich  it  nnproach- 
itcd  in  Enffla  d 

on    the 


sanw 


uid  Hampson, 
s  at  Chinsurah 
.  reported,  that 
•st  prosperous 
ools  at  Bnnki- 
cular  superin- 
,  tlieir  account 

engagements, 
variously  oc- 

led  a  printing 

])atronage  of 

rofits  of  wliich 

0  the   Bengal 
?   summer  of 

interruption. 

1  the  Bay    of' 
f  his  restora- 
ice,  his  place 
I,  of  Calcutta. 

Mr.  George 
station.      At 

boys  in  tlje 
ludable  and 
nprovement. 
lent  among 
irn  English  ; 
i  object,  tho}' 
to  read   tiie 

bock.     Mr. 
iportance  of 

compiled  a 
in  Bengalee 
,  when  they 
an  English 
ding  of  the 
ispen  sable ; 
ped  to  pave 
Lion  into  all 

ihis  station 
respectable 
P   and   dis- 
nired   their 
pm  as  mod- 
lescription. 
were  con- 
ontire  ;ip- 
ncy,     Mr. 
vernor    of 
rality,  on 
they  were 

140 


Tlie  Chinsurah  schools  were  gra- 
tuitously supplied  with  books  by  the 
Calcutta  School  Book  Society,  who 
ordered  lOOU  copies  of  Mr.  Pearson's 
B'"i''galee  and  English  Grammar  to 
be  p/inted  at  their  sole  expense. 

Religious  books,  in  Bengalee,  were 
extensively  circulated,  and  scarcely  a 
day  passed  without  numerous  appli- 
cations for  them  at  the  mission-house. 
Connected  with  the  circulation  of 
religious  tracts,  the  brethren  sent 
copies  of  tile  "  Gospel  Magazine," 
published  at  Calcutta,  to  between  20() 
and  liOO  respectable  natives  of  the 
town  ;  and  they  intended  to  pursue 
the  same  plan  every  month.  It  was 
understood  that  the  magazines  were 
very  generally  read. 

In  IcSyO,  a  bungalow  chapel  was 
erected  on  the  outside  of  one  of  the 
gates  of  tlie  town.  Here,  or  on  the 
road -side,  the  missionaries  daily  took 
their  stand.  Mr.  Pearson  thus  de- 
scribes the  plan  pursued  in  the  eve- 
ning native  service  at  the  bungalow 
chapel,  which  he  considered  as  replete 
with  important  adv^anta^es. 

"  On  a  raised  part  of  the  floor  we 
place  a  table,  a  stool,  and  a  candle- 
stick ;  one  of  us  sits  down,  and  the 
people  coming  in,  take  their  seats 
aJso  on  stools  and  benches,  in  front, 
and  on  either  side.  The  missionary 
opens  tile  Bible,  reads,  expounds,  and 
prays  ;  then,  sitting  down  again, 
converses  with  his  hearers  on  what 
has  been  considered.  Aflerwards 
tracts  are  distributed  among  those 
who  can  read.  Often,"  continues 
Mr  P.  "  do  I  think  I  could  sit  and 
jn  orse  thus  night  and  day !  All 
is,  as  it  were,  clear  gain.  Independ- 
ently of  the  good  which,  by  the  bless- 
ing of  God,  we  may  expect  will  ac- 
crue to  the  people,  here  is  rapid  im- 
provement in  the  language  ;  in  the 
knowledge  of  the  popular  objections, 
with  the  mode  of  refuting  them  ;  and, 
best  of  all,  in  the  exercise  of  faith  and 
lore  ;  for  we  find  that  hard  words,  or 
hard  arguments,  if  alone,  will  do  just 
as  much  as  hard  stones  towards  mak- 
ing men  Christians."  Mr.  P.  adds, 
"  Mr.  Townley  is  now  looking  out 
for  another  spot  of  ground  within  the 
gates,  where  it  is  intended  to  pursue 
tlie  same  plan  of  native  instruction." 
In  1821 ,  an  additional  native  school 
conjinenced  at  a  village  called  Khon- 


nian  ;  the  expense  of  which  was  de- 
frayed by  his  Highness  the  Rajah  of 
Burdwan.  The  active  exertions  of 
Mr.  Pearson,  in  this  department,  also 
received  the  express  approbation  of 
his  Excellency  the  Marquis  of  Hast* 
ings.  Mr.  Towuley,  who  had  re- 
moved from  Calcutta  in  consequence 
of  illness,  now  assisted  the  missiona- 
ries in  their  labors,  and  a  native  fe- 
male school  was  opened  in  a  room 
of  the  fort,  kindly  assigned  by  the 
Dutch  governor  for  tlie  purpose, 
under  the  superintendance  of  Mrs. 
Townley  and  Mrs.  Mundy.  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Townley,  in  conseepience  of  the 
very  unfavorable  state  of  Mrs.  T.'s 
health,  were,  however,  soon  after 
compelled  to  leave  India;  and  arrived 
in  England,  April  17th,  1)?23.  In 
1824,  the  mission  was  prospering — 
the  schools  were  well  attended — the 
preaching  of  the  Gospel  was  confin- 
ed in  four  bungalow  chapels,  and  the 
number  of  school  publications  in  Ben- 
galee, prepared  by  Mr.  Pearson,  had 
increased  to  12.  The  contributions 
of  the  Chinsurah  brar  zh  of  the  Cal- 
cutta A.M.  .S.,  for  one  year,  amounted 
to  rupees  773.  2.  3. 

The  indifferent  state  of  Mr.  Pear- 
son's health  rendered  a  visit  to  Eng- 
land necessary,  Avhere  he  arrived  on 
the  8th  April,  1824. 

At  the  close  of  the  year,  the  Rev. 
John  Edmonds  and  Mrs.  Edmonds 
arrived  at  Chinsurah,  to  the  jiy  of 
Mr.  Mundy,  who  oTeatly  required  aid 
in  the  business  of  the  mission,  and 
was  deeply  suffering  from  the  loss  of 
Mrs.  Mundy,  who  departed  this  life 
afler  a  short  illness,  on  the  30th  of 
the  preceding  July.  This  pleasure 
was,  unhappily,  of  short  duration. 
Mrs.  Edmonds  being  incapable  of 
bearing  the  climate,  Mr.  E.  was  re- 
luctantly obliged  to  return  with  her 
to  England,  which  they  reached, 
March  29,  1827.  Mr.  Pearson,  who 
embarked  on  his  return  to  India  on 
the  20th  of  June,  arrived  safe  at 
Chinsurah,  and  resumed  the  supeis 
inlendauce  of  the  native  schools. 

The  Rev.  A.  F.  Lacroix,  formerly 
of  the  Netherlands  Society,  the  com- 
mittee of  which  had  deemed  it  expe- 
dient to  relinquish  their  missions  in 
this  part  of  the  world,  was  recently 
received  into  connexion  with  the  L. 
M.  S.,  and  will,  for  the  present  at 

HI 


;■    f 


:■  K!l 


4^: 


i^ii' 


CHI 

least,  act  in  concert  with  its  mission- 
aries at  tills  station,  where  lie  liad  for 
several  years  previouslv  labored. 

The  inliabitants  of  Chinsunih  are 
now  30,000.  J.  Pearson,  and  T.  R. 
Pliggs,  missionaries.  Mr.  H.  arrived 
in  October,  1^30.  Mr.  Lacroix  has 
removed  to  Kidderpore.  Mr.  11.  as 
soon  as  he  has  acquired  tiie  languai^e, 
will  devote  himself  to  the  superin- 
tendance  of  the  jiovernment  and 
mission  scliools,  the  preparation  ol 
school  boolcs.  Subscriptions  to  tiie 
amount  of  GOOO  rupees  have  been 
raised  for  the  erection  of  a  new  ciiap- 
el.  The  government  schools  continue 
to  be  14  in  number ;  in  3  mission 
schools  there  are  300  boys. 

CHIPPEWAYS.     See  Ojibwaijs. 

CHITPORE,  a  village  in  the  north 
part  of  Calcutta.  The  C  K.  S.  has 
recently  established  a  promising  na- 
tive school  here. 

Chitpore  is  now  an  outstation  of 
the  ft.  M.  S.  where,  with  several  other 
villages,  Mr.  G.  Pearce  holds  regular 
services. 

CHITTAGONG,  a  district  in  the 
S.  E.  part  of  Bengal,  Hindoostan  ; 
extending  120  m.  by  25  average 
breadth;  separated  from  Birmah,  E., 
by  a  range  of  mountainous  forests  ; 
the  Bay  of  Bengal  is  on  the  W.,  230 
m.  E.  Calcutta.  It  was  ceded  to  the 
British  in  1700,  who  have  here  a 
military  force,  and  a  civil  establish- 
ment. The  inhabitants  are  Moham- 
medans, Plindoos,  and  Mugs,  with  a 
few  Portuguese,  amounting  in  all  to 
about  1 ,200,000.  The  Mugs  fled  from 
the  tyranny  of  the  Birman  govern- 
ment. 

They  resemble  the  Birmans  in  lan- 
guage and  manners  ;  have  no  caste  ; 
and  are  intelligeat,  frank,  and  kind. 
They  occupy  the  country  S.  of  Chit- 
tagong,  for  about  100  m.  to  Ramoo. 

Chittagonir  or  Islamabad,  a  town 
and  capital  of  the  district  of  the  same 
name,  on  the  river  Chittagong,  about 
12  m.  from  the  Bay  of  Bengal.  E. 
long.  91"  45',  N.  lat.  28°  20'.  Two 
divisions  of  tlie  town  are  occupied  by 
Portuguese  Catholics,  who  have  two 
chapels,  but  are  very  ignorant.  The 
proportion  of  Mohammedans  is  large, 
and  their  mosques  are  numerous, 
while  the  Hindoo  temples  are  few. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  De  Bruyn,  from  the 
Bap,  M.  i>.,  commenced  laboring  here 


CHI 

in  1M12,  with  very  encouraging  suc- 
cess, especially  among  tite  Slugs. 
'J'he  great  enemy  of  souls,  however, 
beheld  with  an  evil  eye  these  attempts 
to  rescue  from  his  grasp  those  over 
wliom  he  had  long  tyrannized  without 
opposition,  and  meditated  a  blow  in 
a  way  little  expected.  A  young  man 
wliom  Mr.  de  Bruyn  had  taken  into 
his  liouse,  and  treated  as  a  son,  being 
reproved  by  him  for  improper  conduct 
with  more  sev'Tity  ♦har.  usual,  Satan 
so  inflamed  the  passions  of  tiiis  head- 
strong youth,  that  seizing  a  knife,  lie 
plunged  it  into  tlie  side  of  his  bene- 
factor and  friend ;  wlio,  after  lan- 
guishing a  day  and  a  niglit,  expired  ; 
not,  however,  before  he  had  writtt'n 
to  the  judge  of  the  court,  excusing 
tlie  rash  deed  of  his  murderer,  and 
entreating  that  he  might  not  be  pun- 
ished. Although  the  infant  church 
suffered  so  great  a  loss,  it  was  not 
left  entirely  destitute.  A  young  man, 
named  Rereiro,  who  had  been  among 
the  first  baptized  by  Mr.  de  Bruyn, 
exerted  himself  so  far  as  possible  to 
supply  the  deficiency,  until  the  arri- 
val of  Mr.  Peacock,  in  1818,  who  was 
chiefly  employed  as  superintendant 
of  the  schools.  In  the  early  part  of 
the  year,  Mr.  Ward,  from  Serampore, 
visited  Chittagong,  and  baptized  7 
converts,  which  raised  the  number  of 
members  to  100. 

On  the  death  of  Mr.  Peacock,  m 
1820,  Mr.  Johannes,  who  was  educat- 
ed in  the  Benevolent  Institution,  pro- 
ceeded to  this  station.  At  this  period 
the  church  consisted  of  150  members, 
residing  in  four  or  five  villages.  The 
care  of  it  subsequently  devolved  on 
the  Rev.  Mr.  Fink,  tie  was  aided  in 
his  efforts  by  G  native  itinerants,  but 
considerable  opposition  arose.  One 
chieftain,  in  particular,  was  so  hostile, 
that  he  would  neither  suffer  Mr.  F. 
to  enter  his  petty  domain,  nor  allow 
his  people  to  leave  it  for  the  sake  of 
hearing  him. 

War,  with  all  its  attendant  evils, 
has  been  permitted,  since  that  time, 
to  ravage  the  district  of  Chittagong, 
and  to  disperse  the  numerous  church 
formed  there  among  the  Mugs.  Still 
they  have  retained  their  attachment 
to  the  means  of  grace ;  and,  since  the 
conclusion  of  peace  between  the  Bir- 
mese  and  our  Indian  government, 
these  poor  people,  who  were  originally 

143 


fcMta 


jurajrinnr  suc- 
f  the  Mugs, 
lis,  however, 
hese  attciiiptfi 
p  those  over 
iiized  without 
'd  a  blow  in 
V  j'oung  man 
d  taken  into 
I  a  son,  being 
oper conduct 

usual,  Satun 
of  this  head- 
g  a  knife,  lie 
of  liis  bene- 
>,  after  lah- 
ftit,  expired  ; 

liad  written 
irt,  excusing 
urderer,  and 

not  be  pun- 
ifant  church 
,  it  WHS  not 

young  man, 
been  among 
'.  do  Bruyn, 
3  possible  to 
itil  the  arri- 
18,  who  was 
lerintendant 
arly  part  of 

Serampore, 

baptized  7 
i  number  of 

Peacock,  m 
was  educat- 
tution,  pro- 

this  period 
0  members, 
ages.  The 
evolved  on 
as  aided  in 
erants,  but 
ose.      One 

so  hostile, 
ferMr.  F. 

nor  allow 
the  sake  of 

lant  evils, 
that  time, 
'hittagong, 
us  church 
igs.  Still 
ttachment 
since  the 
a  the  Bir- 
i^ernment, 
originally 

114;^ 


'A 


CHI 

refugees  from  the  neighboring  prov- 
ince of  Arracan,  now  ceded  to  the 
British,  have  returned  thither  in  a 
body,  with  their  pastor  at  their  head. 
Thus,  in  a  most  unexpected  way,  a 
new  and  easy  access  is  obtained  into 
tlie  Birman  empire ;  and,  from  the 
relative  position  of  that  country  to 
China,  it  seems  not  all  improbable 
tJiat,  ere  long,  the  extensive  frontier 
of  that  vast  and  populous  region,  may 
bo  laid  open  to  the  Gospel. 

At  present  tlio  church  is  small. 
The  station  is,  notwithstanding,  ex- 
ceedingly interesting,  chiefly  from  the 
promising  character  c)f  the  ticncrolent 
Inslitiition,  under  the  care  of  Mr. 
Johannes.  This  school,  which  is  on 
tlie  Lancasterian  model,  furnishes  the 
means  of  a  plain  English,  and  a 
Christian  education  to  about  140  poor 
children,  principally  of  low  Portu- 
guese families,  which  abound  in  Chit- 
t.igong.  Tlu'  temporal  benefits  which 
the  children  receive  from  being  edu- 
cated in  the  school,  are  so  great  and 
manifest,  that  the  people  continue  to 
send  them,  in  spit^  of  the  warnings 
and  solicitations  of  their  priests.  And 
the  spiritual  benefit  received  with- 
draws many  from  the  dark  and  mis- 
erable thraldom  of  popery,  and  makes 
tliem  spiritual  worshippers  of  the  liv- 
ing and  true  God.  An  interesting 
society  has  been  formed  among  these 
youths  for  prayer  and  mutual  exhort- 
ation on  religious  subjects,  and  they 
have,  by  subscription,  raised  a  con- 
venient house  for  holding  their  meet- 
ings, and  are  collecting  a  small  library 
for  their  improvement  in  knowledge. 
Mr.  Johannes  preaches  in  his  school- 
room every  Lord's  day,  first  in  Ben- 
galee, and  then  in  English.  At  the 
former  service  the  masters  of  several 
native  schools,  and  a  number  of  their 
scholars,  attend,  with  many  other  per- 
sons ;  and  at  the  latter,  the  children 
of  the  Benevolent  Institution,  with  a 
number  who  have  formerly  been  edu- 
cated in  it,  and  some  families  con- 
nected with  the  army.  Mr.  Johannes 
also  goes  out  to  different  places  to 
preach  the  Gospel  publicly,  both  on 
Babbaths  and  on  other  days  of  the 
week,  and  meets  generally  with  a 
respectful  reception ;  and  instances 
frequently  occur  of  persons,  v/ho  have 
been  his  hearers  on  such  occasions, 
•ailing  for  further  conversation.    He 


CilO 

receives  no  emolument  as  a  mission- 
ary, but  draws  his  salary  from  the 
funds  of  the  Benevolent  Institution. 

Mr.  Johannes  continues  his  labors 
amon^  heathens  and  Mussulmans,  at 
the  jails,  and  in  the  streets,  and  mar- 
kets, but  without  decided  fruit,  though 
many  listen  to  the  message.  English 
services,  frequently  thrice  a  week  are 
well  attended.  An  English  school 
ofl'^O  boys  maintains  a  steady  pro- 
gres-s.  In  y  native  boys'  schools 
there  ari>  b2  scholars,  and  in  2  girls' 
schools,  88. 

CHITTOOR,  a  town  of  Hindoos- 
tan,  on  the  W.  frontiers  of  the  Car- 
natic,  chief  of  a  strong  hilly  district. 
!t  is  82  m.  W.  by  N.  Madras;  E. 
long.  7UO  10',  N.  hit.  IG'^  l.V,  10,000 
inhabitants. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jennings, 
appointed  by  the  L.  M.  S.  have  la- 
bored at  this  station.  Messrs.  Crisp 
and  Taylor  engaged  to  visit  this 
promising  field  alternately,  every  4 
months,  until  the  arrival  of  the  mis- 
sionary. 

Mr.  Crisp  commenced  these  peri- 
odical visits  in  the  early  part  of  ItiiG, 
and,  during  his  stay,  formed,  in  com- 
pliance with  their  own  request,  a 
number  of  native  Christians  belonging 
to  the  place  (converts  from  paganism 
and  Mohammedanism)  into  a  Chris- 
tian church.  He  also  administered 
to  them  the  Lord's  Supper  (on  which 
occasion  70  members  were  present)  ; 
preached  both  to  the  native  Christians 
and  the  European  residents  ;  baptized 
40  natives,  including  children,  and 
married  1 1  native  couples.  Two  large 
native  schools,  one  for  boys,  and  the 
other  for  girls,  h.ave  been  established, 
and  are  supported  at  the  charge  of 
respectable  European  residents,  who 
propose  to  erect,  at  their  sole  expense, 
a  chapel  for  the  rrssionary. 

The  Rev.  Henry  Harper,  the  chap- 
lain at  this  station  (C.  M.  S.),  actively 
superintended  the  schools  for  about 
3  years,  till  his  removal  to  Hydrabad, 
and  was  otherwise  instrumental  of 
much  good.  On  the  first  of  June, 
1831,  Mr.  Jennings  departed  to  his 
eternal  rest,  universally  lamented. 

CHOCTAWS,  a  tribe  of  Indians, 
whose  country  extends  from  the 
Tombigbee  R.  on  the  east  to  the  Mis- 
sissippi R.  on  the  west,  and  from  the 
Chicksaw  country  on  the  north  to  the 

143 


^■:i: 


1 


CHO 

settlements  of  the  state  of  Mis- 
sissippi on  tlie  south.  Its  entire 
length  is  about  150  m.,  and  its  breadth 
about  14U  in.  Its  average  extent  is 
much  less,  embraciwfr  r!  out  7,n(M),(KM> 
acres.  Their  territoiy  wa«»  tbrnieriy 
much  larger.  The  rir>pul.ation  is 
about  20,00U,  thirty  years  ago  their 
number  was  probably  30,0(K).  They 
are  divided  into  2  classes  which  em- 
brace the  whole  tribe.  Membt'rs  of 
the  same  class  never  intermarry,  so 
that  the  husband  and  wife  always 
belong  to  dirterent  classes,  and  the  chil- 
dren ^long  to  the  cla^s  of  the  mothers. 
Their  traditions  are  very  vague  and 
uncertain.  They  retain  some  faint 
idea  of  a  superior  being,  but  they 
have  no  conception  of  a  being  purely 
spiritual.  They  have  no  word  in 
their  language  to  denote  a  spiritual 
existence.  Thoy  anciently  regarded 
the  sun  as  a  god.  They  did  not  ac- 
knowledge a  superintending  provi- 
dence, ottered  no  sacrifice,  engaged 
in  no  worship.  When  the  inquiry  has 
been  made,  "  Did  you  ever  think  of 
God .''"  They  answer,  "  How  can  we 
think  of  him,  of  whom  we  know 
nothing."  Witchcrail  formerly  was 
believed  and  occasioned  great  terror 
and  the  loss  of  many  lives.  They 
were  generally  indolent  and  much 
addicted  to  drunkenness.  Rev.  E. 
Cornelius  late  Secretary  of  the  ^.  B. 
C.  F.  M.,  visited  their  nation  during 
the  winter  and  spring  of  1817 — lb, 
and  opened  the  way  for  the  establish- 
ment of  a  mission.  Rev.  Cyrus 
Kingsbury,  with  Mr.  L.  S.  Williams, 
who  had  been  engaged  in  establishing 
a  mission  among  the  Cherokees,  ar- 
rived at  the  place  since  called  Elliot, 
in  remembrance  of  the  Rev.  John 
ElUot,  on  the  27tli  of  June,  1818.  It 
was  then  an  unbroken  forest.  They 
were  joined  soon  by  other  helpers, 
and  proceeded  to  erect  the  necessary 
buildings,  and,  (though  severely  af- 
flicted with  sickness,  and  tried  in 
other  ways,)  to  open  the  school  with  10 
scholars,  on  the  19th  of  the  next  April. 
The  Choctaws  manifested  much  in- 
terest in  the  success  of  the  mission. 
They  also  gave  in  behalf  of  the  na- 
tion an  annuity  due  to  them  from  the 
government  of  the  United  States, 
amounting  to  $6,000  a  year  for  16 
years,  beginning  with  the  year  1821. 
Other  slAtions   were  occupied,  and 


CHO 

schools  opened  as  soon  as  circum- 
stances would  permit ;  at  which  the 
Board  have  furnished  the  gratuitous 
services  of  33  men,  and  33  women, 
whose  average  term  of  labor  has  been 
more  than  (i  years  each.  Of  the  men 
employed,  5  were  preachers,  12  school- 
teachers, 8  farmers,  7  mechanics,  1 
physician.  Schools  have  been  open- 
ed and  taught  at  13  stations — In  1831, 
the  following  statement  was  furnish- 


Stations. 

Elliot 

Mayhew 

Goshen 

Enimaus 

Juzon's 

Hebron 

Yoknokchaya 

Hikashubbaha 

Total        8 


J^o  of  Scholars. 

44 
64 
99 
33 
15 
37 
28 
10 

250 


Besides  those  pupils  mentioned  in 
the  table  as  attending  the  schools  at 
the  various  stations,  a  large  number 
have  been  instructed  by  the  mission- 
aries, or  under  their  direction,  in  va- 
rious Indian  villages.  In  1830,  528 
were  instructed,  of  whom  but  278 
were  taught  at  the  schools.  Sabbath 
schools  have  been  taught  at  all  the 
stations.  The  Choctaw  language  has 
been  acquired  by  several  of  the  teach* 
ers  and  missionaries^  its  orthography 
settled,  and  the  words  first  reduced  to 
writing  by  them.  Seven  distinct  books 
of  an  elementary  character,  among 
which  are  a  book  of  hymns,  an 
abridgement  of  the  gospels,  and  a 
book  on  the  Old  Testament  history, 
have  been  prepared  by  them  in  this 
language,  and  printed,  amounting  to 
10,0U()  copies,  and  1,180,000  pages. 
The  civilization  of  the  tribe  has  ad- 
vanced rapidly.  Strict  laws  have 
been  made  against  the  introduction  of 
intoxicating  liquors,  and  till  recently 
were  vigorously  enforced.  The  first 
Christian  church  nniong  the  Choe- 
taws  was  organized  at  Elliot,  in  March 
1819.  Churches  were  organized  at 
Mayhew,  Bethel,  Goshen,  and  Em- 
maus,  soon  after.  A  general  revival 
of  religion  wa*  experienced  in  1828, 
and  in  1829.  Nearly  400  persons 
have  since  united  with  the  churches. 
The  whole  number  of  persons  belong* 

144 


ing  till 


) 


CHR 


CIIR 


loon  as  circum- 
t;  at  which  the 
1  the  gratuitous 
and  33  women, 
>t'  labor  has  been 
ch.  Of  the  men 
icherH,]i>  school- 
7  mechanics,  1 
tiave  been  open- 
ations — In  1831, 
nt  was  furnish- 


'o  of  Scholars. 
44 
64 
89 
S3 
15 
37 
28 
10 

250 

I  mentioned  in 
:  the  schools  at 

large  number 
y  the  miBsion- 
irection,  in  va- 
in 1830,  528 
^honi   but  278 
3ols.     Sabbath 
ght  at  all  the 
V  language  has 
ilof  the  teach. 
s  orthography 
irst  reduced  to 
I  distinct  books 
•acter,   among 
r    hymns,   an 
jspels,   and   a 
iment  history, 

them  in  this 
amounting  to 
SO, 000   pages. 

tribe  has  ad- 
it laws  have 
itrod action  of 

till  recently 
d.     The  first 
{  the   Choe- 
liot,  in  March 
organized  at 
n,   and  Em- 
neral  revival 
iced  in  1828, 
400  persons 
he  churches, 
sons  belong- 
144 


ing  to  the  Choctaw  nation  under  the 
care  of  the  Board,  at  the  beginning 
of  IHIVi,  (exclusive  of  the  iiiisHiim 
families,  and  such  as  iiad  apoHta- 
tized)  was  about  300.  Baptized  chil- 
dren 244.  The  Choctaws  entered 
into  a  treaty  with  the  United  States, 
in  Sept.  IH:{0,  by  which  they  ceded 
their  present  country  and  agreed  to 
remove  to  lands  owned  by  them  west 
of  the  Arkansas  territory.  Consider- 
able progress  has  already  been  made 
in  the  removal.  A  portion  of  the 
people  have  request(>d  tiuit  the  mis- 
sionaries may  accompany  them.  Dur- 
ing the  past  year  the  Choctaws  have 
been  in  a  state  of  great  agitation  and 
distress,  and  the  operatit)n8  of  the 
mission  have  been  much  iuipeded. 

ClIOOKE,  a  village  near  Bombay. 
Rev.  C.  P.  Farrar,  of  the  C.  M.  S.  has 
a  school  here  containing  30  children. 

CHOSClfLJT,  a  horde  of  Calmuck 
Tartars,  among  whom,  Mr.  Loos,  of 
the  U.  H.  M.  lal)ored  for  some  time. 

CHRISTOPHER,  ST.,  or  St. 
Kitt's,  one  of  the  Caribbee  Islands, 
in  the  W.  Indies,  GO  m.  W.  Antigua. 
It  is  10  m.  long,  and  G  broad,  with 
high  mountains  in  the  middle,  whence 
rivulets  flow.  Between  the  moun- 
tains are  dreadful  rocks,  horrid  preci- 
pices, and  thick  woods ;  and  in  the 
S.  W.  parts  hot  sulphureous  springs 
at  the  foot  of  them.  Tlie  produce  is 
chiefly  sugar,  cotton,  ginger,  indigo, 
and  the  tropical  fruits. 

The  natural  strength  of  the  island 
is  such,  that  a  garrison  of  2000  effec- 
tive troops  would  render  it  impregna- 
ble to  a  formidable  invasion.  It  was 
first  discovered,  in  1493,  by  Coluuibus, 
who  gave  it  his  own  Christian  name. 

The  first  English  settlement  was 
formed  in  1G20.  For  several  years, 
the  aboriginal  inhabitants  lived  on 
friendly  terms  with  the  settlers,  and 
supplied  them  with  provisions,  till 
the  planters  seized  their  lands. — Afler 
a  severe  conflict,  in  which  many  of 
the  Caribbees  were  inhumanly  mur- 
dered, they  were  driven  from  the 
island. 

It  was  in  the  possession  of  the 
French  and  English,  alternately,  till 
1763,  when  it  was  permanently  re- 
stored to  Great  Britain.  The  chief 
towns  are  Basseterre  and  Sandy 
Point.  Inhabitants,  20,000,  a  large 
proportion  of  whom  are  slaves  and 
N 


colnred  people.     The  N.  point  lies  in 
VV.  long.  G'2^  47',  N.  iat.  17    --'7'. 

The  I',  li.  in  Antigua  having  been 
repeatedly  Holicited  to  extend  their 
missionary  labors  to  this  island,  Mes- 
srs. Birkby  and  (iotwald  were  sent 
thither  in  June,  1777. 

Having  hired  a  hou.se  in  the  town 
of  llii^sftt  rrc,  they  commenced  preach- 
ing to  the  negroes  ;  but,  thougii  these 
attended  inconsiderable  nuuiliers,  and 
the  brethren  were  countenanced  in 
tiieir  undertaking  by  many  of  tin'  pro- 
prietors, the  progress  of  the  Gosjm;! 
was  coniiiarativfly  slow;  as,  in  1784, 
.sevt'n  years  from  the  first  establish- 
ment of  the  mission,  the  number  of 
converts  scarcely  exceeding  40. 

In  1785,  the  brethren  purchased  a 
piece  of  ground  for  the  establishment 
of  a  regular  settlement,  and  the  place 
of  worship  which  they  now  erected 
was  so  numerously  attended,  that  a 
more  spacious  church  soon  became 
indispensably  necessary.  This  was 
accordingly  completed  in  17tiO:  tlie 
believing  negroes  not  only  assisted  in 
the  work  by  manual  labor,  but  also 
aided  it  by  pecuniar}'  contributions. 
On  the  day  of  consecration,  1  <  j)er- 
sons  were  baptized,  and,  3  who  had 
previously  belonged  to  other  denom- 
inations, were  admitti'd  as  members 
of  the  church.  The  number  of  bap- 
tized persons,  at  this  time,  amounted 
to  27!>,  besides  about  80  c  itechumens. 

A  sacred  flame  was  now  kindled  in 
the  island,  which  continued  to  spread, 
until,  in  the  course  of  a  few  years, 
the  congregation  consisted  of  2500 ; 
and  the  attendance  on  public  worship 
was  so  numerous,  that  it  was  only  on 
the  week-day  evenings  the  hearers 
could  be  accor.imodaled  within  tlie 
walls  of  the  church  :  on  the  Sabbath, 
when  the  negroes  were  in  the  habit 
of  coming  from  various  distant  plan- 
tations, great  numbers  were  obliged 
to  remain  in  the  open  air  around  the 
building. 

In  1792,  the  town  of  Basseterre  was 
visited  by  a  dreadful  inundation  ;  and 
a  hurricane  which  raged  in  the  en 
suing  autumn,  proved  extremely  da- 
structive  ;  but,  on  each  of  these 
occasions,  the  missionaries  were  mer- 
cifully preserved,  though  their  prem- 
ises sustained  considerable  injury. 
The  work  of  the  Lord  also  continued 
to  prosper,  and,  in  the  course  of  a 

145 


1  >■: 


'•' »  I 


iu  . 


■^ 


I 


•;^ 


CHll 

•horl  time,  they  t»l)taiiu«(l  the  privilege 
of  proaching  to  tlu'  lU'grcH's  un  iiuIohh 
than  50  plantatioaa. 

Thi"  invasioii  ol'  St.  CliristophcrH 
hy  a  FriMicli  rt«'tt,  which  hml  pre- 
viously b»cn  anticipated,  took  pl.ice 
on  tlif  oth  of  Marcli,  IHO,")  ,  when 
General  Balhot  fixed  iiis  head-«jUiirteiH 
in  the  neijrhborhood  <tf  lite  missiona- 
ries, and  Htatiomd  a  guard  of  4  pri- 
vates and  a  corporal  at  the  entrance 
of  their  burial-ground.  A  capitiilu 
tion,  however,  being  agreed  upon. 
the  i'nemy  (piitted  the  island,  aller 
levviiig  a  contiibution,  burning  six 
vessels,  spiking  the  cannon,  and  dv 
stroying  the  powder-inaga7.sn(> ;  and 
the  "brt'thren  were  enabled  to  resume 
tlu'ir  laliors  without  further  fear  of 
interruption. 

For  some  following  years,  no  oc- 
cnrrenee  worthy  of  particular  nar- 
ration luiirked  the  progress  of  tiie 
mission.  Those  who  were  employed 
in  it,  however,  persevered  in  their 
interesting  work  witli  unremitting 
zeal  and  I'aithfiilness  :  the  va'ancies 
occasioned  by  the  death  of  some  of 
their  number,  were  soon  supplied  by 
other  devoted  servants  of  Christ  ; 
and,  in  every  year,  some  of  the  ne- 
groes were  received  into  the  church 
by  baptism,  whilst  others  exchanged 
worlds,  rejoicing  in  the  grace  of  God, 
and  in  the  atonement  of  Christ. 

In  the  year  lf^l!>  a  new  settlement, 
called  Bi'thrsda.  began  to  be  formed 
on  the  Cayon  estate  ;  and  on  the  Sioth 
of  Feb.  It^iil .  the  church  at  that  place 
was  solemnly  consecrated  for  the 
celebration  of  divine  worship  ; — a  cir- 
CTimstance  which  appeared  to  excite 
the  most  fervent  gratitude  in  the 
breasts  of  many  aged  and  infirm 
negioes,  who,  on  account  of  their 
distance  from  Basseterre,  had  previ- 
ously enjoyed  but  few  opportunities 
of  attending,  on  the  Sabbath,  to  hear 
the  word  of  God. 

In  1824,  one  of  the  missionaries  at 
Basseterre  says  : — "  It  affords  us,  in- 
deed, great  comfort  and  encourage- 
ment tliat  our  church  is  generally 
filled  with  attentive  hearers,  and  that 
the  presence  of  our  Lord  and  Saviour 
is  powerfully  felt  when  we  meet  in 
his  name.    The  number  of  this  con- 

gregation  is  about  2000,  besides  about 
)0  new  people.      Those  also  who 
were  formerly  excluded  on  account 


CUR 

of  transjOfressions,  constantly  attend 
the  public  worsliip.  A  great  propor- 
tion of  the  congregation  give  evidence 
that  they  are  children  of  God.  On 
the  first  Sunday  at\er  Master,  those 
who  had  attained  to  diH'erent  privi- 
leges in  the  eliureh,  had,  as  usual,  a 
particular  KH'etiiig  :  \'.\\\  wtTo  baptiz- 
ed, or  received  into  the  congregation 
since  Easter,  \^^*i,\\,  and  72  admitted 
to  partake  of  the  Lord's  Supper.  At 
the  close  of  If^'iT*,  the  congregation 
eonsisted  of  (IMl  communicants,  IWl 
baptized  adults,  ')r)4  rhildren,  404 
candidates  for  baptism  ;  24H  were  ex- 
cluded for  a  time,  but  most  of  them 
still  attended  worship,  and  l)egged  for 
re-admission  :  and  tS/O  new  people  ; 
— in  all.  nearly  Itttdd  souls. 

At  lUtlunda.  (hiring  the  year  1825, 
21?  adults  and  7!>  children  were  bap- 
tized, WW  persons  were  received  int«) 
the  rongreoalion,  17  were  re-admitted, 
('•(I  were  atlmittetl  to  the  holy  com- 
munion. 14!  •  were  can(li<lates  for  bap- 
tism and  reception,  42  had  departed 
this  life,  and  'M  had  been  excluded. 
The  number  of  the  congregation  at 
the  close  of  the  year  was  ;{(i()  com- 
municants, oti'.t  baptized  adults,  27<) 
ehildreu  under  12  years  of  age,  iU3 
(  andidates  for  ba|)tism.  and  about  400 
excluded  and  new  peojile, — in  all 
1858  ;  l(iS  more  than  at  the  close  of 
1821.  At  the  close  of  182!»,  the  con- 
gregation at  Bethesda,  consisted  of  424 
communicants.  ;{78  baptized  adults, 
4(i(i  biptized  children,  with  202  can- 
didates for  baptism,  and  400  new 
jteople  ;  in  nil  187(5.  Intelligence 
from  Basseterre,  in  1830,  was  of  a 
highly  gratifying  nature.  The  com- 
municants gi'iierally  walk  worthy  of 
their  profession,  and  many  poor  ne- 
groes are  experiencing  the  renovating 
influences  of  the  Holy  Spirit. 

In  Jan.  1787,  the  Rev.  Dr.  Coke, 
accompanied  by  the  Rev.  Messrs. 
Baxter,  Clarke,  and  Hammett,  of  the 
W.  S.,  visited  this  island.  Their 
intention,  it  seems,  had,  by  some 
means,  been  communicated  to  the 
inhabitants,  by  several  of  whom  they 
were  received  with  great  cordiality 
and  respect,  and  encouraged  to  com- 
mence their  labors  on  the  very  eve- 
ning of  their  arrival.  After  a  few 
days,  indeed,  both  the  doctor  and  Mr. 
Hammett  were  invited  to  preach  in 
the  court-house  at  Basseterre,  and  6 

146 


or  7  of ( 
town,  ill 
parish,  I 
reripecti| 
very  fa\ 
nicatini 
iHg   thel 
view, 
ry;    an< 
that  Mr  I 
on  the 
ately  tii| 
Basse  te 
small  t(j| 
ised  to  II 
a  place 
occasioil 
of  trutli| 

«'ln 
"  I    aga 
and  had 
sonally 
fits    wl 
introdu( 

had  be 
space  ol 
asai  stall 
700   nie 
whom, 
member 


CHR 


CIIR 


tantly  atteni] 
jfrcat  proper- 
j[ive  f'vidt'ijcc 
)f  God.     On 
KuHttT,  those 
Hl'rcnt  privi- 
1,  118  usual,  a 
\v»To  baptiz- 
cougrrgntion 
7*2  udniittpd 
Supper.     At 
congregation 
nicants,  7:{7 
lildren,    404 
i4(<  were  ex- 
lOHt  of  tlicui 
d  begged  for 
K'W   peo])lc  ; 
i. 

e  year  1825, 
n  were  bap- 
eceived  into 
re-adniitled, 
'  iioly   coin- 
ites  for  hap- 
iid  departed 
1  excluded, 
•regation  at 
>*  'JiiO  com- 
aduKs,  27() 
f>i'  age,  [MS 
■  about  400 
1%— ill    all 
le  close  of 
the  con- 
listed  of  424 
sod  adults, 
202  can- 
400  new 
ntelligence 
was   of  a 
The  corn- 
worthy  of 
poor  ne- 
•enovating 
it. 

Dr.  Coke, 

Messrs. 

lett,  of  the 

B.      Their 

by  some 

d  to  the 

hom  they 

cordiality 

d  to  com- 

very  eve- 

er  a  few 

:  and  Mr. 

>reach  in 

re,  and  6 

46 


or  7  of  the  principal  gentlemen  in  the 
town,  including  tile  clergyman  of  the 
pariwh,  i)olitely  asked  tliem  to  their 
reHjH'ctive  housc«  ;  where  they  had  a 
very  favoralde  opportunity  of  coniniu- 
nicating  their  intentions  and  explain- 
iHg  tiie  objects  which  they  had  in 
view.  These  proved  fully  satisfacto- 
ry ;  and  as  it  was  finally  arranged 
that  Mr.  Hanuuett  should  bestatittned 
on  the  island,  a  hiiu^e  was  iniinedi- 
nU'ly  tiiken  for  his  accouunodation  in 
Uasseterre,  an<l  a  gentleman  at  a 
small  town  called  Sandy  I'oiiit,  prom- 
ised to  use  his  endeavors  for  preparing 
a  place  in  that  neighixirhood  f«)r  the 
occasional  dispensation  of  the  word 
of  truth. 

''In  Feb.  17.t'<>,"  says  Dr.  Coke, 
"  I  again  visited  St.  C^hristopher's, 
and  had  the  satisfaction  of  being  per- 
sonally convinced  of  the  great  bene- 
fits which  had  resulted  from  the 
introducti()f>  of  the  Gospel  into  this 
i».iinfl  Tbe  labors  of  Mr.  llanunett 
had  been  unreuiitting ;  nnd,  in  the 
space  of  two  years,  throuyli  the  divine 
assistance,  ho  had  raised  a  society  of 
700  member-s,  the  greater  part  of 
whom,  I  had  reason  to  believe,  were 
members  of  the  mystical  body  of 
Christ.  The  great,"  Head  of  the 
Church  had  also  raised  up  in  this 
society  two  preachers,  qualified  to 
impart  instruction  t<;  others ;  and  to 
these  he  had  coiuinunieated  a  willing- 
ness, equal  to  tlieir  ability,  to  devote 
themselv(>s  entirely  to  the  work  of 
the  ministry." 

From  this  period  the  mission  con- 
tinued to  flourish,  under  the  superin- 
tendence of  those  ministers,  who, 
from  time  to  time  visited  the  island, 
on  the  itinerating  plan  adopted  in  the 
Wesleyan  connexion.  Many  of  the 
white  residents  treated  the  mission- 
aries with  the  utmost  kindness  ; — the 
negroes  thronged  to  hear  the  word  of 
God ;  and  as  a  proof  that  many  of 
them  had  really  profited  by  the  in- 
structions which  they  received,  it  was 
found  that  they  might  be  safely  en- 
trusted with  arms  tor  the  protection 
of  the  colony,  when  an  attack  was 
anticipated  from  the  combined  forces 
of  France  and  Spain.     "  Nothing," 


Spa 
says   Dr.  Coke,  '•  but  the   power  of 
divine  grace  could  induce  the  negroes 
to  offer  themselves  for  the  defence  of 
a  country  in  which  they  were  held  as 


slaves  -,  and  to  protect  their  ma»terii, 
many  of  whom,  doubtless  had  treated 
them  with  severity.  And  nothing 
but  this  persuasion  could  incline  their 
masters  to  |>lace  in  them  a  degree  of 
eonfideiKM'  which  they  felt  reluctant 
to  repose  in  others.  ' 

In  the  spring  of  If'O'J,  the  membors 
in  the  society  at  St.  Christopher's 
amounted  t(t  y").*'^.  and  a  great  bless- 
ing appeared  to  rest  on  'ho  general 
afi'airs  of  tlie  mission.  In  the  month 
of  April,  in  the  same  year,  Messr?!. 
Debill  and  Hradiiaek.  two  pious  and 
zealous  young  men.  arrived  to  the 
assistance  of  Mr.  Iirowiiell,  who  had 
been  previously  stalionel  there  ;  and, 
on  the  samt'  day  that  they  landed,  one 
of  them  preached  to  sueii  a  crowded 
couirre^iition  as  struck  tli»;m  with 
astoiiislim-nt.  Indeed,  the  attend- 
ance on  the  means  of  grace  had 
increased  considerably  during  tlio 
j)receding  12  months  ;  so  that  Mr. 
BrowiK'II  obwrv<'s.  he  was  constrained 
to  [iray  lor  an  i-iilargciiHiit  of  their 
borders.  "  When,"  says  this  mission- 
ary. '■  I  see  the  aisles  of  the  chai>el 
closely  wi'dged  with  white  and  black 
peopl(>,  promiscuously  interspersed, 
without  a  seat  upon  which  to  sit,  to- 
gether with  numbers  in  the  yard, 
who,  in  former  days,  could  scarcely 
be  brought  to  worship  God  in  tlu,* 
same  ])lice,  I  cannot  but  acknowledge 
that  this  is  the  Lord's  doing,  and  it 
it  marvellous  indeed." 

From  this  j)eriod  we  have  no  his- 
torical documents  relative  to  the  state 
of  the  mission  in  St.  Christopher's, 
till  the  year  \HW,  when  Messrs. 
Whitwortli,  Raby,  and  VVhitehouse 
observe. — "The  fall  of  the  year  in 
this,  and  in  many  of  the  islands,  has 
been  sickly  ;  but  wo  feel  pleasure  in 
stating,  that  though  many  of  tlic 
members  of  our  socii'tios  have  fallen 
victims  to  death,  yet,  in  their  last 
moments,  they  witnessed  a  good  con- 
fession. During  the  late  festival 
(Christmas),  at  which  the  negro  pop- 
ulation have  a  little  time  at  their 
disposal,  such  multitudes  assembled 
for  prayer  and  praise  as  were  truly 
astonishing.  Contrasting  what  we 
we  then  saw,  with  the  conduct  pur- 
sued by  them  at  this  season,  antece- 
dent to  the  introduction  of  the  Gospel 
among  them,  we  were  led  to  exclaim, 
'  What  hath  God  wrought !'" 

147 


1 


}:li|| 


■■», 


m 


I,v 


CHR 


CHR 


I  ill 


mi  ii 


"  In  Sept.  1819,"  says  Mr.  Gilgrass, 
'<  the  inhabitants  of  this  island  were 
dreadfully  ahanned  by  a  hurricane. 
Since  the  hurricane  there  has  been 
very  little  trade,  or  work  of  any  kind, 
for  free  people,  and  every  article  of 
food  has  become  very  dear  indeed. 
Flour  was  raised  in  one  day,  after  the 
gale,  from  71.  4s.  to  10/.  Kij*.  a  barrel. 
Some  of  our  people  have  unavoidable 
fasts  two  or  three  times  a  week  ; 
whilst  others  Iiave  no  other  alternative 
tlian  that  of  dying  with  famine,  or  of 
begging  their  bread  from  door  to  door. 
Many  also  have  not  a  shed  of  any 
kind  to  screen  them  by  day  from  the 
heat  of  tiio  sun,  or  by  night  from  the 
heavy  dews  and  torrents  of  rain." 

Notwithstanding  the  afllictions 
which  the  missionaries  and  the  peo- 
ple of  tlu'ir  charge  were  thus  called 
to  endure,  the  word  of  God  continued 
to  be  promulgated  with  success  ;  and 
the  chambers  of  sickness  and  death 
sometimes  exhibited  scenes  well 
adapted  to  supiMut  iiml  comlort  those 
whose  paramo\int  wish  was,  that  they 
might  i)e  made  instrumental  in  the 
conversion  of  sinners.  '•  A  colored 
boy  about  the  age  of  eighteen,  be- 
longing to  our  school,"  says  Mr. 
Pinnock,  "  was  taken  ill  of  a  fever, 
of  which  he  died.  In  his  alHiction, 
he  sent  to  request  that  I  would  visit 
him.  Acccordingly  I  went;  snd  on 
my  approaching  his  bed-side,  he  laid 
hold  of  my  hiind,  and  pressed  to  his 
bosom  with  !i,j)pai-ent  gratitude  and 
delight.  On  my  spccaking  to  him 
relative  to  the  state  of  his  mind,  he 
told  me  he  was  happy,  and  that  he 
longed  to  be  with  Jesus.  He  then 
requested  me  to  sing  some  of  the 
hymns  which  I  had  taught  in  the 
school,  and  he  occasionally  joined 
with  me.  At  his  funeral  all  the 
scholars  attended,  and  followed  the 
corpse  to  tlie  grave  ;  each  of  them 
having  a  piece  of  black  crape  tied 
round  the  arm,  as  a  badge  of  mourn- 
ing. This  was  a  new  and  interesting 
sight  at  this  place,  and  I  doubt  not  it 
has  had  a  tendency  to  establish  the 
reputation  of  our  school." 

On  Saturday,  Jan.  1st,  1825,  Wesley 
Chapel,  belonging  to  the  society,  from 
whose  founder  it  takes  its  name,  was 
dedicated  to  the  solemnities  of  reli- 
gion, before  a  very  crowded  and  at- 
tentive congregation,  at  which  were 


many  persons  of  the  first  distinction. 

The  chapel  is  an  oblong  square,  81 
feet  by  5G,  and  30  feet  in  the  eleva- 
tion. It  is  a  substantial  building  of 
stone,  with  a  slated  roof;  and,  wlien 
completed,  will  accommodate,  it  is 
supposed,  about  1500  persons. 

'•  After  the  close  of  the  opening 
service,"  says  Mr.  Morgan,  one  of 
missionaries,  "  we  waited  on  his  Ex- 
cellency at  the  government-house,  to 
express  our  sense  of  his  kindness,  in 
contributing  to  the  erection  of  the 
chapel,  and  in  attending  !it  its  dedica- 
tion. He  expressed,  with  much  feel- 
ing, liis  satisfaction  as  to  the  chapel 
and  the  services ;  and  said,  that  our 
well  organized  school  had  given  Mrs. 
Maxwell,  as  well  as  himself,  mucii 
pleasure  ;  and  that  our  labors  should 
have,  as  they  justly  merited,  his  coun- 
tenance and  support." 

The  following  account  of  the  va- 
rious stations  on  this  island,  the  num- 
l)er  of  which  has  of  late  grpntly  ia- 
creased,  is  given  in  the  Report  of 
18^)0. 

Basseterre.  The  members  are  reg- 
ular in  their  attendance  on  the  meant* 
of  grace.  Many  have  been  truly 
converted  to  God  during  the  year. 
Members — whites  54  ;  free-colored 
and  black  401  ;  slaves  3i)4.  Schools 
—55  boys;  185  girls;  total  230—102 
of  whom  are  slaves.  Many  who  came 
to  this  school  ignorant  of  their  letters, 
can  now  read  in  the  New  Testament. 
Upward  of  20  children  have  been  re- 
c(>ived  into  church  fellowship  in  this 
school. 

Sandy  Point.  l^'any  of  the  new 
members  of  society  evidently  grow 
in  grace,  and  in  the  knowledge  of  our 
Lord  .md  Saviour,  and  are  becoming 
useful  to  others.  In  society  11  whites, 
187  free  colored  and  black,  and  1254 
slaves.  Some  of  the  children  on  the 
estates  are  now  teachers.  In  the 
schools,  130  boys,  and  170  girls 

Old  Road.  The  congregations  are 
serious  and  attentive.  In  1830  the 
increase  of  members  was  113.  Pres- 
i^nt  number,  541 — 9  whites,  39  free 
colored  and  black,  and  443  slaves. 
In  the  schools,  53  boys,  9(5  girls,  85 
of  whom  ani  slaves.  Dieppe  Bay. 
The  chapel  is  far  too  small  for  the 
congregations.  The  happy  death  of 
an  individual  was  the  means  of  lead- 
ing many  to  Christ.     In  society,  I 

148 


white,  3i 
In  scho(] 
Cay  on. 
ness  3  o| 
sun,  to 
society, 
In  sell  )ol 
Palm(Uo\ 
hopefuU} 
ber  in  s| 
boys,  5l> 
U<ilf-n'a\ 
sides  thel 
several 
schools, 
ty  in  St| 
whiles, 
Scholars 

CI  nil  I 

on  tlif  (' 
CilU.\ 
t^outh  Al 
uated  on 
midst  of  i 
try.      Tl 
rciiular  )) 
subiuit  \v 
la  18-J 
W.  11.  1 
Mr.    Jell 
me  need  1 
o-overuuu: 
urios,    au 
Society  t 
was  oiii 
the  earno 
of  the  ])!• 
ffir  a  Ciir 
teach  hii 
useful  ar 
coii<>'n'i''a 
has  been 
of  many 
sionaries 
tluenco  : 
is  rapidl 
lion  of 
civilized 
ly  romo\ 
Messr 
missiona 
ous  chui 
contain 
ers  is  di 
Scholars 
very  flo 
have  bu 
and  ha\ 
CHU 
a  town 


st  distinction. 
)ng  square,  81 
in  thu  eleva- 
al  buildinff  of 
f ;  and,  when 
niodate,  it  is 
rsons. 

the  opening 
rgan,  one  of 
'd  on  his  Ex- 
ont-house,  to 

Jiindness,  in 
ction  of  the 
at  its  dedica- 
h  much  fcel- 

0  the  chapel 
aid,  that  our 
i  given  Mrs. 
uself,  much 
abors  should 
ed,  his  coun- 

t  of  the  va- 
id,  the  num- 

grpatly    xn- 

i  Report  of 

•ers  are  reg- 

1  the  nieany 
been    truly 
?  the  year, 
free-colored 
t.     Schools 
il  2:W— 102 
7  vvlio  came 
lieir  letters, 
Testament. 
ve  been  re- 
hip  in  this 

f  the  new 
■ntly  grow 
dge  of  oui' 

becoming 

11  whites, 

and  1254 

en  on  the 

In   the 

(iris 

ations  are 

1830  the 
!3.  Pres- 
i,  39  free 
13  slaves. 

girls,  85 
ffpe  Bay. 
1  for  the 

death  of 
i  of  lead- 
ociety,  J 

48 


I 


I 


CHU 

wliito,  37  free  colored,  and  303  slaves. 
In  school,  73  boys,  and  105  girls. 
Caijon.  Many  travel  with  cheerful- 
ness 3  or  4  luiles  under  a  scorching 
sun,  to  hear  the  word  of  God.  In 
society,  20  free  colored,  400  slaves. 
In  sell  )ols  r)."),  40  of  whoui  are  slaves. 
PabiuUo  Point.  Many  have  been 
hopefully  converted  to  God.  Num- 
ber in  society,  14(1.  In  school,  36 
bovs,  50  girls — 65  of  wliom  are  slaves. 
Uiilf-Waij  Tree.  In  sf-ciety,  10!».  IJe- 
sidcs  the  schools  mentioned,  there  ixw^ 
several  morning,  noon,  and  night 
schools.  Tilt'  whole  number  in  socie- 
ty in  St.  Ciu-isloplier's  is  3!)42 — 75 
whites.  703  free  colored,  3104  slaves. 
Scholars  1  ."'15. 

CHRISTIAN  BURG,  a  Danish  fort 
on  t]it>  (iold  Coast.  Africa. 

CllUMll'j,  a  mission  station,  in 
f^outh  AlVica,  among  thi'  Calfres,  sit- 
uated on  the  '.'Jiumie  river,  in  tlie 
midst  of  a  fertile  and  populou.s  coun- 
try. The  viUiige  is  laid  out  on  a 
regular  plan,  to  which  all  the  Caitres 
submit  who  l)aild  on  the  premises. 

In  lt?2i.  the  Rev.  J.  IJrowniee,  and 
W.  R.  Thompson,  missionaries,  and 
Mr.  John  Ik'unie,  assistant,  com- 
menced laboring  here.  Tlie  colonial 
governmeut,  supports  the  t\\o  mission- 
aries, and  the  (jitisoow  Missionary 
Society  the  assistant.  This  mission 
was  commenced  in  com])liaace  wil.li 
tlie  earliest  solicitatiuu  of  Gaika.  one 
of  the  princii)al  chiefs  of  tlie  Cadres, 
for  a  Christiaii  instrui.'tor.  and  one  to 
teacii  him  and  his  ]»eople  the  most 
useful  arts  of  civilized  lill".  A  small 
congrcgati  111  of  attentive  worshipi)ers 
has  been  collected,  and  of  the  piety 
of  many  hope  is  indulged.  The  mis- 
sionaries are  extensivdv  gaining  in- 
riuence  witii  the  Cati'res,  and  the  way 
is  rapidly  preparing  for  the  introduc- 
tion of  tiie  Gospel  and  the  arts  of 
civilized  life.  Mr.  Rrownlee  has  late- 
ly removed  to  Tzalzoe's  Kraal. 

Messi's.  Thomson  and  \Vier  arc  now 
missionaries.  A  new  and  commodi- 
ous church  has  been  built,  which  will 
contain  400  persons.  Morning  pray- 
ers is  daily  attended  by  150  persons. 
Scholars,  75.  The  settlement  is  in  a 
very  flourishing  state.  The  Caftres 
have  built  a  great  number  of  houses, 
and  have  well  cultivated  gardens, 

CHUNAR,    or    CHEMARGUR, 
a  town  and  fortress  of  Hindoostan,  in 


'N 


CHU 

Allahabad,  chief  of  a  district  which 
is  fertile  to  the  north,  and  mountain- 
ous to  the  south.  The  fort,  built  on 
a  rock,  was  unsuccessfully  attempted 
by  the  British  in  1704  ;  but  in  1772  it 
was  ceded  to  them  by  the  Nabob  of 
Oude.  It  is  seated  on  the  right  bank 
of  the  Ganges,  15  m.  S.  ii°\V.  Be- 
nares, and  08  E.  S.  E.  Allahabad. 

Mr.  William  Bowley,  a  young  man 
born  in   the   country,  and  connected 
with  the  C.  M.  6'.,  was  settled  at  this 
place  in  1(?10.     From  the  time  of  his 
arrival,  he  was  diligently  occupied  in 
forming  and  superintending  schools 
lor    the    natives.        To    one    central 
school   he  attached  others  in  the  sur- 
rounding villages,  at  convenient  dis- 
tances,  so  as  to  admit  of  stated  or 
occasional   visitation.     He   also   con- 
ducted the  assemblies  of  native  Chris- 
tians.    At  the  end  of  1817,  the  state 
of  his    schools    were   as  follows: — 1. 
.J/i  Englisli  Fne  School,  contained  24 
boys,  cliietly  of  European  extraction, 
or  sons  of  native  Ch  'istians  :  all  read 
the  Scriptures,  maii^  of  them   wrote, 
a  lew  learned  arithmetic.     2.    .7  Prr- 
sidii  iind  Ilinilooftitncc  iyckool,  had  oil 
scholars,   20  of  whom   were    native 
Christians,  and  7   heathens:  nil   tlu^ 
native  Christians,  and  3  of  the  healh- 
eijs.  read  Martyn"s  Translations.      3. 
.7  Pirslaii  Hcliool  in  the  town,  had  20 
Hindoo  and  Mussulman  children,  2 
only  of  whom  read   the   Persiiin  and 
llindoostanee  Gospels.     4.  A  Hi  mice 
School ,  had  35  boys,  learning  writing 
and  arithmetic ;  of  these  20  had  learnt, 
I'roin  a  tract,  the  Ten  Commandments, 
in   verse.     Beside  these,   a   Sunday- 
school    was   opened    for    the    native 
Christians,   for  the  repetition  of  pas- 
sages of  Scripture,  and  catechising. 
Tlie    Rev.    Mr.    Corrie,   on    visiting 
Chunar    at    the    commencement  oT 
1S16,  says, — "The  usual  number  of 
Europeans  who  attend  Divine  service 
regularly  is  about  40,  and  that  of  na- 
tive Christians,   who  attend  worship 
in    llindoostanee,   about    70    or   80. 
The  nund)er  in  both   congregations 
has  been  gradually  and  regularly  in- 
creasing, and  testifies,  of  itself,  to  the 
diligence  and  exemplary  conduct  of 
Mr.  Bowley,  and  of  the  blessing  at- 
tending his  labors,     I  conversed  with 
ten  Hindoos,  who  appear  to  be  fully 
convinced  of  the  truth  of  Christianity, 
though  not  yet  prepared  to  encounter 

149 


^!  iW'i 


n 


I*, 


CHtr 

the  consequences  of  an  open  profes- 
sion. Some  of  them  even  join  Mr. 
Bowley  occasionally  in  prayers.  One 
of  tlj»?m,  on  being  asked  what  he 
considered  the  great  j)eculiarity  of 
tha  Christian  rrligion,  answered,  that 
in  every  other  system  of  religion, 
works  were  made  a  condition  of  jus- 
tification, but  in  Christianity,  only 
faith  in  Christ  is  required  ;  while, 
wonderful  to  say,  it  produces  more 
exemi)lary  holiness  than  any  other 
system.  The  whole  coM"'(>(Tation 
almost  were  in  tears  durin<^  rrimn 

in  which  Mr.  Bowley  set  before  tlu'H' 
the  Saviour's  sufferings;  and,  duriiiir 
the  communion,  the  greater  miiiiber 
appeared  deeply  afll>cted,  and  all  of 
them  exceedingly  serious  and  atten- 
tive." 

A  convenient  spot  of  ground  for 
the  erection  of  a  church  having  been 
fixed  on,  being  requested  to  dispose 
of  it,  generously  offered  it  as  a  gift. 
for  the  purpose  intended;  and  tlie 
Marquis  of  Hastings  was  pleased  to 
aid  the  collection  by  the  very  liberal 
donation  of  1(100  sicca  rupees. 

In  the  month  of  July  a  brahmin 
and  a  moonshee  were  baptizcul.  At 
this  interesting  service,  after  the  reg- 
ular worship,  and  an  address  from 
Mr.  Bowley,  they  both  came  forward. 
The  brahmin  then  addressed  the  hear- 
ers ; — "  Behold  !  I  declare  before  all, 
and  let  Hindoos  and  Mussulmans  pay 
attention  to  my  words :  I  have  been 
on  pilgrimage  to  Jugger-nauth,  to 
Dwarka-nauth.  to  Budee-nauth  and 
to  the  different  Teruths  (or  Pilgrim- 
age) ;  but,  in  all  my  travels,  I  found 
not  the  true  way  of  salvation,  till  I 
came  to  this  place,  and  heard  the 
Gospel,  which  by  God's  grace  I  am 
convinced  is  the  only  way  to  happi- 
ness; and  I  truly  believe  and  declare, 
before  Hindoos  and  Mussulmans,  that 
if  they  do  not  embrace  the  Gospel, 
the  wrath  of  God  will  abide  upon 
them,  and  they  shall  be  cast  into  hell." 
On  saying  this,  he  drew  out  his  brah- 
minical  thread,  and  broke  it  asunder 
before  the  people,  saying,  "  Behold 
here  the  sign  of  my  delusion !"  and 
then  delivered  it  to  Mr.  Corrie. 

After  him,  Moonee  Ulee,  the  moon- 
ghee,  thus  addressed  the  people : — 
"  Attend  brethren,  and  hearken  unto 
me.  I  was  a  Mussulman,  and  had 
■pent  much  of  my  time  in  the  com- 


CHtr 

pany  of  learned  men  of  the  same 
profession.  1  have  studied  the  mean- 
ing of  the  Koran,  and  1  have  paid 
adoration  at  the  tombs  of  peers — 
[saints  or  spiritual  guides].  In  those 
days,  whenever  I  saw  a  Christian, 
my  spirit  was  stirred  up  within  me 
to  slay  him  ;  but  on  hearing  the  holy 
Gospels,  light  has  sprung  up  in  my 
mind  which  has  increased;  and  I 
have  f)een  more  confirmed  in  this 
faith  since  I  saw  the  Pentateuch  and 
Psalms.  To  receive  Christian  bap- 
tism, I  have  come  from  Delhi.  My 
mind  has,  moreover,  been  strength- 
ened and  esUiblished  by  the  instruc- 
tions which  I  have  received  from  the 
Rev.  Mr.  Corrie  ;  and  now,  before  all 
my  brethren  present,  I  embrace  this 
true  way  of  salvation." 

Afler  this,  Mr.  Corrie  addressed 
ti>e  people  from  Matt,  xxviii.  11) ;  and 
then  baptized  the  two  candidates,  the 
brahmin  by  the  name  of  Keroul 
Messeeh,  '-Only  Christ;"  and  the 
.Mussulman  by  that  of  Moonef  Mes- 
sceli.  "  Eminent  Christ." 

The  church  having  been  commenc- 
ed, the  Calcutta  corresponding  com- 
mittee were  naturally  anxious  to 
provide  the  station  with  an  ordained 
missionary.  This,  however,  could 
only  be  accomplished  by  the  removal 
of  Mr.  Greenwood  from  Kidderpore, 
where  he  had  no  employment  as  an 
ordained  minister  ;  and  various  rea- 
sons urging  this  measure,  he  arrived 
at  Chunar,  Jan.  13th,  1819.  Mr. 
Bowley  continued  his  wise  and  zeal- 
ous efforts,  assisted  by  Nicholas,  one 
of  the  natives  educated  by  Mr.  Cor- 
rie :  the  place  of  divine  worship  was 
usually  crowded  on  Sundays  by  na- 
tive Christians,  and  the  heathen  were 
occasionally  drawn  to  hear  the  words 
of  life — among  whom  some  instances 
occured  of  saving  conversion  to  the 
Christian  faith.  In  addition  to  his 
labors  during  the  year,  Mr.  Bowley 
was  employed  in  a  revision  of  Mr. 
Martyn's  Hindoostanee  translation  of 
the  New  Testament.  Two  of  the 
Gospels  had  been  printed  by  the  Cal- 
cutta Auxiliary  Bible  Society,  and 
from  these  he  derived  essential  help 
in  his  labors  for  the  good  of  the  na- 
tives. 

In  the  following  year,  Mr.  Bowley 
wishing  to  superintend  the  press, 
Yisited  Calcutta,  and  was  there  «oI- 

150 


t?mnly  s 
ity,  by 
cording 
Lutherai 
regularl\ 
on  Suntl 
nings  to 
the  statii 
prosperii 
ed. 

A  gei 
service, 
the  folio ' 
larv  stall 

'"^It 
beautiful 
native 
such  a 
is,  of 
cause 


tian 


CHU 


CHU 


of  the  same 
ed  the  niean- 
I  have  paid 
I  of  peers — 
s].  In  those 
a  Cliristian, 
>  within  me 
ing  the  holy 
g  up  in  my 
ased;  and  I 
nied  in  this 
ntateuch  and 
liristian  bap- 
Delhi.  My 
en  strength- 
the  instruc- 
ved  from  tho 
>\v,  before  all 
;nibrace  this 

e  addressed 
viii.  10;  and 
ididates,  the 
of  Keroul 
;"  and  the 
loonef  Mes- 

n  commenc- 

)nding  com- 

anxious    to 

an  ordained 

ever,   could 

he  removal 

Kidderpore, 

'ment  as  an 

various  rea- 

he  arrived 

HJ!).      Mr. 

le  and  zeal- 

holas,  one 

Mr.  Cor- 

'orship  was 

lays  by  na- 

iithen  were 

the  words 

e  instances 

ion  to  the 

ion  to   his 

Bowley 

on  of  Mr. 

nslation  of 

wo  of  the 

y  the  Cal- 

ciety,    and 

ntial  help 

of  the  na- 

Bowley 
he  press, 
there  gol- 


t?mnly  set  apart  to  the  sacred  minis- 
try, by  tlie  imposition  of  hands,  ac- 
cording to  the  usage  of  the  German 
Lutheran  church.  Mr.  Greenwood 
regularly  olHciated  at  Chunar  twice 
on  Sundays,  and  on  Wednesday  eve- 
nings to  the  European  inhabitants  of 
the  station.  The  schools  also  were 
prospering,  and  new  ones  were  open- 
ed. 

A  gentleman  in  the  Company's 
service,  wiio  visited  this  place,  bears 
the  following  testimony  to  the  exemp- 
lary stale  of  the  native  Christians  : — 

'•  It  was  di'lightful  to  witness  the 
beautiful  order  and  decorum  of  the 
native  women.  The  first  sight  of 
such  a  congregation  of  worshippers 
is,  of  course,  tlie  more  striking,  be- 
cause one  has  hitherto  been  accus- 
tomed to  .see  the  women  of  this 
country  under  such  very  different 
circumstances." 

'•  The  whole  appearance  of  the 
barracks,  of  the  houses  of  the  inva- 
lids, and  of  those  (jf  the  native  Cliris- 
tian women,  Vv'as  sucli  as  reminded 
me  of  a  country  village  in  England 
on  the  Sal)l)ath  day.  Some  were  sit- 
ting at  th(»  doors,  and  others  in  the 
verandas,  reading  ;  and  the  whole  of 
them  were  so  ([uiet,  that  one  could  not 
but  be  sure  that  the  Gospel  of  peace  was 
known  there.  I  have  not  seen  tany 
thing  like  it  in  India  before  ;  on  which 
account,  perhaps,  it  was  the  more  ob- 
servable by  me  :  but  the  natives  them- 
selves, Mr.  liowley  told  me,  say  that 
the  place  has  been  quite  altered  since 
the  Gospel  has  b»»en  preached.  The 
hawkers  and  venders  of  goods  now 
never  think  of  going  to  the  barracks 
on  a  Sunday ;  for  they  only  meet 
with  reproof  or  advice,  instead  of 
selling  anything  ;  and  the  very  Coo- 
lies of  the  place  have  learned  some- 
thing of  Jesus  Christ,  for  the  women 
talk  of  him  to  all  who  will  listen." 

In  1821,  Mr.  Bowley  says  :— "  I 
have  baptized  four  adults  (two  males 
and  two  females),  and  nine  children, 
four  of  native  Christians,  the  rest 
adopted  by  Christians.  One  of  the 
men  was  our  Hindee  teacher,  who,  so 
long  ago  as  when  Mr.  Corrie  was  at 
Benares,  intimated  his  wish  to  be 
baptized  ;  but  fear  of  the  world  and 
shame  made  him  shrink  from  the  or- 
dinance." 

"  The  native  Cliristians  continue," 


say  the  missionaries,  "  to  conduct 
themselves  to  the  satisfaction  of  all  that 
love  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  here,  with 
the  exception  of  one  or  two  who  were 
suspended  from  the  communion,  bid 
who  have  also  been  restored  upon  man- 
ifesting true  signs  of  penitence.  The 
communicants  are  ahoutr)l).  From  our 
sacramental  collections  made  from  tlie 
native  Christians,  togetiier  with  pe- 
cuniary aid  received  from  a  Christian 
afar  off,  we  are  enabled  to  dis- 
pense to  poor  indigent  widows  22  ru- 
pees per  month  :  they  also  subscribe 
about  12  rupees  ])er  month  to  the  B. 
^  C.  M.  S.,  and  we  obtain  about  the 
same  sum  from  the  European  inva- 
lids for  thes«  societies  But  really  I 
feel  pain.'d  to  accept  so  much  from 
tiiem,  being  satisfied  that  they  are 
willing  beyond  their  means  and  pow- 
er. We  have  pul)lic  Hindoostanee 
service  three  times  a  week,  besides  a 
meeting  for  prayer  every  Sunday 
morning,  and  a  monthly  prayer  meet- 
ing for  the  propagation  of  the  Gospel. 
Our  Christian  ulTcnuauts  are  from  80 
to  100,  and  heathens  from  3  to  30." 
Mr.  Bowley's  report  of  the  schools  at 
this  period  is  also  encouraging ;  the 
labors  of  the  missionaries  were  sub- 
sequently continued,  and  prospered. 

In  1824,  Mr.  Bowley's  iinp.vtant 
Hinduwee  Testament  (altered  from 
Martyn's)  was  completed. 

The  Bishop  of  Calcutta,  accompan- 
ied by  the  archdeacon,  passed  Sun- 
day, Sept.  12th,  1825,  at  this  statior, 
of  which  the  latter  gives  the  follow- 
ing account : — 

"  At  Chunar,  I  may  say,  we  beheld 
more  than  had  been  previously  told 
us.  On  Saturday  morning,  .57  of  Mr. 
Bowley's  congregation  were  admitted 
to  confirmation,  together  with  nearly 
the  same  number  of  Europeans.  Next 
day,  a  still  greater  number  of  native 
Christians  communicated,  together 
with  a  large  number  of  Europeans. 
Several  gentlemen  came  from  Be- 
nares, and  some  officers  from  Sul- 
tampore.  The  whole  had  the  appear- 
ance of  a  jubilee  ;  and  the  fine  church, 
which  the  Bishop  calls  handsome  and 
appropriate,  was  entirely  filled." 

Mr.  Bowley  has  been  joined  by  Mr. 
J.  Landeman,  a  country-born  person, 
who  waa  dismissed  to  his  station  by 
the  Calcutta  committee,  on  the  15tn 
of  Dec.  1 826.    On  the  17th  Feb.  1827, 

151 


i  I- 
'ill 


i  i 


€LA 


COL 


ill! 


!•* 


^ 


Ui' 


ii] 


i;i 


!ii4l 


;.()  '  ■• 


he  opened  one  of  the  schools,  whicli 
is  in  the  bazaar,  for  public  worship, 
for  the  special  bent-fit  of  the  heathen, 
intending  to  hold  Hindoostanee  ser- 
vice there  twice  a  week,  in  addition 
to  the  services  in  the  church  ;  about 
50  were  present.  The  novelty  soon 
attracted  great  crowds,  especially  of 
tlie  higher  class  of  the  natives  ;  and 
a  subscription  was.  in  consequence, 
opened  for  the  erection  of  a  ch;ipel 
and  school-house  in  the  bazaar.  Sev- 
eral of  the  natives  appear  to  have  al- 
ready felt  the  power  of  the  Gos- 
pel :  8  adults  received  baptism  in  the 
course  of  a  t'uw  months;  of  these,  :} 
were  devotees,  '2  of  wlKmi  were  deep- 
ly learned  in  all  that  belongs  to  the 
Hindoo  system. 

Besides  his  usual  ministation  in  the 
church,  Mr.  JJowley  has,  since  his  re- 
turn to  Chuiiar.  opened  a  chapel  in 
the  midst  of  the  native  town,  where 
ho  is  attended,  ou  llie  evcninos  when 
he  officiates,  by  a  consideraljle  num- 
ber of  natives  of  resi)cctability,  who 
would  not,  for  fear  of  iijeurrini)-  re- 
proacli,  enter  tlie  churcii.  ilu  is 
heard  with  muchaU-iition  ;  and  only 
on  one  occasion  lins  any  one  oftered 
to  dispute  on  the  points  of  controver- 
sy. An  adult,  suiuewhat  advanced 
in  life,  and  a  youth,  have,  in  conse- 
quence of  this  service,  proposed  them- 
selves as  candidules  fur  baptism,  and 
been  admitted. 

Mr.  liowley  yet  continues,  (1831) 
his  very  useful  Inhors.  at  Chunar,  and 
the  neighboriiit)-  villages.  He  is  as- 
sisted by  Johii  INIacieod,  Christian 
Tryloke,  Matiiiew  Rnnjeet,  and  other 
native  assistants.  No  sununary  of 
the  mission  has  recent!}'  appeared. 
Much  hght  is  thrown  by  his  commu- 
nications on  the  state  /f  the  natives, 
and  ou  the  best  methods  of  laboring 
among  them. 

CLAN  WILLIAM,  a  town  in  Cape 
Colony,  S.  Africa,  about  2o0  m.  N. 
Cape  Town.  This  is  one  of  the  sta- 
tions of  the  Rhenish  Missionary  So- 
ciety, 6  m.  from  Wupperthal,  the 
head  quarters  of  the  mission. 

COCHIN,  a  province  on  the  W. 
coast  of  Southern  Hindoostan,  lying 
between  those  of  JNIalabar  and  Trav- 
ancore,  80  m.  lon^  and  70  broad. 
Nearly  one-third  ot  this  province  is 
attached  to  that  of  Malabar.  The  re- 
mainder, which  contains  extensive 


forests  of  teak,  is  governed  by  a  Ra- 
jah, who  is  tributary  to  the  Rritish, 
and  generally  resides  at  Trij)ontary. 

The  white  and  black  Jews,  who 
had  7  synagogues,  were  estimated,  by 
Dr.  Buchanan,  at  1(),(,()0.  The  Dutch 
inhabitants,  who  are  numerous,  were 
formerly  Christian  in  their  religion, 
but  tiiey  have,  generally,  relapsed  in- 
to idolatry,  or  Alohanniiedanism.  cr 
become  Roman  Catholics,  for  want  of 
protestant  instruction.  The  native 
and  country-born  Portuguese  popula- 
tion is  very  large. 

Ci)cltin,  a  sea-port  of  the  above  prov- 
ince, situate  on  a  low  island,  formed 
l)y  a  river  which,  a  little  below,  enters 
into  the  sea.  Here,  in  15o;{,  the  Por- 
tuguese erected  a  fort,  which  was  the 
first  possessed  by  them  in  India,  in 
1(JG3,  it  was  taken  by  the  Dutch  ;  and 
taken  from  them, in  17i'5,by  the  Brit- 
ish, to  whom  it  was  ceded  in  ldl4. 
The  traffic  of  this  place  is  considera- 
ble, and  the  chief  exports  are  pepper, 
cardamoms,  teak,  sandal-wood,  cocoa- 
nuts,  coir  cordage,  and  cassia.  It  is 
i*7  m.  S.  S.  E.  Calicut.  E.  Ion.  70^ 
17',  N.  lat.  9^'  57'. 

From  a  communication  of  the  Rev. 
Samuel  Ridsdale,  dated  April  15, 
1831,  we  learn  that  the  se)iiinary, 
whicli  was  conunenced  in  l(:*"<i7,  has 
received  49  males,  and  24  females.  A 
large  proportion  of  them  are  ))reparing 
lor  school  teachers,  catechists,  cV-x. 
The  mission  house,  including  a  wide 
verandah,  is  110  ft.  lojio-  by  28  in 
width.  The  whole  establishment  was 
erected  without  any  exjjenso  to  the 
Society.  A  very  thorough  course  of 
literary  aiid  religious  instruction  has 
been  ado])ted. 

CODRINGTON  COLLEGE.  An 
institution  in  the  island  Barbadoes, 
under  the  care  of  the  Gospel  Propa- 
gation Society.  It  was  laid  in  ruins 
by  the  recent  hurricane  whicli  deso- 
lated that  island. 

COILADI,  a  village  in  the  Madras 
Presidency,  East  Indies,  wliere  the 
C.  M.  S.  have  a  school. 

COIMBATORE,adistriGtofNorth- 
ern  India,  visible  from  the  Nilgherry 
Hills. 

COLOMANIKEN,  a  village  in  tlw 
province  of  Tanjoro. 

COLOMBO,  the  capital  of  Ceylon. 
It  was  built  in  1038,  by  the  Portu- 
guese, who,  in  1G5G,  were  expelled  by 

152 


f^ 


irards 
an  the  extr 
is  stronc^ 
city  is   buil 
style  than 
and  is  near| 
quarters  b\ 
which  smal 
connecting! 
Pettah,  or 
walls  of  th| 
and  in  the 
excellent 
in  the  viciil 
about  300 
with  entirJ 
have  no  otll 
itants  amoi 
lombo  is  th 
trade  of  the 
a  rich  distr 
tJie  S.  part 
W.  of  Kan 
6^53'. 

In  and  ab 
of  half-cast 
the  Englisli 
Btruction  a 
Two  long  3l 
ly  inhu^itec 
are  firmly  r 
delusions, 
raligion  wil 
nothing  on 
many  who 
but    they 
Christian 
Since  1817 
seat  of  an  a 
island,  und 
op  of  Calci 
In  the  yi 
Eller  and  I 
B.,  visited 
their  artivs 
appeared  a 
ing,  as  Mr 
ceived  the 
ness,  and 
tlieir  jour! 
country, 
they  addr€ 
first,  very 
having  bei 
its  men  \\ 
pletely  atl 
this  idea, 
ly  obviouf 


COL 


CAP 


'(\  hy  a  Ra- 
he  iiritish, 
rij)outary. 
Jews,  who 
timated,  by 
The  Dutch 
■rous,  were 
ir  relitrion, 
elapised  in- 
Jaiiism.  cr 
lor  want  of 
^he  native 
•tie  popula- 

bovo  prov- 
ul,  ibnned 
ow.  enters 
5,  the  Por- 
h  was  the 
India,  in 
iilch ;  and 
V  the  Brit- 
1  in  I.<I4. 
considora- 
rc  pepper, 
od, cccoa- 
«ia.  It  i.s 
Ion.  70'- 

'  tlie  Rev. 
\j>ril  15, 
^eniinarv, 
■^•^7,  has 
males.  A 
)reparing' 
st.s,  cV.x. 
"■  a  wide 
iy  2S  in 
lent  was 
f  to  the 
:■  curse  of 
tion  has 

iTiE.  An 
rbadoes. 
1  Pro pa- 
in ruins 
h  deso- 

Madras 
ere  the 

fNorth- 
Igherry 

3  in  t}»e 

'eylon. 
Portu- 
lied  bj 
2 


the  Dutch ;  and  the  latter  surrender- 
ed it  to  the  British  in  17UG.  The  fort, 
upwards  of  a  mile  in  circuit,  stands 
on  the  extremity  of  a  peninsula,  and 
is  strong  both  by  nature  and  art.  The 
city  is  built  more  in  the  European 
style  than  any  otiier  garrison  in  India, 
and  is  nearly  divided  into  four  equal 
quarters  by  two  principal  streets,  to 
which  smaller  ones  run  parallel,  with 
connecting  lanes  betvveen  them.  The 
Fettah,  or  Black  Town,  without  the 
walls  of  the  city,  is  very  extensive; 
and  in  the  street  next  the  sea  is  an 
excellent  fish  market.  On  the  rivers 
in  the  vicinity  of  Colombo,  there  are 
about  3vlU  tiat-bottomed  boats  moored, 
with  entire  families  on  board,  wlio 
have  no  other  dwellings.  The  inhab- 
itants amount  to  above  oDjUOO.  Co- 
lombo is  the  chief  place  for  the  staple 
trade  of  the  i«iand,  anu  .s  situate^i  in 
a  rich  district  on  the  W.  coast,  toward 
tlie  S.  part  of  the  island,  ()">  m.  W.  S. 
W.  of  Kandv.  E.  Ion.  80^  2',  N.  lat. 
(P  53'. 

In  and  about  Colombo  are  thousands 
of  half-caste  people,  who  understand 
the  English  language,  and  need  in- 
struction as  nmch  as  the  heathens. 
Two  long  streets  are  almost  exclusive- 
ly inhuv^ited  by  Mohammedans,  who 
are  firmly  rivetted  to  their  wretched 
delusions.  They  view  the  Christian 
religion  with  contempt,  and  will  hear 
nothing  on  the  subject.  There  are 
many  who  bear  the  Christian  name, 
but  they  are  awfully  deficient  in 
Christian  knowledge  and  practice. 
Since  1817,  Colombo  has  been  the 
scat  of  an  archdeaconry  for  the  whole 
island,  under  the  direction  of  the  Bish- 
op of  Calcutta. 

In  the  year  1740,  the  Rev.  Messrs 
Ellerand  Nitschmaun,  jun.,  of  the  U. 
B.,  visited  the  island  of  Ceylon.  On 
their  arrival  at  Colombo,  every  thing 
appeared  auspicious  to  their  undertak- 
ing, as  Mr.  Imhoft',  the  Governor,  re- 
ceived them  with  the  greatest  kind- 
ness, and  readily  agreed  to  facilitate 
tlieir  journey  into  the  interior  of  the 
country.  The  Cingalese,  to  whom 
they  addressed  themselves,  were,  at 
first,  very  reserved,  in  consequence  of 
having  been  cautioned  against  them, 
as  men  whose  principles  were  com- 
pletely atheistical.  The  absurdity  of 
this  idea,  however,  became  sufficient- 
ly obvious  when  they  began  to  speak 


on  religious  subjects ;  and,  after  a 
short  time,  the  natives  appeared  to 
listen  to  them  both  with  attention  and 
pleasure.  But  it  unfortunately  hap- 
pened at  this  juncture,  tiiat  Mr.  Im- 
liofF retired  from  his  situation;  and  as 
some  persons  at  Colombo  had  begun 
to  hold  devotional  meetings  at  their 
houses,  the  new  Governor  was  per- 
suaded to  issue  an  order  for  the  re- 
moval of  the  missionaries  from  the 
island.  Short,  however,  as  was  their 
stay  at  Ceylon,  they  had  a  pleasing 
instance  of  usefulness,  as,  through 
their  instrumentality,  a  surgeon,  nam- 
ed Christian  Dober,  was  brought  to  a 
saving  acquaintance  with  divine  truth, 
and  afterwards  removed  to  one  of  tlie 
Brethren's  European  settlements,  ac- 
comjianied  by  a  Malabar,  who  was 
also  instructed  in  the  things  pertain- 
ing to  his  everlasting  peace,  and  was 
admitted  into  the  church  by  baptism 
in  174G. 

In  1805,  the  L.  M.  S.  sent  out  seve- 
ral iuissionaries  to  Ceylon ;  one  of 
whom,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Paim,  Vvii»  ap- 
pointed, 8  years  after,  to  the  Dutch 
church  at  Colombo.  lie  had  previ- 
ously been  useful  in  visiting  and  re- 
viving some  schools  that  had  been 
formed  ;  and  in  the  situation  to  which 
he  was  thus  introduced,  has  better  op- 
portunities than  ever  of  being  service- 
able to  the  missionary  cause. 

In  1812,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Chater,  of 
the  Bapt.  M.  S.,  was  recommended  to 
attempt  the  establishment  of  a  mis- 
sionary station  in  this  city.  One  cir- 
cumstance particularly  favorable  to 
the  undertaking  was,  that  a  fount  of 
Cingalese  types,  for  printing  an  edi- 
tion of  the  New  Testament  in  that 
language,  was  then  casting,  under  the 
patronage  of  the  CalciUta  jhalliary  B. 
S.,  at  Serampore ;  and  the  President 
and  Secretary  of  that  society  express- 
ed their  decided  approbation  of  the 
projected  mission,  as  tending  to  bring 
their  new  type  into  operation  and  ef- 
fect. 

On  the  lu.h  of  March,  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Chafer  embarked  for  Ceylon, 
and,  afler  a  voyage  of  about  2(i  days, 
arrived  in  safety  at  Colombo,  where 
they  were  received  with  much  kind- 
ness by  the  governor,  and  some  other 
gentlemen  of  the  colony  ;  and  though 
no  immediate  opening  appeared  for 
the  accomplishment  of  their  principal 


« 


;l 


'■i 


I 


COL 


COL 


object,  their  proposal  of  cstabliBhing 
a  school  was  cordially  approved.  The 
periodical  accounts  of  the  Bap.  M.  H. 
w«re  also  introduced  ainonij  some 
respectable  persons,  who  appeared 
rather  friendly.  In  addition  to  these 
pleasing  circumstances,  Mr.  C.  soon 
afterwards  ol)tained  permission  to 
preach  in  English,  j— evious  to  his 
acquiring  the  Cingalese  language  ; 
three  frii'nds  agreed  to  purchase  a 
warehouse,  and  to  put  it  in  decent  re- 
pair, for  the  celebration  of  divine 
worship ;  and  in  Mr.  Palm  he  found 
an  agreeable  neiglibor  and  a  cordial 
friend.  Mr.  C.  preached  twice  a 
week  in  English. 

In  1814.  Mr.  Chatcr  says — "  I  have 
been  directing  one  of  my  Dutch 
friends  to  try  if  he  could  not  find  out 
some  Cingalese  families  to  whom  I 
might  endeavor  to  impart  some  spirit- 
ual benefit.  He  has  accordingly 
found  a  m(ihan(Uirnin,  who  is  a  well- 
disposed  man,  and  much  wishes  for 
religious  instruction  for  himself,  his 
(amily,  and  his  neighbors.  I  go  to 
his  house,  wliich  is  2  m.  from  the 
fort,  every  Sabbath  morning  at  7 
o'clock,  and  he  welcomes  me  in  the 
most  cordial  manner.  On  the  first 
occasion,  only  his  own  family  were 
present ;  but  on  the  following  Sab- 
bath he  had  collected  14  or  15  grown 
persons,  besides  children,  of  whom 
8  or  9  were  females.  The  mahanda- 
ram  can  speak  no  English ;  but  he 
has  brought  a  nephew  to  me,  who 
speaks  it  better  than  almost  any  Cin- 
galese I  ever  heard  ;  and  it  is  he  who 
acts  as  my  interpreter.  This,  whilst 
it  is  an  immediate  attempt  at  doing 
good,  will  help  me  forward  in  the 
language  more  than  almost  any  thing 
else." 

On  the  last  Sabbath  in  May,  a 
young  man,  named  Sierce,  formerly 
a  member  of  the  Dutch  church,  was 
publicly  baptized  ;  and,  as  a  little 
Baptist  church  had  now  been  formed, 
the  ordinance  of  the  Lord's  Supper 
was  solemnly  administered  on  that 
day  week.  About  the  same  time, 
some  pious  soldiers  belonging  to  the 
73d  regiment,  who  had  recently  come 
from  New  South  Wales,  obtained 
leave  to  attend  the  services  of  the  sanc- 
tuarjr,  and  appear  likely  to  strengthen 
the  mfant  cause. 

Mr.  Cliater  now  tiTrned  his  atten- 


tion to  the  attainment  of  the  Portu- 
guese language,  which  is  more  gen- 
erally used  m  Colombo  than  any 
other ;  and  his  services  in  it  were 
very  acceptable. 

In  1817,  he  observes — "  It  is  with 
no  small  pleasure  I  inform  you,  that 
translating  into  Cingalese,  with  the 
aid  of  a  brahmin,  named  Dhun,  is 
become  an  easy  and  pleasant  work 
to  me.  Our  congregations,  in  gen- 
eral, are  small ;  but  the  Lord  does  not 
seem  to  have  forsaken  us.  On  the 
contrary,  one  after  another  is  re- 
claimed from  a  life  of  sin  ;  and,  so  far 
as  we  can  judge,  they  apjjcar  to  be- 
come new  creatures  in  Christ  Jesus. 
Two  of  our  nieml)ers,  who  appear  U) 
be  Christians  of  the  right  stamp,  re- 
cently left  this  place  for  England : 
and  it  is  truly  satisfactory  to  reflect, 
that  they  found  '■  the  pearl  of  great 
price'  whilst  in  Colombo.  Since  their 
departure,  3  more  have  proposed 
themselves  for  baptism  ;  and  .i  fourth 
lias  joined  our  experience  meeting, 
who  affords  good  evidence  that  lie 
has  '  received  with  meekness  the  en- 
grafted word.'  Some  others,  also,  are 
under  serious  impressions,  which  wo 
hope  will  terminate  well." 

Early  in  181!>,  the  aspect  of  aft'airs 
began  to  brighten ;  as  the  attendance 
on  public  worship  both  in  the  Portu- 
guese and  Cingalese  languages,  was 
much  more  numerous  than  it  had 
been  for  some  time  past:  new  open- 
ings presented  themselves  for  the  in- 
troduction of  the  Gospel  into  some  of 
the  adjacent  villages  ;  and  three  na- 
tives of  Ceylon,  two  of  whom  had 
formerly  been  Budhist  priests,  ex- 
pressed an  inclination  to  make  a 
public  avowal  of  their  change  of  faith, 
by  submitting  to  the  rite  of  baptism. 

After  a  long  continuance  of  appa- 
rently unproductive  labor,  Mr.  Chater 
had  the  pleasure,  in  Sept.  1824,  of 
receiving  into  the  church  8  members, 
chiefly  young  persons ;  and  several 
others  appeared  to  be  under  hopeful 
impressions.  In  1825,  other  additions 
were  made  to  their  number ;  but  the 
schools  fluctuated  much  from  sick- 
ness and  other  causes.  Mr.  Chater 
published  a  free  translation  of  Al- 
leine's  Alarm,  in  the  Portuguese  lan- 
guage, and  was  appointed  Secretary 
to  a  Religious  Tract  S.  recently 
formed. 

154 


I 


In  1820 

by  Mr.  Cii 
and  the  m 
ing    nativ 
Scriptures 
cd  the  rnei 
lion  in  the 
rnio  of  thei 
pleasing  ci 
iiiahandan 
tlio  place, 
riously 
church  at 
his  wife 
signing, 
and  script 
the  errors 
cated.     T 
this  famil 
profession 
cx)nsiderab 
in  the  nei< 
Rev.  M( 
Ilendrick 
of  this  fie 
[issistants. 
14,  1830. 
by  the  hel 
assistants  i 
galose  and 
house,  to 
tend.     In ' 
schools,  th 
The  villag 
with  Coloi 
In  1814, 
aries  arrive 
.stationed 
ernment  f 
tained  ma 
had  acqui 
of  the    Ei 
them  to  ir 
men,    and 
could  easi 
ferent   scl 
Messrs.  H 
in  this  wa 
and,    und 
«everal  ol 
borhood  w 
with  pub 
struction. 
performec 
different  ] 
day-schoc 
esteblishe 
the  arriva 
England, 
ulously  U 


jf  the  Portu- 
is  more  gen- 
»o  than  any 
i  in   it  wero 

-"  It  is  with 
irm  you,  that 
;se,  with  the 
led  Dhun,  is 
leasant  work 
ions,  in  gon- 
Lord  does  not 
us.  On  the 
other  is  re- 
L ;  and,  so  far 
.pi)ear  to  bc- 
Clirist  Jesus, 
ho  appear  to 
lit  stamp,  re- 
br  England ; 
ry  to  reflect, 
earl  of  great 
Since  their 
ve  proposed 
and  .1  fourtli 
ice  meeting, 
nee  that  Iw- 
Lucss  the  en- 
ters, also,  are 
is,  which  wo 

ect  of  nft'airs 
e  attendance 
1  the  Portu- 
guages,  was 
than   it  had 

new  open- 
s  for  the  in- 
into  some  of 
[id  three  na- 

whom  had 
priests,  ex- 
to  make  a 
nge  of  faith, 
of  baptism, 
ice  of  appa- 
,  Mr.  Chater 
3t.  18';i4,  ot 
ri  members, 
and  several 
dor  hopeful 
ler  additions 
)er ;  but  tlie 

from  sick- 
Mr.  Chater 
tion  of  Al- 
uguese  lan- 
i  Secretary 
S.    recently 

154 


fri'niipntlv 
The 


COL 

In  1820,  the  congregation  supi)liod 
by  Mr.  Ciiater  considerably  increased; 
and  the  mode  he  adopted,  of  employ- 
ing native  Cingalese  to  read  tlie 
Scriptures  to  their  countrymen,  prov- 
ed tiie  means  of  exciting  much  atten- 
tion in  the  surrounding  villages.  At 
nmo  of  these,  cnlkd  Ooi^  galla,  a  very 
pleasing  circumstance  occurred.  The 
iiialiandaram,  a  native  headman  of 
the  j)lace,  one  of  whose  sons  had  pre- 
viously been  united  to  the  little 
church  at  llanwell,  was  baptized  with 
his  wife  and  other  son  ;  publicly  as- 
siiming,  on  the  occasion,  intelligent 
and  scriptural  reasons  for  renouncing 
the  errors  in  which  he  had  been  edu- 
cated. The  subsequent  conduct  of 
this  family  well  accorded  with  their 
profession,  and  the  case  lias  excited 
considerable  attention  and  inquiry 
in  the  neighborhood. 

Rev.  Messrs.  Ebenezer  Daniel,  and 
Ilendrick  Siers  are  no\ '  the  occupants 
of  this  field.  They  iiave  2  native 
assistants.  Mr.  Dar.iel  arrived  Aug. 
14  1830.  He  nreaches 
by  the  help  of  an  interpreter. 
assistants  read  the  Scriptures  in  Cin- 
galese and  Portuguese,  from  house  to 
Jiouse,  to  all  who  are  willing  to  at- 
tend. In  7  boys'  schools  and  3  girls' 
schools,  there  are  nearly  40W  children. 
The  village  of  Hanwell  is  connected 
with  Colombo. 

In  1814,  several  Wedeyan  mission- 
aries arrived  at  Ceylon,  and  two  were 
.stationed  at  Colombo.  As  the  gov- 
ernment seminary  at  that  place  con- 
tained many  Cingalese  youths  who 
had  acquired  a  sutficient  knowledge 
of  the  English  language  to  enable 
them  to  interpret  it  to  their  country- 
men, and  as  native  congregations 
could  easily  be  collected  in  the  dif- 
ferent schools  which  were  opened, 
Messrs.  Harvard  and  Clough  resolved, 
in  this  way,  to  disseminate  the  truth  ; 
and,  under  their  superintendence, 
eeveral  of  the  villages  in  the  neigh- 
borhood were  supplied,  every  Sabbath, 
with  public  means  of  religious  in- 
struction. Divine  service  was  also 
performed  by  the  missionaries,,  in 
different  parts  of  the  capital ;  a  Sun- 
day-school (the  first  in  Ceylon)  was 
established  by  their  exertions ;  and,  on 
ths  arrival  of  a  press  and  types  from 
England,  they  applied  themselves  sed 
ulously  to  the  printing  of  elementary 


COL 

and  religious  books,  of  which  some 
thousands  were  soon  put  in  circula- 
tion. They  also  resolved  on  attempt- 
ing the  erection  (if  a  new  and  hand- 
some place  of  worship  ;  and,  in  the 
subscription  list,  they  had  soon  the 
pleasure  of  enrolling  tlu'  names  of  his 
Excellency  the  Governor,  the  Hon. 
Chief  Justice,  the  Archdencon  Twisle- 
ton,  and  every  member  of  his  Majes- 
ty's Council,  as  well  as  those  of  many 
of  the  most  resj)ectiible  inhabitants, 
both  civil  and  military. 

The  dwelling-house  occupied  by 
the  brethren,  was  situated  on  the  main 
road  leading  from  the  fort  into  the 
country  ;  and  this  gave  them  frequent 
opportunities  of  conversing  with  the 
natives  on  religious  subjects.  The 
attention  with  which  many  of  them 
listened  to  the  things  connected  with 
their  eternal  welfare  was  hiiihly  en- 
couraging;  and,  on  one  occasion,  the 
word  spoken  in  the  name  of  the  Lord 
seems  to  have  been  crowned  with 
complete  success.  An  individual, 
known  l)y  the  aj>pe!lation  of  the  Avfi 
priest,  possessing  much  acuteness  of 
intellect,  enriched  by  scientific  and 
literary  research  ;  and  who  was  an 
atheist  in  principle,  Jind  asserted  his 
ability  to  disprove  the  being  of  a  God, 
— WfTs  led  to  renounce  Budhism,  and 
was  baptized  into  the  faith  ot  Christ 
by  the  name  of  George  Nadoris  de 
Silva,  at  the  fftrt  church. 

Shortly  after  this,  another  priest 
was  introduced  to  the  missionaries, 
by  George  Nadoris,  who  wished  to 
renounce  Budhism,  having  been  long 
dissatisfied  with  it,  and  was  ultimately 
baptized  by  the  name  of  Benjamin 
Parks ;  the  first  name  being  chosen 
out  of  respect  to  Mr.  Clough,  and  the 
second  from  the  same  feeling  towards 
Mrs.  Harvard's  father. 

From  the  first  residence  of  the  mis- 
sionaries in  this  city,  it  was  their 
practice  to  deliver  a  sermon  to  chil- 
dren and  young  people,  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  year,  at  Easter, 
and  at  Whitsuntide  ;  and,  on  these 
occasions,  they  were  generally  at- 
tended by  crowds  of  natives,  both  old 
and  young,  who  flocked  together  from 
the  surrounding  villages.  The  ser- 
vice held  on  New  Year's-day,  1.818, 
was  rendered  peculiarly  interesting 
by  the  attendance  of  two  priests, 
named  Don  Adrian  de  Silva,  and  Don 

155 


i> 


4; 


it 


V 


I!    .-    ' 

rS 


r 


COL 

Andris  ile  Sjlva ;  who,  having  been 
convinced  of  their  former  errors,  and 
having  passed  the  usual  time  of  pro- 
bation, made  an  open  renunciation  of 
Budhism,  and  took  upon  themselves, 
in  tiie  jnost  solemn  manner,  the  name 
and  character  of  disciples  of  Christ. 
Don  Adrian  was  afterwards  appointed 
to  officiate  as  a  Cingalese  local  preach- 
er, and  Don  Andris  as  a  master  in 
one  of  the  native  scIiodIs  ;  and  it  is 
pleasing  to  add,  that  they  have  con- 
tinued to  prosecute  their  holy  calling, 
under  the  superintendence  of  the 
mission. 

in  1821,  there  were  reported,  as 
belonging  to  this  station,  11  schools, 
915  children,  and  28  teachers.  That 
>-ight  sentiment  was  making  progress 
ivi'T.'ars  from  the  folUtwing  fact: — 

'  A  few  nights  ago,"  says  Mr.  Fox, 
"  we  were  requested  by  the  inhabit- 
ants of  a  neighboring  village,  where  a 
dangerous  sickness  had  made  its  ap- 
pearance, to  go  and  pray  with  them  ; 
hoping  that  God  might  be  pleased  to 
remove  from  them  a  scourge  which 
tlireatened  to  lay  waste  the  whole 
village.  The  request  was  rather  an 
unusual  one  in  the  Cingalese  country, 
— the  people  having  recourse,  almost 
invariably,  under  such  circumstances, 
to  devil-ceremonies,  and  other  rites 
of  a  similar  description.  We  felt, 
however,  no  hesitation  in  complying 
with  the  request,  humbly  trusting 
that  God  would  in  some  way,  make 
it  a  means  of  good.  About  8  o'clock 
in  the  evening,  hearing  that  all  the 
village  was  assembled  in  a  large 
Bchool-room,  we  set  out,  accompanied 
by  Mr.  Rask,  Professor  of  the  Royal 
College  of  Copenhagen.  Lamps  were 
bung  on  the  trees  as  we  passed  along, 
and  the  silence  of  death  was  in  the 
village.  At  length  we  reached  the 
place  where  the  whole  village,  old 
and  young,  except  the  sick  and  their 
necessary  attendants,  were  assembled ; 
and  perhaps  a  more  striking  sight  can 
scarcely  be  conceived, — a  whole  vil- 
lage assembled  on  such  an  occasion. 
Brother  Clough,  though  very  weak, 
delivered  a  very  appropriate  exhorta- 
tion ;  and  after  two  prayers  had  been 
offered  up  on  their  behalf,  one  in 
Cingalese  and  one  in  Portuguese, 
with  a  seco;  -1  short  exhortation,  the 
company  separated  with  almost  the 
silence  of  a  departing  cloud.     Our 


COL 

own  minds  were  not  a  little  affected 
with  the  solemnity  of  the  scene  ;  and 
our  hearts  were  rejoiced  that  the  peo- 
ple were  at  length  brought  to  exclaim, 
'  Truly  in  vain  is  salvaticm  hoped  for 
from  the  hills,  and  from  the  multitude 
of  mountains  ;  truly  in  the  Lord  God 
only  is  salvation.'  ' 

In  182;?,  the  translation  of  the  whole 
Scriptures  in  the  Cingalese  was  com- 
pleted. Since  that  time,  Mr.  Clough 
has  finished  an  English  and  Cingalese 
dictionary,  which  has  been  printed  in 
a  volume  of  042  pages.  It  contains 
about  45,000  words.     "  The  congre- 

fations,"  say  Messrs.  Clough  and 
lardy,  in  1831,  '•  whether  native  or 
European,  have  not  in  any  instance, 
retrograded  ;  and  indications  nmltiply 
that  a  brighter  day  is  dawning  upon 
us."  Members  in  society,  153^ — 
schools,?;  scholars,  401. 

COLPETTY,a  large  and  populous 
village  in  the  neighborhood  of  Co- 
lombo, which  is  visited  by  the  Wesley- 
an  missionurics .  Early  in  1817,  a 
school-l'iouse  was  opened  ;  when  up- 
wards cf  100  boys  and  about  50  girls, 
were  admitted.  One  of  the  pupils, 
instructed  by  Mr.  Clough  in  the  mis- 
sion school  at  Gallo,  was  appointed 
the  general  master,  with  a  native 
assistant  teacher  under  him  ;  and  the 
girls  were  placed  under  the  care  of  an 
intelligent  young  woman  of  Dutch 
extraction,  who  had  been  recommend- 
ed by  Lady  Johnstone.  In  compli- 
ance with  the  prejudices  of  the  na- 
tives, the  children  of  different  castes 
were  seated  apart  from  each  other ; 
and,  in  consequence  of  this  regulation, 
numbers  were  induced  to  attend,  who, 
otherwise,  would  never  have  enjoyed 
the  means  of  instruction.  This  school, 
being  under  the  inmiediate  patronage 
of  Sir  A.  and  Lady  J.,  and  occasion- 
ally visited  by  the  Hon.  Chief  Justice 
and  other  distinguished  characters, 
soon  became  the  theme  of  conversation 
in  the  circumjacent  country,  and  nu- 
merous applications  were  made  for  the 
admission  of  children  from  distant  vil- 
lages. One  boy,  the  son  of  a  native 
washerman ,  walked  to  the  school  every 
morning,  from  the  distance  of  6  miles, 
and  returned  in  the  evening.  And 
another  lad,  of  the  highest  caste,  whose 
attendance  was  punctual,  cheerfully 
walked  16  miles  every  day,  to  enjoy 
the  advantages  of  the  institution. 

156 


MOS 


t  a  Httlo  affoctod 
if  the  scene  ;  and 
iced  that  the  peo- 
oujiht  to  exclaim, 
Ivation  hoped  for 
oni  the  multitude 
in  the  Lord  God 

itionof  the  whole 
igalese  was  com- 
inie,  Mr.  Clough 
ish  and  Cingalese 
s  been  printed  in 
^es.  it  contains 
"  The  congre- 
<rs.  Clough  and 
,'hetlier  native  or 
in  any  instance, 
lications  multiply 
is  dawning  upon 
.  society,  153— 
,  401. 

rge  and  populous 
hborhood  of  Co- 
ed by  the  JVesley- 
larly    in    1817,  a 
lened  ;  when  up- 
id  about  50  girls, 
ne  of  the  pupils, 
ough  in  the  mis- 
',  was  appointed 
,   with   a    native 
ler  him  ;  and  the 
der  the  care  of  an 
oman   of  Dutch 
jeen  recommend- 
jne.     In  compli- 
idices  of  the  na- 
if different  castes 
rom  each  other ; 
if  this  regulation, 
d  to  attend,  who, 
fer  have  enjoyed 
on.    This  school, 
icdiate  patronage 
,  and  occasion- 
on.  Chief  Justice 
shed   characters, 
e  of  conversation 
country,  and  nu- 
i'ere  made  for  the 
from  distant  vil- 
son  of  a  native 
the  school every 
itance  of  6  miles, 
evening.     And 
lest  caste,  whose 
!tual,  cheerfiilly 
ry  day, to  enjoy 
institution. 
156 


1 

I 

I  if 


MOSQUE  OF  SAINT  SOPHIA,  AT  CONSTANTINOPLE. 

[Page  158.] 


II 


k't 


1747, 


COL 


CON 


In  18S^,  the  iniBsionaries  say— 
«*  The  number  of  children  in  not  quite 
80  large  aa  formerly  ;  but  scarcely  a 
child  remains  who  was  at  the  school 
at  its  first  establishment:  the  boys 
then  admitted  have  gone  out  into  ac- 
tive life,  and  on  passmg  through  the 
ytreets  and  travelling  along  the  roads, 
we  are  often  gratified  in  recognizing  the 
faces  of  our  old  scholars,  now  grown 
up  and  become  creditable  young  men, 
employed  in  respectable  situations. 
On  meeting  us,  they  seldom  fail  to 
assure  us  of  their  sense  of  obligation, 
by  the  significant  native  salam.  In 
this  way  tlie  nativ*;  population  is  be- 
coming enlightened  and  moralized,  to 
a  degree  which  will  greatly  open  the 
way  of  subsequent  laborers." 

The  school  now  (l'^31)  contains  49 
boys.  So  greatly  has  it  prospered 
that  the  number  of  New  Testament 
readers  has  already  doubled,  and  there 
are  about  ;}0  writers.  An  excellent 
native  teacher  has  been  compelled  to 
remove  on  account  of  want  of  sup- 
port. 

COLUNCIIERRY,  one  of  the 
Syrian  churches,  in  the  Cottayam 
district,  Southern  India.  The  church 
was  erected  2'A)  years  ago.  There 
are  I'to  houses.  The  Christians  show 
little  of  real  piety. 

COM  BACON  UM,  a  village  be- 
tween Tranquebar  and  Tanjore,  Hin- 
doostan.  20  m.  from  Tanjore.  About 
the  commencement  of  the  eighteenth 
century,  the  Danish  missionaries  la- 
bored here  with  success ;  and,  in 
1747,  their  congregation  amounted  to 
upwards  of  500.  Recently,  the  C. 
K.  S.  has  supported  a  native  priest  at 
this  place. 

In  1823,  the  Rev.  G.  T.  Barenhruck 
came  here  from  Madras,  with  a  view 
of  fixing  himself  in  the  most  conve- 
nient place  for  superintending  the  es- 
tablishments of  the  C.  M.  S.  in  the 
Tanjore  country. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Mead,  of  the  L.  M.  S., 
who  removed,  in  1825,  to  Combaco- 
num,  for  the  benefit  of  his  health, 
labored  here.  He  had  a  small  Eng- 
lish congregation  ;  also  a  Tamul  con- 
gregation, consisting  of  about  40 
persons.  He  performed  several  mis- 
sionary tours  in  the  neighboring 
country,  preached  the  Gospel  to  many 
people,  and  saw  the  Scriptures  and 
tracts  well  received;  of  the  latter 
o 


several  thousands  were  put  into  cir- 
culation. 

The  native  readers,  of  whom  there 
are  six,  under  Mr.  Mead's  direction, 
itinerated  among  the  adjacent  villa- 
ges, for  the  purpose  of  publicly 
reading  the  Scriptures,  and  c(mversing 
with  the  people  on  religious  subjects. 
Tiiat  they  {lerformcd  these  services 
with  considerable  ability  and  zeal,  is 
apparent  I'rom  their  journals. 

The  number  of  inhabitants  at  Com- 
baconum  is  now  about  40,000.  Ed- 
mund Crisp,  mii'sionary  with  4  na- 
tive readers.  Mr.  C.  continues  to 
receive  great  encouragement  in  every 
department  of  his  labors ;  at  the  vari- 
ous services,  increased  attention  and 
seriousness  are  observed.  The  num- 
ber of  native  Christians,  under  the 
care  of  the  mission  is  34  males,  and 
40  females.  Mr.  C.  often  addresses 
large  congregations  of  heathen  on 
four  afternoons  in  the  week.  Five 
of  the  neighboring  villages  have  con- 
gregations connected  with  the  mission. 
In  11  schools,  there  are  377  boys. 
There  were  distributed,  last  year,  2G0 
portions  of  the  Scriptures  and  ele- 
mentary books  in  Tamul,  and  2000 
Tamul  Tracts. 

CONAGOODY,  a 
province  of  Tanjore. 
and  Mortaputty,  200 
become  catechumens. 

CONDACHY,  a  place  on  the  coast 
of  Ceylon,  where  there  is  a  pearl 
fishery.  Mr.  Spaulding  of  the  Ji.  B. 
C.  F.  M.,  on  one  occasion  distributed 
7000  Tracts. 

CONSTANTINOPLE,  (the  city 
of  Constantine),  called  by  the  orien- 
tal natior..j,  Constantinia,  and  by  the 
Turks  Istambol.  It  was  built  by 
Constantine  in  330,  and  named  from 
him.  It  has  been  beseiged  24  times, 
but  taken  only  6  times.  Without  the 
suburbs  it  is  about  11  m.  in  circuit;  in- 
cluding the  suburbs  it  is  55  m.  The 
number  of  inhabitants  is  estimated  by 
Von  Hammer,  at  030,000 ;  by  others 
at  1,000,000,  of  whom  over  200,000 
are  Greeks,  more  than  40,000  are 
Armenian  Christians,  more  than 
00,000  Jews,  and  the  remainder  Turks. 
The  number  of  mosques  is  about  500. 

Constantinople  is  thus  described 
by  Mr.  Goodell,  an  American  Mis- 
sionary, as  he  approach  1  the  city  oa 
the  9th  of  June,  1831. 

157 


village  in   the 

At  this  place 

families  have 


i'r' 


!:? 


CON 


CON 


^i;-^ 


I 


"  As  we  approachfd  ConBtantinopIc, 
the  iiicmt  CMciiantinjjr  pnmpoct  opened 
to  view.  In  the  country,  on  our  left. 
were  fieldH  rich  in  cuttiviition  nnd 
fruitf  ulneHH.  On  our  riglit,  were  the 
little  isicH  of  thiw  sea ;  and  heyond, 
the  high  hinds  of  Urusn,  with  Olym- 
pus, rearing  its  head  above  the  clouds, 
and  covered  with  eternal  snow,  in 
the  city,  mosques,  domes,  and 
hundreds  of  lolty  minarets,  were 
starting  up  amidst  the  iii.<i<!  iiu:::b!e 
abodes  of  men ,  all  end)os  )med  in  groves 
of  dark  cypresses,  whicJi,  in  some  in- 
stances, seemed  almost  like  a  forest ; 
while  before,  behind,  and  around  us, 
were  (besides  many  boats  of  the 
country)  more  than  twenty  scjuare- 
rigged  vessels,  bearing  the  flags  of 
different  nations,  all  under  full  sail, 
with  a  light  but  favorable  breeze — all 
converging  to  one  point,  and  that 
CoNSTANTiNOPi.K.  When  we  first 
caught  a  glimpse  of  Top-Hana  (Ja- 
lata,  and  rera,  stretching  from  the 
water's  edge  to  the  sunnnit  of  the 
liill,  and  began  to  sweep  round  Sera- 
glio Point,  th(!  vie^  became  most 
beautiful  and  sublime.  It  greatly 
surpassed  all  that  I  had  ever  conceiv- 
ed of  it.  We  had  been  sailing  along 
what  I  should  call  the  south  side  ol' 
the  city,  for  four  or  five  miles,  and 
were  now  entering  the  Bosphorus. 
with  the  city  on  our  left,  and  Scutari 
on  our  right.  Tlie  mosques  of  St. 
Sophia  and  of  sultan  Achmed  or  Se- 
lim,  (for  I  have  not  ascertained 
which,)  with  the  yialaces  and  gardens 
of  the  present  sultan  IVIahmoud,  were 
before  us  in  a^l  their  majesty  and  love- 
liness. Numerous  boats  were  shoot- 
ing rapidly  by  us  in  all  directions, 
giving  to  the  scene  the  appearance  of 
life,  activity,  pleasure,  and  business. 
The  vessels  before  us  had  been  re- 
tarded, and  those  behind  had  been 
speeded,  and  we  were  sweeping  round 
the  Golden  Horn  in  almost  as  rapid 
succession,  as  was  possible — every 
captain  apparently  using  all  his  skill 
to  prevent  coming  in  contact  with  his 
neighbor,  or  being  carried  away  by 
the  current;  and  every  passenger  ap- 
parently, like  ourselves,  gazing  with 
admiration  on  the  numerous  objects 
of  wonder  on  every  hand." 

In  this  city,  some  'lupcrtent  results 
have  immediately  followed  the  labors 
of  the  London  Jews'  Society.    A  spirit 


of  inquiry  prevailed  to  a  very  consid- 
erable extent  amongst  the  Jews  of 
Constantinople,  and  a  great  number 
of  copies  of  the  Hebrew  Old  and  New 
Testaments  had  b«'en  actually  pur- 
chased by  them.  The  Kabbis  took 
the  alarm,  and  in  vain  attempted  to 
put  a  8t<ip  to  the  circulation  of  the 
narred  books,  or  to  the  discussions 
which  were  continually  taking  jdaco 
on  the  subject  of  (hristianity.  it  up. 
pears  that  Mr.  Woltl'  was  by  no  meauH 
aware  of  the  result  with  which  it  had 
pleaH«'d  God  to  bless  bis  labors  at  Je- 
rusalem, until  his  arrival  at  Constan- 
tinople ;  when,  on  presenting  himself 
to  the  Itabbis  assembled  in  tlieir  col- 
lege for  teaching  the  law,  they  impre- 
cated curses  ujton  his  name  and  his 
memory.  On  his  i>i(|uiring  ,nt  cauhc, 
he  was  told  that  he  had  bc'cn  dissem- 
inating his  errors  at  J«'ru8a]em ;  and 
that  certain  Jews  had  written  down 
his  arguments,  and  had  come  to  Con- 
stantino[)U',  wliere  they  had  already 
turned  away  many  of  their  brethren 
fro?ii  the  ancient  iiiith.  They  inform- 
ed him  that  there  were  about  300 
Jews  who  were  more  or  less  affl?ctcd 
with  his  errors.  The  zealous  mission- 
ary rejoiced  to  receive  such  unexpect- 
ed testimony  to  the  power  of  the  Gos- 
pel from  the  lips  of  unbelieving  Jews, 
and  immediately  rejdied,  *'  I  am  de- 
ligl:'ed  to  hear  it,  and  I  hope  that  1 
sha'l  soon  add  you  to  the  number." 
He  continued  to  preach  the  Gospel  to 
his  nquiring  brethren  until  his  de- 
parture for  Enirland.  Several  applied 
to  him  for  baptism  ;  but,  at  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  British  ambassador, 
he  declined  complying  with  their 
earnest  request,  fearing  lest,  in  the 
political  excitement  which  then  pre- 
vailed in  Conslantinonle,  his  motives 
should  be  misconstrued,  and  he  should 
be  accused  of  improper  interference 
with  the  subjects  of  the  Ottoman 
Porte. 

The  committee  are  at  this  time 
anxiously  looking  out  for  a  duly  qual- 
ified missionary — a  man  of  warm  pie- 
ty and  sound  discretion — whom  they 
might  send  to  Constantinople,  to 
strengthen  the  hands  of  Jewish  be- 
lievers, and  to  prosecute  the  good 
work  thus  happily  begun. 

The  British  and  Foreign  B.  S.  has 
recently  employed  two  agents  here 
and   in    the    vicinity,   viz.    Messrs. 

158 


I 


^2 
etlot 


CON 


CON 


a  very  consid- 
the   Jews  of 
{jreat  number 
Old  and  New 
actually   pur- 
liabbiH  took 
uttnnpU'd  to 
ilation  of  the 
e    discuBsionH 
takinjf  idaco 
anity.     Jtap- 
8  by  nonieanti 
which  it  had 
"t  labors  at  Je- 
il  at  Constan- 
ntiiiff  hiniHolf 
in  tneir  col- 
j,  they  iinpre- 
lanie  and  his 
ngr  ',iiL  cautfc, 
b..'en  diesem- 
rusaJem ;  and 
written  down 
come  to  Con- 
liad  already 
lieir  brethren 
riiey  inform- 
•e   about  300 
less  affected 
lous  mJHSJon- 
ich  unexpect- 
r  of  the  Gos- 
lieving  Jews, 
,  '^  I  am  de- 
hope  that  1 
lie  number." 
the  Gospel  to 
until  his  de- 
veral  applied 
at  the  recom- 
ambassador, 
with    their 
lest,  in  the 
:h  then  pre- 
,  his  motives 
nd  he  should 
interference 
he    Ottoman 

it  this  time 
a  duly  qual- 
of  warm  pie- 
-whom  they 
ntinople,  to 
\  Jewish  be- 
te the  good 

o7t  B.  S.  has 
agents  here 
riz.    Messrs. 
158 


Lecves  and  Barker,  who  are  still  in- 
dustriouHly  promoting  the  circuLitixn 
of  the  Si;ri|»tiircfl.  This  is  a  very 
conmiandiiii^  [xwt  for  observation  and 
labor,  owini,'  to  its  central  Nitiiation, 
its  extennive  commerce,  tbe  irrcat  iii- 
fjluence  of  fnreiiru  merchautH  and  tr.iv- 
ellerH,  and  the  iacility  of  communica- 
tion with  the  N.  of  Ki  rope,  the  Hhorcs 
of  the  lJlii(;k  and  ('aspiiin  Seas,  and 
the  most  interesting  countries  of  the 
Mediterranean.  Kor  many  years,  how- 
ever, the  disturbed  state  of  the  coun- 
try has  greatly  retarded  benevolent 
en'orts. 

In  a  letter,  dated  Dec.  27,  Itr'Su 
Mr.  Leeves  sjiys  ;  — 

'•  1  cannot  close,  without  mention- 
ing that  an  im[)ortaut  event  has  taken 
place  among  the  .(ews  of  this  capital. 
Several  Jews  had  comi>  to  Air.  Hart- 
ley, of  the  C.  M  S.,  and  myself,  pro- 
leasing  their  lu'iief  in  Christ,  and  de- 
.siring  baptism.  Thi^i  cominir  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  Jewish  ll!il)liiH,  two 
of  the  nuudier  were  j"i'.:.;d,  i)astina- 
doed,  and  tiirown  into  prison,  Tiiroe 
others  secreted  tiiemselves,  and  were 
baptized  by  Mr.  Hartley.  They  were 
subsequently  discovered,  and  the  Jews 
demanded  of  llie  Porti?  the  execution 
«»f  one  of  them,  winch  was  refused  by 
the  Turks ;  but  they  were  all  cf)n- 
denined  to  the  bagnio  for  six  months, 
with  an  Arminian,  in  whose  house 
they  were  found.  Here  they  still  are, 
and  hitherto  iiruily  maintain  the  faith, 
which,  under  the  view  of  death,  they 
had  boldly  professed,  when  brought 
before  tiie  Grand  Vizier  and  other  au- 
thorities. Since  they  were  in  prison, 
tliey  have  sutiered  mueh  ill  treatment, 
stripes,  &c.,  from  the  Turkish  guards, 
whom  the  Jews  bribed  to  use  them 
ill,  in  the  hopes  of  shaking  their  con- 
stancy ;  but  in  vain.  I  have  used, 
and  am  using,  every  means  to  procure 
them  some  alleviation;  and,  by  the 
interference  of  our  Ambassador,  the 
extraordinary  persecution  they  were 
subject  to  has  been  withdrawn  from 
them,  although  they  are  still  in  chains, 
and  laboring  in  the  heavy  work  of  the 
arsenal.  This  affair  has  produced  a 
strong  sensation  among  all  classes  in 
this  metropolis ;  and  God  grant  that 
their  patience  may  remain  unshaken, 
and  their  sufferings,  like  those  of  the 
Christians  in  early  times,  produce  its 
effects  upon  their  brethren  !     This  is 


a  new  thing  in  this  capital ;  and  we 
shall,  doubtless,  have  great  difficulties 
to  encounter,  even  when  these  new 
Christian  brethren  are  reh'ased,  who 
must  still  e.\i»eet  to  sutfer  persecution. 
May  Providence  lead  us  tosueh  means 
as  may  insure  their  miti'ly,  and  leave 
the  way  open  or  others  to  join  them- 
selves to  this  little  band  !  A  youth  of 
l()  is  one  of  the  number,  who  shows 
great  fortitude  and  zeal,  and  has  re- 
sisfed  all  the  solicitations  and  teais  of 
father,  mother,  and  relations,  to  draw 
him  away  from  his  liiith,  witli  offers 
of  money,  clothes,  and  an  immediate 
release  irom  his  fett<'rs  and  prison. 
He  told  them,  that  Jesus  Christ  was 
now  his  father  and  mother;  that  he 
prett-rred  his  prison  to  all  they  could 
offer  him;  and  that,  when  they  be- 
came Christians,  In;  would  acknow- 
ledge them  as  his  relations." 

A  sum  of  mon«'y  having  been  de- 
manded lor  the  knocking  off  their 
chains,  it  was  sent  as  re(|uired,  but  the 
answer  was : — ••  An  order  has  come 
from  the  Vizier  not  to  take  otf  the 
chains,  but  to  use  evt^ry  possible  se- 
verity towards  the  prisoners." — '•  We 
are  also  informed,"  says  Mr.  Hartley, 
"  that  the  Jews  have  divided  'Mm  pi- 
astres among  the  Turks  who  have 
charge  of  tlu;  prisoners,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  obtaining  their  exertions  in 
torn«enting  them  to  the  utmost  possi- 
ble degree.  Thus  are  our  poor  friends 
suffering  a  continual  martyrdom  !  Tiie 
object  of  the  Jews  is  clear  :  they  hope 
to  wear  out  the  constancy  of  the  con- 
verts by  incessant  sufferings ;  or,  if 
that  attempt  siiould  fail,  to  bring  them 
down  to  the  grave."  In  reference  to 
one,  the  object  was  accomplished,  in 
his  return  to  Judaism  ;  two  of  them, 
however,  adluTed  to  their  profession. 
A  friend  at  Constantinople  says,  on 
the  10th  of  Nov.  1627,—''  A  few  days 
ago,  our  poor  Jews  were,  a  third  time, 
put  in  heavy  irons ;  but,  I  thank  God, 
they  are  firm  in  their  confession  of 
Christ,  under  all  trials." 

Through  the  agency  of  the  Armin- 
ians,  the  two  Christian  Jews,  and  the 
Arminian.  were  set  at  liberty,  on  the 
Ifjth  of  March,  1828.  The  one,  who 
relapsed,  was  a  man  fa  timid  spirit, 
and  had  not  imbibe'  ;ie  spirit  of  the 
Gospel  sufficiently  ndure  the  se- 
verities of  the  prison. 

159 


!•' 


s% 


■  H'i; 


t   ' 


■T 


CON 

Rev.  William  Goodell,  of  the  ^.  B. 
C.  F.  M.  now  resides  at  this  capital, 
partly  for  tlie  purpose  of  exerting  an 
influence  upon  tlie  Armenians,  and 
for  determining  the  value  of  a  trans- 
lation, whicli  he  has  made  of  the  New 
Testament  into  Armeno-Turkish.  He 
will  soon  be  joined  by  the  Rev.  H.  G. 
O.  Dwight.  Mr.  (i.  has  commenced 
the  translation  of  the  Old  Testament 
into  Armeno-Turkish.  He  now  re- 
sides at  Buyuk-Dere,  15  m.  from  the 
city,  the  house  in  which  he  lived 
having  been  destroyed  by  fire  in  Au- 
gust last.  The  following  extract  from 
a  letter  of  Mr.  Goodell,  of  Sept.  1631, 
will  be  read  with  interest. 

"  Went  with  some  American  gen- 
tlemen to  a  village  on  the  Bosphoius, 
called  Beshik  Tush,  to  see  the  sultan, 
as  he  went  to  the  mosque.  We  ob- 
tained a  good  situation,  and  had  a 
near  and  good  view  of  him.  He 
went  with  much  less  pomp  and  cere- 
mony, than  on  a  former  occasion, 
when  I  saw  him  in  Constantinople. 
He  had  then  just  returned  to  the  cap- 
ital after  an  absence  of  several  weeks, 
in  visiting  GallipoU,  Adrianople,  and 
other  places  ;  and  the  crowds  that  as- 
sembled to  see  him  were  immense. 
Sand  was  brought  and  strewed  upon 
the  pavement  the  whole  v/ay  from  the 
seraglio  to  the  mosque,  called  sultan 
Bajazet,  in  the  centre  of  the  citj*>  for 
his  horses,  which  were  most  richly 
caparisoned,  to  prance  upon  ;  his  pa- 
ges attended  him ;  the  troops  were 
reviewed  by  him ;  tlie  batteries  sa- 
luted him;  and  the  whole  beauty, 
fashion,  wealth,  and  magnificence  of 
the  imperial  city  seemed  to  be  poured 
forth  to  do  him  honor.  We  stood  on" 
a  stall  at  the  angle  of  the  street,  near 
the  mosque  to  which  he  was  going, 
where  the  concourse  of  people  was 
greatest,  and  where  we  had  the  best 
view  of  him  and  of  the  splendid  scene. 
His  large  dark  eye  rolled  in  an  easy 
dignified  manner  over  the  gazing 
multitude,  while  from  among  them 
not  a  wiiisptT  was  uttered,  not  a 
handkerchief  waved,  not  a  knee  bent 
in  adoratioii,  not  a  breath  heard, 
but  every  eye  was  riveted  on  his  as 
if  by  enchantment.  The  moment, 
however,  b<>fore  he  appeared,  every 
one  seemed  anxious  to  place  himself 
in  his  best  attitude.  The  ladies  ad- 
justed their  yashmucks ;   several  fine 


COR 

looking  young  men,  whose  religion,  I 
suppose,  will  not  allow  them  to  use 
brushes  made  of  hogs'  bristles,  brush- 
ed their  boots  with  their  liandt: ;  and 
an  old  and  very  brazen-faced  Israele 
pressed  forward  through  the  crowd, 
in  order  to  be  ready  to  present  to  the 
seignor  the  written  petition,  which 
she  held  in  her  hand. 

"  The  occasion  to-day  being  only  an 
ordinary  one,  his  attention,  as  he 
passed  us,  was  wholly  directed  to 
ourselves  ;  and  he  fixed  his  keen  eyes 
upon  us  with  such  intenseness,  that  I 
had  more  than  once  to  clf)se  my  own, 
in  order  to  escape  from  the  pene- 
trating gaze  of  his.  His  appearance 
on  horseback  is  grand  and  imposing. 
His  countenance  is  open,  bold,  and 
full  of  majesty.  1  have  seen  no  in- 
dividual in  his  dominions  who  had  a 
face  more  in  accordance  with  our 
ideas  of  one  befittinor  a  sultan  than 
his  own.  On  foot,  the  crookedness  of 
his  legs  renders  his  walk  ungraceful. 
It  is  said  he  never  rides  a  horse  more 
than  one  year.  When  he  goes  to  say 
his  prayers,  all  these  horses,  which, 
after  he  has  ridden  them  a  year,  can 
be  used  by  no  other,  are  always  con- 
ducted with  him  to  the  mosque  ;  and 
being  decorated  with  trappings  of 
gold,  diamonds,  and  brilliants,  and 
being  full  of  flesh  and  fire,  they  dance 
along  with  lolly  mien,  and  contribute 
much  to  the  splendour  and  magnifi- 
cence of  the  scene." 

Mr.  Goodell  has  established  several 
schools,  which  are  of  great  import- 
ance, and  what  is  a  most  unexpected 
event,  are  sanctioned  by  the  Turkish 
government.  Rev.  Win.  G.  Schauf- 
fler,  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  and  sup- 
ported by  the  Boston  Female  Jews' 
Society,  is  now  at  Paris,  preparing  to 
go  on  a  mission  to  the  Jews  in  Con- 
stantinople. 

CORFU,  (anciently  Coreyra);  an 
island  in  the  Mediterranean,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Adriatic  ;  about  45  m. 
long,  and  from  15  to  20  m.  wide  ;  Ion. 
2(1"  20'  E. ;  lat.  39"  40'  N.  Pop. 
(iO.flOO.  Sq.  m.  221).  The  climate  is 
mild  but  variable,  the  air  healthy,  the 
land  fertile,  and  the  fruit  excellent. 
Oranges,  citrons,  the  most  delicious 
grapes,  honey,  wax,  and  oil  are  ex- 
ceedingly abundant.  This  island  is 
united  with  Cephalonia,  Zante  &c. 
to  form  a  republic  under  the  denoni'- 


are 


whose  religion,  i 
low  them  to  use 

3'  bristles,  brush- 
heir  handt; ;  and 
zen-faced  Israele 
mgh  the  crowd, 
to  present  to  the 
jietition,  which 

ay  being  only  an 

ttention,   as    he 

nlly   directed    to 

:ed  his  keen  eyes 

tenseness,  that  J 

,0  close  my  own, 

from    the  pene- 

His  appearance 

id  and  imposing. 

open,  bold,  and 

avc  seen  no  in- 

nions  who  had  a 

dance  with   our 

S  a  sultan  than 

e  crookedness  of 

'alk  ungraceful. 

es  a  horse  more 

n  he  goes  to  say 

'  horses,  which, 

lem  a  year,  can 

ire  always  con- 

le  mosque  ;  and 

h    trappings   of 

brilliants,  and 

fire,  they  dance 

,  and  contribute 

)ur  and  magnifi- 

ablished  several 
f  great  import- 
lost  unexpected 
by  the  TurkisJi 
Vm.  G.  Schauf- 
F.  M.,  and  sup- 
i  Female  Jews' 
•is,  preparing  to 
e  Jews  in  Con- 

Y  Coreyra) ;  an 
ranean,  at  the 
i ;  about  45  m. 
I)  m.  wide  ;  Ion. 

40'  N.      Pop. 

The  climate  is 
air  healthy,  the 
fruit  excellent, 
most  delicious 
ind  oil  are  ex- 

Tiiis  island  is 
lia,  Zante  &c. 
der  the  denom/- 

J  00 


COR 

Ination  of  the  Seven  Islands.  Corfu, 
the  capital,  has  a  population  of  ]5,0U0. 
It  is  the  see  of  an  archbishop,  and 
the  seat  of  government  of  the  Ionian 
islands,  is  delendt-d  by  2  fortnvses. 
and  has  a  good  harbor.  In  ibid  an 
university  was  established  here,  under 
the  auspices  of  the  British  govern- 
ment, by  the  Earl  of  Guilford,  who 
was  appointed  chancellor,  and  who 
nominated  (ireeks,  of  the  first  abilities 
to  the  chairs  of  instruction.  The 
number  of  students  soon  amounted  to 
150.  Since  16'^2,  the  Rev.  Isaac 
Lowndes,  of  the  L.  M.  S.  has  labored 
in  tiiis  island.  In  his  report  of  April. 
1831,  he  mentions  that  the  boys" 
schools  were  2i  in  numb(M-.  and  con- 
tained !K)U  children.  Female  schools 
'    "^  are  established.     Miss  Robertson  has 

one  of  a  liitrh  order.  Relitrious  tracts 
are  eagerly  sought  by  the  Greeks. 
Sunday  schools  in  and  near  Corfu, 
have  li^'y  scholars.  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Lowndes  are  active  in  the  superin- 
tendence of4  girls'  schools,  in  Corfu, 
and  neio-jiborini;  villaoos.  containiinr 
about  *<i50  girls,  who  make  good  pro- 
gress. Christian  L.  Korck,  M.  iJ.  of 
tliO  C.  M.  S.  lately  at  Sj'ra,  has  re- 
moved to  Corfu, 

C0R1NVEI-:L,  one  of  the  Syrian 
churches  in  Southern  India,  'riiere 
are  35  houses  connected  with  it. 

COliOMANUEL,  a  village  in 
Southern  India,  where  is  a  scliool. 
holonivinir  to  the  Pulicaat  station  of  the 
C.  M.  v. 

COTTA,  a  village  in  C(>ylon,  about 
()  m  S.  E.  of  Colombo,  situated  in  a 
very  populous  district.  Inhabitants 
4500. 

The  Rev.  Samuel  Lambrick,  of  the 
C.  M.  S.,  entered  on  this  desiral)le 
station  in  Dec.  18l2'i.  A  piece  of 
ground  of  about  5  acres  was  purchased 
in  perpetuity  from  governniei  t ;  and 
a  dwelling-house  and  printinir-office 
erected.  The  people  among  whom 
he  labored  are  nominally.  Christians, 
though  many  of  them  profess  to  hold 
Budhism  also  ;  they  seem,  in  fact, 
to  be  Budhists  in  heart,  while,  for 
temporal  interest,  they  call  themselves 
Christians.  Lamentable  ignorance, 
however,  generall/  prevails  among 
them.  Mr.  L.  in  addition  to  the  es- 
tablishment of  schools,  has  been  ex- 
ceedingly active  in  the  discharge  of 
his  ministry. 


COT 

The  Rev.  Joseph  Bailey  arrived  at 
this  station  on  th(!  28th  of  August, 
1826,  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Selkirk,  on 
the  1st  of  Sept. 

The  following  facts  show  the  state 
of  this  mission,  in  18*31.  S.  Lam- 
brick, James  Selkirk,  missionaries, 
W.  Lambrick,  catechist,  W.  Ridsdale, 
printer,  Elias,  school  visitor,  10  native 
school  teachers.  Rev.  Joseph  Bailey 
has  charge  of  St.  Paul's  church,  Co- 
Ioml)o.  Sunday  morning  congrega- 
tion is  170  or  180,  chiefly  seminarists 
and  ciiildren.  Several  adults  have 
been  baptized.  There  is  a  growing 
iudirti'rence  among  the  Cingalese  to 
idolatry,  wliih'  they  are  still  enslaved 
to  very  gross  superstitions.  Semina- 
rists 11,  schools  13,  with  340  boys, 
and  50  girls.  The  whole  Bil)le  is 
translating  into  familiar  Cingalese  by 
the  missionaries.  In  ]f3l,  there 
issued  from  the  press,  1.740  portions 
of  the  New  Testament,  1  ,!25()  Conunon 
Prayer  Books,  ^nd  8,ii50  tracts  and 
i)ooks,  all  in  Cingalese.  Bishop 
Turner,  in  his  visit,  in  the  spring  of 
1831,  was  greatly  pleased  with  this 
station.     Me  continued  f^7  ])ersons. 

COTTA  YAM,  or  COTYM,  a  vil- 
lage on  the  Malal)ar  coast,  Hindoos- 
tan,  about  \r<  ui.  from  All(>pie  :  in- 
cluding a  small  circuit ;  it  contains 
about  1000  h  .uses,  and  is  in  the  midst 
of  a  very  ])opulnus  country.  The 
labors  of  the  missionaries  liere  are 
[)rincipally  devoted  to  tiie  spiritual 
good  of  tiie  Syrian  Christians  on  this 
coast,  of  whom  it  is  necessary  to 
premise  some  account. 

The  Sijritni  Christians,  otherwise 
called  St.  Tiioniiis's  Chii.^tiinis,  in- 
habit the  interior  of  M.alabar  and 
Travancore,in  the  S  W.  part  of  llin- 
doostan.  Thej  extend  from  N.  to  S. 
150  or  200  m.,  and  in  breadth  40  or 
5(!.  Between  50  and  CO  churches 
hclontj  to  tiiia  ancient  branch  of  the 
Christian  Church,  which  has  pre- 
served the  Syriac  Scriptures,  in  man- 
uscript; from  Christ  and  the  apostles  ; 
and,  unconnected  with  the  rest  of 
the  Christian  world,  has  stood  for 
ages,  amidst  the  darkest  scenes  of 
idolatry  and  persecution.  The  tradi- 
tion among  them  is,  that  the  Gospel 
was  planted  in  Hindoostan  by  the 
apostle  Thomas.  Landing  at  Cran- 
ganore,  or  Chenganoor,  from  Aden 
in  Arabia,  he  was  well  received  by 

161 


I.. 

I. 

n 


I  i 


'« 


COT 


COT 


ft  I 


'i 


\s 


mm. 


Masleus,  kinw  of  the  country,  whose 
son,  Zusan,  he  baptized,  and  after- 
wards ordained  deacon.  Alter  con- 
tinuing some  time  at  Craniranore,  he 
visited  the  coast  of  Coromandel,  and 
preached  the  Gospel  at  Meliipoor,  and 
finally  at  St.  Thomas's  Mount,  near 
Madras,  where  he  was  put  to  death. 
His  tomb  long  remained  an  object  of 
veneration.  Dr.  Buchanan  entertain- 
ed a  decided  opinion,  that  we  have 
aa  good  authority  to  believe  that  the 
apostle  Thomas  died  in  India,  as  that 
the  apostle  Peter  died  at  P.,ome. 

That  Christians  existed  in  India, 
in  the  2d  century,  is  a  fact  fully   at- 
tested.     The    Bishop   of  India   was 
present,  and  signed  his  name  at  the 
council  of  Nice,  in  325.      The  next 
year  Frumentius  was  consecrated  to 
that  office  by  Athanasius,  of  Alexan- 
dria, and  founded  many  churches  in 
India.     In   the  5th  century,  a  Chris- 
tian ')  .shop,  from  Antioch,  accompa- 
nied  by   a  small   colony   of  Syrians, 
emigrated  to  India,  and  settled  on  the 
coast  of  Malabar.     The  Syrian  Cliris- 
tians  enjf)yed  a  succession  of  bishops, 
appointed  by  the  patriarch  of  Antioch, 
from  the  beginning  of  the  3d  century, 
till  they  were  invaded  by  the  Portu- 
guese.    They  still  retain  the  Liturgy 
anciently   used   in   the    churches   of 
Syria,   and   employ    in    their   public 
worship  the  language  spoken  by  our 
Saviour  in  the  streets  of  Jerusalem. 
The  first   notices  of  this  people,  in 
modern  times,  are  found  in  the  Por- 
tuguese   histories.      In    1503,   there 
were  upwards  of  100  Christian  church- 
es on  the  coast  of  Malabar.     As  soon 
as    the    PortJiguese    were   able,  they 
compelled  the  churches  nearest  the 
coast,  to  acknowledge  the  supremacy 
of  the  Pope;    and  1590,  they  burnt 
all  the  Syriac  and  Chaldaic  books  and 
records  on  which  they  could  lay  their 
hands.      The   churches   which  were 
tlius   subdued,  av*    called   the   Sijro- 
Roman  Christians,  and,  with  the  con- 
verts from  other  tribes,  form  a  popu- 
lation, of  nearly   150,000.     Those  in 
the    interior    would    not   submit    to 
Rome  ;  but,  after  a  show  of  union  for 
a  time,  fled  to  the  mountains  in  1053, 
liid  their  books,  and  put  themselves 
under   the   protection  of  the   native 
princes,  by   whom   they   have   been 
kept  in  a  state  of  depression.     These 
are    called    the    Syrian    ChrisUans. 


About  10,000  persons,  with  53  church- 
es, separated  from  the  Catholics  ;  but 
in  consequence  of  the  corrupt  doc- 
trines and  licentious  manners  of  their 
associates,  many  have  fallen  from 
their  former  state,  and  very  few  traces 
of  the  high  character  which  they 
f>nce  possessed,  can  now  be  discov- 
ered. 

With  regard  to  the  actual  number 
of  these  people,  it  is  difficult  to  arrive 
at  any  exact  conclusion.  It  appears, 
however,  most  probable,  as  well  from 
the  reason  of  the  case,  as  from  the 
accounts  of  Anquetil,  Du  Pirron  and 
others,  that  they  were  a  mucii  more 
numerous  body  of  people  in  former 
times  than  they  are  at  present.  They 
now  themselves  reckon  up  68  church- 
es belonging  to  their  body,  of  which 
55  have  maintained  their  indepen- 
dence of  the  Roman  Pontift".  Ac- 
cording to  the  most  accurate  estimate 
that  can  be  formed,  the  number  of 
families  belonging  to  these  55  church- 
es amounts,  at  the  lowest  computation, 
to  13,000 ;  the  majority  of  these  are 
poor,  and  support  themselves  by  daily 
labor ;  others  employ  themselves  in 
merchandize  and  agriculture.  Though 
many  among  them  are  most  highly 
respectable,  especially  those  of  the 
class  termed  Tarragon,  yet  there  are 
none  who  can  justly  be  styled  men  of 
property  ;  there  are  very  few  indeed 
among  them  possessed  of  property  to 
the  amount  of  5000  rupees. 

The  number  of  officiating  priest.s, 
conunonly  called  Catanars,  is  144. 
These  are  wholly  supported  by  the 
offi-'rings  of  the  laity,  on  festival  days, 
and  on  the  administration  of  the  oc- 
casional rites  of  the  Church,  which, 
for  the  most  part,  aiford  but  a  very 
scanty  support ;  and  in  very  few  in- 
stances do  the  monthly  offerings  re- 
ceived by  a  Catanar  exceed  5  rupees. 
They  are  generally  of  the  best  fami- 
lies, and  consequently  upon  their 
character,  as  to  morals  and  informa- 
tion, depends,  in  a  great  degree,  that 
of  the  districts  in  which  they  reside. 

The  Syrian  Christians  are,  m  them- 
selves, awfully  su.ik  and  degraded. 
The  total  disregard  of  the  Sabbath, 
the  profanation  of  the  name  of  God, 
drunkenness,  and,  to  a  considerable 
extent,  especially  among  the  priest- 
hood, adultery, — are  very  prevalent 
among  them. 

163 


I 

S-'T 

k 


% 


I 


In 
the  la 
their 
tian 
has  b 
ditioi 
of  til 

ian 

pietec 

and 


with  53  church- 
Catholics  ;  but 
le  corrupt  doc- 
lannors  of  their 
ve  fallen  from 
very  il-w  traces 
?r  which  they 
aow  be  discov- 

actual  number 
ifficult  tu  arrive 
n.  It  iippears, 
le,  as  well  from 
n\  an  from  the 
I)u  Pi  rron  and 
a  much  more 
ople  in  former 
present.  They 
n  up  bb  church- 
body,  of  which 
their  indepcn- 
i  Pontift'.  Ac- 
curate estimate 
Lhe  number  of 
lese  05  church- 
st  computation, 
y  of  these  are 
iselvcs  by  daily 
themselves  in 
ilture.  Though 
re  most  highly 
'  those  of  the 
,  yet  there  are 
3  styled  men  of 
?ry  few  indeed 
of  property  to 
pees. 

iciating  priests, 
anars,  is  144. 
)ported  by  the 
n  festival  days, 
ition  of  the  oc- 
/hurch,  which, 
)rd  but  a  very 
n  very  few  in- 
y  offerings  re- 
:ceed  5  rupees. 
the  best  fami- 
y  upon  their 
and  informa- 
at  degree,  tliat 
ch  they  reside, 
s  are,  m  them- 
and  degraded. 
'  tlie  Sabbath, 
name  of  God, 
a  considerable 
ng  the  priest- 
ery  prevalent 

162 


It 


% 


COT 

In  180(3,  this  people  was  visited  by 
the  late  Dr.  Buc/mmin,  who  presented 
their  case  to  the  public,  in  his  Chris- 
tian Researches,  since  wiiich  much 
has  been  done  to  meliorate  their  con- 
dition. He  oommeuced  a  translation 
of  the  New  Testament  mto  the  Syr- 
ian language,  which  has  been  com- 
pleted and  published  since  his  death, 
and  copies  sent  to  each  of  the  church- 
es. 

Some  account  of  other  means  adopt- 
ed for  their  welfare  remains  to  be 
given. 

Colonel    Munro,    the    Company's 
resident      in      Travancore,     having 
erected  a  co.lege  at  Cotym,  for   the 
education  of  tiie  Syrian  priests,  wish- 
ed to  place  an  English  clergyman  on 
the    spot.       Accordingly     the     Rev. 
Benjamin    Biiiley    proceeded,     with 
Mrs.  Bailey.  ov(>rland  to  Travancore, 
and  they  were  fixed  at   Cotym  about 
tlie  beginning  of  lbl7.     All  the  mea- 
sures  planned   by   Col.  Munro   were 
cordially    approved     by     the     Syrian 
clergy,  and  aided  by  them  so  far  as  it 
had  been  practicable,  to  carry  the  ar- 
langemenls  for  their  accomplishment 
into  effect.     F'or  the  translation  of  the 
Syrian   Scriptures  and    Liturgy  into 
Malayalim,  the    vernacular  language 
of  the  country,  a   number  of  learned 
Catanars  were  assembled  by  the  Me- 
Iran ;    and  at   this    period   they    had 
advanced  in  their  labors  as  far  as  the 
First   Book   of    Sauuiel    in   the   Old 
Testament,     besides    the     Books     of 
Psalms,  Proverbs,  and  part  of  Isaiah  ; 
and  in  the  New,  to  the  Epistle  to  the 
Philippians.     The   execution  of  this 
work  was  superintended  by   the  Rev. 
Mr.   Bailey,  and    the    expense  of   it 
was  borne  by  the  Caltiitta  Aut,.  B.  S. 
The  College  also  was  committed  to 
the  charge  of  Mr.    Bailey,  for  whom 
a  house    was  erected  adjoining  that 
institution. 

In  the  course  of  1818,  her  High- 
ness the  Rannoe  of  Travancore  pre- 
sented the  College  witli  20,000  rupees, 
which  were  laid  out  into  land ;  besides 
a  previous  gift  of  1000  rupees,  for 
erecting  a  chapel,  and  furnishing  the 
buildings  of  the  Colh^ge.  She  also 
annexed  to  it  a  tract  of  land  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Quilon,  at  least  7  m. 
in  circumference,  with  several  sub- 
sidiary grants,  in  order  to  render  it 
productive;  and,  lastly,  appointed  a 


COT 

monthly  allowance  of  70  rupees  from 
the  state,  for  the  support  of  a  hospi- 
tal, to  be  attached  to  the  college .  The 
Rajah  of  Cochin,  also,  emulous  of 
her  Highness's  bounty,  presented 
5000  rupees  for  the  benefit  of  the 
Protestant  missions ;      the    whole    of 


M 


which  was  appropriated  by  the  resi- 
dent to  the  support  of  the  southern 
mission,  under  the  Rev.  Mr.  Mead,  of 
the  L.  M.  S. 

Till  the  end  of  1818,  at  which  time 
Mr.  Fenn  arrived,  Mr  Bailey  was 
the  only  missionary  resident  at  Co- 
tym ;  and  the  number  of  his  occupa- 
tions prevented  his  making  so  nmch 
progress  in  the  arrangements  of  the 
college  as  he  wished,  and,  conse- 
quently, this  accession  was  of  great 
importance. 

In  Dec.  1819,  the  missionaries 
Avrote  : — "  The  year  has  been  an  anx- 
ious one.  The  departure  of  the  late 
resident  depressed  our  spirits  at  its 
conunencement ;  and  a  constant  suc- 
cession of  events,  perplexed  in  their 
connexion,  and  important  in  their 
consequences,  has  kept  our  minds  on 
a  continued  stretch,  and  occupied 
much  of  our  most  valuable  time  ; 
while  they  have  been  as  a  dead  weight 
upon  our  spirits.  The  elHciency  of 
the  missionaries,  in  the  past  yenr.  has 
therefore  been  small."  Of  the  Col- 
lege they  say  ; — "  The  number  of 
students  receiving  instruction  is  25  ; 
their  studies  are  the  Syriac  and  tlie 
English :  3  of  the  students  are  sur- 
passed by  very  iew  of  the  catanars  in 
their  knowledge  of  the  Svriac.  Their 
progress  in  the  English  is  small ;  the 
pronunciation  they  are  gradually  ac- 
quiring, and  G  or  7  of  them  can  read 
any  book  with  tolerable  ease  :  beyond 
this,  their  knowledge  of  the  language 
can  scarcely  be  said  to  extend.  Be- 
sides the  students,  there  are  18  chil- 
dren receivinir  instruction  in  Eng- 
lish. The  diffi^rence  of  these  from 
the  students  consists  in  their  having 
received  no  oruination,  by  which  the 
students  are  irrevocably  set  apart  to 
the  clerical  office."  There  was  also 
a  school  at  this  time  in  Cotym,  the 
scholars  of  which  varied  from  30  to 
50  in  number;  and  another  on  the 
college  property  in  Calada,  having 
IG  scholars,  the  instruction  being  then 
confined  to  Malayalim.  In  reference 
to  the  improving  state  of  the  Syrian 

163 


W\ 


,!,!, 


rnrt  '! 


•  1 


COT 

Church,  the  missionarieg  give  the 
following  facts  : — "  The  first  is  tiie 
marriage  of  the  clergy,  and  the  few 
objections  seriously  made  agains*  it 
by  any.  From  the  present  dissolute 
state  of  the  morals  of  the  clergy  1 1,0 
metropolitan  is  anxious  for  the  mea- 
sure. The  number  of  cutanars  now 
married  is  nearly  ;}().  Anotlier  fa- 
vorable circulll^:tance  is,  the  pleasure 
with  which  the  metropolitan  and  sev- 
eral of  his  clergy  have  riceived  Mr. 
Bailey's  prt\sent  of  the  English  Lit- 
urgy in  their  native  tongue.  Of  their 
own  accord,  some  of  the  catanars  have 
read  it  in  their  churches.  There  are, 
besides,  other  marks  of  improvement ; 
as  a  growing  tlecorum  in  the  house  of 
God,  &c." 

Through  subsequent  ^-ears  the  mis- 
sionary work  was  prosecuted  with  en- 
ergy and  etfect.  Tiie  translation  of 
the  Scriptures  proceeded  in  the  Ma- 
layalim,  and  preparation  was  made 
for  printing  them.  Hopeless  of  any 
thing  better,  at  least  fur  a  long  time 
to  come,  Mr.  Bailey,  without  ever 
having  seen  a  type-foundry,  or  its  ap- 
paratus of  any  kind,  and  eager  to  get 
some  portion  of  the  Scri})tures  and 
some  other  works  respectaiily  printed, 
as  soon  as  possible,  set  himself  to  en- 
deavor to  form  his  own  types,  with 
such  aid  ;is  he  could  lind  from  books 
alone,  and  from  conmion  workmen. 
He  had  recourse  chiefly  to  the  Ency- 
clopoBdia  IJritiinnica ;  and.  with  the 
instructions  whii  1;  he  derived  from 
this  andanothe  .  Mer  work  or  two, 
a  common  car(j  •.)'.".  and  two  silver- 
smiths, he  succi  -  iia  so  completely, 
that  he  sent  a  specimen  of  his  types, 
in  print,  to  the  Resident,  who  uuich 
admired  their  beauty  and  correctness. 
and  complimented  Mr.  B.  on  his  suc- 
cess. Mr.  Bailey  counted  upon  being 
able  to  prepare  a  sufliciency  of  types 
for  the  printing  of  the  whole  Scrip- 
tures, in  little  more  than  a  quarter  of 
a  year.  Besides  the  correctness  and 
beauty  of  his  types,  noticed  by  Colonel 
Newall,  he  afterwards  so  reduced  them 
in  size,  that  they  could  be  printed  at 
one  half  of  the  cost  of  the  old  types. 

A  permanent  reduction  in  the  ex- 
pense of  printing  also  took  place,  in- 
V(  ving  another  interesting  circum- 
stmce  in  connexion  with  ^Ir.  Bailey. 
The  printer,  sent  from  Madras,  was 
dismissed.  In  the  mean  time,  a  youth, 


COT 

adopted  some  years  ago  by  >;r  Bait^v 
u.:,  :;  '  tifiito  orphiin  ;M1<!  iiad  ac- 
euir'.'d  he  ar  .  ol  printing  sufficiently 
to  sa'cceed  af  head  printer,  to  which 
'  ffice  he  was  appointed  on  a  salary  of 
7  riij  'es  ])'  r  uKM'th.  This  little  inci- 
dent added  singuhirly  to  the  complete- 
ness of  Mr.  Bailey's  work  in  tlie  edi- 
tion of  the  Malayalim  Scriptures,  The 
translation  was  entirely  his  own — the 
ty])es  were  f  irmetl  by  himself  from 
the  very  mould — aiul  tiie  printing  was 
executed  by  an  orphan  boy,  reared  up 
by  his  char'ty. 

About  this  time  Mar  Athanasius,  a 
metropolilan  from  Antiorh,  paid  a  vis- 
it to  the  Syrian  churches.  At  the 
time  of  ills  arrival,  the  retired  metro- 
politan, Philoxenus,  had  resmued  his 
pastoral  cares,  in  conse(jueuce  of  tin.' 
death  of  Dionysius,  who  had  succeed- 
ed hiin  :  the  INIalpan  Philip  had  been 
appointed  successor  to  Dionysius  ;  but 
the  return  of  Philoxenus  to  his  labors, 
for  a  lime  at  least,  was  thought  neces- 
sary. Over  these  metropolitans,  and 
the  whilf^  Syrian  cluirch,  Athanasius 
assuh;<  d  uncontrolled  authority,  as 
having  been  deputed  i)y  the  patriarch 
of  the  mother  church  at  Antioch,  and 
cnuuuenced  a  series  of  violent  meas- 
ures. He  endeavored  to  persuade  the 
catanars  to  nuiounce  tbeir  allegiance 
to  tiuir  metrans — denied  the  validity 
of  t'te  molrans'  title,  and  the  orders 
which  they  had  conferred — insisted, 
if  he  wore  acknowledged,  on  their  be- 
ing stri])ped  of  their  robes,  and  resign- 
ing their  cross  and  pastoral  staff — and 
excited  such  a  tumult,  by  his  proceed- 
inos,  as  compelled  the  resident.  Col. 
Newall,  to  remove  him  from  the  coun- 
try. 

This  event  has,  as  might  have  been 
expected,  in  seme  degree  affected  the 
interests  of  the  mission  ;  but  from  re- 
cent accounts,  its  eti'ects  gradually 
subsided. 

H.  Baker  is  now  laboring  at  this 
station  (1831)  with  3  native  clergy- 
men, and  45  lay  assist.ants.  Messrs. 
Bailey  and  Doran  are  on  a  visit  to 
England.  Congregations  in  the  Sun- 
day morning  service  in  English,  180 
to  200 ;  at  afternoon  Malayalim  ser- 
vice, 300.  Several  of  the  Catanarj 
preach  occasionally,  greatly  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  missionaries.  The 
communicants  are  all  Ei^'rlish,  as  iha 
Syrians  are  connected  with  their  own 

164 


CRA 


CUD 


;?'ii'i  jiad  ac- 
iiiiT  sufficiently 
inter,  to  which 
d  on  a  salary  of" 
This  little  inci- 
to  the  coniplete- 
ork  in  tiie  edi- 
^criptures.  The 
y  his  own — the 
himself  from 

le  j)rintin(r  was 
1  boy,  reared  up 

r  Athnnasius,  a 
ioch,  paid  a  vis- 
re  hes.     At  the 

retired  nietro- 
iid  resumed  his 
efjuence  of  the 
lo  hiid  succeed- 

liilip  had  been 
J->ionysius;  but 
IIS  to  his  labors, 

thouoht  neces- 
roi)()Jifans,  and 
eh,  Athanasius 

authority,    as 
y  tlie  patriarch 
t  Antioch,  and 
"  violent  nieas- 
to  persuade  tlie 
leir  alleiriance 
'd  the  validity 
lid  the  orders 
rred — insisted, 
'd,  on  tiieir  be- 
es, and  resiyn- 
oral  staff— and 
)y  his  proceed- 
resi(l(>nt,   Col. 
rrom  the  coun- 

ght  have  been 
'e  affected  the 
;  but  from  re- 
cts   gradually 

'ov'ing  at  this 
lative  clergy- 
nts.     Messrs. 
on  a  visit  to 
IS  in  the  Sun- 
English,  180 
alayalim  ser- 
the   Catanarj 
•eatly    to   the 
maries.     The 
. 'rlish,  as  iha 
ith  their  own 
164 


' 

i? 


churche-  The  college  contains  95 
students ,  grammar  school,  50  boys ; 
in  43  paro'  bial  schools,  there  are  liOu 
boys  and  i.)  girln  An  edition  of  5000 
copies  of  the  MiilayaJim  New  Testa- 
ment has  been  printed,  1000  prayer 
books,anu  3000  tracts  and  catecliisms. 

CRADOCK  11.,  a  river  in  South 
Ati-ica,  on  the  banks  of  which  is  the 
missionary  station,  Phillipolis. 

CREDIT  R.;  a  missionary  station 
on  the  banks  of  that  river  under  the 
American  Metliodists,  2i)  m.  west  of 
York.  Up'-'T  Canada,  where  the  Mis- 
sissaugah  Indi.ins  reside,  yo  comfort- 
able houses  were  built  for  them  b^  the 
provincial  government.  With  the  ex- 
ception of 'i  families,  the  whole  of  the 
tribe  have  embraced  Cliristianity,  (in- 
cluding 2  chiefs)  to  the  number  of 
130  ;  of  whom  110  are  members  of  the 
church.  Adults,  under  religious  in- 
stru''*''in,  y4(». 

CREEK  PATH,  a  town  of  the 
Cherokee  nation,  on  the  S.  side  of  the 
Tennessee  river,  in  Alabama,  about 
100  m.  W.  S.  W.  of  Brainerd. 

At  this  place  is  a  station  of  the  ^^. 
B.  C.  F.  M.  It  was  commenced  in 
1820,  by  the  Rev.  Wm.  Potter.  A 
church  was  organized  in  1823.  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Potter,  with  Miss  Erminia 
Nash,  are  employed  as  missionaries 
and  teachers.  In  1831,  unusual  seri- 
ousness prevailed  at  this  station,  and 
six  were  added  to  the  church. 

CREEKS,  or  MUSCOGEES;  In- 
dians in  the  western  part  of  Georgia 
and  the  eastern  part  of  Alabama.  The 
number  of  warriors  is  about  GOOO,  and 
of  souls  above  20,000.  They  suffered 
severely  in  1813  and  in  1814,  in  the 
war  with  the  U.  States.  They  are 
the  most  warlike  tribe  east  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, Some  of  their  towns  contain 
from  150  to  200  houses. 

In  1823,  the  Am,  Bap.  Board  estab- 
lished a  mission  among  the  Creeks. 
The  station  was  named  Withington. 
In  1827,  a  portion  of  the  Creeks,  to 
the  number  of  between  2500  and  3000, 
emigrated  over  the  Mississippi  R.  to  a 
place  near  the  junction  of  tiie  Arkan- 
sas and  Verdigris  rivers.  John  Davis, 
a  native  Creek,  who  was  among  the 
converts  at  Withington,  has  devoted 
hunself  to  labors  for  the  benefit  of  his 
countrymen  west  of  the  Mississippi. 
He  preaches  at  4  different  places  at 
stated  times.    Tlie  Am.  Meth.  Miss, 


3oc.  had  for  some  time  a  flounshi'ig 
mission  among  the  Creeks,  a'  a  placf 
called  J»6wrv.  It  was  o'lanil  .iied  \n 
1830,  ovin;:  .1  part  to  the  .->  rpdt  it^on 
of  the  cinein.  That  part  of  the  Irib'.-, 
which  has  removed  west  of  the  Mi;i 
sissippi,  have  come  within  the  ypY  re 
of  the  efforts  of  the  missionaries  ri  :  uft 
ji.  B.  C.  F.  M.  who  are  slain  acA 
amontr  the  Osaires.  Rev.  Mr.  ^'aiii. 
one  ot  the  missicmaries,  thus  speaks 
of  them  under  date  of  .Fan.  10.  1831. 

'•  They  are  settled  quite  comjinctly, 
extendinsr  twelve  or  iiileen  miles  up 
the  Arkansas  and  Verdigris  rivers. 
The  country  intervening  is  one  con- 
tinued village,  as  thickly  settled  as 
some  of  the  smaller  parishes  in  New 
England,  having  some  neighborhoods 
u'.ore  dense  tlK.n  others.  The  people 
are  strictly  agricultural,  and  in  many 
parts  just  as  near  to  each  other  as 
f  heir  farins  wi.'l  admit.  In  almost  any 
part  of  tiie  settlement  fiRy  children 
may  be  collected  within  a  circle  whose 
circumference  is  two  miles  from  a 
given  centre.  The  country  assigned 
to  the  Creeks  is  not  yet  marked  off 
definitely  ;  but  the  settlement  which 
has  been  begun,  it  is  hoped  will  be 
permanent,  and  growing. 

'"  The  moss  of  the  people  are  desir- 
ous of  a  school.  This  is  eviden*  from 
their  repeated  applications  to  'js  to 
take  their  children  to  the  school  at 
Union.  Had  we  taken  all  thaf  liave 
been  offered,  we  she  'd  have  had  a 
very  large  school  at  t,,  -  time.  Prob- 
ably no  children  u^  ly  n.~  i  jn  ever 
learned  more  rapit';  'nan  tiie  Creek 
boys  and  girls  under  onr  care. 

'*  All  the  peo])le  •  »^  'n  desirous  to 
have  a  preacher  s<  nt  amn.^.-  them — 
lb"  good  people  that  they  iri.iy  be  edi- 
fied and  comforted,  and  the  wicked 
that  the  poor  illiterate  blacks  may  be 
stopped  in  their  exhortaticns,  and  that 
some  one  may  preach  among  them, 
who  has,  as  they  express  it,  a  lieaj)  of 
sense."  A  flourishing  cliurch  has 
been  formed  of  30  neml  ers. 

CROOKED  SPRING,  a  station  of 
the  Bap.  Miss.  Soc.  on  the  island 
Jamaica,  West  Indies.  W.  W  Cant- 
low,  missionary.  G44  conim'uiicants, 
12*24  inquirers  ;  101  added  to  the 
schools  in  1830-1 .  There  is  a  large  num- 
ber  of  native  teachers  and  ejchorters. 

CUDDALORE,   a   town,    in    the 


I 


•t  ^ 


Carnati'.,  Hindoostan, 


near  the 


fort 


CUD 


CUD 


of  St.  David.  E.  long.  79-^  4G',  N. 
lat.  11°  41'. 

Two  missionaries  from  the  C.  K.  S., 
were  stationed  here  in  17;{7,  who  la- 
bored many  years  with  much  success, 
and  were  useful  to  the  soldiers  in  tlie 
fort.  In  1749  they  had  a  congrega- 
tion of  341  members. 

Rev.  David  Rosen  of  the  G.  P.  S. 
accepted  an  appointment  in  ld31, 
under  the  Danish  government  at 
Tranquebar,  to  the  station  at  Cudda- 
lore.  He  has  extended  his  services 
to  Pondicherry.  The  native  Chris- 
tian families  in  connexion  with  Cud- 
dalore  are  31 ;  communicants,  78. 

CUDDIPAH,  the  capital  of  a  dis- 
trict of  the  same  name,  in  Golconda, 
Hindoostan,  which  is  said  to  contain 
(iO.UOO  inhabitants.  E.  long.  29",  N. 
lat.  14^  26'. 

To  this  place  Mr.  Howell,  late  su- 
perintendant  of  the  native  schools  in 
connexion  with  the  Bellary  mission, 
under  the  patronage  of  the  L.  M.  S. 
removed  in  Nov.  1822.  At  the  re- 
quest of  T.  Lascelles,  Esq.  Registiar 
of  the  Zillah  Court,  he  took  charge  of 
two  native  schools,  previously  estab- 
lished by  that  gentleman  ;  and  having 
united  them,  they  soon  increased. 
A  native  female  school  was  also  es- 
tablished, and  M  liools  were  opened 
at  the  following  villages,  situated 
within  a  distance  of  10  m.  from  Cud- 
dipah,  viz. — S/mrpttt,  Ootoor,  Chin- 
witf,«r,  and  Guniranpidl y .  The  aggre- 
gate number  of  native  cliildren  in  tlie 
several  schools,  into  all  of  whicli 
Christian  instruction  was  introduced, 
was  about  150,  and  their  progress  was 
very  encouraging.  Besides  these  en- 
gagements, Mr.  Howel)  ]>reaflied  in 
the  school-room  to  a  cnngregati.>n  of 
natives,  fluctuating  between  40  and 
50  ;  translated  the  catechisms  used  at 
Chinsurah  and  Bellary,  into  Teloogoo, 
examined  the  Canara  version  of  the 
Old  Testament,  and  distributed  nu- 
merous copies  of  the  Teloogo  New 
Testament. 

In  the  following  year  the  success 
of  his  labors  were  apparent.  He  says 
— "  In  my  last  communication  1  stated 
my  intention  to  baptiz(>  two  or  three 
adults,  but  since  then  the  Lord  has 
so  disposed  the  hearts  of  the  people, 
(who,  it  would  appear,  were  for  a  long 
season  *  haring  between  two  opin- 
ions,') as  to  '"-ause  households  to  for- 


sake their  lying  vanities,  by  turning 
from  darkness  to  light,  and  from  the 
kingdom  of  Satan  to  the  kingdom  of 
his  dear  Son,  as  will  appear  from 
the  list  of  baptisms  I  have  the  pleas- 
ure to  transmit.  The  number  baptized 
by  me  is,  74  men,  25  women,  40  boys, 
and  21  girls  :  and  with  those  baptized 
previously  to  my  coming  here,  make 
a  total  of  119  adults  and  ()7  children." 
All  of  these  had  nominally  embraced 
Christianity,  while  a  regular  church 
had  been  formed  of  10  members,  in 
which  three  pious  natives  were  ap- 
pointed deacons. 

Mr.  Howell  made  a  tour  of  about 
100  m.,  preached  to  great  multitudes, 
and  distributed  tracts  very  extensive- 
ly. Although  his  health  suffered 
much  from  excessive  heat,  his  labors, 
twice  suspended  through  tlie  two  suc- 
ceeding years,  were  resumed,  and  that 
with  the  most  happy  results.  In 
1820,  the  schools,  previously  increas- 
ed, had  been  reduced  to  four,  and  the 
time  thus  gained  was  devoted  to  im- 
portant purposes.  The  native  church, 
augmented  to  21  members,  had  di- 
minished, in  consequence  of  removals, 
to  9  ;  and  a  prayer-meeting  was  held 
every  Friday  morning.  A  Hindoo, 
about  25  years  of  age,  of  the  Sanessi 
sect  (or  caste),  who  came  to  Cudda- 
pah  in  the  month  of  Oct.  1825,  unat- 
tired,  with  long  clotted  hair,  and  his 
body  besmeared  with  ashes,  embraced 
Christianity,  and  was  baptized ;  la- 
prayed,  when  called  upon  in  the 
social  meeting,  with  nmch  propriety. 
A  chapel  has  been  com{)leted  and 
opened  on  the  Uth  of  Oct.,  the  ex- 
pense of  which  was  defrayed  by  sub- 
scriptions on  the  spot.  By  the  aid 
of  respectable  European  residents,  a 
workshop  was  establishel  for  native 
Christians  who  had  not  the  means  of 
supporting  th^  ■. selves.  A  selection 
of  psalms  and  hymns,  in  Teloogoo, 
Jiave  been  revised,  and  the  Book  of 
Psalms,  the  history  of  Joseph,  and 
Pilgrim's  Progress  have  been  trans- 
lated into  the  same  language.  About 
1200  Teloogoo  tracts  had  been  circu- 
lated, principally  at  Hindoo  festivals. 

The  attendance  at  the  public  ser- 
vices (1831)  is  about  150 ;  communi- 
cants, 17;  candidates  for  baptism,  14 
men  and  20  women.  In  7  schools 
there  are  1G4  boys  and  29  girls  ;  the 
progress  in  all  is  satisfactory.     Of  the 

166 


k  f 


or 


lities,  by  turning 
ht,  and  from  tho 
I  the  kingdom  of 
'ill  appear  from 
have  the  pleas- 
number  baptized 
women,  40  boys, 
til  those  baptized 
ning  here,  make 
nd  ()7  children." 
linally  embraced 
1.  regular  church 
10  members,  in 
latives  were  ap- 

a  tour  of  about 
rreat  multitudes, 
very  extensive- 
health    suffered 
heat,  his  labors, 
agh  the  two  suc- 
;sumcd,and  that 
uy   results.      In 
!viously  increas- 
to  four,  and  the 
!  devoted  to  im- 
le  native  church, 
Jnibers,  had  di- 
nee  of  removals, 
eeting  was  held 
g.     A  Hindoo, 
,  of  the   Sanessi 
iame  to  Cudda- 
3ct.  1825,  unat- 
id  hair,  and  his 
ashes,  embraced 
s  baptized  ;    he 
I    upon    in    the 
nmcli  propriety, 
completed   and 
'f  Oct.,  the  ex- 
efrayed  by  sub- 
t.      By  the  aid 
■an  residents,  a 
ishe  I  for  native 
ot  the  means  of 
s.     A  selection 
i,  in  Teloogoo, 
id   the   Book  of 
tjf  Joseph,    and 
Lve  been  trans- 
iguage.     About 
bad  been  circu- 
indoo  festivals, 
the  public  ser- 
irH) ;  communi- 
for  baptism,  14 
In  7  schools 
d  29  girls  ;  the 
ictory.     Of  the 
166 


CUL 

Christian  village,  containing  147  in- 
habitants, the  families  have  acquired 
settled  habits,  and  are  not  disposed  to 
leave  the  place.  Mr.  Howell  has  4 
native  assistants. 

CULNA,  a  town  on  the  W.  bank 
of  the  Hoogly,  47  m.  N.  of  Calcutta. 
This  place  lias  lately  called  forth  the 
efforts  and  liberality  of  the  C  M.  S. 

From  the  spot  where  the  society's 
premises  are,  a  continued  range  of 
houses  extends  4  m.  south-easterly, 
on  the  western  bank  of  the  bend  of 
the  R.,  down  to  Gootipala,  below 
Santipore,  on  the  eastern  side  ;  and 
there  is  an  etjual  range  for  4  m.  west- 
erly towards  Burdwan.  The  inhab- 
itants f  )rm,  according  to  the  account 
of  the  natives,  18  or  20,000  houses 
or  families  ;  if  only  5  persons  are 
supposed  to  be  in  one  family,  tlie 
number  would  amount  to  between 
80  or  100,000  souls.  The  inhabitants 
opposite  Culna,  straight  across  the 
R.  in  Santipore,  are  stated  by  the 
natives  as  forming  not  less  tJian  20  or 
22,000  families. 

"  In  this  region,"  sa)?s  the  mission- 
ary "  a  considerable  part  of  the  pop- 
ulation are  brahmins  ,  but  the  general 
occupation  of  tlie  bulk  of  the  people 
is  in  different  branches  of  trade,  and 
employments  in  offices  ;  in  agricul- 
ture not  many  are  engaged.  The 
place  properly  called  Cuina,  is  chiefly 
inhabited  by  those  who  come  from 
different  parts  of  the  countrj'^  to  carry 
on  their  trade  here  :  this  may  be  a 
reason  why  the  people  there  have  net 
the  simplicity  which  villag 'is  gene- 
erally  have,  but  are  more  deceitful ; 
and  yet  they  have  not  so  much  of  the 
liberty  which  people  in  other  towns 
possess,  where  they  care  but  little  for 
one  another  ;  for  the  first  peo})le  of 
the  place  have  great  influence  over 
the  others.  I  have  also  formerly  ob- 
served, that  the  people  who  often 
came  from  that  quarter  were  very 
ob.stinale  idolaters;  and  even  now. 
idolatry  is  carried  on  there  with  far 
greater  force  than  it  is  in  Burdwan.'' 

In  Jan.  1827,  it  was  stated  that 
there  were  nearly  1000  boys  and  girls 
in  the  0  schools,  mentioned  by  Mr. 
Deerr  in  the  following  extract : — 

*•  In  Culna  and  Ombica,  which  are 
united,  we  have  established  4  boys' 
schools,  and  4  for  girls  ;  one  of  the 
girls'    schools   is  on   the   missionary 


CUT 

premises.  Besides  these,  two  boys' 
schools  lie  easterly  of  us,  one  at  the 
distance  of  2  m.  and  the  other  of  4  ; 
and.  at  the  same  distances,  2  are  es- 
tablished westerly  ;  and  1  boys'  school 
is  oju-ned  at  Santipore,  with  the  de- 
sign of  obtaining  access  to  that  inter- 
esting place." 

The  following  summary  of  this 
station  was  given  in  1831. 

Native  Christians  20 

Communicants  15 

Baptisms  8 

Boys'  Schools  6 

Scholars  477 

Female  Scholars  50 

CUTTACK,  a  district  in  Orissa, 
Ilindoostan,  between  20'^  and  22*-^  N. 
lat.  140  m.  long,  and  GO  broad,  con- 
taining about  1 ,200,000  inhabitants. 
The  temple  of  Juggernaut  is  about 
40  1.1.  distant.  The  influence  of  the 
Gospel  has  greatly  lessened  the  num- 
ber of  attendants.  Missionaries  have 
taken  advantage  of  the  favorable  op- 
portunity afl'orded  for  the  distribution 
of  tracts.  At  a  late  festival,  those  of 
the  B.  J\t.  S.  distributed  about  8,000 
pamphlets  in  the  Bengalee  language. 

L'ultucL.a.  fortified  town,  and  cap- 
ital of  the  district  of  the  same  name, 
250  m.  S.  W.  of  Calcutta,  is  calculated 
to  contain  5741  houses.  Every  foot 
of  it  is  esteemed  holy  ground,  and 
the  whole  of  the  land  is  held  free  of 
rent,  on  the  tenure  of  performing  cer- 
tain services  in  and  about  the  temple. 

The  Rev.  Messrs.  Bampton,  Peggs, 
and  Lacoy,  from  the  General  B.  M. 
6'.,  arrived  here  in  1822.  The  study 
of  the  language  at  first  chiefly  occu- 
pied their  attention  :  from  its  affinity 
to  Bengalee,  of  which  they  had  ac- 
quired some  Itnowledge,  they  were 
soon  able  to  make  excursions  among 
the  natives,  and  to  hold  intercourse 
witb  inquirrrs,  who  would  sometimes 
vist.  them  from  a  distance  of  20  m. 
English  preaching  was  begun  on 
Sunday  mornings  and  evenings,  for 
the  benefit  of  the  European  residents  ; 
few.  however,  attended.  A  monthly 
missionary  prayer  meeting  was  es- 
tablished ;  and,  in  (i  schools,  the  mis- 
sionaries collected  120  scholars. 

Mr.  Lacey  and  Mr.  Brown  are  now 
employed  at  this  station ;  with  2  na- 
tive assistants,  Gungadhor,  and  Ram 
Chundra.      Mr.    and    Mrs.    Brown 

167 


CUT 


CUT 


'  t. 


H^ 


\' 


reached  the  station  in  Dec.  1630. 
Mr.  Lacey  has  had  an  average  of  (3 
services  weekly.  Communicants,  0 
natives,  and  12  Europeans  or  descend- 
ants. (>  native  schools,  250  children. 
Ram  Chundra  is  a  man  of  great 
promise. 

CUTWA,  a  town  on  the  western 
banks  of  the  river  Hoogly,  in  the 
province  of  Bengal,  district  of  Burd- 
wan,  75  ni.  N.  of  Calcutta.  At  the 
period  when  ihe  Mahrattas  were  con- 
tending with  t.'ic  Mussulmans,  it  was 
once  the  scene  of  "  confused  noise, 
and  of  garments  nlled  in  blood;"  and 
it  still  retains  many  signs  of  ancient 
warfare.  The  Rev.  John  Chamber- 
lain, of  the  Bap.  M.  S.,  entered  this 
new  field  ofeft'ort  in  1824,  and  labored 
in  it  and  its  neighborhood  most  inde- 
fatigably  and  zealously.  Two  years 
after,  he  wrote  : — "  But  little  success 
attends  the  work  in  this  place  ;  yet, 
blessed  be  God  !  I  am  not  without 
hope,  nor  without  some  encourage- 
ment. Kankalee  and  his  wife,  who 
have  been  baptized,  are  a  comfort  to 
me,  and  in  him  we  daily  see  the  tri- 
umph of  truth.  He  was  once  an  idle, 
religious  beggar ;  but  since  he  has 
turned  from  dumb  idols  to  serve  the 
living  and  true  God,  he  labors  cheer- 
fully with  his  own  hands  to  provide 
things  honest  in  the  sight  of  all  men. 
Three  others,  who  live  at  a  distance, 
give  us  hope.  People  are  often  com- 
ing to  hear ;  and  when  they  seem 
attentive,  nothing  so  gladdens  my 
heart  as  to  tell  them  of  the  love  of 
our  Saviour. 

Another  circumstance  ought  not 
to  "je  omitted  : — A  Hindoo,  named 
Brindabund,  had  been  also  for  many 
years  a  religious  mendicant.  His 
hair  had  been  suffered  to  grow  so  as 
almost  to  conceal  h's  eyes,  and  he 
had  indulged  in  smoking  to  such  an 
excess  as  nearly  to  deprive  himself 
of  sight.  He  first  heard  the  Gospel 
at  a  large  fair  between  Cutwa  and 
Berhampore.  He  was  observed  to 
pay  great  attention  the  whole  day ; 
and  was  fseen  sometimes  to  laugh, 
and  at  other  times  to  weep.  At 
night  he  came  to  Mr.  C,  and  said,  in 
allusion  to  the  custom  among  the 
natives  of  presenting  flowers, "  ihave 
a  flower  (meaning  his  heart)  which  I 
wish  to  give  t<>  some  one  who  is 
worthy  of  it.    I  have,  for  many  years. 


travelled  about  the  country  to  find 
such  a  person,  but  in  vain.  I  have 
been  to  Juggernaut,  but  there  I  saw 
only  a  piece  of  wood  ;  that  was  not 
worthy  of  it :  but  to-day  1  have  found 
one  that  is,  and  He  shall  have  it- 
Jesus  Christ  is  worthy  of  my  flower." 
His  subsequent  conduct  proved  his 
sincerity.  He  learned  to  read  :  from 
being  an  idle  devotee,  he  became  an 
industrious  old  man ;  and  was,  for 
some  years,  a  most  devout,  judicious, 
and  indefatigable  preacher  of  the 
Gospel. 

In  1810,  Mr.  Chamberlain  left 
Cutwa ;  his  place  was  supplied  by 
the  Rev.  Wm.  Carey,  jun. ;  and  at 
the  commencement  of  the  next  year 
we  have  the  following  account  of 
the  mission  from  Dr.  Carey  : — *'  The 
church  at  Cutwa  is  now  small ;  but 
they  have  lately  had  the  addition  of 
one  member,  a  native  ;  and  I  hear  of 
six  or  seven  more  who  are  desirous 
of  being  baptized  One  of  these  is  a 
native  merchant,  of  considerable  prop- 
erty,  who  formerly  had  a  house  of 
gods.  After  hearing  and  reading  the 
Gospel,  he  expelled  his  idols,  tied 
them  up  in  straw,  and  sent  them  to 
brother  Chamberlain,  who  sent  them 
to  Serampore.  This  was  a  year  and 
a  half  ago.  He  also  clave  up  a  fine 
Rutha,  or  car,  of  the  god  Krishna, 
and  used  it  for  fire-wood.  His  ci- 
dcvant  temple  is  filled  with  merchau- 
dize.  There  are  others  who  adhere 
to  him,  and  who  have  received  the 
word  of  God.  These  people,  living 
too  far  from  Cutwa  to  attend  the 
Gospel  (about  sixty  miles),  have,  I 
understand,  sanctified  the  Lord's  day 
to  reading  the  word  and  carrying  on 
the  worship  of  the  true  God  in  the 
best  manner  they  are  able.  Their 
heathen  neighbors  have  taken  every 
opportunity  in  their  power  to  injure 
them,  and  have,  by  some  false  charges 
in  the  Zillah  Court  of  Beerbhoom, 
occasioned  one  of  them  considerable 
expense.  I  hear,  however,  that  the 
ragistrate  has  been  informed  of  this 
villany,  and  obliged  them  to  enter 
into  security  respecting  their  future 
conduct.  The  place  where  they  live 
(Lakra-koonda),  is  a  large  town  ly- 
ing on  one  side  just  at  the  entrance 
into  the  Mahratta  country,  and  on 
another,  just  at  the  entrance  into 
South  Bahar ;  both  which  countries 

168 


H 


DAC 


DEL 


country  to  find 
n  vain.  I  have 
but  there  I  saw 
.  THAT  was  not 
lay  1  have  found 
shall  have  it~- 
y  of  my  flower." 
duct  proved  his 
■d  to  read  :  from 
?,  he  became  an 
;  and  was,  for 
•vout,  judicious, 
readier    of    the 

lamberlain    left 
as   supplied  by 
y,  jun. ;  and  at 
f  the  next  year 
ing   account  of 
Carey  : — "  The 
low  small ;  but 
the  addition  of 
' ;  and  I  hear  of 
ho  are  desirous 
)ne  of  these  is  a 
nsiderable  prop- 
lad  a  house  of 
and  reading  the 
his   idols,  tied 
|id  sent  them  to 
who  sent  them 
was  a  year  and 
clave  up  a  fine 
3  god  Krishna, 
w'ood.     His  ci- 
with  merchaii- 
?rs  who  adhere 
e  received  the 
people,  living 
to  attend   the 
miles),  have,  J 
the  Lord's  day 
nd  carrying  on 
le  God  in  tlie 
>  able.      Their 
"^e  taken  every 
ower  to  injure 
le  false  charges 
of  Beerbhoom, 
n  considerable 
ever,  that  the 
formed  of  this 
them   to  enter 
g  their  future 
here  they  live 
urge  town  ly- 
'■  the  entrance 
mtry,  and  on 
entrance   into 
lich  countries 
168 


•I 


the  merchant  often  visits  in  the  way 
of  trade." 

Through  subsequent  years,  Mr. 
Carey  e.^•erted  himself  greatly,  both 
in  personak  labor,  and  in  semliiig  out 
and  watching  over  a  considerable 
number  of  native  brethren  employed 
as  readers  and  itinerants.  By  these 
means  a  general  knowledge  of  the 
Gospel  was  diti'uscd  through  a  great 
part  of  the  districts  of  Burdwaii  and 
Beerbhooiu,  and  many  tliousands  be- 
canio  acquainled,  in  souie  measure, 
with  the  nature  of  the  Gospel  mes- 
sage. Nor  were  these  endeavors 
wJiolly  unattended  witli  iunuediate 
fruit.  About  70  prrsons  were  bap- 
tized in  ten  years,  of  whom  the  far 
greater  part  continued  stodfast  in 
their  prolession,  while  two  or  three 
discovered  a  desire  to  be  useful  to 
t.'ieir  countrymen. 

By  the  last  intfUigence.  Mr.  Ca- 
rey was  much  enc<)uriii>ed.  He  had 
b;iptized  4  women  and  5  men,  and 
increased  attention  is  ]);tid  to  the 
u'l-rd.  Great  nuniliers  litive  heard 
the  gospel  at  tlie  landing  places  on 
the  river,  on  occasion  of  visiting  Cut- 
wa  at  the  fairs. 


DACCA,  the  richest  district  in 
Bengal,  180  m.  long,  and  GO  broatl. 

Dacca,  or  Selapurc,  tlie  capital  of 
Dacca,  situated  on  a  branch  of  the 
Gan^res,  N.  E.  Calcutta,  170  m.  trav- 
elling distance,  containing  150,000 
inhabitants,  of  whom  more  than  half 
are  JMohainmedans,  and  a  few  are 
Armenian  and  Greek  Christians.  E. 
long.  90'-^  17',  N.  bit.  23^  42'. 

Tiie  Rev.  O.  Leonard,  from  the 
Dapl.  M.  S.,  accompanied  by  a  native, 
arrived  in  181G.  In  18:i2,  there  were 
i:J00  pupils  in  17  Bengalee  schools, 
into  most  of  which  the  Scriptures 
were  introduced  without  exciting 
alarm.  A  school  for  indigent  Chris- 
tian children  iu  the  city  formed  many 
into  valuable  members  of  society,  who 
would  otherwise  have  been  wander- 
in^about  in  vice  and  wretchedness. 

The  hands  of  Mr.  Leonard  were 
strengthened  by  the  accession  of  Mr. 
D'Cruz,  from  Serampore.  Mrs.  Pea- 
cock, the  widow  of  a  missionary, 
also  went  to  Dacca  to  take  charge  of 


the  female  schools.  Several  inter- 
views were  held  by  the  missionaries 
with  the  Suttya  Gooroos,  a  singular 
sect  of  Hindoos,  who  have  renounc- 
ed idols  and  profess  to  approve  Chris- 
tianity,  of  which,  tiirougli  the  medium 
of  the  Scriptures  in  tlieir  own  lan- 
guage, they  have  aceuired  consider- 
able knowledge.  While  these  excited 
some  hope,  Mr.  L.  was  encouraged  in 
his  exertions  for  the  young,  l)y  pleas- 
ing evidence  that  two  of  Ins  pupil.^ 
died  in  the  faith  of  Christ. 

'i'wo  English  services,  and  one 
native,  are  now  (18;M)  held  on  Sun- 
days. The  natives  are  as.sembled 
also  in  the  week,  and  frecpiently  ad- 
dressed at  the  Bengalee  schools,  where 
many  attend.  The  Schools  have  ibr 
14  years,  experienced  the  friendly 
support  of  the  local  authorities  and  of 
the  inhabitants  generally;  aboiil  '.JtiOU 
ruiices  have  been  contributed  to  de- 
iray  the  expenses  of  tlie  year  ;  d 
bovs'  schools  have  been  attended  by 
{>■)'>  scholars,  and  (5  girls'  schools  by 
1!»0. 

DANIEL'S  KL'IL,  an  outstation 
of  Griquatown,  ii  mission  of  the  L. 
M.  6'.  among  the  Ciifi'rts,  in  South 
Africa.  A  respect  ible  congregation 
assembles  in  this  pliice. 

DARWAll,  an  outstatirn  of  the 
mission  of  the  L.  M.  S.  at  lielgaum. 
This  latter  place  is  500  ri.  N.  VV. 
from  Madras.  The  niissioi  at  Dar- 
war  was  commenced  in  Idvi).  Dhon- 
dapah,  and  Dharahah,  are  native 
assistants.  Dhondapali  has  labored 
successfully  among  the  prisoners  in 
the  jail ;  5  or  G  appear  to  have  been 
benefitted  by  his  instructions.  By 
his  silent,  unobtrusive  and  ati'ection- 
ate  mode  of  proceeding,  he  is  etl'ect- 
ing  much  good. 

DECCAN,  or  the  country  of  th« 
South;  an  extensive  country  of  Hin- 
doostan,  bounded  N.  by  the  Nerbud- 
dah,  and  S.  by  the  Kistnah,  extend- 
ing across  the  peninsula  from  sea  to 
sea.  In  the  17th  century,  this  prov- 
ince was  annexed  to  the  kingdom  of 
Delhi,  and  divided  into  G  govern- 
ments. 

DELHI,  a  province  of  Hindoostan, 
'MO  m.  long  and  180  broad,  bounded 
on  the  N.  by  Lohore,  N.  E.  by  Serina- 
gur,  S.  E.  by  Oude,  S.  by  Agra,  and 
W.  by  Agi-neer.  Having  been  the 
seat  of  contictual  wars  during  the  16th 

169 


DEL 


DEL 


century,  it  is  almost  depopulated ; 
and  though  it  poHHcsses,  in  generiil, 
every  advantngfi  that  can  be  derived 
trom  nature,  it  is  but  Httle  cultivated. 
The  principal  rivers  are  the  Ganrrcs 
and  Jumna,  which  enter  on  the  N. 
E.  border.  The  country  having  en- 
joyed a  state  of  tranquillity  since 
loOO,  it  may  be  expt-ctcd  to  improve 
in  cultivation,  »&c.  From  this  period 
the  city  of  Delhi  and  its  district  has, 
in  reality,  been  subject  to  the  British 
government ;  but  the  people  are  nom- 
inally under  the  authority  of  the 
emperor  of  Hindoostan  and  arc  now 
all  that  remains  to  the  great  Mogul, 
of  his  once  extensive  empire. 

Delhi,  is  tiie  capital  of  the  above 
province.  It  is' the  nominal  capital 
of  all  Hindoostan,  and  was  actually 
so  during  the  gn-alest  part  of  the  time 
since  the  Mohammedan  conquest.  In 
tiie  time  of  its  sjjlendor,  it  covered 
a  space  of  20  miles,  frojn  the  appear- 
ance of  the  ruins.  The  present  city 
is  built  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Jum- 
na, and  is  about,  7  m.  in  circuit,  sur- 
rounded on  3  sides  by  a  wall  of  lirick 
and  stone,  i  i  which  are  7  irates.  The 
palace  stands  on  the  bank  of  the  R. 
surrounded  by  a  wall  of  red  stone, 
about  1  m.  in  circuit.  Adjoining  it 
is  a  fortress,  now  in  ruins ;  and  there 
are  many  splendid  remains  of  palaces, 
with  baths  and  gardens.  The  grand 
mosque  is  a  magnificent  edifice  of 
marble  and  red  free  stone,  and  there 
are  30  others  of  an  inferior  size.  The 
streets  are  in  general  narrow,  except 
2  that  lead  from  the  palace  to  differ- 
ent gates  ;  and  there  are  many  good 
houses,  mostly  of  brick.  Caravans 
arrive  annually  from  Cashmere  and 
Cabul  with  shawls,  fruit,  and  horses. 
Precious  stones  of  a  good  quality  are 
t/)  be  had  at  Delhi.  It  is  320  m.  N. 
W.  Calcutta,  E.  long.  IT^  5',  N.  lat. 
28°  41'. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Thompson  of  the 
Bapt.  M.  S.,  removed  from  Patna  to 
Delhi  in  1829.  Soon  atler  his  arri- 
val, disease,  whio-h  was  prevalent  in 
Bengal,  began  its  awful  ravages  in 
this  imperial  city ;  sweeping  away, 
among  the  first,  four  members  of  the 
royal  family,  besides  numbers  of  in- 
ferior rank.  Still  more  awful,  how- 
ever, were  the  proofs  exhibited  of 
spiritual  death.  But  while  the  mis 
sionary    was   much 


discouraged 


on 


this  account,  he  distributed  a  number 
of  (iospels  among  the  Afghans,  who 
are  supposed  to  be  descended  Irom 
the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel.  Some  of 
them,  when  leaving  Delhi,  repeatedly 
solicited  Mr.  T,  to  accompany  them, 
assuring  him  that  their  own  country- 
men would  be  very  anxious  to  possess 
and  to  search  the  writings  of  ins])irtt- 
tion. 

He  was  afterwards  much  engjigod 
in  extensive  journeys,  to  the  N.  and 
N.  E.  of  Dellr,  during  which  he  dis- 
tributed large  qua  ifities  of  the  Scrip- 
tures, and  relig^ouji  tiacts,  in  various 
languages.  Among  his  accounts  of 
tiiese,  he  says — "  Some  strangers  Irom 
Nairn,  in  the  hills,  were  one  morning 
at  the  iogees  wliither  1  had  g.me  to 
read  the  Ciespels  and  pray.  They 
consisted  of  2  vakeels  from  the  Nairn 
Raja,  with  their  attendants.  Our 
books  are  not  new  to  these  people, 
Sookha  having  been  amongst  them, 
and  read  and  distributed  pretty  wide- 
ly. Some  who  had  not  an  opportu- 
nity then,  now  took  tracts.  Une  of 
the  vakeels  had  taken  tracts  in  lt>lH, 
at  Kurnal,  and  was  entrusted  with 
the  books  (Punjabee  Scriptures) 
which  Captain  Bird  had  obtained  of 
me  for  the  Nairn  Raja,  his  master. 

)ple 
whenever  1  ha 
jogee's  or  they  attend  at  my  house. 

vakeels  and  their  atten- 
me  a  horrible  account  of 
the  sacrifice  of  cig/d  and  twenty  hu- 
man lives,  under  the  fallacious  name 
of  Suttee,  which  took  place  not  2 
months  ago  in  the  hills.  The  indi- 
vidual who  died  was  Isree  Sein.  the 
Raja  of  Mundee,  a  town  and  rajaship 
in  the  hills ;  and  the  persons  who 
were  thus  cruelly  burnt,  were  not  all 
wives  or  concubines,  but  some  of 
them  slave  girls.  One  ranee,  beino- 
pregnant,  has  escaped  the  flames  for 
the  present;  another,  through  good 
interest,  perhaps,  was  emboldened  to 
declare  her  detcimination  not  to  be 
burnt,  and  they  have  not  dared  to 
immolate  her.  Some  thirty  years  ago, 
a  raja  having  been  slain  in  battle,  25 
women  were  burnt  with  his  corpse. 
Twelve  years  ago,  the  betrothed  wife 
of  a  brahmin,  only  7  years  old  was 
cruelly  burnt  with  his  corpse.  Many 
more  instances  of  murders  under  the 
cloak  of   Suttees,   were  related    by 

170 


These  people  lend  an  attentive  ear 
ave  been  reading  at  the 
)r  the 
••  These 
dants  gave 


his 


il)uted  a  number 
e  AfgJmns,  wlu. 
tit'scended  Ironi 
sracl.  Some  of 
>i'llu,  repeaU'dly 
company  them, 
ir  own  country- 
ixiouK  to  posw'ss 
linirs  of  ins])irtt- 

'  much  enmigod 
,  to  tlio  N.  and 
i^  which  Jie  dis- 
if  s  of  tlie  Scrip- 
iicts,  in  various 
lis  accounts  of 
'  HtrangerH  Ironi 
re  one  morninir 
I   had  grrne  to 
i   pray.      They 
from  the  Nahn 
ndants.       Our 
>  thch-e  people, 
amongst  tJieiii, 
■il  pretty  wide- 
)t  an  opportu- 
acts.      One  of 
tracts  in   IblH, 
■ntrusted   with 
-'      Scriptures) 
ad  obtained  of 
'I,  his  master, 
attentive  ear 
reading  at  the 
t  my  house. 
1    their  atten- 
Jle  account  of 
ind  twenty  hu- 
llacious  name 

place  not   2 
s-     The  indi- 
iree  Sein,  the 
n  and  rajasJiip 
persons    who 
,  were  not  all 
JUt     some   of 
ranee,  being 
he  flames  for 
trough  good 
nboldened  to 
>n  not  to  be 
lot   dared   to 
■ty  years  ago, 
in  battle,  25 
1  his  corpse, 
trothed  wife 
ars  old  was 
rpse.    Many 
:s  under  the 
related    by 

170 


DEL 

thoMJ,  as  having  taken  place  in  the 
hills,  of  which  tlii'y  were  either  eyt;- 
witnedHCSor  received  moHt  certain  in- 
formation." 

In  liis  journal  Mr.  T.  also  noted  a 
f!i>^t  which  deserves  attention.  "  I 
found,'  ho  remarks,  ''  that  of  all  wh(» 
came  to  hear  me,  su'-h  as  were  most  re- 
in »ti'  iVom  the  ikitish  provinces  were 
the  readiest  and  most  unreserved  in  re- 
ceiving our  Scriptures.  I  know  not 
huw  it  id,  hut  the  western  nations  cer- 
tainly possess  a  thirst  for  knowledge 
ab')vo  tli'jse  in  I  lindoostan." 

in  iii'i^,  Mr.  T.  was  ciuH'red  by  an 
event  higiily  jrritifying  to  hini.self. 
and  which  e.\cited  a  great  sensa- 
lii):i  in  this  populous  city.  An  aged 
ij'-alunin,  hfld  in  the  highest  estima- 
tion amouT  his  neiirliltors  for  his 
attainaieiits  in  Sanskrit  literature,  and 
for  ills  kn'>w!ed;re  of  the  Shasters, 
kX'X^x  hearing  the  Gospel  for  some 
time,  publicly  renounced  idolatry  ; 
and,  Uiitwilhstanding  all  the  elibrta 
made  botii  to  allure  and  terrify  him 
from  his  purp^&e,  ojienly  professed 
his  I'aitli  in  Christ,  and  was  baptized 
by  3Ir.  T!i  nuas  in  the  presence  of 
m mv  spect  it  irs.  On  ihis  occurrence 
the  SeraniptK!  brethren  observe — 
'•This  renunciation  of  Hindooism, 
l)eiH'4'iii  that  ()artof  the  country  quite 
a  n"W  thiiig,  has  proeuied  nmcii  at- 
tention to  the  doctrine  of  the  Gospel. 
It  .Hcenis  to  show,  amonir  other  things, 
the  sufct'j  with  wlucli  Chris'aauity 
may  be  i)roinulgated  in  the  darkest 
parts  of  InJia.  All  the  threatened 
opposition  to  this  man's  open  profes- 
sion of  Christiauity,  (Mided  in  a  few 
expressions  of  personal  dislike  from 
his  old  acquainlau'ie,  on  account  of 
the  course  he  had  taken,  and  his  hav- 
ing tacitly  condemned  tiiem  and  all 
their  religious  ojjservaiices,  by  nobly 
daring  to  follow  his  own  convictions 
of  the  truth.  For  all  this,  however, 
he  was  j)rep  ired  ;  •  nd  by  sustaining 
tlie  while  lu  the  spirit  of  genuine 
(wiristianity,  he  in  a  great  measure 
disarmed  the  resentment  of  his  neigh- 
bors and  acquaintance.  So  com- 
pletely quiet  were  they,  indeed,  in 
the  expression  of  their  dislike,  that 
not  only  was  there  no  reference  to 
any  European  (at  the  time  of  his 
baptism),  but  the  attention  of  the 
lowest  person  in  the  native  police  was 
not  officially  called  to  the  transaction." 


DEM 

Mr.  Thompson  asuiduoualy  pursues 
his  course  of  labor  in  Delhi,  and  of 
viaitH  to  distant  places,  in  hiH  last 
reported  annual  visit  to  Gurhmook- 
teshwar,  he  found  unusual  diiRcultien 
from  the  opposition  of  the  Brahmins, 
and  in  the  inditlerence  of  the  people  ; 
yet  he  was  enabled  to  distribute  '2.7\^\ 
publications.  So  satisfied  was  he  with 
hia  work,  in  the  assurance  of  its  ben- 
eficial influence,  that,  on  hearing  of  a 
fresh  supply  of  gospels  and  tracts  at 
Delhi,  he  exclaims,  •'  How  I  rejoice 
that  these  parcels  no  not  contain 
diamonds,  beads,  dresties,  eatables,  «ir 
any  thing  calculated  to  feed  our  telf- 
ishness,  and  gratify  or  enrich  us  ini>i- 
viDi  Ai.i.v  ;  but  that  they  are  fillet! 
with  the  treasures  of  gospel  knowl- 
edge to  be  distributed  fo  alt  men, 
with  the  bread  of  life  foi  f^Muishing 
souls." 

DEMARARA,  on  DEIntllARY, 
a  settlement  in  Guiana,  on  a  river  (.f 
the  same  name,  contiguous  to  Es.^e- 
quibo.  The  river  is  2  miles  wide  at 
the  mouth,  defended  by  a  fort  on  the 
east  bank,  and  navigable  uj)wards  of 
200  mill's.  The  country  produces 
coffee,  sugar-canes,  and  the  tinett 
kinds  of  wood  ;  it  was  taken  from  the 
Dutch  by  the  British  in  1790,  and  in 
1803  ;  and  it  was  ceded  to  them  by 
the  Dutch  in  1H14.  This  settlement 
and  that  of  Essequibo  form  one  gov- 
ernment, and  the  capital  is  Starbroek. 

In  December,  1807,  the  Rev.  John 
Wray  was  sent  hither  by  the  /..  M.  S., 
in  compliance  with  the  solicitations 
of  Mr.  Post,  a  pious  and  respectable 
Dutch  planter  on  the  east  coast  of  the 
colony.  He  conunenced  his  labors 
on  the  plantation  of  Lc  Rcsouvcnir, 
belonging  to  Mr.  P.,  who  had  upon  it 
about  500  slaves,  under  the  most  en- 
couraging circumstances.  A  few 
months  after  his  arrival,  he  announced 
the  conversion  of  more  than  20  ne- 
groes— that  upwards  of  200  had  learn- 
ed Watts"s  First  Catechism — that  he 
had  baptized  4  adults,  and  seven  1 
children — and  that  his  congregations 
were  large  and  attentive.  This  suc- 
cess increased  during  the  year  1808  ; 
so  that  early  in  the  ensuing  spring 
the  number  of  slaves  admitted  into 
the  church  bj'  baptism  amounted  to 
24,  and  not  less  than  150  appeared  to 
be  seeking  the  salvation  of  their  souls. 
Nor  was  tliis  all— the  truths  they  had 


A^ 


> 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


&^ 


^/ 


A 


^        >^^ 
^     ^ 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


l£S 


iai2.a 

I"  iii   12.2 


6" 


Sf    |i&    12.0 

Htau 

U    11.6 


HiotDgraphic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STRUT 

«ViKTM,N.Y.  MSSO 

(716)  •72-4S03 


DEM 


DEM 


I 


learned  they  were  aiixioua  to  cnmniu- 
nicatt'  to  others.  "  1  am  inforiiied," 
uajH  Mr.  VV.  ■•  that  some,  at  tlie  dis- 
tance of  20  m..  who  have  never  seen 
our  chapel,  have  learned  Dr.  Wattss 
Fir»t  Cateohism  ;  and  10  of  our  peo- 
ple, who  Lest  understand  it,  hnve 
taken  8  each  umler  their  care,  to  in- 
struct them,  to  watch  over  their  con- 
duct, anil  to  settle  disputes  ajnong 
tjiem.  'I'lie  mimiiger  of  these  t<l;ives. 
who  attends  our  place  of  worship,  is 
astonished  at  the  change  wrought 
among  them.  Before  they  heard  the 
Gospel,  they  were  indolent,  noisy, 
and  rebellious ;  but  now  they  are 
industrious,  cjuiet,  and  obedient." 

Whilst  Mr.  W.  was  rei<»ieing  in 
the  blessing  which  thus  rested  on  his 
laboH".  he  was  called  to  endure  a  se- 
vere trial,  in  tiie  removal  of  iiis  friend 
and  patron,  Mr.  I'ost,  who  fell  aslee]) 
in  Jesus,  amidst  the  sincere  and  bitter 
lamentations  of  his  slave.s.  Desirous 
that  the  privileges  of  Christian  in- 
ijtruction  should  be  enjoyed  afler  his 
decease,  ho  had  secured  to  the  use 
of  the  mission,  the  chai)el  and  the 
dwelling-house  of  the  minister  ;  and 
generously  assigned  100^.  sterling,  as 
on  annual  contribution  to  his  support, 
BO  long  as  one  should  be  j)rovided  by 
the  society  to  preach  the  doctrines  of 
the  reformed  church.  Other  friends, 
however,  were  afterwards  rai.sed  uj>. 
among  wliom  were  son)e  planters, 
whose  prejudices  hud  been  removed 
by  the  advantages  vvliich  they  beheld 
accruin  ,  ^rom  missionary  labors. 

In  th'-  <  drly  part  of  IriJl,  Mr.  Wray 
was  introduced  to  Maliaira,  a  village 
upon  the  coast,  about  25  m.  from 
town,  and  in  the  vicinity  of  several 
estates.  The  gentlemen  residing  here 
not  only  expressed  a  desire  tliat  a 
missionary  might  labor  among  them. 
hut  actually  subscribed  lOOtW.  towards 
the  erection  of  a  place  of  worship. 
Mr.  W.  afterwards  remarks,  with  re- 
spect to  the  mission  at  fx  Rcsouvcnir. 
"  One  of  tlie  negroes  told  me  that  1  l.'i 
had  come  to  him  to  be  instructed ; 
and  I  am  sometimes  astonished  to 
find  how  correctly  they  learn  the 
catechism  from  one  another.  About 
200  attend  public  worship  regularly, 
several  of  whom  can  conduct  the 
sinking  without  the  assistance  of 
white  people ;  and  many  begin  to 
pra^ ,  in  our  social  meetings,  with 


great    fluency,    and    very    often    in 
scriptural  language." 

The .  olonial  government  having,  on 
ll'(  "J.'jth  of  May.  issued  a  regiilatioti 
wiiieh  was  found  to  operate  almost  to 
the  total  suppression  of  the  n'liijiius 
assend)lies  of  the  negroes,  Mr.  \V.  vis- 
ited England  ;  aiul  a  repres-entation  of 
the  restriction  iK'ing  made  to  the  gov- 
ernment at  home,  tlie  evil,  which  had 
thus  originated,  was  removed.  Short- 
ly after  his  return,  a  proclamation 
was  made,  recalling  the  previous  one, 
and  stating,  among  other  things,  tliut 
instructions  had  been  received  from 
his  Royal  lli<rhnes3  the  Prince  Wo- 
gent,  to  give  eveiy  aid  to  missinnaric  s, 
in  tlie  eonuiiunication  of  religit  us 
knowledge  ;  an  aruiouncement  which 
was  accompanied  by  the  most  friendly 
iind  liberal  conduct  on  the  part  of  the 
irdvernnr.  The  effect  of  this  wa.s 
very  ajiparent,  in  the  increased  at- 
1end;ince  of  the  slaves — (5  or  700  of 
whom  frequentl}'  assembled.  Soon 
after,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Davies,  who  hcnd 
been  sent  out  previously  to  the  death 
of  Mr.  Post,  opened  a  large  md  com- 
modious chajjcl  at  (ieor<rc.  Town,  to- 
wards the  erection  of  which  the  in- 
hal)itants  contributed  upwards  of 
<)()()/.  ;  and  alwut  GO/,  was  subscril  e(f 
Isy  the  negroes — each  of  whom  gave 
half  a  bit,  or  twopence  halfpenny. 
About  the  same  time  an  Ji.  M.  S  , 
including  people  of  color  and  slaves, 
was  formed  at  (iror^e  Tuirn,  and  the 
subscriptions  raised  in  the  first  in- 
stance amounted  to  80/. 

Mr.  W.  siibs(M]ue,'itIy  removed  to 
IJerbice,  amidst  expressions  of  iiffec- 
tionate  regard,  and  poignant  regret 
on  the  part  of  his  people.  In  Decem- 
ber, the  Rev.  Mr.  Elliott,  who  had 
for  some  years  labored  at  Tobngo, 
paid  a  visit  to  Demarnra,  and  was 
highl}'  gratified  at  witnessing  the 
success  of  his  brethren.  '•  Some 
thovsniuls"  he  remarked,  "  know  (hat 
Christ  is  the  Son  of  God  and  the 
Saviour  of  sinners  ;  and  I  doubt  not 
that  some  hvnilreils  believe  in  him  to 
the  saving  of  their  souls."  For  near- 
ly two  years,  the  directors  were  una- 
ble to  obtain  a  resident  successor  to 
Mr.  W.,  though  o'uring  that  time  the 
chapel  was  supplied  by  Mr.  Davies, 
and  other  missionaries.  Mr.  Elliott 
also  appears  to  have  labored  with  equal 
zeal  and  success }  in  the  first  instance 

172 


•1^ 


a*  Geo  I 
the  we 
were 

Htrikintj 

the  "»■ 
scarce! 
siuie 
dates  f< 
I:iun< 
Uov.  J' 

mcreasi 
chapel 


DEM 


DEM 


very    often    in 

ifnt  liaving^.  on 
(1  a  regnlatinn 
prate  aTiiuist  ti> 
i'  till'  nlloiius 
•s,  Mr.  W.  vis- 
pres-ontation  of 
ule  to  tlic  gov- 
vil,  wliicFi  liad 
ovod.  Short- 
proclamation 
■  previous  one, 
vr  things,  thut 
received  from 
le  Prince  I^p. 

0  missionaries, 
of   religif  us 

cement  Avhirh 

most  friend  I V 

the  part  of  tlu- 

of  this    \v!is 

increased  at- 
— (5  or  700  of 
iibled.  Soon 
^ips,  who  hnd 
Y  to  the  deatli 
rge  and  coni- 
<\Sfc  Town,  to- 
vhich  the  in- 

upwards  of 
as  siibscril)e(/ 
whom  gave 
e  halfj)ennv', 
an  ./?.  M.  S , 
ir  and  shivcs, 
)'irn,  and  the 

the  first  in- 

removed  to 

ieiis  of  affec- 

gnant  regret 

In  Decein- 

'It,  who  Iiad 

•it  Tobngo, 
ra,  and  was 
ne.ssiiig  tiio 
n.  '•  Some 
"know  (hat 
^od   and  the 

1  doubt  not 
'e  in  him  to 

For  iiear- 
■8  were  una- 
mcccssor  to 
liat  time  the 
Mr.  Davies, 
Mr.  Elliott 
i  with  equal 
rst  instance 

172 


h 


a*.  George  Town,  and  afterwards  on 
the  west  coast,  where  his  services 
were  so  abundantly  blessed,  that  a 
striking  improvement  was  visible  in 
tiie  m.jra'.s  of  great  numbers ;  and 
scarcely  a  Sabltath  elapsed  without 
sMue  otferin(r  tUemselves  as  candi- 
dates for  baptism. 

Immediately  atler  the  arrival  of  the 
llov.  John  S:nith,  in  J^17,  at  Le  AV- 
soucenir,  the  at'-endance  was  much 
increased,  and  in  a  short  time  the 
rhapel  was  found  insutlicieiil  to  ac- 
vOiuMiHlatcall  llie  people  thatlioekeii 
I  .gotiier.  Some  of  the  planters  would 
uitt  sulfer  their  slav(>s  to  attend,  but 
iithtns  found  it  most  conducive  lo 
their  own  interest  to  give  them  per- 
mission. In  one  of  Mr.  S.'s  letters, 
ho  says,  "  The  white  people  attemj 
much  better  than  they  h;ive  hitherio 
(1  )iie,  and  express  themselves  much 
pleased  with  the  decent  behavior  and 
clean  appearance  of  the  negroes,  who 
are  usually  dressed  in  while.  With 
respect  to  the  religion  of  these  poor 
jteople,  I  believe  it  does  not  consist 
ill  outward  appearances  so  much  as 
m  tlie  honesty  and  simplicity  of  theii 
conduct.  Their  masters  speak  well 
')f  them  in  general  ;  nor  have  I  heard 
^tli  >ugli  constantly  inquiring)  more 
than  uac  complaint  made  by  any  plant- 
er or  manager  in  consecjueuce  of  re- 
ligion." The  exception  alluded  to  is 
Worthy  of  notice.  One  of  the  plant- 
ers Slid,  "  tliat  the  man  concerning 
uliom  intjuiry  was  made,  was  too 
rcli<iiuus ;  and  that,  not  satisfied  with 
l)eing  religious  himself,  he  was  in  the 
hibit  of  sitting  up  at  night  to  preach 
tu  others.  In  every  other  respect, 
liowever,"  said  he,  '•  he  is  a  good  ser- 
vant ;  so  much  so,  that  1  would  not 
sell  him  for  GOOO  guilders,  which,  ac- 
cording to  the  present  exchange, 
would  be  about  4(iO/.  sterling." 

In  June,  ISID,  the  church  members 
are  stated  to  amount  to  107  j  and  Mr. 
S.  mentions  his  having  baptized  2-1!), 
of  whom  about  180  were  adults. 
Among  various  instances  which  might 
be  adduced  of  the  happy  effects  of  nis 
ministry  upon  many  of  the  negroes, 
tlie  abandonment  ot  a  custom  may  be 
mentioned,  which  they  had  lonjr  con- 
sidered, not  only  as  innocent  in  itself, 
but  as  an  important  source  of  profit  to 
their  families.  The  plantation  slaves, 
comprising  nearly   seven  eighths  of 


the  whole  negro  population  of  Dem.l- 
raiii.  are  usually  allowed  a  piece  of 
ground,  wiiieii  ihey  are  expected  to 
cultivate,  for  the  purpose  of  lurnishing 
them.-^elves  with  sueli  necessaries  as 
their  other  means  do  not  provid*'  i'ur 
them  ;  l>iil  the  only  time  they  have 
lor  carrying  their  |«ro(luce  lo  market 
is  the  }:>ahl>alh.  thit  U-iii:,'  the  market- 
day.  "  Alihoui'h,  '  sayn  Mr.  S.  '•  ihis 
practice  is  ashameful  violation  of  the 
liord's  day,  and  extremely  fatiguing 
to  the  negroes,  who  are  o'len  r..ui- 
pelled  to  carry  tliiM  .saleiible  arfu  Ics, 
such  as  yiitns.  Indian  ckiii.  banuniis, 
iVic.  (o  a  distanee  of  six,  eiaiit,  or  even 
twelve  miles;  yet  the  (rilling  pi' (it 
they  derive  from  their  labor,  and  liie 
pleasure  they  find  in  g(/mg  to  tlie 
marki.'tin  town,  strt'.ngiy  att.ich  tliem 
to  it.  With  pleasure.  Imwever,  I  .see 
many  of  our  !)!!ptized  negroes  aban- 
don this  practice — a  practice  so  spe- 
cious in  its  appearinice  to  them,  .'ind 
so  deei)ly  rooh-d  by  custom,  tliat 
nothing  but  the  power  of  religini 
could  cause  them  rolinitarilij  to  re- 
lin(|uish  it.  Many,  very  many,  nov,- 
neither  go  to  markei.  nor  yet  culti- 
vate their  ground^',  o.i  thj  Sabbath  ; 
and  yet  these  are  (lie  persons  that 
make  the  cleanest  and  best  apjHar- 
auce,  and  have  more  of  the  comforts 
of  life  than  most  others.  The  reason 
is  obvious — they  are  diligent  in  rais- 
ing live  stock,  fowls,  ducks,  turkies, 
Slc,  which  they  dispose  of  to  j)ersons 
who  go  about  the  country  to  purchasj- 
them.  By  not  going  to  market,  they 
have  less  inducement  to  s|H.'nd  their 
money  in  buying  useless  or  pernicious 
articles ;  and  by  a  little  economy, 
such  as  the  Bible  teaches,  they  make 
their  money  go  further  than  others." 
In  the  autumn  of  i,-:20,  as  many  of 
the  negroes  resided  at  a  considerable 
distance  from  Mr.  S.'s  (dace  of  wor- 
ship, it  was  proposed  to  build  a  cha(K-l 
at  Chnhrooh,  about  15  m.  from  Le 
Ilesouvenir,  and  that  the  lie  v.  Mr. 
Mercer,  of  the  L.  M.  S..  then  in  the 
colony,  should  instruct  the  negroes  in 
that  quarter.  And,  with  a  view  to 
interest  the  gentlemen  of  Clonbrook 
in  tlus  object,  a  recommendatory  cer- 
tificate of  the  good  effects  of  religious 
instruction  was  given  by  Messrs.  Van 
Costen  and  Hamilton,  the  attorney 
and  manager  of  the  plantation  Le 
Resouvenir. 


DEM 


DEiM 


h 


VIr.  Smith  in  1S2i),  says,  tliatllipi 
MiH.sidii  lloijfisfor  contiiiiKMl  till'  iiaincsi 
of  abunt  yodO   prrsons,  wlio  liiul  pro-' 
f'sst'dly  onihrafod   the  tiospcl  at    liC! 
R«\sf)uvenir  and  the  adjniniiifr  plaiifa-l 
tions.      His   Hnl»s»^]utMit    hilxns.    and' 
Ihosp  of  Mrs.  S..  wl;o  tf»ok  an   active 
part  in  tlu»  inHtrur.tion  of  the  fonialc 
nogrors,  \v<'ro  altondt'd  with  the  most 
gratifyin<r   results.       Ihit.   iiiHtcad   ol' 
tlieir  oft'orts  met^tinrr  witli  tliat  sanc- 
tion and   countenance  from  tlie  civil 
authorities,  and  otlier  leaihnir  individ- 
uals,  wiiicii   they  merited,   tliey   hnd 
in   many  instances  to  contend    witli 
increasinjT   opposition  and    reproach. 
This,   however,  was  not   universally 
the  case.     Some  of  tiie  white  inhab- 
itants candidly  acknowledged  the  ad- 
vantages resulting  to  the  negroos  from 
tho  labors  of  the  missionary  :    while 
several  respectable  gentlemen,  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Lo   Resouvonir  be- 
came   subscribers    to    tlie    Dcmtirarii 
.■?.  S. ;   and  gave  tlieir  testimony  to 
tlie  improved  character  and  good  be- 
Jiaviorof  the  negroes  who  had  receiv- 
ed the  benefit  of  religious  instruction. 

The  contributions  of  the  Le  Re- 
souvenir  branch  of  the  Dcmnrara 
.'?.  S.  for  1822,  amounted  to  about 
£200. 

To  enter  into  details  of  those 
transactions  which  afterwards  occur- 
red, is  at  present  impossible  :  suffice 
it  to  observe,  as  the  report  for  1*^24 
states,  that  Mr.  Smith,  who,  '•  at  the 
period  of  the  previous  anniversary, 
was  peaceably  and  usefully  laboring 
in  the  midst  of  an  extensive  slave- 
population,  by  whom  he  was  univer- 
gally  respected  and  beloved,  was  on 
the '21st  of  August,  1823,  taken  into 
custody  ;  his  private  journal  and  oth- 
er papers  seized ;  and  himself  and 
Mrs.  S.  lodged  in  the  Colony-house. 
After  a  painful  imprisonment  of  7 
weeks,  during  which  period  he  was 
refused  all  communication  with  his 
friends,  Mr.  Smith,  a  minister  of  the 
Gospel,  was  summoned  before  a  court- 
martial,  to  be  tried  on  a  charge  of 
conspiracy  against  the  peace  of  his 
Majesty's  government,  and  for  abet- 
ting the  late  disturbance  among  the 
slaves  of  the  colony.  Being  thus 
made  amenable  to  a  military  tribunal, 
he  was  deprived  of  those  ordinary 
eivil  rights  and  privileges  which  be- 
longed to  him  as  a  British  subject. 


.An  immense  mass  of  evidence  was 
l)rou<2lit  forward  by  his  accusers, 
which,  instead  of  establishing  his 
•ruilt.  served,  on  the  contrary,  to  show 
the  general  excellence  both  ef  liis 
personal  and  official  character.  'J"he 
court,  iieverlheless.  thought  proper  l<i 
find  Mr.  Smith  guilty  ot*^  death  I  and 
he  was  accord'ni>ly  sent  as  a  feleti  tn 
the  coiiiiiion  gacilof  the  colony.  The 
senleiico  of  the  court  was  referred 
hoir.e  for  his  Majesty's  decision.  His 
Majesty  was  jdeased  to  remit  the  sen- 
tence ;  but  Mr.  Smith  was  required 
to  (piit  Deiiiarara,  and  to  enter  into 
his  recotrnizance  not  to  reside,  in  fu- 
tnre,  in  any  j»art  of  the  British  West 
Indies.  IJefore.  however,  these  de- 
terminations of  his  Majesty's  govern- 
ment reached  Demarara,  his  happy 
spirit  had  ascended  to  that  place  where 
••  his  jn,l<snirnf  slinll  he  brought  forth 
(IS  Itf^'ht,  and  his  ri(rhtcousn€ss  as  the 
nuon-ddij." 

The  congregation  of  Mr.  Davies 
suffi-red  irreatly  from  these  dislressino 
events  :  it.  however,  revived  in  the 
course  of  1^24. 

Mr.  Davies  died  in  1826.  Rev.  Jo- 
seph Kelley  is  now  missionary  in 
George  Town,  and  Rev.  Michael  Lew- 
is at  the  West  Coast.  The  Providence 
Chapel  at  George  Town  has  been  en- 
larged, repaired,  and  rendered  a  neat, 
and  commodious  place  of  worship. 
The  highest  authorities  in  the  colony 
warmly  and  decidedly  countenance 
the  exertions  of  the  missionaries  for 
the  spread  of  the  gospel.  The  con- 
tributions in  George  Town  amounted 
in  one  year  to  4. 500 guilders.  The  con- 
gregations are  large,  the  people  atten- 
tive, and  the  schools  flourishing.  Many 
were  seeking  the  Saviour  with  intense 
desire.  At  Fort  Island,  in  the  Esse- 
quebo  an  on*«tation,  a  church  has 
been  formed  of  l2  members.  The 
Sabbath  congregation  at  the  West 
Coast  Chapel,  consis's  of  1000.  In 
1831,  40  persons  were  added  to  the 
church.  Rev.  James  Scott,  and  Mrs. 
S.  joined  the  mission  in  Dec.  1831. 

The  Wcsleyan  missifKiaries  have 
also  labored  for  some  yeare  in  Dema- 
rara. Their  cause  greatly  suffered 
from  the  events  to  which  allusion  has 
been  made.  The  existence  of  martial 
law  for  some  time  prevented  their 
evening  meetings ;  and  a  hostile  spi- 
rit against  missions  of    every   kind 

174 


t  i 


DIG 


DIG 


ovidcnro  vas 
liis    accHM'rs. 
laltlisliiiiir    lij^ 
titiary,  to  sIk.w 
I'otJi    vf    Jli.s 
arnc-trr.      'I'],,- 
uirlit  i)roj,crl.> 
n»  deatli!    inu} 
t  as  a  ft'lt.ri  tn 
•  colony.    The 
was    rcfeircd 
dt'cision,    jfi^ 
roiiiit  tlir  scu- 
was  rt'quired 
to  cTitiT  into 
rrsido.  in  fu- 
British  West 
vvr,  these  dc- 
osty's  govrrn- 
a,    his    happy 
at  place  whcrV 
hrovglu  forth 
msness  as  the 

Mr.  Davies 
se  distrcssino 
vived  in  the 

2(5.  Rev.  Jo- 
riissionary  in 
Michael  Lew- 
ie Providence 

has  been  en- 
dered  a  neat, 

of   worship, 
in  the  colony 

countenance 
ssionaries  for 
The  con- 
ivn  amounted 
ers.  The  con- 
people  atten- 
ishing.  Many 
■  with  intense 

in  the  LJsse- 

church  has 
nbers.      The 
t  the    West 
f 1000.       In 
added  to  the 
)tt,  and  Mrs 
Oec.  1831. 
riaries   have 
re  in  Deraa- 
itiv  suffered 
allusion  has 
ce  of  martial 
'ented  their 

hostile  spi- 
every  kind 
174 


i)rcvt'iiti'il  tlu'  attciulimce  of  the  slavos. 
and  many  otht-rs.  mi  llic  Sundays. 
Till'  chapels.  ('.■«prcially  in  tlie  coun- 
Irv-  were  for  s.»iin'  tiinf  nearly  de- 
sorted — thi'  socii'tjfs  were  jjrrratly 
sraltered, — and  lliouirh  llie  two  mis- 
jiionarit's  escaped  the  hand  of  le^rjil 
yiojence.  tliey  w<'i»>  exposed  to  many 
oltl'irjiiics  and  in.-iiills.  One  of  tliem, 
indeed.  l)iit  iiarr^wly  escajjed  a  l)ase  i 
attack  frnin  certain  white  people,  who 
u-avlaid  iiim  on  liis  return  liy  niiflit! 
from  ills  duty  in  the  country.  'riiej 
clouds  lu'i^an.  ho\\'ever.  afterwards  to 
(lis]MMse.  Ill  f-^'i-l-'i.  there  was  much 
cause  for  s^ratituile.  In  the  last  re- 
]iort  the  t'lillowing  statements  are 
iuade  : — 

Tiiereare  4station3.  Cieorire  Town, 
iMahaica,  {rlazer's,  Mahaica.  At 
George  Town,  the  nnudjer  of  mem- 
bers is  1,;{70.'  Scholars,  •i4().  The 
teachers  generally  attend  with  credit- 
able diligence.  At  Mahaica,  the 
number  of  inombers  1,1-21,  and  of 
.scholars  4H.  The  members  are  gen- 
erally improving  in  religious  knowl- 
edge, and  growing  in  grace.  At  the 
other  *2  stations,  there  are  no  schools 
The  number  of  members  is  about 
200. 

DIGAI  I,  a  populous  town  in  Bahar. 
Hindoostan,  on  the  S.  bank  of  the 
Ganges,  near  the  extensive  canton- 
ments at  Dinapore,  'i'Z\)  m.  N.  W. 
Calcutta. 

Two  native  brethren  connected 
with  the  Bapl.  M.  S.  were  sen^  her 
several  years  sine.  In  181(i,  Mr. 
Chamberlin  visited  the  station  ;  and 
savs  in  his  journal  dated  Jan.  3 — 
'•  \Ve  assembled  this  evening  to  hear 
four  natives  declare  wh..*  God  had 
done  for  their  souls.  Theii  declara- 
tion was  vc-y  interesting  and  encour- 
iiging.  One  of  these  persons  is  a 
native  of  Bhurutpore,  a  town  beyond 
Agra.  He  was  on  his  way  so  far  for 
Jugunnauth,  but  here  divine  mercy 
shone  upon  him ;  he  was  picked  up 
b^  the  native  brethren  by  the  way 
side.  Another  is  a  native  of  Joypore, 
which  is  still  further  beyond  Agra. 
He  was  arrested  by  divine  grace  on 
bis  return  from  Jugunnauth,  by  meet- 
ing with  the  brethren  Brindabund  and 
Kureem.  Two  others  were  Byrag- 
gees  from  those  parts  of  the  country  ; 
one  of  them  was  a  Gooroo,  who  had 
made  0)any  disciples,       He  had  been 


under  a  conviction  of  his;  sins  for 
some  time  l)ff(»rc  he  heard  ul'  Jesus 
and  liis  salvation.  He  told  us,  that 
he  iiad,  from  the  pressure  of  his  sins 
uj)on  his  conHciciu'c,  liccn  accustomed 
l<i  g(»  out  into  the  fields,  and  call  upon 
Ciod  to  slir)W  him  tlie  way  of  salva- 
tion. I  pun  wliich  he  declared,  that 
a  certain  time.  li(«  s:w.  in  a  vision,  a 
form  mucii  like  a  Kuroiiean.  which 
tidd  him  to  go  to  llie  Kuropcans.  iVuni 
whom  he  would  le.irn  the  true  way 
to  obtain  safety.  Tiiis  wrought  s«> 
much  upon  his  mind,  that  he  told  his 
disciples  what  he  li.ul  t^ten  and  heard, 
and  that  he  had  ditermined  to  act  ;w- 
cordingly.  Mauy  of  them  endeav- 
ored to  dissuade  him  from  his  pui- 
pose,  but  he  invited  Ids  disciples  to  a 
tiirewell  feast  before  he  lett  them.  A 
lew  attended  to  his  invitation  ;  and 
these  were  very  urgent,  persuading 
Inm  not  to  act  so  rasiily.  The  result 
vviis,  that  he,  ami  one  who  cKaved  to 
liim,  letl  all,  and  came  to  Dinapore  in 
(juest  ol"  salvation  to  be  gained  from 
the  Europeans.  Here  they,  at  ditl'er- 
ent  times  and  places,  n>et  with  the 
native  brethren,  who  proved  the  way- 
marks  to  conduct  them  to  the  fulHl- 
ment  of  their  wishes."  Mr.  C.  after- 
wards sat  (Ii)wn  with  23  persons,  l>  r,f 
whom  were  natives,  at  the  Lord's 
Supper. 

Alter  this  the  Rev.  Mr.  Rowe  w  is 
appointed  to  this  station,  and  native 
schools  were  o|)ened.  The  mission- 
aries procured  the  discharge  from  the 
army  of  a  serif)us  young  man  of  tlie 
name  of  Stewart,  who  assisted  Mr. 
Rowe  in  his  school,  and  made  much 
progress  in  the  Hindoostanee.  "  Of 
late,"  says  Mr.  R.  in  1819,  "we  have 
had  three  or  four  inquirers,  who  ex- 
amined the  Gospel  message  with 
considerable  attention  ;  but  there  is 
not  one  among  them  of  whom  we 
can  say,  *  Behold  he  prayeth  !  I  was 
lately  visited  by  a  rich  Mussulman  of 
Patna,  into  whose  hand  I  put  an  Ara- 
bic Bible,  which  I  had  for  sale  on 
account  of  the  Bilile  Society.  He  was 
much  pleased  with  the  prmting,  read 
the  first  chapter  of  Genesis,  and  was 
so  deliglited  that  he  immediately  pur- 
chased it." 

.  In  1823,  Mr.  Rowe  was  .-emoved 
by  death.  In  June  1831,  Mr.  John 
Lawrence  and  his  wife  sailed  from 
England  to  continue  the  mission  at 

175 


I 


— li 


DIN 


DOiM 


Digah  mid    the  neigliboriiifr  cantun- 
merits  ot'  Diiiapore. 

DlNAGEl'URE,  a  city  of  Bengal, 
capital  of  a  district  of  tiie  Baiiic  name, 
240  111.  N.  Calcutta,  containing  lO.OOO 
inhabitants.  At  tlie  close  of  IdO'j,  a 
now  liuplist  church  was  furiiied  Jure. 
Several  of  the  members  who  resided  in 
tlie  neighborhood,  with  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Uliss,  were  dismissed  from  the  Se- 
rampure  church  f(.r  this  purpose,  who 
chose  the  He  v.  Mr.  Fernandez  for 
their  pastor.  S-hools  were  sulh'^e- 
quently  establis!ied  ;  the  cliildren  were 
fond  of  reudinjf  tlie  tracts  put  into 
tiieir  handd  ;  and  the  general  asi)ect 
of  tlie  mission  was  very  encouraging. 

in  IfiSil,  more  persons  were  said  to 
have  been  Lapti/ed  here  than  at  any 
oth^  >*  station  of  the  society.  The 
uuiiiher  in  the  church  was  72,  and  the 
whole  number  tif  tiiose  who  liad  re- 
nounced casle  was  107.  Idolatry, 
indeed,  was  visibly  declining  anumg 
the  natives  at  large  in  that  district ; 
many  large  temples,  built  by  former 
llajalis,  were  hastening  to  ruin  ;  and 
the  pecuni-.iry  allowance  allotted  for 
tlu'ir  support  by  the  native  govern- 
ment was  reduced,  and  annually  de- 
creasing. 

In  Oct.  1-20.  the  Rev.  Mr.  Mack 
had  an  opportunity  of  visiting  Dina- 
gepore  and  Sadaniahl  (at  the  latter 
he  had  the  pleasure  of  baptizing  four 
young  men),  and  was  greatly  delight- 
ed with  the  humble  and  affectionate 
deportment,  and  indeed  the  whole 
appearance,  of  the  people.  Their 
revered  pastor  seemed  to  rule  them 
all  by  lovr. 

The  following  is  the  report  of  the 
mission  in  1831 .  Inha))itants  40,000 ; 
with  a  subordinate  station  at  Sada- 
mahl,  20  m.  N.  W.  Rev.  H.  Sniylie, 
missionary,  who  removed  from  Dum 
Dum,  accompanied  by  Bareiro,  a  stu- 
dent in  the  college,  as  his  assistant. 
From  the  last  report  it  appears  that 
the  Christian  population  consisted  of 
185  persons ;  of  these  08  were  com- 
municants and  8  candidates  for  bap- 
tism. The  n\iniber  of  scholars  was 
81.  Mr.  Ignatius  Fernandez,  a  na- 
tive, who  long  labored  at  this  place, 
and  who  was  a  most  estimable  man, 
entered  into  his  eternal  rest  in  Dec. 
1830. 

DINAPORE,  a  town  in  Bahar, 
nindoostan,  on  the  S.  bank  of  the 


Ganges,  II  in.  from  VV^  Patna,  for 
the  deleiice  of  which  an  extei'sive 
imlitiiry  cantoiimt  nt  has  been  con- 
structed by  the  Britiiih.  £.  long.  hO*- , 
i\.  lat.  25-  'M. 

Rev.  il.  Murtyn,  was,  for  t-on,c 
time,  Hlationed  at  this  place.  The 
missionaries  at  Digah  now  visit  it. 

DOMINICA,  one  of  the  Caril;b<e 
islimds.  which  lies  ulx  ut  half  way 
between  Guadaloiq^e  and  Murtinicn, 
and  is  28  m.  long,  iuid  1:5  brrud.  The 
soil  is  thin,  but  it  is  well  supplied 
with  rivulets,  and  the  sides  of  (he 
hills  bear  the  finest  trees  in  i.he  Wes^t 
Indies.  It  was  taken  by  the  British 
in  1701,  and  conlirnied  to  them  in 
170;{.  The  Freneli  took  it  in  17TJ^, 
I) ut  restored  it  in  1 7S) ;  and  in  l/lTi 
they  made  an  unsucc*  ssful  altemjtt — 
for  all  the  Frenchmen  that  landed, 
were  either  killed  or  taken  prisoi.<'is. 
The  capital  is  Charlotte  Town. 

In  the  month  of  Dec.  17r;8,  the 
Rev.  Dr.  Coke,  accom|)anied  by  a  lew 
missionaries,  visited  Dominica,  and 
met  with  a  very  cordial  reception 
from  some  of  the  inhabitants,  partic- 
ularly from  his  Excellency  Governor 
Orde. 

After  spending  a  few  days  there, 
Dr.  C.  determiiaa  on  leaving  Mr. 
M'Cornock  on  the  island.  The  mis- 
sionary thus  appointed,  immediately 
commenced  his  labors  with  great  zeal. 
Multitudes  flocked  to  hear  him  ;  and 
his  preaching  was  attended  with  such 
success,  that  in  the  spad«!  of  a  few 
months,  about  150  individuals  appear 
to  have  been  deeply  impressed.  But 
whilst  the  work  was  thus  prosperous, 
the  devoted  missionary  fell  a  martyr 
to  the  cause  he  had  espoused. 

Those  who  had  been  benefited  by 
his  ministry  were  now  left  without  a 
pastor,  and  several  years  elapsed  be- 
fore another  missionary  could  be  sent 
to  supply  his  place.  Many,  however, 
to  whom  the  word  of  God  had  been 
blessed,  retained  their  steadfastness, 
and  continued  to  shine  as  lights 
amidst  the  gross  darkness  by  vvnich 
they  were  surrounded. 

In  17U4,  Mr.  Cook  was  appointed 
to  talce  charge  of  the  mission ;  and 
he  continued  to  labor  with  unremit- 
ting assiduity  till  1790,  when  another 
missionary  was  sent  to  succeed  him. 
Under  the  instrumentality  of  this  per- 
son, the  congregations  began  to  in- 

176 


nvase 


'>» 


I'< 


=^i 


DOM 

crcnso  botli  in  nuin'or  and  respecta- 
bility- Tlic  prcaclimij  of  the  (iosiM»l 
wns't'viilt'ntly  prndnctivr  of  real  hrn- 
I'fit  to  many  individuals;  and  peace 
Hnd  ]»rospt'rity  appeared  likely  to  be 
loiisr  enJKved  l>y  tlie  society.  Flat- 
ti*rin;j:.  iiowever,  as  these  prosj)ects 
K'cnu'd.  th'-y  were  foiind  to  be  delu- 
nive  :  the  iiaclineyed  notion,  thnt 
preacliinif  to  the  sl'>"es  would  inspire 
thi'iM  with  ideas  of  « <|uahty.  beiran  to 
spread  anionir  tlie  planters,  and  gave 
rise  to  a  determined  o])i)osition  ;  and 
befirc  the  montli  of  Oct.  I7!i(i,  had 
cxpi'i'd.  the  missionary  received  a 
siiinni'ins  to  appeiir  in  the  field,  on 
till'  en>iiinir  Sahl)ath,  to  learn  the  use 
of  anus.  Surprised  at  such  an  unex- 
p'>cti'(l  call.  hi>  waited  first  upon  the 
(.!<)ljnel  who  had  snmmoiunl  him,  and 
afterwards  upon  the  President,  with 
wlioiii  the  measure  had  ori«rinaled  ; 
and  jieii'ioiied  that  he  miiWit  be  ex- 
empted from  military  service,  in  order 
tlrit  he  miirht  attend  to  his  ministerial 
dutie.-;.  ilis  petition,  however,  was 
treated  with  cimtempt  ;  and,  after 
being  told  that  he  was  considered  as 
a  very  suspicious  character,  who  dis- 
seminated pernicious  doctrines  anitrng 
the  slaves,  he  was  ])eremj)torily  order- 
ed to  quit  tlie  island. 

Atler  the  lapse  of  about  two  years. 
Mr.  Dumlileton  proceeded  to  Domin- 
ica, wiiere  he  found  the  society  in  a 
very  low  state,  and  the  prejudices  of 
the  planter.^  by  no  means  removed, 
la  consequence  of  a  recommei  datory 
letter  from  an  English  nobleman. 
Inwever,  the  Governor  was  induced 
to  promise  him  his  protection  ;  and 
when  the  people  perceived  that  they 
could  assemble  for  religious  worship 
without  molestation,  their  numbers 
were  rapidly  augmented,  and  before 
the  end  of  the  year  the  congregation 
had  become  very  considerable.  Pre- 
judice began  now  to  subside  ;  and,  in 
the  year  I'^OO,  many  individuals,  who 
had  formerly  protested  against  the 
residence  of  a  missionary  in  the  colo- 
ny, were  ready  to  contribute  towards 
the  erection  of  a  new  chapel. 

.Mr.  Dumbleton  was  succeeded  by 
Mr.  Boocock  ;  but  tliis  missionary 
was  much  debilitated  by  the  effects  of 
an  unpleasant  passage,  and  preached 
but  twice  .atler  his  arrival.  His  death 
jilunged  the  society  and  congregation 
into  a  state  of  deep  distress  ;    as  no 


DOM 

preacher  was  on  the  island  to  supply 
iiis  place,  and  many  months  necey- 
sarily  elapsed  before  any  assistance 
could  be  procured  from  v.ngland. 

Air.  Sheph'y  arrived  at  IJoininica 
in  I'Vbruary,  I8u;},  and  had  the  satis- 
faction of  re-unitmg  those  memlxTs 
of  the  society  who  liad  been  scattered 
whilst  destitute  of  a  pastor.  He  had, 
also,  invitations  to  visit  several  of  the 
estates ;  and  on  some  of  tliet?e  lie 
found  that  the  negroes,  with  the  con- 
sent of  their  maslerd,  had  erected 
wooden  huts  for  the  celebration  of 
divine  worship.  Mr.  Shepley  wab 
afterwards  joined  by  Mr.  llichardson, 
as  there  were  now  two  principr.i  es- 
tablishments formed  in  the  island ; 
the  one  in  the  town  of  liusaiii.  and 
the  other  at  Prince  Rupiils  lUnj, 
about  \\[)  m.  distant.  '1  ho  marsliy 
situation  of  Prince  Rupert's  Hay, 
liowevcr,  proved  so  e.xtreiuely  un- 
healthy, that  Mr.  Shepley  was  re- 
peatedly seized  with  an  intermitting 
lever,  which  brought  him  almost  to 
the  grave;  and  Mr.  Uichardson,  after 
an  illness  of  5  days,  was  called  to  his 
eternal  reward. 

In  December,  1 8fl5,  Mr.  John  1  lawk- 
shaw  arrived  in  Dominica ;  and  after 
spending  a  few  days  at  llo.seau,  he 
went  to  St.  iluperfs  Bay,  the  place 
which  had  already  furnished  to  other 
laborers  abundant  employment  and 
an  untimely  grave.  Although  the 
people  had  been  severely  tried  by  a  vio- 
lent hurricane,  yet,  previ  msly  to  his 
arrival,  they  had  contiived,  through 
the  further  generosity  of  their  friends, 
to  rebuild  another  chapel,  capable  of 
accommodating  a  congregation  of 
about  1000  people,  and  at  the  time 
he  visited  this  insalubrious  tpol,  the 
society  consisted  of  nearly  GOO. 

After  preaching  at  this  place  about 
a  month,  with  considerable  success 
and  much  jiersonal  satisfaction,  he 
was  seized  with  the  same  malignant 
fever  which  had  already  proved  fatal 
to  Messrs.  M'Coriiock  and  Richard- 
son, and  from  which  Mr.  Shcpley  and 
Mr.  Dumbleton  (the  latter  of  whom 
had  some  time  since  returned  to  Do- 
minica)  had  escaped  with  extreme 
difficulty.  On  hearing  of  this  cir- 
cumstance.  Mr.  Dumbleton  hastened 
from  Roseau  to  visit  his  alHicted 
brother,  and  soon  witnessed  his  de- 
parture from  this  world. 

^  177 


"i! 


I 


DOM 


DOO 


From  tliia  time,  iiotliinir  of  |);irticu- 
lar  iiitureHt  uccur^  in  tlio  liiiilory  ol 
thid  iiiiHiiiun,  till  tliu  year  IHlIt,  \vlu!ii 
Mr.  Juliii  Willit),  who  wiitt  ii|);i(iiii1i'<l 
to  it,  narrowly  oHcapod  (U-Hlriirtii. 
from  the  effectti  of  a  iiurriraia'  wiiicli 
dustroyi^d  the  iniHsionary  buihiiu/f.''. 

In  iHKi,  Mr.  Buotlihy  coiniiu-iiccd 
)ii.>i  ljil)orrt  at  Dominica  ;  when*  he 
found  thin<rrt  in  a  vi'ry  «li.sc<»ur:rjfinir 
Btatc,  there  beinsr  neither  a  eh.i|ul 
nor  a  rc^iidence  for  a  niininter.  i'reni- 
ises,  however,  were,  at  lenijlh,  ob- 
tained in  lloseau,  for  thede  jMirpoHes  ; 
Jind  tlie  exertions  of  tlie  niissionarv 
bejran  to  be  evi<lently  crowned  'vi^ii 
Hucccss,  when,  by  a  mysterious  ])r<iv- 
idcnce,  his  work  was  cut  bhiift,  and 
he  was  summoned  to  enter  into  his 
rest. 

In  182*4,  the  Earl  of  Huniinjrdon 
arrived  at  Dominica,  to  assume  tlie 
jrijvernment  of  tliat  island  ;  and,  hav- 
ing assured  the  missionaries  of  his 
countenance  and  protection,  in  Octo- 
ber, \&2ri,  he  laid  the  foundation  stone 
of  a  new  chapel  in  the  town  of  Roseau  ; 
Uie  ojK'ning  service  of  wiiich,  accom- 
panied by  several  persons  of  distinc- 
tion, he  afterwards  attended. 

In  ld21,Mr.  Felvus  ai)])ear.4  to  have 
been  zealously  enirai.ed  in  counnuni- 
catiug  leligious  instruction  to  the 
ae;|rroea  in  a  district  of  the  islaad 
called  St.  Josn/th's ;  and  in  alluding 
to ,  the  R)man  Catholics,  who  an; 
tliere  v«'ry  numerous,  lie  observes, 
"  Their  superstitions  are  such  as  many 
persons  would  scarcely  credit.  On 
Good  Friday  there  was  a  great  stir 
among  them,  in  driving  Judas  and 
the  Devil  out  of  the  church ;  and  for 
tliis  purpose,  all  the  old  barrels, 
dru-.us,  and  staves,  they  could  pro- 
cure, were  brought  into  u^e,  and  the 
noise  and  tumult  were  intolerable. 
The  day  following,  at  the  sound  of  a 
bell,  all  the  good  Catholics  lui  intii 
tJie  sea,  to  wash  away  their  sins." 

'•  Another  form  of  superstition  jirac- 
tised  among  them,  is,  to  take  a  bottle 
of  water,  tm  Good  Friday,  to  the 
pri  st;  and  when  ho  has  consecrated 
it,  they  take  it  home,  as  a  charm 
against  evil  spirits  and  thieves,  and 
0:3  a  pledge  of  good  fortune." 

"  When  an  African  is  baptized  by 
a  priest,  and  admitted  into  the  Romisl; 
church,  should  he  be  afterwards  rob- 
bed of  his  property,  instead  of  going 


t )  an  Obeah  man,  to  get  him  to  {h  r- 
f:<rin  certain  umgical  trickH,  in  order 
to  put  the  tliief  to  excruciating  pain 
until  he  die  or  restore  the  stoU-i, 
D'uls  ;  he  brings  a  number  ot'caiulli  > 
t<>  burn  in  the  clnirch,  uni!  is  told  tlint 
as  long  as  ihose  candles  eontinui- 
burning,  the  depredator  will  \c  in 
torii;eiit." 

Tlie  following  acc'unt  exhibits  llio 
last  reportiul  state  of  the  mission  : — 

The  ii'iiilier  ol"  inembers  at  lionmu 
is  'Si'.i.  The  regularity  of  their  at 
tendance  on  class  meetings  and  otlii  r 
means  of  grace  is  coiiiniendable 
Sabbat  h-brtaking  and  coiicultinaiif 
have  been  ubaiidoned.  The  prayer- 
meetings  have  been  iiugniented  ami 
have  been  more  numerously  attended 
than  ever.  Several  individual')  have 
died  in  the  triuiupii  of  faith.  'i  he 
num!  er  ofs(dioli.:s  is  KIri.  At  Ijitjuii, 
God  has  luide  bare  his  urm.  nnd  sin- 
ners h  ivc  been  l.rouglit  from  darkness 
into  luarveiluus  li;4lit.  All  are  re- 
iiiark.ible  for  teachal»leiie.s-s  and  gene- 
ral consistency.  Nu.nber  of  membera 
l()i>,  and  (it)  scholars.  At  I'riiiti 
Itiijicil's,  or  i'ortfiiioulli,  are  15(1  iiiciii- 
bers,  and  ")0  scholars.  A  sulislantial 
stone  building  li;is  recently  been 
erected.  At  U'iitilicd'd,  cr  Lusoyr, 
God  has  appeared  in  great  power 
and  mercy.  Almost  every  estab- 
iishment  has  a  jtniyer-lK  use  in  it. 
Meml)ers  Kio.  In  one  quarter  i'2 
couples  were  married. 

DONEGAL,  a  town  of  Ireland, 
wlure  the  W.  S.  has  a  missionary. 

DOORGAPORE,  a  town  in  Ren- 
gaJ,  Mindoostiin,  I  miles  from  Calcu'i- 
ta,  in  the  midst  of  a  numerous  heathei' 
population. 

in  lei!),  a  station  was  formed  hero 
by  the  Baiit.  M.  6'. ;  wliere  a  neat 
plice  of  worship  now  stands  by  the 
side  of  the  public  road,  in  a  very  fa- 
vorable situation  for  collecting  a  con- 
gregation. It  has  been  visited  by 
several  laiiorers.  In  162G,  it  was 
stated  that  a  number  of  poor  natives 
of  the  lowest  class,  whose  condu.t 
had  always  been  so  rioous  and  disor- 
fierly  as  greatly  to  annoy  the  mission- 
aries, had  come  forward  of  their  own 
accord,  to  recjuest  that  a  service 
might  be  held  once  a  week  for  their 
accommodation ;  and  even  offered, 
out  of  their  own  pro,,erty,  to  lefray 
the  expense  of  lighting  the  chapel  on 

178 


the  eve 
Mr  G.l 

I  ir  servi 
DREf 

o!i  the  E 
,if  wboii 
I.ulhera 
Calvinism 
cabinet 
iiieci'S. 
The 
CiDldber; 

city,  in 
iircordin 
ed  a  sc' 
lii.M  labo 
\\\  instit 
tJie  patn 

IIUMl, 

knowled 


DRE 


Dwr 


|ret  iiiiii  tu  \H  r- 
tric.kH,  ill  order 
LTitciutiiig  piiiii 
ton'    tilt*   Btoli'i. 

lllluT  iit'cnil(llr> 

,  uik!  Ih  told  tlint 
indleu  I'oiitiuui- 
vtor  will    \.c  in 

unt  exhibits  tlio 
he  mission  : — 
inherrt  ul  lioaiitu 
■\\y   t)f  their  at 
•tiiijrs  and  otlit  r 

coinuuMidalile 
d  concuhinuiic 
1.  Tlie  prayir- 
a\ii>-i:ieiited  aiiii 
■rdusly  uttendi'd 
ndivi(lual>i  have 
nf  faith.  'J  he 
Kid.  At  tjiijirn. 
is  urni.  and  sm- 
it  Ironi  darkness 
t.  Ail  aio  rc- 
enesTd  and  nene- 
iL»er  ot  nieiidiers 
.H.  At  I'riitn 
'li,  are  Jodnieui- 

A  Hubstuntlal 

recently    been 

/'■(/,  I  r  Liis(nj( , 

I 


great    power 

every    e.slub- 

r-lu  use   in   it. 

)no    quarter  i'i 

n  of  Ireland. 

missionary. 

lovn  in  lien- 

s  fnjin  Calcul- 

neroiis  heathen 

13  formed  here 
wliere  a  neat 
stands  by   tiie 

in  a  very  fa- 
l<;ctinjr  a  con- 

n    visited   by 

1^20,   it   was 

f  poor  natives 

hose   condu.t 

ous  and  disor- 

r  the  mission- 

of  their  own 
at  a  service 
week  for  their 
even  offered, 
•ty,  to  lefray 
the  chapel  on 

178 


1 


the  eveningra  when  thoy  asKonible. 
.Mr.  G.  Pearee  eontinnes  iohold  reyu- 
lir  si'rvieesat  this  station. 

DRKSDliN.  a  eity  in  CJerniany, 
(>:i  the  Kibe.  I'opulation  r).'».(l(IO.  many 
,,f  whom  are  Jews.  It  e.o^^t.lin^  1 1 
LuUieran  rburehe-t. 'i  ('atlmlic  and  1 
Calvinist.  Here  is  a  most  sjdendid 
cal)inet  of  en^navinjjs  of  xJ'M'.IKH) 
puces. 

Till!  /-  'f-  •^'-  stationed  Mr.  J.  I'. 
Cioldlierfj,  a  converted  Jew,  in  this 
city,  in  If^'i'i,  to  instruet  his  l>retiiren 
nrnordinir  til  tile  flesh.  Hi  has  open- 
ed a  schiol  for  Jewish  childrm.  and 
his  labors  have  been  nnieh  blessed. 
.\n  institution  has  been  formed  under 
tlu)  patromige  of  many  distiniruished 
Mien,  f<'r  proniotintr  true  biblieal 
kn<)wled<fe  amon^  the  Jews;  and  a 
Ladies'  Association  also,  underequally 
(listinirmshed  patioiiairc.    Tin  greater 


.'00  m.  from  its  entrance  into  the 
Mississippi.  In  the  y<-ar  1810  and 
Ii^lT.  another  considerubb'  emigration 
t'lok  |)lae«-.  In  IriiO,  the  American 
lii  ard  eommene«><l  a  mission  among 
them  at  their  own  reipiest.  The 
j)lae«'  si'Ieeted  for  the  e<>nnnencemetit 
ot'  operations  was  named  Dwiokt,  in 
ofrateful  remendtrance  «.f  tin'  Rev. 
President  Dwight  of  Vale  College,  a 
distinguished  friend  of  ndssionH.  it 
is  on  the  west  side  of  a  creek  called 
Illinois,  which  empties  into  the  Ar- 
kansas from  the  North,  r»(l()  ni.  from 
its  nutufii.  The  niissi^maries  arrived 
in  the  month  of  July,  1H'>(>.  Sick- 
ness prevented  their  entering  imnuv 
diately  on  their  work,  and,  for  some 
time,  greatly  retartled  their  operations. 
.Messrs.  Jacob  Hitchcock,  and  .lauies 
Orr.  assistant  missionaries  conunenc- 
ed  the  undertaking.     They  were  soon 


Pirt  of  the  Jews  b(>gin  to  iiKjuire  iiito 'joined    by  the   Uev.   Messrs.    Alfred 
iiie  truth   of   Christianity;    and    the  |  Finney  and  Cephas  Washburn.     The 

I'atigues   and    suifi  rings   endured  by 
these  l)rethren  were  very  great.     Mr. 


New  Testiment,  and  other  wf)rks. 
are  read  with  avidity  by  nmltiludes. 
Mr.  Goldberg  still  resides  (l.''.5l)  in 
liresden. 

DUM-DUM,  a  military  station, 
about  7  m.  N.  K.  of  Cahnitta,  occmi- 
pii'd  by  the  E.  I.  Company's  artil- 
lery. 

The    Srramporr.  missionaries  have 
long  preached  the  Go'spel  to  the  Kn- 
ropean  soldiers  here,  as  circumstances 
would  allow ;  and  have  emjibiyed  a 
nitive  brother  to  preach  it  in    Hin- 
(ioo.^tanee  and  Bengalee  to  their  wives, 
who,  in  general,  are  either  natives,  or 
the  daughters  of   EuropcLn  soldiers 
and   native    imthers ;    and  therefore 
speak  the   i  ative   laii-'nages.      From 
tln>se  labors  a  church  lias  been  raised, 
(if  a  very   pleasing   character.       Its 
members  are  liable    to  be   scuttered 
(iver  all   parts  of  the  country  ;  and 
lliuugh  this   subjects   tlv?ir   religious 
principles  to  rather  severe  trial,  yet 
they  are  frequently  made  the  means 
of  doing  good,  and  of  spreading  the 
knowledge  of  salvation  where  it  was 
unknown   or   unattended    to    before. 
Number  of  communicants  in  1831 ,  iiO  ; 
baptized  in  the  year,  5  native  women : 
2    native    inquirers   of   considerable 
promise.     Scholars,  30. 

DWIGHT.  Asearly as  1804, apart 
of  the  Cherokee  Indians  removed  from 
the  country  E.  of  the  Mississippi  R.  to  a 
region  upon  the  river  Arkansas,  4  or 


Asa  Hitchcock  a  schoolmaster  joined 
tlx'in  in  K'^Sl,  and  Mr.  Samuel  New- 
ton,  also   a   schoolmaster,    in     l8iiC. 
Other  beljiers  were  connected  with 
the  mission,  and  God  granted  tokens 
'f  his  approbation  in   the  conversion 
of  souls  to  Christ.      On  t»;c  (Jth   of 
Mnv,  IS'iri,  a  new  treaty  was  formed 
with  the  government  of  the  United 
Stales,  by  which  they  exchanged  the 
lands  which  they  occupied  for  lands 
lying  further  west.     Their  new  terri- 
tor}'  is  bounded  as  follows.     East  by 
a  line  running  from  Fort  Smith,  on 
the  N.  side  of  the  Arkansas  R.  to  the 
i^'.  W.  corner  of  the  state  of  Missouri, 
thence  with  the  W.  boundary  of  Mis- 
s.)uri   till   that  boundary  crosses  the 
waters  of  the    Grand  river.      J^orlh 
by  a  line  from    the   last  mentioned 
point  on  the   Grand    R.    to  a  point 
from  which   a    due  south  line   will 
strike  the  N.  W.    corner  of  the  Ar- 
kansas Territory.      West  by  a    line 
from  the  point  last  mentioned,  con- 
tinuing due  S.  on  and  with  the  pr^ 
sent  boundary  line  of  the  Territory 
to  the  main  branch  of  the  Arkansas 
R.      South  down  the  main  branch  of 
said  river  to  its  junction  with  Can^* 
dian  R.,  and  thence  up  and  between 
the  Arkansas  and  Canadian  rivers  to  a 
point  at  which  a  line  running  N.  and  S. 
from  river  to  river;  will  include  in  all 

179 


■   ! 


\l 


Ji 


DWI 


DWt 


Ml) 


7,0»)4).000  nf  arrp8.  A  perpetual  out- 
K'l  west  was  also  {juaraiitiod  to  the 
Cherokee  nation,  and  the  use  of  all 
fhi;  coiintry  lyin^f  west  ol' tlie  wes- 
tern hound.iry  ahove  desr.ribed,aa  liir 
as  th(*  sovereignty  of  the  I'nited 
Slates  exten(ls.  'I'lie  jrovernuunt 
als  >  ^ave  to  tiie  Indians  ,>|;.'>0,(,()U  as  a 
CMupcnsation  for  tiu;  Imublc  of  re- 
iMovin;.r  ;  an  aiiMtiity  of  jjf'^JO* ')  for  3 
years.  )jj,'-i.7('iO  for  spoliations  made 
uiion  tlieiiiby  whites,  ,s ">(!()  to  (leorirc 
(mess  1(  r  the  beneiit  conferred  upon 
th(!  Indians  by  his  alphal»et,  and  |i*-Jliu(> 
annually  to  the  nation  f  )r  ten  years  to 
hi!  expeiuled  lor  the  pin'poses  of  ed- 
ucation. Other  grants,  made  to  indi- 
vidual ('herokj'cs,  amounted  to 
.•jkri.'JV.O.  There  is  no  state  Jior  Terri- 
torial j^overnment  which  claims  jiu'is- 
di(lif)n  over  the  land  r)f  these  Indians, 
or  levond  IJiem,  or  wliich  can  «ver 
hereatler,  if  the  national  jrovernnunt 
choose  to  |)revent.  cmliosniii  them. 
The  features  of  the  country  west  of 
Arkansas  T.  and  Missouri,  with  the 
exreption  of  the  lands  j!;iven  to  the 
Cherokees,  Choclaws  and  Creeks,  are 
such  as  to  oiler  little  inducement  to 
the  intrusion  of  the  whitos.  The 
country  is  one  wide  prairie,  broken 
only  by  narrow  stri[)s  of  forest  land 
on  the  water  courses.  The  mission- 
ary station  at  Dwijrhtfell  wiJiout  tiie 
Cherokee  country,  and  in  l^'-io 
was  removed.  In  its  j>resent  location 
it  is  on  the  west  side  of  tiie  Salisa,  a 
branch  of  the  Arkansas,  12  m.  from 
its  mouth,  and  ;30  m.  e.ist  of  Fort  Gib- 
son. Previously  to  the  arrival  of  the 
missiomries,  the  most  conunon  vices 
were  drunkenness,  ijajnin"-.  and  lewd- 
ness,  with  its  accompaniaiuents,  in- 
fanticide, conjugal  infidelity  and  dia- 
eiLse.  A  great  reformation  was  soon 
accomplished  by  means  of  the  gospel. 
In  1828,  it  was  estimated  that  not  so 
many  gallons  of  ardent  spirits  were 
consumed  in  a  year  as  there  were 
barrels  previously  to  the  arrival  of  the 
missionaries,  i'lie  Rev.  Alfred  Fin- 
ney, died  much  laniented,  June  10, 
1831.  The  following  letter  from  Dr. 
Marcus  Palmer,  the  ph3'sician  of  the 
station  bearing  date  August  25th, 
1831,  will  be  read  with  interest.  A 
very  great  improvement  in  the  con- 
dition of  the  Indians  have  been  ef- 
fected by  the  blessing  of  God. 
"  Our  temperance  society  is  making 


gradual,  and  I  trust,  sure  progress. 
The  opposition  is  not  very  formidabU-. 
Tiie  h'liiali'  society  lor  the  proniulioii 
ot  lemperance  and  otiier  virtues  is  in 
a  llourishiMir  condition.  The  iiieiu- 
liers  aie  doiny  veiy  commciidably  iii 
procuring  means  to  puicha.-^e  a  iil,iar\ 
i'his  socicly  operaUs  in  many  wa^s 
for  gootl. 

"In  my  former  communications  it 
will  be  icmeiiil.i  led  llial  I  iiol.ccd  a 
wakeful  allcnlion  amonn'  our  pcopli; 
to  the  j)ii'acln'd  gospel.  1  can  no\, 
state  with  thanklulncss  to  (Jod.  thai 
this  good  appearance  has  lireii  lollow 
ed  by  a  very  interesting  revival  of  re 
ligi(;n.  The  revival  seems  to  have 
commenced  witi  llu'  lirst  meeting  oi 
the  temperance  so',  icty  ;  at  Il•a^l  ihc 
first  instance  of  deep  cinviction  oc- 
curred then.  The  individual  was  a 
connection  in  the  family  <f  David  and 
Catharine  Urown.  When  he  caii.c 
forviard  in  the  pre.-eiice  of  the  coii- 
grei;at'.on  to  subscril)e  to  the  consli- 
tutii'ii  of  the  society,  it  was  notiicd 
that  he  appeared  aliictcd.  looked  pale, 
and  even  trembli'd ;  and  thouifli  a 
good  penman  in  the  Cherokee  char- 
acter, another  person  was  <'blificd  to 
enter  his  iianu'  ou  the  list,  lie  re- 
marked something  like  this,  "You  all 
know  my  weakness,  Jind  my  former 
habit.  1  now  renounce  this  habit.  1 
want  you  all  to  help  ii;e.  1  hope  you 
will  never  ayaiii  see  me  lying  drunk.  ' 
Fie  states  that  his  pid)licly  and  sol- 
emnl}'  renouncing  this  one  sin  im- 
pressed his  mind  deeply  with  a  i^ensc 
of  all  his  sins,  and  thi-  unspeakable 
importance  of  renouncing  them  all. 
Some  months  al\erward  he  obtained  a 
sense  of  his  acceptance  with  Gfici 
through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord,  and 
has  lately  made  a  profession  oi'  his 
faith.  He  is  a  man  of  character  and 
influence,  and  has  acted  as  judge  in 
this  district  for  some  months  past,  and 
is  now  appointed  one  of  the  ccuutcl- 
lors  of  the  nation,  lie  is  very  hclj>- 
ful  in  our  prayer  meetings,  and  often 
affecting   in   his  exiiortations. 

"  The  revival  in  ()ur  neighborhood 
became  manifest  at  the  opening  of  the 
spring.  Every  w"eek  new  cases  of 
conviction  occurred,  and  new  cases  of 
deliverance  from  the  bondage  of  sia. 
The  revival  is  peculiarly  interesting 
to  our  feelings  and  hopes,  as  nearly 
rll   the    converts   are  from   the  first 

180 


I'', 


W{ 


Dwr 


DWI 


ibt,  Hurc  protrrrsH. 
lot  v«'ry  I'oniiiuiiltlc. 
'  liir  liir  piuiiiolniii 

olluT  virlui's  is  in 
iilioii.  '1  III!  iiu-iii- 
f   cuiiiiiit'lKliilily   111 

|MiicliiiM;  ii  lil,iar\ 
Irs  ill    iiittiiy    ways 

conuiiunications  it 
d  thill    I    iKit.c'i'd   ;i 

aiiiuii;;'  our  jaiipli; 
i>s|)C'l.  1  can  ii()\, 
jIucss  to  (Jot),  tlial 
cf  lias  Iji'L-n  I'olluw  ■ 
stilly-  ii'vival  ot'  re 

,ul     bl-l'lllH    10    JlilVf 

In;  lirtit  nu'i'tiiig  oi' 
'.  ii'ly  ;  at  ll•a^t  llif 
L'(  J)   oiiviction  (n- 

iiidivitlunl  wuh  a 
iiiiiily  1  r  David  and 
\\  l;iu  lie  caii.t 
Hi'nci'  ol'  tlu'  (Dii- 
•ibf  to  tlie  const i- 
t,y,  it  was  notitcil 
U'cti'd.  looki'il  ()al(', 
i\ ;  and  tlujuu'!i  n 
lie  ClnTokoe  ciiar- 
on  was  (il)ligt'd  Ui 

tlif  list,  lit'  ro- 
likf  tliis,  ••  You  all 
ss,  jiiid  niy  ibnncr 
luncc  this  habit,  i 
Ij)  ii;t'.  1  hope  yuii 
e  iiie  lyino- drunk.  ' 

piihliely  and  sol- 
;  this  one  sin  iin- 
ee])ly  witii  u  ^tn^' 
J  the  unsjA'akabli- 
juncintr  them  all. 
ward  he  obtiiined  a 
plance  with  God 
list  our  Lord,  and 
I  profession  oi'  his 
rj  of  character  and 
1  acted  as  judtre  in 
le  months  past,  and 
ane  of  the  cc.untel- 

He  is  very  h«  lj>- 
leetings,  and  often 
xhortations. 

our  neigliborhood 

the  opening  of  the 
,'ek  new  cases  of 
i,  and  new  cases  of 
the  bondage  of  sin. 
uliarly   interesting 

hopes,  as  nearly 
ue  from   the  Arsl 

180 


I 


i 


k 


classcti  of  gociety  around  us,  leading 
nien,  heads  of  faniilieM,  an''  young 
men  of  promising  talents.  )>y  an  ar- 
rangenii-nt  made  by  brethren  VVasli- 
Imrn,  Vaill,  and  Montgomery,  last 
spring,  a  three  davs'  meeting  was  ap- 
pointed in  our  neighb«)rliood,  to  com- 
mence on  the  ir)th  of  July.  It  was 
manifestly  ordered  in  divine  Provi- 
dence for  good.  The  Cherokees  made 
all  the  preparation  necessary,  built  a 
shelter  to  secure  the  congregation 
from  the  sun  and  rain,  and  provided  a 
coiniiioii  table  for  all  that  might  at- 
tend. The  bread  and  meat  previously 
cooked  in  the  simplest  manner,  at 
meal  tiiiics,  were  set  along  on  the  ta- 
ble in  large  dishes,  to  bi'  helped  to  all 
in  their  hands.  It  was  a  very  inter- 
esting sight  to  see  a  long  taiile  spread 
under  a  tt'inporary  shed,  in  this  siiii- 
|)le  style,  surrounded  liy  seventy  or 
eiirhty  pi-r.'^ons,  old  and  young,  iii!>le 
and  ieiinle,  Indians  and  white  people, 
e.\iiil)itiii:_f  the  ditlerent  grades  of  civ- 
ilization, all  peaceably  and  orderly 
partakiuir  of  humble  yet  wludesoiue 
refreshment  together.  It  put  me  in 
mind  of  the  company  tlnit  sat  down 
by  lifties  on  the  grass,  and  were  fed 
with  the  five  loaves  and  two  fishes. 
The  company  that  attended  would 
number  perhaps  three  or  four  hundred. 
Many  came  from  tl:e  adjoining  white 
settlements.  The  white  people  ex- 
press. hI  much  surprise  at  the  good  or- 
der, decency,  and  piety  of  the  Indians, 
which  they  saw  at  the  meeting. 

'•The  'meeting  commenced  on 
Friday,  and  it  wa.^;  soon  discovered 
that  the  power  of  the  Spirit  was 
pr<;sent  by  the  intense  and  solemn  at- 
tention to  the  preaching  of  the  word. 
On  the  Sabbath  we  had  such  a  display 
of  the  presence  of  the  Spirit,  as  I  had 
never  expected  to  see  on  earth.  It 
seemed  to  me  there  was  one  continued 
overwhelming  stream  of  light  from 
heaven  poured  down  upon  the  con- 
gregation all  day.  Before  the  admin- 
istration of  the  Lord's  supper,  five 
Cherokee  persons,  four  men  and  one 
woman,  having  been  previously  ex- 
amined and  propounded,  were  receiv- 
ed into  the  church,  all  of  whom  are 
heads  of  families,  and  of  respectable 
standing  in  the  nation.  In  the  even- 
ing the  anxious  were  invited  to  come 
forward  to  the  front  seats,  that  special 
prayer  might  be  offered  for  them,  and 


that  they  might   recei 
Htruction.     '1  iu«  front  i 


ve  suitable  in- 
Noats  were  im- 
mediately occupied  by  near  forty  per- 
sons, of  all  clasHes,  from  the  old  tot- 
tering grey-headed  Indian,  down  to 
the  chihireii  of  mir  schools,  and  for  a 
tiuu!  we  were  all  drowned  in  tears, 
while  we  gave  ws-iy  to  the  sobs  and 
(h'ep  heart  groans  of  the  convicted 
and  penitent.  Here  among  others, 
were  seen  a  number  of  prodigal  sims, 
who  had  strayed  far  iiway  from  their 
tiither's  house  into  this  strange  land, 
and  had  wasted  their  substance  in  ri- 
otous living,  now  come  to  themselves, 
and  sitting  in  their  right  mind  at  the 
feet  of  Jesus.  Here  too  were  seen, 
in  this  company  of  mourners,  a  num- 
ber of  the  bravest  warriors  of  former 
times,  embracing  each  other,  and  for 
some  time  too  deeply  aUected  to  give 
utterance  to  their  feelings.  The 
scene  was  overwhelming,  yet  there 
was  no  confusion.  All  wept,  and 
some  wept  aloud,  but  no  wild  shrieks, 
nor  signs  of  voluntary  «lelirium,  or 
uien'^l  derangement.  On  Monday 
morning  the  meetinir  was  closed,  and 
all  seemed  to  leave  tlu?  consecrated 
spot  with  dee])  reluctance. 

The  whole  amount  of  good  result- 
ing from  this  very  solenm  meeting 
can  only  be  known  in  eternity.  Num- 
bers seem  to  have  received  their  first 
impressions  at  this  meeting,  and  those 
who  were  awakened  before,  had  their 
convictions  much  deepened.  I  do 
not  know  of  any  on(!  who  obtained  a 
hope  during  the  meeting.  Since  the 
meeting  the  revival  has  continued  and 
been  increasing,  and  numbers  give 
most  satisfactory  evidence  of  having 
been  changed.  We  hope  the  revival  will 
be  extended  through  the  nation.  No 
doubt  the  faithful  preaching  of  the 
gospel  in  any  part  of  the  nation  would 
be  immediately  followed  by  the  out- 
pouring of  the  Spirit  in  that  place. 
The  harvest  is  ripe,  but  the  laborers 
are  few.  I  regret  the  time  I  shall  be 
employed  in  the  school,  but  now  I 
have  no  alternative,  and  it  would  not 
be  expedient  nor  desirable  to  relin- 
quish that  part  of  our  labors." 

There  are  now  3  stations.  At 
Dwight  are  the  Rev.  Cephas  Wash- 
burn, missionary,  James  Orr,  farmer, 
Jacob  Hitchcock,  steward,  Asa  Hitch- 
cock, teacher,  with  their  wives.  Mrs. 
Finney,    and  Misses  Ellen  Stetson 

181 


t  M 


0  I 


EGI 


EGY 


I 


I 


li^i 


and  Cynthia  Tliriill,  teacher*.  Tho 
boar()ingHchool8containHG4|)upila,aii(i 
many  a|i|ilicnli(inH  have  been  rcfuHi'd. 
By  II  lettiT  {'roni  Mr.  Wu^hhurn,  ol 
Jan.  2,  IKU,  it  appoars  thcl  (.ind  liaH 
continued  to  pocir  out  the  iniliicncrM 
of  hiM  Holy  Spirit.  Ah  itM  I'niitri  it 
\vaHcx[N>cted  tliat  in<<re  tliiin  2<)  would 
unite  with  the  churtli  "  1  have  iicvfr 
known,"  he  rcinnrkH,  "the  reliiriond 
Ntate  of  the  miHiiion  family  in  iill  re- 
spcctH  BO  cncourngiuff  iih  at  the  pre- 
■ent  time.  Our  uchools  are  in  a  very 
intcrcHting  Btate.  In  the  female 
school  there  are  7  over  whom  we  re- 
joice as  the  young  disciplea  (»f  the 
Lord.  Several  otherH  are  deeply  se- 
rious and  we  hope  not  far  Irom  the 
kingdom  of  God.  Several  of  the 
hoyH  are  in  a  state  of  great  concern, 
and  we  hope  tho  Holy  Spirit  la  mov- 
inj;  upon  the  hcartu  of  some  of  our 
children  in  the  infant  sehool."  The 
kcIiooIh,  in  a  literary  resiMjct,  are  in  a 
vory  flourishing  state. 


E. 


EBONY,  a  station  of  the  13.  M.  S., 
in  the   island  Jamaica,   West  Indies. 

ECHMIADZIN,  the  seat  of  the 
Catholicos,  or  head  of  the  Armenian 
church,  near  Erivan,  the  capital  of 
the  Persian  Armenia,  on  Mt.  Ararat. 
The  German  missionaries  at  Shushu 
have  attempted  with  but  little  success 
to  introduce  the  gospel  to  the  notice 
of  the  corrupt  priesthood.  Messrs. 
Smith  and  Dwight  of  the  J.  B.  C.  F. 
M.,  visited  this  place  in  their  late  tour 
through  Western  Asia. 

EDEN  NEW.  A  station  of  the 
U.  B.  on  the  island  Jamaica,  Pfeiffcr, 
missionary. 

EDIMONY,  an  outstation  of  Pul- 
icat,  in  the  Madras  Presidency,  East 
Indies,  belonging  to  the  C  M.  S.  A 
school  is  in  operation. 

EGINA,  OR  .EGINA ;  a  Grecian 
island  in  the  Saronic  gulf  about  300 
m.  in  circumference.  In  ancient 
times,  it  constituted  an  independent 
State,  and  was  rich  and  flourishing 
by  reason  of  its  commerce.  On  this 
island  is  an  orphan  asylum,  in  which 
boys  are  collected  together  from  all 
parts  of  Greece.  There  is  also  a  cen- 
tral school  containing  117  scholars, 
co<,.aected  with  which  is  a  prepara- 
torj  school  of  227. 


EGYPT,  called  by  tho  Arabs, 
Mrzr  ;  by  the  Copts,  Khtmi ;  and  by 
tlie  Turks,  lU  habit ;  formerly  a 
mighty  empire,  the  seat  of  a  high 
c;ivili/.atiou,  the  land  of  signs  and 
wonders;  now  a  Turkish  vicerr)yalty, 
scarcely  a  fit\h  part  inhabited,  gov- 
ern«'d  by  n  pacha  or  viceroy,  appoint- 
ed or  confirmed  by  the  Sullun.  The 
present  pacha  is  Mohammed  Ali,  a 
man  of  great  ability.  Egypt  lies  in 
North  Africa,  lietween  'J.'Z^'  and  'M^ 
N.  hit.,  and  27-  and  114^  E.  long.  It 
is  bounded  on  tho  N.  by  the  5ledit- 
tcrranean  Sea,  E.by  the  lied  Sea  and 
l»y  Arabia,  S.  by  Nubia,  W.  by  Barca 
and  the  great  desert.  It  contains 
about  20(1,(100  sq.  ni.,  of  which  only 
about  17,(100  sq.  m.,  in  the  valley  <(f 
the  Nile,  ((100  m.  long,  and  from  12 
to  2.')  broad,)  are  susceptilde  of  culti- 
vation. The  popuhition  is  diflerontly 
eBtimatcd  ot  from  2,ri00,000  to 
4.000,000.  (ieographers  divide  it  into 
UpjuT  Egypt  or  .S'«/</,  Middle  Egypt 
or  I'ostuiii,  and  Lower  Egypt,  Bulta- 
ri,  including  the  fertile  Delta.  These 
are  again  divided  into  12  provinces, 
each  of  which  is  governed  by  a  bey. 
and  which,  together,  contain  about 
2,.')00  cities  and  villages.  Tho  si- 
moom,— a  hot  south  wind,  the  plague, 
and  ophthalmia,  are  prevalent  in 
Egypt.  It  has  but  2  seasons  Spring 
and  Summer;  the  latter  lasts  from 
April  to  November. 

The  people  consist  of  Copts,  em- 
bracing at  most  30,000  families ;  JJrabs, 
who  are  most  numerous,  and  are  di- 
vided into  Fellahs,  or  peasants,  and 
Bedouins,  the  wandering  tribes  of  the 
deserts,  and  Turks,  the  ruling  people. 
Besides  these,  are  Jews,  Greeks,  Ar- 
menians &c.  The  Mamelukes  have 
been  nearly  exterminated.  The  Egyp- 
tian has  an  active  complexion,  gay  dis- 
position and  is  not  devoid  of  capacity. 
Fhe  prevailiiig  religion  is  Mohamme- 
danism. At  Ciiiro,  the  capital,  resides 
the  pat  'iarch  of  the  Eastern  Christians . 

Incidental  and  temporary  eflbrts 
have  been  made,  for  a  few  years  past, 
by  various  philanthropic  Societies, 
for  the  benefit  of  the  inhabitants  of 
this  country.  (See  Alexandria  arid 
Cairo.)  The  missionaries  of  the  C. 
M.  S.  make  the  following  general  re- 
marks in  reference  to  Egypt.  "  Ac- 
cording to  the  experience  we  have 
hitherto  had,  we  roster  the  cheerful 

182 


[V 


^ 


tlio  Arabfl, 
II  mi ;  and  by 

iorinerly  a 
it  of  n  liigh 
t'  ligns  and 
I  vicjToyalty, 
luibiU'd,  gov- 
Toy,  appoint- 
(ullun.  Tlu' 
iiiiicd  All,  u 
'.jryi)t  iJt'B  in 
'J2'  and  :i2" 
K.  long.  It 
ly  the  Kicdit- 
m>d  Sea  and 
VV.  by  Uarcn 

It  containu 

which  only 
the  valley  of 
and  from  \'i 
ible  of  culti- 
is  diflbrontly 
!,r»0(),(MI(>  to 
I  divide  it  into 
fliddle  Egypt 
^gypt,  Ilaha- 
)elta.  These 
'■i  provinces, 
jed  by  a  bey. 
•ntuin  about 
's.  Tlie  si- 
1,  the  plague, 
)revalent  in 
[isons  Spring 
r   lasts   from 

Copts,  em- 
lilies  ;  Jjrabs, 
,  and  are  di- 
tcasants,  and 

tribes  of  the 
iling  people. 
Greeks,  Ar- 
elukes  have 
.  TheEgyp- 
tion,gay  dis- 
l  of  capacity. 
i  Mohamme- 
pital,  resides 
n  Christians . 
rary  efforts 
V  years  past, 
3  Societies, 
thabitants  of 
andria  and 
?s  of  the  C. 
r  general  re- 
:ypt.  "  Ac- 
se  we  have 

he  cheerful 

182 


^ 


ElM 

lio|)0  of  eHtablinhing  the  kingdom  f.fj 
(}<>d  ill  Kirviitiii  three  dirterent  wayK.' 
leiidiMK  to  one  and  the  Hamo  end. 
KirHt.  by  Hpreuding  the  writti'n  wor<i 
of  tioii,  thrmitfli  llie  aHsistance  of  the 
j)rertiJ  at  .Mallii ;  weondly  by  the  e«lu- 
cation  of  youth  ;  and  tbirtily,  l»y  the 
preiicliiiig  of  the  (JoHp*'!  both  publicly 
and  from  liouse  to  houne.  TheHO 
three  elfer^tive  nie!tnH  .ire  open  to  uh  ; 
nud  the  fiord  who  has  o|>ened  theui 
will  merrit'ully  grant  hi.s  bleM.Hinij  to 
our  priHMiMJiugH.  Thin  he  ha«  wiir- 
r'luti'd  by  hirt  iiromiHes,  and  by  the 
desire,  winch  In'  has  put  into  the 
friends  of  his  kingdoui  to  s*>nd  the 
wi>rd  of  lite  also  to  Kgypt.  1 1  's  our 
coMitiirt  aiul  ho|H>  in  our  labor,  that 
the  liord  has  given  a  particular  pio- 
ntist>  for  this  Jaiul.  and  that  many 
cluldreu  ol'  (rod  in  Kurope  are  pray- 
ing for  us.  and  lor  the  establishuient  of 
Ills  kin;,'(loui  in  Kgypt."  Much  is 
also  to  be  expected  from  the  enlight- 
ened an  I  lib(>ral  pf)licy  of  Moham- 
med Ali.  wiio  may  b«'  unconsciously 
undermining  the  religion  of  the  false 
prophet. 

ELM  HO,  one  of  the  islands  of  the 
I'acific  Ocran.  more  commonly  called 
by  the  natives  Morra.  It  was  for- 
merly independent ;  but  having  l»eon 
Bubjecled  l)y  llie  late  King,  it  afforded 
a  seasonablt!  refuge  to  his  son,  when 
expelled  from  his  proper  dominions. 
It  is  said  to  be  10  m.  or  more  in 
length  froui  N.  to  S. ;  and  about  half 
as  much  in  breadth.  It  has  a  very 
narrow  border  of  low  land  along  its 
coast,  from  which  the  hills  rise  in 
steep  acclivities,  except  on  the  N., 
where  a  capacious  harbor,  called  Talu, 
is  sheltered  from  the  prevailing  winds, 
and  the  land  has  a  gradual  ascent  to 
the  interior.  This  harbor  is  situated 
in  17^  30'  S.  and  l.jO"  W.  of  Mata- 
vai.  In  form  Eimeo  varies  greatly 
from  Tahiti,  having  spacious  valleys, 
and  several  land-locked  harbors  on 
its  coast.  The  lower  hills  are  fertile  ; 
but  the  air  is  thought  less  salubrious 
than  that  of   the  greater  island. 

Several  missionaries  of  the  L.  M.  S. 
having  been  driven  from  Tahiti,  com- 
menced an  establishment  on  this  isl- 
land,  at  Papotoai,  in  1811. 

Pomare  showed  them  much  kind- 
ness; and,  in  the  summer  of  the 
following  year,  he  gladdened  their 
hearts  b^  qeclafiqor  his  entire  convic- 


EIM 

tion  of  the  truth  of  the  Goh|ic1,  hia 
('•■Itri  linaliou  to  worship  Jehi»vah  ati 
t!ie  onl;  living  and  true  God,  and  his 
desire  to  nuike  a  public  profession  of 
his  faith  by  baptism  ;  but  notwith- 
Htaiui.ng  many  pteaHing  a|i|M'arances, 
they  di  cmed  it  prudent  to  defer  this 
ordinanee  until  he  should  be  more 
fully  instructed  in  the  truths  of  reve- 
lation. 

During  the  years  1-<I!1  and  If'H  an 
abundant  blessing  was  poure.l  out  on 
this  station,  so  tiiat  the  missionaries 
could  r('|)>irt  tiiat  ixi  less  than  TW)  of 
the  natives  had  renouni;ed  their  id(ds, 
and  desired  to  be  considered  as  the 
Worshippers  of  the  Most  High. 

At  the  couMiuMicemeiit  of  the  year 
iHj.j,  the  congregation  was  consider- 
ably increased  by  an  intlux  oi'  stran- 
gi-rs  from  <»tiier  islaiuls.  whose  earnest 
desire  to  ri'ceive  religious  instruction 
proiu|itrd  them  frr»m  time  to  time  to 
visit  thi^'  place.  The  congregation, 
in  generiil,  consisted  of  about  300, 
and  the  number  of  persons  who  had 
requested  their  names  to  be  written 
down  as  professed  worshippers  of  the 
true  (Jod.  was  increased  to  upwards 
of  '2iH) ;  the  pupils  in  the  schools,  of 
whom  tht!  major  part  were  adults, 
wuro  nboul  2(i0.  Of  those  who  hail 
desired  their  names  tf)  be  insciibed  as 
worshippers  of  Jehovah,  4  individu- 
als, (I  man  and  '.i  women,)  died  very 
happy  about  this  time.  The  priest  of 
Papetoai  (tiie  district  in  which  the 
brethren  resided)  also  embraced 
Christianity,  renounced  idolatry,  and 
publicly  committed  his  god  to  the 
flames.  His  example  was  speedily 
followed  by  many  of  the  natives ; 
and  not  only  were  the  former  objects 
of  superstitious  worship  cast  into  the 
fire,  but  the  morals  and  altars  were 
destroy«'d ;  and  even  tlie  wood  of 
v/hich  they  were  composed  was  used 
to  dress  common  food,  of  which  dif- 
ferent classes,  and  both  sexes,  partook 
indiscriminately,  in  direct  violation 
of  ancient  customs  and  prohibitions. 

The  brethren  at  Eimeo  having  heard 
that  the  attention  of  some  of  the  peo- 
ple in  Tahiti  had  been  drawn  to  the 
subject  of  religion,  some  of  them  went 
over  to  ascertain  the  truth  of  this 
report.  Upon  their  arrival,  they 
found  that  a  prayer-meeting  had  been 
established  in  the  district  of  Pare, 
without  the  knowledge  of  any  of  the 

183 


k 


n 


{ 


m 


wr 

'i4 


EIM 

missionaries.  It  originated  «intirely 
with  2  of  their  former  servants,  named 
Oitu  and  Tuaheine,  who  had  enjoy- 
ed the  means  of  religious  instruction 
long  before,  lut  remained,  according 
to  their  own  language,  among  the 
"  greatest  and  most  liardtMied  sinners 
in  the  place."'  Oitu,  liaving  felt 
strong  convictions  of  guilt,  in  conse- 
quence of  some  expressions  which 
had  fallen  from  the  king,  applied  to 
Tuaheine  for  instruftion,  knowing 
that  he  had  long  livod  with  the  nis- 
aionaries.  This  was  a  means  of  deej)- 
ening  '  'a  convictions,  lioth  tJiese 
men  novv  agreed  to  separate  from 
their  heathoa  companions,  to  converse^ 
and  pray  together.  This  conduct 
speedily  brought  upon  tlicm  the  scolis 
and  derision  of  their  idolatrous  ac- 
quaintance ;  nevertheless,  sevei  A  of 
the  young  people  joined  them.  These 
formed  the  prayer-meeting  above- 
mentioned  ;  and  they  had  Irequently 
assembled,  an)idst  much  contenij)t, 
prior  to  the  visit  of  the  missiona- 
ries. Two  of  the  brethren,  after  hav- 
ing made  a  tour  of  the  larger  penin- 
sula of  Tahiti,  for  the  purpose  of 
preachinsr  to  the  people,  returned  to 
Eimeo,  aiid  brought  over  with  them 
Oitu  and  Tuaheine,  and  iheii  com 
panions,  that  they  might  be  more 
thoroughly  instructed  in  the  knowl- 
edge of  Christianity. 

In  this  island  the  Gospel  had  now 
been  embraced  by  about  1200  per- 
sons ;  and  in  every  district  a  place 
had  been  built  for  Christian  worship, 
in  which  the  people  held  prayer- 
meetings  three  times  every  Sabbath 
day,  and  once  every  Wednesday. 
Almost  every  house  had  family  wor- 
ship daily,  a^  -5  most  of  the  people 
retired  for  private  devotion  twice  and 
sometimes  three  times  a  day. 

On  the  13th  of  May,  1818,  a  gen- 
eral meeting  was  convened  in  imita- 
tion of  the  meetings  held  in  London, 
when  aboiit  2000  of  the  natives  assem- 
bled, and  agreed  to  form  an  Tahitlan 
A.  M.  S.,  to  aid  the  parent  society  in 
England  in  sending  the  Gospel  to 
other  nations.  Mr.  Nott  preached 
on  the  occasion  to  this  large  auditory, 
who  were  very  attentive ;  after  which 
the  King  delivered  a  sensible  and 
interesting  address  of  considerable 
length,  on  the  propriety  of  forming 
the  proposed  society.     With  a  view 


EIM 

to  excite  the  people  to  emulation  in 
this  good  work,  he  adverted  to  the 
formation  of  similar  societies  among 
the  Hottentots  in  Africa,  and  to  their 
contributions  of  sheep  or  other  prop- 
erty, in  places  where  they  had  no 
money.  He  also  reminded  them  of 
the  labor  which  they  had  performed, 
and  the  pains  they  had  takiu  lor  tiieir 
false  gods,  and  showed  how  trifling 
the  oft'erings  they  were  called  upon  to 
make  to  the  true  God  were,  in  compar- 
ison with  those  they  former!  v  oflercd 
to  their  idols  ;  observing  further,  that 
even  tlieir  lives  were  sacrificed  to  the 
God,  that  was  indeed  no  God,  being 
nothing  l)ut  a  pieee  of  wood  or  cocoa- 
imt  husk  !  He  then  recommended 
that  they  should  collect  a  little  prop- 
erty t'or  the  spread  of  the  CJospel  in 
otlier  islands,  where  it  was  not  yet 
enjoyc'd.  He  observed,  that  although 
they  iiad  no  money,  they  might  give 
pigs,  arrow  root,  cocoa-nut  oil.  and 
cotton,  to  buy  money  vith.  "Yet," 
said  he,  "  let  it  not  be  by  compulsion, 
but  voluntary.  He  that  desires  the 
Word  of  God  to  grow  where  it  has 
been  planted,  and  to  be  taken  to  coun- 
tries miserable  as  ours  was  before  it 
came  here,  will  contribute  freely  and 
liberally  towards  promoting  its  exten- 
sion. He  who  IS  msensible  lo  its 
call,  or  ignorant  of  its  benefits,  will 
not  exert  himself  with  this  view.  So 
let  it  be.  Let  him  not  be  called  an 
illiberal  man,  neither  let  the  chiefs, 
his  superiors,  be  angry  with  him  on 
that  account."  Such  was  tlie  sub- 
stance of  the  King's  sneecli.  When 
he  drew  to  the  close  of  .  ,  he  proposed 
that  all  persons  present,  who  approved 
of  the  plan,  and  were  willing  to  unite 
in  promoting  it,  should  hold  up  their 
right  hands.  A  most  interesting 
sight  ensued,  when  in  an  instant 
every  hand  in  the  assembly  was  rais- 
ed, to  signify  their  readiness  to  unite 
in  the  glorious  work  of  spreading  the 
Gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  among  the 
unenlightened  heathen.  Pomare  then 
re"td  the  rules  of  the  proposed  society  ; 
persons  were  aj)pointed  as  treasurers 
and  secretaries  in  the  several  districts 
of  the  island  ;  and  the  people  dispers- 
ed apparently  highly  gratified. 

In  1823,  a  new  chapel,  of  coral 
rock,  was  commenced  at  the  station  in 
this  island,  now  called  lioby's  Place, 
Blest  Town.    A  cotton  manufactory 

184 


li 


fes: 


on 


EIM 


I  emulation  in 
iverted  to  the 
cicties  among 
a,  and  to  their 
or  other  proj>- 
tliey  liad   no 
nded  tliem  of 
1(1   [irrlbrmcd, 
taken  lor  tiioir 
I  how  trifling 
called  upon  to 
re.inconipar- 
rnierlv  offered 
r  f'urtlier,  that 
criticed  to  the 
lo  God,  being 
■ood  or  cocoa- 
recoiiiniended 
,  a  little  prop- 
he  Gospel  in 
was  not  yet 
that  althouoh 
y  might  give 
-nut  oil.  and 
rit/i.     "Vet," 
:  compulsion, 
it  desires  the 
where  it  has 
aken  to  coun- 
was  before  it 
te  freely  and 
ing  its  exten- 
nsible    lo   its 
jcnctits.  will 


lis  view. 


»,• 


je  called  an 

tlic  chiefs, 

witli  him  on 

vas  tlie  sub- 

ech.     When 

he  proposed 
v\\o  approved 
ling  to  unite 
lold  up  their 
interesting 
an  instant 
jly  was  raia- 
less  to  unite 
ireading  the 

among  the 
Pomare  then 
)Kcd  society ; 
is  treasurers 
eral  districts 
rtple  dispera- 
ified. 

el,  of  coral 
he  station  in 
lohy's  Place, 
nanufactory 

J  84 


f' 


wa.4  also  enacted.  The  particulars  of |  f.ict 
the  contributions  diirin.f  the  year  were 
—7lO,.'3J4  bamboos  of  oil — being  157-i 
more  than  the  preceding  year — 1:»2 
balls  of  arrow  root.  lO;')  binkets  of 
cotton  wool,  and  17  pigs.  The  De- 
putation p:iid  thpir  otH'-ial  visit  to  this 
island  in  l.'*:;i4,  and  on  this  occasion 
thus  wrote  : — 

'•  Tiie  church  that  was  organized 
here  in   1>^"J(I,  lias  greatly  inoreaacd, 
and  now  numbers  among  its  comnni- 
nicants  no  fewer  than  <ilU,  whf)  appear 
to  l>e  truly  pious  and  consistent  pro- 
fessors of  the  Gospel,  living  in  great 
peace  and  harmony  with  each  other, 
while    their    spirit    and    deportnient 
adorn  the  doctrine  of  God  their  Sav- 
iour.    Often  have  we  surrounded  tl;e 
table  of  the   Lord  with  this  worthy 
flock,    with     inexpressible     delight, 
while  we  have  assisted  in  the  admin- 
istration of  the  Holy  Supper.     Differ- 
ence of  clime  and  of  color  from  our- 
selves   seemed  but  to  endear   these 
our  Christian  brethren  and  sisters  the 
more  to  our  hearts.     So  long  as  life 
lasts,  we  shall  remend)er  these  sacred 
seasons,  both  with  this  and  all  the 
other  churches  in  these  islands,  with 
the  noblest  feelings  of  Christian  affec- 
tion;   while   sorrow  fills  our   hearts 
that  we  shall  break  bread  and  drink 
wine  with  them  no  more,  till  we  shall 
drink  it  new  in  our  Father's  king- 
dom.    While  we  have  reason  to  think 
well  of  the  piety  of  the  members  of 
the  church,  a  general  air  of  serious- 
ness waa  ever  apparent  in  the  whole 
congregation,  who  crowd  the   place 
on  Lord's  days,  and  on  other  occa- 
and   th( 


ELF 

Since  that  period,  the  adult 
ind  ciiildren's  schools  have  consider- 
ably increased  as  to  number,  and  im- 
proved as  to  diligent  applicati<m.  All 
the  learners  are  divided  into  classes, 
and  ranged  under  proper  teachers. 
iJot'  the  schools  are  now  under  Mr. 
11<'  y's  auperintendance ;  Mr.  Ar- 
mitage's  engagements,  in  connexion 
with  the  cotton  factory,  having  render- 
ed it  necessary  that  he  should  relin- 
quish the  boys'  school.  Mr?.  Henry 
has  taken  the  girls'  school  at  DunneVs 
Place,  under  lier  immediate  charge. 

In  l^'i")-(!,  the  buildings  of  the 
!^outh  Sra  Academij  were  completed  : 
17  pupils  were  received;  all,  with 
the  exception  of  the  young  king 
Pomare,  then  about  7  years  of  age, 
children  of  t)ie  missionaries,  for  whose 
benefit  the  institution  was  founded. 
The  natives  also  erected  a  chapel, 
which  wns  opened  on  the  8th  of  Alay, 
lf^25.  Two  native  schools,  one  for 
adults,  and  another  for  children,  were 
likewise  formed,  and  placed  under 
the  care  of  native  teachers. — In  1826, 
the  number  of  youths  in  the  academy, 
including  the  young  king  Pomare 
(who  departed  this  life  on  the  11th 
of  January,  1827,  after  a  few  days' 


illness),  was  27.     The  result  of  an 


sions ;  and  the  greatest  decency  of 
dress  is  seen  throughout  among  both 
sexes,  many  of  whom  dress  in  Euro- 
pean clothing." 

In  the  following  year,  the  buildings 
and  various  apparatus  of  the  cotton 
factory  were  completed.  On  the  1st 
of  March,  Mr.  Armitage,  its  superin 


examination  was  satisfactory. 

The  inhabitants  manifest  an  in- 
creasing attacliment  to  the  mission- 
ary ;  and  according  to  their  ability 
endeavor  to  assist  nim  in  his  work. 
The  means  of  Christian  instruction 
have  been  uniformly  well  attended ; 
the  members  of  the  church  continue 
to  live  in  unjform  affection  among 
themselves,  and  to  adorn  by  their 
lives  the  Gospel  of  the  Saviour ;  no 
instance  requiring  the  exercise  of  dis- 
cipline had  occurred,  and  20  had  been 
(in  1830)  added  to  the  church.  In 
the  South  Sea  Academy,  there  were 
1 7  boys  and  0  girls.  Spinning  and 
weavinjr  cotton  had  been  introduced 


tendant,  received  the  first  supply  of  with  encouraging  success. 


native  cotton,  collected  by  members 
of  the  TahitianA.  S.  On  the  5th  of 
July,  the  operation  of  carding  was 
commenced ;  on  the  26th  of  Sept. 
that  of  warping  the  first  web ;  and  on 
the  30th,  the  process  of  weaving. 
The  natives,  who  were  incredulous 
as  to  the  possibility  of  producing  cloth 
from  cotton,  were  highly  gratified  by 
receiving  ocular  demonstratioa  of  the 


See  Blest-town,  Griffin  Toum  and 
Harvey  Islands. 

ELIM,  first  called  Vogelstrings- 
kraal,  a  settlement  of  the  United 
Brethren  on  New  Year's  River,  near 
Cape  Aiguillas,  10  or  12  hours'  ride 
S.  E.  from  Gnadenthal,  Si^  E.  from 
Heme]  en  Aarde,  which  lastis  7hoan 
S.  W.  from  Gnadenthal;  the  3 set- 
tlements thus  forming  the  points  of  • 

185 


i 


ELL 


ENO 


:':•» 


triangle,  each  being  a  day's  journey, 
on  horseback,  IVom  the  other.  The 
first  adult  heathen  was  baptized  here 
on  Oct.  <J,  1825.  About  200  strangers 
celebrated  the  following  new  year's 
festival.  In  the  beginning  of  Feb. 
182(),  the  settlement  had  70  inhabit- 
ants, and  the  gardens  were  in  a  flour- 
ishing state  :  the  third  crop  of  beans, 
within  8  months,  was  in  forwardness, 
on  the  same  piece  of  ground.  Brother 
Luttring  had  greatly  improved  their 
mill,  which  was  resorted  to  from  all 
quarters.  He  also  attends  to  a  daily 
school  for  the  children  of  the  settle- 
ment, and  to  a  Sunday-school  for 
tliose  of  slaves,  Hottentots,  and  farm- 
ers. Of  the  state  of  this  mission  he 
gives  the  following  account : — "  Our 
neighbors  are  friendly  and  well  dis- 
posed towards  us ;  externally  we  have 
no  cause  for  complaint.  As  to  tlie 
spiritual  course  of  our  small  congre- 
gation, we  may  with  truth  assert, 
tliat  the  blessing  of  God  our  Saviour 
attends  our  labors  ;  though  it  cannot 
be  denied,  that  Satan  also  endeavors 
to  set  his  snares  in  the  way,  when 
souls  are  awakened  by  the  Gospel, 
fearing  to  lose  his  prey." 

At  the  close  of  1830,  the  inhabit- 
ants consisted  of  3G  communicants, 
25  baptized  adults,  38  baptized  chil- 
dren, 22  candidates  for  baptism,  and 
o4  116  wr  dcodIc 

ELLIOT,  a  station  of  the  ^.  B.  C. 
F.  M.  about  a  hundred  m.  from  the 
northern  line  of  the  State  of  Missis- 
sippi. It  is  near  the  Yalo  Bueha 
Creek,  about  40  m.  above  its  junction 
with  the  Yazoo.  N.  lat.  33°  40',  W. 
Ion.  89°  50'.  A  mission  was  com- 
menced in  this  place  in  1818,  by  the 
Rev.  Cyrus  Kingsbury,  and  Mr.  L. 
S.  Williams.  A  church  was  organ- 
ized in  March,  1819.  The  following 
persons  now  reside  at  Elliot,  under 
the  care  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  John 
Smith,  farmer,  Mrs.  Smith,  Zecha- 
riah  Howes,  farmer.  Mrs.  Eliza 
Hooper  and  Mrs.  Harrison  Allen, 
teachers.  At  Elliot,  the  whole  No. 
of  scholars  is  44.  No  recent  intelli- 
gence has  been  received  from  ti^e 
station. 

EMAUS,  a  station  of  the  U.  B.  on 
the  island  of  St.  Jan,  in  the  West 
Indies. 

EMMAUS.  a  missionary  station 
Among  the  Choctaw  Indians,  under 


tlie  care  of  the  Ji.  B.  C.  F.  M.  140  m. 
E.  from  Mayhew,  near  the  line  wliicli 
separates  Mississippi  from  Alabama, 
in  the  S.  E.  district  of  the  nation. 
The  mission  was  commenced  in  lr::i2. 
Mr.  David  Gage,  teacher  and  cute- 
chist,  Mrs.  Gage,  and  Miss  Paniclu 
Skinner,  assistant,  reside  in  this 
place.  The  church  consists  of  about 
40  members,  the  school  ol'2'l. 

ENON,  a  station  of  the  l).  B.  more 
than  500  m.  E.  of  Cape  Town,  Cape 
Colony,  South  Africa.  The  mission 
was  commenced  in  1818.  The  rapid 
improvements  soon  effected  Mr.  li. 
P.  Hallbeck,  the  missionary,  thus  de- 
scribes, in  1821. 

"  What  1  felt  at  the  first  sight  of 
this  village  of  the  Lord,  no  language 
is  able  to  describe  :  I  hud,  indeed, 
been  informed  of  the  changes  that 
had  taken  place  here  since  I  first 
witnessed  its  beginnings  ;  but  even 
the  lively  description  given  in  brother 
Schmidt's  letters,  pr»  ^ented  things 
much  more  i'aintly  than  1  now  saw 
them  with  my  own  eyes.  The  wil- 
derness and  the  impenetrable  thicket 
of  1819  were  still  present  to  my  ima- 
gination. Judge,  therefore  of  my 
surprise,  when  I  saw  that  wilderness 
transformed  into  fruitful  gardens ; 
that  thicket  extirpated,  and  a  fine 
vineyard  planted  in  its  place ;  the 
lurking  places  of  tigers  destroyed,  and 
in  their  stead  the  comfortable  habita- 
tions of  men  erected.  Imagine  my 
heartfelt  pleasure,  when  on  the  spot 
where  two  years  ago  we  knelt  down 
in  the  fresh  track  of  an  elephant,  and 
offered  up  our  first  prayer,  I  now 
found  a  beautiful  orange  tree,  adorned 
at  once  with  ripe  fruit  and  fragrant 
blossoms ;  and  when,  shortly  after 
my  arrival,  I  was  invited  to  tea  under 
the  huge  yellow  tree,  in  the  shade  of 
which,  but  lately,  there  were  no 
assemblies  but  those  of  wild  buffa- 
loes, elephants,  and  other  dreaded  in- 
habitants of  the  desert.  You  used  to 
say,  that  every  tree  and  shrub  planted 
at  cinadenthal  was  an  ornanient,  not 
only  to  the  place,  but  to  the  Gospel ; 
and  you  may  say,  with  equal  trutli, 
that  every  tree  and  thorn-bush  which 
is  extirpated  here,  to  make  room  for 
more  useful  plants.,  is  not  so  much  a 
proof  of  the  strength  of  the  human 
arm,  as  of  the  efficacy  of  God's  holy 
word ;  fox  by  its  iailu;&Qce  the  work 

180 


f 


1 


?.  F.  M.  140  in. 
•  the  line  wliicli 
from  Alabama, 
of  tlie  nation, 
nenced  in  l^•;•^. 
cher  and  cute- 
d  Miss  I'aniflu 
reside  in  this 
onsists  of  about 

the  v.  D.  more 
[)e  Town,  Cape 
.  The  mission 
J18.  The  rapid 
ffected  Mr.  II. 
ionaiy,  thus  dc- 

le  first  sight  of 
:d,  no  language 
1  had,   indeed, 
e  changes   tliat 
e   since    I  first 
ngs ;   but  even 
riven  in  brother 
(. rented    things 
lan  1  now  saw- 
yes.     The  wil- 
iietrable  thicket 
sent  to  my  ima- 
lerefore    of  my 
that  wilderness 
litful    gardens  ; 
?d,  and   a  fine 
its   place ;    the 
}  destroyed,  and 
ifortable  habita- 
Imagine  my 
len  on  the  spot 
we  knelt  down 
ti  elephant,  and 
prayer,   I   now 
re  tree,  adorned 
it  and  fragrant 
,   shortly   after 
:ed  to  tea  under 
in  the  shade  of 
lere    were    no 
of  wild  buffa- 
ler  dreaded  in- 
You  used  to 
d  shrub  planted 
ornament,  not 
to  the  Gospel ; 
th  equal  truth, 
)rn-bash  which 
make  rooni  for 
not  so  much  a 
of  the  human 
of  God's  holv 
j&nae  the  work 
186 


ENO 

was  accoiupli.shtd.  It  is  certainly 
more  than  1  had  expected,  to  find  here 
a  piece  of  grouJid  nearly  3  limes  as 
large  an  tin-  great  garden  at  Gnaden- 
thal,  cleared,  levelled,  and  laid  out  as 
a  garden  and  vineyard  for  the  mis- 
sionaries, besides  about  40  <rardens  of 
tiui  Plottentotri  ;  and  all  tliis  done 
amidst  a  variety  of  other  needful 
work,  and  even  in  tiie  most  distress- 
ing times." 

Other  proofs  of  the  power  of  reli- 
gion were  soon  visible.  Although  for 
two  years  tiie  people,  generally  speak- 
ing, did  not  taste  a  morsel  of  bread — 
for  it  was  not  to  be  proc\ired  in  any 
way — they  did  not  lose  their  confi- 
dence in  their  heavenly  Father,  but 
said,  •'  He  who  did  not  abandon  us  in 
our  most  dreadful  distress  during  the 
Caft're  war,  will  not  forsake  us  now." 
Their  circumstances  continued  to  be 
very  distressing  in  the  latter  end  of 
1823,  in  consequence  of  a  great  flood, 
as  appears  from  a  letter  written  by 
Mrs.  Schmidt,  Nov.  2,  in  which  she 
says : — 

"  Our  own  buildings  have  suffered 
no  material  injury,  nor  our  garden 
and  vineyard  ■  but  the  lower  part  of 
the  Hottentot's  gardens,  which  lie 
in  a  line  with  our  corn  land,  is  en- 
tirely swept  away.  The  poor  people 
had  been  very  diligent  in  planting, 
and  it  was  a  pleasure  to  see  every 
thing  was  thriving;  but  now  all  is 
carried  away,  and  a  bed  of  stones 
covers  the  ground  !  Much  as  these 
misfortunes  ailiict  us,  however,  we 
have  great  reason  to  thank  God  that 
we  have  built  just  on  this  spot;  for 
tliere  is  not  so  safe  a  place  along  the 
whole  river,  in  case  of  floods.  Had  we 
built  on  the  old  place,  we  must  have 
fled  to  the  hills ;  for  nearly  all,  from 
one  hill  to  another,  was  under  water." 

In  Sept.  1825,  brother  Schmidt 
says : — 

"  Enon  has  been  so  much  enlarged, 
and  in  every  respect  improved,  within 
these  few  years,  that  I  am  often  ex- 
cited to  joy  and  thankfulness  towards 
our  gracious  God  and  Saviour,  by 
whose  protection,  grace,  and  blessing, 
the  work  has  been  founded  and  main- 
tained. He  has,  indeed,  fulfilled  the 
promise.    Jer.  xxxiii.  12." 

"  As  to  their  external  support,  the 
Hottentots  find  Enon,  by  the  blessing 
of  Ood,  a  very  eligible  place  to  dwell 


s  ERZ 

in.  Those  that  will  work  may  earn 
their  livelihood.  Many  who  came 
hither  without  a  farthing,  and  clothed 
in  nothing  but  a  kaross,  nave,  by  their 
industry,  become  possessed  of  cottages 
and  gardens,  though  they  were  obli- 
ged, with  their  own  hands,  to  clear 
away  the  thicket  before  they  could 
build  or  plant:  they  are  likev;ise  de- 
cently clothed.  All  this  they  eftectcd 
at  a  time  when  no  bread  could  be 
purchased  for  them.  Though  the  in- 
crease, by  the  arrival  of  new  comers, 
who  obtained  leave  to  live  here,  was 
very  considerable,  and  most  of  them 
were  very  poor,  none  have  suffered 
from  hunger.  Several  of  our  inhab- 
itants  last  year  reaped  good  crops 
from  their  gardens.  God  has  given 
to  our  own  garden-grounds  his  bless- 
ing, and  .ve  have  reaped  an  abundant 
crop  of  Indian  corn,  beans,  and  pump- 
kins, insomuch  that  we  could  supply 
many  that  had  need.  Of  the  latter 
fruit,  we  had  about  4000,  and  by  tlie 
kind  gifts  of  our  friends,  our  box  for 
the  poor  was  able  to  lend  much  as- 
sistance. 

The  inhabitants,  in  1831,  amounted 
to  449;  being  44  less  than  '.he  preced- 
ing year,  39  having  emigrated  to  the 
Knpplaat.  Fritsch,  Lemmertz,  and 
Hornig,  missionaries.  In  the  begin- 
ning of  1831,  the  communicants  a- 
mounted  to  118,  baptized  adults  I '0, 
baptized  children  118,  candidates  lor 
baptism  42,  and  72 new  couples.  There 
are  82  married  couples,  most  of  whom 
live  in  peace,  and  govern  their  fami- 
lies well.  About  GOO  head  of  cattle 
belong  to  the  settlement.  So  much 
land  has  been  gained  by  the  opening 
of  a  new  water  course,  that  both  gar- 
dening and  agriculture  can  be  carri- 
ed on  in  ordinary  years  near  tlie 
settlement. 

ERZEROOM,  a  town  in  Armenia, 
800  m.  E.  of  Constantinople.  During 
the  late  war  between  Turkey  and 
Russia,  a  very  considerable  part  of 
the  pashalic  of  Erzeroom  fell  into  the 
hands  of  the  Russians.  They  have 
uniformly  encouraged  the  Armenian 
population  to  migrate  to  their  territo- 
ries. In  consequence,  the  Armeni- 
ans to  the  number  of  15,000  or  more 
left  Erzeroom — their  school  of  600  or 
700  scholars  was  broken  up,  their  nu- 
merous shops  were  shut,  and  the  city 
is  left  dtsolate  indeed, 

187 


PAt 


FEE 


^i 


ETIMOLY,  a  villago  in  the  Tin- 
nevelly  District,  Southern  India, 
wliere  a  Cliapel  has  recently  been 
erected. 

EUROPE;  the  smallest  of  the 
grand  divisions  of  our  globe,  but  dis- 
tinguisht'd  above  all  the  others  by  its 
moral,  physical,  and  political  power. 
It  is  washed  on  three  sides  by  the 
sea,  which  is  called  by  different  nruaes. 
and  belongs  either  to  the  Northern 
Arctic,  or  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  It  is 
separated  from  Asia,  only  by  an  im- 
aginary line,  and  from  Africa  by  a 
nirrow  Strait.  It  lies  wholly  in  the 
Northern  frozen  and  Northern  tem- 
perate zones,  between  10°  and  03'^  E. 
Ion.  and  3G"  and  7i)0  N.  lat.  Includ- 
ing the  islands  which  contain  317,000 
sq.  m.,  the  whole  extent  of  Europe 
amounts  to  about  3,250,000  sq.  m.,  of 
which  Russia  composes  nearly  one 
half.  The  population  of  Europe  is 
estimated  to  be  215,000,000,  of  whom 
116,000,000  are  Roman  Catholics, 
4!),000,000  Protestants,  42,000,000  of 
tlie  Greek  Church,  3,000,000  Moham- 
medans, 1,000,000  Jews. 

Missionary  efforts  are  made  in  va- 
rious portions  of  Europe,  in  Ireland, 
in  France,  Germany,  Poland,  but 
principally  in  Greece. 


F. 


FAIRFIELD,  a  station  of  the  U. 
B.  on  the  island  Jamaica.  It  was 
commenced  as  early  as  1824.  In 
1825,  the  number  of  persons  at  Fair- 
field amounted  to  1,047,  among  whom 
there  were  2C1  communicants,  and 
141  baptized  members  of  the  church. 
In  1826,  a  new  church  was  dedicated. 
In  1830,  Mr.  Ellis  says,  "  Our  audi- 
tories  at  Fairfield  are  very  numerous 
particularly  on  Sundays ;  and  to 
many  of  our  hearers  the  doctrine  of 
Christ  crucified,  which  we  preach  in 
nimplicity,  approves  itself  as  the 
power  of  God  unto  salvation.  180 
negroe  couples  are  living  according 
tr  tlie  Scriptural  rule  of  marriage. 
Inatances  of  unfaithfulness  are  Be- 
ooming  more  and  ^nore  rare,  and  the 
grace  of  the  gospel  is  strikingly  ex- 
emplified." 

FAIRFIELD,  a  station  of  the  A. 
B.  C.  F.  M.,  among  the  Arkansas 
Cherokees,  about  20  m.  li.  W.  from 


Dwight.  Marcus  Pahner,  missionary 
and  physician.  Mrs.  Palmer.  Pub- 
lic worship  is  statedly  held  at  this 
station  on  the  Sabbatli.  The  school 
iit  Fairfield  contains  25  scholars, 
among  whom,  are  ;{  Osage  jrirls.  In 
a  letter  of  March  1:5,  }6'.\'2,  Dr.  Palm- 
er remarks  that,  '•  Our  meetings  ore 
well  attended  and  solemn.  There  is 
great  encouragement  to  preach  the 
go.spel  among  tlic  Cherokees. 

FAIRFIELD  NEW.  See  New 
Fairfield. 

FALMOUTH,  a  station  of  the  B. 
M.  S.  in  Jamaica,  West  Indies.  Wm. 
Knibb,  missionar)  ;  3(J6  members 
added  in  1830;  2,H'i7  inquirers,  (i70 
members.  A  number  of  native  teach- 
ers. 

FEEJEE,  on  FIJI  ISLANDS. 
These  islands  lie  between  16°  and  V.P 
S.  lat.,  and  between  177"  and  IHOP 
E.,  and  177°  and  180°  W.  long. 

Soon  after  the  return  of  Mr.  Da- 
vies,  of  the  L.  M  S.,  to  Tahiti,  from  a 
visit  to  the  islands  of  Raivavai,  the 
members  of  his  clmrch  were  conven- 
ed for  the  purpose  of  considering  the 
propriety  of  sending  out  two  of  their 
own  body,  as  teachers,  to  the  island 
of  Lageba,  one  of  the  Fiji  islands,  as 
the  Mmerva  and  Macquarie  were  on 
the  point  of  sailing  again,  in  that  di- 
rection 

It  seems  that  several  months  be- 
fore, two  strangers,  from  New  South 
Wales,  came  to  Tahiti,  with  the  hope 
of  procuring  a  passage  to  the  Fiji 
Islands.  What  they  nad  seen  while 
in  the  colony  had  given  them  an  un- 
favorable idea  of  Christianity ;  but 
they  acknowledged  that  the  new  reli' 
gion,  as  they  called  it,  had  effected 
much  good  at  Tahiti.  They  had  sev- 
eral times  expressed  a  wish  that 
teachers  might  accompany  them,  on 
their  return  nome,  to  instruct  the  Fi- 
jians,  and  had  proposed,  as  a  suitable 
place  for  an  experiment,  the  island 
Lageba,  which  is  not  disturbed  by 
wars  as  Takaunove  and  Bau,  and  tlie 
other  larger  islands,  are.  They  also 
added,  that  Tuineau,  the  chief  of  La- 
geba, is  a  quiet  and  friendly  man. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  church  at 
Papara,  to  which  allusion  has  been 
made,  the  two  strangers  being  pre- 
sent, it  was  decided,  not  in  the  first 
instance,  to  send  families,  but  that 
two  single  men  should  accompany 

188 


FOR 


FRE 


r,  missionary 
iliiior.  Fuh- 
licld   at  thia 

Tlie  school 
io  scholars, 
ire  rrirls.  In 
'2,  Or.  Talm- 
noelings  ore 
1.     There  \n 

preach   the 
kees. 
See     New 

on  of  the  B. 
[ndies.  Win. 
I()  members 
iquirers,  ()7() 
native  teach- 

ISLANDS. 

iKFandl'F 
7"  and  18(F 
.  long, 
of  Mr.  Da- 
"ahiti,  from  a 
aivavai,  the 
/ere  conven- 
isidering  the 
two  of  their 
,o  the  island 
ji  islands,  as 
rie  were  on 
1,  in  that  di- 

months  be- 
New  South 
ith  the  hope 
to  the  Fiji 
I  seen  while 
hem  an  un- 
ianity ;  but 
he  neiB  reli- 
lad  eifected 
ley  had  sev- 
wish  that 
ly  them,  on 
•uct  the  Fi- 
s  a  suitable 
the  island 
sturbed  b}' 
au,  and  tlie 
They  also 
hief  of  La- 
y  man. 

church  at 
1  has  been 
being  pre- 
n  the  first 
I,  but  that 
iccompany 

188 


t 


the  strangers,  as  teachers ;  and  pro- 
vided they  were  well  treated,  and  a 
prospect  of  success  presented  itself, 
that  one  or  two  families  should  fol- 
low. 

Mr.  Davies  had  himself  visited  the 
Fiji  islands,  in  tiie  year  16(1!) — 10, 
and  had  then  made  some  progress  in 
tJic  language.  During  his  short  stay 
tJiore,  he  wrote  down  many  words  and 
sentences,  which,  with  tlie  assistance 
of  the  str.miiers  who  were  now  at 
Tahiti.  ii(?  w;is  enabled  to  revise.  He 
has  also  eoiiipilcd  a  siniill  spelling- 
book,  &c.  in  tlie  Fiji  language,  which 
has  l)i'en  printed.  In  this  little  book, 
the  slrangers.  before  they  quitted  Ta- 
hiti, had  nuulo  considerable  profici- 
ency. 

On  the  27tii  of  January,  the  Tahi- 
tian  teachers,  wiiose  names  are  Hape 
and  Tafeta,  were  solemnly  set  apart 
to  their  work  ;  and,  on  the  2d  of 
March,  accompanied  by  the  two 
strangers,  sailed  in  the  Minerva,  Cap- 
tain Ebrill,  who  was  bound  to  the 
colony  of  New  South  Wales, 

Presents  were  given  to  the  stran- 
gers, partly  for  themselves,  and  partly 
for  the  chief  of  Lageba. 

Three  native  teachers  are  now 
(1831)  employed  at  this  station.  They 
were  all  well  received,  but  the  king 
declined  to  profess  Christianity  until 
he  had  consulted  the  chiefs  of  the 
diflFerent  islands. 

FORKS  OF  ILLINOIS,  a  station 
of  the  JL  B.  C.  F.  M.  among  the 
Cherokees  of  the  Arkansas,  20  m.  N. 
of  Dwight.  Samuel  Newton,  teacher 
and  catecliist,  Mrs.  Newton.  Public 
worsliip  is  held  on  the  Sabbath. 
There  are  11  church  members  in  this 
place.  A  protracted  meeting  was 
held  in  September,  1831,  at  the  close 
of  which  the  Cherokee  Temperance 
Society  held  an  adjourned  meeting ; 
11  persons  from  this  neighborhood 
joined  it.     33  scholars  at  the  school. 

FOURAH  BAY,  a  mission  station 
in  the  colony  of  Sierra  Leone,  West- 
ern Africa.  There  is  a  Christian 
Institution,  under  the  care  of  the 
C.  L.  F.  Haeensel,  containing  9  stu- 
dents. 

FREETOWN,  a  seaport  of  Guinea, 
capital  of  the  colony  of  Sierra  Leone. 
The  harbor  has  three  wharfs,  and  is 
protected  by  a  battery.  It  stands  on 
the  S.  side  of  the  river  Sierra  Leone, 


7  m.  above  its  entrance  into  the  At- 
lantic ocean.  W.  Lonir.  12"^  OO',  N. 
lat.  8^  30'. 

Some  missionaries  from  the  JV.  S. 
took  up  their  abode  here  in  IbUJ; 
and  in  1820,  so  successful  were  their 
etforts,  that  in  Freetown  and  its 
neighborhood,  there  were  in  society 
upwards  of  1,100  persons,  almnst  ex- 
clusively blacks  and  people  of  color. 
Some  misunderstanding  afterwards 
arose,  but  the  prospect  was  soon  more 
favorable.  A  chapel,  built  by  the 
Maroons  at  Fnu^town,  was  opened, 
and  others  at  West  End,  Congo  Town, 
and  Portuguese  Town,  were  regularly 
supplied.  The  chapel  at  the  latter 
place  was  destroyed  by  a  fire,  which 
almost  consumed  the  whole  place ; 
but  one  of  stone  was  subsequently 
erected.  Towards  this  work,  and  the 
rebuilding  of  the  town,  many  of  the 
Europeans  very  handsomely  subscrib- 
ed, among  whom  were  the  Governor 
and  the  Chief  Justice.  In  1823,  a 
a  painful  dispensation  of  Providence 
deprived  this  mission,  in  rapid  succes- 
sion of  both  its  laborers.  The  society 
was  consequently  bereft,  for  a  time, 
of  pastoral  care,  and  of  public  ordi- 
nances. Two  heroic  men  were  at 
length  found  to  give  the  preference 
to  this  post  of  danger.  One  of  them, 
Mr.  Pigott,  wrote  :— 

"  Through  the  kind  providence  of 
God,  brother  Harte  and  myself  ar- 
rived here  on  Friday,  March  19, 
1824,  after  a  voyage  of  five  weeks. 
Never  could  two  missionaries  be  more 
joyfully  received.  The  news  of  our 
arrival  soon  spread  ;  and  to  see  tlie 
poor  blacks  running  from  one  house 
to  another  to  inform  their  brethren 
and  sisters — lifting  up  their  eyes  and 
hands  towards  heaven— thanking  and 
praising  God,  was  such  a  scene  as 
we  never  witnessed  before ;  and  we 
could  not  for  a  moment  regret  hav- 
ing left  home  to  preach  salvation  to 
those  of  whom  it  may  be  said,  '  the 
fields  are  white  already  to  harvest.' 
On  Saturday,  the  20th,  I  examined 
the  class  papers,  and  met  the  leaders, 
and  was  happy  in  finding  that  tlu? 
society  had  been  wonderfully  pre- 
served. On  the  Sabbaths  the  leaders 
have  had  service  in  each  of  our  chap- 
els. In  the  Maroon  chapel  some  one 
regularly  read  prayers  every  Sunday 
morning ;    and  occasionally    one   or 

180 


PRE 


FRI 


two  of  the  leaders  gave  exhortation.s. 
The  number  of  members  in  society 
is  81,  and  there  are  several  on  trial. 
We  have  called  upon  several  g(Mitle- 
men,  and  they  promised  us  cverj 
assistance."  In  little  more  than  i'2 
montlis,  however,  Mr.  Harte  was  no 
more. 

In  182G,  Mr.  Pigott  says—"  A  littK; 
after  the  death  of  brother  II.,  1  began 
to  urge  the  friends  to  get  the  cliapel 
finished,  but  was  informed  that  no- 
tliing  more  could  be  done  till  an  old 
debt  of  !>:{/.,  which  was  due  for  the 
elates  and  copper  on  the  roof,  wns 
paid.  1  called  a  trustee  meeting,  pro- 
IK)sed  to  pay  the  shares  in  small 
sums,  and  undertook  to  collect  it 
myself;  and  I  am  happy  to  siiy,  that 
during  the  year,  not  only  has  tli' 
debt  been  discharged,  but  more  than 
that  sum  again  has  been  collected 
and  spent  upon  the  chapel.  Con- 
cerning  Portvguesc  Town,  we  have 
tried  our  utmost  to  get  the  chapel 
finished,  but  find  v/e  try  in  vain,  un- 
less we  receive  help  from  home.  In 
relation  to  the  circuit,  the  Lord  con- 
tinues to  visit  us  with  his  blessing. 
Out  of  20  members  that  form  the 
class  at  Portuguese  Town,  I  believe 
18  clearly  enjoy  the  pardoning  love 
of  God.  Our  chapels  are  pretty  well 
attended  ;  and  our  number  of  mem- 
bers this  quarter  (June)  is  ♦.)4. 

Since  1818,  the  colonial  schools  at 
Freetown  have  been  committed  to  the 
care  of  the  C.  M.  6'.,  and  of  the  chap- 
lains, who  have  superintended  the 
schools,  and  have  faithfully  labored  to 

i>romote  the  best  interests  of  the  people. 
[n  1823,  benevolent  efl'orts  were  much 
interrupted  by  the  death  of  both  chap- 
lains, and  several  of  the  teachers. 
Other  laborers  were  sent  out,  but 
bereavements  still  occurred. 

Mr.  Raban  continued  the  exercise 
of  his  ministry  till  June  182(5,  when 
an  attack  of  dysentery,  followed  by 
fever  and  ague,  disabled  him  from 
attending  to  his  duties.  The  usual 
services  at  the  Court- room  had,  till 
Mr.  Raban's  sickness,  been  regularly 
performed ;  and  an  increased  atten- 
tion had  been  manifested  by  the 
European  part  of  the  congregation. 
Few  interruptions  had  taken  place, 
in  the  same  period,  in  the  services 
at  Gibraltar  Toiun,  on  Sunday  and 
Wednesday  evenings.    A  small  chap- 


el was  opened  there  on  the  Pth  of 
April :  from  50  to  70  persona  gene- 
rally attended,  with  much  dcToticn  ; 
and  several  adults  had  been  baptized, 
or  were  candidates  for  baptism. 

At  Michaelmas,  Mr.  Raban's  dis- 
order, though  much  abated,  still  pre- 
vented him  from  resuming  his  a<:ti\x 
duties.  Mr.  Metzger,  from  Welling, 
ton,  and  Mr.  Iletts,  from  Regent,  had, 
wilii  some  interruptions,  kept  ;ip  the 
services  at  the  Court-house  ;  but 
those  at  Gibraltar  town  had  from 
necessity  been  left,  e):cept  in  one  in- 
stance, to  the  people  themselves. 
There  being  no  prospect  of  Mr. 
Raban's  immediate  resumption  of  liis 
labors,  it  was  agreed  that  Mr.  Betts 
should  remove,  with  tlie  consent  of 
the  acting  governor,  from  Regent  to 
Freetown,  and  be  there  stationed  n.s 
a  second  rector ;  and  that  he  should 
visit  the  mountain  villages  for  the 
administration  of  the  sacraments.  At 
Christm9.s,  Mr.  Betts  reports,  that  the 
number  of  baptisms  during  the  quar- 
ter thei.  ending,  had  been  23  ;  of 
these,  two  .'ere  adults,  who  had  pre- 
viously received  instruction,  and  who, 
there  was  good  reason  to  hope,  were 
sincere  in  their  profession  of  faith. 

The  average  atfendance  on  public 
worship,  at  Gibraltar  chapel,  in  Free- 
town was,  in  1831,  as  follows 


Morning 

100 

Evenrng 
Communicants 

80 
21 

Baptisms 
Sunday  Scholars 
Average  attendance 

8 
13i) 
128 

Colonial  Boys'  Schools 

3^10 

"  Nothing  discouraging,"  remarks 
the  missionary.  Rev  J.  G.  Wilhehn, 
"  has  come  to  my  knowledge,  in  the 
life  and  conduct  of  tho.se  wlio  attend 
the  communion." 

FRIEDENSBERG,  FRIEDENS- 
FELD,and  FRIEDENSTH  A  L,  three 
stations  of  the  U.  B.  on  the  island  St. 
Croix,  West  Indies.  The  number  of 
persons  under  the  care  of  the  Breth- 
ren is  (),000.  For  full  particulars  see 
St.  Croix. 

FULNEE  NEW,  see  JVcic  Fulnce. 

FRIENDLY  ISLANDS;  a  cluster 
of  islands  in  the  South  Pacific  ocean, 
of  great  extent,  and  upwards  of  150 
in  number  ;  some  of  which  are  large, 
and  some  lofty ,  with  volcanoes.    Lon. 

J  90 


184^46 

10  20^^:] 

the  isUi 

canniba 

amount 

healthy, 

A  mis 

islands  i 

Tonsata 

Yate  thi 

tlie  islan 

and  fou 

under  a 

tion,  rea 

and  ord( 

an  earne 

l)icted  01 


in  a  rich 
a  strong 
is   popuk 
ranks  ne: 
branch  oi 
exportatic 
but  a  gre 
the  islanc 
rope.     It 
E.  long.  ^ 
On  the 
niissionar 
Clough  w 
where  he 
vice  in  the 
day,   and 
some  of  1 
in  the  fori 
lecture,  a 
versing    c 
such  persf 
serious  im 
was  also  e 
decided 
worth ;  w' 
company 
lie  occasio 
from  the 
meetings  i 
pean  reeit 
part  of  h 
most  pleas 
tary  were 
to  the  wo 
the  private 
and  thou< 
world,  the 


he  Cth  of 
onj  gene- 
de^'oticn  ; 
1  biiptizeil, 
ism. 

ibiin's  dis- 
i,  still  pre- 
his  acitivc 
.1  WolUng- 
•jrent,  had, 
opt  up  thf 
Duso  ;    but 

hiid  from 
t  in  one  in- 
homselvPH. 
ct  ')f  Mr. 
ption  of  liis 
I  Mr.  Bells 

consent  of 
I  llcixent  Ui 
itationcd  n^ 
I  he  should 
^es  for  the 
inenls.  At 
•rts,  that  the 
icr  the  quar- 
Lvn  23;  of 
?ho  had  pre- 
)n,  and  who, 

hope,  were 

of  faith. 
e  on  public 
pel,  in  Frce- 
ows 

100 

80 

ai 

s 

131) 
128 

ols    3^10 

g,"  remarks 
(i.  Wilholm, 
edi?*',  in  the 
who  attend 

RTEDENS- 
_  HAL, three 
he  island  St. 
le  number  of 
af  the  Breth- 
irticulars  see 

JVcto  Fulncf.. 
)S;  a  cluster 
'acific  ocean, 
ivards  of  150 
ich  are  large, 
anoes.     Lon. 


GAL 

184^  46'  t.^  18.5°  45'  E.  Lat.  1;)-  40' 
to  20'^  30'  b  Capt.  Cook  discovered 
the  island?  \n  1773.  The  natives  are 
cannibals.  They  are  supposed  to 
amount  to  200,000.  The  climate  is 
healthy. 

A  mission  was  commenced  on  these 
islands  in  1822,  by  the  W.  M.  S.  (see 
Tonsataboo).  In  1831,  Rev  VV. 
Yate  thus  writes,  respecting  one  of 
tlie  islands.  "  I  visited  the  schools, 
and  found  upwards  of  600  natives, 
under  a  course  of  scriptural  instruc- 
tion, reading  and  writing.  Attention 
and  order  governed  the  whole,  and 
an  earnest  desire  to  improve  was  de- 
picted on  every  countenance." 


GALLE,  OR  POINT  DE  GALLE, 

n  sea-port  on  the  S.  coast  of  Ceylon, 
in  a  rich  and  beautiful  district,  with 
a  strong  fort  and  a  secure  harbor.  It 
is  populous,  and  in  point  of  trade 
ranks  next  to  Colombo.  The  chief 
branch  of  its  traffic  consists  in  the 
exportation  of  fish  to  'I\e  continent ; 
but  a  great  part  of  the  products  of 
the  island  are  shipped  here  for  Eu- 
rope. It  is  68  m.  S.  by  E.  Colombo, 
E.  long.  80°  17',  N.  lat.  62°. 

On  the  arrival  of  several  Wcslexjnn 
missionaries  at  Ceylon,  the  Rev.  Mr. 
Clough  was  appointed  to  this  place, 
where  he  conducted  an  English  ser- 
vice in  the  Dutch  church  every  Lord's 
day,  and  by  joint  subscriptions  of 
some  of  his  hearers,  a  private  house 
in  the  fort  was  fitted  up  for  a  weekly 
lecture,  and  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
versing on  spiritual  subjects  with 
such  persons  as  appeared  to  be  under 
serious  impressions.  The  infant  cause 
was  also  essentially  benefitted  by  the 
decided  patronage  of  Lord  Moles- 
worth  ;  who  frequently  appeared  in 
company  with  the  missionary  on  pub- 
lic occasions,  and  was  seldom  absent 
from  the  cottage  where  the  religious 
meetings  were  held.  On  the  Euro- 
pean residents,  this  conduct,  on  the 
part  of  his  lordship,  produced  the 
most  pleasing  effecrs  ;  and  the  mili- 
tary were  not  only  induced  to  attend 
to  the  word  of  God,  but  several  of 
the  private  soldiers  united  in  society, 
and  though  a  few  returned  to  the 
T^orld,  the  residue  remained  steadfast, 


GAL 

and  some  of  them  died  rejoicing  in 
the  salvation  of  Christ. 

Amidst  all  the  encouragements 
which  he  received,  and  the  pleasure 
which  lie  felt  in  the  prosecution  of 
his  present  avocations,  Mr.  Clough's 
attention  was  anxiously  directed  to 
the  natives  of  Galle,  as  the  more  im- 
mediate objects  of  his  mission.  Such, 
indeed,  was  his  desire  to  commence 
his  work  among  them,  that  he  formed 
the  idea  of  residing  entirely  with 
them,  in  order  tc  study  their  lan- 
guage, and  to  exert  himself  unremit- 
tingly for  their  welfare  ;  and  an  event 
soon  occurred,  which  enabled  him  to 
carry  this  favorite  scheme  into  execu- 
tion. He  was  one  day  visited  at  the 
government  house  by  the  maha,  or 
great  moodeliar  of  Galle,  a  man  of 
good  understanding  and  a  liberal 
mind,  who,  from  his  rank,  was  pos- 
sessed of  unlimited  influence  through- 
out the  district.  After  the  usual  com- 
pliments, he  addressed  Mr.  Clough  in 
English,  and  said,  *'  I  am  come,  rev- 
erend Sir,  to  offer  my  children  to 
your  protection  and  instruction.  I 
have  heard  that  you  are  desirous  of 
establishing  a  school  for  the  sons  of 
our  native  headmen ;  and  I  have  a 
house,  ready  furnished,  near  my  own 
residence,  which  is  at  your  service 
for  that  purpose.  If  you  will  please 
to  see  whether  it  will  suit  you,  I 
shall  consider  it  an  honor  to  have 
such  a  reverend  gentleman  living  so 
near  to  me  ;  and  will  render  you  all 
the  assistance  in  my  power."  Grate- 
ful for  such  an  unexpected  and  wel- 
come proposal,  Mr.  Clough  hastened 
to  visit  the  premises,  which  he  found 
situated  in  a  sweetly  retired  and  ro- 
mantic spot,  about  a  mile  from  the 
fort,  and  within  a  stone's  throw  of 
the  house  of  the  kind  proprietor  ; 
and,  of  course,  accepted  the  gene- 
rous offer.  The  friendship  and  pa- 
tronage of  the  moodeliar  had  an 
astonishing  inffuence  on  the  sur- 
rounding population.  Mr.  C.'s  school 
was  soon  attended  Ly  some  of  the 
most  intelligent  boys  in  the  island  ; 
and  curiosity  was  so  strongly  excited, 
that  he  was  visited  by  learned  priests, 
and  persons  of  various  classes,  who 
came  to  inquire  respecting  the  relv- 
gion  which  he  professed.  With  these, 
through  the  medium  of  an  interpreter, 
he  had  frequent  opportunities  of  con- 

191 


I 


h    • 


f 


QAL 

Versinff  conccningthe  faith  in  Christ; 
and,  in  some  instances,  had  tho 
pleasure  of  seeinjj  thesi  {?"pnrt,  evi- 
dently iiiipr?8eed  with  the  result  of 
their  inquiries. 

Attendance  nt  a  gran''  festival 
aftbrd«  «l  Mr.  C.  an  opportunity  of 
meetinij  with  a  learned  priest  of  the 
Budhist  religion,  named  Fetrus  Pan- 
ditta  Sehar.i.  The  r('|)Utation  he  had 
acquired  raised  l:ini  to  eminence,  and 
secured  for  him  various  marks  of 
high  distinction.  He  had  resided  for 
a  long  time  with  the  king  of  Kandy  : 
at  his  inauguration  as  a  priest  he  rode 
on  the  king's  uwn  elephant,  and  was 
indeed  universally  celebrated.  His 
interview  with  the  missionary  wan 
followed  hy  others,  until  about  two 
months  I'.ad  elapsed,  when  he  ex- 
pressed iiis  first  conviction  of  the 
divine  crigin  of  Christianity,  and  liis 
wish  publicly  to  proless  it.  Aware 
of  the  sacrihces  he  would  have  to 
make,  RTif}  the  perils  to  which  he 
would  be  exposed,  Mr.  C.  laid  his 
case  before  the  governor,  who  kindly 
stated,  that  if  the  priest,  from  con- 
viction, embraced  the  Christian  reli- 
gion, protection  should  be  afforded, 
and  a  small  allowance  granted.  In 
consequence  of  the  unavoidable  ab- 
sence of  Mr.  C.  for  a  short  time,  this 
concert  was  placed  in  much  danger: 
14  of  the  head  priests  were  sert  by 
the  high  priest  to  reason  with  him, 
and  their  number  in  the  course  of  the 
interview  increased  to  57.  To  their 
arguments,  to  the  tears  and  threats 
of  destruction  by  which  his  family 
assailed  him,  and  to  large  presents 
brought  by  the  head  men  of  the  dis- 
trict, Petrus  was  immoveable ;  and  he 
retired  for  safety  to  the  louse  of  an 
European  in  the  fort  of  Galle,  till  he 
received  directions  to  proceed  to  Co- 
lombo. On  his  arrival  at  that  city, 
he  experienced  every  kind  and  Chris- 
tian attention ;  and,  though  affected 
by  the  continued  entreaties  and  re- 
monstrances of  his  relatives,  he  stead- 
ily adhered  to  the  cause  he  had  cs- 
Eoused.  On  Christmas-day,  1814, 
e  received  the  ordiuiance  of  baptism, 
in  the  presence  of  a  large  congrega- 
tion. 

This  newly  converted  Christian 
hftd  received  from  Mr.  C.  the  valuable 
present  of  a  New  Testament  in  Cin- 
galese ;  which  not  only  caused  him 


to  read 
bent 


on 


GEO 

it  throughout  with  mind 
the  search  after  truui,  but 
induced  him,  at  a  numerous  meeting 
of  priests  of  iiudhn,  to  take  the  Tes- 
tament with  him.  and  lecture  them, 
during  a  whole  iii;fht,  from  the  Gos- 
pel of  Matthew,  wiiich  t.'iey  heard 
with  no  less  astonishment  thim  atten- 
tion. 

The  literary  qualifications  of  this 
convert  procured  for  him  the  situation 
of  Cingalese  translator  to  the  govern- 
ment at  a  certain  salary  *,  and  as  his 
return  to  Galle  would  have  exposed 
him  to  the  insults  of  those  who  were 
most  violently  enraged  at  his  renun- 
ciation of  fiudhism,  it  was  determined 
that  he  should  remain  at  Colcmto, 
under  the  care  of  yi".  Armour,  the 
master  of  the  principal  school  in  that 
city,  ani^.  that  his  studies  should  be 
directed  with  a  view  to  liis  becoming, 
at  some  future  period,  a  preecher  of 
the  Gospel  among  his  own  country- 
men. At  the  same  time,  as  the 
change  which  his  sentiments  had 
undergone  was  likely  to  produce  a 
peculiar  influence  on  the  minds  of 
both  natives  and  Europeans,  Mr.  C. 
was  requested  by  the  governor  to 
draw  up  a  connected  statement  of  the 
case  ;  to  which  his  Excellently  con- 
descended to  j)refix  an  appropriate 
introduction,  and  ordered  the  whole 
to  be  inserted  in  the  Ceylon  Govern- 
ment Gazette. 

Amlamgoddy  is  nov;  connected 
with  Galle.  John  M.  Kenny,  mie- 
sionary,  John  Anthonier,  assistant. 
Members  42  ;  their  conduct  has  been, 
in  general,  under  some  severe  trials, 
consistent  and  steady.  The  monthly 
sacramental  services  are  solemn  and 
profitable,  and  frequently  attended 
with  much  divine  influence.  Schools, 
1 1 ;  of  which  9  contain  303  boys  and 
70  girls. 

GAMBIA  ;  a  river  in  Western 
Africa,  which  rises  from  the  mount- 
ains on  the  borders  of  the  Foota 
Jalloo,  and  flows  westerly  into  the 
Atlantic.  It  is  navigable  about  400 
m.  At  its  month  is  the  English  set- 
tlement, Bathurst,  where  the  IV.  M.  S. 
have  a  mission. 

GEORGIAN,  OR  WIN:  WARD 
ISLANDS,  four  islands  in  the  South 
Seas,  so  called  in  honor  of  George 
IV.  of  England.    Through  the  influ- 


i 


encc  of  missionaries, 


idolatry 
192 


has 


GIB 


GNA 


r- 


been  renounced,  Christianity  intro 
duced  in  its  stead,  and  the  teninornl 
and  moral  state  of  tho  jicople  lins  been 
improved  almost  beyond  any  former 
example. 

For  a  full  account  of  this  wonderful 
change,  see  Ttihite.  "  The  general 
attention  to  eduoition,"  say  tlie  Di- 
rectors of  the  L.  M.  S.  "  the  profi- 
ciency of  the  natives  at  some  of  the 
stations  in  the  mechanic  arts,  their 
maritime  enterprise,  tiio  increase  of 
cultivation,  nnd  accumulating  sources 
of  comibrt,  indicate  an  advancement 
in  intellijrence,  industry,  and  happi- 
ness." 

GIBRALTAR,  a  rocky  pron;  Uo 
ry,  from  I'-iOO  to  1400  ft.  above  the 
level  of  the  sea,  lies  at  the  S  extrem- 
ity of  the  Spanish  province  of  Anda- 
lusia, at  the  entrance  frf)m  the  At- 
lantic to  the  Mediterranean,  hit.  ;{7"- 
7'  N.,  Ion.  5"-  1!)'  W.  It  has  been 
in  possession  of  the  British  siu'  e 
1704.  It  contains  12,000  inhabitants, 
besides  the  garrison.  The  W.  M.  S. 
have  a  flourishing  mission  in  this 
place.  F.  U.  Trii)p,  Esq.  Captain  in 
his  Majesty's  20th  regiment,  was  one 
of  the  fruits  of  this  mission.  In  toki-n 
of  his  regard,  he  left  by  will  £')()  to 
the  funds  of  the  society,  and  £000 
to  liquidate  the  debt  on  the  mission 
chapel. 

^Tot  only  are  the  English  congrega- 
tion, the  society,  and  the  school,  at 
present  in  a  state  of  religious  pros- 
perity, but  the  preaching  and  other 
services  in  the  Spanish  tongue,  still 
promise  to  be  useful  to  many  of  the 
Spaniards,  occasionally  or  perma- 
nenUy  resident  on  this  island.  The 
Scr';ptures  and  useful  tracts  in  that 
language  continue  to  be  circulated, 
and  are  received  with  great  eager- 
ness ;  and  in  many  instances  are 
conveyed  into  Spain,  notwithstand- 
ing the  vigilance  of  the  priesthood. 

GLOUCESTER,  a  town  of  liber- 
ated negroes.  Sierra  Leone,  W.  Afri- 
ca, situated  between  Free  Town  and 
Regent's  Town, 

A  mission  was  commenced  by  the 
Rev.  H.  During  of  the  C.  M.  S.  in 
181(5.  In  1823,  there  were  about  r>0 
communicants.  In  that  year,  Mr. 
During  was  lost  at  sea,  as  it  was  sup- 
posed, the  vessel  in  which  he  sailed 
for  England  never  having  been  heard 
from. 


he  following  summary  of  the  sta- 
w~s  given  in  18'.{1. 


The 
tlon  w  ~s  gi 
Scholars 
Average  attendance 


1!»2 


GNADHNHUTTKN,  a  former  sta- 
tion of  the  U.  />.  in  rennsylvnuia,  :ii) 
m.  from  Belldehem.  The  Inllowing 
statement  will  furnish  mmie  acrnunt 
of  their  sufferings,  during  an  Indian 
war. 

In  the  evening  of  Nov.  24,  17.'.'>, 
whilst  the  l)n'thren  at  the  iiiissinn- 
honse  were  sitting  at  su])per.  they 
heard  an  unusual  barking  f<f  dogs, 
followed  by  the  report  of  a  gun.  Some 
of  them  ininu'diately  went  to  tiie  door, 
when  they  perceived,  to  llitir  un- 
speakable terrnr.  a  party  of  French 
Indians,  with  their  nuiskets  pointed 
towards  the  house;  and  in  the  space 
of  a  second  they  fired,  and  killed  Mar- 
tin Nitsehman  on  tlu'  spot :  his  wile 
and  some  others  were  woundi d.  but 
they  precipitatelv  rushed  up  stnirs  to 
the  garret,  Jxnd  Tjarricadoed  the  door 
so  firmly  with  bedsli-ads.  that  the:"* 
savage  pursuers  fouiul  it  impossible 
to  force  it  open. 

Resolving,  however,  not  to  be  dis- 
appointed of  their  prey,  the  sanguina- 
ry monsters  set  fire  to  the  house, 
which  in  a  short  time  was  completely 
enveloped  in  flames.  Two  of  the 
brethren  had  previously  ctt'ected  their 
escape  bv  jumping  out  oi'a  back  win- 
dow, and  now  one  of  tiie  sisters  and  a 
bo}'  saved  their  lives  by  leaping  from 
the  burning  roof.  One  of  the  nii.^- 
sionaries,  named  Fabricius,  attempted 
to  follow  their  example,  but,  being 
discovered  by  the  Indians,  they  dis- 
patched him  with  their  hatchets,  cU 
away  his  scalp,  and  left  him  lifeless 
on  the  ground.  All  the  others,  who 
had  fled  to  the  garret,  were  burned  to 
death.  Mr.  Senseman.  who  on  the 
first  alarm  had  ^one  out  at  the  back 
door,  had  the  heart-rending  anguisji 
of  beholding  his  wife  perish  in  thi^ 
dreadful  manner.  When  literally 
surrounded  by  the  devouring  element, 
this  excellent  woman  was  heard  to 
exclaim,  in  the  true  spirit  of  a  Chri  ;- 
tian  martyr,  "  Dear  Saviovr !  it  is  all- 
well.''  No  less  than  11  persons  per- 
ished on  this  melancholy  occasion, 
viz.  7  missionaries,  3  of  their  wives, 
and  a  female  child  only  15  months 
old !  The  inhuman  savages  having 
completed  their  work  of  butchery  at 

193 


•' 


ONA 


GNA 


tlio  iniHiion-holue,  Ht>t  fire  to  the  sta- 
bled, and  tliUH  dcstrityed  all  the  corn, 
liay,  a.id  cattU".  Tlicy  then  n-jjaled 
tlicin8clv«.>tt  with  a  ht'urty  meal  aii'' 
di'parted.  Thi-y  oHerwarda  rotunu'u. 
howcvt^r,  to  burn  the  town  und  rav- 
age the  pluntationH  ;  but  the  whol(>  of 
the  conijrejration  providcntiully  eHca|>- 
V(i,  huvinir  tied  to  the  woocIh  iih  houu 
as  they  uaw  the  uiihsion-liouse  in 
flames,  and  wero  apjirisied  by  one  of 
the  brethren  of  the  tragical  cutiiatrc- 
phe. 

Dicadful  and  disaHtrous  as  were 
tliese  evt-nts,  they  became  the  nieanH, 
in  the  hand  of  liiviue  l'rovid(!nce,  of 
averting  a  much  more  extensive  ca- 
lamity :  a  determination  having  been 
formed  that  hucIi  a  carnage  uhould  be 
shortly  made  in  all  tlu-  Morariun  set- 
tlements, as  had  never  previously 
been  heard  of  in  North  America. 

A   station   was  afterwards  formed, 
about  a  mile  from  Jiethlehem,  called 
A'ain ;  and  the  members  soon  increas- 
ed,  so   as  to  render  it  expedient  to 
form  another.     With   this  view,  the 
brethren  purchased  about  14(!()  anes 
behind  the   Jilue  Mountains,  whither 
several   repaired,   and   built   a  town 
called  Wecnijuttanh- .     During  the  war 
in  17(53,  the  brethren  and  the  Chris- 
tian  Indians  were  forced  to  abandon 
these   settlements,   and   the    Indians 
were   taken  under  the  protection   of 
government   at  Pliiladclphia.      Even 
in   these  ciicumstances,  the  fury  of 
the  mob  could  scarcely  be  restrained  ; 
for  the  whites  were  inveterate  against 
all    Indians,    however    peaceable    or 
friendly.     Aftev  the  cessation  of  hos- 
tilities, a  settlement  was  formed  on 
the  Susquehannah,  and  called  Fried- 
enshuttcn,  or  *•  Tents  of  Peace."  Here 
they  erected  13  Indian  huts,  and  more 
than  40  houses  in  the  English  style. 
The   settlement    was    frequented   by 
heathen   Indians   from   all  quarters ; 
schools    were    established,    and    the 
preaching  of  the  Gospel  appeared  to 
be  blessed  to  the  conversion  of  many. 
The  treachery  of  the  Iroquois,  how- 
ever, in  selling  to  the   English  the 
land  which  they  had  formally  ceded 
to  the  Christian  Indians  at  this  place 
in  1765,  compelled  the  congregation, 
consisting  of  241  persons,  to  abandon 
that  settlement,  and  they  removed  to 
Gnadenhutten  on  the  Muskingum,  on 
the  Ohio.    Here  they  remained,  ex- 


periencing many  vicisitudes,  till  1701, 
when  they  settled  in  lJpi)er  Can- 
ada. 

GNADENTHAL,  or   Grace  Vale, 

\aiiun  of  the  U.  H.,  i'M)  m.  E.  of 
e  Town,  S.  Africa,  near  Ser- 
jei-it's  river,  formerly  caUed  Jiavi- 
anskhof.  This  mission  was  begun 
by  the  Rev  George  Schmidt,  in 
1737. 

On  the  restoration  of  the  colony  to 
the  Dutch,  they  Ibund  a  kind  friend 
in  the  new  governor.  Gen.  Janssens, 
and  one  of  the  missionaries  was  ap- 
pointed chaplain  to  the  Hottentot 
corps,  which  had  been  raised  for  its 
(ielence  ;  in  which  situation  he  was 
highly  approved  by  the  constituted 
authorities. 

in  Jan.  1H()(),  the  Cape  was  once 
more  attacked  successfully  by  a  Brit- 
ish force  ;  but  though  the  govern- 
ment was  transferred  intoother  hands , 
the  missionaries  continued  to  meet 
with  the  same  favor  and  protection 
which  had  formerly  excited  their 
warmest  gratitude.  Sir  David  Baird 
and  many  Euglish  officers  and  gen- 
tlemen visited  Gnadenthal  in  the 
most  condescending  and  friendly 
manner ;  and  Lord  Caledon,  who  was 
appointed  governor  in  1807,  evinced 
the  most  friendly  disposition  towards 
the  brethren,  and  encouraged  them 
to  form  a  second  settlement  at  a  place 
called  Grocnekhof  ox  Green  Glen,  in 
the  high  road  between  Cape  Town 
and  Soldanha  Bay. 

To  this  spot  5les8rs.  Schmidt  and 
Kohrhanuner  removed,  with  their 
wives,  in  March,  18(t8,  and  took  up 
their  residence  in  a  farm-house,  the 
lease  of  which  had  just  expired. 
They  then  applied  to  the  Hottentot 
captain  of  that  district,  explaining  the 
object  they  had  in  view,  and  request- 
ing him  to  convene  his  people,  that 
the  word  of  salvation  might  be  ad- 
dressed to  them.  About  100  persons 
were  accordingly  assembled ;  and, 
after  listening  with  the  most  profound 
attention  to  a  solemn  and  pathetic 
discourse,  several  of  them  agreed  to 
reside  in  the  vicinity  of  the  mission- 
house,  and  eighteen  lots  of  ground 
were  immediately  measured  off  for 
the  erection  of  their  huts,  and  the 
formation  of  their  gardens.  The 
subsequent  labors  of  the  brethren  at 
this  new  station,  were  evidently  at- 

194 


per  Con- 
ate  Vale, 
in.  E.  of 
M-ar  Ser- 
Ifd  Havi- 
ag  begun 
tiiiiidt, 


in 


colony  to 
nd  friend 
Jan88(>n8, 

'H  WrtH  ap- 

llottenlot 
)od  for  itB 
n  he  wuH 
nnstituted 

was  once 

by  a  Brit- 

i   govern- 

ler  hands, 

to    nicrt 

prntoclinn 

iU'd    their 

ivid  Baird 

3  and  gen- 

nl  in    the 

friendly 

who  was 

7,  evinced 

towards 

gcd  them 

at  a  place 

I  Glen,  in 

ipe  Town 

iniidt  and 
vilh  their 
id  took  up 
louse,  the 

expired. 
Hottentot 
lining  the 
i  request- 
ople,  that 
ht  be  ad- 
)0  persons 
ed ;  and, 
;  profound 
1  pathetic 
agreed  to 
;  mission- 
)f  ground 
3d  off  for 

and  the 
IB.  The 
retbren  at 
idently  at- 
194 


GNA 

tended  witli  tlie  bloHHing  of  the  tloly 
bpirit. 

But  whilst  tlicy  were  contemplat- 
ing, with  sac^reii  dt>li<r|it,  tht'Hc  iiidi- 
Ciitions  oi  tlu>  work  ot  God  upon  the 
minds  of  th*>  heatiicn,  a  cirrmnstiincf 
occurn-d  wliirii  thiciiU'iied  to  be  pro- 
ductive of  tlitr  moxt  JiHiistroud  consc- 
<l',»uctd.  One  night,  tlie  slaves  in  a  { 
district  calU'd  Uottc-iitot  Holland,  ri».sf 
ill  rebellion,  to  tiie  nuuibt  r  of  liOO, 
and  resolved  to  sc!  fire  to  Capi;  Town, 
to  murder  all  the  Kuropeuii  males  in 
the  oloiiy,  and  to  reduce  the  females 
to  slavery.  They  had  actually  seized 
and  bouml  several  of  their  masters. 
c;uTied  otf  arms,  horses,  and  waggons, 
and  committed  a  variety  of  depreda- 
tions. By  tlu;  proin|)t  exertions  of 
ffi)verninent,  however,  this  lormida- 
)li'  iiumrrectioii  was  crushed,  and  the 
ringleaders  of  the  plot,  with  many  oi" 
tlii'ir  deluded  adherents,  were  made 
pri.so;iers. 

The  mission  still  continued  to  en- 
joy tile  piitronagir  and  protection  ol' 
government;  and,  under  the  smile  of 
the  Almighty,  the  converts  at  each  of 
the  m-ttlemcnts  appeared  to  make 
considerable  progress  in  the  knowl- 
edge of  divine  <fi<tii.  Many  of  the 
heathen,  also,  who  came  from  consid- 
erable distances,  evinced,  by  their 
artiess  observations,  that  they  had 
been  led  to  the  brethren  by  the  imme- 
diate intluence  of  Him  who  had  re- 
solved to  bring  them  under  the  sound 
of  his  Gospel.  One  of  them,  in 
speaking  to  the  missionaries  on  this 
subject,  remarked,  ••  God  has  led  mc 
in  a  wonderful  way  from  the  lower 
country  to  this  settlement.  I  was 
first  told  about  Bavian's-kloof  by 
some  travelling  natives,  who  said  that 
teachers  had  come  across  the  great 
waters  for  the  express  purpose  of  in- 
structing the  Hottentots,  and  that  in 
their  discourses  they  described  an  il- 
lustrious personage  who  came  down 
from  heaven,  in  order  to  save  poor 
sinners  from  the  blackJ^loof,  of  which 
we  had  heard  such  msir  il  accounts, 
and  to  introduce  them,  after  death, 
into  a  most  delightful  country.  From 
that  time,  my  thoughts  were  contin- 
ually occupied  with  the  necessity  of 
visiting  this  place  ;  but  I  could  not 
ftcconinplish  my  desire,  till  God  in 
his  providence  led  me  hither."  On 
anothei   occasion,  a  woman   stated, 


GNA 

that  when  she  was  a  girl,  her  father 
one  day  called  Ins  tamily  around  him, 
and  addresMe<l  tliem  to  the  fdlowing 
effect: — "My  dear  rbildnn,  tliougn 
ytiii  are  Hottentots,  and  despised  by 
men,  let  it  lie  your  finely  to  belia\e 
well  ;  I'or  I  have  a  strong  presen- 
timent that  (toil  will,  lit  some  tnture 
time,  .send  teachers  to  our  nation  from 
a  distant  country.  .\s  [  am  already 
advanced  in  years,  it  is  prol)able  that  I 
may  not  live  to  see  that  day;  but 
yon.  who  are  yoiiii!;.  will  iieieaiter 
(lis(;over  that  your  tatlu-r  has  told  you 
the  truth.  As  soon,  tlierelori',  as  you 
are  iiilormcfd  that  .^udi  people  have 
arrived  in  our  laid,  iiasten  to  their 
rc'sidence,  wherever  they  take  up 
their  abi.de.  and  I  e  obedient  to  their 
instructions."  Shortly  after  the 
death  of  tiiis  Hottentot,  his  predic- 
tion was  i'ullilled  ;  and  wlien  the  in- 
telligence reached  his  daughter,  she 
removed  t(»  Gnadentlial,  wlu'ii  she  was 
instructed  in  the  way  of  salvation,  and, 
atler  some  time,  was  admitted  into 
the  church  bv  the  rite  of  baptism. 

Tli<>  visit  of  tlie  Kev.  Mr.  Litrobe, 
to  this  place,  in  If^lo-K!,  appears  to 
have  been  produi'tive  fjf  much  ben- 
efit, Ixilli  in  a  spirit-  '  and  temporal 
sense;  as  the  brethre 
to  proceed  in  tlieii 
witli  increasing  zeal 
and  various  disorders, 
merly  occurred  at  (inadenthal,  were 
ertectually  prevented,  for  the  future, 
by  the  introduction  of  several  salutary 
rules,  and  the  estaidishment  of  a  reg- 
ular police,  con.sisting  principally  of 
fathers  of  families   in  the  settlement. 

In  the  iM'giiiniii;.'  of  J)ecember,  the 
inhabitants  wen*  suddenly  involved 
in  distress,  by  the  descent  of  a  tor- 
rent from  the  mountains,  which  over- 
whelmed a  great  part  of  their  prem- 
ises with  destructive  violence. 

"  On  this  occasion,"  the  mission- 
aries observe  *'  we  are  much  pleased 
to  see  such  willingne.ss  and  diligence 
as  are  not  always  met  with  among 
the  people,  and  are  by  no  means  nat- 
ural to  the  Hottentot  nation  :  and 
when  we  spoke  with  them  of  the 
damage  which  had  been  done  to  their 
grounds,  they  replied,  that  they  had 
cause  to  thank  the  Lord  for  his  mcrnj, 
that  notwithstanding  their  great  de- 
merits they  had  been  chastized  with 
so   much   lenity."     On   the   2i)th   of 

195 


.  were  animated 

arduous   labors 

and  diligence ; 

which  had  for- 


GNA 

Jamuiry,  1817,  tiif  governor,  Lord  C. 
•  SoiiuTM.-t,  ticcoiiipaiiicd  by  his  twu 
duii^hUTs,  Captaiii  iSlRTidiut,  and  Dr. 
liurry,  |tuul  ii  visit  to  the  HfttU'iiimt 
ut  Ciiiudt'iitliiil,  uiid  rxprcsHcd  liic 
higlu-Ht  ^rutifu-iitioii,  whiUt  »iirv«y- 
iiig  till'  vurioiiH  iiii|iriivciii('ntd  in  tlial 
district.  In  the  I'Vi-niiij^,  tlu'  wiioU- 
parly  atU-iukd  tliu  cclfWnition  of  di- 
viiif  wrviff  in  tlu*  clinri  li,  and  np- 
lieiirt'd  niutli  plcaHcd  with  the  sini;injr 
ut'  tlio  llnttcntiit.s  ;  und  tlu  following 
day,  luB  Kxci'llcncy  and  Miiite  viHitid 
tlic  Hcliool,  tlu"  HiniUiy,  the  cutliry. 
and  the  ioint'r'HHhop  ;  undhi'lbrc  tlu-y 
tii'|»!Ulcd,  hin  loidship  presented  thi' 
brutlircn,  in  tlio  nanit-B  of  hiniscll 
und  Ijis  (lani^htcrrt,  with  llUO  ri.v-dol- 
lars,  lor  tlu.'  usi'  of  the  school ;  an 
fxaniplc  which  warfjrcncrou.sly  follow- 
ed by  Captain  Siiondan. 

lu  l6'-i'2,  the  rains  and  floods  were 
ixctssive.  One  of  the  brethren  wrote  : 
— '•Though  none  of  the  buildings  be- 
longing to  the  niissioiuirie.s  have  fal- 
len, our  poor  Hottentots  have  sullered 
most  severely  :  4^  houses  have  been 
80  materially  injuri'd  as  to  be  rendered 
uninhabitable,  tor  some  time  ;  and, 
of  this  numbe  ,  upwards  of  "^O  lie  in 
ruins.  The  rivulets  which  irrigate 
our  valley  have  overflowed,  and  dam- 
aged some  of  the  gardens ;  but  the 
river  Sonderend  rose  to  an  enormous 
height.  All  the  boats  belonging  to 
the  farms  highir  up  the  river  were 
carried  away,  and  picked  up  by  our 
Hottentots.  Great  (luantities  of  trees, 
bushes,  roots,  and  trunks,  were  also 
brought  down  the  stream,  and  col- 
lected at  the  foot  of  the  bridge,  the 
wood-work  of  which  was  now  dis- 
lodged, and  some  of  the  beams  and 
planks  carried  to  the  di-jtance  of  sev- 
eral English  miles. 

'•  Besides  the  loss  sustained  by  the 
falling  of  houses,  our  Hottentots  have 
also  lost  a  great  many  cattle,  by  wet 
and  cold,  I  have  this  morning  made 
a  list  of  all  the  oxen  which  remain, 
and  by  this  means  have  discovered, 
that,  of  400  head,  which  they  pos- 
sessed on  the  2Gth  of  May,  one  half 
are  either  consumed,  in  consequence 
of  famine,  or  have  perished  by  the 
severity  of  the  weather,  in  the  short 
space  of  3  months.  In  fact,  we  are 
ruined  outright  j  and  all  the  fond 
hopes  of  progressive  improvement, 
which  once  cheered  the  spirits  of  the 


GOA 

miusionarieH,  will  be  entirely  blighted, 
iinlt'ss  (iod  dispobt'  the  biiirlH  of  be- 
nevolcnl  friends  to  (rrant  uh  their 
ashistance.  Otlen  have  1  uHid  that 
expression,  imaciutcd  tiilli  Iniiit't r.  but 
never  dul  1  liel  the  force  of  the  phrahe 
so  powcrl'ully  as  in  thchc  «lays,  wJieu 
my  dour  is  inc«'ssantly  b«'Wiei>;»'d  by 
women  and  childrc-n,  who  present  to 
my  eyes  the  irightlul  n  alily  of  what 
was  toiiiierly  only  a  faint  picture  in 
my  imagination.' 

The  inhabitants  in  \f'M,  numbered 
l,;i*.i*J.  among  whom  arc  iibovc  '4\]\) 
married  couples;  houses  'Z..7 ;  of 
which  1(1(1  are  walled.  Measrs.  Ilnll- 
beck,  J^uttring,  tSlein,  and  fc^onder- 
man  are  tin;  missionaries  at  this  sta- 
tion. 'I'honison  und  V'oigt  have 
lelurned  to  liurope.  J.  (i.  Schulz 
died  on  tlm  JiTlli  of  June  l.-:?l.  Be- 
sides day  schools  of  *J00  children, 
more  than  half  of  whom  can  read  the 
Bildi',  llieri'  aie  Sunday  Schools  for 
youths,  and  young  ll'males.  and  two 
weeklv  meetiUiiS  iiir  the  relioious  in- 
struction of  adults.  Mr.  Ilallbeck 
writes  that  on  one  occasion  77  adults, 
obtained  an  advance  in  the  privi- 
leges of  the  church,  and  that  the  Hot- 
tentots are  gradually  actjuiring  knowl- 
edge so  as  in  many  respects  to  replace 
Europeans. 

GNATANGllA,  an  nutstation  of 
the  /.,.  .)/.  .•>'.  on  the  island  llarologna, 
one  of  the  Harve}*  islands.  C  I'it- 
man,  missionary.  Monr  than  700 
scholars  are  taught  at  this  station.  A 
new  school-house,  !:0  It.  by  :3.j,  is 
tilled  every  murning  at  sunrise  by 
adults  who  commit  jjortions  of  tho 
Scripture. 

GOA  HATTY,  a  station  of  the  Sc- 
rampore  missions,  in  Assam,  A\'A  m, 
N.  E.  of  Serampore,  and  'M'.\  N.  ly  E. 
lif  Dacca.  It  was  connnenced  ii^ 
iJ^'i'.l.  Mr.  Rae,  who  had  resided  ia 
Assam  several  years  us  sui)erint.end- 
ant  of  public  works,  studied  after- 
wards at  Serainj>ore.  The  station  is 
likely  to  be  v<a^  important  in  respect 
to  its  advantages.  The  country  is 
under  the  British  government,  and  is 
committed  entirely  to  the  care  of  a 
commissioner,  Mr  Scott,  who  is  per- 
sonally a  warm  friend  of  the  mission. 
It  affords  pecuhar  facilities  for  the 
distribution  of  several  versions  of  the 
Bible.  Some  of  Mr.  Rae's  people 
have  transmitted  to  Serampore  no  less 


GOL 


GllA 


IH  «)f  1)0- 

iri  thoir 
U'li  Unit 
iLur,  but 
I-  phrilbC 

H,  wlu'ii 

ot'  what 
ittuie  in 

luuborctl 

11. vf  2VM 

'Z'.l;    of 

rs.  lliiU- 

Soiult'i- 

lliis  bla- 

lot   liiive 

Sell  111/. 

:!i.    lic- 

■liildiiMi, 
read  the 
hnuls  tor 
and  two 
iridus  in- 
riallbfck 
7  adults, 
ic  privi" 
till-  llot- 

g  kiunvl- 
ort'i)lace 

tat  ion  of 
irotogna, 
C.  Tit. 
ban  7W 
I  lion.    A 

y    '^S?    '** 
mi  so    by 

IS  of   tlio 

.flheSc- 
I.  4J3  ni, 

N.byE. 

need  in 
esided  ia 
orintend- 
ied  after- 
station  is 
n  respect 
;>untry  is 
it,  and  is 
care  of  a 
lo  is  per- 
!  mission. 
s  for  the 
ons  of  the 
's  people 
)re  no  lesa 


a  suai  thuii  7 lit  ru|K.>eH  for  the  pubh- 
cutioiid  iMitucd  Iroiii  lii.il  pn-i4.4. 

GOLD  CO.VrfT.  n.ime  >rivin  t..  a 
country  in  Afriitii,  near  the  y\tl;inti(-. 
about  M'Ai  111.  ill  li'iiirtb  t'roiii  K.  to  VV. 
betwei'ii  the  riveii*  Aiicilive  and  N'ol- 
ta.  The  (V.  M.  S.  have  a  Mtdtioii  here. 
btr.  t  .s.iii. 

G01lt:i':,  a  Minall  island  of  Africa, 
on  the  duuth  siilij  of  Ca|)i-  Vi*rd,  ot' iiii- 
|>ortaii(-e  fttr  its  (food  trade,  and  di- 
ieiuK'd  by  a  ftirt.  The  French  Hur- 
rendcnd  It  to  the  British  in  IHUO  ;  it 
warf  retaken  in  IHIM,  by  tlif  l''irii(li. 
who  weii'  Hooii  t'oiiipi'llt'd  to  siirn-n- 
dt-r  il  airain  ;  but  it  was  rrston-d  to 
thein  in  l."-l(;.  W.  b»ii.  17  'i.'.'.  N 
lat.  14^  40'.  The  t.)wu,  which  in- 
cludcH  the  halnt.ible  part  of  the  island, 
contains  about  .'>(>()(>  inhabitanis,  chief- 
ly Jaloofs,  who  are  crowded  together 
in  u  deplorable  state  of  i|rii(>rance  and 
tiuperstition. 

Mr.  Ilobert  Iluijhes,  from  tlie  C.  M. 
S.,  succeeded  in  cstablishiiiir  schools 
here,  which  contained  more  than  KM) 
pupils;  but,  afler  a  few  years,  the 
number  was  much  diminished,  the 
island  havinir  been  restored  to  the 
French,  and  the  station  was  relin- 
quished. Since  that  time  the  Educa- 
tion Sucictij  of  Paris  has  stationed  a 
teacher  at  this  plac(\ 

GOllRUCKl'ORE,  a  to\yn  of  Hin- 
dooHtan,  about  100  m.  N.  of  Benares, 
liavintr  about  70,0U0  inhabitants. 

Some  leading  members  of  the  Eu» 
ropean  Society  in  this  place  having 
long  desired  the  presence  of  an  Eng- 
lish missionary,  and  having  engaged 
to  provide  a  house,  and  also  to  supply 
a  considerable  portion  of  the  necessa- 
ry expense,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Morris,  of 
tile  C.  M.  S.,  proceeded  to  it  in  March, 
IS'2'A,  with  a  view  to  ascertain,  from 
actual  experience,  the  openings  for 
usefalness.  Amidst  the  ordinary  difH- 
culties  arising  from  the  misapprehen- 
sion of  the  natives,  he  succeeded  in 
establisliing  a  boys'  school,  and  Mrs. 
M.  collected  around  her  a  few  girls. 
A  severe  attack  of  fever,  however, 
greatly  debilitated  Mr.  M.  soon  afler 
the  commencement  of  his  efforts, 
which  required  a  temporary  cessation 
from  all  labor.  The  Rev.  Michael 
Wilkinson  and  Mrs.  Wilkinson  were, 
therefore,  appointed  to  the  station, 
where  Mr.  W.  still  continues ;  but 
repeated  attacks  of  illness  have   so 


wcakriied   Mth.  W.  as  to  compel  her 
to  return  home. 

The  clitirch  was  ripeiud  on  the  tirnt 
Hiitiday  in  Auiruit,  l.*2<i ;  and,  since 
that  tiiiH  ,  there  hive  been  two  Ell;;- 
lisli  and  two  lliiidooHtiine«>  scrvwi  h  on 
Sundays. 

"My  more  genera!  libors."  sayn 
Mr,  W.  ■'  coiisi.^t  o|'  a  regular  serviie 
anioiig  tile  Roniisji  1 'liri^tiuns  twice 
on  Sundays  ;  besides  which,  a  tiiiin* 
ber  attend  my  house  at  i*  o  clock  eve- 
ry nioniing  :  till- Scriptures  are  read 
and  ex|ioiinded,  and  this  exerei.se  enn- 
ctnde.s  wilii  |)rayer.  Some  good.  1 
think  I  may  say  iiiiich,  has  alreatiy 
resnited  I'roni  this  daily  attendance. 

"  1  have  administered  the  Eord  s 
Sup|)er  to  '.\  peisons  :  Vi  were  foriiu  rly 
of  .Mr.  Rowley's  congregation,— a  con- 
verted lirahniin,  and  a  brahininee.  hi.s 
wile  ;  she  is  u  recent  convert,  and  ap- 
parently very  hinnlde  and  sincere 
the  third  was  of  the  Romish  coiniiiiiii- 
ion.  and  1  tru.st  is  now  a  Christian  in- 
deed.' 

Some  of  the  native  (.'liri.-,lians  of 
Beteah  and  Crowree  having  shown  a 
disposition  to  settle  here,  professedly 
for  the  sake  of  religious  advantages, 
a  range  of  tiled  houses  has  lieen  built, 
where  tiiey  have  taken  up  their  ipiar- 
ters,  to  the  number  of  'iii't — men,  wo- 
men, and  children. 

Mr.  W.  has  found  it  difficult  to  ob- 
tain native  assistants  in  the  schools  ; 
and  this  has  led  him  to  eonunence  a 
seminary  for  training  youths  as  cale- 
chists  and  readers  of  the  word  among 
their  countrymen.  Rev.  W.  Smith 
joined  the  mission  Nov.  14, 18:{0,  with 
Mrs.  Wilkinson,  who  returned  to  In- 
dia with  renewed  health.  There  are 
5  native  assistants.  The  town  con- 
tains 70,000  inhabitants.  By  the  last 
intelligence,  15  adults  had  been  bap- 
tized. 

GOVINDAKARUTRA,  a  village 
in  the  province  of  Tanjore,  Southern 
India,  visited  by  the  missionaries  of 
the  G.  P.  S. 

GRACE  BAY,  a  settlement  of  the 
U.  B.  on  the  island  Antigua,  W.  I. 
formed  in  17%.  40  persons  were  bap- 
tized between  Easter  1822,  and  Eas- 
ter 1823.  "  The  Lord  still  continues 
to  bless  our  endeavors,"  writes  Mr. 
Robbins,  May  28,  1820,  "  to  train  up 
the  children  in  his  iiurture  and  admo-* 
nitioi)." 

197 


GRA 


GRE 


GRACE  HILL,  a  station  of  the 
U.  B.  on  tlie  island,  Antigua,  formed 
in  ITr'!^.  At  this  stotion,  104  were 
baptized  in  one  year. 

GRAIIAMSTOWN,  a  station  of 
the  L.  M.  A'.,  among  the  Hottentots, 
South  Africa,  in  the  Albany  District. 
John  Monro,  Missionary.  Sunday 
congregation  200  to  250.  Sunday 
school  120  to  150. 

GRAND  RIVER,  which  passes 
tlirough  U.  Canada,  and  after  a  course 
of  500  m.  falls  into  the  St.  Lan-rence, 
above  Montreal.  The  Mohawk  In- 
dians are  settled  on  this  river,  on  a 
rich  reservation  of  land,  12  ni.  wide 
and  GO  ni.  in  length.  In  l&f22,  the 
Gennesee  W.  G.  Methodist  Confe- 
rence appointed  the  Rev.  Alvin  Torry 
to  introduce  the  Gospel  among  them. 
This  he  did  with  considerable  success. 
He  was  joined  by  other  laborers,  and 
very  gratifying  results  .ollowed.  In 
1823,  there  were  reckoned  njore  than 
30  converts  among  the  Indians,  and 
as  many  among  the  white  people.  A 
Sabbath  school  was  opened,  which 
was  attended  by  from  20  to  25  chil- 
dren. There  are  now  220  church 
members,  and  3  schools,  containing 
300  adults  under  religious  instruc- 
tion. 

GRAPE  ISLAND,  an  island  in  the 
Bay  of  Quinty ,  U.  Canada.  It  is  about 
6  or  8  m.  from  the  town  of  Bellisle, 
and  contains  20  acres.  In  1825,  a 
portion  of  the  Mississaugah  Indians, 
removed  to  this  island,  and  others  in 
the  vicinity,  and  through  the  exer- 
tions of  the  Missionaries  of  the  Meth- 
odist Missionary  Society,  nearly  the 
whole  body  have  embraced  Christian- 
ity. One  island  which  they  own  con- 
tains 5000  acres .  The  situation,  be- 
ing a  retired  one,  has  saved  them 
from  those  temptations  to  which  they 
would  be  exposed  on  the  main  land. 
At  2  schools,  there  are  210  adults  un- 
der religious  instruction.  Scholars, 
(children)  50.  Members  of  the  church, 
108.     Sec  Canada,  Upper. 

GREECE.  The  boundaries  of 
Greece  as  settled  by  the  protocol  of 
the  allied  powers  of  Feb.  3,  1830,  are 
tuB  follows.  On  the  north,  beginning 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Aspropotainos 
(Achelous,)  it  runs  up  the  southern 
bank  to  Angelo  Castro;  thence  through 
the  middle  of  the  lakes  Sacarovista 
and  Vrachori  to  Mt.  Artoleria ;  thence 


to  Mt.  Axiros,  and  along  the  vallo}' 
of  Culouri  and  the  top  of  Q^ta  to  the 
gulf  of  Zeitun.  Acarnania  and  a 
great  part  of  ^tolia  and  Thcssaly  are 
thus  excluded  from  the  Grecian  State, 
and  a  Turkish  barrier  interposed  be- 
tween Greece  and  the  Ionian  islands. 
Candia,  Samoa,  Psarra,  &c.  are  not 
included.  The  population  of  the  State 
is  estimated  at  about  035,000 ;  280,000 
in  the  Pelopennesus ;  175,000  in  the 
islands ;  180,000  on  the  Greek  main 
land. 

For  six  or  eight  years  past  strenu- 
ous effoi-ts  have  been  made  by  various 
religious  and  philanthropic  societies 
and  individuals  in  England  and  the 
United  States  to  communicate  to  the 
Greeks  the  blessings  of  knowledge 
and  of  pure  Christianity.  The  follow- 
ing Societies  are  now  co-operating. 
The  Am.  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  ; 
the  Am.  Episcopal  Missionary  Socie- 
ty ;  and  the  Church  and  London  Mis- 
sionary Societi(  s.  The  following  in- 
telligent and  interesting  remarks  are 
from  an  editorial  article  published  in 
the  Missionary  Herald,  of  September, 
1831. 

"  '  Le  Courrier  de  la  Grece,'  for 
Feb.  1,  {L'i,)  1831,  contains  a  brief 
view  of  the  schools  of  instruction  in 
liberated  Greece,  from  which  the  fol- 
lowing table  is  compiled. 


c 


Provincts 


Peloponuesus, 
The  Islands, 
VVesiern  Greece,  ) 
(onlheconlinent)  ) 
Eastern  Greece, 
(ditlo.) 


19 
15 

1 
1 


1^ 


^ 


V)  ^ 


678 
1,073 

40 


36 
33 

4 


55 

2,970 
2,930 

329 


40     3       407 


Totals,  36      1,831    76    6,636 

The  number  of  Lancasterian  schools 
in  the  spring  of  182!),  was  25 ;  and,  in 
the  ppring  of  1830,  it  was  G2,  contain- 
ing 5.418  scholars.  These  are  all  es- 
tablished under  the  auspices  of  the 
government,  and  supported  more  or 
less  at  the  public  expense. — There  are 
a  few  private  schools  of  both  kinds  ; 
and  in  the  Peloponnesus,  there  are 
nearly  2,000  children  taught  to  ["ead 
on  the  old  method,  so  called  in  distinc- 
tion from  the  J4inca«terian,  or  new 

193 


mg 


• 

1 

3G 
33 

2,970 
2,930 

4 

329 

3 

407 

GRE 

method.  In  the  old  scliools  the  books 
are  in  the  ancient  Greek,  which,  be- 
ing nearly  uninteUigible  to  the  youths, 
they  learn  to  rcail,  and  that  is  nearly 
all.  Ti«'  habit.  ti)us  created,  of  read- 
ing witliout  thougiit,  is  lamentably 
prevalent  among  the  people  of  Lhe 
east,  and  must  be  broken  up  before 
books  will  exert  their  proper  influ- 
ence. The  Lancasterian  schools, 
bringing  in,  as  they  do,  new  books  in 
the  vernacular  tongue,  and  a  new 
method  of  instruction,  are  a  happy  in- 
novation aiul  improvement  in  every 
point  of  view  ;  and,  should  they  pre- 
vail through  the  eastern  world,  will 
do  much  towards  reviving  the  sleep- 
ing intellect. 

At  yEgina  a  central  school  has  been 
established,  containing  117  pupils, 
who  are  all  instructed  in  the  ancient 
Greek  and  the  Frencii  languages,  and 
in  history  and  mathematics.  Con- 
nected with  this  is  a  preparatory 
school,  with  2;:i7  scholars.  The  or- 
phan asylum,  at  ^gina,  with  which 
very  many,  if  not  almost  all,  of  the 
children  of  these  two  schools  are  con- 
nected, contained,  at  the  commence- 
ment of  the  present  year,  407  boys, 
gathered  from  all  parts  of  Greece. 

In  a  monastery,  beautifully  situated 
on  the  island  of  Poros,  an  ecclesiasti- 
cal seminary  was  founded  last  autumn, 
with  two  professors,  and  fifteen  scho- 
lars. The  ancient  Greek,  history, 
logic,  rhetoric,  and  theology,  are 
taught,  with  the  canons  of  the  church, 
the  fathers,  and  the  method  of  inter- 
preting the  scriptures. 

At  Nauplion  there  is  a  military 
school,  containing  sixty  pupils. 

Near  the  ancient  ruins  of  Tiryus, 
on  the  plain  of  Argos,  is  a  model-farm, 
on  which  are  fifteen  pupils,  supported 
by  government.  Six  are  learning  the 
art  of  printing  in  the  printing-offices 
of  government  at  Nauplion  and  jEgi- 
na.  Sixty -five  are  training  in  the  na- 
tional marine  ;  and  twenty-four  in  va- 
rious professions  and  trades  at  Naup- 
lion, Fydra,  ^gina,  and  Syra. 

Remarks  upon  the  prospects  of 

EDUCATION     IN     GREECE.        The    prOS- 

pects  of  Greece,  ever  since  the  stand- 
ard of  liberty  was  raised,  ten  years 
ago,  have  been  in  a  state  of  constant, 
and  often  of  rapid,  change ;  yet,  on 
i,he  whole,  they  have  been  improving 
from  that  day  to  this.    Not  that  this 


GRE 

is  true  of  them  with  respect  to  the 
popular  apprehension,  but  such  has 
been  the  fact.     Greece  was  never  so 
likely  to  be  an  independent  and  re- 
spectable state,  as  she  is  at  this  mo- 
ment.    Indeed,  so  strongly  is  almost 
the  whole  territory  fortified  by  nature 
— so  abundantly  is  it  furnished  with 
water-power,    and    that    easily    and 
cheaply  applied  to  use — so  fertile  arc* 
most  of  its  vallies  and  plains  in  the 
necessaries  of  life,  and  so  admirably 
adapted  is  the  whole  country  for  pas- 
turage— so  without  a  parallel  is  its  sit- 
uation for  conunerce,  and  so  numer- 
ous must    conunercial    inducements 
and  opportunities  become  to  the  peo- 
ple, who  are  industrious  on  land,  and 
enterprising  at  sea ; — that,   let  their 
independence  only  be  fairly  establish- 
ed, and  they  can  hardly  fail  of  taking 
a  respectable  rank  in  the  great  com- 
munity of  nations.     Theie  is  such  a 
quickness  and  perspicacity,  too,  in  the 
national    mind,   and  such  an  ardent 
curiosity,  which  every  traveller   ac- 
knowledges,  and   such   a   thirst    for 
knowledge,  evinced  in  the  history  of 
the  educated  portion  of  the  Greeks 
from  the  year  IdOO  to  18'.21,  when  they 
burst  tbo  chains  of  Turkish  slavery — 
that  we  cannot  doubt  the  prevalence 
of  learning  again  in  Greece     Let  the 
country  only  be  free,  and  wealth  will 
flow  in  among  the  people,  whatever 
shall  be  their  form  of  government ; 
and   those  Greeks,  who   so  liberally 
patronised  schools  for  Grecian  youth, 
and  the  works  of  Grecian  genius,  dur- 
ing their  national  slavery,  and  in  the 
face  of  every  discouragement,  may  be 
expected  to  abound  in  such  acts,  when 
urged  onward  to  literary  eminence  by 
a  more  powerful  array  of  motives,  than 
ever  operated  upon  any  other  people. 
The  French  nation  is,  at  this  time, 
exerting  a  considerable  influence  in 
modifying  the  systems  of  education  in 
Greece,  and  that  country  seems  to  be 
destined  to  exert  a  still  greater  influ- 
ence.    This  is  owing  in  part  to  the 
interest  which  the  French  nation  has 
taken  in  the  affairs  of  Greece.  French 
troops  liberated  the  Peloponnesus  from 
the  Egyptian  army,  which  was  cov- 
ering it  with  desolation.     A  French 
scientific  corps  lately  explored  the  aik- 
tiquities,  the  geography,  and  the  re- 
sources of  the  country ;  and  French- 
men being  among  the  Greeks  in  great 

199 


\  i 


; 


? 


!  ■: 


•  t 


GRE 

numbers,  and  always  ready  to  impart 
their  knowledge  and  render  assistance, 
the  eft'ect,  in  the  forming  period  of  the 
national  institutions,  could  not  fail  to 
be  great.  This  influence  is  increased, 
and  will  be  continued,  by  the  fact, 
tliat  a  knowledge  of  the  Fn-nch  lan- 
j'uage  is  regarded  by  the  Greeks  as 
an  essential  part  of  a  liberal  education. 
This  opens  a  channel  from  the  foun- 
tain of  Frencii  literature  into  Greece, 
and  the  Greeks  are  in  danger  of  being 
flooded  with  Frencl)  infidelity.  French 
books  will  be  more  likely  to  be  trans- 
lated by  Greeks,  than  any  others. 
French  school-books  are  believed  to 
be  tiie  only  ones,  of  which  the  Greek 
government  has  ordered  translations 
to  be  made.  Tiie  '•  Manual  of  Mutual 
Instruction."  which  the  government 
of  Greece  has  made  the  exclusive  rule 
of  Lancasterian  schools,  is  a  French 
work,  by  Sarisin ;  and  the  Greeks 
plead  tlie  example  of  the  French  in 
suspending  a  picture  of  tlie  Saviour 
in  the  schools  for  the  adoration  of  the 
pupils.  In  this  point  of  view,  as  in 
many  others,  the  late  revolution  in 
France  is  a  cheering  event.  What- 
ever is  now  done  in  France  to  pro- 
mote free  and  pure  institutions,  must 
exert  some  influence  in  Greece. 

The  determination  of  the  Greek 
government  to  introduce  pictures  and 
idolatrous  prayers  into  all  tiie  Lan- 
casterian schools  patronised  from  its 
treasury,  as  evinced  in  the  communi- 
cations of  Doct.  Korck  and  Mr.  Jet- 
ter,  (see  number  for  July,  p.  21U,)  is 
much  to  be  deplored.  One  is  ready 
to  attribute  this,  not  to  the  free  choice 
of  the  present  enlightened  head  of  the 
government,  but  to  the  force  of  cir- 
cumstances, which  may  have  given 
the  priesthood  an  undue  influence  in 
the  councils  of  state.  The  revolution 
in  France,  the  alienation  of  England, 
and  the  v/ars  of  Russia,  can  have  left 
the  President  of  Greece  but  a  very 
feeble  guarantee  of  his  power  from 
without ;  and  it  is  natural  to  suppose 
that,  in  such  circumstances,  with  a 
strong  party  against  him  in  his  own 
country,  he  might  not  think  it  practi- 
cable to  resist  the  prejudice  and  im- 
portunity of  an  ignorant  and  bigoted, 
and  at  tne  same  time  influential,  cler- 
gy. However  this  may  be,  such  a 
construction  is  demanded  by  a  proper 
regard  for  candor.     And  yet,  with 


GRE 

every  allowance,  probably  nothing  haa 
been  more  injurious  to  the  reputation 
of  the  (xreek  government  in  this  coun- 
try, than  this  engrafting  of  idolatry 
upon  the  system  of  national  in.struc- 
tion,  and  making  it  binding  by  l;iw 
upon  every  leaciier  of  every  Lancjxs- 
terian  school,  lieing  not  less  at  vari- 
ance with  the  principles  of  i'reedoni, 
tiian  it  is  with  those  of  religion,  its 
sjieedy  abrogation  may  with  some  rea- 
son he  anticipated. 

Meanwhile  the  existence  of  such  a 
law  in  reference  to  the  Lancasterian 
schools  belonging  to  the  jyovernment. 
is  no  sufiicient  reason  for  discourage- 
ment, nor  for  abandoning  the  field. 
Mr.  King  certainly  does  not  so  regard 
it.  He  is  earnest  in  his  request,  that 
he  may  have  an  associate  from  tlu; 
Board;  and  Mr.  Temple  was  never 
so  much  encouraged,  in  respect  to  the 
usefulness  of  the  Greek  press,  as  when 
he  last  wrote." 

GREEN  BAY  ;  bay  on  the  west 
side  of  Lake  Michigan,  about  lOU  m. 
long,  but  in  some  places  only  15  m., 
in  others  from  SiO  to  30  m.  broad.  It 
lies  nearly  from  N.  E.  to  S.  W  At 
the  entrance  of  it  from  the  lake  is  a 
string  of  islands  extending  N.  to  S., 
called  the  Grand  Traverse.  These 
are  about  3l)  m.  in  length,  and  serve 
to  facilitate  the  passage  of  canoes,  as 
ti.sy  shelter  them  from  the  winds, 
which  sometimes  come  with  violence 
across  the  lake.  The  country  around 
is  chiefly  occupied  by  the  Menominy 
Indians. 

GREEN  BAY  ;  a  post  town,  mili- 
tary post,  and  seat  of  justice  for  Brown 
County,  Michigan  Territory,  at  S.  end 
of  Green  Bay,  near  the  entrance  of 
Fox  river  ;  1«0  m.  S.  W.  of  Macki- 
naw;  aaO  N.  by  W.  of  Chicago;  3(it; 

E.  Prairie  du  Chien.  Lon.  b7^  5tt' 
W. ;  lat.  45"^  N.  Here  is  a  settlement 
extending  about  4  m. 

Rev.  Mr.  Cadle,  of  the  Am.  Epis. 
Miss.  Society,  successor  of  Rev.  E. 
Wilhams,  has  ,abored  for  several  years 
among  the  Menominy  Indians,  with 
encouraging  success.     The  Jl.  B.  C. 

F.  M.  have  established  a  mission  a- 
mong  the  Stockbridge  Indians,  near 
Green  Bay.  These  Indians  first  re- 
moved from  Stockbridge,  Berkshire 
County,  Massachusetts,  to  the  western 
part  of  New  York,  and  then  to  Ohio, 
then  back  to  New  York,  and  then  to 

200 


•t.-' 


.V*   ♦ 


; 


thing  has 
eputatiou 
tliiscoun- 
f  idohitry 
I  instruc- 
g  by  hiw 
y  Lancas- 
ss  at  vari- 
I'reedoiu, 
ligion,  its 
bome  reu- 


of  such  a 
icasteriau 
/eminent, 
iscourage- 

the  field. 
,  so  rejrard 
luest,  that 

from  the 
vas  never 
ject  to  the 
s,  as  when 

the  west 
)ut  lOU  ui. 
nly  15  ni., 
broad.  It 
5.  W      At 

lake  is  a 

N.to  S., 
c.     These 

and  serve 
canoes,  as 
he  winds, 
h  violence 
try  around 
VIenoniiny 

own,  niili- 
for  Brown 
r,at  S.  end 
n trance  of 
of  Macki- 
icaffo ;  3(jti 
n.  "b?*-  5t)' 
settlement 

Am.  Epis. 
)f  Rev.  E. 
veral  years 
ians,  with 
I  w4.  B.  C. 
mission  a- 
lians,  near 
ns  first  re- 
Berkshire 
he  western 
in  to  Ohio, 
,nd  then  to 
200 


'-^ 


% 


^'.  4 


'■^'.'■ti^ 


'%     -■ 


■'r 


.^- 


V  .-*.;.lV• 


'*i.C- 


a*'-* 


■I, 


«r 


il   :jc 


li 


\\\ 


\ 


GREEK  WOMAN  SPINNING.         GREEK  VVGMAN  AT  A  FOUNTAm. 


•r* 


GREEK  NpRGHANt 


GR^EK  PEASi^j^!!^ 


,;*"■;' ■■"fPage.200.]    ,    'i^.  -^^  y^^ ;''^\»A^f^r ^^ 


••<      4 


•  £  ■  .  i  ■ 


■,  ^iik 


Green  Bay 
the  misHiuu 
ary  Herald 

'•  Begun 
missionary, 
mule  assist 
eionary ;  J( 
er ;  JNIrs.  S 

'•  There  i 
dians,  setlh 
are  a^ricull 
txious,  ant 
Menominic 
ty  are  estiii 
are  dt-basod 
sionaries  h; 

••  F  reach  I 
sides  rei^ul 
the  Sabbat 
nearly  all  tl 
attend,  thei 
meetings  ea 
well  attend 

In  Deceu 
forty-three 
were  men. 
younij,  wei 
for  the  chu 
bers  of  the 
as  satisfact 
the  menibej 
generally  ii 

Schools. 
ment  sixty- 
ages  of  five 
whom  wen 
the  school 
common  atl 
forty.  Thi 
the  "New  Tc 
higher  clas 
yanced  in  w 
of  geogra|)l 
summer  the 
native,  and 
five  pupils, 
ed  Indians. 

"  About 
with  some  i 
school  and 
good  appeal 

"  A  scho( 
settlement  1 
last  winter, 

"  Varloui 
society  nov 
members,  ii 
women  of 
this  society 
forced  by  a 


OUNTAIN. 


w 


i.^: 


■.-■■r 


GRE 

Greeu  Bay.  Tlie  following  notice  of 
the  mission  we  take  from  the  Mission- 
ary Herald  for  January,  ldU5i. 

"  Begun  in  1827  :  one  station,  one 
missionary,  and  one  male  and  one  fe- 
male assistant.  Cutting  Marsh,  mis- 
sionary ;  Jedediah  D.  Stevens,  teach- 
er ;  Mrs.  Stevens. 

'•  There  are  about  300  of  these  In- 
dians, settled  in  two  villages.  They 
are  agriculturalists,  generally  indus- 
trious, and  live  comfortably.  The 
Menomiiiics  bt-longing  in  that  vicini- 
ty are  e.stimatt'd  at  ai)out  4,000  ;  who 
are  di'based  and  miserable.  The  mis- 
sionaries have  little  access  to  them. 

••  Picacltiiiir  and  paslordl  lithur.  Be- 
sides regul  IT  public  worship  twice  on 
the  Sabbath,  which  is  attended  by 
nearly  all  the  people  who  are  able  to 
attend,  there  are  two  or  three  other 
meetings  each  week,  which  are  also 
well  attended  and  highly  interesting. 

In  December  the  church  embraced 
forty-three  members,  of  whom  fifteen 
were  men.  Ten  persons,  mostly 
young,  were  propf)sed  as  candidates 
for  the  church  in  July.  The  mem- 
bers of  the  church  are  thought  to  give 
as  satisfactory  evidence  ot  piety,  as 
the  members  of  evangelical  churches 
generally  in  the  white  settlements. 

Schools.  There  are  in  the  settle- 
ment sixty-eight  children  between  the 
ages  of  five  and  twenty  ;  fifty-two  of 
whom  were  last  winter  enrolled  in 
the  school  under  Mr.  Stevens.  The 
coinmon  attendance  was  thirty-five  or 
forty.  Thirty  of  them  could  read  in 
the  New  Testament ;  and  some  of  the 
higher  classes  were  considerably  ad- 
vanced in  writing,  and  in  a  knowledge 
of  geogra|)hy  and  arithmetic.  In  the 
summer  tiie  school  was  taught  by  a 
native,  and  contained  about  twenty- 
five  pupils.  Nearly  all  are  full  blood- 
ed Indians. 

"  About  si.vty  children  and  youth, 
with  some  adults,  attend  the  Sabbath 
school  and  Bible  class,  where  much 
good  appears  to  be  effected. 

"  A  school  was  taught  in  the  upper 
settlement  three  evenings  in  a  week, 
last  winter,  bya  native. 

"  Various  notices.  The  temperance 
society  now  embraces  about  eighty 
members,  including  all  the  men  and 
women  of  influence.  The  rules  of 
this  society  are  very  rigoro;  '.y  en 
forced  by  a  committee  of  vigilance. 


GRE 

"  Anotlier  society  for  missionary 
and  other  benevolent  jmrposes  has 
been  formed,  and  many  havt'  joii.ed  it, 
and  are  much  interested  in  its  objects." 

GREENLAND,  an  e.\tt  nsive  re- 
gion towards  the  N.  pole,  which, 
whether  cuntinental  or  insular,  is 
regarded  as  l)elonging  to  North  Amer- 
ica.  This  country  was  discovered  in 
the  year  ',•■^3.  by  some  Ndrwegians, 
I'rom  Iceland  ;  and  it  was  named 
Greenland,  from  its  supt-rior  verdure 
*o  Ic(.-land.  They  planttd  a  colony 
on  the  eastern  coast ;  and  the  inter- 
course between  this  colony,  Iceland, 
and  Denmark,  was  (Continued  till  the 
beginning  of  the  llftcenth  century. 
In  that  century,  by  the  gradual  in- 
crease of  the  arctic  ice  upon  the 
coast,  the  c(^lony  became  completely 
inaccerisible  ;  while  on  the  \V.  a  range 
of  mountains,  covered  with  jjcrpetual 
snow,  precluded  all  approach.  This 
settlement  contained  several  church- 
es and  monasteries ;  and  is  said  to 
have  extended  about  'JOO  m.  in  the 
S.  E.  part.  In  more  recent  times, 
the  westi-rn  coast  was  chiefly  explor- 
ed by  Davis  and  other  English  navi- 
gators ;  but  there  was  no  attempt  to 
settle  a  colony.  The  country  is  said 
to  be  inhabited  as  far  as  70 -  N.  lat., 
but  the  Moravian  settlements  are 
in  the  S.  W.  part.  The  people  have 
some  beeves,  and  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  sheep,  for  whose  winter  sub- 
sistence  they  cut  the  grass  in  sum- 
mer, and  make  it  into  hay.  The 
short  summer  is  very  warm,  but 
foggy  ;  and  the  northern  lights  diver- 
sify the  gloom  of  winter,  which  is 
very  severe.  It  is  said  that  the  N.  W. 
coast  of  Greenland  is  separated  from 
America  by  a  narrow  strait;  that  the 
natives  of  the  two  countries  have 
some  intercf)urse  ;  and  that  the  Es- 
quimaux of  America  perfectly  resem- 
ble the  Greenlanders,  in  their  aspect, 
dress,  mode  of  living,  and  language. 
Cape  Farewell,  the  S.  W.  point,  is 
in  W.  long.  4'^^  4-i',  N.  lat.  5!>^  :te'. 

The  population  was  estimated,  in 
1805,  at  (JOOO  :  though  the  rainbling 
life  of  the  natives  renders  it  difficult 
to  ascertain  the  exact  number. 

The  three  first  missionaries  of  the 
U.  B.,  Matthew  Staoh,  Christian 
Stach,  and  Christian  David,  went  to 
Greenland  in  1733.  They  labored  6 
years  without  any  apparent  success. 


'19 


, 


<l 


!, 


GRE 


GRE 


«1 

3 


The  year  1740  was  rcndert-d  re- 
markable by  the  chanjre  whicli  took 
pl'.ce  in  the  brethren's  mode  of 
J)  vacliing ;  which  is  most  happily 
described  in  the  following  narration 
of  an  encourajjing  instance  of  usel'ul- 
iiess  : — 

Johannes,  an  Indiim  of  the  Mahi- 
kander  nation,  who  had  tbrnu'rly 
b«.;en  a  viry  wicked  man,  was  the 
first  of  that  tribe  whose  iieart  was 
powerfully  awakened.  Throuirh  the 
preachinij  of  the  missionary,  Christian 
Henry  liauch,  the  Divine  j)ower  was 
manitested  in  him  in  so  powerful  a 
maimer,  that  he  not  only  becani'-  a  i)e- 
liever  in  Jesus  Christ,  but  a  blessed 
witness  of  the  truth  to  his  own  nation. 

The  change  which  took  jjlace  in 
the  heart  and  conduct  of  this  man 
was  very  striking ;  for  he  had  been 
distinguished  in  all  parties  met  for 
riotous  diversion  as  the  nu)st  out- 
rageous, and  had  even  made  himself 
a  cripple  by  debauchery.  He  aller- 
wards  became  a  fellow-lnborer  in  the 
congregation  gathered  from  among 
theueathen.  At  one  of  the  meetings 
whicii  the  brethren  held  for  pastoral 
conversation,  and  inquiry  into  the 
state  of  the  congregations,  he  related 
the  occasion  of  his  conversion  in  the 
following  manner,  in  consequence 
of  their  speaking  with  one  another 
about  the  method  of  preaching  to  the 
heathen  : — 

"  Brethren ;  I  have  been  a  heathen, 
and  have  grown  old  amongst  them  : 
therefore  I  know  very  well  how  it  is 
with  the  heathen,  and  how  they 
think.  A  preacher  once  came  to  us, 
desiring  to  instruct  us.,  and  began  by 
proving  to  us  that  there  was  a  God  ; 
on  which  we  said  to  him — '  Well  ; 
and  dost  thou  think  we  are  ignorant 
of  that .'  Now  go  back  again  to  the 
place  from  whence  thou  earnest.' 

"  Then,  again,  another  preacher 
came,  and  began  to  instruct  us,  say- 
ing, '  You  must  not  steal,  nor  drink 
too  much,  nor  lie,  nor  lead  wicked 
lives.'  We  answered  him,  *  Fool 
that  thou  art !  dost  thou  think  we  do 
not  know  that .'  Go,  and  learn  it 
first  thyself,  and  teach  the  people 
who  thou  belongest  to  not  to  do  these 
things ;  for  who  are  greater  drunk- 
ards, or  thieves,  or  liars,  than  thine 
own  people  V  Thus  we  sent  him 
away,  also. 


"  Some  time  oftei  this,  Christian 
Henry,  one  of  the  brethren,  came  to 
me,  into  my  hut,  and  sat  down  by 
me.  The  contents  of  his  discourse  to 
ine  were  nearly  these  :  '  1  come  to 
thee  in  the  name  of  the  Lord  of 
heaven  and  earth  ;  he  sends  me  to 
accjuaint  thee  that  he  would  gladly 
save  thee,  and  make  thee  happy,  and 
deliver  tiiee  from  tlie  miserable  state 
in  which  thou  liesl  at  present.  To 
tliiM  end,  he  became  a  man,  gave  his 
lite  a  ransom  for  man,  and  slied  his 
blood  for  man.  All  that  believe  in 
the  name  of  this  Jesus,  obtain  the 
forgiveness  of  sin  ;  to  all  them  that 
receive  him,  by  faith,  he  giveth  power 
to  l)<?cf.me  the  sons  of  God  :  the  Holy 
Spirit  dwelleth  in  their  hearts,  and 
they  are  made  free,  through  the  blood 
of  Christ,  from  the  slavery  and  do- 
minion of  sin.  And  though  thou  art 
the  chief  of  sinners,  yet,  if  thou 
prayest  to  the  Father,  in  his  name, 
and  believest  in  him,  as  a  sacrifice  for 
thy  sins,  thou  shalt  be  heard  and 
saved,  and  he  will  give  thee  a  crown 
of  life,  and  thou  shalt  live  with  him 
in  heaven,  for  ever.' 

"  When  he  had  finished  his  dis- 
course, he  lay  down  upon  a  board  in 
hut,  fatigued  by  his  journey,  and 
into  a  sound  sleep.  I  thought 
within  myself,  what  manner  of  man 
is  this  }  There  he  lies,  and  sleeps  so 
sweetly ;  I  might  kill  him  and  throw 
him  out  into  the  forest — and  who 
would  regard  it .-' — But  he  is  uncon- 
cerned ; — this  cannot  be  a  bad  man  ; 
he  fears  no  evil,  not  even  from  us,  who 
are  so  savage,  but  sleeps  comfortably, 
and  places  his  life  in  our  hands. 
Ho'vever,  I  could  not  forget  his  words, 
they  constantly  recurred  to  my  mind  ; 
even  though  1  went  to  sleep,  yet  I 
dreamed  of  the  blood  which  Christ 
had  shed  for  us.  I  thought — this  is 
very  strange,  and  quite  different  from 
what  I  have  ever  heard  ;  so  I  went 
and  interpreted  Christian  Henry's 
words  to  the  other  Indians." 

As  the  result  of  the  preaching  of 
the  cross,  an  extensive  awakening 
took  place.  One  of  the  baptized 
Greenlanders  informed  the  mission- 
aries, that  he  had  found  his  country' 
men  many  leagues  N.  to  be  so  anxious 
to  be  instructed  in  the  things  of  God, 
that  they  urged  him  to  spend  a  whole 
night    with  them    in  conversation ; 

202 


my 
fell 


and  after 
ond    night, 
him,  and  co 
the  subject, 
koks,  or  ne 
under  such 
he    wept  i 
two  days, 
dreamed  he 
witnessed 
utterly  impt 
At  the  clos 
than    230 
New  Herrn 
baptized  in 
The  unus 
years  after, 
horrors  of  f 
one  of  theii 
this  awful  c 
serve — 

"  Near    i 
been  long 
1")  persons 
a  small  and 
we  could  nc 
forced    to 
They  lay  u 
to  keep  thci 
fire,  nor  tin 
they  were  s 
not  care  to 
to   speak   t 
brought  in 
a  girl,  who 
whose  coun 
seized  one 
tore  it  in  jj 
devoured  it 
Four   chilt 
with  hung< 
them   a  p< 
pittance,  a 
our  scttlem 
seemed  rat 
evinced   n 
Gospel,  ai 
tercourse 

To  the  1 
guperadde 
No  less  1 
converts  \ 
the  brethi 
and  unexj 
were  exci 
of  that  p 
supported 
most  try] 
even  en 
worlds  w 


GRE 


GRE 


Christian 
n,  cuuie  to 
;  down  by 
iscourse  to 
I  come  tt> 
'  Lord  of 
lids  uie  to 
iild  £(ladly 
lappy,  and 
•ublt'  tttiiLe 
sent.  To 
1,  giivv  his 
:i  shed  hid 
believe  in 
)btain  the 
them  that 
eth  power 

the  Holy 
earts.  and 

the  blood 
Y  and  do- 
ll tliou  art 
,  it'  thou 
!iis  name, 
icrilice  lor 
leard  and 
;  a  crown 
with  him 

1  his   dis- 
i  board  in 
rney,  and 
.   tliouglit 
r  of  man 
sleeps  so 
nd  throw 
and  who 
s  uncon- 
)ad  man  ; 
(1  us,  who 
ifortably, 
r   liands. 
lis  words, 
;iy  mind  ; 
■p,  vet  I 
h  Christ 
— this  is 
ent  from 
I    went 
Henry  s 

clung  of 
'^akening 
baptized 
mission- 
country', 
anxious 
of  God, 
a  whole 
rsation ; 
>2 


i 


and  after  he  had  retired,  on  tlie  sec- 
ond night,  some  of  them  followed 
him,  and  constrained  him  to  resume 
the  subject.  Even  one  of  ne  anjre- 
koks,  or  necromancers,  was  brought 
under  such  serious  impressions,  tiiat 
he  wept  almost  incessantly  during 
two  days,  and  asserted  that  ho  had 
dreamed  he  was  in  hell,  where  he 
witnessed  scenes  which  it  wonld  be 
utterly  impossible  forh'm  to  describe. 
At  the  close  the  year  1748,  no  less 
than  230  Greenlanders  resided  at 
New  Herrnhut,  of  whom  35  had  been 
baptized  in  the  course  of  that  year. 

The  unusual  intensity  of  cold,  some 
years  after,  was  productive  of  all  the 
horrors  of  famine.  In  an  account  ot 
one  of  their  visits  to  the  heathen,  at 
this  awful  crisis,  the  missionaries  ob- 
serve— 

"  Near  a  habitation,  which  had 
been  long  since  forsaken,  we  found 
1")  persons  half  starved,  lying  in  such 
a  small  and  low  provision-house,  tliat 
we  could  not  stand  upright,  but  were 
forced  to  creep  in  on  our  bellies. 
They  lay  upon  one  another  in  order 
to  keep  themselves  warm  ;  having  no 
fire,  nor  the  least  morsel  to  eat;  and 
tliey  were  so  emaciated  that  they  did 
not  care  to  raise  themselves,  or  even 
to  speak  to  us.  At  length  a  man 
brought  in  a  couple  of  fishes  ;  when 
a  girl,  who  looked  pale  as  oeath,  and 
whose  countenance  was  truly  ghastly, 
seized  one  of  them,  raw  as  it  was, 
tore  it  in  pieces  with  her  teeth,  and 
devoured  it  with  the  utmost  avidity. 
Four  children  had  already  perished 
with  hunger.  We  distributed  among 
them  a  portion  of  our  own  scanty 
pittance,  and  advised  them  to  go  to 
our  settlement ;  which,  however,  they 
seemed  rather  reluctant  to  do,  as  they 
evinced  no  inclination  to  hear  the 
Gospel,  and  carefully  avoided  all  in- 
tercourse with  our  Greenlanders." 

To  the  horrors  of  famine  were  now 
superadded  the  calamities  of  disease. 
No  less  than  35  of  the  Greenland 
converts  were  carried  off;  but  whilst 
the  brethren  wept  over  so  extensive 
and  unexpected  a  bereavement,  they 
were  excited  to  rejoice  in  the  success 
of  that  precious  Gospel  wl-ich  had 
supported  these  poor  creatures  in  their 
most  trying  circumstances,  and  had 
even  enabled  them  to  exchange 
worlds  with  serenity  and  holy  com- 


posure. They  had  also  the  most 
pleasing  and  substintial  proofs  of  the 
reality  of  divine  grace  in  many  of 
their  surviving  disciples,  when  they 
saw  the  readiness  with  which  they 
undertook  to  assist  in  the  support  of 
the  widows  and  orphans  of  the  de- 
ceased ;  and  they  were  especially 
jrrateful  for  the  triumph  of  divine 
influence,  when  they  saw  such  of  the 
female  converts  as  were  mothers  al- 
ternately suckling  the  helpless  in- 
fants, who  must  have  perished  without 
their  timely  aid,  and  who,  if  left  in 
similar  circumstances  among  the  hea- 
then, must  have  been  buried  alive 
with  their  parents  ;  as  nothing  is  so 
abhorrent  to  the  feelings  of  a  Green- 
land woman,  unacquainted  with  the 
Gospel,  as  the  idea  of  nourishing,  with 
lier  own  milk,  the  child  of  another. 

Anotiier  pleasing   instance  of  the 
pow^er  of  Gospel  truth,  in  expanding 
the  heart  and  exciting  to  sympathy 
and  active  benevolence,  is  thus  re- 
lated : — "  If,  was  customary  with  the 
brethren,  ai  some  of  their  meetings, 
to  read  to  their   flock  the    accounts 
which  they  received  from  their  con- 
gregations in  Europe,  and  especially 
such  as   related   to    missions   among 
the  heathen.     These  communications 
were  generally  heard  with  a  consid- 
erable degree  of  interest ;  but  no  in- 
telligence ever  affected  them  so  deep- 
ly as  that  of  the  destruction  of  the 
Moravian  settlement  amon^  the  In- 
dians at  Gnadenhutten.     When  they 
were  told  that  most  of  the  missiona- 
ries  were    either   shot  or   burnt    to 
death,  by  the  savages  in  the  interest 
of  France,  but  that  the  Indians  had 
escaped  to  the  settlement  at  Bethle- 
hem, they  burst  into  tears,  and  im- 
mediately prepared   to  raise  a  little 
contribution  among  themselves.     '  I,' 
exclained  one,  '  have  a  fine  rein-deer 
skin,  which  I  will  give.'     *  I,'  said  a 
second, '  have  a  new  pair  of  rein-deer 
boots,  which  I   will  cheerfully  con- 
tribute.'     '  And   I,'   added  a  third, 
'  will  send  them  a  seal,  that  they  may 
have  something  both  to   eat  and  to 
burn.'     Such  contributions  could  not 
fail  to  be  highly  appreciated  by  the 
missionaries,  and  the  value  of  th«in 
was  faithfully  transmitted  according 
to  the  wish  of  the  simple-hearted  and 
benevolent  donors.' 

In  1758,  a  new  station  was  formed, 

203 


i|i>' 


<    i 


rP 


r 


I 


GRE 

which  the  brethren  cailed  Lichtenfels, 
at  which  the  settlers  were  compelled 
to  endure  many  privations,  from  the 
scarcity  that  prevailed  in  the  district, 
durii'.^    tlie    continuance    of   which 
many  of  the  savages  died  of  absolute 
want ;  even  the   Greenland  families 
were  at  last  reduced  totlie  necessity  of 
feeding  principally  upon  muscles  and 
sea-weed,  and  the  missionaries  were 
often  brouglit  into  the  most  painful 
straits.     Amidst  a  succession  of  tem- 
poral trials,  and  of  successes  in  their 
spirituiil  eftbrts,  a  third  station  was 
formed    at    the    island    of    Onartok, 
where  they  had  discovered  with  sur- 
prize, at  the  mouth  of  a  warm  spring, 
a  verdant  meadow  adorned  with  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  flowers.      This  was, 
of  course,  a   powerful   attraction    in 
such  a  country  ;  but  as  the  situation 
would  have  beon  inconvenient  in  some 
respects,  they  fixed  upon  a  spot  a  fl'w 
miles  distant,  to  which  they  gave  the 
name   of    Lichtcnau.      This   district, 
situated  about  400  m.  from  Lichten- 
fels, contained  within  the  circuit  of  a 
few  miles  not  less  than  lOOO  inhabit- 
ants.    At  first,  considerable  numbers 
flocked  to  the  brethren  ;  so  that  pre- 
vious to  the  erection  of  a  church,  they 
were  frequently  obliged   to  worship 
in  the  open  air ;  and  during  the  win- 
ter of  1775,  nearly  200  persons  took 
up  their  abode  with  them.     Many  of 
these  were  baptized  at  the  expiration 
of  a  few^  months,  and  in  a  few  years 
the  believing  Greenlanders  at  Lich- 
tenau  exceeded  in  number  those  at 
either  of  the  other  settlements.     Trials 
and  deliverances  still   attended   the 
progress  of  this  mission.     Some  thou- 
sands  have  been   baptized  since   its 
commencement.     Numbers  have  died 
in  lively  hope  of  a  blessed  immortali- 
ty.    The  missionaries  have  translated 
the  New  Testament  into  the  language 
of  Greenland,  which  has  been  printed 
by   the   British  and  Foreign    B.   S. ; 
and  its  reception  in  1823,  by  the  na- 
tives, was  accompanied  by  indescriba- 
ble joy. 

In  1825,  28  were  admitted  to  the 
Lord's  Supper  at  New  Herrnhut.  By 
intelligence  received  in  1828  and 
1829,  it  is  stated,  that  at  Frederick - 
stall  "  120  children  receive  instruc- 
tion, who  distinguish  themselves  by 
their  diligence."  From  the  report  of 
the  SynodiaJ  Committee  for  1829,  at 


GRE 

Herrnhut,  in  Germany,  we  learn  that 
the  four  settlements  have  experienced 
much  blessing  in  the  enjoyment  of 
the  grace  and  favor  of  God.  At 
Frederickstall  a  temporary  church  had 
been  constructed  alter  the  manner  of  a 
Greenland  winter  house.  A  provi- 
sion house  was  likewise  erected  ;  and 
their  new  church,  built  at  Copenha- 
gen, had  been  landed  at  Juliananhaab. 
The  following  are  the  names  of  the 
missionaries.  Eberle,  (Jrillich,  Ihrer, 
Lehman,  Meeller,  Mehihose,  Klein- 
schmidt,  J.  Koege!,  who  nre  mar- 
ried. Bauss,  De  Fries,  llerbrich, 
Lund,  C.  KoDgel,  Tietzer  and  Ul- 
bricht,  unmarried.  Converts,  1,750 
Greenlanders. 

GRENADA,  one  of  the  Caribbec 
islands,  lying  150  leagues  N.  W.  of 
Tobago.  It  is  18  iii.  long,  and  12 
broad,  finely  wooded,  and  the  soil 
suited  to  produce  sugar,  t<''  -^co,  and 
indigo,  it  was  taken  irom  the  French 
in  l/<52,  confirmed  to  the  English  in 
17(i3,  taken  by  the  French  in  1779, 
and  restoied  to  the  English  in  1783. 
In  1795,  the  French  landed  some 
troops,  and  caused  an  insurrection, 
which  was  not  quelled  till  179y.  St. 
George  is  the  capital. 

The  It'cslcynns  commenced  a  mis- 
sion here  in  1788;  but  the  progress 
of  the  Goupel  has  been  slow  among 
the  negroes,  who  are  almost  wholly 
ignorant  of  the  English  language,  and 
speak  a  corrupted  dialect  of  French, 
without  proper  words  and  phrases  in 
which  to  receive  adequate  instruction. 
In  addition  to  this,  they  are  under  the 
influence  of  the  gross  superstitions  of 
popery,  and  also  of  those  derived  from 
their  African  ancestors. 

From  the  report  of  the  W.  M.  S.  we 
learn,  that  there  are  3  stations  ;  mem- 
bers in  society,  G  whites;  177  free; 
148  slaves;  total.  331.  The  httle 
success  of  this  mission  is  not  to  be 
wondered  at,  when  the  smallness  of 
the  Protestant  part  o'"  the  population 
is  considered,  not  comprisi  one  half 
of  the  free,  nor  one  ten  .i  of  the 
slaves.     Scholars.  182. 

GRIFFIN-TOWN,  a  station  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  on  the  island  Eimeo,  one  of 
Harvey  islands.  J.  M.  Orsmond, 
missionary  ;  T.  Blossom,  artisan.  In 
1830,  there  were  20  additions  to  the 
church.  In  the  South  Sea  Academy, 
established  at  this  place,  there  are  17 

204 


boys  and  6  gi 
ing  cotton,  i 
been  introd 
success. 

GRIQUA 
L.  M.  S.  530 
The  missic 
1802. 

A  numbe 
genaara  (or  I 
having  stati 
the  mounts 
years  after, 
and  violent 
had,  on  seve 
bly  exerted 
and  reclain 
without  efft 
of  their  pri 
that  view,  tl 
extracted  fi 
Melvill,  Es 
Griqua  To\ 
South  Africa 
the  purpose 
statements  c 
rd  in  a  pr 
paper),  as  it 
moral  and 
Christianity 
quas  : — 

"The  Gi 
the  station  i 
such  measu 
the  system  « 
carrying  on 
them.  Inst 
sition  to  alt< 
the  commar 
tained  that  i 
with  rain,  v 
cape.  The 
Griqua  Tov 
tie,  folio wei 
people  of  t 
whom  a  c( 
cattle  belon 
practice  of 
justice  took 
done  credit 
The  chiefs  ] 
pie  all  their 
a  single  hoi 
any  one  of 
lish  a  right 
got  their  ca 
they  might 
abode;  but 
the  justice  < 
they  begg€ 


!  learn  that 
xporienced 
(lyment  of 
God.  At 
:liurchhad 
iiinner  ol'a 

A  provi- 
•cted  ;  and 

Copenha- 

iananhaab. 

UK'S  of  the 

ieh,  Ihrer, 

psc,  Klein- 

nre    mar- 

llorbrich, 

and  Ul- 
erts,  1,750 

Cnribbee 
N.  W.  of 
g,  and  12 

tlie   soil 

-CO,  and 
Llic  French 
English  in 
bin  1779, 

in  1783. 
ded  some 
surrection, 
17Uy.     St. 

:ed  a  mis- 
e  progress 
aw  among 
)st  wholly 
juage,  and 
if  French, 
phrases  in 
istruction. 
under  the 
rstitions  of 
rived  from 

.  M.  S.  we 
ns ;  mem- 
177  free; 
rhe  little 
not  to  be 
allness  of 
'opulation 
•ne  half 
.1   of  the 

ion  of  the 
!o,  one  of 
Orsmond, 
isan.  In 
ns  to  the 
Academy, 
;re  are  17 
!04 


GRI 

boys  and  6  girls.  Spinning  and  weav- 
ing cotton,  raised  in  the  islands,  has 
been  introduced,  with  encouraging 
fiiicccsd 

GRIQUATOWN,  a  station  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  530  m.  N.  E.  of  Cape  Town. 
The  mission  was  commenced  in 
lti02. 

A  number  of  Griquas,  called  Ber- 
genaars  (or  Mountaineers),  from  their 
having  stationed  themselves  among 
the  mountains,  committed,  a  few 
years  after,  many  acts  of  depredation 
and  violence.  The  Griqua  chiefs 
had,  on  several  occasions,  commenda- 
bly  exerted  themselves  to  difjperse 
and  reclaim  these  marauders,  but 
without  effect.  In  reference  to  one 
of  their  principal  efforts  made  with 
that  view,  the  following  statement  is 
extracted  from  a  letter  from  John 
Melvill,  Esq.  government  agent  at 
Griqua  Town,  to  the  editor  of  the 
South  Jifrican  Chronicle  (written  for 
the  purpose  of  obviating  certain  mis- 
statements of  a  communication  insert- 
ed in  a  preceding  number  of  that 
paper),  as  it  beautifully  illustrates  the 
moral  and  civilizing  tendency  of 
Christijinity  in  relation  to  the  Gri- 
quas : — 

•'  The  Griqua  chiefs  proctjeded  to 
the  station  of  the  Bergenaars,  to  take 
such  measures  as  might  put  a  stop  to 
the  system  of  depredation  they  were 
carrying  on  against  the  tribes  around 
them.  Instead  of  showing  any  dispo- 
sition to  alter  their  conduct,  tiiey  set 
the  commando  at  defiance,  and  main- 
tained that  attitude  till  night  came  on 
with  rain,  when  they  made  their  es- 
cape. The  commando  returned  to 
Griqua  Town  with  4000  head  of  cat- 
tle, followed  by  some  hundreds  of  the 
people  of  the  plundered  tribes,  to 
whom  a  considerable  part  of  these 
cattle  belonged  ;  and,  contrary  to  the 
practice  of  savage  tribes,  a  scene  of 
justice  took  place  which  would  have 
done  credit  to  any  civilized  people. 
The  chiefs  restored  to  these  poor  peo- 
ple all  their  cattle,  without  reserving 
a  single  hoof  to  themselves  to  which 
any  one  of  those  people  could  estab- 
lish a  right.  When  the  people  had 
got  their  cattle,  they  were  told  that 
they  might  go  to  their  own  place  of 
abode ;  but  they  were  o  struck  with 
the  justice  of  the  Griqua  chiefs,  that 
they  begged  to  be  allowed  to  put 
8 


GRO 

Inemselves  under  their  protection, 
and  follow  them  to  Griqua  Town." 

The  following  paragraphs  from  the 
same  letter,  exhibit  pleasing  evidence 
of  missionary  influence  in  promoting 
peace  and  security  among  uncivilized, 
or  partly  civilized  tribes  : — 

"  Finding  it  necessary  to  visit  Cape 
Town  (says  Mr.  Melvill),  and  to 
bring  the  chiefs  and  some  of  the  lead- 
ing people  with  me,  in  our  absence 
the  Bergenaars  came  against  Grif|ua 
Town,  and  having  attacked  a  place 
in  the  vicinity,  they  killed  two  people 
and  burnt  a  wniuan  in  a  house,  to 
which  they  set  i.e.     After  this  they 

f)roceeded  to  attack  the  village,  but 
learing  that  there  was  a  missionary 
still  residing  there,  they  retired  to  a 
distance,  and  sent  for  him,  and  he 
brouffht  them  to  terms  of  peace. 

'•  Here  we  see  a  missionary,  so  far 
from  being  the  cause  of  war,  has  so 
much  respect  attached  to  his  charac- 
ter, that  even  the  Bergenaars  would 
not  attack  the  place  because  he  was 
there :  the  ■presence  of  Mr.  Sass  af- 
forded a  protection  to  the  whole  peo- 
ple." 

Indeed,  there  is  good  reason  for 
believing  that  the  missionaries,  either 
directly  or  indirectly,  have  been  for 
many  years  instrumental  to  the  pre- 
servation of  peace  between  the  colo- 
nists and  the  tribes  beyond  it;  by 
promoting,  in  the  former,  a  sense  of 
justice  ;  in  the  latter,  a  spirit  of  for- 
giveness, when  the  former  have  vio- 
lated that  principle. 

Peter  Wright  is  now  (1831)  mis- 
sionary, and  Isaac  Hughes,  assistant. 
Congregation  300  to  400.  The  preach- 
ing of  the  gospel  is  attended  with  the 
divine  blessing.  Communicants  40. 
Day  scholars  1 20 ;  the  majority  of 
them  can  read  and  write.  By  a  new 
arrangement  of  lands,  and  method 
of  irrigation,  the  resources  are  doubled. 
The  village  has  2  mission  houses,  and 
40  good  dwellings  belonging  to  the 
natives. 

GROENEKLOOF,  a  station  of  the 
United  Brethren  in  South  Africa,  about 
40  m.  N.  of  Cape  Town,  among  the 
Hottentots. 

This  station  was  commenced  in 
1808,  under  the  patronage  of  the  Earl 
of  Caledon,  the  Governor  of  the 
Cape.  The  brethren  were  assigned 
about  6000  acres  of  land,  on  \vluch 

205 


I' 


[ 


;  !, 


HAB 

they  permitted  none  to  build,  but 
«ucn  08  engaged  to  live  regular  lives ; 
and  on  these  principles  a  settlement 
was  soon  formed.  In  4  years,  i)3  were 
baptized. 

About  this  time  a  large  and  hand- 
some cliapel,  that  had  been  erected, 
was  much  damaged  by  the  rains  and 
floods,  from  which  the  whole  settle- 
ment sustained  great  injury.  In  the 
following  year  this,  though  still  felt, 
was  in  a  great  measure  repaired  ;  the 
hearts  of  the  bretlircn  were  animated 
by  many  proofs  of  the  Divine  regard  ; 
and  the  harvest  was,  providentially, 
I'  very  abundant.     At  the  close  of  162u, 

•^  also,  this  station  enjoyed  much  of  the 

blessing  of  God. 

The  B.  and  F.  D.  S.  has  made 
valuable  donations  of  Bibles  and  Tes- 
taments lo  this  mission. 

Number  of  inhabitants  in  1831, 
503.  Missionaries,  Clemens,  Leh- 
man, Meyer.  Tlie  blessing  of  God 
attends  his  word  and  ordinances. 
During  Passion  Week  and  Easter, 
4'2  persons  made  advance  in  the  privi- 
leges of  the  church.  Schools  for  young 
women  and  girla  give  promise  of 
much  improvement. 

H. 

HABAI  ISLANDS  ;  a  groupe  in 
tlie  vicinity  of  the  Tonga  islands. 
They  are  about  20°  S.  lat.  and  not  far 
from  20  in  number.  The  missiona- 
ries, from  the  Friendly  islands,  under 
the  IV.  M.  S.  commenced  a  mission 
in  1830.  John  Thomas,  Peter  Tur- 
ner, and  their  wives,  missionaries.  In 
April  1831,  the  number  of  members 
was  28 ;  on  trial  78  ;  baptized  38. 
"  The  king  and  his  people  have  cast 
off"  their  idols ;  not  more  than  2  islands 
out  of  the  20  retain  their  former 
superstitions,  and  each  is  earnestly 
waiting  the  visits  or  residence  of 
additional  missionaries.  In  Lifuka, 
a  chapel  has  been  prepared  by  the 
king,  capable  of  containing  400  per- 
.sons,  and  it  is  regularly  crowded. 
Upwards  of  2000  persons  were  present 
at  the  opening  of  this  chapel.  Schol- 
ars in  5  of  tlie  islands,  524,  o  whom 
259  are  females. 

HADJEEPORE,  a  village  \n  Hin- 
doostan,  near  Patna,  where  Mr.  Fran- 
cis of  the  C.  M  S.  visits  and  distributes 
'   tracts  and  books. 


HAR 

HADJIPORE,  a  town  in  Hindoos- 
tan,  100  m.  from  Monghyr,  where 
Mr.  Leslie,  of  Monghyr,  of  the  /i.  JW. 

S.  occasionally  labors. 

HANKEY,  a  new  station  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  in  S.  Africa,  named  after  its 
Treasurer,  in  a  situation  peculiarly 
beautiful,  near  the  Chamtooi  R.,  be- 
tween Pacaltsdorp  and  Bethelsdorp. 
The  Rev.  W.  Foster  proceeded  to 
Africa,  to  ta.'-o  charge  of  a  seminary 
to  be  formed  here  for  the  education 
of  the  children  of  the  missionaries  in 
that  country,  and  for  the  preparation 
of  Christian  natives  for  instructing 
their  own  countrymen.  This  place, 
however,  is  deemed  by  Mr.  F.,  for 
many  important  reasons,  ineligible. 
The  attendance  at  the  school,  which 
is  represented  as  in  a  prosperous  state, 
is  usually  about  80. 

A  Catechist  is  employed.  Con- 
gregations on  Sundays,  100 ;  on 
week-evenings  from  40  to  50.  Com- 
municants ll».  Candidates  for  bap- 
tism 5.  Scliolars  G7.  About  10(10 
acres  of  land  capable  of  cultivation 
belong  to  this  mission.  A  water 
course  of  3i  miles  has  been  formed 
by  the  diligence  of  the  natives,  which 
will  bring  more  than  400  acres  under 
irrigation.  In  the  beginning  of  1830, 
great  interest  was  felt  on  the  subject 
of  religion  by  the  natives.  The 
house  of  the  Catechist  was  daily  fre- 
quented by  anxious  inquirers  :  17  per- 
sons were  baptized  and  18  otliers 
were  about  to  be.  One  man  in  his 
84th  year  became  a  new  creature  in 
Christ  Jesus. 

HANKEY  CITY,  a  station  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  on  Tahiti,  one  of  the  Geor- 
jrian  Islands.  H.  Nott,  missionary. 
Congregation  300.  Communicants 
125.     Excluded  12.     Scholars  310. 

HANWELL.  An  outslation  of 
Colombo,  Ceylon,  under  the  care  of 
the  n.  ^f.  S.     [Sec  Colombo.] 

HARDCASTLE,  an  outetation  of 
Griquatown,  S.  Africa,  under  the  L.  M. 
S.,  among  the  CafTres — more  than  500 
m.  E.  of  Cape  Town.  The  place  is  now 
well  supplied  with  water,  and  the  pros- 
pects of  the  mission  are  encouraging. 

HARMONY,  a  station  of  the  ^.  B. 
C.  F.  M.,  among  the  Osage  Indians, 
about  80  m.  above  fort  Osage  on  the 
Missouri,  commmenced  under  the 
care  of  the  United  Foreign  Mission- 
ary Society  in  1821,  and  in  1822, 

206 


*^a— wgfgjggs 


Flindoos* 

where 

|he  fj.  M. 

in  of  the 

after  iu 

Jculiarly 
R.,  be- 

helsdorp. 

?eded  lo 
^eminary 
jducation 
Inaries  in 

?paration 
Jstructing 
lis  place, 
F.,   for 

eligible. 

1,  which 
)us  state, 

Con- 
00;     on 
Com- 
for  bap- 
>ut   10(10 
Itivation 
V   water 
formed 
s,  which 
;s  under 
•of  1830, 
3  subject 
The 
laily  fre- 
:  17  per- 
5  otliers 
t  in  his 
ature  in 

I  of  the 
le  Geor- 
sionary. 
inicants 
s310. 
tion  of 
care  of 

ition  of 
le  L.  M. 
lan  500 
!  is  now 
le  pros- 
ragini 
e^. 
ndians, 
on  the 
r  the 
is«iion> 
1822, 


HAR 

IranHferred  to  the  Ji.  B.  C.  F.  M. 
Religious  meetings  are  held  on  the 
Sabbath,  and  the  children  of  the 
school  and  mission  faniiliea  asBemble 
once  or  twice  during  each  week  for 
prayer  and  religious  instruction.  The 
school  contains  3!)  scholars  of  both 
sexes.  The  pupils  have  never  made 
so  good  progress,  nor  appeared  so 
weliin  any  former  year.  During  the 
year  ending  December,  lb31,  the 
girls  manufactured  I'to  yds  of  cloth 
which  was  used  in  the  mission  family. 
Amasa  Jones,  missionary.  Messrs. 
D.  H.  Austin,  S.  13.  Bright,  Richard 
Collw,  John  Austin — the  wives  of 
the  first  three,  and  Miss  Mary  Etris 
teachers  and  laborers.     [Sec  Osuircs.] 

HARVEY  ISLANDS,  a  name 
adopted  as  a  general  designation  of 
the  group,  from  one  of  the  cijjht  isl- 
ands of  which  it  consists  being  called 
Harvey  Island,  and  because  that  isl- 
and is  better  known  in  geography 
than  any  other  of  the  group.  One  of 
them  is  uninhabited.  [See  Aitutake, 
Mui,  Mangeea,  Mitiaro,  Maute,  Raro- 
tosrna.'] 

HASTINGS,  a  station  of  the  C. 
M  S.  13  m.  from  Free  Town  Western 
Africa.  G.  W.  E.  Metzger,  John 
Gerber,  missionaries.  2  English  and 
2  native  assistants. 


Communicants 
Candidates 

57 

20 

Baptisms 
Day  scholars 
Sunday       " 
Wed.  Eve  " 

C 
05 
60 

18 

HAWAII,  formerly  spelt  Owhyhee, 
an  island  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  the 
largest  of  the  Sandwich  islands,  It/ 
m.  long  and  78  wide,  containing  4000 
sq.  m.  Lat.  20°  19'  N.,  Ion.  155°  58' 
W.,  discovered  by  Captain  Cook  in 
1758,  and  where  ho  was  killed  Feb. 
14,  177!).  For  a  particular  account 
of  the  island,  and  of  the  missions 
upon  it.     [See  Sandwich  Islands.] 

HAWEIS,  a  station  of  the  Jl.  B. 
C.  F.  M.,  among  t'le  Cherokee  In- 
dians. The  mission  was  commenced 
in  1823.  Dr.  Elizur  Bt-t!  )r,  physi- 
cian and  catechist,  was  arrested  (See 
Cherokees)  by  the  troops  of  Georgia 
in  the  autumn  of  1831,  and  is  now 
confined  in  the  Georgia  penitentiary. 
Mrs.  Hutler,  and  Misses  Nancy 
Thompson  ai)4  Flora  Post  now  reside 


HAW 

at  this  station.  Unu»ual  seriousness 
has  prevailed  at  Hawcis,  during  the 
past  year,  and  3  werv  added  tu  the 
church. 

The  following  letter  '»f  Mr.  Cham- 
berlin,  who  has  charge  of  the  rhurfl^- 
dated  Feb.  2lst,  1832,  we  t*ke  from 
the  Missionary  Herald. 

**  I  wait  here  t  day  for  the  purpose 
of  giving  you  an  ae<'  luit  of  this 
church.  The  number  oi  iiieiub*>rs  in 
regular  standing  is  tliirt  .-nine  Cher- 
okees and  six  whites,  nwking  in'  all 
forty-five.  Since  January  1,  I".:!!, four 
inemberH  have  died,  all  leaving  very 
<iear  evidence  of  their  hiivingbcen 
the  heirs  of  the  great  salvation.  The 
three  first,  1  presume  Dr.  Butler  has 
noticed  in  coiniiuinications  before  he 
was  taken  from  the  station.  The  last 
died  suddenly  on  the  13th  inst.  Slir 
was  formerly  a  woman  of  bad  char- 
acter and  a  great  opposer  U>  religion  . 
but  for  more  than  a  year  past  her 
walk  has  been  such,  that  all  her  ac- 
quaintances have  been  constrained  to 
say  she  has  been  with  Jesus.  ShP 
was  received  to  tho  communion  on  the 
4th  of  last  December.  Her  Christian 
life  here  on  earth  has  been  short,  but 
we  trust  she  has  entered  into  the  joy 
of  her  Lord.  Since  the  period  above 
specified  two  members  have  been 
suspended  for  bad  conduct,  and  six 
have  been  received.  I  beheve  the 
church  was  never  in  a  more  prosper- 
ing state  than  at  the  present  time. 
Meetings  are  kept  up  here  by  the 
Cherokee  members  when  I  am  not 
present,  and  they  are  said  to  be  inter- 
esting. Mr.  Mills  and  John  Wayne, 
are  the  principal  leaders.  There  are 
several  persons  in  the  vicihity  who 
are  serious,  and  of  some  tho  hope  is 
entertained  that  they  have  passed 
from  death  unto  life.  Among  these 
are  some  persona  of  much  influence. 
They  have  made  application  to  be 
received  to  the  church,  and  some  of 
them  will  probably  be  baptized  at  our 
communion  next  week. 

The  members  of  this  church  are 
scattered  over  a  very  large  region  of 
country.  Some  of  them,  who  live 
too  far  oflf  to  attend  meetings  here, 
excepting  at  communion  seasons, 
hold  meetings  in  their  own  neighbor- 
hoods, where  they  sing,  pray,  and 
exhort.  By  these  means  much  good 
is  done.      One  lives  about  eighteen 

807 


i 


1 


HAW 

miloH  in  a  Houthpoat  diroction ;  anotlirr 
livi'd  alH)ut  titlft'ii  iiiili'H  eut ;  and  two 
otherH  live  about  twcntyt'ourniilfii  in  u 
north  dirrction.  All  «)!'  them'  live  in 
toli-rnldy  thick  Hottlod  mMjrhborlKxidH, 
wU«'ro  lUvy  ki'«'p  up  nicvtuiirH  on  tlit 
Bal)halh,  and  generally  bring  H«>riouH 
piTsonH  along  with  tlirni  to  our  buc- 
runicntal  nicetingH. 

l\y  iinothor  letter  it  is  h'&rnod  that 
at  a  8ubHi!(|urnt  ronununion  Hoau'in 
four  ]H>rHonH  were  baptized,  among 
whom  waH  major  Ridge. 

HAWEISTOWN,  in  the  diBtrlct 
of  I'apara,  Tahiti,  Georgian  iHlands,' 
where  the  work  of  civilization  and 
cvangelizaticf"  are  proceeding  by 
meand  of  the  L.  M.  H.  Thiu  Htation 
alno  tiikcH  itH  name  from  from  the 
late  llev.  Dr.  llaweia  ;  and  for  Sev- 
ern I  iir.H,  it  has  been  attended  with 
prosperity.  When  visited  by  tiie 
deputation  in  1&2'A,  they  H«n.ted  that 
the  number  of  the  baptized  was  lOU'.t 
—of  whom  ri")})  were  adults,  and  4')i) 
were  children.  The  congregation 
conaiHtcd,  at  that  time,  of  trom  l!^0() 
to  15IH)  persona ;  450  adults  could 
read  in  the  (^rospels,  and  about  ItiO 
more  read  elementary  books.  In  the 
children's  schools  were  10  boys  aud 
no  girls." 

A  new  school-house  has  been  erect- 
ed for  Uie  children,  one  end  of  which 
is  occupied  by  the  boys,  and  the  eth- 
er by  t'le  girls,  with  their  teachers. 

The  present  missionary  is  John 
D.avis.  TIk'  means  of  instruction  are 
regularly  attended.  Congregation 
IMJO ;  the  chapel  will  accommodate 
IGOO.  Scholars,  500  adults,  and  314 
children. 

HAYTI,  or  HAITI  {the  mountam- 
ous)  Hispaniola,  or  St.  Domingo,  one 
of  the  richest  islands  in  the  W.  In- 
dies, 370  m.  long,  and  from  GO  to  120 
broad,  except  at  tlie  W.  part,  where 
it  divides  into  two  peninsulas,  about 
25  m.  broad,  that  to  the  S.  being  the 
longest,  and  extending  150  m.  It 
was  discovered  by  Columbus,  in  1492, 
who  called  it  Hispaniola ',  but  his  son 
Bartholomew  building  a  city,  to 
which  he  gave  the  name  of  St.  Do- 
mingo, the  island  became  more  fre- 
quently called  by  that  name  than  by 
Hispaniola.  The  natives  call  it  Hay- 
ti,  or  Island,  for  such  it  presents  itself, 
particularly  to  the  N.  It  has  mines 
of  gold,  talc,  and  crystal ;  extensive 


HAY 

and  rich  valliea,  and  immrniie  verdant 
iilainn,  where  numerous  herds  pbtiture 
m  conun  n.  The  chief  rivers  are, 
the  Artibonite,  St.  Jiigt»,  Neyba,  Yu- 
na,  Oznma,  and  Nisao.  Tiie  Snan- 
iurds  had  posMesHion  of  the  wiiole 
island  for  120  years;  in  the  first  15  of 
which  \i\vy  re«luc«"d  a  niilliim  of  in- 
habitants to  (M),U(iO.  Tln'y  were  n!'- 
tcrwards  forced  to  divide  the  island 
with  the  French,  who  had  the  W. 
part,  but  not  ecpial  to  rme  third  ;  and 
the  Spaniards  retained  the  K.,  which 
is  the  more  fruitlul.  This  joint  pos- 
session continued  till  17!t5,  when  the 
Spaniards  ceded  their  part  to  the 
French.  Since  the  revolution  in 
France,  this  island  has  been  subject 
to  great  calamity's. 

'I'he  K.  part,  originally  settled  by 
S|>aniards,  remained  under  the  gov- 
ernment of  Spain  until  December  1, 
1H21,  when  a  formal  declaration  of 
independence  was  made  by  the  peo- 
i)le.  The  resolution  appears  to  have 
been  unanimous,  for  the  change  was 
etfected  without  the  loss  of  blood. 
St.  Domingo,  und  Port  au  Prince, 
are  the  capitals.  The  independence 
of  Hayti  has  recently  been  acknowl- 
edged by  France. 

The  whole  island  was  united  und.^r 
the  governnunt  of  Boyer  in  lfc20. 
The  government  is  republican.  The 
txports  in  Ib5i5  were  worth  about 
|t5,( '00,000. 

Domingo,  St.,  is  the  capital  of  the 
E.  part  of  the  island,  and  an  arch- 
bishop's see.  It  is  tlie  most  ancient 
town  in  America  built  by  Europeans ; 
and  was  founded  in  1504,  by  Barthol- 
emew  Columbus.  The  cathedial 
forms  the  S.  side  of  the  main  square ; 
and  in  it  is  preserved  the  first  cross 
Columbus  planted  in  the  island.  On 
tlie  right  of  the  high  altar,  for  many 
years,  rested  his  remains,  brought 
from  Seville,  in  a  brass  coffin  ;  but  on 
the  island  being  ceded  to  the  French 
they  were  removed  to  Havana,  in 
17JX).  This  city  was  the  last  princi- 
ple place  in  the  island  retained  by 
the  French,  who  surrendered  it,  in 
180!),  to  the  British  and  Spanish  for- 
ces. The  inhabitants  are  estimated 
at  12,000;  but  before  the  late  calam- 
ities they  were  far  more  numerous. 
W.  long.  C9°  50'.    N.  Lat.  18°  28'. 

Under  the  Spanish  and  French,  the 
religion  was  Roman  catholic,  and  the 

208 


masH  of  tlij 
tioriint- 
HiipporlH  "H 

In   tlie. 
erniiK'ut  < 
tlie  IJmti'd 
ud  to  di'fral 
ing,   durml 
people  to  Ij 
oiiiigrauts 
lands  whi'] 
considiT'iti 
society    \V 
..f  New  Y 
design.    '! 
to  accoiup 
extiu(;t. 
reporied 
in  this  irtli 
At  Cni'i 
a  town  on 
having  in 
a  colU-tro 

king,  H'-' 
structioii 

to  fill  th. 

the  govcr 

Morton,  I 

warf  appj'i 

cal  prol« 

20  p'lpil^*- 

ed  to  40  -, 

id   also   a 

medicine 

y)atroiiize 

Society,  c 

wliicli  in 
between 

In   lo 
and  Hai 

arrived 
ceived  I 
io  leave 

At  r 

head  of 

\V.  coa 

tain  20 

acadeiB 

which 

dence  ' 

pies  0* 

taught 

lablish 

Inl 

WesU] 

with  t 

ernmc 

ceive< 

Ubert; 


HAY 


11  cn 


w'  verdant 
M«  pbMturo 
jivcfH   arp, 

y^fi,  Vii- 

''•'  Snnn- 
I"'  w)io|,. 
JfirHt  ir,  „f 
I'm  of  ill. 

were  n|. 
"•'  ihIiiikI 

llio   VV 
['nl;   nnd 

;    W'JiicIl 

"int  jx.g. 

iion  the 

to    the 

hition   in 

>  wuhject 


masii  of  the  |K'ii|(li'  wtin  cxtn-iiifly  ij^- 
iioriiiit.  i'lic  |irri4t>iit  ^(DVoriiini'iit 
Hti|)iii>rtM  Hchool*  in  all  thu  iiriiicipiil 
M'ttlciiiciitri. 

In  tin;  »Mrlv  |»iirt  of  l^f'il,  the  jrov- 
L'rnnicnt  of  ilayti  urui  an  n;((>Mt  to 
the  IJniti'd  St^tcH,  who  wun  authoriz- 
ed to  «icfriiy  the  fxiM-nsf  of  transport- 
in<r,  dnriiiiT  thr  year,  tiOOO  cidorrd 
people  to  Ifiiyti,  and  to  proniiHe  the 
eniii^rantH  a  pcrpctuiii  titi(.>  to  the 
hmdH  wliii-li  they  ciillivatc  ;  and,  in 
couHidcration  of  tlu-yt'  [iropo.sals,  a 
Hocicty  was  fornu-d  in  the  rity 
of  New  York,  to  promote  tlio  Hunif 
desijrn.  'J'iiis  siKricty.  however,  failfil 
to  nccr)niidi.Hli  its  oltject  and  is  now 
extinct.  In  l"^','i».  the  //.  V  ^'-  •'>'•  *'■ 
reported  lllul)  pupils,  in  their  schoulH 
in  tluH  inhuKl. 

At  Cupf  llninj,  or  Cape  Ilaytim, 
a  town  on  tlie  N.  coast  of  this  island, 
havinj^in  IHo:}  a  population  of 'JO,!*!)*), 
a  collei^e  was  instituted  liy  tlie  Lite 
kiny,  llenrv.  about  I""!?,  for  the  in- 
struction ot  those  who  were  desiirned 
to  Mil  tite  most  itn|)ortant  offices  in 
the  government ;  and  tiie  llev.  W. 
Morton,  of  tlie  Cliiirrit  of  Knirliniil, 
was  appointed  to  the  ollice  of  classi- 
cal professor,  and  commenced  witli 
yo  pupils.  'I'he  uumhersoon  increas- 
ed to  4U;  and  in  1.-^:^1)  to  ^0.  Tiiore 
i»  also  a  professor  of  surgery  and 
medicine.  Al).)ut  L-l'),  Mr.  Gulliver, 
patronized  hy  the  JS'iitumal  ijlucatiun 
>)ucicti/,  opened  a  Lancasterian  school, 
wliicli  incroas-'d,  in  a  i'ew  years,  to 
between  'i  aiul  IJOO  j)upils. 

In  lotil),  tiii'  llev.  Messrs.  Jones 
and  Harvey,  IVcsUijdii  missionaries, 
arrived  here,  and  wore  cordially  re- 
ceived by  the  kiny;  but  were  obliired 
to  leave  soon  on  account  of  ill  health. 

At  Port  ail  Prince,  a,  town  at  the 
head  of  the  bay  of  Leogane,  on  the 
W.  coast  of  Ilayti,  estimated  to  con- 
tain 20,000  inhabitants,  an  extensive 
academy  has  been  established,  in 
which  all  branches  of  jurispru- 
dence and  literature,  and  the  princi- 
ples of  astronomy  and  medicine,  are 
taught.  Schools  have  also  been  es- 
tablished by  government. 

In  1817,  two  missionaries,  from  the 
Wesleyan  S,  were  sent  to  this  place, 
with  tne  special  permission  of  gov- 
ernment.  They  were  cordially  re- 
ceived by  the  President,who  gave  them 
Uberty  to  establish  schools,  and  build 
•s 


■I 


churcheH  in  any  part  of  tlie  lejuiblio. 
'I'lii-y  had  coilecti'd  nttenlivi'  and  in- 
cnaning  c(»ngriMiatiniiM  in  the  town, 
•ind  in  the  country  viilnifi-s.  .\  ho- 
eifty  ol*  ;tll  niemlMMH  iiad  liecn  formed, 
with  I'i  on  trial,  when  the  ilomnii 
onthohrH  raised  a  vinlciit  oppnhition 
amiiiiHt  them,  and  the  I'reyidmt 
thought  it  expedient,  that  preacliiiig 
should  be  diH<'oiitinued.  'I'he  mis- 
sioniiries  remove<l  almut  'i  ye.irs  alitor 
their  arrival,  when  the  I'lesident  ad- 
dressed an  ((blii^iii^  letter  to  the  c  nn- 
millee  of  the  Society,  accompli  lied 
with  a  lienefaction  of  .'(Hi/.  Since 
the  departure  ot"  the  missioiiarie.<,  the 
Mithodist  Siiriitij  has  iieeii  cnielly 
lersecuted,  and  some  of  the  mcmlKrs 
lave  been  imprisoned.  In  I  "-'J*-?, 
there  were  TjO  iiu  iiihers  of  the  eon- 
iiexion. 

At  this  jieriod  it  was  under  the 
(;are  of  Messrs.  I'ressoir  and  St.  Den- 
is, natives.  After  having  been  wholly 
pn- vented,  for  ;  time,  from  a-.-icm- 
l)ling  together,  and  sulfering  iuipris- 
onmentjthey  renewed  their  lueetings, 
and  courageously  endured  the  hostiht.^ 
of  their  i)orserutors.  This  was  t 
lowed  by  heavy  trials ;  public  wor- 
ship was  prohibited,  and  the  i.riv.ilc 
meetings  of  the  socitty  were  e.\  ()()«(  d 
occasionally  to  the  insults  oi"  the 
rabble.  An  application  was  m  ide  to 
the  government  in  their  behalt'.  I)y  a 
gontlemun  unconnected  with  the 
committee,  and  th'^  reply,  though  not 
in  an  unfriendly  tone,  contains  a  cu- 
rious exposition  of  the  notions  wiiich 
prevail  in  Ilayti,  on  the  h;ul)jcct  of 
toleratirm.  The  methodists  are  prr- 
secuti'd,  it  is  acknowledged,  by  the 
Catludic  mob ;  but  then  they  arc 
the  cause  of  the  excitement,  because 
they  have  renounced  Popery,  and  the 
tumults  which  this  occasions  cannot 
be  allowed.  Why,  then,  does  not  the 
llaytian  government  suppress  them  .' 
for  it  is  not  the  methrjdists,  but  the 
Catholic  mob,  which  actually  com- 
mits the  riot.  The  answer  is,  that  to 
oblige  the  Catholics  to  keep  the 
peace,  would  be  to  persecute  them 
for  their  religion  !  Such  is  the  sudi- 
Btance  of  this  singular  letter. 

HEBRON,  a  new  station  of  the 
U.  B.  in  Labrador,  The  Brethren's 
Society  in  London  kindly  sent  mate- 
rials for  erecting  the  necessary  build* 
ings.    A  desiraBle  opportunity  is  thus 

209 


i' 


i- 


i 


HEM 


HIN 


4'  t 


ff 


^■ 


afforded  to  the  northern  Esquimaux 
for  hearing  the  gospel. 

HEMEL  EN  ARDE,  a  hospital 
for  the  relief  of  Hottentot  lepe'-s, 
about  12  m.  from  Calcdon,  South 
Africa,  and  a  short  distance  from  the 
sea.  The  Rev.  Peter  Leitner,  one  of 
the  U.  B.,  came  here  in  1823,  and 
chiefly  confined  his  labors  to  the  hos- 
pital, under  the  superintendence  of 
of  the  government,  which  contained, 
at  that  time,  15C  patients.  The  cor- 
diality with  which  he  was  received, 
excited  hopes  of  success,  wliich  have 
been  more  thtin  realized. 

In  January  1826,  he  writes : — 
"  Among  our  patients  many  are  very 
v/eak  and  dechning ;  and  during  last 
year,  12  baptized,  and  14  unbaptized, 
departed  this  life  :  25  adults,  and  5 
chile' ren,  were  baptized,  and  8  were 
admitted  to  the  Lord's  Supper.  The 
whole  number  of  inhabitants  of  this 
hospital  was,  at  the  close  of  1325, 
106.  To  all  of  them  the  glad  tidings 
of  great  joy  are  proclaimed,  and  they 
are  both  publicly  and  privately  in- 
structed in  the  blessed  truths  of  the 
Gospel.  Our  people  are  remarkably 
attentive  and  devout  at  all  their 
meetings.  John Tietze,  laborer.  Mr. 
Hallbeck  writes  in  August  1831  that 
"  :.  pleasing  spirit  of  simplicity  pre- 
vails, especially  among  the  commu- 
nicants, who  are  30  in  number." 

HERRNHUT,  NEW,  the  first  set- 
tlement of  the  tZ.  B.  in  Greenland, 
formed  in  1733.  The  number  of  the 
congregation  at  New  Herrnhut,  in 
1827,  was  370,  of  whom  140  were 
communicants. 

HERRNHUT,  NEW,  a  settlement 
of  the  U.  B.  on  the  island  St.  Thom- 
as. It  was  first  called  Posauncnberg. 
It  received  its  present  name  in  1753. 
For  several  years,  100  persons,  annu- 
ally, were  received  as  members  of 
ilti    church. 

HIGH  TOWER,  a  station  of  the 
A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  among  the  Cherokees, 
80  m.  S.  S.  E.  of  Brainerd,  estabhshed 
in  1322.  John  Thompson,  mission- 
ary; Mrs.  Thompson.  Miss  Catha- 
rine Fuller,  teacher.  In  consequence 
of  political  disturbances,  all  the  mis- 
sionaries have  been  obliged  to  leave 
High  Tower  for  the  present. 

HIHIFO,  a  station  of  the  W.  M.  S. 
on  Tonga,  one  of  the  Friendly  islands. 

HINDOOSTAN,  or  INDIA,  a  re- 


gion of  Asia,  which  extends  from 
Cape  Comorin,to  the  Himaleh  moun- 
tains, by  which  it  is  separated  on  tlie 
N.  from  Thibet  and  Tartary.  The 
northern  part  extends  from  the  R. 
Sinde,  or  Indus,  on  the  W.  bordering 
upon  Persia,  to  the  mountains  which 
Separate  Bengal  from  Cassay  and  the 
Birman  dominions  ;  in  the  southern 
part,  the  Bay  of  Bengal  lies  E.  and 
the  Indian  Ocean  S.  and  W.  It  is 
situated  between  N.  lat.  8°  and  35°  ; 
and  E.  long.  GG°  and  92°.  Its  great- 
est length  is  about  1890  m. ;  iis 
breadth  1500.  Area  1,280,000  sq.  m. 
The  clmatc  and  seasons  are  con- 
siderably diversified  by  difference  of 
latitude  and  local  situation  ;  but 
through  the  regions  of  Hindoostan 
there  is  some  similarity  of  cHmate. 

This  vast  country  consists  chiefly 
of  large  plains,  fertilized  by  numerous 
rivers  and  streams,  and  interspersed 
with  a  few  ranges  of  hills.  The 
periodical  rains  and  intense  heat  pro- 
duce a  luxuriance  of  vegetation  almost 
unknown  in  any  other  country  on 
the  globe.  Hisdoostan  has  been 
known  to  Europeans  for  three  centu- 
ries. The  Portuguese,  at  that  time 
the  greatest  naval  power  in  the  world, 
formed  the  first  commercial  establish- 
ment in  the  countrv.  The  Spaniards, 
the  Dutch,  the  French,  the  Danes, 
and  the  English,  have  since  been 
attracted  by  commercial  interests ; 
but  it  was  reserved  for  the  last-men- 
tioned power  to  gain  almost  unlimited 
sway. 

The  population  has  been  variously 
estimated,  from  100  to  180,000,000, 
who  are,  principally,  idolaters  ;  and 
about  half  British  subjects.  Moham- 
medans, Christians,  and  Jews,  are 
numerous. 

Among  the  Hindoos  there  is  a  re- 
markable distinction  of  caste.  Caste 
is  a  Portuguese  word ;  Jati,  the  Indian 
term,  signifies  a  genus  or  kind.  The 
different  castes  of  the  Hindoos  are, 
therefore,  considered  as  so  many  dif- 
ferent species  of  human  beings,  and 
it  is  believed  that  different  forms  of 
worship  and  habits  of  life  are  neces- 
sarily adapted  to  each.  Originally 
there  were  four  castes,  which  are 
supposed  to  have  sprung  from  differ- 
ent parts  of  Brahma's  body,  and  from 
such  parts  as  to  estd>lish  their  differ- 
ent ranks     The  Ist  were  theologians, 


ends   frciHi 
ileh  moun- 
tt'd  on  t}ie 
ary.     Tlie 
m  the  II. 
bordering 
tins  which 
ly  and  the 
;  soutliern 
es  E.  and 
W.     It  is 
and  35° ; 
Its  great- 
m. ;    iib 
)00  sq.  m. 
are    con- 
?rence  of 
on  ;     but 
indoostan 
limate. 
;8  chiefly 
lumerous 
ersperspd 
Is.      The 
heat  pro- 
m  almost 
mtry   on 
las    been 
?e  centu- 
hat  time 
le  world, 
Jstablish- 
paniardg, 
i  Danes, 
ce    been 
iterests ; 
ast-men- 
nlimited 

ariously 
000,000, 
rs ;  and 
Moham- 
ws,  are 

is  a  re- 
Caste 
5  Indian 
i.  The 
)08  are, 
iny  dif. 
?s,  and 
Jrms  of 
'  neces- 
iginally 
ch  are 

differ- 
td  from 

differ- 
ogians, 


i: 


HINDOO  TKAIPLE  CUT  LN  THE  SOLID  ROCK. 


BAMAN  TREE  IN  HINDOOSTAN. 
[Page  210. 


or  the  brahiii 

and  soldiers  ; 

husbandnien 

servantsi.     Tl 

mote  antiquii 

tlie  original  tl 

aubdivision  cj 

are  now  abo' 

all  of  which 

general   dene 

and  sooders. 

added   to  su 

caste  of  soodi 

of  many  subi 

ing  to  person 

cupations,  an 

the    occuputi 

From  generr 

same  family  l 

and  hold  the 

f       stance    whic 

every  aspirin 

tributed  to  j 

Hindoo    arti 

however,  rei 

right   of  des 

ployments,  ,i 

are  menial. 

of  caste,  tho 

marry,  nor 

those  of  ano 

the  high  cas 

in  the  familA 

those  countr 

their  rulers, 

under  the  1 

tinction  of 

every  circun 

to  it  is  view* 

and  the  cast 

gious  sects. 

of  his  caste 

which  is  C8 

that  time  hi 

don  him ;  a 

his  former 

large  fee  to 

way  he  ma 

but  not  alwt 

the  case  of  i 

by  means  of 

who,  while 

possession 

compelled  t 

He  "offered 

dollars,  for 

but  he  coul 

that  the  eel 

spects,  libe 

noj,  does  r 


HMWIfflB 


s»:- 


< 


IIIN 

or  the  brahmins;  the  2d  were  kings 
and  soldiers  ;  tlie  3d,  meichants  and 
husbandmen  ;  the  4th,  mechanics  and 
servants.     This  distribution  is  of  re- 
mote antiquity.     In  process  of  time, 
Uie  original  distinction  extended  to  a 
subdivision  of  employments.     There 
are  now  about   100  ditierent  castes, 
all  of  which  are  included  under  tJie 
general   denominations   of  brahmins 
and  sooders.      Subdivision  has  been 
added   to  subdivision.      The   lowest 
caste  of  sooders,  for  instance,  admits 
of  many  subordinate  castes,  extend- 
ing to  persons  of  the  most  servile  oc- 
cupations, and  each  invariably  follows 
the    occupation    of    his    forefathers. 
From  generation   to   generation   the 
same  family  follow  the  same  business, 
and  hold  the   same  rank ;  a  circum- 
stance   which,    while   it    suppresses 
every  aspiring  aim,  has  greatly  con- 
tributed to  perfect  the  ingeruity  of 
Hindoo    artisans.       The    brahmins, 
however,  reserve  to  themselves  the 
right  of  descending   to  secular  em- 
ployments, and  even  to  those  which 
are  menial.     According  to  the  rules 
of  caste,  those  of  one  may  not  inter- 
marry, nor  even  eat  or  drink,  with 
those  of  another.     It  is  said  none  of 
the  high  castes  will  even  drink  water 
in  the  family  of  a  white  man  ;  and  in 
those  countries  where  Europeans  are 
their  rulers,  the  heathen  rank  them 
under  the  lowest  castes.     The   dis- 
tinction of  caste  is  interwoven  with 
every  circumstcance  of  life ;  adherence 
to  it  is  viewed  as  a  matter  of  religion, 
and  the  castes  become  so  many  reli- 
gious sects.     If  one  violates  the  rules 
of  his  caste  he  is  excommunicated, 
which  is  called  losing  caste.     From 
that  time  his  nearest  relations  aban- 
don him  ;  and  he  can  seldom  recover 
his  former  standing,  and  only  by  a 
large  fee  to  the  brahmins.     In  this 
way  he  may  generally  be   restored, 
but  not  always.     Dr.  Carey  mentions 
the  case  of  a  man,  who  had  lost  caste 
by  means  of  a  woman  in  his  family  ; 
who,  while  the  Mohammedans  had 
possession  of  the  province,  had  been 
comnelled  to  live  with  a  Mussulman. 
He  bfFered  £10,000  or  about  44,400 
dollars,  for  the  recovery  of  his  caste, 
but  he  could  not  regaiii  it.    It  is  said 
that  the  celebrated,  and  in  many  re- 
spects, liberal  minded  Ram  Mohun 
R07,  does  not  eat  with  Europeans. 


HIN 


H: 


As   to 


religion, 


three    of  the   six 
schools   of  philosophy,  once  famous 
in  India,  were  atheistical.     The  doc- 
trines of  these  atheists  were  establish- 
ed for  a  considerable  period,  and  they 
are  still  taught  in  the  systtnis,  which 
prevail  throughout  China ,  Japan,  the 
Birman  empire,  Siam,  Ceylon,  «Jtc. 
These  philosophers,  of  whom  \  cdvas, 
the  compiler  of  the  Vcdu,  was  one  of 
the  most  distinguished,  taught,  that 
every  thing  we  can  see,  or  Ibrm  any 
conception  of,  is  to  be  referred  to  one 
or  other  of  two  principles  ;  it  is  either 
spirit  or  matter,  since,  beside  these, 
nothing  else  exists  ;  that  all  si)irit  is 
God ;    and  that  God  exists   without 
attributes,  in  a  state  of  eternal  repose, 
intangible  and  unconnected  with  any 
of  the  forms  of  matter.     They   also 
teach,  that  the  spirit  of  man  is  indi- 
viduated deity ;  that  in  thi.;  connexion 
with  matter,  spirit  is  degraded  and 
imprisoned ;  and  the  great  and  only 
business  of  man  on  earth  is  to  seek 
emancipation,  and  return  to  the  bles- 
sed  source  from  which  he  (that  is, 
spirit,  for  I,  thou,  and  he,  are  refer- 
rible  only  to  spirit)  has  been  severed. 
Tlie  mode  of  obtaining  emancipation, 
is  by  the  practice  of  ceremonies  de- 
nominated jogue,  all  of  which   are 
connected  with  bodily  austeritic  s  and 
tortures,  having  for  their  object  the 
annihilation  of  all  conscious  connex- 
ion with  the  body  and  with  matei-'"' 
things.      Such  a  deliverance,   it  is 
supposed,  will  leave  the  spirit,  even 
while  in  the  body,  in  a  state  of  divine 
tranquillity,  resembling  that  of  God — 
for  the  passions  alone  are  the  sources 
of  pain  ;  and  will  fit  the  individuated 
spirit  for  reunion   to   God — for    the 
passions  are  the  sources  of  life  and 
death ;  and  confine  the  individuated 
spirit  to  a  continued  course  of  trans- 
migrations, and  rivet  its  union  to  mat- 
ter.     These  speculations    form    the 
belief  of  all  the  Hindoos ;  and  there 
are  still  a  number  of  mendicants  in 
India,  who  imitate  the  jogees.    The 
people  at  large  do  not  become  jogees, 
because  these  austerities  are  incom- 
patible with  the  existence  of  human 
society ;  but  they  make  constant  al- 
lusions to  this  doctrine  of  spirit ;  to 
the  subjugation  of  the  passions,  and 
to  transmigration  as  inevitably  attach- 
ing to  men,  till  perfect  abstraction 
and  absorption  are  obtained. 

211 


il' 


1 


iN 


r  r 


•1 


HIN 

The    popular    fu]/crstitions   of  the 
Hindoos  are  deei)ly  aft'ecting.     While 
they    verbally     adinit    the    doctrine 
of  the  divine    unity,    they   speak    of 
330,000,000  of  {rods.     They  prostrate 
themselves  before  dead  matter  ;  Ijcfore 
the   monkey,  and  the  serpent,  belbre 
idols,  the  very  i)ersoni(ications  of  sin  ; 
an'  this  animal,  this  reptile,  and  the 
lecher    Krishiiu.    and    his   concubine 
Radha,  are  amony  the  favorite  deities 
of  the  Hind(j()s.      Having  no  knowl- 
edge whatever  of  the  divine  govern- 
ment, they   sHj)j)(ise  the   i-orld   to  be 
placed    under    the     manaoenu'nt    of 
beings  ignorant,  capricious,  and  wick- 
ed ;  ih-.it  the  three   principal  deities, 
the    creator,   the  preserver,    and  the 
destroyer,  having   no  love   of  right- 
eousness,  nor   any   settled    rules   of 
government,    are    often     (|uarrellii)g 
with  each  other,  and  subverting  one 
another's    arrangements  ;    and    thus 
they  know  not  whom  to  obey,  or  in 
whom  to  confide.     E(pially  ignorant 
are  they  of  the   laws  of  God.  and  of 
sin  as  connected  with   a  dispnsition 
different  from  the  Divine  mind,  and 
as  amoral  evil.     Jlence  they  attribute 
to  the  waters  of  the  (Janoes  extraor- 
dinary  virtue  ;.    the  whole  population 
residing   in  its  neighl)orhood   crowd 
morning  and  evening  to    the  river ; 
the  holy  water  is  carried  for  religious 
uses   to  the  most  distant  parts  ;    and 
the  dying  are   hurried,  in   their  lust 
moments,  to  receive  their  last  purifi- 
cation in  the   sacred  stream.      LJnder 
the  delusion  that  sin  is  to  bo  removed 
by  the  merit  of  works,  others  under- 
take long  and  dangerous  pilgrimages, 
in  which  thousands  perish  ;  or  intlict 
on  their  bodies  the  most  dreadful  tor- 
tures ;    or   sit  through  the  day   and 
through  the  year,  repeating  the  names 
of  their  guardian  deities.     As  to  the 
real  nature  of  the  present  state,  they 
labor  under  the  most  fatal  apprehen- 
sions ;  they  believe  the  good  or  evil 
actions  of  this  birth  are  not  produced 
by  the  volitions  of  their  own  wills, 
but  arise  from,  and  are  the  unavoida- 
ble results  of,  the  actions  of  the  past 
birth  ;  that  their  present  actions  will 
inevitably  give  rise  to  the  whole  com- 
plexion of  their  characters  and  con- 
duct in  the  following  birth  ;  and  that 
thus  they  are  doomed  to  interminable 
transmigrations,  to  float  as  some  light 
substance  on  the  bosom  of  an  irre- 


IIIN 

sistible  torrent.     With  refiL'ieiice  to  a 
t'uture   state,  their  ideas  are   ecpially 
erroneous  and  pernicious.      By   this 
they   commonly   understand  nothing 
more  than  transmioiaiion.  and  tliev 
die  with   the  expe*  tation  of  immedi- 
ately rising  into  birth  again  in  some 
other  body — in  that  of  a  dog  or  a  eat, 
•  ■r  a  worm  feeding  on  ordure  ;  and  if 
they   have  cennnitted  .some  dreadful 
Clime,  they  expect  to  fall,  fin-  a  time, 
into  some   one  of  the  dreadful  states 
of  torment  described  in  the   Shaslru. 
Indeed,    no   Hindoo,    unless   he    has 
given  all  his  wealth  to  the  priests,  or 
has    performed    some    other    act    of 
sj)lendid  merit ;    or  except  he  drown 
himself  in  a  sacied  river,  or  perish  on 
the  funeral  pile — hns  the  least  hojie 
of  happiness  after  death.     Those  wlio 
iire  supposed  to  attain  happiness,  are 
said  to  ascend  to  the  heaven  of  the 
gods,  where,  for  a  limited  period,  they 
enjoy  an    anbouiuled  indulgence   in 
sensual    gratification.      This   is    tl;e 
only  heaven  held  out  to  a  Hindoo, 
and  held    out  to  him   on  conditions 
which  the   great  bulk  of  the   people 
find  to  be  impracticable.     The  state 
beyond  this,  reserved  exclusively  for 
jogees,  is   absorption,  or   a  complete 
loss  of  separate  existence,   in  union 
to  the  soul  of  the  world. 

Awful,  indeed,  is  the  state  of  fanaic 
socictij.  The  anxiety  of  the  Hindoo 
to  obtain  a  son,  who  may  i)resent  the 
funeral  offering,  upon  the  presenta- 
tion of  which  he  supposes  his  future 
happiness  to  depend,  and  the  expenses 
attending  the  support  and  marriage  of 
girls,  make  the  birth  of  a  fennile  in  a 
Hindoo  flimily  an  unwelcome  event. 
The  case  of  female  children  among 
the  rajpoots  exhibits — though  this  re- 
lation belongs  only  to  one  of  the  Hin- 
doo tribes — a  strorg  corroborative 
proof  of  the  low  estimation  in  which 
even  the  lives  of  females  are  held  in 
India.  One  of  the  families  of  the  rfij- 
poots,  it  is  said,  began  the  practice  of 
butchering  their  female  children,  to 
prevent  the  fulfilment  of  a  prediction, 
that  through  a  female  the  succession 
to  the  crown  would  pass  out  of  tfie 
family.  AH  the  tribes  have  since  fol- 
lowed the  royal  example;  and  now 
not  one  female  child  survives — the 
parents,  it  is  believed,  are  themselves 
the  murderers.  The  boys  marry  in 
the  tribe  next  in  rank  to  them,    "  A 

213 


HINDOO  PALACE  ANO  PLACE  OF  PILGRIMAGE,  ON  THE  BANKS 
OF  THE  GANGES.    [Page  212.] 


1*    i'f 

1 


m 


f 


t 


rry  in 


•  t«\^  «.  «*««K'^*  '^  I       ^       ^^  *V 


laiies  vi.  ot  I  ffnmaffes  ;  in  short,  the  power  of 

313 


BU- 


i    'I 

'.■''''■*#M 


■tT 


■\,    ^ 


v» 


'     I' 


I 


f 


) 


:y--\ 


i>»    :"*• 


BUUMiauve  on  luu'uuiiom   ui    oii  mc- i  tuv  »< 


212 


bramliin  from  oi 

vinces,"  says  I 

pore,  (from  whc 

tide   19  compil 

relation:— A  ra 

signed  reason,  s 

which  grew  up 

t<>  the  age  in  w 

married.     The 

or,  in  the  hous< 

novel,  and  so  c 

of  the  tribes,  th 

in  marriage  for 

suffering  undei 

tribe,  and  treni 

of  his  daughte 

family,  was   (] 

phrenzy ;  and 

daughter  aside 

riod  to  her  exis 

female  all  edui 

positive    injur 

and  by  the  gei 

lation.  Not  a  1 

for  girls,  is  foi 

With  knittinj 

painting,  mui 

have  no  more 

even  the  was! 

a  particular  ti 

tlierefore,  sp< 

her  life  in  sh( 

the  house  of 

has  attained  1 

18  sought  afle 

employed  by 

for  their  sons 

out  her  cons 

which  binds 

by  the  parer 

she  is  yet  a 

convenient 

and  girl  are 

first  tune,  an 

is  performed 

to  the  hous 

tlie  marriage 

instances,  t 

becomes  a 

prohibits  thi 

is  doomed 

long  as  she 

bei   of  thes 

come  a  prej 

grace   to  t 

since,  abri( 

ceremony  \ 

ed,  was  bui 

the  dead  b( 

Chanderna 


HIN 

bramhin  from  one  of  the  western  pro- 
vinces," says  Mr.  Ward,  of  Seram- 
pore,  (from  whose  statements  this  ar- 
ticle is  compiled,)  "  gave  me  this 
relation : — A  rajpoot,  tor  some  unas- 
siffned  reason,  spared  his  female  ciiild, 
which  grew  up  in  the  father's  house 
to  tlie  age  in  which  girls  in  India  are 
married.  The  sigiit  of  a  girl,  howev- 
er, in  the  house  of  a  rajpoot  was  so 
novel,  and  so  contrary  to  the  customs 
of  the  tribes,  that  no  j)arent  sought  her 
iii  marriage  for  his  son.  The  father, 
suffering  under  the  frowns  of  his  own 
tribe,  and  trembling  for  the  chastity 
of  his  daughter  and  the  honor  of  his 
family,  was  driven  into  a  state  of 
phrenzy  ;  and  in  this  state,  taking  his 
daughter  aside,  he  actually  put  a  pe-* 
riod  to  her  existence."  To  the  Hindoo 
female  all  education  is  denied  by  the 
positive  injunction  of  the  Shastru, 
and  by  the  general  voice  of  the  popu- 
lation. Not  a  single  school,  therefore, 
for  girls,  is  found  all  over  the  country. 
With  knitting,  sewing,  embroidery, 
painting,  music,  and  drawing,  they 
have  no  more  to  do  than  with  letters ; 
even  the  washing  is  done  by  men  of 
a  particular  tribe.  The  Hindoo  girl, 
tlierefore,  spends  the  first  10  years  of 
her  life  in  sheer  idleness,  immured  in 
the  house  of  her  father.  Before  she 
has  attained  to  this  age,  however,  she 
18  sought  after  by  the  ghutuks,  men 
employed  by  parents  to  seek  wives 
for  tlieir  sons.  She  is  betrothed  with- 
out her  consent ;  a  legal  agreement, 
which  binds  her  for  life,  being  made 
by  the  parents  on  both  sides,  while 
she  is  yet  a  child.  At  a  time  most 
convenient  to  the  parents,  this  boy 
and  ^irl  are  brought  together  for  the 
first  tune,  and  the  marriage  ceremony 
is  performed ;  after  which  she  returns 
to  the  house  of  her  father.  Before 
tlie  marriage  is  consummated,  in  many 
instances,  the  boy  dies,  and  this  girl 
becomes  a  widow ;  and  as  the  law 
prohibits  the  marriage  of  widows,  she 
is  doomed  to  remam  in  this  state  as 
long  as  she  lives.  The  greater  num- 
ber of  these  unfortunate  beings  be- 
come a  prey  to  the  seducer,  and  a  dis- 
grace to  their  families.  Not  long 
since,  a  bride,  on  the  day  the  marriage 
ceremony  was  to  have  been  perform- 
ed, was  burnt  on  the  funeral  pile  with 
the  dead  body  of  the  bridegroom,  at 
Chandernagore,  a  few  miles  N.  of 


HIN 

Calcutta.  Concubinage,  to  a  most 
awful  extent,  is  the  fruit  of  these 
marriages  without  cii  ice.  What  a 
sum  or  misery  is  thus  attached  to  the 
lot  of  woman  in  India  before  she  has 
attained  even  her  15th  year  !  In  some 
cases,  as  many  as  50  females,  the 
daughters  of  so  many  Hindoos,  are 
given  in  marriage  to  one  bramhin,  in 
order  to  make  these  families  sonto- 
thing  more  respectable  :  and  that  the 
parents  may  be  able  to  say,  we  are 
allied  by  marriage  to  the  kooleens, 
the  highest  rank  of  bramhins.  Sup- 
posinw,  howevei,  that  tlie  Hindoo  fe- 
male IS  happily  married,  she  remains 
a  prisoner  and  a  slave  in  the  house  of 
her  husband.  She  knows  nothing  of 
the  advantages  of  a  liberal  intercourse 
with  mankind.  She  is  not  permitted 
to  speak  to  a  person  of  the  other  sex, 
if  she  belong  to  a  respectable  family, 
except  to  old  men  very  nearly  allied 
in  blood ;  she  retires  at  the  appear- 
ance of  a  male  guest ;  she  never  eats 
with  her  husband,  but  partakes  of 
what  he  leaves.  She  receives  no  ben- 
efit from  books  or  from  society  ;  and 
though  the  Hindoos  do  not  allirm, 
with  some  Mohammedans,  that  fe- 
males have  no  souls,  they  treat  them 
as  though  this  was  their  belief.  What 
companions  for  *'ieir  husbands ! — what 
mothers  thes'.  !  Yes ;  it  is  not  females 
alone  who  are  the  sufferers.  While 
such  is  tl  e  mental  condition  of  the 
sex,  of  Low  much  happiness  must 
husbands,  children,  and  society  at 
large  be  depriv .  .1 !  What  must  be 
the  state  of  that  country  where  female 
mind,  and  the  female  presence,  are 
things  unknown ;  for  the  lowest  or- 
ders of  females  alone  are  seen  in  num- 
bers in  the  streets  !  This  vacuity  of 
thought,  these  habits  of  indolence, 
and  this  total  want  of  information,  of 
principles,  and  of  society,  leave  tlie 
Hindoo  female  an  c'asy  prey  to  tlie 
greatest  evils.  Faithfulness  to  mar- 
riage vows  is  almost  unknown  in  In- 
dia; and  where  the  manners  of  the 
East  allow  of  it,  the  females  manifest 
a  more  enthusiastic  attachment  to  tlie 
superstitions  of  the  country,  than  even 
the  men.  The  religious  mendicants, 
the  priests,  and  the  public  shows,  pre- 
serve an  overwhelming  influence  over 
their  minds.  Many  become  mendi- 
cants, and  some  undertake  long  pil- 
grimages ;  in  short,  the  power  of  8U« 

313 


r 


?i1 


! 


i 


H 


I' 


HIN 

pcrstition  over  them  in  India,  has  no 
parallel  in  any  other  country.  But 
the  awful  state  of  female  society  ap- 
pears in  nothing  so  mucli  as  in  doom- 
ing the  widow  to  be  burnt  alive  witli 
tlie  putrid  carcase  of  her  husband. 
The  Hindoo  legislators  have  sanction- 
ed tliis  immolation,  showing  lierein  a 
studied  determination  to  insult  and 
degrade  woman.  She  is,  therefore, 
in  the  first  instance,  deluded  into  this 
act  by  tlie  writings  of  these  bramhins  ; 
in  which  also  she  is  promised,  that  if 
she  will  offer  herself ,  for  the  bcnrfit  of 
her  husband,  on  the  funeral  pile,  she 
shall,  by  the  extraordinary  merit  of 
this  action,  rescue  him  from  misery, 
and  take  liim  and  fourteen  genera- 
tions of  his  and  her  family  with  her 
to  heaven ;  where  she  shall  enjoy 
with  them  celestial  happiness,  until 
14  kings  of  tlie  gods  shall  have  suc- 
ceeded to  the  throne  of  heaven  (that 
is,  millions  of  years  !)  "  I  have  seen," 
says  Mr.  Ward,  "  three  widows^  at 
differ  jnt  times,  burnt  alive  ;  and  had 
repeated  opportunities  of  being  pre- 
sent at  similar  immolations,  but  m" 

»  — 'J 

courage  failed  me."  The  funeral  pile 
consists  of  a  quantity  of  faggots  laid 
on  the  earth,  rising  in  hoio-ht  about 
three  feet  from  the  ground,  about  four 
feet  wide,  and  six  feet  in  length.  Af- 
ter the  female  has  declared  her  reso- 
lution to  '<  eat  fire,"  as  the  people  call 
it,  she  leaves  her  house  for  the  last 
time,  accompanied  by  her  children, 
relatione,  and  a  few  neighbors.  She 
proceeds  to  the  river,  where  a  priest 
attends  upon  her,  and  where  certain 
ceremonies  are  performed,  accompa- 
nied with  ablutions.  These  over,  she 
comes  up  the  pile,  which  may  be  ten 
yards  from  tiie  brink  of  the  river. 
She  walks  round  the  pile  several 
times,  scattering  parched  corn,  6lc. 
as  she  goes  round,  and  at  lenj^th  lays 
herself  down  on  the  pile  by  the  dead 
body,  laying  her  arm  over  it.  Two 
cords  having  been  laid  across  the  pile, 
and  under  tlie  dead  body,  with  these 
cords  the  dead  body  and  the  living 
body  are  now  tied  fast  together.  A 
large  quantity  of  faggots  are  then  laid 
upon  the  bodies,  and  two  levers  are 
brought  over  the  pile  to  press  down 
tlie  widow,  and  prevent  her  from  es- 
caping when  the  flames  begin  to 
Bcorcn  her.  Her  eldest  son,  averting 
his  face,  with  a  lighted  torch  in  his 


IlIN 

hand,  then  sets  fire  to  the  pile.  The 
drums  are  immediately  sounded, 
which,  with  the  shouts  of  the  mob, 
effectually  drown  the  shrieks  of  the 
widow  surrounded  b}'  the  liuniCh. 
The  burying  alive  of  widows  mani- 
fests, if  that  were  possible,  u  still  more 
abominable  state  of  feeling  towards 
women  than  the  burning  tlieni  alive. 
The  weavers  bury  their  dead.  When, 
therefore,  a  widow  of  this  tribe  is  de- 
luded into  the  determination  not  to 
survive  her  husl>and,  she  is  buried 
alive    with   the  dead  body.     In  this 


chil 


kind  of  immolation  the  children  and 
it'lations  dig  the  grave.  After  certain 
ceremonies  have  been  attended  to,  the 
poor  widow  arrives,  and  is  let  down 
into  the  pit.  She  sits  in  the  centre, 
taking  the  dead  body  on  her  lap  and 
encircling  it  in  her  arms.  These  re- 
lations now  begin  to  throw  in  the 
soil ;  and  after  a  short  space,  two  of 
them  descend  into  the  grave  and  tread 
the  earth  firmly  round  the  body  of  the 
widow.  She  sits  a  calm  and  unre- 
monstrating   spectator   of  the  horrid 

f..^^^^^.       Kjnc    »coo    liio    «raiill    using 

higher  and  higher  around  her,  without 
upbraiding  her  murderers,  or  making 
the  least  effort  to  arise  and  \v\Ae  her 
escape.  At  length  the  daii,!.  reaches 
her  lips — covers  her  head.  The  rest 
of  the  earth  is  then  hastily  thrown  in, 
and  these  children  and  relations  mount 
the  grave  and  tread  down  the  earth 
upon  the  head  of  the  suffocating  wi- 
dow— the  mother !  By  an  otHcial 
statement  from  India,  it  appears  that 
every  year  more  than  7U0  women 
(more  probably  1400)  were  burned  or 
buried  alive  in  the  presidency  of  Ben- 
gal alone.  How  many  in  the  other 
parts  of  India  •! 

At  other  immolations  we  also  shud- 
der with  instinctive  horror.  Insti- 
gated by  the  demon  of  superstition, 
many  mothers,  in  fulfilmentof  a  vow, 
entered  into  for  the  purpose  of  pro- 
curing the  blessing  of  children,  drown 
their  first-born  in  the  Brumhu-pootru 
and  other  rivers  in  India.  When  the 
child  is  3  or  3  years  old,  the  mother 
takes  it  to  the  river,  encourages  it  to 
enter,  as  though  about  to  bathe  it,  but 
suffers  it  to  pass  into  the  miust  of  the 
current,  when  she  abandons  it,  and 
stands  an  inactive  spectator,  behold- 
ing the  struggles,  and  hearing  the 
screams,  of  her  perishing  infant !    At 

2i4 


Saugur  isla* 
ly,  seen  casl^ 
among  a  nj 
^         standing  to| 
2         r^uarrelhng 
the  writhin 
succesiiful 
lionlesn   wli 
bones  and 
poor  in  loccl 
val  in  honoi 
god,)  many! 
the  air,  by  ll 
the   integuf 
swung  rour 
in  honor  o| 
their  sides 
troduced  bt 
ribs,  and  d| 
wards.   Wl 
stition  danc 
ers  cast  th< 
feet    from 
knives   ins 
Sometimes 
the  body,  J 
ried  off  to  ( 
val  numbei 
tlie  middle 
they  insert 
thin  substa; 
the  streets 
At  the  clos 
votees  dan 
feet  being 
Hindoos  e 
famous  ter 
to  sacred 
sacred  as  t 
to  places  1 
phenomen 
acres  are 
fatigue    a 
with  star 
ture  deatl 
to  perish  ( 
of  these  p 
become  f 
of  which. 
Buchanai 
the  name 
says  Mr. 
cessive  p: 
thus  mea 
some  pla 
temple  c 
nearly  a1 
India. 


This 


pile.     The 
sounded, 

of  the  mob, 

ieks  of  tlie 
the  lluuics. 
dows  iiiaiii- 
,  a  still  more 
ng  towarda 

tJu'in  alive. 

ud.  When, 

tribe  is  dc- 
fion  not  to 
i  is  buried 
In  this 
lildren  and 
fter  certain 

«ied  to,  tlie 
in  let  down 
the  centre, 
er  lap  and 

These  re- 
ow  in  the 
ce,  two  of 
s  and  tread 
>odj  of  the 
and  unre- 
the  horrid 

Jill         lltfiJlg 

?r,  without 
or  niakinff 

ir'-vke  her 
i.ii  reaches 

Tlie  rest 
hrown  in, 
ons  mount 

the  earth 
:ating  wi- 
n  official 
pears  that 
)  women 
burned  or 
y  of  Een- 
the  other 

Iso  shud- 
Insti- 
crstition, 
of  a  vow, 
3  of  pro- 
n,  drown 
u-poolru 
Uien  the 

mother 
ges  it  to 
e  it,  but 
Jt  of  tJie 

it,  and 

behold- 
ing the 
It!     At 

4 


HIN 

Saugur  island,  mothers  were,  former- 
ly, seen  casting  their  living  offspring 
among  a  number  of  alligators,  and 
standing  to  gaze  at  these  monsters 
.'^uarrelUng  for  their  prey,  beholding 
the  writhing  infant  in  the  jaws  of  the 
succesiiful  animal,  and  standing  mo- 
tionlcsii  while  it  was  breaking  the 
hones  and  sucking  the  blood  of  the 
poor  in  loccnt !  At  the  annual  festi- 
val in  honor  of  Muah  Devo  (the  great 
god,)  many  persons  are  suspended  in 
the  air,  by  large  hooks  thrust  through 
the  integuments  of  the  back,  and 
swung  round  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour, 
in  honor  of  this  deity.  Others  have 
their  sides  pierced,  and  cords  are  in- 
troduced between  their  skin  and  the 
ribs,  and  drawn  backwards  and  for- 
wards. While  these  victims  of  super- 
stition dance  through  the  streets,  oth- 
ers cast  themselves  from  a  stage  10 
feet  from  the  ground,  upon  open 
knives  inserted  in  packs  of  cotton. 
Sometimes  one  of  these  knives  enters 
the  body,  and  the  poor  wretch  is  car- 
ried off  to  expire.  At  the  same  festi- 
val numbers  have  a  hole  cut  through 
the  middle  of  the  tongue,  in  which 
they  insert  a  stick,  a  ram-rod,  or  any 
thin  substance,  and  thus  dance  through 
the  streets  in  honor  of  the  same  deity. 
At  the  close  of  the  festival,  these  de- 
votees dance  on  burning  coals,  their 
feet  being  uncovered.  Thousands  of 
Hindoos  enter  upon  pilgrimages  to 
famous  temples,  to  consecrated  pools, 
to  sacred  rivers,  to  forests  rendered 
sacred  as  the  retreats  of  ancient  sages, 
to  places  remarkable  for  some  natural 
phenomena,  &c.  «&c.  These  pilgrim- 
ages are  attended  with  the  greatest 
fatigue  and  privations ;  frequently 
with  starvation,  disease,  and  prema- 
ture death.  Hundreds  are  supposed 
to  perish  on  these  journeys ;  and  some 
of  these  places,  the  resort  of  pilgrims, 
become  frightful  cemeteries ;  to  one 
of  which,  Jugunnaut,*  in  Orissa,  Dr. 
Buchanan  has  very  properly  given 
the  name  of  Golgotha.  "  I  once  saw," 
says  Mr.  Ward,  '*  a  man  making  suc- 
cessive prr  strations  to  Jugunnaut,  and 
thus  measuring  the  distance  between 
some  place  in  the  north,  down  to  the 
temple  of  Jugunnaut,  which  stands 
nearly  at  the  southern  extremity  of 
India.     The  Hindoo  writings  encour- 


This  name  is  spell  variously. 


HIN 

age  persons  afflicted  with  incurable 
distempers  to  put  an  end  to  their  ex- 
istence, by  casting  themselves  under 
the  wheels  of  the  car  of  Jugunnaut, 
or  into  some  sacred  river,  or  into  a 
fire  prepared  for  the  purpose  ;  promia- 
ing  such  8elf-murderi>r.s,  that  they 
shall  rise  to  birth  agoin  in  a  healthful 
body,  whereas,  by  dying  a  natural 
death,  they  would  be  liable  to  have 
the  disease  perpituatcd  in  the  next 
and  succeeding  births.  Multitudes 
of  lepers,  and  otlier  children  of  sorrow, 
perish  annually  in  these  prescribed 
modes.  Mr.  W.  Carey,  of  Cutwa, 
the  second  son  of  Dr.  Carey,  states, 
that  he  was  one  morning  informed 
that  some  people  had  dug  a  deep  hole 
in  the  earth,  not  far  from  i.'is  own 
house,  and  had  begun  to  kindle  a  fire 
at  the  bottom.  He  immediately  pro- 
ceeded to  the  spot,  and  saw  a  poor 
leper,  who  had  been  deprived  of  the 
use  of  his  limbs  by  the  disease,  roll 
himself  over  and  over  till,  at  last,  he 
fell  into  the  pit  amidst  the  flames. 
Smarting  with  agony,  his  screams 
became  most  dreadful.  He  called 
upon  his  family,  who  surrounded  the 
pit,  and  entreated  them  to  deliver  him 
from  the  flames.  But  he  called  in 
vain.  His  own  sister,  seeing  him  lift 
his  hands  to  the  side,  and  make  a 
dreadful  effort  to  escape,  pushed  him 
back  again;  where,  these  relations 
still  coolly  gazing  upon  the  sufferer, 
he  perished,  enduring  indescribable 
agonies.  Every  Hindoo,  in  the  hour 
ot  death,  is  hurried  to  the  side  of  the 
Ganges,  or  to  some  other  sacred  river, 
if  near  enough  to  one ;  where  he  is 
laid,  in  the  agonies  of  death,  exposed 
to  the  burning  sun  by  day,  and  to  the 
dews  and  cold  of  the  night.  The  wa- 
ter of  the  river  is  poured  plentifully 
down  him,  if  he  can  swallow  it ;  and 
his  breast,  forehead,  and  arms,  are  be- 
smeared with  the  mud  of  the  river 
(for  the  very  mud  of  the  Ganges  is 
supposed  to  have  purifying  .  proper- 
ties.) Just  before  the  soul  quits  the 
body,  he  is  laid  on  the  earth,  and  then 
immersed  up  to  the  middle  in  the 
stream;  while  his  relations  stand  a- 
round  him,  tormenting  him  in  these 
his  last  moments  with  superstitious 
rites,  and  increasing  a  hundred-fold 
the  pains  of  dying.  Very  oflen,  where 
recovery  might  be  reasonably  hoped 
for,  these  barbarous  rites  bring  on  pre- 

215 


!|! 


» 


I; 


HIN 


HON 


mature  death.  It  is  prct*>  certain, 
that  many  private  murders,  in  using 
these  rites,  are  perpetrat(Ml.  t  uman 
sacrifices,  also,  are  enjoined  'n  the 
vt'du,  and  certainly  nmuc  a  part  of  the 
Hindoo  superstition  in  ver}  early 
times,  nor  are  they  unknown  at  the 
present  day.  The  vedu  describes  the 
rites  to  be  observed  at  the  sacrifice  of 
a  man ;  and  the  Kalika  pooran  de- 
clares the  degree  of  merit  attaclicd  to 
such  a  sacriHce,  compared  with  Mie 
oflering  of  a  gout,  &c. 

And  while  Tlindooism  is  thus  cruei 
its  unchangcabltncss  is  fully  attested. 
The  writings  of  the  Hindoos,  every 
class  of  them,  even  their  works  on  eth- 
ics, are  full  of  ubonmiable  allusions  and 
descriptions  ;  so  that  they  are  to-day, 
what  they  were  ages  ago, — a  people 
unrivalled  for  impurity.  Many  parts 
of  tlie  works,  called  the  Tunus,  of 
the  poorans,  and  of  their  poetical 
writings,  are  so  indelicate,  that  they 
cannot  possibly  be  translated ;  they 
can  never  see  the  light.  But  what  is 
a  million-fold  more  atrocious,  the  ob- 
ject of  worship  appears  as  the  person- 
ification of  sin  itself  One  or  two  of 
the  Hindoo  objects  of  worship  cannot 
possibly  be  named  :  but  in  the  acts  of 
Hindoo  worship  the  same  licentious- 
ness prevails.  In  the  songs  and  dan- 
ces before  the  idols,  at  the  periodical 
festivals,  impurity  throws  away  her 
mask.  The  respectable  natives  them- 
selves are  absolutely  ashamed  of  be- 
ing seen  in  their  temples.  Gopal,  a 
brahmin,  acknowledged  that  he  never 
witnessed  these  spectacles  without 
hiding  himself  behind  one  of  the  pil- 
lars of  the  temple.  The  scenes  ex- 
hibited in  the  boats  on  the  Ganges 
every  year,  at  the  festival  of  the  god- 
dess Doorga,  in  the  presence  of  hun- 
dreds of  spectators,  are  grossly  im- 
pure ;  and  at  the  annual  festival  of 
the  goddess  of  learning,  the  conduct 
of  me  worshippers  is  intolerably 
offensive.  The  figures  painted  on 
the  car  of  Jugunnaut,  which  is  ex- 
hibited to  the  public  gaze  for  fifleen 
days  together,  at  the  festivals  in  honor 
of  this  deity,  are  equally  licentious. 
And,  as  might  be  expected,  the  priests 
and  the  religious  mendicants,  under 
this  profligate  system,  are  the  very 
ringleaders  in  crime.  The  whole 
eountiy  is,  indeed,  given  up  to  abom- 
ination to  that  degree,  that,  according 


to  the  opinion  of  one  of  the  oldest 
and  most  respectable  residents  in 
India,  delivered  in  Mr.  Ward's  hear- 
ing more  than  once,  there  is  scarcely 
a  chaste  female  to  be  found  among  all 
these  myriads  of  idolaters. 

Such  is  a  brief  account  of  Hindoo- 
ism  as  it  still  exists.  Thanks  be  to 
God  that  the  efforts  of  various  bodies 
of  Christians  in  England  and  Amer- 
ica, made  in  his  strength,  have  al- 
ready obtained  a' rich  reward.  Several 
himdredsof  Hindoos  have  renounced 
their  gods,  the  Ganges,  and  their 
priests ;  and  have  shaken  from  their 
limbs  the  iron  chain  of  caste.  A 
large  number  of  converted  natives 
have  become  in  some  sense  missiona- 
ries, and  have  been  the  instruments 
of  "  turning  many  to  righteous- 
ness." Anxiety  has  been  generally 
awakened  for  instruction,  which  prom- 
ises the  happiest  results  ;  and  a  great 
band  of  agents,  too  numerous  and  t-x> 
various  for  recapitulation,  are  car'y- 
ing  forward  the  work  so  auspiciously 
commenced.  May  He,  to  whom  the 
heathen  are  to  be  given  for  an  inher- 
itance, still  send  prosperity  ! 

HOBART  TOWN  ;  the  capital  of 
Van  Diemen's  Land ;  on  the  south 
side  of  the  island,  lat.  42"  54'  S. ; 
Ion.  147°  22'  £.  It  has  a  picturesque 
situation  at  the  foot  of  Table  moun- 
tain, which  is  upwards  of  4000  ft.  high. 
The  town  is  regularly  laid  out  with 
11  streets,  jail,  government  house  &c. 
The  climate  is  healthy  and  temperate. 
Pop.  in  1829,  5,700.  A  mission  has 
been  established  by  the  C.  M.  S. 

HOLLAND  NEW.  See  NEW 
HOLLAND. 

HONDURAS,  a  province  in  Mex- 
ico, North  America,  bounded  N.  by 
the  Bay  of  Honduras,  E.  by  the  Ca- 
ribbean Sea,  S.  by  Nicaragua,  and 
W.  by  Vera  Paz.  It  is  390  m.  lone 
from  E.  to  W.,  and  150  from  N.  to  S. 
In  consequence  of  an  urgent  request 
of  the  Rev.  J.  Armstrong,  chaplain 
to  the  English  settlement,  seconded 
by  the  wishes  of  the  Commandant, 
Col.  Arthur,  the  C.  M.  S.  sent  to 
their  assistance  the  Rev.  J.  Ditcher, 
2d  chaplain,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Moore, 
teachers,  and  Mr.  Moore,  printei. 
The  principal  design  of  this  rein- 
forcement was  to  diffuse  the  blessings 
of  Christianity  among  the  Musmiito 
Indians,  who  inhabit  a  country  from 

216 


1000  to 
southern^ 
duras. 
general  i( 
indolent,  I 
though   r 
vicious  hi 
tions.     11 
the  Enffll 
received 
of  the    ^ 
himself  i 
his  Buppc 
tianize  li 
chiefs  wl 
structed,! 
combine  I 
natives  tl 
tian  wor 
The  i 
J.  Bourn 
is  situate 
name ;  > 
ficulties 
tlie  nati^ 
his  atte 
can  soU 
jUes,  res 
labors   1 
from  on 
or,  who 
and  SpJ 
with  th< 
and  is  d 
ing    an 
among 
the  nei 
cominv 
from  4 
the  ch! 
HOI 
B.C. 
wich 
harboi 
ham,  1 
sionat 
Levi 
seculi 
schoc 
with 
War( 
in  18 
the 
thes* 

MILL 

The 
who 
endi 
besi 
Th« 


the  oldest 
fPsitJcnts   in 
Vard's  hear- 
m  Jfl  scarcely 
|<J  among  all 

of  Hindoo, 
innks  be  to 
ious  bodies 
and  Amer- 
'» Jjave  ai- 
d.  Several 
renounced 
nnd    their 
ft'oni  their 
caste.      A 
d   natives 
niissiona- 
strumenta 

righteous- 
^eneraliy 

Itch  prom- 

id  a  great 

'sund  tx» 

ire  car»y. 

'Piciously 

vhom  the 

»n  inher- 

capital  of 
he  south 
^  54'  S.; 
•turesque 
le  nioun- 
•ft.  high, 
•ut  with 
5use  &<j. 
operate, 
"on  has 
S. 

NEW 

^Mex- 

N.  by 
heCa. 
1,  and 

•  long 

•  tog! 
?quest 
aplain 
snded 
idant, 
nt  to 
cher, 
oore, 
nter. 
rein- 
lings 
pito 
roiQ 


HON 

1000  to  1200  m.  in  extent,  on  the 
southern  shores  of  the  Bay  of  Hon- 
duras. They  are  characterized  by  the 
general  marks  of  heathenism,  being 
indolent,  ignorant,  and  superstitious  ; 
though  not  so  strongly  addicted  to 
vicious  habits  as  many  barbarous  na- 
tions. They  are  much  attached  to 
the  English.  Their  king,  who  has 
received  his  education  at  the  expense 
of  the  British  government,  avows 
himself  a  Christian,  and  has  promised 
his  support  to  any  efforts  to  Chris- 
tianize his  subjects.  Many  of  his 
chiefs  wish  their  children  to  be  in- 
structed, and  various  circumstances 
combine  to  recommend  tliose  rude 
natives  to  the  attention  of  the  Chris- 
tian world. 

The  B.  M.  S.  stationed  the  I  ev. 
J.  Bourne  at  Belize,  in  1822,  which 
is  situated  on  a  river  of  the  same 
name  ;  who,  on  account  of  some  dif- 
ficulties attending  a  mission  among 
tlie  native  tribes  at  the  time,  turned 
tiis  attention  to  the  disbanded  Afri- 
can soldiers,  who,  with  theii  fam- 
ilies, resided  near  that  place.  In  his 
labors  he  derives  much  assistance 
from  one  of  his  friends,  a  man  of  col- 
or, who  is  acquainted  with  the  French 
and  Spanish  languages,  as  well  as 
with  the  Indian  spoken  on  the  coast, 
and  is  diligently  employed  in  preach- 
ing and  holding  prayer  meetings 
among  the  people  in  different  parts  of 
the  neighborhood.  The  number  of 
communicints  has  recently  increased 
from  4  to  12,  and  the  attendance  at 
the  chapel  is  good.     See  Belize. 

HONOLULU,  a  station  of  the  A. 
B.  C.  F.  M.  on  Oahu,  one  of  the  Sand- 
wich Islands.  Here  is  the  principal 
harbor  of  the  Island.  Hiram  Bing- 
ham, and  Ephraim  W.  Clark,  mis- 
sionaries, Gerrit  P.  Judd,  physician. 
Levi  Chamberlain,  superintendant  of 
secular  concerns,  and  inspector  of 
schools,  Stephen  Shepard,  printer, 
with  their  wives,  and  Miss  Mary 
Ward.  The  mission  was  commenced 
in  1820.  The  two  printing  presses  of 
the  mission  are  at  Honolulu.  At 
these  presses  more  than  eighteen 
MILLIONS  of  pages  have  ber-n  printed. 
The  church  contains  136  members,  of 
whom  78  were  admitted  in  the  year 
ending  Jane  28th,  1831.  There  were 
besides  26  candidates  for  admission. 
The  schools  were  250  in  number,  con- 


HOW 

taining  10,336  scholars,  of  when 
r),443  are  able  to  read.  For  further 
particulars,  S(>c  Satulwich  Islands. 

HOPEDALE.  A  :^tation  of  the 
U.  B.  in  Labrai.or,  commenced  in 
17(^2.  Ill  August,  1830,  the  mission- 
iiry  writes — "The  word  of  the  cross, 
which  we  preach,  has,  for  the  past 
year,  penetrated  i*  to  the  hearts  of 
most  of  those,  who  heard  it.  Few 
have  remained  indifferent  and  many 
have  had  salvation  come  to  their 
souls."  71  coniniunicants  10  candi- 
dates, 23  received  ;  b7  children  unre- 
ceived.     In  all  1!>2  persons. 

HOWRAH,  a  populous  suberb  of 
Calcutta,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
Hoogly,  in  which  reside  many  Eng- 
lishmen, and  thousands  of  natives. 
Since  1821,  the  Baptist  missionaries 
at  Calcutta  have  labored  here  with 
encouraging  success.  The  Rev.  Mr. 
Statham  was  fixed  at  this  staticm,  and 
a  chapel,  built  at  an  expense  of 
lO.JiOO  rupees  d3frayed  by  subscrip- 
tions on  the  spot,  was  well  attended. 
A  school  v/as  a'so  formed,  and  tracts 
vt'ere  distributed  in  great  numbers, 
which  w.'re  carried  to  diflercnt  parts 
of  the  country.  A  second  chapel 
was  aflerwards  erected.  Here  a  Mus- 
sulman moonshec,  or  teacher,  wp.s 
baptized  ;  an  event  which  occasioned 
great  surprise  am.mg  that  class  of 
natives,  and  led  to  much  inquiry. 
Among  other  pleasing  incidents, 
Mr.  S.  mentions  the  following. — *'  A 
poor  old  woman  was  sick,  and  sent 
for  me ;  she  appeared  to  be  very  ill 
indeed,  yet  calm  and  resigned.  On 
my  asking  her  how  she  felt  with  re- 
gart  to  entering  on  an  eternal  world, 
she  hJLid,  '  It  will  be  a  happy  change 
for  me.'  I  asked  the  grounds  of  such 
a  hope.  She  clasped  her  Bengalee 
Bible,  which  lay  by  her  cot,  and  said, 
'  I  find  Christ  here,  Christ  in  my 
iieart,  and  Christ  is  in  heaven.  He 
died  for  poor  sinners  like  me ;  I  know 
he  is  able  to  save  me.  I  believe  he 
will :'  and  then  she  prayed  so  sweet- 
ly, that  I  could  not  forbear  crying  out 
*  Oh,  that  my  latter  end  may  be  like 
hers !'  " 

In  another  communication,  he  ob- 
serves, "  There  is,  and  none  can  deny 
it  who  know  any  thing  of  these 
matters,  a  far  greater  prospect  of  the 
establishment  of  the  Kedeemer'a 
kingdom  among   the  Hindoos  than 

217 


i| 


i 

I 'I 


liUA 

pvpr  pfoflented  itself  before.  I  well 
rtJineinlMT  the  time,  when  if  I  offered 
a  tract,  or  Gospel,  to  a  rich  Baboo, 
he  would  reject  it  in  Hcorn  ;  and  now 
tiie  same  ciiuructer  is  continually  in- 
quirinjr  for  vwrr,  hooka.  Not  two 
years  ago,  female  education  vvaH  look- 
ed upon  by  the  lich  natives  as  a 
tliinjf  derogatory  to  their  caste  ;  now 
they  are  desirous  to  get  female  teach- 
ers for  their  wives  and  daughters.  1 
recollect,  when  in  Sulkea  Bazaar,  the 
native)  would  not  let  myself  and  the 
native  with  me  g«!t  a  place  to  preach 
in  ;  now  they  say,  '  Come  often—  lell 
us  more  about  these  thnigs!'  I  have 
at  this  moment  'Mi  boys,  the  sons  of 
natives  of  good  estate,  reading  the 
Scriptures  in  my  verandah,  who  some 
time  ago  wore  afraid  to  touch  a  book. 
Depend  on  it,  iliat  the  Lord  is  fulfill- 
ing his  promises  quicker  than  our 
thoughts  surmise." 

Mr.  Statlmm  was  subsequently 
compelled  to  intermit  his  labors. 

Mr.  Thomas  continues  his  efforts, 
(181)1)  to  benefit  both  the  English  and 
native  population  nt  this  place  and 
at  Sulkea,  there  are  3  boys'  schools, 
with  more  than  100  scholars. 

HUAHINE,  one  of  the  Society 
Islands  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  30 
leagues  from  Tahiti.  It  is  21  miles 
in  circuit,  populous,  and  fertile,  and 
has  a  commodious  harbor  called  Ow- 
harre,  W.  long.  151°  5',  S.  lat.  JG° 
44'. 

Here  the  L<  M.  S.  have  a  station. 
Previous  to  its  formation,  idolatry  had 
been  abolished  through  the  influence 
of  the  efforts  made  at  Tahiti ;  but 
the  missionaries,  on  their  arrival, 
were  received  with  apparent  coldness 
by  the  body  of  the  people,  who  man- 
irested  little  desire  to  enjoy  religious 
instruction.  The  tone  of  feeling, 
however,  soon  changed ;  the  mission- 
aries were  treated  with  the  greatest 
deference  and  respect,  and  every  ex- 
ertion was  made  to  facilitate  their 
object.  In  1822,  it  was  stated,  that 
the  congregation  on  the  Sabbath-days 
usually  consisted  of  from  1000  to  1400 
persons ;  that  72  adults  had  been  bap- 
tized ;  and  38  children ;  that  400 
candidates  for  baptism  were  receiving 
preparatory  instruction  ;  that  a  Sun- 
day school  had  been  formed,  contain- 
ing about  230  boys  and  120  girls; 


that  the 


average 


number  of  adults 


IIUA 

and  children  in  the  native  schools 
was  about  4')0 ;  and  that  the  contri- 
butions at  the  Third  Anniversary  of 
the  liuahine  jI.  JM.  S.  amounted  to  12 
balls  of  arrow  root,  and  0:>4!)  bam- 
boos of  cocua-nut  oil.  Civilization 
was  also  rapidly  advancing. 

Some  time  afU>r  tiiis,  a  code  of 
laws  was  drawn  up,  approved  by  the 
king  and  chiefs,  and  adopted  by  the 
people ;  some  works  were  prepared 
tor  the  press ;  and  a  society  for  the 
relief  of  the  sick  and  disabled  wag 
established  by  the  natives.  After  de- 
scribing the  particulars  of  the  change 
produced  by  this  mission,  the  Depu- 
tation proceed  as  follows  : — "  In  fact, 
the  improvement  of  the  people  in 
industry,  and  their  advancement  in 
the  scale  of  society  are  so  evident, 
that  every  foreigner  who  comes  here 
is  struck  with  surprise  and  delight. 
We  seemed  rather  to  be  in  an  English 
town  thiin  in  a  country  so  lately  in  u 
barbarous  state.  That  all  this  mighty 
change  should  have  been  efiected  in 
so  short  a  time  as  six  years,  would 
appear  almost  incredible,  did  we  not 
witness  the  fact  with  our  own  eyes. 
But  it  is  the  work  of  God  and  not  of 
man.  The  intervention  of  an  Al- 
mighty agency  can  alone  account  for 
the  effects  produced.  At  the  same 
time,  we  will  not  withhold  our  meed 
of  praise  from  those  who  have  been 
made  the  honored  instruments  of  ef- 
fecting this  great  work."  The  Dep- 
utation conclude  their  report  as  fol- 
lows : — "  On  a  general  and  minute 
view  of  both  the  temporal  and  religious 
condition  of  this  mission  station,  there 
is  every  reason  for  gratitude  to  God, 
and  encouragement  to  that  society 
which  has  had  the  honor  of  conferring 
so  many  blessings  on  this  people.  Haa 
nothing  more  been  done  by  the  L.  M.  S. 
than  has  been  efl'ected  in  this  one  sta- 
tion, all  its  labors  and  expenses  would 
have  been  most  amply  compensated." 

The  children's  school,  which  con- 
tains about  300.  and  that  for  the 
adults,  which  comprises  the  chief 
part  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  station 
who  have  arrived  at  years  of  matu- 
rity, are  still  in  a  flourishing  state. 
The  children  are  taught  reading,  writ- 
ing, and  arithmetic ;  and  make  good 
progress.  Of  the  adults,  the  greater 
number  are  able  to  read  the  Scriptures, 
and  write  a  tolerable  hand. 

218 


As  the 

have  been 
lism,  the 
lime     to 
that  ordin 
smaller. 

The  we 
tation,    rt 
prayer,  in 
prevails, 
results, 
the  t'emol 
about  2tM 
conversat 
The  ch 
on  an  en 
2i)00  pers 
that  accoi 
Mr.  Ba 
of  the  pr 
Civiliz 
Several 
erected, 
gress. 
broujrht  i 

Atler 

is  the  mf 

lamitous 

to  this  st 

has  been 

part  of  81 

highly  di 

It   seem! 

called   tl 

Capt.  C 

ber  strnc 

belongin 

their  siti 

to  a  bo( 

requeste 

every  pi 

erty  on 

during 

spirits, 

rately, 

their  o^ 

belong! 

wards  i 

but  no 

princip 

at  the  ' 

island, 

had  ta 

comm( 

presen 

pensat 

ed,ad< 

of  the 

himse 

ing  it 


Bchoolg 

contri- 

rsary  of 

ed  to  J  2 

iU  bam. 

lizution 


HUA 

As  tho  groator  part  of  tlio  people 
have  been  dedicated  to  God  in  hap- 
t'lHin,  the  number  who  appear  from 
time  to  time,  an  candidaten  for 
that  ordinance,  necessarily  becomea 
smaller. 

The  week-day  meetinjrs  for  exhor- 
tation, relij^iuus  conversation,  and 
prayer,  in  which  a  very  lively  interest 
prevails,  are  attended  with  profitable 
results.  Mrs.  Bartt' every  week  meets 
the  teiiiale  members  of  the  ehuich, 
at)out  tiilO  in  number,  for  teligious 
conversation  and  prayer. 

The  chapel,  which  has  been  rebuilt 
on  an  enlarj^od  scale,  will  hold  about 
yooo  persons,  and  cftnlaina  a  tfallery 
that  accommod.ites  'lOO  children. 

Mr.  Barlf  h:i3  in  hand  a  translation 
of  the  prophecy  of  Jeremiah. 

Civilization  continues  to  advance. 
Several  new  houses  have  been  lately 
erected,  oik'  many  more  are  in  pro- 
gress. More  irround  has  also  been 
brou<Tht  into  a  state  of  cultivation. 

Atler  these  pleasing  statements,  it 
is  the  more  painful  to  add,  that  a  ca- 
lamitous event,  which  happen -d  nigh 
to  this  station  during  the  y  ir  lt"^0, 
has  been  made  an  occasion,  on  the 
part  of  some  of  the  natives,  for  acts 
iiigiily  discreditable  to  their  character. 
It  seems  that  an  American  vessel 
called  the  Hijxeo,  commanded  by 
Capt.  Coffin,  on  the  21st  of  Novem- 
ber struck  on  the  reef  The  people 
belonging  to  the  vessel,  considering 
their  situation  perilous,  abandoned  it 
to  a  body  of  the  natives,  who  were 
requested  by  the  captain  to  make 
every  possible  effort  to  save  the  prop- 
erty on  board.  These  natives  having, 
during  the  night,  found  a  quantity  of 
spirits,  and  drank  of  them  immode- 
rately, proceeded  to  appropriate  to 
their  own  use  a  number  of  articles 
belonging  to  the  ship.  They  af\er 
wards  restored  a  part  of  this  property, 
but  not  the  whole.  Mahine,  the 
principal  chief  of  Huahin^,  who  was 
at  the  time  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
island,  on  being  informed  of  what 
had  taken  place,  acted  in  a  most 
commendable  manner.  He  made  a 
present  to  the  captain,  as  some  com- 
pensation for  the  loss  he  had  sustain- 
ed, adopted  measures  for  the  protection 
of  the  remaining  property,  and  even 
himself  personally  engaged  in  watch- 
ing it.     I'he  greater  part  of  the  oa- 


ION 

tivcs  who  were  involved  in  the  guilt  of 
the  abov(;-menti(iiH-d  transactinnH,  had 
no  cunnction  with  flir  viinsion  ;  but  it 
is  piiinful  to  state,  that  Home  of  them 
made  a  profession  of  religion.  With 
few  e.xceptions,  these  have  nince 
maiiifeHted  repentniice,  and  have  be<'n 
restored  to  their  acc\i8t<  incd  inter- 
course with  their  fellow  Chrisliuns. 
A  spirit  of  holy  jealousy  and  self- 
cvamination  I'.pprars  to  have  been 
excited  very  generally  among  the 
people  of  the  station  by  these  occur- 
ences, and  a  more  tiiligent  attention 
to  the  means  of  grace  lias  been  the 
result. 

]\y  the  latest  accounts  (1H31)  this 
mission  continues  to  flourish.  The 
meetings  for  public  worship  and  re- 
ligif)us  instruction  are  well  attended  ; 
a  congregation,  of  from  1000  to  I4(M) 
usually  assembles  in  the  chapel, 
which  is  capable  of  containing  2,000 
persons.  The  conuiiunicaiits  are 
steadfa^4  in  the  laith,  and  consistent 
in  their  deportment.  The  schools 
contain  nearly  500  adults,  and  ',\W 
children,  whose  progress  is  encour- 
aging- The  Common  Prayer  Book 
is  in  preparation,  in  the  Rarotoa  dia- 
lect ;  in  which  dialect  8,000  copies  of 
a  SMjall  elementary  book  by  Mr. 
Williams  have  been  printed.  The 
whole  settlement  presents  the  appear- 
ance of  one  continued  garden,  and 
the  natives  are  multiplying  their  re- 
sources by  the  cultivation  of  coflee 
and  sugar. 


I. 


INDIA,  see  Ilindoostan,  and  the 
principal  towns  and  cities  in  that 
peninsula. 

INDIES,  WEST,  see  West  Indies, 
Jamaica,  Barbadocs,  Ilaijti,  St.  Thom- 
as. S^'-c.  i^c. 

IONIAN  ISLANDS;  a  republic 
in  the  South  of  Europe,  under  the 
protection  of  Great  Britain,  situated 
in  the  Ionian  Sea,  along  the  western 
coast  of  Greece  and  Albania.  It  is 
often  called  the  Republic  of  the  Seven 
Islands,  on  account  of  the  7  chief 
islands  of  which  it  is  composed.  Lat. 
350  50'_39°  57'  N.,  Ion.  190—23°  17' 
E.  The  mhabitants,  about  227,000 
in  number,  are  of  Greek  origin. 
There   are   8000   Italians    a^d    7000 


» 


■' 


IRW 


JAP 


' 


f 


Jews.  In  1825,  the  exports  amounted 
to  $660,000.  The  commercial  flag  of 
the  Islands  ia  acknowledged  as  an  inde- 
pendent flag,  thougii  the  islands  are 
entirely  dependent  on  Great  Britain. 
There  is  a  British  high  commissioner 
at  Corfu,  and  Great  Britain  has  « 
right  to  occupy  the  fortresses,  and 
keep  garrisons.  These  Islands  having 
been  j  reserved  from  the  ravages  of 
war,  e  lucation  has  f 'vanced,  under 
the  con  inued  und  zealous  patronage 
of  Sir  Fiederick  Adam,  move  rapidly 
than  in  other  quarters.  The  follow- 
ing is  the  state  of  the  schools,  as 
ported  in  April,  1831. 


re- 


Islands.  Schools. 

Scholars 

Corfu          23 

900 

St.  Maura  11 

400 

Cefalonia    2<) 

1000 

Ithica            7 

500 

Zante          49 

loOO 

Cerigo           5 

200 

Paxo             4 

159 

Total  123  schools  ;  4650  scholars. 

In  all  the  islands,  except  two,  fe- 
male schools  have  been  established, 
in  which  there  are  from  500  to  600 
scholars.  Female  educ;>,tion  has  ad- 
vanced very  rapidly  under  the  care 
of  Miss  Robertson,  the  late  Mrs. 
Croggon,  Mrs.  Kennedy,  Mrs.  Dick- 
son, and  other  excellent  ladies. 

IRWIN  HILL,  a  station  of  the 
U.  B.  on  the  island,  Jamntca.  Brother 
Light  is  the  missionary  at  this  station. 

ISLE  OF  FRANCE,  see  Mauri- 
tius, 


J. 


JAFFNA,  OR   JAFFNAPATAM, 

a  peninsula  in  the  northern  part  of 
the  island,  Ceylon,  40  m.  long  and  10 
ni.  wide,  Riid  inhabited  by  Malabar^. 
They  use  ihe  Tamul  or  Malabar  lan- 
guage, which  is  spoken  by  8  or  9 
millions  on  tlie  neighboring  conti- 
nent. In  1816,  the  Rev.  Messrs. 
James  Richards,  Edward  Warren, 
Daniel  Poor,  and  Benj.  C.  Meigs, 
under  the  care  of  ^.  B.  C.  F.  M. 
commenced  a  mission  in  tlu<i  district. 
In  June  1819,  Rev.  Messrs.  Levi 
Spaulding,  Miron  Winslow,  Henry 
Woodward,  and  John  Scudder,  M.  D. 


reinforced  the  mission.  Boardih^ 
schools  and  free  schools  were  soon 
established,  and  afterwards,  semina- 
ries of  a  higher  order.  Several  inter- 
esting revivals  of  religion  have  been 
enjoyed.  Mr.  Richards  and  Mr.  War- 
ren have  died  ;  all  the  others  re- 
main. It  dees  not  st?em  to  accord 
with  the  views  of  the  British  govern- 
ment to  admit  any  more  American 
missionaries  upon  the  inland,  though 
the  government  of  the  island  has 
given  an  efiicicnf  patronage  to  the 
mission.  Wc-  shall  notice  some  par- 
ticulars under  the  various  stations. 
The  following  summary  is  given  in 
the  last  report  of  the  Board. 

"  Education.  In  this  department 
of  the  operations  of  the  mission,  a 
distinct,  thougli  summary,  account 
will  be  given  ot  the  Theological  School y 
the  Scmiuary,  the  Boarding  Schools, 
and  the  Free  Schools. 

"  The  Theological  School  is  under 
the  care  of  Mr.  Winslow,  and  is  com- 
posed chiefly  of  young  native  men, 
who,  having  completed  their  course 
in  the  Seminary,  are  employed  on  a 
salary  as  assistants  in  the  mission. 
They  pay  the  expenses  of  their  own 
board  or  d  clothing,  and  divide  their 
ime  between  teaching  and  study. 
Their  services  are  important,  and 
their  progress  in  learning,  especially 
in  the  knowledge  of  the  scriptures,  is 
highly  gratifying  and  auspicious.  A 
few  have  received  license  to  preach 
the  Gospel. 

"  Seminary.  Mr.  Poor  is  the  Prin- 
cip;xl  of  this  institution,  and  is  assisted 
by  several  natives. 

"  A  class  of  30  having  been  admit- 
ted in  September  of  last  year,  from 
the  preparatory  school  at  Tillipally, 
the  number  of  scholars  i^  91, — 22  in 
the  first  class,  20  in  the  srcond,  19  in 
the  third,  and  30  in  the  fourth.  In- 
eluding  those  who  have  finished  their 
studies,  and  are  employed  as  teachers 
in  the  Seminary,  the  number  is 
102. 

"  The  principal  building  is  called 
Ottley  Hall,  in  honor  of  Sir  Richard 
Ottley,  chief  justice  of  Ceylon,  cor- 
responding member  of  this  Board, 
and  for  ten  years  past  an  influential 
and  liberal  patron  of  the  mission. 
This  edifice ,  incl  uding  virandah-room  s 
erected  on  one  side  and  end,  is  109 
feet  in  length  and  66  in  breadth.    Its 

3^0 


Boarding 
'ere  soon 
semina- 
'ral  inter- 
ave  been 
Mr.  War- 
thers  re- 
to  accord 
J  govein- 
\inerican 
r".,  though 
lend  has 
;e  to  the 
3ome  par- 
stations. 
given  in 

partment 
lission,  a 
account 
al  School y 
J  Schools, 

is  under 
d  is  com- 
ive  men, 
ir  course 
lyed  on  a 

mission, 
[heir  own 
I'ide  their 
d  study, 
ant,  and 
especially 
ptures,  ia 
sious.  A 
to  preach 

the  Prin- 

Is  assisted 

m  admit- 
ear,  froni 
rillinally, 
1,-22  in 
nd, 19  in 
th.  In- 
hed  their 
teachers 
mber    is 

is  called 
Richard 
'on,  cor- 
i  Board, 
ifluential 
mission, 
ih-rooma 
i,  is  10!) 
ith.    Its 

30 


Iw'ight  is  two  stories.  It  is  designed 
for  public  t'xaminations,  lectures,  the 
library,  &c.  A  sufficient  number  of 
rooms  has  been  erected  within  the 
college  yard  to  accommodate  lOt) 
students. 

"  The  Seminary  has  been  furnished 
with  a  respectable  philosophical  and 
other  apparatus.  The  pneumatical 
and  mechanical  instruments,  with  the 
orrery  and  telescope,  have  been  par- 
ticularly useful  in  illustrating  various 
branches  of  study,  which  could  not 
be  effectually  taught  without  such 
helps ;  especially  where  the  preju- 
dices to  be  encountered  are  so  invet- 
erate, as  not  readily  to  yield  even  to 
ocular  demonstrations. 

"  The  mission  library  contains  more 
than  000  volumes,  (besides  class- 
books  procured  for  the  Seminary,) 
and  is  in  general,  well  selected.  The 
members  of  the  Seminary  have  the 
use  of  the  library. 

'<  The  sum  of  $5,372  has  been  col- 
lected for  this  institution  among  the 
friends  of  learning  and  religion  in 
Ceylon  and  India,  all  of  which  has 
been  expended  in  erecting  the  neces- 
sary buildings.  The  residue  of  the 
expenditures  for  buildings,  together 
witli  the  cost  of  books  and  apparatus, 
the  board  and  clothing  of  the  stu- 
dents, the  pay  of  the  teachers,  and 
the  salary  of  the  principal,  has  been 
provided  for  from  the  Treasury  of  the 
Board. 

"  Boarding  Schools.  Of  those  there 
are  two.  The  one  at  Tillipally,  un- 
der the  care  of  Mr.  Spaulding,  is  de- 
signed for  boys.  The  number  of 
pupils  in  July  1830,  was  GG.  In  the 
following  September  the  first  cliiss, 
consisting  of  30,  entered  the  Semina- 
ry, as  has  been  stated.  In  December, 
tne  number  of  scholars  was  51. 

The  missionaries  have  resolved  to 
receive  no  more  students  into  this 
preparatory  school,  except  such  as 
are  able  and  willing  to  pay  in  part 
for  their  board,  or  else  have  made 
some  progress  in  learning  English. 
To  facilitate  the  acquisition  of  this 
language,  they  have  established  Eng- 
lish schools  at  several  of  the  stations. 

The  other  Boarding  school  is  at 
Oodooville,  under  the  particular  care 
of  Mr.  Winslow,  and  is  intended  en- 
clusively  for  girls.  Originally  this 
school  had  to  contend  with  strong 


JAF 

prejudices  among  the  people  against 
female  education.  It  was  thouglit 
not  only  unimportant,  but  injurious 
and  disgraceful,  for  girls  to  learn  to 
read  arra  write  ;  and  so  great  were 
the  difficulties  in  tlie  way  of  procur 
ing  female  pupils,  and  retaining  them- 
and  overcoming  their  repugnance  to 
everything  like  jnental  application, 
that  nothing  exwpt  the  advantages 
which  would  result  to  the  cause  of 
Christianity  amrtng  tlie  natives,  by 
raising  the  female  sox  to  its  proper 
rank  in  society,  prevented  the  mis- 
sionaries from  relinquishing  the  de- 
sign. A  happy  change  has  since 
taken  place  ;  not  only  among  the 
girls  in  the  school,  a  considerable 
number  of  whom  have  become  hope- 
fully pious,  but,  to  some  extent,  in 
the  views  of  the  people  with  regard 
to  the  education  of  females.  In  the 
summer  of  last  year,  when  it  became 
known  that  a  few  more  girls  would 
be  admitted  into  the  school,  not  less 
than  70  were  brought,  and  their  re- 
ception strongly  urged.  Only  12 
could  be  received.  The  whole  num- 
ber in  the  school  is  37,  of  whom  seven 
are  members  of  the  church. 

"  As  an  argument,  in  addition  to 
such  as  are  commonly  used  in  favor 
of  female  education,  Sir  Richard 
Ottley  states  it  as  a  fact  in  Jaffna,  and 
peculiar  to  that  district,  that  the 
landed  property  is  principally  vested 
in  the  females. 

•'  Free  Schools.  The  number  of 
free  schools  connected  with  the  five 
stations  is  89,  containing  2,732  boys, 
and  G35  girls  ;  or  3,307  in  the  whole. 

"  Tliese  schools  arc  intended  for 
the  gratuitous  instruction  of  children 
at  large,  in  reading,  writing,  and  the 
fundamental  principles  of  the  gospel : 
and  the  necessity  of  such  schools  is 
apparent  from  the  fact,  that  by  far 
the  greater  part  of  the  population  is 
wholly  unable  to  read,  Mr.  Meigs, 
on  one  occasion,  when  the  public 
road  was  filled  with  people  return- 
ing from  a  great  idolatrous  festi-. 
val,  ascertained  that  all  the  women, 
and  nearly  all  the  aged  men,  and 
almost  every  one  of  the  poor,  were 
wholly  ignorant  of  this  simple  but 
immensefy  important  art.  During 
the  past  twelve  years,  several  thou- 
sands of  boys  and  young  men,  and 
some  hundreds  of  femues,  in  the 

221 


JAF 


JAF 


populous  district  of  Jaffna,  have  been 
taught  to  read,  and  more  or  less  of 
them  to  write,  in  the  native  free 
schools  of  the  mission ;  and  have, 
at   the   same   time,  been    made  ac- 

?[uainted,  in  some  degree,  with  the 
iindamcntal  principles  of  Christian- 
ity. These,  in  general,  are  the  na- 
tives who  receive  the  books  distrib- 
uted by  the  missionaries  ;  and  it  has 
been  ascertain(  d  to  be  a  fact,  that 
comparatively  tow,  who  are  unable 
to  read,  come  ui  ler  the  stated  preach- 
ing of  the  gospe : 

"  In  addition  to  the  common  free 
schools,  there  is  a  Sabbath  school  at 
each  of  the  stations.  There  are  also 
the  schools  already  mentioned  for 
teaching  the  English  language,  and 
a  number  of  scnools  for  educating 
masters  and  monitors.  Quarterly 
meetings  are  held,  by  the  missiona- 
ries, with  the  schoolmasters,  a  special 
design  of  which  is  to  instruct  them 
in  the  Christian  religion.  These 
meetings  usually  occupy  three  hours, 
and  upwards  of  a  hundred  masters 
and  superintendents  have  been  pres- 
ent at  one  time. 


Summary. 
Theological  School, 
Mission  Seminary, 
Academy  for  Boys, 
Academy  for  Girls, 
Free  Schools, 


20  scholars. 
91 
51 
37 
3,3C7 


Whole  number, 


3,566 


•'Preaching.  Each  of  the  five 
missionaries  has  a  congregation  of 
natives  on  the  Sabbath  varying  in 
numbers  from  two  to  five  hundred — 
composed  chiefly  of  the  children  and 
youth  belonging  to  the  schools.  When 
the  curiosity  of  a  heathen  people  is 
once  satisfied,  nothing  can  be  expect- 
ed to  bring  adults  to  the  house  of 
God,  except  views  of  worldly  inter- 
est, or  real  inclination  to  hear  the 
gospel. 

"  The  native  preachers,  though 
received  with  less  respect  and  atten- 
tion than  the  missionaries  themselves, 
are  useful  helpers  in  the  publication 
of  the  gospel  in  the  high-ways  and 
villages.  One  of  the  native  preachers 
thus  contrasts  his  present  reception, 
with  that  which  was  common  in 
former  times.     <  In  former  times,'  he 


says,  '  when  I  went  to  Chillalle  to 
instruct  the  people,  ihiyy  abused  me, 
and  blasphemed  the  Christian  reli- 
gion. If  they  oaw  me  in  the  streets, 
they  would  murmur.  When  I  went 
to  their  houses,  they  would  drive  me 
away.  Now,  many  call  on  me  to 
come  to  their  houses,  and  allow  me 
to  converse  and  pray  with  them. 
They  gladly  read  tiie  scriptures  and 
tracts.  The  people  are  not  so  much 
afraid  of  their  priests  as  before,  as 
appears  both  from  their  conduct  and 
conversation.' 

"  Mission  Church.  The  number 
of  native  members  in  regular  stand- 
ing, is  114.  Many  of  these  are  con- 
nected with  the  Seminary,  and  a 
considerable  part  of  the  remainder 
with  the  boarding  schools,  either  as 
teachers  or  pupils.  Several  were  ad- 
mitted during  the  period  embraced  by 
this  Report.  And  it  is  stated,  that 
at  one  time  not  less  than  a  hundred 
native  members  sat  down  together  at 
the  Lord's  Supper.  Excommunica- 
tions have  never  been  frequent ;  but 
cases  of  discipline  are  more  common 
than  in  Christian  lands;  and  every 
year's  experience  deepens  the  con- 
viction in  the  minds  of  the  mission- 
aries, of  the  extreme  moral  degrada- 
tion, into  which  the  heathen  around 
them  are  sunk  ;  of  the  perilous  cir- 
cumstances under  which  native  con- 
verts are  called  to  maintain  their 
Christian  profession ;  of  the  need  of 
wisdom,  patience,  and  faith,  in  the 
performance  of  pastoral  duties  towards 
them  ;  and  of  the  special  necebsity  of 
the  power  of  God  to  keep  the  native 
converts  in  the  faith,  that  they  may 
be  saved  from  the  perdition  of  un- 
godly men. 

"  Special  attention  to  religion. 
The  Ceylon  mission  has  been  repeat- 
edly blessed  with  effusions  oi  the 
Holy  Spirit.  Previous  the  year  1824, 
thirty -four  natives  had  been  received 
into  the  mincion  church.  During  the 
first  three  months  of  that  year,  the 
mission  was  visited  with  very  special 
divine  influence,  and  41  natives  were 
added  to  the  church.  Another  time 
of  refreshing  was  experienced  near 
the  close  of  the  same  year ;  and  there 
were  hopeful  conversions  in  the  suc- 
ceeding years. 

''  A  tlurd  revival  of  religion,  more 
extensive  than  either  of  the  preced- 

222 


JAM 


JAM 


illalle  to 
med  me, 
tian  reli- 
e  streets, 
n  I  went 
drive  me 
n  me  to 
lUow  me 
th  them. 
,ures  and 
so  much 
)efore,  as 
iduct  and 

number 
ar  stand- 
;  are  con- 
and  a 
emainder 

either  as 
1  were  ad- 
braced  by 
aXed,  that 
k  hundred 
ogether  at 
mmunica- 
uent;  but 
3  common 
ind  every 

the  con- 
i  mission- 

degrada- 
m  around 
rilous  cir- 
ative  con- 
tain their 
le  need  of 
th,  in  the 
88  towards 
scehsity  of 
the  native 
they  may 
an  of  un- 

RELIGION. 

en  repeat- 
is  oi  the 
year  1824, 
ti  received 
)uring  the 

year,  the 
'.ry  special 
tives  were 
>ther  time 
need  near 

and  there 
n  the  suc- 
tion, more 
16  preced- 
222 


ing,  was  experienced  by  the  mission, 
near  the  close  of  the  last  year.     It 
seems  to  have  begun  in  a  missionary 
prayer  meeting,  and  both  the  mission- 
aries and  the  native  members  of  the 
church  soon  became  greatly  animated 
in  the  work  of  the  Lord.     Of  those 
not  members  of  the  church,  the  chil- 
dren of  the   missionaries  we-e   first 
affected,  and  several  were  in  a  short 
time   hopefully    converted.     Special 
exertions  v"re  made  to  promote  the 
revival  in  the    Seminary,   and  were 
greatly  blessed.     Nearly  all  the  mem- 
bers of  that   institution    were   in    a 
greater  or  less  degree  awakened  to 
feel  the  importance  of  attending  to 
the  concerns   of  their  souls.      Very 
evident  tokens  of  the  divine  presence 
were  seen  in  the  boarding  schools  at 
Tillipally  and  Oodooville,  and  indeed 
at  all  the  stations.     The  schoolmasters 
and  superintendents  of  the  free  schools 
were    assembled  at  Batticotta,    and 
solemnly    addressed,   and    many    of 
them  received  deep  religious  impres- 
sions.     On  the   18th  of  November, 
about  800  of  the  older  boys  and  girls 
in  the  free  schools  were  assembled  at 
Oodooville.     Most  of  them  were  able 
to  read  ;    and    this   meeting,  which 
was  novel  in  its  kind,  was  believed  to 
have   had   an  important  bearing   on 
the    momentous    question,    whether 
these  children,  when  they  take  that 
lead  in   society   to    which   they   are 
destined,  will  be  Christians  or  idol- 
aters. 

"  It  would  have  been  premature,  at 
the  date  of  the  last  communications 
from  the  mission,  to  have  mentioned 
the  number,  concerning  whose  con- 
version hopes  were  entertained ,  but 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  third 
gracious  visitation  was  one  of  the 
waves  of  that  flood  of  n^^rcy,  which, 
at  no  distant  day,  is  certain  to  roll 
over  all  India." 

Jaffna,  or  Jaffnapatam,  a  popu- 
lous town,  the  capital  of  the  district 
of  Jaffna.  Lat.  9°  42'  N.,  Ion.  80° 
18'  E.  The  W.  M.  S.  estabhshed  a 
mission  here  in  1814.  2  missiona- 
ries, 2  assistants,  90  members,  884 
scholars,  of  whom  88  are  girls. 

JAMAICA,  an  island  of  the  West 
Indies,  discovered  by  Columbus  in 
1494,  and  occupied  by  Spain  in  1559. 
It  was  attacked  by  the  British,  and 
ceded  to  them  in  1656.     It  lies  30 


leagues  W.  St.  Domingo,  nearly  the 
same  distance  S.  Cuba,  and  is  of  an 
oval  figure,  170  m.  long  and  GO  broad. 
It  is  divided  into  3  counties,  Middle- 
sex, Surrey,  and  Cornwall,  and  con- 
tains upwards  of  4,080,000  acres.  A 
ridge  of  hills  runs  lengtiiwise  from 
E.  to  W.  whence  numerous  rivers 
take  their  rise  on  both  sides,  though 
none  of  them  are  navigable.  In  the 
valleys  are  sugar-canes,  and  such  a 
variety  of  fruit-trees,  as  to  make  the 
country  exceedingly  beautiful.  The 
year  is  divided  into  2  seasons,  the 
wet  and  dry  ;  but  the  rains  are  not 
so  frequent  as  formerly,  which  is  sup- 
posed to  be  owing  to  the  cutting 
down  of  the  woods.  The  products 
and  fruits  are  in  great  variety  and 
plenty.  This  island  is  now  the  most 
valuable  of  the  British  West  India 
colonies. 

In  1795,  the  Maroons,  or  original 
natives,  who  inhabited  the  moun- 
tains, rose  against  the  English  ;  they 
were  not  quelled  for  nine  months, 
St.  Jago  de  la  Vega  is  the  seat  of 
government,  but  Kingston  is  the  mart 
of  trade. — In  this  island  the  U.  B. 
have  labored  amidst  many  trials  and 
difiiculties,  since  the  year  1754. 

In  1804,  50  years  from  the  com- 
mencement of  the  mission,  the  breth- 
ren observe  : — "  Though  we  cunnot 
exult  over  an  abundant  in-gathering 
of  souls,  or  even  our  present  pros- 
pects, yet  we  have  sufficient  cause  of 
gratitude  to  the  Lord,  for  having  pre- 
served a  seed  in  Jamaica,  which,  in 
his  own  good  time,  may  grow  up 
into  a  rich  harvest.  It  appears,  that 
from  the  beginning  of  this  mission 
to  the  present  period,  938  negroes 
have  been  baptized." 

New  stations  were  afterwards  com- 
menced, which  appeared  to  be  the 
scenes  of  a  very  serious  and  progres- 
sive awakening.  The  following  ac- 
counts will  describe  the  state  of  the 
various  departments  of  the  mission, 
at  the  dates  affixed. 

mw  Eden.  May,  1823.— "  When 
I  came  to  this  place,  12  years  ago," 
says  Brother  Becker,  "  I  found  very 
few  who  knew  any  thing  niore  than 
that  they  had  been  formerly  baptized 
by  a  missionary.  Not  long  aher,  I 
perceived,  that  by  the  power  of  his 
word,  preached  in  simplicity,  the 
Lord  caused  convictions  to  arise  in 

223 


i 


JAM 


JAM 


i  i 


i  I 


1 


the  minds  of  the  ncjjroes,  and  their 
bUnd  eyes  to  be  opened  :  mcany  caine 
to  be  inquire  what  they  must  do  to 
be  saved.  At  present  this  is  still 
more  frequently  done.  Our  new 
church  is  too.  small  to  hold  the  con- 
gregation. About  500  may  find  room 
in  it,  and  our  auditory  is  generally 
!>00.  April  27th  being  our  prayer 
day,  12  persons  were  baptized,  and 
iti  added  to  the  candidates  for  bap- 
tism. From  Eariter,  182'i,  to  Easter, 
ISy;},  {)!>  adults  iiave  been  baptized, 
or  received  into  the  congregation, 
and  52  have  become  partakers  of  the 
Lord's  Supper." 

Irwin,  Sej)tember  7,  1825,  Brother 
Light  remarks  : — '■  During  the  ten 
years  of  my  residence  here,  I  have 
baptized,  on  the  estates  of  Messrs. 
Hall  and  Lawience,  140  adults,  and 
182  children  ;  and  received  G3,  bap- 
tized by  others,  into  church  fellow- 
ship. The  congregation  at  Irwin 
con-sists  of  118  persons  ;  of  whom  40 
are  communicants,  1!)  candidates,  and 
5!>  baptized  adults,  not  3'et  communi- 
cants :  to  these  may  be  added  82  bap- 
tized children,  under  12  years  of  age: 
in  all  150.  At  Mosquito  Cove  estate, 
in  Hanover  parish,  20  m.  off,  which 
I  visit  every  M  weeks,  there  are  2(5 
adults,  and  14  children,  baptized  cat 
the  special  request  of  the  proprietor." 

Fairfield,  February  14, 182(i,  Broth- 
er Ellis  announces  the  finishing  and 
opening  of  a  new  church  at  this 
place,  and  observes  : — "  Tn  the  year 
1825,  the  number  of  persons  at  Fair- 
field who  attained  to  further  privileges 
in  the  church,  were  as  follows  : — ad- 
mitted candidates  for  baptism  or  re- 
ception, 110  ;  baptized  as  adults,  22  ; 
received  into  the  congregation,  74  ; 
admitted  candidates  for  the  holy  com- 
munion, 91 ;  communicants,  99  ;  re- 
admitted to  the  congregation,  9 ; 
children  baptized,  31.  In  the  course 
of  the  year,  27  persons,  exclusive  of 
Europeans,  have  departed  this  life. 
At  the  end  of  the  year,  the  congrega- 
tion consisted  of  328  communicants  ; 
97  candidates  for  the  communion ; 
135  baptized  adults,  not  yet  comn^u- 
nicants  ;  baptized  children,  130;  can- 
didates for  baptism  and  reception, 
125 ;  new  people,  375  :— in  all  1190 ; 
143  more  than  last  year." 

In  1789,  the  Rev.  Dr.  Coke  of  the 
W.  M.  S.  visited  Jamaica,  and  preach- 


ed a  few  times  to  increasing  congre- 
gations, and  with  but  little  opposition. 
Mr.  Hammett,  however,  who  was 
aflerwards  appointed  to  labor  in 
Kingston,  where  a  rommndious  chap- 
el was  erected,  experienced  so  much 
persecution,  that  his  life  was  fre- 
quently endangered,  and  ho  was  ab- 
solutely compelled  to  refrain  from 
preacliing  by  candle-light.  Some  of 
the  members  were  under  the  necessity 
of  guarding  their  place  of  worship, 
lest  the  outrageous  mob  should  de- 
molish it ;  and  op  >  night,  between 
11  and  12  o'clo' I.  some  persons 
actually  broke  do^^i^  the  gtates  of  the 
court  leading  to  the  chapel,  and  would 
probably  have  committed  still  greater 
outrages,  had  they  not  been  checked 
in  their  lawless  proceedings  by  the 
arrival  of  the  town-guard.  Through 
the  remonstrances  of  a  gentleman  of 
influence  in  the  town,  the  magistrates 
were  induced  to  publish  an  advertise- 
ment, which,  for  some  time,  kept 
the  rioters  within  tolerable  bounds. 
*'  But  the  newspapers,"  says  Dr.  Coke, 
"  were  filled,  for  several  months,  with 
letters  for  and  against  us.  Every 
thing  bad  was  said  of  Mr.  Hammett, 
and  every  disgraceful  name  was  given 
to  him.  With  respect  to  myself,  they 
published  an  anecdote  of  my  being 
tried  in  England  for  horse-stcaJing, 
and  flying  to  America  to  escape  from 
justice,  though  few  persons,  if  any,  I 
believe,  credited  the  report.  Some  of 
the  rioters  were  prosecuted,  but  the 
jury  acquitted  them,  against  the  clear- 
est evidence.  Harrassed  with  perse- 
cution, opposition  and  fatigue,  Mr. 
H.  was  compelled  to  relinquish  his 
labors ;  and  as  I  was  shortly  to  visit 
the  continent,  I  determined  to  take 
him  with  me,  as  two  other  mission- 
aries were  sant  to  the  island." 

The  flames  of  persecution,  which 
had  hitherto  raged  so  furiously,  now 
began  to  subside,  and  the  brethren 
who  were  left  in  Jamaica  were  soon 
enabled  to  extend  their  ministrations 
to  Port  Royal,  Montego  Bay,  and  sev- 
eral plantations  in  the  country ;  and 
they  had  the  pleasing  consciousness 
of  knowing  that  their  labors  were  not 
in  vain. 

In  April,  1802,  some  of  the  local 

Sreachers,  belonging  to  the  society  at 
Kingston,  paid  a  visit  to   a  village 
called  Morant  Bay,  and  found  many 

224 


of  the  inhal 
public  wore 
ed  in  their  < 
and  Campb 
island ;  and 
society  was 
religion,  iio 
ceedings  wi 
ed,  if  poss 
cause.  Th( 
the  houses 
was  perfori 
quarter  sess 
substantiate 
nant  attemp 
the  rneetin, 
every  appca 
perity.  Se 
ments  still  i 
at  length  1 
thought  pro 
whilst  it  pr 
instruction 
trines  of  the 
ly  prohibite 
ries  from  pr 
even  to  adn 
or  places  of 
ty  of  fine  01 

The  situ 
was  now  pa 
ly,"  says  D 
el  was  com 
free  condit 
preaching, 
the  doors, 
them  to  enl 
expressive 
most  peneti 
we  do  not 
man  who  c 
pathetic     e 
with  tears 
heaven  no\ 
man  from 
got  no  soul 
now !'     If 
had  a  mean 
his  chains, 
his  soul !'  i 
occasion ; 
the   chape 
trance  of 
them  in  al 

The  int 
House  of 
transraittei 
set  aside 
though  the 
thus  frustr 


conjrrc- 
position. 
ho    wag 
abor     in 
us  chap- 
so  niucii 
WAS   fre- 
was  ab- 
in    from 
Some  of 
lecessity 
worship, 
ould  de- 
betwepn 
persons 
's  of  the 
id  would 
1  greater 
checked 
3  by  the 
Through 
eman   of 
Lgistrates 
dvertise- 
ne,   kept 
bounds. 
)r.  Coke, 
ths,  with 
Every 
lammett, 
i^as  given 
self,  they 
ny  being 
-stealing, 
ape  from 
if  any,  I 
Some  of 
but  the 
;he  dear- 
th perse- 
wue,  Mr. 
luish  his 
7  to  visit 
to  take 
mission- 

1,  which 
sly,  now 
brethren 
ere  soon 
istrations 
and  sev- 
try ;  and 
;iousnes8 
were  not 

the  local 
ociety  at 
I  village 
id  many 

24 


JAM 

of  the  inhabitants  disposed  to  join  in 
public  worship.  They  were  second- 
ed in  their  endeavors  by  Messrs.  Fish 
and  Campbell,  then  residing  in  the 
island ;  and  in  a  short  time  a  small 
society  was*  formed.  The  enemies  of 
religion,  iiuwever,  viewed  these  pro- 
ceedings with  indignation,  and  resolv- 
ed, if  possible,  to  crush  the  rising 
cause.  They  aocordingl)r  presented 
the  houses  in  which  uivine  service 
was  performed  as  nuisances,  at  the 
quarter  sessions ;  but,  as  they  could 
substantiate  no  charge,  their  malig- 
nant attempt  proved  unavailing  ;  and 
the  meetings  were  continued  with 
every  appearance  of  increasinpr  pros- 
perity. Se\ere  trials  and  imprison- 
ments still  awaited  the  laborers,  and 
at  length  the  House  of  Assembly 
thought  proper  to  ^s  an  act,  which, 
whilst  it  professed  io  recommend  the 
instruction  of  the  slaves  in  the  doc- 
trines of  the  established  church,  strict- 
ly prohibited  the  Wesleyan  missiona- 
ries from  presuming  to  teach  them,  or 
even  to  admit  them  into  their  houses 
or  places  of  worship,  under  the  penal- 
ty of  fine  or  imprisonment. 

The  situation  of  the  missionaries 
was  now  painful  indeed.  '*  Frequent- 
ly," says  Dr.  Coke,  "  before  the  chap- 
el was  completely  shut,  while  men  of 
free  condition  entered,  to  hear  the 
preaching,  the  slaves  crowded  about 
the  doors,  which  the  edict  forbade 
them  to  enter,  with  looks  of  the  most 
expressive  sorrow,  and  words  of  the 
most  penetrating  eloquence.  Indeed, 
we  do  not  envy  the  feelings  of  that 
man  who  could  hear  unmoved  these 
pathetic  expressions,  accompanied 
with  tears ; — '  Massa,  me  no  go  to 
heaven  now.  White  man  keep  black 
man  from  serving  God.  Black  man 
got  no  soul.  Nobody  teach  black  man 
now  !'  If  ever  the  words  of  Sterne 
had  a  meaning,  when  he  says, '  I  heard 
his  chains,  and  the  iron  entered  into 
his  soul !'  it  must  have  been  on  this 
and  the  man  who  stood  at 


occasion 


the  chapel  doors,  to  forbid  the  en- 
trance of  the  slaves,  must  have  felt 
them  in  all  their  force." 

The  intolerant  act  passed  by  the 
House  of  Assembly  was  no  sooner 
transmitted  to  England,  than  it  was 
set  aside  by  his  late  Majesty.  But 
though  the  enemies  of  religion  were 
thus  frustrated  in  their  q,ttempt,  they 


JAM 

contrived,  by  temporary  ordinances, 
to  throw  insuperable  obstacles  in  the 
way  of  the  missionaries,  whose  chapel 
was,  in  consequence,  shut  up  for  a 
succession  of  years.  In  December, 
1815,  however,  it  was  re-opened  by 
Mr.  John  Shipman,  who  succeeded, 
afler  several  unsuccessful  applica- 
tions, in  obtaining  a  licence  to  preach 
the  Gospel.  The  same  privilege  was 
aflerwards  obtained  by  other  mission- 
aries; and  in  ltJ]8,  a  second  chapel 
was  opened  in  Kingston,  and  the 
magistrates  in  Montego  Bay  consent- 
ed to  licence  a  new  place  of  worship 
in  that  part  of  the  island. 

The  IV.  M.  S.  have  now  (1831)  the 
following  circuits  : — Kingston,  Span- 
ish Town,  Morant  Bay,  Grateful  Hill, 
Stoney  Hill,  Montego  Bay,  Falmouth, 
St.  Ann's,  Port  Antonio,  and  Savan- 
nah-La-Mer.  10  circuits,  28  stations, 
12,130  members  in  society,  (of  whom 
8,937  are  slaves)  in  the  schools,  in- 
cluding 110  adults,  1,258. 

In  compliance  with  the  solicitation 
of  a  mulatto  Baptist  preacher,  named 
Moses  Baker,  who  h;»d  for  some  years 
labored  among  the  i.egroes  in  Jamai- 
ca, the  Rev.  John  Rowe,  of  the  /?.  M. 
S.,  arrived  in  February,  1814.  In 
April,  he  took  a  house  at  Falmouth, 
and  opened  a  school,  with  the  hope  or 
lessening  the  expenses  of  the  com- 
mittee on  his  account.  He  also  open- 
ed a  gratuitous  Sabbath  school,  for 
the  children  of  poor  people,  and  slaves, 
whose  owners  would  permit  them  to 
attend.  Preaching  was  subsequently 
commenced ;  and  the  persons  who  as- 
sembled to  hear  the  word  of  life,  both 
negroes  and  wiiite  people,  conducted 
themselves  with  the  utmost  decorum 
and  apparent  attention ;  though  a 
spirit  of  persecution  had,  for  several 
years  previous,  raged  in  the  island, 
and  numbers  of  the  inhabitants  were 
said  to  be  strongly  prejudiced  against 
the  Baptist  denomination. 

On  the  21st  of  Nov.  1815,  Mr.  Lee 
Compere,  accompanied  by  his  wife 
and  two  of  the  members  of  Dr.  Ry- 
land's  church,  in  Broadmead,  sailed 
from  Bristol  to  occupy  other  stations 
in  Jamaica,  with  an  especial  view  to 
the  instruction  of  the  slaves,  and  the 
children  of  slaves,  under  the  sanction 
of  their  respective  proprietors.  On 
their  arrival,  they  at  first  fixed  their 
residence  near  Old  Harbor,  St,  Doro- 

225 


JAM 


JAM 


tliy;  but  aftef Wards  rcmovod  toRinira- 
torj,  at  the  preaHinir  invitation  of  tiie 
negro  Baptists,  who  i>re  s»ii«l  to  ainount 
to  uome  thouHunds  in  and  near  that 
pla«;e.  Here  Mr.  Compere  obtained 
a  hcense  from  the  Mayor  ;  and  Ik-  had 
the  pleasing  prospect  of  beconiinii- 
useful.  Mr.  Ilowe,  mean  while,  wad 
removed  from  his  labors  by  the  hand 
of  death. 

As  assistance  was  much  needed, 
the  Rev.  James  Coultart  arrived  in 
Kingston  harbor.  May  S),  ldl7,  ai'd  in 
less  than  a  fortnight  succeeded  in  ob- 
taining a  license  to  preach  among  tlie 
negroes.  Both  he  and  Mrs.  Coultart 
were,  however,  much  grieved  on  find- 
ing Mr.  Coujpere  in  such  a  debilitated 
state,  from  repeated  attacks  of  the 
ague,  that  he  was  scarcely  able  to 
walk  across  his  apartment ;  and  when 
he  partially  recovered,  he  judged  it 
advisable  to  quit  the  West  Indies,  and 
remove  to  America. 

Thus  unexpectedly  deprived  of  his 
fellow-laborer,  and  left  to  sustain  the 
whole  weight  of  the  mission  in  whicli 
he  had  merely  anticipated  employ- 
ment as  an  assistant,  Mr.  Coultart 
was  doomed  to  encounter  still  more 
serious  difficulties,  and  to  submit  to  a 
loss  much  more  distressing.  He  was 
for  some  time  severely  aftticted  in  his 
own  person  ;  and  towards  the  close  of 
^eptunibsr,  the  partner  of  his  affec- 
tions was  seized  with  a  violent  fever, 
which,  in  a  short  time,  put  a  period 
to  her  mortal  existence. 

Subsequently  to  this,  Mr.  Coultart's 
indisposition  increased  to  such  an 
alaraing  degree,  that  it  became  indis- 
pensably necessary  for  him  to  return, 
at  least  for  a  season,  to  England.  The 
Rev.  Messrs.  Kitching  and  Godden 
were,  therefore,  sent  to  Janjaica,  the 
fVjrmer  of  whom  proceeded,  in  tlie  au- 
tumn of  1818,  to  his  place  of  destina- 
tion, and  the  latter  sailed  from  Eng- 
land early  in  the  ensuing  spring. 
Their  reception  appears  to  liave  been 
extremely  kind ;  and  they  were  en- 
couraged, by  the  circumstance  of  the 
congregation  increasing  so  rapidly,  to 
enlarge  the  place  of  worship,  so  as  to 
accommodate  250  persons  more  than 
had  ever  previously  attended.  Scarce- 
ly, however,  had  they  entered  fully 
upon  their  labors,  and  congratulated 
themselves  on  the  promising  aspect  of 
the  mission,   when  Mr.  Godden  was 


Jeimvcd  of  his  amiable  and  excellent 
wife  ;  and  within  less  than  two  months 
after  that  alHictive  providence,  Mr. 
Kitching,  wlio  had  transmitted  the 
••  heavy^  tidings"  to  England,  was 
himself  numbeiv.  J  with  the  dead. 

Mr.  Coultart,  in  the  mean  time, 
having  derived  nmch  benefit  from  a 
residence  of  several  months  in  Eng- 
land, and  having  entered  a  second 
time  into  the  conjugal  stale,  returned 
to  Jamaica,  and  resumed  his  labors  at 
Kingston.  In  his  pijblic  ministnilions, 
however,  he  appears  to  have  suffered 
severely  from  the  confined  limits  of 
the  place  of  worsliip,  and  the  heat 
arising  from  an  overflowing  congre- 
gailnn. 

At  Spanish  Town,  the  scene  of  Mr. 
Godden's  labors,  a  most  brutal  at- 
tempt was  made,  in  July  1820,  to 
burn  that  devoted  servant  of  the  Re- 
deemer in  his  bed  ;  and  though  this 
barbarous  design  was  providentially 
prevented,  the  house  in  which  he  re- 
sided was  reduced  to  ashes,  and  his 
health,  which  had  been  previously  in 
a  delicate  state,  was  much  affected  by 
the  iil;irm  connected  with  so  lamenta- 
ble a  catastrophe.  The  following  an- 
ecdote affords  an  affecting  instance  of 
strong  attachment  to  a  spiritual  in- 
structer  : — On  the  night  of  the  fire,  a 
female  slave,  who  had  been  previous- 
ly baptized,  exerted  herpelf  greatly  in 
carrying  water  from  the  river,  in  or- 
der to  assist  in  extinguishing  the 
flames.  When  her  strength  was 
nearly  exhausted,  she  eagerly  inquir- 
ed of  the  by-standers,  '•  Where  niy 
minister.''"  A  person  answered,  *'  He 
has  been  burnt  in  his  bed."  The  poor 
creature  was  so  aflected  by  this  dread- 
ful intelligence,  that  she  fell  dovi'n 
and  expired  immediately  witliout  ut- 
tering another  woj-d  ! 

At  Kingston,  Mr.  Coultart  had,  in 
the  mean  time,  commenced  the  erec- 
tion of  a  neat,  substantial  chapel,  sit- 
uated on  lofty  ground,  near  the  en- 
trance into  the  city,  and  calculated  to 
hold  2000  persons.  He  had,  also, 
many  encouraging  evidences  that  the 
power  of  God  attended  the  dispensa- 
tion of  the  word  of  truth,  as  nearly 
200  persons  had  been  admitted  into 
church  fellowship  within  the  space  of 
12  months,  notwithstanding  the  ut- 
most discrimination  appears  to  have 
been  exercised. 


Mr.  C.  reli 
of  high  estii: 
leges  : — '•  A 
to  give  him 
God's  peopl 
was,  *  No ; 
any  one  whi 
you,'  said  In 
self  free,  if  n 
siiall  pay  det 
you  are  goin 
and  fifty  pou 
massa,'  said 
that  the  com 
about  140/., 


ney 


but  me 


help  me,  m 

He    has   bee 

hard,  and  at 

his  wife  had 

purchase  libt 

in  other  wo 

who  love  Jes 

Towards  t 

Coultart  was 

ing  invitatio 

visit  to  the 

and  make  a 

Bay,  where 

Moses  Bake 

was  much    j 

view,  and  r 

tor  of  the  est 

resides,  a  m< 

to  the  moral 

taken   place 

consequence 

of  that  excel 

indeed,  was 

vantages   re 

ance    upon 

pressed   an 

person  to  be 

sanction  of 

take  charge  ( 

Mr.  Baker  ^ 

in  consequci 

tend  ant  infi 

Tripp   was 

this  station. 

In  Januar 

at  Kingston 

numerously 

Upwards  of 

bered  withi 

500  were  aci 

on  the  outsi 

offered  some 

and  other  s 

some  unkni 


JAM 

Mr;  Ci  relateo  the  following  proof 
of  high  estimation  of  religious  privi- 
leges : — "  A  slave  wished  his  owner 
to  give  him  permission  to  attei  d  with 
God's   people    to   pray  :    his   answer 

yon  to 
'Will 


was,  '  No 


,  I  will  rather  sell 
any  one  who  will  buy  you.' 
you,'  said  he,  *  suffer  me  to  buy  my- 
self free,  if  me  can  ?'  '  If  you  do,  you 
shall  pay  dearly  for  your  ireedom ;  as 
you  are  going  to  pray,  two  hunched 
and  fifty  pounds  is  your  price.'  •  Well, 
masaa,'  said  the  negro,  who  knew 
that  the  common  p»"".e  for  a  slave  was 
about  140L,  '  it  a  great  deal  of  mo- 
ney, but  me  must  praij ;  if  God  will 
help  me,  me  will  try  and  pay  you.' 
He  has  been  a  long  time  working 
hard,  and  at  last  sold  all  himself  and 
his  wife  had,  except  his  blanket,  to 
purchase  liberty  to  pray  in  public,  or, 
in  other  words,  to  meet  with  those 
who  love  Jesus  Christ !" 

Towards  the  close  of  the  year,  Mr. 
Coultart  was  induced,  by  the  press- 
ing invitation  of  a  friend,  to  pay  a 
visit  to  the  parish  of  Manchioneal, 
and  make  an  excursion  to  Montrgo 
Bay,  where  he  found  the  venerable 
Moses  Baker  blind  with  age.  He 
was  much  gratified  with  the  inter- 
view, and  received  from  the  proprie- 
tor of  the  estate  on  which  Mr.  Baker 
resides,  a  most  satisfactory  testimony 
to  the  moral  improvement  which  had 
taken  place  among  his  negroes,  in 
CDnsequence  of  the  pious  instructions 
of  that  excellent  man.  So  convinced, 
indeed,  was  this  gentleman  of  the  ad- 
vantages resulting  from  an  attend- 
ance upon  the  Gospel,  that  he  ex- 
pressed an  earnest  wis'u  for  some 
person  to  be  sent  thither,  under  the 
sanction  of  the  B.  M.  S.,  who  might 
take  charge  of  the  congregation,  which 
Mr.  Baker  was  now  unable  to  supply 
in  consequence  of  his  years  and  at- 
tendant infirmities.  The  Rev.  Mr. 
Tripp  was  afterwards  appointed  to 
this  station. 

In  January,  1822,  the  new  chapel 
at  Kingston  was  opened,  and  was  both 
numerously  and  respectably  attended. 
Upwards  of  2000  persons  were  num- 
bered within  the  edifice,  and  above 
500  were  accommodated  with  benches 
on  the  outside.  Mr.  Coultart  having 
offered  some  remarks  on  the  reports 
and  other  statements  of  the  society, 
some  unknown  gentlemen  were  in- 


JAM 

duccd  not  only  to  espouse  but  to  ad* 
vocate  the  cause,  and  to  solicit  the 
public  to  support  an  institution  which 
appeared  '•  so  likely  to  be  advantage- 
ous to  the  general  welfare."  On  the 
first  Sabbath  in  March,  the  Lord's 
Suj>per  was  administ*  red,  in  the  new 
edifice,  to  about  KiOO  communicants, 
and  Mr.  Godden  came  over  from 
Spanish  Town  to  assist  in  the  pleas- 
ing solenmities  of  the  day. 

In  a  letter  dated  March  18,  lMi2, 
Mr.  Knibb,  who  had  recently  arrived, 
wrote — "  You  have,  perhaps,  been  in- 
formed that  we  have  opened  a  house 
at  Fart  Royal,  about  5  m.  from  Kings- 
ton, on  the  opposite  side  of  the  har- 
bor. It  is  a  very  wicked  place ;  a 
short  time  ago,  it  could  vie  with  So- 
dom and  Gomorrah  in  wickedness. 
Once  it  was  wholly  swallowed  up  by 
an  earthquake;  and,  in  lUll,  almost 
the  whole  town  was  consumed  by  fire. 
— 22  persons  are  received  as  candi- 
dates for  baptism." 

In  the  course  of  the  year  tT2'A, 
some  hundreds  of  members  were  add- 
ed to  the  churches  in  Kingston,  and 
from  that  time,  notwithstanding  vari- 
ous personal  and  relative  afilictions, 
the  missionaries  have  had  much  causo 
of  rejoicing.  The  last  Report  says — 
"  The  increase  of  members  in  the  first 
church  at  Kingston  has  been  consid- 
erable ;  and  though  Mr.  Coultart  has 
been  constrained,  on  account  of  Mrs. 
C.'s  continued  indisposition,  to  leave 
his  important  charge  for  a  season,  the 
worship  of  God  has  been  regularly 
maintained  among  them  by  the  unit- 
ed efforts  of  Mr.  Tinson,  Mr.  Knibb, 
and  Mr.  Flood  ;  the  last  of  whom  left 
England  shortly  before  the  last  anni- 
versary, with  Messrs.  Mann  and  Bay- 
lis.  The  school  conducted  by  Mr. 
Knibb  appears  to  be  of  growing  utili- 
ty. A  public  examination  of  the  pu- 
pils was  held  in  December  last,  when 
many  persons  of  respectability  attend- 
ed, and  expressed  much  pleasure  and 
surprise  at  the  progress  of  the  pupils. 
It  is  highly  encouraging  to  add,  that 
many  who  were  educated  in  this 
school  have  become  members  of  the 
church,  and  others  are  candidates  for 
the  same  privilege." 

''  The  chapel  hitherto  occupied  by 
Mr.  Tinson's  congregation,  having 
been  found,  in  point  of  situation  and 
otherwise,  inconvenient,  premises  bet- 

227 


JAU 


JAV 


>  ' 


tcr  adapted  for  their  use  have  been 
engaged  in  the  city.  They  were 
upent'd  for  divine  worship,  after  tlie 
necessary  repairs  and  alterations  had 
been  completed,  on  the  ii4th  of  De- 
cember. "  Appearances,"  says  JVlr. 
T.  "are  very  encouraging." 

The  following  is  the  state  of  the 
Baptist  Missions,  us  detailed  in  the 
last  report : — 4'4  stations,  12  missiona- 
ries, '^>0  catechists,  !>,J)bO  church 
members,  11,423  inquirers,  annual  ex- 
pense of  the  Mission,  £4,145.  The 
names  of  tlie  missionaries  are,  James 
Coultart,  Joshua  Tinson,  John  Clarke, 
J.  M.  Phillippo,  H.  C.  Taylor,  T. 
Burchell,  Francis  Gardner,  W.  W. 
Cantlow,  Wm.  Knibb,  Edward  Bay- 
lis,  James  Flood,  Samuel  Nichols. 

On  the  31st  of  December,  lb31,  a 
dreadful  insurrection  of  the  slaves 
broke  out  in  Jamaica.  Martial  law 
was  proclaimed  ;  150  plantations  were 
destroyed;  loss  of  property,  j£15,000,- 
000  ;  about  2,000  negroes  were  killed ; 
not  far  from  30,000  men  were  under 
arms  at  one  time.  The  Baptist  and 
Methodist  missionaries  were  for  a 
time  strongly  implicated  as  the  au- 
tliors  of  this  insurrection,  but  they 
have  been  completely  vindicated. 
Lord  Goderich  h;i.s  expressed  his 
sense  of  the  discretion  and  judgment 
manifested  by  the  Wesleyan  Mission- 
aries. The  only  immediate  cause, 
which  has  been  ascertained  is,  that 
the  negroes  were  deprived  of  the 
Christmas  holidays,  which  they  had 
long  enjoyed.  The  great  reason  is 
the  bitterness  of  their  cup  of  slavery. 
The  Earl  of  Belmore  is  governor  of 
Jamaica,  Dr.  Lipscomb,  bishop. 
Whites,  15,000 

Free  Blacks,  40,000 

Slaves,  331,000 


m 


Total,  386,000 

Great  excitement  has  prevailed 
England  for  several  years  in  reference 
to  West  Indian  Slavery.  The  day  of 
redemption  for  the  captive  is  evident- 
ly drawing  near. 

JAUNPORE,  an  outstation  of  the 
C  M.  S.  near  Gorruckpore,  Hindoos- 
tan.  A  chapel  has  been  erecced  at 
this  place,  and  schools,  establish- 
ed. 

JAVA,  a  large  island  in  the  eas- 
tern seas,  between  60°  and  90°  of  S. 
l«t.,  and  between  105°  and  115°  of 


E.  Ion.  Its  length  is  642  m.  and  ita 
greatest  breadth  128.  The  population 
in  1815,  was  about  5,000  ,(MIO, 
10,000,00()  pounds  of  sugar  are  annu- 
ally raised.  I'he  L.  M.  S.  have  a 
mission  on  this  island.  (See  Butavia.) 
The  Rev.  David  Abeei,  of  the  Jl.  li. 
C.  t .  M.  who  visited  this  island,  in 
1831,  gives  the  following  stateme.nts 
in  his  journal. 

"  Wednesday  morning,  6  o'clock, 
we  left  this  place  (Bata  via)  in  a  govern- 
ment vehicle  and  reached  Bitenzorg, 
the  residence  of  the  governor,  in  about 
four  hours.  The  distance  is  thirty- 
nine  miles.  The  governor,  it  is  said, 
performs  the  journey  in  two  hours 
and  a  half,  and  men  of  less  distinc- 
tion and  fewer  advantages,  in  three. 
The  palace,  as  the  residence  of  his 
excellency  is  called,  is  rather  a  splen- 
did edifice,  built  in  the  form  of  a 
crescent,  though  with  a  glaring  ar- 
chitectural blunder.  It  has  one  win- 
dow more  on  one  side  than  the  other, 
and  when  standing  in  front  of  the 
door  there  appears  to  be  a  deficiency 
in  the  curve.  It  has  a  park  in  li"ont, 
stocked  with  deer,  and  an  extensive 
garden  in  the  rear  laid  out  and  orna- 
mented in  handsome  style.  The  plot 
is  undulating,  the  trees  and  shrubbery 
are  exceedingly  diversified  and  beau- 
tiful, the  walks  broad  and  well  grav- 
elled, and  the  scene  adorned  with 
lakes,  bridges,  and  a  small  islet,  jet 
d'eau,  and  cascade.  It  is  kept  at  an 
expense  to  government  of  7,000  ru- 
pees a  month. 

"  Between  Bitenzorg  and  the 
neighboring  mountains,  whose  sum- 
mits are  said  to  tower  10,000  or  12,000 
feet  above  the  sea,  the  surface  of  the 
country  is  much  more  elevated  and 
diversified  than  the  low  unvarying 
level  of  Batavia.  I  hoped  to  have 
a  clear  view  of  the  crater,  the  smoke 
of  which  is  distinctly  seen  from  Ba- 
tavia ;  but  an  intervening  peak  com- 
pletely shut  it  in  before  we  reached 
Bitenzorg. 

*'  Our  time  was  principally  spent  in 
visiting  the  Chinese  and  native  vil- 
lages, and  endeavoring  to  impart 
Christian  instruction.  The  Chinese 
camp  (as  their  villages  are  called)  is 
lar^e  and  populous  at  this  place.  My 
companion,  Mr.  Medhurst,  was  re- 
ceived as  an  old  acquaintance,  and 
listened    to    with    attention.      His 

228 


;  m.  and  its 
population 
5,000,0(10, 

r  art!  annu- 
f)\   have   a 

!e  Batavia.) 
If-  the  A.  B. 

is  island,  in 
statements 

6  o'clock, 
in  agovern- 
d  Bilenzorg, 
nor,  in  about 
is  thirty- 
or,  it  is  said, 
two  hours 
less  distinc- 
res,  in  three, 
dence  of  his 
thcr  a  splen- 
e  form  of  a 
I  glaring  ar- 
has  one  win- 
an  the  other, 
front  of  the 
a  deficiency- 
park  in  Iront, 
an  extensive 
out  and  orna- 
rle.     The  plot 
ind  shrubberv 
led  and  beaii- 
nd  well  grav- 
adorned   with 
mall  islet,  jet 
is  kept  at  an 
t  of  7,000  ru- 


rg  and  the 
1,  whose  sum- 
),000  or  12,000 
surface  of  the 
!  elevated  and 
)w  unvarying 
loped  to  have 
ter,  the  smoke 
seen  from  Ba- 
ing  peak  com- 
»re  we  reached 

ipally  spent  in 
ind  native  vil- 
g  to  impart 
The  Chinese 
i  are  called)  is 
;hiB  place.  My 
lurst,  was  re- 
uaintance,  and 
tention.       Hie 

228 


INHABITANTS  OF  THE  ^OI^'ll^:U^  REGIONS. 


MANNER  OF  RESTING  AT  NIGHT  IN  THE  NOllTH- 
ERN  REGIONS.    [Page2H.] 


i  ,\ 


fe 


■  \ 


m 


H^a 


■i'^ 


wmmm 


wmfmrn 


/ 


ing  exce 
man  to 
though 
the  prov 
the  comi 
tunity 
duty,  Ja 


JAV 


JER 


%     4 


books,  a  large  bag  ftill,  were  diapofied 
of  with  the  greatest  facility. 

"  In  fact  a  Chinaman  never  refuses 
a  book,  if  he  can  read,  and  there  ia 
little  doubt,  but  that  he  generally 
finds  out  its  contents.  We  called  at 
the  palace  cf  the  former  reigning 
family,  who  still  exercise  the  highest 
functions,  entrusted  by  government 
to  the  natives.  The  present  chief  is 
fifty-seven  years  of  age,  and  his 
father,  who  resigned  the  highest  of- 
fice to  become  a  priest,  is  about 
eighty-one.  There  arc  five  geneia- 
tions  of  them  now  livinw,  and  the 
old  man  numbers  among  his  descen- 
dants 250  living  souls.  Our  books 
were  well  received  at  the  palaces, 
and  a  number  of  them  distributed  in 
the  villages.  At  one  place  about 
thirty  were  assembled  at  a  feast.  It 
is  the  custom  of  the  Mohammedans 
of  Java,  to  have  a  number  of  feasits, 
at  certain  intervals  after  every  death, 
and  the  present  was  one  of  these  oc- 
casions. A  great  variety  of  eatables 
were  arranged  on  the  floor,  covered 
witii  mats,  and  the  guests  were  seat- 
ed around.  After  asking  a  blessing, 
and  before  they  commenced  eating, 
they  passed  round  a  number  of  ves- 
sels and  poured  water  upon  their 
hands,  reminding  us  of  the  Pharisees 
who,  "  except  tTiey  baptize  oft,  eat 
not."  Thus  again  we  have  enjoyed 
the  opportunity  of  scattering  1  he  seed 
of  eternal  life,  where  no  fruits  have 
yet  appeared.  The  Lord  prepare  the 
hearts  of  these  perishing  thousands 
for  its  reception. 

"  I  have  now  given  some  of  the 
facts  recorded  in  my  journal,  during 
a  residence  of  more  than  4  months. 
A  part  of  almost  every  day  has  been 
employed  in  accompanying  the  mis- 
sionary to  those  places  most  advanta- 
geous for  communicating  oral  and 
written  instruct-on.  The  greater 
proportion  of  these  visits  have  been 
omitted,  because  destitute  of  features 
of  peculiarity.  The  Lord  in  his  wis- 
dom, has  withheld  the  early  and  the 
latter  rain,  and  with  a  few  encourag- 
ing exceptions,  suftered  the  husband- 
man to  toil  in  hope.  As  success, 
though  eventually  certain,  is  beyond 
the  province  of  instruments  ;  and  as 
the  command  of  God  and  the  oppor- 
tunity of  obeying  it  are  decisive  of 
duty,  Java  urges  many  appeals  to  the 
u 


charities  and  obligations  of  the  Chris- 
tian world.  With  a  population,  near- 
ly  half  as  numerous  as  the  whole 
united  States,  there  arc  but  ttoo  mis- 
sionaries on  the  island.  The  Dutch 
have  sent  forth  many  missionaries  to 
their  other  colonics ;  but  the  widest 
field  is  suffered  to  lie  in  desolation. 
Those  who  reside  in  Java  are  gener- 
ally appointed  ard  supported  by  the 
local  government,  and  either  instruct- 
ed, or  disinclined  to  stretch  them- 
selves beyond  the  narrow  limits  of  a 
small  congregation  of  Dutch,  Portu- 
guese, or  native  Christians.  There 
is  very  little  question  that  other  niis- 
sionaries  would  be  allowed  to  co-op- 
erate with  Mr.  Medlmrst,  and  thus 
amplify  the  field  of  gospel  culture.  I 
have  heard  of  no  instance  where  they 
have  been  prevented,  and  two  or 
three  instances  have  come  to  knowl- 
edge where  liberty  was  granted  and 
not  improved.  In  my  own  case  it 
was  extended  to  one  year,  prol)ably 
as  a  term  of  probation,  although  such 
limits  were  never  prescribed  before, 
and  no  doubt  the  permission  would 
have  been  extended  beyond  the  time. 
The  island  is  by  no  means  as  insalu- 
brious as  is  generally  supposed.  With 
caution  there  appears  but  little  danger, 
although  in  the  mind  of  a  devoted 
missionary  such  an  objection  has  but 
little  weight,  when  he  thinks  of  him- 
self; and  it  certainly  should  not  have 
any  weight  when  he  thinks  of  the 
objects  of  his  compassion  as  exposed 
to  death  as  himself" 

JERUSALEM.  This  celebrated 
city  is  now  subject  to  the  pacha  of 
Damascus.  Its  environs  are  barren 
and  mountainous.  It  lies  on  the  west- 
ern declivity  of  a  hill  of  basalt,  sur- 
rounded with  rocks  and  deep  volleys. 
It  is  about  2  m.  in  circuit,  with  pretty 
hiffh  walls,  and  6  gates.  Of  25,000 
inhabitants,  13,000  are  Mohamme- 
dans, and  4,000  Jews.  At  Easter,  the 
pilgrims  often  amount  to  5,000.  There 
are  61  Christian  convents,  of  which 
the  Armenian  is  the  largest. 

All  that  remains  now  of  this  once 
splendid  city,  is  a  Turkish  walled 
town,  enclosing  a  number  of  heavy, 
unornamented,  stone  houses,  with 
here  and  there  ruined  heaps  and  va- 
cant spaces,  seated  amid  rugged  hills, 
on  a  stony  and  forbidding  soil, — "  a 
cemetery  in  the  midst  or  a  desert." 

229 


,,  fa 
li 


"''  I 


JER 

Jerusalem  »«,  in  fact,  no  more  ;  what 
existfi  on  itu  site  BoeniH  only  to  miHlead 
topographical  inquiries.  Not  a  inon- 
uniciit  of  Jewish  tiincH  is  atanding, 
the  very  courac  of  the  wallit  ia  chang- 
ed, and  the  boundariea  of  the  ancient 
city  are  become  doubtful.  The  nionka 
pretend  to  ahow  the  sites  of  the  sacred 

(laces ;  but  neither  Calvary  nor  the 
loly  Sepulchre,  much  leas  the  Dolo- 
rous Way,  the  house  of  Caiaphaa,  «Stc. 
has  the  slightest  pretensions  to  even 
a  probable  identity  with  the  real  lo- 
cality to  which  the  tradition  refers. 

The  general  aspect  of  the  country 
in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  Je- 
rusalem is  blighted  and  barren  :  "  the 
bare  rocks  look  through  the  scanty 
sward,  and  the  grain  seems  in  doubt 
whether  to  come  to  maturity,  or  to 
die  in  the  ear."     On  approaching  the 
city  from  the  W.  toward  the  Jatta,  or 
Pilgrim's  gate,  little   is  seen  but  the 
embattled  walls,  and  the  gothic  cita- 
del,— the  greater  part  of  the  town  be- 
ing concealed  in  tlie  hollow  formed  bv 
the  slope  of  the  ground  toward  the  L. 
But,  from  the  high  ground  in  the  road 
to  i'Jablous  and  Damascus,  where  the 
distant  city  first  bursts  on  the  travel- 
ler, the  view  ia  exceedingly  noble  and 
picturesque.    Amid  a  seemingly  mag- 
nificent   assemblage    of  domes,    and 
towers,  and  minarets,  it  is  said,  the 
eye  rests  with  delight  on  the  elegant 
proportions,  the  glistening  gilded  cre- 
scent, and  the  beautiful  green  blue 
color  of  the  mosque  of  Omar,  occupy- 
ing the  site  of  the  temple  of  Jehovah  ; 
while,  on  the  left,  the  lovely  slope  of 
Mount  Olivet  forms  a  soothing  fea- 
ture in  the  landscape.     The  general 
character  is  a  sort  of  forlorn  magnifi- 
cence ;   but  the  distant  view  is  all. 
On    entering    the    Damascus    gate, 
meanness,  and  filth,  and  misery,  soon 
reveal  its  fallen  and  degraded  state. 
The  traveller  is  lost  among  narrow, 
unpaved,  deserted   streets,   where  a 
few  paltry  shops  expose  to  view  no- 
thing but  wretchedness :  the  houses 
are  dirty  and  dull,  looking  like  prisons 
or  sepulchres ;  scarcely  a  creature  is 
to  be  seen  in  the  streets,  or  at  the 
gates ;  and  throughout  the  whole  ci- 
ty, there  is  not  one  symptom  of  either 
commerce,    comfort,    or    happiness 
"  How  doth  the  city  sit  solitary,  that 
was  full  of  people  !     How  is  she  be- 
come u  a  widow !  she  that  was  great 


JES 

among  the  nations,  and  princess  a- 
mong  the  people  ;  how  is  she  bt'come 
tributary  !  From  the  daughter  of  Zi- 
un  all  her  beauty  ia  departed.  All 
that  pass  by,  siiy,  la  this  the  city  that 
was  called  the  perfecliun  of  beauty, 
the  joy  of  tlie  whole  earth.'" 

Bui  even  that  distant  view  of  the 
modern  town,  which  has  been  pro- 
nounced so  exceedingly  beautiful,  is 
revolting  to  the  mind  ,  for  what  can 
reconcile  the  feelings  of  a  protestanl 
Christian  to  the  monstroua  incongrui- 
ty of  Turkish  domes  and  minarets 
towering  over  the  site  of  the  temple, 
and  the  triumphant  symbol  of  the  Mo- 
hammedan in»poBture  glittering  amid 
the  towers  of  convents  and  churches 
dedicated  lo  fraud  nnd  idolatry  ?  The 
features  of  nature,  however,  possess 
an  unch;ingca)>le  interest;  and  it  is 
on  these,  not  on  the  pretended  holy 
places,  and  intrusive  shadows,  that 
the  eye  reposes  with  com|)lucency, — 
with  thes(?  it  ip  that  the  heart  com- 
munes, "  The  beautiful  gate  of  the 
temple,''  remarks  Dr.  Clarke,  '•  is  no 
more ;  but  Siloa's  fountain  haply  flows, 
and  Kedron  sometimes  murmurs  in 
the  Valley  of  Jehoshaphat."  A  few 
gardenp  still  remain  on  tiie  sloping 
base  of  Mount  Zion,  watered  from  the 
pool  of  Siloam.  The  gardens  of  Geth- 
eemane,  the  vale  of  Fatness,  are  in  a 
sort  of  ruined  cultivation  ;  the  olive  is 
still  found  growing  spontaneously  in 
patches  at  the  foot  of  the  mount  to 
which  it  has  given  its  name ;  there, 
too,  the  road  to  Bethany  still  winds 
round  the  declivity,  and  Mount  Oli- 
vet itself  retains  a  languishing  ver- 
dure. 

To  Jerusalem  the  attention  of  vari- 
ous societies  has  been  directed,  as 
furnishing  favorable  opportunities  for 
the  distribution  of  the  Scriptures  and 
of  tracts. 

Among  others,  the  Rev.  C.  Burck- 
hardt,  oAhe  Malta  Bible  Society,  the 
Rev.  J.  Conner,  and  Wm.  Jowett,  of 
the  C.  M.  S.,  Rev.  Jonas  King,  Pliny 
Fisk,  Levi  Parsons,  and  Isaac  Bird,  of 
the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  Rev.  Mr.  Cook, 
of  the  W.  M.  S.,  and  Rev.  Mr.  Wolff, 
of  the  L.  J,  S.  have  temporarily  re- 
sided in  this  city.  There  is  now  no 
resident  missionary. 

JESSORE,  a  town  of  Hindoostan, 
in  Bengal,  capital  of  the  district  of 
Jessore,  which  extends  into  the  Sun- 

230 


rinccsa  a- 
le  bt'conie 
iter  of  Zi- 
rti'd.  All 
;  city  that 
)f  bi'uuty, 

ew  of  the 
been  pro- 
auliful,  is 
what  can 
prolcHtanl 
incongrui- 
niinarets 
le  temple, 
of  the  Mo- 
ring  amid 
I  churclies 
itry  ?    1  he 
cr,  posHeiis 
and  it  is 
nded  holy 
OW8,    that 
lucency, — 
leart  com- 
atc  of  the 
te,  '•  is  no 
aply  flows, 
lurniurs  in 
A  few 
le  sloping 
ed  from  the 
18  of  Geth- 
38,  are  in  a 
the  olive  is 
ineously  in 
e  mount  to 
me ;  there, 
still  winds 
Mount  Oli- 
ishing  vcr- 

ion  of  vari- 
irected,  as 
tunities  for 
iptures  and 

.  C.  Burck- 
Society,  the 
.  Jowett,  of 
Ung,  Pliny 
laac  Bird,  of 
Mr,  Cook, 
Mr.  Wolff, 
porarily  re- 
is  now  no 

jlindooBtan, 
:  district  of 
to  the  Sun- 
230 


JES 

derbundfl.     It  ia  02  m.  N.  E.  Calcutta, 
long.  W.  89'J  15',  N.  lat.  23"  7'. 

A  church  was  formed  at  this  place 
through  the  instrumentality  or  the 
liaiit.  M.  6'.  in  1807,  and  visited 
monthly  by  one  of  the  native  teach- 
ers. Notonlv  were  many  converted, 
but  one  individual  was  happily  restor- 
ed, and  his  wife  and  mother  were 
baptized.  In  IHIO,  the  church  con- 
sisted of  four  iranchcH,  each  about  \\0 
miles  distancv  front  the  other ;  the 
whole  comprehending  an  extent  of 
country  of  little  leas  than  100  miiesf 
in  diameter.  At  this  period  4  native 
brethren  wore  stationed  at  these  dif- 
ferent branches,  to  at^sist  Carapeit  in 
his  indefati^Abie  labors,  which  had 
been  the  means  of  tjreatly  increasing 
the  church.  The  Ilev.  Mr.  Thomas 
allorwiirds  occupied  this  station,  in 
connexion  with  the  natives.  Addi- 
tions were  made  to  the  number  of  be- 
lievers, but  some  the  brethren  were 
compelled  to  e.xclude  ;  who,  happily, 
retained  a  sufHcient  knowledge  of  the 
tfospel  to  keep  them  from  relapsing 
into  idolatry.  On(!  of  them,  in  his 
last  sickness,  declared  that  his  de- 
pendence for  salvation  was  on  Christ 
alone  ;  and  calling  his  wife,  pressed 
her  in  the  most  earnest  manner  to  re- 
nounce every  other  hope, — enforcing 
this,  indeed,  with  so  much  earnest- 
ness, as  almost  to  make  it  a  condition 
of  her  inheriting  the  little  property 
he  possessed  Every  year  additions 
are  reported  as  being  made  to  the 
church,  and,  in  1824,  the  district  in 
which  it  is  situated,  is  described  as 
"  one  of  the  best  cultivated  fields  in 
Bengal ;"  Mr.  Thomas,  and  his  itin- 
erants, being  perpetually  employed 
in  traversing  the  numerous  villages, 
fields,  and  roads,  and  in  visiting  the 
bazars,  ghats,  and  other  places  of 
public  resort,  through  a  considerable 
extent  of  country.  The  church,  at 
this  time,  consisted  of  nearly  80 
members,  inhabiting  10  different  vil- 
lages. At  J^eelgunj,  in  this  district, 
a  school  was  formed  at  the  expense 
of  the  Seramporc  School  Institution. 
3  native  youths  were  sent  by  Mr. 
Thomas  to  the  Serampore  college ; 
and  the  distribution  of  the  Bengalee 
Testament  in  this  quarter  was  very 
considerable. 

The  present  state  of  this  mission  is 
rather  discouraging.    As  great  alter- 


JEW 

ationn  have  lately  taken  place  in  th« 
residence  of  many  members,  an  exact 
statement  of  their  numbers  cannot  be 
given  :  it  is  feared  the  members  in 
communion  do  not  exceed  30. 

The  whole  population,  nominally 
Cliristiiin,  amounts  to  about  100. 
Mr.  Thomas  reHick-s  at  Sahebgunj, 
which  is  the  civil  station  of  the  dis- 
tiict.  Formerly  the  grt-ater  part  of 
his  flock  were  situated  at  Christian- 
pore,  1()  m.  N.  S.iht'bgunj  ;  but,  dur- 
ing the  year  IH"J(i,  tlu'y  have  been 
brought  into  Siihcbgunj,  that  they 
might  enjoy  the  benefit  of  his  constant 
instruction  and  care.  Other  portions" 
f>fhis  people  are  situated  at  Bakus- 
pole,  a  village  12  miles  to  the  south  of 
Sahebgunj ,  and  at  several  village  s  scat- 
tered in  (lifferent  directions  through 
the  district,  and  some  at  great  dis- 
tances. 

Mr.  Thomas  conducts  regular  ser- 
vices on  llie  Siibhath,  and  on  several 
days  of  tlie  week,  chiefly  for  the 
edification  of  the  native  Christians. 
He  likewise  visits  dillercnt  parts  of 
the  town  and  neighborhood,  to  preach 
the  Gospel  to  the  heathen  and  the 
Mussulinen,  and  he  superintends  4 
native  schools,  which  are  supported 
by  funds  for  that  purpose,  by  gentle- 
men formerly  resident  at  the  station. 
In  the  schools  the  Scriptures  are  read, 
and  Christian  catechisms  taught;  and 
one  of  the  gentlemen,  now  at  the 
station,  takes  a  deep  interest  in  their 
welfare,  and  promotes  it  both  by  his 
visits  and  liberality  in  rewarding  the 
children. 

A  considerable  portion  of  Mr. 
Thomas's  time  should  also  be  spent 
in  visiting  those  parts  of  the  district 
where  Christian  lamilies  reside ;  but 
interruptions  co'ntinually  occur  in  this 
part  of  his  duty,  from  weather  and 
other  circumstances. 

There  has  been  an  addition  of  ane 
person,  a  female,  to  Ihe  church  duiing 
the  year  1820. 

No  recent  intelligence  has  been 
received  in  respect  to  Jessore. 

JEWS.  After  the  Babylonish  cap- 
tivity, the  Hebrews  were  called  Jews, 
the  greater  part  of  the  nation,  having 
remained  in  the  mi("dle  and  eastern 
provinces  of  the  Persian  empire,  and 
only  42,300  men,  with  their  families, 
principally  of  the  tribes  of  the  king- 
dom of  Judah,   having   returned   to 

231 


I 


1 

'■  IP 

■■  F> 

■>:  ;*; 


■% 


JEW 


KAA 


their  country,  when  permission  was 
granted  by  Cyrus  (53G  B.  C.)  Here 
the  nation  remained,  though  with 
many  changes,  till  A.  D.  70,  when 
Jerusalem  was  taken  by  Titus,  the 
Roman  empeior.  He  burned  the 
temple,  demolished  the  city,  and  put 
to  death,  or  drove  into  slavery  and 
exile  all  tf  e  population.  110,000 
Jews  perished  at  the  siege,  and  during 
the  destruction  of  Jerusalem.  Egypt, 
the  northern  coast  of  Atrica,  and  the 
Grecian  cities  were  filled  with  cxilea. 
They  have  since  been  found  in  all 
the  nations  of  Christendom.  At  va- 
rious tiniL's  they  have  suffered  griev- 
ous persecutions.  In  most  countries, 
they  have  been  most  unjustly  deprived 
of  their  civil  rights.  There  is  no 
distinction  whatever  between  Jews 
and  Christians,  by  the  Constitution 
of  the  U.  States,  but,  in  some  of  the 
states,  certain  officers,  as  the  govern- 
or, councillors,  representatives,  are 
required  to  profess,  under  oath,  their 
belief  in  the  Christian  religion.  In 
May,  1830,  an  aLteinpt  was  made  in 
the  Parliament  of  England,  to  remove 
the  civil  disabilities,  aftecting  the 
Jews,  but  was  opposed  by  the  minis- 
try, and  the  question  was  lost.  In 
France,  the  Jewish  ministers  are 
paid,  by  an  ordinance  of  1830,  from 
the  public  chest,  as  the  Catholic  min- 
isters are.  In  Germany,  a  number 
of  Jews  have  lately  abandoned  the 
system  of  the  rabbins,  and  performed 
divine  worship  in  the  German  lan- 
guage, approaching  that  of  the  Chris- 
tians. Hamburgh  is  the  scat  of  this 
society.  By  a  ukase  of  March,  1817, 
important  privileges  were  conferred 
on  the  Jews  in  Russia,  who  embrace 
Christianity.  Land  is  given  to  them 
gratuitously,  where  tfcey  may  settle 
under  the  name  of  the  '*  Society  of 
Israelitish  Christians."  They  are 
exempt  from  military  service,  and 
from  taxes  for  20  years.  The  follow- 
ing is  an  estimate  of  the  number  of 
Jews  taken  from  a  late  number  of 
the  Gehrtan  Weimar  Geographical 
Almanac. 

Russia  and  Poland  058,809 

Austria  453,524 

European  Turkey  321,000 

Germany  138,000 

Prussia  134,000 

Netherlands  80,000 


France  60,000 

Great  Britain  12,000 

Cracow  7,3G0 
Other  Europ.  countries  15,45i0 
Total  in  Europe              1,018,(53 

In  Asiatic  Turkey  300,000 

Arabia  200,000 

Hindoostan  100,000 

China  60,000 
Other  Asiatic  countries      78,000 

Total  in  Asia  7:i8,000 

Africa  504,000 

America  5,700 

New  Holland  50 


Grand  Total 


3,218,000 


Various  societies  have  labored  for 
the  conversion  of  the  Jews  to  Chris- 
tianity. The  Boston  Female  Jews' 
now  support  the  Rev.  Wm.'  G. 
Schaufller,  who  has  departed  on  a 
mission  to  the  Jews  in  European 
Turkey.  By  the  last  report  of  the 
London  J«ws'  Society  (1831)  we 
learn  that  they  employ  30  missiona- 
ries, besides  3  who  are  engaged  in 
India.  Ofthese,10  are  Jews.  There 
are  also  5  others  engaged  as  teachers 
in  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Posen,  making 
a  total  of  38  missionary  agents.  The 
missionaries  have  translated  the  en- 
tire Bible  into  Jndseo-Polish.  The 
translation  was  effected  by  a  Jewish 
convert.  In  the  Jewish  school,  near 
London,  there  are  30  boys  and  38 
girls ;  in  the  missionary  seminary,  5 
students.  The  Jews  in  London  have 
sonietimes  attended  the  preaching  of 
the  Rev.  M.  S.  Alexander,  a  converted 
Jew,  in  great  numbers.  The  Amer- 
ican Jews'  Society,  in  1830,  sent  out 
to  the  Mediterranean,  the  Rev.  J.  I. 
Abraham. 


K. 

KAAVAROA,  a  station  of  th* 
v3.  B.  C.  F.  M.  on  the  island,  Hav.'aii, 
one  of  the  Sandwich  islands.  It  is 
now  vacant. 

According  to  the  report  of  the  mis- 
sionaries, June  28,  1831,  the  number 
of  church  members  was  58,  admitted 
during  the  previous  year,  31.  The 
number  of  schools  GO,  of  scholars 
4,400.  The  following  information  wa» 
given  about  10  months  previously. 

'*  Since  tlie  illneaa  of  Mr.  Ruggles^ 

23a 


60,000 

12,000 

7,3C0 

15,4!i>0 

18,(53 

iOO,OUO 

J00,0CO 

00,000 

60,CC0 

78,000 

r:i8,oco 

)04,0CO 
5,700 
50 

218,000 

)ored  for 
to  Chris- 
ale  Jews' 
Wm.  G. 
ed  on  a 
European 
rt  of  the 
831)  we 
missiona- 
gaged  in 
i.  There 
I  teachers 
1,  making 
nts.  The 
■d  the  en- 
Bh.  The 
a  Jewish 
hool,  near 
8  and  38 
ininary,  5 
idon  have 
caching  of 
converted 
he  Amer- 
I,  sent  out 
Rev.  J.  1. 


1  of  the 
i,  Hawaii, 
ds.     It  is 

f  the  mis- 

e  number 

admitted 

31.    The 

scholars 

tation  waa 

iously. 
Ruggles, 

232 


KAA 

much  of  the  care  of  the  church  and 
congregation  at  Kaavaroa  has  devolv- 
ed on  us  (Thurston  and  Bishop),  and 
we  have  alternately  visited  and  sup- 
plied them  each  Sabbath,  when  the 
weather  would  permit  us,  goiag  down 
in  a  canoe  on  Saturday,  and  return- 
ing the  Monday  following. 

"  Since  the  departure  of  Mr.  R. 
and  family  from  Kaavaroa,  the  sta- 
tion has  been  destitute  of  a  resident 
missionary.  We  have  done  what  we 
could  to  supply  that  deficiency, 
though  attended  with  no  little  labor 
and  self-denial  in  leaving  home  and 
exposing  ourselves  to  the  dangers  of 
the  sea  in  an  open  canoe.  But  such 
is  the  interesting  state  of  that  people, 
that  .ye  feel  ourselves  amply  repaid 
for  all  our  toil,  in  witnessing  the 
word  of  the  Lord  thrive  and  prosper 
among  them.  They  arc  not  a  whit 
behind  our  own  beloved  Kairua  in 
their  eagerness  to  receive  divine  truth, 
and  we  never  fail  to  return  home  im- 
pressed with  a  sense  of  the  kindness 
t'.nd  hospitality,  with  which  we  have 
been  received  among  them. 

'•'  The  congregation  still  continues 
to  increase,  and  there  are  now  up- 
wards of  2,000  souls,  who  regularly 
attend  worship  on  the  Sabbath.  We 
still  assemble  with  them  im  the  open 
air  when  the  weather  will  admit  of 
it,  as  the  old  chapel  will  not  contain 
the  one  half  of  them.  The  new  house 
of  worship,  which  was  in  contempla- 
tion last  year,  has  been  deferred  in 
consequence  of  the  late  tax  for  sandal- 
wood, but  it  will  shortly,  we  hope, 
be  commenced.  They  only  wait  for 
an  opportunity,  and  several  thousand 
people  stand  ready  to  lend  a  helping 
hand. 

"  Since  our  last  communication,  2D 
persona  have  been  received  into  the 
church  at  Kaavaroa,  viz.  14  in  Feb- 
ruary last,  and  15  on  the  ninth  of  the 
present  month,  making  46  in  all,  who 
have  been  received  at  Kaavaroa. 

**  There  has  been,  during  the  past 
winter,  a  more  than  ordinary  excite- 
ment of  a  religious  nature  among  the 
people  of  Kaavaroa  and  vicinity, 
which  we  trust  has  resulted  in  the 
saving  change  of  a  goodly  number, 
who  nave  been  born  into  the  kingdom 
of  Christ.  The  people  still  continue 
in  a  very  lively  frame  of  religious 
attention,  and  many  we  trust  are 
u* 


KAI 

making  progress  in  Christian  knowl- 
edge." 

KAILUA,  a  station  of  the  ^.  B.  C. 
F.  M.  on  the  island,  Hawaii.  Asa 
Thurston  and  Artemas  Bishop,  mis- 
sionaries, with  their  wives.  In  June, 
1831,  the  church  members  were  74 
in  number,  31  admitted  during  the 
preceding  year.  Candidates  24. 
Schools  50  ;  scholars  3,814.  The 
following  extract  describes  a  special 
revival  of  religion,  which  took  place 
in  the  autumn  of  1830. 

"  At  our  communion  season  on  the 
25th  of  October,  seventeen  were  bap- 
tized and  admitted  to  the  church, 
among  whom  was  John  Adams,  the 
governor  of  Hawaii.  On  this  occa- 
sion, it  was  judged  that  there  were 
3,000  people  within  and  about  the 
house.  It  was  a  day  of  deep  and  sol- 
emn interest,  and  one  long  to  be  re- 
membered. The  Lord  was  evidently 
in  the  midst  of  us  with  the  influences 
of  his  Spirit,  subduing  the  hearts  of 
sinners,  and  sanctifying,  strengthen- 
ing, and  cheering  the  souls  of  his 
people. 

"  From  this  period  the  attention 
became  more  general,  and  for  three 
or  four  months  our  houses  were 
thronged  from  morning  till  night 
with  inquirers  after  salvation.  They 
came  principally  in  companies  of 
from  ten  and  under  to  one  hundred 
and  more.  To  have  conversed  with 
them  all  individually,  would  have 
been  impracticable.  Generally  one  of 
them  would  give  expression  to  hie 
feelings  as  the  sentiments  of  the 
whole,  after  which  they  were  ad- 
dressed on  the  plain,  simple,  funda- 
mento.l  truths  of  the  Gospel.  In  their 
confessions  they  would  generally  enu- 
merate the  crimes  of  which  they  had 
been  guilty  in  their  heathen  state, 
the  particulars  of  which  the  apostle, 
in  his  description  of  the  Gentile  na- 
tions, has  accurately  given  in  the  first 
chapter  of  his  epistle  to  the  Romans. 
They  would  also  state  the  opinions, 
which  they  entertained  respecting 
the  missionaries  on  their  arrival  here, 
and  how  they  had  treated  their  in- 
structions, and  the  word  of  God 
which  has  been  put  into  their  hands. 
We  have  heard,  say  they,  with  our 
ears,  we  have  read  with  our  mouths, 
the  word  of  God  as  a  mere  novelty, 
or  for  the  purpose  of  knowing  more 

233 


Is! 


KAN 


KAN* 


than  others,  supposing  that  this  was 
all  that  was  necessary  for  salvation, 
without  at  all  thinking  it  a  matter  of 
personal  concernment  to  attend  to, 
believe,  and  obey  the  truth.  But  the 
Spirit  of  God  has  come  into  our 
hearts,  and  taught  us  that  our  hearts 
are  as  full  of  aU  manner  of  wicked- 
ness, as  our  lives  have  been  of  evil 
deeds.  We  have  been  living  in  dark- 
ness and  in  the  shadow  of  death,  and 
have  come  to  be  directed  to  the  way 
of  light  and  eternal  life.  No  doubt 
the  feelintrs  of  many  have  been  those 
of  sympathy  merely  ;    still  we  have 

grounds  for  believing,  that  many  also 
ave  sought  the  Lord  in  earnest,  and 
have  found  him.  During  the  period 
embraced  in  this  letter,  the  Moral 
Society  for  males  has  increased  to 
2,500,  and  that  of  females  to  2,600, 
and  there  continue  to  be  frequent 
additions.  A  Sabbath  school  has 
also  been  established,  composed  of 
adults  and  children,  which  includes 
a  considerable  part  of  the  congrega- 
tion, in  which  the  catechism,  the 
ten  commandments,  and  other  parts 
of  scripture  are  taught.  A  goodly 
number,  it  is  believed,  have  been 
turned  from  darkness  to  light,  and 
from  the  power  of  Satan  unto  God, 
none  of  whom  have  as  yet  made  a 
public  profession.  A  few  have  been 
received  to  our  select  meeting,  which 
now  contains  77,  excluRivc  of  the 
members  of  the  church,  most  of 
whom  give  evidence  of  piety. 

"  On  the  second  instant,  22  were 
baptized  and  admitted  to  the  church, 
which,  with  the  above,  make  39  who 
have  been  admitted  since  we  last 
wrote.  The  whole  number,  that  has 
been  received  at  Kairua,  is  05. 

"  Could  our  patrons  and  friends  be 
with  us  on  one  of  these  seasons  of 
communian,  they  would  then  have 
occular  demonstration,  that  they  had 
not  labored  in  vain,  and  expended 
their  substance  for  naught ;  and  your 
missionaries  are  daily  cheered  with 
renewed  evidence  that  the  Gospel 
does  not  fall  upon  the  ear,  like  an 
unmeaning  sound,  but,  through  the 
iD0uences  of  the  Spirit,  and  by  its 
own  intrinsic  and  living  energy,  finds- 
itfl  way  to  the  heart." 

KANDY,  a  kingdom  of  Ceylon, 
eontaininff  about  a  fourth  of  the  isl- 
tnd^  in  the  interior  part  towards  the 


S.  The  country  is  mountainous,  very- 
woody  on  the  frontiers,  and  difficult 
of  access  from  the  great  quantity  of 
jungle. 

Ihe  central  part  consists  of  moun- 
tains cultivated  to  their  suumiits, 
interspersed  with  villages,  rivulets, 
and  cattle,  fields  of  rice  and  other 
grain,  well  trodden  foot-paths  in  all 
directions,  and  fruitful  valleys,  with 
groves  of  areka,  jacca,  and  cocoa- 
nuts,  limes,  '  nges,  4&c.  In  many 
parts  of  the  iuu nui ,  volcanoes  have 
burst  forth  at  differtnl  times;  and 
the  hills  seem  to  possess  the  principle 
of  those  eruptions.  Iron  and  other 
ores  are  to  be  met  with ;  but  the 
Kandians,  for  years  past,  have  paid 
no  attention  to  discovering  or  working 
any  of  the  veins.  The  air  is  subject 
to  heavy  fogs  and  dews  at  night,  suc- 
ceeded by  excessively  hot  and  sultry 
weather  by  day  ;  rain  and  thunder 
are  also  frequent  and  violent.  The 
inhabitants  use  fire-arms  and  bows 
and  arrows  for  weapons  of  offence. 
The  king  was  lf)ng  absolute  ;  and  he 
was  clothed  in  all  the  state  and  splen- 
dor of  other  Asiatic  princes,  with  the 
peculiar  dietinction  of  a  crown.  The 
tyrannical  government  of  the  last 
ruler,  and  his  cruelties,  were  in  the 
exireme  ;  so  that  many  of  his  subjects 
removed  to  the  British  settlements. 
His  atrocities contirming  to  spread,  the 
British,  in  1815,  took  up  arms  against 
him  solely,  promising  security  and  pro- 
tection to  his  fiul  jects.  They  entered 
the  capital,  which  was  found  desert- 
ed, and  stript  of  all  valuable  property  ; 
but  the  king's  retreat  being  soon 
known,  he  was  taken  prisoner,  sent 
to  Colombo,  and  thence  to  Vellore, 
where  he  is  still  in  confinement. 
The  conquest  was  bloodless  on  the 
part  of  the  British,  who,  with  the 
Kandian  chiefs,  settled  a  treaty  for 
deposing  the  King,  and  establishing 
his  Brittanic  Majesty's  government 
in  the  Kandian  provinces. 

Kandy,  the  capital,  stands  at  the 
head  and  widest  part  of  an  extensive 
valley,  in  the  midst  of  wooded  hills 
and  mountains,  and  is  mpre  regularly 
built  than  most  Indian  towns.  The 
palaoe  is  a  square  of  great  extent, 
built  of  a  kind  of  cement  perfectly 
white,  with  stone  gateways.  The 
temples  of  Budhu  and  the  gods  are 
numerous ;  and  that  of  Malcgawa  is 

234 


says, 


lency 


0U8,  very 
difficult 
antity  of 

of  moun- 

suinniits, 

rivulets, 

nd  other 

^hs  in  all 

jys,  with 

d   cocoa- 

In  many 

ices  have 

nes ;    and 

principle 

ind  otlier 

but  the 

lave  paid 

r  working 

is  subject 

light,  Biic- 

iiid  sultry 

i  thunder 

nt.      The 

ind    bows 

if  offence. 

e ;  and  he 

and  splen- 

I,  with  the 

wn.     The 

F  the   last 

ere  in  the 

lis  subjects 

^ttlements, 

spread, the 

ms  atrainst 

ty  and  pro- 

ley  entered 

nd  desert* 

!  property  ; 

3ing    soon 

oner,  sent 

,0  Vellore, 

nfinement. 

>ss  on  the 

with    the 

treaty  for 

Btablishing 

overnment 

ids  at  the 
I  extensive 
loded  hills 
?  regularly 
wns.  The 
:at  extent, 
t  perfectly 
ays.  The 
)  gods  are 
alcgawa  is 
234 


KAN 

the  most  venerated  of  any  in  the 
country,  as  it  contains  a  precious 
relic, — the  tooth  of  Budhu.  The 
houses  that  constitute  the  streets  are 
all  of  clay,  of  one  story,  standing  on 
a  low  terrace  of  clay  ;  and  are  all 
thatched,  except  those  of  the  chiefs, 
which  are  tiled.  Kandy  was  enter- 
ed by  the  British  troops  in  1803,  the 
king  and  principal  inhabitants  having 
previously  fled  ;  but  the  expedition 
teiminaled  '.n  the  massacre  or  impris- 
onment of  the  whole  detachment. 

In  1815,  it  was  again  entered,  and 
with  better  success,  as  noticed  in  the 
preceding  article.  The  town  is  ne.irly 
surrounded  by  the  river  Mahawelle, 
and  an  artificial  lake,  made  by  the 
late  king,  G.5  m.  E.  N.  E.  Colombo. 
E.  long.  80°  47',  N.  lat.  7^  18'. 

The  directors  of  the  C.  M.  S.  having 
determined  on  sending  four  clergy- 
men to  Ceylon,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Lam- 
brick  was  appointed  to  Kandy. 

In  a  letter  dated  Oct.  27,  1818,  he 
says,  "  I  Kave  had  full  employment 
for  the  exercise  of  my  ministry  among 
tlie  numbers  of  our  countrymen  here, 
both  civil  and  m''itary,and  especially 
in  the  crowded  hospitals  ;  but  hitherto 
1  have  been  precluded  from  any  pub- 
lic missionary  exertions.  The  town, 
indeed,  has  been  almost  deserted  by 
tlie  native  inhabitants  ever  since  the 
rebellion  broke  out ;  but  we  have  the 
greatest  encouragement  to  hope  that 
God  is  about  to  restore  the  blessings 
of  peace,  and  with  it  the  people  will 
return.  I  cannot,  at  present,  be  per- 
mitted to  preach  to  the  natives;  but 
I  have  obtained  authority  to  open 
schools,  and  have  engaged  two  of 
the  priests  to  be  masters  of  them,  as 
they  have  promised  to  conform  to  my 
directions. 

"  A  few  days  ago,  the  Governor, 
in  the  prospect  of  the  rebellion  being 
speedily  terminated,  proposed  return- 
ing to  Colombo,  and  desired  that  I 
might  be  asked  whether  I  would  re- 
main here  after  he  had  left.  And,  on 
my  signifying  my  assent,  his  Excel- 
lency conferred  on  me  the  appoint- 
ment of  assistant  chaplain  to  the  forces 
in  Kandy  ;  which,  as  long  as  I  retain 
it,  will  save  the  society  my  personal 
expenses." 

In  this  situation,  Mr.  L.  had  con- 
tinual calls  of  duty  among  his  coun- 
trymen,  and  the  best  opportunities  of 


KAN 

studying  Cingalese  in  its  purity.  Ue 
also  established  a  large  school  on 
the  national  system.  The  Rev.  Mr. 
Browning  joined  him  in  1820 ;  and  on 
the  arrival  of  an  additional  chaplain, 
Mr.  L.  retired  from  tlie  olHce  he  had 
held  to  Cotta,  on  which  occasion  he 
received  the  thanks  of  the  government 
for  the  exemplary  attention  which  he 
had  paid  to  the  Europeans.  Mr.  B., 
however,  continued  his  efforts  at  this 
station, — conducting  Cingalese  ser- 
vices, visiting  the  gaol,  in  which  from 
t)0  to  70  prisoners  were  confined,  and 
actively  superintending  5  sciiools. 

A  school-house  was  opened  with 
divine  service,  on  the  lllh  of  Jan. 
1826  :  besides  Sunday  services,  Mr. 
B.  has  a  Cingalese  service  on  Wed- 
nesday evenings,  and  one  in  Portu- 
guese on  Thursday  evenings.  The 
attendance  at  public  worship  had  pre- 
viously been  small ;  many  of  the 
scholars  were  kept  away  by  their 
parents  ;  few  adult  heathen  could  be 
prevailed  on  to  attend  ;  and  of  the 
prisoners,  though  8on)e  listen  to  the 
word,  others  are  indifferent  and  cal- 
lous ;  but  he  continues  to  avail  him 
self  of  various  opportunities  to  make 
known  the  Gospel.  Sickness  havin^j 
again  disabled  the  chaplain,  it  devolv- 


tr 


ed  on  Mr.  Browning,  early  in  tin;  ye 
1S20,  to  take  such  part  of  his  duty  a.i 
could  be  done  without  material  iuji  ry 
to  his  own. 

At  the  annual  meeting  in  Septem- 
ber, Mr.  Browning  reported  tliat  ti*e 
service  in  Cingalese  was  somewhat 
better  attended  than  it  had  been  a 
few  months  before,  and  particularly 
by  the  females  ;  and  that  there  were 
5  schools,  with  an  average  attendance 
of  105  scholars. 

It  is  gratifying  to  learn .  that  the  sons 
of  the  Kandian  chiefs,  who  attend  to 
learn  English,  have  lately,  of  their  own 
accord,  come  forward  to  purchase  the 
Cingalese  and  English  jVew  Testa- 
ment, to  read  and  compare  at  home. 

The  following  is  the  summary  for 
this  station,  for  1831.  T.  Browning, 
missionary  ;  a  reader ;  a  school  visit- 
or ;  5  schoolmasters,  and  4  mistresses. 
Average  attendance  on  the  various 
services,  112  adults,  and  80  children. 
Communicants,  15.  Confirmed  by 
Bishop  Turner,  in  his  last  visit,  36. 
An  aged  woman  has  been  baptized  : 
a  young  woman  died  hopefully.    Th« 

235 


/  h^ 


KAR 

minds  of  inquiring  natives  are  much 
employed  on  the  truths  of  scripture. 
Seminarists;  2  ;  schools  10,  and  180 
boys  and  30  girls. 

KARASS,  a  village  in  Asiatic 
Russia,  at  the  northern  base  of  Mount 
Caucasus, 

The  Rev.  Messrs.  Jack,  Patterson, 
and  Galloway,  from  the  Scottish  M.  S. 
commenced  exertions  here  in  1802, 
with  a  view  to  introduce  the  Gospel 
among  the  Tartars.  TJiough  for  some 
time  they  had  many  difficulties  and 
discouragements  to  encounter ;  yet 
they  experienced  evident  tokens  of 
the  divine  favor  and  protection,  and 
great  good  has  resulted  from  their  per- 
severing efforts.  Soon  after  they  had 
established  themselves  at  Karass,  the 
Russian  government,  in  consequence 
of  an  urgent  solicitation,  gave  a  grant 
of  land,  of  more  than  14,000  acres,  for 
the  benefit  of  the  mission,  with  cer- 
tain immunities  flattering  to  its  future 
prospects.  Native  youtlis,  slaves  to 
the  Circassians  and  Cuban  Tartars, 
were  early  redeemed  by  the  mission- 
aries, and  placed  in  schools,  v/here 
they  received  instruction  in  the  Turk- 
ish and  English  languages,  and  were 
taught  the  useful  arts  and  the  princi- 
ples of  Christianity.  Among  those 
who  early  embraced  the  Gospel,  was 
the  Sultan,  Katagerry,  who  has  ren- 
dered essential  aid  to  the  mission,  and 
advoi.'.ated  its  cause  in  the  metropolis 
of  England.  In  1805,  a  reinforce- 
ment of  missionaries,  with  a  printing- 
press,  was  sent  to  this  place.  The 
New  Testament,  which  had  been 
translated  into  tha  Turkish  language 
by  the  assiduous  labors  of  Mr.  Bain- 
ton,  together  with  some  tracts  written 
by  him  against  Mohammedanism, 
were  immediately  printed,  and  circu- 
lated among  the  people.  Some,  per- 
ceiving the  great  superiority  of  Chris- 
tianity, renounced  their  former  super- 
stitions, to  embrace  it;  while  the 
confidence  of  others  in  the  truth  of 
tlieir  system  was  greatly  shaken, 
among  whom  were  some  effendis,  or 
doctors.  One  priest  is  said  to  have 
exchanged  his  Koran  for  the  New 
Testament.  ^ 

James  Galloway  is  now  laboring 
at  this  station.  Testaments  and  tracts 
find  a  ready  sale  among  the  Cossacks 
in  the  neighborhood.  The  Tartars 
ar«  in  a  very  unsettled  state,  and 


KAR 


or  careless 
concerns.     They 


most  of  them  indifferent 
about  all  religious 
resist  as  blasphemy  the  doctrine  of 
the  atonement  by  the  incarnate  Sav- 
iour. There  is  a  great  want  of  faith- 
ful ministers  to  miprove  the  awful 
visitation  of  the  Cho'era  Morbus. 

The  German  M.  S.  has  also  a  sta- 
tion at  Karass,  which  is  increasing; 
and,  in  consequence,  Mr.  Fletnitztr 
was  removed  from  the  neighborhood 
of  Odessa,  to  assist  Mr.  Lang.  The 
latter  has  labored  with  success  in  the 
German  congregations  committed  to 
him,  and  has  itinerated  with  Mr.  Gal- 
loway among  the  Tartar  tribes.  Speak- 
ing of  these  visits,  he  says: — "In 
general,  the  more  sensible  among 
them  acknowledged,  that,  on  our  side, 
there  is  more  truth  than  on  theirs  ; 
but  also  among  them  it  is  said.  What 
is  truth  .''  Their  inditference  toward 
every  seiious  thought  can  hardly  be 
endured.  There  is  not  one  that  under- 
standeth  :  there  is  none  that  seeketh  af- 
ter God.  The  missionaries  have,  how- 
ever, lately  contemplated  the  trial  of 
a  school  among  these  people."  Of 
Madchar,  a  second  German  congre- 
gation of  which  Mr.  L.  has  the  care, 
he  writes ; — "  With  feelings  of  great 
delight  do  I  turn  to  my  dear  congre- 
gation :  with  sure  hope  I  am  waiting 
for  the  day  of  their  salvation.  At  my 
last  visit  to  this  people,  I  ex  '.mined 
more  particularly  into  their  real  state  ; 
and  oh,  how  delightful  was  it  to  my 
soul,  to  find  many  a  precious  plant  in 
this  garden  of  our  God — in  this  other- 
wise barren  field  !  What  feelings  of 
adoration  and  thanksgiving  filled  my 
breast,  when  I  heard,  during  divine 
service,  the  sacrifices  of  prayer  and 
praise  rise  with  deep  veneration  to 
God  Almighty,  from  this  newly  awak- 
ened people  !  How  lovely  sounded 
the  voice  of  the  little  children  !  And 
how  many  a  heart  exclaimed,  O  Lord 
hear  us  !  O  Lord  have  mercy  upon 
us  !  The  zeal  among  the  school-cnil* 
dren  is  very  gieat.  The  spelling-book 
sent  from  x>usle  is  already  committed 
to  memory ;  and  it  is  with  difficulty 
the  parents  can  keep  the  children 
from  school.  The  Lord's  day  is  kept 
holy ;  dedicated  to  the  exclusive  wor- 
ship of  God  our  Saviour,  and  to  the 
building  up  in  our  holy  faith  and  re- 
ligion. The  defaults  of  a  few  mem- 
bers of  the  congregation  were  noticed 

236 


by  the  elder! 
proved  in  Ch 
the  Gospel, 
this  church  i 
it  is  surrounc 
of  Tartars,  t 
conversation 
may  become 
into  the  way 

Rev.  C.  6 
ed  Mr.  Lang 

KENT,  a 

Ftarish  of  St 
ing,  about  4 
Leone,   W. 
1823,  418,  of 
slaves. 

This  statii 
C.  M.  S.  in  1 
were  placed 
Randle,  who 
concern  for  I 
the  ministry 
gent's  Towr 
an  evening 
and  adults, 
arrested  his 
w^as  in  conse 
station.  Th 
contributed 
tion,  formed 
in  the  first  4 
cumstance  o 
in  tlie  opposi 
however,  he 
try  people,  li 
a  slave  ;  he 
do  them  any 
so  much  inji 
a  suitable  a< 
subscriber  t 
being  remov 
was  appoini 
Mrs.  Renne: 
feuiales. 

The  officii 
January,  18! 
men  and  bo 
ing,  the  floe 
propriated  t< 
ished ;  the 
making  proj 
extenmag. 
adult  schola 
was  be  twee 
boys'  and  m 
improve  un 
youth  from 
At  this  time 
"  With  mu( 


KEN 

by  the  elders  of  the  chapel ;  and  re- 
proved  in  Christian  love,  according  to 
the  Goapel.  The  flourishing  state  of 
this  church  is  the  more  interesting,  as 
it  is  surrounded  with  numerous  tribes 
of  Tartars,  to  whom  their  Christian 
conversation,  by  the  grace  of  God, 
may  become  a  light  to  guide  their  feet 
into  the  way  of  peace." 

Rev.  C.  G.  Hegele  has  lately  join- 
ed Mr.  Lang. 

KENT,  a  town  of  Africans,  in  the 

ftarish  of  St.  Edward,  at  Cape  Shil- 
ing,  about  40  m.  S.  Freetown,  Sierra 
Leone,  W.  Africa.  Population,  in 
1823,  418,  of  whom  318  were  liberated 
slaves. 

This  station  was  commenced  by  the 
C.  M.  S.  in  181!».  About  200  people 
were  placed  under  the  care  of  Mr. 
Randle,  who  was  brought  to  a  serious 
concern  for  his  own  salvation  under 
the  ministry  of  Mr.  Johnson  at  Re- 
gent's Town  He  had  at  this  time 
an  evening  scliool  of  nearly  70  boys 
and  adults.  Painful  circumstances 
arrested  his  labors,  and  Mr.  Renner 
was  in  consequence  appointed  to  the 
station.  The  sum  of  21.  13s.  lid.  was 
contributed  by  a  missionary  associa- 
tion, formed  here  in  Septenrher  1820, 
in  the  first  4  months.  A  singular  cir- 
cumstance occurred  on  this  occasion, 
in  the  opposition  of  an  African,  which, 
however,  he  soon  withdrew  :  his  coun- 
try people,  he  said,  had  sold  him  for 
a  slave  ;  he  had  no  wish,  therefore,  to 
do  them  any  good,  who  had  done  him 
so  much  injury  ;  but  he  relented,  after 
a  suitable  admonition,  and  became  a 
subscriber  to  its  funds.  Mr.  Renner 
being  removed  by  death,  Mr.  Beckley 
was  appointed  his  successor,  while 
Mrs.  Renner  was  left  in  charge  of  the 
feuiales. 

The  official  return  of  scholars,  in 
January,  1821,  was  35  women  and  58 
men  and  boys.  A  large  stone  build- 
ing, the  floor  of  which  was  to  be  ap- 
propriated to  divine  worship,  was  fin- 
ished ;  the  liberated  negroes  were 
making  progress,  and  cultivation  was 
extendiiig.  The  average  number  of 
adult  scholars,  through  the  year  1824, 
was  between  89  and  90.  Both  the 
boys'  and  men's  schools  continued  to 
improve  under  the  care  of  a  native 
youth  from  the  Christian  Instit^Uion. 
At  this  time  Mr.  Beckley  remarks : — 
"  With  much  sorrow  I  state,  that  this 


KEN 

settlement  has  received  injury  ut  spir- 
itual things,  on  account  of  my  fre- 
quent absence  from  it.  The  church 
is  by  no  means  so  well  attended  as 
before,  though,  at  the  same  time,  I 
have  great  reason  for  thankfulness. 
It  has  pleased  God  to  continue  his 
grace  in  the  upholding  of  such  as  pro- 
fess  to  love  him.  In  outward  things, 
such  as  building  and  cultivation,  the 
settlement  has  prospered.  A  wall  has 
been  completed,  enclosing  the  supcr- 
intendant's  house,  with  boys'  and 
girls'  school-houses  in  the  respective 
wings,  containing  10,200  feet  of  ma- 
son work,  and  the  boys'  school  is  so 
far  finished,  as  for  them  to  be  able  to 
live  and  keep  school  in  it.  The  quan- 
tity of  cassada  purchased  by  govern- 
ment during  the  last  two  quarters,  has 
been  3'">20  bushels  ;  which,  contrasted 
with  lite  state  in  which  the  settlement 
was  when  I  first  came,  gives  me  much 
satisfaction  :  a  bushel  of  cassada,  not 
quite  3  years  since,  was  not  to  be 
found  throughout  all  Cape  Shilling." 
The  number  of  communicants  was  13. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Gerber  at  present  la- 
bors at  this  place.  Besides  the  Sun- 
day services,  he  has  others  on  Wed- 
nesday and  Friday  evenings.  The 
average  attendance  is,  at  the  former 
about  120,  and  at  the  latter  about  15. 
At  Midsummer,  182G,  there  were  10 
communicants,  but  at  Michaelmas  he 
had  felt  it  his  duty  to  exclude  3.  The 
heavy  rains  which  had  fallen  between 
Midsummer  and  Michaelmas,  and  fre- 
quent indisposition,  had  prevented  him 
from  regularly  visiting  the  neighbor- 
ing stations.  At  Michaelmas  there 
were  in  the  school  146  boys  and  95 
girls.  "  The  increased  average  num- 
ber," says  Mr.  G.  "inclusive  of  chil- 
dren, is,  on  Sundays  from  309  to  419, 
and  on  week-days,  from  229  to  239. 
Our  present  place  of  worship  has  be- 
come too  small  to  contain  so  large  a 
number,  so  that  many  have  to  sit  out- 
side in  the  piazza."  Mr.  G.  had  also 
30  persons  preparing  fur  baptism  and 
the  Lord's  supper,  and  mentiens  the 
following  interesting  case  of  one  of 
them  : — 

"  A  woman  at  Housa,  who  was  a 
strict  worshipper  of  two  idols  made  of 
wood,  in  the  figure  of  a  man  and  wo- 
man, whom  she  called  Bacumbagee, 
and  to  whom  she  from  time  to  time 
■acrificed  a  fowl ;  when  convinced  by 

237 


it 


,ii 


i 


KER 

the  Spirit  of  God  that  she  was  thus 
ignorantly  worshipping  the  devil,  cut 
her  idols  to  pieces  and  threw  them 
away,  and  is  now  worshipping  God  in 
spirit  and  truth." 

Two  days  after  Mr.  G.  settled  at 
Kent,  one  of  the  Commissioners  of 
Inquiry  visited  the  settlement,  and 
wished  an  examination  of  the  schools 
to  take  place.  In  consequence,  ]G6 
boys  and  75  girls  were  examined  :  of 
the  boys,  9  only  could  read  the  Scrip- 
tures tolerably  well,  and  14  could  read 
the  New  Testament  imperfectly  :  of 
the  girls,  11  could  read  the  Scriptures 
fluently,  and  spell  very  well,  and  13 
could  read  the  New  Testament  imper- 
fectly, and  were  incorrect  in  spelling. 
The  commissioners,  on  seeing  the 
state  of  the  schools,  advised  Mr.  G. 
to  obtain  assistants  more  adequate  to 
the  proper  instruction  of  so  large  a 
number  of  scholars.  William  Neville 
and  his  wife  having  been  placed  at 
Kent  with  that  view,  and  the  boys 
being  withdrawn  from  that  labor 
which  had  for  a  considerable  period 
left  them  far  too  little  time  for  instruc- 
tion, Mr.  G.  was  enabled  to  report  at 
Michaelmas  a  remarkable  improve- 
ment in  the  schools.  Examinations 
are  now  held  every  quarter — which 
plan  acts  as  a  great  stimulus  to  the 
children. 

No  missionary  now  resides  at  this 
station. 

KERIKERI,  a  station  of  the  C. 
M.  S.  in  New  Zealand,  on  a  river 
which  falls  into  the  Bay  of  Islands  on 
the  west  side,  commenced  in  1819. 
Alfred  N.  Brown,  missionary,  James 
Kemp,  C.  Baker,  catechists,  James 
Smith,  printer. 

KHAMIESBERG,  a  station  of  the 
W.  M.  S.,  near  the  northern  boundary 
of  the  Cape  Colony,  and  S.  of  the 
Great  Orange  R. 

At  this  place,  and  in  its  neighbor- 
hood, two  IVesleyan  missionarirs  are 
employed.  A  large  part  of  the  tribe 
of  the  Little  Namaqua  Hottentots  have 
been  reduced  from  migrating  habits 
to  the  cultivation  of  the  ground,  to  the 

Eractice  of  useful  arts,  and,  above  all, 
ave  wholly  renounced  superstition 
and  idolatry.  Buildings,  fields,  and 
gardens,  have  taken  the  place  of  the 
former  Hottentot  Kraal,  and  the  chap- 
el and  the  school  are  regularly  attend- 
ed  by   the   christianized  adults  and 


KIS 

their  children.  From  almost  the  first 
commencement  of  the  mission,  the 
most  satisfactory  instances  of  true  con- 
version have  taken  place,  and  they 
still  occur.  One  converted  Hottentf^t 
family  alone  has  furnished  three  native 
teachers,  of  decided  piety  and  suita- 
ble kno\.  ledge  of  the  truth,  and  others 
have  acquired  such  a  maturity  of  re- 
ligious experience  as  to  Le  useful  to 
their  fellows. 

See  Lily  Fountain. 

KHODON,  an  outstation  of  the  /.. 
J/.  S.,  in  Siberia,  190  m.  N.  N.  E.  o*" 
Seienginsk,  commenced  in  lfc28.  Ed- 
ward Stallybrass,  the  missionary,  has 
some  interesting  youths  under  his  in- 
struction, and  avails  himself  cf  the 
opportunities,  which  his  situation  of- 
fers to  proclaim  the  Gospel  to  the 
people,  and  manifests  its  pliilanthrop- 
ic  spirit,  by  assisting  them  with  ad- 
vice ond  medical  aid  when  sick. 

KIDDERPORE,  a  station  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  near  Calcutta.  C.  PifFard, 
A.  Lacroix,  missionaries.  Services 
are  held  regularly  on  Sunday  morn- 
ings and  Tuesday  evenings.  There 
are  4  boys'  schools,  2  of  which  have 
70  scholars  each  ;  and  1  girls'  school. 

KIMKYOU,  a  village  near  Arra- 
can,  Farther  India,  where  the  Seram- 
pore  missionaries  labor. 

KINGSTON,  a  seaport  of  Jamaica, 
founded  in  1G93.  It  has  been  of  late 
greatly  extended,  and  has  many  hand- 
some nouses.  It  has  two  churches,  1 
Episcopal,  the  other  Presbyterian. 
Population,  10,000  whites,  slaves 
17,000,  people  of  color,  25,000 ;  free 
negroes,  2,500.  Lon.  70°  33'  W.,  lat. 
18^  N.  The  B.  M.  S.  have  a  mission 
here.  James  Coultart,  Joshua  Tin- 
son,  missionaries ;  4256  church  mem- 
bers. Added  last  year  183.  The 
Wesleyans  have  5  missionaries  in 
Kingston,  J.  Pennock,  Whitehouse, 
Wood,  Duncan,  and  Corlett.  There 
are  478  scholars  at  the  schools. 

KISSEY,  a  town  in  the  parish  of 
St. 'Patrick,  Sierra  Leone  colony,  W. 
Africa,  about  3  m.  E.  Freetown. 

The  C.  M.  S.  commenced  its  be- 
nevolent efforts  here  in  181G.  By  an 
official  return  of  April  1,  1817,  it  ap- 
pears that  the  Rev.  C.  T.  Wenzel  had 
the  charge,  at  that  time,  of  404  ne- 
groes, of  whom  74  males  and  77  fe- 
males attended  school.  On  Mr.  W.'s 
death,  soon  afler,  the  Rev.  G.  R.  Ny- 

238 


lost  the  fiiHt 
nission,  the 
of  true  con- 
,  and  Ihcy 
d  Hottentf>t 
three  native 
and  Buitu- 
.  and  others 
urity  of  re- 
:e  useful  to 


:)n  of  the  L. 
N.  N.  E.  o*- 
1  lb28.  Ed- 
sionary,  has 
nder  h'm  in- 
iself  of  the 
ituaticn  of- 
epel  to  the 
jliilanthrop- 
n  with  ad- 
sick, 
tion  of  the 
C.  Piffard, 
Services 
iiday  morn- 
igs.     There 
which  have 
irla'  school, 
near  Arra- 
the  Seram- 

;  of  Jamaica, 
)een  of  late 
many  hand- 
churches,  1 
resbyterian. 
tes,  slaves 
J5,000j  free 
33'  W.,  lat. 
re  a  mission 
'oshua  Tin- 
tiurch  mem- 
183.  The 
lionaries  in 
(Vhitehouse, 
lett.  There 
lools. 

he  parish  of 
colony,  W. 
etovvn. 
iced  its  be- 
^IG.  By  an 
1817,  it  ap- 
Wenzel  had 
,  of  404  ne- 
(s  and  77  fe- 
)n  Mr.  W.'s 
r.  G.  R.  Ny. 
238 


KIS 

lander,  from  the  Btdlom  shore,  and 
Stephen  Caulker,  a  native  usher,  pro- 
ceeded to  this  station.  In  1811),  Mr. 
N.  gives  the  following  account  of  his 
situation  and  labors : — 

"  I  have  family  prayers,  morning 
and  evening,  with  about  200  adults 
and  children  ;  and,  through  the  day, 
my  time  is  taken  up  with  the  affairs 
oi  the  settlement.  On  the  Lord's  d;iy, 
tliere  is  a  congregation  of  300  or  more 
assembled  ;  but  none,  as  yet,  seem  to 
have  ears  to  hear  or  hearts  to  under- 
stand. However,  seeing  so  many 
precious  souls  assembled  before  me,  I 
am  often  refreshed  in  speaking  to 
thorn,  and  encourased  to  continue  in 


1  sometimes   much 
I    see  no  fruit,  as 


tlie  work ;  thoui^ 
directed  because 
others  do. 

"  The  school  is  carried  on  by  Ste- 
phen Caulker  and  another  lad  from 
Rio  Pongas.  We  have  also  an  even- 
inij  and  a  Sunday  school ;  and  if  I 
could  spare  a  little  time,  I  would  in- 
troduce a  IJullom  school  here ;  as 
tliere  are  about  50  BuUom  and  Slier- 
bro  children,  who  understand  one 
another,  and  converse  in  their  tongue. 

"  11.  re  are  about  500  people,  young 
and  old,  on  rations  from  government ; 
and,  of  course,  under  my  immediate 
care.  About  450  more  live  in  scatter- 
ed huts,  near  Kisaey,  and  the  Timma- 
nees  and  BuUoms  are  in  our  neigh- 
borhood ;  so  that  if  a  missionary  were 
not  so  confined  by  the  care  and  man- 
agement of  the  aiTairs  of  the  settle- 
ment, he  might  make  himself  useful 
in  visiting  all  the  places  in  the  vicini- 
ty. I  have  introduced  a  weekly 
prayer-meeting,  on  Wednesday  even- 
ings :  about  a  dozen  adults  attend." 

In  1822,  the  number  of  inhabitants 
being  greatly  increased,  Mr.  N.  says 
— *'  Divine  service  is  attended  on 
Sundays  by  600  people  and  upward  ; 
and  about  400  attend  morning  and 
evening  prayers  on  week  days.  About 
50  mecnanics  attend  evening  school : 
100  boys  and  100  girls  are  at  the  day 
schools ;  a  few  married  women  at- 
tend, but  very  irregularly."  In  Oc- 
tober, a  M.  A.  was  formed,  when  4i. 
65.  9(2.  was  collected,  and  the  subse- 
quent monthly  contributions  were 
pleasing. 

In  ftfarch,  1826,  Mr.  Metzger  re- 
ported that  the  people  were  very  neg- 
ligent about  spiritual  things,  few  te- 


KOR 

sides  the  communicants  attending  the 
ministry  of  the  word. 

The  following  were  the  returns  in 
the  autumn  of  1831. 

Communicants,  104 

Candidates,  52 

Day  Scholars,  152 

Average  Attendance,  140 

Sund.  Sch.  Av.  Attend.  fi3 

Mrs.  Boston  and  Charles  Moore 
conduct  the  school  regularly. 

KOMAGGAS,  a  station  of  the  /.. 
M.  6'.  on  the  frontier  of  Little  Nama- 
qualand,  within  the  Cape  Colony, 
about  22  days'  journey  from  the  Cape. 
Commenced  in  1828.  J.  H.  Schme- 
len,  missionary.  Scholars  70.  Sun- 
day congregations  100  to  150.  Com- 
municants 18.  The  4  Gospels,  trans- 
lated by  Mr.  S.  into  Nainuqua,  arc  in 
the  press. 

KORNEGALLE,  the  chief  town 
in  the  Seven  Korles,  or  districts,  of 
the  Kandian  territory,  about  25  m.  N. 
W.  of  Kandy,  and  60  N.  E.  of  Colom- 
bo. Early  in  1821,  the  Rev.  Mr. 
Newstead,  of  the  W.  M.  S.,  was  ena- 
bled, by  permission  of  the  Lieutenant 
Governor,  and  by  the  friendly  ofHces 
of  Henry  Wright,  Esq.  the  Resident, 
to  commence  here  a  missionary  estab- 
lishment. 

On  the  first  Sabbath  day  after  his 
arrival,  he  preached  in  an  unfinished 
bungalow,  intended  for  a  temporary 
hospital.  Sir  E.  Barnes  having  unex- 
pectedly arrived,  he  was  waited  upon 
by  Mr.  N.,  who  was  informed  that  he 
i.i'ght  build  upon  any  place  he  deenw 
ed  eligible ;  and  a  piece  of  ground 
about  600  feet  in  circumference  was 
therefore  allotted  for  that  purpose. 

*<  Here  is,"  said  Mr.  N.,  "  a  garri- 
son of  200  soldiers,  many  officers  and 
European  children ;  houses  are  build- 
ing, and  streets  forming,  every  day  ; 
a  rest-house  is  also  to  be  immediately 
built,  and  new  barracks ;  hence  it  is 
easy  to  see  the  station  is  one  of  grow- 
ing importance.  Schools  have  been 
opened,  and  we  have  gained  admis- 
sion on  a  very  friendly  footing  to  two 
Budhist  temples  in  the  neighborhood. 
The  most  intereoting  fact,  however, 
is,  that  a  small  company  have  begun 
to  learn  the  English  language  in  the 
house  of  a  Budhist  priest,  contiguous 
to  his  temple ;  himself  being  one  of 
the  scholars,  and  at  his  own  request ! 
The  temple-school  arose  from  a  con- 

239 


1 


I 


pg^j 


KOR 


LAB 


i  ii 


veraation  with  the  prieiit,  who  solicit- 
od  inbtruction  ;  I,  of  counie,  assented, 
and  proposed  a  small  school  at  his 
hoiuie,  which  our  teacher  should  visit 
every  day.  In  thp  iiflprnoon  of  the 
same  day,  !  had  tho  priest's  house  or- 
namented with  l:irj)e  Englisii  alpha- 
bets, spelling  and  reading  lessons, 
<5itc.,  and  several  young  Kandian  stu- 
dents were  seated  on  tlieir  mats  round 
our  schooliuiistfr,  wiio  continues  to 
visit  them  every  day. 

"  There  will  lie  an  European  con- 
gregation every  Sabbath,  of  at  least 
200  persons,  and  the  nui  ives  are  not 
at  all  indispose  ^  iss>mble;  having 
already  come  i  ,  ,iei  '>oth  priests 
and  people,  in  Cv  iderit  t  numbers, 
to  hoar  the  preachi..g. 

"The  31st  of  December,  185il," 
sa3's  Mr.  N.  "  was  the  day  appropri- 
ated to  the  purpose  of  dedicating  to 
God  the  first  house  erected  to  the 
honor  of  his  glorious  name  in  the 
Kandian  kingdom,  nnd  we  trust  it 
will  be  remembered  through  eternity 
with  joy." 

In  1823,  Mr.  N.  reports  :  "  The  last 
quarter  has,  I  think,  produced  more 
pleasing  instances  of  real  good  than 
any  precedinu  one.  Several  native 
'•hiefs  of  difterent  ranks  have  lately 
come  from  considerable  distances,  vol- 
untarily bringing  their  sons  to  place 
under  our  instructions.  It  is  a  cir- 
cumstance which  has  been  a  real  sup- 
port to  me,  to  see  the  constant  attend- 
ance, every  Sabbath,  of  two  entire 
village  schools,  all  of  Kandian  chil- 
dren, without  objection  attending  the 
ordinances  of  CThristian  worship :  it 
has  excited  my  surprise  almost  as 
much  as  my  gratitude  ;  and  their  fre- 
quently being  accompanied  by  their 
parents  and  friends  has  rendered  our 
native  congregation  far  less  fluctuat- 
ing and  uncertain  than  the  English. 
The  latter  continues,  of  course,  ex- 
tremely small ;  not  from  neglect,  but 
because  of  their  number.  The  Kor- 
negalee  school  begins  to  revive,  and 
we  have  the  prospect  of  many  addi- 
tions. Two  village  schools  will  be 
regularly  opened  in  a  few  days,  the 
bungalows  having  been  completed, 
and  all  things  'in  a  fair  train  for  per- 
manent usefulness." 

In  1826,  it  is  said, — "  Theprospects 
of  usefulness  in  the  Seven  Korles  are 
as  encoura^ng  as  can  be  expected  in 


a  country  professedly  heathen,  con- 
sidering the  confined  mea'jis  possess- 
ed of  communicating  rehgious  in- 
struction during  the  past  year.  Tlte 
few  meral)ers  of  society  we  have  in 
that  district  being  school-masters,  arc 
necessarily  separated  much  from  each 
other,  and  seldom  are  able  to  meet  in 
class ;  but  it  is  hoped  that  by  their 
Christian  conduct  and  conversation, 
a  willingness  to  consider  the  truths  >{ 
our  holy  religion  has  luen  induced 
among  the  natives.  Although  much 
ground  may  not  have  been  gained 
during  the  year  ;  yet  it  is  satistactory 
to  know  that  none  has  been  lost,  but 
that  some   progress  is  perceptible.' 

jVtembers,  in  1831,  120.  Scholars 
15.  The  prayer  meetings  are  kept 
up  with  considerable  spirit  "  When 
the  natives  embrace  Christianity," 
say  the  missionaries,  '*  it  will  proba- 
bly be  heartily.  We  have  several  ap- 
plications to  commence  schools  in  the 
mterior."     [See  Kiindy.] 

KOTEiNGHERRY,  a  village  on 
the  Nilgherry  Hills,  in  Southern 
India.  Lat.  11°  l!l'  N.  It  is  15  m. 
from  the  foot  of  the  Hills,  and  (j,5((0 
feet  high.  It  is  a  place  of  great  salu- 
brity, where  invalids  from  the  mis- 
sions resort. 

KURMAUL,  a  station  of  the  C. 
M.  S.  70  m.  N.  of  Delhi.  Anund 
Messeeh,  native  catechist.  At  the 
last  report,  there  were  33  scholars,  1) 
of  whom  are  Zemindars,  or  grown-up 
young  men.  They  are  learning  to 
read  literally  day  and  night.  Anund's 
qualifications  are  highly  spoken  cf. 

KUTTALEM,  a  village  in  tlie 
Tinnevelly  District,  South  India, 
where  there  is  a  school,  visited  by 
the  missionaries  of  the  C.  M.  S.  con- 
taining Gl  children. 


LABRADOR,  an  extensive  coun- 
try in  N.  America,  situated  on  the 
N.  E.  part  of  New  Britain  :  bounded 
W.  by  Hudson's  Bay  ;  N  by  Hud- 
son's Straits ;  E.  by  Davis's  Straits, 
the  Atlantic,  and  the  Straits  of  Bel- 
isle  ;  and  S  by  the  Gulf  of  St.  Law- 
rence, and  L.  Canada.  Between  59*^ 
and  79°  W.  long,  and  50°  and  63°  N. 
lat.  The  number  of  the  inhabitants 
hag  not  been  accurately  ascertained  ; 

340 


LAB 


LAB 


ithen,  con- 
ns possess- 
!ligiouB  in- 
year.  Tl»e 
ve  have  in 
nasters,  are 
from  each 
to  meet  in 
at  by  their 
tnvereation, 
he  truths  if 
en  induced 
3Uglj  much 
een  gaintd 
satistactory 
en  lost,  but 
;rceptible.' 
Scholars 
:8  are  ke{»t 
"When 
iristiainty," 
will  proba- 
several  ap- 
Ijools  in  the 


village  on 


Southern 
:  ic;  15  m. 
and  (;,5(,0 
reat  salu- 
tii  the  mis- 


of  the  C. 
li.  Anund 
t.     At  the 

scholars,  i) 
•r  grown-up 
learning  to 
Anund'is 
token  of. 
ge  in  tl>e 
iith     India, 

visited  by 
M.   .V.  con- 


sive  coun- 
ied  on  the 
:  bounded 
by  Hud- 
s's  Straits, 
its  of  Bel- 
f  St.  Law- 
ttween  58° 
md  63°  N. 
nhabitants 
certained  ; 

340 


it  has  been  estiiuiiti-d  at  about  1,000. 
The  cxjtoits  are  Hsii,  whiilebone,  and 
furrf  ;  tho  latter  of  which  are  of  su- 
perior quality. 

The  tirst  idea  of  sending  out  mis- 
wionaries  to  the  Estiiiiiuaux  appears 
to  have  originated  in  a  coiijcftiire  that 
a  national  atKiiity  subsisted  between 
those  pei)|)lo  and  llie  Greenhinders ; 
and  tliough  thee.Ycellcnt  and  devoted 
Matthew  Stach  did  ni>t  succeed  in 
his  application  to  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  for  ix'rinission  to  attempt 
the  evangelization  of  the  Indians  be- 
longing to  their  factories,  a  ship  was 
fitted  out  in  17.V2.  by  some  of  the 
(f.  D.  and  several  otiier  nierrhants, 
for  the  purpose  of  trading  on  tin' cmust 
of  Labrador.  Four  missionaries  sailed 
from  London  on  the  17tli  of  May,  tak- 
ing with  them  the  frame  and  materials 
of  a  house,  a  boat,  various  kinds  of 
seeds,  and  different  implements  of 
agriculture  ;  and,  on  their  arrival  in 
a  Hue  bay,  they  went  on  shore,  and 
fixed  on  a  spot  for  their  future  resi- 
dence, to  which  they  gave  the  name 
of  Hopedale  ;  but  some  painful  cir- 
cumstances occurring,  the  mission 
was  for  a  time  abandoned. 

Jens  Haven,  however,  sailed  for 
Labrador  in  May,  17(i.'),  accompanied 
by  C.  L.  Draehart,  formerly  one  of 
the  Danish  missiouiiries  in  Green- 
land, and  5i  other  brethren.  On  this 
occasion  they  penetrated  farther  into 
the  interior  of  the  country ;  and  on 
their  return  to  the  coast,  they  had  an 
opportunity  of  addressing  several  hun- 
dreds of  the  natives,  who  seemed  to 
listen  to  them  with  profound  atten- 
tion ;  but  on  several  other  occasions 
they  either  evinced  a  total  indifference 
to  the  truths  which  were  sounded  in 
their  ears,  or  spoke  in  a  way  which 
demonstrated  the  hardness  of  their 
hearts,  and  the  blindness  of  their 
understandings. 

A  tract  of  land  in  Esquimaiix  Bay 
was  afterwards  granted,  by  an  order 
of  council,  for  the  establishment  of  a 
mission  ;  and  a  brig,  of  about  120  tons 
burthen  was  purchased,  with  the  de- 
sign of  annually  visiting  Labrador, 
and  trading  with  the  natives.  In  the 
month  of  May,  1770,  Messrs.  Haven, 
Draehart,  and  Jensen,  sailed  from 
England,  in  order  to  explore  the 
coast,  and  to  fix  on  a  convenient 
situation  for  a  settlement.  On  their 
w 


arrival  they  availed  themselves  of  the 
first  opportunity  of  jucachiiig;  and, 
notwith.standing  tiie  gr.mt  which  they 
had  previously  obtaiueii.  ihey  deemed 
it  advisable  to  pincha.sc  !!:;m  tiie 
sav.iges  th<^  piece  of  grouiul  wiiich 
tliey  intended  to  oeinipy  as  a  mission- 
ary station.  Tiiey  tlif-n  returned  to 
Englaii  I,  to  make  furtlier  preparation 
for  the  accomplishment  of  tiieir  be- 
nevolent design. 

The  interest  <'xciled  by  an  attempt 
to  introduce  the  elieering  light  ot 
revelation  among  the  wretched  and 
benighted  E.s(iuimaux  was  very  great, 
and  several  mciulters  ol'  the  Moravian 
church,  both  male  and  female,  avowed 
their  willingness  to  abandon  all  the 
comforts  of  civilized  society,  and  to 
expose  themselves  to  (>very  species  of 
inconvenience  and  i)riva'  n,  for  the 
furtherance  of  so  iinporta.  (.  a  bject. 
Accordingly,  in  the  spi-ing  1771, 
a  company  of  14  persoi  ,  coijiprising 
;}  married  couplfs,  a  widower,  and 
seven  single  bn;thren,  sailed  for  La- 
brador ;  and  afler  a  *^dious  and 
hazardous  voyage,  aiJ-ived  on  the  fHh 
of  August  at  their  ;ice  of  destina- 
tion. The  day  after  their  arrival, 
they  took  possession  of  the  spot  which 
had  been  purchased  in  the  preceding 
summer,  and  gave  it  the  appellation 
of  Xain.  They  also  immediately 
commenced  the  erection  of  a  mission- 
house,  the  frame  and  materials  of 
which  they  had  brought  from  Eng- 
land ;  but  great  exertions  were  re- 
quired to  complete  it  before  the  com- 
mencement of  winter,  which,  in  these 
northern  regions,  is  so  intensely  cold, 
that  rum,  placed  in  the  open  air, 
freezes  like  water,  and  rei^tified  spirits 
in  a  short  time  become  as  thick  as 
oil. 

In  this  situation  the  brethren  could 
obtain  but  few  of  the  necessaries  of 
life ;  and  as  a  considerable  delay 
occurred  in  the  forwarding  of  supplies 
from  England  in  the  ensuing  year, 
their  provisions  were  almost  entirely 
exhausted  ;  bat,  happily,  deliverance 
appeared. 

The  conduct  of  the  Esquimaux  had 
been  uniformly  friendly  towards  them 
from  their  first  arrival;  and  as  the 
brethren  acted,  upon  all  occasions, 
in  the  most  open  and  ingenuous  man- 
ner, entire  confidence  was  soon  estab- 
lished   between   them.      In    former 

241 


W 


]\ 


!i| 


LAB 


LAB 


I  ,. 


times,  no  European  could  have  paesetl 
a  night  among  these  suva^jrcs,  then 
characterized  au  thieves  uud  mur- 
derers, witiiout  thu  most  iiuinincnt 
danger ;  but  now  tiie  missionaries, 
regaidless  of  the  incleiiioney  of  tlie 
season,  travelled  across  tlie  ice  and 
snow  to  visit  tliem  in  their  winter 
houses,  and  were  hospitably  enter- 
tained for  several  days  and  nights 
successively.  Tliese  visits  were  af- 
terwards returned ;  and  in  conse- 
quence of  the  friendly  intercourse 
thus  opened,  the  natives  not  only 
asked  the  advict;  of  the  brethren  in 
all  difficult  cases,  but  even  chose 
them  as  umpires  in  their  disputes, 
and  invariably  submitted  to  their  ar- 
bitration. Ihey  also  listened  with 
silence  and  attention  to  the  preaching 
of  the  Gospel  ;  and,  in  a  few  instan- 
ces, the  hope  was  entertained  that 
impressions  were  made  which  might, 
at  a  subsequent  period,  be  productive 
of  some  fruit  to  the  honor  of  tlie  Re- 
deemer. Generally  speaking,  how- 
ever, they  were  too  little  acquainted 
with  their  own  guilt  and  wretched- 
ness to  discover  the  necessity  of  sal- 
vation, or  the  suitability  and  precious- 
ness  of  that  Saviour  who  was  repre- 
sented to  them  as  tlie  only  refuge 
from  the  wrath  to  come.  Though 
devoted  to  the  gratification  of  the 
most  brutal  passions,  and  habitually 
committing  the  grossest  sins  with 
delight,  they  were  never  destitute  of 
excuses  and  causes  of  self-gratulation. 
The  angekoks,  or  sorcerers,  also,  as 
might  naturally  be  expected,  employ- 
ed all  their  arts  to  prevent  their 
countrymen  from  receiving  the  Gos- 
pel. 

A  man  named  Anauke,  however, 
who  had  been  formerly  a  ferocious 
and  desperate  character,  was  at  length 
induced  to  attend  the  preaching  of 
tlie  brethren;  and,  after  hearing  them 
repeatedly,  he  pitched  his  tent  in 
their  settlement  in  1772,  and  remain- 
ed there  till  the  month  of  November, 
when  he  removed  to  his  winter  house. 
Even  then  his  anxiety  for  further  in- 
struction in  the  things  of  God  was  so 
great,  that  he  actually  returned  on 
foot,  for  the  purpose  of  spending  a 
few  days  more  with  the  heralds  of  the 
cross ;  though  the  Esquimaux  were 
never  accustomed  to  travel  in  that 
manner;    as  in    summer  they  pass 


from  one  place  to  another  in  their 
kajaks,  and  in  winter  they  perform 
their  journeys  in  sledgi's.  From  tiiu 
time  of  his  secniid  depmture,  the 
missionaries  luatd  nothing  of  him 
till  February.  i77;{,  when  his  wile 
came  to  Naiii.  slating  thiit  he  had 
died,  calling  in  the  name  of  the 
Lord  Jesus.  Though  no  Christian 
friend  was  present  to  dirict  or  influ- 
ence him,  lie  would  not  permit  one 
of  the  angekoks,  who  are  considered 
as  the  ])hysieians  (>f  the  Fsijuiuiaux, 
to  come  near  him  ;  but  cciiiinitted 
himself  unie.servedly  into  the  hands 
of  that  great  i'hysician  who  descend- 
ed from  Ik  aven  to  bind  up  the  broken 
hearted,  and  with  whom  he  was  en- 
abled to  hold  sweet  communion  even 
when  heart  and  flesh  were  failing. 
After  his  deiin.se,  tiiis  person  was  in- 
variably spoken  of  by  tlie  natives  as 
"  the  man  whom  the  Saviour  took  to 
himself." 

The  brethren  now  resolved  to  select 
from  among  their  hearers  such  as  ap- 
peared most  seriously  inclined,  and 
to  form  them  into  a  class  of  catechu- 
mens, in  order  to  prejiare  them,  by 
suitable  instructiins,  for  the  holy 
rite  of  baptism.  At  the  same  time 
they  determined  to  erect  a  church 
capable  of  containing  some  hundreds 
of  persons,  as  the  apartment  in  the 
mission-house,  which  had  been  hith- 
erto used  for  the  celebration  of  divine 
service,  could  no  longer  hold  the  con- 
gregation. 

In  the  summer  of  1775,  in  compli- 
ance with  the  instructions  which  they 
had  received  from  Europe,  Messrs. 
Haven  and  Jensen  set  out  with  the 
design  of  commencing  a  new  settle- 
ment at  a  place  called  Okkak,  about 
150  m.  to  the  northward  of  Nain.  As 
this  spot  appeared  peculiarly  eligible 
for  the  purposes  of  a  mission,  being 
abundantly  furnished  with  wood  and 
fresh  water,  contiguous  to  an  excel- 
lent haven,  and  surrf)unded  by  a  nu- 
merous population  of  the  heathen,  the 
land  was  immediately  purchased  from 
the  Esquimaux ;  and  as  soon  as  the  en- 
suing season  permitted,  the  missiona- 
ries took  up  their  residence  here,  and 
began  to  preach  the  glad  tidings  of 
salvation  to  the  natives  in  the  vicinity. 
At  first  they  met  with  much  discour- 
agement ;  but  at  length  some  indica- 
tions of  success  began  to  appear;  and 

242 


t  ll 


r  in  their 
f  ptTlbriu 
From  tlif 
lull',  tlie 
r   of    him 

ilia    wiie 

c    had 

L"    of     tiic> 

Cliristiiin 

or  influ- 

•  rmit  one 

ouhidert'd 

i<liiiiiiaux, 

I'liiinitU'd 

he   hands 

descend- 

le  broken 

was  en- 
nion  even 
e  I'aiiing. 
)ii  was  in- 
latives  as 
ur  took  to 

d  to  select 
ich  as  ap- 
ined,  and 
'  catechu- 
them,  by 
the  holy 
ame  time 
a  church 
hundreds 
nt  in  the 
Deen  hith- 
L  of  divine 
1  the  con- 

n  compli- 
hich  they 
,   Messrs. 

with  the 
Bw  settle- 
ak,  about 
Vain.  As 
y  eligible 
on,  being 
t'ood  and 
in  excel- 
by  a  nu- 
ithen,  the 
ised  from 
as  the  cn- 
nissiona- 
lere,  and 
idings  of 

vicinity. 

discour- 
e  indica- 
lear;  and 
42 


LAB 

in  1781,  they  had  the  satisfaction  of 
miniatering  ainonir  ;{,•<  persons  who 
had  been  baptized  in  tiie  Ihith  of 
Clirist,  besides  10  others,  who,  as  cat- 
eclmmens,  were  receiving  particular 
instruction. 

In  tlie  inonlb  of  August,  17^2,  the 
bretlireii  proceeded  to  form  a  third 
settlement,  at  a  place  to  the  soutii- 
ward  of  Niiu,  to  wiiicli  they  gave 
the  ap|)ell;ition  of  Ilopalaln.  This 
spot  had  been  formerly  reconnoitered, 
and  on^idered  particularly  suitable 
for  a  misrfionaiy  station  ;  and  it  was 
now  hoped  that  i^reat  numbers  of  the 
l'<s(juiinaux  would  rejoice  in  the  oppor- 
tunity of  receivinir  religious  instruc- 
tion. Tiiis  pleasing  anticipation  was, 
for  the  present,  disappointed  ;  and  for 
several  ye;irs  tlie  preaciiing  of  the 
(lospel  on  this  spot  appeared  to  be 
attended  with  so  little  success,  that 
both  the  missionaries  ami  the  direc- 
tors in  Europe  felt  inclined  to  relin- 
quish Huch  an  unprofitable  station. 
The  great  Head  of  the  church,  how- 
ever, had  otherwise  determined,  and 
Hopedale,  in  the  sequel,  became  the 
scene  of  an  awakening  which  after- 
wards extended  its  blessed  influence 
lo  the  other  settlements,  and  con- 
strained the  friends  of  the  Redeem- 
er to  exclaim,  "  What  hath  God 
wrought !" 

At  the  commencement  of  1804,  the 
missionaries  were  much  discouraged 
on  a  review  .of  the  small  success 
which  seemed  to  have  attended  their 
faithful  ministrations  among  the  hea- 
then in  Labrador ;  but  before  the  end 
of  that  year,  it  was  their  privilege  to 
behold  the  dawn  of  a  brighter  day, 
and  to  witness  effects  which  they 
were  aware  could  only  have  been 
produced  by  tbo  agency  and  influen- 
ces? of  the  Holy  Spirit.  In  former 
times  it  had  been  a  subject  of  deep 
regret  that  the  instructions  received 
by  the  Esquimaux  in  the  different  set- 
tlements, during  the  winter,  were  too 
generally  forgotten  in  their  summer 
excursions,  when,  by  associating  with 
their  heathen  countrymen,  they  laid 
themselves  open  to  temptation,  and 
in  many  instances  relapsed  into  their 
former  practieos  :  on  the  return  of  the 
professing  natives  to  Hopedale,  how- 
ever, in  the  year  to  which  allusion  is 
now  made,  the  brethren  were  abun- 
dantly gratified  to  find  that  their  souls 


LAB 

were  prospering,  and,  by  their  means, 
many  who  had  previously  potosessed 
nothing  more  than  the  form  of  reli- 
gion, were  awakened  to  a  sense  of  its 
vital  importance,  and  began  earnestly 
to  inquire  how  they  might  be  deliver- 
I'd  from  their  offences  and  received 
into  the  divine  favor. 

The  awakening,  so  happily  com- 
menced at  Hopedale,  soon  communi- 
cated its  sacred  influenee  to  Nain. 

On  the  Dth  of  August,  Ib'JO,  the 
missionaries  at  Nain  had  the  satisfac- 
tion of  seeing  the  new  ship  called  the 
Harmony  come  to  an  anchor  in  their 
bay,  just  50  years  afler  the  first  vessel 
arrived  there,  with  14  brethren  and 
sisters  on  board,  with  the  view  of 
forming  a  Christian  settlement  in  a 
land  which,  previously  to  that  period, 
had  been  covered  with  thick  darkness. 
They  endeavored,  therefore,  to  ex- 
press their  joy,  by  hoisting  two  small 
flags,  and  a  white  one,  on  which 
some  of  the  sisters  had  formed  the 
number  HO  with  red  ribband,  and  sur- 
rounded it  with  a  wreath  of  laurel. 
Their  small  cannon  were  also  dis- 
chargc>d,  and  answered  by  the  guns 
of  the  ship,  and  the  Esquimaux  fired 
their  muskets  as  long  as  their  powder 
lasted.  Some  tunes  of  hymns  ex- 
pressive of  thanksgiving  fx)r  divine 
mercies  were,  in  the  meantime,  played 
on  wind  instruments ;  which  alto- 
gether made  a  suitable  impression  on 
the  minds  of  the  converts,  and  afford- 
ed them  a  tolerable  idea  of  a  jubilee 
rejoicing.  The  missionary,  Kohlme- 
ister,  explained  to  them  that  the 
number  on  the  flag  was  intended  to 
denote  that  this  was  the  fiflielL  time 
that  a  ship  had  come  safely  to  the 
settlement  for  their  sakes,  and  that 
the  gracious  preservation  which  had 
been  afforded  during  that  long  period 
was  the  cause  of  the  present  rejoic- 
ing. They  listened  to  this  with  pro- 
found attention  and  then  exclaimed, 
"  Yes  !  Jesus  is  worthy  of  thanks  ! 
Jesus  is  worthy  of  thanks  indeed  !" 

"  In  the  public  services  of  the  day," 
the  missionaries  observe,  "  a  spirit 
of  joy  and  thanksgiving  prevailed 
throughout  the  v/hole  congregation  ; 
and  the  baptism  of  two  adults  tended 
greatly  to  solemnize  this  festival." 

The  jubilee  of  the  mission  was  also 
celebrated  in  the  other  settlements 
with  due  solemnity,  and  many  of  th©^ 

243 


'M 


^^h 


LAB 


LAB 


L\ 


Esquiuiuux  ufUTWiirdHobservi'd  tliat  it 
hud  been  u  laotit  iiiiportunt  luid  lileHei- 
ed  HCiitiun  to  tlioir  houIh. 

Th(?  laoHl  iiiipnrtaiit  benotitH  a|ipeur 
to  liiivi'  rcHultcd  Intin  tlii>  tniitslution 
and  priiitiiij^  diilcrent  |i(iitis  of  tiii' 
Now  r«>8tuiiic'nt  in  till'  E8(|uiiiiau.\  lan- 
jyfuage  ;  and  tlie  contributionH  which 
ttie  pcoplo  niii(l(>  ot'  acals'  l)hil)bi>r  is 
a  Birikino  illiirilralion  of  tlifir  grati- 
tude. 

The  brethren  wrote  from  llo/fcdule, 
July  27,  i6'2')  :— "  We   have,   indeed, 
even  in  the  year  past,  riclily  experi- 
enced that  the  good  seed  luia  not  been 
sown  in  vain.     The  Spirit  of  God  ac- 
companied the  testimony  of  the  Htc, 
sufferings,  and  death  of  Jesus,  with 
power  iu  the  hcurts  of  our  people  ; 
and  we  enjoyed  with  them  many  rich 
blessings  whenever  we  meet  in  His 
name.     It  gave   us  peculiar  satisfac- 
tion  to   perceive,  tliat  all  those    who 
had  for  souio  time  past  been  excluded 
from  the  congregation,  returned  with 
true  signs  ot  repentance,  bemoaning 
their   sins    and    transgressions,   and 
crying  to  the  Lord  Ibi  mercy.     We 
could,  thereibre,  at  ditierent  opportu- 
nities, re-aduut  them  all  to  fellowship 
with  the  believers.       Several  persons 
advanced   in    the    privileges   of   the 
church  ;    two  girls  and  eight  children 
were  baptized;  four  pei'sons,  baptized 
as  children,  were  received   into  the 
congregation  ;    st'ven  became  candi- 
dates for  the  holy  communion ;    six 
partook   of  it   for   the    first   time ;  a 
youth  was  added  to  the  class  of  can- 
didates for  baptism.     One  child  de- 
parted   this   lite.      The     Escjuiinaux 
congregation   at  J  lopedale  consists  of 
05  communicants,  35  baptized  adults, 
83   baptized  children  and  youths,  7 
candidates  for  baptism,  and  2  children 
yet  unbaptized  ; — in  all,  of  1!>2  per- 
sons ! 

"  In  externals  we  have  cause  to 
thank  our  heavenly  Father  for  his 
care  for  his  poor  children.  Though  few 
seals  were  caught  by  our  Esquimaux 
during  the  last  autumn  and  winter, 
they  never  suffered  real  want.  The 
rein-deer  hunt  turned  out  well,  and 
many  partridges  were  shot  in  the 
country ;  so  that  we  could  always 
procure  a  good  supply  of  fresh  meat. 
Towards  the  end  of  spring,  the  Es- 
quimaux were  remcarkably  successful 
in  catching  seals,  which  er^abled  them 


to  dry  a  considerable  stock  of  meal. 
We  had  little  snow  during  the 
winter;  but  from  the  '-^4111  of  Nov.  to 
the  !lth  of  June,  tiiis  year,  our  bay 
was  fiozen." 

On  August  \'.\.  1825,  the  misuiona- 
ries  wrote  iVoni  jWiin  : — *'  The  inter- 
nal state  of  our  l'',s(|uimaux  congrega- 
tion has,  by  tlu>  Jjoid's  mercy,  atlbrded 
us  more  joy  than  pain.  Most  of  the 
baptized  Jiave  licen  uv  ..iious  of  exi)e- 
riencing  tie  power  of  our  Saviours 
grace,  to  enable  them  to  walk  worthy 
of  the  Gospel,  and  to  give  honor  to 
Him  who  has  delivered  them  from 
darkness  and  the  power  of  sin.  Some 
painful  occurrences  may  be  expected  ; 
Ibr  the  enemy  of  souls  is  ever  active, 
seeking  to  do  harm  for  the  cause  of 
God.  Nor  has  he  s])ared  us,  but  even 
sought  to  lead  the  children  into  mis- 
chief, and  create  disturbance  among 
them.  But  the  spirit  of  God,  ruling 
in  the  congregation,  proved  more 
mighty  ;  and  the  evil  being  brought 
to  light,  the  machinations  ot  the  en- 
emy were  soon  destroyed.  We  thank 
the  Lord,  that  we  perceive  the  spirit 
of  our  people  is  with  us,  and  all  are 
intent  upon  putting  away  that  which 
is  evil  in  the  sight  of  God.  Against 
such  a  spirit,  which  is  his  gift,  Satan 
caimot  long  exert  his  craft  with  suc- 
cess. May  the  Lord  preserve  it 
among  us  !  As  to  externals,  we  can 
declare  with  gratitude,  that  our  mer- 
ciful heavenly  Fatiier  has  cared  for 
our  people.  None  have  suHered  ex- 
treme hunger.  They  caught  but  few 
seals  in  kayaks,  or  upon  the  ice,  but 
more  in  nets ;  by  which  they  obtain- 
ed a  sufficiency  for  their  sid)sistence. 
Nor  have  they  suffered  much  from  se- 
vere illness. 

"  During  the  winter  season,  5 
adults  and  4  children  Avere  baptized  ; 
3  persons  were  received  into  the  con- 
gregation ;  14  were  added  to  the  can- 
didates for  the  Lord's  Supper,  and  3 
became  partakers.  At  present  our 
Esquimaux  congregation  consists  of 
207  persons,  of  whom  82  are  conunu- 
nicants.  None  have  departed  this 
life. 

About  70  cliildren  attend  the  meet- 
ings and  sehools,  with  diligence  and 
profit." 

In  a  letter  dated  Ohhuk,  August 
24,  1825,  t  is  said  :— "  Since  the  de- 
parture of  the  ship  last  year,  9  chiL 


I.AB 


LAB 


ihcii  iinil  \'.\  iidiiltti  wore  bnptizod  ;  i;{ 
))('coiii<'  |i  iifiliors  t)f  the  LiuiI'h  ►Siip- 
jrt;  'A  VDiiilis  wrti'  rtctivtcl  into  tJu' 
<(»iii.'rcjr;in  111 ;  'i'.\  \H'tt*<iuH  oainc  to 
live  hvti-.  (ii'sirini;  to  Ih>  converted  to 
till'  Loifl  ;,  a  tiiiiiilv  of  li  pirsoiis  rc- 
jiiovcd  to  Niiiii ;  t  udultH  and  H  clul- 
<lrtMi  (le|)irl('d  this  lili'.  They  all 
<iav«'  t'vidcucc  of  tlw'ir  faith,  and  cx- 
jircs-rd  llicir  dcrtirc  to  dt-part  and  hi' 
with  ('hrist.  Onr  conyreiralion  con- 
sist!* of  ',]'.\6  ptMsons,  of  whom  !)7  arc 
coniiininicrints.' 

Till'  lalc.-^t  intcllij^pnce  from  this 
jntcrt'slintr  stiition  is  undor  datf  of 
Au(riirit  :5,  l^M).  "  Dnriiig  the  pnst 
winliT  we  havo  spent  a  hlossi'd  tiiiio 
with  I  in r  l!s(|uiinauxcnn<rr<'jr  ition.and 
llio  pnsi'ncc  of  our  Lord  was  felt  in 
all  our  KK'elings,  but  particularly  at 
baptismal  transactions,  contirmations. 
and  the  ct'lchration  of  the  Jiord's 
Supjjor.  The  schools  were  punctu- 
;i]|y  held,  and  diliijently  attended, 
und  we  experienced  much  satisfac- 
tion in  the  projrress  made  hy  the 
scholars.  Yet  there  are  several  of 
liie  adults  who  cause  us  uneasiness, 
hy  their  upp'irent  indifference  to  the 
concerns  of  their  tiouls,  and  some 
Jiave  deviated  Irom  the  rii>ht  way. 
Their  numhor  however  is  compara- 
tively small,  and  even  such  declare 
that  they  yet  hope  to  be  truly  con- 
verted. The  number  of  inhabitants 
at  Okkak  is  three  hundred  and  eighty- 
eight  Esquimaux,  of  whom  three 
hundred  and  fourteen  are  mem- 
bers of  the  congregation.  Thirteen 
adults,  and  two  children  above  two 
years  old  have  been  baptized ;  eight 
were  received  into  the  congregation  ; 
sixteen  became  partakers  of  the  holy 
conununion  ;  six  couple  were  mar- 
ried ;  fourteen  ch'Mren  born;  and 
three  adults  and  turee  childreri  de- 
parted this  l.fe." 

"  As  to  til"  spiritual  course  of  our 
Esquimaux,  we  cannot  (ind  words  suf- 
iiciont  to  expr  ss  our  thankfulness 
for  the  mercy,  truth  and  grace  of  our 
Saviour  made  manifest  among  them. 
Most  of  them  have  grown  in  grace, 
and  in  the  knowledge  and  love  of 
Jesus ;  They  know  that  his  atone- 
ment and  meritorious  death  constitute 
the  foundation  of  all  their  hopes ; 
and  they  experienced  the  power  of 
the  word  of  the  cross  in  their  souls. 
Of  this  not  only  their  expressioAs, 
w* 


but  their  walk  and  conversation,  iiave 
satisfactorily   testifu'd." 

In  lr*"*.»,  the  congregatioiiH  at 
llopedale  and  Main  were  visited  l»y  a 
malignant  disortler  which  carried  oH' 
many  of  tJie  society.  In  tour  wee]  it 
upw  irds  of  one  hundred  and  filty  of 
the  members  of  Wain  lay  ill.  A  mis- 
sionary writes — '■  The  situation  uf 
the  poor  |)eople  was  deploralile  in  the 
extreme.  In  such  cases,  every  thing 
is  wanting ;  nor  ct.uld  the  patiiiits 
assist  one  another.  In  many  tents, 
all  the  families  lay  in  a  helpless  stiite  ; 
nor  could  any  one  give  the  other  so 
much  as  a  drop  of  water.  Those  who 
have  recovered  a  little,  walk  about  as 
shadows.  VVc  were  employed  early 
and  late  in  preparing  medicines  ;  vis- 
iting and  nursing  the  sick  ;  and  all 
our  spare  tune  was  occupied  in  mak- 
ing (othns,  and  burying  the  dead  ;  on 
some  days  we  had  two  or  three  fune- 
rals. 0.ir  stock  of  medicine  was  all 
expended,  aud  at  one  time,  we  feared 
we  should  ios<^  the  majority  of  our 
congregation. 

"  Our  greatest  comfort  was  the  state 
of  mind  of  those  who  departed  this 
life.  They  all  declared  that  they  re- 
joiced at  the  prospect  of  soon  seeing 
Him,  face  to  face,  who  by  sufferings 
and  death,  had  redeemed  them  from 
the  power  of  sin,  and  the  fear  of  the 
grave.  In  watching  the  departure  of 
many,  we  felt  as  though  heaven  was 
indeed  opening  upon  them.  Thus 
the  Lord  gathered  in  a  rich  harvest." 

In  August,  1830,  the  missionary 
from  Hopedale  writes — "  The  word  of 
the  cross,  which  we  preach,  has  in 
the  past  year,  penetrated  into  the 
hearts  of  most  of  those  who  heard  it. 
Few  have  remained  indifferent,  and 
we  have  perceived  with  joy  that 
many  have  found  in  the  doctrine  of 
Christ's  atonement,  salvation  and  de- 
liverance from  sin.  Some  young 
people  who  as  yet  turn  a  deaf  ear  to 
the  exhortations  given,  continue  in  a 
wayward  course,  and  we  wait  with 
patience  for  the  time  when  the  good 
Shepherd  will  find  them,  and  bring 
them  to  his  fold. — In  our  schools  we 
have  the  pleasure  to  see  the  children 
making  considerable  progress,  but 
some  of  the  elder  ones  learn  very 
slowly.  Those  in  the  first  class  can 
read  well  and  turn  to  Scripture  texts 
and  hymns  with  great  facility. 

245 


LAG 


LAT 


The  signal  success  which  has  at- 
tended tlje  labors  of  the  brethren  in 
Nain,  Hopedale  and  Okkak,  has  de- 
terniinod  the  friends  of  the  cause  to 
undertake  a  fourth  station  at  a  place 
called  K anger tlukfioak  now  called 
Hebron  about  eighty  miles  to  the 
north  of  Okkak.  This  measure  was 
strongly  urged  by  the  Rev.  F.  G. 
Mueller  who  returned  to  Europe  in 
Octoter,  18^.1,  after  a  faithiul  service 
of  thirty  five  years. 

LAGEBA,oneof  the  Fejeo  islands. 
.18"  S.  lat.  17b"  W.  Ion,  The  L,  M.  S. 
commenced  a  mission  on  this  island 
in  1826.  Tiiree  native  teachers  are 
employed.  1  hey  were  all  well  re- 
ceived, but  the  king  declined  to  pro- 
fess Christianity  until  he  had  consult- 
ed the  chiefs  of  the  different  islands. 

LAHAINA,  a  station  of  the  Ji.  B. 
C.  F.  M.  on  the  island  of  Maui,  one  of 
the  Sandwich  islands.  Wm,  Rich- 
ards, L.  Anore'vs,  J.  S.  Green,  mis- 
sionaries, with  their  wives,  and  Miss 
I^aria  C.  Ogden,  98  church  mem- 
bers. 56  admitted  in  1831.  173 
schools,  11,000  scholars.  For  further 
particulars  pee  Sandtcich  Islands. 

LATTAKOO,  a  city  and  capital  of 
the  Matchappee  tribe,  about  730  m. 
N.  E.  of  Cape  Town,  South  Africa. 
In  June,  1813,  the  Rev,  John  C.imp- 
bell,  of  Kingsland,  visited  this  place, 
with  the  hope  of  obtaining  permission 
to  send  missionaries  to  that  part  of 
South  Africa.  After  waiting  a  con- 
siderable time  for  an  interview  with 
the  king,  Mateebe,  and  overruling  his 
objections,  the  king  said — *'  Send  in- 
structors, and  I  will  be  a  father  to 
them." 

Encouraged  by  this  assurance,  the 
directors  of  the  L.  M.  S.  sent  out  4 
missionaries,  Messrs.  Evans,  Hamil- 
ton, Williams,  and  Barker,  in  Febru- 
ary, 1815.  On  their  arrival,  Mateebe 
and  several  of  his  people  shook  hands 
with  them  with  grea<.  cordiality,  sup- 
posing them  to  have  been  traders 
come  for  the  purpose  of  exchanging 
goods  ;  but  on  finding  that  they  were 
the  missionaries  promised  by  Mr.  C. 
the  king  appeared  much  chagrined, 
some  of  his  captains  seemed  to  ex- 
press their  disapprobation,  and  in 
their  feelings  the  people  concurred. 

Deeply  grieved  by  this  unexpected 
disappoint. nent,  the  brethren  returned 
to  Griqua  Town.     Mr.   Read   wds, 


however,  resolved  to  attempt  the  es- 
tablishment of  a  niissicn  ;  and  soon 
after  this  he  proceeded  thither  with  7 
wagons,  and  a  number  of  pe'sons  of 
diflerent  nations.  On  their  arrival, 
Mateebe  appeared  very  cool,  and  re- 
peated his  ibrmer  observations  with 
respect  to  the  ancient  customs  of  the 
Bootchuanas,  and  tlioir  aversion  to  in- 
struction. "To  these  objections." 
says  Mr.  Read,  "  I  gave  little  heed ; 
but  told  him,  that  in  conformity  to  the 
agreement  with  Mr.  Campbell,  the 
good  people  of  the  country  beyond 
the  great  water  had  sent  missionaries ; 
that  they  had  rejoiced  at  his  having 
promised  to  receive  such,  and  had 
sent  by  them  a  variety  of  articles  to 
make  him  and  his  people  happy 
Mateebe  now  seemed  satisfied,  and 
said  we  might  unyoke  our  oxen  un- 
der a  large  tree  which  stands  near  his 
house ;  and  two  days  afterwards,  on 
his  being  asked  where  we  should  get 
wood  and  reeds  for  building,  and 
where  we  should  build,  he  replied 
that  wood  and  reeds  were  at  hand, 
and  that  we  might  build  where  w( 
pleased." 

Mateebe's  mind  was  deeply  affected 
by  a  defeat  he  experienced  about  this 
time  ;  and  he  not  only  acknowledged 
that  he  had  done  wronw  in  refusing 
to  listen  to  the  advice  ol  the  mission- 
aries, who  attempted  to  dissuade  him 
from  war,  but  declared  that,  in  future, 
he  would  be  guided  by  their  direc- 
tions. 

On  the  25th  of  April,  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Hamilton  arrived  at  Lattakoo,  and 
were  very  kindly  received  by  the 
king,  who  told  them  that  they  must 
consider  his  country  as  their  own,  and 
spend  the  remainder  of  their  lives 
with  his  people. 

On  the  4iii  of  Ju.ie,  the  missiona- 
ries, in  compliance  with  the  wish  of 
the  king,  removed  to  the  Krooman 
R. ;  and  on  the  8th,  arrived  at  the 
place  of  their  destination,  which  ap- 
peared to  be  well  situated  for  a  per- 
manent settlement.  "The  plain," 
says  one  of  the  brethren,  "  is  as  large 
as  the  ciJj  of  London,  and  surround- 
ed by  lofty  trees,  which  afford  a  de- 
lightful shade  in  the  summer,  and 
give  it  a  very  pleasing  appearance." 
O: .  this  occasion  they  were  accompa- 
nied by  Mateebe  and  several  of  his 
chiefs,  'who  went  with  them  in  order 

346 


I 


pt  the  OH- 
;  and  soon 
Llier  with  7 

pe-sons  of 
eir  arrival, 
lol.  and  re- 
itions  with 
onis  of  the 
Tsion  to  in- 
bjections." 
littl«»  lieed 
•niity  to  the 
npbell,  the 
try  beyond 
issionariee ; 
his  having 
I,  and    had 

articles  to 
pie  happy. 
isfied,  and 
r  oxen  un- 
ids  near  his 
Mwards,  on 

should  get 
ilding,   and 

he  replied 
re  at  hand. 
I  where  wc 

ply  affected 
i  about  this 
nowledged 
in  refusing 
he  mission- 
ssuade  him 
t,  in  I'uture, 
their  direc- 


(  .  ■«»«<■ 


> 


r.  and  Mrs. 
takoo,  and 
ed  by  the 
t  they  must 
ir  own,  and 
their   lives 


B  missiona- 
the  wish  of 
B  Krooman 
ved  at  the 
,  which  ap- 
1  for  a  per- 
'he    plain," 

is  as  large 
d  surround- 
ifford  a  de- 
mmer,  and 
jpearance." 
e  accompa- 
eral  of  his 
em  in  order 

246 


vi'h 


-"^.1 


i  t 


■  ill'''' 

^i 

■ 

^ikiiil' 

1 

QUEEN  OF  LATTAKOO  IN  FULL  DRESS. 


HOTTENTOTS  HOLLAND  KLOFF,  A  DANGEROUS  PAiSS 
IN  SOUTH  AFRICA.    [Page  24C]. 


-5a?» 


I 


place 


^ 


S  PASS 


LAT 

to  determine  on  the  spot  where  the 
new  town  should  be  built.     Mciiiy  of 
the    chiefs    were    extremely    averse, 
both  to  the  king's  removal   and  to  his 
protection  of  the   miss'oiiaries.     Ma- 
teebe,   however,    declared    his    deter- 
mination of  actinir  accordiiiir  to   the 
dictates   of  his  own  judiriiieiit ;    and 
observed,  that  the  brethren  iiad  evinc- 
ed their  attachment  towards  him  by 
regularly     attending     to     dress     his 
wounds,  after   his  own   captains  had 
left  him  sick  and  wounded  in  the  fie^d. 
to  be  devoured  by  the   l)ir(ls  of  prey. 
In    a  letter,   dated   New  Lattiikoo, 
March  9,  Ibid,  cue  of  the   missiona 
ries  observe, — "  Things   are  going  en 
better  here  than    we  expected  in  so 
short  a  time,  as  we   have  no  l()nj.';er 
any  opposition  from  the  IJootchuanas  • 
but.  on   the   contrary,   soine   of  them 
are    thanking    God    for    sending    iiis 
word  among  them,  and  praying  that 
we  may  never  leave  them.     Some  of 
them  begin  to  see  the   vanity  of  their 
former  Wiiys,  and  to  e.itertain  a  de- 
sire  for  the  '  one  thing  i.-eedful ;"  and 
last  Sabbath  I   counted  r»'2  in  attend- 
ance on  th.^  preaching  of  the  Gospel." 
In   a  communication,    dated    Sept. 
^4,  1818,  it  is  stated  that  two  of  the 
natives,  who  had  obtained  some  know- 
ledge   of  the     Gospel,    had   recently 
taken   a  long  journey  ;  and  in  every 
place    through    which    they    passed, 
they    told   all     they    knew    of   Jesus 
Christ  to  the  inhabitants,  who,  for  the 
most  part,  listem  d  to  them  with  at- 
tention and  pleasure.     In  one  place, 
indeed,  they  met  v'th  violent  oppo- 
sition,  and  their  lives  appeared  to  be 
in  danger.     Undisuiayed  by  this  cir- 
cumstance, 'lowever,  the}'  continued 
to  speak  on  ilieir  favorite  subject,  ob- 
serving  to   tluur    persecutors,    "  You 
may  kill  us,  if  you  please  ;  but  we  are 
determined   to  tell  you   all    that   we 
know.'"    On  two  occasions,  the  inter- 
|)Osition  of  God's  spQci.il   providence 
was  strikino-lv  manifested  on  their  lie- 
half,  when  they  were  almost  ready  to 
perish  with  hunger.    Once  they  found 
an  elk   which   had  been  killed   by  a 
lion ;    and    at   anotli(;r   time    a    knu 
which  had  been  caught  by  a  tiger. 
Thus  they  obtained  a  supply  of  food 
in  the   hour  of  extremity,  and  thus 
their  faith  in  the   providence  of  God 
was  abundantly  strengthened. 
In   March,   1620,  the    Rev.   John 


LAT 

Campbell  paid  a  visit  to  New  Latta 
koo,  and  had  the  satisfaction  of  fmd- 
ing  that  a  conunodious  place  of  wor- 
ship had  iieen  erected,  capable  of 
containing  about  4(!0  persons,  and  a 
long  row  of  missionary  houses,  with 
excellent  gardens  behind  ;  a  neat 
fence,  composed  of  reeds,  had  also 
been  placed  in  frf)nt  of  the  houses, 
which  teiuled  to  improve  the  general 
appearance  ;  and  the  name  ot"  liiinhr's 
Row  was  given  to  the  new  buildings, 
as  a  token  of  respect  to  the  late  re- 
spected secretary  of  the  /..  M.  .!>'. 

Among  the  improvements  effected 
by  the  laborious  and  unwearied  exer- 
tions of  the  missionaries,  a  canal  must 
be  noticed,  which,  with  the  assistance 
of  the  few  Hottentots  attached  to  the 
mission,  they  had  dug  from  a  distance 
of  ;?  miles  above  the  town,  for  the 
purpose  of  leading  the  waters  of  the 
Krooman  into  their  fields  and  gar- 
dens. Mr.  Campbell  went,  one  morn- 
ing after  breakfast,  to  view  this  useful 
work,  and  found  extensive  fields  of 
Catl're  corn,  belonging  to  the  natives, 
on  both  sides  of  the  canal  ;  whilst 
similar  cultivation  extended  two  miles 
higher  up  the  river  in  the  same  direc- 
tion. Thf)Ugh  tlie  Krooman  be  emp- 
tied by  the  canal,  it  soon  becomes 
larger  than  before,  in  consequence  of 
l^or  14  fountains  issuing  from  the 
ground,  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
lower  down  than  the  dam,  and  dis- 
charging nearly  an  equal  quantity  of 
water  at  all  seasons  of  the  year. 

"  Old  and  New  I^attakoo,"  says 
Mr.  Can)pbell,  "  are  about  TjO  m.  dis- 
tant from  each  other,  and  contain 
the  same  number  of  inhabitants,  per- 
haps 4(100  each.  The  houses  and  cat- 
tle-kraal are  of  the  same  form,  and 
arranged  in  a  similar  manner." 

'•  We  visited  '?,  of  the  j)ublic  enclos- 
ures, where  the  men  usually  spend 
the  day  together,  at  work,  or  in  con- 
versation. Each  enclosure  has  what 
may  be  called  a  summer-house,  which 
is  generally  in  the  eastern  corner; 
and  to  this  they  retire  when  the  heat 
of  the  sun  becomes  ()i)pressive.  It  is 
composed  of  strong  branches  of  trees, 
so  bent  as  to  form  a  roof,  which  rests 
upon  a  pillar  placed  in  the  middle  of 
the  house ;  and  tlie  whole  is  neatly 
coveted  with  thorn-branches  twisted 
together." 
The  Matchappeee,  who  constitute 

247 


"rl-,-;Vi'' 


■!<■■>/ 


r    ia 


'■>''.  3 


!f/* 


1: 


t 

fi 


LAT 

one  of  thf  iiost  numerous  tribes  nf 
tiio  fiooiclut,i  >;is,  arc  extreinely  foncl 
ol"  potatoes  ;  but  tlii-y  have  never  been 
induced  to  plant  an}',  because  nothiufj 
of  the  kind  appears  to  liave  been  cul- 
tivated by  their  ibretalijers,  to  whose 
customs  and  manners  tiiey  are  as 
strongly  attached,  as  the  Mindons  or 
the  disciples  of  Muhanuned.  It  is 
possible,  also,  in  this  c:ise,  that  indo- 
lence may  he  united  with  a  bigoted 
adherence  to  ancient  practices ;  as 
Mr.  C.  observes,  that  on  Mr.  MofFal, 
requesting  two  strong  Matciiappees, 
who  were  walking  with  liim  in  Mr. 
Hamilton's  garden,  to  assist  in  gath- 
ering some  kidney-beans,  they  com- 
plied with  his  solicitation  ;  but  in  less 
than  ten  minutes  they  desisted,  and 
complained  that  '•  their  arms  were  al- 
most broken  with  the  labor." 

The  exertions  of  the  missionaries 
to  form  a  school  had  hitherto  been  at- 
tended with  little  success ;  as  the 
chil  Iren  seemed  to  consider  that  they 
were  conferriiiir  an  ol)li(>-ation  on  them 
by  attending  to  tlieir  instructions,  and 
that  their  attendance  ought  to  be  re- 
munerated every  day,  either  by  a 
supply  of  victuals,  or  presents  of 
beads,  «fec.  Tlie  same  feeling,  also, 
prevailed  among  many  of  the  adults, 
with  respect  to  coming  under  tlie 
sound  of  the  Gospel ;  so  that  when  a 
captain  was  ordered  to  attend  regular- 
ly for  a  short  time,  who  had  not  pre- 
viously been  in  the  habit  of  heariu' 
the  word,  the  mis.-<ionarit'S  general! . 
anticipated  an  early  application  for. 
tlie  loan  of  their  wagon,  or  their 
plough,  or  something  which  he  par- 
ticularl}'  wished  to  obtain. 

Notwitlistandiuii'  tiie.se  discourage- 
ments, however,  Mr.  Camj)bell  found 
that  some  of  the  yountj  people  had 
paid  considerable  attention  to  the  in- 
struction of  tli(>  missionaries,  and  had 
evidently  profited  by  them. 

Previous  to  his  final  departure,  a 
poor  female  Malchappee  called  on 
him,  ind  said,  that  wlien  she  first 
heard  of  the  Bible  she  did  not  think  it 
was  iiiiii.  but  when  she  found  it  de- 
scribe her  heart  so  ex.antly  she  could 
not  but  believe  what  it  mid.  Slie  was 
d''frmine  1,  she  adiled,  always  to  live 
re  ir  fjome  place  w-here  the  word  of 
God  was  preaclieci,  and  wliere  she 
might  hear  ibout  a  crucified  Saviour, 
even  though  she  might  starve. 


iiis  message  with  more   or   less  at- 


LAT 

Alter  the  removal  of  Mr,  Canipbell 

the  missionaries  continu'tl  (heir  la 
bors  among  tlie  Jiooicliu^ina.^,  preaeJi- 
ing,  catechising,  and  coiivers  .nu  vt'ith 
them.  Tiie  attendance  on  public  wor- 
ship, however.  Huctuated  exlremely  ; 
tile  number  of  hearers  l.eing  some- 
times very  considerable,  and  at  other 
times  very  small.  Mr.  MoHat  occa- 
sionally itinerated  among  the  neigh- 
boring kraals,  v.here,  as  in  the  town, 
his  congregations  varied  considerably 
as  to  numbers,  an<l  the  jjeople  listened 
to  " 
tention. 

A  defeat  of  the  Mantatees  was  af- 
terwards overruled  for  good.  In  the 
report  of  1H;24,  the  Directors  observe, 
•'  The  expulsion  of  the  Mantatees 
liom  the  JJootchuana  country,  eftect- 
id.  under  Providence,  chiefly  by  the 
courage  of  the  Griquas,  and  the 
promptitude  luul  intrepidity  of  INIessrs. 
Molfat  and  Melville,  has  given  an  en- 
liii'ly  new  aspect  to  the  mission  at 
New  Lattakoo.  Matecbe  and  ii\s  peo- 
ple, aware  that  they  owe  tlu  ir  safety 
to  the  missionaries,  are  far  more  dis- 
p'  sed  to  listen  to  their  counsel.  The 
King  has  consented  to  remove  the 
tov.n  to  a  neighboring  valley,  where, 
it  is  expected,  many  advantages  will 
be  obtained,  and  many  evils  obviated. 
Of  this  valley  he  hatl  formerly  ceded 
;i  portion  foi  the  exclusive  use  of  the 
iiiiision.  TIh;  chiefs,  who  foimerly 
Ited  from  Mateebe,  observing  that 
■.■  V  Lattakoo.  where  th"  missif^na- 
.  Cfc  reside,  has  been  jirotected  from 
the  invaders,  while  the  old  town, 
where  they  tlnMiiselves  remained,  has 
been  destroyed  by  the  bailiarians, 
have  again  submitted  to  his  authority, 
and    en<>a"ed    to    remove   with   their 


people  to  the  Krooman.  7"lius  the 
inhabitants  of  Old  and  New  Lattakoo 
will  be  re-united,  under  the  same  g'ov- 
(M'nment ;  and  all  of  them,  more  or 
less,  with  impressions  favorable  to  the 
missionaries,  naturally  resulting,  as 
to  each  party,  from  the  late  events." 
The  Bootchuanas,  it  appears  from 
tiie  last  report,  manifest  increased  at- 
tachment to  the  missionaries,  and  lis- 
ten to  the  preaching  of  the  Gospel ; 
l)ut  no  sj)iritual  change  is,  as  yet.  ap- 
piuent.  The  school,  which  has  been 
|)laced  under  the  care  of  Mr,  Hughes, 
is  chiefly  confined  to  the  children  of 
those  natives  who  are  connected  with 

248 


LAT 


LAT 


r.  Ciin.pbell 
t'tl  ilioir  Id 
nu>;,  prcaci)- 
vere  ng  vtfi'ii 
I  public  wor- 
I'Xlrcnit'ly  ; 
Icino-  sciiiii;- 
and  at  other 
Motiat  occa- 
r  the  neigli- 
iii  tlio  town, 
considerably 
ople  listened 
!   or   less  at- 

itees  was  af- 

ood.     In  the 

,ors  observe, 

3    Mantatees 

mtry.  etii^'ct- 

liefly  by  tlie 

IS,    and    the 

ty  of  Messrs. 

given  an  eu- 

?   mission   at 

aijd  IT'S  peo- 

>  tlu  ir  saiety 

fiir  more  dis- 

junsel.     The 

remove  the 

lley,  where, 

iiiilan-os  will 

:',ls  oDviatod. 

nierly  ceded 

e  use  of  the 

ho  formerly 

jserving  that 

)"   missiona- 

:« tec  ted  from 

old    tnvn, 
niiiined,  has 

biirliariiiiis, 
lis  iHilhority, 

with  their 
Tims  the 
ew  Lattakoo 
le  siime  gov- 
m.  more  or 
arable  to  the 
•esiilting,  as 
aie  events." 
ippears  from 
increased  at- 
ries.  and  lis- 
the  Gospel ; 
!,  as  yet.  ap- 
ich  has  been 
VIr.  Hughes, 

children  of 
inected  with 

248 


*••'  H-idsion.  :2((0I)  copies  of  a  speJing- 
book  and  catechism,  in  Beclman,  pre- 
pared by  Mr.  Motf.it,  have  been,  dur- 
ing the  year  l.-"2t),  printed  in  I.,i  ndon. 
and,  in  part,  forwarded  to  Africa.  A 
mission- house  has  been  completed. 
Several  gardens  have  been  formed  iiy 
the  Bootchuanas  for  their  own  use. 
Mateebe  and  his  j)eople  have  at  lengtii 
removed  to  the  fine  valley  in  which 
the  missionaries  reside,  where  they 
purpose  to  erect  their  new  town. 
During  the  year  lr«".i(i,  the  surro'.iid- 
ing  country  was  visited  by  swarms  of 
locusts,  wiiicli  destroyed  all  vegeta- 
tion. It  is  remarkalile,  that  while 
these  insects  seemed  to  threaten  no- 
thing but  famine,  they  themselves 
furnished  means  of  support  to  tlie  na- 
tives, many  of  whom  appeared  entire- 
ly to  subsist  upon  them. 

In  182d,  the  following  very  inter- 
esting scenes  occurred  at  this  station, 
as  related  by  the  missionaries. 

"  From  former  letters,  you  would 
learn  that  for  nearly  the  last  twelve 
months,  the  attendarice  of  the  natives 
on  divine  service  was  not  only  pretty 
regular,  but  continued  imperceptibly 
to  increase  ;  and  our  hearts  were  often 
gladdened  to  see  that  rivetted  atten- 
tion to  the  speaker,  which  to  us  seem- 
ed a  prelude  of  something  real.  Our 
congregations  also  began  to  assume 
that  decorum  and  solemnity  which 
we  were  wont  to  behold  in  our  native 
land.  Whether  this  arose  from  re- 
spect to  their  teachers,  or  the  force  of 
truth,  we  were  for  a  time,  at  a  loss  to 
know.  A  few  months  ajro,  we  snw, 
for  the  first  time,  two  or  three  who 
appeared  to  exhibit  the  marks  of  an 
awakened  conscience.  This  leeling 
beciinie  gradually  more  general  (and 
in  individuals  too  the  least  expected) 
till  it  became  demonstrative  that  the 
divine  blessing  was  pDuied  out  on  the 
word  of  grace.  To  see  the  careless 
and  the  wicked  drowning  the  voice  of 
the  missionary  with  their  cries,  and 
leaving  the  place  with  hearts  over- 
whelmed with  the  deepest  sorrow, 
was  a  scene  truly  novel  to  the  un- 
thinking heathen.  But  neither  scoffs 
nor  jeers  could  arrest  the  work  of  con- 
viction. Two  men,  (natives.)  tlie 
most  sf'dttte  ii.  the  station,  who  had 
long  li'of'  neJ  vo  the  word  with  una- 
bated attontioa.  came  and  declared 
their  coavicUo  of  the  truth  of  the 


Gospel,  and  professed  their  deer  sense 
of  tlieii  ruined  a.iJ  lost  coxniitiou. 
One  of  these  was  a  chief  of  the  r>ash- 
uta.-;.  a  tribe  which  was  first  driven 
from  their  own  country  by  the  Catfres, 
and  altei  wards  plundered  of  all  by  the 
mountaineers. 

About  eight  months  ago.  Aaron 
Yosephs,  who  hud  removed  to  this 
station  for  no  other  purpose  but  to  get 
his  cliildren  educated,  and  to  actjuire 
for  himself  liie  knowli-dge  of  writing, 
was  soon  afterwards  aroused  to  a 
sense  of  his  awful  state  by  nature. 
Heiiig  able  to  read,  and  possessing  a 
tolerably  extensive  knowledge  of  di- 
vine things,  it  was  tlie  more  easy  for 
us  to  direct  him  to  the  Lamb  of  God 
who  taketli  away  the  i^ins  of  the 
world.  About  three  months  ago,  he 
became  a  candidate  for  baptism.  On 
Sabbath  last,  he  and  is  is  three  chil- 
dren were  publicly  baptized.  The 
scene  was  very  im])ressive,  and  more 
easily  conceived  than  described.  Our 
meeting-house  was,  as  usual,  too  small 
for  the  congregation.  It  was  with 
difficulty  that  order  could  be  main- 
tained, owing  to  the  sobs  and  cries  of 
many  who  felt  the  deepest  interest  in 
what  they  saw  and  heard.  Aaron's 
wife,  who  is  a  respectable  and  indus- 
trious woman,  and  who  had  for  a  long 
time  stifled  conviction,  could  now  no 
louiicr  restrain  the  pangs  of  a  guilty 
conscience.  An  old  Hottentot,  (Youn- 
ker  Swartboy,)  and  a  Mochuan  who 
had  apostatized,  when  at  the  old  sta- 
tion, saw  the  enormity  of  their  guilt, 
and  were  cut  to  the  heart.  The  form- 
er, in  particular,  for  a  time  seemed 
inconsolable.  On  Monday  last  we 
held  our  missionary  prayi  r-meeting. 
The  attendance  was  great,  and  the 
whole  presented  a  most  atiecting 
scene.  Many,  independent  of  every 
remonstrance,  were  unable  to  restrain 
their  feelings,  and  wept  aloud,  sq  that 
the  voice  of  prayer  and  singing  was 
lost  in  that  of  weeping.  It  became 
impossible  for  us  to  refrain  from  tears 
of  gratitude  to  our  indulgent  Saviour, 
for  having  thus  far  vodchsafed  some 
tokens  of  his  presence  and  blessing. 
These  things  are  not  confined  within 
the  walls  of  the  sanctuarv.  The  hills 
and  dales,  the  houses  and  lanet>,  wit- 
ness the  strange  scene.  Sometimes 
three  or  four  at  a  time  are  waiting  at 
our  houses  for  counsel  and  instruc- 

349 


'r't 


1^  •  ■'li 


m)» 


LAT 


LEI 


tion.  For  some  time  past,  tlip  sounds 
which  predoiuinate  in  our  village,  are 
those  of  singing,  prayer,  and  weejjing. 
Many  hold  prayer-meetings  Irnjii 
house  to  house,  and  occasionally  to  a 
veryiate  hour ;  and  ftften  before  the 
sun  is  seen  to  gild  the  horizon,  they 
will  assemble  at  some  house  for 
prayer,  and  continue  till  it  is  time  to 
go  forth  to  labor.  It  has  often  iinp- 
pened  lately,  that  before  the  bell  has 
runor,  the  half  of  the  conore<;ation 
was  assembled  at  tlie  doors. 

"  Experience  of  Converts.  Reflect- 
ing on  what  has  taken  place,  we  can- 
not but  feel  a  lively  sense  of  the  good- 
ness of  our  covenant  God  and  Saviour. 
To  pour  the  balm  of  consolation  into 
wounded  souls,  has  hitherto  been  to 
us  a  strange  work,  but  we  look  by 
feith  and  prayer  to  him  who  giveth 
liberally  and  upbraideth  not.  We  lay 
our  account  with  disappointments. 
Satan,  our  adversary,  who  lias  hither- 
to reigned  with  potent  sway,  seeing 
violence  done  to  what  he  deems  his 
ancient  rights,  will  attack  us  on  fresh 
ground ;  but  the  Lord  omnipotent 
reigneth.  The  Lamb  shall  overcome  ; 
■while  the  prayer  of  the  church  is, 

*^'  KiiiffdoiKS  wide  (hat  sit  iu  darkne.ss, 
Grant  them,  Lord,  llio  glorious  liglil/'&c. 

The  experience  of  tho.se  who  arc 
bat  just  emerging  from  heathenish 
gloom,  is  of  course  verv  simple,  and 
great  discrimination  on  our  part,  is 
necessary  on  e  reiving  members  into 
the  church,  at  a  season  when  there  is 
much  to  operate  on  Uic  feelings. 
Some  describe  their  state  to  be  like 
that  of  one  who  knows  that  he  is 
v/^alking  in  darkness  and  tries  in  vain 
to  find  tlie  road.  Others  say  that 
their  heari?'  are  awak<'ned  from  an 
av/^b'  deatn,  i>nd  broken  to  pieces 
with  the  tt!ii!ii;.()»ie  of  their  sin?.  Some 
can  scarcely  find  worHs  to  .lescribe 
their  state  :  .1  ycirig  man  of  volatile 
disposition,  cam-  and  stated  that  he 
knew  and  felt  that  all  was  wrong  with 
him,  but  wiiat  was  the  matter,  he 
could  not  txplain.  On-^  man  said 
lliat  he  had  seen  for  some  time  past 
that  he  must  be  tlie  greatest  sinner, 
for  every  sermon  aoplied  to  him.  and 
brought  to  his  mind  sins  which  he 
thought  he  hud  forever  forjrrtten. 
While  conversing  wifli  the  Baslinta 
chief,  he  remarked  with  great  feeling, 


that  when  he  reflected  on  his  past 
life,  and  the  love  of  God  to  sinners, 
his  he 'd  flowed  waters,  and  slumber 
departed  from  his  eyes.  While  writ- 
ino-  tiiese  remarks,  the  old  Hottentot 
l)efore  mentioned  sent  his  son  with  a 
Bible,  requesting  that  Mrs.  M.  might 
point  out  the  chapter  (llosea  xiv.) 
which  she  had  read  to  him  the  da}- 
i)efore.  When  we  see  and  hear  these 
things,  we  cannot  but  recognize  the 
workings  of  tiie  Sj)iritof  God.  Among 
tho.se  under  spiritual  concern,  there 
are  Batalapis,  Barolongs,  Mantatees 
(Bakuens,)  and  Bashntas.  Let  us 
hope  and  pray  that  the  present  may 
be  but  the  beginning  of  a  glorious  day 
of  grace." 

Jn  \^'M,  the  nimiber  of  inhabitants 
was  about  800.  Houses  from  200  to 
:U)0.  Robert  Moffiit,  Jf)hn  Baillie, 
missionaries.  Robert  Hamilton  and 
Rogers  Edwards,  assistants.  Congre- 
gation from  200  to  300 ;  increasing 
recently  with  ever\'  Sabbath.  Native 
communicants  12.  Scholars  {)8.  The 
Gospel  of  Luke,  and  a  spelling-book 
translated  ifito  Sitchuana,  by  Mr. 
Moffat,  have  been  printed  at  Cape 
Town.  The  crops  of  1830  were  abun- 
dant, and  the  mission  in  a  state  of 
great  prnsperitv. 

LKICRSTER  TOWN,  a  hamlet 
of  liberated  negroes.  4  m.  from  Free- 
town, W.  Africa.  It  is  the  oldest  of 
those  settlements,  having  been  formed 
in  180i). 

In  1810,  a  school  was  established 
here  by  the  C  M.  S.  and  the  mission- 
aries have  labored  with  some  success. 

Tiie  station  remains  under  the  care 
of  Wm.  Davis,  a  native  teacher. 
Divine  service  is  held  twice  on  Sun- 
days, and  three  times  in  the  week. 
In  the  latter  part  of  1825  and 
beginning  of  1820,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Lisk, 
from  Gloucester,  assisted  Wm.  Davis 
on  Wednesday  evening  and  Sundaj' 
afternoon.  The  building  used  as  a 
place  of  worship,  and  a  t;c!>ool,  has 
fallen  into  ruins  ;  but  another  is  about 
to  be  erected.  The  people  continue 
to  be  very  attentive.  Wm.  Davis 
visits  the  sick  in  the  hospital  at 
Leicester  Mountain,  and  those  who 
live  about  the  town.  The  communi- 
cants have  decreased  to  4. — several 
linving  been  excluded  for  sinful  con- 
dn  n.  The  sciiolars  were,  at  Mirhael- 
niaa,  18^,  9  boys  and  4  girls  :  they 

250 


LEO 


LIB 


m  his  past 
,  to  pinners. 
nd  slumber 
Willie  writ- 
d  Hcjttcntot 
9  son  with  a 
•s.  M.  might 
Jlosea  xiv.) 
him  the  day 
(J  hear  these 
(•cognize  the 
jnd.  Among 
ncern,  there 
i,  Mantatees 
as.      Let   us 
present  may 
L  glorious  day 

if  inhabitants 
s  from  200  to 
John  Baillie, 
lamilton  and 
.nts.    Con^re- 


increasing 
bath.     Native 


»; 


olars!)8.  The 
spelling-book 

lana,    by    Mr. 

nted  at   Cape 

30  were  abun- 
in  a  state  of  ' 

VN,  a  hamlet 

m.  from  Free- 

the  oldest  of 

g  been  formed 

as  established 

d  the  mission- 
some  success. 

under  the  care 

lative   teacher. 

twice  on  Sun- 
in  the  week. 
Ir"^:")    and 

Rev.  Mr.  Lisk. 

ted  Wm.  Davis 
g  and  Sunday 
ing  used  as  a 
a  ;;chool,  has 
notlier  is  about 

»eople  continue 
"7m.   Davis 
le    hospital    at 

and  those  who 
The  communi- 
to  4. — several 

.  for  r»inful  con- 
ere.  at  Mifhael- 
d  4  girls  :  they 

250 


were  anxious  to  improve.      The  in- 
habitants are  very  industrious. 

LEOPOLD,  a  town  (.f  liberated 
Africans,  in  the  Parish  of  St.  Peter, 
Sierra  Leone.  inhabitants,  11)83. 
This  station  was  cuniinenced  in  Itslrt, 
by  the  C.  M.  S.  ;  and  in  the  following 
year,  there  were  about  300  persons 
collected  under  the  care  of  the  Rev. 
M.  Renner.  The  scholars,  of  whom 
about  50  were  mechanics,  amouRted 
to  103.  Shortly  after,  the  population 
was  mucii  augmented  ;  and  among 
the  young,  in  particular,  the  prospect. 
was  very  promising.  A  missionary 
association  was  formed  here  June  2'>), 
1820,  and  GL  Os.  i)d.  collected.  At 
this  period,  there  were  40  communi- 
cants. Cultivation  was  also  happily 
advancing. 

In  1823,  tliere  were  213  scholars ; 
the  place  of  worship  was  under  en- 
largement, so  as  to  receive  upwards 
of  1000  persons;  contribiitiims  to  the 
society  amounted  to  17/.  12*.  (j(l.  ;  the 
people  had  sold  to  government  during 
the  year,  01 12  bushels  of  cocoa  and 
cassada,  for  which  they  received  2i)0/. 
ISs.  7^</. ;  and  the  Rev.  Mr.  Davey, 
their  superintendent,  gave  pleasing 
proof  of  the  right  use  which  some 
of  his  people  made  of  the  Word  of 
God. 

In  the  accounts  of  the  year  1820, 
it  is  said  : — '•  The  attendance  at  pub- 
lic worship  increased  in  the  early 
part  of  the  year,  but  afterwards  some- 
what declined.  4  adults  were  bap- 
tized by  Mr.  Raban  ;  and  the  number 
of  communicants  had  increased  to  14. 
The  average  number  of  persons  at- 
tending divine  worship,  was,  at 
(,'hristmas,  100.  The  following  were 
the  numbers  in  the  Schools  at  Clirist- 
laas  : — boys  100  ;  girls  188.  The 
secular  business  in  which  Mr.  Weeks 
is  engaged  (having  had,  since  Mr. 
Raban's  removal  to  Freetown,  the 
charge  of  Regent  in  addition  to  Glou- 
cester and  Leopold),  has  prevented 
his  attending  to  the  boys  school  so 
often  as  he  wished.  Notwithstanding 
this  disadvantage,  he  reports  of  the 
iioys  at  Michaelma."^ — •  I  think  that, 
on  the  whole,  their  progress  is  satis- 
factory :  18  of  tlie  larger  boys  have 
been  sent  to  prepare  farms,  and  build 
liouses  for  themselves;  mostofthein 
attend  evening  prayer  during  the 
week,  and  all  on  Sundays.'  " 


Of  their  spiritual  state,  Mr.  Weeks 
remarks  : — ••  I  cannot  say  any  thing 
with  respect  to  liie  love  they  have  to 
the  ways  of  God  ;  yet  charity  leads 
me  to  hope,  that,  while  tliey  continue 
to  be  in  the  way  of  hearing  and  re- 
ceiving spiritual  instruction,  they  will 
had  Christ,  as  many  others  have 
lound  hiia,  to  be  the  way,  the  truth, 
and  the  life." 

At  Michaelmas  Mr.  Weeks  gives 
tlie  following  satisfactory  statement 
relative  to  tlii"  girls'  school  : — "  The 
g.'eater  part  of  the  girls  in  the  school 
can  read  tolerably  well ;  the  first  and 
second  classes  are  very  worthy  of 
notice,  for  the  proficiency  which  they 
have  made  in  sewing,  reading,  and 
the  understanding  of  the  Scriptures  ; 
this  has  not  been  attained  by  any 
rapid  progress,  but  is  the  result  of 
many  years'  labor  bestowed  on  these 
girls  by  one  Mrs.  Davey,  whose  name 
remains  dear  to  them  nil ;  3  of  her 
girls,  who  were  baptized  by  Mr.  Ra- 
han,  just  before  her  departure  for 
England,  are,  I  believe,  sincerely 
following  Christ."  The  operations  of 
this  station  has  since  been  suspended. 

LIBERIA.  The  plan  of  coloni- 
zing  the  free  people  of  color  in  the 
U.  S.  seems  to  have  had  its  origin  in 
Virginia.  About  thirty  years  since, 
the  Legislature  of  that  State  passed 
a  resolution  requesting  Gov.  Munroe, 
since  President  of  the  United  States, 
to  correspond  with  the  General  Gov- 
ernment on  the  subject  of  establishing 
a  colony  in  Alrica.  In  ]8](i,  a  reso- 
lution expressing  cordial  approbation 
of  the  measure  passed  the  legislature 
with  but  eight  disiseiiting  voices, 
(reueral  Mercer  snys,  that  the  plan 
had  bee  I  long  di.;eussed  in  secret 
council,  and  revolved  in  the  inmost 
meditations  of  a  few  distinguished 
men,  and  tlu»t  the  news  in  I  17,  that 
it  was  maturing,  brought  with  it  the 
first  ray  of  light  upon  a  subject,  which 
his  own  mind  had  been  long  and 
deeply  pondering  As  early  as  1787, 
Dr.  Thornton,  of  Washington,  pro- 
posed the  subject  to  the  people  of 
color  residing  in  Boston  and  Provi- 
dence, and  induced  many  to  consent 
to  accompany  him  in  a  proposed  ex- 
pedition. But  the  community  refused 
to  furnish  the  means,  and  the  enter- 
prize  failed, 

In  1816,  the   Rev.   Mr.   Finley  of 

251 


t  'lif 


LIB 


LIB 


:i,  I* 


! 

i  ii 

1  i    'J 

Ir 

•  J' ' 

ft 

n 


Now  Jersey,  whose  mind   lind  long 
been  occii|n«'(l   with  tiiis  Hulijccl,  vis- 
ited   Wurtlimotoii,   and    iimucdiatcly 
beiTiin  to  make  arrangenieiits  prepara- 
tory   to    a    iiiectiiig  of  tiio    citizens. 
He  conversed  with  President  Munioe. 
the  Heads  ol'  Departments,  and  witii 
many   Members  of  Congress.       'J'lie 
zeal  and  aliility  witli  whicii  lie  plea'i- 
ed  tlie   cause  liad   {;o)isideral)le   influ- 
ence in  collecting  people  to  the  meet- 
intr.      Tlie   eveninii'  before,    a   small 
circle   met  t"  supplicate  the   blessing 
of  the    Most   High   upon  the  under- 
takiiiir.     Samuel  J.   Mills  arrived   at 
Washington  just  in  time  to  attend  this 
meeting.      The   Society    was   hardly 
orijaniziMl  before  Dr.  Kinley  was  sum- 
moned   from    the    prosecution   of  his 
loved  enterprise  to  his  eternal  reward. 
The  first  object  of  the   society  was 
to  procure   intnrmation  in  regard   to 
the  most  suitable  place  for  the  (.'stab- 
lislunent  of  a  cobmy.     For  this   pur- 
pose Messrs.  Mills  and  Burgess  visited 
Africa,    in    behalf   of    tlie    Society. 
About  five   weeks   at  the   commence- 
ment of  the  year  l^*!;^,  were  employed 
in  surveying  the  coast  to  the   south 
of  Sierra  Leone,  as  far  as  to  the  Island 
Sherbro.     Several  conversations  were 
held    with  the   native    chiefs   on   the 
subject  of  purchasing  land,  and  mucli 
valuable    knowledge    was    collected. 
On  the  homeward  passage  Mr.  Mills 
ditd.     Nf)t  the  least  among  the   im- 
portant  objects   which   were    accom- 
plished   by    this    enterpi'ise    was    the 
excitement  of  a  powe: 'ul  sympathy 
in  this  country,  in  favor  of  a  cause, 
to  which    the    noble    spirit  of  JMills 
had  fallen  a  sacrifice.     Public   atten- 
tion waa  awakened,  and   the  treasury 
of  the   Society  was  so  much  replen- 
ished, that   it  was  determined   to  fit 
out  an  expedition  as  speedily  as  pos- 
sible.    In  consequence  of  the  repre- 
sentations of  the   Society,  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United   States  deter- 
mined to  es!al)lish  an  agency   on  the 
African    coast,    for   the    purpose    of 
providing  an   asylum  for   re-captured 
slaves  ;  and  that  it  should  be  locat(>d 
at  the  place  whe.'e  the  Society  should 
estiblish  a  color  v.      Early  in    1H2(). 
the  Elizabeth  sailed  from  the  United 
States,  with  its  two  agents  on  the  part 
of  the  Government,  and  one  in  belialt 
of  the  Society,  and  eighty  emigrants. 
This   ill-pl.mned   expedition    arrived 


in  the  midst  of  tlie  rainy  tieason,  and 
was  landed,  through  the  treachery  of 
some  of  the  native  ehielti,  on  the 
island  Sherbro,  one  of  tbe  most  un- 
healthy sjiots  that  could  have  been 
selected.  The  agents  and  24  settler.^ 
were  soon  swept  away.  The  surviv- 
ing colonists  i'.xperieni  ed  a  complica- 
tion of  suflerin<fs.  The  news  of  these 
events,  though  disastnus  in  the  ex- 
treme, did  not  discourage  the  fast 
I'riends  of  the  Society.  Early  in 
1^'21,'^ri  emigrants,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  four  agents,  joined  the  wretch- 
ed remains  of  the  settlers  at  Sherbro. 
In  obedience  to  f)rdeis.  the  whole 
were  removed  to  Siena  J^eone,  and 
placed  under  the  i)rotection  of  the 
British  government.  The  agents 
sailed  down  the  coast  and  made  sev- 
eral fruitless  attemiits  to  purchase 
land  of  the  natives.  Two  very  soon 
tell  victims  to  tlie  fever  nf  the  climate, 
and  a  third  returned  to  the  United 
States.  The  slave  traile  was  the 
source  of  these  failures  to  purchase 
land.  The  people  of  tlie  Bassa  coun- 
try were  perfectly  willing  to  ri'ceivc 
their  brethren  from  tlie  linited  States, 
but,  on  no  consideration  would  they 
consent  to  renounce  the  slave  trade. 

In  the  sjjriiig  of  l!*"Jl,  Dr.  Eli  Ayres 
was  aj)pointed  agent  of  the  Society. 
Soon  after  his  arrival,  in  company 
with  Lieutenant  Stockton  of  the  Al- 
ligator, he  proceeded  down  the  coast 
from  Sierra  Leone.  On  the  I5th  of 
December,  they  succeeded  in  pur- 
chasing a  territory  embracing  the 
whole  of  Cajie  Montserado,  and  a 
most  valuable  tract  of  land,  on  a  river 
of  the  same  name. 

We  have  never  seen  any  negocia- 
tion  with  the  Indians  of  this  country, 
admirable  as  some  have  Ik  en  for  tact 
and  talent,  which  could  1/c  compared, 
for  perfect  knoAvledge  of  human  na 
ture.and  unconqueralde  perseverance 
with  this  negociation  of  Lieut.  Stock- 
ton and  Dr.  Ayres. 

Cape  Mo?itseiado  lies  in  about 
the  sixth  degree  of  north  latitude. 
The  territory  first  purchased  present;-' 
the  form  of  a,  tongue  of  land,  twelve 
leagues  in  extent,  joined  to  the  main 
land  by  a  narrow  isthmus  formed  by 
liie  approach  of  the  head  waters  of 
the  Montserado  and  Junk  rivers. 
The  northwestern  termination  of  this 
narrow  tract  of  country  is  Cape  Mont- 


pronoun 
Having 
and  asc 
he  lacor 
tribes, 
lands 
satisfied 
tell  me 
agent  h 
come  a^ 
it  to  pu 


J  season,  and 

treachery  oi" 
liels,  on  the 
the  most  un- 
ci have  been 
nd  y4  Eettlers 
The  surviv- 

I  a  coniplicKi- 
news  ofthebf 
us  in  the  ex- 
ra(j;o  the  fast 
Earlj^  in 
diT  the  dircc- 

d  the  wretcli- 
d  lit  Sherbro. 
tf.  the  whole 
L  Leone,  and 
ret  ion   of  the 

The     agents 
lid  made  sev- 

to  purchase 
wo  very  soon 
of  the  climate, 
lo  tlie  United 
•ade  was  the 
s  to  purchase 
ic  IJassa  conn- 
ing to  receive 
I inited  States, 
n  would  they 
le  slave  trade. 
,Dr.  Eli  Ayres 
f  the  Society. 
,  in  company 
Lion  of  the  Al- 
iown  the  coa.st 
On  the  15th  of 
eeded  in  pur- 
Muliracing  the 
sor;ido,  and  a 
and.  on  a  river 

1  ;niy  negocia- 
)f  this  country, 
•e  lieen  for  tact 
d  lie  compared, 
of  Innnan  na 
e  ])prseveranco 
if  Lieut.  Stock- 

Hes  in  about 
north  latitude, 
chased  presents' 
if  land,  twelve 
ed  to  the  main 
nus  formed  by 
lead  waters  of 
Jnnk  rivers, 
nination  of  this 
f  is  Cape  Mont- 

252 


LIB 

nerado,  rising  towards  its  extremity 
into  a  bold  and  majestic  promontory. 
The  Montserado  river  is  300  miles 
in  length,  being  the  largest  African 
river  from  the  Rio  Grande  to  the 
Congo. 

Early  in  the  year  1822,  measur'^s 
were  Uiken  to  transport  the  settlers 
from  Sierra  Leone  to  the  Cape.  In 
consequence  of  the  refusal  of  the 
natives  to  permit  a  landing,  a  small 
island  was  purchased  lying  at  the 
mouth  of  the  river  Montserado,  and 
temporarily  occupied.  At  length  a 
secret  arrangement  was  made  with 
king  George,  who  resided  on  the 
Cape,  in  virtue  of  which  the  settlers 
were  permitted  to  remove  from  the 
island,  and  commence  clearing  the 
heavy  forest  for  the  site  of  a  town. 
But  their  happy  anticipations  were 
soon  overcast.  An  English  schooner 
having  been  stranded  about  a  mile 
from  the  extremity  of  the  Cape,  king 
George's  people  immediately  rushed 
out  to  seize  the  plunder  The  Amer- 
icans were  summoned  to  the  assist- 
ance of  their  English  visitants.  After 
a  sharp  skirmish  the  assailants  were 
compelled  to  retire.  During  the  en- 
gagement, fire  from  a  field  piece,  was 
unnappily  communicated  to  the  store- 
house, and  provisions,  ammunition, 
&c.,  were  consumed  to  the  amount 
of  $3000.  By  these  unhappy  dissen- 
tions  the  mindd  of  the  natives  were 
exceedingly  exasperated.  Two  boats, 
which  the  colonists  had  despatched 
up  the  river  to  procure  fresh  water, 
were  fired  upon,  on  their  return,  and 
two  persons  were  killed. 

But  in  this  day  of  gloom,  God  in- 
terposed for  their  deliverance.  Boat- 
swain, a  chief  of  great  power  and 
influence  among  the  surrounding 
tribes,  was  induced  to  interpose  his 
authority  for  the  settlement  of  diffi- 
culties. He  immediately  appeared 
on  the  Montserado,  not  as  he  said  to 

S-onounce  sentence,  but  to  do  justice. 
aving  assembled  the  various  parties 
and  ascertained  the  prominent  facts, 
he  laconically  remarked  to  the  hostile 
tribes,  *  Let  the  Americans  have  their 
lands  immediately.  Whoever  is  not 
satisfied  with  my  decision,  let  him 
tell  me  so.'  Then  turning  to  the 
agent  he  said,  *  If  they  oblige  me  to 
come  again  to  quiet  them,  f  will  do 
it  to  purpose,  by  taking  their  heads 


LIB 

from  their  shoulders,  as  I  did  old 
king  George's  on  my  last  visit.' 

'rne  settlers  immediately  resumed 
their  labors  on  the  Cape.  But  as  it 
was  supposed  that  the  chmd  had 
dispersed  only  to  collect  again  its 
fury,  the  agent  cxme  forward  with  a 
proposal  to  re-embark  the  settlers  and 
convey  them  hock  to  Sierra  Leone. 
A  small  number  accepted  the  pro- 
posal. Twenty-one  persons  only, 
capable  of  bearing  arms,  remained 
behind.  The  rains  had  now  set  in 
with  unconnnon  violence  ;  the  houses 
were  destitute  of  roofs,  and  the  store 
of  provisions  was  almost  exhausted, 
but  with  a  fortitude  and  perseverance 
which  would  almost  place  them  on  a 
parallel  with  the  Plymouth  pilgrims, 
they  soon  provided  themselves  with 
comfortable  liouses,  and  prepared  as 
fully  as  possible,  against  the  adverse 
circumstances,  which  were  soon  to 
overtake  them.  About  this  time  both 
the  agents  returned  to  the  United 
States. 

On  the  8th  of  August,  the  brig 
Strong,  from  Baltimore,  with  fifty- 
five  emigrants,  and  Mr.  J.  Ashnmn, 
joint  agent  of  the  Society  and  the 
Government,  arrived  at  the  Cape. 
Mr.  Ashmun  immediately  proceeded 
to  survey  the  military  strength  of  the 
colony,  as  from  many  appearances,  an 
attack  was  anticipated.  In  conse- 
quence of  fatigue  and  exposure  to 
heavy  rainb,  a  large  number  of  the 
emigrants  were  wholly  disabled.  Mr. 
Ashmun  for  a  long  time  was  subject- 
ed to  extreme  suffering  and  very 
frequently  to  delirium.  His  amiable 
and  affectionate  wife  died  on  the 
15th  of  September. 

Secret  meetings  now  began  to  be 
held  by  the  native  kings,  at  which 
many  hostile  measures  were  proposed 
and  discussed.  In  the  course  of  a 
few  days,  the  native  forces  were 
known  to  be  collecting  from  various 
quarters,  and  every  possible  prepara- 
tion was  made  to  place  the  colony  in 
a  State  of  defence.  On  the  llth  of 
November,  the  enemy  suddenly  ap- 
peared from  the  woods,  and  at  the 
distance  of  sixty  yards,  delivered  their 
fire,  and  rushed  on  with  great  impet- 
uosity. A  part  of  the  colony's  forces 
were  thrown  into  confusion.  The 
second  discharge  of  a  brass  field 
piece,  however,  brought  the  enemy 

253 


J' 


Ji- 


:f^ 


u 


!;. 


■:■■/' 


•3 


M 


LIB 


LIB 


to  a  stand  ;  their  firo  suddenly  termi- 
nated ;  a  savage  yell  was  raised  wliich 
ecJioed  disiniiUy  through  the  sur- 
rounding lurestti,  and  they  all  van- 
ished ;  lour  of  the  colonists  were 
killed  and  four  wounded.  Tlu!  car- 
nargi'  on  the  part  ol"  the  enemy  wiis 
great.  An  inetlcctuiil  attempt  was 
now  made  to  negociate  a  peace. 
Ellicient  preparations  were  luade 
against  a  renewed  attack.  In  imita- 
tion of  the  Pilgrims  of  Mew  England, 
a  day  was  set  apart  for  fasting,  hu- 
miliation, and  prayer.  On  the  HUth, 
the  enemy  appeared  with  a  force  of 
l,r>UO,  and  attacked  the  works,  nearly 
at  the  same  time,  on  opposite  sides. 
Jiut  after  receiving  a  fi.'w  well  directed 
shots  from  the  large  guns,  they  turned 
and  ilcd. 

An  English  schooner  now  arrived 
on  the  cofist,  having  on  hoard  the 
celebrated  Alrican  traveller  Captain 
Laing.  Through  his  influence,  the 
hostile  chiefs  were  induced  to  sign 
an  instr\nnent,  binding  themselves  to 
an  unlimited  truce  with  the  colonists, 
and  referring  I'xisiiiig  disj)ut(s  to  the 
arbitration  of  the  Governor  of  Sierra 
Leone.  Much  disinterested  assist- 
ance was  rendered  by  the  British 
seamen,  as  well  as  by  the  officers  and 
crew  of  the  United  States  ship  Cyane, 
which  about  this  time  visited  the 
colony.  On  the  24th  of  May,  1823, 
the  Oswego  arrived  nt  the  Cape  with 
61  colonists,  who  went  out,  notwith- 
standing that  a  full  disclosure  had 
been  made  to  them  before  they  sailed, 
of  the  recent  events  which  had  oc- 
curred at  the  colony.  In  consequence 
of  the  little  preparation  which  had 
been  made  for  their  reception,  a  fever 
soon  commenced,  and  eight  persons 
fell  victims  to  its  ravages.  A  division 
of  land  was  now  made — a  measure 
which  greatly  promoted  the  prosper- 
ity ef  the  colony.  Dr.  Ayres,  who 
went  out  in  the  Oswego,  was  com- 
pelled, through  severe  indisposition, 
to  return  to  the  United  States  and 
resign  his  commission. 

On  the  13th  of  February,  1824,  the 
ship  Cyrus  arrived  at  Liberia,  with 
1(>5  emigrants.  Through  the  favor 
of  Hea'.en,  the  fever,  which  visited 
them  soon  after  their  arrival,  proved 
fatal  in  no  cases  except  those  of  three 
cliildren.  This  band  of  emigrants 
exhibited   a  spirit  of  subordination, 


industry,  and  piety,  which  was  attend- 
ed with  the  happiest  etlects  upon  all 
the  interests  of  the  colony.  A  most 
important  measure,  which  was  ac- 
com|)lish('d,  through  the  united  exer- 
tions of  Mr.  AwhmunandMr.  (lurley, 
who  visited  the  colony  during  this 
summer,  was  the  organization  of  an 
energetic  government  lly  its  opera- 
tion,the  (Iesj)ond(>nt  were  encouraged, 
the  disorderly  were  quieted,  and  the 
whole  state  of  afiairs  wore  the  aspect 
of  peace  and  obedience.  In  Septem- 
ber of  this  year,  the  colony  enjoyed  a 
special  visitation  of  the  influences  of 
God's  Holy  Spirit.  About  r>()  of  the 
colonists,  of  all  ages  and  characters, 
became  i)ious,  and  must  of  them  pub- 
licly professed  their  faith  in  the 
Redeemer.  '  To  the  days  of  eterni- 
ty,' remarks  Mr.  Aslimnn, 'a  count- 
less host  of  the  cliildren  of  Afnca 
saved,  will  look  back  and  date  from 
this  event,  the  first  cU'ectual  dawning 
of  that  heavenly  light,  which  shall  at 
length  have  condufcted  them  to  the 
ibid  and  city  of  God.' 

The  next  event  of  importance  was 
the  arrival  of  the  brig  Hunter  with 
()7  emigrants.  Near  tlie  close  of  the 
year,  lb2li,  an  effort  was  made  in  New 
England  to  fit  out  an  expedition.  By 
the  indefatigable  exertions  of  the 
Rev.  Horace  Sessions,  34  emigrants 
were  collected,  a  printing-press,  print- 
er, a  valuable  library,  and  large  stores 
of  provisions  were  procured.  Before 
they  sailed  from  Boston,  18  of  the 
emigrants  were  formed  into  a  church. 
On  their  arrival  at  the  colony,  they 
were  visited  with  an  unprecedented 
mortality.  About  half  the  number, 
among  whom  wQre  Mr.  Force  the 
printer,  Mr.  Holton,  an  ordained  mis- 
sionary, and  Mr.  Sessions,  were 
swept  away.  This  disastrous  calam- 
ity is  in  part  to  be  attributed  to  the 
fact,  that  they  left  a  cold  region  in 
the  coldest  part  of  the  year,  and  ar- 
rived at  Liberia  in  the  hottest  season 
of  the  year  ;  and  that  many  of  them 
most  imprudently  neglected  the  pre- 
scriptions of  the  Rev.  Lot  Carey, — 
a  very  successful  physician — and  de- 
pended on  medicines  which  they  had 
brought  with  them,  and  which  could 
not  fail  to  prove  injurious. 

During  the  year  1825,  Mr,  Ash- 
mun  purchased  of  the  natives  an  ex- 
tensive and  fertile  tract  of  country,  ex- 

254 


I'  I 


LIB 


LIB 


,asnttond- 

i  ui)on  ull 

A  most 

I    was    ac- 

litt'd  t'xer- 

r.  (Jurley, 

uriug  this 

i(»n  of  an 

'  its  opcra- 

icouragcd, 

(I.  and  the 

tiic  aspect 

1  Septem- 

cnjoyed  a 

liionct's  of 

f)!)  of  the 

laractcrs, 

them  pub- 

1     in    the 

of  cterni- 

'  a  count- 

of  Al'-ica 

date  from 

il  dawning 

ch  shall  at 

em  to  tlie 

tnnco  was 
inter  with 
lose  of  the 
ide  in  New 
lition.  By 
ns    of   tlie 

emigrants 
ress,  print- 
arge  stores 
d.     Before 

18  of  the 
5  a  church, 
lony,  they 
recedented 
e   number, 

Force  the 
lained  mis- 
)ns,  were 
ous  calam- 
ted  to  the 
region  in 
IT,  and  ar- 
test  season 
ly  of  them 
(d  the  pre- 
t  Carey, — 
ti — and  de- 
ll they  had 
hich  could 

Mr.  Ash- 
ives  an  ex- 
ountry,ex- 

254 


t(M)d!n}r  nine  mill's  on  the  coast  from  I ered    with    pcritetiia!    verdtire.       It 
tiie  Montserado  river  to  the  St.  Paul's,  I  would  1h«  dilHciili  to  find  in  any  coun- 

"       ' '  ""      try,  a  region  nif)re  j)roductive,  a  soil 

more  fertile.  The  natives,  with  very 
few  of  the  iinplenicnts  of  husl)andry, 
without  skill,  and  with  but  little  la- 
b.  r,  raise  more  grai  i  and  vegetables 
than  they  can  consume,  and  otlen 
more  tlian  tliey  fan  sell. 

The  land  tin  the  rivers  is  of  the 
very  best  (piality,  being  a  rich,  light 
alluvi<Mi,  eriual,  in  every  resj»ect,  to 
the  best  binds  on  the  southern  rivers 
of  tile  United  States. 

Captain  VVoodside,  after  his  re- 
turn i'ruin  Africa,  thus  speaksof  Cald- 
well, situated  seven  miles  north  of 
tiie  outlet  of  Mcmtserado ;  '-The 
beauty  of  its  situation,  the  ftrtili/ij  of 
its  soil,  and  the  air  of  comfort  and 
happiness  wliieli  reiijiis  throughout, 
will  leniiiin,  I  Imp*',  an  everlasting 
evidence  of  the  unceasing  exertions 
of  our  departed  friend,  Ashmun." 

Tiie  colonists  have  not,  as  yet, 
paid  much  attention  to  agricullure. 
Many  of  the  emigrants  cannot  wait 
for  the  slow  returns  of  agricultural 
industry,  but  prefer  mercantile  spec- 
ulations. The  advantages,  however, 
of  the  older  merchants  in  trade,  will 
diminish  the  chances  of  success  to 
the  new-comers,  and  thus  they  will 
be  led  to  turn  their  attention  to  agri- 
culture. The  settlement  of  Caldwell 
is  more  of  an  agricultural  establish- 
ment than  the  other  towns,  and  is  in 
a  very  nourishing  condition.  Its 
farmers  hold  agricultural  meetings  to 
discuss  the  best  methods  of  tilling. 

The  colonists  have  all  the  domes- 
tic animals  of  Ibis  country,  and  raise, 
in  great  abundance,  many  varieties 
of  fruits  and  vegetables.  They  are 
turning  their  attention  to  the  culti- 
vation of  coffee.  This  article,  it  is 
lelieved,  will  prove  a  great  source  of 
vfealth  to  the  colony.  The  labor  and 
expense  of  cultivation  is  small  ;  they 
have  only  to  clear  away  the  forest 
trees,  and  the  plantations  are  ready  to 
their  hands.  There  are  two  descrip- 
tions of  this  plant  indigenous ;  one  is 
a  shrub,  the  same,  probably,  as  that  of 
Mocha,  but  yielding  a  superior  flavor. 
The  other  is  much  larger,  and  of^en 
attains  the  height  of  forty  feet. 

By  the  position  of  the  colony 
great  commercial  advantages  are  en- 
joyed.    It  is  the  central  point  in  a 

255 


and  iiidetinitely  in  the  interior.  The 
St.  raid's  is  a  nol)le  river,  half  a  mile 
wide  at  its  mouth,  its  waters  sweet, 
and  its  banks  fertile  ;  it  is  connected 
to  the  Moiitserado  by  Stockton  creek. 
Soon  alter  this  purchase,  the  Indian 
Chief  arrived  from  Norfolk,  Virginia, 
with  l.'il  emigrants;  of  which  J;{!> 
were  from  North  Carolina.  Not  an 
individual  of  the  latter  number  sutler- 
ed  miirliiity  from  sickness,  while 
soiiK!  who  left  Norfolk  in  bad  lu'altii 
ultimitely  derived  biMuIlt  from  the 
cliauLfe  of  dim  ite.  The  territory  of 
the  V  ouug  Si'sters — a  tractof  country, 
IK)  miles  south  ol"  Moiitserado,  in  tiie 
midst  of  a  country  very  productive  in 
rice,  p;ihn  oil,  camwood,  and  ivory, 
was  ceded  to  tiie  society. 

In  .\pril,  I'-'JT,  tlie  brig  Doris  ar- 
riven  at  the  colony,  with  'J'.i  emi- 
grants. In  consecpience  of  a  decree 
of  the  Supreme  Court,  Jl^J  recaptured 
Africans,  in  llie  State  of  Ceorgiii. 
were  placed  under  the  provisions  of 
the  law,  which  Mutliorises  the  govern- 
ment of  the  United  Slates  to  restore 
to  their  native  land  all  such  Africans 
as  may  have  been  illegally  introduced 
into  tins  country  ;  and  the  ship  Nor- 
folk was  employed  to  convey  them  to 
the  Agency  in  Liberia...  As  a  proof 
of  the  resources  of  the  colony,  it  is 
stated  liiat  not  more  tlian  20  remain- 
ed, seven  days  after  their  arrival,  a 
charge  to  the  United  States.  In  No- 
vember the  Doris  sailed  from  Balti- 
more with  lO-'j  emigrants;  in  Decem- 
ber the  Randolph  with  Xi(j  ;  and 
subse(iueutly  the  Nautilus  with  l(i4 
emigrants.  88  individuals  in  the  two 
first  of  these  expeditions,  were  eman- 
cipated slaves.  The  population  of 
the  colony  now  exceeds  J  .'i(tl)  persons, 
of  whom  533  were  sent  out  in  the 
year  1S'J7. 

Till!  following  facts  will  show  the 
present  condition  of  this  most  inter- 
esting enter))rise. 

Tlie  country  called  Liberia,  ex- 
tends along  the  coast  one  hundred 
and  fiO;y  miles,  and  reaches  twenty 
or  thirty  miles  into  the  interior.  It 
id  watered  by  several  rivers,  some  of 
which  are  of  considerable  size.  The 
soil  is  cxtrcnicli/  fertile,  and  abounds 
in  all  the  productions  of  tropical  cli- 
mates.    Its  hills  and  plains  are  cov- 


n 


fv 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0   £B>  U 

itt  Ui2   122 

lu  !■■■ 

Sf  U£    12.0 


I.I 


—  M 


I^10tOgFEI[JliC 

Sdences 
Corporalion 


23  WKT  MAIN  STRUT 

WnSTIR,N.Y.  145M 

(71«)  •72-4503 


LIB 


LIB 


!•!»• 


long  extent  of  sea-coast,  md  relations 
of  trade  may  be  establislicd  between 
it  and  the  interior.  Millsburg,  situ- 
ated twenty-five  miles  north  east  of 
Monrovia,  having  several  navigable 
streams,  may  easily  be  made  the  me- 
dium of  commerce  between  the  in- 
terior iDwns  and  the  coast.  The 
harbor  of  Monrovia  is  formed  by  the 
mouth  of  the  river  Montserado,  and 
is  convenient  for  vessels  of  moderate 
size. 

The  commerce  of  the  colony  is 
increasing  rapidly.  The  amount  for 
1831,  greatly  exceeded  that  of  any 
previous  year.  During  this  year 
forty-six  vessels  entered  tiie  port  of 
Monrovia,  twenty-one  of  which  were 
from  America.  The  articles  of  ex- 
port are  rice,  palm  oil,  ivory,  gold, 
shells,  dye-wood,  i&c.  The  amount 
of  exports  the  last  year  was  $88,! til. 
Some  of  the  colonists  own  small  ves- 
sels, which  are  employed  in  tiie  car- 
rying trade  between  cape  Montserado, 
and  the  factories  along  the  shore,  un- 
der the  direction  of  the  government 
Some  individuals  in  the  colony  have 
already  acquired  property  to  the 
amount  of  several  thousand  dollars. 
Francis  Devany,  an  emancipat(>d 
slave,  who  went  out  to  the  colony 
eight  years  ago,  testified  before  a 
committee  of  Congress,  in  1830,  that 
in  seven  years  he  had  accumulated 
property  to  tiie  amount  of  $20,000. 

Among  the  numerous  arrivals  at 
Monrovia,  mentioned  in  the  Liberia 
Herald  for  1831,  is  a  vessel  from 
France  y  consigned  to  Devany.  The 
trade  with  the  nations  of  the  interior 
is,  of  ail  others,  the  most  profitable. 
The  large  profits,  which  it  yields, 
may  be  seen  by  reference  to  the  trav- 
els of  Laing,  Clapperton,  and  Bow- 
ditch.  In  the  article  of  salt,  for  in- 
stance, which  may  be  made  in  great 
abundance  by  evaporation  all  along 
the  coast,  the  colonists  enjoy  a  very 
profitable  trade.  Bartering  in  this 
article,  they  receive  in  exchange  gold 
dust,  ivory,  dve-wood,  &c.  at  the 
rate  of  two  dollars  per  quart. 

The  nett  profits  on  the  two  ar- 
ticles, wood  and  ivory,  which  passed 
through  the  hands  of  the  colonists  in 
the  year  183(5,  was  more  than 
$30,000. 

A  Bvstem  of  government,  in 
which  the  colonists  take  part,  as  far 


as  prudence  will  admit,  has  been  es- 
tablished, and  is  now  in  full  and  suc- 
cessful operation.  The  supreme 
government  is  yet  in  the  hands  of 
the  society.  The  colonial  agent  is 
recognized  as  governor.  Great  care 
is  taken  by  the  sgent  to  habituat>;  the 
colonists  to  republican  forms,  and  to 
the  real  spirit  of  liberty.  The  elec- 
tion of  their  magistrates  takes  place 
annually.  A  court  of  justice  has 
been  established,  composed  of  the 
agent,  and  two  judges  chosen  from 
among  the  colonists.  This  court  ex- 
ercises jurisdiction  over  the  whole 
colony.  It  assembles  monthly  at 
Monrovia.  The  crimes  usually 
brought  before  it,  are  thefts  committed 
most  commonly  by  the  natives  admit- 
ted within  the  colonial  jurisdiction. 
.'V«  crime  of  a  cupitnl,  nature  has  yet 
been  committed  in  the  colony.  The 
trials  are  by  jury,  and  are  decided 
with  all  possible  formality.  The  po- 
litical and  civil  legislation  of  Liberia 
is  embracs'd  in  three  documents. 

1.  The  constitution.  This  grants 
them  rights  and  privileges,  as  m  the 
United  States.  The  firth  articlt  of 
which  forbids  all  slavery  in  the  co'o- 
ny.  The  sixth  declares  the  common 
law  of  the  United  States  to  be  that  of 
the  colony. 

2.  The  forms  of  civil  govern- 
ment. By  the  thirteenth  article  of 
which,  censors  are  appointed  to  watch 
over  the  public  morals,  to  report  the 
iti'e  and  the  vagabond,  and  to  bring 
to  legal  investigation  all  that  may 
tend  to  disturb  the  peace,  or  injure  the 
prosperity  of  the  colony. 

3.  A  code  of  procedures  and  pun- 
ishments. This  has  been  extracted 
principally  from  American  digests. 
Experience  has  fully  shown,  that 
these  laws  are  sufliicient  to  preserve 
the  public  order,  and  secure  the  pros- 
pi-rity  of  the  colony. 

Ot  this  government,  the  colonists 
in  an  address  to  their  brethren  ir> 
America  thus  speak  :  "  Our  laws  are 
altogether  our  own  :  they  grow  out  of 
our  circumstances,  are  formed  for  our 
exclusive  benefit,  and  are  administer- 
ed either  by  officers  of  our  own  ap- 
pointment, or  by  such  as  possess  our 
confidence.  We  have  all  that  is 
meant  by  liberty  of  conscience  ;  the 
time  and  mode  of  worshipping  God, 
as  prescribed  in  his  word,  and  dictat- 


;!.!' 


LIB 


LIB 


a  been  ca- 
ll and  Buc- 
•  supreme 
e  hands  of 
il  agent  is 
Great  care 
ibitua<-«;  the 
ni8,  and  to 

The  elec- 
takea  place 
justice  has 
sed  of  the 
ihosen  from 
lis  court  ex- 

the  whole 
monthly  at 
les  usually 
Is  committed 
atives  ad  mil- 
jurisdiction. 
dure  has  yet 
olony.     The 

are  decided 
Ly.  The  po- 
rn of  Liberia 
•unients. 

This  grants 
rc9,  as  in  the 
rth  article  of 
u  in  the  co'  v 
i  the  common 
B  to  De  that  of 

jivil  govern- 
nth  article  of 
nlcd  to  watch 
to  report  the 
and  to  bring 
all  that  may 
,  or  injure  the 

r. 

ires  and  pun- 
pen  extracted 
icnn  digests, 
shown,  that 
it  to  preserve 
cure  the  pros- 

the  colonists 
r  brethren  in 
:  Our  laws  are 
py  grow  out  of 
Formed  for  our 
[re  administer- 

our  own  ap- 
las  possess  our 
\e  all   that  is 

iscience  -,  the 
Ishipping  God, 
Vd,  and  dictate 

256 


cd  by  our  conscience,  we  are  not 
only  free  to  follow,  but  arc  prolccU-d 
in  lollowing.  '  In  Monrovia,  you  be- 
hold,' says  the  editor  of  tiie  Liberia 
Herald,  '  colored  men  exereisinir  all 
the  duties  of  oHicers  ;  many  fulfilling 
their  important  trusts  with  much  dig- 
nity. \Ve  have  a  republic  in  minia- 
ture.' ■■ 

The  subject  of  education  has 
ever  been  oixe  of  primary  importance 
with  the  Colonization  Society,  and 
its  interests  have  been  promoted  as 
far  as  circumstances  would  permit. 
In  lri*i7,  there  were  six  schools  in  the 
colony.  The  education  of  ciiildren 
lia.s  been  consideral)ly  retarded  for 
want  of  suitable  teachers — a  ditliculty 
which  has,  in  part,  been  removed.  In 
ld3(),  the  Board  of  Manajfers  deter- 
mined to  estiblish  permanent  schools 
in  the  towns  of  Monrovia,  Caldwell, 
and  Millsl)urg.  They  adopted  a  thor- 
ough system  of  instruction,  which  is 
now  in  successful  operation.  There 
are  also  two  female  schools,  one  of 
which  was  established  by  the  liberal- 
ity of  a  lady  of  Philadelphia,  who 
sent  out  the  necessary  books  and  a 
teacher.  A  law  was  passed  the  last 
year  in  the  colony,  taxing  the  real 
estate  of  the  colonists  one  half  per 
cent. ;  which  tax,  together  with  the 
proceeds  of  the  sales  of  the  public 
lands,  and  duties  on  spirituous  liipjors. 
is  to  be  devoted  to  the  interests  of  ed- 
ucation. 

A  puldio  library  has  been  estab- 
lished at  Monrovia,  and  a  journal  (the 
Liberia  Herald)  is  published  by  Mr. 
llusswurm,  one  of  the  colonists,  and 
a  graduate  of  Bowdoin  College.  It 
has  800  subscribers.  The  commander 
of  the  United  States'  ship  Java,  thus 
speaks  on  the  subject  of  education  : 
'•  I  was  pleased  to  observe  that  the 
colonists  were  impressed  with  the  vast 
importance  of  a  proper  education,  not 
only  of  their  own  children,  but  of  the 
children  of  the  natives;  and  that  to 
this  they  looked  confidently,  as  the 
means  of  accomplishing  their  high 
object,  the  civilization  of  their  be- 
nighted brothers  of  Africa." 

Much  is  done  to  promote  the  cause 
of  religion  in  the  colony.  There  are 
three  cnurches,  a  Methodist,  Baptist, 
and  Presbyterian.  Divine  service  is 
regularly  attended  in  them  on  the 
Sabbath,  and  on  Tuesday  and  Thurs- 


day evenings.  In  these  societies 
Sabbath  schools  have  been  established, 
to  which  all  their  most  promising 
young  men  have  attached  themselves, 
either  as  teachers  or  scliolars.  Bibles 
and  tracts  have  been  sent  to  the  col- 
ony for  a  Sabl)ath  school  library.  A 
gentleman  in  Baltimore,  the  last  year, 
gave  !ji<'.i(K)  for  this  specific  object. 
S«'veral  voting  men  of  color  in  the 
United  States  are  preparing  to  go 
to  Lil)eria  as  ministers  of  the   gospel. 

Captain  A  litis,  who  visited  the 
colony  in  li^'M,  and  wli(»  spent  13 
days  at  ]Monrovia.  sa^  s  :  '•  My  exj)ec- 
tations  were  more  than  realized.  I 
saw  no  intemperanci'.  nor  did  I  hear 
a  ])r()fant'  word  uttered  by  any  one. 
Being  a  minister  of  the  gospel,  1 
preached  l)oth  in  tlie  Methodist  and 
Baptist  churches,  to  full  and  attentive 
congri'irations  of  from  four  to  five 
huiuhed  jiersons  each.  I  know  of  no 
place  wiien;  tiie  Sahl)ath  s«'ems  to  me 
more  respected  tliiin  in  Monrovia." 
The  colonists  are  remarkable  for  their 
mort'lity  and  reliiriovis  feelinif.  One 
who  hiiii  resided  seven  y(*ars  in  the 
colony,  said,  that  during  all  that  timi^ 
he  had  seen  but  oiw  fight,  and  that 
was  provoked  by  a  person  from  Sierra 
Leone.  To  prevt'iit  intemperance, 
they  rerpiire  .'filUlO  fitr  a  license  to  sell 
ardent  spirits.  Many  of  the  settlers 
are  engaged  in  acquiring  religious  in- 
struction. 

The  little  band  at  Liberia,  who  :.re 
spreading  over  the  wilderness  around 
them  an  aspect  of  beauty,  are  in  ev- 
ery respect  a  missionary  station. 
Many  of  the  neighboring  tribes  have 
already  put  themselves  under  the  pro- 
tection of  the  colony,  and  are  anx- 
iously desirous  to  receive  from  them 
religious  instruction.  "  We  have 
here,"  says  the  cobinial  agent, 
"  among  our  re-captured  Africans 
many  who,  on  their  arrival  here,  were 
scarcely  a  remove  from  the  native 
tribes  around  us,  in  point  of  civiliza- 
tion, but  who  are  at  present  as  pious 
and  devoted  servants  of  Christ  as  you 
will  find  in  any  community.  Their 
walk  and  conversation  afford  an  ex- 
ample worthy  of  imitation.  They 
have  a  house  for  public  worship,  and 
Sabbath  schools,  which  are  well  at- 
tended. Their  church  is  regularly 
supplied  every  Sabbath  by  some  one 
of  ovtr  clergy.    As  to  the  morals  of 

257 


i  ^ 

it; 

I 


LIB 


LIB 


the  colonists,  I  consider  them  much 
better  than  those  of  tiie  |)cople  in  the 
United  States  ;  that  is,  you  may  take 
an  equal  numl>er  uf  inliabitnnts  from 
any  section  of  tlic  Union,  and  you 
will  iind  more  drunkitxds,  more  pro- 
fane swearers  and  Subbatli  breakers, 
than  in  Liberia.  Indeed,  1  know  of 
no  place  where  thinirH  arc  conducted 
more  quietly  and  orderly.  The  Sab- 
bath is  more  strictly  obst^rved  than  I 
ever  saw  it  in  any  part  of  the  UniU'd 
States."  The  Rev.  Mr.  Skinner  (the 
Baptist  nussionary,  who  went  out  to 
the  colony  a  few  years  since,  but  who, 
like  other  devoted  servants  of  Christ 
in  the  same  field,  has  fallen)  said,  "  I 
was  surprised  to  findev«'ry  thing  con- 
ducted in  so  orderly  a  manner,  and  to 
see  the  Sabbath  so  strictly  observed. 
Thus  we  see  that  light  is  breaking  in 
upon  benighted  Africa.  May  it  be 
like  the  morning  light,  whic^h  shineth 
brighter  and  brighter  until  the  perfect 
4tkyr 

The  colonists  have  but  little  to  fear 
from  the  native  tribes  around  them. 
These  they  have  completely  intimi- 
dated, so  that  they  have  no  fears  of  an 
incursion  from  any  or  all  of  them. 
The  exposure  of  the  colony  is  on  the 
sea-shore.  Their  means  of  defence 
here  arc,  a  fortification,  and  several 
■mall  vessels,  six  volunteer  compa- 
nies of  5(X)  men,  which  compose  the 
national  militia,  twenty  field  pieces, 
and  1000  muskets.  They  have  rea- 
son to  fear  an  attack  from  the  pirates, 
those  enemies  of  human  happiness, 
•who  frequent  the  western  const  of 
Africa  to  kidnap  the  blacks.  These 
freebooters  have  sworn  eternal  enmity 
against  the  colony.  And  it  is  feared, 
should  two  or  three  such  vessels,  wel' 
armed,  attack  Monrovia,  they  might 
■do  very  great  injury,  notwithstanding 
all  the  means  of  defence  which  the 
colony  could  bring  against  them. 

In  no  one  year  nas  the  society 
gained  such  important  accessions  of 
strength  as  during  the  past.  The  in- 
surrectionary movements  among  the 
slaves  at  the  south,  have  opened  the 
eyes  of  many  on  this  subject.  Men 
(Oi  influence  and  distinction  have  laid 
aside  their  opposition  and  warmly  es- 
poused the  cause  of  the  Colonization 
Society.  The  SUte  of  Maryland  has 
Mt  a  most  benevolent  example  to  her 
jister  States,  in  granting  from  her 


State  Treasury  $200,000  to  enable  Hit- 
free  blacks  of  that  State  to  remove  to 
Africa.  It  is  truly  anoble,  patriotic  act  ■ 
Up  to  October,  IH'M,  the    8<;ciety 
had  fitted  out  nineteen  expeditions, 
and  landed  upon  the  shores  of  Africa 
l,H:il    persons,  including  re-cuplured 
Africans,  to   all  of  whom  a  larm  or 
town    lot   had    been  granted.      Four 
towns   have    been  established — Mew 
Georgia,    Millsburg,    Caldwell,   and 
Monrovia,  which  ure  all  in  u  tlourish- 
ing  condition.      The    colonists  have 
now    good    and   substantial    houses, 
some  of  them  handsome  and  spacious 
In  view  of  the  efibrts  of  the  society, 
and  the  flourishing  state  of  the  colo- 
ny, the  venerable  Ihomas  Clarkson, 
not  long  since,  remarked  to  the  soci- 
ety's agent    in    England,  "  that   for 
himself  he  was  free  to  confess,  that, 
of  all  things  which   had  been  going 
on  in  our  favor  since  1767,  when  the 
abolition  of  the  slave  trade  was  first 
seriously    proposed,   that  which    was 
going  on  in  America  was  the  most 
important."     To  the  same  individual, 
Wilberforce,  no  less  benevoleiL.,  said, 
"  You  have  gladdened  my  heart  by 
convincing  me,  that  sanguine  as  had 
been  my  hopes  of  the   objects  to  be 
accomplished  by  your  institution,  all 
my    anticipations   have  been   scanty 
and  cold  compared  with  the  reality." 
The  last  accounts  from  the  colony 
represent  the  aspect  of  things  there, 
the  health,  harmony,  order,  industry, 
and  nreneral  prosperity  of  the  eettlers, 
in  a  Tight  peculiarly  pleasing  to  every 
friend  of  the  injured  African.     Du- 
ring the  past  year,  several  distinguish- 
ed  gentlemen  have  visited   Liberia. 
Captain  Kennedy  thus  speaks  of  the 
colony,  "  With  impressions  unfavor- 
able to  the  scheme  of  the  Colonization 
Society,  I  commenced  my  inquiries. 
i    sought  out  the  most  shrewd  and 
intelligent  of  the  colonists,  and   by 
long  and  wary  conversations,  endeav- 
ored to  elicit  from  them  any  dissatis- 
faction with  their  situation  (if  such 
existed),  or  any  latent  desire  to  return 
to  America.    Neitner  of  these  did  I 
observe.       But,    on   the   contrary,  I 
could  perceive  that  they  considered 
that  they  hud  started  into  a  new  exis- 
tence — that    disencumbered    of     tlie 
mortifying  relations  in  which  they 
formerly  stood  in  society,  they  felt 
tfaemsefyes  proud  in  their  attitude. 

258 


LI 


B.in 


Lo  enable  the 
Lo  remove  to 
piitriuliu  uct  1 
the    society 
expeditiuns, 
res  of  Al'rica 
I  re-cuptured 
til  a  luriti  or 
nted.      Four 
liBhed — New 
uldwell,   and 
in  u  HouriBli- 
jlonists  have 
ntial    houses, 
and  spacious 
f  tlie  society, 
!  of  tlie  colo- 
lUB  Chtrkson, 
id  to  tlie  soci- 
id,  "  that  for 
confess,  that, 
id  been  going 
tt7,  wlien  the 
trade  was  first 
it  which   was 
was  the  most 
me  individual, 
ne vole II-,  said, 
my  heart  by 
nguine  as  had 
•jDjects  to  be 
institution,  all 
;  been   scanty 
,h  the  reality." 
im  the  colony 
f  things  there, 
rder,  industry, 
of  the  settlers, 
'asing  to  every 
African.     Du- 
ral  distinguish- 
isited   Liberia, 
speaks  of  the 
Bsions  unfavor- 
le  Colonization 
my  inquiries, 
st  shrewd  and 
onists,  and  by 
lations,  endeav- 
m  any  dissatie- 
uation  (if  such 
desire  to  return 
of  these  did  1 
he  contrary,  I 
hey  considered 
Into  a  new  exis- 
ibered    of    tlie 
in  which  they 
ciety,  they  felt 
ir  attitude. 
258 


Lie 

"  Muny  of  the  settlers  appear  to  be 
rapidly  acquiring  property ;  and  I 
have  no  doubt  tlit>y  art>  doing  better 
for  theu:selve.s  ami  for  tlicir  children, 
in  Liberiii,  tliun  they  could  do  in  any 
other  p;irt  of  tln'  world." 

The  colony  now  consists  of  2Si00 
persons.  It  is  provided  with  two 
able  physicians  and  a  full  supply  of 
medicine.  A  hospital  has  been  erect- 
ed during  the  pastyi-ar,  intended  par- 
ticularly for  sick  emigrants.  The 
progress  of  improvement  is  rapid. 
The  elements  of  wealth  and  great- 
ness, namely,  coiiuncice,  agriculture, 
and  a  (.Jlirislian  population,  are  fully 
enjoyed. 

"  Nothing  strikes  me,"  says  Dr. 
Mechlin,  '*  .is  more  remarkable,  than 
the  great  superiority  in  intelligence, 
manners,  conversation,  dress,  and 
general  appearance  in  every  respect, 
of  the  people  over  their  brethren  in 
America.  The  pros|>ects  of  the  col- 
ony were  never  brighter  than  at  pre- 
sent. (Id'.il.)  The  improvements  in 
agriculture,  commerce,  building.s,  &c. 
during  my  short  visit  to  the  United 
States,  have  been  astonishingly  ifieat. 
In  Monrovia,  upwards  of  twenty-five 
substantial  stone  and  frame  dwelling- 
houses  have  been  erected  within  the 
short  space  of  five  months.  Indeed, 
the  spirit  of  impro"ement  has  gone 
abroad  in  t'"°  colony,  and  the  people 
K-^em  awake  „o  the  importance  of 
more  fully  developing  the  resources 
of  the  country.  Our  influence  over 
the  nitive  tribes  in  our  vicinity  is 
rapid!  increasing.  Several  tribes 
at  their  uigent  request  have  been  ad- 
mitted under  our  [irotection.  This  I 
find  the  most  effectual  way  of  civil- 
izing them ;  associating  with  the 
colonists,  they  insensibly  adopt  our 
manners,  and  thus,  from  a  state  of 
paganism,  they  become  enlightened 
Christians." 

How  forcibly  do  these  facts  teach 
us  that  there  is  nothing  in  the  phys- 
ical, or  moral  nature  of  the  African, 
which  condemns  him  to  a  state  of 
ignorance  and  degradation.  Extra- 
neous causes  press  him  to  the  earth. 
Light  and  liberty  can,  and  do,  under 
fair  circumstances,  raise  him  to  the 
rank  of  a  virtuous  and  intelligent  be- 
ing. 
LICHTENAU,  a  station  of  the  U. 

B.in  Greenland,  commenced  in  1774. 


LIL 

The  progress  of  the  mission,  during 
the  year,  I8:il,  was  cheering.  The 
number  of  Grei-nlanders,  under  the 
care  of  the  brethren,  amounted  to 
G7I,  of  whom  30U  were  communi- 
cants ;  the  youth  evinced  a  great  de- 
sire for  instruction,  and  about  (iO  chil- 
dren, out  of  a  still  greater  number 
who  regularly  attend  the  school,  were 
able  to  read.  Of  tbu  members  of  the 
congregation,  generally,  it  may  be 
said,  that  they  walk  in  the  fear  of  tlie 
Lord,  and  in  the  comfort  of  the  Holy 
Ghost. 

LICHTENFELS,  a  station  of  the 
U.  B,  in  Greenland,  commenced  in 
1758.  Missionaries,  Eberle,  Mehl- 
hose,  and  Koejrel.  Then-  is  no  re- 
turn of  numbers.     Sec  Greenland. 

LIFUKA,  the  chief  of  the  Habai 
islands  where  there  is  a  station  of  the 
W  M.  S.  commenced  in  1H30.  Mem- 
bers "^ ;  on  trial  7d ;  baptized  3b. 
Scholars  320. 

LILY  FOUNTAIN,  a  station  of 
the  tV.  M.  S.  in  Little  Namaqualand, 
near  the  Kluimiesberg.  The  Rev.  B. 
Shaw,  who  has  long  labored  at  this 
place,  was  joined  in  Aug.  185i5,  by 
Mr.  fladdy.  The  members  in  society 
are  83.  Mr.  Threlfall,  who  ciiiue 
hither  for  the  recovery  of  his  health, 
having  attained  this  object,  set  for- 
ward at  the  end  of  June,  IciJo,  with 
2  native  Christians,  on  a  journey  to- 
wards the  coast,  in  search  of  a  suita- 
ble place  for  a  mission ;  but  they  ap- 
pear to  have  met  a  melancholy  end 
by  assassination,  in  the  bloom  of  life, 
— not  one  of  them  being,  it  is  believ- 
ed, 30  years  of  age. 

Of  the  influence  of  the  Gospel  on 
the  people  at  this  station,  Mr.  Haddy 
gives  an  animating  view : — "The 
number  of  persons  who  regard  Lily 
Fountain  as  their  home,  is  between  7 
and  800  ;  and  though  the  Namaquai 
are  naturally  addicted  to  wandering, 
yet  now  they  seldom  leave  the  insti- 
tution, unless  circumstances  compel 
them:  the  Gospel,  the  means  of 
grace,  their  property  and  friends, — all 
tend  to  give  them  an  interest  in  the 
place,  and  to  unite  them  together ; — 
a  rare  sight  this,  in  this  thinly  inhab- 
ited ana  barren  part  of  the  globe  ! 
They  have  derived  another  great  ad- 
vantage— the  absence  of  those  hos- 
tilities, which  none  of  the-  tribes  of 
Africa,  yet  discovered,  in  a  purely 

259 


i.] 


LIL 


MAC 


hoathcn  state,    -e  free  from.      Before 
Chrirttianity    was.    introduced,    tlieir 
neighbors  the  Bosjesiuana  were  I're- 
quently  iiiaiting  attacks  on  tiieni,  and 
stealinir  their  cattle;  tiie  consequence 
of  which  was,  that  much  hlood  was 
shed  :    hut  since  they  have  been  con- 
centrated into  a  l)ody,  and  have  liad  a 
missionary  residinfranioncr  them,  tiiey 
have  iiad  notiiinir  tu  fear,  either  Irom 
enemies  witiiout.   or  from  any   wlio 
might  be  disatlected   within  ;  lor  the 
Bosjesmans  dare  not  venture  to  attack 
the   Nama(iua3  now,   and  tlie  Nama- 
quas  tc/'//  ni>t  attick  the  Bosjesmans — 
having  been  taujjht   by  the  Gosj)el  to 
regara  ihem  as  llie  onspring   of  the 
same  common  parent.     Tiicir  spirit- 
ual and  moral  improvmient  is  seen 
in  their  regard  to  trutii  and  sincerity 
in  their  intercourse  with  one  another, 
md  witii  all  men.     While  envelo|)ed 
in  darkness,  iiaving  no  fear  of  God 
before  their  eyes,  but  little,  if  any, 
regard  was  sliown  to  honesty  ;  l)ut. 
on  the  contrary,  lie  who  most  excelled 
in  deception,  judged  himself  the  most 
praiseworthy.      Their  veneration   of 
Jehovah,  as  the  God  of  Providence, 
and   the    Sovereign   Disposer   of  all 
things,  is  great  and  atiecting.      Al- 
though tin;  Nauiaquas  were  not  idola- 
ters,  in    the   common  acceptation  of 
the   term,  yet  many  degrading  cus- 
toms and  ridiculous  ideas  prevailed 
among  tliem  :  divine  light  has  shone 
into  their  hearts,  and  most,  if  not  all, 
of  these  are  laid  aside.     They  have 
been  taught  to  look  above  the  earth 
for  fruits,  and  higher  than  the  clouds 
for  rain. — Even  to  Him  'who  gives 
both  the  former  and  the  latter  rain,' 
and  commands  *  the   earth   to    yield 
her  increase.'      Of  many  it   may   be 
truly  aaid — '  their  conversation  is   in 
heaven,  from  whence  also  they  look 
for  ihe  Saviour  ; — their  souls  breathe 
after  God.'     I   have  been  frequently 
struck  with  gratitude  and  admiration, 
while  hearing  them,  in  their  rudely 
constructed  huts,  offering  praise  and 
supplication   to    the   God  of  Israel; 
and  several  times,  late  at  night,  after 
I  have   gone   to  rest,  I   have   heard 
them  continuing  to  sing  the  songs  of 
Zion.     I  do  not  mean  to  convey  the 
idea  that  they  have  all  received  and 
obeyed  the  Gospel.    No !    much  re- 
mains yet  to  be   done ;    but  surely 
these  fruits  of  the   Gospel    of  the 


grace  of  God — call  loudly  for  grati- 
tude, and  furnish  the  most  encoura- 
ging motives  to  i)e  '  stedfast,  immove- 
able, always  abounding  in  the  work  of 
tlie  Lord.'  " 

l.OVEDALE,  a  station  of  the 
Glasgow  Missionary  Society,  among 
the  Catfres  of  South  Africa.  Messrs. 
lloHS  and  Bennie,  missionaries.  It  is 
I'i  m.  I'rom  Chuniie,  in  a  very  popu- 
lous vicinity.  The  gospel  of  John 
has  been  transluted  into  CaflVe.  Mr. 
Bejinie  has  compiled  a  Callre  vocab- 
ulary, and  has  i)rintod  it  at  Love- 
dale. 

LUCCA,  a  station  of  the  Scottish 
M.  Society  on  the  island  Jamaica. 
Mr.  Watson,  the  missionary,  at  Luc- 
ca, and  Si  outstations,  at  the  last  re- 
port, had  000  catechumens  and  i*l 
communicants. 


M. 


MACAO,  a  city  in  China ;  Ion. 
135"  13'  E. ;  lat.  2Si"  13' N.  It  is 
built  on  a  peninsula  or  small  island, 
of  lOG  m.  sq.  and  contains  33,800 
inhabitants.  It  is  the  only  European 
settlement  in  China,  and  was  jeded 
to  the  Tortuguese  in  ir)80.  It  has  a 
Portuguese  governor  and  a  Chinese 
mandarin  ;  and  the  English  and  other 
nations  have  factories  here.  Since 
the  decline  of  the  Portuguese  trade, 
the  town  has  sunk  into  a  place  of 
comparatively  little  importance.  Dr. 
Morrison  of  the  L.  M.  S.  and  Mr. 
Bridgman  of  the  J.  B.  C.  F.  M. 
reside  occasionally  at  Macao,  From 
the  journals  of  Mr.  B.  bearing  date  in 
August,  1830,  we  make  a  few  ex- 
tracts. 

"  Yesterday  afforded  us  an  oppor- 
tunity, the  first  since  we  left  America, 
of  celebrating  the  sacrament  of  the 
Lord's  supper.  Had  a  stranger  been 
here,  he  would  have  thought,  at  first 
sight,  that  he  had  reached  a  favored 
spot ;  for,  from  whatever  direction 
he  might  have  come,  he  must  have 
travelled  some  thousands  of  miles, 
without  having  met  with  a  scene  like 
tliis.  In  the  midst  of  idol  temples, 
and  of  idols  without  number,  he  hears 
the  sound  of  the  church-going  bell, 
and  sees  among  200  or  300  houses,  in 
the  European  style,  12  or  15  chapels, 
which  seem  to  invite  to  the  worship 

260 


ite. 


MAC 


MAC 


ly  for  grati- 
8t  rncour'i- 
st.  iininove- 
tlie  work  of 

ion  of  the 
I'ty,  among 
cii.  Messrs. 
larips.  It  is 
vi'ry  pojHi- 
K'l  of  John 
Jullro.  Mr. 
''alfre  vocnh- 
it  lit   Love- 

the  Scottish 
nd  Janiaicn. 
iiiry,  lit  Ltic- 
tiie  hist  re- 
lons   and   *.•! 


China ;    Ion. 
r.V  N.      It  is 
small  island, 
itains   3:?,t)(HJ 
ily  European 
d   was  ceded 
HO.     It  has  a 
d  a  Chinese 
ish  and  other 
lere.      Since 
guese  trade, 
)   a  place  of 
)rt,ance.     Dr. 
S.  and  Mr. 
}.    C.  F.   M. 
acao.     From 
aring  date  in 
a  few  ex- 
US  an  oppor- 
oil  America, 
ment  of  the 
tranger  been 
ught,  at  first 
led  a  favored 
vet   direction 
e  must  have 
ds   of  miles, 
I  a  scene  like 
idol  temples, 
iber,  he  heara 
h-going  bell, 
00  houses,  in 
)r  15  chapels, 
)  the  worship 

260 


of  Jehovah.  On  a  better  acquaint- 
ance, however,  the  stranger  finds 
very  little  to  distinguish  the  first 
from  the  other  days  of  the  week. 
Tnere  is  a  ditference.  The  public 
offices  of  the  Portuguese  are  closed, 
and  the  citizens  permitt(>d  to  spend 
the  day  according  to  their  choice. 
T  *r  chapels  are  opened,  but  no 
more  seem  to  attend  than  on  other 
days,  and  of  their  numerous  clergy, 
40  or  50  in  number,  not  one  comes 
forth  to  read  and  expound  the  Scrip- 
tures. 

"  The  British  Factory  have  a  chapel 
here,  in  which,  during  their  resi- 
dence, which  is  usually  half  of  the 
year,  divine  services  are  regularly 
performed  by  their  chaplain. 

"  Dr.  Morrison  usually  has  worship 
at  his  own  house,  where  he  is  joined 
by  a  few  English  and  American  citi- 
zens. Yesterday  it  was  our  privilege 
to  join  in  tiiat  worship,  and  afler  an 
appropriate  discourse  to  sit  down  to 
tJie  table  of  our  cor  ;rton  Lord,  where, 
as  he  remarked  in  his  sermon,  the 
distinctions  of  rich  and  poor,  learned 
and  unlearned,  of  nation,  and  class, 
and  original  cliaracter,  are  all  forgot- 
ten, under  the  common  character  of 
redeemed  sinners.  Such  a  com- 
munion table  is  the  epitome  of  heaven 
itself,  which  consists  of  every  nation, 
tribe,  and  people,  and  language,  all 
uniting  in  the  Saviour's  praise. 

"  Went  on  board  a  Cochin  Chinese 
junk,  anchored  at  the  entrance  of  the 
inner  bay.  Its  appearance,  and  that 
of  the  men,  was  quite  like  the  Chinese. 
They  had  just  arrived,  with  a  passage 
of  six  or  seven  days.  One  of  the 
men,  for  whom  we  carried  some  med- 
icine, was  sick.  They  treated  us 
kindly,  offered  us  both  tobacco  and 
opium  to  smoke,  of  which  they  seemed 
very  fond.  Two  of  the  crew  we 
discovered  to  be  Catholics.  The  time 
may  not  be  very  far  distant,  if  proper 
efforts  are  made,  when  the  Gospel 
shall  be  introduced  and  received  in 
Cochin  China.  Pure  Chinese  is,  at 
the  present  time,  the  language  of  the 
court.  Christians  are  tnere  left  t,o 
enjoy  their  religion  unmolested." 

"In  a  postcript,  dated  December 
18,  Mr.  Bridgman  states,"  says  the 
editor  of  the  Missionary  Herald, 
*'  that  the  French  corvette.  La  Favor- 
ite, Capt.    La  Place,    which  sailed 


that  day,  iook  on  board  from  Macao, 
Catholic  missionaries  for  Cochin  «.  hi- 
na.  Every  intelligent  friend  of  the 
Bible  and  pure  Chiistianity,  must 
feel,  in  view  of  this  fact,  that  it  is 
exceedingly  important  that  devoted 
Protestant  missionaries,  who  will 
preach  the  simple  truths  of  tiie  Gos^ 
pel,  should  stand  ready  to  enter  every 
heathen  country  as  soon  as  provi- 
dence opens  a  way  of  access,  before 
the  minds  of  the  people  shiill  be  pre- 
occupied, and  all  entrance  hedged  up 
again  by  the  introduction  ot  papal 
doctrines." 

"  Attended  meeting  here  and  at 
Wampoa  yesterday,  as  on  the  pre- 
ceding Sabbath.  Immediately  after 
the  service  we  had,  as  our  custom  is, 
a  short  season  of  social  prayer.  Three 
were  present.  Soon  after  this,  Leang 
Afa  called  and  wislied  me  to  take  his 
little  son,  a  boy  of  ten  years.  He  de- 
sires him  to  learn  the  English  lan- 
guage, and  be  familiar  with  the 
Scriptures  in  that  tongue,  that  he 
may,  bv  and  by,  assist  in  a  reviaioa 
of  the  Chinese  version.  In  the  eve- 
ning, as  usual  on  Sabbath  evenings, 
we  spent  an  hour  in  social  worship 
at  Dr.  Morrison's. 

"  Since  the  5th  instant,  Macao  has 
presented  an  unusual  scene  of  idola- 
trous devotion.  This  has  been  occa- 
sioned by  the  dedication  of  a  new 
temple,  and  the  enthroning  of  new 
gods.  On  each  successive  day,  and 
the  work  is  still  in  full  tide,  there  has 
been  wandering  through  the  streets, 
from  morning  till  evening,  soD>etimeg 
amidst  torrents  of  rain,  and  sometimes 
beneath  the  scorching  rays  of  an 
almost  vertical  sun,  one  of  those  pro- 
cessions which  are  not  less  oftensive 
to  Jehovah,  titan  they  are  degrading 
to  the  character  of  man.  And  on 
each  successive  night,  the  scene  has 
been  proloilged,  from  evening  till 
morning,  by  theatrical  exhibitions  and 
revelry,  wnich  could  not  well  endure 
the  light." 

MACKEE  GARDEN,  a  village 
near  Madras,  Hindoostan,  where  Mr. 
Schaffter,  of  the  C.  M.  S.  occasionally 
labors,  and  where  there  is  a  school. 

MACKINAC,  OR  MICHILI- 
MACKINAC,  a  post-town  and  mili- 
tai'y  post  in  Michigan  territory.  It 
is  situated  upon  an  island  in  the  strait 
ccnnecting   lake    Huron    and    lake 

861 


'  1' 


MAC 


MAC 


Michigan.  The  town  und  island  is 
now  cailt'd  Maeliino  'id  ihir  county 
and  Iho  Htniit,  Mulif,.,iitliin(ir.  Thf 
conunon  pruniinciiition  in  .Miir/i-i-iiHw, 
and  the  niiniu  u  not  unlriwineiitly 
written  in  tlTiH  niiinnor.  Tlic  ishmd 
18  about !)  mill  8  in  circuit.  Tlit>  town 
in  on  th(!  S.  K.  uidc  of  the  i.shmd,  on 
a  sniiiU  covt*.  wliidi  is  surroundrd  by 
a  steep  clill',  !.")((  II.  Iiioh.  ll  consists 
of  two  streets  jiarallel  with  the  lake, 
intersected  by  nlhers  at  rii^ht  anjrles, 
and  contains  a  court  house,  a  jail, 
and  several  stoics.  I'opubition  ot  the 
county,  in  i'^Iii).  H77.  ll  is  much 
resorted  to  by  I'ur  trad«'rs,  and  tlurino- 
the  sunnner  is  visited  by  thousands 
of  Indians.  Lou.  ^1-  40'  VV. ;  lat. 
45^  54'  N.  It  is  MW  m.  N.  of  De- 
troit. In  l.-<ri:l,  the  Rev.  Wni.  iM. 
Ferry  commenced  a  mission  on  tiiis 
island  for  the  benelit  of  liie  Indians. 
Mrr  F.  was  under  the  care  of  the 
United  Foreign  Missionary  Society. 
In  1827,  Mr.  F.  was  trausiirred  to 
the  Jl.  li.  C.  F.  M.  Through  the 
blessinir  of  God,  the  mission  has  been 
almost  uniformly  prospercil.  Some 
of  the  fur  traders,  and  individuals 
connected  with  the  United  States" 
ariny,  have  been  hopefully  converted 
to  God.  Many  of  the  Indians  have 
also  experienced  his  renewing  grace. 
The  following  narrative,  furnished  by 
Mr.  Ferry,  of  the  conversion  of  one 
of  these  poor  outcasts  of  the  forest 
will  be  read  with  interest. 

"  As  was  promised  in  my  last,  I 
will  now  give  some  account  of  the 
religious  exercises  of  C.  W.  R.  Her 
Indian  name  was  Masai-ain-se.  She 
was  a  half-blooded  Indian  girl,  though 
by  habit  of  life  and  languaoe,  a  full 
native  of  the  wildc  ness,  lar  in  the 
interior,  south  or  south  west  of  Mag- 
dalen island,  or  Sa'nt  Michael's  Point, 
upon  Lake  Superior.  Her  home, 
previous  to  entering  the  mission  fam- 
ily, was  about  two  days'  march  dis- 
bint  from  what  is  called  Lac  Coutree. 
She  lived  with  an  aunt,  and  belonged 
to  a  class,  by  distinction  or  ceremo- 
nies, known  aj-  Mc-ta-wee.  The 
summer  she  left  her  home,  she  was 
to  have  been  ••oeeived  as  a  full  priest- 
ess or  conjuress.  She  had  gone 
through  all  the  previous  mummery, 
and  was  then  on  the  ten  day's  sing- 
ing, or  finishing  scene ;  whoa  an 
uncle,  w'lo  had  given  her  her  name, 


and  hence  had  a  riyht  to  control  hrr. 
arrived,  and  said  tli.it  he  had  been 
told  in  a  dream  that  hhe  must  not  \h-- 
come  oni  of  the  Mc-ta-wee.  This 
was  enough.  All  was  in  con.sc<|uenc4; 
a')andoned,  and  he  took  her  away. 
S!ie  was  also,  that  sunnner,  while 
with  her  uncle,  one  of  the  parly  in 
the  Indian  dance  around  the  scal|is 
of  those  wliitcs  murdered  i>y  Indians, 
who  w«'re  afterwards  imiMisoned  at 
Mackinaw.  Another  sinaiilar  cir- 
cumstance in  her  early  hi.slory  wac, 
that,  while  living  wilh  her  aunt, 
during  the  hunting  Mason,  hhe  used 
to  be  left  alone  wilh  her;  and  some- 
times, with  no  food  but  what  they 
could  obtain  Iheiiisclvcs,  by  huntiiiff 
«>r  otherwise.  Hence  they  snllered 
nnich.  And  when  crying  with  hunger, 
her  aunt  frequently  said  to  her. '  Don't 
cry, — perhaps  by  and  by  you  may 
go  with  the  white  people,  where  yen 
will  have  plenty,  and  be  like  them.  " 
"  When  she  came  to  the  Warren 
Station,  at  Magdalen  Island,  sIm; 
heard  of  this  mission,  and  determined, 
though  against  the  will  of  a  brother, 
that  she  would  come  here  ;  and  ac- 
cordingly came  down  with  the  tra- 
ders, and  was  received  into  the  family 
three  years  ago  last  July.  She  un- 
derstood only  the  O-jib-e-way  lan- 
guage, and  yvas  probably  between  14 
and  15  yearb  old. 

Her  own  Account  of  her  Contersiou. 

'■'■  The  following  is  a  faithful  state- 
ment of  C.'s  exercises,  as  taken  from 
her  own  lips  in  her  native  tongue,  and 
given  to  ine  sentence  l>y  senti'iico  in 
English.  At  my  request  she  gave  the 
account,  (which  in  substance  had  been 
given  to  us  all  before,)  wilh  this  solemn 
injunction,  that  she  would  give  what 
she  k.iew  to  be  truth,  and  no  more 
nor  less. — It  will  be  seen  that  there 
is  something  of  sameness  in  the  nar- 
r;itive,  because  I  have  only  felt  at 
lilierty,  while  following  her  track,  to 
shape  her  own  ideas  into  the  mcbt 
intelligible  English.  From  her  hope- 
ful conversion  to  the  present  time, 
she  has  generally  enjoyed  much  peace 
of  mind.  She  says  she  has  had  sra- 
.jOns,  wh"n  conscious  of  little  spir- 
ituality, she  has  been  much  distress- 
ed for  fear  she  should  be  deceived, 
because  it  was  not  with  her  as  in 

263 


0  control  lior. 
he  had   luiii 

iiiiiut  nut  )n>- 
i-wff.      This 

1  coiistMiucnco 
ik  lu'i'  iiway. 
iiniiuT,   while 

llir   |>iiity  in 
lui  till-  scalps 

(l  hv  liuliaiis, 
iiiipi'isiiiii'il  al 

sintrular  cir- 
(•  history  was, 
ith  hrr  luinl. 
isini,  Aw  us«>»l 
cr  ;  arul  soiii*'- 
ml  wli  it  thi'v 
IS,  hy  hiiiiliiiif 

Ihcy  KulViTi'd 
1^  withhuiiticr. 
Ao  her. '  Don't 

I  i)y  you  may 
|)U',  wluTi'  you 
l)o  liko  thoju.  ' 
to  tho  Warron 

II  Island,  sIk; 
ind  dL'tcrinined, 
ill  of  a  hiotlur, 

hero  ;  and  a«- 
1  with  the  tra- 
I  into  the  family 
July.  She  uu- 
i-jih-c-way  Ian- 
lily  between  14 


icr  Conversion. 

a  faithful  state- 
s,  as  taken  from 
live  tonjrue,  ami 
hy  senli'uce  in 
est  she  i>ave  tho 
bstaiuehadbem 
with  this  solemn 
would  give  what 
and  no  more 
seen  that  there 
nesd  in  the  nar- 
ive    only  felt  at 
ng  her  track,  to 
Into   the    mobt 
From  her  hop*'- 
le  present  timo, 
oyed  much  peace 
he  has  had  era- 
18   of  little  spir- 
n  much  distress- 
uld  be  deceived, 
with  her  as  in 
263 


MAC 

days  past :  but  never,  she  says,  has 
she  been  conscious  of  such  a  state  of 
(('fling,  that  she  could  n<tt  siiy  from 
the  heart,  I  am  ready  and  willing  to 
live  and  die  for  Christ.  An<l  her 
wiiole  deportniciit  has  been  Htrikinsfly 
characteristic  of  sucli  a  st;ile  of  mind. 
She  was  rccfivcd  into  ciiurrh  fellow- 
ship, willi  two  other  irirls,  at  our 
coMiniunion  season  in  April;  and  1 
presume  I  speak  bet  the  ieelitiL's  of 
the  fami'v.  when  I  say  that  there  has 
been  no  more  faithful  missionary  to 
lior  friends  and  otiiers  among  us,  this 
Slimmer,  tlian  she. 

"  '  Two  years  ajrci  the  present  sum- 
mer, [  be<_ran  first  to  have  serious 
thiughts  aliout  my  soul.  When  hear- 
iiijT  the  Scriptures  interpreted,  what 
God  says  in  tl;em  respecting  the 
wicked,  and  especially  \  hen  hearing 
.M.  (a  pious  gir!  uf  the  family,)  pray- 
ing in  the  native  language,  for  the 
salvatit.n  of  puor  ignorant  Indians,  I 
first  began  to  think.  "  I'erliaps  [  am 
on.?  of  those  ignorant  wicked  ones." 
And  I  began  to  use  some  C-'tholic 
prayers,  wliicli  I  had  in  part  learnt, 
thinking  these  would  do  me  good. 
But  M.  told  me  these  were  only 
prayers  of  the  uiouth,  and  not  riglit 
with  God ;  th  it  God  knew  all  our 
hearts,  and  that  we  must  pray  frona 
hearts  as  we  felt,  if  we  hoped  to  have 
God  hear  us.  With  tiiis  said  to  me, 
which  I  supposed  to  be  true,  I  used 
to  try  to  pr.'iy.  Sometimes  .1  could 
only  use  a  few  words,  and  did  not 
know  v.'hat  was  the  n)atter  with  me  ; 
hut  ollen  in  meetin  r  and  at  other 
times,  I  was  distre;  sed  with  the 
thought,  that  I  miiflit  be  sent  away 
with  the  wicked.  I  can  now  see,  I 
had  then  no  sr^nso  of  thf  wickedness 
of  my  heart.  The  more  I  heard  the 
word   of  God    explained,    and    was 


MAC 

table   pervice.  I  was  tcdd  that  none 
but   those  v.lio  loved    God   had  any 
right  or  privilege  at  I'.is  tiible.     i  then 
felt  as  if  I   should  never  he  |iermitted 
to  come  tiiere,  as   I    knew  nothing  of 
(io<l.     All  the  niirht  follnwing  I  lay 
awake.  distress«'«f  at  t!ie   situation  in 
which    I    began    to   see   lny^:elf;    and 
tliouii'lit.  as  I  iiad  lived  s'>  long  with- 
out tliink'tig  of  (idd,  (ir  rather  know- 
ing that  there   was  such   a   glorious 
Heing  in  the  heavens,  that  he  would 
never  have  any  thing  to  do  with  me; 
that  I  was   ton  I)ad  to  have  him  think 
upon  or  help  me.     The  ne.xt  day  Misg 
O.   read   and    had   interpreted  to  the 
girls  that  portion  of  Scripture  v. here 
('hrist  instituted  the  Sujiper,  and  ex- 
|ilained   to   us  the   rea.son  and  design 
ot  the  sacrament.     At>,erwar«ls,  when 
seeing  the  «-lmich  around  the  table, 
with   all    the    atlecting  scene  before 
my  eyes,   1   had  afvclinir  that  there 
was  truth  in   these  things,  such  as   I 
had  not   had   before.      And  not  only 
was  my  mind  more  deeply  distresseil 
for    myself ;    but    seeing    so    many 
aroun(f  me,  compared  with  the  small 
number  at  the  table,  whom  1  supposed 
must  be  in  the  same  wickc  d  and  dan- 
gerous   c  t'.diiion    with    niystlf,  my 
h'elings    of   anguish     became    inde> 
scribable.     On  leaving  church,  while 
alone  in  my  room,  the  thought  came 
to  my  mind,  Why  need  I  be  so  dis- 
tressed .'  there  are  no  others  who  ap- 
pear to  feel   as  I  do :    perhaps  it  is 
because  these  things  are  new  to  me  : 
when  I  become  mo:e  used  to  them, 
they  will  not  affect  me  so ;  and  it  may 
be,  that  I  too,  may  come  to  love  Goa. 
"  '  After  this,  while  any  of  the  fam- 
ily  were   giving  me   and   the  other 
firls  instruction,  I  used  often  to  thin*-, 
won't  let  these  things  trouble  me 
much.     And  if  at  any  time  I  found 
questioned  respecting  it,and  informed,!  my    mind     considerably    excited,    I 


ri 


that  not  only  our  actions  were  bad 
in  God's  sight,  but  our  thoughts  and 
feelings  were  displeasing  ana  wicked 
before  him ;  the  mort  was  I  led  to  look 
at  my  life,  at  particular  things  which 
I  had  done  ;  and  from  this  review,  to 
think  more  of  my  heart,  that  there 
was  someth'ng  very  bad,  and  which 
I  began  to  see  was  wicked,  in  my 
thoughts  ai.d  feelings. 

"  '  Preparatory  to  the  first  season  of 
communion  after  my  uneapy  state  of 
uiind,  while  helping  to  prepare  the 


would  immediately  try  to  check  and 
do  away  my  feelings;  as  it  were 
saying  to  myself.  It  is  enough  for  me 
to  learn  little  by  little :  I  won't  h«e 
such  a  fool :  by  and  by  I  shall  clo 
well  enough,  when  I  come  to  kn&w 
more.  With  this  iinpression  I  almost 
neglected  prayer.  To  such  a  degree 
did  I  give  myself  up  to  this  feehng, 
that  for  a  long  time  it  was  but  seldom 
that  I  would  attempt  to  pray,  lest  my 
mind  should  be  too  much  frightened 
or  distressed. 

263 


MAC 


MAC 


'"The  next  thing  «hat  trouhlod 
me  WBH  the  puruble  of  the  Bowcr, 
which  1  h(;ard  rcud  to  tiie,  and  upon 
which  1  wau  rcqucHlcd  to  meditate, 
and  ffivu  uiy  opinion,  wiu-n  I  sup- 
poHed  I  underHtood  tiiu  niraning. 
ThiH  troubled  nie  much,  becauNe,  utler 
fixing  on  vvti:it  1  tiuppoHed  the  way 
■ide  and  tlie  Htony  ground  meant,  1 
thought  they  lioth  teprewnted  much 
of  my  heart:  nor  could  I  reuiHt  the 
anxiety  whicii  the  thought  produced. 
ThiB  Htate  of  mind  lemnined  and 
grew  worse  for  some  lime,  until  1 
was  arrested  with  this  thought,  that 
it  might  bring  me  to  sicknefis,  or  de- 
rangement, or  a  worse  evil :  and  I 
determined  that  1  would  try  and  do 
as  far  as  possible  what  wns  right  for 
God,  and  in  the  mean  time  would 
avoid  indulginir  in  anxiety.' 

"  Here  she  related  a  train  of  feel- 
ings, for  several  months,  amounting 
to  nothing  esstmtially  more  favorable. 
The  narration  exhibited  a  fluctuating, 
unhappy  state  ;  souietimes  awaked  to 
anxious  distress  under  instruction,  and 
again  endeavoring  to  settle  into  indif- 
ference or  ease  of  mind.  At  one  time 
this  struggle  was  severe,  occasioned 
by  the  dei>.th  of  a  little  boy  in  the 
family.  At  another,  on  the  arrival  of 
her  relatives  last  summer,  Miss  O. 
asked  her  why  she  did  not  talk  with 
and  instruct  them.  Here  her  mind 
was  again  aroused.  She  says  she 
felt  in  Keen  distress  for  a  time,  shud- 
dering at  the  thought  of  showing 
others  what  to  do,  when  this  con- 
demned herself.  This  she  thought 
would  be  to  look  after  a  mote  in  their 


eye 


with  a  beam  in  her  own.     At 


length;  when  Miss  Mc  F.  was  lying 
very  sick,  and  her  death  daily  expect- 
ed, she  cume  into  the  room,  and 
among  other  things  Miss  Mc  F.  said 
to  her, '  1  suppose  you  are  not  willing 
to  have  mo  die ;  but  if  you  only  had 
a  good  ho]}e  in  the  Saviour,  it  would 
not  be  long  before  we  should  meet 
again  in  heaven,  and  be  forever  happy 
together. 

"  *  This,'  she  said,  <  came  home  to 
my  heart.  It  was  more  than  I  could 
well  endure  ;  and  I  resolved  that  I 
would  pray  for  mercy  as  long  as  I 
had  Itfe.  From  that  time  I  was  much 
in  prayer ;  ana  oflei.  able  ta  get  little 
or  no  rest  through  the  night.  When 
Mill  Mc  F.  and  Mr.  F.  were  about 


leaving  home  for  their  journey  last 
tail,  my  mind  was  deeply  anected 
and  distressed.  1  tliougiit  it  would 
be  right  in  God,  who  liad  lieen  so 
mercilul  as  to  send  tiiem  here  to  in- 
struct us  and  be  a  father  to  us,  to 
take  away  their  lives;  and  that  1, 
with  the  other  children  who  hud  not 
believed  in  Christ,  might  never  see 
them  again.  How  can  1  endure  the 
thought  !  I  will  try,  1  will  pray, 
and  |)erhaps,  though  1  don't  deserve 
it,  God  will  send  tnem  back  and  give 
mercy  to  my  soul,  that  1  may  love 
the  Saviour.  When  1  saw  the  vessel 
under  sail,  I  went  alone  and  prayed 
earnestly  that  God  would  preserve 
them ;  and  that  1  might,  if  he  could 
be  so  merciful,  have  a  heart  given 
me  to  improve  the  providence  of 
taking  them  away. 

"  '  This  anxiety  continued.  I  felt 
after  this  no  inclination  to  give  up 
prayer.  1  oilen  thought  how  I  had 
promised  to  God,  and  were  I  not  to 
do  as  I  had  promised,  I  should  lie  to 
him  ;  and  then  he  would  have  no 
more  mercy  on  mc.  I  felt  this  to  be 
my  last  time,  my  only  hope.  My 
mind  was  so  pressed,  that  many  times 
I  could  not  sleep,  and  was  oAen  com- 
pelled, as  it  were,  to  get  up  and  seek 
relief  in  prayer. 

"  '  One  Wednesday  evening,  after 
meeting,  Mrs.  C.  fell  in  with  me, 
having  walked  out  as  I  also  had  done, 
and  had  a  long  talk  with  ine  :  and 
though  I  did  not  express  to  her  any 
other  than  anxiety  of  mind  for  salva- 
tion, yet  I  was  angry.  In  my  agony  of 
distress  and  anger  I  had  such  thoughts 
as  these,  '  What  business  have  you  to 
talk  so  to  me  ?  it  don't  concern  you 
what  becomes  of  my  soul :  you  have 
not  to  suffer  for  my  sins  :  why  not, 
then,  let  me  alone,  and  not  torment 
me.'  After  Mrs.  C.  left  me,  reflect- 
ing on  the  feelings  I  had  indulged,  I 
felt,  if  possible,  worse  than  ever. 
Although  I  was  aware  that  Mrs.  C. 
knew  nothing  of  my  feelings,  yet,  I 
knew  they  were  not  hid  from  God ; 
and  must  be  very  displeasing  :  surely, 
thought  I,  I  am  lost. 

"  'The  following  Saturday  evening 
there  was  a  prayer  meeting  in  ths 
girl's  room ;  after  which  Miss  C. 
made  remarks  to  this  amount,  '*  That 
she  was  afraid  some  of  those  profess- 
ing so  much  anxiety  were  deceived, 

264 


me 


MAC 


MAC 


judging  from  their  conduct ;  for  sure- 
ly, if  tlioy  were  bo  anxious,  they 
would  have  given  theuimMvca  to  tlie 
Saviour  bi'fore  now."  This  waa  like 
a  knife  to  my  heart.  What  can  I  do  > 
At  HrHt,  alter  going  to  the  l)edrooin 
with  M.  and  C,  wlio  were  alao  dis- 
tressed, we  tried  to  pray  together. 
But  I  found  this  was  no  pl-ice  for 
me ;  and  the  whole  night  I  spent 
alone  ;  now  and  then  only  awakened 
from   hearing 


to   keener  agony 
sobs   of    M.    in   the 


opposite 


Sabbath   morninir,  U-aving  my 


the 
n>om. 
room 
a  little  after  day  light,  I  saw  M.  stand- 
ing by  her  bed,  and  witli  a  smile  on 
her  countenance,  look  at  her  little 
girl.  Tlie  tliought  rushed  upon  me, 
tliat  the  must  have  found  the  Sav- 
iour ;  for  I  had  never  seen  a  smile  on 
her  countenance  before.  [Meaning, 
since  her  anxiety.]  Now  she  is  going 
to  begin  a  new,  a  happy  S.-ihbath,  and 
I  am  left  with  this  wicked  heart  to 

frofane  the  day  !  For  a  ;  oment,  as 
heard  one  of  the  girls  exclaim, 
"  M.  has  found  the  Saviour,"  I  felt 
disposed  to  envy  her.  But  no — I 
thought — this  is  making  me  more 
wicked  ;  I  will  try  to  follow  her  :  and 
I  left  the  house  for  the  cedars,  de- 
signing, at  the  time,  to  spend  the  day 
there,  though  1  did  not.  lean  give 
no  just  account  of  my  mind  through 
the  Sal)bath  and  Monday  :  I  can  only 
say,  I  had,  as  it  seemed  to  me,  every 
wicked  feeling :  my  heart  was  so 
hard  I  could  not  weep ;  I  could  not 
shed  a  tear :  it  seemed  a  perfect  comhat. 
"  '  Tuesday  morning  after  break- 
fast, Mr.  H.  came  to  my  room  and 
talked  with  me  a  good  deal :  he  told 
me  this  might  perhaps  be  the  last  day 
the  Lord  would  give  me ;  and  why 
will  you  not  submit .'  He  explained 
to  me  many  verses  of  the  Bible  ;  and 
during  this  time  my  heart  got  some 
feeling :  it  seemed  to  melt ;  and  I 
could  weep.  The  whole  of  this  day 
I  hardly  knew  where  or  what  I  was. 
Sometimes  I  apprehended  that  I  must 
lose  my  senses  ;  and  seeing  the  other 
girls  so  different  from  myself,  for  a 
moment  I  would  half  resolve  to  en- 
deavor to  be  like  them ;  supposing 
that  otherwise  I  must  soon  be  crazy. 
But  a  reacting  thought  and  feeling 
would  bring  me  back  to  all  the  keen- 
ness of  my  agony.  Before  supper  I 
was  in  the  girl's  sewing  room,  where 

Y 


Miss  O.  read  from  the  Bible  and 
talked  to  the  girls.  1  stayed  till  1 
dan;  stay  no  longer,  lest  I  should 
break  out  in  somelliing  dreadful  be- 
fore them  through  dernngement.  I 
got  to  my  lM'dr<M>m  ;  anu  throwing 
myself  on  the  bed,  I  lay  for  sometime 
unronscious  of  anything  but  the  fiie 
within  :  nor  durst  I  even  hiiut  my 
•jVH  fr)r  fear  1  should  fmii  myself  in 
death,  actually  sinking  into  tlie  tlames 
of  hell. 

"  '  After  a  time,  how  long  I  don't 
know,  becoming  mon*  conscious  of 
my  state  and  collected  in  mind,  these 
were  my  feeling:* : — I  have  tried  ev- 
ery way,  and  all  in  vain  :  I  cannot 
help  mywdf:  neither  prayers  nor 
anxiety  do  any  good  :  they  h'ad  to 
no  relief.  It  is  rin^ht,  it  is  just  in  God 
to  destroy  me :  I  ought  to  perish. 
lie  may  do  what  he  nlcases  :  if  he 
sends  me  (o  hell,  let  him  do  it:  and 
if  he  show  mercy,  well:  let  him  do 
just  as  he  wishes  with  me.  Here,  as 
in  a  moment,  I  had  such  a  kind  of 
one,  or  irhole  view  of  myself,  and  a 
willingness  to  W  in  God's  hands, 
that  I  could  lie  no  longer,  and  resolv- 
ed to  go  in  prayer  and  throw  myself 
for  the  last  time  at  the  feet  of  the 
Saviour,  and  solemnly  b^g  cf  him  to 
do  what  he  would  with  me.  Just  at 
this  time  Eliza  [an  Indian  pious 
woman  in  the  family,  who  from  the 
veiy  filth  of  degradation  has  become 
as  we  hope  one  of  Christ's  lambs,] 
came  and  talked  a  good  deal  to  me. 
She  told  me  how  easy  it  was  to  be- 
lieve in  the  Saviour  if*^  I  would  :  and 
afler  talking  some  time  said,  '  we 
will  pray  together.'  Here  I  lost  all 
my  burden  :  I  felt  light :  a  strange 
feeling  that  I  cannot  describe. — I  had 
no  thought  that  I  loved  Christ,  but 
I  was  happy  *,  and  yet  afraid  to  be 
happy  ;  was  afraid  to  give  indulgence 
to  these  feelings :  for  it  would  be 
dreadful,  after  all,  it  appeared  to  me, 
to  go  to  heil  with  no  feeling  of  dis- 
tress about  it  !  Rising  from  our 
knees,  I  was  conscious  of  a  smile  on 
my  countenance,  which  1  designedly 
concealed  with  my  handkerchief,  lest 
Eliza  should  observe  it.  Leaving  the 
room.  Miss  O.  called  me  to  her  bed- 
room to  eat  some  supper  prepared  for 
me.  I  went,  but  could  not  eat.  Mim 
O.  and  Miss  C.  urged  me,  and  asked 
why  I  refused ',  to  which  I  made  no 

265 


MAC 


MAD 


dirfct  ai^twer.  When  they  Baw  I 
citiuT  could  not  or  would  not  cut, 
thoy  propoHod  unitiii|;  in  priiycr,  in 
wliii'ii  ihuy  eiicli  k>d  in  HUcc-oHHion. 
Ht>n>  1  waH  tillfd  witli  tliat  happincnH 
which  I  hopi>  to  enjoy  in  heuvun.  1 
do  not  know  hut  that  my  enjoyment 
wa8  as  great  an  it  wau  poHsible  tor  my 
«oul  to  liavc,  aritfing  i'roni  a  view  ut' 
the  h)ve,  the  nearnc  hh,  and  ghiry  ql" 
the  Saviour.  1  Beemed  to  Bee  it,  to 
feel  it  all,  in  a  fuUneBH  of  joy  beyond 
rxpreBKion.  At  the  close  of  prayer 
niy  mind  run  on  thin  hymn.  '  Alas 
and  did  my  Saviour  bleed  !'  and 
without  exprcHtting  the  wIbIi  I  had  to 
hear  thiH  liymn  Bunj;,  Mius  C.  in  a 
few  monientB  commenced  Hinging  it. 
The  whole  hymn  posBessed  my  bouI 
in  mingled  joy,  and  wonder,  and  love. 
Especially  the  lust  verses,  bo  that  1 
was  here  as  nmch  lost  to  myself  in 
the  bliss  of  joy,  as  1  had  been  before 
in  the  anguish  of  f'espair.  Perhaps, 
my  countenance  told  my  feelii'.gs ; 
and  Miss  O.  asked  nie  if  1  could  now 
love  that  Saviour.  1  answered,  I 
hope  I  do.  This  was  the  first  inti- 
mation I  had  dared  to  give  of  the 
peace  of  soul.  But  my  joy  had  swal- 
lowed up  all  fear,  and  1  could  not 
resist  the  answer.  Now  I  had  such 
B  love  for  all  around,  as  well  as  for 
the  Saviour,  that  I  could  have  folded 
them  to  my  bosom.  For  two  days 
following,  night  and  day,  there  was 
little  or  no  abatement  of  this  happi- 
ness. I  appeared  to  be  in  a  new 
woild :  every  thing  led  me  to  God  : 
not  an  object  did  I  see  but  seemed  to 
say,  '  how  glorious  and  lovely  is  the 
great  God.^" 

The  following  statements  will  give 
a  summary  view  of  the  condition  of 
the  mission. 

*'  Begun  in  1823  :  one  station,  two 
missionaries,  three  mal^  and  eleven 
female  assistants. 

**  William  M.  Ferry,  missionary  and 
BUperintendant ;  Mrs.  Ferry  :  Wm.  T. 
Boutwell,  missionary:  Elisna  Loomis, 
teacher ;  Mrs.  Loomis :  Martin  Hey- 
denburk,  mechanic  ;  Mrs.  Hey  den- 
burk;  Abel  D.  Newton,  mechanic; 
Miss  Eunice  Osmar,  Miss  Elizabeth 
M'Farland,  Miss  Delia  Cook,  Miss 
Hannah  Goodale.Miss  Matilda  Hotch- 
kiss,  Miss  Betsy  Taylor,  Miss  Sabri- 
na  Stevens,  and  Miss  Percis  Skinner, 
teachers  and  assistants. 


"  Preaching y  Church,  ^c.  There 
has  been,  during  the  past  year,  public 
worship  with  preaching  two  or  three 
times  on  the  Sabbath,  with  the  regu- 
lar exercines  of  th(>  Sabbath  school, 
und  one  or  two  meetings  for  prayer 
and  conference,  or  preaching,  during 
the  week.  A  pnrtofthe  time  a  meet- 
ing has  been  held  on  the  Sabbath  in 
the  Fort.  Six  were  received  into  the 
cliurch  in  January,  which  now  con- 
tains about  (iO  members.  Much  seri- 
ous attention  to  the  means  of  grace 
has  prevailed  through  the  year. 

"  A  courHe  of  lectures  was  deliver- 
ed by  Mr.  Ferry,  laBt  winter,  on  the 
doctrines  and  practices  of  the  papal 
church,  which  were  listened  to  by  a 
full  and  solemn  congregation. 

"  School.  The  number  ot  pupils  in 
the  schools  during  the  year  has  not 
been  niention«>d  ;  but  it  is  supposed 
to  be  about  130  of  both  sexes.  The 
several  classes  were  lately  examined 
in  reading,  writing,  arithmetic,  geog- 
raphy, and  ancient  and  modern  Histo- 
ry, in  the  presence  of  many  citizens 
and  traders,  and  acquitted  themselves 
honorably. 

"  Other  notices,  A  juvenile  benev- 
olent society,  formed  among  the  youth 
of  the  school  and  vilhige,  contributed, 
during  the  year  ending  in  January, 
$125 ;  which  is  appropriated  to  mis- 
sionary purposes. 

<'An  Auxiliary  to  the  Board  has 
been  organized  among  the  gentlemen 
residing  at  Mackinaw  and  in  the  vi- 
cinity, and  those  engaged  in  the  fur 
trade  of  the  interior. 

MADAGASCAR,  a  large  island  in 
the  Indian  Ocean,  discovered  by  a 
Portuguese,  in  1492.  It  lies  40  leagues 
E.  of  the  continent  of  Africa,  from 
which  it  is  separated  by  the  strait  of 
Mosambique.  It  extends  900  m.  from 
N.  to  S.,  and  is  from  200  to  300  broad. 
The  inhabitants,  amounting  to  more 
than  4,000,000,  are  divided  into  a 
number  of  tribes.  They  are  com- 
monly tall,  well-made,  of  an  olive 
complexion,  and  some  of  them  quite 
black.  Their  hair  is  black,  but  not 
woolly,  and  for  the  most  part  curls 
naturally  ;  their  nose  is  small,  though 
not  flat ;  and  they  have  thin  lips. 
They  have  no  towns,  but  a  great 
number  of  villages,  a  small  distance 
from  each  other.  Their  houses  are 
pitiful    huts,    without    windows    or 

266 


MAD 


MAD 


chiinneys,  niid  tlu'  nM)fH  rovcred  with 
nu'dd  or  IfiivrM.  TlioMt'  tlitit  iire  drt'sB- 
i>d  in  tilt*  iM'Ht  iiini\tu>r,  liavc  ii  pit'ce  of 
cotton  cl(»tii  or  Hilk  wrapped  round 
their  middle ;  hut  the  edimnon  Hort 
liavc  Htill  lt*HH  clothing.  Butli  men 
and  women  are  fond  of  hriu.'«'letH, 
nerkiiUM's,  iin(l«>iir-ringH.  'I'hey  have 
Utile  knowledjre  of  commerce,  and 
exchani;»>  amon<r  tlieiiiHelves  jjondii 
fur  (foods :  ^olu  and  wilver  coinH 
hroujfht  by  KuropeaiiH  are  innnodiate- 
ly  melted  down  tor  ornamentrt,  and  no 
currency  of  (!oin  i.s  cMtaWlished.  There 
are  a  irr«':it  nany  petty  kin^rH,  wini.se 
riclies  comsIhI  in  cattle  and  slaves, 
and  tiiey  are  always  at  war  with  each 
otijer.  There  are  only  Hi»me  parts  of 
tlie  coast  yet  known  ;  for  both  tije  air 
and  tlie  soil  are  destructive  to  stran- 


^ers. 


Tlie  Mddairasses  lielievo  in  erne  only 
true  Ciod.  the  Creator  of  all  tiiinj^s, 
and  tlie  preserver  and  supreme  Ruler 
of  tiie  universe  ;  wiiom  tiiey  call  Zan- 
gahara.  Wlien  they  si)eak  of  him, 
tiiey  do  it  witii  the  {jreatest  deijn'e  of 
solemnity  and  veneration.  Thoujrli 
they  consider  liirn  so  infinitely  exalt- 
ed, that  he  does  not  ftoop  to  notice  the 
concerns  of  men  ;  yet  lie  has  delegat- 
ed the  government  of  the  ati'airs  of 
this  world  to  four  inferior  lords,  whom 
tliey  d<Mioiuinate  lords  of  the  North, 
South,  East,  and  VVe.st.  One  of  these 
only,  tliey  considei"  an.-  dispt^nser  of 
the  plajjues  and  miseries  of  mankind  ; 
while  the  other  three  are  enirajjeil  in 
bestowinij  lienefits.  Tlie  souls  of  all 
good  men,  they  i)elieve,  will,  after 
«leatli,  ascend  to  Zanjraliara,  and  en- 
joy perfect  happiness  in  his  presence, 
while  all  had  men  will  he  tormented, 
accordinir  to  their  demerits,  l)y  the 
evil  spirit,  which  tliey  call  Anjrijatyr. 
The  four  ijreat  lords  are  regarded  l)y 
tliem  as  havinsj  great  inlluence  with 
Z^mgaliiira.  Kacli  family  has  its  guar- 
dian angel,  who  conveys  their  prayers 
to  the  tour  lords,  who  are  tlie  only 
medium  of  access  to  tlie  Deity.  Some 
appearances  of  Judaism  are  seen  u- 
mong  these  islanders.  They  practice 
circumcision,  and  offer  the  first-fruits 
of  harvest.  Of  a  Saviour  they  have 
no  knowledge.  The  language  of  the 
Madagasses  is  very  melodious,  and  is 
said  to  be  copious ;  though  it  had 
never  been  reduced  to  a  written  form 
till  since  missionaries  resided  among 


them.  In  the  intc-'f^r  nre  some  Arabs, 
who  introduced  in*o  the  island  many 
of  the  arts  of  civilization.  It  is  prob> 
ably  owing  to  the  intlueiice  of  tlietie 
emigrants  on  the  neighboring  ttibefl, 
tiiat  many  of  tliiin  exhibit  evident 
marks  of  a  state  of  improvement  con- 
sideraldv  removed  from  l)arbarisiii. 

The  lu'v.  Mrssrs.  Jones  and  Ihvan 
were  sent  by  the  /..  M.  S.,  in  l^l"*,  to 
this  island,  ano  commencetl  their  mis- 
sioii  auspiciously.  'IMiese  devoted  la- 
lioiers  were  8<ir)ii  called,  however,  to 
experience  heavy  allliclioiis  in  their 
persons  and  families;  wliicii  were  fol- 
lowed by  the  death  of  Mr.  licvaii.and 
by  Mr.  Jones':*  removal  from  his  sta- 
tion to  the  Mauritius,  from  a  decdino 
in  iiis  health. 

In  tile  autumn  of  iStJO  his  Kxccl- 
lency  H.  T.  Fartpihar,  Ksq..  (lovcrnor 
of  the  Mauritius,  concluded  a  treaty 
with  Radama,  King  of  Madagascar, 
having  for  its  object  the  total  extinc- 
tion of  the  slave  tratlic  in  that  island. 
With  the  fuli  approbation  of  the  (lov- 
ernor,  Mr.  Jtmes,  being  sutticiently 
recovered,  accompanied  the  agent, 
Mr.  Ilastie,  to  the  court  of  Radama, 
by  whom  he  was  received  witli  much 
cordiality.  The  King,  being  satisfied 
with  the  views  and  olijects  of  the  so- 
ciety, which  were  explained  to  him 
l»y  Mr.  Jones,  wrote  to  the  Din-ctors 
for  missionaries  to  instruct  his  |M'ople 
in  Christian  knowledge,  and  also  in 
the  useful  arts.  It  vas  Mr.  Jones's 
intention  to  have  returned  to  the  Mau- 
ritius, after  the  conclusion  of  tlie  trea- 
ty ;  but  in  consequence  of  a  formal 
invitation  from  the  King,  he  consent- 
ed to  remain  at  Tananarivou,  when 
the  King  allotted  to  him  one  of  the 
royal  houses  as  his  residence,  with 
servants  to  attend  upon  him.  Accord- 
ing to  a  stipulation  of  the  treaty  al- 
ready alluded  to,  20  Madygasse  youths 
'vere  to  l)e  instructed  in  useful  arts, 
with  a  view  to  pnjinote  civilization  in 
their  own  country;  of  whom  10  were 
sent  for  this  purpose  to  the  Mauritius, 
and  10  soon  after  arrived  in  England, 
and  were  placed  in  the  Borough 
school,  to  be  instructed  in  the  English 
language  on  the  plan  of  the  B.  and  F. 
S.  S.  In  the  mean  time,  the  King 
placed  under  the  care  of  Mr.  Jones, 
to  receive  an  English  education,  16 
native  children ;  of  whom  I?  were 
children  of  his  own  sister,  and  one  of 


MAD 


MAD 


tlie  three  was  heir  apparent  to  the 
crown ; — the  rest  were  children  of 
different  nobles. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Griffiths  arrived  in 
the  spring  oi  1821 ;  and  in  June,  1822, 
the  missionary  brotherhood  was  in- 
creased by  the  arrival  of  the  Rev.  Mr. 
Jeffreys,  accompanied  by  Mrs.  J.  and 
four  missionary  artisans.  The  valua- 
ble patronage  of  the  king  remained 
undimmished.  Aaer  providing  for 
Mr.  Jones  a  dwelling-house  contigu- 
cnif.  to  the  royal  school  in  which  were 
upwards  of  40  children  under  his  care, 
he  affo.ded  considerable  assistance  in 
tile  erection  of  a  coiniuodious  habita- 
tion for  Mr.  Griffiths,  together  with  a 
■chool-house  attached,  capable  of  con- 
taining about  2')0  childicn  ;  and  also 
allotted  a  house  for  the  use  of  Mr. 
Jeffreys  and  his  family.  Allowances 
were  also  ordered  for  each  of  the  mis- 
sionaries, by  Governor  Farquhar,  as 
well  as  for  the  artisans.  On  the  arri- 
val of  the  latter  at  Tananarivou,  the 
King  gave  them  a  piece  of  ground  for 
their  residence  and  for  the  carrying 
on  of  their  respective  trades.  About 
2000  of  the  natives  w  jre  employed  to 
prepare  the  ground  fc :  the  erection  of 
the  requisite  buildings.  By  direction 
of  the  King  3  Madagasse  youths  were 
placed  with  each  of  the  artisans  ;  two 
of  them  respectively  as  apprentices, 
and  the  other  as  a  servant,  of  whom 
very  favorable  reports  were  made. 
One  of  the  artisans,  Mr.  Brooks,  was, 
however,  suddenly  called  from  his 
earthly  engagements. 

At  this  early  stage  of  missionary 
effort,  good  effects  appeared  ;  among 
which  may  be  noticed  the  suppression 
of  common  swearing ;  though  it  should 
be  stated,  to  the  reproach  of  multi- 
tudes called  Christians,  that  it  was 
the  custom  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
kingdom  of  Ovah  to  swear  by  the 
name  of  the  King  and  by  the  name  of 
the  Queen,  not  by  the  name  of  the 
Almiglity  Creator  and  Benefactor  of 
mankmd.  The  B.  ani  f\  B.  S.  made 
a  grant  to  the  Madaoascar  mission  of 
50  English  Bibler,  and  200  Testa- 
ments. 

The  kingdom  of  Radama,  now  call- 
ed Imerina,  is  divided  into  4  provin- 
ces ;  in  all  of  which,  during  1824, 
schools  were  established,  with  the 
sanction,  and  under  the  patronage,  of 
the  King.    At  the  close  of  the  year 


they  amounted  to  22,  and  the  number 
of  cliildren  to  above  2000.  The  ihree 
schools  successively  formed  at  Tanan- 
arivou were  united  int.i  one,  which 
the  King  denominated  the  Ruijal  Col- 
lege. From  this  seminary,  containing 
about  27(J  iKiys,  50of  tiie  highest  gift- 
ed and  best  instructed  were  sent  to 
take  ciiarge  of  the  schools  in  the  coun- 
try. Public  examinations  of  tlie  boys' 
and  girls'  schools  took  place  in  the 
presence  of  the  King,  some  of  the 
members  of  the  royal  family,  the  gen- 
erals of  his  Majesty,  and  Jas.  Hastie, 
Esq.  the  British  agent,  which  were 
highly  satisfactory.  Messrs.  Jones  and 
Griffiths  commenced  preaching  in 
Madaga.e8e  in  February  of  the  same 
year  ;  their  congregations  ctmsisting 
usually  of  about  1000,  but  occasionally 
of  as  many  as  3  and  even  5000.  Sev- 
eral parts  of  the  Scriptures  had  also 
been  translated,  and  some  books  were 
prepared  and  preparing  for  j)ublica- 
tion.  On  the  21st  of  April,  Mr.  Jef- 
freys removed  to  Ambatoumanga,  a 
large  village  situated  about  20  m.  from 
Tananarivou,  where  he  commenced  a 
school  for  boys,  and  Mrs.  J.  another 
for  girls,  and  conducted  stated  servi- 
ces in  Madagasse.  It  having  been 
judged  expedient  that  the  artisans 
should  superintend  the  schools,  Mr. 
Canham  removed  to  a  villige  about 
12  m.  from  the  capital,  where  he  had 
a  school  of  110  boys  ;  and  Mr.  Row- 
lands to  another  village  about  15  m. 
distant  from  the  same,  where  he  had 
a  scl'  >1  containing  100  toys.  Each 
of  tht^.n  superintended  !ii)prent,ices, 
who  learned  their  respective  trades  j, 
and  Mr.  Chick  was  diligently  em- 
ployed on  the  Sabbath  in  catechising 
children  ;  and  on  the  week  days  in 
his  trade.  In  the  following  year,  the 
labors  of  the  missionaries  were  con- 
tinued ;  the  translation  of  the  Mada- 
gasse New  Testament  was  completed  ; 
a  printer,  a  cotton-spinner,  and  a  car- 
penter, were  sent  out ;  and  the  mis- 
sion was  deprived  of  a  valuable  agent 
by  the  death  of  Mr.  Jeffreys.  About 
this  time  some  of  the  Madagasse 
youths,  one  of  whom  had  been  at  his 
own  earnest  request  baptized,  arrived 
at  the  capital. 

On  the  27th  of  July,  1620,  King 
Radama  died.  By  the  intrigues  of 
one  of  his  queens,  a  number  of  men 
of  the  highest  rank  were  put  to  death, 


MAD 


MAD 


and  atnonc;  the  rest,  tlie  heir  presump- 
tive to  the  throne,  the  amiable,  intel- 
ligent, and  pious  prince  lldkatol)i,  a 
youth  about  15  years  of  age.  Since 
that  period,  the  island  has  been  in  an 
unsettled  state.  During  the  yi';ir  16M), 
Mr.  Freeman,  one  of  the  mis  aaries, 
left  the  island,  and  repairt ..  to  Cape 
Town,  without  the  expectation  of  re- 
turning. He  was,  however,  invited 
in  a  very  friendly  manner,  to  return. 
Under  dfate  of  August  52,  IdJl,  he 
writes, 

**  The  prospects  of  the  general  state 
of  Madagascar  at  that  time,  and  of  the 
mission  in  particular,  were  sufficient- 
ly gloomy  and  discouraging ;  and 
though,  as  I  have  previously  assured 
the  directors,  I  never  for  a  moment 
considered  that  I  had  abandoned  that 
vast  and  important  field,  I  corfess,  i 
had  not  any  rational  expectation  that 
events  would  have  proved  so  auspi- 
cious, as  they  now  are,  within  this 
very  limited  space  of  time.  The  hand 
of  Providence  is  clearly  to  be  seen, 
and  ought  to  be  most  gratefully  ac- 
knowledged, in  the  present  posture  of 
affairs.  Instead  of  intestine  wars  des- 
olating the  country,  the  whole  island 
appears,  from  the  latest  accounts 
which  I  have  received,  to  be  in  a  s^ate 
of  tranquillity — or,  at  any  rate,  not  to 
be  suffering  more  serious  disturbances, 
than  existed  in  consequence  of  petty 
opposition  in  some  few  provinces  to 
the  government  of  the  Hovas,  in  the 
time  of  Radama.  The  queen's  power 
seems  to  be  thoroughly  established, 
and  her  disposition  to  encourage  the 
mission  has  been  proved  beyond  sus- 
picion. I  have  received  voluminous 
correspondence  from  the  members  of 
the  mission  within  the  past  few 
months,  besides  several  letters  from 
nalivv  teachers,  and  from  some  of  the 
officers,  (that  from  the  queen  I  have 
already  mentioned,)  and  all  impress 
me  with  the  conviction  that  our  mis- 
sion is  favored  with  considerable  pros- 
perity in  its  actual  state,  and  may  rea- 
sonably hope  for  still  greater,  unless 
some  new  events  arise  to  impede  its 
present  operations.  I  have  not  re- 
ceived any  definite  accounts  of  the 
state  of  the  schools ;  but  from  various 
orders  issued  by  the  Malagasy  gov- 
ernment, and  from  the  attendance  on 
public  worship  on  the  Sundays,  1  am 
under  no  painful  apprehension  on  that  i 


head.  The  voluntary  attendance  of 
several  luliiUs.  and  of  those  just  arriv- 
ing at  maturity,  on  tiie  public  institvi- 
tions  of  religion,  is  one  of  the  most 
pleasing  si^ns  in  the  case  ;  and.  it  is 
also  a  tacit  proof,  tluit  the  true  dispo- 
sition of  the  governnient  is  favorable 
to  our  exertions  there.  We  have 
been  tausriit  a  lesson,  indeed,  in  the 
history  of  Radauia.  "'not  to  put  our 
trust  in  princes."  or  the  arm  of  gov- 
ernments. l)Mt  we  liave  also  numerous 
instimces  of  tlie  \:isi  i  in  porta  hc<  ui'  the 
countenance  and  good-will  of  tlie  na- 
tive aiitiiorities  in  a  country  where 
the  will  of  oni!  is  the  supreme  law." 

Mr.  Freeman,  on  his  return  to  his 
lahorf.  arrived  at  Tainatave,  a  port  in 
Madai>ascar.  on  the  'J'2d  of  August, 
accompanied  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Atkin- 
son. Their  goot's  were  transported 
toTanamirivou.  free  of  expense,  by  or- 
der of  the  (jUeen. 

Since  the  middle  of  1830,  the  at- 
tendance at  tlie  mission  chaj)el  has 
been  more  numerous  and  encouraging 
than  at  any  j)receding  period ;  the 
preachinii-  of  the  word  seems  power- 
fully to  iiifect  the  consciences  of  some 
of  the  people.  Another  chapel  is  in 
progres.s,  in  which  the  services  will 
bo  performed  in  the  native  tongue. 
At  the  prayer  meetings,  which  are 
well  attended,  many  of  the  natives 
pray  with  great  propriety  and  appa- 
rent devotion.  Mr.  Cameron's  ap- 
prentices, HO  in  number,  are  address- 
ed every  Sunday  afternoon  \fy  one  of 
the  missi(maries. 

Numhcr  cf  schools,  64 

"  scholars,  24!J7 

13  youths  are  studying  English  at  the 
express  desire  of  the  queen.  Several 
thousand  copies  of  Catechisms  and 
Tracts  have  been  printed.  Various 
mechanic  arts  have  been  introduced. 

MADCHAR,  a  colony  of  German 
settlers,   near   the  Caucasus.     C.  L 
Koenig,  missionary.     The  Tartars  in 
the  vicinity  are  becoming  more  and 
more  friendly. 

MADRAS,  Presidency  of ;  part  of 
the  British  possessions  in  Hindoostan, 
comprehending  the  whole  of  the  coun- 
try south  of  tbe  Kishna,  excepting  a 
nariow  strip  on  the  western  coast, 
and  the  northern  Circare.  A  consid- 
erable portion  of  it  is  governed  by  na- 
tive princes  subordinate  to  the  British, 
and  protected  by  a  subsidiary  force ; 

269 


n 


'  .u 


MAD 


MAL 


llie  rest  is  under  the  immediate  pro- 
tection of  the  Governor  and  Council 
of  Madras,  and  in  lti22  was  subdivid- 
ed into  24  districts,  with  an  area  of 
1G<),000  square  miles,  and  a  popula- 
tion of  13;077,00U.  Madras,  the  capi- 
tal, is  the  largest  city  on  the  coast  of 
Coromandel.  Lat.  13"  5'  N. ;  Ion. 
80'^21'E.;  10f4  m.  from  Calcutta; 
770  from  Bombay.  Pop.  in  l&2'3, 
415,751.  It  consists  of  Fort  St.  George, 
Black  Town,  and  the  European  houses 
in  the  environs. 

The  first  mission  establishment  at 
Madras  was  formed  in  1727,  by  the 
Rev.  B.  Schultz,  under  the  patronage 
of  the  king  of  Denmark.     From  that 
time  till  17t)0,  1470  were  united  with 
the  church.     The  mission  was  under 
the  patronage  of  the   C.  K.  S.     Mr. 
Loveless,  of  the  L.  M.  S.  commenced 
a  mission  here  in  1805.     In  181(5,  the 
Rev.  Richard  Knill,  now  of  St.  Pe- 
tersburg, joined    Mr.  Loveless.      W. 
Taylor,  John  Smith,  and  John  Bilder- 
beck  are  now  the  missionaries  of  this 
society  ;  G  assistants.     In  the  eastern 
division   of  this   mission  under   Mr. 
Smith,  two  English  services  are  held 
on  Sundays  at  Black-Town  Chapel ; 
where  there  are  48  conuuunicants ;  at 
3  Tamul  services  weekly  about  20  at- 
tend.    In  the  western  division  there 
are  34  communicants.     In  20  schools 
there  are  31!)  scholars.    In  1831,  32ltl) 
books  and  Tracts  were  distributed. 
A    corresponding    committee    was 
'  formed  at  Madras,  in  connection  with 
the  C.  M.  S.,  in  1815.     At  the  present 
time,  1831,  P.  P.  Schamer,  J.  J.  Mul- 
ler,   Edmund   Dent,   missionaries,  1 
printer,  3  catechists,  2  readers,  and  28 
schoolmasters.      Congregations  in  4 
outstations,  and  in  Madras,  373 ;  com- 
municants 83  ;  candidates  (i8  ;  semi- 
narists 27  ;  schools  in  Madras  and  at 
•  3  outstations  27  ;  with  546  boys  and 
630  girls.     In  9  towns  and  villages 
connected  with  the  mission,  there  are 
about   110  families,  a.  '1   above  IGOO 
ndults  and  children   under  religious 
instruction.     During  G  months  previ- 
ous to  April,  1830,  there  were  issued 
from  the  press,  30,000  copies  of  diffe- 
rent books  of  the  Bible,  with  80,000 
tracts  and  books  in  Tamul  and  Teloo- 
goo. 

In  Jnne,1828, 362,417  tracts  had  been 
oircu!dted.  The  income  of  the  Tract 
Society  for  the  year  1831  was  2690 


rupees.  Several  thousand  halive 
Christians,  who  have  Icng  dwelt  in 
the  twilight  of  the  Romish  supersti- 
tion, have  lately  requested  to  be  re- 
ceived into  the  church  of  England. 

Translations  of  the  Scriptures  into 
Tamul,  Malayalim,  Caiiarese,  and 
Teloogoo  are  either  finished,  or  in 
progress. 

MAIilM,  a  town  in  the  northern 
part  of  the  island,  Bombay,  about  G 
m.  from  the  town  of  Bombay,  where 
the  missionaries  of  the  Jl.  B.  C.  F.  M. 
itinerate  and  distribute  tm  ts. 

MAIAOITI,  an  outstation  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  in  the  Georgian  island.  In- 
habitants 220  :  3  native  teachers.  The 
people  are  constant  in  their  attend- 
ance on  the  means  of  grace.  Many 
very  neat  houses  have  been  built. 

MAHJEHDUSK,  a  station  of  the 
Am.  Methodist  missionary  Society,  at 
Mahjel  dusk  Bay,  which  empties  into 
Lake  Huron.  I'liis  is  considered  of 
great  importance,  as  being  the  annu- 
al rendezvous  of  Indians  from  the 
north.  A  native  school  was  establish- 
ed in  182!»,  under  the  care  of  James 
Currie  and  David  Sawyer.  82  com- 
municants. 33  scholars. 

MALACCA,  OR,  MALAYA ;  coun- 
try of  India  beyond  the  Ganges,  con- 
sisting of  a  large  peninsula,  connec',- 
ed  with  Siam  by  the  the  isthmus  of 
Kraw.  It  is  about  775  m.  long,  and 
120,  on  an  average,  broad. 

Malacca,  a  seaport  of  the  above 
country,  on  the  straits  of  Malacca : 
Ion.  102°  12'  E.  ;  lat.  2<^  14'  N.  The 
surrounding  country  is  fertile  and 
pleasant.  Since  1825,  it  has  been 
permanently  occupied  by  the  British 
authorities.     Pop.,  in  1828,  33,806. 

In  January,  1815,  a  mission  was 
commenced  in  this  place  by  the  L.  M. 
S.  In  181G,  Dr.  Milne,  the  associate 
of  Dr.  Morrison  at  Canton,  visited 
Malacca. 

While  here,  Mr.  M.  was  favored 
with  many  excellent  opportunities  of 
sending  copies  of  the  Chinese  New 
Testament,  catechisms,  and  tracts,  to 
Siam,  where,  it  is  said,  20,000  Chi- 
nese reside,  to  Rhio,  Cochin-China, 
and  various  other  places,  where  the 
Chinese  are  found  m  great  numbers, 
as  well  as  of  conversing  on  religious 
subjects  with  the  sailors  belonging  to 
the  vessels  by  which  they  were  con- 
veyed.    In  r«nang  only,  there  are 

270 


MAL 


MAL 


taid  to  be  8000  Chinese  inhabitants  ; 
among  whom  Mr.  Mi  hie  went  from 
house  to  house,  distributing  the  Scrip- 
tures and  tracts.  He  calcuhited,  that 
in  China  and  Malacca  togetlier,  there 
had  been  printed  and  circulated  at 
that  period,  not  less  than  30,000  Chi- 
nese painplilets  and  tracts,  exclusive 
of  the  lloly  Scriptures.  Towards 
the  great  expense  of  printing  Chi- 
nese tracts,  the  Religious  Tract  Socie- 
ty,  in  London,  liberally  contributed 
the  sum  of  500/. 

Mr.  Milne's  labors  were  abundant : 
continuing  his  translation  of  the 
Scriptures  into  Chinese,  studying  the 
Malay,  and  superintending  two  Chi- 
nese schools.  Other  works  wero  also 
proceeding ;  besides  which  the  settle- 
ment had  the  advantage  of  two  prjs- 
ses,  witii  suitable  workmen,  and  an 
able  superintendant. 

Among    other    important    objects 
which  engaged  the  attention  ot*^  Dr. 
Morrison  and  Mr.  Milne,  during   a 
visit  of  the  latter  to  Canton,  was  the 
establishment  of  a  seminary,  now  de- 
nominated the  Jinglo- Chinese  College, 
the  principal  objects  of    which  are, 
to  impart  the  knowledge  of  the  Eng- 
lish language,  and  the  principles  of 
the    Christian   Religion,  to   Chinese 
youth ;  and  the  instruction  of  mis- 
sionaries and  others  in  the  language 
and  literature  of  Cliina.     Dr.  M.  gen- 
erously proposed,  on   certain   condi- 
tions, to  contribute  towards  the  ob- 
ject the  sum  of  4000  dollars,  exclu- 
sive of  a  separate  donation  of  500i. 
to  defray  the  expenses  of  educating, 
in  the  college,  1  Kuropean  and  1  Chi- 
nese youth,  for  5  successive  years. 
In  the  importance  of  this  plan   the 
directors  concurred,  and  the  founda- 
tion-stone of  the  institution  was  laid 
Nov.    11,    1818,   by   Minor   William 
Farquhar,  late  English  Resident  and 
Commander  of  Malacca  ;  and  several 
persons  of  high  distinction,  as  well 
as  the  chief  Dutrh  inhabitants  were 
pleased  to  attend  the  ceremony.    The 
college,  since  erected,  stands  on  the 
mission  premises,  in  an  open  and  airy 
lituation,  close  to  the  western  gate  of 
the  town,  and  commands  a  fine  view 
of  the  roads  and  of  the  sea     At  this 
time  a  Fund  was  formed  for  widows 
and  orphans  of  the  Ultra    Ganges 
Misaion— the  Chinese  schools  were  in 
a  flourishing  state— tracts  were  exten- 


sively circulated — the  work  of  trans- 
lation was  making  rapid  progress — 
the  press  was  vigorously  employed — 
and  much  was  done  in  the  direct 
communication  of  the  (iospol. 

About  this  period,  3  Chinese  schools 
were  going  on  prosperously,  and  the 
Malabar  school  was  well  attended;  in 
the  English  and  Maljiy  school  several 
hundred  boys  had  learned  to  read  tlie 
Holy  Scriptures ;  a  Malay  school, 
which  was  for  a  time  suspended,  was 
re-opened;  and  a.  female  Malay  school, 
the  first  establishment  of  the  kind  in 
Malacca,  was  commcnctd.  On  June 
1,  18*21,  Dr.  Milne  publicly  baptized 
a  heathen  woman  (her  fatlier  was  a 
Chinese,  and  her  mother  a  Siamese; ; 
and  on  the  8th  of  July  following,  Mr. 
Thomsen  baptized  2  Malays,  all  of 
whom  were  apparently  sincere  con- 
verts to  Christianity. 

In  consequence  of  the  decease  of 
Dr.  Milne,  which  took  place  Jan.  2. 
1822, — the  Chinese  services  previous- 
ly conducted  were  necessarily  sus- 
pended. During  a  visit  which  Dr. 
Morrison  paid  to  Malacca,  however, 
they  were  resumed  four  times  on  the 
Sabbath,  and  twice  on  week  days  :  a 
Chinese  youth  formerly  a  student  iii 
the  Anglo  Chinese  College,  occasion- 
ally assisted  in  these  services.  This 
individual,  who  understands  botli  the 
Fiihkeen  and  Canton  dialects,  v.a.^ 
also  employed,  in  connexion  with  tlie 
mission,  as  a  public  reader,  explaininij 
the  Scriptures  to  his  countrymen  ac- 
cording to  his  ability  ;  and  occasion- 
ally conducting  Christian  worship  in 
the  Pagan  temple,  where  Dr.  Milne 
formerly  preached.  The  Maliiyan 
female  servants,  and  the  female  Por- 
tuguese servants  who  understand 
Malay,  belonging  to  the  mission  as- 
sembled every  Sabbath  evening,  when 
the  Scriptures  were  read,  and  an  ex- 
hortation given  in  Malay  by  Mrs. 
Humphreys. 

On  the  20th  of  May,  1823,  the 
printing  of  the  whole  Chmese  version 
of  the  Scriptures  was  finished  ;  Afii, 
a  Chinese  convert,  had  the  houor  both 
to  commence  and  to  complete  this 
work,  having  arrived  from  China  for 
that  purpose.  The  number  of  stu- 
dents on  the  foundation  of  the  colleve, 
was  then  15,  that  of  candidates  for 
admission,  7.  These  youths  had  pro- 
fessedly embraced  Christianity,  and, 

271 


• 


MAL 


MAL 


generally  speaking,  entered  with  zeal 
and  clu'i-rrulness  into  the  religious 
exercisea  ol"  the  institution. 

Samuel  Kidd  and  Josiah  Hughes 
are  now  employed  at  this  station  ;  3 
Chinese  services  are  continued  on 
Sundays.  Government  has  with- 
drawn its  accustomed  allowance  to 
the  college  and  native  schools.  The 
whole  ujission  is  assuming  a  more 
and  more  favorable  aspect. 

Scholars 

2  free  schools  contains  22{i 

7  Chinese  boys"  schools  240 

G        *'        girls'       "  lib 

2  Malay  sdiools  27 

2  Tamul  24 

3  Portuguese  174 

MALTA,  anciently  McUta ;  an 
island  in  the  Mediterranean,  lat.  '35'- 
53'  N.;  l(»n.  14^  30'  E.  (of  the  (jbser- 
vatory  of  the  54  md  master)  GO  ni. 
from  Sicily,  2U0  from  Calissia,  the 
nearest  point  of  Africa.  Pop.  70,(tOO. 
Besides  the  natives,  there  are  Eng- 
lish, (about  700  besides  the  military) 
Jews,  Greeks,  Turks,  Egyptians, 
Italians,  French,  and  Dutch.  The 
Maltese,  Englisli,  and  Italian  are  the 
predominant  languages.  The  capital 
is  Valetta,  with  a  population  of  40,000, 
and  an  excellent  harbor,  which  will 
contain  500  vessels.  The  fortifications 
arc,  the  strongest  in  the  world.  It 
was  taken  from  the  French  by  the 
British  in  JdOO,  and  confirmed  to 
them  by  the  treaty  of  Paris  in  lf?l4. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Bloomfield,  who  was 
sent  out  by  the  L.  M.  S.  in  1611,  to 
promote  the  knowledge  of  the  Gos- 
pel among  the  Greeks,  was  directed 
to  reside  for  a  time  at  Malta,  where 
he  might  have  an  opportunity  to  learn 
the  Italian  language,  and  to  perfect 
himself  in  the  modern  Greek,  aa  well 
as  to  obtain  the  best  information  con- 
cerning the  places  to  which  he  might 
afterwards  direct  his  course.  While 
faithfully  fulfilling  his  trust,  he 
preached  to  a  number  of  Englishmen 
resident  at  Valetta,  and,  it  is  believed, 
with  spiritual  advantage  to  many. 
He  was  also  active  in  distributing 
copies  of  the  Scriptures,  of  Dr.  Dod- 
dridge's Rise  and  Progress  in  Italian, 
and  v.f  religious  tracts,  some  of  which 
were  sent  to  Sicily,  «&c.  He  was  in- 
formed that  a  gentleman  who  visited 


the  Morea,  lell  two  Greek  Testanienti 
at  a  convent,  with  which  the  inhab- 
itants were  so  delighted,  that  they 
rang  the  bells  for  joy.  and  i)er!brmed 
some  extraordiniiry  religious  ceremo- 
ny. In  tlie  midst  of  tll(■^.'  cheering 
circumstances,  however,  Mr.  B.  re- 
signed his  work  to  receive  his  re- 
ward. 

in  Sept.  181(5,  the  llev.  Mr.  Lown- 
des of  tiie  L.  J\l.  S.  was  sent  out  for 
the  same  purpcjses  as  those  contem- 
plated for  his  excellent  jjredecessor, 
and  his  ministry  was  not  in  vain. 

The  Rev.  S.  S.  Wilson  of  the  same 
society  arrived  at  Malta  at  the  com- 
mencement of  JblO;  in  con.sequence 
of  which  Mr.  L.  left  that  place,  to 
carry  into  effect  the  various  objects 
of  his  mission  :  he  afterwards  settled 
at  Zante,  and  ultimately  at  Corfu. 
Mr.  W.,  in  addition  to  various  en- 
gagements, prepari'd  several  books 
for  publication  in  modern  Greek.  In 
Jfc'23,  his  congregation  had  increased 
to  about  250  hearers,  of  whom  a  con- 
siderable number  gave  satisfactory 
evidence  of  genuine  piety,  and  many 
others  of  most  pronnsing  moral  qual- 
ities. The  number  of  communicants 
was  increased  to  50.  In  the  Sabbath- 
school  there  were  about  30  English 
children;  20  Greek  boys  and  girls 
also  attended,  who  learned  Mr.  Wil- 
son's Greek  catechism,  and  passages 
of  Scripture  both  in  Greek  and  Ital- 
ian, Mr.  Wilson  resumed  his  Greek 
services ;  the  attendance,  including 
children,  was  about  50.  During  his 
absence  in  England,  the  American 
Brethren  commenced  a  small  school 
for  Greeks ;  an  English  young  lady, 
whom  Mr.  Wilson  formerly  instructed 
in  modern  Greek,  had  the  charge  of 
the  female  department  of  it.  The 
boys  were  taught  by  Mr.  Temple,  as- 
sisted by  Mr.  Wilson.  The  latter 
devoted  a  portion  of  every  day  to  the 
instruction  of  a  few  Greek  boys,  from 
Scio,  in  ancient  Greek,  English,  and 
Italian.  One  of  these  boys  translated 
a  considerable  part  of  Turner's  "Arts 
and  Sciences,"  and  proceeded  with 
the  work  under  Mr.  Wilson's  direc- 
tion. 

In  1830,  there  were  issued  from  the 
press  9,100  Tracts  and  Books,  GOO  of 
which  were  Scott's  T^ssays.  Mr. 
Wihon  has  an  increasing  attendance 
on  Sundays  at  2  EngUsh  services. 

27(4 


The  atl 

been  drai 

an  impor 

de  termini 

sentative 

offered  hi 

alter  due 

the  year  : 

suitable  p 

ciety  had 

of  the  la 

plan  of  se 

tive  to  a  t 

direct    m 

practicabl 

benefit  of 

with  that 

himself  le 

niirable  n 

Ciiristian 

the  societ 

atives  in 

tJie  acqui»' 

to  the  Stat 

with  the  b 

and    the 

knowledgi 

and   by  e 

turned,  wi 

try,  for  tl; 

in  the  yeai 

of  his  abi 

cJiiefly  in 

consideral 

twice  visit 

Greece. 

The  res 
iterranean 
highly  imi 
given  to 
csting  an< 
has  awake 
half  of  tlu 
gies  have 
subsequen 
A  secon 
Researche 
pen,  and 
United  St.- 
land,   havi 
effect  of  hi 
ranean  upt 
his  labors 
having  bet 
many  for  1 
1831  with 
the  latter  i 
of  1830,   t 
books  and 
Greek,  An 


MAL 


MAL 


The  atU'iition  of  the  C.  M.  S.  having 
been  drawn  to  the  Mediterranean  as 
an  important  sphere  of  labor,  it  was 
determined  to  send  thither  a  repre- 
Bi>ntative.  The  Rev.  Wm.  Jowett 
offered  himself  for  this  service ;  and 
alter  due  preparation,  proceeded,  in 
the  year  1815,  to  Malta,  as  the  most 
suitable  place  of  residence.  The  so- 
ciety had  adopted,  on  the  suggestion 
of  the  late  Rev.  Dr.  Buchanan,  the 
plan  of  sending  a  literary  representa- 
tive to  a  sphere  of  this  nature,  where 
direct  missionary  labors  were  not 
practicable  ;  and  Mr.  Jowett  had  the 
benefit  of  much  friendly  conference 
with  that  distinguished  man,  who  had 
himself  led  the  way,  and  given  an  ad- 
mirable model,  in  the  conducting  of 
Christian  researches.  The  objects  of 
the  society,  in  establishing  represent- 
atives in  tiie  Mediterranean  were — 
tiie  acquisition  of  information  relative 
to  the  state  of  religion  and  of  society, 
with  the  best  means  of  its  melioration, 
and  the  propagation  of  Christian 
knowledge,  by  the  press,  by  journeys, 
and  by  education.  Mr.  Jowett  re- 
turned, with  his  family,  to  this  coun- 
try, for  the  renovation  of  his  health, 
in  the  year  IdiiO.  During  the  5  years 
of  his  absence,  he  had  been  resident 
ciiiefly  in  Malta  ;  but  he  had  spent  a 
consideraltle  time  in  Corfu,  and  had 
twice  visited  Egypt  and  some  parts  of 
Greece. 

The  results  of  this  visit  to  the  Med- 
iterranean have  been  in  many  respects 
highly  important ;  these  he  has  since 
given  to  the  public,  iri  a  very  inter- 
esting and  valuable  volume,  which 
has  awakened  a  lively  interest  in  be- 
half of  the  sphere  in  which  his  ener- 
gies have  been  engaged.  Mr.  Jowett 
subsequently  returned  to  Malta. 

A  second  volume  of  very  valuable 
Researches  Ims  proceeded  from  his 
pen,  and  been  republished  in  the 
United  States.  He  is  now  in  Eng- 
land, having  been  disabled  by  the 
effect  of  his  residence  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean upon  his  health  from  resuming 
his  labors  there.  Mr.  Schlienz,  after 
iiaving  been  absent  on  a  visit  to  Ger- 
many for  IJi  months,  returned  in  Oct. 
1831  with  re-established  health.  In 
the  latter  part  of  1821)  and  the  whole 
of  1830,  there  were  printed  57,900 
books  and  tracts,  in  Italian,  modern 
Greek;  Arabic,  and  Maltese, 


The  A.  D.  C.  F.  M.  conunenced  a 
mission  here  in  Id'JII,  with  the  design 
of  benefitting  the  mingled  inhabitanta 
of  Palestine.  The  first  missionaries, 
sent  by  the  Board  to  tlie  Holy  Land, 
were  the  Rev.  Messrs.  L.  "Parson* 
and  P.  Fisk,  who  arrived  ut  Smyrna, 
Jan.  15,  1820,  and  were  cordially 
welcomed  by  tiie  chaplain  and  other 
gentlemen.  After  obtaininir  the  re- 
quisite  information  for  the  govern- 
ment of  their  future  measures,  they 
embarked  lor  the  island  of  Scio,  where 
they  spent  some  time  in  the  study  of 
the  modern  Greek,  and  soon  after  vis- 
ited the  7  churches  of  Asia.  Mr.  P. 
then  went  to  Jerusalem,  where  he 
spent  some  months  in  distributing  the 
word  of  life,  and  reliirious  tracts  in  9 
different  languages.  In  Jan,  18122,  in 
consequence  of  his  declining  health, 
he  sailed  with  Mr.  F.  for  Alexandria, 
where,  on  the  10th  of  Feb.,  he  yielded 
up  his  spirit  to  liim  who  gave  it.  The 
Rev.  D.  and  Mrs.  Temple  arrived  at 
Malta,  Feb.  22,  1822.  A  printing  es- 
tablishment was  also  sent;  which  has 
been,  and  will  probably  continue  to 
be,  a  powerful  and  useful  engine  in 
promoting  the  designs  of  the  mission : 
this  press  was  procured,  and  kept  in 
operation  for  the  term  of  5  years,  by 
benevolent  individuals  in  Boston.  It 
was  calculated  that  in  about  two  years 
there  were  printed  by  it  more  than 
two  million  and  a  half  of  pages  of  re- 
ligious tracts. 

The  following  information  is  con- 
tained in  the  last  report  of  the  Board. 

"  Daniel  Temple,  missionary,  Ho- 
man  Hallock,  printer  and  their  wives. 

"  Malta  is  the  book-manufactory  for 
the  whole  mission,  as  well  as  a  cen- 
tral point  of  intercourse  and  union. 
The  library  collected  at  this  station  is 
already  valuable,  both  in  the  materi- 
als and  helps  for  translations.  There 
are  three  printing-presses,  two  of 
which  are  in  constant  use.  T-  .'re  are 
founts  of  typo  for  printing  in  English, 
Italian,  Greek,  Greco-Turkish,  Ar- 
menian, Armeno-Turkish,  and  Ara- 
bic. The  printing,  however,  has  been 
chiefly  in  the  Italian,  modern  Greek, 
and  Armeno-Turkish  languages,  the 
last  being  the  Turkish  language  writ- 
ten in  the  Armenian  character.  The 
press  has  ever  been  perfectly  secure 
in  Malta,  and  has  operated  without 
any  embarrassment  from  the  govern? 

^73 


i 


.^i 


'w  • 


i 


MAL 


MAI. 


mcnt,  though  the  publications  have 
been  subject  to  a  mild  and  tolerant 
oensorship. 

♦'  The  location  of  the  press  in  this 
island  was  not  the  result  of  design, 
and  it  has  always  been  regarded  as 
temporary.  The  Committee  have  been 
ready  to  remove  the  whole  establish- 
ment to  Smyrna,  or  Conntantinople, 
or  to  divide  it  and  place  one  part  in 
Turkey  and  the  other  in  liberated 
Greece,  whenever  there  should  be 
reasons  to  justify  such  a  measure. 
Such  reasons  there  r^iay  soon  be  ;  but 
hitherto  those  for  continuing  at  Mi'.lta 
have  preponderated  over  those  in  fa- 
vor of  removal. 

"  Experience  has  led  to  some  im- 
portant changes  in  the  manner  of  em- 
ploying this  printing  establishment. 
Previous  to  the  year  182!»,  the  press 
was  employed  almost  wholly  in  print- 
ing works  analogous  to  the  publica- 
tions of  our  tract  societies.  They 
were  excellent  in  their  kint^.  and 
many  of  them  doubtless  fell  into  <  he 
hands  of  readers  who  were  made 
wiser  and  better  by  them  ; — yea,  we 
may  hope,  that  there  are  some  who 
.were  made  wise  unto  salvation.  In 
general,  however,  this  class  of  publi- 
cations was  issued  on  the  presump- 
tion of  a  more  extended  propensity  to 
reading  and  reflection  in  the  several 
communities  of  the  Levant,  than 
there  really  was.  It  may  be  doubted 
whether,  on  the  whole,  taking  these 
publications  as  a  class,  any  consider- 
able proportion  of  the  people  in  the 
east  was  prepared  for  them.  The 
missionaries  of  the  Board  were,  for 
some  time,  becoming  painfully  con- 
vinced of  this,  and,  in  the  year  1821), 
they  resolved,  with  the  approbation  of 
the  Committee,  to  make  it  the  lead- 
ing object  of  the  press,  for  the  pres- 
ent, to  furnish  books  for  elementary 
schools,  making  them,  us  far  as  possi- 
ble, the  vehicles  of  morai  and  religious 
truth.  The  results  of  this  new  mea- 
sure have  not  yet  been  seen,  except 
among  the  Greeks,  but  among  them 
they  have  exceeded  expectation.  The 
summary  of  the  gospel  history  by 
Niketoplos,  which  was  reprinted  at 
Malta,  called  forth  a  public  expres- 
sion, in  the  government  newspaper, 
of  gratitude  towards  the  Americans 
for  havin^T  furnished  the  Greek  peo- 
ple with  books.  Doct.  Korck,  Church 


Missionary  in  one  of  the  islands  of 
the  Cyclades,  has  found  a  considera- 
ble sale  fer  our  publications.  The 
one,  for  which  tliere  exisu  d  the  great- 
est demand,  was  the  Alpluilietarion; 
— a  first  book  for  schools,  of  GO  duo- 
decimo pages,  very  happily  embody, 
ing  a  large  amount  of  instruction  ap- 
pertaining both  to  this  life  and  the 
life  to  come.  Two  editions,  contain- 
ing 1^,000  copies  in  the  whole,  had 
been  p/intcd  at  Malta  ;  and  the  work 
had  go)ie  into  such  extensive  use  in 
Greeci',  and  the  demand  for  it  was 
such,  that,  by  tiie  united  recommend- 
ation of  Doct.  Korck  and  Mr.  Temple, 
a  third  edition  of  15,1100  copies  has 
been  printed  in  this  country.  By  tl>e 
time  a  part  of  this  edition  reached 
Malta,  Mr.  Temple  had  not  only  dis- 
posed of  all  the  copies  of  the  former 
impressions,  but  had  orders,  from 
Constantinople  and  Greece,  for  4,000 
more. 

"  The  most  important  work  execut- 
ed at  the  Malta  press,  during  the  last 
year,  was  the  translation  of  the  New 
Testament  in  the  Armeno-Turkish 
language.  The  printing  of  this  was 
connnenced  on  the  8th  of  January, 
1830,  and  the  last  sheet  was  corrected 
in  the  press  before  the  expiration  of 
January,  1831. 

"  The  translation,  as  it  is  now  pub- 
lished, was  prepared  by  Mr.  Goodell 
from  one  made  by  himself,  with  the 
aid  of  the  Armenian  bishop  Carabet, 
from  the  original  Greek,  and  another 
made  at  Constantinople,  from  the  Ar- 
menian version,  under  the  superin- 
tendence of  Mr.  Leeves,  agent  of  tlie 
British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society ; 
and  was  carried  through  the  press  by 
Mr.  Goodell,  at  the  expense  of  that 
noble  institution.  The  printing  is  in 
a  beautiful  style,  and  there  is  no  rea- 
sonable doubt  that  the  translation  is 
so  far  successful,  as  to  make  a  know- 
ledge of  the  way  of  salvation  perfect- 
ly attainable  in  a  language  spoken  by 
a  million  and  a  half  of  people.  Mr. 
Goodell 's  removal  to  Constantinople, 
of  which  an  account  will  be  given  in 
its  proper  place,  will  afford  him  good 
opportunities  to  revise  the  work  for  a 
second  edition. 

"  Mr.  Hallock  perforins  his  'duties 
as  printer,  in  a  very  satisfactory  man- 
ner. In  September,  1830,  there  were 
eight   men    in    the    printing  office. 

374 


MAN 


MAR 


About  that  time,  the  workmen  began 
to  be  paid  by  the  piece,  and  as  a  con- 
sequence ot  this,  the  amount  of  work 
performed  daily  has  been  doubled, 
and  at  the  same  time  it  has  been  bet- 
ter executed.  The  whole  amount  of 
printing  performed  at  M.ilta  since  July 
182::i,  cannot  be  le^a  than  12,000,0l>0 
of  pages 

"  Several  letters  on  Popery,  trans- 
mitted by  Mr.  Temple  to  this  country 
since  his  return  to  Malta,  have  had 
an  extensive  circulation  in  the  reli- 
gious newspapers." 

The  whole  number  of  pages  issued 
from  the  press,  during  the  year  end- 
ing Oct.  1(>,  1831,  was  4,32(),0U0. 

Rev.  John  Keeling,  of  the  W.  M.  S. 
residco  at  Malta.  He  has  a  school  of 
70  scholars. 

The  boys'  school  at  Valetta  has  207 
scholars,  and  the  girls'  200.  3  other 
schools  are  in  operation.  The  Com- 
mittee of  the  L.  R.  T.  S.,  in  1831, 
sent  24,000  publications  to  Malta. 
!)083  copies  of  various  portions  of  the 
sacred  volume  in  a  variety  of  lan- 
guages, were  issued,  in  the  same 
period,  by  B.  S^  F.  B.  S.  from  the 
press  at  Malta. 

MANAIA.  DavidaandTiere,two 
native  teachers,  were  left  at  this, 
which  is  one  of  the  Harvey  Islands, 
by  the  deputation  from  the  L.  M.  S. 
During  the  first  two  months  of  their 
residence  on  the  island,  a  few  em- 
braced the  Gospel  ; — that  number 
has  since  increased  to  120.  ''  These 
were  easily  distinguishable,"  says 
Mr.  Bourne,  "  among  the  crowd  that 
collected  on  our  gomg  on  shore,  by 
tlie  neatness  of  their  dress  and  their 
orderly  behavior.  We  proceeded  to 
the  teachers'  house,  which  we  found 
equal  to  any,  and  superior  to  most,  of 
the  houses  of  the  natives  at  the  Soci- 
ety islands.  Not  far  from  the  teach- 
ers' house,  is  the  chapel,  round  which 
the  dwellings  of  the  Christian  con- 
verts are  scattered.  The  number  of 
inhabitants  is  from  1000  to  1500 ;  the 
people  who  have  embraced  Christian- 
ity are  diligent  in  their  learning ;  a 
few  are  beginning  to  read  the  Scrip- 
tures ;  and  family  and  private  prayer 
are  strictly  observed  amon^  them. 
They  pay  great  respect  to  their  teach- 
er ;  and  although  the  King  and  the 
principal  part  of  the  people  are  still 
idolaters,  yet  they  are  all  upon  friend- 


ly terms  with  Davida,  frequently 
visiting  him,  and  brinjring  him  pres- 
ents ot  food.  All  idolatrous  distinc- 
tions have  bten  ahaniloiied  by  those 
who  have  embraced  Christianity. 
Infanticide  being  iiere  unknown,  the 
children  are  nuiiiernus.  There  ia 
httle  sickness  among  tlio  people,  and 
the  diseases  are  few.  They  display 
great  ingenuity  in  the  fabrication  of 
their  cloth,  canoes,  ttone  axes,  and 
ear-ornaments ;  their  heads  are  pro- 
fusely covered  with  figured  cloth,  red 
beads,  and  sinnet,  of  beautiful  work- 
manship. The  teachers  have  been 
industrious  in  cultivating  yams, pump- 
kins, and  melons,  all  of  which  were 
before  unknown  here ;  fowls  also, 
and  hogs  have  been  introduced,  and 
are  upon  the  increase.  We  left  some 
Bvveet  potatoes  for  seed,  which  will 
form  a  valuable  addition  to  their  stock 
of  eatables." 

MANCHIONEAL,  a  station  of  the 
Baptist  M.  S.  on  the  island  Jamaica. 
Joseph  Burton,  Missionary. 

MANDUCHIO,  a  suburb  of  Cor- 
fu, the  chief  town  of  Corfu,  one  of 
the  Ionian  Islands,  where  a  school 
has  been  established. 

MANEPY,  a  station  of  the  ^.  B. 
C.  F.  M.  on  the  island,  Ceylon,  4;^ 
m.  N.  W.  of  Jaffnapatam.  It  was 
established  in  1821.  H.  Woodward 
missionary,  and  several  native  assis- 
tants. The  congregation  amounts  to 
400.     There  are  14  communicants. 

MANGUNGA,  a  station  of  the 
W.  M.  S.  on  E'  O'  k'eanga,  in  New 
Zealand,  founded  in  1827.  W.  White, 
James  Stack,  John  Hobbs,  missiona- 
ries. A  few  first  fruits  have  been 
gathered.  One  youth  has  died  a 
Christian. 

MARQUESAS,  five  islands  in  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  named  Christina, 
Magdalena,  Dominica,  St.  Pedro,  and 
Hood.  The  first  four  were  discovered 
by  Quires,  in  15!>5 ;  the  last  by  Cook, 
in  1774  Dominica  is  much  the  lar- 
gest, being  about  48  m.  in  circuit. 
The  products  of  these  islands  are 
bread-fruit,  bananas,  plantains,  cocoa- 
nuts,  scarlet  beans  paper  mulberries 
(of  the  bark  of  which  their  cloth  ia 
made),  casuarinas,  with  other  tropi- 
cal plants  and  trees.  The  Marque- 
sans  are  of  large  stature,  well  made, 
strong,  and  active,  of  a  tawny  com- 
plexion, but  look  almost  black  by  b«- 

275 


MAR 

Hg  tnttooc'd  oeer  the  whole  body, 
boine  of  the  women  are  nearly  as 
fair  as  EuropeanB,  and  among  them 
tattooing  la  nut  common,  and  then 
only  on  the  heads  and  arms.  Their 
language  much  resemblen  that  of  the 
Society  Islands.  Two  Tahitian 
teachers  were  stationed  by  the  Re". 
Mr.  Crook,  of  the  L."  M.  S.,  on  Tahu- 
ata  (or  Santa  Christina),  in  lti25 ;  but 
after  continuing  there  about  10 
months,  and  seeing  no  prospect  of 
success,  they  returned  home.  It  has 
since  determined  to  attempt  a  mis- 
sionary settlement  on  Nugahiva, 
another  island  of  the  same  group, 
considered  for  that  purpose  as  superi- 
or to  Tahuata.  Maracore,  one  of  the 
teachers  who  were  stationed  at  the 
latter  island  by  Mr.  C,  proposes,  with 
that  view,  to  return  to  the  Marquesas, 
accompanied  by  three  or  four  families 
from  Tahiti.  Mr.  C.  has  prepared  a 
Marquesian  Spelling-book,  an  edition 
of  which  has  been  printed  for  their 
u.se. 

Maracore,  and  his  companions,  ex- 
pected to  proceed  to  the  Marquesas, 
in  the  Minerva.  Captain  Ebrill,  who 
is  his  son-in-law  to  Mr  Henry,  mis- 
sionary in  Eimeo,  and  well  disposed 
to  promote  their  views.  Mr.  Crook 
has  supplied  theia  with  stationary, 
and  the  members  of  his  church  and 
congregation  have  furnished  them 
abundantly  with  articles  of  apparel 
and  food,  useful  implements,  &c. 
Each  of  them  presented  some  gift  on 
the  occasion  ;  they  have  also,  jointly, 
presented  to  Capt.  Ebrill  about  a  half 
a  ton  of  cc  oa-nut  oil,  as  a  compensa- 
tion for  the  passage,  &c.  of  the  teach- 
ers. Mr.  Alex.  Simpson,  one  of  the 
missionaries  who  have  accompanied 
Mr.  Nott  on  his  return  to  Tahiti,  is 
appointed  to  labor  in  this  group. 

No  intelligence  has  recently  been 
received  from  the  natives  laboring  on 
these  islands.  The  missionaries  at 
Tahiti  were  preparing  to  visit  them. 
The^^.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  are  contemplating 
the  establishment  of  a  mission  on  the 
Washington  islands,  a  part  of  this 
groupe. 

MARTYN,  a  station  of  the  A.  E 
C.  F.  M.,  among  the  Chickasaw  In- 
diana. In  consequence  of  the  dis- 
turbed state  of  the  people  little  has 
been  affected  at  this  mission  recently. 
Mr.   Holoies,  the  missionary,  under 


date  of  Dec.  24,  1831 ,  thus  describes 
the  condition  of  the  tribe. 

"  The  expectation  of  a  removal  be- 
yond the  river  si'cms  to  have  concen- 
trated every  thought  to  that  one  po.i.t. 
Even  those  wlio  are  determined  to 
remain  on  reservations,  as  is  the  case 
with  this  neighborhood,  are  far  from 
enjoying  tranquility  of  mind  Judg- 
ing from  what  has  passed  since  the 
extension  of  the  laws  over  the  nation, 
they  cannot  promise  themselves  much 
undisturbed  enjoyment.  Instances  of 
grievous  oppression  have  now  become 
common.  One  o'lt  of  many  I  will 
relate,  as  it  came  und»^'r  my  own  ob- 
servation, and  is  of  recent  occurrence. 
A  citizen  cf  Mississippi,  with  an  un- 
just claim,  entered  the  nation  with  a 
civil  officer,  and  carried  forcibly 
away  property  to  tbe  value  of  several 
hundred  dollars.  The  Chickasaw  in- 
stituted a  suit,  and  recovered  the  ^/rop- 
erty  ;  but  by  attending  to  this  busi- 
ness, he  sustained  considerable  loss 
at  home,  owing  to  his  absence  for 
several  weeks ;  travelled  more  th-^n 
eight  hundred  miles,  bearing  his  own 
expenses;  and  paid  a  lawyer  one 
hundred  dollars  Tor  pleading  his  cause. 
It  is  a  fact  honorable  to  the  court 
which  has  cognizunci^  of  the  affairs  of 
this  nation,  that  in  every  case,  I  be- 
lieve, without  exception,  the  decision 
has  been  in  favor  of  the  Indian,  who 
is  uniformly  the  defendant.  This, 
however,  does  not  relieve  the  natives 
from  the  expense  of  feeing  lawyers 
an"*  attending  courts." 

MARY,  ST.,  a  small  island  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Gambia,  N.  Africa, 
separated  from  the  main  land  by  a 
creek,  between  13°  and  14°  N.  lat. 
The  inhabitants  are  from  different 
parts  of  the  continent,  and  many  from 
the  heart  of  Africa.  The  island  is 
well  situated  for  commerce,  and  the 
settlement  is  f.ourishing.  Eathurst 
is  the  principal  town.  Here  the  W. 
M.  S.  ha-H  a  society  and  a  school,  both 
of  which  are  atteiided  by  pleasing 
circumstances.     [See  Bathurst.} 

MATURA,  a  small  town  and  for- 
tress on  th.  southern  extremity  of 
Ceylon.  E.  Ion.  80°  37',  N.  lat.,  0^^ 
55'.  It  is  100  m.  S.  E.  of  Colombo, 
Mr.  Lalman  of  the  W.  M.  S.  com- 
menced a  mission  here  in  1814.  By 
the  last  report,  there  were  in  society 
9S  adults.    42  children  had  been  bap- 

276 


I" 


thuB  deicribcB 

ibe. 
a  removal  be- 

)  have  concen- 

tlmt  one  po.>;t. 

determined  to 
as  is  the  case 
are  far  from 
mind  Judg- 
ijHsed  since  the 
(ver  the  nation, 

mselves  much 
instances  ol' 
ve  now  become 
many   I   will 

L-r  my  own  ob- 

nt  occurrence, 
pi,  with  an  un- 
i  nation  with  a 
arried  forcibly 
/nlue  of  several 

Chickasaw  in- 
overed  the  prop- 
:ig  to  this  busi- 

nsiderablc  loss 
his  absence  for 
lied  more  th'^n 
bearing  his  own 

a  lawyer  one 
ading  his  cause, 
e  to  the  court 
>  of  the  affairs  of 
very  case,  I  be- 
ior.\,  the  decision 
the  Indian,  who 
fendant.  This, 
lieve  the  natives 

feeing  lawyers 

nail  island  at  the 
ibia,  N.  Africa, 
main  land  by  a 
and  14°  N.  lat. 
!  from  different 
,  and  many  from 
The  island  is 
nmerce,  and  the 
hing.  JBathurst 
.  Here  the  W. 
nd  a  school,  both 
[led  by  pleasing 
}  Bathurst.'] 
ill  town  and  for- 
rn  extremity  of 
"  37',  N.  lat.,  8^ 
.  E.  of  Colombo, 

W.  M.  S.  com- 
re  in  1814.    By 

were  in  society 
en  had  been  bap- 
276 


.3 


COCOA  NUT  TREE. 


f* 


great 
At ' 
ly  any 
rapacil 
merou 
locks, 
every 

but    BC 

chang( 

althou 

and  n 

dreds 

missio 

thing, 


ii^'fllM    '"Tl-    •      "-  - 


MAU 


MAU 


I. 


lized  :    44  boys  wore  in  tho   school. 

MAin,  out'  of  the  Sandwich  IhI- 
ands,  4H  in.  long  and  2!t  broad.  I'op- 
ulati(»n  i^'iOO.  At  iMhaina,  on  tlie 
N.  W.  coast  thorc  iH  a  misHion  Htation. 

The  Rev.  W.  Kicliard«,  and  C.  S. 
Stewart,  with  IJetsey  Stockton,  a 
colored  femnlc  asgistant  from  tiie  .'i. 
B.  C  t\  Al.,  commenced  their  resi- 
dence here,  Aug.  IMst,  \S'2'^,  in  hou- 
Bcs  built  by  the  Queen  dowager  for 
their  use,  in  the  native  style,  lined 
with  the  leaves  of  the  sui^arcane,  iind 
thatched  with  grass,  without  floors  or 
windows.  Mr.  Pitt,  the  prime  min- 
ister, gave  them  a  small  plantation, 
with  nu>n  to  cultivate  it.  Adjoining 
liie  inclosure  of  the  missionaries,  a 
chapel  was  immediately  erected,  KM) 
feet  by  40.  The  houses  stand  upon 
the  open  beach,  so  near  the  sea  that 
the  surges  break  within  a  dozen  yards 
of  the  doors. 

Soon  after  their  arrival,  the  mis- 
sionaries wrote  : — "  Pigs,  hogs,  fowls, 
and  goats,  have  been  sent  constantly, 
by  some  person  or  another ;  in  fact, 
no  Christian  congregation  in  America 
could,  in  this  respect,  have  received  a 
clergyman,  coming  to  adminifrter  the 
word  of  lite  to  them,  with  greater  hos- 

fsitality,  or    8lron<jer  expressions  of 
ova  and  goodwill.  ' 

"  It  is  literally  true,"  say  they, 
"  that  hundreds  have  committed  the 
books  to  memory,  and  probably  will 
do  so,  faster  than  the  mission  can  pos- 
sibly furnish  them.  Indeed  our  pros- 
pect of  usefulness  is  limited  by  our 
own  strength,  and  not  by  the  circum- 
stances of  the  people." 

The  death  of  Keopuolani  at  this  sta- 
tion was  the  occasion  of  introducing 
Christian  marriage  among  the  people. 
Her  husband  Koapini  wishing  to  take 
another  wife,  they  were  united  with 
great  solemnity. 

At  Lahainx,  not  long  since,  scarce- 
ly any  thing  could  be  kept  from  the 
rapacity  of  thieves,  who  were  as  nu- 
merous as  the  inhabitints  themselves : 
locks,  guards  —the  utmost  vigilance — 
every  precaution,  were  ineffectual ; 
but  so  great  has  been  the  moral 
change,  that  for  successive  months, 
although  every  thing  was  exposed, 
and  nothing  was  guarded,  and  hun- 
dreds of  natives  were  entering  the 
missionary's  habitation  every  day,  no- 
thing, absolutely  nothing,  was  lost. 
z 


A  new  church,  !t4  feet  by  24,  was 
opened  July  10,  If^'JT),  when  two 
adults,  the  tirst-l'ruits  of  the  mission, 
were  baptized ;  fr(uu  that  time  the 
church  lias  bi'en  complett'l,  tilled. 
"  Not  a  day  pusses,"  Hays  .Nlr  llieh- 
arda,  "  but  what  we  see  evidence  that 
the  Lord  is  here."  [See  Unntltcich 
Islantls.] 

MAUL.MKIN,  a  station  of  the  Am. 
Bap.  Koard  in  Hiriiiali.  It  is  a  new 
town  on  the  Maitiihiin  r.  2'*  m.  from 
its  mouth.  Tiie  niis.sion  was  com- 
menced in  l-i'i?.  The  following  par- 
agraph is  troni  the  last  report  of  the 
lioard. 

'•  Immedintely  after  an  excursion 
into  the  country,  Mr.  Wiide  ado|)ted 
measures  to  extend  his  eflorts  among 
the  native  population  at  Maulmein. 
He  erected  a  new  zayat,  in  an  advan- 
tageous positicm,  cm  the  mission  pre- 
mises, and  commenced  worship  in  it. 
Around  this  the  people  would  gather 
of  an  evening,  and  listen  to  the  gospel, 
even  when  they  would  not  presume 
to  enter.  Some  were  impressed,  and 
others  hopefully  converted.  Of  the 
latter,  seven  came  forward,  between 
April  20  and  May  2!>,  and  made  a  pro- 
fession ( '  eligion  ;  making  the  whole 
number  added  to  the  native  Church, 
for  the  year  ending  June  1,  1831, 
twenty.  Considering  the  disadvan- 
tages under  which  the  mission  has  la- 
bored for  want  of  zayat  preaching — 
the  strong  prejudices  of  the  people, 
and  the  violent  opposition  which  all 
have  to  encounter  who  embrace  the 
truth,  the  increase  is  great.  With 
many  the  struggle  is  severe.  A  young 
man  of  excellent  character  and  pro- 
mise, among  the  last  baptized,  no 
sooner  submitted  to  the  self-denying 
rite,  than  he  was  reviled  and  driven 
from  his  home  by  persecution.  Such 
an  ordeal,  however,  tends  to  keep 
back  the  insincere,  and  insure  the 
stability  of  those  \vlio  connect  them- 
selves with  the  church.  It  is  proba- 
bly to  be  attributed  to  this,  that  the 
instances  of  apostacy  among  the  con- 
verts, notwithstanding  their  former 
ignorance,  are  as  rare  as  in  better  in- 
formed communities." 

For  further  particulars  see  nirniah, 
Ranaroon,  Tavoy,  ^'C. 

MAUPITI,  one  of  the  Society  Is- 
lands  in  the  S.  Pacific  Ocean ;  40  m. 
W.  Borabora. 

277 


■i! 


MALT 

About  \Ktti,  two  native  teachers 
wen-  wilt  ln're  from  the  L.  At.  S.'s 
■tution  lit  Doralioru. 

Ill  IH'^:i  the  deputation  viHited  Mau- 
piti,  in  compliance  with  the  earnest 
roqucBt  of  the  Kiiij^.  They  witneHH- 
cd  the  rapid  pro)rreHH  which  the  peo- 
ple had  iiiiide  in  the  knowledge  of  the 
Gospel,  and  were  preuent  at  the  hap- 
tisiii  of  74  perHonu,  U'.M  having  been 
baptized — in  all,  'Mi'i,  They  asniHtcd 
also  in  the  formation  of  an  Jl.  M.  S., 
the  BubHcription  to  which  amounted 
to  nearly  10(H)  bamboos  of  cocoa-nut 
oil.        ' 

The  teachers,  beKido  attending  to 
their  appropriate  missionary  duties, 
have  not  been  inatt«'ntive  to  civiliza- 
tion ;  they  have  displayed  their  in- 1 
dustry  and  skill  in  the  erection  ofi 
dwelling-houses,  boat-building,  and 
in  niak:?!'/,  with  dried  goat-skins,  a 
pair  of  bellows  for  a  smith's  forge. 

No  recent  report  has  been  received 
from  this  inland. 

MAURITIUS,  or  Tsic  of  France, 
an  island  in  the  Indian  Ocean,  40U  m. 
£.  of  Madagascar.  It  was  discovered 
by  the  Portuguese  ;  but  the  first  set- 
tlers were  the  Dutch,  in  155)8.  They 
called  it  Mauritius  in  honor  of  Prince 
Maurice,  their  stadtholder,  but  on 
their  acquisition  of  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  they  deserted  it,  and  it  contin- 
ued unsettled  till  the  French  landed 
in  1720,  and  gave  it  the  name  of  the 
Isle  of  France.  In  1810  it  was  taken 
from  them  by  the  British,  to  whom  it 
was  ceded  in  1814.  The  island  is  150 
m.  in  circuit,  and  the  climate  healthy, 
but  the  soil  not  very  fertile  ;  there  are 
many  mountains,  some  of  which  have 
their  tops  covered  with  snow ;  but 
they  produce  the  best  ebony  in  tlie 
world.  The  valleys  are  watered  by 
rivers,  and  made  productive  by  culti- 
vation, of  which  coffee  and  indigo  are 
the  principal  objects  ;  and  there  arC'  a 
great  number  of  cattle,  deer,  goats, 
and  sheep.  The  town  and  spacious 
harbor,  called  Port  Louis,  are  strong- 
ly fortified;  but  in-  the  hurricane 
months  the  harbor  cannot  afford  shel- 
ter for  more  than  eight  vessels.  In 
1816,  a  fire  consumed  1517  houses  in 
the  most  opulent  part  of  the  town ; 
and  in  1818,  the  island  suffered  great 
devastation  by  a  tremendous  hurri- 
cane. Port  Louis  is  situate  on  the  E. 
coast.    E.  long.  57°  28',  S.  lat.  20°  10'. 


MAU 

I'he  (lev.  Mr.  Le  Hnin,  an  agent 
of  the  I4.  M.  a.  arrive*!  here  in  June 
IHI4,  and  iiiimediutely  commenced 
Win  important  work. 

In  1817,  Governor  Far<|uhar,  in  ad- 
dition to  placing  at  the  dispimal  of  Mr. 
Le  Bivm  a  spacious  building,  well 
adapted  to  the  piirpoH«>  of  fducation, 
wrote  to  the  directorH  in  terms  of  high 
approbatifui  of  his  labors. 

Twenty-five  persons  were  about 
this  time  united  in  a  Christian  socie- 
ty. In  1821  these  had  increased  to 
4!) ;  the  congregation  was  considera- 
ble ;  112  boys,  and  HO  girle  were  un- 
der instruction,  Governor  Farquhar 
ordering  an  allowance  of  30  dollars 
per  month  towards  the  support  of  the 
former;  and  a  school  at  Uelombie 
continued  in  a  piospercms  state. 

"  Mr.  Le  IJrun,  "  says  the  Report 
of  1827,  *'  still  continues  his  labors, 
chiefly  among  the  colored  people,  of 
which  numerous  class  his  church  is 
chiefly  comnosed.  The  number  of 
children  in  the  Sabbatli-school  is  in- 
creased to  100.  The  day  school  is 
also  on  the  increase  :  there  are  now 
under  instruction  about  180  boys, 
who  attend  with  tolerable  regularity. 
About  70  liberated  negroes  and  slaves 
are  instructed  by  members  of  Mr.  Le 
Brun's  church ;  some  of  them  have 
expressed  a  desire  to  be  baptized.  The 
favorable  change  wrought  in  their 
character  by  the  instruction  imparted, 
has  been  attested  by  their  masters. 

"  Mr.  Forgette,  in  April,  1826,  took 
charge  of  the  religious  instruction  of 
the  slave  population  at  Riviere  du 
Rcmpart,  where  a  small  chapel  has 
been  built.  A  Sabbath  school  has 
been  commenced,  in  which  are  about 
25  children.  A  day  school  also  has 
been  established.  Mr.  Le  Brun  visits 
Riviere  du  Rempart  every  month, 
when  he  preaches  to  about  40  or  50 
colored  people.  A  few  French  fami- 
lies, resident  in  the  neighborhood, 
usually  attend. 

"  Mfr.  Le  Brun  has  commenced 
another  school,  at  a  place  called  Camp 
YolofSf  inhabited  by  several  hundred 
negroes,  who  weie  before  entirely 
destitute  of  the  means  of  religious  in- 
struction. From  25  to  30  children  at- 
tend, some  of  whom  are  able  to  read 
in  the  New  Testament.  Once  a  week 
Mr.  Le  Brun  gives  an  address  to  the 
people  there." 

278 


ars 


MAU 


MAU 


The  inliiiltttaritM  of  tlio  MmiritiuB 
are  now  iilioiit  HO,()(MI,  chiofly  rolorod. 
John  L«'  Uriin,  iniHHioiiiiry,  V.  For- 
irctte,  iiHsistatit.  ('OinniiinionntH  4!>. 
Con/rn'jTiitioii,  HO  to  !M)  in  thi*  morn- 
ing, i{(>  iti  till*  iitli'moon.  i>iiy  Hchol- 
ars  171.  Siinday  HclioliirM  70.  Tln' 
pros|M'ctrt  ol'thi-  VV('nl««yiin  MisHion  on 
this  ialimd  wfro  ncviT  vrry  clu'f'rinjj. 
Tho  growinif  lifmtility  to  missionary 
exertion  aiiionjj  tin*  Hlavcs  lian  whmh- 
ed  to  HJiiit  lip  every  dour.  Thin  on- 
poaition  h:\n  been  ex(!it»'d  principally 
throuirh  tlie  iuterteri'iice  of  the  Ro- 
man C'litlmlic  Vicar  ApoHtolic. 

MAU'l'll,  or  Ptirnj  .1  l.slaml,  one  of 
the  Harvey  Islands,  w  lie  re  two  of  the 
L.  M.  S.'x  native  teachers  are  engag- 
ed. 

The  people  of  tliis  island  have  nni- 
versally  embraced  the  Gospel.  They 
are  diligent  in  learning,  and  behave 
with  kindness  to  the  teachers.  Fam- 
ily and  i>rivate  prayer  is  observed.  A 
neat  chapel  has  been  erected ;  and 
the  same  attention  to  the  preaching 
of  tho  Gospel  is  manifested  liere  as  at 
the  other  islands.  Civilization  is  ad- 
vancing. The  following  is  an  extract 
from  the  records  of  the  voyage  of  tho 
Blonde,  describing  the  visit  of  Capt. 
Lord  Byron  : — 

"  Two  persons,  who,  Ijy  their  dress 
and  appearance,  seemed  to  be  of  some 
importance,  sU'pped  on  board,  and,  to 
our  great  surprise,  produced  a  written 
document  I'rom  that  branch  of  the  L. 
M.  S.  S(>ttled  at  Tahiti,  qualifying 
them  to  act  as  native  teachers  in  the 
island  of  Mautii.  They  were  very 
fine  looking  men,  dressed  in  cotton 
shirts,  cloth  jackets,  and  a  sort  of  pet- 
ticoat of  very  fine  mat,  instead  of 
trowsers. 

'*  When  the  teachers  had  satisfied 
their  curiosity  in  surveying  the  ship, 
at  the  size  of  which,  and  with  almost 
every  thing  on  board,  they  were  much 
astonished,  his  Lordship  and  suite  ac- 
companied them,  as  their  guides,  on 
shore. 

'*  We  embarked  on  the  i)th  of  Au- 
gust, 1H25,  in  two  boats,  taking  one 
of  the  missionaries  in  each;  but  we 
found  the  surf  on  the  beach  so  vio- 
lent, that  we  got  into  the  natives'  ca- 
noes, and  trusted  to  their  experience 
for  taking  us  safely  through :  this 
they  did  with  admirable  dexterity ; 
9,nd  our  passage  in  the  canoes  con- 


vinced HH  that  no  l)oat  of  ours  could 
have  effected  a  landing.  The  coral 
bank  at  the  landing-place  extends  CA) 
yards  from  the  land,  at  about  U  feet 
under  water;  when  wv  reached  it, 
the  natives  carri(>d  us  ashore  on  their 
shoulders.  When  arrived,  it  a|HK»ar- 
ed  as  if  tlii>  vvlmle  mule  population 
had  assembled  t(»  greet  us;  the  only 
two  women,  however,  were  the  wives 
of  the  missionaries,  deceniiy  clothed 
from  head  to  foot.  Kacli  individiuil 
of  this  numerous  assembly  pressed 
forward  to  shake  hands,  and  seemed 
unhappy  till  the  sign  of  iViendship 
had  passed  ;  and  this  ceremony  being 
over,  tliey  conducted  us  towar<ls  their 
Inbitations,  which  weie  al)out  2  miles 
inland.  Our  path  lay  through  a  thick 
shady  wood,  (»n  the  skirts  of  which, 
in  a  small  open  s|)ace  on  the  left,  2 
canoes  were  building.  They  were 
each  HO  feet  long ;  the  lower  part,  as 
usual,  of  a  singl  •  tree,  hollowed  out 
with  great  skill.  The  road  was  rough, 
over  the  fragments  of  coral ;  but  it 
wound  agreeably  through  the  grove, 
which  improved  in  beauty  as  we  ad- 
vanced, and  at  lenirth,  to  our  surprise 
and  pleasure,  terminated  in  a  beauti- 
ful green  lawn,  where  there  were  two 
of  the  prettiest  white-washed  cottages 
imaginable — the  dwellings  of  the  mis- 
sionaries. 

"  The  inside  of  these  habitations 
corresponded  with  their  exterior  neat- 
ness. The  floors  were  boarded  ;  there 
were  a  sofa  and  some  chairs  of  native 
workmanship:  windows,  with  V.^ne- 
tian  shutters,  rendered  the  apartments 
cool  and  agreeal)le.  The  rooms  were 
divided  from  each  other  by  screens  of 
tapa  ;  in  one  there  was  a  bed  of  white 
tapa,  and  the  floor  was  covered  with 
colored  varnished  tapa,  resembling 
oil-cloth.  We  were  exceedingly  struck 
with  the  appearance  of  elegance  and 
cleanliness  of  all  around  us,  as  well 
as  with  the  modest  and  decorous  be- 
havior of  the  people,  especially  the 
women. 

**  After  partaking  of  the  refresh- 
ment oflfered  us  by  our  hostess,  which 
consisted  of  baked  pig,  bread-fruit, 
and  yams,  we  accompanied  the  mis- 
sionaries to  their  church.  It  stands 
on  a  rising  ground,  about  400  yards 
from  the  cottages.  A  fence,  compos- 
ed of  the  trunks  of  cocoa-nut  trees, 
surrounds  the  area  in  which  it  stands. 

270 


MAV 

ItB  form  is  oval,  and  the  roof  is  sup- 
ported by  4  pillars,  which  bear  up  the 
ridge.  It  is  capable  of  containing  20(( 
perbons.  Two  doors  and  12  windows 
give  it  light  and  air  ;  the  pulpit  and 
reading-desk  are  neatly  carved  and 
painted,  with  a  vaiiety  of  pretty  de- 
signs, and  the  benches  for  the  people 
are  arranged  neatly  round.  Close  to 
the  church  is  the  burying-place,  which 
is  a  mound  ot  earth,  covered  with 
green  sward  ;  and  the  whole  has  an 
air  of  modest  simplicity  which  de- 
lighted no  less  than  surj)rised  us.  As 
Mautii  has  not  been  laid  down  in  any 
chart,  or  described  by  any  navigator, 
we  used  the  privilege  of  discoverers, 
and  named  it  Fairy's  Island.  It  lies 
in  W.  long.  157°  20',  S.  lat.  20°  8'. 

"  On  our  return  to  the  beach,  one 
of  the  r  :  sionaries  attended  us.  As 
we  retraced  our  steps  through  the 
wood,  tlio  warbling  of  the  birds,  whose 
plumage  was  as  rich  as  it  was  new  to 
us — the  various  tinted  butterflies  that 
fluttered  across  our  path — the  deli- 
cious climate — the  magnificent  forest- 
trees — and,  above  all,  the  perfect 
union  and  harmony  existing  ai.  ong 
the  natives, — presented  a  succession 
of  agreeable  pictures,  which  could  not 
fail  to  delight  us." 

Mr.  Bourne  baptized,  during  his 
visit  here,  42  adults  and  39  children. 

In  1830,  this  mission  was  reported 
as  in  a  prosperous  siate. 

MAVALORE  COOPUM,  a  Ro- 
man Catholic  village,  near  Madras, 
Hindoostan.  It  contains  IG  houses, 
and  is  inhabited  by  102  Catholics. 
The  population  of  this,  and  of  several 
neighboring  villages,  have  recently 
renounced  the  Roman  Catholic  reli- 
gion. 

MAVELICHERRY,  a  church  of 
the  Syrian  Christians  in  Travancore. 
Attached  to  it  are  300  houses,  and 
1000  souls.  Rev.  H.  Baker,  of  the 
C.  M.  S.,  has  a  school  at  this  place. 

MAYAVERAM,  a  large  town  of 
about  10,000  inhabitants,  21  m.  N.  E. 
of  Combooconum,  and  10  W.  Tran- 
quebar.  The  C  M.  S.  has  had  a  school 
at  this  place  since  1»1!),  which  was 
visited  with  many  otliers  from  Tran- 
quebar.  The  head  quarters  of  its 
school  establishment  had  been  r,c 
Tranquebar  from  the  ye&t  1816,  but 
they  are  now  removed  to  Mayaveram. 
The  mission  premises  lie  between  this 


MEE 

town  and  the  village  of  Coinadoo  : 
the  foundation-stone  of  the  buildings 
was  laid  June  10th,  1825.  The  Rev. 
Mr.  Barenbruck  had  spent  the  greater 
part  of  1824  at  Combooconum,  not 
without  a  blessing  on  his  labors  ;  in 
April  and  June  1825,  he  admitted  to 
baptism,  before  he  left  Tianquebar,  1) 
adults,  most  of  whom  were  the  fruits 
of  his  labors  when  at  Combooconum, 
and  had  come  to  him  at  Tranquebar 
for  baptism.  On  one  of  these  occa- 
sions, some  children  also  were  bap- 
tized, in  reference  to  whom  he  feel- 
ingly s'ys  : — "  I  was  very  much  af- 
fected, during  the  act  of  baptism,  on 
seeing  two  of  these  dear  little  Ciues,  4 
and  (i  years  of  age,  kneel  down  before 
the  font ;  and  though  some  of  the  by- 
standers wished  them  to  stand  up, 
they  were  not  to  be  moved,  but  held 
their  folded  hands  upwards,  apparent- 
ly with  much  devotion,  which  affect- 
ed me  to  tears." 

There  are  now  employed  (1831)  1 
native  missionary,  2  native  catechists, 
5  readers,  and  30  schoolmasters.  Mr. 
Barenbruck  is  on  a  visit  to  Europe. 
John  Devasagayam  was  admitte  J  to 
Deacon's  Orders  by  the  late  Bp.  Tur- 
ner. Congregation  10.  Commurvi- 
cants  29.  Candidates  15.  In  25  sur- 
rounding villages  there  are  about  1570 
persons  under  religious  instruction. 
Seminarists  24,  schools  31,  with  1480 
boys  and  29  girls. 

MAYHEW,  a  mission  of  the  Ji.  B. 
C.  F.  J\I.  among  the  Choctaws,  in  the 
State  of  Mississippi.  W.  Ion.  88°  15-*. 
N.  lat.  33°  20'.  It  is  35  m.  W.  of  the 
eastern  boundary  of  the  State  of  Mis- 
sissippi. It  was  established  in  Nov- 
ember, 1820,  and  a  church  was  organ- 
ized in  May.  1821.  Rev.  Cyrus 
Kingsbury,  missionary.  Messrs.  An- 
son Gleason,  John  Dudley,  and  Eli- 
jah S.  Town,  teachers.  The  number 
of  scholars  is  04  ;  15  of  them  belong 
to  a  Bible  Class  in  connection  with 
the  mission.     See  Choctaws. 

MEERUT,  a  town  in  the  province 
of  Delhi,  Hindoostan,  32  miles  N.  E. 
Delhi,  having  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant military  establishments  in  the 
Presidency  of  Bengal.  E.  long.  77° 
52'.     N.  lat.  29°  10'. 

The  Corresponding  Cf«nmittee  of 
the  C  M.  S.  at  Calcutta,  first  employ- 
ed 2  native  Christians  at  Meerut,  to 
read  the  Scriptures  and  superintend 

'^80 


I 


coming 


MEE 


MOH 


schools ;  but  in  1815,  the  Rev.  H. 
Fisher  arrived  as  chaplain  of  the  mil- 
itary department. 

Alluding  to  a  conversation  which 
Mr.  F.  had  with  the  native  Christians, 
according  to  his  usual  practice  on  the 
Sabbath,    he    s.ays  : — '•  Last    Sunday 
we  were  conversing  on  the  universal- 
ity of  the   feeling  that  prevails  in  all 
nations,  that  some  atonement  for  sin 
is  necessary.     I  related  to  them  what 
my  three  sons  had  seen  as  thi-y  re- 
turned with    me  from  Hurdwar.     A 
fakeer  was  observed  by  the  road-side, 
preparing   something   extraordinary  ; 
which,  hiivino-  nevr  observed  before, 
excited  a  curiosity  to  draw  ne.ir  and 
examine   his   employment.     He   had 
several  Hindoo  Pilgrims  round  him, 
all  on  their  way  from  the  Holy  Gliaut ; 
who  assisted  in  preparing  the  wretch- 
ed devotee  for  some  horrible  penance, 
to  which   he  had  voluntarily  bound 
himself,  in  order  to  expiate  the  guilt 
of  some  crime  which  he  had  connnit- 
ted  long  ago.    His  attendants  literally 
worshipped   him ;    kissing   his    feei, 
calling  him  God,  and   invoking  his 
blessing.     A  large  fire    was  kindled 
under  the  extended  branch  of  an  old 
tree  ;  to  this  branch  the  fakeer  fasten- 
ed two  strong  ropes,  having  at  the 
lower  end  of  each  a  stuffed  noose,  in- 
to which  he  introduced  his  feet ;  and 
thus  being  suspended  with  his  head 
downward  over  the  fire,  a  third  rope 
(at  a  distance  toward  the  end   of  the 
branch)  was  fixed,  by  which  he  suc- 
ceeded with  one  hand  to  set  himself 
in  a  swinging  motion  backward  and 
forward  through  the  smoke  and  flam- 
ing fire,  which  was  ke-jf  olazing  by  a 
constant  supply  of  fuel,  ministered  by 
many  of  his  followers  :,  with  the  other 
hand,  he  counted  a  string  of  beads   a 
fixed  number  of  times,  so  as  to  ascer- 
tain the  termination  of  the  four  hours, 
for  which  he  had  doomed  himself  dai- 
ly to  endure  this  exercise  for  12  years, 
!)  of  which   are    nearly  expired.     A 
narrow  bandage  is  over  his  eyes,  and 
another   over   his   mouth,    to    guard 
against  the  suffocating  effects  of  the 
smoke.     By  this  means,  he  says,  he 
shall  atone  for  the  guilt  of  his  sins, 
and  be  made  holy  forever.     The  last 
half  hour  of  the  four  hours,  his  people 
say,  he  stands  upright  and  swings  in 
a  circular  motion  round  the  fire.     On 
coining  down,  be  rolls  himself  in  the 
*z 


hot  ashes  of  the  fire.  The  boys  went 
to  see  him  again  in  the  evening,  when 
he  was  engaged  in  his  prayers,  but  to 
what  or  whom  they  could  not  tell. 

"  I  asked  my  little  congregation 
what  they  thought  of  all  this.  They 
sat  silent,  with  theii  eyes  cast  down, 
and  sighed  heavily.  Atlength,  Anund 
turned  to  Matthew  Phiroodeen,  and, 
passing  his  arms  round  his  neck,  ex- 
claimed, with  the  most  touching  ex- 
pression of  affection  as  well  as  of 
gratitude  to  God — '  Ah,  my  brother! 
my  brother !  such  devils  once  were 
we  !  but  now  (and  he  lifted  up  his 
eyes  to  heaven,  and  elevated  his  whole 
person)  Jesus !  Jesus  !  my  God  !  my 
Saviour  !'     It  was  very  aiiecting  !" 

R.  Richards  is  now  (1631)  school- 
master. Behadur  Messeeh  native 
catechist.  Mr.  Richards  reports  the 
promising  disposition  of  some  of  the 
natives,  and  the  lively  interest  which 
the  native  princess  takes  in  his  work. 

MESOPOT  \MIA,  a  mission  of  the 
U,  B.  in  Jamaica. 

MILLSBURG,  a  town  on  the  St. 
Paul's  river,  in  the  colony  of  Liberia, 
Western  Africa.  It  has  a  school, 
with  about  30  scholars. 

MIRZAPORE,  a  town  on  the 
South  bank  of  the  Ganges.  E.  Ion. 
82^  35',  N.  lat.  25^  10'.  At  the  an- 
nual Hindoo  fair  about  40,000  people 
assemble.  Three  services  are  lie  Id 
weekly  by  the  missionaries  at  Cal- 
cutta. 

MITIARO,  one  of  the  Harvey 
Islands.  This  island  is  barren :  the 
mhabitants,  although  they  do  not  ex- 
ceed 100,  find  it  difficult  to  subsist. 
They  are  attentive  to  instruction,  dil- 
igent in  their  reading,  and  kind  to 
their  teachers,  sent  them  by  the  L. 
M.  S.  They  have  erected  a  neat 
plastered  chapel,  and  several  have 
offered  themselves  as  candidates  for 
baptism.  Mr.  Bourne,  baptized,  du- 
ring a  visit,  22  adults  and  24  chil- 
dren. 

MOHAWKS,  a  tribe  of  North 
American  Indians,  belonging  to  th« 
confederacy  of  the  Five  (afterward 
Six)  nations.  With  the  rest  of  the 
confederacy,  they  adhered  to  the 
British  interest  during  the  war  of 
the  revolution,  and  on  its  termination, 
left  the  country  for  Canada,  where 
lands  were  assigned  them  on  the 
Grand  R.     Through  the  exertions  of 

281 


IM 


MON 

the  Methodists,  many  of  them  have 
been  reclaimed  from  their  wandering 
habits,  and  introduced  into  tlie  privi- 
leges of  civilized  men,  and  of  Chris- 
tians.    [Sec  Canada,  Upper.] 

MONGHYR,  a  jiopulous  city  and 
capital  of  the  Monghyr  district,  in 
the  province  of  Bahar,  Hindoostan. 
E.  Ion.  80°  28',  N.  lat.  25<^  21'.  It  is 
situated  on  the  S.  bank  of  the  Gan- 
ges, 250  m.  N.  W.  Calcutta,  and  has 
a  station  for  the  invalids  of  the  British 
army. 

The  Rev.  John  Chamberlin,  of  the 
B.  M.  S.,  was  an  active  and  faithful 
missionary  at  this  place  for  several 
years ;  and  a  number  of  Hindoos  were 
by  his  means  brought  to  receive  the 
truths  of  the  Gospel.  He  translated 
the  New  Testament,  and  a  consider- 
able part  of  the  Old,  into  the  Brij. 
Basha  dialect,  and  some  parts  of  the 
New  into  the  Hindee. 

In  1625,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Leslie  pro- 
ceeded to  this  station,  and  found  the 
state  of  the  church  and  schools  to  be 
highly  encouraging.  Having  applied 
himself  with  great  assiduity  to  the 
study  of  the  Hindoostanee  on  the 
voyage,  he  was  enabled  to  commence 
addressing  the  natives  in  their  own 
language,  in  about  G  months  after  his 
arrival.  Hingham  Missor,  a  convert- 
ed brahmin,  who  had  been  laboring 
here,  and  to  whose  moral  and  reli- 
gious character  Mr.  L.  bears  most 
honorable  testimony,  was  subsequent- 
ly removed  by  death  ;  but  the  survi- 
ving itinerants  were  very  laborious, 
and  considerable  attention  was  paid  to 
their  message.  It  was  then,  and  it  is 
still,  by  no  means  uncommon  for  the 
natives  to  call  them  into  their  houses 
and  shops,  and  there  sit  around,  and 
eagerly  listen  to  the  word  of  God. 
Nine  persons  were  added,  during  the 
year,  to  the  church,  some  of  whom 
formed  striking  instances  of  the  pow- 
er of  divine  grace  in  renewing  tho  e 
who  seemed  least  likely  to  yield  to  its 
influence. 

Thirteen  schools  are  reported,  in 
182(),  to  have  been  in  operation,  the 
number  having  been  increased  at  the 
request  of  Mohammedan  parents,  who 
now  permit  their  children  to  read 
those  Christian  books,  the  use  of 
which  heretofore  was  an  effectual  bar 
to  their  entering  the  schools. 

Messrs.  Aqdrew   Leslie  and    W. 


MON 

Moore  aie  now  the  missionaries  at 
this  station.  There  are  '^  native  as- 
sistants. Mr.  Leslie  writes  in  Janu- 
ary, lb31,  "That  the  number  cf 
persons  from  all  directions  around  us, 
who  have  been  making  inquiries  and 
attending  our  chapel,  has  been  very 
great."  In  April  following,  he  re- 
marks, "  Never  since  1  came  to  Mon- 
ghyr, has  there  been  such  a  spirit  cf 
deep  seriousness  cast  over  the  people. 
They  have  been  long  praying  for  a 
revival,  and  God  appears  to  be  now 
visiting  us." 

MONROVIA,  the  principal  town 
of  the  American  colony  at  Liberia, 
on  the  coast  of  Africa,  named  in 
honor  of  James  Monroe,  the  presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  at  the  time 
the  colony  was  established.  Monro- 
via stands  on  Cape  Montserado,  in 
about  the  sixth  degree  of  N.  lat.  The 
houses  are  substantially  built,  many 
of  them  of  stone.  The  schools  con- 
tain about  70  children.  Baptist, 
Methodist,  and  Presbyterian  churches 
£Lrc  Greeted 

MONTE  GO  BAY,  a  station  of  the 
Bapt.  M.  S.  on  the  island  Jamaica.  A 
church  was  formed  in  1627,  and  in 
three  years,  it  numbered  about  400 
communicants.  The  number  of  mem- 
bers now  amounts  1,227;  of  inquirers 
3,348.  W.  Ion.  77°  50',  N.  lat.  18° 
2i)'. 

MONTSERRAT,  one  of  the  Ca- 
ribbee  islands  under  British  authority. 
It  is  about  25  m.  in  circuit,  and  con- 
tains a  population  of  about  11,000,  of 
whom  10,000  are  colored.  W.  Ion. 
G2"  15',  N.  lat.  \QP  47'.  There  are 
more  than  40  estates  on  this  island. 

The  Rev.  J.  Maddock,  from  the 
W.  M.  S.,  visited  it,  and  opened  a 
school  with  103  scholars.  May  28. 
1820.  In  1822,  221  pupils  belonged 
to  the  schools,  who,  generally,  made 
pleasing  improvement.  Many  own- 
ers of  the  estates  encourage  mission- 
ary efforts,  and  contribute  liberally  to 
the  mission.  One  or  two  chapels 
have  been  erected,  which  are  crowd- 
ed with  persons  famishing  for  tlie 
bread  of  life.  The  labors  and  instruc- 
tions of  the  missionaries  have  pro- 
duced a  visible  moral  change  among 
the  inhabitants,  some  of  whom  have 
become,  it  is  hopi  d,  subjects  of  divine 
grace.  Where  h.xbits  of  dissipation 
and  rioting  formeny  prevailed,  deco« 

388 


s 


day 


I 


i 


MOR 

rum  and  good  order  now  predominate. 
In  1824,  there  were  in  society  5  whites 
and  44  blacks.  An  Ji.  M.  S.  was 
formefl  August  5,  18'23,  under  the 
patronage  of  tlie  most  influential 
characters  on  the  island.  At  its  for- 
mation about  1:30  dollars  were  con- 
tributed. 

"  Throughout  the  year  182G,"  the 
missionaries  remark,  "  the  good  hand 
of  our  God  has  been  upon  us.  30 
have  been  admitted  into  the  society, 
2  have  been  added  to  our  number 
from  Antigua,  and  3  remain  on  trial. 
Two  new  estates  have  Ix^en  thrown 
open;  and  a  small  class  has  been 
formed  at  the  N.  part  of  the  island. 
The  increase  to  the  society  is  not  so 
rapid  here  as  in  some  places.  The 
people  ponder  well  the  matter,  and 
are  slow  to  take  a  step  of  so  much 
importance.  This  was  formerly  a 
Roman  Catholic  country ;  and,  no 
doubt,  one  great  cause  of  their  delib- 
eration is  the  fear  of  what  is  called 
by  Roman  Catholics  changing  their 
religion  !  From  this  fear,  however, 
about  GO  souls  have  been  hapoily  de- 
livered, who  are  now  members  of  our 
society.  Much  good  is  doing  in  the 
island  by  the  mission^  and  the  pros- 
pect is  very  cheering. 

"  In  the  last  year,  '  says  the  report 
of  1830,  "  We  have  lost  8  members 
by  death,  who,  we  have  good  reason 
to  hope  are  now  with  Goa;  12  have 
been  admitted  among  us,  after  having 
given  satisfactory  evidence  of  a  work 
of  grace  upon  their  minds."  Present 
number,  1 73.  Number  of  schools  JO  ; 
scholars,  482,  of  whom  127  are  adults. 

MORLEY,  a  station  of  the  W.  M. 
S.,  on  the  Umtata  R.  in  Dapa's  tiibe, 
among  the  CafFres,  South  Africa.  W. 
Shepstone,  missionary.  About  50  na- 
tives enjoy  constant  instruction,  and 
live  in  peace.  The  congregations  in 
the  winter  average  50 ;  in  the  summer 
100  and  sometimes  200  have  been 
present.  Baptized  adults  7.  Sun- 
day scholars,  130.  The  station  is 
extending  a  moral  influence  over  a 
large  population.  It  was  commenced 
in  1829. 

MOUNT  COKE,  a  station  of  the 
W.  M.  S.,  among  the  CafFres,  near 
the  Buffalo  R.  in  South  Africa,  com- 
menced in  1825.  W.  J.  Shrewsbury, 
miflsionarv.  14  natives  have  been 
gathered  into  the  church. 


MYS 

MUNCEY  TOWN,  a  station  of 
the  Am.  Meth.  Miss.  Soc.  on  the  river 
Thames,  Upper  Canada,  where  a 
remnant  of  the  Delaware  and  Ojib- 
way  tribes  are  settled.  It  was  com- 
menced in  1825  ;  thi-re  are  55  com- 
municants, and  ^5  scholars. 

MUTTKA,  or  Matrn,  or  Mathura, 
a  town  30  m.  N.  by  W.  of  Agra,  of 
high  repute  among  the  Hindoos,  as 
the  scene  of  the  birth  and  early  ad- 
ventures of  Krishna ;  having  a  large 
population,  and  like  Allahabad  and 
Benares,  it  is  the  centre  of  attraction 
to  Hindoos  from  all  quarters. 

The  Rev.  R.  Richards,  of  the  B. 
M.  S.,  accompanied  by  a  native 
preacher,  Ramdas,  arrived  at  Muttra, 
in  Feb.  182G.  One  Mussulman  wo- 
man has  been  baptized  and  added  to 
the  church  ;  and  another  female  (not 
a  native),  one  of  Mr.  R' shard's  stated 
hearers  at  Futtyghur,  begged  him  to 
return  anu  baptize  her,  which  he  did. 
About  six  brahmins  and  others  have 
staid  with  him,  some  for  long  and 
others  for  shorter  periods  of  time,  and 
several  have  given  up  caste,  and 
their  conduct  induces  him  to  hope 
that  they  may  be  soon  added  to  the 
church. 

MYSORE,  a  city  of  Hindoostan, 
capital  of  a  province  of  the  same 
.ame.  It  was  ruined  by  the  late  2 
sultans ;  but  since  the  British  restor- 
ed the  ancient  family,  in  1799,  and 
made  it  the  rajah's  seat  of  govern- 
ment, numerous  buildings  have  been 
erected.  The  principal  street  is  about 
a  mile  long ;  the  fort  is  well  built, 
and  the  palace  is  small  and  neat.  It 
is  seated  in  e  valley,  9  m.  S.  S.  W. 
Seringapatam.  E.  Ion.  76°  42',  N. 
lat.  12°  13'. 

This  place  is  visited  by  the  L.  M. 
S.'s  agents,  at  Bangalore.  Here  15 
natives  have  offered  themselves  for 
baptism.  "  We  were  receive'^'  and 
welcomed,"  says  Mr.  Massie,  '•  y  a 
young  disciple,  who,  with  all  his  fam- 
ily, was  lately  baptized  by  the  native 
preacher,  Samuel  Flavel ;  he  is  one 
of  the  medical  attendants  of  the  ra- 
jah. We  met  for  worship  in  a  bun- 
galow, which  the  Hon.  Mr.  Cole,  the 
British  Resident,  has  most  kindly 
given  for  this  purpose.  There  were 
nearly  30  present. 


283 


,^^ 


'i% 


ii 


m 


TMl; 


mmK 


1''"  ■ 

II 


'M 


i- 


NAG 


NEG 


Mi  ! 


N. 


NAGERCOIL.    The  following  is 
the  report  of  this  mission  in  1831. 

^^  J^agercoil :  head-quarters  of  the 
mission  in  the  eastern  division  of 
South  Trayancore — 1805 — C.  Mault; 
18  native  readers.  Mr.  Addis  has 
removed  to  Coinibatore — Returns  of 
the  congregations  have  not  been  re- 
ceived. "  Some,"  >he  Directors  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  report, "  wli'  >  professed  religion 
have  apostatized  ;  and  others,  who  are 
irregular  in  their  attendance  on  the 
means  of  grace,  have  made  no  im- 
provement :  neverthelesL,  ■  ^vw,  who 
have  joined  the  different  congrega- 
tions, are  promising  characters.  The 
number  of  tiiose  who  appear  to  make 
conscience  of  keeping  the  Sabbath- 
day  holy,  is  increasing  ;  and  the  pla- 
ces of  worship  are,  on  that  day,  better 
attended  than  they  formerly  were. 
Seriousness  and  becoming  deportment 
are  also  manifested  by  the  people  in 
the  house  of  God."  The  readers  visit 
the  people  in  their  different  villages  ; 
and  attend  the  ir.issionary  every  Sat- 
urday, to  deliver  reports  and  receive 
instruction ;  they  find  the  Roman 
Catholic  population  peculiarly  igno- 
rant and  wretched.  Of  the  schools 
the  Directors  make  the  following  re- 
port; "The  improved  arrangements 
introduced  by  Mr.  Addis,  his  own 
personal  superintendence,  and  the 
means  recently  employed  for  better 
qualifying  the  masters,  seem  to  have 
produced  very  satisfactory  results. 
Not  only  have  the  children  manifest- 
ed an  advance  in  attainments  and 
good  conduct,  but  tlie  people  gener- 
ally begin  to  appreciate  more  highly 
the  education  of  the  rising  generation. 
Hence  the  applications  for  schools 
have  become  more  frequent  and  ur- 
gent than  at  any  former  period  ;  and 
the  number  of  children,  in  those  es- 
tablished by  the  missionaries,  has  in- 
creased to  1700.  The  schoolmasters, 
themselves,  evince  great  attention  to 
their  own  improvement  in  Cliristian 
knowledge  :  they  receive  weekly  lec- 
tures on  the  chapters  which  they  have 
been  studying  ;  and,  on  these  occa- 
sions, many  of  them  appear  to  be 
oflen  much  impressed."  In  the  Na- 
gercoil  girls'  school,  59  children,  22 
of  whom  are  supported  by  subscrip- 


tions from  England,  iiinke  satisfactory 
progress:  in  the  adult  female  school 
there  are  12  women  :  of  3  other  fe- 
male schools  no  report  has  been  re- 
ceived." 

NAMAQUALAND,  a  country  of 
South  Africa,  situated  on  l)oth  sides 
of  the  great  Orange  R.  Sec  Kliamies- 
bcr<r,  Lily  Fouvtain,  &c. 

WEGAPATAM,  or  JS'egflpatannm, 
a  sea-port  town  on  the  Ooroiuandel 
coast,  in  the  Carnatic,  llindoostan, 
48  miles  E.  Tanjore,  liaving  a  popu- 
lation of  from  ir>,()00  to  20,000  inhab- 
itants, wlio  me  notorious  for  immoral- 
ity and  idolatrous  ceremonies,  where 
the  C.  K.  S.  established  a  mission,  in 
1737.  Their  agents  collected  a  con- 
gregation, and  opened  a  school  soon 
after  their  arrival,  and  their  persever- 
ing efforts  have  been,  generally, 
crowned  with  success.  In  1800,  ti'j 
Portuguese  and  1!)  Malabars  were 
members  of  the  church.  In  I8l5,  the 
number  of  conmiunicants  was  about 
the  same ;  there  had  been  a  conside- 
rable increase  of  the  congregation, 
and  00  or  70  children  were  receiving 
regular  instruction.  The  school  has 
since  decreased,  and  is  under  the  di- 
rection of  the  C.  M.  S. 

The  Rev.  J.  Mowat,  and  Mr  J. 
Katta,  assistant,  from  the  W.  M.  S., 
arrived  in  1821.  In  the  early  part  of 
that  year  the  Rev.  Mr.  Squance  visit- 
ed this  place,  and  preached  in  Tamul 
to  considerable  assemblies.  Other 
missionaries  have  since  occupied  the 
station.  A  native  school  has  been 
established,  witii  encouraging  pros- 
pects.— Members  in  society,  in  1823, 
20.  Since  that  period  the  circum- 
stances of  the  mission  have  much  im- 
proved. 

"  The  prospects  this  station  pre- 
sents," says  Mr.  Mowat,  February  22, 
182(5,  '*  are  to  me  more  cheering  than 
ever.  The  appointment  of  Mr.  Mar- 
tens to  Negapatam,  there  is  little 
doubt,  will  prove  the  means  of  great 
benefit  to  the  Portuguese  and  Roman 
Catholic  inhabitants.  The  first  Sun- 
day Mr.  M.  preached  in  Negapatam, 
the  chapel  was  crowded  to  excess  ; 
and  a  great  number  stood  at  the  out- 
side to  hear  one  who,  a  few  years 
since,  appeared  among  the  people  as 
a  Roman  Catholic  teacher.  We  have, 
of  course,  to  endure  a  little  opposition 
and  ignorant  slander  from  the  Roman 

284 


•-'^    -Wf. 


eatisfactory 
male  bcIiooI 

3  other  fe- 
lias  been  rc- 

L  country  of 
1  both  sides 
Sec  Khamies- 

'egapatannm, 
(jorouiandel 
Hindoostan, 
■ing  a  popu- 
>(),0()0  inhab- 
ibr  iminoral- 
onies,  wliere 
I  mission,  in 
I'Cted  a  con- 
school  soon 
leir  persever- 
,     generally, 
In  1806,  ti5 
ilabars    were 
In  lbl5, the 
its  was  about 
n  a  consido- 
Kongregation, 
ere  receiving 
lie  scliool  has 
under  the  di- 

,  and   Mr    J. 

he  W.  M.  S., 
early  part  of 
Squance  visit- 
led  in  Tamul 
blies.  Other 
occupied  the 
ool  has  been 
iraging  pros- 
jiety,  in  1823, 
the  circum- 
ave  much  im- 

station  prc- 
February  '22, 
cheering  than 
t  of  Mr.  Mar- 
here  is  little 
leans  of  great 
so  and  Roman 
The  first  Sun- 
1  Negapatam, 
pd  to  excess  ; 
od  at  the  out- 
a  few  years 
the  people  as 
ler.  We  have, 
ttle  opposition 
om  the  Roman 
284 


NEG 

Catholics  ;  but  I  have  reason  to  hope, 
from  tiie  interest  excited,  that  his  ap- 
pointment to  Negapatam  will  be  the 
means  of  extending  the  influence  of 
real  religion  among  that  class  of  peo- 
ple, wlnle  it  will  afl\)rd  me  greater 
ieiaufe  to  labor  among  the  natives." 

There  are  now  (1831)  8  native  as- 
sistants ;  2()  members.  Some  improve- 
ment is  maniiest  in  the  congregation. 
Larger  quantities  of  Tracts  nave  been 
distributed  tlian  in  any  former  year. 
Schools  have  been  earnestly  asked 
for  beyond  the  power  of  supj)lying 
them.  In  (!  schools  at  Negapatam, 
and  in  one  in  its  neighborhood,  there 
are  32o  scholiirs. 

NEGOMBO,  a  populous  town  on 
the  W.  coast  of  Ceylon,  20  m.  N.  Co- 
lombo. Population  estimated  at  15,000. 
Missionary  operations  were  commenc- 
ed here  by  the  /F.  M.  S.  about  1815. 

In  I8i5  the  missionaries  remark  : — 
"  Upon  a  general  view  of  the  work  of 
God  on  tliis  statiim,  there  appears  to 
be  cause  for  gratitude  mingled  with 
regret.  Tiie  interests  of  vital  religion 
are  very  low  in  the  town  of  Negombo 
and  its  iniuiodiate  vicinity.  The  con- 
gregations are  exceedingly  small,  and 
tJie  numbers  of  those  who  from  the 
commencement  of  the  mission  were 
regular  in  their  attendance  upon  the 
means  of  grace,  have  been  gradually 
reduced  by  death  ;  yet  we  rejoice  in 
knowing  that  tiiey  have  been  remov- 
ed to  the  church  triumphant.  But 
although  there  is  not  much  prospect 
of  immediate  usefulness  in  that  part 
of  the  circuit,  an  indirect  benefit  has 
boon  conferred ;  a  higher  tone  of  mo- 
rals has  been  induced,  and  the  rays  of 
divine  light  spread  over  the  Catholic 
population  through  the  medium  of 
our  flourishing  schools,  cannot  fail, 
by  the  gracious  influences  of  the  Holy 
Spirit,  of  producxig  some  good.  At 
present,  in  several  instances,  the  Holy 
Scriptures  are  carefully  read  in  pri- 
vate, by  individuals  who  are  deterred 
from  attending  our  ministry  by  the 
menaces  of  the  priest.  The  most  in- 
teresting and  encouraging  part  of  our 
work  is  in  the  village  of  Sedua. 
Though  adjoining  schools  had  been 
established  in  that  neighborhood  for 
several  years,  and  had  diffused  a  sanc- 
tifying influence  yet  the  congrega- 
tions remained  generally  exceedingly 
small.    During  the  year  1826,  efforts 


NEL 

have  been  made,  with  success,  to  in- 
troduce evening  preaching,  both  on 
the  Sabbath  and  week  da-'s.  The 
congregations  have  been  considerably 
increased,  the  Word  is  received  with 
the  deepest  attention,  and,  in  that 
neighborhood,  21  souls  have  been 
gathered  from  the  world,  within  the 
last  6  or  7  months,  who  are  with  sin- 
cerity seeking  salvation  through  Jesus 
Christ.  With  one  exception,  they 
have  received  their  religious  convic- 
tions by  attendance  upon  the  word 
preached.  Service  lias  also  been  in- 
troduced into  two  new  villages,  the 
majority  of  the  inhabitants  of  which 
are  professedly  Protestants.  No  class- 
es have  yet  been  formed  in  those 
places,  the  preaching  having  been  but 
lately  introduced.  The  general  state 
of  the  classes  is  encouraging — no  ex- 
ercise of  discipline  having  been  ne- 
cessary in  the  course  of  the  preceding 
year,  although  we  have  7  classes,  and 
72  members ;  and  we  have  every  rea- 
son to  believe  tiiat  the  work  of  grace 
is  deepening  in  the  hearts  of  the 
members  of  society ;  and  we  trust 
that,  by  the  power  of  the  Holy  Spirit, 
there  will  be  an  extension  of  the  work 
in  the  ensuing  year." 

The  state  of  the  mission  was,  in 
1831 ,  encouraging.  Several  applica- 
tions to  commence  new  schools  had 
been  made  from  villages  in  the  inte- 
rior. 

NELLORE,  a  parish  near  JafTna- 
patam,  in  the  district  of  Jaffna,  Cey- 
lon. Population  5  or  0000.  The  Rev. 
J.  Knight,  from  the  C.  M.  S.,  and  a 
native  master  of  i)  schools,  removed 
from  Jaffnapatam  to  Nellore,  Nov. 
1818. 

'*  This,"  says  Mr.  Knight,  '•  is  one 
of  the  strong-holds  of  idolatry,  as  one 
of  the  largest  temples  in  the  whole 
district  (in  which  there  are  said  to  be 
not  less  than  a  thousand)  is  at  Nellore. 
There  are  annual  exhibitions,  such  as 
are  described  by  Dr.  Buchanan  in  his 
Researches  ;  and  I  have,  myself,  wit- 
nessed the  procession  of  a  car,  where 
thousands  of  deluded  worshippers 
were  collected  together,  to  prostrate 
themselves,  and  pay  their  homage  to 
a  god  which  could  not  save.  Their 
prejudices  are,  at  present,  deeply 
rooted  in  favor  of  their  ancient  cus- 
toms and  superstitions  ;  and  tiie  brah- 
mins, in  addition  to  their  prejudices 

285 


46 


r- 


'It 


I 


NEL 

of  caste  and  regard  for  reputation, 
have  all  their  temporal  interests  at 
stake ;  for  if  once  they  renounced 
idolatry,  they  would  have  no  means 
of  support. 

**  With  respect  to  the  Roman  Cath- 
olics, the  show  and  parade  of  their 
worship  and  processions  greatly  at- 
tract the  attention  of  this  people,  and 
their  pretended  power  of  working 
miracles  is  admirably  calculated  to 
operate  on  their  weakness  and  credu- 
lity. At  their  festivals,  they  are  said 
to  effect  wonders  with  the  ashes  of  a 
deceased  saint,  and  numbers  flock  to 
them  with  their  maladies  and  their 
offerings ;  by  which  their  funds  and 
their  influence  are  rapidly  increased  : 
indeed,  the  Catholics  and  Gentoos 
seem  to  vie  witii  each  other,  who 
shall  make  the  most  splendid  show  ; 
while  many  look  on  with  careless  in- 
difference, or  are  even  amused  with 
what  they  witness." 

Among  the  proofs  afforded  of  the 
influence  of  superstition,  it  is  stated 
that  a  person  who  had  done  some 
work  for  Mr.  Knight  came  to  ask  for 
his  money,  saying  that  he  wanted  it 
to  buy  rice  lor  the  devil.  This,  it 
seems,  was  in  consequence  of  the  ap- 
proach of  an  annual  ceremony,  when 
the  deluded  heathens  endeavor  to  as- 
certain their  fate  for  the  ensuing  year. 
On  this  occasion,  each  person,  how- 
ever poor,  contrives  to  purchase  a  lit- 
tle rice,  Avhich  is  boiled,  with  much 
superstitious  veneration,  in  an  earth- 
en dish,  used  only  for  this  purpose, 
and  then  broken,  or  laid  aside  till  that 
day  twelvemonth.  They  profess  to 
discover  their  destiny  by  the  manner 
in  which  the  rice  first  begins  to  boil. 
If  it  boil  up  freely,  they  suppose  the 
devil  is  pleased,  and  they  expect  pros- 
perity ;  but  if  otherwise,  the  most  dis- 
astrous consequences  are  anticipated. 

Soon  after  his  removal  to  this  sta- 
tion, Mr.  Knight  opened  his  house 
for  preaching,  and  was  occasionally 
assisted  by  the  Rev.  Christian  David, 
of  whom  Dr.  Buchanan  makes  honor- 
able mention.  He  also  went  out  into 
the  adjacent  village?,  and  conversed 
with  the  people  wherever  he  could 
find  them — in  their  temples — at  their 
houses — or  by  the  way  side.  And,  in 
addition  to  these  exertions,  he  opened 
a  .school  for  the  purpose  of  instructing 
boys  in  reaOing  the  Holy  Scriptures ; 


NEL 

and  had,  in  a  short  time,  the  pleasure 
of  collecting  twenty-four  pupils,  who 
evinced  an  excellent  cnjjacity,  and 
made  a  pleasing  ])r(tgress  in  their 
studies,  in  the  nudst  of  all  these  e.\- 
ertions,  however,  the  tiiolera  niDrbus 
appi-ared  in  the  district ;  in  conse- 
quence of  \vhich  his  labors  .vero 
necessarily  suspended,  tiie  school  was 
broken  up,  and  the  state  of  the  na- 
tives, under  this  afliictive  visitation 
became  truly  distressing.  His  labors 
were,  however,  subsequently  resuui- 
ed. 

From  the  report  for  iH'^li-/,  it  ap- 
pears that  the  work  of  the  Ministrij 
ha  been  continued  ;  and  a  new  ser- 
vice, on  Wednesday  afternoons,  has 
been  added. 

Of  the  effect  of  the  missionary  la- 
bors, Mr.  Adley  writes  : — "  The  first 
month  of  this  year  (l??2(t)  has  been  a 
time  of  special  mercy.  Four  persons 
connected  with  the  station  are  among 
those  who  have  been  awakened  ;  they 
have  continued  to  manifest  such  a 
knowledge  of  their  need  of  Christ  as 
the  only  Saviour,  with  such  a  deep 
concern  for  the  salvation  of  their 
souls,  that  they  have  been  admitted 
as  candidates  for  baptism,  b  or  10  of 
the  elder  boys,  also,  who  evince  anxi- 
ety respecting  their  eternal  welfare, 
are  assembled,  once  a  week,  for  fur- 
ther instruction  and  prayer.'" 

One  of  the  candidates  for  baptism 
being  a  cook  to  the  boys  in  the  Fami- 
ly schools,  Mr.  Adley  remarks  : — '"  I 
need  scarcely  say,  that  it  is  truly  de- 
lightful to  see  apart  of  our  cook-house, 
which,  from  the  trials  that  we  have 
had  with  some  of  the  servants,  may 
almost  literally  be  said  to  have  been 
a  den  of  thieves,  now  converted  into 
a  house  of  prayer :  four  or  more  ot 
the  servants  meet  there  two  or  three 
evenings  in  the  week,  to  read  the 
Scriptures,  and  for  conversation  and 
prayer." 

Three  persons  were  admitted  into 
the  church  on  the  ll^th  of  March. 

Mr  Knight  writes  in  January  : — 
*•  The  cholera  has  been  again  raging 
in  this  district,  from  about  the  time 
of  our  return  from  Colombo.  Most 
of  our  schools  have  been  broken  up 
again  ;  happily  it  has  not  yet  attack- 
ed any  on  the  mission  premises." 

By  late  intelligence,  it  appears  that 
2  have  been   recently   added  to  the 


NEV 


NEW 


,  the  plea  surf 
ir  pupils,  who 
capacity,   and 
ress   in    their 
if  all  these  ex- 
holera  nmrbus 
-t ;    in  conse- 
luliors     .vero 
Llie  Bchool  was 
site  of  the  na- 
tive visitation 
cr.     His  labors 
luently  resuui- 

•  lr^-:>(w,  it  ap- 
f  the  Ministrij 
nA  a  new  sor- 
afte moons,  has 

missionary  la- 
.g  :_'«  The  first 
<'20)  has  been  a 
Four  persons 
ition  are  among 
wakened  ;  they 
lanifest   such  a 
-od  of  Christ  as 
th  such  a  deep 
nation    of    their 
been  admitted 
.ism.     B  or  10  of 
k'ho  evince  anxi- 
eternal  welfare, 
I  week,  for  fur- 
jrayer.'" 
ates  for  baptism 
oys  in  the  Fanii- 
y  remarks  : — '*  I 
at  it  is  truly  de- 
fourcook-house, 
s  that  we  have 
servants,  may 
d  to  have  been 
converted  into 
four  or  more  of 
ere  two  or  three 
ek,  to    read  the 
conversation  and 

re  admitted  into 
th  of  March. 

in  January:— 
een  again  raging 

about  the  time 
Colombo.     Most 

been  broken  up 
IS  not  yet  attack- 
n  premises." 
;e,  it  appears  that 
Iv   added  to  the 


number  of  communicants  from  the 
voutlis  formi'rly  mentioned  as  candi- 
dates for  bapti..in  and  tiie  Lord's  Sup- 
per. Tlie  otiier  communii;ants  gen- 
erally continue  stedfast  in  their 
Christian  course.  Great  quantities 
of  Scriptures,  catechisms,  &c.  are 
committed  to  memory  by  the  children 
ill  the  schools.  Several  of  the  elder 
youths  ha  'e  been,  for  several  years, 
in  the  habit  of  private  prayer.  At 
the  Tamul  printing  press  at  iNcllore, 
there  were  printed,  in  IHoO,  45,Ud7 
Tracts,  or  G2!),8GJi  pages. 

NEVIS,  an  island  of  the  West  In- 
dies. It  is  a  beautiful  spot,  and  little 
more  than  a  single  mountain,  whose 
base  is  about  2'^  m.  in  circumference. 
The  island  was  evidently  the  produc- 
tion of  a  volcano.  It  is  well  watered, 
imd  produces  much  sugar.  The  ex- 
ports are  estimated  at  877,400  dollars. 
It  belongs  to  the  English ,  and  is  di- 
vided into  5  parishes,  containinj» 
15,750  inhabitants,  of  whom  15,000 
are  slaves. 

The  jy.  M.  commenced  a  mission 
here  in  1788  by  Rev.  Dr.  Coke.  Very 
happy  effects  followed  the  labors  of 
the  missionaries  Messrs.  White- 
house  and  Butten  are  now  the  mis- 
sionaries. At  Charlestown,  the  num- 
ber in  society  is  771 .  A  number  have 
died  in  joyful  expectation  of  eternal 
life.  At  Gingerland,  there  are  IGl 
members.  At  Newcastle  55.  Total 
in  Nev's  987,  or  about  one  fifteenth 
of  tlie  population.  The  number  of 
scholars  is  291. 

NEW  BRUNSWICK,  a  British 
province  of  N.  America,  bounded  N. 
by  Lower  Canada  and  W.  by  Maine. 
Pop.  73,620.  The  capital  is  Frederic- 
ton,  with  1849  inhabitants.  The  Gos- 
pel Propagation  Society  employs  about 
20  missionaries,  at  30  stations.  The 
iV.  M.  S.  occupy  11  stations,  and  em- 
ploy 16  missionaries.  Members  1351. 
Scholars  778. 

NEW  ECHOTA,  a  station  of  the 
^.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  among  the  Cherokee 
Indians.  Samuel  A .  Worcester,(who 
is  now  confined  in  the  Georgia  peni- 
tentiary. See  Cherokees,)  missionary. 
Mrs. Worcester :  Miss  Sophia  Sawyer, 
assistant.  Here  the  Cnerokee  Phoe- 
nix, a  weekly  newsparilhi^  printed 
2200  copies  of  a  Cherokee  Hymn 
book  have  also  been  issued  at  this 
place ;  3000  copies  of  a  Tract  of  12 


pages,  and  1000  copies  of  tlio  gospel 
of  Matthew  have  been  published.  A 
second  edition  of  the  latter  is  ready 
for  the  press. 

NEVVFIELD,  a  station  of  the  U. 
D.  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  island  of 
Antigua.  It  was  established  in  1817. 
In  one  year,  W'^  were  received  into 
conuimnion.  They  have  a  stone 
church  (i4  ft.  by  30. 

NEWFOUNDLAND,  an  island  on 
the  E.  coast  of  North  America,  lying 
between  47*^  and  52^  N.  lat.     It  was 
discovered    by    Sebastian    Cabot,    in 
1497,  in  an  English   squadron  fitted 
out  by  Henry  the  Seventh;  and  in 
1583,  it  was  formally  taken  possession 
of,  by  Sir  Humphrey  Gilbert,  in  the 
name    of   Queen    Elizabeth.      After 
many  disputes    with   the    French,  it 
was  ceded  to  the  English  in  1713.    It 
has  numerous  bays  and  harbors ;  and 
is  a  mountainous,  woody  country,  and 
very  cold,  being  covered  with  snow 
5  months  in  the  year.     The  inhabi- 
tants of  the  interior  are  a  savage  race, 
called  Red  Indians,  from  their  skins 
being  daubed  or  stained  with  that  co- 
lor; but  they  are  now  supposed  not 
to  be   numerous,   for    though    often 
heard,  they  are  rarely  seen.     A  few 
Micmac  and  other  Indians  are  scat- 
tered along  the  coasts.      About  500 
British  families  continue  here  all  the 
year,  beside  the  garrison  of  St.  John, 
Placentia,  and   othor  forts.     In  the 
fishing  season  for  cod,  which  begins 
in  May  and  ends  in  September,  many 
of  its  bays  and  harbors  are  resorted  to 
by  at  least  10,000  people  ;   for  here 
they  cure  and  pack  the  fish,  which 
are  sent  not  only  to  England,  but  to 
the  Mediterranean  and  the  West  In- 
dies, in  immense  quantities.     In  win- 
ter the  chief  employ  of  the  inhabitants 
is  to  cut  wood  ;  and  the  smallest  kind, 
used  for  fuel,  is  drawn  by  their  large 
dogs,  trained  up  and   harnessed   ror 
that  purpose.     St.  John  is  the  prindi- 
pal  settlement.     The    W.  M.  S.  has 
had  several  laborers  here  since  1822. 
The  missions  continue  to  exert  a 
most  beneficial  and   cheering  influ- 
ence.    The  settlers  and  fishermen  on 
these   coves  and  harbors   have  been 
sought  out  and  visited  ;  the  worship 
of  God  has  been  established  among 
those  who  would  otherwise  have  sunk 
into  entire  ignorance  and  unchecked 
vices ;  and  the  mission-schools  have 

287 


I?! 


m-- 


NEW 


NEW 


^ 


provided  for  their  children  the  means 
of  a  religious  nnd  useful  oducution. 

The  nuujber  of  Htations  is  13;  of 
missionaries  13;  of  members  1287; 
of  scholars  1234.  The  following  ex- 
tracts from  a  late  report  will  show  the 
nature  and  ellects  of  tli<;  labors  of  the 


missionaries. 
St.  Ju/ia's. 


"  There  are  two  char- 


acters in  the  work  of  God  here,  that 
mark  a  better  state  of  religious  feel- 
ing than  we  have  ever  yet  had  to  re- 
port of  this  Society  Tlie  first  is  the 
largeness  and  regularity  of  the  con- 
ffrcgations.  Formerly  we  were  sub- 
ject to  great  fluctuation ,-;-but  we 
nave  now  a  regular  and  uniform 
attendance,  so  that  preaching  and 
prayer-meetings  are  both  well  attend- 
ed. The  second  mark  of  a  better 
religious  state  is,  that  our  own  people 
manifest  a  more  decided  and  active 
piety  among  themselves,  taking  a  part 
m  every  good  word  and  work.  The 
number  in  Society  is  a  little  increased." 

Harbor  Grace.  '•  The  Society 
are  united  in  spirit  and  in  effort ;  they 
love  each  other  with  a  pure  heart  fer- 
vently, and  are  exemplary  in  their 
outward  deportment.  Many  of  them 
visit  the  fatherless  and  the  widow  in 
their  affliction,  and  keep  themselves 
unspotted  from  the  world.  We  have 
been  exceedingly  comforted  in  seeing 
our  new  members  stand  fast  in  the 
Lord,  and  in  being  al)le  to  return  12 
additional  members  for  this  year ;  one 
who  was  called  to  pass  through  pe- 
culiar affiictions,  exultingly  expired, 
saying  "  Come  Lord  Jesus."  We 
have  raised  near  80/.  towards  the 
erection  of  Mosquito  chapel ;  and  for 
the  purchase  of  ground  adjoining 
the  Harbor  Grace  chapel  100/.  in 
addition  to  the  ordinary  collections 
and  subscriptions  for  carrying  on  the 
work  of  God,  and  for  the  Mission- 
ary Society.  These  facts  show  that 
our  friends  are  ready  to  every  good 
work." 

Blnek  Head  and  Western  Bay. 
"  During  the  whole  of  the  winter 
we  had  a  good  work  in  one  part  of 
the  Circuit,  but  the  spring  opened  to 
us  brighter  prospects  than  ever ;  and 
in  this  part  especially,  together  with 
several  other  coves  belonging  to  this 
station.  This  blessed  work  com- 
menced with  the  young.  The  con- 
gregations have  become  much  larger, 


the  classes  have  been  graciously 
quickened,  and  a  moral  influence  has 
extended  to  the  greater  j)art  of  the 
population  of  tiiis  Circuit :  und  we 
have  the  most  encouraging  lirnund  of 
hope  that  the  sacrid  shower  will  uhcd 
its  fcitilizing  drops  over  all  the  thirsty 
land.  Two  members  have  died  hap- 
py  in  God.  The  classes  liiivf  added 
5'J,  afler  supplying  the  di'licienccs, 
and  twenty  now  remain  on  trial." 

Bonavista.  *'  Since  the  lirst  es. 
tablishment  of  our  mission  in  tliis 
place,  leUgion  has  been  griiduully 
diflusing  its  benign  influence  amongst 
the  inhabitants  ;  an  important  change 
in  the  moral  state  of  the  people  is  ob- 
vious to  the  most  cursory  observer ; 
while  a  general  respect  for  the  Sab- 
bath-day, and  a  regular  attendance  on 
the  ministry  of  the  word,  aftbrd  the 
most  plei?"  ..g  satisfaction.  ')ur  So- 
ciety continues  firmly  attavl.od  to  our 
discipline ;  they  are  regular  at  all 
the  means  of  grace ;  and  as  a  body 
endeavor  to  exeni])lify  the  doctrine 
they  profess  to  believe  by  a  consistent 
deportment  before  the  world.  Two 
of  our  members  have  died  in  the  Lord 
the  past  year. 

"Schools.  St.  John's:  ihe  present 
number  of  scholars  in  this  Scliool  is, 
boys  47,  girls  01,  total  106. 

"  Mor  i  than  usual  labor  and  paina 
have  been  taken  with  this  school  dur- 
ing the  past  year,  and  the  rapid  pro- 
gress of  the  children  has  rendered  a 
full  reward  to  all  engaijed  in  this 
work.  At  the  present  time  we  have 
in  the  school  13  children  who  have 
committed  to  memory  the  first  and 
second  of  our  catechisms,  and  are 
considerably  advanced  in  the  third. 
28  have  committed  the  first  and  sec- 
ond, and  are  going  through  them  a 
second  time,  so  as  to  fix  them  more 
permanently  on  the  mind ;  and  25 
are  engaged  in  learning  the  first  cate- 
chism, ft  is  amazing  how  they  re- 
tain, a  ,vith  what  correctness  thoy 
repeat  iiat  they  have  learned.  At 
the  last  public  examination  in  the 
month  of  February,  the  congregation 
was  highly  gratified  at  the  manner  in 
which  the  children  acquitted  them- 
selves, so  much  so  that  notice  was  ta- 
ken of  it  in  one  of  the  public  journals 
of  the  town,  to  the  great  credit  of 
both  teachers  and  children.  Several 
highly  respectable  people  have  placed 

288 


pn  griiciouBly 
I  influoiice  hua 
?r  piirt  of  the 
•cuit  :  and  we 
ring  11  round  of 
ower  will  lilud 
rallllK'  thirsty 
have  diod  hnp- 
ses  h!iV4-  added 
he  deticiences, 
in  ou  trial." 

the     hrst    es- 
rijistiion    in  this 
been    gradually 
iluence  amongst 
iportant  change 
,he  people  is  ob- 
irsory  observer ; 
:>ct  lor  the  Sab- 
ir  attendance  on 
word,  atibrd  the 
;tion.      Our  So- 
!  attavU'dto  our 
regular    at    all 
and  as  a  body 
ify    the  doctrine 
(>  by  a  consistent 
lie  world.      Two 
died  in  the  Lord 

in's  :  the  present 
n  this  School  is, 

al  Klf. 

labor  and  pains 
h  this  school  dur- 
id  the  rapid  pro- 
.n  has  rendered  a 
engaged    in   this 
ent  time  we  have 
ildren   who   have 
>ry    the   first  and 
^chisms,   and   are 
ced   in  the  third, 
the  first  and  sec- 
through   theni  a 
to  fix  them  more 
ic   mind-,    and  25 
ling  the  first  cate- 
ng'^how   they    ve- 
;  correctness  they 
lave  learned.     At 
Lamination   in  tlve 
,  the  congregation 
i  at  the  manner  in 
1   acquitted  them- 
that  notice  was  ta- 
the  public  journals 
16    great   credit  of 
children.     Severa 
people  have  placed 
288 


NEW 

their  children  under  our  care.  This 
circumstance  is  likely  to  give  the 
Hchool  still  greater  celebritv,  and  we 
look  forward  to  a  considerable  in- 
crease during  the  present  season.  In 
addition  to  the  common  course  of 
Hchool  instruction,  much  attention 
has  been  paid  to  tiie  souls  of  tlie  chil- 
dren. We  spend  a  part  of  the  hour 
devoted  to  this  purpose  in  prayer  to 
God  for  them ;  surely  this  '  labor  shall 
not  be  in  vain  in  the  Lord.'  We  are 
highly  favored  with  pious  teachers, 
who  feel  for  the  spiritual  interests  of 
their  little  charge. 

NEW  SOUTH  WALES.  The 
following  facts  respecting  the  Geog- 
taphy  &c.  of  this  country  we  copy 
from  the  American  Encyclopedia. 

New  South  Wales  ;  an  English 
colonv,  on  the  eastern  coast  of  New 
Holland.  Cook  landed  here  (1770) 
on  his  first  voyage,  took  possession  of 
the  country  in  the  name  of  his  sov- 
ereign, and  called  it  JVew  South  Wales. 
He  also  gave  its  name  to  Botany  bay, 
which  he  entered  at  the  same  time. 
The  favorable  report  which  he  made 
of  the  harbor  and  neighboring  coun- 
try, determined  the  British  govern- 
ment to  found  a  colony  there,  (1778) 
which  was  soon  after  removed  to 
Sydney,  in  Port  Jackson,  and  which, 
although  composed,  in  a  great  mea- 
sure, of  convicts,  soon  became  very 
prosperous.  In  1803,  a  settlement 
was  established  on  Van  Diemen's 
Land.  (See  Diemen's  (Van)  Land.) 
In  1813,  the  Blue  mountains  were 
passed,  and,  in  1815,  the  site  of 
the  town  of  Bathurst  (140  miles  west 
of  Sydney)  was  selected.  In  1829, 
exploring  parties  had  penetrated  to  a 
distance  of  GOO  miles  into  the  interior. 
On  the  eastern  coast,  colonization  has 
extended  to  Moreton  bay,  450  miles 
north  of  Sydney,  and  to  Port  Wes- 
tern, at  an  an  equal  distance  south. 
Swan  River  settlement  was  establish- 
ed on  the  western  coast  of  New  Hol- 
land in  1829.  By  a  proclamation  of 
the  governor,  in  1829,  the  limits  with- 
in which  it  was  permitted  to  settle, 
comprised  34,000  square  miles,  and 
included  19  counties.  The  census  of 
that  year  gave  a  population  of  36,548 
souls.  The  number  of  acres  located 
was  2,906,000 ;  cleared,  231 ,573 ;  cul- 
tivated,  71,523;  horses,  12,479;  horn- 
ed  cattle,  262,868;  sheep,  536,391. 
2a 


NEW 

The  staple  of  the  colony  is  wool,  of 
which,  in  1822,  172,880  pounds  were 
exported :  in  1821>,  the  export  had 
increased  to  1,006,000  pounds.  The 
total  value  of  exports  in  1^29  was 
i;i84,720;  of  imports,  JE678,(i(i3.  The 
inhabitants  consist  of  the  officers  of 
the  colony,  who  are  landed  proprie- 
tors, and  have  some  of  the  convicts 
as  servants  ;  of  voluntary  omigriints, 
generally  poor  pt^rsons,  transported 
tree  of  expense,  to  whom  land  &c., 

given  ;  of  convicts  who  have  be- 
come free ;  and  of  convicts  still  un- 
der the  operation  of  their  sentence. 
Bushrangers  are  convicts  wlio  escape 
to  the  woods,  and  live  by  depreda- 
tions on  the  colonists.  The  colonists 
have  latelv  turned  their  attention  less 
exclusively  to  pasturage,  and  more  to 
agriculture  ;  corn,  potatoes,  tobacco, 
hemp,  flax,  and  all  kinds  of  tropical 
fruits,  are  cultivated.  The  climate  is 
mild  and  healthy  ;  the  winter  is  rai- 
ny ;  it  begins  in  March,  and  contin- 
ues til]  August ;  tlierc  is  no  snow 
except  on  the  highest  mountains. 
The  colony,  although  it  promises  to 
be  of  great  importance  to  the  mother 
country,  has  thus  far  been  a  burden. 
The  revenue,  in  1828,  wob  JCI  02,577  ; 
the  expenditure,  287,954.  The  com- 
mercial connexions  are  principally 
with  England,  cape  of  Good  Hope, 
China,  Mauritius,  Van  Diemen's 
Land,  and  New  Zealand.  The  moral 
condition  of  the  colonists  is  low : 
schools,  however,  have  been  institut- 
ed, and  are  producing  good  efiects  ; 
and,  in  1829,  a  college  was  founded 
at  Sydney.  Several  newspapers,  and 
tliree  or  four  quarterly  peri.">dicals, 
are  published.  The  government  is 
under  a  governor-general  and  a  leg- 
islative council  (created  in  1829) ; 
justice  is  administered  by  civil,  crim- 
inal, and  admiralty  courts. 

The  W.  M.  S.  have  paid  consider- 
able attention  to  this  colony.  The 
number  of  stations  is  3,  of  missiona- 
ries 2.  We  quote  the  following  sen- 
tences from  a  late  report. 

"  The  attention  of  the  missionaries 
in  JVeio  South  Wales  and  Vom  Diemen's 
Land  is  directed  chiefly  to  the  British 
inhabitants  of  those  colonies,  many  of 
whom  being  convicts,  while  suffering 
the  punishment  of  their  crimes,  retain 
tlie  vicious  habits  and  the  daring  dis- 
regard to  the  laws  of  men  and  the 

289 


■Ml  'i 


^i 

.'\i 


^i 


NEW 


NEW 


cominnnds  of  God  which  have  been 
tho  occiision  of  their  banishment  to 
thoHo  diHtant  lands.  To  Home  of  these 
outciiHtH  of  Bociety  the  Gospel  has 
jiroved  tho  power  of  God  to  their 
salvation,  the  land  of  their  captivity 
has  been  thoir  birth-place  to  spiritual 
freedom  and  to  holiness  of  heart  and 
life. 

Statk  of  the  Mission. — Sydney. 
— "  TIk;  congregations  in  the  town  of 
Sydney  have  gradually  increased  du- 
ring this  year,  and  have  been  upon 
the  wljole  steady  in  their  observance 
of  divin(>  ordinances.  The  state  of 
our  Society  is  encouraging.  We 
have  had  some  conversions ;  some 
have  been  established  in  the  grace  of 
God,  and  some,  alas !  are  gone  into 
the  world.  The  number  of  members 
in  Sydney  is  GO." 

Paramatta.  "  Serious  attention  is 
generally  manifest  amongst  the  hear- 
ers, and  the  word  is  often  accompa- 
nied with  heavenly  unction." 

Windsor.  "  Our  Society  here  con- 
sists of  very  few  members,  all  of 
whom  however,  I  am  happy  to  say, 
are  walking  in  the  fear  of  the  Lord, 
and  the  peace  and  joy  of  the  Huly 
Ghost,  and  evidence  a  lively  regard 
to  our  doctrine  and  discipline." 

ScHoois. — Sydney.  Prince  street 
Sunday  School.  "  Since  the  formation 
of  this  establishment  in  1815,  818 
children  have  been  admitted,  and 
carefully  instructed  and  trained  up  in 
religious  principles  and  practices. 
Our  aggregate  .number  at  present  is 
40,  which  though  not  so  flattering  as 
we  could  wish,  yet  we  are  induced 
to  hope  that  through  the  stability  and 
increasing  exertions  of  the  teachers 
and  all  connected  in  the  work,  this 
School  will  yet  flourish.  We  were 
greatly  delighted  to  perceive,  at  our 
last  annual  examination  in  June,  the 
respectable  advances  which  many  of 
the  children  had  made  in  general 
knowledge,  but  especially  in  that  of 
Christianity ;  and  we  rejoice  to  say, 
there  is  in  this  School  a  few  fine  steady 
youths,  whom  we  look  upon  with 
much  pleasure,  and  cannot  but  feel 
assured,  that  they  will,  in  the  end,  be 
made  groat  blessings  to  society  in  New 
South  Wales." 

Macquarit: -street  Sunday  School . 
"  This  School  ha^  been  established  8 
years.     319  children  have  been  re- 


ceived since  the  commencement.  The 
present  number  is  72.  The  instruc- 
tion communicated  to  the  children  has 
not  been  fruitless,  several  have  made 
considerable  proficiency,  and  we 
trust  that  divine  truth  has  made  a 
lasting  impression  on  the  minds  of 
some  of  them." 

Paramatta  Sunday  School.  **  Teach- 
ers, 5  male,  5  leniale ;  total  10. 
Scholars,  GO  male,  53  female;  total 
113  This  School,  for  the  piety  and 
attention  of  the  teachers,  and  the  reg- 
ular attention  and  proficiency  of  the 
children,  is  not  excelled  in  New  South 
Wales." 

Windsor.  Sachville  Reach.  "9  boys 
and  11  girls  are  carefully  instructed 
by  our  clasb  leader  in  reading  and  the 
knowledge  of  God,  and  are  making 
a  pleasing  progress." 

Castlercagh.  *'  This  School,  which 
is  under  the  care  of  one  female  and 
one  male  teacher,  is  doing  well.  It 
was  re-opened  a  few  months  ago,  by 
our  friend  Mr.  Lee  ;  and  considering 
the  great  distance  many  of  the  chil- 
dren have  to  come,  their  attendance 
is  very  good  ;  it  contains  11  girls  and 
17  boys?' 

Richmond.  *'  The  work  of  God  in 
this  place,  till  within  a  very  short 
time,  has  had  to  struggle  with  many 
unpleasant  and  discouraging  circum- 
stances ;  happily  however  for  our 
Zion,  these  things  have  nearly  disap- 
peared, and  the  sun  of  righteousness 
is  again  arising  with  healing  in  his 
wings ;  both  the  spiritual  state  of  the 
people  and  the  numbers  of  the  con- 
gregation are  much  improving." 

NEW  ZEALAND,  2  large  islands 
in  the  S.  Pacific  ocean,  E.  of  New 
S.  Wales.  The  northern  island  is 
about  GOO  m.  in  length  ;  its  average 
breadth  is  150 ;  and  the  southern  is 
nearly  as  large  :  it  is  separated  from 
the  other  by  a  strait  12  or  15  m.  broad. 
These  islands  lie  between  S.  lat,  34° 
and  48°,  E.  Ion.  1GG°  and  179°.  They 
appear  to  have  been  first  visited,  in 
1642,  by  Abel  Jansen  Tasman,  a 
Dutch  navigator,  who  sailed  from 
Batavia  for  the  purpose  of  making 
discoveries  in  the  Pacific  Oc3an.  The 
land  in  the  northern  island  is,  gener- 
ally, good,  and  in  many  parts  very 
fertile.  The  New  Zealanders  are 
supposed  to  have  originated  from  As- 
syria, or  Egypt ;  'the  overflowings  of 

290 


NEW 


NEW 


the  Nile,  and  the  Arirnimutic  exi)odi- 
tion  arc  cvidoittly  alluded  to  in  their 
truditionii.  In  their  peraona,  they  are 
above  the  common  stature,  and  are 
remarkable  for  perfect  Hymmetry  of 
Hhape  and  great  muscular  strength. 
They  poHseHH  strong  natural  affec- 
tions, and,  like  other  savage  nations, 
arc  gratrfiil  for  favors  ;  but  they  nev- 
er rest  satisfied  till  they  have  reveng- 
ed an  injury.  War  is  their  glory, 
and  fighting  the  principal  topic  of 
tlu'ir  conversation.  They  are  canni- 
bals, and  devour  their  eiwmies  when 
slain  in  battle,  and  not  unfrequently 
make  a  repast  upon  their  slaves. 
They  are  exceedingly  superstitious, 
and  their  religir)n  i.s  constituted  of 
rites  the  most  otfensive  and  disgust- 
ing. Pride,  ignorance,  cruelty,  and 
licentiousn(^ss,  are  some  of  its  prin- 
cipal characteristics.  They  believe 
in  the  existence  of  a  Supreme  Being, 
or  the  "  Immortal  Shadow,"  whom 
t'liev  call  Atua.  Their  language  is 
radically  the  same  as  tiie  Tahitian. 
The  population  of  the  two  islands  has 
been  variously  estimated,  and  is  sup- 
posed by  some  to  exceed  500,000. 

The  Rev.  Samuel  Marsden,  princi- 
pal chaplain  of  New  S.  Wales,  who 
liad  become  acquainted  with  the  char- 
acter and  disposition  of  the  people, 
and  considered  them  the  noblest  race 
of  heathens  known  to  the  civilized 
world,  proposed  to  the  C.  M.  S.  the 
formation  of  a  settlement  for*  their 
civil  and  religious  improvement.  The 
proposal  having  been  i^dopted,  a  mis- 
sion of  2")  persons  was  fitted  out, 
which  arrived  at  Port  Jackson  in  1810, 
on  their  w.ay  to  New  Zealand  ;  but 
their  object  was  defeated.  Having 
gained  the  confidence  and  affection 
of  several  of  the  chiefs,  Mr.  Marsden 
purchased  a  sliip  called  vhe  Active, 
for  the  benefit  of  the  mission  ;  and, 
in  ldl5,  Messrs.  Kendal,  Hall,  and 
King,  with  their  wives,  and  some 
mechanics  arrived,  accompanied  by 
two  New  Zealand  chiefs,  who  had 
visited  Englaiia,  and  were  fixed  at 
Rano/iec  Hoo,  in  the  Bay  of  Islands, 
on  the  N.  E.  coast  of  the  nothern  is- 
land of  New  Zealand,  where  a  trans- 
fer of  land  had  been  made  to  the  C. 
M.  S.  of  about  200  acres  in  extent,  for 
the  consideration  of  12  axes.  The 
grant  was  signed  in  a  manner  quite 
ofiginajj  the  chief,  named  Ahoodee 


O  Gun^ia,  having  copied,  ns  his  sijin 
manual,  the  marks  tuitoocd  upon  iiitf 
own  fact'. 

The  minai((r»arit'B  <>n/^'avorcd  to  in- 
struct the  nativ"»  in  varifnis  useful 
arth  ;  but  though  live  New  Zealanders 
are  naturally  l)i)th  fi'tive  and  ingen- 
ious, their  miprovenu  lit  was  materi- 
ally retariJ'r-d  by  their  predilection  liir 
a  roving  lilv.  Parties  ot'  Ihem,  iiuUed, 
were  willing  to  make  rough  fciiccs, 
to  cultivate  the  ground,  or  to  perform 
any  work  whicli  retpiired  but  little 
time  to  learn  ;  but  tliry  liad  not  pa- 
tience to  wait  f()r  fiilure  proHt, — im- 
mediate gratification  being  their  per- 
manent object.  Hence  it  appears, 
that  their  predilection  for  iron,  some- 
times induced  them  to  cut  a  wheel- 
barrow to  pieces,  to  cut  up  a  boat,  or 
even  to  pull  down  a  house,  for  the 
sake  of  getting  at  the  nails.  Mr. 
Kendall  also  observes,  in  respect  to 
his  scholars,  when  he  first  gathered 
them  out  of  the  woods — "  While  one 
child  is  repeating  his  lesson,  another 
will  be  playing  with  my  feet — anoth- 
er taking  away  my  hat — and  another 
carrying  off  my  books  ;  yet  all  this  in 
the  most  friendly  manner,  bo  that  I 
cannot  be  angry  with  tliem.  During 
the  first  4  months,  indeed,  mv  little 
wild  pupils  were  all  noise  and  play  ; 
and  we  could  scarcely  hear  them 
read,  for  their  incessant  shouting, 
sinking,  and  dancing."  Afler  some 
time,  however,  the  distribution  of 
provisions  and  rewards  ^mong  the 
children  was  productive  of  very  ben- 
eficial effects  ;  and  many  of  the  adult 
natives  began  to  acquire  a  tolerable 
knowledge  of  some  of  the  more  ne- 
cessary arts  of  life. 

In  January,  18l!»,  the  Rev.  J.  But- 
ler, with  Mrs.  Butler  an''  their  two 
children,  Mr.  Hall,  and  Mi.  and  Mrs. 
Kemp,  sailed  from  England ;  and, 
soon  afler  their  arrival  at  Port  Jack 
son,  they  were  accompanied  to  New 
Zealand  by  Mr.  Marsden  ;  who,  dur- 
ing his  second  visit  to  the  island, 
purchased  from  Sliunghee  a  tract  of 
land  consisting  of  i;5,()00  acres,  about 
12  m.  distant  from  Ranghee  Hoo,  for 
the  purpose  of  a  new  settlement.  The 
selection  of  this  spot,  called  Kidilce 
Kiddee,  however,  g.ave  consideroblo 
umbrage  to  Korrokorro,  a  chief,  com- 
manding a  large  extent  of  the  coast 
lOn  the   S.  side   of  the    Bay  of  Is' 

291 


K.l'i 


1  <i 


ij 


NEW 


NEW 


i 


in 


i!^' 


if 


lis 


U 


landri  ;  and  Hoino  of  the  otiif  r  chiefH 
evinced  niiicli  di!4U|>potntiniMit  that 
noiu!  of  the  m-ltU'rH  wi-re  inclined  to 
tak(!  u|>  their  reHidcnco  witii  tltcni. 
'•  One  of  them,  named  I'omarre," 
HiiyH  Mr.  MarHden,  "told  nic  lie  waa 
very  an^ry  that  1  had  not  hroujirht  a 
hlackHmith  for  him  ;  and  that  when 
he  heard  there  waK  none  for  him,  he 
8Ut  down  and  wept  mnch,  and  also 
hiu  wives.  1  assured  him  he  Hhuuld 
have  one  an  Hoon  ns  ponsiblc  ;  hut  he 
replied  it  would  he  of  no  utte  to  him 
to  Hcnd  a  hlackrimith  when  he  was 
dead,  and  that  he  waa  at  ])re8ent  in 
tJie  greatest  distresu.  Hia  wooden 
spades,  he  stated,  were  all  hroken. 
and  he  had  not  an  axe  to  make  any 
more  ;  his  ca.ioos  were  {foing  to  pie- 
ces, and  he  had  not  a  pail  to  mend 
them  with  ;  his  potato-grounds  were 
lying  waste,  as  he  had  not  a  hoe  to 
break  them  up ;  and  for  want  of  cul- 
tivation, he  and  his  people  would 
have  nothing  to  eat.  I  endeavored 
to  pacify  him  with  promises  ;  but  he 
paid  little  attention  to  what  I  said,  in 
respect  to  sending  him  a  smith  at  a 
future  period.  I  then  promised  him 
a  few  hoes,  &c.  which  operated  like 
a  cordial  on  his  woimded  mind." 

On  the  2d  of  March,  1820,  Mr. 
Kendall  sailed  from  the  Bay  of  Is- 
lands, in  company  with  two  native 
chiefs,  Shunghee  and  Whykato,  and 
arrived  m  the  Thames  on  the  8th  of 
August.  Afler  their  return  from  this 
country,  the  missionaries  at  Kiddee 
Kiddee  were  exposed  to  various  in- 
sults and  injuries,  in  consequence 
of  the  altered  temper  of  Shunghee, 
who  had  recently  committed  acts  of 
appaling  atrocity.  Early  in  1822, 
Shunghee  and  his  adherents  recom- 
menced the  work  of  destruction,  and 
the  missionaries  were  frequently 
compelled  to  witness  scenes  of  dread- 
ful cruelty. 

*'  This  morning,"  says  one  of  the 
settlers,  "  Shunghee  came  to  have 
his  wounds  dressed  ;  having  been  ta- 
tooed  afresh  upon  his  thigh,  which  is 
much  inflamed.  His  eldest  daughter, 
the  widow  of  Tettee,  who  fell  in  the 
expedition,  shot  herself  through  the 
fleshy  part  of  the  arm,  with  two  balls. 
She  evidently  intended  to  destroy 
herself,  but  we  suppose  that,  in  the 
agitation  of  pulling  the  trigger  with 
her  toe,  the  muzzle  of  the  musket 


wan   removed    from    the   fatal   spot. 
Yeuti-rday  they  shot  a  poor  flave,  a 

frirl  of  about  ten  years  old,  and  ate 
ler.  The  brotlH?r  of  Tettee  shot  at 
her  with  a  pistol  ;  but,  as  he  only 
wounded  her,  one  of  Shunirhee's  lit- 
tle children  knocked  her  on  th(.>  head  ! 
We  had  heard  of  the  girl  being  kill- 
ed ;  and  when  we  went  to  dress  the 
wounds  of  Tettee's  widow,  we  incpiir- 
ed  if  it  were  so.  They  tohl  us,  laugh- 
ingly, that  they  were  hungry,  ami 
that  they  killed  and  ate  her  witii 
some  sweet  potatoes  ;  and  this  they 
stated  with  as  little  concern  as  they 
would  have  shown  had  they  inenticm- 
ed  the  killing  of  a  fowl  or  a  goat." 

"  On  the  2l»th  of  July,"  says  Mr. 
Hall,  "a  party  arrived  t'oin  the  war, 
bringing  with  them  the  bodies  of  1» 
chieis,  who  were  drowned  liy  the  up- 
setting of  a  canoe  in  a  heavy  sea. 
The  trihes  have  made  great  destruc- 
tion, and  have  taken  many  prisoners, 
two  of  whom  have  been  already  kill- 
ed and  eaten.  There  is  around  us  a 
most  melancholy  din.  Wives  are 
crying  ofler  their  deceased  husbands, 
and  the  prisoners  are  bemoaning  their 
cruel  bondage  ;  while  others  are  re- 
joicing at  the  safe  arrival  of  their  re- 
latives and  friends.  Shunghee  is  in 
high  spirits,  and  says  that  at  one- 
place,  on  the  banks  of  the  Wyecoto. 
his  party  succeeded  in  killing  ]5()(> 
individuals  !  In  the  morning  of  the 
7th  of  August,  the  bones  of  Sliung- 
hee's  son-in-law  were  removed,  and 
many  guns  were  fired  to  drive  away 
the  Mua.  It  was  our  intention  to 
witness  this  ceremony,  but  we  were 
informed  that  Shunghee  had  shot  two 
slaves,  and  was  about  to  have  them 
eaten.  These  ill-fated  victims  were 
sitting  close  tojrether,  without  any 
suspicion  of  their  approaching  desti- 
ny, when  Shunghee  levelled  his  gun, 
intending  to  shoot  them  both  at  once, 
but  the  unhappy  female,  bi'ing  only 
wounded,  attempted  to  esca])e  ;  she 
was  soon  caught,  however,  and  had 
her  brains  immediately  dashed  out! !" 

On  the  6th  of  May,  1824,  the  fol- 
lowing particulars  are  stated .  respect- 
ing the  stations  in  New  Zealand. 

Of  Ranghee  Hoc,  Mr.  Leigh,  one 
of  the  WesTeyan  missionaries,  remorks. 
— "It  is  near  a  large  and  populous 
native  town,  called  Tapoonah  :  within 
7  m.  there  are  8  or  10  villages,  all  of 

292 


;h»?   fatal    spot. 
1  poor  nlavp, a 
rH  old,  ami  ate 
'IVttcc   nliot  lit 
lit,  iiH   he  only 
Slmnjilit'c'g  lit- 
r  oit  tli(.>  head  ! 
fr\Tl   l)rill|r  kill- 
nt  to  drrsH  llic? 
low,  W4>  imiuir- 
toUl  IIH,  liiiigh- 
>    liun^ry,  un<i 
nt«'    hrr    witiv 
;  and   this  they 
onocrn  as  they 
I  they  inciition- 
I  or  a  <jout." 
Illy,"  s.ivB  Mr. 
1  t'-om  the  war, 
,hc  bodios  of  I» 
^ni'd  liy  the  up- 
a  heavy   sea. 
great  destruc- 
iiany  prisoners, 
L'n  already   kill- 
is  around  ua  a 
I.      Wives   are 
ased  husbands. 
)emoaning  their 
others  are  rc- 
ival  of  their  re- 
Shunghee  is  in 
ys   that   at  one- 
f  the  Wyecoto. 
in  killing  1500 
morning  of  the 
)nes  of  Sluing- 
B  reinf)ved,  and 
1  to  drive  away 
ur  intention    to 
y,  but  we  were 
ee  had  shot  two 
t  to  have  them 
d  victims  were 
r,   without  any 
ironching  desti- 
evelled  his  gun, 
m  both  at  once, 
lale,  being  only 
to  escajie  ;  she 
wever,  and  had 
y  dashed  out! !'' 
',  1824,  the  fol- 
stated.  respect- 
w  Zealand. 
Mr.  Leigh,  one 
onaries,  remarks 
e  and  populous 
ipoonah  :  within 
)  villages,  all  oS' 

%9^ 


NEW  ZEALAiND  WAlt  liOAT  A^D  FORT. 


t 


NEW  ZEALAND  CHIEF  AND  HUT. 
[Page29L] 


, 

wW\ 

1 

r?'i'i 

h 

Ih'lu 

[i 

ii.i 

i 

1 

;'»!,'•    1 

■ 

U^'i':>'l 

E 

g 

MiVJ 

f 

iM 


.1 .. , 


•*,«. 


f^:.. 
** 


* 


•'^.A- 


i.'. 


Ifei 


i;r 


..•*   'J 


1  ^iiitiiA-J-fciiiie  ii£:'^t«ifc.'-ki 


i,iils.9«'e  -fw^i* 


*(■' 


f'':  (' 


V 


I'^V 


NEW 

which  a  missionary  may  visit  by  a 
pleasant  walk  ;  and  in  every  village 
a  number  of  children  and  adults  may 
be  daily  collected  for  instruction. 
The  natives  about  this  settlement 
have  made  considerable  advances  in 
civilization  ;  and  I  consider  the  place 
to  be  a  grand  station  for  active  and 
extensive  missionary  operations." 

Of  the  second  missionary  station  in 
New  Zealand,  the  same  writer  ob- 
serves,— "  Kiddee  Kiddee  resembles 
a  neat  little  country  village,  with  a 
good  school-house  erected  in  the  cen- 
tre. When  standing  on  a  contiguous 
eminence,  we  may  see  cattle,  sheep, 
goats,  pigs  and  horses — iiouses — fields 
covered  with  wheat,  oats,  and  barley, 
— and  gardens  richly  filled  with  all 
kinds  or  vegetables,  fruit  trees,  and  a 
variety  of  useful  productions.  In  the 
yards  may  be  seen  geese,  ducks,  and 
turkeys;  and,  in  iae  evening,  cows 
returning  to  the  mission  families,  to 
supply  them  with  good  milk  and  but- 
ter. Indeed,  the  settlement  altogeth- 
er forms  a  most  pleasing  object,  espe- 
cially as  being  in  a  heathen  land." 

Intelligence  of  a  distressing  nature 
was  more  recently  received.  Distur- 
bances having  been  renewed  among 
the  natives  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Wes- 
leyan  settlement  at  Whangarooa,  sev- 
eral of  the  Church  missionaries,  with 
a  party  of  natives  from  Kiddee  Kid- 
dee, went  thither  to  the  assistance  of 
their  friends.  They  soon  returned, 
accompanied  by  the  Wesleyan  mis- 
sionaries, one  of  whom,  Mr.  Turner, 
was  to  proceed  to  Port  Jackson,  Mr. 
W.  Williams  gives  the  following  par- 
ticulars, under  date  of  the  18th  of 
January,  from  Pyhca: — "  The  whole 
of  the  premises  at  Whangarooa,  which 
have  been  put  up  at  a  great  expense, 
are  now  destroyed,  either  by  fire  or 
in  some  other  way,  and  the  property 
has  been  carried  abroad,  to  any  place 
within  distance,  Intelligence  was 
theu  received  that  Shungheo  was 
killed ;  and  the  natives  belonging  to 
Kiddee  Kiddee  said  that  the  mission- 
aries would  certainly  be  stripped  of 
everjr  thing  that  they  possessed,  ac- 
cording to  the  New  Zealand  custom ; 
and  recommended  them  to  do  the  best 
for  themselves.  In  addition  to  these 
things,  we  havj  every  reason  to  be 
apprehensive  for  the  safety  of  this 
9ettlement }  it  being  probabl«,  that  if 

2a* 


NEW 

one  part  of  the  mission  is  broken  up, 
the  natural  disposition  of  the  natives 
would  lead  them  to  complete  their 
work  in  the  destruction  of  the  whole." 
Mr.  Williams  adds,  on  the  22d,— • 
"  Since  I  finished  my  letter  on  the 
18th,  we  have  received  news  which 
leads  us  to  suppose  that  Slmnghee  is 
either  dead,  or  very  near  his  death, 
from  the  wounds  which  he  received 
at  Whangarooa.  If  this  be  true,  all 
that  we  have  anticipated  respecting 
our  settlements  is  likely  to  come  to 
pass." 

The  support  which  God  mercifully 
granted  to  his  servants  on  this  trying 
occasion  is  abundantly  shown  by  the 
sentiment  which  they  express.  Mr. 
H.  Williams  writes  : — "  About  nine 
o'clock,  a  messenger  from  Kiddee 
Kiddee  brought  a  letter  stating  that 
Shunghee  was  dead,  and  that  they 
hourly  expected  to  be  turned  out  of 
doors,  and  plundered  of  every  thing. 
Our  boat  was  sent  up  immediately  to 
fetch  Mrs.  Clarke,  as  she  was  not 
well ;  the  remainder  purpose  to  stand 
to  the  last.  We  felt  thankful  to  the 
Lord  that  our  minds  were  preserved 
free  from  that  anxiety  which  might 
be  ejfpected,  believing  that,  be  it  aa 
it  might,  he  would  overrule  all  to  the 
glory  of  his  majesty," 

Despatches  since  received  have 
been,  however,  of  an  encouraging  na- 
ture ;  and  from  some  dated  chiefly  in 
September,  1887,  a  few  extracts  are 
subjoined. — "  The  natives  around  us 
are,  at  present,  quiet,  but  I  do  not 
expect  that  they  will  continue  so 
long ;  there  is  much  ill-will  existing 
among  the  tribes  at  this  part  of  the 
island.  Shunghee  is  much  recovered, 
and  will  probably  resume  his  opera- 
tions in  the  spring,  if  he  can  assemble 
a  force :  but  there  is  no  calculating 
on  their  movements ;  for  those  who 
are  acting  in  alliance  one  month,  may 
the  following  be  at  war,  and  the  third 
month  acting  in  conjunction  against 
a  common  foe." 

From  the  report  of  the  society,  of 
1831,  we  select  the  following  parti- 
culars. 

<'  The  general  state  of  the  New 
Zealand  mission  calls  for  unfeigned 
gratitude  to  the  Father  of  mercies. 
Not  only  has  he  continued  to  the  mis- 
sionaries the  shield  of  his  protection 
in  seasons  of  personal  danger,  but  he 

293 


:  t  i 


.i''','!*'! 


i'. 


NEW 


NIL 


has  given  them  an  increasing  ascen- 
dancy over  the  native  mind,  and  has 
thus  enabled  tliem  a  second  time  to 
act  with  success,  as  pacificators  be- 
tween contending  tribes.  It  is  a  sub- 
ject of  much  thankfulness,  that  their 
efforts  should  have  been  the  means  of 
effecting  a  reconciliation  between  the 
combatants,  and  of  preventing  the 
effusion  of  human  blood.  In  Mr. 
Marsden's  judgment,  however,  a  still 
further  result  is  to  be  looked  for,  in 
the  moral  impression  which  this  event 
has  produced  on  the  minds  of  the  na- 
tive chiefs  who  had  assembled  from 
distant  quarters  on  this  occasion,  and 
who  had  thus  an  opportunity  of  read- 
ing, in  characters  too  legible  to  be 
misunderstood,  what  are  the  real  ob- 
ject and  motives  of  those  who  had 
come  to  their  country  preaching  peace 
by  Jesus  Christ. 

"  In  the  schools  at  the  various  sta- 
tions, 158  men  and  boys,  and  37  fe- 
males, are  receiving  Christian  instruc- 
tion, and  are  trained  up  to  habits  of 
industry  and  good  order :  many  of 
them  can  read  and  write  their  own 
language  with  propriety,  and  are 
completely  masters  of  the  first  rules 
of  arithmetic ;  and,  at  an  examination 
which  was  held  in  Dec.  1829,  some 
highlv  satisfactory  specimens  of  nee- 
dle work  by  the  girls,  and  of  carpen- 
try by  the  boys,  were  exhibited. 

"The  committee  are  happy  to  state, 
that  the  missionaries  are  steadily  pro- 
ceeding in  the  translation  of  the  word 
of  God  into  the  New  Zealand  lan- 
guage ;  and  that  while  a  reading  po- 
pulation is  growing  up,  the  means 
are  also  afforded  them  of  drawing  for 
themselves  at  the  fountain-head  of 
the  water  of  life.  During  a  visit  to 
New  South  Wales,  Mr.  Yate  carried 
through  the  press  an  edition  of  550 
copies  of  a  small  Volume,  containing 
translations  of  portions  of  the  New 
Testament.  Mr.  Yate  took  with  him 
a,  printing  press  to  New  Zealand ; 
which  had  been  sent  out  from  this 
country,  at  the  instance  of  the  mis- 
sionaries. 

"  It  is  a  gratifying  fact,  that  while 
Batan  exercises  a  tyranny  over  the 
minds  of  in^mense  multitudes  of  his 
miserable  subjects  by  means  of  Shas- 
lera  and  Vedams,  which  predispose 
the  mind  to  the  rejection  of  divine 
triiith,  the  first  book  with  which  t^ie 


New  Zealanders  will  become  acquair?- 
ted  is  the  book  of  God  ;  which,  by  the 
teaching  of  his  Spirit,  will  make  them 
wise  unto  salvation. 

"  The  visits  to  the  natives,  for  the 
purpose  of  addressing  them  on  the 
things  connected  with  their  spiritual 
welft,re,have  been  continued, and  the 
accustomed  services  at  the  settlements 
kept  up  ;  and  it  has  pleased  God,  in 
several  instances,  to  bless  the  minis- 
try of  his  word.  Eight  adults  and 
five  children  have  been  baptized  ;  and 
many  more  are  exhibiting  promising- 
appearances  of  a  work  of  grace  hav- 
ing been  begun  in  their  hearts. 

"  The  time  will  come  when  human 
sacrifices  and  cannibalism  will  be  an- 
nihilated in  New  Zealand,  by  the 
pure,  mild,  and  heavenly  influence  of 
the  gospel  of  our  blessed  Lord  and 
Saviour.  The  work  is  great ;  but  di- 
vine goodness  will  find  both  the  means 
and  the  instruments  to  accomplish 
his  own  gracious  purposes  to  fallen 
man :  his  word,  which  is  the  sword  of 
the  Spirit,  is  able  to  subdue  these  sav- 
age people  to  the  obedience  of  the 
faith.  It  is  the  duty  of  Christians  to 
use  the  means,  to  sow  the  seed,  and 
patiently  to  wait  for  the  heavenly 
dews  to  cause  it  to  spring  up ;  and 
afterwards,  to  look  up  to  God,  in  faith 
and  prayer,  to  send  the  early  and  the 
latter  rain." 

For  an  account  of  the  Wesleyan 
Missions,  see  Mangunga. 

NIESKY,  a  station  of  the  U.  B.  on 
the  island  St.  Thomas.  It  was  com- 
menced in  1753.  In  1819,  a  terrible 
hurricane  nearly  destroyed  the  station. 
In  1829,  new  mission  premises  were 
completed. 

NILGHERRY  HILLS.  The  Rev. 
H.  Woodward,  one  of  the  American 
missionaries  in  Ceylon,  has  furnished 
the  following  account  of  these  cele- 
brated hills. 

**  These  are  a  part  of  the  range  of 
mountains  extending  along  the  Wes- 
tern coast  of  Hindoostan,  from  Cape 
Comorin  to  Surat.  The  place  at  which 
I  resided,  Kotengherry,  is  in  N.  lat. 
11°  19'.  It  is  nearly  ten  years  since 
these  mountains  were  first  explored 
by  the  English:  it  is  not,  however, 
more  than  five  years  since  they  were 
first  resorted  to  by  invalids,  and  not 
more  than  two  since  the  fame  of  them 
reached  Jaffnu.     Their  discovery  is 

294 


ice 


;he  Wesleyan 


NOV 

an  inva1ual)le  acquisition  to  the  coun- 
try :  invalids,  who  were  obliged  to 
sacrifice  much  time  and  spend  im- 
mense sums  of  money  in  order  to 
obtain  a  change  of  air,  may  now,  at  a 
trifling  expense,  ascend  this  moun- 
tain ;  and  secure  more  benefit  from 
one  year's  residence  there,  than  from 
a  two  year's  trip  to  England — that 
arising  from  tlie  voyage  excepted.  It 
is,  without  doubt,  one  of  the  finest 
climates  in  tiie  world  :  the  daily  vari- 
ation of  the  thermometer,  within  the 
house,  during  the  nine  months  of  my 
residence,  was  not  more  than  three 
or  four  degrees:  during  the  hottest 
months,  the  mercury  varied  from  64° 
to  GS'^  of  Fahrenheit ;  and  at  the  cold- 
est, from  40"  to  44*^:  in  the  open  air, 
the  variation  would  have  been  great- 
er, especially  in  the  cold  season,  as 
ice  iVds  frequently  found  in  the  morn- 
ing. 

"  There  are  two  places  at  which 
invalids  reside  —  Kotengherry  and 
Ootacamana.  Kotengherry  is  but  15 
miles  from  the  foot  of  the  Hills,  and 
but  6500  feet  high ;  Ootacamana  is 
15  miles  further  on,  and  1500  feet 
higher.  On  many  accounts,  Koteng- 
herry is  to  be  preferred  as  a  residence 
for  invalids. 

"  The  first  English  settlers  went  to 
Kotengherry  ;  but  finding  the  inhab- 
itants unwilling  to  part  with  their 
land,  they  went  on  to  Ootacamana, 
where  the  natives  neither  cultivate 
nor  claim  the  soil.  The  country  im- 
mediately round  the  more  elevated 
station  is  more  level,  and  on  that  ac- 
count more  eligible  for  a  large  settle- 
ment :  and  now,  since  the  number  of 
inhabitants  has  greatly  increased,  the 
place  has  become  very  gay,  and  of 
course  more  invitinw  to  most  persons, 
than  Kotengherry.  The  present  num- 
ber of  buildmgs  at  this  place  is  only 
eight;  at  Ootacamana  probably  five 
times  that  number :  and  as  specula- 
tors prefer  spending  their  money  in 
erecting  buildings  at  Ootacamana,  it 
will  not  only  continue  to  grow,  but 
will  ere  long  have  a  larger  English 
population  than  any  other  place  in 
India,  fhe  presidencies  excepted." 

NOVA  SCOTIA,  a  British  pro- 
vince of  North  America  situated  be- 
tween the  43d  and  46th  parallels  of  N. 
lat,  and  between  the  61st  and  67th  of 
W.  Ion.    It  is  a  peninsula,  connected 


NOV 

by  a  narrow  isthmus  with  the  conti- 
nent, and  is  about  300  m.  long,  of  un- 
equal breadth,  containing  about  15,617 
sq.  m.  In  1827,  the  pop.  was  153,848, 
of  which  number,  30,000  were  in 
Cape  Breton.  It  is  immediately  de- 
pendent on  the  crown  of  Great  Bri- 
tain. The  sum  of  4000/.  annually,  is 
devoted  to  the  support  of  the  poor  in 
common  schools.  The  Gospel  Prop. 
Society  employs  30  or  40  missionaries 
among  the  destitute  inhabitants  of 
this  province. 

The  IV.  M.  S.  have  also  a  mission. 
From  the  Report  of  the  Society  made 
at  the  close  of  1830,  we  select  the 
following  paragraphs. 

Halifax.  "  Tlie  congregations  thro'- 
out  the  circuit  have  increased  con- 
siderably. Several  clear  and  happy 
conversions  have  taken  place ;  some 
backsliders  have  been  brought  to  the 
fold  of  Christ ;  and  the  societies  gen- 
erally express  themselves  as  stirred 
up  to  greater  earnestness  in  the  di- 
vine life.  Fifty-nine  persons  have 
been  admitted  into  society,  after  their 
U3ual  period  of  probation,  and  24  more 
are  meeting  on  trial.  Twenty-one 
members  have  removed  from  tlie 
circuit,  11  have  discontinued  meet- 
ing with  the  Society,  and  10  have 
died. 

"  Upon  the  whole  the  society  is 
prospering.  The  class  and  prayer 
meetings  nave  not  only  been  well  at- 
tended, but  have  been  in  an  unusual 
degree  seasons  of  refreshing  from  the 
presence  of  the  Lord,  and  we  have 
prospect  of  still  more  extensive  good. 
In  Society,  342." 

Barrington  and  Yarmouth.  "  No 
special  revival  of  the  work  of  God 
has  taken  place  on  this  circuit  dur- 
ing the  past  year,  though  there  has 
been  a  general  attention  to  the  means 
of  grace.  Were  the  circuit  less  ex- 
tensive, or  class  leaders  and  local 
preachers  more  numerous,  our  hopes 
of  success  would  be  increased.  The 
missionary,  in  scattering  the  seed  of 
the  Gospel  over  an  extent  of  more 
than  forty  miles,  may  fear  that  what 
was  left  m  one  place  will  suffer  from 
his  necessary  absence  in  another  and 
distant  part.  But  extended  as  has 
been  the  field  of  labor,  their  endear- 
ors  have  been  attended  with  a  bless- 
ing ;  and  a  nuntber  of  pious  souls  who 
are  the  fruit  of  them,  strengthen  our 

295 


I.--S 


li' 


NOV 

fkith,  animate  our  zeal,  and  encourage 
our  exertion. 

"  At  Barrington,  where  there  are 
Sabbath  and  weekly  preaching  and 
class  rneeti  gs  during  the  missionary 's 
absence,  the  cause  is  more  prosperous 
than  at  the  other  parts  of  the  circuit. 
The  congregations  have  been  large 
and  apparently  attentive.  Many  of 
our  members  here  appear  to  be  grow- 
ing in  grar*;,  and  from  the  number  of 
young  people  who  attend  preaching, 
many  of  them  the  children  of  pious 
parents,  we  indulge  the  hope  of  a 
further  and  more  extensive  work  of 
God  at  Barrington ;  and  indeed  on 
several  other  parts  of  the  circuit.  The 
number  in  Society  is  127." 

Ship  Harbor  (Cape  Breton.)  *'  The 
appointment  of  a  missionary  to  this 
station,  has  already  received  the  ap- 
probation of  Heaven  in  the  salvation 
of  souls.  Last  November  I  formed 
a  Society,  consisting  of  but  three 
members,  which  I  am  happy  to  state 
has  continued  to  increase  both  in  pie- 
ty and  number.  Our  number  of  reg- 
ular members  is  20,  and  10  on  trial, 
who  all  appear  in  good  earnest  for  the 
full  salvation  of  ^tlieir  souls.  The 
congregations  at  Ship  Harbor  are 
large  and  attentive,  to  whom  I  preach 
twice  every  Sabbath,  and  on  Thurs- 
day evenings.  I  hold  a  prayer  meet- 
ing on  Tuesday  evenings,  meet  o.ne 
class  on  Thursday,  and  another  on 
Friday  evenings.  On  the  Saturday 
afternoons  I  have  regularly  met  the 
children  of  our  friends,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  giving  them  religious  instruc- 
tion, especially  to  teach  them  our 
catechisms,  in  which  they  make  pleas- 
ing progress. 

"  I  have  occasionally  visited  several 
destitute  settlements  on  this  island ; 
and  in  many  instances  such  visits 
have  been  the  means  of  inducing 
many  to  attend  our  chapel  on  the 
Sabbath,  who  previously  manifested 
but  little  regard  for  that  holy  day." 

Total  in  Society  in  the  Nova  Sco- 
tia District,  1708. 

Schools. — Halifax.  "  The  num- 
ber of  children  is  160.  Their  attend- 
ance and  moral  conduct  have  given 
general  satisfaction.  The  attendance 
and  punctuality  of  the  teachers,  28 
in  number,  are  highly  creditable  to 
Uienii,  and  well  worthy  our  grateful  j 
acknowledgements.  The  school- house  j 


OAH 

since  its  enlargement  is  commodious 
and  comfortable ;  but  a  debt  of  50i. 
remains  upon  it." 

Liverpool.  "  There  are  GO  children, 
20  boys  and  40  girls,  some  of  whom 
are  making  progress  in  learning.  The 
school  partially  declined  during  the 
winter  months,  but  we  are  now  reor- 
ganizing it,  and  hope  it  will  soon  be 
in  a  flourishing  state." 

Total  in  the  Schools  in  the  Nova 
Scotia  District,  787. 

NUKUALOFA,  a  station  of  the 
W.  M.  S.  on  Tongataboo,  one  of  the 
Friendly  Islands.  A  great  change 
has  been  effected  by  the  Gospel.  A 
spirit  of  prayer  has  been  largely  pour- 
ed out.     See  Tongataboo. 


O. 


OAHU,  one  of  the  Sandwich  Is- 
lands, 130  miles  N.  W.  Hawaii,  4C 
long  by  23  broad. 

The  town,  Honolulu,  contains  a- 
bout  6000  inhabitants.  The  mission- 
aries of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  com- 
menced their  mission  on  this  island, 
in  1820. 

Mr.  Ellis,  of  the  L.  M.  S.  w^o  visit- 
ed the  island,  in  1824,  writes  : — '*  In 
addition  to  the  usual  good  attention 
given  to  the  preaching  of  the  word, 
and  other  public  means  of  grace,  a 
considerable  awakening  has  taken 
place  here,  among  the  chiefs  and 
teachers,  and  many  of  the  people. 
Many  new  schools  have  been  estab- 
lished ;  and  there  is  a  great  increase 
of  scholars,  who  continue  diligent  and 
persevering.  About  600  were  present 
a*  a  public  examination  on  the  19th 
of  April.  We  have  796,  under  22  na- 
tive teachers,  who  attend  at  school 
twice,  and  some  of  them  three  times, 
every  day ;  besides  which,  there  are 
a  good  many  small  schools  among  the 

Eeople,  the  teacher  of  which  is,  per- 
aps,  himself  a  scholar  in  one  of  the 
larger  schools.  Indeed  we  cannot 
train  up  the  teachers  fast  enough  to 
satisfy  the  demands  of  the  people  for 
them.  So  great  is  the  attention  of 
the  people  to  their  books,  tliat  we 
never  walk  through  the  town  without 
seeing  several  passing  from  one  place 
to  another  witn  their  books  in  their 
hands. 
"  The  chiefs,  particularly  Karaimo^ 

296 


commodious 
debt  of  50i. 

CO  children, 
ne  of  whom 
arning.  The 
during  the 
re  now  reor- 
ivill  soon  be 

in  the  Nova 

ation  of  the 
(,  one  of  the 
rreat  change 
'  Gospel.  A 
largely  pour- 


Sandwich  Is- 
.  Hawaii,  4C 

,  contains    a- 

The  rnission- 

F.  M.  com- 

n  this  island, 

S.  w^o  visit- 
writes  : — "  In 
ood  attention 
of  the  word, 
s  of  grace,  a 
g    has    taken 
e   chiefs   and 
f  the   people, 
e  been  estab- 
great  increase 
le  diligent  and 
)  were  present 
1  on  the  19th 
,  under  22  na- 
end  at  school 
m  three  times, 
ich,  there  are 
)oIs  among  the 
which  is,  per- 
r  in  one  of  the 
}d   we   cannot 
fast  enough  to 
the  people  for 
[e  attention  of 
ooks,  tliat  we 
e  town  without 
from  one  place 
books  in  their 

laxly  KaraimO' 
296 


^ 


t 


€ 


SANDVVKJH  ISLANDERS. 


SANDWICH  ISLAND  KING  AND  CHIEFS,  WITH 
THEIR  IDOLS.    [Page 296] 


ku  and  K 
decided  s 

ty." 

A  fact  c 

in  a  prival 

tioned,    ai 

value  whi( 

tion  :  he  s 

"  Previo 

cumstance 

illness  of  A 

the  chiefs 

out  when 

tliey  answe 

BACK   Your 

THING  ELSl 

In  1825, 
nearly  SOOC 
a  large  stor 
tJieir  accoti 
were  nearl 
40.     The  }i 
then  for  sor 
cline.    Thii 
gretted,  as  i 
Been  taken 
moat  serioui 
the  people, 
and  strictly 
males  from 
for  evil  pu 
crew  of  a  s 
United  Stat 
had  recours( 
rages,  in  or( 
of  this  law. 
land,  was  at 
nient  durin 
Karaimoku 
ward  the  m 
the   peopie, 
bear  up  aga 
officer  andTh 
wore  by  oth 
measures  as 
evil,  which 
tage  to  the 
See   Sam 

OCHOR 
M.  S.  in  tJ 
number  of 

OJIBE 
WAYS;   I 
Territory, 
Michigan   . 
on  the  Uta 
to  Pike,  11, 
^.  B.  C 
mission  am 


OCH 


OJI 


ku  and  Kahumanu,  have  taken  a  very 
decided  stand  in  favor  of  Christiani- 
ty." 

A  fact  communicated  by  Mr.  Ellis, 
in  a  private  letter,  ou^ht  to  be  men- 
tioned, as  forcibly  illustrating  the 
value  which  the  chiefs  put  on  instruc- 
tion :  he  says — 

"  Previously  to  my  leaving  (a  cir- 
cumstance rendered  necessary  by  the 
illness  of  Mrs.  Ellis.)  I  publicly  asked 
the  chiefs  what  I  should  bring  them 
out  when  I  returned  from  England ; 
tliey  answered,  simultaneoiisly—CoME 

BACK  Y0URSKI.F,  AND  WE  HAVE  NO- 
THING ELSE  TO  nESIRE." 

In  182.5,  the  hearers  increased  to 
nearly  3000,  and  Karaimoku  ordered 
a  large  stone  chapel  to  be  erected  for 
tlieir  accommodation.  The  scholars 
were  nearly  2000,  and  the  teachers 
40.  The  health  of  Karaimoku  had 
then  for  some  time  been  on  the  de- 
cline. This  was  the  more  to  be  re- 
gretted, as  advantage  seemed  to  have 
been  taken  of  his  illness  to  inflict  a 
most  serious  injury  on  the  morals  of 
the  people.  A  law  had  been  made, 
and  strictly  enforced,  to  prevent  fe- 
males from  resorting  on  board  vessels 
for  evil  purposes ;  the  captain  an'' 
crew  of  a  schooner,  belonging  to  t'le 
United  States,  and  lying  off  Honolulu 
had  recourse  to  the  most  violent  out- 
rages, in  order  to  procure  the  repeal 
of  this  law.  Boki,  who  visited  Eng- 
land, was  at  the  head  of  the  govern- 
ment during  the  illness  of  his  brother 
Karaimoku  ;  though  well  disposed  to- 
ward the  mission  and  the  morals  of 
the  peopie,  he  had  not  courage  to 
bear  up  against  the  violence  of  this 
officer  anahis  crew,  supported  as  they 
wore  by  other  sailors ;  and  took  such 
measures  as  led  to  the  renewal  of  the 
evil,  which  had,  with  so  much  advan- 
tage to  the  people,  been  suppressed. 

See   Sandwich  Islands,    Honolulu, 

OCHORIAS,  a  station  of  the  B. 
M.  S.  in  the  island  Jamaica.  The 
number  of  communicants  is  46. 

OJIBEWAYS,  OR  CHIPPE- 
WA YS;  Indians,  in  the  N.  West 
Territory,  on  the  Chippeway  R.  in 
Michigan  Territory,  and  in  Canada 
on  the  Utawas.  Number  according 
to  Pike,  11,177  ;  2,049  warriors.  The 
/I.  B.  C.  F.  M.  have  established  a 
missioQ  among  tliat  part  of  the  tribe, 


which  reside  near  the  S.  W.  shore  of 
Lake  Superior. 

"  A  number  of  gentlemen  connect- 
ed with  the  American  Fur  Company, 
who  spend  most  of  tin?  year  at  their 
trading  posts  in  that  quarter,  have 
repeatedly  requested  that  a  mission 
might  be  commenced  there,  and  have 
made  generous  offers  in  aid  of  such 
an  undertaking.  These  gentlemen 
are  extensively  acquainted  with  the 
Indians  residing  between  lake  Supe- 
rior on  the  head  waters  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, and  exert  much  influence 
over  large  portions  of  them.  They 
represent  them  to  be  numerous,  and 
disposed  to  receive  mis-^ionaries  and 
teachers. 

'•  So  desirous  were  some  of  these 
traders  to  have  a  missionary  reside 
among  them,  that  when  they  came  to 
Mackinaw  in  the  summer  of  1830, 
they  brought,  a  boat  especially  for  the 
purpose  of  accommodating  a  mission 
family,  whom  they  had  been  encour- 
aged to  expect  would  be  there  to  ac- 
company them  on  their  return.  The 
Comm  ittee ,  ho  we  ve  r ,  had  not  been  able 
to  rbtain  a  suitable  missionary  for  the 
nervice ;  but,  in  order  that  the  gen- 
tlemen who  had  manifested  so  deep 
an  interest  in  the  object  might  not  be 
wholly  disappointed  ;  it  was  thought 
expedient  that  Mr/  Ayre,  the  teacher 
of  t'  -»  school  at  Mackinaw,  accom- 
pa  iied  by  one  of  the  pupils  as  an 
interpreter,  should  return  with  them  ; 
which  was  done. 

"  Mr.  Ayre  collected  and  taught  a 
small  school  a  part  of  ihe  year,  labor- 
ed as  a  catechist,  as  he  had  opportu- 
nity, and  made  some  progress  in 
acquiring  the  language.  The  infor-. 
mation  which  he  obtained,  and  the 
impression  which  this  experiment 
made,  were  favorable  to  the  prosecu- 
tion of  missionary  labors  in  that 
quarter. 

"Accordingly  during  the  last  spring, 
Mr.  William  T.  Boutwell,  and  Mr. 
Sherman  Hall,  then  members  of  the 
Theological  Seminary  at  Andover, 
were  appointed  to  this  field  ;  and  af-< 
ter  being  ordained,  they  started,  to-, 
gether  with  Mrs.  Hall,  on  their  jour- 
ney about  the  middle  of  June,  and 
reached  Mackinaw  one  month  after. 

"  On  their  arrival  at  Mackinaw,  and 
after  conference  with  Mr.  Ferry  and 
the  traders,  it  was  thought  expedient 


'(,' 


OJI 

for  Mr.  Boutwell  to  remain  at  that 
place  one  year,  wliere  he  might  aid 
Mr.  F.  in  the  minieterial  labors  of  tlie 
miiision,  which  was  much  needed, 
while  he  might  enjoy  as  great  liicili- 
ties  for  acquiring  the  Ojibeway  lan- 
guage, as  he  would  in  the  interior. 
He  accordingly  remained  at  tliat 
mission,  while  Mr.  and  Mrs.  liall, 
with  Mr.  J^ederic  Ayrc,  as  teacher, 
and  Mrs.  Campbell,  lor  a  number  of 

} rears  an  inmate  of  the  mission  fiimi- 
y  at  Mackinaw,  a  member  of  the 
church,  and  familiarly  acquainted 
with  the  Ojibeway  and  French  lan- 
guages, as  interpreter,  proceeded,  on 
the  return  of  the  tjraders,  to  the  site 
of  the  contemplated  mission,  about 
400  or  500  miles  west  or  north-west 
from  Mackinaw.  Mr.  Boutwell  is 
expected  to  follow  them  next  sum- 
mer. (1832.) 

*'  It  is  not  intended  to  form  any 
boarding  schools  or  large  secular  es- 
tablishments in  connection  with  this 
mission.  The  missionaries  will  keep 
their  eye  fixed  on  preaching  the  gos- 
pel directly  to  the  Indians.  They 
will  therefore  apply  themselves  imme- 
diately to  the  acquisition  of  the  Oji- 
beway language,  communicating  as 
much  religious  instruction  as  they 
may  be  able,  in  the  mean  time, 
through  interpieters.  A  small  school 
may  also  be  opened  without  delay. 
Elementary  school  books,  religious 
tracts,  and  portions  of  scripture  in  the 
native  language  will  be  prepared  as 
soon  as  practicable.  Valuable  aid  in 
this  department  is  expected  to  be  de- 
rived from  the  labors  of  Dr  James,  of 
the  United  States  garrison  at  the 
Falls  of  St.  Mary,  who  has  devoted 
much  time  successfully  to  this  study. 

"  The  Indians  for  whom  this  mis- 
sion is  principally  designed,  are  less 
likelv  to  be  soon  reached  by  the  wave 
of  white  population,  than  perhaps  any 
other  nation  of  Indians  to  whom  we 
can  ever  have  access. 

"  It  is  hoped  that  this  mission  will 
have  a  salutary  influence  on  such  of 
the  scholars  of  the  Mackinaw  school, 
as  may  hereafter  return  to  their 
friends  in  this  quarter ;  affording  them 
continued  instruction,  maintaining  a 
guardian  care  over  them,  and  giving 
them  from  time  to  time  such  admo- 
nition and  encouragement  as  their 
eitufttion  mny  require. 


OOD 

OKKAK,  a  station  of  the  U.  B.  in 
Greenland,  established  in  ]  '/7<'i  The 
congregation  consists  of  W'i  cnmxii'i- 
nicants,  20  candidates,  42  baptized 
adults  not  yetcomnmnicants,  124  bap- 
tized children  ;,  in  all  ;J32  persons  ;  to 
whom  may  be  added  23  candidatib 
for  baptism,  and  32  heathen  on  trial ; 
total  3^7  perbons  inliabitiug  this  set- 
tlement. 

OLD  HARBOR,  a  station  of  the 

B.  M.  S.  in  Jamaica.  II.  C.  Taylor, 
missionary  :  2U2  members. 

OMALI.ORE,  a  church  of  Syrian 
Christians,  in  Southern  India.  Con- 
nected with  it  are  038  families,  and 
2000  souls. 

ON  A,  an  out  station  of  the  L.  .M.  S. 
in  Siberia.  Williau  Swan  missicnu- 
ary. 

OODOOVILLE,a  populous  parish, 
district  of  Jaffna,  Ceylon,  5  miles  N. 
Jafihapatam,  and  about  2  miles  N.  E. 
Manepy.  It  stands  on  an  extensive 
plain,  covered  with  groves  of  palmyra, 
cocoa-nut,  and  other  fruit  trees,  in 
the  midst  of  which  are  many  villagt s 
of  natives  and  idol  temples.  The 
Rev.   M.  Wir  -liow,   from  the  ji.  B. 

C.  F.  M;  arrived  here  in  1820.  He 
is  assisted  by  Mrs.  Winslow,  Charles 
A.  Goodrich,  native  preacher,  Na- 
thaniel, catechist,  Saravary  Mottoo, 
superintendant  of  schools,  Rufus  \V. 
Bailey,  teacher  in  the  English  school, 
John  B.  Lawrence,  teacher.  The 
boarding  school  contains  37  girls. 
The  following  statements  we  copy 
from  the  journal  of  Mr.  "Winslow, 
dated  Oodooville,  April  21, 1831. 

"  Our  quarterly  communion  was 
to-day  held  at  Oodooville,  and  thirty- 
four  natives  were  received  to  the 
church.  The  congregation  was  large, 
about  700  natives  bemg  present,  and 
the  exercises  of  the  day  interesting, 
particularly  those  connected  with  the 
admission  of  the  members.  To  see 
so  many,  the  largest  number  received 
at  any  time  except  once,  come  for- 
ward together  and  profess  the  name 
of  Christ ;  and  to  see  them  after  hav- 
ing assented  to  the  articles  ^f  our 
church,  approach  the  communion  ta- 
ble, one  by  one,  and  kneel  down  to 
receive  baptism  in  the  name  of  the 
Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost,  as  a 
seal  of  their  covenant,  was  affecting 
as  well  as  cheering.  Some  at  least 
could  not  restrain  their  tears.  Though 

SOS 


OOD 


OOD 


tl,e  l^  B.  in 
n  j';7<"'     Thu 

\','i  cnmn;'!- 

4>2  baptized 
unts,15i4bap- 
2  persons  •,  to 
i'.i  candidiitis 
lion  on  trial ; 
iting  tliis  set- 
station  of  tlic 
11.  C.  Taylor, 

.TS. 

rch  of  Syrian 

I  India.     Coii- 

faniilies,  and 

of  the  L.  .M.  S. 
kvan  missiona- 

opulous  parish, 
Ion,  5  inih^s  IS. 
t  2  miles  N.  E. 
(1  an  extensive 
ves  of  palmyra, 
fruit  trees,  in 
i  many  village s 
temph-8.      'I'he 
iVom  the  j3.  B. 
e  in  1«20.     He 
inslow,  Charles 
preacher,   Na- 
ravary  Mottoo, 
lools,  Rufua  W. 
English  school, 
teacher.     The 
tains   37    girls, 
iients   we  copy 
Mr.   \V inslow, 
ril  21, 1B31. 
ommunion   was 
ville,  and  thirty- 
received    to  the 
ration  was  large, 
ing  present,  and 
day  interesting, 
inected  with  the 
ambers.     To  sec 
number  received 
once,  come  for- 
)rofess  the  name 
them  after  hav- 
articlcs    •if  our 
comnmnion  ta- 
kneel  down  to 
the  name  of  the 
loly  Ghost,  as  a 
nt,  was  affecting 
Some  at  least 
eir  tears.  Though 
398 


the  larger  portion  of  those  reciMved 
were  members  of  the  seminnry,  yet 
there  were  several  adults,  schoolmas- 
ters and  others,  and  the  members  oi'the 
seminary  were  a  few  of  them  very 
young. 

"  May  3.  Celebrated  the  marriage 
of  two  girls  of  the  school,  Susan  Hun- 
tington and  Joanna  Lathrop,  with 
two  young  men  who  are  Christians 
by  profession  ;  one  of  them  a  memb^ i 
of  the  church  at  Oodooville,  and  the 
other  connected  with  the  press  of 
Nellore.  They  were  married,  as  is 
usual  here,  according  to  the  forms  of 
the  church  of  England,  and  in  pres- 
ence of  a  large  number  of  the  most 
respectable  people  of  the  place,  who 
collected  to  witness  the  ceremony, 
and  seemed  interested  in  it.  After 
both  couple  were  married,  Mr.  Wood- 
ward, who  was  with  me,  delivered  an 
appropiiate  address  to  them,  and  to 
the  people  assembled.  On  a  similar 
occasion,  when  two  coviple  were  mar- 
ried last  year,  some  of  the  members 
of  the  church  were  much  impressed 
with  the  solemnity  of  the  transaction ; 
and,  in  talking  to  the  people,  made 
the  difference  between  it  and  the  idle 
ceremonies  of  the  heathen  an  argu- 
ment in  favor  of  Christianity.  The 
ceremonies  being  concluded,  the  par- 
ties and  their  friends  partook  of  some 
fruit  and  cakes ;  after  which  the 
bridegrooms,  having  according  to  the 
custom  of  the  country  presented  their 
brides  with  a  wedding  garment,  and 
tied  on  their  necks  the  tali,  (a  small 
gold  ornament  worn  as  a  sign  of  mar- 
riage,) went,  accompanied  by  their 
frienda,  in  a  kind  of  procession,  each 
to  the  house  of  the  bride's  father;  or 
as  we  should  here  say  mother,  for  the 
property  generally  belongs  to  the  fe- 
males. It  is  customary  tor  the  new 
married  coiiple  to  remain  with  the 
family  of  the  bride,  but  in  some  cases 
they  form  separate  establishments,  or 
even  go  to  reside  with  the  parents  or 
relations  of  the  bridegroom. 

"27.  Held  an  evening  meeting  at 
Inneville,  in  which  was  assisted  by 
Messrs.  Spaulding  and  Woodward. 
The  attendance  was  good,  but  some 
of  the  people  present  complained 
loudly  of  the  teacher  of  the  school  for 
having  become  a  Christian ;  and  es- 
pecially for  not  letting  them  know 
beforehand  that  he  was  going  to  be 


baptized,  as  he  was  at  the  last  qunr- 
ti-rly  meetinff,  that  they  might  be 
baptized  with  him  !  They  had,  in 
fact,  intended  to  prevent  his  uniting 
witli  the  church,  but  were  taken  by 
surprise.  On  being  asked  if  they  had 
any  complaints  to  make  against  the 
schoolmastcr'.s  conduct  since  he  had 
become  a  Christian,  they  said,  *' No 
he  is  a  true  man.'  " 

"  Early  in  June,"  says  the  editor 
of  the  Herald,  "  on  account  of  the 
protracted' illnef,s  of  one  of  his  chil- 
dren, Mr.  Wins'ow  went  with  his  fam- 
ily to  reside  at  .a  bungalow  on  the  sea 
shore,  a  mile  ea8>'  of  Jaffnapatam,  with 
the  use  of  which  i.e  was  kindly  favor- 
ed by  Mr.  Roberts  of  the  Wesleyan 
society.  He  enjoy?d  good  opportu- 
nities for  laboring  in  the  vicinity." 

"  June  2i).  We  are  still  at  the  bun- 
galow. I  preached  at  Oodooville  on 
the  Sabbath  and  on  Monday  was  there 
with  Messrs.  Poor  and  Woodward, 
who  held  various  meetings  with  the 
children  of  the  native  free  schools, 
schoolmasters  and  others.  The  meet- 
ing with  the  schoolmasters,  was  par- 
ticularly encouraging.  Most  of  them 
professed  to  be  resolved  to  follow 
Christ. 

"  To-day,  with  Messrs.  Knight, 
Roberts,  Spaulding,  and  Scudder,  at- 
tended a  meeting  at  Acehevagle,  where 
there  are  two  or  three  schools,  and 
where  special  efforts  have  been  made 
to  secure  the  attendanc(°  of  the  peo- 
ple ;  and  a  temporary  shed  had  been 
erected  near  a  wide  branching  tama- 
rind tree.  There  were  many  present, 
and  what  was  particularly  encourag- 
ing several  respectable  women.  There 
was  more  disputing  with  the  natives 
than  was  pleasant,  but  some  impor- 
tant subjects  were  discussed,  and  ma- 
ny solemn  truths  brought  before  their 
minds.  Thouffh  the  village  is  several 
miles  from  Tillipally,  the  nearest 
missionary  station,  many  of  the  peo- 
ple, in  the  course  of  the  discussion, 
showed  that  they  had  a  good  acquain- 
tance with  the  leading  truths  of  Chris- 
tianity. Indeed  this  is  generally  the 
case  where  there  are  schools,  and  the 
difference  between  a  village  where  a 
school  has  been  for  some  time  estab- 
lished and  one  without  a  school  is 
of>en  something  like  the  difierence 
between  the  land  of  Goshen  and  of 
Egypt,  when  darkness  to  be  felt  res- 

«J99 


. ( 


OOT 

ed  on  the  latter,  but  in  the  former 
they  had  light  in  their  dwellings. 

*'JtUy2{i.  On  Thursday  of  last  week 
we  held  our  quar*«rly  meeting  at  Batti- 
cotta  and  receiv«>d  to  the  church  «^ 
natives  and  two  .children  of  the  mis- 
sion. We  have  thus  reason  to  rejoice 
in  the  privilege  of  gathering  in  the 
fruits  of  the  late  re  'ival,  to  some  ex- 
tent ;  while  we  still  hope  that  more 
will  ripen  foi  an  early  harvest.  From 
10  to  20  at  each  of  our  stations,  ex- 
press a  desire  to  be  received  to  church 
privileges  ;  and  perhaps  a  majority  of 
them  give  some  evidence  of  being 
proper  subjects. 

It  is  also  peculiarly  pleasing  that 
for  our  congregations  lately  a  larger 
proportion  oi  females  attend  than  ever 
before.  This  is  not  only  an  indica- 
tion of  good  to  the  individuals  them- 
selves, but  an  indication  that '  knowl- 
edge is  increased  in  the  country,'  as 
it  is  a  change  of  custom,  a  breaking 
down,  as  far  as  it  goes,  of  one  of  the 
strong  barriers  to  the  progress  of 
truth.  Besides  beggars  the  number 
of  women  who  attend  church  now  at 
Oodooville  is  generally  about  twen- 
ty." 

OOTJIKOOLLAM,  a  village  in 
the  district  of  Tinnevelly,  Southern 
India,  where  the  missionaries  of  the 
C  M.  S,  occasionally  labor. 

ORA  CABECA,  a  station  of  the 
B.  M.  S.  in  Jamaica,  where  are  39 
communicants. 

ORISSA,  a  province  of  Hindoos* 
tan,  belonging  to  the  presidency  of 
Bengal,  lying  in  the  eastern  part  of 
the  peninsula,  with  thQ  province  of 
Bengal  on  the  N.,  the  Northern  Cir- 
cars  on  the  S.,  the  Bay  of  Bengal  on 
the  E.,  and  Gundwana  on  the  W. 
The  length  is  probably  about  100  m. 
The  western  part  is  almost  an  impass- 
able wilderness  of  woods  and  jungles. 
A  great  part  of  it  is  extremely  un- 
hesdthy.  It  has  a  population  of 
1,200,000  Hindoos  and  Mohamme- 
dauis.  There  are  missions  of  the  Gen- 
eral Baptists  in  this  province.  See 
CkUtack.      The    following    appalling 

Sicture  of  Hindooism  is  given  by  Mr. 
utton. 

''As  I  was  walking  through  the 
ba2saar,  I  saw  the  blacksmith  making 
up  an  iron  cage,  intended  for  a  man 
wno  had  committed  murder",  who 
was  to  be  hanged  in  a  da^  or  two, 


ORI 

and  aflerward  hung  up  in  this  iron 
frame  as  an  object  of  terror.  On  in- 
quiring into  the  circumstances  of  the 
crime,  I  leurnt  that  his  victim  was  an 
opium  merchant,  who  was  too  suc- 
cessful in  obtaining  purchasers  for  his 
goods,  for  a  rival  merchant ;  and  that 
this  merchant  persuaded  the  nmrder- 
er,  for  100  rupees,  to  commit  the  hor- 
rid deed.  The  guilt  of  procuring  the 
death  of  the  deceased  could  not  be 
brought  home  to  the  merchant,  but 
the  murderer  who  committed  the 
crime  was  fully  convicted  and  sen- 
tenced to  be  hanged  :  he  enticed  the 
man  to  a  distance,  under  the  pretence 
of  having  some  purchasers  for  opium, 
then  knocked  him  on  the  head  with 
an  axe.  A  few  days,  however,  before 
his  execution  was  to  take  place,  he 
effected  his  escap  ;  but  he  was  trac- 
ed home,  where  lie  had  an  interview 
with  his  wife,  and  concerted  a  future 
meeting  in  the  jungle  :  his  wife  and 
brother  were  bribed  to  betray  him ; 
but,  by  some  means,  the  snare  wa« 
broken,  and  the  man  again  escaped. 
He  then  assumed  the  disguise  of  a 
Jogee  (religious  mendicant)  for  which 
he  was  well  qualified  ;  and  was  mak- 
ing his  way  towaid  Upper  Hindoos- 
tan  ;  but  was  at  length  taken.  I  wrote 
to  the  Judge,  and  obtained  leave  to 
visit  him. 

*'  He  was  sitting  in  his  cell  with 
his  bead-roll,  repeating  the  name  of 
"  Hurry,  Hurry."  lie  however,  at 
length,  listened  to  me  with  encour- 
aging attention,  while  I  endeavored 
to  convince  him  of  his  sin,  and  direct 
him  how  to  seek  for  mercy.  But  it  is 
grievous  work  to  have  any  thing  to 
do  with  Hindoos :  there  is  no  sense 
of  guilt — no  fear  of  death.  "  If  I  go 
to  hell,  I  go — what  else .?"  said  he, 
with  astonishing  indifference.  He 
could,  however,  read  well,  and  had  a 
better  capacity  for  obtaining  know- 
ledge than  one  in  a  thousand.  He 
once  said,  "  Give  me  something  short, 
and  full  to  the  point ;  for  my  time  is 
but  a  day."  I  had  no  proper  tract; 
and  though  I  took  a  Gospel,  with 
marks  against  suitable  passages,  such 
as  the  penitent  thief  and  the  publican. 
I  found  he  would  be  bewildered  with 
the  connexion ;  and  the  most  suitable 
book  which  I  could  give  him  was  a 
small  Oreah  Hymn-book.  I  tried  to 
lead  him  to  pray,  and  to  leave  off  hit 

300 


in  this  iron 
rror.    On  in- 
lanceB  of  the 
i^ictim  was  an 
was  too  Euc- 
;haBiTB  for  his 
ant ;  and  that 
i  the  murder- 
mmit  the  hor- 
procuring  the 
could  not  be 
merchant,  but 
onimitted    the 
cted  and  sen- 
le  enticed  the 
it  the  pretence 
sers  for  opium, 
the  head  with 
owever,  before 
take  place,  he 
it  he  was  trac- 
i  an  interview 
icerted  a  future 
:  his  wife  and 
to  betray  him; 
the  snore  was 
again  escaped. 
s  disguise  of  a 
icant)  for  which 
and  was  mak- 
Qpper  Hindoos- 
I  taken.  I  wrote 
tained  leave  to 


n  his  cell  with 
r  the  name  of 
le  however,  at 
le  with  encour- 
e  I  endeavored 
8  sin,  and  direct 

nercv-  B'*^  *^  ** 
ve  any  thing  to 
ere  is  no  sense 
eath.  "  If  I  go 
else  ?"  said  he, 
difference.  He 
well,  and  had  a 
jbtaining  know- 
I  thousand.  He 
something  short, 
;  for  my  time  is 
10  proper  tract; 

a  Gospel,  with 
e  passages,  such 
and  the  publican. 

bewildered  with 
the  most  suitabta 

give  him  was  a 
)ook.    I  tried  to 
d  to  leave  off  hii 
300 


ORI 

vain  repetitions ;  and  when  I  put  mv 
hands  togetlier  and  prostrated  myself 
on  the  cell  floor,  he  did  so  too,  and 
rejMiated  audibly  the  petitions  whicli 
1  made  for  him.  I  left  him  apparent- 
ly in  a  better  state  of  mind  than  I 
lound  him." 

On  the  following  day  Mr.  Sutton 
repeated  his  visit;  and  took  witii  him 
a  native  Christian,  that  every  tiling 
might  be  made  fully  intelligible  to 
this  miserable  man.     He  says  : 

*'  Before  I  went,  I  wrote  out  a 
prayer,  principally  founded  on  the 
fifty-first  Psalm,  witli  some  of  tiie 
most  encouraging  references  to  the 
Gospel.  We  found  the  man  deeply 
engaged  in  his  menial  repetition  of 
"  Hurry  Ram."  I  suppose  the  Brah- 
min prisoners,  of  whom  there  were 
many  in  the  prison,  had  been  undoing 
what  I  had  done  last  night.  At  length 
he  exclaimed,  "Hurry,  Hurry,  Hur- 
ry, benoo  aow  nahe,"  tliat  is,  "  Be- 
sides Hurry  there  is  none.''  "  I  shall 
call  out  Hurry  bol,"  said  he,  putting 
his  hand  to  nis  neck ;  "  I  shall  cull 
out  Hurry  bol,  hurry  bol,  hurry  bol, 
till  I  am  choked."  He  then  began 
to  sing,  and  imitated  the  Jogeys  most 
admirably.  But  it  was  evident,  from 
his  extreme  restlessness,  that  his 
mental  agonies  were  great.  Still  he 
did  not  appear  to  fe?l  any  sense  of 
sin:  he  said,  "Before,  I  might  have 
found  you  of  some  use  ;  but  it  is  too 
late  now  :  I  have  none  but  Hurry." 
We  showed  him,  that,  according  to 
his  own  faith,  Hurry  did  nothinjr  for 
sinners ;  but  that  Christ  shed  his 
blood  for  him.  He  yielded  at  last, 
and  said  that  he  woula  think  of  this  : 
he  then  wished  the  prayer  to  be  read  ; 
and  he  read  it  over  twice  himself,  and 
dwelt  a  little  on  the  petitions,  '<■  De- 
liver me  from  my  guilt — Cast  me  not 
away  from  thy  presence — Drive  me 
not  to  hell ;  but  save  me,  and  receive 
my  spirit  to  heaven  !"  He  said  that 
he  would  repeat  this  till  he  died. 
When  asked  if  he  had  seen  his  wife 
and  children,  he  said,  "  Yes."  "  And 
how  did  you  feel  in  your  mind  .^" 
"  O  !  very  well  pleased  :  when  they 
cried,  I  laughed."  "But  why.?  It 
is  not  a  laughing  matter."  "  O  !  why 
not  ?  Who  are  they  ?  Who  am  I  ? 
It  is  all  maya  (illusion.)  They  will 
not  go  with  me.  They  are  nothing 
to  me :  I  am  nothing  to  them." 
2b 


OSA 

"  SouK'thing  of  llindooism  may  be 
lea  it  from  this  man. 

"  Neither  he,  nor  the  numerous 
Hindoos  about  him,  had  any  sense  of 
the  moral  turpitude  of  murder,  or  in- 
deed rf  any  sin.  It  was  evil,  inas- 
much ws  it  would  lead  to  evil  eons*'- 
q'.iLiices  to  the  perpetrator ;  but  llit^re 
were  none  of  those  feeling.s  whi  h 
most  murderers  evince — no  horrors  of 
a  guilty  conscience — no  shuddering 
among  the  bystaiidjTs  at  the  idea  of 
his  guilt. 

*'  There  was  no  commiseration,  on 
his  part,  for  his  wife  and  cliil'iren  ; 
and  none,  (m  her  part,  for  him.  She 
might  fear  from  the  inconvenience 
attending  widowhood,  but  no  further. 
"  There  is  notiiing  to  be  avoided  :  we 
die  and  live,  just  as  God  pleases  :  let 
it  go — what  else  ?"  This  is  the;  way 
in  which  they  talk.  '*  The  fruit  of 
actions,  however,  must  he  borne." 

"  The  prevailing  religion,  if  it  may 
be  so  called,  is  extreme  infidelity  and 
atheism.  The  Brahmins  have  sunk 
into  gross  ignorance  of  their  own  sys- 
tem; and  the  people  are,  of  course,  in 
the  same  state  :  and  the  various  sys- 
tems are  now  so  jumbled  together  in 
Orisaa,  tnat  no  man  among  *hem  can 
see  his  way  through  any  of  them  : 
hence  they,  in  fact,  place  no  depend- 
ence on  any.  I  have  often  heard 
them  say,  when  they  appeared  to  say 
what  they  really  thought,  that  there 
was  no  heaven  and  no  hell,  and  no 
way  of  salvation.  Salvation,  in  their 
view,  consists  in  being  rich,  and  roll- 
ing in  sensual  pleasures,  with  freedom 
from  oppression,  and  ability  to  domi- 
neer over  others  in  this  world  :  this  is 
the  only  heaven,  the  onlj'  hnpf  of  the 
majority  of  the  Oriyas ;  and  these 
things  have  no  relation  to  moral  holi- 
ness. They  depend  on  fate,  or  cere- 
monial merit,  in  a  future  world ;  or 
on  repeating  the  name  of  Hurry  in 
this.  This  murderer  would  have  made 
as  good  a  Jogey  as  any ;  and  would 
have  been  worshipped  as  a  god,  if  he 
had  escaped  hanging." 

OSAGES.  The  Osage,  a  river  of 
Missouri,  rises  in  the  country  W.  of 
the  state,  about  97°  W,  Ion.  and  36° 
30'  N.  lat.  It  flows  into  the  state  of 
Missouri,  and  joins  Missouri  r.  133 
m.  above  the  Mississippi.  It  has  a 
very  winding  course,  is  397  yds.  wide 
at  its  mouth,  and  is  navigable  for 

301 


IS  I  *1 


i 


j: 


OSA 

boats  GOO  m.  Much  nf  tho  land  wa- 
tered by  it  is  very  fertile.  The  2  na- 
tive tribcH,  the  Great  Ouages,  and  the 
Little  OHaj/es,  live  in  Hcparate  settle- 
ments on  tne  r.  about  400  ni.  from  its 
mouth.  The  Great  Osages  consist  of 
about  :W00  ;  the  Little  Osajres,  1700. 
About  ir>0  m.  S.  W.  of  these  settle- 
ments are  tho  Usages  of  Arkansas, 
nearly  iJOOO  in  number. 

A  mission  was  established  among 
the  Osages  by  the  United  Foreign 
Missionary  Society.  It  was  transfer- 
red to  the  care  of  the  Jl.  li.  C.  F.  At. 
in  lfi'2i'}.  Recent  intc^lligence  has  been 
received  at  tho  Missionary  Rooms 
that  an  interesting  revival  of  religion 
had  commenced  among  the  Osages. 
Nothing  of  the  kind  has  ever  before 
occurred.  This  mission  has  been  at- 
tended, tlirouirh  the  warlike  and  rov- 
ing habits  of  tlie  Osages,  with  a  less 
measure  of  success  than  any  other  of 
the  missions  of  the  Board.  For  par- 
ticular notices,  see  Uniouy  Ilopejield, 
and  Harmony.  The  following  gene- 
ral notices  were  given  in  the  last  Re- 
port of  the  Board. 

"  Preaching.  Religious  meetings 
are  held  at  each  of  the  stations  on  the 
Sabbath,  and  at  Harmony  and  Union 
the  children  of  the  school  and  the 
mission  families  assemble  once  or 
twice  during  each  week  for  prayer 
and  religious  instruction.  Much  se- 
rious interest  has  at  times  been  mani- 
fested by  the  children  of  the  schools 
and  the  mission  families,  and  by  hired 
laborers  ;  and  at  the  latter  place  four 
or  five  have  become  hopefully  pious. 
Four,  two  Creeks,  members  of  the 
school,  and  two  black  laborers  have 
been  received  to  church  fellowship. 

"  Mr.  Dodge  visits  the  large  Osage 
town  near  Boudinot  nearly  every 
Sabbath,  and  oflen  during  the  week, 
and  endeavors,  by  conversation  and 
public  preaching,  to  communicate  to 
the  people  a  knowledge  of  the  gospel. 
They  generally  pay  a  respectful  at- 
tention, and  at  tunes  manifest  some 
interest;  but  little  permanent  effect 
seems  to  have  been  as  yet  produced. 

**  Since  the  removal  of  the  Indians 
from  the  vicinity  of  Harmony,  there 
is  no  field  for  missionary  exertion  at 
that  place,  except  the  members  of  the 
school,  and  laborers  at  the  station,  to- 
gether with  a  few  French  and  half- 
Sreed  settlers;  residing  in  the  neigh- 


OSA 

borhood,  and  Osages  and  others  who 
occasionally  visit  the  mission. 

''  During  the  month  of  April,  Messrs. 
Dodge,  Vaill,  Washburn,  and  Mont- 
gomery, made  tiie  tour  of  the  Osiigo 
country,  and  preached  the  gospel  at 
their  five  principal  villages.  At  the 
largest  village  they  were  received 
coldly  and  could  gain  little  attention  ; 
at  others  they  were  treated  and  list- 
ened to  with  much  rcHpect,  and  at 
that  of  the  Little  Osages  a  deep  in- 
terest was  manifested.  Hundreds 
heard  the  gospel  in  the  course  of  this 
tour,  to  whom  it  was  probably  never 
proclaimed  before.  It  is  hoped  that 
the  missionaries  will  be  able  frequent- 
ly to  repeat  these  visits.  There  seems 
to  be  no  other  means  of  bringing  tlio 
truths  of  the  Bible  into  contact  with 
so  wandering  and  heedless  a  class  uf 
men. 

«*  The  settlers  at  Hopefield  attend 
meetings  better  than  heretofore,  and 
seem  to  feel  the  force  of  religious 
truth,  and  in  their  temper  and  exter- 
nal conduct  are  much  rei'ormed.  They 
in  a  good  degree  observe  the  Sabbath ; 
and  recently  their  chief,  when  they 
were  about  starting  on  a  hunting  ex- 
pedition, exhorted  his  people  to  ob- 
serve the  day  while  absent,  and  as- 
cribed all  their  prosperity  to  the  regard 
they  had  paid  to  the  Lord's  day,  and 
to  the  instructions  of  the  missionaries. 

"  In  addition  to  preaching  to  the 
Osages,  Mr.  Vaill  or  Mr.  Montgomery 
visits  Fort  Gibson  nearly  every  Sab- 
bath, wliere  they  are  very  cordially 
received. 

"  Schools.  Fifly-seven  children  and 
youth  are  assembled  in  the  school  at 
Union,  all  of  whom  are  boarded  in  the 
mission  family ;  twenty-five  Creeks, 
sixteen  Cherokees,  and  thirteen  Osa- 
ges. Thirty-one  are  boys,  and  twen- 
ty-three girls.  Three  are  young  men 
well  advanced  in  their  studies,  and 
promising  fair  for  usefulness:  four- 
teen read  and  write  well,  and  have 
advanced  some  in  arithmetic  and  ge- 
ography :  eighteen  read  well  and 
write  legibly ;  fourteen  read  in  the 
New  Testament  and  spelhng;  and 
five  in  small  words.  All  are  mild  and 
submissive  in  their  dispositions,  and, 
with  few  exceptions,  make  rapid  pro- 
gress. Some  who  began  the  alphabet 
last  December,  could  read  intelligibly 
in  the  New  Testament  in  June. 

302 


OSA 

"  A  Sahlmth  srlionl,  long  kept  un 
at  tliiii  Htatiiin,  and  an  infant  Bchool, 
are  nriKliK^livi'  ol' jrond. 

*•  rii<!  wliolo  nuiiibt'r  of  IcarnorH  rt*- 
reivt'tl  into  liie  srliool  at  Union,  Hincc 
its  oxtiihiisliMicnt,  id  |:y.  Soint?  It-avt' 
it.  from  y«'iir  to  yciir,  niuoli  improved. 

''  Tilt'  school  at  liurmoiiy  ccmtains 
thirty-niii*'  Indian  i-liildrt'n,  of  hotli 
BOXt's.  Most  of  tile  boys  are  quilt' 
youn<j.  The  pupils  have  nevtT  uiadc 
80  good  protrrt'ss,  or  appeared  ho  well 
in  any  former  year.  On**  of  the  sub- 
agents  of  the  O.saires,  after  attending 
the  e.xamination  last  spring,  remark- 
ed, that  tliouLfh  he  had  visited  schools 
extensively  in  most  of  the  southwest- 
ern states,  he  never  had  seen  one 
where  the  pupils  acquitted  themselves 
BO  honorably. 

"  An  interesting  Sabbath  school  is 
taught  at  this  station. 

"  During  the  year  ending  last  De- 
cember the  girls  manufactured  1^)^^ 
yards  of  cloth,  which  was  used  in  the 
mission  family.  The  boys  who  are  of 
a  suitable  age,  ar  emj)loyed  in  useful 
labor  while  out  ol' school.  Two  Osage 
girls,  and  one  Delaware  from  the 
school,  have  been  married  to  French- 
men settled  near  the  station,  and  pro- 
mise to  do  well. 

''  State  of  the  prnple.  The  settlers 
at  Hopefield  have  obtained  some  as- 
sistance in  commencing  their  agricul- 
tural labors  from  the  United  States' 
agent,  and  from  other  sources.  They 
are  im^iroving  in  their  condition  and 
character  every  year,  and  clearly  e- 
vince  the  practicability  of  domesti- 
catinsT  even  the  wildest  Indians,  by 
the  judicious  application  of  religious 
truth,  and  other  appropriate  means. 
They  are  enlarging  their  fields  ;  be- 
commg  more  skilful  and  industrious 
in  their  labor.-! ;  obtaining  cattle  and 
other  useful  domestic  animals,  of 
which  they  have  hitherto  been  desti- 
tute ;  and  seem  inclined  to  abandon 
the  warrior,  and  hunter's  life. 

"  A  few  Oiiages  have  expressed  a 
desire  to  settle  near  Boudinot,  and  be 
taught  and  assisted  in  preparing  and 
cultivating  fields.  It  is  not  improba- 
ble that  a  settlement  like  that  at 
Hopefield  may  hereafler  be  formed 
there. 

"  But  the  mass  of  the  nation  are  as 
indifferent  to  the  gospel  and  the 
flcboola,  as  ^ercely  bent  on  war,  as 


PAA 

wandering,  idle,  and  vicious  in  their 
habits,  and  as  poor  and  wretched  as 
ever.  Perhaps  as  a  people,  they  aro 
even  becoming  more  witrked  and  de- 
based. They  HUtfer  a  great  di-al  I'rom 
hunger  and  'lisease,  and  almost  con- 
stant fear  of  tlwur  enemieh  I'ttW- 
nees,  and  are  truly  fit  >  '■'■<  e'j  of 
(.'hristian  compassion. 

'•  A  temperance  society  ,h  been 
formed  at  iJnion,  end)raeii.g  eleven 
whites,  six  Creeks,  three  Cherokecs, 
and  three  Onages. 

**  The  missionary  convention  and 
presbytery,  embracing  the  missions  of 
the  Hoard  west  of  the  Mississippi  riv- 
er, met  at  Harmony  last  October. 
The  Spirit  of  the  Lord  seemed  to  be 
present,  and  it  was  a  tiiee  of  great  re- 
ligious enjoyment  to  all  who  were  as- 
sembled. During  the  meeting  Mr. 
Jones  was  ordained." 

OTUIIIU,  a  village  in  New  Zea- 
land, visited  by  the  missionaries  of 
the  L.  M  S. 

OVAH,  a  kiiigdoin  on  the  island  of 
Madagascar.  The  New  Testament 
has  been  dispersed  by  means  of 
schools,  through  a  considerable  part 
of  this  kingdom. 

OXFORD,  a  station  of  the  B.  M.  S. 
in  Jamaica. 


P. 


PAARL,  a  settlement  in  Cape  Col- 
ony, S.  Africa,  about  35  m.  N.  E.  of 
Cape  Town. 

The  Rev.  E.  Evans,  from  the  L.M. 
S.,  commenced  a  mission  here  in 
1811),  which  wag  designed  more  par- 
ticularly for  the  Hottentot  slaves. 
Several  years  previous  to  its  com- 
mencement, a  chapel  had  been  built, 
in  which  missionaries  occasionally 
preached.  Soon  after  the  arrival  of 
Mr.  Evans,  an  ^.  M.  S.  was  formed, 
to  which  the  slaves  contributed  so 
liberally  as  to  require  restraint  rather 
than  incitement.  Schools  were  es- 
tablished, in  which,  in  1823,  more 
than  200  children  and  adults  were  in- 
structed. The  number  of  hearers  in 
the  Paarl,  and  the  vicinity,  are  about 
1100  whites,  and  1200  colored  people. 
The  Rev.  Mr.  Miles,  of  Cape  Town, 
who  lately  visited  this  station,  says 
that  the  mission  uchool  here  is  well 
conducted.    For  the  benefit  of  such 

303 


hjj^'i 


•vl;^. 


»■ 


PAC 

as  cannot  attend  the  day  sohool,  an  j 
evening  school,  held  on  two  days  of 
the  week,  has  been  lately  opened.  A 
school-mistress  has  been  engaged,  at 
a  small  stipend,  to  in-lruct  the  female 
slaves  and  their  children.  At  a  pub- 
lic examination,  which  took  place 
during  the  year  15<2(!,  the  progress 
which  :.;id  been  made  by  the  scholars, 
was  observed  with  great  satisfaction. 
It  is  in  coniemplatioi.,  if  funds  can 
be  provided,  to  establish  sf^'iools  ir.  all 
the  surrounding  country  of  the  dis- 
trict, as  one  means  of  counteracting 
Mohammedanism,  which  prevails  in 
this  vicinity. 

James  Kitchingman  now  resides  as 
mis^-ionary  at  PaarL  At  G  different 
pla*;  '3  in  the  vicinity,  visited  at  stat- 
ed periods,  the  congregation  averages 
about  200.     Communicants  31. 

PACALTSDORP,  for.nerly  called 
Hooge  Kraal,  a  settlement  of  Hotten- 
tots, Cape  Colony,  S.  Africa,  in  the 
district  of  George,  3  m.  from  the 
town  of  that  name,  and  2  from  the 
sea.  The  L.  M.  S.  commenced  a 
mission  here  in  1813. 

Mr.  Campbell  gives  the  following 
account  of  its  origin  ; — 

*'  About  250  m.  from  Cape  Town, 
my  waggons  encamped  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  George,  a  town  then  just  com- 
mencing. Soon  after  my  arrival 
there,  I  was  visited  by  Dikkop,  or 
*  Thickbead,'  the  Hottentot  chief  of 
Hoogee  Kraal,  situated  about  3  m. 
distant,  together  with  about  GO  of 
his  people,  who  expressed  an  earnest 
desire  that  a  missionary  might  be 
stationed  at  his  residence  On  ask- 
ing his  reason  for  desiring  a  mission- 
ary, he  answered,  it  was  that  he  and 
his  people  might  be  taught  the  same 
things  that  were  t&ught  to  white  peo- 
ple, but  he  could  not  tell  what  things 
these  wero.  i  then  requested  him  to 
stay  with  us  until  sun-set,  when  he 
would  hear  some  of  those  things  re- 
lated by  Cupido,  who  w  is  a  country- 
man of  his,  and  my  waggon-driver. 
Dikkop  and  all  his  people  readily 
agreed  to  stay  till  evening.  To  Cu- 
pido they  I'atened  also  with  much 
attention  ihe  following  morning.  I 
inquired  whether  they  were  all  desi- 
rous of  having  a  missionary  to  settle 
among  them,  which  was  answered 
unanimously  in  the  affirmative  ;  but, 
Uke  their  chief,  they  could  not  assign 


PAC 

any  reason,  except  to  be  taught  the 
same  things  which  were  taught  to 
the  white  people.  A  very  aged,  mis- 
erable-looking man  coming  into  the 
hut  during  the  conference,  with 
scarcely  a  rag  to  cover  him,  excited 
my  attention  :  he  came  and  took  a 
seat  by  my  ^ide,  kissed  my  hands  and 
legs,  vtmC  by  most  significant  gestures  , 
exprPdsed  his  extreme  joy  in  the 
prospect  of  a  missionary  coming 
among  them.  His  conduct  having 
deeply  interested  me,  I  asked  him 
whether  he  knew  any  thing  about 
Jesus  Christ .'  His  answer  was  truly 
affecting — '  1  know  no  more  about  any 
thinff  than  a  beast.' 

"  Every  eye  and  ear  were  directed 
toward  me,  to  learn  whether  a  mis- 
sionary would  be  sent  to  the  Kraal ; 
and  when  I  told  them  that  an  excel- 
lent misi;>onary,  I  had  no  doubt,  would 
be  soon  with  them,  thoy  expressed  by 
signs,  a  degree  of  joy  and  delight 
which  I  cannot  possibly  describe. 
Mr.  Pacalt  arrived  soon  after  my  de- 
parture." 

On  Mr.  Campbell's  second  voyage 
to  S.  Africa,  he  again  visited  Hoo-i; 
Kraal,  in  June  181i).  In  his  account 
of  this  visit  he  thus  describes  the  strik- 
ing chanjre  which  had  been  effected  by 
the  blessing  of  God  on  the  labors  of 
the  missionary,  who  had  been  a  few- 
months  before  ren\oved  to  his  heaven- 
ly rest : — 

"As  we  advanced  toward  Hooge 
Kraal,  the  boors,  or  Dutch  farmers, 
who  had  known  me  on  my  former 
journey  in  that  part  of  Africa,  would 
frequently  assure  me,  that  such  a 
change  had  bf>en  produced  on  the 
place  and  people  since  I  had  left  it, 
that  I  should  not  know  it  again.  The 
nearer  we  approached  the  settlement, 
the  reports  concerning  its  rapid  im- 
provement increased,  till  at  length 
we  arrived  on  the  spot,  on  the  even- 
ing of  June  2. 

Next  morning,  when  the  sun  arose, 
I  viewed,  from  my  waggon,  the  sur- 
rounding scene,  with  great  interest. 
Instead  of  bare,  unproductive  ground, 
I  saw  two  long  streetb  with  square- 
built  houses  on  each  side,  placed  at 
equal  distances  from  one  another,  so 
as  to  allow  sufficient  extent  of  ground 
to  each  house  for  a  good  garden  :  a 
well-built  wall,  6  feet  high,  was  in 
front  of  each  row  of  houses,  with  a 

Jt04 


Sion. 

"On 
18]  7, 
old  man 
ed.     H< 
God  fo 
nation, - 
particu 
to  his  c 
"In 
leader  o 
was  a  gi 
ter,  and 
from  the 
hunting, 
who  cn< 
death ; 
time,  he 
buffalo  se 
ly  bruise 
upon  hin 
A  few  ; 
time  to' 


taught  the 
e  taught  to 
y  aged,  inis- 
ing  into  the 
rence,  with 
him,  excited 

and  took  a 
ly  hands  and 
;ant  gestures , 
joy  in  the 
nary  coming 
[iduct  having 
I   asked  him 

thing  about 
iver  was  truly 
lore  about  any 

were  directed 

hether  a  mis- 

to  the  Kraal ; 

that  an  excel- 

0  doubt,  would 
J  expressed  by 
y  and  delight 
sibly  describe. 
m  after  my  de- 
second  voyage 
L  visited  Hoc  i; 
In  his  account 
pribes  the  strik- 
)een  eflfected  by 

1  the  labors  of 
ad  been  a  few 
i  to  his  heaven- 

toward    Hooge 
Dutch  farmers, 
on  my    former 
f  Africa,  would 
',   that  such    a 
educed   on   the 
;  I  had  left  it, 
V  it  again.    The 
the  settlement, 
g  its  rapid  im- 
,  till   at  length 
ot,  on  the  even- 

n  the  sun  arose, 
vaggon,  the  sur- 
1  great  interest. 
)ductive  ground, 
etb  with  square- 
side,  placed  at 
one  another,  so 
extent  of  ground 
good  garden :  a 
et  high,  was  in 
houses,  with  a 

J<04 


PAC 

gate  to  each  house.  On  approaching 
one  of  them,  I  found  a  Hottentot 
dressed  like  a  European,  standing  at 
his  door  to  receive  me  with  a  cheer- 
ful smile.  '  This  house  is  mine  I' 
said  he,  *  and  all  that  garden !'  in 
which  I  observed  there  were  peach 
and  apricot  trees,  decked  with  their 
delightful  blossoms,  fig-trees,  cabba- 
ges, potatoes,  pumpkins,  water-mel- 
ons, &c.  I  tlien  went  across  the 
street  to  the  house  of  a  person  known 
by  the  name  of  Old  Simeon — the 
very  man  who  sat  in  such  a  wretched 
pHght,  by  my  side,  in  the  hut,  wlien 
1  first  visited  the  place,  and  who  then 
said  he  knew  no  more  about  any 
thing  than  a  brute.  I  was  informed 
that  he  had  become  a  Christian,  had 
been  baptized,  and  named  Simeon  ; 
and  because  of  his  great  age,  they 
called  him  Old  Simeon.  I  found  him 
sitting  alone  in  the  house,  deaf  and 
blind  with  age.  When  they  told  him 
who  I  was,  he  instantly  embraced  me 
with  both  hands,  while  streams  of 
tears  ran  down  his  sable  cheeks.  '  I 
have  done,'  said  he,  *  with  the  world 
now !  I  have  done  with  the  world 
now  !  I  am  waiting  till  Jesus  Christ 
says  to  mc.  Come  !  I  am  just  waiting 
till  Jesus  Christ  says  to  me,  Come."  ' 

"  The  case  of  this  singular  mon- 
ument of  the  grace  of  God  was  very 
well  described  by  a  missionary  who 
visited  Hooge  Kraal,  on  his  way  to 
Beihelsdorp,  soon  after  his  conver- 
sion.    He  relatej  it  thus  : — 

*'  On  Tuesday  evening,  April  8th, 
1817,  before  we  left  Hooge  Kraal,  an 
old  man,  about  90  years  of  age,  pray- 
ed. He  expressed  great  gratitude  to 
God  for  sending  his  Gospel  to  his 
nation, — and  that  in  his  davs,  and 
particularly  for  making  it  cflicacious 
to  his  own  conversion. 

"  In  his  youthful  days  he  was  the 
leader  of  every  kind  of  iniquity.  He 
was  a  great  elephant  and  buffalo  hun- 
ter, ana  had  some  wonderful  escapes 
from  the  jaws  of  death.  Once,  while 
hunting,  he  fell  under  an  elephant, 
who  endeavored  to  crush  him  to 
death;  but  he  escaped.  At  another 
time,  he  was  tossed  into  the  air  by  a 
buffalo  several  times,  and  was  severe- 
ly bruised ;  the  animal  then  fell  down 
upon  him ;  but  he  escaped  with  life. 
A  few  years  ago,  he  was  for  some 
time  to  appearance  dead;  and  was 

•2b 


PAC 

carried  to  liis  grave  soon  after,  as  is 
the  custom  in  hot  climates ;  but, 
while  the  people  were  in  the  act  of 
throwing  the  earth  over  him  he  re- 
vived, and  soon  entirely  recovered. 
The  second  time  Mr.  Pacalt  preached 
at  Hooge  Kraal,  he  went  from  the 
meeting  rejoicing,  and  saying,  that 
the  Lord  had  raised  him  from  the 
dead  three  times,  that  he  might  hear 
the  Word  of  God,  and  believe  in  Je- 
sus Christ,  before  he  '  died  the  fourth 
time.' 

**  He  was  baptized  last  new  year's 
day,  and  was  named  Simeon  Mr. 
Pacalt  told  us  that  it  was  impossible 
to  describe  the  old  man's  happiness 
on  that  occasion.  Heavenly  joy  had 
so  filled  his  heart,  and  strengthened 
his  weak  frame,  that  he  appeared  as 
lively  as  a  youth,  although  90  years 
of  age.  He  said,  "  Now  I  am  will- 
ing to  die  :  yes,  I  would  rather  die 
than  live,  that  I  may  go  and  live,  for 
ever  and  ever,  with  my  precious  Sa- 
viour. Before,  I  was  afraid  to  die. 
Oh,  yes  !  the  thoughts  of  it  made  my 
very  heart  to  tremble  ;  but  I  did  not 
know  God  and  Jesus  Christ  then. 
Now,  I  have  no  desire  to  live  any 
longer  :  I  am  too  old  to  be  able  to  do 
any  thing  here  on  earth,  in  glorify- 
ing GocT,  my  Saviour,  or  doing  good 
to  my  fellow  Hottentots.  1  served  the 
devil  upwards  of  eighty  years,  and  was 
ready  to  go  to  everlasting  fire  ;  but, 
though  a  black  Hottentot,  tlirough 
infinite  mercy,  I  shall  go  to  everlast- 
ing haf  oiness.  Wonderful  love  ! 
Wonderful  grace  !     Astonishing  mer- 

cy!" 

"  The  next  thing  which  attracted 
my  attention  was  the  wall  which 
surrounded  the  whole  settlement,  for 
the  protection  of  the  gardens  from 
the  intrusions  of  their  cattle  and  of 
the  wild  beasts. 

"  A  place  of  worship  haa  also  been 
erected,  capable  of  seating  300  per- 
sons. On  the  Lord's  day  I  was  de- 
lighted to  see  the  females  coming  into 
it,  clothed  neatly  in  white  and  printed 
cottons ;  and  tne  men  dressed  like 
Europeans,  and  carrying  their  Bibles 
or  Testaments  under  their  arms ;  sit- 
ting upon  benches,  instead  of  the 
ground  as  formerly,  and  singing  the 

E raises  of  God  with  solemnity  and 
armony,    from    their    Psalm-books, 
turning  in  their  Bibles  to  the  text 

305 


pa: 


PAC 


PAC 


that  was  given  out,  and  listening  to 
the  sermon  with  serious  attention.  I 
also  found  a  church  of  Christ,  con- 
sisting of  about  45  believing  Hotten- 
tots, with  whom  I  had  several  times 
an  opportunity  of  commemorating 
the  death  of  our  Lord. 

"  On  the  week  days  I  found  a 
school,  consisting  of  70  children,  reg- 
ularly taught  in  the  place  of  worship. 
TJ  e  teacher  was  a  Hottentot  lad,  who 
was  actually  a  young  savage  when  I 
first  visited  the  kraal,  and  who,  per- 
haps, had  never  seen  a  printed  word 
in  his  life.  When  I  first  looked  in 
at  the  door  of  the  school,  this  lad 
was  mending  a  pen,  which  a  girl  had 
brought  him  for  that  purpose :  this 
action  was  such  a  proof  of  civiliza- 
tion, that,  reflecting  at  the  moment 
«on  his  former  savage  condition,  I  was 
almost  overwhelmed. 

*'  I  found  a  considerable  extent  of 
^cultivated  land  outside  the  wall, 
which  the  Hottentots  plough  and  sow 
with  wheat  every  year,  though  a  por- 
tion of  it  is  destroyed  annually  by 
their  cattle  getting  into  it  while  the 
herd  boys  are  fast  asleep,  and  from 
which  no  punishment  could  altogeth- 
■er  deter  them.  An  officer  of  the 
Hottentot  regiment  told  me  that  had 
they  shot  all  the  Hottentot  soldiers 
who  were  found  asleep  upon  their 
guard,  they  must  have  shot  the  whole 
regiment ; — '  and  what  would  have 
been  the  use  of  officers  then  .''  said 
he. 

"  Indolence,  and  procrastination  of 
labor  from  indolence,  is  almost  uni- 
versal among  Hottentots.  At  all  our 
stations  they  endeavor  to  put  off"  dig- 
ging their  gardens,  and  ploughing 
their  fields,  as  long  as  possible,  with 
this  apology — '  It  is  time  enovgh  yet.' 
"  Mr.  Pacalt  had  much  of  this 
temper  to  contend  with ;  but  his  fer- 
vent zeal,  his  persevering  application, 
his  affectionate  counsels,  and  his  per- 
flonal  example,  so  powerfully  coun- 
teracted this  prevailing  disposition, 
that  they  actually  performed  won- 
ders. All  the  Hottentots  are  still  on 
ft  level  with  each  other;  there  are 
yet  no  distinctions  of  rank  amongst 
them.  Some  dress  better  than  oth- 
ers ;  some  have  a  waggon  and  more 
oxen  than  others,  and,  it  may  be,  a 
better  house,  but  these  things  produce 
no  elevation  of  rank;   they  will  a« 


rep-dily  comply  with  the  advice  or 
injunction  of  the  poorest  as  the  rich- 
est. The  operation  of  this  stale  of 
things,  was  severely  experienced  du- 
ring the  period  that  elapsed  between 
the  death  of  Mr.  Pacalt  and  the  ar- 
rival of  his  successor,  which  I  think 
was  about  4  months.  The  Hottentots 
were  like  an  army  without  a  com- 
mander— every  improvement  ceased. 
Some  of  the  Hottentots  were  for  go- 
ing on  with  the  improvements  which 
were  included  in  the  plan  of  their 
deceased  teacher  and  friend,  but  the 
rest  of  the  people  would  not  attend  to 
their  advice,  but  desired  that  every 
thing  should  remain  in  the  same 
state  until  the  arrival  of  another  mis- 
sionary. They  then  began  to  labor 
with  the  same  activity  as  before. 

"  Soon  at\er  the  death  of  Mr.  Pa- 
calt, the  government  of  Cape  colony, 
in  order  to  perpetuate  the  memory  of 
that  excellent  and  laborious  missiona- 
ry, was  pleased  to  alter  the  name  of 
the  settlement  from  Hooge  Kraal  to 
Pacaltsdorp  (or  Pacalt's  town;  which 
spontaneous  act  was  equally  credita- 
ble to  the  government,  and  to  the 
excellent  man  whose  memory  will 
thus  be  perpetuated. 

"  Dikkop,  who  was  chief  of  the 
kraal,  and  who  petitioned  for  a  mis- 
sionary on  my  first  visit,  was  also 
dead  before  my  return ;  and  Paul 
Dikkop,  whom  I  brought  with  me  to 
England,  and  who  lately  died  (we 
hope  in  the  Lord),  was  a  son  of  his, 
and  was  making  considerable  pro- 
gress in  his  education,  and  likely  to 
be  instrumental  of  good  to  his  fellow 
countrymen  on  his  return  ;  but  God, 
whose  thoughts  are  not  as  ours,  saw 
fit  to  call  nim  to  the  eternal  world, 
professing,  as  a  tinner,  his  sole  de- 
ppiidence  on  the  Saviour.  I  bow  to 
nis  holy  will,  saying,  Amen ! 

"  His  Majesty's  Commissioners  of 
Inquiry  have  since  visited  this  settle- 
ment. They  were  present  at  divine 
service  on  the  Sabbath,  and  heard 
the  children  read  and  repeat  their 
catechisms.  They  were  pleased  to 
express  their  satisfaction  at  the  gen- 
eral appearance  of  the  people,  with 
their  knowledge  of  the  Scripture,  and 
promised  to  do  all  in  their  power  to 
forward  the  laudable  objects  of  the 
Institution. 
On  this  occasion  a  scene  equally 

306 


advice   or 
9  the  rich- 
iis  stale  of 
rienced  du- 
ed  between 
and  the  ar- 
ich  1  think 
;  Hottentots 
lout  a  com- 
aent  ceased, 
were  for  go- 
nent8  which 
Ian  of   their 
end,  but  the 
not  attend  to 
d  that  every 
n  the    same 
another  mis- 
.gan  to  labor 
s  before, 
h  of  Mr.  Pa- 
Cape  colony, 
he  memory  of 
ious  miesiona- 
r  the  name  of 
looge  Kraal  to 
s  town)  which 
qually  credita- 
Lt,  and  to  the 
memory    will 

chief  of    the 
ned  for  a  nus- 
visit,  was  also 
in;    and  Paul 
ght  with  me  to 
ately  died   (^yc 
as  a  son  of  his, 
nsiderable    pro- 
,  and  likely  to 
odto  his  fellow 
turn;  but  God, 
ot  as  ours,  saw 
e  eternal  world, 
ler,  his  sole  de- 
vour.   I  bow  to 
Amen ! 

Umrnissioners  oj 
isited  this  settle- 
resent  at  divine 
bath,  and  heard 
ind  repeat  their 
were   pleased  to 
tion  at  the  gen- 
the  people,  with 
,he  Scripture,  and 
in  their  power  to 
,e  objects  of  the 

a  scene  equally 
306 


PAD 

unexpected  and  affecting  presented 
itself.  'I'he  honorable  Commissioners 
having  briefly  slated  to  tlie  congrega- 
tion the  object  of  their  visit,  a  re- 
tipectable  Hottentot  rose  up,  and  ad- 
dressed them  as  follows  : — '  I  thank 
God  for  putlinr  it  into  the  heart  of 
the  King  of  England  to  pity  us ;  and 
I  thank  the  great  gentleman  (grootee 
heeven)  for  coming  30  far  to  inquire 
into  cur  stale.'  He  was  followed  by 
several  others ;  then  by  all  the  men 
in  the  assembly  collectively,  who 
stood  up  and  expressed  their  grati- 
tude to  the  Commissioners.  When 
the  men  sat  down,  the  women  rose, 
and  expressed  themselves  in  a  similar 
manner,  some  of  them  in  neat  and 
appropriate  language.  The  satis- 
faction expressed  by  the  Commis- 
sioners on  this  occasion,  conveyed  to 
them  in  the  Dutch  language  by  Mr. 
Anderson  (the  missionary  then  there), 
was  received  by  the  assembly  with 
the  most  lively  emotions  of  pleas- 
ure." Pop.  38G;  4  schools.  W. 
Anderson,  missionary 

PADANG,  a  Dutch  settlement  on 
the  W.  coast  of  Sumatra,  300  m.  N. 
W.  of  Bencoolen.  E.  Ion.  99°  46', 
S.  lat.  0°  50'.  Rev.  C.  Evans  of  the 
B-  M.  S.  established  a  mission  at  this 
place  in  1821.  Mr.  N.  M.  Ward, has 
lately  removed  his  printing  press  from 
Bencoolen  to  Padang.  lie  is  prepar- 
ing a  new  version  of  the  Malay  Scrip- 
tures. 

PAIHIA,  a  station  of  the  C.  M.  S. 
in  New  Zealand,  on  the  S.  side  of  the 
Bay  of  Islands.  The  mission  was 
commenced  in  1823.  H.  Williams 
and  C.  Williams  are  missionaries, 
W.  Fairburn,  and  T.  Chapman,  cate- 
chists,  W.  Puckey,  artizan.  On  ac- 
count of  its  unfavorable  location ,  it  is 
probable  that  this  station  will  soon  be 
abandoned. 

PALAMCOTTA,  a  fortified  town 
inTinnevelly  district,  Carnatic  Coun- 
try, Hindooston, about  3m.  from  Tinne- 
velly,  65  E.  N.  E.  Cape  Comorin, 
and  200  S.  W.  Tanjore. 

The  Rev.  Messrs.  Rhenius  and 
Schmid,  and  Mr.  R.  Lyon,  country 
born,  English  assistant,  David,  na- 
tive assistant,  and  15  Tainul  school- 
masters, from  the  C.  M.  S.,  commenc- 
ed a  mission  here  in  1820,  and  opened 
a  seminary  for  the  education  of  native 
schuolmaaters    and    catechists  ;    the 


PAL 

happy  influence  of  which  begins  to 
be  perceived,  by  enabling  them  to 
furnish  competent  teachers  in  the 
schools,  which  Mr.  Hough  had  estab- 
lished previous  to  their  arrival  in  1800, 
and  also  to  provide  for  this  extensive 
establishment  schools  in  diflerent 
parts  of  the  district. 

The    Rev.   Messrs.    Rhenius    and 
Schmid, with  Mrs.  Rhenius,  Mrs.  Sch- 
mid, and  Mrs.  Schnurre,  still  continue 
their  labors.    A  new  church  has  been 
erected,  and  was  opened  on  the  26th 
of  June,  1826  ;  the  expense  amounted 
to  2000  rupees,  of  which  the  Madras 
committee  advanced  800  :  the  remain- 
der was  raised  by  contributions  from 
all  classes  of  people  in  the  neighbor- 
hood, Europeans,  native  Christians, 
Mohammedans,   and  heathens.     The 
work  of   God,  which   Ikis   recently 
commenced  in  the   vicinity   of  this 
station,  by  the  instrumeiitality  of  the 
missionaries,  appears  to  be  steadily 
proceeding.     The  progress  of  truth, 
and  the  opposition  which  is  made  to 
it,  are  thus  noticed  by  Mr.  Rhenius  : 
— "  Everywhere,  the  number  of  per- 
sons who  renounce  idolatry,  and  put 
themselves  under  Christian  instruc- 
tion, increases.     In  one  district,  per- 
secution is  at  a  great  height :  a  mo- 
dcliar,  related  to  one  of  our  semina- 
rists, has  expressed   murderous   de- 
signs, not  only  against  the   people, 
but  against  his  relation,  and  has  de- 
clared '  Christianity  shall  not  be  in 
that  district.'  " 

The  missionaries  continue  their 
visits  to  those  villages  where  congre- 
gations have  been  formed  with  much 
encouragement.  The  past  and  present 
condition  of  one  of  them,  SatangkoO' 
lam,  are  thus  contrasted  by  Mr.  Rhe- 
nius : — 

"About  11  o'clock,  divine  service 
was  held,  when  the  whole  place  was 
filled,  and  large  numbers  of  heathens 
were  standing  at  the  door  and  win- 
dows. Our  dear  friends  in  Europe, 
who  pray  for  the  prosperity  of  Zion, 
would  have  greatly  rejoiced  at  such  a 
sight.  What  a  change  has  taken 
place  in  this  town  during  the  last  2 
years.  When  brother  Schmid  and 
myself  were  here  5  years  ago,  for  the 
first  time,  all  was  darkness ;  now  the 
light  of  the  gospel  shines,  and  the 
sound  of  it  goes  fcith  into  the  sur- 
rounding country !   Then  not  a  school 

307 


II! 


PAL 


PHI 


could  be  established  ;  now  a  fine  large 
church  is  in  the  midst  of  it,  and  a 
large  congregation  to  fill  it !  " 

There  are  now  (1831)  3  missiona- 
aries,  Rhenius,  Schmid,  and  Ficll- 
8tedt,2  assistants,  G8  native  catechists, 
with  many  native  schoolmasters.  The 
town  has  9,4U0  inhabitants  j  the  dis- 
trict, Tennevelly,  of  which  it  is  the 
head  quarters,  has  700,000  inhabitants. 
In  the  beginning  of  1831 ,  the  follow- 
ing numbers  a;»in.'ar  in  the  reports  of 
the  missionaries  ;  villages,  2G1 ;  fam- 
ilies, 2289;  individual;^,  8138;  semi- 
nary, 34  students,  11  of  whom  were 
pious ;  schools :  42  under  heathen 
schoolniasteFs  with  14G1  boys  and  56 
girls :  23  under  catechists,  with  259 
Doys  and  27  girls. 

tALIKERRY  CHURCH,  a  settle- 
ment of  Syrian  Christians,  in  South- 
ern India.  The  people  manifest  a 
desire  to  receive  the  word  of  God. 

PANDITERIPO,  a  parish  in  the 
district  of  Jaftha,  Ceylon,  adjoining 
Tillipally  on  the  W.,'9  m.  N.  W.  of 
Jaifnapatam. 

John  Scudder,  M.  D.  of  the  A.  B. 
C.  F.  M.  commenced  a  mission  in 
this  place  in  1820.  Dr.  Scudder  is 
also  an  ordained  minister.  Under 
date  of  April  1,  1831,  he  remarks  that 
he  did  not  know  that  any  new  cases 
of  conversion  had  occurred  during 
the  quarter.  Most  of  those,  who  had 
been  awakened,  still  attended  the 
inquiry  meeting.  Two  were  candi- 
dates for  the  church.  Truth  appear- 
ed to  be  making  an  impression  on  the 
minds  of  many.  All  the  children 
connected  with  the  native  free  schools 
were  formed  into  a  Sabbath  school, 
and  the  larger  children  and  those  who 
appear  to  he  thoughtful,  are  assem- 
bled for  conversation  every  Sabbath, 
and  sometimes  on  Tuesday.  Great 
opposition  has  been  manifested  by  the 
Catholics.  Native  free  schools  14, 
containing  420  scholars ;  of  whom 
338  are  boys. 

PANTURA,  an  out-station  of  the 
W.  M.  S.  near  C-'ltura,  in  the  Cin- 
galese division  of  Ceylon. 

PAPINE,  a  station  of  the  B.  M.  S. 
in  Jamaica,  8  m.  from  Kingston. 

PARAMARIBO,  the  capital  of 
Surinam,  or  Dutch  Guiana,  South 
America.  It  is  about  18  m.  from  the 
sea,  on  the  r.  Surinam.  About  the 
year  1777,  a  mission  waa  commenced 


in  Parimaribo,  by  the  U.  B,  In 
1830,  the  congregation  consisted  of 
nearly  1800  members.  In  1828,  the 
preaching  of  the  gospel  was  attended 
with  powerful  and  happy  effects,  and 
many  were  added  to  the  Lord,  of  all 
ages  and  colors. 

PAREGANNO,  a  village  in  the 
Deccan,  Western  India,  where  the 
missionaries  of  the  C.  M.  S.  labor. 

PARORE,  a  church  of  the  Syrian 
Chiistians,  built  about  200  years  ago, 
and  >    11  accommodate  GOO  persons. 

P.  t-RAMATTA,  a  town  in  New 
South  Wales,  the  next  in  importance 
to  Sydney,  and  15  m.  from  it.  Rev. 
Samuel  Marsden,  who  has  resided 
here,  has  accomplished  much  good. 
The  inhabitants  are  between  3  and 
4000.  The  streets  are  regularly  laid 
out,  crossing  each  other  at  right  an- 
gles. Here  is  a  refuge  for  female 
convicts* 

PASSAGE  FORT,  a  station  of  the 
B.  M.  S.  in  Jamaica. 

PATNA,  a  populous  city,  320  m. 
from  Calcutta,  capital  of  Bahar  Hin- 
doostan.  On  the  17th  of  March,  1830, 
a  "  Ladies'  Society  for  Native  Female 
Education,"  was  formed  at  Patna. 

PEDRO  POINT,  an  outstation 
Jaffna,  of  the  W.  M.  S.  in  Ceylon. 

PERAMBORE,  an    outstaUon 
the  C.  M.   S.  near  Madras. 

PERAMPANNEY,  a  village  in  the 
Tinnevelly  District,  Southern  India. 

PHILIPPOLIS,  a  station  of  the 
L.  M.  S.y  S.  Africa,  (so  called  from 
respect  to  the  Rev.  Dr.  Philip,)  which 
was  formed  a  few  years  since,  with 
the  hope  of  reviving  the  mission  to 
the  Bushmen ;  for  wliich  purpose  Jan 
Goeyman,  a  Hottentot  teacher,  was 
sent  hither,  but  no  discernable  suc- 
cess attended  his  labors.  As  he  thought 
an  European  missionary  would  suc- 
ceed where  he  failed,  Mr.  Claik  was 
appointed  to  this  place. 

An  outstation,  belonging  to  it,  was, 
in  the  course  of  the  year  182G,  attack- 
ed by  a  party  of  plundering  CafTres, 
who,  horrible  to  relate,  destroyed  no 
less  than  31  Bush  people,  in  order  to 
get  possession  of  their  cattle.  Mr. 
C.,  having  received  information  of 
this  dreadful  catastrophe,  proceeded, 
as  soon  as  he  was  able,  to  the  spot, 
and  removed  the  survivors  to  Philip- 
polis.  He  had  previously  directed 
some  Hottentots,  belonging  to  the 

308 


of 
of 


B.      In 

aBiBled  of 
1828, the 
8  attendid 
ftVcts,  and 
lOrd,  of  all 

re   in    the 
where   the 
S.  labor, 
the  Syrian 
I  years  ago, 
I  persons, 
m  in  New 
importance 
n  it.     Rev. 
nas    resided 
much  good, 
yvten  y  and 
•gularly  laid 
at  right  an- 
;  for  female 

station  of  the 

city,  320  m. 
r  Bahar  Hin- 
March,  1830, 
lative  Female 
1  at  Patna. 
outstation  of 
n  Ceylon, 
outstation   of 

ras. 

village  in  the 
ithern  India, 
tation   of  the 
0  called  from 
Philip,)  which 
rs  since,  with 
he  mission  to 
;h  purpose  Jan 
,  teacher,  was 
scernable  sue- 
As  he  thought 

ry    would   8UC- 

Mr.  Claik  was 

ging  to  it,  was, 
lrl82G,attack- 
dering  Caffres, 
e,  destroyed  no 
pie,  in  order  to 
ir  cattle.     Mr. 
information  of 
jhe,  proceeded, 
^le,  to  the  spot, 
ivors  to  PhiUp- 
liouBly  directed 
Honging  to  the 
^  308 


POLYNESIAN,  or  SOUTH  SEA  ISLANDER. 
[Psge  310  ] 


latter  j: 
ill  ordt 
cattle  ; 
pletelv 
Phili 
Cradoc 
Bechua 
stutiun 
lii  ige  tr 
cliiefly  i 
bor  wIk 
with  till 
Bionary. 
80  to  »0 
improve 
cunistar 
patience 
45  to  80 
been  brr 
PIN 
WALE! 
Malays, 
Island,) 
sea,  neaj 
its  N.  J; 
10'  E.    : 
sq.  m.,  ai 
a  mass  ol 
affords  al 
buildinj^. 
ly  fertile 
pepper,  c 
climate  if 
is  the  ca 
land  and 
was  51,2( 
^■'i-y^.    A 
Pmang   . 
the  repoi 
lowing  p 
''Thei 
light  of 
among 
laboring, 
ent  are 
press;  ot 
tion  of  tl 
while  the 
to  the  C 
from  hou 
sation, 
This  Mr. 
Saturday 
early  par 
times  ho 
preachinc 
audience^ 
never  lart 
1S30,  he 
"  ConcJ 


ISLANDER. 


PIN 

latter  place,  to  pursue  the  murderers, 
ill  order,  if  possible,  to  recover  the 
cattle ;  in  wnich  attempt  they  com- 
pletely succeeded. 

Philippulis  is  on  the  north  side  of 
Cradock  r.;  !X)()  Griquas  and  960 
Bechuanas  are  connected  with  this 
station ;  but  are  dispersed  over  a 
huge  tract  of  country,  the  land  being 
chiefly  adapted  to  grazing  ;  the  num- 
ber who  reside  at  the  station  varies 
with  the  season.  John  Mellvill,  mis- 
sionary. Sabbath  congregations  from 
80  to  *U0  ;  the  spirit  of  the  people  is 
improved  ;  but  many  unfavorable  cir- 
cumstances have  tried  the  faith  and 
patience  of  the  missionaries.  Scholars, 
45  to  80.  280  acres  of  land  have  lately 
been  brought  under  cultivation. 

PIN  AN  G,  OR  PRINCE  OF 
WALES'S  ISLAND,  (called  bv  the 
Malays,  Pulo  Pinang,  or  Betel-J\"ut 
Island,)  is  an  island  in  the  E.  Indian 
sea,  near  the  coast  of  Siam ;  lat  of 
its  N.  E.  point  5°  25'  N.,  Ion.  100" 
19'  E.  It  has  an  area  of  about  160 
sq.  m.,  and  a  fine  harbor.  Its  basis  is 
a  mass  of  granite.  The  western  side 
affords  abundance  of  ship  timber  for 
building.  The  remainder  is  extreme- 
ly fertile,  and  yields  large  crops  of 
pepper,  coffee,  rice,  ginger,  &c.  The 
climate  is  temperate.  George  Town 
is  the  capital.  Population  of  the  is- 
land and  its  dependencies,  in  1822, 
was  51,207,  chiefly  Chinese  and  Ma- 
lays. A  mission  was  commenced  in 
Pmang  in  1810,  by  the  L.  M.  S.  From 
the  report  of  1831,  we  copy  the  fol- 
lowing paragraphs. 

"The  means  of  communicating  the 
light  of  the  gospel  to  the  heathen, 
among  whom  the  missionaries  are 
laboring,  are  various.  Some  at  pres- 
ent are  only  accessible  through  the 
press  ;  others  by  the  public  proclama- 
tion of  the  glad  tidings  of  salvation, 
while  the  chief  means  of  doing  good 
to  the  Chinese,  is  by  visiting  them 
from  house  to  house,  and  by  conver- 
sation, and  preaching  the  gospel. 
This  Mr.  Dyer  did  every  day,  except 
Saturday  and  Sunday,  during  the 
early  part  of  the  last  year.  Some- 
times he  met  with  opportunities  of 
preaching  the  gospel  to  an  attentive 
audience,  though  such  audience  was 
never  large.  On  the  7th  of  August, 
1830,  he  writes  : — 

"  Concerning  the  Chinese  mission 


PIN 

at  Pinang,  I  write  with  more  pleasure, 
as  things  have  with  me  taken  a  more 
interesting  turn.  The  small  house,  or 
bungalow,  in  the  bazaar  has  been 
opened  for  some  time,  and  1  make  it 
my  daily  practice,  if  possible,  to  no, 
and  sit  theie  some  hours.  I  generully 
go  in  the  morning :  immediately  on 
my  arrival,  I  am  surrounded  by  a 
group  of  patients,  whom  I  supply  with 
medicines.  These  medicines  were 
granted  by  the  government  on  my  ap- 
plication. I  perceive  that  this  has 
already  had  some  influence  upon  the 
minds  of  the  people,  as  many  of  them 
now  believe  I  have  no  sinister  end  in 
view." — "  Afler  distributing  medi- 
cines for  a  limited  time  in  the  morn- 
ing, I  remain  to  converse  with  the 
Chinese,  and  for  this  purpose  I  go 
again  in  the  evening.  Some  of  these 
seasons  have  refreshed  me  much,  and 
my  mind  has  been  comforted  and  en- 
couraged in  this  interesting  work." 

"  C/iinese  Schools.  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Dyer  do  not  lose  sight  of  the  Chinese 
girls'  school,  the  discontinuance  of 
which  was  mentioned  in  the  last  re- 
port ;  they  have  even  attempted  to 
raise  anotner,  but  had  not  succeeded 
in  August  last.  They  have,  however, 
taken  four  children  under  their  entire 
care,  and  the  education  of  these  chil- 
dren gives  much  satisfaction. 

"  The  Boys'  School  occupies  the 
school  rooms,  built  in  the  mission 
compound,  originally  for  the  girls. 
Mr.  Dyer  is  satisfled  both  with  the 
master  and  the  boys,  the  latter  ac- 
quitting themselves  to  the  credit  of 
their  teacher.  The  children  possess 
an  acquaintance  with  the  most  im- 
portant truths  of  Christianity, and  Mr. 
Dyer  hopes,  that  the  Chinese  teach- 
ers may  eventually  be  raised  up  from 
among  these  scholars. 

"  Malay  Branch.  Mr.  Beighton  has 
suffered  much  from  illness ;  but  a 
visit  to  a  more  elevated  part  of  the 
island  had,  by  the  divine  blessing, 
partially  restored  his  health.  His 
Sabbath  morning  Malay  congregation 
consists  of  from  40  to  60  hearers. 
There  are  two  weekly  services  be- 
sides. In  the  evening,  Mr.  B.  visits 
the  people  for  religious  conversation. 
"Though  Mr.  Beighton  laments 
that  little  apparent  good  has  been  ef- 
fected among  the  Malays,  yet  there 
are  indications  of  a  favorable  imprea- 

309 


M 


mi?^ 


<■  **-: 


PLA 

Bion,  upon  the  minds  of  some,  which 
inspire  hope  of  greater  success. 

"  Schauta.  There  are  five  Malay 
schools,  viz.  four  supporti'd  by  the 
Society,  and  one  by  the  couunittee  of 
the  Pinang  English  Free  School.  One 
of  these  schools,  containinjr  a  consid- 
erable number  of  females,  Mrs.  Beigh- 
ton  has  taken  under  her  own  special 
superintendence.  Donations  have 
been  received  at  Pinang  on  behalf  of 
the  Malay  schools,  through  the  kind 
aid  of  R.  Ibbetson,  Esq.  resident 
counseller. 

"  English  Services.  The  evening 
service  at  the  mission  chapel  is,  at 
an  early  hour,  well  attended." 

PLAATBERG,  a  station  of  the 
W.  M.  S.  in  S.  Africa,  near  the  Ma- 
quassee  Mts.  north  of  the  Yellow  r., 
commenced  in  1823.  James  Arch- 
bell,  John  Davis,  missionaries.  The 
congregation  are  very  attentive.  Mem- 
bers 8,  scholars  200. 

POLYNESIA,  from  a  Greek  word 
signifying  Many  Islands ;  the   name 

given  by  geographers  to  the  great 
ody  of  islands,  scattered  over  the  Pa- 
cific ocean,  between  Australasia  and 
the  Philippines,  and  the  American 
continent.  It  extends  from  lat.  35° 
N.  to  50°  S.;  and  from  Ion.  170°  to 
230°  E.,  an  extent  of  5000  m.  from  N. 
to  S.  and  of  3C00  from  E.  to  W.  It 
includes  therefore  the  Sandwich  Is- 
lands, the  Marquesas,  Navigators,  So- 
ciety, Friendly,  Georgian,  Pelew, 
Ladrone,  Mulgrave,  Carolines,  Pit- 
c&irn    &LC 

PO'ONAMALLEE,  a  village  near 
Madras,  Hindoostan,  where  40  attend 
as  a  congregation  to  the  preaching  of 
the  Madras  missionaries. 

POOREE,  OR  JUGGERNAUT,  a 
station  of  the  General  Baptists,  near 
the  great  temple  of  Juggernaut,  on 
the  coast  S.  of  Cuttack,  commenced 
in  1823.  W.  Bampton,  long  a  faith- 
ful missionary,  has  rested  from  his 
labors.  Mr.  Sutton,  from  Balasore, 
has  devoted  a  part  of  his  time  to  this 
station. 

PORT  ELIZABETH  ;  outstation 
to  Bethelsdrop,  of  the  L.  M.  S.  South 
Africa.  Pop.  GOO ;  50  Hottentots  and 
140  English  attend  public  service. 
64  scholars,  and  34  infant  scholars. 
PORT  MARIA.  This,  with  8 
outstations  of  the  Scottish  Miss.  Soc, 
in  Jamaica,  has,  under  the  care  of 


aui 

Mr.  Chamberlain,  209  catechumens, 
and  13  communicants :  21  were  bap- 
tized in  1830 — 1.  At  the  same  place 
the  ft.  M.  S.  have  a  church  of  3!)0 
members. 

PORT  ROYAL,  a  station  of  the  B 
M.  S.  in  Jamaica.  John  Clarke,  tiiis- 
sionary,     171  commuiiic::rils 

PRAGUAING,  an  outstation  of 
the  Serampore  Missions,  near  Arra- 
can,  Farther  India. 

PRINCE  EDWARD'S  ISLAND, 
OR  ST.  JOHN'S,  an  island  in  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  near  the  N. 
coast  of  Nova  Scotia,  to  which  gov- 
ernment it  was  once  annexed,  but  it 
has  now  a  separate  governmet.  Pop- 
ulation 5000.  Lon.  44°  22'  to  4G^ 
32'  W.;  lat.  45°  G'  to  47°  10'  N.  It  is 
well  watered,  and  the  soil  is  fertile. 
The  S.  P.  G.  have  established  a  mis- 
sion on  the  island. 

PULICAT,  a  sea-port  town  in  the 
Carnatic,  Hindoostan,  25  m.  N.  Mad- 
ras. E.  lon.  80°  27',  N.  lat.  13°  24'. 
The  Rev. Mr.  Kindlinger,  from  the  JV. 
JIf.S.,  arrived  in  1821. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Iron  arrived  in  June, 
1823,  and  has  charge  of  the  Dutch 
department.  Since  that  time,  Mr. 
Kindlinger  has  preached  in  Tamul, 
and  has,  in  general,  a  numerous  na- 
tive congregation.  P7e  has  been  bles- 
sed in  his  catechising  of  the  peopla, 
and  decisive  evidence  appears  that 
the  labor  bestowed  on  the  scholars 
has  not  been  without  fruit. 

In  1825,  this  town  was  ceded  by 
the  Dutch  to  the  British.  A  mission 
was  commenced  by  the  C.  M.  S.  in 
1827.  J.  P.  C.  Winckler,  missiona- 
ry, 1  native  catechist,  and  1 1  school- 
masters. Congregation  C5  to  70, 
communicants  20,  scholars  253  boys, 
and  31  girls.  In  this  station  and  its 
neighborhood  are  about  31  Tamul 
Christian  families,  and  above  400  per- 
sons receiving  Christian  instruction. 

PUTNEY,  a  station  of  the  B.  M.  S. 
in   Jamaica,  18   m. 
916  communicants. 


Q. 


from   Kingston, 


QUILON,  OR   COUTAN,  a  sea- 

)ort  of  Travancore,  Hindoostan, 88  m. 

V.  W.  of  Cape  Comorin.     The  popu- 

ation  diff*erently  estimated,  at  40,000 

to  80,000.    A  station  was  commenced 

310 


aui 

here  by  the  L.  M.  S.  in  1821,  and  the 
Rev.  Messrs.  Smith  and  Crow,  and 
several  native  readers,  labored  with 
much  zeal  and  energy.  The  number 
of  schools  under  their  superinten- 
dence, in  1825,  was  8 ;  that  of  schol- 
ars, including  15  girls,  who  also  re- 
ceived Cliristian  instruction,  353;  and 
all  of  them  were  in  a  prosperous  state. 
About  this  time  Mr.  S.  was  obliged, 
on  account  of  ill  health,  to  refurn 
home;  and  Mr.  C,  whose  constitu- 
tion was  also  unable  to  bear  the  cli- 
mate of  India,  arrived  in  England, 
Dec.  12, 1826. 

On  his  departure  from  Quilon,  the 
mission  was  placed  under  the  super- 
intendence of  Mr.  Ashton,  assistant 
missionary  from  Nagercoil.  He  has 
collected  a  native  congregation,  con- 
sisting of  about  20  persons,  who  as- 
semble every  Sabbath  afternoon,  when 
a  service  is  performed,  in  which  he  is 
assisted  by  the  reader,  Rowland  Hill. 
The  readers,  besides  visiting  the  ba- 
zars and  other  places  of  public  resort, 
itinerate  in  the  neighboring  villages. 

The  native  schools,  which  contain 
about  300  children,  are  in  an  improv- 
ing state. 

From  the  last  Report  of  the  Soci- 
ety, we  copy  the  following. 

'*  This  station,  since  the  26th  of 
February,  1830,  has  been  under  the 
care  of  Mr.  Miller ;  the  illness  of 
Mrs.  Thompson,  who  had  removed  to 
the  Nilgherry  Hills,  requiring  Mr. 
Thompson  to  be  absent  longer  than  it 
was  hoped  would  have  been  necessary. 

"  Mr.  Cumberland  has  continued 
zealously  and  faithfully  to  discharge 
the  duties  of  an  assistant  in  this  mis- 
sion. 

"  JSktive  Services.  There  are  two 
on  the  Lord's  day.  One  in  Malaya- 
lim  at  9  o'clock,  A.  M.  The  congre- 
gation consists  of  40  to  50  adults, 
besides  a  few  children  who  come  with 
their  parents.  The  other  is  a  Tumil 
service  at  4  o'clock,  P.  M.  The  con- 
gregation is  small,  consisting  of  15 
persons,  including  Mr.  Miiler's  own 
servants.  A  number  of  persons  are 
usuafly  present  at  the  schools  when 
the  children  are  examined  and  ad- 
dressed, and  to  them  at  such  times 
the  truths  of  the  gospel  are  declared. 
Frequent  conversations  with« heathen, 
Roman  Catholics,  and  Mohammedans, 
afford  also  opportunities  for  exposing 


RAI 

the  errors  of  false  religion,  and  set- 
ting fortli  the  truths  of  the  word  of 
God. 

"  JWitirc  Srhoflls.  These  are  15, 
with  :V.)7  children  on  the  lists,  and  an 
average  attendance  of  from  260  to 
340.  The  degree  of  improvement  is 
various,  but  in  all  it  is  encouraging. 
Tiie  children  read  and  commit  to  me- 
mory portions  of  the  scriptures,  and 
several  of  the  boys  can  repeat  the 
gospel  of  John  entire  Beneficial 
results  have  been  derived  from  the 
removal  of  some  indolent  schoolmas- 
ters. 

"  The  Girls'  School  in  the  mission 
compound  has  been  discontinued,  on 
account  of  the  inefficiency  of  the 
teacher,  and  the  non-attendance  of 
many  of  the  girls.  Another  girls' 
school  was  formed  in  the  month  of 
July,  at  a  village  called  Tattamally, 
where  the  children  evince  a  strong 
desire  to  learn,  and  have  made  con- 
siderable progress  in  the  catechism, 
spelling,  and  writing  in  sand. 

"  Of  the  Mundakal  and  Kulialoor 
girls'  schools,  no  report  has  been 
received,  and  there  is  reason  to  sup- 
pose that  these  schools,  as  well  as 
that  of  Tattamally,  are  included  in 
the  general  number  of  schools  return- 
ed, though  the  latter  is  mentioned 
distinct,  on  account  of  its  recent  for- 
mation. 

"  A  district  is  assigned  to  each  of 
these,  containing  several  villages  and 
schools,  which  ne  visits,  and  where 
he  reads  the  scriptures,  and  conver- 
ses with  the  people.  The  plan  of 
requiring  weekly  reports  of  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  readers  has  also  beea 
adopted  at  Quilon.  Although  undis- 
tinguished by  acuteness  of  mtellect, 
or  peculiar  dexterity  in  argument, 
they  employ  their  knowledge  of  the 
scriptures  with  great  facility  and  force 
in  conversation  with  their  country- 
men. Desirous  to  strengthen  the 
mission  in  this  important  and  promis- 
ing part  of  India,  the  Directors  have 
appointed  at  Quilon  Mr.  Wm.  Har- 
ris, who  sailed  from  England  in  the 
Charles  Ker,  Captain  Brodie,  on  the 
25th  of  November  last." 

R. 

RAI  ATE  A,  sometimes  called  Ulie- 
tea,  one  of  the  Society  Islands,  in  the 

311 


RAI 


llAI 


tS.  Pacific  Ocenn,  about  W.  Ion.  ISl*^ 
:{()',  S.  lat.  10^  :><)' ;  M  m.  S.  W  'lu- 
ailing,  and  50  in  circuit,  witli  many 
good  harltors,  containing  abort  !'?()() 
inhabitants. 

"In  l«-J3,  Goo.  Bennct,  Esq.  and 
Rov.  D.  Tyfrman,  the  Deputation 
of  llie  /..  M.  S.  tiiua  write  : — "  Jn 
examining  the  ruined  niorais,  or  tem- 
ples at  Opoa,  we  could  liardly  realize 
tho  idea  that  (J  or  7  years  ago  they 
were  all  in  use;  and  were  rather  in- 
clined to  imagine  these  the  ruins  of 
some  wretched  idolatry,  which  had 
suffered  its  overthrow  15  or  20  centu- 
ries ago.  In  looking  over  the  large 
congregation,  and  in  seeing  so  many 
decent  and  respectable  njen  and  wo- 
men, all  conducting  themselves  with 
the  greatest  decorum  and  propriety, 
we  have  often  said  to  ourselves,  '  Can 
these  be  the  very  people  who  partici- 
pated in  the  horrid  scenes  whicJi  we 
have  heard  described  .'' — nay,  the  very 
people  who  murdered  their  children 
with  their  own  hands ;  who  slew  and 
off'ered  human  sacrifices ;  who  were 
the  very  perpetrators  of  all  these  in- 
describable abominations.''  To  real- 
ize the  fact  is  almost  impossible.  But, 
though  C  or  7  years  ago  they  acted  as 
if  under  the  inmiediate  and  unre- 
strained influence  of  the  most  malig- 
nant demons  that  the  lower  regions 
could  send  to  torment  the  world,  we 
view  them  now  in  their  houses,  in  va- 
rious meetings,  and  in  their  daily  av- 
ocations, and  behold  them  clothed,  and 
in  their  right  minds.'  " 

On  the  subject  of  the  instruction 
enjoyed  by  the  natives,  in  connexion 
with  the  Raiatean  mission,  the  depu- 
tation observe — "  All  the  people,  both 
adults  and  children,  who  are  capable 
of  it,  are  in  a  state  of  school  instruc- 
tion. Many  of  the  men  and  women, 
and  not  a  few  of  the  children,  can 
ret'.d,  fluently  and  with  accuracy, 
those  portions  of  the  sacred  Scrip- 
tures which  have  been  translated,  and 
of  course  all  the  elementary  books ; 
the  rest  read  in  one  or  other  of  these 
elementary  books ;  many  can  write, 
and  several  cipher.  Such  is  the  state 
of  things,  and  such  is  the  system  of 
improvement  that  is  now  in  opera- 
tion, that  not  a  single  child  or  grown 
person  can  remain  m  this  island  una- 
ble to  read.  The  children,  compris- 
ing 350  boys  and  girls,  assemble  every 


morning  at  sunrise  for  instruction  in 
a  large  nouse  erected  for  I  he  purpose; 
while  the  adults  assemble  at  the  same 
time  in  the  chapel,  Siitiirday  and  Sab- 
bath mornings  excepted,  to  read  and 
repeat  their  catecliiHuis.  After  the 
school  hours  are  over,  which  is  abovit 
8  o'clock,  tliey  go  to  their  several  oc- 
cu])ation8  for  the  day." 

Of  the  progress  of  civilization  in 
Raiatea,  they  give  the  following  ac- 
count : — 

*'  Around  the  settlement,  in  both 
the  valleys,  the  ground  is  enclosed, 
to  a  great  extent,  with  bamboo  fences. 
In  these  enclosures,  which  are  of  dif- 
ferent dimensions,  tobacco  and  sugar- 
canes  are  planted  ;  and  both  tobacco 
and  sugar  the  people  have  learnt  to 
prepare  for  the  market.  The  speci- 
mens which  we  have  seen  of  both 
were  of  the  best  quality,  and,  we  con- 
ceive, cannot  be  exceeded  by  simihir 
productions  in  any  country.  Both 
grow  here  in  great  luxuriance.  The 
tobacco  produces  three  or  four  crops 
in  the  year;  sugar  something  more 
than  one.  The  people  have  also  learnt 
to  make  salt  from  sea-waier,  by  boil- 
ing it  in  large  iron  pans  :  that  we 
have  seen  is  equal  to  the  best  English 
salt.  Here  is  not  only  a  sugar-mill, 
but  also  a  smithy ;  and  some  of  the 
natives  do  common  jobs,  such  as  mak- 
ing hinges,  &c.  very  well.  Most  of 
the  men  can  work  at  carpentry  ;  and 
we  have  seen  some  chairs  and  other 
articles,  made  by  them,  which  have 
greatly  surprised  us.  In  fact,  they 
begin  to  emulate  the  missionaries  in 
their  modes  of  living,  and  arc  anxious 
to  possess  every  article  of  furniture 
which  is  necessary  to  enable  them  to 
live  in  the  English  style." 

Since  that  time  prosperity  has  at- 
tended the  various  efforts  tnat  have 
been  made.  Several  portions  of  the 
Scriptures,  and  other  works  have  been 
translated. 

From  the  last  report  (1831)  of  the 
Society  we  take  the  following  para- 
graphs. 

"  The  intelligence  which  the  Di- 
rectors have  received  from  the  station 
in  this  island  is  among  the  most  ani- 
mating that  has  arrived  from  the 
South  Seas.  The  appearance  of  the 
settlement  generally  is  improved ;  the 
industry  of  the  people  is  increasing  : 
a  number  of  young  men  are  capable 

312 


civilization    in 
ioiluwinof  ac- 


■»•■ 


RANGOON  WAR  BOAT. 


VIEW  IN  THE  CITY  OP  RANGOON. 
[Page  314.] 


(r  ,"  "I'r 
■fir.  ■'7^: 


?*| 


I  * 


4 


*p 


'M 


.rk-' 


V 


..'r» 


ofwc 
))l)tni 
nerat 
were 
prise, 
mall 

in  utli 
e  fin 
ionar 
tdtir 
iiaius  : 
ship  a 
nttund 
Harve 
a  new 
the    sc 
work 
with    8 
though 
version 
have  n( 
Divine 
ing  satii 
cv  of  til 
The  sail 
tain  Lin 
elUle,  to 
mention 
Society, 
the  pleas 
that   the 
visited 
comman 
His    Ma 
comma 
Waldegr 
tlemen 
gratifyin 
irom  th( 
encourac 
example 
motion  ( 
highly  b( 
tain  Wal 
blies  for 
pressed  _ 
nad  seen 
ed  an  int 
of  the  S( 
ors  are  e: 
the    miss 
Islands. 
^'The 
Missiona 
12th  of  i 
commanc 
many  of] 

preached! 
meeting 


^         •  '4  ■ 


HAI 


RAI 


r'"^^ 


^.'^ 


of  workinir  in  iron  nnd  wood,  so  as  to 
obtain  a  ro^ulnr  iinil  valuable  n'rnn- 
neratioii  tor  llicir  labor.  Tlic  |)oo|>lt' 
wcrn  incrcMiuin^  in  iniiratiine  I'litcr- 
prise.  Tli«*  kinir's  wharf  n'scinbled  n 
mall  *'ock-yara,  and  a  nuiiiilK'r  of 
venby  .ve  b«>on  built  in  Raiiiti>A,  or 
in  other  iwlandH,  and  brouirht  there  to 
'  e  finislu'd.  The  people  at  the  iniH- 
ionary  Htation  maintained  peace  and 
fder  during  the  absence  of  Mr.  Wil- 
liams :  the  nieetinga  for  public  wor- 
ship and  the  schools  were  reirularly 
attended.  Since  his  return  from  the 
Harvey,  Friendly,  and  Samoa  Islands, 
a  new  school-house  had  been  erected, 
the  Bcliiiols  re-or<|anized,  and  the 
work  of  instruction  recommenced 
with  alacrity  and  vifjor ;  and,  al- 
though no  strikintr  instances  of  con- 
version have  occurred,  the  people 
have  not  Ihumi  withnu*,  tokens  of  the 
Divine  favor.  Some  have  died,  leav- 
ing satisfactory  evidence  of  the  effica- 
cy of  the  religion  they  had  professed. 
The  salutary  ctfect  of  the  visit  of  Cap- 
tain Laws,  of  His  Majesty's  ship  Sat- 
dlite,  to  the  missionary  stations,  was 
mentioned  at  the  last  meeting  of  the 
Society.  The  Directors  have  now 
the  pleasure  to  inform  their  friends, 
that  these  islands  have  since  been 
visited  by  an  United  States  frigate, 
commanded  l)y  Captain  Finch,  and 
His  Majesty's  ship  Seringapatam, 
commanded  by  the  Hon.  Captain 
Waldegrave  The  visit  of  these  gen- 
tlemen has  not  only  been  peculiarly 
gratifying  to  the  missionaries,  but 
from  their  liberal  presents,  and  the 
encouragement  they  gave  by  their 
example  and  influence  to  the  promo- 
motion  of  morals  and  religion,  was 
highly  beneficial  to  the  people.  Cap- 
tain Waldegrave  attended  the  assem- 
blies for  public  worship,  &c.  and  ex- 
Eressed  himself  satisfied  with  what  he 
ad  seen.  Mr.  Williams  has  forward- 
ed an  interesting  account  of  the  visit 
of  the  Seringapatam,  and  the  Direct- 
ors are  expecting  to  receive  one  from 
the  missionaries  in  the  Windward 
Islands. 

"  The  anniversary  of  the  Raiatea 
Missionary  Society  was  held  on  the 
12th  of  May,  and  was  attended  by  the 
commander  of  the  Seringapatam  and 
many  of  the  officers.  Mr.  Williams 
preached  in  the  morning,  and  the 
meeting  for  transacting  the  business 
2c 


oF  the  society  was  hold  in  the  after* 
noon.  The  thanks  of  the  meeting 
w«'re  publicly  tendered  to  Captain 
Waldegrave  and  his  officers,  for  tho 
countenance  they  had  given  to  reli- 
gion in  the  island.  Captain  Walde- 
grave, in  reply  to  the  resolution,  by 
which  these  were  conveyed,  express- 
ed tlie  sincere  pleasure  he  felt  in  see- 
ing the  people  in  such  a  state  ;  he 
also  pointed  out  the  advantage  of 
knowledge,  adding  that  scriptural 
knowledge  was  the  most  important, 
and  assured  them  he  should  not  fail 
to  inform  his  friends  in  Kngland,  who 
took  a  lively  interest  in  their  welfare, 
of  what  he  had  seen  and  heard ;  and 
recommended  them  to  continue  their 
attention  to  the  missionaries,  his 
countrymen,  to  whom  they  were  in- 
debted for  the  knowledge  they  pos- 
sessed. 

"  On  the  following  day,  the  chil- 
dren in  the  schools  of  Raiatea  and 
Tahaa,  about  5U0  in  number,  were 
publicly  examined.  Their  progress 
was  satisfactory,  and  the  most  deserv- 
ing were  encouraged  by  suitable  re- 
wards. 

"  The  presence  of  so  many  distin- 
guished visitors  gave  unusual  interest 
to  the  meetings,  and  the  proximity  of 
the  period  when  the  missionaries,  and 
a  numl)er  of  the  people,  were  to  d«- 
part,  on  a  long  and  hazardous  voyage  ; 
some,  to  endeavor  to  open  a  commu- 
nication with  tribes  wtiose  appalling 
ferocity  had  hitherto  deterred  them 
from  all  intercourse ;  and  others,  to 
take  up  their  residence  among  idola- 
trous savages ;  imparted  a  solemnitj 
of  feeling,  which  it  is  hoped  would 
prove  as  advantageous  as  it  was  im- 
pressive. The  Directors  regret  to 
state,  that  the  health  of  Mrs.  Wil- 
liams was  such,  when  the  last  intelli- 
gence was  transmitted,  as  to  render  it 
probable  that  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Williams 
might  be  under  the  necessity  of  visit- 
ing England." 

RAIVAIVAI,  a  group  of  islands  in 
the  S.  Pacific  Ocean,  at  considerable 
distance  from  each  other,  viz. :  i2ai- 
vaivai,  Rarotoa,  Rimatara,  Rutui,  Ru- 
rvtu,  and  Tupuai.  The  inhabitants 
resemble  those  of  Tahiti,  and  speak  a 
similar  language.  Till  recently  they 
were  ignorant  of  God,  gross  idolaters, 
and  addicted  to  crimes  common  to 
such  a  state  of  ignorance  and  super- 

313 


!i 


5l! 


&    ! 


RAN 

stitfon.  But  the  change  produced 
callu  alike  for  wonder  and  gratitude. 

The  Rev.  Mr.  Davies,  of  the  L.  M. 
S.,  arrived  at  Raivaivai,  where  3  na- 
tive teacliers  labor,  on  the  4th  of  Feb- 
ruary, IbiiG.  On  the  following  morn- 
ing, it  being  the  Sabbath,  he  attended 
an  earlv  prayer-meeting,  and  found  a 
tolerably  large  congregation  assem- 
bled. The  worship  was  conducted  by 
two  of  the  natives  of  the  island  (one 
of  them  the  son  of  a  chief,)  each  of 
whom  read  a  chapter  in  the  Gospels 
and  prayed.  The  congregation  that 
assembled  in  the  forenoon  consisted 
of  from  900  to  lOUO:  many  from  the 
opposite  side  of  the  island  having  re- 
turned home,  the  congregation  in  the 
afternoon  was  much  smaller.  In  the 
school  he  found  17  of  the  natives  ca- 
pable of  reading  in  the  Tahitian  Gos- 
pels. During  his  visit  he  preached 
three  times  to  the  natives ;  held  a 
meeting  with  the  baptized  adults,  in 
number  122 ;  and  admitted  17  candi- 
dates, after  due  examination,  into 
church  fellowship. 

The  name  Austral  is  now  given  to 
these  islands.  No  report  has  recently 
been  received  from  this  groupe.  In 
1829,  251  persons  were  baptized ;  15 
Tahitian  teachers  were  employed. 

RANGIHOUA,  a  station  of  the  C. 
M.  S.  in  New  Zealand,  on  the  N.  side 
of  the  Bay  of  Islands;  commenced  in 
1815.  John  King,  James  Shepherd, 
catechists.  The  committee  had  di- 
rected tills  station  to  be  relinquished, 
with  the  view  of  strengthening  oth- 
ers ;  but  it  was  found  that  the  chiefs 
were  extremely  averse  to  the  mission- 
aries leaving  them. 

RANGOON,  a  city  of  Birmah,  in 
Pegu,  600  m.  S.  E.  of  Calcutta  ;  Ion. 
96^44'  E. ;  lat.  18°  47'  N.  It  is  the 
principal  port  of  the  Birman  empire, 
and  is  situated  on  a  branch  of  the 
Irawaddy,  30  ra,  from  the  sea.  Pop. 
12,000. 

In  January,  1807,  the  Rev.  Messrs. 
Chat(?r  and  Mardon,  from  the  B.  M. 
S.f  having  consented  to  undertake  an 
exploratory  visit,  arrived  at  Rangoon, 
and  were  received  in  the  most  friend- 
ly manner  by  some  English  gentle- 
men, to  whom  they  had  been  recom- 
mended by  a  friend  at  Calcutta.  They 
were  also  treated  with  great  civility 
by  the  Shawbundar,  or  Intendant  of 
the  port,  and  by  one  of  the  Catholic 


RAN 

priests,  who  resided  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  town.  On  the  23d  of  May  they 
returned  to  Serampore,  and  express- 
ed their  most  sanguine  hopes  of  the 
establisihment  of  a  mission.  Mr.  Mar- 
don; howevc.',  having  subsequently 
declined  the  undertaking,  on  ihe  plea 
of  ill  health,  Mr.  Felix  Carey  volun- 
teered his  services,  and  was  chosen 
his  successor,  la  November,  Messrs. 
Chater  and  Carey,  with  their  families, 
left  Serampore,  with  appropriate,  af- 
fectionate, and  faithful  instructions, 
and  the  most  fervent  prayers ;  and 
shortly  aftei  his  arrival,  Mr.  C,  who 
had  previously  studied  medicine  at 
Calcutta,  introduced  vaccination  into 
Birmah,  and  alter  inoculating  several 
persons  in  the  city,  was  sent  for  by 
the  Viceroy,  and,  at  his  order,  per- 
formed the  operation  on  3  of  his  chil- 
dren, and  on  G  other  persons  of  the 
family. 

The  missionaries  and  their  families 
were  for  some  time  involved  in  con- 
siderable difficulty,  for  want  of  a  suit- 
able habitation,  and  also  of  bread  ;  in 
consequence  of  which  the  health  of 
Mrs.  Chater  and  Mrs.  Carey  was  so 
seriously  aftected,  that  they  were 
obliged  to  return  to  Serampore  about 
the  middleof  May,  1808. 

The  medical  skill  of  Mr.  Carey 
procured  him,  however,  high  reputa- 
tion among  the  Birmans,  and  also 
some  influence  with  the  Viceroy.  A 
dwelling-house  for  the  missionaries, 
and  a  place  of  worship,  were  erected 
at  Rangoon ;  and  a  handsome  sum 
was  subscribed  by  the  merchants  re- 
siding in  the  neighborhood,  towards 
the  expense.  Bui  towards  the  end 
of  1809,  Mr.  Chater  remarks,  '<  So  lit- 
tle inclination  towards  the  things  of 
God  was  evinced,  even  by  the  Euro- 
pean inhabitants,  that  though  the  new 
chapel  had  been  opened  for  worship 
on  3  successive  Sabbaths,  not  an  in- 
dividual residing  in  the  place  came 
near  it."  At  the  same  time  he  de- 
scribes the  aspect  of  affairs  as  very 
gloomy  and  dif.couraging,  from  the 
Birman  government  being  embroiled 
in  hostilities  with  the  Siamese,  and 
the  country  being  in  consequence  in- 
volved in  confusion.  Soon  afterwards 
the  whole  town  of  Rangoon,  except- 
ing a  few  huts  and  the  houses  of  the 
two  principal  officers,  was  completely 
burnt  down;  and  the  capital  of  the 

314 


RAN 

empire  shared  a  similar  fate.  It  is 
stated  by  a  British  captain  who  hap- 
pened to  be  there  at  the  time,  that 
40,000  houses  were  destroyed ;  and 
before  he  came  away,  it  was  ascer- 
tained that  no  fewer  than  250  persons 
had  lost  their  lives.  It  seems  to  have 
been  the  work  of  an  incendiary,  as 
the  flames  burst  out  in  several  parts 
of  the  city  at  the  same  time.  The 
fort,  the  royal  palaces,  the  palaces  of 
the  princes,  and  the  public  buildings, 
were  all  laid  in  ashes. 

The  general  appearance  of  things 
now  became  worse  and  worse  ;  and 
in  the  summer  of  1811,  Mr.  Cliater 
remarks — "  The  country  is  complete- 
ly torn  to  pieces,  as  the  Mugs  and 
Rachmurs  have  revolted  and  cut  off 
the  Birman  government ;  and  the  Bir- 
mans  themselves  are  forming  large 
parties  under  the  different  princes. 
Rangoon  is  threatened,  and  will  most 
likely  be  attacked,  though  probably 
not  till  after  the  rainy  season."  Soon 
after  this,  Mr.  Chater  relinquished 
his  station  at  Rangoon,  and  pitched 
at  Colombo,  in  Ceylon,  as  the  scene 
of  his  future  labors. 

Mr.  Carey,  now  left  alone,  was 
busily  employed  in  translating  the 
Scriptures  into  the  Birman  language, 
till  the  autumn  of  1812,  when  he  vis- 
ited Serampore,  in  order  to  put  one  or 
two  of  the  Gospels  to  press,  and  to 
consult  with  his  father  and  brethren 
respecting  the  mission.  At  the  end 
of  November  he  returned  with  a  very 
promising  colleague,  named  Keir,  but 
who,  in  less  than  12  months,  was 
compelled  by  declining  health  to  go 
back  to  Serampore.  The  differences 
with  the  Siamese  having  been  adjust- 
ed, and  the  Birman  government  re- 
e,stabli3hed,  Mr.  Carey  was  ordered, 
ill  the  summer  of  1813,  to  proceed  to 
the  court  of  Ava,  for  the  purpose  of 
inoculating  some  of  the  royal  family, 
by  whom  he  was  received  '.vith  many 
marks  of  peculiar  distinction.  Un- 
happily, however,  though  Mr.  Carey 
lost  his  wife  and  his  children, — the 
family  being  wrecked  on  their  way  to 
Bengal,  to  obtain  a  new  supply  ot  vi- 
rus by  order  of  the  King,  he  was  so 
ensnared  on  his  return  to  Avaj  as  to 
accept  the  appointment  of  ambassador 
to  Calcutta,  for  the  purpose  of  arrang- 
ing some  differences  which  existed 
between  the  two  governments.  Thith- 


RAN 

er  he  proceeded,  and  lived  in  a  style 
of  Oriental  magnificence :  but  his 
connection  with  the  Birman  govern- 
ment was  of  short  duration ;  and  af- 
ter having  been  subsequently  employ- 
ed by  an  eastern  Rajah,  he  returned 
to  Serampore,  where  he  was  engaged 
in  translatintr  and  compiling  various 
literary  works  till  the  lime  of  his 
death.  The  superintendence  of  the 
mission  was,  in  the  mean  time,  trans- 
ferred to  others,  of  whom  some  ae- 
count  will  shortly  be  given. 

The  Rev.  A.  and  Mrs.  Judson, 
from  the  .3?.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  arrived  at 
Rangoon  in  1813,  and  found  a  home 
at  the  mission  house  erected  by  Mr. 
Chater.  The  aspect  cf  aftairs  at  that 
period  was  truly  discouraging.  Mr. 
and  Mis.  J.  applied  themselves  with 
much  assiduity  to  the  study  of  the 
language,  soon  alter  their  arrival,  and 
found  it  attended  by  many  difficul- 
ties ;  they  succeeded,  however,  in 
preparing  a  catecliirfni,  and  also  a 
summary  of  Christian  doctrines, which 
the  present  of  a  press  and  types  from 
the  Serampore  brethren  enabled  them 
subsequently  to  print,  by  the  assist- 
ance of  Mr.  Hough,  who  with  Mrs. 
H.  joined  them,  Octolier  15,  1816. 
Finding  after  this  that  they  had  paper 
sufficient  for  an  edition  of  800  copies 
of  St.  Matthew's  Gospel,  they  com- 
menced, in  18J7,  this  important  work, 
as  introductory  to  a  larger  edition  of 
the  whole  New  Testament. 

Mrs.  J.  was,  also,  able  to  collect 
from  15  to  20  females  on  the  Sabbath, 
who  were  attentive  while  she  read 
and  explained  the  Scriptures  ;  and  4 
or  5  children  committed  the  catechism 
to  memory,  and  often  repeated  it  to 
each  other.  In  December,  1822,  Mr. 
J.,  for  the  recovery  of  his  health,  and 
hoping  to  obtain  the  assistance  of  one 
of  the  Arrakanese  lately  converted  at 
Chittagong,  took  a  voyage  to  sea. 
Soon  after  his  departure,  some  cir- 
cumstances occurred  which  threaten- 
ed the  destruction  of  the  mission ; 
but,  happily,  the  evil  was  averted. 
Not  till  July,  however,  did  any  intel- 
ligence arrive  respecting  Mr.  J.  The 
captain  of  the  vessel  in  which  he  sail- 
ed stated,  on  his  return,  that  he  was 
not  able  to  make  Chittagong ;  that 
after  being  tossed  about  in  the  bay  for 
3  months,  he  made  Masulipatam,  a 
port  north  of  Madras,  on  the  sea-coast ; 

315 


m 

1 


RAN 

and  tliat  Mr.  J.  left  the  ship  immedi- 
ately for  M/uiras,  hoping  to  find  a 
passage  home  from  thence.  About  a 
month  after,  he  reached  Rangoon ; 
previously  to  which,  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Hough  had  sailed  for  Bengal,  and  in 
four  or  five  weeks  Messrs.  Cohnan 
and  Wheelock  arrived  as  coadjutors. 
A  piece  of  ground  was  now  purchas- 
ed, and  a  place  of  worship  was  erect 
ed.  On  April  4th,  1819,  Mr.  J.  says 
— "  To-day  the  building  of  the  Zaj-at 
being  sufficiently  advanced  for  this 
purpose,  1  called  together  a  few^eo- 
ple  who  live  around  us,  and  com- 
menced public  worship  in  the  Birman 
language.  I  say  commenced,  for  though 
I  have  frequently  read  and  discours- 
ed to  tlie  natives,  I  have  never  before 
conducted  a  course  of  exercises  which 
deserved  the  name  of  public  worship, 
according  to  the  usual  acceptation  of 
that  phrase  among  Christians ;  and 
though  I  began  to  preach  the  Gospel 
as  soon  as  I  could  speak  intelligibly, 
1  have  thought  it  hardly  becoming  to 
apply  tlie  term  preaching  (since  it 
has  acquired  an  appropriate  meaning 
in  modern  use)  to  my  imperfect,  de- 
sultory exhortations  and  conversa- 
tions. The  congregation,  to-day, 
consisted  of  fifteen  persons  only,  be- 
sides children.  Much  disorder  and 
inattention  prevailed,  most  of  them 
not  having  been  accustomed  to  attend 
Birman  worship.  May  the  Lord 
grant  his  blessing  on  attempts  made 
in  great  weakness  and  under  great 
disadvantages,  and  all  the  glory  will 
be  His." 

After  Mr.  Judson  had  thus  com- 
menced public  preaching,  Mrs.  J.  re- 
sumed  her  female  meetintrs,  which 


were   given   up, 


from   the   scattered 


state  of  the  Birmans  around  them,  at 
the  time  of  their  government  difficul- 
ties. They  were  attended  by  tliirteen 
young  married  women.  One  of  tliem 
said,  she  appeared  to  herself  like  a 
blind  person  just  beginning  to  see. 
And  another  affirmed  that  she  be  iev- 
ed  in  Christ,  prayed  to  him  daily,  and 
asked  what  else  was  necessary  to 
make  her  a  real  disciple  of  Christ? 
"  I  told  her,"  says  Mrs.  J.  "  she  must 
not  only  say  tnat  she  believed  in 
Christ,  but  must  believe  with  all  her 
heart."  She  again  asked  what  were 
some  of  the  evidences  of  believing 
with  the  heart  ?    I  told  her  the  man- 


RAN 

ner  of  life  would  be  changed;  but 
one  of  the  best  evidences  she  could 
obtain,  would  be,-  when  others  came 
to  quarrel  with  her,  and  use  abusive 
language,  if,  so  far  from  retaliating, 
she  felt  a  disposition  to  bear  with,  to 
pity,  and  to  pro;  for  them.  The  Bir- 
man women  are  particularly  given  to 
quarrelling;  and,  to  refrain  from  it, 

ould  be  a  most  decided  evidence  of 
,1  vJiiiiinre  of  heart.  About  this  time 
the  mis  onaries  had  some  interesting 
visitors ;  among  whom  were  Moung 
Nau,  described  as  thirty -five  years 
old — no  family — middling  abilities — 
quite  poor — obliged  to  work  for  his 
living, — who  came,  day  after  day,  to 
hear  the  truth ;  Moung  Shway  Oo, 
a  young  man  of  pleasant  exterior  and 
of  good  circumstances,  and  Moung 
Shway  Doan.  On  the  6tfi  of  June 
the  following  letter,  which  Moung 
Nau  had  written  of  his  own  accord, 
was  read  and  considered  : — 

"I,  Moung  Nau,  the  constant  re- 
cipient of  your  excellent  favor,  ap- 
proach your  feet.  Whereas  my 
Lord's  three  have  come  to  the  coun- 
try of  Birmah,  not  for  the  purpose  of 
trade,  but  to  preach  the  religion  of 
Jesus  Christ,  the  son  of  the  Ltemal 
God,  I,  having  heard  and  understood, 
am,  with  a  joyful  mind,  filled  with 
love. 

"  I  believe  that  the  Divine  Son, 
Jjsus  Christ,  suft'ered  death,  in  the 
place  of  men,  to  atone  for  their  sins. 
Like  a  heavy  laden  man,  I  feel  my 
sins  are  very  many.  The  punishment 
of  my  sins  I  deserve  to  suffer.  Since 
it  is  so,  do  you.  Sirs,  consider,  that  I, 
taking  refuge  in  the  merit  of  the 
Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  receiving 
baptism  in  order  to  become  his  disci- 
ple, shall  dwell,  one  with  yourselves, 
a  band  of  brothers,  in  the  happiness 
of  heaven,  and  (therefore)  grant  me 
the  ordinance  of  baptism. 

[At  the  time  of  writing  this,  not 
having  heard  much  of  baptism,  he 
seems  to  have  ascribed  an  undue  ef- 
ficacy to  the  ordinance.  He  after- 
wards corrected  his  error ;  but  the 
translator  thinks  it  most  fair  and  im- 
partial to  give  the  letter  just  as  it 
was  written  at  first.] 

*'  It  is  through  the  grace  of  Jesus 
Christ,   that  you.   Sirs,   have   come, 
by  ship,  from  one  country  and  conti 
nent  to  another,  and  that  we  have 

316 


RAN 

met  together.  I  pray  my  Lord's  three, 
that  a  suitable 'Jay  may  be  appointed, 
and  that  I  may  leccive  the  ordinance 
of  baptism. 

"  Moreover,  as  it  is  only  since  I 
meet  with  you,  Sirs,  that  I  have 
known  about  tlio  Eternal  God,  I  ven- 
ture to  pray,  that  you  will  still  unfold 
to  me  the  religion  of  God,  that  my 
old  disposition  may  be  destroyed,  an*! 
my  new  disposition  inipro\ed." 

The  missionaries  having  been  for 
some  time  satisfied  concerning  the 
reality  of  his  religion,  voted  to  receive 
him  into  church  fellowship;  and,  on 
the  following  Sabbath,  Mr.  .fudson 
remarks,  "  After  the  usual  course,  I 
called  him  before  me,  read,  and  com- 
menced on  an  appropriate  portion  of 
Scripture,  asked  him  several  ques- 
tions concerning  his  faith  ^  hope,  and 
love,  and  made  the  baptismal  prayer ; 
having  concluded  to  have  all  the 
preparatory  exercises  done  in  the 
Zayat.  We  then  proceeded  to  a 
large  pond  in  the  vicinity,  the  bank 
of  wliich  is  graced  with  an  enormous 
image  of  Gaudama,  and  there  ad- 
miniatered  baptism  to  the  first  Birman 
convert.  This  man  was  subsequently 
employed  by  the  missionaries  as  a 
copyist,  with  the  primary  design  of 
affording  him  more  ample  instruction. 
In  November,  2  other  Birmans, — 
Moung  Byaay,  a  man  who,  with  his 
family,  had  lived  near  them  for  some 
time,  had  regularly  attended  worship, 
had  learned  to  read,  though  50  years 
old,  and  a  remarkable  moral  charac- 
ter j  and  Moung  Thahlah,  who  was 
superior  to  the  generality,  had  read 
much  more,  and  had  been  for  some 
time  under  instruction, — applied  by 
means  of  very  interesting  statements 
for  baptism,  which  was  administered 
by  their  particular  request  at  sun-set, 
November  7,  and  a  few  days  after,  the 
3  converts  held  the  first  Birman  prayer- 
meeting  at  the  Zayat  of  their  own 
accord. 

In  the  midst  of  these  pleasing  cir- 
eumstances,  Mr.  Wheelock,  who  had 
long  been  unwell,  left  Rangoon,  and 
soon  afterwards  died  ;  and  so  violent 
a  spirit  of  persecution  arose,  that  the 
Zayat  was  almost  deserted,  and  Mr. 
Judaon  and  Mr.  Colman  determined 
on  presenting  a  memorial  to  the 
young  King.  As  the  Emperor  can- 
not be  approached  withont  a  present, 
2c* 


RAN 


the  missionaries  resolved  to  ofTer  one 
ii])propriate  to  their  character — the 
Bible,  in  G  volumes,  covered  with 
gold  leaf,  in  Birman  style,  each  vol- 
ume being  enclosed  in  a  rich  Vt^rapper. 

After  an  anxious  and  perilous 
voyage,  they  obtained  an  intioduc- 
tion  to  the  Kmg,  surrounded  by  splen- 
dors exceeding  their  expectation, 
when,  alter  along  conference,  Moung 
Zah,  the  private  minister  of  state, 
interpreted  his  royal  master's  will  in 
the  following  terms: — "  In  regard  to 
the  objects  of  your  petition,  his  Ma- 
jesty gives  no  order.  In  regard  to 
your  sacred  books,  his  Majesty  has 
no  use  for  them  ;  take  them  away." 
After  a  temporary  revival  of  their 
hopes,  the  missionaries  found  that  tlie 
policy  of  the  Birman  government,  in 
regard  to  the  toleration  of  any  for- 
eign religion,  is  precisely  the  same 
with  the  Chinese  ;  that  it  is  quite  out 
of  the  question,  whether  any  of  the 
subjects  of  the  Emperor,  who  em- 
brace a  religion  different  from  his 
own,  \vi\\  be  exempt  from  punish- 
ment; and  that  they,  in  presenting  a 
petition  to  that  effect,  had  been  guil- 
ty of  a  most  egregious  blunder — an 
unpardonable  offence. 

In  February,  they  returned  to  Ran- 
goon, and  after  giving  the  three  disci- 
ples a  full  underslandiiii;  of  the  dan- 
gers of  their  condition,  f  tund,  to  their 
great  delight,  that  they  appeared  ad- 
vanced in  zeal  and  energy  ;  and  vied 
with  each  other  in  trying  to  explain 
awcay  difficulties,  and  to  convince  the 
teachers  that  the  cause  was  not  quite 
desperate. 

After  much  consideration  it  was, 
subsequently,  resolved  that  Mr.  Col- 
man should  proceed  immediately  to 
Chittagong,  collect  the  Arrakanese 
converts,  who  speak  a  language  sim- 
ilar to  the  Birman,  and  are  under  the 
government  of  Bengal,  and  form  a 
station,  to  which  new  missionaries 
might  first  repair,  and  to  which  his 
fellow-laborers  should  flee  with  those 
of  the  disciples  who  could  leave  the 
country,  if  it  should  be  rendered  rash 
and  useless  to  continue  at  Rangoon  ; 
and  that  Mr.  and  Mrs  J.  should  re- 
main there,  in  case  circumstances 
should  prove  more  propitious. 

Private  worship  was  novt  resumed 
in  the  Zayat,  the  front  doors  being 
cloied ;  but  shortly  aflerwarde  it  was 

317 


M 


RAN 

abandoned,  and  a  room  previously 
occupied  by  Mr.  Colman,  who  died 
goon  after  his  arrival  at  Cliittagong, 
was  appropriated  to  this  purpose.  In- 
quirers increased,  notvvitiistanding 
surrounding  difiiculties  and  prospec- 
tive sufferings,  and  five  persons  were 
baptized.  Among  these  wwe  Mah 
Men-lay,  the  principal  one  of  Mrs. 
J.'s  female  company,  and  Moung 
Shway-knog,  a  teacher  of  considera- 
ble distinction,  who  appeared  on  his 
first  acquaintance  witli  the  mission- 
aries to  be  half  deist  and  half  sceptic, 
and  who  had  for  a  long  time  engaged 
in  disputation  with  them.  A  sixth 
was  added  to  this  sacred  community, 
ailer  the  missionaries  had  visited 
Bengal  in  consequence  of  the  dis- 
tressing state  of  Mrs.  J.'s  health. 

Mrs.  J.'s  malady  increasing,  she 
was  compelled,  in  August,  to  embark 
for  Bengal  on  her  way  to  America, 
and  her  husband  was  left  at  Rangoon 
alone.  Two  attempts  were  made 
upon  the  life  of  Moung  fehway-gnong, 
but,  providentially, he  escaped.  Moung 
Thahlah,  the  second  convert,  expired 
after  an  illness  of  1!)  hours.  Three 
more  persons  were  baptized.  Mr.  J. 
was  much  refreshed  by  the  arrival  of 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Price  ;  but  his  expecta- 
tions of  finishing  the  New  Testament 
without  interruption  were  blasted  by 
the  arrival  of  an  order  from  the  Xing, 
summoning  Dr.  P.  to  Ava,  on  account 
of  his  medical  skill ;  and  on  August 
23,  he  left  Rangoon  with  the  Dr., 
hoping  by  his  means  to, gain  some 
footing  in  the  capital  and  the  palace. 
Mr.  Hough  superintended  the  mission 
in  the  interim. 

In  Dec.  1823,  Mrs.  J.  returned,  and 
proceeded  with  Mr.  J.,  who  had  dur- 
ing her  absence  been  making  prepa- 
rations for  that  purpose,  to  Ava.  In 
the  May  following,  the  war  broke  out 
between  the  Bengal  and  Birmese  gov- 
ernments, and  during  the  greater 
part  of  its  continuance,  Mr.  Judson 
was  confined  in  prison  and  chains,  at 
and  in  the  vicinity  of  Ava;  Mrs.  J., 
however,  remained  at  liberty,  and  was 
permitted,  though  under  difficult  cir- 
cumstances, to  minister  in  some  de- 
gree to  the  wants  of  her  juhjring 
Husband.  At  the  close  of  the  war 
she  returned  with  him  to  Rangoon  ; 
from  whence,  in  the  latter  part  of 
June,  1826,  with  a  view  to  the  for- 


RAN 


mation  of  a  new  missionary 
they  proceeded  to  Jimherst,- 


stalion, 
•a  place 
which  had  been  selected  for  the  site 
of  a  new  town,  but  at  that  time  a 
wilQ<?rness,  with  the  exception  of  a 
few  bi'niboo  huts,  erected  lor  the  ac- 
commodation of  part  of  a  regiment 
of  sepoys  and  a  few  natives.  Having 
left  Mrs,  J.  in  the  place  as  comfort- 
able as  circumstances  would  pern)it, 
Mr.  J.  returned  to  Rangoon,  and  pro- 
ceeded with  the  envoy  to  Ava,  as 
interpreter.  Mrs.  Judson,  as  soon  as 
was  practicable,  commenced  a  native 
school,  which  consisted,  at  the  time 
of  her  illness,  of  about  10  pupils. 
But  after  an  intermittent  fever  of  near- 
ly a  month's  continuance,  this  excel- 
lent and  devoted  woman  closed  her 
eyes  in  death,  in  the  absence  of  her 
atfectionate  and  zealous  husband. 

We  here  close  this  account  of 
Rangoon  with  extracts  from  a  letter 
of  the  Rev.  John  T.  Jones,  dated, 
Jan.  9,  1832.  It  has  been  received 
since  we  wrote  the  article,  Birmah. 
It  brings  down  notices  of  the  mission 
to  a  very  late  period. 

"1.  Much  has  been  accomplished. 
Thice  new  missionaries  have  been 
acquiring  the  language  of  millions. 
While  doing  this,  they  have  also 
made  direct  eftbrts  to  promote  the 
interests  of  the  mission,  by  preach- 
ing, distributing  Tracts,  and  superin- 
tending schools — and  have  been  more 
or  less  directly  instrumental  in  in- 
structing 150  children,  distributing 
about  15,00')  Tracts,  and  adding  a 
large  number  of  persons  to  the 
church  of  our  blesseu  Saviour.  Our 
predecessors  have  been  diligent.  Bro. 
Judson  and  Wade  have  respectively 
made  two  tours  among  the  Karens, 
and  had  the  privilege  of  forming 
about  40  of  them  into  a  Christian 
church.  Br.  J.  has  been  carrying  on 
the  work  of  translation,  and  has  dis- 
tributed in  Rangoon,  and  sent  into 
various  parts  of  the  country  about 
40,000  Tracts.  Br.  W.  though  strug- 
gling with  feeble  health  most  of  the 
time,  has  preached  at  Maulmein, 
Khyouk-phyoo,  Mergui,  and  among 
the  Karens )  and  has  also  prepared  a 
spirited  Tract  (the  Awakener)  of  12 
pages  8vo.  which  has  been  printed. 
Also  a  new  Tract,  prepared  by  Br. 
Boardman,  (ibe  Ship  of  Graced  has 
been  printed.    Br.  Bennet  b's,  Isup- 

3i8 


RAN 


RAN 


laij  station, 
rst, — a  place 
for  tlie  site 

that  time  a 
ception  of  a 
I  lor  the  ac- 
'  a  regiment 
res.     Having 
e  as  comfort- 
?ould  permit, 
oon,  and  pro- 
Y  to  Ava,  as 
an,  as  soon  as 
need  a  native 
,  at  the  time 
It   10    pupils, 
tfeverofnear- 
ce,thi8  excel- 
lan  closed  her 
ibsence  of  her 
i  husband, 
is   account  of 
i  from  a  letter 

Jones,  dated, 
been  received 
rticle,  Birmah. 

of  the  mission 

I   accomplished. 
ries  have   been 
re  of  millions, 
hey  have    also 
o   promote   the 
ion,  by  preach- 
Ls,  and  superin- 
have  been  more 
umental  in  in- 
,  distributing 
and   adding  a 
lersons    to    the 
Saviour.     Our 
_  diligent.   Bro. 
ive  respectively 
ng  the  Karens, 
of   forming 
a  Christian 
een  carrying  on 
ion,  and  has  dis- 
and  sent  into 
country  about 
though  Strug- 
1th  most  of  the 
at    Maulmein, 
gui,  and  among 
also  prepared  a 
wakener)  of  12 
as  been  printed, 
prepared  by  Br. 
)  of  Grace  0  has 
ennetb-8,l8up- 

3i8 


jn, 


nto 


V. 


pose,  printed  about  150,000  Tracts, 
and  more  than  a  million  pages,  and  is 
now  malting  arrangements  speedily 
to  print  the  whole  ^ew  Testament. — 
Many  thousands  have  heard  the  tid- 
ings of  salvation  by  Jesus  Christ, 
througli  the  instrumentality  of  our 
native  preachers  and  assistants — and 
192  have  been  added  to  the  respec- 
tive churches.  Of  these,  89  are  con- 
nected more  or  less  intimately  with 
the  English  army  :  87  are  Karens, 
and  the  remaining  IG  are  Birmans  or 
Taliengs.  Thus  in  Birmah  since  the 
establisiiment  of  the  mission,  348  have 
been  baptized  into  the  name  of  Jesus. 
In  contemplating  tlie  effects  of  these 
operations,  may  we  not,  witii  truth, 
say,  much  has  been  ar.coinpl'''ed. 

"  2.  Much  remains  to  he  accomplish- 
ed. Schools  mutit  be  established  and 
superintended.  I  have  no  doubt  that 
if  the  work  w.as  undertaken  with  en- 
ergy, and  resolution,  we  might,  at  the 
di^rent  stations,  have  several  thou- 
sands pupils  under  our  direction,  to 
whom  we  might,  unmolested,  pro- 
claim those  truths  which  will  have  a 
regenerating  influence  on  the  land. 
God  has  greatly  blest  schools  at  al- 
most every  mission,  and  especially 
the  schools  in  Birmah.  Scholars 
may,  unquestionably,  be  obtained  at 
aluost  any  place.  But  more  aid  is 
indispensable  to  give  this  department 
that  attention  which  its  intrinsic  im- 
portance demands. 

"  Translations  will  for  a  long  period 
yet,  require  no  small  share  of  time 
and  skill.  Though  Br.  Judson  has 
accomplished  a  noble  work  in  giving 
the  Birmans  the  New  Testament,  and 
has  made  considerable  progress  in  the 
Old,  still  more  than  half  of  the  Old 
Testament  is  yet  untranslated.  It  is 
a  work  of  immense  labor,  which  none 
except  skilful  critics  can  duly  esti- 
mate. The  Tracts  which  we  have, 
are  excellent,  but  in  the  progress  of 
the  mission,  a  multitude,  more  enforc- 
ing the  practice  of  various  Christian 
duties,  will  be  indispensable. — Also 
■chool  books  of  every  class. 

"  Preaching  has  hitherto  been  on  a 
rery  small  scale  compared  with  the 
need  of  it,  (not  with  the  means.) 
Zayat  and  itinerant  preaching  may 
be  conducted  to  a  great  extent  in  the 
Prorinces.  By  tnis  means,  many 
will  be  found,  who  had  not  previously 


sufficient  interest  to  visit  a  mission* 
ary's  residence;  their  attention  may 
be  excited,  and  they  may  tlius  at  least, 
perhaps,  be  won  to  the  truth.  In  the 
Empire,  whatever  is  done,  must  be 
done  very  circumspectly  ;  but  still, 
I  think  something  may  be  eftected 
even  here  by  preaching,  if  one'ti 
time  is  not  wholly  occupied  by  those 
wJ'.o  come  to  inquire  in  regard  to 
Christianity  at  the  house.  These  vis- 
itors must  necessarily  occupy  a  great 
portion  of  the  time  of  all  missiona- 
ries, and  they  must  always  be  ready 
to  receive  them,  if  thcij  conic  for  reli- 
(rious  instrvction.     For   these  various 


purposes,  were  our  number  at  once 
doubled,  we  should  have  abundant 
employment  for  them. 

"  The  operations  of  the  Press  must 
also  be  increased.  Though  it  has  al- 
ready been  of  inestimable  service, 
it  has  yet  given  us  but  small  portions 
of  the  Scriptures.  Of  all  our  Tracts, 
probably  not  more  than  1U0,0(J0  are  in 
the  hands  of  a  people  estimated  at  more 
than  10  millions  !  Alas  !  how  inad- 
equately supplied.  Nearly  all  the 
missionaries  are  alone  at  their  respec- 
tive stations  Thus  isolated  and  sin- 
gle-handed in  their  operations,  wh.tt 
can  they  effect .'  Multitudes  of  new 
stations  are  ready  for  occupations  as 
soon  as  we  can  have  men  ft  r  them. 
Behold  the  Karens  also  hunger. nir,  if 
not  starving  for  the  bread  of  life,  and 
multitudes  of  the  Taliengs  getting- 
only  crumbs  of  it  through  the  medi- 
um of  a  language  which  many  but 
very  imperfectly  understand.  Glanc- 
ing at  this  prospect,  may  we  not  be 
justified  in  asserting  that  much  is  yet 
to  be  accomplished. 

"  3.  There  is  abundant  encourage- 
ment for  future  effort.  The  country 
has  been  explored,  some  animating 
victories  won,  and  important  weap- 
ons prepared  for  future  contests. 
The  light  is  beginning  to  burst 
through  the  thick  mists,  which  have 
long  enveloped  this  people.  The  tro- 
phies already  won,  show  that  the  Bir- 
mans are  not  invincible  by  truth. 
They  have  begun  to  acquire  confi- 
dence in  the  missionaries  as  men  of 
integrity  and  upright  intention,  an 
impression  exceedingly  difficult  to 
make  upon  a  people  of  uncommon 
duplicity,  in  themselves  augmented 
by  intercourse  with  foreigners,  who 

319 


■^m 


s  -m 


IlAP 


RAP 


consider  all  fraud  practised  upon  tlie 
Birmans  as  so  much  virtue. 

"  The  churches  already  collected 
will  form  nuclei  around  which  otliers 
will  gather,  and  we  may  rationally 
hope  that  the  families  ot  those  who 
have  embraced  Christianity,  will  grow 
up  in  the  knowledge,  and  some  of 
them  in  the  practice  of  its  precepts. 
The  agency  of  Books,  which  im- 
mensely facilitate  the  diifusion  vi 
Christian  knowledge,  is  a  moial  en- 
gine whose  energies  must  be  felt. 
(The  Birmans  have  no  printing.)  If 
to  these  things  we  add  the  promises 
which  cannot  fail,  and  a  humble  reli- 
ance on  the  Spirit  to  guide  and  give 
success  to  our  efforts,  we  cannot  but 
hope  for  the  speedy  dawning  of  glo- 
rious day  for  liirmah  !" 

RAPA,  OR  OPORO,  one  of  the 
Society  Islands.  S.  lat.  27°  50',  W, 
long.  144". 

In  July,  1S25,  the  Snapper  cutter; 
belonging  to  the  chief  Tali,  and  com- 
manded by  Ciipt.  J.  Shout,  sailed  for 
the  Paumotus,  with  instruction,  if 
wind  and  circumstances  would  per- 
mit, to  call  at  Rapa,  and  to  endeavor 
to  ascertain  the  state  of  the  island, 
and  the  disposition  of  its  inhabitants. 

On  the  13th  of  September,  J826, 
Captain  Shf>ut  returned  to  Tahiti, 
and  informed  Mr.  Davies,  that  when 
he  arrived  off  Rapa,  a  few  of  the  na- 
tives, in  the  first  instance,  came  on 
board  the  cutter ;  but  a  considerable 
number  of  canoes  afterwards  putting 
off,  he  deemed  it  prudent  to  put  to  sea 
forthwith ; — that  at  the  moment  of  his 
sailing,  two  of  the  natives  of  Rapa, 
named  Paparua  and  Aitaveru,  remain- 
ed on  board  the  cutter ; — that  he  had 
brought  them  with  him  to  Tahiti ; — 
that  they  had  been  treated  with  ki::d- 
ness,both  by  himself  and  his  crew  on 
the  voyage ; — and  that  he  was  desi- 
rous they  should  reside  for  a  time 
under  the  care  of  the  chief,  Tati, 
and  the  missionaries  ;  in  order  that, 
should  they  return  to  Rapa,  they 
might  go  with  favorable  impressions 
on  their  minds,  in  reference  to  the 
Tahitians  and  the  missionaries.  He 
moreover  stated,  that  as  he  had  learn- 
ed, during  the  voyage,  that  thei»  isl- 
and contained  sandal-wood,  it  was  his 
intention  in  a  short  time,  to  go  there 
for  a  cargo  of  that  article  ;  when  the 
natives  of  Rapa  would  have  an  op- 


portunity of  returning  to  their  coun- 
try. In  jiursujince  ni  these  repreten- 
tations,  the  strangers  were  invited  to 
take  up  their  residence  with  'J'ati. 
During  their  visit,  which  extended  to 
several  weeks,  they,  however,  spent 
the  greater  part  of  every  day  with 
Mr.  Davies,  who  took"  them  to  the 
mission  schools,  gave  them  books,  and 
taniiht  them  the  alphabet.  They 
were  also  present  at  the  meetings  lor 
public  worship,  &c. 

On  the  27th  of  Sv  p*en-ber,  the 
Snapper  again  sailed  ibr  i'  \pa.  having 
on  board  the  two  natives  of  that  isl- 
and, accompanied  by  two  Tahitians, 
named  Hota  and  ^fene,  members  of 
Mr.  Davies's  church,  wlio  had  often 
expressed  their  desire  to  be  sent  out 
as  teachers  to  other  islands.  The  Ta- 
hitians were  supplied  with  a  variety 
of  useful  articles,  as  presents  to  the 
chiefs  of  Rapa.  Their  object,  in  the 
first  instance,  was  to  see  the  country, 
to  ascertain  the  number  and  charac- 
ter of  its  inhabitants,  and  tlien  return 
to  Tahiti. 

On  their  arrival  at  Rapa,  they  met 
with  a  kind  reception  from  the  prin- 
cipal cliief,  an  old  man  named  Teraau 
(or  Teranga).  The  two  natives  of 
the  island,  who  accompanied  the 
teachers,  were  welcomed  by  their 
countrymen  with  no  small  joy,  as 
they  had  been  given  up  as  dead  men, 

Hota  and  Nene  remained  on  shore 
about  a  fortnight  (during  the  time  the 
captain  and  men  belonging  to  the 
cutter  were  engaged  in  procuring 
sandal-wood,)  and  were  considered 
in  the  light  of  friends  of  the  old  chief, 
who,  as  well  as  other  natives,  entreat- 
ed them  to  return  with  their  wives 
and  families,  and  reside  in  the  island, 
to  teach  them  the  good  things  that 
were  known  at  Tahiti ;  and,  as  there 
were  no  large  trees  in  Rapa,  adapted 
to  the  erection  of  a  place  of  worship, 
they  were  requested  to  bring  with 
them  the  requisite  timber,  for  that 
purpose, from  Tahiti.  This  the  teach- 
ers engaged  to  do. 

On  the  return  of  the  teachers  to  Ta- 
hiti, several  meetings  of  the  people  of 
Papara  were  held ;  and  it  was  at 
length  determined,  in  concurrence 
with  the  wish  of  the  old  chief, 
that  the  two  teachers  should  return, 
with  their  wives,  to  Rapa,  to  instruct 
the  people  there,  accompanied  by  two 

320 


RAP 


RAR 


their  coun- 
e  rcproten- 
s  invited  to 
with  'iati. 
jxtendcd  to 
evor,  spent 
'  day  with 
lern  to  the 
1  books. and 
ot.  They 
iicetinjjs  lor 

^eii"'jer,  the 
\pa,  having 
of  that  isi- 
3  Tahitians, 
members  of 
o  had  often 
be  sent  out 
s.     TheTa- 
;h  a  variety 
?sent8  to  the 
bject,  in  the 
the  country , 
and  charac- 
i  then  return 

ipa,  they  met 
rom  the  prin- 
amed  Teraau 
lo   natives   of 
nnpanied   the 
pd    by    their 
mall  'joy,  as 
as  dead  men. 
ned  on  shore 
the  time  the 
iging   to   the 
in   procuring 
e    considered 
the  old  chief, 
Lives,  entreat- 
i  theii  wives 
in  the  island, 
d  thivgs  that 
and,  as  there 
lapa,  adapted 
e  of  worship, 
o  bring  with 
iber,  for  that 
his  the  teach- 

jachers  to  Ta- 
"the  people  of 
id  it  was  at 
concurrence 
le  old  chief, 
hould  return, 
a.  to  instruct 
anied  by  two 
320 


other  Tahitians,  Mahana,  and  Pauo 
by  name,  both  of  them  intelligent 
uien,  and  consistent  in  their  Christian 
profession ;  the  former  as  a  school- 
master and  a  cultivator,  the  latter, 
who  is  an  ingenious  man,  as  a  boat- 
builder,  &c. 

The  Tahitians  were  examined  and 
approved  at  a  public  meeting  held  at 
Papara,  at  which  several  of  the  mis- 
sionaries were  present,  and  were  af- 
terwards solemnly  designated  to  the 
work  to  which  they  had  devoted 
themselves. 

They  were  furnished  by  Tati,  and 
the  members  of  the  church,  with  va- 
riouH  useful  articles  for  themselves ; 
and  also,  as  presents  for  the  natives 
of  Rapa,  a  supply  of  spelling-books 
and  portions  of  the  Scriptures,  «&c., 
with  shrubs  for  planting.  They  were 
likewise  supplied  by  the  congregation 
with  provisions  for  the  voyage,  and 
posts  and  rafters  for  a  chapel. 

Mr.  Uavies  was  requested  by  his 
brethren,  the  missionaries,  to  accom- 
pany the  teacliers  to  Rapa ;  and  as 
Mr.  Bourne,  on  his  voyage  in  1825, 
to  the  islands  S.  W.  and  S.,  had  not 
been  able  to  visit  those  of  Raivaivai 
and  Tupuai,  it  was  agreed  that  Mr. 
Davies  should  afterwards  proceed 
thither. 

On  the  16th  of  January,  1827,  Mr. 
Davies,  accompanied  by  the  teachers, 
went  on  board  the  brig  Macquaire, 
which  arrived  off  Rapa  on  the  24th 
of  the  same  month  ;  when  Mr.  Davies 
and  his  companions  were  grieved  to 
hear  that  the  old  chief,  Teraau,  was 
dead.  As,  however,  Koinikiko,  his 
son,  and  other  members  of  the  family, 
were  favorable  to  the  object  in  view, 
they  went  on  shore  on  the  27th,  and 
the  teachers  were  shortly  settled  on 
a  pleasant  and  convenient  spot  of 
land  belonging  to  Koinikiko,  the 
young  chief.  They  immediately 
proceeded  to  erect  for  themselves 
dwelling-houses  ;  in  which  work  they 
were  assisted  by  Mr.  Davies,  the  na- 
tives from  Eimeo,  and  by  Koinikiko 
and  his  people.  The  site  of  the  pro- 
posed chapel  was  also  fixed  upon. 

The  2!)th  of  January,  1827,  being 
the  Sabbath,  Mr.  Davies  preached  on 
shore,  and  afterwards  administered 
the  Lord's  Supper  to  the  Tahitian 
Christians.  The  teachers,  Pauo  and 
Mahana,  and  the  crew  of  the  Mac- 


quarie,  attended ;  also  some  of  the 
chiefs  of  Rapa,  who  viewed  the  ser- 
vice with  silent  amaze. 

A  terrible  epidemic  has  recently 
swept  away  1500  of  the  2U00  inhabi- 
tants of  this  island. 

RAROTOGJN  A,  one  of  the  Harvey 
Islands,  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  about 
liF  S.  lat.,  15!)"  W.  Ion  containing 
(JOOO  inhabitants.  We  copy  from  the 
last  report  of  tlie  Society  the  follow- 
lowing  sentences. 

"  Intelligence,  dated  so  lute  as  Au- 
gust 1830,  has  been  received  from  this 
frontier  station  of  the  Society's  mis- 
sions in  the  South  Seas.  Mercies  and 
trials,  alternating  with  each  other, 
have  marked  the  circumstances  of  the 
missionaries.  Public  tran(iuility  has 
been  interrupted,  and  hostilities  have 
occurred  between  rivcal  chieftains,  on 
account  of  disputes  about  the  propri- 
etorship of  land.  The  contendmg 
parties  applied  to  the  missionaries  to 
interpose  and  terminate  their  disputes, 
but  were  exhorted  to  adjust  them 
among  themselves,  which  being  done, 
by  proper  concessions  on  the  part  of 
the  aggressors,  peace  was  restored  : 
it  has  Tiappily  continued,  and  it  is 
hoped  that  the  shout  of  war  will  be 
heard  no  more.  The  regulations  of 
the  chiefs,  for  the  suppression  of  vice, 
and  the  maintenance  of  order,  were 
opposed  by  some,  who  proceeded  to 
acts  of  violence,  burning  the  houses 
of  the  parties  mo3t  obnoxious  to  them. 
The  chapel  at  Gnatangiia,  which 
stood  near  the  chief  magistrate's 
house,  to  which  the  disaflfected  party 
had  set  fire,  was  consumed.  But,  on 
following  day,  the  chiefs  met  and 
agreed  to  erect  a  new  one,  which  was 
commenced  immediately,  and  finish- 
ed and  opened  for  public  worship  on 
the  4th  of  July,  1830,  two  months 
from  the  time  that  the  former  build- 
ing was  destroyed.  After  the  danger 
from  fire  had  ceased,  the  stations 
were  exposed  to  a  heavy  flood,  which 
occasioned  considerable  damage. 

"  Gnatangiia  Station.  The  atten- 
dance on  the  Sabbath  services  is  good. 
The  chapel  is  completely  filled  in  the 
morning.  The  week  evening  servi- 
ces are  also  well  attended.  The  at- 
tention paid  by  some  to  the  word,  and 
the  questions  asked  by  others,  afford 
Mr.  Pitman  encouragement  to  perse- 
vere in  his  labors,  although  he  has 

321 


I'l  a 


RAR 


RED 


!t 


not  yet  the  privilege  of  reporting  any 
conversions  among  tlie  people. 

"A  new  Bchool-house,  90  feet  by 
35,  has  been  erected.  Every  morning 
at  flunrise  it  is  filled  with  adults,  who, 
though  unable  to  read,  are  taught  to 
commit  to  memory  catechisms  and 
passages  of  Scripture.  Many  of  them 
can  repeat  the  whole  of  the  first  Epis- 
tle of  John. 

"  After  the  adults  have  left,  the 
house  is  filled  by  the  children.  12  of 
the  e'ui.r  boys  can  read  and  write  ; 

'<e78  cie  making  progress.  Those 
\.'y-  d,r  ;b'e  to  read  and  write  are 
I-!,  t-ad  t  i  uonitors  over  distinct  class- 
es. 

"  Mr.  Pu!  ;in  has  translated  Dr. 
Watts's  First  Catechism  from  the  Ta- 
hitian,  and  was  devoting  much  time 
to  the  important  work  of  translating 

garts  of  the  New  Testament  into  the 
Larotoa  dialect.  Mrs.  Pitman  suffers 
much  from  illness.  The  chiefs  and 
people  continue  kind  towards  the 
missionaries,  and  have  erected  for 
them  a  comfortable  dwelling,  floored 
and  plastered. 

**  The  natives  are  generally  improv- 
ing. They  erect  more  comfortable 
houses  for  themselves,  improve  the 
cultivation  of  the  lands,  and  tranquil- 
ity appears  firmly  established. 

"  ^varua  Station.  Distant  8  miles 
from  Gnatangiia.  Mr.  Buzacott  in 
the  early  part  of  1829  suffered  much 
from  illness,  which  has  since  been  re- 
moved. An  endemic,  which  com- 
menced in  the  month  of  March  n 
the  same  year,  carried  off  some  hun- 
dreds of  the  people ;  and,  when  the 
disease  had  ceased,  many  perished  for 
want  of  proper  nourishment. 

"  As  soon  as  Mr.  Buzacott  was  him- 
self sufficiently  recovered,  he  visited 
the  sick,  and  was  happy  to  adminis- 
ter relief  by  distributing  medicines 
which  he  had  providentially  received 
a  short  time  before ;  and  he  states, 
with  gratitude,  that  by  the  seasonable 
arrival  of  this  supply  of  medicine,  the 
lives  of  some  hundreds  of  the  people 
were  saved.  Some  were  in  horror 
from  an  awakened  conscience  and  the 
apprehension  of  de  'h  ;  some  evinced 
a  Pharisaical  self-complacency  ;  and 
others  again  were  quite  insensible. 
There  were  a  few,  of  whom  he  states, 
there  was  hope  in  their  death.  A  ser- 
vant of  Mr.  Buzacott'S;  and  a  young 


man  named  Piri,  died  happily.  The 
latter  was  very  useful  as  teacher,  and 
his  death  is  much  regretted. 

*■  The  schools  at  this  station  are  in 
a  flourishing  state,  that  for  the  chil- 
dren  containing  550  boys  and  girls. 
The  elementary  books  left  by  Messrs. 
Williams  and  Barff"  on  their  visit  in 
June  last  have  been  of  groat  service. 

"  Fishing-nets,  mats,  and  bananas, 
are  the  only  valuable  property  in  the 
island.  Their  cocoa-nut  trees  have 
been  nearly  all  destroyed  in  former 
wars,  and  arrow-root  is  comparatively 
a  scarce  plant.  The  people  were  en- 
deavoring to  increase  their  resources, 
by  planting  bread-fruit  trees,  and  ac- 
quiring habits  of  greater  industry,  but 
were  much  in  want  of  tools. 

**  Aroragni  Station.  This  new  sta- 
tion was  formed  in  the  month  of  Nov. 
1828,  at  the  particular  and  urgent  re- 
quest of  Tinomana,  chief  of  Aroragni. 
The  island  oi  Rarotogna  is  politically 
divided  into  three  nearly  equal  por- 
tions, and  goverricd  by  three  principal 
chiefs.  The  cliief  of  Aroragni  and 
bis  people  were  desirous  to  attend 
the  means  of  religious  improvement, 
but  this  could  not  be  done  at  Gnatan- 
giia or  Avarua  without  inconvenience 
to  all  parties,  and  rendered  the  for- 
mation of  a  third  station  necessary. 
The  charge  of  Aroragni  has  been  con- 
fided to  Papeiha,  the  native  teacher 
who  first  conveyed  Christianity  to 
the  island.  The  missionaries,  who 
occasionally  visit  the  station,  have 
been  pleased  with  his  diligence  and 
fidelity.  A  substantial  chapel  haii 
been  built,  which  was  opened  for  pub- 
lic worship  early  in  1830. 

RASPOOJEE,  a  village  about  17 
m.  S.  of  Calcutta,  where  the  mission- 
aries of  the  C.  M.  S.  have  a  school, 
and  where  a  Bungalow  Chapel  is 
about  to  be  erected.  There  are  in  the 
school  between  30  and  40  boys,  and 
the  people  are  very  desirous  to  be  in- 
structed in  the  doctj-ines  of  Christi- 
anity. 

RED  RIVER  SETTLEMENT, 
a  trading  establishment  of  the  Hud- 
son's Bay  Company,  on  Red  r.  about 
50  m.  S.  of  its  entrance  in  lake  Win- 
nipeg, which  is  defended  by  Fort 
Douglass.  It  is  320  m.  in  length.  It 
was  formed  in  1812,  and  contains 
about  700  settlers,  besides  Canadians 
and    hftlf-breeds,  who  are  very  nU' 

333 


meroui 
40'. 

In  II 

lain  to 

school 

aided 

The  sui 

that  the 

his  aid. 

been  pr 

In  th( 

tress,  it 

ries'  ace 

been  att 

circumsi 

at  both 

meeting 

are  well 

"I  ha 

Dec.    18 

with  a  f! 

colony,  ii 

Lord's  Si 

assiduous 

a  long  ti 

divine  thi 

rapidly,  a 

of  the  gra 

of  the  Ho 

again  witi 

who  is   a 

the  world 

not  help  s 

additional 

afforded  tc 

real  India: 

nicant. 

"  Last  . 
settlement 
assistance, 
tered  by 
is  a  very 
quiries  cor 
ifest  a  de( 
would  ma 
the  world, 
pel.     He 
learn  all  t 
to  his  wi 
as  he  says, 
children 
''The 
just  menti 
she  does  „ 
him,  but  fi 
plain  herse 
guage  on 
«aid,    «I  V 
speak  well 
^ng;  and  n 


RED 


RED 


ppily.  The 
teacher,  and 
?d. 

tation  are  in 
or  the  chil- 
es and  giriH. 
[\  by  Messrs. 
their  visit  in 
rcat  service, 
tnd  bananas, 
operty  in  the 
it  trees  have 
3d  in  former 
iomparatively 
ople  were  en- 
leir  resources, 
trees,  and  ac- 
indu8try,but 

cols. 

This  ncM^  sta- 
month  of  Nov. 
ind  urgent  re- 
jf  of  Aroragni. 
,a  is  politically 
irly  equal  por- 
three  principal 
Aroragni  and 
:ous   to   attend 
improvement, 
one  at  Gnatan- 
inconvenience 
ndered  the  for- 
tion  necessary. 
\i  has  been  con- 
native  teacher 
Christianity   to 
ssionaries,  who 
station,  have 
diligence  and 
Lial   chapel   ha* 
opened  for  pub- 

illage  about  17 
ere  the  mission- 
have  a  school, 
low  Chapel  ie 
There  are  in  the 
A  40  boys,  and 
esirous  to  be  in- 
•ines  of  Christi- 

^TTLEMENT, 
nt  of  the  Hud- 
on  Red  r.  about 
,ce  in  lake  Win- 
ended    by  Fort 
m.  in  length.    It 
J,  and    contains 
sides  Canadians 
■lo  are  very  nu- 
333 


merouB.     W.  Ion.  98°,  N.   lat.  49'= 
40'. 

In  1820,  the  Rev.  John  West,  chap- 
Iain  to  the  Company,  established  a 
school  for  tiie  benefit  of  the  Indians, 
aided  by  £100  from  the  C.  M.  iS. 
The  success  of  his  attempt  was  such 
thattiic  Society  sent  other  laborers  to 
his  aid.  Two  places  of  worship  have 
been  provided. 

In  the  midst  of  much  outward  dis- 
tress, it  appears,  from  the  missiona- 
ries' accounts,  that  their  ministry  has 
been  attended  by  many  encouraging 
circumstances.  The  Sunday  services 
at  botli  churches,  and  the  prayer- 
meeting  at  Image  Plain,  in  the  week, 
are  well  attended. 

"  I  have  had,"  says  Mr.  Jones,  in 
Dec.  182-3,  "  several  conversations 
with  a  female  native  Indian  of  this 
colony,  in  regard  to  her  partaking  the 
Lord's  Supper.  She  has  been  most 
assiduous  in  the  use  of  the  means  for 
a  long  time ;  and  her  knowledge  of 
divine  things  has  been  increasing  so 
rapidly,  as  to  become  a  striking  proof 
of  the  gracious  and  efficient  teaching 
of  the  Iloly  Spirit.  She  came  to-day 
again  with  her  half-breed  daughter, 
who  is  also  determined  to  forsake 
the  world  and  follow  Christ.  I  could 
not  help  shedding  tears  of  joy  at  this 
additional  proof  of  divine  approbation 
afforded  to  my  labors.  This  is  the  first 
real  Indian  who  has  become  a  commu- 
nicant. 

"  Last  fall,  an  Indian  came  to  the 
settlement  for  the  benefit  of  medical 
assistance,  having  had  his  hand  shat- 
tered by  the  bursting  of  a  gun.  He 
is  a  very  extraordinary  man — his  in- 
quiries concerning  our  religion  man- 
ifest a  degree  of  intelligence,  which 
would  make  him  shine  as  a  light  in 
the  world,  if  illuminated  by  the  Gos- 
pel. He  is  particularly  anxious  to 
learn  all  that  he  can  before  he  returns 
to  his  wilds  in  the  spring,  in  order, 
as  he  says,  to  make  his  '  friends  and 
children  more  wise.' 

**  The  half-breed  young  woman 
just  mentioned,  told  me  to-day,  that 
she  does  all  that  she  can  to  instruct 
him,  but  finds  it  very  difficult  to  ex- 
plain herself  to  him  in  the  Indian  lan- 
guage on  particular  subjects.  She 
Baid,  'I  was  never  so  anxious  to 
speak  well  to  him  as  I  was  this  morn- 
ing; and  never  made  a  worse  hand 


of  it :  my  sister  and  I  both  tried,  again 
and  again,  but  could  not  get  on  well 
at  all.'  'My  young  friend,'  said  I, 
*  what  wore  you  so  anxious  to  tell 
him  of.-*'  She  replied,  *I  was  en- 
deavoring to  tell  him  what  the  Sa- 
viour sun'ered  for  him,  and  why  it 
was  necessary  that  he  should  sufTer 
as  He  did,  in  order  to  save  sinners.' 
I  encouraged  her  to  proceed  in  her 
instructions  with  him  and  his  wife, 
by  setting  before  her  the  promises  of 
God  whicli  boro  on  the  subject.  At 
the  same  time  I  could  not  but  think 
how  delighted  many  Christian  ladies 
in  England  would  be  with  this  m^ 
young  disciple.  Two  years  ago  this 
young  woman  was  as  ignorant  as  any 
Indian  in  tl  country  ;  but  now  she 
has  learned  t  re:,  her  Bible,  and  has 
found  a  Saviour  '..  tc,  the  sweetness 
of  whose  lo  ?  mtiKes  her  long  for  the 
time  when  her  poor  countrymen  shall 
participate  therein.  Let  the  friends 
of  missions  tl'.-n  go  on,  and  they  shall 
reap  if  Lhey  faint  not;  yea,  they  do 
reap,  in      rt,  already." 

Of  the  Schools,  Mr.  Cockran  thus 
reports,  in  July,  182G: — 

"  Both  the  Sunday  and  week  day 
schools  were  in  a  flourishing  state  in 
the  winter :  the  children  regularly 
attended,  even  when  the  weather  was 
very  stormy  ;  but  since  the  latter  end 
of  April,  we  have  all  had  to  pass 
through  many  vicissitudes  :  from  the 
3d  of  May,  the  settlers  have  been  so 
dispersed,  that  it  is  impossible  for 
their  children  to  attend  the  schools. 
We  hope  that  in  a  few  weeks  thej 
will  be  more  collected,  and  then  our 
schools  will  flourish  again.  The  In- 
dian boys  are  making  considerable 
progress  in  knowledge  :  some  of  them 
seem  to  attend  with  a  great  deal  of 
sincerity  when  religidiis  instruction 
is  delivered,  but  it  is  natural  to  them 
to  give  close  attention  to  every- 
thing." 

The  desire  which  some  of  the  In- 
dians evince  for  the  instruction  of 
their  children,  appears  from  the  fol- 
lowing circumstance  mentioned  by 
Mr.  Jones  ; — 

'*  Mr.  Ross  told  me,  in  reference 
to  the  parents  of  the  boys  brought  to 
Red  River  school,  that  they  were 
very  indignant  when  he  first,  at  the 
instance  of  Governor  Simpson,  solic- 
ited their  giving  up  their  sons ;  and 

323 


■'•ii'j 


I 


^k , 


RED 


RED 


asked  him  if  they  *  were  looked  upon 
as  dogs,  willing  to  give  up  their  chil- 
dren to  go  they  knew  not  whither.' 
But  wlien  he  told  them  that  they 
were  going  to  a  minister  of  religion, 
to  learn  how  to  know  and  serve  God, 
they  said  he  might  have  '  Hundreds 
of  children  in  an  hour's  tivie  ;'  and  he 
selected  two,  being  the  sons  of  the 
most  powerful  chiefs  in  that  part  of 
the  country." 

Mr.  Jones  thus  describes  the  state 
of  the  people  : — 

"A  striking  combination  of  circum- 
stances tends  at  present  to  throw  a 
gloom  over  the  temporal  interests  of 
this  colony.  The  failure  of  the  buffa- 
lo in  the  hunting  grounds  commenc- 
ed the  distress ;  since  that  time,  the 
season,  both  in  duration  and  severity, 
has  exceeded  any  former  instance  of 
the  kind  within  the  memory  of  the 
oldest  inhabitant.  The  settlers  have, 
for  a  long  time,  been  obliged  to  sup- 
port their  cattle  entirely  on  wheat 
and  barley,  and  the  consumption  has 
been  so  greut  as  to  lead  me  to  appre- 
hend a  scarcity  of  seed  for  the  soil. 
The  season  is  getti.ig  so  late  as  to 
render  it  probable  that  no  wheat  crops 
can  be  expected  at  all ;  and  should 
anything  occur  to  prevent  the  pros- 
perity of  barley  and  potatoes,  we  shall 
be  threatened  with  a  famine.  Many 
prayers  and  strong  cries  are  sent  up 
to  Him  who  alone  can  save,  and  I 
hope  they  will  be  heard." 

The  distress  occasioned  by  the  se- 
verity of  the  weather,  was  increased 
by  a  destructive  inundation  from  the 
beginning  of  May  till  the  middle  of 
June,  in  the  course  of  which  nearly 
every  house  was  swept  away,  and  the 
country  laid  under  water  as  far  as  the 
eye  could  reach.  The  missionaries, 
in  common  with  the  rest  of  the  in- 
habitants, were  obliged,  for  about  a 
month,  to  leave  their  dwellings,  and 
reside  in  tents  pitched  on  a  high  spot 
of  ground. 

"On  the  12th  of  June,  Mr.  Jones 
states,  in  his  Journal, — "  We  are  now 
nearly  re-established  in  our  dwellings. 
The  parsonage  is  all  in  one  room,  and 
served  for  a  church  yesterday,  where 
I  preached  twice  ;  Mr.  Cockran  hav- 
ing gone  to  the  hills,  where  the  peo- 
ple are  still  encamped.  The  ploughs 
are  at  work  to-day,  and  I  trust  that 
we  shall  yet  have  crops  of  barley  and 


potatoes.  The  people  are  now  draw- 
ing near  the  banks  of  the  river,  to  the 
site  of  their  old  habitations.  Thus 
deliverance  conies  in  God's  own  time 
and  way.  We  want  nothing  but  laith 
to  rely  on  Him.  " 

Mr.  Cockran  subsequently  writes  : 
— "  Though  the  flcjod  has  destroyed 
almost  evi-ry  house,  yet  we  have  es- 
caped very  wonderlully  :  we  have 
received  very  little  damage  ;  our 
churches  are  standing  ;  our  dwelling- 
house,  and  the  schoolmasters'  and  the 
school-house,  are  h'tl  alone ;  as  it 
were,  as  monuments  of  the  preserving 
mercy  of  God." 

The  Rev.  W.  Cockran  has  recently 
given  the  following  view  of  the  pro- 
gress and  influence  of  the  mission. 

**  It  is  a  source  of  thankfulness,  to 
see  a  Christian  church  in  the  wilder- 
ness. We  saw  the  first  church  well 
filled  :  to  that  we  added  a  second, 
and  were  equally  successful  in  col- 
lecting an  audience  :  and  now  we 
have  added  a  third,  to  direct  the  wea- 
ry wanderer  to  the  place  where  lie 
may  obtain  everlasting  rest ;  and, 
what  ought  still  to  increase  our  thank- 
fulness, we  have  a  congregation  rea- 
dy to  enter  into  it.  The  same  men 
who  have,  with  their  hatchets  and 
siws  and  planes,  erected  a  house  for 
the  honor  of  God,  will  bring  their 
wives, their  sons, and  little  ones;  and 
there  we  shall  join  and  sing  the  prai- 
ses of  the  Author  of  our  being,  the 
praises  of  him  who  has  redeemed  us 
with  the  price  of  his  own  blood — of 
him  who  is  to  sanctify  us,  and  make 
us  fit  for  heaven. .  .All  has  been  done 
by  the  voluntary  exertions  and  con- 
tributions of  the  heads  of  76  families, 
who  regularly  attended  Divine  ser- 
vice, at  the  Rapids.  They  are  all 
poor ;  but  their  willingness  has  sur- 
mounted the  impediments  which  pov- 
erty laid  in  their  way. 

"As  regularly  as  the  Sabbath  morn- 
ing leturns,  we  see  whole  families 
approaching,  for  the  purpose  of  ador- 
ing their  Creator  in  the  way  which 
he  has  appointed.  No  stormy  weather 
prevents  them  from  assembling.  Fear- 
less of  the  snow,  the  wind,  or  the 
rain,  they  force  their  way  to  the 
house  of  God.  There  they  take  their 
place  ;  there  they  sing  and  pray  ;  and 
hear  the  word  of  God  read  and  preach- 
ed.   Can  we  behold  so  much  zeal, 

324 


or  our  CO 
bringing  L 
for  educal 
sons,  of  J 
way.     T| 


re  now  draw- 
u  riviT,  l()  the 
itions.  Thus 
id's  own  time 
hing  but  iaith 

icntly  writes ; 
has  destroyed 
;t,  we  have  e8- 
lly  :  we  have 
damage ;     our 

our  dwelling- 
asters'  and  the 

ahjne  ;    as   it 
the  preserving 

in  lias  recently 
iew  of  the  pro- 
the  mission, 
hnnklulness,  to 
i  in  the  wilder- 
rst  church  well 
ddcd  a   second, 
ccessful  in  col- 
;    and    now    we 
,  direct  the  wea- 
place  where  he 
ting   rest;    and, 
irease  our  thank- 
mgregation  rea- 

The  same  men 
■ir  hatehets  and 
,'ctcd  a  house  for 
will  bring  their 

little  ones  -,  and 
nd  sing  the  prai- 
,f  our  being,  the 
has  redeemed  us 
s  own  blood— of 
fy  us,  and  make 
Ul  has  been  done 
ertions  and  con- 
^ds  of  70  famihes, 
ided  Divine  ser- 
They  are  all 

ingness  has  suf- 
ments  which  pov- 

y. 

le  Sabbath  morn- 
I   whole  families 
purpose  of  ador- 
i  the  way  which 
Jo  stormy  weather 
asserablmg.  Fear- 
the  wind,  or  tM 
iheir  way  to  the 
ire  they  take  their 
,ng  and  pray  ;  and 
d  read  and  preach- 
Id  BO  much  xeal, 
324 


RED 

attention,  and  apparent  devotion,  with 
cold  indifference  ?  Can  we  see  bo 
many  assembled  together  for  the  most 
laudable  employment,  without  feeling 
thankful  to  God  for  hie  mindfulness 
in  making  a  covenant  suitable  to  our 
wants,  and  of  his  condescension  in 
visiting  us  with  the  means  of  salva- 
tion ?  Can  we  revolve  in  our  minds 
the  banks  of  the  various  rivers,  lakes, 
and  creeks,  on  which  the  different 
members  of  our  congregation  were 
born,  and  not  be  led  t<>  admire  the 
niysterious  and  gracious  dispensations 
of  Divine  Providence  in  gathering  so 
many  from  afar  to  hear  the  words  by 
which  they  may  be  saved  from  mise- 
ry, and  raised  to  the  glories  of  heav- 
en ? 

"  There  also  appears  to  be  a  grow- 
ing respect,  amon^  our  population, 
foi  the  ordinance  ot  matrimony.  The 
protestant  population  may  amount  to 
1200  ;  and,  among  the  wnole,  I  have 
not  known  of  more  than  two  illogit'- 
mate  children  born  during  the  last 
year.  This  must,  to  every  unpreju- 
diced mind,  be  a  convincing  proof  of 
their  moral  improvement.  It  also  ex- 
hibits the  egregious  mistake  of  those 
who  have  ollen  affirmed  that  the  doc- 
trines which  we  preach  are  not  cal- 
culated to  reform  the  inhabitants,  and 
to  inculcate  principles»of  sound  mor- 
ality and  religion  :  this  change  for 
the  better  has  certainly  been  brought 
about  by  the  doctrines  which  we 
preach. 

'*  We  continue  to  attend  to  the  in- 
struction of  the  children  and  adults 
on  Sundays,  as  usual.  The  number 
of  those  who  attend  is  pretty  large, 
considering  the  scattered  state  of  the 
population,  and  other  impediments 
which  must  ever  lie  in  their  way 
whilst  placed  in  this  particular  situa- 
tion. Many  are  six  miles  distant 
from  school." 

The  Rev.  D.  T.  Jones  thus  speaks 
of  the  education  of  Indian  youths. 

"  In  the  Summer  of  1829,  two  youths 
from  over  the  Rocky  Mountains-— 
Kootamey  and  Spogan — went  to  visit 
their  friends  and  relatives ;  and  re- 
turned again,  soon  after  the  closing 
of  our  communications  of  last  year, 
bringing  with  them  five  more  boys 
for  education,  all  of  whom  are  Chiefs' 
sons,  of  much  importance  in  their 
way.  This  shows,  very  evidently, 
2o 


lag- 
hicli 


REG 

the  confidence  placed  by  the  natives 
there  in  the  good  faith  of  the  white 
people,  and  also  the  value  which  they 
attach  to  Christian  instruction  :  in- 
deed, every  person  conversant  with 
them  represents  their  desires,  on  this 
head,  as  being  extremely  ardent. 
And  I  think  it  a  feature  peculiarly 
new  and  interesting,  as  connected 
with  these  Indians,  that  their  desire 
for  teachers  is  not  associated  with 
any  ideas  of  teniporal  benefit  and  a| 
grandizement.  The  impression  w 
Kootamey  and  Spogan,  in  their  rela 
tion  of  what  they  had  learnt,  made 
upon  them,  seems  to  have  been  very 
great,  according  to  the  account  of  the 
Company's  Officers  resident  in  this 
quarter ;  but,  of  course,  this  will  be 
evanescent,  for  want  of  a  permanent 
and  definitive  system  of  instruction." 
Kootamey  has  departed  this  life  : 
he  died  under  very  hopeful  circum- 
etances,on  Easter  Monday.  Mr.  Jones 
adds : — 

'*  Spogan  is  again  sent  back  to  his 
own  country,  to  convey  this  mourn- 
ful intelligence  ;  as  the  Governor  was 
doubtful  of  the  effect,  if  the  informa- 
tion reached  them  by  any  other  chan- 
nel. 

Summary  of  the  Mission . 
Missionaries,  2 

Lay  Assistants  :  Males,  14 

Females,  4-  18 

Congregations,  3 

Average  attendance  on  Public 
VVorship : 
Upper  Church,  300 

Middle  Church,  300 

Lower  Church,  200-800 

Communicants  :  Males,  7!) 

Females,        64-143 
Baptisms  :  Adults,  12 

Children,  (50-  78 

Schools,  3 

Scholars-Boys:  Nat. Indians,  50 
Others,  131 


Girls, 


191 
140-331 


REGENT,  a  town  of  liberated  ne- 
groes. Sierra  Leone,  Western  Africa, 
6  m.  S.  S.  E.  of  Freetown, in  the  Moun- 
tain District.  It  has  a  healthy  anu 
highly  romantic  situation.  In  1823, 
the  number  of  liberated  Africans  was 
more  than  2000:  a  large  stone  church, 
80  feet  by  60  feet,  had  been  erected. 

325 


^ 


S 


'>k-, 


REG 


REG 


From  IrilO  to  IStiW,  the  Rev.  W.  A. 

fi.  JohiiHon  labored  in  this  place,  with 
great  energy  and  HucceuH. 

The  Christian  Institution, e^iahVinh- 
ed  at  [.rirmtrr  .Mountain,  wu«  removed 
to  tJiiw  place,  in  lc"*^l,  with  the  design 
of  rendi-rinir  it  a  Heminary,  in  which 
the  nin»t  prumiHing  youths  in  the 
colony  may  lie  educated  tor  Hcliooi- 
masters  and  niinsioniiries  to  their  dif- 
ferent trilieH.  I'liiu  institution  has 
since  been  removed  to  Fourah  Bay. 

The  lU'V.  Mr.  Johnson  dir«d,May  '^, 
182!i,  much  esteemed  and  lamented 
by  the  conu.iunity  around  him,  and 
e.speciiilly  by  multitudes  of  the  once 
wretched  and  degraded  sons  and 
daughters  of  Africa,  whom  he  was  tlie 
instiument  of  bringing  out  of  diirk- 
ness  into  marvellous  light.  Various 
laborers  have  since  that  period  been 
employed  at  this  place,  but  the  trials 
that  have  arisen  invest  it  with  a  deep 
and  melancholy  interest. 

The  Rev,  W.  K.  Uetts  has  recently 
been  appointed  to  the  charge  of  this 
station,  and  entered  on  the  duties  of 
it  the  end  of  February,  182().  In  May, 
David  Noah  removed  from  Kissey, 
and  assisted  in  visiting  the  sick,  and 
the  cure  of  the  people,  and  took  the 
oversight  of  the  boys'  schools,  in  the 
management  of  which  he  is  assisted 
by  John  Essex  Bull,  a  native  teacher. 

Only  one  School,  and  that  for  boys, 
has  recently  been  kept.  The  num- 
bers at  Christmas,  182G,  were — liber- 
ated, 48;  living  with  Uieir  parents, 
59:  Total  107. 

Mr.  Betts  thus  speaks  of  the  two 
classes  of  children  of  which  the  schools 
now  consist : — 

"  The  behavior  of  the  liberated 
children  is  as  good  as  can  reasonably 
be  expected,  from  poor  children,  on 
whose  tender  minds  the  first  impres- 
sions were  made  by  the  errors  and 
vices  of  heathenism.  I  have  been 
much  struck  by  the  contrast  between 
these  children,  and  those  who  were 
born  of  liberated  parents  and  have 
been  reared  in  the  toAvn  :  these  last 
appear  more  intelligent,  frank,  and 
happy,  and  have  the  air  of  liberty  in 
their  whole  deportment;  while  ihe 
others  exhibit,  in  their  downcast,  timid, 
and  suspicious  mien,  the  a])pearance 
of  a  servile  and  oppressed  nice. 

"  I  regret  that  there'are  riany  nice 
little  girls,  belonging  to  the  people  of 


the  town,  who  have  no  inBtruclion  ; 
there  being  no  female  here  to  take 
charge  of  a  girls'  school,  A  little 
while  previous  to  that  trying  diHpen- 
sation  of  Providence,  by  which  1  whs 
deprived  of  my  dear  wife,  we  had 
frequently  a  number  of  pleasant  little 
children  come  up  into  our  piazxa,  ask- 
ing iio  lo  let  them  come  to  school.  A 
steady  and  ch-vi-r  woman,  capable  of 
acting  as  schoulmistresH,  would  be 
very  valuable." 

At  Christmas, David  Noah  gives  the 
following  view  of  this  station  : — 

"  The  regular  number  of  communi- 
cants attending  the  Lords  Supper  at 
this  time,  islUO;  and  their  outward 
conduct,  for  the  most  part,  is  good. 
The  general  attendance  of  the  peoplu 
at  divine  service,  on  the  Sabbath  day, 
is  encimraging ;  but  on  week  days 
very  few  attend,  in  consequence  of 
many  of  the  men  working  at  Free- 
town. Daily  morning  and  evening 
service  is  regularly  kept,  and  divine 
service  three  times  on  Sundays.  The 
present  state  of  Regent  is  mucii  to  be 
lamented.  We  are  now  as  sheep  with- 
out a  shepherd.  The  harvest  iruly 
is  plenteous,  but  the  laborers  arc  few  : 
may  we  pray  that  the  Lord  will  be 
pleased  to  send  out  more  laborers  into 
his  harvest." 

The  Rev.  C.  L.  F.  Haensel  lias 
lately  departed  for  the  colony,  having 
tendered  his  services  to  the  society 
with  an  express  view  to  the  educa- 
tion of  the  African  youths.  The  fre- 
quent losses  which  the  society  has 
sustained,  in  the  removal. by  sickness 
or  death,  of  persons  employed  in  the 
mission,  have  hitherto  been  nn  obsta- 
cle to  the  efficiency  of  the  institution. 
The  subject  has  for  some  time  occu- 
pied the  attention  of  the  committee, 
and  they  have  come  to  the  fixed  de- 
termination of  prosecuting,  by  all 
means  in  their  power,  and  in  any 
place,  whether  in  Europe  or  in  Africa, 
which  may  ultimately  prove  most  el- 
igible, the  education  of  intelligent 
and  pious  natives,  with  the  view  of 
their  becoming  Christian  teachers 
among  their  countrymen.  In  pursu- 
ance of  this  plan,  they  have  placed 
two  African  youths  under  the  care  of 
a  clergyman  in  the  W.  of  England. 

Mr.  Haensel  yet  continues  the 
charge  of  this  Institution,  assisted  by 
Mr.  James  Jones.     The  number  of 

326 


RIC 


RIM 


rcif  iilar  stuilrntH  in  7,  of  probAtionors  5. 
Ill  :{  iiiontlis,  till*  l)(>yH  cominittiMl  to 
iniMHory  nil  the  collectH  appointod  fur 
each  oahbiitli.  nearly  all  the  fiJlh  of 
Matthow,  all  the  prayers  of  Watts'H 
First  CatcchiHin,  and  nearly  half  the 
questionM  of  hiH  Ht'cond  Thev  have 
also  been  niiioh  intereuted  in  the  stu- 
dy of  chronolojiry.  The  following  suin- 
inary  of  Regent  has  been  recently 
given. 

Coniiniinicants,  901 

Candidates,  96 

liaptisius,  33 

D.iy  Scholars,  951 

Average  altciul.ince,  219 

Evening  Scholars,  54 

Average  attendance,  20 

Sunday  Scholars,  142 

Average  attendance,  90 

RICE  LAKE,  a  small  lake  in 
Upper  Canada,  where  the  Aru.  }.lcth. 
Miss.  Soc.  have  a  mission.  The  fol- 
lowing account  we  take  from  the 
Report  of  tlu«  Canada  Conference 
Missionary  Society  : — 

''The  coininencement  of  this  great 
work  was  at  ■  Hamilton,  Newcastle 
district,  during  th(>  sitting  of  the  con- 
ference in  Sept.  list.  About  twenty 
attenrled  on  the  means  of  instruction 
with  great  attention  for  several  days, 
and  showed  an  increasing  concern 
for  the  comforts  of  religion ;  and  in 
the  afternoon  of  the  anniversary  of 
the  society,  while  their  religious 
friends  were  engaged  in  prayer  on 
their  behilf,  the  whole  number  of 
twenty  professed  to  experience  a 
change. 

'•On  the  return  of  these  young 
converts  to  their  friends,  two  native 
Christi.Tis,  Beaver  and  Moses,  were 
employ v-d  to  accompany  them,  for  the 
r^urpose  of  strengthening  their  faith, 

\d  explaining  to  their  Pagan  breth- 
ren the  reli^rion  of  Christ.  They  met 
a  large  body  of  tliem  on  an  island  in 
Rice  lake,  and  here,  for  several  days, 
they  exhorted  the  multitude  to  repen- 
tance and  faith  in  the  Saviour.  The 
effects  were,  that  those  who  practised 
enchantments  threw  away  their  *  me- 
dicine bag' — the  use  of  spirits  was 
discontinued  —  they  became  more 
cleanly  in  their  apparel,  and  decent 
in  their  mode  of  living,  and  the  wrang- 
lings  of  drunkenness  were  exchanged 
for  the  '  good  will '  of  the  Gospel  and 


the  devotions  of  religion.  The  mode 
of  instruction  now  pnisucd  was,  to 
employ  some  of  the  more  «'xp»'rienced 
of  the  native  Christian.^,  who,  with 
the  assistance  ofourii  inislers.  taught 
them  to  memorize,  in  their  own  lan- 
guage, certain  portions  of  the  Scrip- 
tures, such  as  the  ten  coiiimandiiients 
and  the  Ijord's  prayer.  As  oltcn  as 
the  converts  have  been  instructed 
in  theje  ]>ortioiis,  as  well  a.s  in  the 
nature  ot  the  ordinances,  they  have 
been  admitted  to  baptism,  and  after- 
ward to  the  Lord's  .Supper.  Their 
love  for  the  word  is  ardent,  and  they 
improve  every  opjiortunity  of  hearing 
it ;  and  for  this  purpose  they  gener- 
ally attend  our  quarterly  visitations. 
Sometimes  the  itinerant  preachers 
visit  their  encampments,  wiiere  they 
are  sure  to  find  a  jiiaee  set  apart  foi 
religious  worship,  built  of  branches 
and  barks  of  trees.  Here  the  mission- 
ary explains  to  them  the  truths  of 
religion  by  comparisons,  and  in  lan- 
guage adapted  to  their  capacity.  3 
of  these  Indian  chapels  an?  now  stand- 
ing on  :l  islands  in  difi'erent  parts  of 
Rice  lake,  where  these  '  Christians  of 
the  woods'  hold  their  devotions  when 
encamped  in  those  places.  This 
body  have  often  expressed  their  wish- 
es for  a  school,  and  they  are  also  ear- 
nestly desirous  for  a  home,  where  they 
may  cultivate  the  soil,  and  enjoy 
more  regularly  the  means  of  grace." 

RIMATARA,  one  of  the  islands  of 
Raivaivai,  in  the  S.  Pacific  Ocean, 
in  which  idolatry  has  been  renounc- 
ed.    Its  population  is  about  300. 

This  island  is  capable  of  supporting 
a  great  number  of  inhabitants  ;  but  it 
has  hitherto  been  the  custom  for  the 
women  to  labor,  while  the  men  did 
nothing  :  this  has  been  a  great  obsta- 
cle to  marriage,  since  tlie  women 
knew,  that  if  they  married,  they 
should  have  to  work  hard.  Tlie  teach- 
er from  the  L.  M  S.  had  repeatedly 
attempted  to  alter  this  system  of 
things,  without  success  ;  but  the  peo- 
ple had  promised  that,  should  a  mis- 
sionary visit  them,  they  wo  1  pay 
regard  to  his  advice  on  the  bject. 
"  On  hearing  this,  I  callc  says 
Mr.  Bourne,  who  visited  the  island, 
"  a  meeting  of  all  the  people,  and,  ad- 
dressed the  King  and  Chiefs,  repre- 
sented to  them  ♦Tie  nature  of  the  obli- 
gations which   \liey  had   laid   them- 

327 


*4 


■th 


,  r.  -11 


•f  „. 


t 


f  #!• 


RIO 


RUR 


lMi\^ 


m 


selves  under  by  embracing  Christi- 
anity J  and  informed  them  that  the 
females  in  other  islands;  whose  inhab- 
itants had  embraced  the  Gospel,  did 
not  till  the  ground  and  prepare  the 
food,  but  made  cloth,  bonnets,  hats, 
&c.  I  exhorted  them  to  have  com- 
passion on  their  wives  and  not  make 
them  work  like  slaves,  while  they 
themselves  did  nothing  at  all.  I  then 
called  on  each  chief,  by  name,  to  give 
his  opinion  on  the  subject :  they  all 
spoke  in  answer ;  and  1  was  happy 
to  find  that  there  was  not  a  single  dis- 
senting voice.  It  was  therefore  agreed, 
that,  from  that  day  forward,  the  men 
should  plant,  dig,  and  prepare  the 
food,  and  the  women  make  cloth, 
mats,  bonnets,  «fec.  The  women  who 
were  present  manifested  their  joy  on 
the  occasion ;  but  I  cautioned  them 
against  idleness,  and  to  take  care  that 
taey  themselves  had  good  clothes  and 
bonnets,  and  tiieir  husbands  good 
hats.  One  of  the  Tahitian  teachers 
of  the  L.  M.  S.,  who  labored  here,  is 
deceased.  Faaraoa,  the  survivor,  ear- 
nestly calls  for  assistance.  The  work 
of  tlie  Lord  continues  to  prosper.  A 
number  have  been  baptized,  all  of 
whom  appear  firm  in  their  religious 
profession.  They  have  established  a 
small  missionary  society. 

Entire  harmony  prevails  among  the 
inhabitants  of  this  island,  all  of  whom 
have  embraced  Christianity. 

RIO  BUENO,  a  station  of  the  B 
M.  S.  on  the  island  Jamaica,  10  m. 
from  Kingston.  There  is  a  church 
with  GO  communicants  ;  33  were  ad- 
ded last  year.     Inquirers  780. 

ROBY  TOWN,  a  station  of  the  L. 
M.  S.  on  Tahiti,  one  of  the  Georgian 
Islands.  W.  Henry,  missionary.  Con- 
gregation, 500  on  Sundays,  300  vu 
other  d;iys,  communicants  235,  ex- 
cluded 2!).  At  this  comparatively 
new  slation,  tJie  people  manifest  in- 
creasing affection  towards  their  teach- 
er, and  more  attention  to  his  instruc- 
tions. Scholars  :  adults,  131 ;  boys, 
77;  girls,  !)G. 

RURUTU,  one  of  the  Austrirl  is- 
lands, which  are  situated  about  500 
m.  southward  of  Tahiti.  The  renun- 
ciation of  idolatry  in  this  island  was 
unexpectedly  effected  in  Lhe  manner 
thus  described  by  the  missionaries  of 
the  L.  M.  S.  at  Raiatea  : — 

"  We  one  day  perceived  a  strange 


sail  at  sea,  which  made  towards  the 
reef,  and  appeared  to  be  determined 
to  hazard  runn-ng  on  it,  instead  of 
bearing  up  for  the  proper  harbor, — a 
practice  resorted  to  by  the  natives 
when  in  extremity.  Perceiving  their 
innninent  danger,  the  cluefs  manned 
our  boats,  and  went  off"  to  pilot  the 
strangers  safely  into  the  harbor. 
When  they  arrived,  we  found  they 
were  natives  of  the  island  of  Rurutu. 
They  had  come  from  Maupiti,  and 
touched  on  their  voyage  at  Borabora, 
but  could  not  get  in  for  the  contrary 
wind.  They  had  been  drifted  aboiit 
at  sea  for  three  weeks  ;  and  latterly, 
without  either  food  or  water,  except 
sea  water,  which  they  were  obliged 
to  drink.  Contrary  winds  drove  them 
from  their  own  island  ;  but  the  Lord, 
to  whose  merciful  designs  winds  and 
waves  are  sub.servient,  protected  and 
guided  them  hither. 

'•  They  were  exceedingly  astonish- 
ed at  the  diff*erence  of  customs  here, 
particularly  in  seeing  men  and  women 
eating  together,  and  the  Areoi  Socie- 
ty, their  dances,  and  every  lascivious 
amusement,  completely  put  away. 
When  they  heard  of  the  new  system 
of  religion,  and  saw  the  people  wor- 
shipping the  living  and  true  God, 
they  were  convinced  of  its  propriety 
and  superiority,  and  immediately  be- 
gan to  learn  to  rtMd. 

"  Tlie  chief,  with  his  wife  and  a  few 
others,  went  on  shore  at  Borabora. 
Mr.  Orsmond,  the  missionary  at  that 
station,  paid  every  attention  to  thcin 
during  their  short  stay  ;  gave  them 
books,  and  began  to  teach  them  to 
read  ;  but  as  the  canoe  and  the  great- 
er part  of  the  people  were  at  Raiatea, 
they  soon  followed.  Tliey  were  about 
25  in  number,  men  and  women.  We 
set  apart  a  certain  time  Inr  tlieir  in- 
struction, supplied  them  all  with  ele- 
mentary book-s,  and  gave  them  in 
charge  to  our  deacons,  who  were  very 
much  pleased  with,  and  diligent  in 
the  discharge  of,  their  new  office. 
Their  language  being  somewhat  dif- 
ferent, the  deacons  could  make  them- 
selves understood  better  than  wc 
could. 

"  Auura,their  chief,  paid  particular 
attention,  as  well  as  his  wife ;  the 
greater  part  of  the  others  appeared 
indolent.  He  appeared  to  appreciate 
the  worth  of  knowledge,  and  the  VU' 

a28 


RUR 


SAD 


towards  the 

determined 
,,  instead  of 
I-  harbor, — a 

the  natives 
ceiving  their 
jefs  manned 

to  pilot  the 
the     liarbor. 

found  they 
d  of  Rurutu. 
Vlaupiti,  and 
at  Borabora, 

the  contrary 
drifted  about 

and  latterly, 
,vatcr,  except 
were  oblif^td 
is  drove  them 
but  the  Lord, 
ns  winds  ami 
protected  and 

[igly  astonish- 
customs  here, 
2n  and  women 
e  Areoi  Socie- 
'ery  lascivious 
y  put  away. 
le  new  system 
e  people  wor- 
nd  true  God, 
f  its  propriety 
unediately  le- 

wife  and  a  few 
at   Borabora. 
sionary  at  that 
entiun  to  theia 
y  ;  gave   thciu 
teach  them  to 
and  the  great- 
ere  at  llaiatea, 
ley  were  about 
women.    We 
for  their  in- 
m  all  with  elo  • 
gave    them  in 
who  were  very 
nd  diligent  in 
ir    new  office, 
somewhat  dif- 
ild  make  them- 
tter    than    we 

paid  particular 
his  wife;  the 
thers  appeared 
d  to  appreciate 
ee,  and  the  vu- 

^      '328 


lue  of  the  good  tidings  of  salvation  ; 
and  his  questions  upon  our  discourses 
were  such  as  surprised  not  only  the 
Raiateans,  but  ourselves  also.  We 
think  he  possesses  a  very  acute  judg- 
ment, so  far  as  he  knows.  We  do 
not  wish,  in  thus  speaking,  to  be  un- 
derstood tuat  we  believe  him  to  be 
what  would  be  called,  in  England,  a 
converted  character ;  though  we  have 
indubitable  evidence  that  lie  is  a  true 
convert  from  idolatry  to  Christianity. 
God  hath  called  them  out  of  darkness 
to  the  knowledge  of  his  Son  Jesus 
Christ.  May  they  soon  really  know 
Him,  whom  to  know  aright  is  eternal 
life  !  Auura  was  continually  express- 
ing his  anxious  desire  to  return  to 
his  own  land,  and  to  carry  to  his  poor 
countrymen  the  knowledge  he  had 
obtained  of  the  true  God,  and  his  Son 
Jesus  Christ ;  expressing  his  fears  in 
an  affectionate  manner,  that  when 
he  got  back  he  should  find  very  few 
left,  as  the  evil  spirit  was  rapidly  de- 
stroying them. 

"  Opportunity  for  their  return  to 
Rurutu  having  arrived,  from  the  brig 
Hope  touching  at  Raiatea,  they  were 
accompanied,  at  their  own  request, 
by  two  native  teachers.  From  letters 
subsequently  received,  it  appears,  that 
immediately  after  the  return  of  Auura, 
a  meeting  of  the  chiefs  was  conven- 
ed, and  such  cogent  arguments  were 
brought  forward  in  behalf  of  the 
Christian  religion,  that  the  assembl3!' 
formally  decreed  the  abandonment  of 
idolatry.  In  order,  however,  to  put 
the  power  of  their  gods  to  the  test,  it 
was  agreed,  that  before  carrying  this 
resolution  into  effect,  they  should, 
contrary  to  their  established  usage, 
eat  together  the  next  day,  in  compa- 
ny with  their  wives  and  children.  If 
any  died  according  to  the  predictions 
of  the  priests,  wlio  asserted  that  any 
female  presuming  to  eat  either  hog  or 
turtle,  or  any  otiier  person  venturing 
to  eat  upon  a  sacred  place,  would  be 
inevitably  devoured  by  the  evil  spirit, 
tlien  they  would  not  renounce  their 
idols ;  but  if  no  one  were  injured 
they  would  destroy  them  all.  They 
accordingly  met  at  the  time  appoint- 
ed ;  and  after  satisfying  their  appe- 
tites witiiout  drawing  upon  themselves 
the  threatened  calamity,  they  proceed- 
ed to  the  demolition  of  the  morals, 
and  agreed  to  send  their  helpless  dc- 
*2d 


ities  to  the    missionaries  at  Raiatea. 

"  It  is  worthy  of  remark,  that  when 
the  boat  with  Auura  and  the  native 
teachers,  first  reached  the  shon;,  those 
persons,  with  their  companions,  knelt 
down  to  return  thanks  to  God  for 
their  preservation,  not  knowing  that 
the  spot  was  sacred  to  Oroo,  one  of 
the  idols.  The  Rurutuans  said  im- 
mediately, '  These  people  will  die  !' 
The  party  also  ate  inadvertently  on  a 
sacred  spot.  When  the  Rurutuans  saw 
that,  they  said,  '  No  doubt  they  will 
die  for  this  trespass  on  the  sacred 
ground,'  and  looked  earnestly,  ex- 
jjecting  some  one  to  have  swollen  or 
fiillen  down  dead  suddenly  ;  but  after 
tliey  had  looked  a  considerable  time, 
and  saw  no  harm  come  to  them,  they 
changed  their  minds  and  said,  '  Sure- 
ly theirs  is  the  truth  ;  but,  perhaps, 
the  god  will  come  in  the  night  and 
kill  them — we  will  wait  and  see.' 
One  man  actually  went  in  the  night 
to  the  wife  of  the  chief  (Auura),  who 
also  ate  a  part  of  a  hog  or  turtle  on 
the  sacred  spot,  and  said,  '  Are  you 
still  alive .''  When  the  morning  ar- 
rived, and  the  Rurutuans  found  that 
no  harm  had  happened  to  any  of 
them,  they  became  exceedingly  dis- 
gusted at  their  having  been  so  long 
deceived  by  the  evil  spirit." 

It  appears  fron?  a  recent  communi- 
cation of  Mr.  Bourne's,  that  the  pop- 
ulation of  this  island  does  not  exceed 
200  persons,  all  of  whom  had  been 
baptized.  The  church  consists  of  30 
members.  The  people  continue  dili- 
gent in  learning.  They  carry  on  cul- 
tivation to  a  great  extent,  and  their 
houses  are  well  built. 

At  the  latest  intelligence,  there  were 
abovit  80  communicants.  The  teach- 
ers are  diligent  in  instructing  the 
people,  who  are  anxious  to  understand 
the  Scriptures. 


S. 


SADAMAHL,  a  subordinate  sta- 
tion to  Dinagepore,  20  m.  N.  W.  of 
that  station,  and  250  m.  from  Seram- 
pore,  under  the  care  of  the  Seramporc 
Baptists. 

SA'^RAS,  a  Dutch  settlement  on 
the  sea-coast,  47  m.  south  of  Madras. 
Iniiabitants,  4  or  5000.  Here  are 
upwards  of  30  pagodas.     In  the  lat- 

329 


m. 


i:*vit: 


■'\% 


il 


'UV 


SAL 


SAL 


ter  part  of  the  last  century,  the  inis- 
gionaries  of  the  S'.  Prop.  G.  began 
their  labors  at  this  place,  and  have 
had  many  seals  to  their  uiinistry. 
The  JVctherlands  M.  S.  sent  the  Rev. 
J.  C.  T.  Wincklcr  and  a  native  assis- 
tant hither,  in  1823.  In  lrt25,  it  is 
stated  by  the  society's  n  presentatives 
at  Chinsurah,  that  though  Mr.  W. 
had  been  much  afflicted,  he  was  so 
far  advanced  in  Tamul,  as  to  be  able 
to  address  the  congregation  in  that 
language.  On  New  Year's  day,  he 
received  5  catechumens  as  members 
of  the  church ;  and.  on  the  following 
day,  administered  the  sacrament  to 
17  persons.  He  has  collected  H)0  ru- 
pees for  the  schools  ;  which  serves  to 
defray,  if  not  all,  a  part  of  their  ex- 
pense. A  boys'  school  is  conducted 
regularly,  and  Mr.  W.  thinks  of  es- 
tabUshing  a  girls'  school.  Mrs.  Re- 
gel,  the  widow  of  the  late  Resident, 
has  offc.-ed  to  superintend  it. 

SAHEBGUNJ,  a  station  under  the 
care  of  the  Serainpore  Baptists,  (J5 
m.  iX.  E.  of  Serampore,  commenced 
in  1805.  H.  Smylie,  missionary, 
with  2  native  assistants.  Mr.  Igna- 
tius Fernandez,  a  very  faithful  native 
preacher  at  this  station,  died  on  the 
26th  of  Dec.  1830.  in  the  arms  of  his 
brethren  at  Serampore.  The  Chris- 
tian population  consists  of  J  85  per- 
sons ;  of  these  (58  v^  ere  communicants, 
and  8  candidates  for  baptism.  Of  81 
scholars,  the  average  attendance  is 
about  50. 

SALEM,  a  town  of  Western  In- 
dia,  of   00,000   inhabitants.     N.  lat. 


12°;  E.  long.  7!)-,  surrounded  by 
populous  villages.  A  mission  was 
conmienced  in  this  place  in  1827  by 
the  London  Missionary  Society.  II. 
Crisp,  missionary.  Fro  m  their  leport 
of  1831,  we  copy  the  fol!>  wing. 

''  The  Directors  are  happy  to  state 
that  Mr.  Henry  Crisps  health  is  re- 
established, and  that  he  fjnds  increas- 
ing pleasure  in  his  important  work. 

''  Kativc  Ass'istants.  Isaac  David, 
the  native  Evangelist,  is  a  feiiow-la- 
borer,  whose  worth  becomes  increas- 
ingly evident.  There  are  also  three 
native  readers,  from  Bangalore,  viz. 
Lazai~us,  formerly  a  student  in  the 
seminary  at  that  station,  who  joined 
thie  iiiission  in  December  182i),  and 
has  since  conducted  himself  with 
great  propriety  :    John  and   Solomon, 


educated  in  the  Tamul  orplian  school, 
under  Mr.  Reeve's  superintendence, 
who  are  pious  youths,  and  possess  ai> 
extensive  and  accurate  knowledge  of 
the  Scriptures.  The  latter  were  both 
placed  under  Mr.  Crisp's  direction  in 
the  beginning  of  the  last  year,  and 
are  considered  as  students  and  candi- 
dates for  future  service.  Mr.  (>risp 
devotes  a  portion  of  every  day  to  tli(> 
instruction  of  these  four  individuals 
in  Theology,  &c.  &c.  As  an  addi- 
tional proof  of  the  advantages  whicli 
the  cause  of  Christ  is  deriving  from 
the  co-operation  of  individuals  in  the 
East,  who  have  shared  its  advantages, 
the  Directors  wit'i  pleasure  inform  the 
Society,  that  John  and  Solomon  are 
supported  by  a  Christian  friend  a 
Tnchinopoly. 

"  Prcacking,  &c.  The  three  Ta- 
mul services  on  the  Sabbath,  reported 
last  year,  are  continued.  At  tli,. 
morning  service  there  is  a  small  but 
interesting  congregation,  composed  ot" 
native  Ciiristians  and  heathen.  At 
the  afternoon  service  from  20  to  3U 
persons  generally  attend,  beside  the 
poor  people,  amounting  to  about  200, 
mentioned  in  former  reports,  who 
then  received  alms.  The  uttendanco 
at  the  evening-service  is  about  25 
hearers.  Besides  these  exercises,  a 
public  catechetical  course  has  been 
established  for  the  two  upper  classes 
in  all  the  mission-schools  at  this  sta- 
tion. It  is  held  at  a  quarter  past  ten, 
on  Sabbath  morning,  at  one  of  the 
miss? Ion-schools.  The  children  who 
meet  amount  to  GO.  This  exercise 
appears  to  excite  interest  Loth  among 
masters  and  scholars.  Many  adults 
are  present  upon  these  occasions. 
These  are  the  services  on  the  Sab- 
bath ;  the  missionary  and  the  native 
assistant  devote  every  evening  in  the 
week,  (Saturday  excepted.)  to  preach- 
ing, conversation,  or  discussion  in 
two  places,  either  in  connexion  with 
the  schools,  in  the  Bazaar,  or  in  sur- 
rounding villages.  The  reader,  Laz- 
arus, is  also  constantly  employed  in 
that  capacity  ;  and  both  the  assistant 
and  the  reader  ore  accompanied  in 
their  daily  excursions  by  the  two  stu- 
dents before  mentioned. 

"  Since  the  month  of  April,  last 
year,  a  new  building,  originally  in- 
tended for  the  English  school,  and 
erected  by  a  friend,  in  the  front  of  the 

330 


rpifun  scliool, 

erintendence, 

iid  possess  ai) 

knowledge  of 

ter  were  both 

s  direction  in 

ast  year,  and 

nts  and  caridi- 

Mr.   Oisp 

ry  day  to  tlit> 

ar  individuals 

As  an  addi- 

intages  which 

lerivinjr  IVom 

viduals  in  the 

ts  advantages, 

ure  inform  the 

1  Solomon  are 

tian   friend  a: 


\it 


'he    three   Ta- 

bath,  reported 

:ed.        At    th'>. 

is  a  small  but 

1,  composed  of 

heathen.      At 

rom  20   to  3U 

nd,  beside  the 

to  about  200, 

reports,    who 

'he  iittendance 

;   is    about  25 

ie  exercises,  a 

urse  has   been 

0  upper  classes 

3ols  at  this  sta- 

aarter  past  ten, 

at  one  of   the 

children  who 

This  exercise 

est  botli  among 

Many  adults 

lese    occasions. 

3S  on  the  Sab- 

and  the  native 

evening  in  the 

ited.)  to  preach- 

discussion    in 

connexion  with. 

jaar,  or  in  sur- 

he  reader,  Laz- 

,ly  employed  in 

til  tlie  assistant 

ccompanied   in 

by  the  two  stu- 

d. 

of   April,  last 

,  originally  in- 

sh   school,  and 

the  front  of  the 

330 


Volcano  at  owiiyhee. 

[Page  332.] 


.>i-j,»fflr' 


.  .4,  'wl*  '-■ 


■i^>r 


miridiou-coiiipound,  hay  been  occiipi«;d 
for  divine  wor  lii;)  on  the  Lord's  day. 
A  much  hu^L-r  nuuiber  of  casual 
hearers  are  coniaionly  present.  Tiie 
inner  part  of  tlic  building  is  often 
tolerably  till  ;d  with  I  hristians,  school- 
masters, »&c.  whilst  the  verandah  is 
thronged  with  ••  wayfarini^  men." 

*•  The  English  service  has  been  dis- 
continued altogether. 

"  On  tlie  mornino;  oi  new  year's 
day  last,  the  foui;  iation- stone  of  a 
chapel  was  solemnly  laid.  Ssuhscrip- 
tions  towards  this  object,  received 
from  friends  at  Harleston,  Norfolk, 
and  Clare,  in  Suffolk,  had  encouraged 
Mr.  Crisp  to  commence  this  desirable 
undertaking. 

"  Uintractj.  Mr.  Crisp  has  made 
four  missionary  tours,  viz.  to  Attoor, 
Derampoory,  Cuddalore,  and  Trich- 
cngode.  In  some  of  the  places  he 
visited,  he  was  received  with  much 
kindness  by  the  people,  among  whom 
were  several  Brahmins,  who  manifest- 
ed much  earnestness  to  hear  and  read 
the  truth.  The  Gospel  has  been  thus 
brought  within  the  hearinij  of  thou- 
sands  who  had  never  before  heard  it ; 
inteiest  in  its  truths  has  been  increas- 
ed and  extended,  and  many,  from 
different  quarters,  have  been  led  to 
visit  the  missionary  at  his  dwelling- 
house. 

"  Schools.  The  present  number  is 
seven,  with  315  scholars.  Three  of 
these  schools  are  supported  by  sub- 
scriptions on  the  spot.  The  Teloo- 
goo,  Mahratta,  and  Persian  scliools, 
mentioned  in  the  last  report,  have 
been  discontinued  on  account  of  the 
removal  of  the  individual  who  sup- 
ported them.  Among  the  present 
subscription-schools,  there  is  one  Te- 
loogoo,  and  one  Tamul.  All  the  mis- 
sion-schools are  Tamul.  The  schools 
are  examined  twice  a  week  by  Mr. 
Crisp  and  Isaac  David,  and  are  be- 
besides  daily  visited.  It  is  very  en- 
couraging to  observe  that  the  re- 
spectable part  of  the  population 
continue  to  send  their  children  to  the 
schools,  which  they  have  cordially 
admitted  into  the  very  heart  of  the 
community,  and  in  which  there  is 
:"uU  liberty  to  introduce  Christian 
bocks  The  progress  of  the  children 
ui  Scripture  knowledge  is  truly  ani- 
iTi'f^ing.  Impressions,  decidedly  fa- 
vorable to  the  religion  of  Christ,  have 


SAN 

also  Deen  several  times  i  lanifested  by 
some,  winch  strongly  encourages  the 
hopr  that  these  institutions  are  pre- 
paring a  people  for  the  L<jrd.  Nu- 
merous applications  for  new  schools 
are  continually  made. 

"  We  are  concerned  to  add,  that 
from  the  interference  of  a  Roman 
Catholic  Priest,  who  violently  oppo- 
ses the  mission,  two  of  the  schools 
have  lately  sustained  injury,  which, 
however,  it  is  hoped,  will  be  speedily 
repaired. 

''  DistrUiution  of  Scriptures,  &-c. 
No  specific  account  has  been  received 
of  that  for  the  past  year. 

''  In  concluding  the  account  of  this 
interesting  station,  we  are  thankful 
to  .state  tiiat  one  individual,  formerly 
a  Roman  Catholic,  has  been  baptized, 
after  having  afforded  satisfactory  evi- 
dence of  real  conversion." 

SALEM,  a  station  of  the  W.  S. 
ajiiong  the  Hottentots  of  South  Afri- 
ca. The  mission  is  represented  as  in 
a  very  promising  state.  During  the 
year  1831,  the  children  of  the  school  re- 
peated 18,>:^G  verses  of  the  Bible,  and 
■^,763  hymns.  Scholars 40  boys,  and 
3li  girls. 

SALONICHI,  the  ancient  Thes^a- 
lonica,  in  Macedonia.  Mr.  WolltJ, 
who  lately  visited  this  place  fonnd 
about  22,000  Jews,  and  was  info  od 
there  were  about  (10,000  on  the  .  - 
fines.  He  circulated  more  thun 
Bibles  and  Testaments  among 
and  stuck  up  a  proclamation  on 
walls,  briefly  declaratory  of  the 
pel.  In  a  few  hours,  2000  Jews  as- 
sembled around,  and  read  it.  Rev.  J. 
I.  Abraham,  a  converted  Jew,  em- 
ployed by  the  American  Jews'  Soci- 
ety, will  probably  proceed  to  labor 
among  his  brethren  in  this  city. 

SANDWICH  ISLANDS.  These 
islands  were  discovered  by  Captain 
Cook,  about  half  a  century  since,  and 
named  in  honor  of  his  patron,  the 
Earl  of  Sandwich,  first  lord  of  the 
Admiralty,  the  Sandwich  Islands. 
They  are  10  in  number;  eight  are  in- 
habited, and  two  are  barren  rocks, 
principally  resorted  to  by  fishermen. 
They  lie  w'thin  the  tropic  of  Cancer, 
between  18  50',  and  22"  20'  N.  lati- 
tude, and  between  l.''>4'^  53'.  and  160° 
15'  W.  Ion.  from  Greenwich,  about 
one  third  of  the  distance  from  th« 
western  coast  of  Mexico,  towards  the 

331 


iOO 

111, 

fhe 


'  '•  . 


s 


i: 


■■  ^-r: 


...  m 

1 


■I ' 
...  . ii-t 


f'T-fi 


iM'A 


1 ' 


itr:?': 


li  (• 


SAN 

eastern  shores  of  China.  They  are 
larger  than  the  Society  Islands,  or 
any  of  the  neighboring  clusters.  The 
following  table  gives  the  length, 
breadth,  and  area. 


Name. 

Length. 

Drcadt 

h.  Area. 

Hawaii, 

97 

7d 

4000 

Maui, 

48 

2i) 

GOO 

Tauai, 

46 

23 

520 

Tahurawa 

,     11 

8 

(iO 

Ranai, 

17 

y 

100 

Morokai, 

40 

7 

170 

Oahu, 

4G 

23 

520 

Niihau, 

20 

7 

8 

Taura  and  Morikini,  barren  rocks. 
Hawaii  (Owhyhee)  resembles  in  shape 
an  equilateral  triangle.  It  is  the  most 
southern  of  the  whole,  and  on  account 
of  its  great  elevation  is  usually  the 
first  land  seen  from  vessels  approach- 
ing the  Sandwich  Islands.  The  alti- 
tude of  the  mountains  is  about  15,000 
feet.  The  greatest  part  of  the  land 
capable  of  cultivation,  is  found  near 
the  sea-shore  ;  along  which  the  towns 
and  villages  of  the  natives  are  thickly 
strown.  The  population  is  about 
85.000.  Maui  is  situated  in  latitude 
20^  N.  and  Ion.  157°  W.  At  a  dis- 
tance it  appears  like  two  distinct  is- 
lands, but  on  nearer  approach  a  low 
isthmus,  about  t)  m.  across,  is  seen 
uniting  the  two  peninsulas.  The 
whole  island  is  entirely  volcanic. 
The  inhal  iiants  are  18,000  or  20,000. 
Tahauravva  is  low,  and  is  destitute  of 
jlmost  every  species  of  verdure. 
There  are  but  tew  settled  residents  on 
the  island,  ilanai  has  about  2000  in- 
habitants, and  Morokai  3000.  Oahu 
is  a  beautiful  island,  and  very  roman- 
tic and  fertile.  The  whole  island  is 
volcanic,  and,  in  many  parts,  extin- 
guished cra'ers  of  large  dimensions 
:tiay  be  seen.  The  harbor  of  Hono- 
I11I.1  is  the  best,  and  indeed  the  only 
secure  one  at  all  times,  in  the  Sand- 
wich Ie'  xnds,  inA  is  more  frequented 
by  foreign  vessels  than  any  other. 
Sometime3  more  than  30  are  lying  at 
anchor  at  the  same  time.  It  is  the 
frequent  residence  of  the  kings  and 
principal  chiefs.  The  population  of 
Oahu  is  about  20,000.  Tauai  is  a 
mountainous  islanl  and  exceedingly 
romantic  in  its  appt^arance.  The  pop- 
ulation is  about  I'^/jOOO.  Niihau  is  a 
small  island,  and  has  but  few  inhabi- 
tants. 

The  climate  of  tite  Sandwich  Isr 


SAN 

lands  is  not  insalubrious,  though 
warm,  and  debilitating  to  an  Europe- 
an constitution.  Here  is  no  winter  ; 
and  the  principal  variation  in  the  uni- 
formity of  the  seasons,  is  occasioned 
by  the  frequent  and  heavy  rains, 
which  usually  fall  between  December 
and  March,  and  the  prevalence  of 
southerly  and  variable  winds  during 
the  same  season.  The  soil  is  rich  in 
those  parts,  which  have  long  been 
free  from  volcanic  eruptions.  The 
natives  are  in  general  rather  above 
the  middle  stature,  well  formed,  with 
fine  muscular  limbs,  open  counte- 
nances, and  features  frequently  re- 
sembling those  of  Europeans.  Their 
gait  is  graceful,  and  sometimes  state- 
ly. Their  complexion  is  a  kind  of 
olive,  and  sometimes  reddish  brown. 
At  t'le  time  of  the  discovery  in  1778, 
Capl;.  Cook  estimated  the  population 
at  4CiO,000.  Tliey  do  not  now  exceed 
130,000,  or  150,000.  The  rapid  dc- 
population,  which  has  taken  place 
within  the  last  50  years,  is  to  be  at- 
tributed to  the  frequent  and  depopu- 
lating wars,  to  the  ravages  of  a  dis- 
ease introduced  by  foreigners,  and  to 
the  awful  effects  of  infanticide.  The 
local  situation  of  the  Sandwich  Islands 
is  very  important.  They  are  fre- 
quently resorted  to  by  vessels  navi- 
gating the  Northern  Pacific.  On  the 
north  are  the  Russian  settlements  in 
Kamtschatka  and  the  neighboring 
coast,  to  the  north  west  the  islands  of 
Japan,  due  west  are  the  Marian  is- 
lands, Chma,  «fec.  and  on  the  east 
California  and  Mexico. 

The  circumstances,  which  led  to 
the  establishment  of  the  American 
Mission  on  tliese  islands  and  of  the 
departure  of  the  mis^  j..aries  are  thus 
described  in  the  Missionary  Herald. 

"  For  several  years  past,  (1820)  the 
eyes  of  the  Christian  community  have 
l)een  fixed  upon  Owhyhee,  and  the 
neighboring  islands, as  an  inviting  field 
for  missionary  labor.  Attention  was 
first  drawn  to  this  most  delightful  clus- 
ter in  the  northern  Pacific,  by  the  fact, 
that  some  of  the  natives,  providen- 
tially cast  upon  our  shores,  were  re- 
ceiving the  advantages  of  a  liberal 
and  Christian  education,  and  had  ap- 
parently become  the  subjects  of  that 
spiritual  change,  which  alone  oould 
fit  them  to  be  useful  to  their  country 
men  in  the  highest  cense.    The  hop«, 

332 


SAN 


SAN 


ous,    though 
)  an  Europe- 
8  no  winter ; 
in  in  the  uni- 
is  occasioned 
heavy    raina, 
en  December 
)revalence  of 
winds  during 
soil  is  rich  in 
je  long   been 
ptions.      The 
rather  above 
1  formed,  with 
apen    counte- 
'requently  re- 
peans.     Their 
metimes  state- 
is  a  kind  of 
eddish  brown, 
overy  in  177b, 
t,he  population 
ot  now  exceed 
The  rapid  de- 
i   taken    place 
3,  is  to  be  at- 
t  and  depopii- 
ages  of  a  dis- 
;igners,  and  to 
fanticide.    The 
mdwich  Islands 
rhey   are    fre- 
vessels  navi- 
acific.     On  the 
settlements  in 
e    neighboring 
t  the  islands  of 
le   Marian  is- 
on   tht   east 

which  led  to 
the  American 
(Is  and  of  tlie 

.aries  are  thus 
ionarv  Herald. 
ja8t,"(ie20)the 
nnnnunity  have 
jyhee,  and  the 
an  inviting  field 

Attention  was 
delightful  cluH- 
.fic,t)y  th»^  fact, 
ives,  providen- 
hores,  were  re- 

8  of  a  liberal 
,n,  and  had  ap- 

ubjects  of  that 

ih  alone  could 

their  country 

lee.     The  hop«, 

332 


that  they  might  return  to  their  native 
islands,  accompanied  by  faithful  mis- 
sionaries, and  bearing  the  offers  of 
mercy  to  ignorant  and  perishing  mul- 
titudes, was  greatly  strenorthened  by 
the  wonderful  displays  of  divine  grace 
in  the  islands  of  the  Southern  Pacific. 
The  lamented  Obookiah  was  anxious- 
ly looking  for  the  day,  when  he  sliould 
embark  on  this  voyage  of  benevolence 
and  of  Christian  enterprise.  Tiiough 
it  seemed  good  to  tlio  Lord  of  mis- 
sions, that  his  young  servant  should 
not  be  employed,  as  hid  been  desired 
by  himself  and  others,  but  should  be 
called  to  the  enjoyments  of  a  better 
world,  divine  wisdom  had  prepared, 
as  we  trust,  other  agents  to  aid  in  ac- 
complishing the  same  blessed  design. 
"The  period  arrived,  soon  after  the 
last  annual  meeting,  for  sciM)in,r  forth 
a  mission,  which  had  been  tiius  con- 
templated ;  and  which  liad  excited 
tiie  liveliest  interest,  and  the  most 
pleasing  anticipations.  The  passage 
having  been  engaged^  and  other  pre- 
paratory arrangements  made,  the 
mission  family  asseuibled  in  Boston, 
on  the  12th  of  October.  It  consisted 
of  twenty-two  persons,  and  presented 
a  most  interesting  collection,  rarely  if" 
ever  surpassed  on  a  similar  occasion. 
The  Rev. Messrs.  Bingham  and  Thurs- 
ton had  been  ordained  as  ministers  of 
tlie  Gospel.  Mr.  Daniel  Chamber- 
lain, of  Brookfield,  Mass.  a  farmer  in 
the  prime  of  life,  who,  by  his  own  in- 
dustry and  good  management,  was 
placed  in  very  eligible  worldly  cir- 
cuuistauces ,  Dr.  Tliomas  Holman, 
who  had  just  finished  his  education 
for  the  practice  of  medicine;  Mr. 
Samuel  Whitney,  a  student  in  Yale 
College,  capable  of  being  employed 
as  a  catecliist,  schoohi)  ister,  or  me- 
chanic ;  Mr.  Sainut>l  Ruggles,  a  cate- 
chist  and  schooliaasler  ;  and  Mr.  Eli- 
slia  Loomis,  a  printer,  having  previ- 
ously offered  tliemselves  tor  this  ser- 
vice and  L>('(  a  accepted,  went  forth 
desirous  of  carrying  the  arts  of  civil- 
ized r.iinmunities,  as  well  as  the 
blessings  of  the  Gospel.  Mr.  Cham- 
berlain had  been  the  head  of  a  family 
for  U>  or  14  years,  and  took  with  him 
a  dis*creet  and  pious  wife  and  five 
promising  children.  The  other  per- 
sons who  have  been  named,  had  form- 
ed recent  matrimonial  connexions, 
and  obtained,  ag  helpers  in  the  work, 


well  educated  females,  of  the  fairest 
character  for  piety  and  virtue.  To 
this  goodly  company  were  added 
Thomas  Hopoo,  William  Tennooe, 
and  John  Honoore,  natives  of  the 
Sandwich  Islands,  who  had  been  ed- 
ucated at  the  Foreign  Mission  School, 
instructed  in  the  doctrines  and  duties 
of  Christianity,  and  made  partakers, 
as  was  charitably  hoped,  of  spiritual 
and  everlasting  blessings.  They  burn- 
ed with  the  desire  of  imparting  divine 
truth  to  their  brethren  according  to 
the  flesh.  All  the  adults  here  men- 
tioned were  formed  into  a  church  of 
Christ,  with  veiy  impressive  solem- 
nities, and  rvere  committed  to  the 
pastoral  care  of  the  two  ordained  mis- 
sionaries. 7.'his  infant  church,  soon 
after  its  organization,  celebrated  the 
Redeemer's  sacrifice,  and  invited  to 
its  communion  all  who  love  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ  in  sincerity.  The  sea- 
son was  refreshing  and  delightful. 
Numerous  friends  of  Chnt't  and  of 
missions  pledged  themselves  to  each 
other,  and  to  the  depirting  family, 
never  to  forget  them  when  removed 
to  another  hemisphere ;  to  pray  for 
them  with  affectionate  importunity, 
and  to  contribute  for  the  supply  of 
their  temporal  wants,  and  for  the 
general  success  and  prosperity  of  the 
mission.  The  instructions  of  the 
Prudential  Committee  were  delivered 
in  the  presence  of  a  great  assembly, 
und  amid  many  tokens,  that  the  cause 
of  Christ  among  the  heathen  was  tak- 
ing a  new  and  stronger  hold  upon  the 
affections  of  his  follower^'.. 

"  On  Saturday,  Oct.  2'M,  the  mis- 
sion family  embarked  on  hoard  the 
brigThaddeus,  Capt.  Anr'rew  Blanch- 
ard.  Previously  to  their  taking  a 
final  adieu  of  >';  ir  friends  and  their 
country,  they  stopped  on  a  spacious 
wharf,  and  there,  surrounded  by  a 
multitude  of  Christian  brethren,  were 
commendf  fl  to  the  favor  ot  God  by 
prayer,  ajid  united  in  a  parting  hymn. 
The  vess»*l  soon  weighed  anchor,  and 
sailed  a  tew  miles  into  tlie  lower  har- 
bor, whence,  on  the  following  day, 
she  put  to  sea.  After  she  had  been 
i)0  days  on  the  voyage,  and  had  pass- 
ed the  equator,  the  missionaries  had 
an  opportunity  to  write  hasty  letters 
to  the  Com.nittee,  and  to  enclose  co- 
pious journals  to  their  friends  They 
had  all  been  well,  with  the  exception 

33i3 


Ir 


■m 


m 


% 


t-"i 


i- .  ^'>.^ 


I .. 


SAN 

of  a  somewhat  uncommon  share  in 
sea-sickneHH,  and  were  united  and 
happy  among  theniselves,  cheered 
with  anticiputiona  of  usefulnesa  a- 
mong  the  heathen,  and  employed,  as 
they  had  opportunity,  in  communi- 
cating religious  knowledge  to  tiie 
ship's  company,  ant'  improving  the 
Christian  character  if  each  other, 
with  a  particular  view  to  the  duties, 
which  wouL!  devolve  ui-oii  them  in 
their  arduous  undertaking. 

What  trials  awiiit  these  beloved 
brethren  and  sisters  it  is  impossible 
for  man  to  foresee ;  nor  ought  we  to 
be  anxious.  Trials  of  some  kind  un- 
doubtedly they,  as  well  as  all  other 
missionaries,  must  expect.  That  they 
may  not  be  elated  by  prosperity,  nor 
disheartened  by  adversity,  but  may 
lead  humble,  prayerful, laborious  lives, 
feeling  their  dependence  upon  God, 
and  gratefully  acknowledging  every 
token  of  his  favor,  will  be  the  un- 
feigned petition  at  the  throne  of  grace, 
frequently  offered  by  their  numerous 
personal  friends  scattered  widely 
through  our  country,  and  by  all  the 
friends  of  missions,  to  whom  their 
design  and  destination  shall  be  known. 

"It  is  proper  to  mention  here,  with 
expressions  of  gratitude  to  the  Su- 
preme Disposer,  the  astonishing 
change,  which  took  place  at  the 
Sandwich  Islands,  just  at  the  time 
the  missionaries  were  embarking  at 
Boston.  To  the  surprise  of  all,  who 
had  been  acquainted  with  those  is- 
lands, the  government  and  the  people 
unanimously,  or  nearly  so,  determin- 
ed to  abandon  their  idols,  and  to  com- 
mit them  with  all  the  monuments  of 
idolatry  to  the  flames.  This  was  done 
at  Owhyhee,  then  at  Woahoo,  and 
then  at  Atooi,  witii  no  dissent,  nuicli 
less  opposition,  except  that,  in  the 
former  of  these  islands,  a  chief  of  sec- 
ondary influence  stood  aloof  from  the 
whole  proceeding,  and  preserved  an 
idol,  which  had  been  presented  to 
him  by  Tamahama.  Tlie  accounts, 
given  by  eye-witnesses,  are  ])erfectly 
explicit  and  harmonious,  as  to  these 
facts.  Tamoree,  king  of  Atooi,  ex- 
pressed himself  as  being  exceedingly 
desirous  that  missionaries  should  come 
and  teach  the  people  to  read  and  write. 
as  had  been  done  in  the  Society  Is- 
lands. This  he  did  in  conversation 
with     American     sea-captains,     and 


SAN 

wrote  a  letter,  to  the  same  effect,  by 
the  vessel  which  brought  this  intelli- 
gence, iiddressed  to  his  son  at  Corn- 
wall. This  son,  though  not  attached 
to  the  mission,  sailed  with  the  niis- 
sionaries,  and  professed  a  desire  to 
befriend  them,  and  to  promote  the 
cause  of  truth  among  his  country  nu-ii. 
It  is  hoped,  that  he  was  received  by 
his  father  in  health  and  peace,  seve- 
ral months  before  the  abovementioned 
letter,  the  principal  object  of  which 
was  to  solicit  his  return,  arrived  in 
this  country. 

"  The  principal  means,  which  Prov- 
idence used  to  bring  about  this  sur- 
prising result,  was  the  continually 
repeated  rumor  of  what  had  been  done 
in  the  Society  Islands,  and  the  con- 
tinually repeated  assurance  of  our 
sea-captains  and  sailors,  that  the 
whole  system  of  idolatry  was  foolish 
and  stupid.  Thus  has  a  nation  been 
induced  to  renf)unee  its  gods  by  the 
influence  of  Christian  missionarios, 
who  reside  at  the  distance  of  nearly 
3,000  luiles  across  the  ocean.  Thus, 
while  the  Gospel  is  becoming  the 
power  of  God  and  the  wisdom  of  God, 
to  many  in  the  islands  of  the  South- 
ern Pacific,  the  distant  rumor  of  these 
blessed  results  has  made  the  idolaters 
of  the  Northern  Pacific  ashamed  of 
their  mummeries,  and  consigned  to 
the  flames  the  high  places  of  cruelty, 
the  altars,  and  the  idols  together." 

From  the  very  interesting  letter 
which  the  missionarit- s  wrote  on  their 
arrival,  we  extract  the  following. 

Hanaroorah,  Woahoo,  July  2"^,  16*20. 

'*  Far  removed  from  the  loved  dwell- 
ings of  Zion  in  our  native  land,  sur- 
rounded with  pagans  and  strangers, 
we  would  lift  the  voice  of  gratefn! 
praise  to  our  covenant  Father,  and 
call  on  our  patrons  and  friends  to  re- 
joice, for  the  Lord  hath  comforted  his 
peoph",  and  ministered  unto  us  nil 
open  and  abundant  entrance  anion"' 
the  heathen.  But  here  we  see  no 
altars  of  abomination,  nor  bloody  ritcii 
of  superstition.  Jehovah  has  begun 
to  overturn  the  institutions  of  idola- 
try, and  to  prepare  the  way  for  tiie 
nobler  institutions  of  his  own  worship. 

•'  While  we  were  tossing  on  the 
waters  of  the  Atlantic,  and  while  the 
church  was  on  her  knees  before  the 
Hearer  of  prayer,  he  was  casting 
down  the  vanities  of  the  heathen,  de- 

334 


SAN 


SAN 


me  effect,  \>y 
it  this  intelli- 
Hon  lit  Coin- 
i  not  attached 
,vith  the  inis- 
d  a  desire  to 
I  promote!  the 
s  countrymen, 
as  received  by 
1  peace,  sevc- 
wvementioned 
)ject  of  whicli 
irn,  arrived  in 

IS,  which  Prov-   ^ 
ibout  this  sur- 
he    continually 
L  had  been  done 
,  and  the  con- 
urance    of   cur 
lors,     that     the 
try  was  foolisli 
3  a  nation  been 
its  gods  by  the 
.n   missionaries, 
tance  of  nearly 
(  ocean.     Thus, 
1   becoming    the 
wisdom  of  God, 
g  of  the  South- 
ii  rumor  of  these 
ide  the  idolaters 
:itic  ashamed  of 
id  consigned  to 
laces  of  cruelty, 
)ls  together." 
iteresting    letter 
•rt  wrote  on  their 
e  following. 

.  tiie  loved  dwell- 
native  land,  sur- 
,  and  strangers, 
oice  of  grateful 
ant  B'ather,  and 
id  friends  to  re- 
th  comforted  his 
red  unto   us   ;ui 
entrance  among 
lore  we   see   no 
,  nor  bloody  rites 
,ovah  has  begun 
tutions  of  idola- 
hhe  way  for  the 
his  own  worship, 
tossing  on   the 
ic,  and  while  the 
noes  before  the 
he   was    casting 
the  heathen,  de- 

334 


moHsliing  the  temples  of  paganism, 
and  holding  in  derision  the  former 
pride  and  disgrace  of  this  people, 

"  Wafted  by  the  propitious  gales  of 
iieaven,  we  passed  the  dnngeroiis  goal 
of  Cape  Horn  on  the  30th  of  January  ; 
setup  our  Ebenezcr  there;  and,  on 
the  30th  of  March,  arrived  oti"  the 
shore  of  these  long  lost  and  long  neg- 
lected "  Isles  of  the  Gentiles."  liut 
how  were  our  ears  astonished  to  heai 
a  voice  proclaim  ;  "  In  the  n  Utli mess 
prepare  ye  the  way  of  Ji/iurah  ,  maUe 
straight  in  the  desert  a  highicay  for 
our  Crod!"  How  were  our  hearts  ag- 
itated with  new,  and  various,  and 
unexpected  emotions,  to  hear  the  in- 
teresting   intelligence, — "  T.\m  aiiam- 

AUA     IS      J)EAU   •, THE      TaHOOS     AUK 

ItROKEN  ; THE     IDOLS    AUK   BUKNT  ; 

THE  MORAIS  ARE  DESTROYED  ; — 
AND    THE     PRIESTHOOD     ABOLISHED." 

Tills  victory  was  achieved  by  that 
arm  alone,  which  sustains  the  uni- 
verse. He,  who  in  wisdom  has  or- 
dained, that  no  flesh  should  glory  in 
his  presence,  lias  saved  us  from  the 
danger  of  glorying  in  the  triumph, 
and  taught  us  with  adoring  views  of 
his  majesty  to  "  stand  still  and  see 
the  salvation  of  God."  Long  indeed 
did  we  expect  to  toil,  with  slow  and 
painful  progress,  to  undermine  the 
deep  laid  foundations  of  the  grossest 
idolatry.  But  He,  whose  name  alone 
is  Jehovah,  looked  upon  the  blood- 
stained superstition,  erected  in  insult 
to  divine  purity,  and,  without  even 
the  winding  ram's  horn  of  a  conse- 
crated priest,  it  sinks  from  his  pres- 
ence, and  tumbles  into  ruins  ;  and  he 
commands  us,  as  the  feeble  followers 
of  the  Captain  of  salvation,  to  go  up, 
"every  man  straight  before  him," 
and,  '^  in  the  name  of  our  God,  to 
set  up  our  banner." 

On  the  19th  of  November,  1822,  a 
second  reinforcement,  consisting  of 
20  persons,  sailed  from  New  Haven 
Ct.  to  join  to  the  mission  at  these  is- 
lands. They  arrived  in  safety.  Though 
the  missionaries  have  been  called  to 
experience  trials,  yet  on  the  whole,  it 
has  been  probably,  successful,  beyond 
a  parallel,  in  the  annals  of  missions. 
From  the  last  Report  of  the  Board, 
we  take  the  following  paragraphs. 

"  There  are  eleven  orda'.ned  mis- 
sionaries, a  physician,  and  '.wo  assis- 
tant missionaries,   all  married  men, 


with  two  single  females,  at  the  Sand* 
wicli  Islands;  residing  in  the  follow- 
ing places. 

1.   Island  of  Oahu. 

Honolulu:  iliriim  JJingham  and 
Kphraim  W.  Clark,  missionaries ; 
Gerrit  P.  Judd,  physician ;  Levi 
Chamberlain,  superintendent  of  secu- 
lar concerns,  and  inspector  of  schools  ; 
Stephen  Shepard,  printer;  with  their 
wives,  and  Miss  Mary  Ward, 
y.  Island  vf  Hawaii. 

Kailua  :  Asa  Thurston  and  Arte- 
mas  Bishop,  missionaries  and  their 
wives.  Waiakea  :  Joseph  Goodrich, 
missionary,  and  Mrs.  Goodrich.  Wa- 
imea :  Samuel  Ruggles,  missionary, 
and  Mrs.  Buggies.  Kaavaloa:  Now- 
vacant. 

3.  Island  of  Muai. 

Lahaina :  William  Richards,  Lor- 
rin  Andrews,  and  Jonathan  S.  Green, 
miiisionaries,  with  their  wives,  and 
Miss  Maria  C.  Ogden. 

4.    Island  of  Tnvai. 

Waimea :  Samuel  Whitney  and 
Peter  J.  Gulick,  missionaries,  and 
their  wives. 

"  Waimea,  on  Hawaii,  is  a  station 
on  elevated  ground  for  invalids.  Mr. 
Ruggles  removed  to  that  place  from 
Kaavaloa,  for  the  benefit  of  his  health. 
Mr.  Bingham  spent  some  time  there 
for  the  same  purpose.  Mr.  Andrews 
assisted  Mr.  Goodrich  during  a  part 
of  the  year,  at  Waiakea.  Mr.  Green 
with  Mr.  Richards  have  taken  incipi- 
ent measures  for  occupying  Wailuku, 
another  very  eligible  position  on  the 
island  of  Maui. 

"  On  the  28th  of  December,  a  third 
reinforcement  to  the  mission  at  the 
Sandwich  Islands  sailed  from  New 
Bedford,  in  the  ship  New  England, 
captain  Parker,  bound  to  the  Pacific, 
The  members  of  the  reinforcement 
were  the  Rev.  Messrs.  Dwight  Bald- 
win, Reuben  Tinker,  and  Sheldon 
Dibble,  missionaries,  and  Mr.  An- 
drew Johnstone,  who  is  to  be  associ- 
ated with  Mr.  Chamberlain  as  super- 
intendant  of  secular  concerns,  in  or- 
der that  the  latter  may  have  more 
time  for  inspecting  the  schools.  These 
brethren  were  all  accompanied  by 
wives.  The  instructions  of  the  Pru- 
dential Committee  were  delivered  to 
the  iilssionaries  by  the  late  Corres- 
ponding Secretary,  at  New  Bedford, 
on  the  evening  of  Dec.  22d,  and  were 

335 


j^.^t^t* 


:*•■.. 


•<i'i: 


m] 


■mi 


,.,• 


11- 


SAN 

followed  by  other  appropriate  excr- 
ciees. 

"  The  cheapnesB  with  which  the 
system  of  education  has  thus  far  been 
maintained  among  the  Sandwich  is- 
landers, is  wonderful.  If  ull  the 
books,  wliicli  have  been  printed,  hud 
been  distributed  gratuitously  among 
the  people,  the  whole  cost  ot  instruc- 
tion for  each  of  the  50,000  learners, 
would  have  been  less  than  30  cents, 
— the  supply  of  books  having  been 
almost  the  only  expense,  to  which 
the  Board  has  been  subjected  by  the 
schools.  Each  of  the  UUO  schools 
would  have  cost  only  about  15  dollars, 
which  is  not  more  than  is  given  for  a 
month's  wages  of  a  schoolmaster  in 
many  parts  of  this  country. — But 
these  books  are  not  distributed  gratu- 
itously. The  missionaries  think  it 
best  for  the  natives  to  pay  for  the 
books,  which  are  put  into  their  hands, 
and  in  this  opinion  they  are  doubtless 
correct.  The  people,  too,  are  able 
and  willing  to  pay  for  them  in  pro- 
ducts of  the  island,  or  in  labor  ;  and 
in  this  way  considerable  is  done  by 
the  natives  towards  the  support  of  the 
press,  and  for  relieving  the  Board  of 
charges  in  the  education  of  the  peo- 
ple. 

"  Meetings  for  religious  instruction. 
While  the  whaling  and  other  ships 
were  numerous  in  the  port  of  Hono- 
lulu, Mr.  Clark  continued  to  preach 
in  English  regularly  to  those  foreign- 
ers, who  were  disposed  to  attend  the 
public  worship  of  God.  During  the 
two  years  from  the  time  of  his  arrival 
in  March,  1828,  he  had  preached 
in  English  somewhat  over  thirteen 
months ;  and  the  pulpit  had  been  sup- 
plied between  five  and  six  months  by 
Messrs.  Bingham,  Green,  Andrews, 
and  Gulick.  About  400  bibles  and 
150  testaments,  and  from  forty  to  fifty 
thousand  pages  of  tracts  in  the  Eng- 
lish language,  had  been  distributed. 
Hereafter  Mr.  Clark  will  preach  in 
English  only  during  the  season  of  the 
principal  shipping;  and  even  this 
will  be  no  longer  necessary  when  the 
American  Seamen's  Friend  Society 
shall  accomplish  its  present  purpose 
of  establishing  a  seamen's  preacher 
in   that  important  maritime  rendez- 

TOUB. 

"  Among  the  natives  the  religious 
meetings  are  of  various  kinds.    For 


SAN 

the  public  worship  of  God,  they  have 
erected  decent  churches  m  very  ma- 
ny of  their  villages.  In  Maui  there 
is  said  to  be  one  in  ever^  consitlerable 
village,  from  one  end  of  that  populous 
island  to  the  other.  Those  erected 
at  the  several  stations  are  large.  The 
chureh  nt  Lahaina  is  of  stone,  two 
stories  high,  !>8  fct  <  long  and  G2  broad, 
and,  having  gallerit  a  it  will  seat 
3,000  people  alter  ihe  native  manner. 
It  is  the  most  substantial  and  noble 
structure  in  Polynesia.  The  others 
are  thatched  buildings  1  hat  at  Hon- 
olulu is  lUG  feet  long  and  f'T  broad, 
and  admits  4,500  persons,  .rtnother 
at  Waiakea  is  147  feet  long  and  68 
broad  ;  and  a  fourth,  at  Kailua,  is  180 
feet  long  and  78  broad.  The  houses 
for  public  worship  have  all,  without 
exception,  been  erected  by  the  chiefs 
and  people.  The  congregations  on 
the  Sabbath,  at  the  places  in  which 
the  missionaries  reside,  vary  from 
one  to  four  thousand  hearers,  and  are 
universally  characterized  by  order, 
stillness,  and  strict  attention  to  the 
preaching.  The  congregation  at  Hon- 
olulu, for  nine  months,  averaged  from 
3,000  to  4,000  on  Sabbath  morning, 
from  2,000  to  3,000  in  the  afternoon, 
and  from  500  to  1 ,000  on  Wednesday 
evening;  and  a  large  proportion  of 
these  were  constant  hearers  residing 
in  the  town. 

*'  At  Kailua,  the  moral  society  for 
males  contains  2,500  members,  and 
that  for  females  2,000.  At  Lahaina, 
the  female  society  numbers  upwards 
of  1,000  members,  divided  into  classes 
of  about  40  each  ;  and  the  society  of 
males  is  nearly  as  numerous.  The 
villages  in  the  vicinity  of  Lahaina 
contain  similar  associations  of  males 
and  females,  under  the  principal  di- 
rection of  members  of  the  church. 

"  Thus  it  appears  that,  at  three  of 
the  stations,  more  than  10,000  persons 
have  voluntarily  associated  them- 
selves together,  for  the  purpose  of 
prayer  and  religious  improvement,  on 
the  principle  that  they  will  endeavor 
to  obey  the  law  of  God,  and  refrain 
from  all  immorality ;  and  this  in  a 
country,  which,  ten  years  ago,  was 
one  of  the  most  debased,  in  a  moral 
point  of  view,  under  the  whole  hea- 
vens !  Surely  the  power  which  has 
effected  this  is  of  God,  and  to  him  be- 
longeth  the  glory. 

336 


moral  society  for 
)0  members,  and 
00.  At  Lahaina, 
numbers  upwards 
ivided  into  classes 
nd  the  society  of 
numerous.  The 
inity  of  Lahaina 
(ciations  of  males 
■  the  principal  di- 
of  the  church, 
i  that,  at  three  of 
lan  10,000  persons 
associated  them- 
r  the  purpose  of 
I  improvement,  on 
tiey  will  endeavor 
God,  and  refrain 
\f ;  and  this  xu  a 
1  years  ago,  was 
based,  in  a  moral 
ier  the  whole  hea- 
power  which  has 
od,  and  to  him  be- 


•A>-A 


!  •>■;;* 


i  ■ 

■■:t 

'  ^_ 

*  ■   ,. 

*-'i 

f-,;,  '  \ 

'  "'.    '  ■' 

■„•"   ■  ' 

'.'':?i 

'  ■    *, 

"M 

■^y 

^ 

'■■<f^^^ 

^§ 

;  ■  ,■ ',  ■•"'fe.-fai 
1 :  ^|£ Jfl 

jS^d 

HL 

^m^% 


^ 

^  ^ 

o.-^- 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


..'^4*. 


4^ 


1.0 


1.1 


ulU  122 

£  IS 


11.25  lU 


11.6 


^ 


HiolDgraphic 

Sdsices 

Corporation 


23  WIST  MAIN  STRHT 

WIBSTIR,N.Y.  I4SM 

(71«)«7a-4S03 


< 


n 


(•If 


i'.' 


TEMPLE  OF  THE  SANDWICH  WLANDS. 
[Page  338.] 


.# 


/'- 


DOLS. 


I 


/J'   i.i- 


NDS. 


miL^immD0si^ASTm  lE^Ati^iN  Tue  pacific. 


A.- 


<VIEW  OF  THfiHiSSIPNARY  U0(^£  AT  OTAH£ITE^- 

^   [PiN5«336.3 


'} 


'■K 


**Impro9en 

ledge,  moral 

ject  under  th 

raary  view  ^ 

mission  upon 

wich  Islands 

attempted,  tl 

remarkable  fi 

"  The  lana 

been  reduced 

so  precise,  th 

consonants, 

whole,  repres 

have  yet  bee 

live  tongue. 

letters  has  a 

the  art  of  rea 

ing  the  langu 

tlian  it  is  witi 

"  About  on 

in  the  islands 

schools,  and 

been  taught  t 

to  write,  and 

elementary  pi 

"  Nine  liuri 

employed  as  i 

"  The  histo 

Test<iment,  a 

Old,  and  sumi 

trines  and  du 

in  the  native  1 

the  hands  of  i 

natives. 

"The  govt 
has  adopted  1 
with  a  knowl( 
the  basis  of  iti 
tration ;  and  l 
professedly  th< 
Indeed  most  o 
bers  of  the  vis 
"  Special  la^ 
and  are  cnfo 
thefl,  licentiou 
spirits,  Sabbatl 
ling. 

"The  Chris 
the  law  of  the 
"  Commodio 
worship  have' 
principal  chiefs 
of  the  people, 
residence ;  and 
ing,  these  chii 
ously  attend, 
followed  by  gi 
subjects. 

"  Churches  i 
us,  wherever  tl 


*•  *■ 


♦  * 


SAN 


SAN 


'*  Improvement  of  the  people  in  Ajioto- 
Udge,  morals,  religion,  etc.  The  ob- 
ject under  this  head,  is  to  give  a  sum- 
mary view  of  the  influence  of  the 
mission  upon  the  nation  of  the  Sand 
wich  Islands.  Nothing  more  will  be 
attempted,  than  to  present  the  more 
remarkable  facts. 

"  The  language  of  the  islands  has 
been  reduced  to  writing,  and  in  a  form 
so  precise,  that  five  vowels  and  seven 
consonants,  or  twelve  letters  in  the 
whole,  represent  all  the  sounds  which 
have  yet  been  discovered  in  the  na- 
tive tongue.  And  as  each  of  these 
letters  has  a  fixed  and  certain  sound, 
the  art  of  reading,  spelling,  and  writ- 
ing the  language,  is  made  far  easier 
tlian  it  is  with  us. 

"  About  one  third  part  of  the  people 
in  the  islands  have  been  brought  into 
schools,  and  one  half  of  these  have 
been  taught  to  read.  Many  are  able 
to  write,  and  some  are  versed  in  the 
elementary  principles  of  arithmetic. 

"  Nine  hundred  of  the  natives  are 
employed  as  schoolmasters. 

*'  The  historical  parts  of  the  New 
Test«xment,  and  selections  from  the 
Old,  and  summaries  of  Christian  doc- 
trines and  duties,  have  been  printed 
in  the  native  language,  and  placed  in 
the  hands  of  some  tnousands  of  the 
natives. 

*'  The  government  of  "  ^  islands 
lias  adopted  t!  a  moral  law  of  God, 
with  a  knowledge  of  its  purport,  as 
the  basis  of  its  own  future  adminis- 
tration ;  and  the  CUritian  religion  is 
professedly  the  religi.  'n  of  the  nation. 
Indeed  most  of  chief  rulers  are  mem- 
bers of  the  visible  church  of  Christ. 

"  Special  laws  have  been  enacted, 
and  are  enforced,  against  murder, 
theft,  liccntioaanesa,  retailing  ardent 
spirits,  Sabbath  breaking,  and  gamb- 
ling. 

*'  The  Christian  law  of  marriage  is 
the  law  of  the  land. 

<'  Commodious  houses  for  public 
worship  have'  been  erected  by  the 
principal  chiefs,  with  the  cheerml  aid 
of  the  people,  in  the  places  of  their 
residence  ;  and  when  there  is  preach- 
ing, these  chiefs  regularly  and  seri- 
ously attend,  and  tneir  example  is 
followed  by  great  numbers  of  their 
subjects. 

"  Churches  are  gathered,  as  with 
us,  wherever  there  are  paators  to  take 
2b 


the  care  of  them,  and  accessions  are 
made  to  them,  from  timt*  to  time,  ol 
such  as  we  may  reasonably  hope  will 
be  saved. 

"  In  one  small  district,  which,  but 
a  few  years  8ince,  rung  through  all 
the  lenffth  and  breadth  of  it  with  the 
cries  ot  savage  drunkenness,  a  thous- 
and people  have  associated  on  the 
principle  of  entire  abstinence  from 
the  use  of  intoxicating  liquors. 

"  Moreover,  in  that  same  district 
and  in  two  others,  with  a  united  pop* 
ulation  of  perhaps  40,()00,  where  the 
morals  were  as  degraded,  a  few  years 
ago,  as  anywhere  on  earth,  a  fourth 
part  of  the  inhabitants  have  formed 
themselves  into  societies  for  the  bet- 
ter understanding  and  keeping  of 
God's  holy  law,  and  require  unim- 
peachable morafs  as  a  condition  of 
membership  in  their  several  fraterni- 
ties. 

"  All  these  are  believed  to  he  facts. 
And  they  are  traceable  wholly  to  the 
blessing  of  God  on  the  establishment 
of  a  Christian  mission  on  those  is- 
lands, a  little  more  than  eleven  years 
ago. 

"  But,  to  guard  against  misappre- 
hension, it  is  necessary  to  take  anoth- 
er view.  A  moment's  reflection  ii 
sufficient  to  show  that,  afler  all  the 
work  of  evangelizing  and  civilizing 
those  islands  is  but  just  commenced. 
The  nation  is  yet  in  its  infancy.  It 
is  just  beginning  to  understand  the 
advantages  of  the  social  state.  The 
elements  of  individual  improvement, 
and  domestic  happiness,  and  national 
order  and  prosperity,  have  been  intro- 
duced, and  the  contrast  between  the 
former  and  present  condition  and 
character  of  the  nation,  as  such,  is 
great  in  almost  every  respect.  Very 
few,  however,  have  done  more  than 
merely  to  cross  the  threshhold  of  know* 
ledge.  Three-fourths  of  those,  who 
are  capable  of  learning  to  read,  have 
yet  to  acquire  the  art.  A  collection 
of  all  the  books  in  the  language  would 
not  contain  as  much  matter,  as  there 
is  in  one  volume  of  the  Missionary 
Herald.  Salvation  through  the  Lama 
that  was  slain,  is  brought  within  the 
reach  of  thousands,  and  many  have 
fled  and  are  fleeing  to  lay  hold  on  the 
hope  set  before  them ;  but  how  few 
are  their  helps,  compared  with  those 
which  we  have,  ano  with  what  they 

Ot}4 


■*5.: 


f'^. 


n 


M 


SAN 


SAN 


ought  to  poMeM.  The  regular  preach- 
ing of  tiie  goipcl  IB  enjoyed  bjr  not 
more  than  one-t'uurth  of  the  inhabi- 
tanta.  The  rest  hro  only  a  few  rays 
of  heavenly  light.  Recently  two 
■mall  coinpanivB  of  idolaters  have 
bccii  discovered  in  obscure  parts  of 
Hawaii,  and  no  doubt  there  are  othern 
who  retain  an  attachment  to  Uteir 
former  superstitions." 

A  fnurtn  reinforcement  sailed  from 
New  Bedford,  Ms.  in  Nov.  IHItl.  The 
third,  before  noticed,  reached  the  is- 
lands in  safety.  The  following  are 
extracts  fVoin  a  joint  letter  of  the  mis- 
sionariea,  dated  June  2H,  1831. 

"  Pr cocking  and  admissions  to  the 
rhurches.  You  will  rejoice  that  at  all 
the  permanent  stations  preaching  has 
been  maintained,  and  liHtened  to  as 
usual,  and  that  for  a  considerable  part 
of  the  voar  1830,  it  was  maintained  at 
Wailuku  on  Maui,  and  at  Wnimca  on 
Hawaii,  where  there  appears  the  same 
encouragement  to  preach  the  word, 
to  be  instant  in  season  and  out  of  sea- 
son, as  in  every  other  iilace  where  the 
doctrines  of  the  cross  have  been  faith- 
fully exhibited  in  the  isles  of  tlie  Pa- 
cific. While  your  uiissinnaries  have 
been  holding  forth  the  words  of  truth, 
we  trust  the  Spirit  of  God  has  in  not 
u  few  cases  made  it  ihe  means  of  sanc- 
tifying the  sinner  and  edifying  his 
people.  All  the  churches  nave  re- 
ceived considerable  additions  during 
the  period  in  question,  amounting  to 
336.  Good  attention  has  been  given 
by  the  people  to  inquiry  and  prayer 
meetings  and  other  means  of  improve- 
ment. 

Admitted     To- 
since  last      tat  Condi-  Sus- 
Churches,  yearly  nuet'g.  ad.  dates,  pended. 


Tauai, 

S4 

39 

Honolulu, 

70 

136 

36 

Lahaina, 

56 

98 

1 

Kailua, 

31 

74 

24 

2 

Kaawaloa, 

41 

58 

3 

Hilo, 

13 

14 

92 

Waimea, 

1 

1 

236         420 

•'  Schools.  The  attention  to  schools 
at  all  the  stations  has  been  sustained ; 
at  Oahu  and  Tauai  it  has  increased, 
and  the  progress  in  many  of  them  has 
been  desirable,  though  for  the  want 
«f  ooffipetent  teachers,  by  no  means 


so  great  as  might  otherwise  be  ex- 
pected. 

Schools.  l.eart>trs.  Able  to  read. 
Tauai,       2U0        9,000  3,500 

Honolulu  ,250      10,336  5,443 

Lahaina,  173      11,000 
Kailua,       50        3,814  7S2 

Kaawaloa,  60        4,400        unknown. 
Hilo,  83        7,587        unknown 

Wttimea,  145        4,595  961 

961      50,732 

"  While  the  population  remains  tiu' 
same,  the  number  of  schools  and  learn- 
ers cannot  be  expected  to  increase 
much.  More  than  one  fourth  of  all 
the  people  are  now  enrolled  in  the 
schools.  The  measures  contemplated 
tor  raising  the  ({ualifications  of  teach- 
ers and  for  introdnci.ig  a  more  ex- 
tended systtmi  of  study  into  the 
schools  will  be  noticed  herealler. 

"  Printing  and  preparation  of  books. 
Previous  to  our  last  general  meeting 
our  printed  works  for  the  benefit  of 
the  schools  and  readers  amounted  lu 
about  700  pages  of  matter  and  10,000,- 
000  pages  of  printing.  Since  that 
period  we  have  added  more  than  400 
pages  of  matter,  and  printed  7,3!!8,0CK» 
pages,  making  an  aggregate  of  1,100 
pages  of  matter  and  17,398,000  print- 
ed at  the  Islands.  During  the  period 
under  review,  the  New  Testament 
trom  1  Corinthians  to  the  end  of  Rev- 
elation has  been  translated,  and  tht? 
printing  of  it  carried  on  in  successive 
portions  from  Romans  to  1  Thessaio- 
nians ;  and  it  is  in  progress  still.  The 
history  of  Joseph,  or  the  last  thirteen 
chapters  of  Genesis,  have  been  re- 
translated and  printed.  The  first 
eleven  and  last  four  chapters  of  Josh- 
ua have  also  been  translated  and 
printed.  A  tract  from  Numbers  and 
Deuteronomy  has  been  translated. 
Some  advance  has  been  made  in  a 
tract  on  arithmetic.  A  tract  on  geog- 
raphy has  been  written ;  a  work  on 
Scripture  History  of  192  pages  18mo. 
has  been  finished  and  printed.  For 
this  we  shall  need  an  ample  set  of 
cuts  for  a  second  edition.  The  geog- 
raphy, arithmetic,  and  the  remainder 
of  the  New  Testament,  and  the  whole 
book  of  Psalms  we  hope  to  see  through 
the  Dress  during  the  present  year. 
For  the  geography  we  hope  you  will 
■end  us  cuts,  also,  as  soon  as  they  can 
be  procured. 

338 


SAN 

<'  Thft  foUowint;  view  will  exhibit 
iho  workrt  priiitud  with  the  number  of 
oapies  and  p!i|;<>B  of  which  the  e<litionit 
ooniiat,  «inne  the  loHt  atatuments  were 
made  un  tlit;  Bubject. 

"Scripture  History,  192  p.;  10,0(M) 
cop.;  i,!K2(),(MN)  p.  First  llonk  for 
childnn, '  ,i. ;  2.'),00(>  cop. ;  91)0,000 
p.  EpistlcH,  Rom.  to  1  Then.,  10>)  p. ; 
10,000  cop.;  1,080,000  p.  Spelling 
Book,  ((>,  7,  and  H  eds.)  8  p.;  50,(KH» 
ROD. ;  40l),()00  p.  Appendix  to  do., 
Old  ed.)  Rji.  ;  10,000  c(.p. ;  80,000  p. 
MinuteM  of  Gen.  Meeting,  44  p.;  'M 
cop.;  l,n-.H)  p.  First  23  Piinhns,  '24 
p. ;  10,000  cop. ;  11240,000  p.  Hyninfi, 
(Sth  ed.)  108  p.  ;  10,000  c.p. ;  1,080,- 
000  p.  Joseph,  (2d  ed.)  00  p. ;  10,000 
cop. ;  000,000  p.  Luko,  rid  ed.)  72 
p.;  4,r>00  cop. ;  :W4,(KK)  p.  Joshua, 
';4  p. ;  10,000  cop. ;  040,000  p.  Cut- 
ochiRm,  (4th  ed.)  8  p. ;  10,<M)0  cop.  ; 
80,000  p.  Various  Hinnll  works,  a- 
mountini;  in  all  to  53,200  p.  Total, 
7,398,580  p. 

<'  Addin;;  to  this  .i87,0(M)  copies  and 
10,287,800  pagert  previously  printed  at 
the  Islands,  and  the  3,345,000  of  pages 
printed  in  this  ciMintry,  consisting  of 
ft  large  edition  of  tlu  Gospels  of  Mat- 
thew, Mark,  and  John,  and  two  or 
three  tracts ;  the  whole  numlier  of 
pages  printed  for  the  people  of  the 
Sandwich  Islands  is  raised  to  21,031,- 
380  pages.  Reckoning  all  the  works 
printcu  in  a  continuous  scries,  the 
number  of  |>agcs  in  the  series  would 
be  about  1,280. 

"  From  the  statements  mode  here, 
viewed  in  connection  with  the  arrange- 
ments for  translation  contained  in  tlie 
summary  given  below,  it  will  be  seen 
that  nearly  the  whole  New  Testament 
has  already  been  translated  and  print- 
ed in  the  Hawaiian  language ;  that 
the  five  books  of  Moaes,  and  the  book 
of  Joshua,  with  twenty-three  Psalms, 
have  been  translated  and  printed  en- 
tire, or  that  copious  tructa  have  been 
composed  from,  them,  presenting  a 
full  view  of  the  history  and  the  in- 
structions they  contain  ;  and  that  all 
the  other  historical  books  of  the  Old 
Testament  and  the  remainder  of  the 
Psahns  are  in  the  course  of  transla- 
tion, and  may  be  expected  soon  to  be 
published.  A  large  portion  of  these 
are  already  in  extensive  circulation 
among  the  people. 


SAN 

"The  folloving  plan  for  translat- 
ing and  preparing  books,  during  the 
curn>nt  year,  was  adopU>d  by  Jie  mis- 
sionaries  ut  the  general  meeting,  and 
the  various  {mrts  of  it  asHigned  to  the 
Hev(-ral  memlH>rs  of  tlie  mission  to  be 
executed.  ■• 

1.  That  the  assignments  of  the  last 
year,  remaining  uiifmished,  and  now 
in  the  hands  of  the  translators,  be 
continued  as  before. 

2.  Thut  Messrs.  Richards  and  An- 
drews be  reniu'sted  to  translate  the 
bo<»ks  of  Judges  o^d  !li.lh,  and  the 
last    70    Psalms,    beginning    at    the 

8lHt. 

3.  That  the  book  of  1  Samuel  be 
assigned  to  Mr.  Thurston  for  transla- 
tion. 

4.  That  the  book  of  2  Samuel  be 
assigned  to  Mr.  Bishop  for  transla- 
tion. 

5.  That  the  Psalms  from  the2:id  to 
tlie  81st,  and  the  first  book  of  Kings, 
be  assigiM'd  to  Messrs.  Bingham  and 
Clark  lor  translation. 

0.  That  Mr.  Bingham  be  requested 
to  prepare  a  grammar  of  the  Hawaiian 
language. 

7.  iTiat  a  committee  of  thi-ec  be 
appointed  to  devise  a  plan  for  making 
a  Hawaiian  vocabulary,  and  assign- 
ing the  different  parts  of  its  execu- 
tion to  difi'erent  individuals,  and  then 
of  revising  the  work  for  the  press. 

8.  That  Mr.  Richards  lie  requested 
to  collect  and  prepare  for  the  preas  a 
volume  of  practical  and  doctrinal  ser- 
mons in  the  Hawaiian  language. 

9.  That  Messrs.  Whitney  and  Gu- 
lick  be  requested  to  prepare  a  tract  on 
civil  history,  and  Mr.  Green  a  tract 
on  ecch'siastical  history. 

10.  That  the  above  works  be  revis- 
ed in  the  same  manner  as  were  the 
translations  of  the  lust  year. 

11.  A  work  on  book-keeping  to  Mr. 
Chamlierlain. 

12.  A  Sunday-school  tract  to  Mr. 
Ruggles. 

lo.    A 
Clark. 

14.  The  committee  would  further 
recommend,  that  the  four  gospels  al- 
ready published  be  revised,  prepara- 
tory to  the  entire  republication  of  the 
New  Testament,  in  the  fcrowing 
manner,  viz.  That  the  gospel  of 
Matthew  be  assigned  to  Mr.  fiishop  ; 
that  the  gospel  of  Mark  be  assigned 

339 


A   tract  on    marriage  to   Mr. 


d 


''4*ii 


SAT 

to  Mr  Richards ;  that  the  ffoapel  of 
Luke  be  assigned  to  Mr.  F  ham, 
and  the  igfuspeF  of  John  be  assigned  to 
Air.  Thurston  :  and  that  each  gospel, 
tifler  passing  from  the  hands  of  the 
revisor,  shall  be  submitted  to  tlie  re- 
view  of  the  other  three  before  it  be 
transcribed  for  the  prress. 

*'  Messks.  Richards,  Andrews,  and 
Bishop  were  chosen  tiie  committee 
recommended  in  the  above  report. 

"  PrevaJenet  o/'  the  Chrtstian  fo^m 
of  marriage.  'Hie  great  change  ih 
tne  domestic  habits  and  relations  oi' 
the  islanders  whift  huB  been  effected 
by  the  introduction  ot'  Christianity 
has  oflen  been  mentioned.  Five  or 
six  years  ago  the  Cliristian  form  of 
marriage  wa4  unknown  on  the  islands. 
Nor  was  there  any  other  form  that 
could  not  be  sundered  at  any  moment 
by  the  will  of  the  parties.  The  break- 
ing of  the  marriage  contract,  such  as 
it  was,  was  a  thing  of  the  most  com- 
mon occurrence,  leading  to  great 
misery  and  great  niotaf  pollution. 
Now,  prob&bly  few  neraons  who  would 
be  called  respectable  on  the  islands, 
residing  wilhin  a  day's  journey  of 
any  of  the  stations,  can  be  found  liv- 
ing together  as  heads  of  families,  who 
have  not  been  solemnly  mprried  in 
the  Christian  manner.  Instances  are 
rare  where  the  marriage  contract  is 
grossly  violated.  During  the  year 
now  under  review,  marriages  were  so- 
lemnized as  follows : 
At  Tauai,  20() 

Honolulu,        437 

Labaiiia,  600 

Kailua,  180 

Kaawaloa,  all  by  Naihe. 

Hiio,  aisi 

Waimea,  principally  by  Ku^ikini. 
*'  Naihe  and  Kuakini  are  the  chiefs 
in  the  districts  where  Kaawaloa  and 
Waimea  are  situated.  At  the  five 
stations  where  the  numbers  are  men- 
tioned the  total  is  1,078.  As  the  pop- 
ulation about  Kaawaloa  is  numerous, 
and  about  Waimea  considerp.ble,  the 
whole  number  of  marriages  at  the 
seven  stations  is  doubtless  more  than 
2000." 

'SATANKOOPIJM,  »  village  on 
the  Coromandel  coast,  Hindoostan, 
where  there  is  a  school  connected 
with  the  Pulicat  Station  of  the  C.  M. 

a. 

SAVANNAH  LA  MAR,  a  staUon 


ISEL 

of  the  B.  M.  S.  in  Jamaica.     04  mem- 
bers, 304  inquirers. 

BECROLE,  a  village  near  Benares, 
Hindoostan,  wheni  the  missionaries 
of  the  C.  M.  S.  reside. 

SELINGINSK,  a  town  and  mili- 
tary station  in  the  government  of  Ir- 
kutsk^ Siberia,  about  IGO  m.  S.  E.  of 
the  city  of  Irkutsk,  and  about  4000 
n..  easterly  from  St.  Petersburgh,  on 
the  Selinga  r.  It  is  a  thoroughfare 
for  the  Chine&e  trade  carried  on  at 
Kaiachta.  Inhabitants  about  3000, 
exclusive  of  those  of  several  villages. 
E.  Ion.  107°  28',  N.  lat.  51°  10'.  Se- 
linginsk  is  in  the  center  of  all  the 
BuriatSjO.  namegiven  to  several  pop- 
ulous tribes  of  Tartars  in  the  govern- 
ment of  Irkutsk,  who  are,  in  general, 
very  igiiorant,  even  of  the  tenets  of 
their  own  superstition ;  nor  is  it  re- 
quisite, according  to  their  ideas,  that 
they  should  know  them. 

Their  religion  is  suited  to  their  in- 
dolence of  mind,  as  well  as  the  deprav- 
ity of  their  natures;  and  they  are  not 
easily  induced  so  change  it  for  one 
which  addresses  the  understanding 
and  the  heart. 

The  following  practice  illustrates 
their  predominant  characteristic.  The 
Buriat  procures  a  prayer,  written  on 
a  long  slip  of  paper,  and  suspends  it 
where  it  will  be  moved  by  wind  or 
passengers,  or  rolls  it  round  the  bar- 
rel of  a  small  windmill,  which  keeps 
his  petition  in  motion,  pnd  satisfies 
his  conscience  that  it  is  acceptably 
offered  to  the  god.  These  praying 
mills  are  very  numerous;  and  tliey 
have  various  other  modes  of  worship 
equally  suited  to  their  indolent  habits. 
Indeed,  their  whole  system  is  a  delu- 
sion, and  their  services  are  unmeaning 
forms.  Their  restraints  from  animal 
indulgences  are  confined  to  the  short 
time  spent  in  ^.heir  temples ;  from 
which  they  return  to  commit  all  un- 
cleanness  with  greediness. 

They  speak  the  Mongolian  lan- 
guage)   


but  .'.heir  books  are  in  an  un- 


known tongve.  The  SelinffinskBauaiB 
are  in  the  centre  of  all  the  Buriats  on 
the  E.  side  of  Baikal  lake,  and  are 
est' mated  at  about  15,000  ;  they  have 
10  temples,  and  not  less  than  2,000 
lamas  or  cuiefpriest^.  The  Chorinsk 
tribe  are  distinguished  for  their  wealth. 
The/  are  divided  into  11  tribes,  inhab- 
iting the  country  easterly  of  Selin- 

340 


SEL 


SEN 


[54  roem- 

Benares, 
•ionariet 

nd  niili- 
nt  of  Ir- 

S.  E.  of 
out  4(M)(> 
lurgh,  on 
•oughfuro 
ed  on  at 
ut  3000, 
,  villages. 
IG'.  ^e- 
)f  all  the 
ircral  pop- 
c  govcrn- 
1  general. 

tenets  of 
r  is  it  re- 
ideas,  that 

o  their  in- 
he  deprav- 
ey  are  not 
it  for  one 
erstanding 

illustrates 
istic.  The 
written  on 
iuspends  it 
wind  or 
the  bar- 
ch  keeps 
satisfies 
acceptably 
praying 
and  tlioy 
worship 
ent  habits, 
is  a  delu- 
mmeanine 
am  animal 
:» the  short 
lies;   from 
[uitall  un- 

olian  lan- 
in  an  un- 
nsftBuriats 
Buriats  on 
>,  and  are 
they  have 
than  2,000 
e  Chorinsk 
teir  wealth, 
ibesyinhab- 

of  Selin* 

340 


Slnsk,  are  esli mated  at  :W»,000,  and 
nave  only  4  teinpleH.  and  Bciircfly 
<>00  lamas.  Upwards  of  1()0,(M)0  males 
lH.'long  to  the  nation  of  Kuriats. 

The  Rev.  M"a'*r9.  Stalhjbratta,  Swan 
and  Yuitle,  from  the  /..  M.  vV.,arrivi-d 
in  18l!>,  iind  tliiR  miH.^ion,  first  cnin- 
menccii  at  Irkutsk,  has  received  the 
full  approbation  and  aid  of  the  Rus- 
sian government. 

Translation  of  the  Srripturcs.  The 
Mongolian  translation  rtf  the  New 
Testament  was  completed  during  the 
year  IHtiti.  The  importance  ot  this 
translation  of  tiie  Scriptures  will  he 
more  fully  appreciated,  when  it  is 
considered  that  Mongolian  is  spoken 
and  understood,  not  only  among  the 
Buriats,  but  extensively  in  Chinese 
Tartary,  and  in  a  south-westerly  di- 
rection, among  the  inhabitants  of  ail 
the  intermediate  country,  from  Selin- 
ginsk  to  Thioet.  The  Mongolians 
Proper  are  suHecta  r.^  the  Chinese 
empire,  and  the  Kolkas  and  Eluths, 
also  under  the  same  government,  use 
the  same  language. 

Mr.  Stallybra^s  has  visited  the  mis- 
sionary station  on  the  Ona.  He  wus 
absent  from  Selinginsk  about  two 
months,  during  which  time  he  availed 
himself  of  such  opportunities  as  oc- 
curred of  preaching  the  Gospel  to  the 
people. 

Th"*  lamas  in  that  quarter  are  zeal- 
ous in  their  attempts  to  make  prose- 
lytes among  the  Shamans,  whose 
religion  is  considered  the  most  incient 
religion  of  the  inhabitunt  of  the  Buri- 
ats. Tongats.  &c.  and  consist?  parti- 
of  I  kind  of  adoration  paid  to  fire,  a 
reliance  on  amulets,  &c.  The  people 
in  this  part  of  the  country  appear  to 
be  less  under  the  influence  of  preju- 
dice than  the  other  Buriats. 

Mr.  Yuille  has  visited  Kaiachta, 
and  was  received  in  a  friendly  man- 
ner by  the  Russian  Director  or  trade, 
and  by  the  military  chief  on  the  Chi- 
nese frontier.  The  former  presented 
to  him  a  valuable  work  in  th',  Mon- 
golian language. 

Towards  the  close  of  the  year  1826, 
Mr.  Swaii  visited  a  tribe  of  Buriats, 
wiio  inhabit  that  part  of  the  country, 
which  lies  along  the  shores  of  the 
Baikal,  near  the  moi^ths  of  the  Selin- 
ga.  He  conversed  with  the  Taisha 
and  principal  people,  endeavored  to 
direct  their  minds  to  the  importance 


of  education,  and  informed  them  of 
the  existence  of  the  seminary  ai'.  Se- 
linginsk. They  wv  re  fully  aware  of 
the  importance  of  learning  to  read 
and  write  Russ ;  and  several  of  them 
seemed  inclined  tr.neiid  their  children 
to  the  seminary,  but  were  prevented, 
cm  finding  that  the  missioniiries  seek 
no  remuneration  for  the  inslrurtions 
tiiey  impart.  A  plan  of  lining  fraud 
dituntercstrdJy,  I  hey  regard  as  justly 
liable  to  sufupirion. 

'J'here  are  lew  i»arts  of  the  world, 
perliaps  none,  in  which  the  society 
has  stations,  where  more  formidable 
impediments  are  to  be  overcome  by 
misfionarv  labors,  than  those  which 
(independently  of  the  moral  causes 
which  operate  ever/  where)  e.Tist 
among  the  Buriats.  'I'hese  arise  prin- 
cipally from  their  want  of  education, 
their  deeply-rooted  8u,'«erstitions,  and 
the  influence  of  their  priests. 

From  the  last  |)ul)lished  report  of 
the  Society  (!rt:il)  we  take  the  fol- 
lowing. 

**  Amidst  much  discouragement, the 
hrethren,  in  this  region  of  benighted 
heathen,  still  continue  their  endea- 
vors to  di-iiseminate  the  knowledge  of 
the  true  God  and  .»  'sus  Christ  whom 
he  hath  sent ;  and  in  circumstances 
of  peculiar  trial,  have  often  beheld  the 
hand  of  God  made  manifipst  for  their 
protection.  Mr.  Yuille,  at  Selinginsk, 
continues  daily  to  preach  the  word  to 
the  few  whom  he  can  induce  to  hear, 
and  to  instruct  the  five  youths  under 
his  care.  Mr.  Stallybrass,  who  is 
now  settled  at  Khodon,  has  also  some 
interesting  youths  under  his  tuition, 
and  avails  himself  of  the  opportuni- 
ties which  his  situation  oflers  to  pro- 
claim the  Gospel  to  the  people,  and 
manifests  its  philanthropic  spirit,  by 
assisting  vhem  with  advice  and  medi- 
cal aid  when  sick.  Mr.  Swan  has, 
with  the  approbation  of  the  Directors, 
lefl  Siberia  for  the  purpose  of  visiting 
his  native  country." 

SENEGAS,  one  of  the  Six  Nations 
of  Indians.  The  remnants  of  the 
tribe  resides  in  various  villages  in  the 
western  part  of  New  York.  The 
New  York  Missionary  Society,  which 
was  founded  in  17i)t>,  established  a 
r^ission  among  this  tribe  in  ISll. 
Mr.  J.  B.  Hyde  in  the  capacity  first  of 
teacher,  then  of  catechist,  continued 
with  them  from  1811  to  1821.    He 

341 


SER 


SER 


translated  several  portions  of  the 
Scriptures  into  tlic  Seneca  language, 
which  were  printed.  In  lHi21,the  mis- 
sion was  transferred  to  the  care  of  the 
Union  Foreign  Missiunary  Society. 
In  1^-'%  it  was  transfer  red  from  that 
Society  tu  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  Tlte 
station  is  4  or  5  m.  from  Buffalo.  Rev. 
Asher  Wright,  missionary.  Hanover 
Bradley,  farmer  and  catcchist.  Mrs. 
Bradley ;  Samuel  Sebt>ions,  teacher. 
Misses  A.  Bishop,  P.  Sheldon^  R. 
Newhall,  and  E.  Root,  assistants. 
The  rommunicants  are  about  50.  A 
anecial  seriousness  commenced  in 
Ma^,  1831,  when  many  became  deep- 
ly interested  in  religious  things  and 
Mtween  SO  and  30  truly  pious.  The 
school  has  contained  about  45  mem- 
bers. The  following  letter  from  Mr. 
Wright,  of  Feb.  1 1 ,  1833,  contains  the 
most  recent  intelligence,  which  has 
been  received. 

"  Our  communion  was  on  the  15th 
ult.  at  which  13  membeira  were  receiv- 
ed. One  of  these  had  been  baptized 
in  childhood.  The  church  renewed 
their  covenant  engagements  >  and,  in 
addition  to  the  former  covenant,  en- 
gaged that  no  present  or  future  mem- 
ber of  the  church  should  drink  any 
ardent  spirits,  except  when  prescribed 
bv  a  regular  physician,  in  case  of 
sickness ;  and  that  no  one  should  en- 
ter into  the  marriage  relation  without 
having  the  ceremony  performed  in  a 
Christian  manner.  The  latter  article 
was  one  of  their  own  proposing,  and 
an  exceedingly  important  regulation. 
The  following  Sabbath,  9  men,  some 
of  them  chiefs  of  high  standing,  came 
forward  with  those  with  whom  they 
had  lived  as  wives,  and  were  solemn- 
ly and  publicly  united  in  marriage ; 
thus  in  a  measure  removing  one  of 
the  greatest  stumbling  blocks  which 
has  been  thrown  in  the  way  «f  the 
people.  On  the  some  occasion  fifteen 
children  were  dedicated  to  God  in 
baptism." 

SERAMPORE,  a  town  in  the 
province  of  Bengal,  Hindoostan,  15 
m.  N.  of  Calcutta,  on  the  W.  bank 
of  the  Hoogly.  E.  Ion.  88^  26',  N. 
lat.  22°  45'.  It  signifies  the  town  of 
the  glorious  god  Ram  ;  or  the  glori- 
ous town,  Ram.  It  is  a  little  Danish 
settlement,  in  the  midst  of  an  im- 
mense British  territory.  A  line  of 
tfQod-loiQking  houses  stretches  along 


tlte  margin  of  the  R.,  though  to  no 
great  extent.  These  belong  to  th« 
Danes  nnd  Europeans,  whose  num- 
ber is  very  small.  The  population  is 
about  20,000  nearly  all  Hindoos. 
I'hey  generally  inliabit  poor  mud- 
wuUed,  or  bamboo- wattled  cottages. 
The  Baptist  Serampore  College  is  an 
admirably  planned  building  witk  a 
commanding  front  towards  the  Hoog- 
ly. For  the  early  history  of  the  Bap- 
tist mission,  see  Calcutta.  The  mis- 
sion was  commenced  in  17i)3. 

In  the  month  of  December,  1800, 
tlic  missionarise  were  gratified  in  be- 
holding the  first  decioed  convert  ti> 
the  faith,  voluntarily  breaking  bis 
caste,  and  boldly  encountering  the 
reproach  of  Christ.  On  this  delight- 
ful occasion,  Kristno,  a  converted 
native,  was  baptized,  together  with 
Dr.  Carey's  eldest  son,  afler  having, 
a  few  days  before,  publicly  renounced 
caste,  by  eating  with  the  missionaries 
This  event  rejoiced  their  hearts,  and 
gave  them  renewed  courage  to  pur- 
sue their  high  but  difficult  calling ; 
some  of  them  had  now,  fur  years,  pa- 
tiently waited  and  prayed  for  this 
day ;  some  had  entered  into  their 
heavenly  rest  without  the  gratifica- 
tion of  beholding  it  ^  and  one  of  tliem, 
who  hardly  survived  six  months,  was 
carried  in  an  emaciated  state  to  wit- 
ness a  scene  so  cheering  to  his  soul, 
that  he  was  almost  ready  to  say  with 
Simeon — ''  Lord,  now  lettest  thou 
thy  servant  depart  in  peace ;  for 
mine  eyes  have  seen  thy  salvation." 
Thus  was  one  of  the  strong  holds 
of  Satan  broken  down,  and  the  way 
opened  for  numerous  accessions  to 
the  church  of  Christ  from  this 
people,  hitherto  entrenched  in  preju- 
dices and  superstition,  and  impene- 
trable to  all  the  convictions  of  Divine 
truth  and  the  evidences  of  the  Gos- 
pel. 

In  the  following  year,  several  more 
renounced  caste  and  were  baptized ; 
the  New  Testament  was  printed  at 
the  mission  press ;  and  the  missiona- 
ries subsequently  continued  the  work 
of  translating,  printing,  and  distrib- 
uting the  Scriptures  and  portions  of 
them,  and  using  various  other  impor- 
tant measures  to  instruct  and  enlight- 
en the  heathen. 

Mr.  Ward  gives  the  following  short 
but  interesting  account  of  the  first 

342 


attempt  of 

Oospel  to  li 

"  March 

brother  Cat 

read  a  chaj 

tumber  pre 

congregatio 

mans,   Arm 

lish,  ^c.     1 

phlet  of  his 

printed   for 

short  time  w 

cjr,  he  sat « 

joined  togetl 

craved    thei 

■poke  for  ai 

and  much  pi 

whole  with  j 

pleased  witf 

IS  the  first  H 

preacher.     1 

the  mission, 

to  bless  God. 

the  number 

ers !     This  i 

that  is  to  m 

In  1804,  t 

creased  to  li 

14  were  bapti 

whom  were 

and,  iA  18l)( 

time  14  miss 

with  the  mise 

number  of  na 

now  formed 

viz. — at  Serai 

loa,  and  Jesse 

in    the    Biri) 

event  of const 

cause  of  God  ( 

— this  was  th< 

printing  of  th 

Sanscrit,  or  le 

This    langua< 

place  among  i 

the  Latin  doe 

vehicle  by  \» 

municate    the 

from  one  to  ai 

Dierous  natior 

continent,  the 

cient  records, 

they  possess  : 

it  gives  a  sacn 

timation,  it  is 

the  stories  of 

ploits  of  their 

their  religion, 

that  it  is  certi 

VtheUteratii 


SER 

attempt  of  a  Hiiido^   to  preach  the 
Ooapel  to  hik  countrymen  : — 

•«  March  (i,  IHO'J. — In  the  cvenin||f, 
brother  Carey  gave  out  a  hymn,  and 
read  a  chapt4.*r,  at\er  which,  old   Pu- 
tumber   preached  in   Bengalee   to  a 
congregation    of    Hindoon,    MumbuI- 
mans,    Aruumitins,  Fcringuha,    Eng- 
lish, &c.     His  t(.>xt  was  a  small  pam- 
phlet of  his  own  writing,  which  wc 
printed   for    him.      After  praying  a 
short  time  with  fervor  and  consinten- 
cy,  he  sat  down,  and  witii  his  hundst 
joined  together  and  stretched  out,  h<> 
craved    their    attention.      He    then 
■poke  for  an  hour,  with  faithfulness 
and  much  propriety  ;  and  closed  the 
whole  with  prayer.      We  were  much 
pleased  with  this  first  attempt.     He 
IS  the  first  Hindoo  who  has  become  a 
preacher.     This  is  another  now  orn  in 
the  mission,  for  which  we  have  reason 
to  bless  God.     O  that  he  may  increase 
the  number  of  faithful  native  labor- 
ers !     This  is  the  grand  desidcratur' 
that  is  to  move  the  Hindoo  nation." 
In  1804,  the  missionaries  were  in- 
creased to  10,  besides  2  natives,  and 
14  were  baptized.     In  1805,  13,  !)  of 
whom  were  natives,  were  baptized  ; 
and,   in  181)G,  24  natives.      At  this 
time  14  missionaries  were  connected 
with  the  mission,  and  about  the  same 
number  of  native  assistants  ;  who  had 
now  formed  4   churches  in   Bengal, 
viz. — at  Serampore,  Dinagepore,  CtU- 
tea,  and  Jessore ;  and  1  at  Rangoon, 
in    the    Birman   empire.       Another 
event  of  considerable  importance  tu  the 
cause  of  God  occurred  in  the  year  1806 ; 
— this  was  the  commencement  of  the 
printing  of  the  New  Testament  in  the 
Sanscrit,  or  learned  language  of  India. 
This    language    occupies    the   same 
place  among  the  eastern  natives,  that 
the  Latin  does  amongst  us  ;    it  is  the 
vehicle  by  which  the  learned  com- 
municate   their  literary   information 
from  one  to  another,  through  the  nu- 
merous nations  that  people  that  vast 
continent,  the  depository  of  their  an- 
cient records,  and  of  all  the  science 
they  possess :  and,  what  is  more,  as 
it  gives  a  sacred  character  in  their  es- 
timation, it  is  the  language  in  which 
the  stories  of  their  theology,  the  ex- 
ploits of  their  deities,  and  the  rites  of 
their  religion,  are  treasured   up ;  so 
that  it  is  certain  of  being  cultivated 
by  the  literati  of  every  district,  and  is 


SER 

in  no  danger  of  liecoming  entirely 
obsolete*  in  any.  To  translate  tb« 
Holy  Scriptures  into  this  language, 
therefoio,  was  like  laying  them  up 
in  the  archives  of  the  country  ;  giv* 
ing  them  a  di'gree  of  roverence  in  the 
eyt'S  of  the  peoph>,  nnd  making  all 
future  translatinnn  ntmitaratively  ea»y 
and  certain.  Thix  great  work  Mr. 
Ward  had  the  privilege  of  M>oing  ac- 
complished ;  and,  in  tlu>  month  of 
June  this  year,  he  thus  notices  th« 
commencement  of  the  printing.  "June 
(). — We  have  begun  to  print  the  San- 
scrit Testament,  the  publication  of 
which  isof  great  importance.  Every 
Eastern  pundit  knows  the  Sanscrit, 
nnd  could  make  from  it  a  good  trans- 
lation into  his  own  vernacular  tongue. 
By  translating  the  Scriptures,  tiiere- 
fore,  into  this  language,  we,  in  effect, 
translate  them  into  all  the  language* 
of  Asia." 

In  1816,  there  were  10  ministers 
nnd  8  churches.     During  this  year, 
100  were    baptized,   most  of   whom 
were  in   Jessore.     In    1H12,   a  great 
calamity  befel  the  mission,  in  the  loss 
of  their  large  printing-office  by  fire, 
containing  the  types  of  all  the  Scrip- 
tures that  had  been  printed,  to  the 
tralue  of  at  least  10,000^     This  was  a 
severe   dispensation   of    Providence, 
not  only  as  the  greatness  of  the  loss 
threatened  to  overwhelm  their  feeble 
affairs,  but  was  felt  most  intensely  by 
them  :  it  was  feared  that,  for  a  con- 
siderable time  at  least,  it  would  put  a 
stop  to  the  publication  of  the  Scrip- 
tures altogether ;  yet  that  God,  who 
in  his  infinite  wisdom,  judged  it  right 
thus  to  try  them,  appeared  for  them 
in   this  crisis  in   a  most  wonderfViI 
manner.     They  were  able  to  recover 
from  the  fire  the  moulds  for  casting 
new  types :  the  sympathy  and  assis- 
tance of  their  friends  on  the  spot  was 
most  affectionately  offered;    and  no 
sooner  were  the  tidings  made  known 
in  Britain,  than  every  neart  was  alive 
to  the  feeling  of  their  situation,  and 
every  hand  ready   to  contribute  to- 
wards repairing  their  loss.      Chris- 
tians of  every  denomination  vied  with 
each  other  in  the  most  solid  expres- 
sions of  condolence ;   so  that,  in  a 
comparatively  short  time,  a  sum  was 
raised  ard  forwarded  from  all  parts  of 
the  kingdom,  which  more  than  cov- 
ered the  amount  of  the  damage  ther 

343 


■■^iZ^tl 


SER 


SER 


hadfUMluiiicd.  Hevoral  thousantl  dol- 
lura  weru  contriiMitcil  in  the  United 
8tat«it.  Tliv  d<-lay  tiaiM  occiiHioned  to 
the  work  of  lh(>  putilication  of  the 
translationH  wum.  however,  wry  diu- 
trcMing  :  they  had  tu  begin  much  of 
their  liibor  anew  ;  and  tiad  they  not 
found  among  the  rul>biMh  the  Hteel 
punchcH  of  uU  ili<>  Iniliun  lungii.-i^eH, 
uninjured  hy  tlie  tlameii,  years  niUNt 
have  elapsed  beioiu  they  could  liave 
replaced  llie  ty|H;a  they  had  loHt. 
Aoout  70  meiiibcrii  were,  however, 
added  to  tlur  ehiircheb  at  Herampore 
and  Calcutta  ;  and  ut  the  close  o(  the 
year,  the  miHMion  embraced  \2  Htii- 
tiona,  containing  about  MO  members. 
In  about  a  year  atler  the  loss  of  the 
printing  establiHhment,  the  nuBaiona- 
riea  were  proceeding  with  printing 
tlie  ScriplureH  to  a  greater  extent 
than  ever,  having  13  versions  in  the 
presH,  and  ',i  more  in  a  Htatc  of  for- 
wardness. J II  the  8ame  y.'ar,  about 
IQUO  Hcholiirii  were  in  all  the  hcIiooIh 
connected  with  the  miatiion.  In  1814, 
the  stations  were  increased  to  20,  and 
the  preacherH  to  41.  'J'hey  had  now 
extended  tiieir  tranttlations  to  25  lun- 
guagea  ;  21  of  which  had  been  put  to 
press.  J^revious  to  the  cl«»se  of  this 
year,  the  11.  and  F.  B.  S  had  made 
tlieni  grants  of  more  than  57,720  dol- 
lars. In  the  month  of  August,  IHKi, 
the  work  of  the  missionaries  received 
a  partial  and  temporary  check.  On 
the  arrival  of  two  brethren  from  Eng- 
land to  join  them  in  their  labors,  they 
were  refused  permission  to  proceed  to 
Serampore,  and  at  the  same  time  an 
intimation  Avas  conveyed  from  the 
highest  authority  to  Dr.  Carey,  "  that 
he  and  his  colleagues  must  not  inter- 
fere with  the  prejudices  of  the  na- 
tives ;  that,  in  fact,  they  were  not  to 
preach  to  them,  or  suffer  the  native 
converts  to  do  so ;  they  were  not  to 
distribute  religious  tracts,  or  s  jffer 
the  people  to  distribuie  them ;  they 
were  net  to  send  forth  converted  na- 
tives ;  or  to  take  any  step,  by  conver- 
sation or  otherwise,  to  persuade  the 
natives  to  embrace  Christianity." 
Though  thi<>  intermption,  through  the 
wise  and  temperate  conduct  of  the 
missionaries,  and  the  appointment  of 
the  two  brethren  recently  arrived  to 
a  foreign  station,  was  at  that  time  re- 
moved, yet,  in  the  year  following, 
new  attempts  were  made  to  restrict 


their  eiertions ;  ho  thut  for  a  short 
time,  they  were  not  allowed  to  preach 
in  some  placea,^'H|ieciiilly  at  Calcut- 
ta. Hndeavors  were  also  used  to  in- 
Hiience  the  liritish  cabinet  at;uinHt 
them,  and  meaHureH  pro|Mised  in  Par- 
liament, which  weie  calculated  to 
stop  the  Hpri'ad  of  the  (ionpel  among 
the  heathen  in  the  colonial  posa(>a- 
Hions;  but  the  powerful  appeals  of 
enlightened  and  Christian  men  at 
last  prevailed  over  the  ignorant  clam- 
ors of  infidel  aiarmintH. 

Previous  to  1815,  75(>  had  been 
ba{tti7.ed  at  all  the  stations ;  and  in 
the  :{  succeeding  years  more  than 
400  were  added  to  the  churches  con- 
nected with  this  mission ;  making 
the  whole  number  anioimt  to  nearly 
1200  at  the  close  of  lf<l7,  gathered 
from  14  ditferent  nations.  At  the 
last-rnentioned  date,  the  missionaries 
say — "Inroughout  the  whole  mis- 
Hion,  there  arc  scarcely  less  than 
IC,0U()  children,  of  every  description, 
brought  in  some  way  or  other  under 
instruction  ;  and  this  Jiris  been  hith- 
erto done  chiefly  by  menus  furnished 
on  the  spot  :  the  Gospel  is  made 
known  at  25  stations,  of  which  20 
are  occupied  by  teachers  raised  up  in 
India.  Surely,  when  wo  consider 
what  aspect  all  this  bears  on  a  future 
harvest  of  enlightened  converts, — of 
gifls  that  may  spread  light  and  knowl- 
edge to  the  utmost  bounds  of  India, — 
we  cannot  but  feel  grateful.  But,  if 
we  turn  our  attention  to  the  transla- 
tions which  already  lay  open  the  path 
of  divine  knowledge  to  so  many  rail- 
lions,  and  glance  at  those  in  prepara- 
tion which  will  open  the  way  to  nearly 
every  nation ,  from  China  to  the  borders 
of  Persia, — nations  that,  with  the  In- 
dian Isles,  can  scarcely  include  a  less 
number  than  200,000,000,  besides  the 
150,000,000  China  is  allowed  bv  all 
to  contain,  and  with  these  a  full  half 
of  mankind, — the  whole  will  surely 
furnish  matter  for  gratitude  and  en- 
couragement." AlK>ui  the  same  time 
the  printing  establishment,  including 
the  making  of  paper,  furnished  em- 
ployment ror  about  300  natives. 

In  1818,  the  missionaries  purchased 
ground,  and  commenced  a  college ; 
the  objects  of  which  are,  to  train  up 
pioua  youths  for  the  Christian  minis- 
try, to  augment  the  biblical  knowl- 
edfge  of  such  as  are  already  employed 

344 


in  preachini 
who,  by  tht 
reduced    to 
themselves. 
'X7  pupils,   u 
Ur.  Carey,  ^ 
lectures   in 
Mr.  Ward  v 
United  State 
toined  25,000 
ries  contribu 
their  own  lal 
In  182;),  tl 
Mr.    Ward 
toils  of  this 
another.     I  n 
the  translator! 
labors  with  i 
ihey  had  man 
wiUi— that  a 
been  appointe 
College  prope 
tions  derived 
the  raissionnri 
grounds  and 
the  public  to  t 
feasors,  the  dit 
penses,  and  tli 
ships— that  the 
was  45,— and  t 
visited  Copenl 
of  obtaining  fr 
ment  a  Royal 
tion,  in  which 
it  possesses  th 
literary   and  h 
the   property  i 
for  the  purposi 
establishment. 
In  1827,  an  « 
was  a  sourcB  of 
friends  of  the  S 
withdrawment 
ampore,andof  t 
!y  connected  wi 
at    home.      Soi 
existed  between 
ampore  and  thee 
in  reference  to 
the  premises  at 
held,  the  collegt 
there  had  erecte 
objects,  and  the 
the  outstations  i 
A  long  cori'edpoi 
different  times,  I 
now  amicably  se 
appeal,  signed 
Marshman,    Re^ 
Mr.  J.  C.  Marsh 


r  a  short 
to  pri'tirl) 
It  Calcut- 
iM'd  to  in- 
't  ut<[iiint)1 
■d  in  I'ar- 
:ulaled   to 
>el  aiiioiifi; 
111   p«n«'«- 
ippeal"   ot' 
II    luon   at 
rantclnin- 

had    bem 
R ;  and  in 
iiore   than 
ichoB  con- 
;    making 
,  to  nearly 
,  gathered 
At  the 
UBsionarios 
vhole   nuB- 
Icgfl   thnii 
jpM-ription. 
)tht'r  under 
been  hith- 
m  lurnished 
>1   is    made 
•  which  '20 
raiBedl  up  in 
re   consider 
on  a  future 
inverts, — ol" 
and  knowl- 
of  India, — 
u1.     But,  if 
the  translu- 
en  the  path 
many  niil- 
in  prepara- 
ly  to  nearly 
the  borders 
vith  the  In- 
clude a  Jess 
lesides  the 
wed  by  all 
.  a  full  half 
will  surely 
de  and  en- 
same  time 
including 
'nished  em- 
tives. 

i  purchased 

a  college ; 

to  train  up 

^tian  minis* 

ical  knowl- 

employ«d 

344 


SER 

in  preaching,  and  to  enable  those 
who,  by  the  losit  of  caste  hare  been 
reduced  to  indigence  to  maintain 
themselves.  In  1(411),  there  weie 
'X7  pupils,  under  tiie  Presidency  of 
Dr.  Carey,  who  delivers  theological 
lectures  in  Bcn^ralee.  In  1HIS)-2U, 
Mr.  Ward  visited  England  and  the 
United  States  in  its  behalf,  and  ob- 
tained 45,(N)<)  dollar*.  The  miasiona- 
ries  contributed  11,000  dollars  from 
their  own  labor^4. 

In  ItiiiA,  the  excellent  and  devoted 
Mr.  Ward  was  removed  from  the 
toils  of  this  world  to  the  glories  of 
another.  In  1H'.J5,  it  appears,  that 
the  translators  were  prosecuting  their 
labors  with  unabated  ardor,  tliough 
ihey  had  many  ditiiculties  to  contend 
wiui — that  a  body  of  trustees  had 
been  appointed  for  the  security  of  the 
College  property — that  the  contribu- 
tions derived  from  the  resources  of 
the  missionaries  was  applied  to  the 
grounds  and  buildings,  and  those  of 
the  public  to  the  payment  of  the  pro- 
fessors, the  discharge  of  current  ex- 
penses, and  the  founding  of  scholar- 
ships— that  the  number  in  attendance 
was  45, — and  that  Dr.  Marshman  had 
visited  Copenhagen,  for  the  purpose 
of  obtaining  from  the  Danish  Govern- 
ment a  Royal  Charter  of  Incorpora- 
tion, in  which  he  succeeded;  so  that 
it  possesses  the  power  of  conferring 
literary  and  honorary  degrees',  and 
tiie  property  is  immutably  secured 
for  the  purposes  contemplated  in  ita 
establishment. 

In  1827,  an  event  occurred,  which 
was  a  source  of  pain  to  many  of  the 
friends  of  the  Society.  This  was  the 
withdrawment  of  the  brethren  at  Ser- 
ampore,and  of  the  stations  immediate- 
ly connected  with  it,  from  the  Society 
at  home.  Some  misunderstanding 
existed  between  the  brethren  at  Ser- 
ampore  and  the  committee  in  England, 
in  reference  to  the  tenure  on  which 
the  premises  at  the  former  place  were 
held,  the  college,  which  the  brethren 
there  had  erected  chiefly  for  literary 
objects,  and  the  support  required  for 
the  outstations  chiefly  as  Serampore. 
A  long  correspondence  took?  place  at 
different  times,  but  the  controversy  is 
now  amicably  settled.  The  following 
appeal,  signed  by  Drs.  Carev,  and 
Marshman,  Rev.  John  Mack,  and 
Mr.  J.  C.  Marshman,  to  their  friends 


SER 

in  England,  and  dated  June  17, 1830, 
will  gi\e  a  guiMl  view  of  the  opera- 
tions at  Serampore. 

"  The  objects  of  the  Serampore  mis* 
Hion  are  complicated  in  no  small  de- 

Srev.  They  may  In*  arranged  under 
le  three  heads  of  translation  and 
printing  ;  education  ;  and  missionary 
labor,  or  the  direct  preachiiig  of  the 
Gospel  to  the  natives  of  l.ulia.  For 
these  different  objects,  they  require 
pecuniary  aid  in  different  degrees. 

*'  I.  In  the  department  of  traits* 
I.ATION  AND  riiiNTiNn,  the  Sacred 
Scriptures  hold,  of  course,  the  chief 
place :  yet  religious  tracts,  and  books 
of  elementary  Christian  instruction, 
are  of  nn small  moment;  for  even  the 
brethren  of  thiH  mission  are  unprovid- 
ed for  the  effective  prosecution  of 
their  work,  unless  we  have  at  all 
times  supplies  of  tracts  in  Bengalee, 
Assamese,  Birmese,  Hindee,  Oor- 
doo,  Punjabee,  Nepalee,  IV'rsiau,  and 
various  other  dialects :  in  the  trans- 
lation and  printing  of  the  Sacred 
Scriptures,  we  do  not  at  present  re- 

auire  much  assistance ;  for,  in  fact, 
le  liberal  contributions  of  the  public 
have  accumulated  upon  us,  chiefly 
because  our  necessities  ia  other  re* 
spects  have  required  that  the  presa 
should  be  greatly  occupied  in  work 
that  would  produce  pecuniary  aid  for 
the  mission.  For  the  publication  of 
Christian  tracts  and  btmhs,  we  do  need 
assistance ;  but,  for  the  reason  just 
mentioned,  unless  it  were  acccmpa* 
nied  by  corresponding  assistance  in 
other  departments  of  the  mission,  it 
would  be  almost  nugatory.  We  have  , 
always  been  accustomed,  according 
to  our  ability,  to  supply  any  mission- 
ary, and  indeed  any  Christian  friend, 
v/ith  tracts  for  distribution  ;  but  even 
were  we  to  limit  our  issues  to  our 
own  missionaries,  much  less  than 
100,000  copies  would  not  be  a  suffi- 
cient yearly  supply  for  our  stations  : 
the  cost  ot  such  a  supply  would  be 
about  4365  rupees,  or  *  AMS. 

"II.  The  DEPARTMENT  OP  EDU- 
CATION embraces  Serampore  College, 
the  Benevolent  Institution,  Native 
Bovs'  Schools,  and  Native  Female 
Schools. 

"  The  immediate  wants  of  the  CoU 
lege,  on  the  present  scale  of  its  expen- 
diture, may  be  met  without  any  great 
increase  of  the  contributions  which 

345 


SER 

attB  now  received:  but  its  exrcndi- 
ture  must  be  increased,  before  it  can 
bf  re^rded  as  duly  effcient.  Three 
additional  professors  are  required,  for 
theoloffy,  classical  literature,  and  ori- 
ental literature  in  the  native  depart- 
ment, respectively  :  it  might  then  be 
considered  nearly  complete  for  pre- 
K^nt  circumstances ;  and  it  is  not 
improbable,  that,  if  pnbiic  liberality 
imabled  it  once  to  attain  this  degree 
of  maturity,  it  miglit  soon  be  able, 
with  the  assistance  of  the  sums  fund- 
ed in  Britr'n  and  America,  to  stand, 
and  even  increase,  independently  of 
further  gratuitous  aid,  by  receiving, 
in  the  European  department,  students 
who  shall  pay  for  their  education  by 
regular  fees.  It  wou.^a  contain  within 
itself  another  principle,  both  of  per- 
manence and  efficiency.  To  secure 
this  great  object  would  not  require 
more  than  £1)00  annually,  for  a  very 
few  years.  In  the  college,  35  native 
Christian  youtlis  are  now  receiving 
a  learned  and  religious  education, 
which  may  qualify  them  for  hereafter 
holding  any  situation  of  usefulness  or 
respectability  within  the!  '  reach  as 
native  Christians  :  and  8  o.her  young 
persons,  chiefly  Indo-Britons,  some  of 
whom  are  already,  and  all  are  expect- 
ed to  be,  candidates  for  missionary 
engagements,  have  received  such  an 
education  in  ancient  and  modern 
learning,  sacred  and  classical,  as  may 
tend  to  coipplete  their  fitness  for  the 
exalted  object  of  their  wishes  :  there 
are  likewise  a  number  of  heathen 
youths  of  respectability,  to  whom  the 
college  is  affording  the'important  ben- 
Qi.'  -fa  second  England  education. 

"  The  Benevolent  Institution  is  sup- 
ported by  local  subscriptions  ;  and  we 
mention  it  now,  only  to  show  that  the 
charge  of  such  an  institution,  whoso 
expenses  ought  to  be  regular,  while 
its  receipts  are  of  necessity  irregular, 
will  very  frequently  add  to  our  em- 
barrassments arising  from  Lhe  defi- 
cient support  of  those  objects  which 
aie  mors  properly  the  sub^dcts  of  this 
appeal. 

"  The  The  JS'ative  Boys'  School  are, 
with  the  exception  of  5,neRrly  provided 
for,from  local  subscriptions  or  endow- 
ments ;  and  the  present  rate  of  con- 
tributions in  Britain  to  this  object  are 
fufficient  for  the  5  which  are  not. 

"The  jVative    FenuUe   Schools^  in 


SER 

which,  during  the  last  year,  619  girls 
were  educated  for  about  2857  rupees, 
or  £285,  have  been  hithtrto  fully 
supported  by  the  contributions  of  our 
friends  at  homo ;  and  we  have  noth- 
ing further  to  licsira  than  the  contin- 
uance of  that  kind  of  interest  with 
which  they  have  been  liitherto  re- 
garded. 

"  III.  But  it  is  the  purely  mission- 
ary part  of  our  engagements  which 
causes  our  deepest  anxiety,  and  for 
which  we  now  especially  make  our 
appeal. 

"  We  cannot  expect"  says  the  edi- 
tor of  the  Register,  "  that  any  of  our 
friends  can  fully  sympathize  in  our 
feelings  respecting  the  brethren  labor- 
ing at  our  missionary  stations,  and  the 
churches  under  their  care.  We  can 
scarcely  imagine  that  even  the  con- 
ductors of  any  ether  mission  can  feel 
for  their  own  mission,  as  we  do  for 
ours.  Our  brethren  have  not  merely 
gone  forth  by  our  desire — been  attend- 
ed and  constantly  followed  by  our 
prayers  and  our  counsels,  and  calling 
for,  have  always  received,  our  deep- 
est sympathies — but,  with  scarcely  an 
exception,  they  we're  either  them- 
selves converted  under  our  ministrr 
and  were  members  of  the  church 
under  our  care,  or  they  have  been 
converted  through  the  ministry  cf 
such  as  were  so.  Thus,  in  all  its  ram- 
ifications, the  Serampore  mission  is 
still  only  the  original  stem  and  branch- 
es of  the  fiiotprotestant  church  plant- 
ed in  Gang  .  .c  India,  which  included 
its  proper  natives.  Although  the 
churches  at  the  stations  are  all  inde- 
pendent of  us,  in  everything  relating 
to  church  government  and  discipline, 
yet  our  connexion  witli  them  has  al- 
ways been  so  intimate,  that  a  bond, 
almost  equal  to  that  uniting  a  Chris- 
tian faniily,  is  felt  to  prevade  the 
whole  system,  and  to  give  strength, 
confidence,  and  happiness  to  all  em- 
braced by  it.  Hence  arises  the  keen- 
ness of  our  anxiety,  when  the  welfare, 
and  much  more  the  continuance,  of 
any  portion  of  our  mission  is  endan- 
gered— hence  the  keenness  of  our 
present  anxiety. 

"  Although  we  do  not  expect," 
resume  the  missionaries,  "  our  Chris- 
tian friends  to  participate  in  our  feel- 


ings, we 
est  will 


et  hope  that  their  inter- 
powerfully    awakened. 

346 


We  can  mi 
through    t 
Gospel  ia  vi 
habitants  of 
the  assertio 
aptly,  pure  I 
by  our  dear 
riodical  ace 
them  to  nar 
are  confide  n 
duced  by  th 
be  entirely 
in  the  powei 
cess ;    and 
sufficiently  t 
approval  of 
has  faithful! 
lotted  to  him 
God :  yet  we 
goodness  in  i 
brethren,  aa 
interest;   alt 
rather  call  or 
a  greater  in( 
than  dwell  oi 
it  nothing,  de 
point  out  to ; 
fresh  individ' 
ously  dark  n 
has  shone,  an 
fled  from  the  \ 
laying  hold   ( 
notliing,  that, 
record,  that  th 
withstanding 
the  difficulties 
and  their  own 
through  grace 
unto  death;    i 
rest,  calling  or 
Jesus  Christ, 
departing  spirit 
ly,  friends,  yoi 
additions  whici 
the  household  < 
vnih.  some  em 
rienoe  of  our 
brethren :    and 
told,  that  we  i 
straits,  that  we 
be  able  to  carrji 
such  is  the  fact 
"  During  th< 
led  to  extend  o 
ditionofSnewi 
however,  is  per 
in  a  great  degrc 
tend    it  further 
interesting  stati 
tions,  to  which 


SER 


S£R 


-,  619  girla 
!57  rupees, 
urto  fully 
lona  of  our 
[lave  noth- 
Lhe  contin- 
;ereBt  with 
litherto  re- 
ly MISSION- 

jnts  which 

ty,  and  for 

make  our 

ays  the  edi- 
Lany  of  our 
hize  in  our 
thren  labor- 
one,  and  tlie 
e.     We  can 
ren  the  con- 
lion  can  feel 
I  we  do  for 
;  not  merely 
been  attend- 
wed   by  our 
,  and  calling 
d,  our  deep- 
1  scarcely  an 
lither  them- 
)ur  ministry 
the   church 
have  been 
ministry  of 
all  its  ram- 
,  mission  i« 
and  branch- 
jurch  plant- 
[ich  included 
[though  the 
.re  all  inde- 
iing  relating 
id  discipline, 
[hem  has  al- 
;hat  a  bond, 
ing  a  Chris, 
irevade  the 
e  strength. 
Is  to  all  em- 
IS  the  keen- 
the  welfare, 
|tinuance,  of 
m  is  endan- 
kess  of  our 

lot  expect," 
1"  our  Chris- 
1  in  our  feel' 
1  their  inter- 
awakened. 

346 


We  can  make  it  plain  to  them,  that, 
through  this  mission,  the  blessed 
Gospel  is  widely  preached  to  the  in- 
habitants of  India.  We  need  not  make 
the  assertion,  that  the  Gospel  is  also 
aptly,  purely,  and  diligently  preached 
by  our  dear  brethren  :  for,  in  our  pe- 
riodical accounts,  we  have  allowed 
them  to  narrate  their  own  labors,  and 
are  confident  that  the  impression  pro- 
duced by  their  simple  narratives  will 
be  entirely  in  their  favor.  It  is  not 
in  the  power  of  man  to  commend  suc- 
cess ;  and  a  missionary  brother  is 
sufficiently  entitled  to  the  support  and 
approval  of  his  fellow-men,  when  he 
has  faithfully  performed  the  work  al- 
lotted to  him  in  the  administrations  of 
God  :  yet  we  may  speak  of  the  Lord's 
goodness  in  blessing  the  labors  of  our 
brethren,  as  greatly  adding  to  their 
interest;  although  we  would  much 
rather  call  on  our  friends  to  pray  for 
a  greater  increase  of  their  success, 
than  dwell  on  its  present  amount.  Is 
it  nothing,  dear  friends,  that  we  can 
point  out  to  you,  from  year  to  year, 
fresh  individuals  upon  whose  previ- 
ously dark  minds  the  truth  of  God 
has  shone,  and  who  appear  to  have 
fled  from  the  torath  to  come,  and  to  be 
laymg  hold  on  eternal  life .'  Is  it 
notliing,  that,  every  year,  we  have  to 
record,  that  there  are  those,  who,  not- 
withstanding all  their  temptations, 
the  difficulties  of  their  circumstances, 
and  their  own  natural  weakness,  have, 
through  grace,  been  found  faithful 
unto  death;  and  have  entered  into 
rest,  calling  on  the  name  of  the  Lord 
Jesua  Christ,  and  committing  their 
departing  spirits  into  his  hands .''  Sure- 
ly, friends,  you  have  rejoiced  in  the 
additions  which  we  have  received  to 
the  household  of  faith,  and  have  heard 
with  some  emotion  the  dying  expe- 
rience of  our  weak  but  mucn-loved 
brethren:  and  can  you  bear  to  be 
told,  that  we  are  in  such  pecuniarv 
straits,  that  we  know  not  how  we  shall 
be  able  to  carry  on  our  labors .'  Yet 
such  is  the  fact !  i 

<'  During  the  past  year,  we  were 
led  to  extend  our  mission,  by  the  ad- 
dition of  3  new  stations ;  one  of  which, 
however,  is  permanently  provided  for 
in  a  great  degree.  We  could  now  ex- 
tend it  further;  as  there  are  most 
interesting  stations  in  several  direc- 
tions, to  which  our  exertions  are  in- 


vited, and  brethren  ready  to  occupy 
them.  We  should  rejoice,  therefore, 
were  we  furnished  with  the  means  of 
complying  with  tliesc  invitations; 
d  we  might  urge  the  importance  of 
ar  being  furnished  with  those  means. 
But  we  press  it  upon  our  friends,  that 
we  are  now  distressed,  not  because  of 
our  incompetence  to  undertake  new 
efforts,  but  our  inability  to  contin- 
ue OUR  PRESENT  EXPENDITURE. 

A  tabular  view  is  given  of  the  va- 
rious stations  under  the  Brethren ;  the 
particulars  of  which  will  be  found  in 
one  of  the  nos.  of  Miss.  Register.  The 
appeal  then  proceeds  : — 

"  Let  our  friends,  glancing  at  this 
tAble.  remember  the  extent  of  country 
through  which  the  station.s  there  en 
umerated  are  scattered — the  variety 
and  interesting  character  of  the  tribes 
occupying  that  country — and  the  fact, 
that  the  far  greater  part  of  these  tribes 
have  NONE  to  address  to  them  the  ev- 
erlasting gospel  but  the  brethren  of 
this  mission :  for,  through  all  the 
eastern  provinces,  what  missions  are 
there,  but  these  stations,  in  Arracan, 
Chittagong,  Dacca,  Assam,  Burrishol, 
Jessore,  and  Dinagepore  .''  And  who 
is  there  beside  our  indefatigable  broth- 
er Thompson  to  send  the  truth  to  the 
extensive  and  yet  unexplored  provin- 
ces of  the  west  and  north  .'*  And  must 
the  gospel  be  withdrawn  from  any 
one  of  these  posts  .•* 

'*  When  our  readers  pass  on  to  the 
columns  exhibiting  the  expense  at 
which  these  stations  are  supported, 
they  must  feel  convinced  that  it  ia 
moderate  in  the  extreme.  Here  are 
TWENTY  stations,  principal  or  subor- 
dinate, each  of  which  has  one  or  more 
resident  preachers  ;  and  thitry-two 
missionary  brethren — European,  In- 
do-British,  or  native  :  and  the  entire 
annual  expenses  of  the  mission  which 
they  compose  is  15,335  rupees,  or  a- 
bout  15231. :  to  this  sum,  however, 
must  be  added  2730  rupees,  for  allow- 
ances to  the  widows  and  orphans  of 
the  deceased  brethren;  so  that  the 
entire  annual  expenditure  of  the  mis- 
sion is  about  18,065  rupees,  exclusive 
of  translations,  tracts,*  of  the  college, 
and  of  all  the  schools. 

*  If  the  sum  mentioned  for  tracts  be  ad- 
ded, still  the  whole  will  amount  to  no  more 
than  22,430  rupees,  or  about  2243/. 

347 


111 


■ 


SER 

"  It  has  been  said  that  we  are  rich  : 
were  we  so,  we  should  send  fortli  no 
such  appeal  as  the  present.  We  are 
really  pour  :  and  nothing  but  our  pov- 
erty compels  us  to  call  for  help.  The 
only  members  of  the  mission  who 
have  it  in  their  power  to  contribute  to 
its  funds,  arc  Dr.  Carey,  Dr.  Marsh- 
man,  and  Mr.  J.  C.  Marshman  :  they 
do  contribute,  to  the  utmost  of  their 
ability  ;  but  it  has  pleased  God  great- 
ly to  curtail  that  ability.  The  British 
government  have  just  abolished  the 
professorships  in  the  college  of  Fori 
William ;  and  Dr.  Carey,  being  re- 
duced to  a  pension,  has  suffered  a  loss 
of  500  rupees  per  mensem:  he  will, 
therefore,  not  l)e  able  hereafler  to  con- 
tribute more  than  :300  rupees  monthly 
to  the  funds  of  the  mission.  Dr. 
Marshman's  very  heavy  expenditure 
during  his  long  and  important  visit  to 
Europe — no  part  of  which  he  allows 
to  be  defrayed  from  the  contributions 
to  the  mission — prevents  his  having 
much  now  at  his  disposal ;  and  indeed 
the  schools  under  the  care  of  himself 
and  Mrs.  Marshman  have  so  much 
declined  in  his  absence,  as  greatly  to 
abridge  his  resources,  independently 
of  his  late  extraordinary  expenses : 
he  has  no  prospect  of  being  able  to  do 
more  than  Dr.  Carey.  Mr.  J.  C. 
Marshman,  in  conducting  thn  print- 
ing office  and  the  paper  mill,  is  over- 
burdened by  obligations  contracted  in 
the  erection  of  the  college,  and  in  car- 
rying on  the  mission  when  we  were 
without  support  from  Europe  ;  and  he 
cannot,  at  present  at  least,  without 
•inking  just  so  much  in  debt,  exceed 
the  contributions  of  his  senior  col- 
leagues. We  have  thus  at  our  dis- 
posal 900  rupees  monthly,  the  pro- 
ceeds of  our  own  labor.  If  the  whole 
of  this  were  available  for  tlie  support 
of  our  missionarv  stations,  we  should 
still  have  a  deficiency  of  nearly  400 
rupees  monthly,  besides  the  whole  of 
the  pensions  to  our  widows  and  or- 
phans ;  but  it  will  frequently  liappen, 
that  a  considerable  sum  is  wanted  for 
the  current  expenses  of  the  college, 
for  the  printing  of  tracts,  and  other 
occasional  demands  ;  and  then,  as  we 
have  no  other  resources,  we  are  con- 
strained to  take  just  as  much  as  is 
needed  from  our  contributions  to  the 
stations. 

''  We  acknowledge,  with  gratitude, 


SEE 

that  we  have  been  favoted  with  seve 
ral  lib?ral  donations  from  friends  in 
India :  they  have  been  of  the  utmost 
importance  to  us,  in  this  time  of  our 
need  ;  but  they  are  altogether  inade- 
quate to  our  full  support.  This,  then, 
is  the  great  object  of  our  appeal.  W(! 
entreat  of  the  Christian  public  a  few 
hundred  pounds  per  annum ;  for  wc> 
have  them  not  ourselves.  We  do  not 
even  know  how  to  borrow  them,  in 
the  expectation  that  relief  will  event- 
ually be  sent  to  us ;  for  we  have  no 
reserved  and  unappropriateu  funds, 
on  the  security  of  which  wc  could 
ask  from  any  one  a  loan  of  present 
supplies. 

*'  Christian  Friends  !  these  are  our 
wants.  Do  you  refuse  us — do  you 
refuse  these  stations — these  our  breth- 
ren— the  small  degree  of  support 
which  is  required  ?  Which  of  them 
is  to  be  abi>  ndonod  P  We  cannot  think 
of  ONE.  If  unceasing  industry  or  self- 
denial  could,  by  any  means,  furnish 
us  with  the  supplies  which  we  beg 
from  you,  we  would  toil  and  deny 
ourselves  with  joyful  alacrity,  and 
leave  you  unimportuned :  but  our 
hopes  are  small  in  this  respect ;  and 
they  are  precarious  in  the  extreme. 
Our  present  incomes  even  are  uncer- 
tain. Again,  then,  we  implore  your 
help,  and  we  trust  we  shall  not  im- 
plore in  vain. 

«  But  a  few  years  have  passed  away 
since  the  protestant  world  was  awak- 
ened to  missionary  effort.  Since  that 
time,  the  annual  revenues  collected 
for  this  object  have  grown  to  the  then 
unthought  of  sum  of  400,000Z.  And 
is  it  unreasonable  to  expect  that  some 
unnoticeable  portion  of  this  should  be 
entrusted  to  him  who  was  among  the 
first  to  move  in  this  enterprise,  and  to 
his  colleagues  ?" 

The  following  summary  contains 
the  latest  intelligence  from  Serampore. 

**  W.  Carey,  d.  d.,  Joshua  Marsh- 
man, D.  D.,  Joshua  Rowe;  John  C. 
Marshman,  Mrs.  Alarshmen,  Sup.  of 
Nat.  Schools  ;  John  Mack,  Scientific 
Professor  in  the  College  ;  with  Prank- 
rishna,  native  preacher,  and  various 
natives,  assistants.  Attendance  at 
Encrlish  worship  continues  large,  and 
the  native  congregations  regular  :  in- 
creased exertions  have  been  made, 
since  Dr.  Marshman's  return,  in  pro- 
claiming the  Gospel   in  the  streets 

348 


MAUSOI 


MAUSOI 


d  with  eeve 
m  friends  in 
'  the  utmoit 
time  of  our 
ether  inade- 
This,  then, 
appeal.     We 
public  a  few 
num ;  for  wc 
,    We  do  not 
ow  them,  in 
sf  will  event- 
we  have  no 
riateu   funds, 
cli  wc  could 
n  of  present 

these  are  our 

us— do  you 

lese  our  breth- 

>    of    support 

hich  of  them 

?  cannot  think 

dustry  or  self- 

leans,  furnish 

vhich  we  beg 

toil  and  deny 

alacrity,  and 

led :    but  our 

I  respect ;  and 

the  extreme. 

ren  are  uncer- 

implore  your 

shall  not  im- 

e  passed  away 
rid  was  awak- 
■t.  Since  that 
lues  collected 
wn  to  the  then 
00,000«.  And 
ject  that  some 
this  should  be 
as  among  the 
!rprise,and  to 


jiary  contain* 
LmSerampore. 
loshua  Mareh- 
}we;  John  C 
hmen,  Sup.  of 
Ack,  Scientific 
1;  with  Prank- 
[,  and  various 
Vttendance    at 
jaes  large,  and 
Is  regular :  in- 
been  made, 
Btum,  in  pro- 
[n  the  streets 
343 


MAUSOLEUM  OF  SULTAN  AIAIIMOUD  AT  BEJAPOOR. 


MAUSOLEUM  OF  HVUER  ALI  AT  SERINGAPATAM. 

[Page  348.] 


Jit* 


II 


! 


and  neighl 
Monaries  h 
which  the 
near  Seraii 
conducted, 
in  number 
of  these  sch 
'  It  would  tx 
pleasure  in 
now   the  ni 
knowledge 
kina  to  so  i 
males  of  Inc 
reason   lo  _ 
The  masters 
little  confide 
duty  only  as 
saperioreye : 
decreasing  ir 
its  to  particu 
less  frequent 
efficient,  tha 
We  have, 
follow  the  _ 
and  other  fri« 
form  all  our 
them  as  possi 
tnU  situation 
superintendan 

CONSTANT    AT 

presence  evei 

ing  to  the  ol 

secure  such  di 

of  the  teache 

we  have  not 

will  more  tha 

probable  loss 

portion  of  the 

schools.  Thep 

in  Calcutta. ',v-r 

7,000  copies  wi 

98,000  pages ; 

pies,    containii 

2  Oordoo,    loC 

72,000  pages. 

the  year  amour 

being  17,094  1 

dee  and  Oordo 

Sikh,  and  375  C 

to  the  college,  I 

that  the  <highes 

tian  students  ar 

threshhold  of  tl 

the    Sanscrit    1 

Christian  youth 

dance:'  some  (A 

excellent  oapaci 

SERINGAPA 

a  fortified  city  ol 

of  *he  S.  district 


SBR 


SHE 


nxkA  neighboring  TillagsiHxThe  mis* 
aionaries  have  altered  the  plan  on 
which  the  Female  Sohooli  in  and 
near  Serampore  have  been  hitherto 
conducted.  These  schools  were  11 
in  number  and  contained  812  girls : 
of  these  schools  the  missionaries  say, 
*  It  would  be  unreasonable'  not.  to  take 
pleasure  in  them,  since  they  are  even 
now  the  means  of  communicating 
knowledge  of  the  most  important 
kina  to  so  many  of  the  degraded  fe- 
males of  India.  Yet  we  have  much 
reason  lo  be  disappointed  in  them. 
The  masters,  generally,  are  wortliy  of 
little  confidence  ;  and  attend  to  their 
duty  only  as  long  as  they  are  under  a 
superior  eye :  our  superinteudants  are 
decreasing  in  number ;  and  their  vis- 
its to  particular  schools  are  therefore 
less  frequent,  and  consequently  less 
efficient,  than  they  formerly  were. 
We  have,  therefore,  determined  to 
follow  the  example  of  Mrs.  Wilson 
and  other  friends  in  Calcutta,  and  to 
form  all  our  schools,  or  as  many  of 
them  as  possible,  into  onk,  in  a  cen- 
tral situation.  To  this  school  our 
superinteudants  will  be  able  to  give 
CONSTANT  attention;  and  by  their 
presence  every  day,  from  the  open- 
ing to  the  closing  of  the  school,  to 
secure  such  diligence  on  the  part  both 
of  the  teachers  and  the  scholars  as 
we  have  not  yet  witnessed,  and  as 
will  more  than  compensate  for  the 
probable  loss  of  a  considerable  pro- 
portion of  the  children  now  in  the 
schools.  The  plan  has  fully  succeeded 
in  Calcutta.'  Of  3  Bengalee  tracts, 
7,000  copies  were  printed,  containing 
98,000  pages  ;  of  6  Hindee,  9,500  co- 
pies, containing  203,000  pages;  of 
2  Oordoo,  1500  copies,  containing 
72,000  pages.  The  distributions  in 
the  year  amounted  to  33,050  tracts ; 
being  17,004  Bengalee,  10,061  Hin- 
dee and  Oordoo,  5500  Punjabee  or 
Sikh,  and  375  Chinese.  In  reference 
to  the  college,  the  missionaries  state 
that  the  '  highest  class  of  native  Chris- 
tian students  are  now  treading  on  the 
threshhold  of  the  greater,  classics  of 
the  Sanscrit  language :  37  native 
Christian  youths  are  now  in  atten- 
dance :'  some  <A  these  youths  are  of 
excellent  capacity.' ' 

SERINGAPATAM,oR  PATANA, 
a  fortified  city  of  Ilindoostan,  capital 
of  (the  S.  district  of  Mysore,  and  late- 
Oct:  2f 


ly  of  the  whole  country.  Before  the 
city,  in  1792,  the  British  compelled 
Tippoo  to  cede  half  of  his  doiuiniont 
to  them  and  their  allies ;  and  a  new 
war  breaking  out  in  17v)9,  the  British 
carried  the  fort  by  an  asdault,  in  which 
Tippoo  was  killed.  The  city  and  is« 
land  have  since  been  retained  by  the 
British.  E.  Ion.  70'^  45',  N.  lat.  12° 
25'. 

Of  this  place,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Massie, 
of  the  L.  M.  8.,  who  visited  it  in  A 
journey  from  Madras,  thus  ^leaks : 
— **  Here,  for  the  first  time,  1  beheld 
native  built  houses,  in  regular  streets, 
rising  to  a  second  story,  and  some 
with  a  third.  There  are  about  20,000 
inhabitants,  I  understand,  within  the 
walla :  most  of  them  are  Mussulmans, 
though  there  are  also  many  Hindoos. 
There  is  a  considerable  number  of 
country  born  people,  and  some  Euro- 
peans, who  hold  situations  under  gov« 
ornment.  No  chaplain  ofiiciates  h^e, 
and  many  are  desirous  to  be  blessed 
with  the  stated  means  of  grace.  Mr. 
Laidler  has  been  very  attentive  to  the 
spiritual  wants  of  this  people  :  U^ey 
are  much  attached  to  him,  and  con< 
tribute  towards  the  funds  of  the  L.M. 
S,  They  are  very  desirous  that  a 
laborer  should  be '  settled  amongst 
them,  not  only  for  their  own  benefit, 
but  also  to  assist  them  in  their  opera* 
tions  in  behalf  of  the  poor  natives,  for 
whom  they  are  very  active.  I  met 
nearly  '20,  and  preached  to  them  the 
words  of  eternal  life.  Four  natives 
have  expressed  their  wish  for  bap< 
tism." 

John  F.  England  and  T.  Cryer  are 
now,  in  1831,  missionaries  ai;  this 
place,  and  at  Bangalore.  The  num- 
ber of  members  at  the  stations  is.  124. 

SHAMPUKER,  a  villa£re  near  Cal- 
cutta, where  the  Calcutta  Church 
Missionary  Association  support  a 
school. 

SHARON,  a  station  of  the  U.  B. 
on  the  island,  Barbadbes,  West  Indies. 
It  was  commenced  in  17S4.  In  the 
course  of*  1829, 69  adult  negroes  were 
baptized,  and  52  admitted  to  the  Lord's 
Supper.  The  congregation  consists 
of  744,  of  whom  161  are  communi- 
cants, 320  baptized  adults  and  chil- 
dren, and  94  candidates  for  baptism. ' 

SHEPHERD'S  HALL,  a  sUtion 
of  the  B.  M.  S.  in  Jamaica,  16  m.  from 
Kingston,  1014  inquirers.    -       "  .    A 

349 


SHI 


SIA 


r   ' 


SHILOH,  a  Btation  of  the  U.  B.  on 
the  KUpplaat  r.  in  Caifreland,  South 
Africa,  in  the  Tambookie  tribe,  com- 
menced in  18S8.  rialtcr  and  Hoff- 
man miMionaries.  From  June,  1830, 
to  Feb.  1831,  the  inhabitants  increaHed 
from  109  to  390.  Mr.  Halter  states 
in  February,  1831,  that  God  was 
granting  his  smiles  to  the  mission, 
that  numbers  came  to  hear  the  word 
of  life,  and  that  the  church  would  not 
hold  the  crowded  auditories.  In 
worldly  things  also  they  were  abun- 
dantly blessed.  A  large  quantity  of 
land  had  been  irrigated. 

SHOBHA  BAZAAR,  a  village  in 
the  suburbs  of  Calcutta,  where  there 

IB  fl.  SCllOOl 

SHORTWOOD,  a  station  of  the 

B.  Jf.  S.  in  Jamaica. 
SHOUSHA,  OR  SHUSHA,atown 

near  the  Caucasus,  in  Western  Asia, 
where  there  is  a  colony  of  German 
settlers.  A  mission  was  commenced 
here  in  1824,  by  the  German  Mission- 
ary Society.  A.  H.  Dittrich,  Felix 
Zaremba,  C.  F.  Haas,  C.  G.  Pfander, 

C.  J.  Sproemberg,  missionaries;  J. 
C.  Judt,  printer. 

"  Mr.  Dittrich  has  continued  his 
UBJftl  occupation  of  translating  and 
nyisincr  in  Armenian  for  the  press, 
which  nas  been  very  active ;  his  la- 
bors have  greatly  impaired  his  health. 
Mr.  Zaremba  has  been  enga^d  on 
translations  for  the  Persians.  To  the 
Mohammedans,  the  word  of  the  cross 
is  still  foolishness,  because  they  will 
try  to  comprehend  it  with  their  rea- 
son ;  and  it  is  still  a  scandal,  because 
it  requires  a  new  heart:  the  New 
Testament  and  tracts,  in  Persian  and 
Turkish,  have  been  widely  circulated 
among  them :  a  school  was  about  to 
be  opened  for  Mohammedan  children, 
in  which  the  Scriptures  are  to  be 
taught.  The  labors  of  the  missiona- 
ries among  the  Armenians,  which  were 
highly  promising,  have  been  much 
interrupted  by  IJie  priesthood,  and 
particularly  by  the  monks,  who  begin 
to  perceive  that  the  light  which  is 
spreading  among  the  people  would  de- 
stroy their  evil  influence  :  the  schools 
haive  been  much  scattered,  and  the 
oiroulation  of  the  Scriptures  hindered. 
The  American  missionaries.  Smith 
and  Dwightj  spent  some  time  at  Shu- 
iIm,  on  their  visit  to  these  parts  :  in 
August  1830  they  give  the  following 


view  of  the  stFte  ot  the  mission  :  '  The 
lirst  object  of  the  missi(;narivs  in  com- 
ing to  these  countries  was  to  labor 
among  the  Moliammedanvi,  both  Tar- 
tars and  Persians.  They,  however, 
found  the  Arminians  so  destitute  of 
schools  and  instruction  of  every  kind, 
and  so  deplorably  ignorant  of  the 
word  of  God,  that  they  resolved  to 
divide  their  efforts,  and  appropriate  a 
part  only  to  the  Mohammedans  und  a 
part  to  the  Armenians.  They  com- 
menced a  regular  system  of  operat'ons 
only  about  thr'-*e  years  ago.  Of  the 
five  brethreji  who  wee  then  here, 
3  devoted  their  labors  to  the  Moham- 
medans and  2  to  the  Persians.  Two 
schools  have  been  opened  in  Shusha 
for  the  Arminians,  under  the  superin- 
tendence of  the  missionaries;  and, 
when  we  arrived,  one  of  them  con- 
tained GO  scholars,  and  the  other  30  : 
they  have  since  been  discontinued, 
on  account  of  the  sickness  in  the  town. 
Th'd  brethren  are  also  in  the  habit  of 
ni.king  missionary  tours,  both  in  this 
and  ;>>e  adjacent  provinces,  for  the 
purpose  of  distributing  tracts  and 
books  among  the  Armenians  and  Tar- 
tars ;  and  also  of  publishing  to  them 
the  Gospel,  both  in  private,  and  in 
public  in  the  Bazaars,  as  tlie  provi- 
dence of  God  gives  them  opportuni- 
ties :  these  efforts  have  not  been  with- 
out some  precious  fruits  among  the 
Armenians ;  and  their  general  influ- 
ence certainly  encourages  their  con- 
tinuance. The  missionary  press  has 
hitherto  printed  only  in  Armenian: 
they  ate  expecting,  however,  soon,  a 
fount  of  typeifor  printing  in  Turkish. 
Zaremba  is,  at  present,  very  low  of 
the  cholera :  almost  all  hope  of  his 
recovery  is  extinguished  :  he  has  just 
returned  from  Tiflis,  where  he  was 
during  the  raging  of  that  disease  :  he 
is  a  dear  brother,  and  his  loss  would 
be  severely  felt :  we  cannot  but  hope 
in  God,  that  he  may  yet  be  raised.'  " 
SIAM,  a  country  of  Eastern  Asia, 
separated  from  Pegu,  on  the  W.  by  a 
chain  of  mountains,  and  from  Laos 
and  Cambodia,  on  the  E.,  by  another 
chain.  It  may  be  considered  aa  a 
wide  valley  between  two  chains  of 
mountains.  The  pop.  is  between 
3,000,000  and  4,000,000.  The  religion 
is  that  of  Bhuddha.  Considerable 
success  has  attended  the  labors  of  Mr. 
Gutilafl;  of  the  G.  AT.  5.  and  of  Mr. 

350 


SIA 


SIA 


ior:  'The 
c8  in  cora- 
fi  to  labor 
,  both  Tar- 
however, 
lestitute  of 
•very  kind, 
mt  of  the 
'esolved  to 
propriate  a 
lanR  und  a 
rhey  com- 
operat'ons 
o.     Of  the 
then  here, 
le  Moham- 
ans.    Two 
in  Shusha 
lie  superin- 
iries ',    and, 
them  con- 
t  other  30: 
scontinued, 
n  the  town, 
he  habit  of 
both  in  this 
:es,  for  the 
tracts    and 
ns  and  Tar- 
3g  to  them 
Ette,  and  in 
tl»e  provi- 
opportuni- 
been  with- 
amon^  the 
eral  infln- 
their  con- 
press  has 
rraenian : 
^er,  soon,  a 
n  Turkish. 
[pry  low  of 
lope  of  hii 
he  has  jnst 
Ire   he  was 
lisease :  he 
loss  would 
|>t  but  hope 
raised.'  " 
item  Asia, 
le  W.  by  a 
Ifrom  Laos 
|by  another 
'  (red  as  a 
chains  of 
between 
le  religion 
^siderable 
>orB  of  Mr. 
id  of  Mr. 
1350 


Tomlii .  of  the  L.  M.  S.  in  Siam,  (see 
'Sankok.)  An  English  and  Siamese 
dictionary  has  been  prepared,  and  the 
whole  iVew  Testament  translated. 
The  L.  M.  S.  and  the  Ji.  B.  C.  F.  M. 
are  abi^ut  to  commence  regular  mie- 
sions  in  this  country-  It  is  of  great 
importance  on  account  of  its  relations 
to  China.  Mr.  Abeel,  of  the  A.  B. 
C.  F.  M.  in  the  course  of  the  last 
year,  made  an  interesting  survey  of 
some  portions  of  this  country.  Wp 
copy  a  few  paragraphs  from  hisjour- 
uaJs.  The  first  extract  is  dated  July 
30, 1831. 

^'  Tlie  Lord  has  graciously  blessed 
us  with  a  spirit  of  earnest  wrestling 
for  the  salvation  of  this  people,  and 
we  have  reasor.  to  believe,  that  *  He 
who  knoweth  what  is  the  mind  of  the 
Spirit'  ia  answering  our  prayers.  To- 
day the  number  of  applicants  for 
books  has  been  greater  than  ever. 
They  come  in  companies,  and  are 
never  satiniied  until  each  obtains  a 
tract.  Many  priests  are  among  the 
number.  Such  \^  the  excitement  that 
the  boys,  seeing  the  estimate  we  place 
upon  the  books,  refusing  them  to 
some  who  cannot  read  intelligibly  and 
endeavoring  (thus  far  without  effect) 
to  put  off  two  or  three  of  a  party  with 
one  volume  ;  entered,  in  our  absence, 
and  stole  a  number.  The  success 
which  the  Great  Phj'sician  grants  to 
our  simple  prescriptions,  also,  awa- 
kens the  attention  of  the  heathen. 
To-day  my  teacher  was  tellmg  a  fel- 
low-countrymen of  a  speedy  recovery 
I  have  experienced  from  rather  a 
violent  attack  of  disease.  Yesterday 
aflernoon,  said  he,  he  could  not  sit 
up,  and  to-day  is  capable  of  attending 
to  his  ordinary  dutieei.  This  is  be- 
cause he  is  a  disciple  of  Jesus  and  is 
protected  by  him.  He  himself  had 
also  been  speedily  relieved  from  rather 
a  lingering  indisposition,  which  he 
felt  inclined  to  ascribe  to  the  same 
power.  It  had  taken  place,  he  said, 
since  he  had  been  reading  the  sacred 
books  of  Jesus. 

"  Aug.  1.  The  crowd  of  visitors  has 
continued  through  the  day,  and  with 
tlie  exception  of  about  50  unbound 
volume.;,  and  a  few  reserved  for  spe- 
cial applicants,  our  stock  is  exhausted. 
High  and  low,  priest  and  people,  men 
and  women,  old  and  young,  natives 
and  foreigners,  haye    thronged  our 


cottage  and  urged  their  suit  with  an 
eloquence  which  coald  sottcely  be 
resisted.  The  inadequate  numlier  of 
books  for  the  wants  of  the  people 
makes  us  eautious  in  their  distribu- 
tion, and  them  eaniest  in  their  re- 
quests. We  cannot  determine  their 
motives,  but  we  do  know  that  their 
hearts  are  in  the  Lord's  hand,  and 
that  the  heathen  are  the  purchaae  and 
inheritance  o^  the  Saviour.  Upon 
these  truths  we  rest,  and  are  as  per- 
fectly convinced  of  the  approachins 
harvest  as  though  it  were  'shouted 
home'  before  our  eyes.  Thus  far 
there  has  been  no  ostensible  opposi- 
tion. We  are  told  that  some  or  our 
visitors  are  from  tlie  palace ;  but 
whetlier  sent  as  spies  or  not,  they  are 
well  behaved,  and  receive  the  books 
with  gratitude.  To-day, as  we  passed 
one  of  the  pagodas,  the  priests  cried 
after  us  for  books.  Many  of  these 
monuments  of  idoluli-y  ;ire  crumbling 
in  ruins,  and  we  since  rely  hope  that 
the  night  of  paganism  is  too  far  spent 
lor  their  re-erection. 

"  30.  For  four  successive  evenings 
we  hfc  ve  been  visited  by  young  men 
of  d  i  sti  action .  The  first  was  a  young 
prince  whom  Mr.  Tomlin  recognized 
as  the  person  to  whom  he  had  given 
an  English  Bible,  on  his  first  visit  to 
Siam.  He  is  21  years  of  age,  of  a  very 
amiable  countenance  and  pleasing  ad- 
dress, but,  like  all  his  countrymen,  is 
exceedingly  inquisitive,  and  fond  of 
examining  with  a  childish  curiosity 
every  foreign  article.  He  too  appears 
very  partial  to  Europeans  and  Amer- 
icans, and  has  paid  some  trifling  at- 
tention to  the  language.  Pie  took  the 
last  bound  book  on  the  table.  We 
endeavored  to  direct  his  attention  to 
the  only  Sovereign  and  Saviour  of 
sinners,  and  were  nappy  after  his  de- 
parture to  make  special  intercession 
at  our  Father's  throne  for  his  conver* 
sion.     <  Princes  also  shall  worship.' 

"  Openings  for  Missionary  Labor.— 
Thus  you  perceive  that  we  have  much 
to  encourage  us  in  the  work  of  the 
Lord,  among  this  people.  We  regard 
it  as  the  seed  time,  and  if  not  permit- 
ted *<>  reap  ourselves  we  expect  to 
'  rejoice  together'  with  them  tnat  do. 
One  thing  I  feel  anxious  to  urge,  and 
that  is,  the  importance  of  immediate 
assistance.  A  host  of  missionaries, 
with  the  spirit  that  can  hazard  tlieir 

361 


StA 


SIB 


IiTCfl  for  their  Lord  and  Mauler,  would 
have  little  difliciiUy  n  finding  sta- 
tions an  J  (•mployi'nentg.  A  number, 
who,  according  to  present  apitearan- 
ces  need  hazard  Moth'ng,*  would  find 
them  both  pn'pnifd  to  their  hands. 
There  is  not  n  place  that  I  have  visited, 
where  laborers  are  not  wanted,  and 
k  is  diriicult  to  determine  where 
the  necessity  is  greatest.  Should  as 
many  men  as  you  couid  send,  come 
to  the  (litl'erent  stations,  and  while 
they  are  citudying  the  most  current 
langungeR.  look  around  them  tor 
scenes  of  the  greatest  promise,  not  a 
moment  of  time  would  be  lost.  The 
Chinese  and  Malayan  languages  are 
indispensable  to  almost  every  place  in 
these  countries,  and  under  no  circum- 
Btanees  can  they  be  sooner  ncquired 
than  with  the  help  of  those  v/ho  hnve 
maiitered  them.  This  may  be  done 
while  they  accompany  tlie  missiona- 
ries in  tl>eir  antive  labors,  and  thus 
acquire  as  their  own  groundwork  the 
experience  of  years.  As  Bankok  iv; 
a  new  station,  and  one  which  should 
by  all  means  be  retained  ;  and  as  it  is 
probable  the  same  bold  and  persever- 
ing spirit  displayed  in  gaining  its  pos- 
session, might  open  scenes  of  equal 
pronuse  in  the  surrounding  countries, 
lb  appears  highly  important  that  at 
least  two  or  three  men  shouKi  be  sent 
to  this  place  as  soon  as  possible.  Mr. 
Tomlin  and  myself  expect  to  visit  Ju- 
thya,  the  ancient  capital,  Chautiboa, 
(an  important  settlement  of  Chinese 
and  otliers,  on  the  coast.)  and  perhaps 
Cambodia,  in  the  course  of  a  few 
months.  Our  object  is,  to  scatter  the 
good  seed  over  as  vide  a  tract  of 
country  as  possible;  aiid  at  the  same 
time  explore  the  land.  We  hare 
Chinese  books  in  great  abundance, 
and  expect  700  more  of  the  Siamese 
tract,  by  the  first  opportunity.  The 
thought  is  far  from  being  pleasant  to 
our  minds,  that  from  the  paucity  of 
missionaries,  we  cannot  take  a  step 
without  some  evident  disadvantages. 
It  appears  like  invading  an  enemy's 
country,  with  such  a  umall  force,  that 
if  we  proceed,  we  cannot  secure  what 
has  been  taken,  and  if  we  garrison, 
none  will  be'  left  to  extend  the  con- 
quests. On  this  account  the  claims 
of  Siam  are,  perhaps,  of  more  imme- 
diate urgency  than  any  other  place  in 
these  regions." 


SIBERIA,  a  country  of  Northern 
Asia,  belonging  to  Russia,  bounded 
on  the  N.  by  the  Frozen  ocean,  on  the 
W.  by  the  Uralean  mountains,  which 
separate  it  from  Europe,  on  the  S.W. 
by  Independent  Tartary,  on  the  8. 
hv  China,  on  the  E.  by  the  ocean, and 
IJehring's  8traita.  Its  length  is  about 
4000  m..  and  its  breadth  varies  from 
1100  to  1000.  Its  surface  is  about 
5,000,000  of  sq.  m-  Russia  derives 
three  great  advantages  from  Siberia — 
protection  to  her  European  provinces 
from  any  attack  on  tnat  side — mil- 
lions of  clear  profits  from  the  mines 
— and  a  commercial  trade  with  China 
and  America.  The  Siberian  irade  is 
enjoyed  as  a  monopv  ly  by  the  Russian 
merchants.  The  L.  M.  S.  have  estab- 
lisheu  missions  in  Siberia.  (See  Se- 
Unginsk,  Khodon,  and  Ona.)  Rev. 
Wm.  Swan,  one  of  the  missionaries, 
in  a  speeeh  before  the  L.  M.  S.  at  its 
anniversary  in  May  1832,  has  the 
following  remarks. 

*'  Progress  of  Idolatry  in  100  years. 
Had  this  missionary  ihstitution  exis- 
ted 100  years  ago,  and  had  missiona- 
ries gone  to  those  parts  of  the  worlds 
they  would  have  found  the  land  over- 
run with  that  form  of  superstition 
which  has  existed  there  for  n-any  cen- 
turies, but  there  would  not  have  been 
found  one  priest,  properly  so  'jaWed, 
and  not  one  heathen  temple  desecrat- 
ing the  ground.  But  when  we  Wfcnt 
thither  14  years  ago,  we  found  nearly- 
20  heathen  temples  rearing  their  heads 
amid  the  snows  of  Siberia,  and  to 
these  temple.^  were  attached  4,000 
priests  of  the  Buddhist  superstition. 
The  simple  fact  is  this,  that  within 
the  last  century,  if  Christians  have  in 
some  parts  been  making  the  greatest 
efforts  to  propagate  the  truths  of  the 
Gospel,  the  powers  of  darkness  have 
not  been  dormant.  Theircausehasbeo 
making  progress  citstward  and  west- 
ward ;  and  during  the  period  that  I 
have  now  mentioned,  the  cause  has 
made  progress  in  those  very  parts 
where  missions  have  been  established : 
and  perhaps  it  cannot  yet  be  said  to 
be  on  the  retrograde.  Put  what  we 
have  been  engaged  in,  ve  trust,  has 
at  least  a  tendency,  and  we  trust  will 
soon  have  the  effect  of  turning  the 
tide  ;  and  instead  of  idclatry  spread- 
ing there,  the  light  of  truth  will  roll 
soQtbwqird  and  westward,  to  China— 

35a 


11' 


that  gniiid 
Scriptun'rf 
the  langiKi 
— a  langiiii 
tribes  to  w 
spoken  will 
ChiiiL'ij.!  i-'iii 
'jji  and  nad 

of  iTie  Ualh 
SIERRA 
of  rccupluri 
of  tlif  same 
the  folliiwiii 
history  of  th 
to  a  liite  No, 

"  III  COUrif 

decision  of 

the  caso   of 

could  not  ex 

land,  so vera 

cuatomed   to 

nicn;,3  of  a 

upontlieir  ov 

ot  London. 

ville  Sharp  i; 

prominent  pa 

the  slave  qu 

him  as  their 

much  reflect) 

nize  thein  in 

nient,  anxiou 

people   whicl: 

worthless,  fin 

expense    of 

der  siich  aus 

groes  and  si. 

with  provisiol 

failed  on  the 

result  was  un 

cou  raging. 

of  file  transpo 

son  at  which  t 

and  the  intern 

of  the  emigra 

tality  which 

nearly  one  ha 

Others  desert 

until  forty  int 

In  1738,  Mr. 

nine  more ;    i 

the  deserters  i 

ment  graduall 

during  the  ni 

with  a  neighbi 

in  wholly  disp 

some  time  elap 

could  be  again 

of  incorporatio 

Not  long  sdU 

•2f 


SIB 


SIE 


that  grand  source  of  idolatry.  The 
Scrij)tui(>d  have  Leen  translated  into 
the  language  of  the  Mongolian  tribes 
— a  language  spoken  by  many  of  the 
tribes  to  win  u  we  have  access,  and 
«i|)okciJ  within  the  boundaries  of  tlie 
Chinesi!  (.'inpirc  by  millions.  It  is  spok- 
en and  read,  (for  the  books  in  that  lan- 
^'uawoaiv  numerous,)  from  the  shores 
of  tlio  lialkantothe  gates  of  Pekin." 

SlEllIlA  LEONE,  a  British  colony 
of  rcciiplured  negroes  in  the  country 
of  th«'  haiae  name  in  W.  Africa.  For 
the  foilduing  account  of  the  early 
history  of  the  colony,  we  art  indebted 
to  a  late  No.  of  'he  N.  A.  Rev;    v. 

"  In  consequence  of  the  memorab'3 
decision  of  tne  English  Judiciary  in 
tjie  cas'j  of  Somerset,  that  slavery 
could  not  exist  upon  the  soil  of  Eng- 
land, several  hundred  blacks,  unac- 
customed to  the  profitable  employ - 
lucnls  of  a  great  city,  v/ere  thrown 
upon  their  own  resources  in  the  streets 
ot  London.  The  celebrated  Gran- 
ville Sharp  having  taken  a  peculiarly 
prominent  part  in  the  whole  affair  of 
the  slave  question,  they  flocked  to 
iiini  as  their  patron ;  and  he,  after 
umch  reflection,  uetermined  to  colo- 
nize them  in  Africa.  The  Govern- 
ment, anxious  to  remove  a  class  of 
people  which  it  regarded  at  h-jst  as 
worthless,  finally  assumed  the  whole 
expense  of  the  expedition.  Un- 
der siich  auspices,  four  hundred  ne- 
groes and  sixty  Europeans,  supplied 
with  provisions  for  six  or  eight  months, 
railed  on  the  8U1  of  April,  1787.  The 
result  was  unfortunate  and  even  dis- 
couraging. The  crowded  condition 
of  file  transports,  the  unfavorable  sea- 
son at  which  they  arrived  on  l..e  coast, 
and  the  intemperance  and  imprudence 
of  the  emigrants,  brought  on  a  mor- 
tality which  reduced  their  numbers 
nearly  one  half  during  the  first  year. 
Others  deserted  soon  after  landing, 
until  forty  individuals  only  remained. 
In  1738,  Mr.  Sharp  sent  out  thirty- 
nine  more ;  and  then  a  number  of 
the  deserters  returned,  and  the  settle- 
ment gradually  gained  8trengt,h.  But, 
during  the  next  year,  a  controversy 
with  a  neighboring  native  chief  ended 
in  wholly  disperfing  the  Colony  ;  and 
some  time  elapsed  before  the  remnants 
could  be  again  collected.  A  Charter 
of  incorporation  was  obtained  in  1791. 
Not  long  isufterwardsj  about  twelve 
•2f 


hunt'red  new  emigrants  were  intro- 
duced from  Nova  Scotia,  being  orig- 
inally refugees  from  this  countiy, 
who  had  placed  themselves  under 
British  protection.  Still,  afTalrs  were 
very  badly  managed.  One  tenth  of 
the  Nova-Scotians,  and  half  of  the 
Europeans  died  during  one  season,  as 
much  from  v/ant  of  provisions  as  any 
otlKT  cause.  Two  years  afterwards, 
a  store-ship  belonging  to  the  Compa- 
ny, which  had  been  made  the  recep- 
tacle for  African  produce,  was  lost  by 
fire,  with  a  cargo  valued  at  fifteen 
thousand  pounds.  Then,  insurrec- 
tions arose  among  the  blacks.  Wore>t 
of  all,  in  1794,  a  large  French  squad- 
ron, wholly  without  provocation,  at- 
tacked the  settlement,  and  although 
the  colors  were  immediately  strucK, 
proceeded  to  an  indiscriminate  pillage. 
The  books  of  the  Company  were 
scattered  and  defaced  ;  the  printing- 
presses  and  scientific  apparatus  of 
every  description  broken  in  piece :» ; 
the  accountant's  office  demolished  ; 
and  the  buildings  aenerally  consigned 
to  the  flames.  The  pecuniary  loss 
was  more  than  fifty  thousand  oounds. 
But  the  Director*,  instead  ot  being 
disheartened  by  these  disasters,  nerv- 
ed themselves  to  more  resolute  efforts 
than  before.  They  vrere  liberally 
supported  by  the  Government,  and 
the  united  labors  of  both  were  so  ef- 
fectual, that  in  the  year  1798,  Free- 
town, the  principal  village  in  the 
Colony,  was  found  to  contain  three 
hundred  houses,  sufficiently  fortified, 
and  accommodating  twelve  hundred 
inhabitants. 

"  Two  vears  afterwards,  a  large 
number  of  the  worst  part  of  the  set- 
tlers, chiefly  the  Nova-Scotians,  re- 
belled ajgainst  the  Colonial  Govern- 
ment. Tlie  Governor  called  in  the 
assistance  of  the  neighboring  African 
tribes,  and  matters  were  on  the  eve 
of  a  battle,  when  a  transport  arrived 
in  the  harbor,  bringing  five  hundred 
and  fifty    Maroons*  from    Jamaica. 


*  A  name  given  to  a  large  number  of 
negroes,  originally  slaves  in  Jamaica,  who 
availed  themselves  of  a  revolution  in  that 
island,  to  lake  refuge  among  the  moun- 
tains of  the  interior,  and  have  never  since 
been  subdued.  See  History  of  Jamaica, 
Lond.  1774.  The  emigrants  mentioned 
above  are  now  doing  well,  and  have  iot 
cieaaed  ia  number. 

353 


SiE 


SIE 


LotB  of  land  were  given  to  these  men ; 
tliov  proved  regular  and  industrioun  ; 
and  tne  iniutgonts  laid  down  their 
«rm«.  Wars  next  ensue''  nth  the 
natives,  which  were  not  j.  •  con- 
eluded  until  1807.  On  th  ^t  of 
January,  180ti,  all  the  rights  ni«u  pos- 
sessions of  the  company  were  surren- 
dered to  the  British  crown,  and  in 
this  situation  they  have  ever  since  re- 
mained. Of  the  results  cfTectcd  by 
the  establishment  in  reference  to  the 
slave-trade  on  the  coast,  and  the  civ- 
ilization of  the  interior  tribes,  as  also 
of  its  nolitical  and  commercial  value 
to  the  English  Government  and  peo- 
ple, we  may  ijerhaps  have  occasion  to 
speak  herearer.  The  population  in 
1823,  was  eighteen  thousand,  two 
thirds  of  this  number  being  liberated 
Africans.  In  1828,  the  latter  class 
had  increased  to  more  than  fifleen 
thousand,  exclusive  of  nearly  one 
third  as  many  more  who  were  resi- 
dent at  the  timber  factories  and  other 
places.  Two  thousand  four  hundred 
and  fifty -eight  liberated  captives  were 
added  to  the  colony,  during  the  year 
1827  alone. 

Since  1816,  the  W.  M.  S.  and  the 
C.  M.  S.  have  labored  successfully  in 
this  colony.  In  respect  to  the  mis- 
sions of  the  last  named  society  we 
quote  the  fallowing  paragraphs  from 
a  very  lato  report. 

Siafe  of  the  Congregations. 

"  Gih-.'oUar  Chapel.  The  atten- 
dance of  the  people  wa»  not  much 
less  than  in  the  dry  season. 

"  Kiusey.  The  attendance  on  the 
means  of  grace  has  not  only  been 
steady,  but  has  aho  much  increased 
during  the  quartet.  The  love  which 
many  of  our  people  manifested  to- 
wards us  was  also  very  cncouragfing ; 
for,  whenever  they  knew  that  one  of 
us  was  laid  by  through  sickness,  we 
were  frequently  visited  by  many. 

"■  Wellington.  7  now  proceed  to 
state  to  you  respecting  Wellington, 
that  I  have  erery  reason  to  think  the 
work  of  €rod  is  going  on  amongst  my 
people.  Diviae  services  have  been 
as  numerously  attended  by  them  as 
ever,  except  when  it  was  very  wet. 

<<  The  communicants  meet  among 
themselves,  in  four  little  parties,  on 
four  week'day  evenings :  to  them 
William  Tamba  also  attends.  Their 
meetingti  consist  in  prayer  j  and  con> 


vcrsation  on  Christian  experience 
The  conduct  ot  the  communicants 
has  been  satisfactory.  Some  of  them, 
however,  are  haltinff,  and  spiritually 
ailing  ;  no  doubt,  for  want  of  com- 
munion with  God.  I  meet  the  can- 
didates for  baptism  every  Saturday  ; 
when  I  explain  to  them  the  creed  as 
practically  as  possible,  with  a  view  of 
making  them  acquainted  with  the 
chief  truths  of  the  Gospel.  Patience 
is  necessary  on  such  occasions :  it  is 
difficult  BO  to  teach  that  they  may 
profit.  I  find  it  particularly  difficult 
to  explain  to  them  the  Gospel  way  of 
saving  sinners  ;  to  represent  the  sin- 
ner as  exceedingly  sinful,  and  all  Km 
works  as  of  no  value  in  themselves 
before  God  ;  and  yet  to  do  it  so  that 
these  ignorant  minds  are  not  led  to 
think  that  their  own  exertions  are 
unnecessary.  They  will  tell  me : 
"  Suppose  me  pray,  me  go  to  heaven :" 
and,  m  telling  me  this,  I  know  they 
much  mistake  in  considering  prayer 
rather  as  the  cause  than  the  means  of 
their  salvation  :  the  same  may  be  ap- 
plied to  other  religious  duties  to  which 
they  attend. 

"  Bathurst  and  Charlotte.  I  have, 
this  quarter,  been  much  more  satisfied 
with  the  people.  Their  attendance 
on  the  means  of  grace  has  been  very 
good,  and  their  outward  conduct  con- 
sistent :  they  hr>.ve  also  manifested  a 
desire  to  promote  brotherly  love. 

"  The  afternoon  service  at  Char- 
lotte has  been  regularly  kept  by  John 
Attarra,  whose  labors  are,  I  trust,  ac- 
ceptable to  the  people.  I  had  nearly 
forgotten  to  mention,  that  the  chil- 
dren, who  are  under  the  care  of  our 
esteemed  friend  Mrs.  H.  Kilham,  also 
attend. 

"One  candidate  at  Bathurst  has 
died ;  the  state  of  whose  mind  I  have 
not  been  able  to  ascertain,  as  he  died 
suddenly.  He  was  a  quiet,  peaceable 
man ;  regular  in  attending  the  house 
of  God  and  our  private  meetings  :  he 
also  attended  the  Sunday  school. 

"  Gloucester.  The  lower  part  of 
the  church  at  Gloucester  is  generally 
filled  on  a  Sunday  mornings  but 
there  are  not  so  many  in  the  after- 
noon. The  communicants,  as  far  as 
I  have  been  enabled  to  observe,  walk 
consistently  with  their  Christito  pro- 
fession, with  one  exception. 

State  of  the  Christian  lH$tUutUm. 

S54 


SIE 


SIE 


periencp 
lunicantt- 

of  them, 
piritually 
:  of  com- 

the  can- 
laturday  ; 
;  creed  as 
a  vie TV  of 
with    thi 

Patience 
nnB :  it  is 
they  may 
ly  difficult 
pel  way  of 
it  the  Bin- 
md  all  hib 
hemselveB 
)  it  so  that 
not  led  to 
rtions  are 

tell  me : 
3  heaven:" 
know  they 
■ing  prayer 
e  means  of 
may  be  ap- 
es to  which 

I  have. 
)re  satisfied 
attendance 
been  very 
tnduct  con- 
lanifested  a 
love, 
at  Char- 

ft  by  John 
trust,  ac- 
had  ne»rlv 
the  chil- 
are  of  our 
lilham,  also 

Lthurst  has 
lind  I  have 
[as  he  died 
I,  peaceable 
the  house 
letings :  he 
Vhool. 
er  part  of 
generally 
ning;   but 
the  after- 
|,  as  far  as 
lerve,  walk 
Iristitin  pro- 

htitution. 

954 


"  During  the  last  three  months  the 
boys  have  cominitted  to  memory  all 
Uie  coUectii  appointed  for  each  Sab- 
bath, nearly  all  Matth.  v.,  all  the 
prayers  of  Watts's  First  Catechism, 
ana  nearly  half  the  questions  of  his 
second.  In  addition  to  that,  I  have 
been  enabled  to  teach  them  the  chro- 
nology of  the  Bible  by  artificial  mem- 
ory. This  is  new  to  them — they  take 
delight  in  it.  They  have  learned  the 
leading  character  of  each  of  the  five 
books  of  Moses,  together  with  the 
leading  character  of  each  chapter  ;  as 
well  as  the  dates  of  the  principal 
events  given  us  in  these  books,  as 
computed  to  the  coming  of  our  Bless- 
ed Saviour.  At  the  same  time  I  en- 
deavor to  impress  on  their  minds, 
that  it  is  not  enough  to  have  an  arti- 
ficial knowledge  or  their  Bible,  but 
that  they  should  have  also  a  deep 
sense  of  the  absolute  necessity  of  in- 
wardly digesting  every  minute  part 
of  it,  as  being  the  word  of  God,  and 
of  reducing  every  precept  and  com- 
mand into  practice. 

State  of  the  Schools. 

"  Gibraltar  Chapel.  The  Sunday 
school  at  Gibraltar  chapel  is  still  un- 
der my  care  and  direction.  The  late 
and  present  heavy  rains  have  pre- 
vented many  from  attending  regular- 
ly. The  various  classes  have  under- 
gone, comparatively,  little  change 
since  my  last  report.  The  first  class 
of  boys,  19  in  number,  are  reading  in 
the  New  Testament,  and  committing 
a  few  verses  of  a  chapter  to  memory 
every  week ;  either  repeating  it  to 
myself  or  to  their  teacher,  and  so 
continuing  to  do  till  the  chapter  is 
finished.  The  first  class  of  girls,  15 
in  number,  are  also  reading :  they 
have  committed  to  memory  the  whole 
of  Watts's  First  Catechism,  as  well 
as  several  portions  of  Scripture,  which 
I  always  hear  repeated  myself.  The 
lower  classes  are  gradually  improv 
ing.  I  occasionally  reward  them  with 
Tracts,  which  thev  are  ve  .'y  fond  of; 
although  many  of  the  children  can- 
not read  them  correctly  :  but  in  this 
way  I  wish  to  sow  the  good  seed, 
leaving  the  issue  to  our  gracious  God 
The  most  forward  of  ^e  scholars 
reward,  either  with  minion  Testa- 
ments, Hymns,  or  some  other  instruc 
tive  booVs.  I  have  been  enabled  to 
procure  a  femaJe  teacher  out  of  the 


first  class  of  girls,  making  in  all  three 
female  teachers;  so  that  the  first, 
second,  and  thiid  classes  of  girls  are 
taught  by  their  own  hcx.  At  the 
close  of  the  school,  I  catechize  the 
children  ;  always  making  it  a  rule  to 
give  the  first  two  classes  of  boys  and 
girls  the  same  chapter  to  reua  twice 
over  before  I  catechize  them.  The 
conduct  of  these  children  has  been 
regular  and  orderly  during  the  quar- 
ter. 

<*  I  have  had  many  applicatioiM, 
both  from  the  parents  ana  children 
themselves,  begging  me  to  take  them 
in  and  teach  them  Dook,  as  they  call 
it.  As  the  chapel  is  very  small,  I 
cannot  possibly  admit  any  more  at 
present :  if  it  were  twice  as  large,  I 
should  have  it  filled  in  a  few  Sundays. 
The  parents  have  sometimes  brought 
their  children,  left  them  with  me, 
and  stood  a  considerable  time  at  the, 
door ;  when  it  was  painful  to  me  to 
send  the  poor  little  children  afler  them 
at  last. 

'*  Colonial  Boys'  School.  The  male 
school  continues  the  same  as  has  been 
reported  on  former  occasions;  and 
the  same  may  be  sa.  of  the  progress 
which  the  scholan  make.  During 
the  quarter,  22  scholars  have  been 
admitted,  and  26  have  left. 

"  Kissey.  By  Mrs.  Boston  and 
Charles  Moore  the  school  has  been 
conducted  regularly,  and  the  atten- 
dance of  the  children  has  been  pretty 
good.  The  older  children  have  made 
considerable  progress :  but  the  young- 
er, which  are  the  greater  number,  are 
still  very  back  warn. 

"The  Sunday  school  consists  of 
men,  women,  and  apprentices.  It 
affords  much  pleasure  to  see  many  of 
the  adults  trymg  to  learn  to  read  the 
Scriptures. 

'^  Hastings.  The  progress  of  the 
children  is  slow ;  yet  I  nope^  on  the 
whole,  satisfactory.  I  trust  the  in- 
struction which  the  little-ones  receiye 
will,  ere  long  prove  both  a  blessing  to 
them  and  their  parents.  Many  of 
the  parents  worship  idols. 

«  Bathurst  and  Charlotte.     Tbe  at- 
tendance of  the  Sunday  school  has 
l^been  rather  better  than  reported  last 
quarter.    They  improve  in  reading. 

"  Of  the  children  in  the  day  school, 
136  are  liberated  African  girls :  the 
rest  are  children  born  in  the  colony ; 

355 


'^! 


SIE 


SIB 


GO  of  whom  arc  little  thingi,  learning 
the  Alphabet.  The  children  are  mak- 
ing prugrew  in  learning,  suflicienKo 
cncourui^  us  ;  but  I  regret  that  I  (in 
not  Bnu  many  lads  dintinguiiihcd  by 
their  good  dinpoitition,  whom  I  can 
truit  an  teachers. 

"  On  Frid.iy  evening  1  meet  the 
liberjjitcd  African  gitlu,  a:id  cateciiize 
tUem  In  WattHS  Fitut  CaiechiHui ; 
most  of  tiiem  being  well  ac<|uuinted 
with  the  W(»rd8  by  memory.  Atten- 
tion is  also  paid  to  tlie  religious  in- 
struction of  the  children  in  school ; 
yet  we  lind  them  children  still,  and 
some  of  them  very  perverse. 

"The  scholars  of  the  eveninyr 
school  manifest  a  desire  for  iinpruve- 
ment. 

"  Gloucester.  The  children  in  the 
school  generally  road  well ;  but  they 
are  deficient  in  aritlimetic  and  spell- 
ing :  some  of  the  lower  classes  are 
backward  in  writing :  but  the  first 
claM  write  in  copy-books  pretty  well. 
These  being  teachers,  receive  an 
hour's  instruction  in  the  morning, 
and  generally  afler  school ;  when  they 
are  exercised  in  reading,  spelling, 
writiiig,  arithmetic,  or  in  answering 
scriptural  questions.  In  arithmetic 
tliey  are  backward ;  the  most  advanc- 
ed of  them  being  only  in  addition  of 
money.  I  cannot,  however,  complain 
of  the  first  class  ',  but  can  say,  with 
one  exception,  that  tliey  have  not  only 
satisfied,  but  pleased  me,  by  their 
improvement.  The  liberated  Africans 
have  had  greater  advantages,  since 
ray  removal  hither,  than  the  colony- 
born  children ;  but  they  are  still  in- 
ferior to  them  in  writing  and  arith- 
metic. 

"The  Sunday  school  consists  of 
adults  and  apprentices,  with  the  lib- 
erated Africans.  The  school  is  going 
on  well.  There  is,  however,  one 
thing  to  complain  of— the  irregular 
attendance  ;  insomuch,  that  it  would 
be  difficult  to  state  the  average  num- 
ber.". 

Summary  of  the  Mission. 

Gibraltar  Chapel — 
Average  attendance  on  public  wor- 
ihip  : 

Morning  100 

Evening  60  or  70 

Communicants  26 

Baptisms  »              6 


Sunday  School: 

Boys 

Girls 

Average  attendance 
Colonial  Boys'  School- 
On  the  books 

Average  uttendance 
Clirititiun  Institutiun — 

Students 

Probationers 
Kissc-y — 

Communicants 

Candidates 

Day-school  scholars 

Avernge  attenduuce 
Sunday  School  : 

Average  attcndiince 
Wellington — 
Average  attendance  on  public  wor- 
ship : 

Sunday  morning  early 

Noon 

Evening 
Daily  prayer-meetings  early 

Thursday  evening 

Communicants 

Candidates 

Baptisms 

Day-school  scholars 

Evening-school  ditto 

Sunday-school  ditto 
Hastings — 

Communicants 

Candidates 

Baptisms 

Day-school 

Scholars 

Average  attendance 
Sunday-school 

Average  attendance 
Wednesday  evening  school 

Average  attendance 
Gloucester — 
Airerage  attendance  on  public  wor- 
ship : 

Morning 

Evening 

Communicants 

Candidates 

Baptisms 
Regent — 

Communicants 

Candidates 

Baptisms 

Day-school  scholars 

Average  attendance 

Evening  school  scholars 

Average  attendcmce 

Sunday-school  scholars 

Average  attendance 
356 


78 
55—133 

307 

7 
R 

J  04 

r.8 

152 
140 

03 


150 

500 

200 

50 

70 

208 

55 

16 

l:» 

55 

72 

67 

90 

6 

93 
76 

60 

16 


150 
75 
66 
S5 

a, 

201 
95 
33 

251 

219 
54 
20 

142 
90 


Bathunt— 
Average 
■hip 
Momii 
Evenii 
Conum 
Candid 
Baptist 
Day-sci 
Averag 
Evenin 
Sunday 
Averag 
Charlotte- 
Average  0 
ship : 
Commn 
Candidq 
Baptism 
General  Si 
Commui 
Candida 
Baptismi 
Students  a 
Institu 
Day-schc 
Sunday  s 

SIMLIAH 

where  there  i 
SINGAPO 
island  of  the 
104ON.,lat.lc 
took  possessio 
rapidly  increa 
importance.    ' 
ed  a  mission 
the  last  report 
the  following  j 
"  Inhabitant! 
were  12,213  mi 
nearly  three-fc 
Malays  and  Chi 
H.    Thomsen, 
voyage  to  Ben 
Mr.  Thomsen  i 
debility.      Mr. 
in  the  same  yea 
renewed  vigor 
pore — Malay  pr 
in  the  chapel ;  f 
chiefly  scholars, 
ing,  from  30  to 
medicine,  and 
obtain  the  heali 
maladies.    The 
ited— .Schools :  ^ 
scholars,  and  a 
has  12  girig. 

were  are  52  boyi 


iz 


SIM 


SMY 


7e 

307 

7 

n 

104 

r.a 

152 
140 

93 

jmblic  wor- 

r      15C> 
500 

aoo 

rly    50 

70 

808 

56 

16 

im 

56 
72 

57 

20 

6 


D3 
76 

60 

16 


liool 


public  wor- 

150 

75 

66 

25 

3 

201 

95 

33 

251 

219 

lars    54 

20 

rs    142 

90 


Bathunt —  "■ 

ArertLge  attendance  on  public  ^Tor- 
■hip: 
Morning  500 

Evening  190 

Communicants  91 

Candidates  99 

Baptisms  11 

Day-school  scholars         322 
Average  attendance  2t)0 

Evening  8chr>ol  A V.  Att.     30 
Sunday  school  scliolars    1H4 
Average  attendance         150 
Charlotte- 
Average  attendance  on  public  wor- 
ship :  100 
Communicants  6 
Candidates                          19 
Baptisms  2 
General  Statement- 
Communicants                  GS3 
Candidates                         294 
Baptisms                             77 
Students  and  Probationers  in  the 
Institution 
Day-scholars                  1,338 
Sunday  scholars               684 

SIMLIAH,  a  village  near  Calcutta, 
where  there  is  a  school. 

SINGAPORE,  a  town  on  a  small 
island  of  the  same  name.  E.  long. 
104°  N.,  lat.  1°  24'.  Since  the  British 
took  possession  of  it  in  1819,  it  has 
rapidly  increased  in  population  and 
importance.  The  L.  M.  S.  commenc- 
ed a  mission  here  in  1819.  From 
the  last  report  of  the  society  we  copy 
the  following  paragraphs. 

« Inhabitants  in  Jan.  1830  there 
were  12,213  males  and  4,421  females  : 
nearly  three-fourths  of  whom  are 
Malays  and  Chinese — 1819 — Claudius 
H.  Thomsen,  Jacob  Tomlin.  A 
voyage  to  Bengal,  in  1829,  restored 
Mr.  Thomsen  from  a  state  of  great 
debility.  Mr.  Tomlin  visited  Java 
in  the  same  year  ;  and  returned  with 
renewed  vigor  to  his  work  at  Singa- 
pore— Malay  preaching  is  continued 
in  the  chapel ;  from  30  to  50  attend, 
chiefly  scholars.  On  Sunday  morn- 
ing, from  30  to  40  invalids  receive 
medicine,  and  are  directed  how  to 
obtain  the  healing  of  their  npiritual 
maladies.  The  people  are  daily  vis- 
ited— Schools:  3  Cninese  contain 40 
scholars,  and  a  Chinese  female  school 
has  12  girls :  in  an  English  school 
there  are  52  boys ;  and  about  20  Chi- 


nese hoys  attendpart  of  the  day  to 
learn  English.  There  is  no  Malay 
school :  Uiere  would  \v?  many  Malar 
scholars,  the  miHsionaries  believe,  if  it 
were  not  for  the  precarious nnd  wretch* 
ed  dependence  of  the  lower  rlnsHOs  upon 
their  chiefs^Thrre  new  Tracts  nad 
been  pienared  :  H(MM>  Tracts  and 
16,1)00  ticlcets  hnd  l)ecn  printed,  each 
ticket  containing  a  pnBHag«>  of  Scrip* 
ture  and  some  impressive  Hentence : 
a  new  edition  of  2<MK)  copioH  of  St. 
Matthew  was  nearly  finished ;  and 
the  printing  of  a  revised  edition  of 
the  Malay  New  Testament  was  in 
progress — Mr.  Thomsen  rontemplat* 
ed  a  translation  of  the  New  Testa* 
ment  into  the  Bucrfs,  the  original  Ian* 
guage  of  the  CoTelx^s — The  demand 
for  books  increaHPfl  every  season. 
Milne's  and  Collie's  books,  containing' 
Evangelical  truth  in  a  Chinese  drese, 
are  approved  by  the  natives :  the 
crews  of  the  Canton  Junks,  who  had 
formerly  received  lH>oks  with  distrust, 
have  dismissed  tlieir  fears. — It  was 
ascertained  from  Cambodians  that 
there  are  from  30,000  to  40,000  Chi> 
nese  and  4000  to  5000  Malays  settled 
in  Cambodia,  the  inhabitants  of  which 
speak  a  language  resembling  that  of 
S.am." 

SION  HILL,  a  station  of  the  B. 
M.  S.  in  the  island  of  Jamaica. 

SMYRNA,  a  town  on  the  western 
coast  of  Asia,  in  the  province  of  an- 
cient Lydia.  It  was  extolled  by  the 
ancients,  under  the  title  of*  the  love* 
ly,  the  crown  of  Ionia,  the  ornament 
of  Asia."  It  has  been  ten  times  de- 
stroyed by  conflagrations  and  earth- 
quakes, and  as  often  has  risen  from 
its  ruins.  Its  central  situation,  and 
the  excellence  of  its  port,  attract  a 
concourse  of  merchants  of  all  nations 
by  sea,  and  in  caravans,  by  land.  It 
is  the  great  emporium  of  the  Levant. 
Population  has  been  stated  at  120,000, 
though  frequently  visited  by  the 
plague  and  other  sore  calamities. 
Missionaries  of  various  societies  have 
for  a  number  of  years,  resided  tempo* 
rarily  at  Smyrna.  At  present  the 
Rev.  Josiah  Brewer,  supported  by  the 
New  Haven  Ladies'  Greek  Commit* 
tee,  and  Rev.  J.  A.  Jetter,  of  the  C. 
M.  S.  reside  permanently  at  Smyrna. 
The  following  general  notices  of  the 
efibrts  made  at  Smyrna,  have  been 
lately  published. 

867 


'  *5 


SMY 


SMY 


"In  July,  1831,  there  were  leven- 
teen  rcIiooL  in  Smyrna  and  the  neigh- 
boring places :  upward  of  1500  chil- 
dren wte  enumerated,  but  those  of 
some  of  the  country  schools  had  not 
been  ascertained.  Three  of  the  schools 
are  under  the  Rev.  Joslah  Brewer, 
with  Mrs.  Brewer  and  Miss  Reynolds, 
from  the  New  Haven  Ladies'  Greek 
CSommittee ;  in  addition  to  their  free 
school  of  100  girls  mentiored  in  the 
lajst  survey,  a  dzj  school  has  been 
opened,  containing  from  40  to  50  girls, 
each  of  whom  pay  three  piastres 
monthly,  or  a  little  more  than  two 
dollars  yearly  :  to  these  has  been  ad- 
ded an  English  school  of  upward  of 
40  protestant  youths,  which  contrib- 
utes to  the  support  of  the  mission. 
The  improvement  of  the  girls  in  the 
pay  school  ^ ,  i  been  such  as  to  lead 
the  Greeks  to  establish  free  schools 
for  girls  at  the  expense  of  the  com- 
munity. '  There  is  a  great  and  in- 
creasing zeal,'  Mr.  Brewer  writes,  in 
March, '  among  the  people  themselves 
in  the  cause  of  education.  They 
have  it  in  contemplation  to  open  four 
or  five  others  in  different  parts  of  th-^ 
eity,  and  one  or  more  for  girls.  They 
have  also  purchased  a  press,  and  or- 
dered a  fount  of  type  from  Paris.  If 
increase  of  piety  kept  pace  with  the 
increase  of  knowledge,  soon  should 
we  see  the  days  of  primitive  prosperi- 
^  return  to  this  least  oi'/ending  of  the 
Seven  Apocalyptic  Churches.'  He 
adds :  '  In  the  midst  of  all  our  labors 
we  have  to  lament  that  we  have  not, 
as  yet,  witnessed  numerous  manifest- 
ations of  the  converting  grace  of  God. 
The  children  are,  indeed,  becoming 
exceedingly  dear  to  us  ;  and  the  200 
Greek  and  50  Protestant  youths,  who 
have  been  under  our  instruction  the 
year  past,  have  acquired  much  know- 
Sedge  of  God  and  of  their  duty.'  " 

Mr.  Jetter  thus  speaks  in  his  jour- 
nal of  Mr.  Brewer's  schools,  and  of 
his  own  prospects. 

"  May  18, 1831 .  We  saw  Mr.  Brew- 
er's female  schools ;  for  we  expected 
to  stay  only  a  few  days,  and  therefore 
wished  to  see  all  we  could  on  the  first 
day.  In  one  of  these  schools  we  found 
about  120  children,  who  are  instruct- 
ed in  reading,  writing,  and  arithmetic. 
Considering  the  short  time  that  these 
schools  have  been  established,  tliey 
are    in    very  good   order.     Several 


classes  read  the  Gospels,  and  the  rest 
the  catechism,  &c.  The  second  of 
these  schools  numbers  perhaps  60 
children  who  are  of  a  higher  class, 
and  pay  from  three  to  four  piastre* 
(about  three  or  four  shillings)  per 
month  towards  their  education.  We 
saw,  further^  two  large  Greek  schools 
for  boys,  which  are  in  the  hands  of  the 
Greeks  themselves,  but  wliich  have 
hitherto  been  more  or  less  supplied 
with  books  by  Mr.  Brewer.  One  of 
these  schools  is  of  a  higher  order,  and 
is  under  English  protection.  Here 
the  children  learn  different  languages, 
and  have  also  begun  English  with 
Mr.  Brewer ;  who,  in  consequence  of 
his  many  engagements,  has  been  ob- 
liged to  give  it  up;  and  they  are 
looking  out  for  some  other  person. 
This  school  counts  300  or  more  chil- 
dren, in  different  departments.  The 
head  master  is  a  Mr.  Abraham,  from 
Cffisarea.  He  is  a  very  well  inform- 
ed man,  and,  as  far  as  I  have  heard, 
liberal.  For  want  of  time  we  could 
not  hear  the  children  read  at  this 
place.  We  then  saw  an  Armenian 
school,  on  a  large  scale,  and  built  in  u 
very  superior  manner ;  but  were  not 
able  to  understand  the  children,  who 
speak  only  Turkish.  Two  boys  I  saw 
who  knew  a  little  Greek,  and  have 
also  begun  to  learn  English :  they 
visit  Mr.  Brewer  twice  or  three  times 
a-week,  and  seem  to  be  very  amiable 
lads. 

"  By  a  subsequent  letter  from  Mr. 
Jetter,  dated  Boujah,  near  Smyrna, 
July  19, 1831,  we  observe  the  eager 
desire  which  is  manifested  in  Asia 
Minor  for  the  blessings  of  education. 
In  quoting  the  following  exli'act,  we 
can  only  add,  that  it  is  not  in  the 
power  of  the  Church  Missionary  So- 
ciety to  enter  at  once  upon  plans  of 
education  so  widely  extending :  but 
while  the  pain  of  such  delay  is  neces- 
sarily submitted  to,  it  may  bfe  hoped 
that  the  more  limited  ones,  actually 
commenced,  will  obtain  greater  ma- 
turity ;  and  thus  furnish  models,  ac- 
cording to  which  the  natives  may  be 
enabled  to  construct  their  own  schools 
and  seminaries. 

-•  From  Smyrna,  under  date  of  Au- 
gKat  19th,  1831,  Mr.  Jetter  thus  writes 
concerning^his  employments  and  pros- 
pects in  that  city  and  neighborhood : 

"  We  arrived  here  in  the  middle  of 

358 


June  last, 
raging  in 
Asia  Mine 
summer  a 
English  fa 
the  hot  se 
half  we  we 
count  of  th 
tercourse 
friends.  Dii 
been  perfoi 
few  exceptii 
fell  on  me, 
Mr.  Arund( 
were  absent 
the  Lord  sir 
fact,  the  gr 
to  church, 
had  a  little 
girls'  school 
bers    betwec 
The  Rev.  J. 
from  one  ol 
acts  at  presei 
with  us;  an 
pursues  her 
latterly,  I  h, 
with  her  and 
great  difficult 
sons  for  raisti 
village,  whei 
fchcol;  but  I 
it  just  now. 
There  is  a  b 
paid  for  by  th 
m  some  degre 
I  have  the 
children,  and 
introduced,  sc 
Life  and  Chai 
to  me  by  Mr. 
are  much  souo 
SOCIETY^ 
of  islands  in 
tween  151°  ail 
and  16°  and  i: 
hine,  Raiatea,  i 
SOMERSE' 
*•  S.  in  the  AU 
Ine  following  i 
late  Report  of  t 
Stale  of  the  m 
two  exceptions, 
rejoice  in  the  s-t 
*g  piety  of  tht 
turned  fiom  ( 
t 'om  the  power 
oa  this  station, 
gregation,  altho 
Paratively,  ig   ^ 


soc 


soo 


ad  the  rest 
eecond  of 
[lerhaps  60 
igher  class, 
ur  piastres 
llings)   per 
ation.     "We 
eck  schools 
lands  of  the 
which  have 
>s8  supplied 
er.    One  of 
;r  order,  and 
tion.     Here 
;t  languages, 
nglish   with 
[xsequence  of 
baa  been  ob- 
nd  they  are 
ther   person. 
)r  more  chil- 
ments.     The 
irahaiu,  from 
well  inform- 
i  have  heard, 
me  we  could 
read  at  this 
an  Armenian 
and  built  in  '_ 
[but  were  not 
children,  who 
vo  boys  I  saw 
;k,  and  have 
nglish :    they 
ar  three  times 
very  amiable 

tter  from  Mr. 
lear  Smyrna, 
ve  the  eager 
isted  in   Asia 
of  education. 
^  exliact,  we 
IS  not  in  the 
issionary  So- 
pon  plans  of 
tending:  but 
elay  is  neces- 
nay  bfe  hoped 
ones,  actually 
greater  ma- 
ih  models,  ac- 
itivep.  may  be 
lir  own  schools 

jjr  date  of  Au- 
Eer  thus  writes 
Lnts  and  pros- 
^ighborhood : 
the  middle  of 
358 


June  last,  just  when  the  plague  was 
raging  in  Smyrna,  and  throughout 
Asia  Minor.  I  took  a  house  for  the 
BOmmer  at  Boujah,  where  all  the 
English  families  generally  rejide  in 
the  hot  season.  For  a  month  and  a 
half  we  were  almost  .hut  up  on  ac- 
count of  the  plague,  and  had  on^y  in- 
tercourse with  our  few  Chrii.-;tian 
friends.  Divine  service  has,  however, 
been  performed  every  Sunday,  with 
few  exceptions.  This  agreeable  duty 
fell  on  me,  as  both  Mr.  Lewis,  and 
Mr.  Arundell,  the  British  chaplain, 
were  absent.  There  are  few  that  love 
the  Lord  sincerely  at  this  place.  In 
fact,  the  greater  part  scarcely  come 
to  church.  After  the  plague  rumor 
had  a  little  subsided,  we  opened  a 
girls'  school  at  Boujah,  which  num- 
bers between  GO  and  70  children. 
The  Rev.  J.  Brewer  gave  me  a,girl 
from  one  of  his  schools  here,  who 
acts  at  present  as  mistress.  She  lives 
with  us ;  and,  in  her  leisure  hours, 
pursues  her  studies  in  Greek :  and, 
latterly,  I  have  commenced  English 
with  her  and  a  few  others.  We  nave 
great  difficulty  to  obtain  suitable  per- 
sons for  mistresses.  There  is  another 
village,  where  they  want  a  girls' 
Bchcol ;  but  I  can  scarcely  enter  upon 
it  just  now,  for  want  of  a  mistress. 
There  is  a  boys'  school  at  Boujah, 
paid  for  by  the  people,  which  is  also, 
m  some  degree,  under  my  influence. 
I  have  the  liberty  to  examine  the 
children,  and  to  give  them  books.  I 
introduced,  some  weeks  ago,  "The 
Life  and  Character  of  David,"  sent 
to  me  by  Mr.  Brenner.  Select  books 
are  much  sought  for  by  the  Greeks." 

SOCIETY  ISLANDS,  a  cluster 
of  islands  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  be- 
tween 151°  and  152°  30'  W.  long, 
and  16°  and  17°  S.  lat.  (See  Hua- 
hine,  Raiatea,  Borabora,  ^c. 

SOMERSET,  a  station  of  the  W. 
X.  S.  in  the  Albany  district,  S.  Africa. 
The  following  notices  are  given  in  a 
late  Report  of  the  Society. 

Staie  of  the  mission.  "  With  one  or 
two  exceptions,  we  have  still  cause  to 
rejoice  in  the  steadfastness  and  grow- 
ihg  piety  of  the  few,  who  have  been 
'turned  from'  darkness  to  light,  and 
f'om  the  power  of  Satan  unto  God,' 
ox  this  station.  The  European  con- 
gregation, although  but  small  com- 
paratively, is  now  tolerably  steady, 


and  regular  in  its  attendance.  It  is 
composed  of  all  classes  in  the  town, 
from  the  highest  to  the  lowest ;  there 
is  nevertheless  a  general  backward- 
ness to  become  decidedly  and  profess- 
edly religious. 

"  A  very  considerable  diminution 
has  taken  place  in  our  heathen  con- 
gregations within  the  last  two  quar- 
ters, in  consequence  of  the  late  emi- 
gration to  the  newly  formed  settje- 
ment.  The  colonial  government 
having  appropriated  a  certain  tract  of 
coantry  adjoining  Caffroland  to  tb* 
use  of  the  Hottentots  and  other  free 
persons  of  color,  great  numbers  hav<e 
flocked  to  it  from  almost  all  the  fron- 
tier districts.  The  removal  of  some 
of  our  most  promising  aboriginal 
members  has  been  seriously  felt :  vr9 
have  however  reason  to  hope,  that 
they  will  be  as  lights  in  the  dark  pla- 
ces whither  they  are  gone.  In  fol- 
lowing them  with  the  word  of  life, 
we  have  been  led  into  a  widened 
sphere  of  labor.  The  settlement  in 
question  is  but  60  or  70  miles  from 
Somerset:  there  are  two  places  on 
the  direct  road  to  it,  at  which  we  hav'3 
occasionally  preached,  and  at  one  of 
these,  three  of  our  members  residid. 
At  the  Mankazana,  which  forms  one 
principal  division  of  the  settlement^ 
there  are  15  or  16  free  persons  of  co- 
lor, who  formerly  resided  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Somerset,  and  who 
earnestly  desired  to  be  received  on 
trial  the  last  time  we  visited  them. 
We  have  therefore  taken  it  into  our 
circuit  plan." 

Schools.  **  The  children  in  our 
Sunday-school  have  made  considera- 
ble progress  during  the  past  yeax, 
both  in  reading  and  in  the  acquire- 
ment of  scriptural  knowledge.  The 
catechism  has  been  introduced  with 
good  effect,  and  large  portions  of  it 
committed  to  memory,  and  pubUcly 
recited  before  the  congregation.  B»- 
ing  altogether  destitute  of  steady  and 
eihcient  teachers,  the  whole  of  this 
part  of  the  work  has,  for  some  time 
past,  devolved  entirely  upon  Mrs. 
Kay,  who  has  assiduously  devoted  to 
it  her  undivided  attention." 

SOOPARA,  a  village  near  Bom- 
bay, where  the  missionaries  of  th« 
C.  M.  S.  have  established  a  school. 
It  is  well  conducted  and  useful. 

SOORY,  a  station  of  the  B.  M.  S. 

359 


SPA 


STE 


in  Bengal,  120  m.  from  Calcutta,  45 
N.  W.  of  Cutwa,  and  50  S.  W.  of 
Moorehedabad.  Joseph  Williamson 
missionary,  with  4  native  assistants. 
Four  schools  for  heathen  boys  contain 
about  120  scholars,  and  four  for  girls 
about  50.  There  is  a  gradual  increase 
of  knowledge,  and  diminution  of  pre- 
judice. 

SPANISH  TOWN,  a  station  of 
the  B.  M.  S.  on  the  island  Jamaica. 
J.  M.  Philippo  and  John  Andrews, 
missionaries.  1100  communicants.  2 
schools. 

SPRING  GARDENS,  a  village  in 
the  isknd  Antigua,  where  the  U.  B. 
have  a  church. 

ST.  ANN'S  BAY,  a  station  of  the 
B,  M,  S.  on  the  island  Jamaica.  Sam- 
uel Nichols,  missionary.  20  commu- 
nicants. 

ST.  CROIX,  a  small  island,  be- 
longing to  the  Little  Antilles,  West 
Indies.  The  port,  St.  Croix,  is  17'^ 
44'  N.  lat.  and  04°  48'  W.  long.  In 
1733,  it  was  sold  by  the  crown  of 
France  to  tlie  Danish  West  India 
Company.  An  ineffectual  attempt 
waa  made  in  1734,  by  the  U.  B.  to 
establish  a  mission  in  this  island.  In 
1740,  another  attempt  was  made,  but 
the  unhealthiness  of  the  climate  com- 
pelled the  missionaries  to  abandon  the 
island.  A  permanent  establiehment 
was  effected  in  1753,  bv  George 
Obneberg,  and  2  other  brethren,  who 
were  joyfully  received  by  the  Chris- 
tian negroes ;  but  both  they  and  the 
slaves  in  their  neighborhood  were,  for 
some  time,  kept  in  a  state  of  constant 
alarm  by  the  wicked  attempts  which 
were  made  to  burn  their  houses. 
Ohneberg  was,  however,  inflexibly 
determined  to  remain,  and  the  peise- 
cution  soon  ceased.  An  estate  of  4 
aores  was  purchased,  which  was  nam- 
ed Friedensthal.  The  number  of  per- 
tsaok  who  attended  the  preaching  of 
the  gospel  rapidly  increased,  and  more 
than  100  negroes  were  annually  re- 
eeived  into  tlie  church  by  the  rite  of 
baptism.  In  1771,  anotlier  settlement 
was  formed  and  named  Friedens- 
berg.  In  1772,  a  dreadful  hurricane 
swept  over  the  island.  This  was  fol- 
lowed by  a  famine,  and  an  epidemic 
sickness.  But  the  negroes  appeared 
more  and  more  anxious  to  be  saved. 
The  auditory  sometimes  consisted  of 
more  than  1000  persons,  and  many 


were,  every  month,  admitted  to  the 
privileges  of  Christian  baptism.  In 
1738,  a  third  station  was  formed,  and 
called  Friedensfeld.  In  1801,  St. 
Croix  was  delivered  to  the  British 
authority,  but  it  has  since  been  re- 
storcid.  In  the  beginning  of  1829, 
Mr.  Van  Scholten,  the  governor-gen- 
eral of  the  Danish  West  India  Islands, 
ailer  attending  divine  service  in  one 
of  the  churches,  made  particular  in- 
quiries concerning  the  mission  in  St. 
Croix.  On  being  informed  that  the 
number  of  negroes  under  the  care  of 
the  U.  B.  amounted  to  GOOO,  he  de- 
clared in  presence  of  his  attendants, 
that  he  considered  it  would  be  for  the 
benefit  of  the  colony,  if  a  much  larger 
proportion  of  its  population  (amount- 
ing to  21,000)  was  in  connection  with 
the  church,  promising,  at  the  same 
time,  to  promote  the  cause  of  tlie  mis- 
sion by  every  means  in  his  power. 

ST.  EUSTATIUS,  or  ST.  EU- 
STATIA,  an  island,  belonging  to  the 
Little  Antilles,  West  Indies,  N.  lat.  17° 
29',  W.  long.  63°  5'.  It  is  about  t-vo 
leagues  in  length,  and  1  in  breadth ; 
it  consists  of  two  mountains,  and  a 
deep  valley  between  them.  It  has 
been  stated  that  the  pop.  amounts  to 
4000  whites,  and  14,000  negroes.  It 
belongs  to  the  Dutch.  It  is  8  m.  N, 
W.  of  St.  Christopher's.  It  has  been 
subject  to  very  frequent  changes. 
The  principal  production  is  tobacco. 
The  W.  M.  S.  have  a  mission  on  tlie 
island.  From  the  last  published  Re- 
port, we  extract  the  following. 

'•  During  the  year,  00  persons  have 
been  admitted  on  trial ;  16  members 
have  died,  and  5  have  removed  from 
the  island ;  58  children  and  adults 
have  been  baptized,  and  15  marriages 
celebrated.  About  70  persons  meet 
in  a  select  band,  whose  conduct  is  ex- 
emplary. Besides  public  preaching 
in  our  chapel  thrice  a  week,  ana 
twicR  or  three  times  on  estates,  I  ejh 
hor:  on  Tuesday  and  Friday  morn- 
ings at  half-past  five  o'clock,  before 
the  Sunday  scholars  assemble  to  be 
catechised  and  repeat  their  lessons  bj 
heart. 

''  All  the  sittings  in  our  chapel  are 
let.  The  congregations  continue  good, 
and  the  Lord  blesses  the  ministration 
of  his  word.  We  rejoioe  that  some 
sinners  have  been  converted  to  God. 
Many  of  those  members  v>  ho  are  now 

360 


numbered 

hope,  and 

Lord  Jesu 

Sunday 

tains  204  i 

boys;  ofM 

In  the  Bib 

Testameni 

ing  class  8 

phabet  da 

ance  on  t 

The  first 

tender  yeai 

memory  by 

the  second 

the   Bible 

met  month] 

the  proprie 

attendance 

and  to  enc< 

in  their  hui 

ertions.    Tl 

warmest  thi 

Society,  for 

Testaments 

been  sold  t( 

given  as  rew 

Major  Sclioi 

has  twice  in 

to  the  schoo 

eration  in  tl 

able  to  read 

is  able  to  ma 

tion.      The 

contains  22 

slaves. 

Total  of  s( 

Eustatius,  3$ 

ST.  JAN, 

the  Danish  1 

established  a 

1741,  thongl 

from  St.  The 

viously.    A  s 

€d  and  calle 

John  Brocke 

on  the  island 

salvation  to  l 

few  years,  t 

was,  perhaps 

to  the  popul 

mission  in  th 

*r  settlement 

Emm&us.    A 

cane   ravagee 

which  destroj 

at  Bethany. 

baptized  pers 

communicant 

stated  that  th 


8TJ 


STKI 


numbered  with  the  dead,  rejoiced  in 
hope,  and  departed  full  of  faith  in  our 
Lord  Jesus  Uhrist. 

Sunday  school.  "  This  school  con- 
tains 204  scholars ;  204  girls,  and  100 
boys ;  of  which  192  are  slave  children. 
In  the  Bible  class  there  are  46,  in  the 
Testament  class  66,  and  in  the  spell- 
ing class  83.  The  rest  are  in  the  al- 
phabet class.  The  average  attend- 
ance on  the  Sabbath  is  about  100. 
The  first  catechism  for  children  of 
tender  years,  has  been  committed  to 
memory  by  most  of  the  children ;  and 
the  second  is  used  by  the  children  of 
the  Bible  class.  The  teachers  are 
met  monthly,  in  order  to  inquire  into 
the  proprietjr  of  their  conduct,  their 
attendance  to  their  respective  classes, 
and  to  encourage  them  to  persevere 
in  their  humane  and  benevolent  ex- 
ertions. The  committee  present  their 
warmest  thanks  to  the  Antigua  Bible 
Society,  for  a  number  of  Bibles  and 
Testaments ;  some  of  which  have 
been  sold  to  the  school,  and  the  rest 
given  as  rewards,  and  also  to  Sergeant 
Major  Schonton  of  this  island,  who 
has  twice  in  the  year  made  presents 
to  the  school.  Most  of  the  rising  gen- 
eration in  this  town  will,  we  trust,  be 
able  to  read  the  word  of  God,  which 
is  able  to  make  them  wise  unto  salva- 
tion. The  Adult  Sunday  School 
contains  22  scholars,  chiefly  female 
slaves. 

Total  of  scholars  in  the  island  of  St. 
Eustatius,  326." 

ST.  JAN,  the  third  and  smallest  of 
the  Danish  West  Indies.  The  U.  B. 
established  a  mission  on  this  island  in 
1741,  though  some  of  the  converts 
from  St.  Thomas  had  .  visited  it  pre- 
viously. A  small  estate  was  purchas- 
ed and  called  Bethany,  and  in  1754, 
John  Brocker  took  up  his  residence 
on  the  island,  and  began  to  proclaim 
salvation  to  the  poor  negroes.  In  a 
few  years,  the  number  of  converts 
was,  perhaps,  greater,  in  proportion 
to  the  population  than  in  any  other 
mission  in  the  world.  In  1782,  anoth- 
er settlement  was  formed  and  named 
Emmaus.  A  most  destructive  hurri- 
cane ravaged  this  island,  in  1793, 
which  destroyed  the  mission  church 
at  Bethany.  In  1813,  the  nui^ber  of 
baptized  persons  was  1461,  and  of 
communicants,  677.  In  1828,  it  was 
stated  that  the  mission  was  flourish- 
So 


ing,  and  that  there  was  much  "di- 
vine life"  in  the  island. 

ST.  JOHN'S,  a  station  of  the  U.  B. 
in  the  town  of  the  same  name  in  An- 
tigua. It  was  commenced  in  17(H. 
In  1763,  60  adults  were  received  into 
the  church  in  one  day.  In  1823,  it 
appeared,  that  there  had  been  baptiz- 
ed and  received  into  the  congregation 
in  that  town,  16,041  negroes ;  in  the 
following  year,  408  more  were  bap* 
tized.  In  1829,  at  one  time,  48  per- 
sons, for  the  first  time  were  admitted 
to  the  sacrament  of  the  supper. 

ST.  MARTIN'S,  one  of  the  Little 
Antilles,  West  Indies.  Lat.  18°  4' 
N.,  Ion.  63°  6'  W.  One  half  this  is- 
land  belongs  to  the  French,  the  other 
to  the  Dutch.  Many  of  the  settlers 
are  of  English  origin.  The  coast  is 
indented  with. bays,  which  makes  it 
appear  larger  than  it  really  is.  The 
interior  is  mountainous.  The  annual 
profits  of  a  single  salt  marsh  amount 
to  12,000i.  The  W.  M.  S.  have  a 
mission  on  this  island.  From  the 
Report  of  1830-1,  we  gatlier  the  fol- 
" owing  particulars. 

'*  The  society  is  in  an  improving 
state  ;  a  gracious  influence  generally 
accompanies  the  preaching  of  the 
word,  and  many  during  the  year  have 
felt  it  to  be  the  power  of  God  unto 
salvation.  Death  has  thinned  our 
ranks,  and  the  enforcement  of  disci- 
pline has -removed  firom  among  ug 
those  who  walked  not  according  to 
the  gospel  of  Chript.  But  these  va- 
cancies have  been  filled  up  by  those 
who  seem  anxious  to  '  flee  from  the 
wrath  to  come.'  Several  who  have 
departed  this  life,  have  triumphed  in 
their  last  hours.  We  have  much 
pleasure  in  stating  that  almost  all  the 
estates  in  the  Dutch  division  of  the 
island  are  free  of  access,  and  some  of 
the  proprietors  have  manifested  con- 
erable  anxiety  for  the  religious  in- 
struction of  their  slaves. 

"  The  chapel  in  Cole  Bay  is  well 
attended.  The  number  in  society  is  : 
slaves,  386;  free  colored  and  black, 
60  ;  whites,  23 :— Total,  469." 

Sunday  tchool.  "  The  teachers  are 
pious,  diligent,  attached  to  the  school, 
and  earnestly  labor  to  promote  the 
welfare  of  the  rising  generation,  with 
patient  persevering  love.  The  total 
number  of  scholars  is  200  :  boys,  73  ; 
girls,  127. 

361 


8tP 


STP 


."  On  three  mornings  of  the  week 
several  of  the  children  belonging  to 
the  above  school  are  instructea  in 
reading  and  spelling,  and  are  regular- 
ly catechised.  The  average  attend- 
ance on  these  occasions  is  from  40  to 
50 

Mult  male  and  female  school.  "  This 
school  consists  of  50  persons  who  are 
regularly  instructed  every  Sabbath 
aflernoon.  Many  of  them  are  able  to 
read  God's  holy  word,  and  we  rejoice 
to  be  able  to  say,  walk  according  to 
the  gospel  of  Christ. 

*'  During  the  year  several  valuable 
presents  have  been  received.  The 
Committee  tender  their  kind  acknow- 
lednrtnents  to  the  Hon.  G.  lUidge  "or 
12  bpeliing-books  for  the  use  of  the 
school,  also  for  GOrds.  kindly  given  to 
purchase  books  for  the  use  of  the 
school,  and  to  form  a  library  for  the 
benefit  of  the  teachers  and  elder  scho- 
lars. 

"  Total  in  the  island  of  St.  Martin's, 
including  50  adults,  250." 

ST.  PETERSBURG,  capital  of  the 
Russian  empire,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Neva,  at  the  eastern  extremity  of  the 
Gulf  of  Finland,  59°  56'  N.  lat.,  29° 
48'  E.  Ion.,  485  m.  N.  W.  of  Moscow, 
and  about  1400  N.  E.  of  Paris.  For 
beauty  and  splendor,  it  surpasses  ev- 
ery other  city  in  Europe.  The  pop., 
which,  in  1818,  was  313,000,  amount- 
ed, in  1828,  including  the  garrison, 
to  422,106.  The  city  was  founded  by 
Peter  the  Great  in  1703.  A  marble 
church,  (called  Isaac's  church,)  cost 
26,500,000  roubles.  There  are  11 
public  libraries,  the  most  important  of 
which— the  impeiial— contains  300,000 
volumes,  and  12,000  MSS.  More  than 
1100  vessels  from  Europe  and  Ameri- 
ca arrive  yearly*  There  are  1 15  places 
of  worship  for  the  established  church 
—the  Greek — and  33  for  other  com- 
munions. 

The  L.  M.  S.  have,  for  several  years, 
employed  a  missionary  in  this  capital 
— Rev.  Richard  Knill — formerly  a 
missionary  in  India.  Mr.  Knill  has 
labored  with  energy  and  judgment, 
and  through  the  blessing  of  God,  with 
much  success.  We  quote  a  few  par- 
a^aphs  from  hb  recent  letters  to 
firiends  in  the  United  States.  Mr. 
Ropes  referred  to  in  one  of  the  letters 
is  an  American  merchant  in  St.  Pe- 
tersburg. 


St.  Peteraburg,  Jan.  31, 1832. 
"  Very  soon  afler  you  left  us,  it 
pleased  God  to  permit  us  to  com- 
mence preaching  at  Okta, — about  40 
attended,  and  with  a  seriousness  tliat 
is  truly  delightful.  I  think  two  of 
them  are  deeply  convicted  of  sin — 
perhaps  more.  This  has  opened  the 
way  for  tlie  distribution  of  more  than 
100  Rubs  Testaments,  and  about  1000 
tracts.  Last  Sabbath,  a  Sunday  school 
was  opened  with  20  scholars  among 
the  English.  This  is  the  seed  time, 
and  v\  e  labor  in  hope.  One  evening 
there  was  a  man  from  Alexandrosky 
at  the  preaching  in  Okta,  and  aflcr 
service,  I  proposed  to  him  to  inquire 
if  it  would  be  agreeable  to  have  a 
similar  service  at  Alexandrosky.  This 
has  been  blessed  so  far,  that  we  have 
had  several  meetings  for  preaching  at 

Mr.  B 's ;  and  the  general  told 

me,  a  few  evenings  ago,  tliat  there 
will  be  a  room  for  us  in  a  little  time, 
as  soon  as  he  can  get  it  ready.  20 
persons  were  present  last  week.  We 
have  also  commenced  preaching  at 
Zarskolelo.  12  English  attended,  and 
I  hope  next  Friday  we  shall  have 
more.  These  things  open  many  ways 
for  distributing  English,  French,  and 
German  Tracts,  which  we  ought  to 
expect  will  be  biased  here,  as  they 
are  in  America,  and  Britain,  and  else- 
where. All  your  beautiful  American 
tracts  are  gone,  and  they  are  gone  to 
every  part  of  the  empire,  where  there 
are  English  people. 

"  1  have  had  very  affecting  and  in- 
teresting work  with  two  sets  of  ship- 
wrecked sailors,  concerning  whom  I 
wrote  a  tract  called  "  'The  Ship- 
wreck," and  sent  it  to  the  Sailor's 
Magazine.  By  the  captain  of  the 
Vigilant,  a  godly  man,  I  ..ent  a  letter 
to  Rev.  Thomas  Lewis,  for  you,  if 
you  were  not  gone  from  London.  It 
contained  a  piece  called  '*  The  whole 
family  in  heaven."  But  as  you  had 
lefl  London,  long  before  the  ship- 
wrecked captain  could  reach  England, 
I  suppose  Mr.  Lewis  wUl  keep  it. 

"  The  Dorcas  Society  has  gone  on 
very  prosperously.  The  governor 
general  sent  a  thousand  roubles,  in 
answer  to  a  letter  sent  by  dear  Mr. 

P and  my  wife.    More  than 

600  persons  have  been  assisted,  and  I 
assure  you,  beloved  friend,  that  we 
consider  it  no  small  honor  which  God 

362 


is  thus  p 
little  con 
have  sue 
by  the  ru 
"I  thi 
committe 
cheered 
have  tol( 
Mr.  H- 
answered 
five  poun 
of  the  C 
present,  g 
edition 
Russ.    T 
ward, 
reward  hi 
ua,  that  ]V 
volumes  ( 

fress,  and 
rophecy 
guage.  1 
ately  to  R 
fifty  volun 
French,  an 
boxes  full 
kind, — alsc 
ments,  and 
the  first  sh 

*•'  A  lette 
to  a  pious 
formerly  tl 
Madras,  lu 
pounds  for 
that  a  nati^ 
ported  by  h 
the  fortieth 
I  have  ob 
pounds  per 
ever  I  was 
him. 

'*  You  wi 
count  that 
have  circu 
Tracts  in 
Swedish,  F 
printing  ha 
beyond  wh: 
should  ha^ 
opening  d 
raising  up  i 
us  and  si 
What  shall 
all  these  m 
and  a  half  c 
this  year,  ai 
ments  for  n 
and  also  foi 
It  is  delight 
Providence 


IP 


,rt 


STP 


STP 


is  thus  pleased  to  put  upon  us,  that  a 
little  congregation  of  strangers,  should 
have  such  confidence  placed  in  them 
by  the  rulers  and  others. 

''  I  think  your  visit  to  the  tract 
committee  in  London,  has  greatly 
cheered  them.  I  supposed  they  would 
have  told  you  that  the  letter  which 

Mr.  H took  to  them  had  been 

answered.  The  society  gave  twenty- 
five  pounds,  and  a  pious  clergyman, 
of  the  Church  of  England,  who  was 
present,  gave  fifty  pounds,  towards  an 
edition  of  Baxter's  Saint's  Rest,  in 
Russ.  The  translation  is  going  for- 
ward. This  was  noble.  The  Lord 
reward  him.  Another  letter  informs 
us,  that  Mr.  Gurney  has  ordered  fifty 


volumes  of  Bunyan'n  Pilgrim's  Pro 

fress,  and  one  hundred  of  Keith  on 
rophecy  for  us,  in  the  French  lan- 
guage. This  made  us  write  immedi- 
ately to  Rev.  Mark  Wilks,  Paris,  for 
fifty  volumes  of  the  Saint's  Rest  in 
French,  and  a  large  supply,  say  two 
boxes  full  of  French  tracts  of  the  best 
kind, — also,  two  hundred  New  Testa- 
ments, and  fifty  Bibles,  to  be  sent  by 
the  first  ships  this  spring. 

*•'  A  letter  which  Mr.  E took 

to  a  pious  gentleman  in  Scotland, 
formerly  the  governor's  secretary  at 
Madras,  has  been  answeied  with  ten 
pounds  for  Testaments,  and  a  promise 
that  a  native  preacher  shall  be  sup- 
ported by  him  in  India.  This  is  about 
the  fortieth  native  preacher  for  which 
I  have  obtained  support,  i.  e.  ten 
pounds  per  annum.  I  bless  God  that 
ever  I  was  able  to  speak  and  write  for 
him. 

"  You  will  be  thankful  on  our  ac- 
count that  during  the  past  year  we 
have  circulated  a  great  number  of 
Tracts  in  Russ,  German,  Finnish, 
Swedish,  French,  and  English.  Our 
printing  has  also  gone  forward  much 
beyond  what  a  year  or  two  since  we 
should  have  anticipated.  God  is 
opening  doors — providing  funds — 
raising  up  instruments — going  before 
us  and  saying — onward,  onward ! 
What  shall  we  render  unto  Him  for 
all  these  mercies  !  Nearly  a  million 
and  a  half  of  pages  have  been  printed 
this  year,  and  we  are  making  arrange- 
ments for  reprinting  severa'  old  tracts 
and  also  for  printing  a  fe"  new  ones. 
It  is  delightful  to  mark  the  finger  of 
1*1:071461(06  difeqting  ua  to  good  trans 


lators,  who  are  both  able  and  wiHing 
for  the  work. 

"  After  I  received  your  munificent 
gift,  I  proposed  to  some  of  my  friends 
to  take  a  part  with  me  in  tiie  arranse- 
ments  of  the  tract  work.  Some  ao^ 
nations  were  also  received  from  Eng- 
land just  about  the  same  time,  from 
which  I  felt  that  the  responsibility 
was  too  great  for  me.  I  trust  great 
good  will  result  from  this  arrange- 
ment. We  have  been  favored  with 
Mr.  Ropes's  assistance  and  direction 
— the  fruit  of  many  years'  experience, 
and  this  will  be  of  no  small  advan- 
tage to  us  in  our  future  operations.  I 
speak  of  "  future  operations,"  for  I 
believe  we  are  only  at  the  commence- 
ment of  our  work — and  I  beg  you, 
dear  friends,  to  consider  it  m  the 
same  light,  and  to  favor  us  with  your 
counsels  and  your  prayers  and  your 
pecuniary  aid.  O  let  us  never  lose 
sight  of  this  consideration — that  one 
tract  may  save  a  soul ! 

"  In  a  box  which  I  have  lately  sent 
to  the  American  Bible  Society  there 
are  several  hundred  Russian  tracts 
intended  for  you,  100  Dairyman's 
Daughter,  100  Young  Cottager,  50 
Shepherd  of  Salsbury  Plain,  &c.  &c. 
marked  and  numbered, — which  I  hope 
the  Directors  of  the  Bible  Society  will 
forward  to  you.  I  would  not  have 
put  them  in  this  box,  but  to  save  ex- 
pense. We  send  you  tracts  for  the 
same  reason  that  we  send  Testaments 
to  the  Bible  Society,  that  is  to  say — 
that  you  might  supply  your  ships 
which  trade  to  Kamschatka  and  other 
Russian  ports — and  also  supply  your 
missionaries  at  the  Sandwich  Islands, 
that  they  may  have  to  give  to  Russian 
sailors  who  touch  at  that  station.  I 
hope  you  will  find  them  useful. 

"  I  have  just  passed  through  my 
wife's  room,  where  she  is  sitting  with 
two  Russian  women  and  a  Russian 
man,  reading  the  Scriptures.  They 
have  each  their  New  Testament,  and 
seem  wrapt  up  in  the  sacred  subject. 
The  sight  would  have  made  you  leap 
for  joy  !  One  of  the  women  has  be- 
come pious  in  our  house — and  a  truly 
zealous  Christian  she  is.  The  other 
girl  has  learned  two  things  in  our 
house  ;  first,  that  she  had  a  soul,  sec- 
ond, to  read  fluently.  The  man  is  an 
interesting  scholar,  and  I  hope  he  is 
pious.    O  what  a  privilege  this  is ! 

363 


i<Ki:V 


Mi 

■  ■  f "t 


STT 


SUL 


what  a  blesaing  may  these  people  be- 
eome  !  Indeeu,  I  believe  £rena  (the 
pious  girl,)  has  been  a  great  blessing 
already.  She  has  circulated,  I  sup- 
pose, a  thousand  tracts  or  nio<re  ; — and 
m  order  to  procure  New  Testaments 
for  her  relations  at  a  distance,  she  has 
oflen  left  herself  moneyless.  She  is 
the  person  mentioned  in  a  paper  en> 
titled  "A  projitahle  visit,''  which  Mr. 
Hopes  brings  witli  him,  and  which  I 
trust  you  will  feel  inclined  to  print  as 
one  of  your  narrative  tracts.  Our 
dear  friend  takes  with  him  some  otlier 
papers,  which  he  will  show  you,  and 
it  would  delight  me  very  much  to 
know  that  they  were  circulating  un- 
der your  auspices  in  America.  It 
might,  through  the  tender  mercy  of 
our  God  be  blessed  in  the  land  of  the 
Pilgrims.  One  I  have  just  now  fin- 
ished, "  A  traveller  arrived  at  the  end 
of  her  journey" — will,  I  trust,  inter- 
est you  ',  there  are  no  exaggerations 
in  it;  but  the  half  has  not  been  told. 
Mr.  Ropes  knows  many  particulars 
in  that  history  which  I  have  not  in- 
troducd." 

ST.  THOMAS,  AND  ST.  VIN- 
CENT, see  THOMAS  ST.  and 
VINCENT  ST. 

STEINKOPFF,  visited  as  an  out- 
station  from  Komaggaj,  on  the 
frostier  of  Little  r^amaqualand, 
South  Africa,  within  the  colony,  a- 
bout  22  days'  journey  from  the  Cape. 
Commenced  in  1817.  Communicants, 
42. 

STEWART'S  TOWN,  a  station 
of  the  B.  M.  S.  in  Jamaca,  18  m.  from 
Kingston,  58  communicants,  716  in- 
quirers. 

SULICEA,  a  large  village,  in  Hin- 
doostan,  0  m.  from  Barripore.  The 
Serampore  missionary,  who  resides  at 
Barripore,  occasionally  labors  in  Su  - 
Kea.  The  native  teacher.  Ram  Kis- 
hora,  was  lately  murdered  on  account 
of  his  religion.  Of  the  melancholy 
story,  we  quote  a  few  particulars. 

"  The  Serampore  Missionaries  were 
induced,  a  few  months  since,  to  send 
a  Missionary  to  reside  in  Barripore, 
and  labor  in  that  part  of  the  district 
referred  to,  nearest  to  that  town,  which 
was  still  unoccupied  by  any  others. 
In  Sulkea,  a  large  village,  about  six 
miles  distant  from  Barripore,  nearly 
thirty  persons  had  professed  a  regard 
for  the  Gospel,  and  thrown  off  the 


bondage  of  caste :  it  therefore  became 
the  central  point  of  the  Missionary's 
labors ;  and  here  it  was  proposed  to 
erect  a  convenient  hut,  to  serve  the 
double  purpose  of  a  Chapel  and  a 
School-Room.  A  Native  Christian, 
named  Ram-Kishora,  was  sent  to  re- 
side in  Sulkea ;  to  assist  the  Mission- 
ary, and  conduct  Religious  Worship 
during  his  absence.  He  was  a  man 
upwards  of  fifty  years  of  age,  and  a 
Christian  of  long  standing  :  he  was 
not  remarkable  fur  any  superior  abili- 
ty, but  possessed  a  meek  and  gentle 
disposition — seemed  always  pleased  to 
have  an  opportunity  of  speaking  of 
the  gospel — and,  in  familiar  conver- 
sation especially,  was  able  to  turn  his 
long  acquaintance  with  the  Scriptures 
to  good  account.  He  soon  gained  the 
afiections  of  the  new  converts,  and 
was  among  them  as  a  father  :  he  held 
meetings  for  divine  worship  with 
them  constantly,  at  which  many  of  the 
other  villagers  likewise  attended ;  and 
the  spirit  of  honest  inquiry  appeared 
to  be  rapidly  extending.  But  what 
gained  him  the  affection  of  some,  ex- 
cited toward  him  the  bitterest  enmity 
of  others ;  and  he  has  fallen  a  victim 
to  their  rage. 

"He  spent  Sunday,  the  13th  of 
September,  at  Sulkea,  and  conducted 
Divine  Worship  twice  in  the  presence 
of  many  of  the  villagers,  who  remain- 
ed for  hours  in  conversation  respect- 
ing what  they  had  heard.  On  the 
Monday  following  he  went  to  Garda, 
a  small  village  but  a  short  distance  off^ 
where  one  of  tlie  new  converts  re- 
sides, apart  from  the  rest.  At  the 
house  of  this  man  he  spent  the  day  % 
and  some  of  the  other  converts  having 
called,  they  had  worship  together  just 
before  sun-set.  After  this,  they  two 
were  left  alone ;  and  they  retired  to 
rest,  in  the  same  hut,  at  the  usual 
hour.  A  little  after  midnight  they 
wished  to  smoke ;  and  Chand,  the 
masteroftlie  house,  taking  his  hookah, 
went  to  his  brother's  (not  a  convert) 
on  the  other  side  of  the  road,  and, 
having  obtained  a  light,  sat  smoking 
for  some  time.  He  then  went  to  give 
the  hookah  to  Ram-Kishora ;  but  in- 
stantly ran  back,  calling  to  his  broth- 
er, "  Here  are  so,  and  so,"  naming  a 
number  of  persons, "  with  many  more» 
come  to  my  house,  and  they  are  mur> 
dering  the  Padree  Sahib's  Dewan/'* 

364 


He  went  av 

rose,  and,  ^ 

foad  severii 

Chand  had 

moonlight  ; 

them,  they 

with  wliicli 

called  up  at 

the  same   { 

with  him  t 

canoes,  full 

also  a  nuiiib( 

toward  Sulk 

they    imtne 

selves  in   tl 

light.     In  tl 

gone  round 

premises,  an 

of  the   piirtj 

Chand.?  Mu 

And  there  h 

the  poor  old 

faint  cries  f 

blows,  in  th( 

where   he   \ 

through  a  ta 

the  rice  field 

ed;   and  ra 

miles,  wher 

murder.     As 

certained  tli 

the  murder, 

purpose,      h 

about  8unris( 

went  with  hi 

They  found 

less  and  coh 

great  gash, 

stroke  of  a 

been  pierced 

doubt,  had 

was  much  bl 

"It  is  gr 

during  the  v 

village,  the 

had  been  in  i 

It  has  been 

temper  was 

had  certainl)! 

dice  the  inl 

last  time  he 

ary  under  v 

placed,  he  se 

and  observed 

sheep  among 

appeared." 

SUMATR 

dian  Ocean, 

Sunda  Islanc 

«nd  from  150 

3g» 


SIM 


«UR 


je» 


s  became 
sionary's 
)posed  to 
serve  the 
;!  and  a 
/hristian, 
nt  to  re- 
Mission- 
Worship 
OS  a  man 
and  a 

he  was 
rior  abili- 
id  gentle 
pleased  to 
mking  of 
r  conver- 
)  turn  his 
Scriptures 
ained  the 
rerts,  and 
:  he  held 
lip  with 
my  of  tlie 
ided ;  and 
appeared 
But  what 
some,  ex- 
ist enmity 

a  victim 

13th  of 
;onducted 
presence 
o  remain- 
a  respect- 
On  the 
to  Garda, 
stance  off, 
iverts  re- 
At  the 
the  day ; 
rts  having 
ether  just 
tliey  two 
retired  to 
the  usual 
ight  they 
land,  the 
s hookah, 
convert) 
oad,  and, 
:  smoking 
nt  to  give 
;  butin- 
his  broth- 
naming  a 
any  niore> 
'  are  mur^ 
Dewaa."* 

1364 


3. 


He  went  away  again  :  and  liis  brother 
rose,  and,  going  o'  t,  saw  upon  the 
road  several  of  the  persons  whom 
Chand  had  mentioned,  for  it  was  clear 
moonlight  ;  und  on  his  calling  to 
them,  they  chased  him  with  clubs, 
with  which  tliey  were  all  armed.  He 
called  up  another  man,  who  lived  on 
the  same  piei'Mses ;  and,  returning 
with  him  to  the  road,  they  saw  two 
canoes,  full  of  men,  making  off,  and 
also  a  nuiiiber  of  other  persons,  going 
toward  Sulkea  on  foot.  Through  fear, 
they  immediately  concealed  them- 
selves in  their  own  house  till  day- 
light. In  the  mean  time,  Chand  had 
gone  round  to  the  back  of  his  own 
premises,  and  there  heard  the  leaders 
of  the  party  calling  out,  *'  Where  is 
Chand  .'*  Murder  him  !  murder  him  !" 
And  there  he  witnessed  the  murder  of 
the  poor  old  man,  who,  after  a  few 
faint  cries  for  help,  fell  under  their 
blows,  in  the  little  yard  of  the  house 
where  he  had  slept.  Chand  swam 
through  a  tank,  and  made  off  through 
the  rice  field.s,  without  being  observ- 
ed; and  ran  to  Bankipore,  several 
miles,  where  he  gave  notice  of  the 
murder.  As  he  had  not  exactly  as- 
certained the  actual  perpetration  of 
the  murder,  he  was  sent  back  for  this 
purpose.  He  reached  Garda  again 
about  sunrise  on  Tuesday,  and  then 
went  with  his  brother  to  the  fatal  spot. 
They  found  the  body  perfectly  life- 
less and  cold  :  on  the  forehead  was  a 
great  gash,  evidently  made  by  the 
stroke  of  a  club,  and  the  neck  had 
been  pierced  by  a  spear.  Death,  no 
doubt,  had  followed  instantly  :  there 
was  much  blood  upon  the  ground. 

"  It  is  gratifying  to  know,  that, 
during  the  whole  of  his  stay  in  the 
village,  the  conduct  of  the  deceased 
had  been  in  every  respect  blameless. 
It  has  been  already  stated,  that  his 
temper  was  mild  and  gentle,  and  he 
had  certainly  done  nothing  to  preju- 
dice the  interests  of  any  one.  The 
last  time  he  parted  from  tlie  Mission- 
ary under  whose  direction  he  was 
placed,  he  seemed  much  depressed ; 
and  observed,  "  I  am  going,  Sir,  as  a 
sheep  among  wolves ; '  and  so  it  has 
appeared." 

SUMATRA,  an  island  in  the  In- 
dian Ocean,  the  most  western  of  the 
Sunda  Islands.  It  is  950  m.  long, 
nni  from  150  to  200  broad ;  separated 

2q* 


from   Malacca  by  the  strait  of  that 
name,  and  from  .lava  by  the  Strait  of 
Sunda.     The  equator  divides  it  into 
almost  equal  parts  ;  the  one  extrem- 
ity being  in  5"  35'  N.,  and  the  other 
in  5'^  50'   S.  lat. ;  and  Acheen  Head, 
the  N.  extremity,  is  in  long.  95^  34' 
E.  A  chain  of  mountains  runs  through 
its  whole  extent ;  the  ranges,  in  many 
parts,  being  double   and  treble,  and 
among  them  were    many   volcanos : 
Mount  Ophir,  situate    nearly   under 
the  equator,  is  about  the  height  of 
the   Peak  of  Teneritfe.     The  inhab- 
itants consist  of  Malays,  Achenese, 
Bat'^s,  Lampongs,  and  Rejangs  ;  the 
latter  are  taken  as  a  standard  of  de- 
scription, with  respect  to  the  person, 
manners,  and  customs,  of  the  Suma- 
trans.      They  are   rather  below  the 
middle  stature ;    their  limbs,  for  the 
most  part,  slight,  but  well  shaped, 
and  particularly  small  at  the  wri'rts 
and  ancles :  their  hair  is  strong,  and 
of  a  shining  black.      The   men  are 
beardless;    ^reat  pains  being   taken 
to   render   them  so,   when  boys,  by 
rubbing   their  chins   with   a  kind  of 
quick  lime.      Their    complexion    is 
properly    yellow,    wanting    the  red 
tinge  that  constitutes  a  copper  or  taw- 
ny color  ;  those  of  the  superior  class, 
who  are  not  exposed   to  the  rays  of 
the  sun,  and  particularly  the  women 
of  rank,  approaching  to  a  degree  of 
fairness :  but  the  major  part  of  the 
females  are  destitute  of  beauty.     A 
man  may  purchase  as  many  wives  as 
he  may  wish  to  have  ;  but  their  num- 
ber seldom  exceeds  8.      The  original 
natives  are  pagans ;   but   when  the 
Sumatrans,  or  any  of  the  natives  of 
the  eastern  islands,  learn  to  read  the 
Arabic  chatacter,  and  submit  to  cir- 
cumcision, they  are  said  to  become 
Malays,— the  term  Malay  being  un- 
derstood to  mean  Mooselmin.    Suma- 
tra is  divided  into  many  petty  king- 
doms, the  chief  of  which  are  Acheen, 
Indrapore,    Palenbang,    and    Jambi. 
The  English  have  two  factories  on 
this   island — Fort    Marlborough   and 
Bencoolen.     The  B.  M.  S.  have  a  mis- 
sion in  Sumatra.     Sec  Padang. 
SAPRAMANIGAPOORAM,apop- 
ulous  village  in  the  Tinnevelly  dis- 
trict, Southern  India,  where  thete  is 
a  church  of  Syrian  Christians. 

SURAT,  a  city  of  Hindoostan,  in 
GtKnuratt,  with  a  strong  citadel,  mX 

365 


■m 


SUR 


SUR 


uated  on  the  lefl  bank  of  the  Tuptec, 
«bout  20  in.  from  its  mouth.  It  is  one 
of  the  moBt  ancient  cities  of  IlindnoR- 
tan ;  tiie  outer  wuU  ia  7  in.  in  circuit, 
with  12  gates,  and  irregular  towers  be- 
tween each.  The  streets  are  dirty, 
narrow,  and  irregular ;  the  houses 
generally  lofty  ;  and  the  inhabitants 
csUmated  at  ()m),000.  The  public 
buildings  are  few  and  mean,  and  the 
nabob's  palace  is  contemptible.  The 
mosques  and  minarets  are  small,  and 
the  Hindoo  edifices  equally  insignifi- 
cant. A  great  portion  of  the  trade 
of  Surat  has  been  transferred  to  Bom- 
bay, but  yet  it  is  considerable.  It  is 
tho  emporium  of  the  most  precious 
productions  of  Hindoostan ;  for  hither 
are  brought  from  the  interior  an  im- 
mense quantity  of  goods,  which  the 
merchants  export  to  the  Red  Sea,  the 
Persian  Gulf,  the  coasts  of  Malabar, 
the  Coroniandel,  and  even  to  China. 
Here  are  many  Mohammedans,  Gen- 
toos,  Jews,  and  Christians,  of  various 
denominations.  TheMohammednns  at 
Surat  are  not,  by  far,  so  strict  as  they 
are  in  Arabia,  or  in  other  Turkisn 
countries ,  nor  are  the  distinctions  of 
tribes  among  the  Hindoos  who  reside 
here  strictly  observed.  The  Hindoos 
are  almost  all  of  the  caste  of  the  brah- 
min8;  and  their  skill  and  dexterity  in 
matters  of  calculation  and  economy 
often  raise  them  to  places  of  consider- 
able trust.  The  country  round  Surat 
is  fertile,  except  toward  the  sea,  where 
it  is  sandy  and  barren.  Before  the 
English  East  India  Company  obtained 
possession  of  Bombay,  the  presidency 
of  the  affairs  on  the  coast  of  Mala- 
bar was  at  Surat ;  and  they  had  a  fac- 
tory here,  afler  the  presidency  was 
transferred  to  Bombay.  In  1800,  a 
treaty  was  concluded  with  the  nabob 
of  Surat,  by  which  the  management 
of  the  city  and  district  was  vested  in 


Mahrattas  were  compelled  to  aban 
don  all  their  vexatious  claims  on  this 
city,  and  the  British  authority  in  this 
place  became  supreme.  Surat  is  158 
m.  N.  of  Bombay.  E.  Ion.  73°  7'  N. 
lat.  21°  12'. 

C  C.  Aratoon,  a  converted  Arme- 
nian connected  with  the  B.  M.  S., 
{»roceeded  to  this  city  in  1812,  and 
abored  in  it  and  the  adjoining  coun- 
try for  about  9  years,  preaching  and 
distributing  tracts  and  portions  of  the 


Scriptures  in  several  langunges.  He 
afterwards  I emoved  to  Calcutta.  The 
Rev.  Messrs.  Skinner  and  W.  Fyvio, 
ot'the  L.  M.  S., commenced  a  mission 
heie  in  1815,  and  were  usefully  em- 
ployed among  the  soldiers  and  natives 
in  the  city  and  neighboring  villageK, 
and  in  translating  Uie  Scriptures  into 
Goojuratt.  Mr.  Skinner  died  Oct. 
30,  1821,  the  same  day  on  which  Mr. 
A.  Fyvie  sailed  from  Gravesend  to 
join  the  mission. 

Alexander  Fyvie  is  now  (1832) 
missionary  at  Surat.  T.  Salmon, 
printer.  The  following  is  the  latest 
intelligence  which  we  nave  received. 
"  In  what  manner  the  gospel  in 
brought  to  the  ears  of  the  natives  will 
appear  from  the  following  statement 
by  the  missionaries :  •  We  endeavor 
to  have  our  school  rooms  in  situations 
the  most  favorable  for  obtainiiit;  "^ 
congre^jition  to  hear  the  gospel.  One 
is  situated  about  a  quarter-of-a-mile 
from  the  mission  house,  in  one  of  the 
principal  thoroughfares  of  the  city  : 
here  we  can  obtain  a  congregation 
every  evening.  Passing  on,  about  a 
quarter-of-a-mile  ii.  another  direction, 
we  have  a  large  school  house,  in 
which,  also,  being  in  the  street,  and 
in  a  prosperous  neighborhood,  we 
often  collect  a  large  congregation. 
About  a  quartei-c  f-a-mile  from  this 
place,  in  another  direction,  we  have  a 
third,  in  one  of  the  principal  streets 
in  the  city  :  here  we  can  obtain  a 
large  congregation  at  any  hour  of  the 
day.  About  half-a-mile  farther,  in 
another  direction,  we  have  a  fourth, 
where  we  have  worship  every  Wednes- 
day evening  and  on  Sunday  after- 
noons. In  another  public  street  we 
have  a  fifth,  which  is  advantageously 
situated  for  a  school  and  congrega- 
tion.' The  directors  add:. 'An  in- 
creasing number  hear  the  word  with 


the  British.     By  a  treaty  in  1803,  the  m\)ph  attention,  and  appear  to  grow 


in  divine  knowled'  and  to  see  iriore 
of  the  folly  of  idol.  ,  ,in  all  its  parts, 
and  the  suitableness  of  the  gospel 
scheme  of  salvation.'  Besides  some 
distant  journeys,  visits  were  paid, 
during  the  year  1830,  to  places  round 
the  city  where  native  Ascetics  reside : 
of  these  it  is  said,  <  They  generally 
cannot  read — ore  extremely  ignorant 
— remarkably  superstitious — five  br 
idolatry — are  most  of  ihem  immoru, 
and,  when  provoked  or  offended,  ex* 


SUR 

cood'mgly  nbusive  and  resentful :  they 
are  also  selt-rijrhtoous  nnd  self-impor- 
tant in  the  higiiest  degree.  Multi- 
tudes of  lazy,  indolent  people  resort 
to  them,  who  spend  their  time  in 
lounffing — talking  over  the  news  of 
the  day  and  the  scandal  of  the  neigh- 
borhood— gambling— drinking — smok- 
ing— and  qujirreling.  Tiiese  are  the 
fruits  of  idolatry.  A  missionary  must 
endeavor  to  be  faithful  to  siuh  pfoplc  ; 
and  to  manifest  a  spirit  of  patience, 
love,  nnd  compassion."  The  boys' 
schools  continue  to  prosper  :  they  are 
supported  by  local  means.  'I'here 
were  printed,  in  the  year,  28,000 
tracts,  1(»00  Book  of  Prayer,  nnd  4000 
gospel  of  St.  Matthew  :  the  annual 
demand  is  stated  to  be  20,000  copies 
of  tracts.  The  Book  of  Hymns,  by 
Mr.  Bowley  of  Chunar,  has  been 
translated  into  Goozerattee  by  Mr. 
W.  Fyvie,  now  stationed  at  Kaira  : 
he  was  about  to  print  as  tracts  30 
lectures  on  the  sermon  on  the  Mount, 
and  has  translated  various  tracts  from 
Mahratta  into  Goozerattee." 

SURINAM, a  Dutch  settlement  in 
Guiana,  South  America,  frequently 
called  Dutch  Guiana.  It  is  watered 
by  the  river  Surinam.  Paramaribo,  the 
capital,  is  a  pleasant  town.  If  we  in- 
clude the  military  establishments,  the 
number  of  Europeans,  or  whites  in 
Surinam  may  amount  to  10,000  ;  the 
greater  part  of  them  reside  in  the 
eapital.  The  number  of  Africans  is 
about  80,000.  The  value  of  the  ex- 
ports is  calculated  at  £1,000,000. 
"  Those  that  have  visited  Holland," 
■ays  Malte  Brun,  "  and  Lower  Hol- 
■tein,  may  form  an  imperfect  notion 
trf'the  Dutch  and  British  settlements 
in  Guiana  ;  a  vast  plain  covered  with 
plantations,  or  enamelled  with  a  rich 
verdure,  bounded  on  one  side  by  a 
dark  ridge  of  impenetrable  forests, 
and  watered  on  the  other  by  the  azure 
billows  of  the  ocean."     Before   the 

J  ear  1776,  Christopher  Kersten,  a 
loravian,  and  a  few  of  his  friends, 
who  were  engaged  in  business  in 
Paramaribo,  embraced  every  oppor- 
tunity of  commnnicating  instruction 
to  the  negroes,  u  hom  they  hired  as 
journeymen.  In  1776,  several  indi- 
viduals were  baptized,  and  on  the 
■ubsequent  arrival  of  two  assistant 
misBionaries,  a  church  was  erected. 
At  the  close  of  the  year  1779  the  con- 


SYR 

gregation  consisted  of  more  than  100 
persons.  During  the  war,  which  oc- 
curred ln-tween  Great  Britain  and 
Holland,  in  the  latter  part  of  the  last 
century,  the  misHionnrieH  at  Paramar- 
ibo were  placed  in  a  very  precarious 
situation,  as  all  communication,  both 
with  Europe  and  North  America,  was 
suspended  for  many  months.  In  1800, 
Ho  baptized  negroes  belonged  to  their 
congregation,  besides  a  considerable 
number  ;f  catechiiinenH.  On  the 
4th  of  July,  1827, 50  years  had  elapsed 
since  the  first  fruits  of  the  brethren's 
labors  in  Paramaribo.  The  day  was 
observed  with  much  solemnity  by  a 
large  congregation.  In  this  time,  the 
brethren  nau  baptized  2,477  persons. 
In  1830,  the  number  of  laborers,  male 
and  female,  in  Surinam,  connected 
with  the  brethren's  missions,  was  14, 
with 2723  converts.  [See  Paramaribo.] 

SWAN  RIVER,  a  British  settle- 
ment,  on  the  western  coast  of  New 
Holland,  formed  in  ie2<>.  The  L.  R. 
T.  S.  have  forwarded  7!)00  publica- 
tions to  emigrants  proceeding  to  that 
settlement. 

SYRA,  an  island  in  the  Grecian 
Archipelago,  one  of  the  Cyclades.  It 
is  moist  and  cold,  but  fertile  in  grain. 
The  following  account  of  the  rise  of 
the  proceedings  of  the  C.  J^j.  S.  at 
Syra,  will  be  read  with  interest. 

"  Dr.  Korck  first  visited  Syra  in 
the  beginning  of  1828.  A  school  had 
just  been  established  there  by  the 
Rev.  Josiah  Brewer,  a  missionary 
from  *  the  American  Board  of  Com- 
missioners of  Foreign  Missionaries.' 
Of  this  school  Dr.  Korck  took  charge; 
and,  with  the  sanction  of  Count  Capo 
d'Istria,the  presidentof  the  new  Greek 
state,  considerably  enlarged  it.  In 
August,  1828,  the  number  of  scholars 
amounted  to  250,  including  80  girls. 
At  the  close  of  1829  the  number  had 
risen  to  520,  of  which  170  were  girls. 
In  April  1830,  Dr.  Korck  thus  report- 
ed the  state  of  the  schools  to  the  Rer. 
W.  Jowett  :— 

"  *  Let  me  first  tell  you  that  ouf  4 
schools,  containing  now  530  children, 
are  in  very  flourishing  circumstances. 
We  had  lately  a  public  examination, 
which  was,  under  the  circumstances, 
very  favorable ;  and  caused  the  be* 
nevolent  extraordinary  commissioner, 
Mr.  Nicholas  Kallergis,  to  write  to 
me,  as  the  director  of  the  school,  a 

367 


"y.  ■.»  ■' 


l^t 


SYR 


SYR 


letter  of  thanks,  and  to  exprcHs  liis 
satisfaction,  through  me,  to  the  teach- 
era.' 

Interruption  of  the  Works  of  the  Mis- 
sionaries. 
"The  labors  of  the  missionaries 
from  this  country  and  from  the  Unit- 
ed States,  to  establish  schools  and 
to  extend  the  benefits  of  education 
among  tiie  people,  hiid  hitherto  been 
regarded  with  favorable  sentiments 
by  the  Greek  authorities.  In  De- 
cember, 18SiS),  Dr.  Korck  writes  to 
Mr.  Jowett  as  follows  : — 

"  *  For  the  encouragement  of  our 
friends,  let  me  only  remind  you  that 
the  Greek  government  has  lately 
given  me  an  important  sign  of  atten- 
tion :  they  have  allowed  me  the  choice 
of  a  Hellenic  master  here  in  my 
school,  whom  the  school  itself  pays : 
and  to-day  I  have  received  a  letter 
from  the  secretary  of  public  instruc- 
tion and  ecclesiastical  affairs,  who  tells 
me  that  he  has  orders  from  the  presi- 
dent to  thank  me  for  my  labors,  and 
to  assure  me  of  his  excellency's  satis- 
faction :  at  the  same  time,  he  wishes 
me  to  express  the  thanks  of  the  gov- 
ernment to  all  those  who  have  sup- 
ported me  in  the  establishment  of 
these  schools.  I  am  now  the  acknowl- 
edged director  of  4  schools ;  two  Hel- 
lenic, and  two  Lancnsterian ;  one  of 
each  for  girls,  and  one  for  boys ;  in 
which,  besides  me,  three  masters  and 
two  mistresses  instruct.' 

"  In  April  following,  however,  Dr. 
Korch  was  made  sensible  of  an  ap- 
approaching- attempt,  which  has  sub- 
sequently become  too  successful,  to 
introduce  into  the  schools  of  Greece 
the  symbols  and  practice  of  idolatry, 
or  image  worship.  He  writes,  under 
date  of  April  the  15th,  1830  :— 

"  '  The  two  wardens  of  the  school 
came  to  me,  to  consult  with  me,  as 
they  said,  on  the  way  to  bring  ima- 
ges into  the  school,  and  to  substitute 
a  Greek  priest  instead  of  Mr.  Hildner, 
Mr.  Peridis,  and  me,  to  explain  to 
the  children  a  catechism  instead  of 
the  Scriptures;  and  to  teach  them 
only  once  a  week,  instead  of  twice. 
They  told  me  that  they  had  got  in- 
structions of  that  kind  from  a  high 
auarter ;  and  I  learnod  afterwards  that 
liose  instructions  carrve  from  a  man 
who  has  full  authority  frjm  Count 
Capo  d'lstria,  if  not  from  the  Count 


himself.  Several  superstitious  men 
have  r.om  time  to  time  written 
to  the  government  against  us  ;  und 
the  import  of  the  letter  addressed 
to  the  wardens  was.  that  they  should 
try  to  satisfy  these  men.  You  can 
conceive  what  an  iiiiprei^sion  such  a 
communication  made  upon  me.  I 
tried,  therefore,  but  in  vain,  to  show 
thom  the  injustice  done  to  tlieir  Eng- 
lish and  American  friends,  nnd  to  tl.e 
Latin  children,  by  such  an  imposition; 
the  necessity  that  such  a.  school  must 
not  be  sectarian  ;  and  the  joy  which 
every  enlightened  •  man  had  felt  on 
seeing  the  spirit  of  liberality  with 
which,  till  now,  they  had  allowed  the 
school  to  be  conducted,  &c.  After  I 
had  refused  to  act,  In  this  instance, 
as  director  of  the  school,  they  lefl  me, 
with  the  intention  of  bringing  into 
every  school  an  image.  1  had  ex- 
pressed to  them,  that  though  I  could 
not  but  remain  a  friend  to  the  work, 
it  would  perhaps  be  impossible  forme 
to  continue  for  any  length  of  time  my 
prerent  connection  with  it ;  that  I  in- 
tended to  become  a  mediator  between 
them  and  their  supporters ;  but  that 
I  was  afraid  they  would  suffer  much 
from  this  arrangement,  and  therefore 
recommended  them  to  do  what  they 
could  to  prevent  it.  I  then  immedi- 
ately left  off  explanation ;  and  for 
several  days  did  not  go  to  the  school, 
being  prevented  by  painful  feelings 
and  other  circumstances :  but  I  show- 
ed them,  that,  as  far  as  they  could 
reasonably  expect,  I  should  be  willing 
to  co-operate  with  them  :  and  that  it 
would  never  be  my  intention  to  do 
any  thing  contrary  to  their  wishes, 
but  that  I  would  not  act  unless  I  were 
sure  of  their  satisfaction.  I  even  pro- 
posed to  them  the  best  priest  I  knew, 
to  explain.'  " 

Dr.  Korck  has  removed  to  Corfu, 
and  Mr.  Hildner  has  taken  his  place 
at  Syra ;  where  he  has  120  children 
under  his  care,  50  of  whom  form  an 
infant  school,  and  70  are  destined  for 
a  higher  school.  Mr.  H.  takes  much 
satisfaction  in  his  labors. 

SYRIA,  a  country  of  Western  Asia, 
bounded  on  th^  N.  E.  by  the  Eu- 
phrates, N,  by  Mt.  Amanus,  W.  by 
the  Mediterranean,  E.  by  the  deserts. 
It  presents  a  very  mixed  population. 
The  original  inhabitants,  amalgamat* 
ed  with  the  Greeks,  form  a  very  smal) 

368 


proportion  o 
and  militar' 
the  hands  of' 
are  settled  as 
likewise,  mar 
Arabs,  espec 
Damascas. 
are  hordes  of 
For  the  folio 
different  clasi 
are  indebted 
terly  Registei 

"  JjEWS.        J 

human  traditi 
Karaites,  adh( 
the     Old     Te 
ground  their 
alone. 

"  Christiv 

Church,  believ 

eral  Councils, 

Armenians  an 

lievers  in  the  < 

but  one   natu 

Spirit  proceed< 

yet  with  sucl 

consist,  perhaj 

rians,  olso  m 

no  communion 

Copts  and.  Myi 

tianity  corrupt 

hammed  an  ism, 

Roman  Cathol 

Abb6  Maron. 

neighborhood 

Greek  Roman 

from  the  Greel 

menian  Roman 

from  the  Arm< 

Roman  Catholl 

Mar  Gregorius 

olicSf   Europeai 

&c.     Protestai 

travellers,  miss 

"MOHAMMEI 

party  who  belie 
dreams  of  Moh? 
reject  them.  T 
subsists  betwet 
first  believe  in, 
legitimacy  of  th 

"Druses.  T1 
They  call  ihems 
ship  the  Caliph 

"Ansari.     JV 
transmigration, 
of  the  Deity,  &( 

**ISHMAEUTE 

reside  between  , 
"Yesioeens. 


SYR 


SYR 


IS  mpn 
written 
8 ;  und 
dreBbfd 

should 

ou  cftn 
I  such  a 
me.  1 
to  show 
'ir  Eng- 
d  to  tl.e 
tositioii ; 
}()1  must 
r  which 

felt  on 
ty  with 
wed  the 

Atter  I 
nstance, 

left  nie, 
ing  into 

had  ex- 
\  I  could 
he  work, 
le  fop  me 
'  time  my 
:hat  I  in- 
between 

but  that 
fer  much 
therefore 

hat  they 

immedi- 

and  for 
school, 
eelings 
I  show- 
could 
willing 
that  it 
to  do 
wishes, 

ss  I  were 

(ven  pro- 
I  knew, 

Corfu, 
his  place 
children 
form  an 
Lined  for 
es  much 

;rn  Asia, 
the  Eu- 
.,  W.  bj 
deserts, 
mlation. 
ilgamat- 
ry  small 

63 


?y 


an 


proportion  of  the  whole.  All  civil 
and  militurv  eniplnymentii  are  in 
the  hands  nl  the  Turks.  Many  Arabs 
are  settled  as  cultivators.  There  are, 
likewise,  many  Bedouins  or  wandering 
Arabs,  eHpeciully  in  the  pashalic  of 
Damascas.  In  that  of  Aleppo,  there 
are  hordes  of  Turcomans  and  Koords. 
For  the  following  description  of  the 
different  classes  of  the  inhabitants,  we 
are  indebted  to  the  American  Quar- 
terly Register  for  August,  1630. 

'*  Jews.  Rabbinists,  attached  to 
human  traditions  and  commentaries. 
Karaites,  adhere  to  the  simple  text  of 
the  Old  Testament.  Samtirilans, 
ground  their  faith  on  the  Pentateuch 
alone. 

"  Christians.  Greek  Oriental 
C'Aurc/t,  believe  in  the  fir&i.  seven  Gen- 
eral Councils,together  with  the  Bible. 
Armenians  are  Monophosytes,  or  be- 
lievers in  the  doctrine  that  Christ  had 
but  one  nature,  and  that  the  Holy 
Spirit  proceeded  from  the  Fatlier  only, 
yet  with  such  modifications,  as  to 
consist,  perhaps  with  orthodoxy.  Sy- 
rians, also  Monophosytes,  but  have 
no  communion  with  the  Armenians. 
Copts  ami  Ahyssinians,  hold  to  a  Chris- 
tianity corrupted  by  Judaism  and  Mo- 
hammedanism. Maronites,  a  sect  of 
Roman  Catholics,  so  called  from  the 
Abb6  Maron.  They  reside  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Mount  Lebanon. 
Greek  Roman  Catliolics,  a  secession 
from  the  Greek  Church  in  1717.  Ar- 
menian Roman  Catholics,  a  secession 
from  the  Armenian  Church.  Syrian 
Roman  Catholics.  Their  patriarch  is 
Mar  Gregorius.  Frank  Roman  Cath- 
olics, European  Consuls,  residents, 
&c.  Protestants,  English  Consuls, 
travellers,  missionaries.  Sec. 

"  Mohammedans.  Sunnites  or  the 
party  who  believe  in  the  Somna,  or 
dreams  of  Mohammed.  Schiites,  who 
reject  them.  The  greatest  animosity 
subsists  between  trese  sects.  The 
first  believe  in,  and  the  last  deny  the 
legitimacy  of  the  first  three  Caliphs. 

''Druses.  Their  origin  is  unknown. 
They  call  themselves  Unitarians,  wor- 
ship the  Caliph  of  Egypt,  &c. 

"  Ansaki.  Mixed  sect,  believe  in 
transmigration,  several  incarnations 
of  the  Deity,  &c. 

"  IsHMAELiTEs.  Very  small  sect, 
reside  between  Aleppo  and  Autioch 

"Yesioeens.  Chamelion sect, Jews, 


Mohammedans,    Christians,  »»   saitu 
convenience. 

"The  Rev.  William  Jowett,  from 
whose  Researches,  the  pro'rr-ding  ab- 
stract has  b''cn  compiled,  itayH  that 
the  deplorabk-  state  «>i  thiiiirs  iit  Hyria, 
is  perpetuated  by  Uv  following  cir- 
cumstances. J .  Hi-ligiouei  opmions 
are  for  the  most  part  jnlerwoven  witli 
political  feelings  and  external  habits. 
2.  Each  of  the  religions  lian  a  subdi- 
vision turning  upon  a  most  essential 
particular.  3.  Tne  cause  and  the  ef- 
fect of  the  unvarying  ignorance,  which 
prevails,  is  the  system  of  distinctions 
between  the  priesthood  and  laity. 
Thus  it  is  the  interest  of  a  fevf  pro- 
fessed teachers  to  hold  the  rest  of 
their  fellow  men  in  darkness. 

"  The  Rev.  Isaac  Bird,aAei  several 
years'  attentive  observation,  says, 
'  That;  with  the  exception  of  those, 
who  have  been  benefitted  by  mis- 
sionary instruction,  he  has  never 
found  one  individual  in  Syria,  who 
appeared  even  ashamed  to  lie,  and  to 
profane  the  name  and  Sabbatlis  of 
the  Most  High.' 

"  In  1823,  the  American  Board  com- 
menced a  mission  at  Beyrout,  a  town 
on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean,  a 
few  miles  north  of  Sidon,  and  near 
the  foot  of  Mount  Lebanon.  Afler 
laboring  here  with  considerable  suc- 
cess, for  several  years,  the  missiona- 
ries were  induced,  on  account  of  a 
bitter  persecution,  which  had  been 
raised  by  tlie  ecclesiastics,  and  on 
account  of  the  political  state  of  the 
Turkish  empire,  to  retire,  in  May, 
18^,  temporarily,  to  Malta.  Ten  or 
twelve  individuals,  one  a  priest,  and 
another  an  archbishop,  had  embraced 
the  Christian  faith  in  the  love  of  it. 
About  500  copies  of  the  sacred  books 
were  circulated  in  one  year,  and  300 
children  attend  school.  The  excite- 
ment on  the  subject  of  religion,  in 
Beyrout  and  its  vicinity,  were  very 
great,  for  many  months. 

*'  On  the  first  of  May,  1830,  Rev. 
Isaac  Bird  and  George  B.  Whiting, 
and  their  wives,  saileafrom  Malta,  to 
recommence  the  mission  at  Beyrout. 

"  Syria,  with  a  few  years,  has  been 
frequently  explored,  by  various  Bible 
agents  and  missionaries ;  many  tracts 
and  Bibles  have  been  distributed ;  and 
temporary  residences  maintained  at 
Smyrna,  Jerusalem  and  other  places," 

360 


'^al 


BYR 


TAH 


Mr.  Whitinjr,  under 


lies 


date  of  Nov. 
0, 1H31,  thu8  iTcscribtfii  the  character 
and  labors  of  Wortal>et,  one  i>f  the 
individual.!,  who  embraced  Christi- 
anity, aevoriil  years  since. 

•'  Our  friend  Wortabt!t  is  with  us 
on  a  visit.  Hia  health  has  been  bad 
for  some  time  post,  but  he  is  now  bet- 
ter. His  wife  also  and  bis  oldest 
child  have  been  seriously  ill.  We 
are  much  pleased  with  hi8app<>arance. 
lie  seenis  to  receive  all  his  afflictions 
with  a  truly  Chriutian  spirit,  and  they 
havL  evidently  done  him  good.  He 
has  for  some  months  past  obtained 
his  livelihood  by  keeping  a  small 
store,  and  trading  principally  in  dr}) 
goods.  He  id,  according  to  the  best 
of  our  knowledge,  ve»y  attentive  to 
his  busineuri,  and  rigidly  conHcientious 
in  his  dealings  with  all  men.  His 
love  to  the  gospel,  and  his  zeal  in 
preaching  it  also  continue  unabated. 
He  tells  me  that  he  has  frequent  op- 
portunities of  conversing  and  reading 
the  Scriptures,  with  Christians,  Jews, 
and  Mussehnans.  Respectable  men 
of  all  these  classes  come  to  his  shop, 
and  by  them  all  he  is  respected  as  a 
man  of  sense,  and  what  is  of  more 
importance,  as  a  man  of  truth  and 
integrity.  He  describes  some  inter- 
esting interviews  which  he  has  had 
with  persons  of  various  characters.  I 
should  think  he  must  be  exerting  a 
happy  influence  in  Sidon.  Two  or 
three  individuals  he  hopes  have  really 
embraced  the  truth  as  it  is  in  Jesus. 
Others  he  represents  as  being  in  a 
hopeful  way,  inquiring,  and  halting 
between  two  opinions.  We  have 
been  much  interested  in  one  individ- 
ual, in  particular,  a  rich  and  respec- 
table Greek  Catholic  of  Sidon,  who 
has  long  been  an  intimate  friend  of 
Wortabet.  He  seems  to  be  a  man  of 
much  good  sense  and  information, 
and  of  more  than  ordinary  indepen- 
dence of  mind.  He  has  been  strongly 
inclined  to  infldelity ;  but  since  nis 
acquaintance  with  Wortabet  he  seems 
to  have  learned  more  of  the  real  na- 
ture of  Christianity  than  he  ever 
knew  before,  and  to  have  given  up 
many  of  his  sceptical  notions.  He 
has  been  greatly  interested  in  reading 
the  statement  of  Asaad  Shidiak,  and 
received  from  it  strong  impressions  of 
the  truth  and  excellency  of  Asaad's 
religion.     He  laughs  at  the  stupid 


rjasoning  of  the  patriarch  and  priests 
in  oppositittn  to  Asaad,  and  has  even 
taken  an  interest  in  reading  A.'s  \m- 
tory  and  talking  about  it  to  tlie  people. 
He  Keems  to  have  no  respect  for  th« 
pope,  or  the  Roman  Catholic  religidn ; 
and  sometimes,  Wortabet  says,  he 
seems  not  far  from  the  kingdom  (f 
God.  Should  it  please  the  Lord  to 
make  him  a  subject  of  his  grace,  his 
influence  in  the  cause  of  truth  would 
in  all  probability  be  very  happy  nnd 
very  extensive.  Let  us  hope  nmi 
pray  fur  his  conversion." 

SYRIAN   CHRISTIANS.      [See 
Cotyrn .] 


TABOR  MOUNT,  a  station  of  the 
U.  B.  in  Barbadoes.  In  18au,  the 
congregation  consisted  of  ]3  com- 
municants, 30  baptized  adults,  and 
27  children ;  making  with  37  candi- 
dates for  baptism,  and  58  new  people, 
an  aggregate  of  171  persona. 

TAH  A  OR  OTA  HA,  one  of  tl>e 
Society  Islands,  40  m.  in  circumfer- 
erce.  A  regular  mission  was  com- 
menced in  1822  by  the  L.  M.  S.  From 
the  last  report  of  the  society  we  quote 
the  following. 

"  Since  the  departure  of  Mr.  Bourn« 
this  station  has  been  destitute  of  tlie 
means  of  regular  instruction.  Mr. 
Orsmond,  from  Eimeo,  and  the  mis- 
sionaries from  the  adjacent  islands, 
have  occasionally  visited  the  people, 
and  report  favorably  of  their  atten- 
tion to  the  external  duties  of  religion. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Smith,  who  were  ap- 
pointed to  this  station,  sailed  from 
England  in  the  Tuscan,  the  Ist  of 
October  last,  and  it  is  hoped  have  ar- 
rived among  the  people  of  their  fu- 
ture charge." 

TAHITI,  the  principal  of  the 
Georgian  Islands,  supposed  to  have 
been  discovered  about  the  end  of  the 
18th  century  by  Quiros.  Capt.  Cook 
visited  it  in  176!),  and  designated  the 
cluster  of  which  Tahiti  is  the  princi- 
pal, Georsrian  Islands,  in  honor  of 
George  III.  They  are  situated  in 
the  southern  tropic,  between  the  5th 
and  7th  degrees  of  latitude.  Long. 
149'-'.  The  circumference  of  Tahiti 
is  108  m.  It  is  formed  by  two  penin- 
sulas. The  population  is  about  10,000, 

370 


TAH 


TAII 


1  priests 
tas  even 
K.'t  hiH- 
!  people. 

tor  the 
eliguin ; 
rnvB,  he 
guoni  (f 

Lord  to 
race,  his 
th  would 
uppy  and 
lope   and 

3.      [See 


ion  of  the 
ISai),  the 

1 3  com- 
dnlts,  and 

37  candi- 
ew  people, 
a. 

ne  of  tl>e 
circumfer- 
1  vv'UB  com- 


f. 


S.  From 
we  quote 


^r.  Bourn« 
tute  of  tl»e 
tion.  Mr. 
id  the  mis- 
nt  islands, 
he  people, 
"leir  atten- 

if  religion. 
.  were  ap- 
jailed  from 

the  Ist  of 
sd  have  ar- 
[f  their  fu- 

til    of     the 
ed  to  have 
lend  of  the 
^apt.  Cook 
Ignated  the 
Uhe  princi- 
V  honor  of 
Situated  in 
ben  the  5th 
le.     Long, 
of  Tahiti 
[two  penin- 
out  10,000, 

370 


the 
cap- 


Bince  1819,  it  has  been  rapidly  in- 
creasing. 

On   the  10th  of  August  17<)C,  2<) 
miMionaries  embarked  from  London 
fur  this  and  the  neighboring  islands. 
March  6,  171)7,  Id  fanded  at  Tahiti ; 
iO  at  Tongataboo,  in  the  following 
month  ;  the  other  at  St.  Christina,  in 
the  succeeding  Juno.      A  number  of 
most    auspicious   circumstances     at- 
tended this  commencement ;  and  tlie 
report  of  Capt.  Wilson,  upon  the  re- 
turn  of    the   ship   Dull',    elated    the 
friends  of  the  mission   beyond  mea- 
sure.     Something  like  triumph  was 
expressed  over  the  cool  and  calculat- 
ing minds  of  those,  who  wished  for 
some  more  civilized  part  of  the  world 
to  be  selected  for  the  Held  of  the  first 
efforts  of  the  society.     But  the  tri-. 
umph  was  soon  turned  into  lamen- 
tation.     Successive  reports  of  disas- 
trous and  discouraging  events  tried 
the   patience   and  resolution   of 
society  to  the  uttermost.     The 
ture,  by  the  French,  of  the  Duff,  in 
her  second  voyage  to  the  South  Seas, 
with  10  married  and  19  single  mis- 
sionaries— the  report  of  the  departure 
of   11   of  the  number  that  were  at 
Tahiti,  for  Port  Jackson,  on  account 
of  the  ill-treatment  of  the  missiona- 
ries by  the  natives — the   murder  of 
one  them  at  New  South  Wales — the 
murder  of  3  others  at  Tongataboo — 
and  the  departure  of  the  remainder 
for  Port  Jackson,  and,  with  one  ex- 
ception, their  subsequent  arrival  in 
England, — almost  overwhelmed  the 
society,  and  for  a  season,  threatened 
to  quench  the  missionary  zeal  of  the 
religious  public.     The  persons,  who 
at  first  had  objected  to  the  mission, 
pitied  the  weakness  and  censured  the 
temerity  of  those  who  projected  it. 
The  cause  of  the  South  Sea  Islanders, 
however,  was  not  relinquished.     The 
Directors  encouraged  the  7  mission- 
aries remaining  at  Tahiti  to  continue, 
urged  those  that  were  at  Port  Jack- 
son to  return,  and  sent  out  12  more 
missionaries  in  the  Royal  Admiral, 
commanded  by   Capt.  Wm.  Wilson. 
The  missionaries  at  Port  Jackson  re- 
turned to  Tahiti ;    and,  with  those 
previously  there,  endeavored  to  per- 
severe to  accomplish  the   work  for 
which  they  were  sent ;  and  some  cir- 
cumstances arose,  which  encouraged 


to  the  wars  among  the  natives,  all  tlic 
;nissionarics,  except  Messrs.  Nott  and 
Hay  ward,  left  the  islands,  and  souffht 
refuge  at  I'urt  Jacknon,  13  years  alter 
first    reaching  Tahiti.       i'his  newi 
affain  greatly  humbled  and  afflicted 
the  society  ;  and  thi-ir  hopes  of  final 
success    were    almost  extinguished. 
Patience     and     perseverunce     were 
Uiought  to  be  preHuniption  and  en- 
thusiasm.    It  was  triumphantly  said, 
the  folly  of  attempting  to  evangelize 
a  people,  before  tliey  are  civilized,  is 
no  longer  a  subject  of  reasoning ;  it 
is  now  decided  by  experiment.    More 
than  once  it  was  proposed,  in  tlic  di- 
rection, to  recal  all  the  missionaries 
from  the  South  Seas.     It  was,  how- 
ever, a  time  of   great    anxiety  and 
much  praver.     Tlu*  majority  prevail- 
ed in  favor  of  •    esenting  an  urgent  re- 
quest to  the  missionaries  at  New  South 
Wales,   that   when  more   auspicious 
circumstances  should  arise  in  the  isl- 
ands, they  would  return  to  them,  and 
make  another  effort  in  the  strength  of 
the  Lord.     Happily   for   the  society, 
the  cause,  and  the  v.  elfare  of  the  isl- 
anders, the  missionaries  did  return  ; 
and  now,  the  sun  of  prosperity  bright- 
ened  upon   them.     The  set  time  to 
favor  Zion  came.      Several  of  the 
missionaries  had  become  quite  mas- 
ters of  the  language,  and  the  saving 
power  of  the  Spirit  accompanied  their 
preaching.      The  King,   a  principal 
chief,  and  a  priest  of  the  first  order, 
were  converted  to  Christ.     Some  of 
the  natives,  held,  by  their  own 
pointment  meetings,  for  'prayer, 
the  close  of  1814,  50  on  this  island 
and  Eimeo  had  renounced  their  idols, 
and  wished  to  be  considered  worship- 
pers   of    Jehovah,    and   more   than 
200  principally  adults,  attended  the 
schools. 

About  this  time,  not  less  than  500, 
in  all  the  islands,  had  determined  to 
turn  from  their  lying  vanities  to  the 
living  God.  In  1815,  the  worship  of 
idols  was  abolished. 

Of  the  great  moral  in  Opare, 
Mr.  Jefferson  gave  the  following  ac- 
count : — 

**  This  place,  appointed  for  the  wor- 
ship of  the  eatooa,  stands  on  a  sandy 
point  of  land,  projecting  a  little  way 
out  towards  the  sea,  and  forming  a 
small  bay  on  each  side.  I  arrived,  in 
their  hopes,  till  in  1810,  when  owing  (company  with  a  Tahitian  priest,  b«- 

371 


ap- 


tx 


TAH       • 

tween  eleven  and  twelvi  o'clock  in 
the  forenoon,  and  observed  a  number 
of  bread-fruit,  cocoa-nut  and  other 
trees  growing  close  to  the  morai.  Be- 
fore we  entered,  my  guide  gatlieied  a 
bunch  of  green  leaves  tTiat  grew 
upon  the  beach  ;  and,  as  soon  as  we 
came  to  the  accustomed  place  for 
making  offerings,  he  threw  them  upon 
the  pavement,  and  repeated,  in  a 
careless  manner,  a  few  words  solicit- 
ing the  favor  of  the  deity  supposed 
to  preside  there.  The  place  where 
this  ceremony  was  performed  is  dedi- 
cated to  their  principal  eatooa,  called 
Oro,  and  is  a  rough  stone  pavement, 
about  eighteen  feet  square.  At  the 
north  end,  opposite  to  the  sea,  is  a 
large  pile  of  atones,  upwards  of  five 
feet  high,  three  or  four  feet  wide,  and 
about  eighteen  feet  long.  Upon  the 
top  are  several  pieces  of  board,  some 
of  them  six  feet  long  and  twelve  in- 
ches broad ;  the  ends  being  slit  into 
five  parts,  to  represent  a  human  hand, 
with  the  fingers  a  little  extended.  At 
the  south  end  are  set  up  five  stones, 
three  of  which  are  larger  than  the 
other  two.  These  are  "designed  to 
mark  out  the  places  of  the  officiat- 
ing priests,  both  of  superior  and  infe- 
rior rank,  who  sit  cross-legged  upon 
the  pavement,  supporting  their  backs 
against  the  stones ;  and  iu  this  pos- 
ture, with  their  faces  towards  the  pile 
of  stones  and  boards,  they  present 
their  prayers.  The  middle  space  is 
where  the  human  victims  are  slaugh- 
tered, by  being  knocked  on  the  head 
with  stones  and  a  club:  after  which, 
a  principal  priest  scoops  out  the  eyes 
of^  the  murdered  person  ;  and,  hold- 
ing them  in  his  hands,  presents  them 
to  the  King,  who  opens  his  mouth  as 
if  intending  to  swallow  them.  When 
this  ceremony  is  concluded,  the  car- 
case is  thrown  into  a  pit,  and  covered 
with  stones  ;  and,  from  the  number 
of  pit9  surrounding  the  place,  as  well 
as  from  the  expressions  of  my  con- 
ductor, I  apprehend  that  many  hun- 
dreds of  men  and  women  have  been 
here  sacrificed  by  the  abominable  su- 
perstition of  these  idolaters.  Besides 
the  captives  taken  in  war,  the  bodies 
of  those  slain  in  battle,  or  those  cut 
ofl  by  tl<e  command  of  the  King,  or 
that  are  purposely  immolated  in  any 
other  part  under  hii  jurisdiction,  are 
brougnt  to  the  morai,  that  prayers 


TAH 

may  be  made  over  them  previously  to 
their  interment. 

"  A  little  to  the  right  of  this  pave- 
ment of  blood,  and  nearer  towards 
the  point,  is  an  altar  to  Oro,  raised 
upon  three  rows  of  wooden  pillars,thir- 
teen  in  a  row,  nearly  seven  feet  high, 
and  four  or  five  feet  broad  ;  the  lop 
being  covered  with  cocoa-nut  leaves, 
and  the  front  and  ends  decorated  with 
leaves  of  the  sugar-cane  t;o  fixed  that 
they  may  hang  down  like  fringes. 
Upon  this  altar  was  a  large  hog,  with 
other  offerings  of  fish,  bread-fruit, 
and  mountain  plantains.  A  little 
more  to  the  rignt,  was  the  frame  of 
an  altar  going  to  decay,  dedicated  to 
imaginary  deity  named  Ora-madooa ; 
and  a  few  yards  farther  towards  the 
extremity  ei  the  land  appeared  a  pile 
of  stones,  t6n  or  twelve  feet  high, 
and  about  twenty  in  length,  sacrca  to 
a  marine  god,  called  Tnpah,  and  said 
to  be  the  occasional  scene  of  human 
sacrifices.  By  this  time,  l)owever,  I 
was  tired  and  disgusted  with  these 
awful  proofs  of  man's  apostacy,  and 
of  Satan's  power  over  him  and  there- 
fore desired  my  guide  to  withdraw." 

On  the  aistof  Sept.  1821,  the  dep- 
utation of  the  L.  M.  S.  Rev.  D.  Ty- 
erman  and  Geo.  Bennet,  Esq.,  arrived 
safely  at  Tahiti,  and  on  the  3d  of  De- 
cember they  wrote  from  Eimeo  to  the 
following  effect : — 

«  We  are  in  health  and  comfort  up 
to  the  present  moment,  and  have  been 
more  delighted  with  the  victories  and 
blessed  results  of  preaching  and  living 
the  Groepel  of  Christ  than  we  are  able 
to  express,  at  eveiy  station  where  we 
have  already  been  in  Tahiti,  and  in 
this  island  (Eimeo).     '  Truly,   the 

HALF    WAS    NOT   TOLD    DS  !'       God  haS 

indeed  done  great  things  here,  in  a 
civil,  moral,  and  religious  view.  The 
people  here  exhibit  as  literal  and 
pleasing  a  proof  of  being '  turned  irom 
darkness  into  light,  and  from  the 
power  of  Satan  unto  God,'  as  can  be 
conceived. 

"  A  nation  of  pilferers  has  become 
eminently  trustworthy.  A  peoph 
formerly  universally  apdicted  to  las- 
civiousnesB,  in  all  its  forms,  have  be- 
come modest  and  virtuous  in  the 
highest  degree  :  those  who,  a,  few 
years  ago,  despised  all  forms  of  reli- 
gion, except  their  own  horrid  and 
cruel  superstitions,  have   uniformly 

372 


declared  < 
anity — sti 
the  Chris 
been   trar 
nestly  for 
entiously 
those  sacr 
tion  of   t 
self-denyii 
have  been 
success   \v 
pleased  to 
"The  I 
at  this  isla 
hiti.      He 
coramunic; 
excellent  f 
he  express 
at  Matavai 
however,  i 
than  better 
and  were 
utmost  del 
fend  with  1 
Messrs.  No 
inff  us,  an( 
information 
read  only  tl 
peared  to  t 
questions  h 
ciety's  laboi 
intended  fie 
quiries  respi 
England  an 
"  You  ha^ 
letters  sent 
Tahiti,  that 
in^  are  goin 
John  are  pri 
ffuage,  and  i 
the  book   o: 
Psalms,  Isai 
to  the  Romai 
are  in  coun 
waiting  the  : 
brethren.     T 
ary  are  not  i 
both  these  a 
hope  to  mail 
port  of  their 
riod." 

"We  are 
almost  everj 
improvement 
chapels  havii 
aration  for  bei 
station — rapi( 
ing  and  wri 
partially  supc 
the  chiefs  m 


TAH 


TAM 


declared  their  approbation  of  Christi- 
anity— study  diligently  those  parts  of 
the  Christian  Scriptures  which  have 
been  translated  for  them — ask  ear- 
nestly for  more — and  appear  consci- 
entiously to  regulate  themselves  by 
those  sacred  oracles,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  their  kind  teachers,  whose 
self-denying  zeal  and  perseverance 
have  been  almost  as  remarkable  as  the 
success  with  which  God  has  been 
pleased  to  honor  them. 

"  The  King  was  unwell,  and  was 
at  this  island  when  we  arrived  at  Ta- 
hiti. He  soon  made  two  obliging 
communications  to  us,  through  our 
excellent  friend,  Mr.  Nott,  in  which 
he  expressed  his  hope  of  soon  being 
at  Maiavai  to  receive  us.  On  finding, 
however,  that  he  rather  grew  worse 
than  better,  we  came  over  to  Eimeo, 
and  were  received  by  him  with  the 
utmost  demonstrations  of  kindness, 
b.nd  with  marked  tokens  of  respect ; 
Messrs.  Nott  and  Henry  accompany- 
ing us,  and  interpreting  fQr  us.  His 
information,  for   a  person   who   has 


ap- 
the 


read  only  the  Tahitian  language, 
peared  to  us  considerable,  from 
questions  he  asked  repecting  our  so- 
ciety's labors,  their  success,  and  their 
intended  fields  of  labor ;  also  his  in- 
quiries respecting  the  civil  affairs  of 
England  and  Europe. 

"  You  have  learned,  we  trust,  from 
letters  sent  home  before  we  reached 
Tahiti,  that  the  translations  and  print- 
ing are  going  on  well.  Matthew  and 
JoTin  are  printed  in  the  Tahitian  lan- 
guage,'and  are  in  innumerable  hands: 
uie  book  of  Genesis,  Joshua,  the 
Psalms,  Isaiah,  the  Acts,  the  Epistles 
to  the  Romans,  and  the  other  Epistles, 
are  in  course  of  translation,  and  are 
waiting  the  mutual  corrections  of  the 
brethren.  The  grammar  and  diction- 
ary are  not  in  so  forward  a  state  j  but 
both  these  are  so  important,  that  we 
hope  to  make  a  more  encouraging  re- 
port of  their  progress  at  no  distant  pe- 
riod." 

« We  are  gratified  in  observing, 
almost  everywhere,  many  marks  of 
improvement.  Better  houses  and 
chapels  having  been  built,  or  in  prep- 
aration for  being  built,  at  nearly  everv 
station — rapid  improvement  in  readf- 
ing  and  writing — European  drosses 
partially  superseding  the  Tahitian — 
the  chiefs  ingeniously  and  diligently 
2h 


building  their  own  boats  in  the  Euro* 
pean  form,with  European  tools — many 
cultivating  tobacco  and  sugar — and 
nearly  all  manufacturing  cocoa-nut  oil. 

'*  Among  other  marks  of  improve- 
ment, we  must  mention  a  road,  which 
is  already  made  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent, and  which  is  intended  to  go 
round  the  whole  island.  This  is  of 
very  great  and  obvious  importance. 
It  has  been  formed  by  persons  who 
were  punished,  according  to  the  new 
laws,  for  evil  doing  ;  and  the  intention 
is,  that  it  shall  be  completed  by  per- 
sons of  that  description.  It  is  re- 
markable that  these  persons  have  no 
need  to  be  superintended  in  their  la- 
bor, but  they  uniformly  perform  the 
portion  of  work  allotted  to  them.  Be- 
fore this,  there  was  no  road  in  any  part 
of  the  island,  except  the  narrow  wind- 
ing tracks  by  which  the  natives  found 
their  way  from  one  place  to  another." 

The  King's  illness  continued  to 
increase  rapidly  ;  and  on  the  7th  of 
December,  Mr.  Crook  was  requested, 
by  a  messenger  to  attend  immediate- 
ly, as  Pomare  had  fainted.  He  ac- 
cordingly hastened  to  the  royal  res- 
idence, with  Mr.  Redfern,  a  surgeon 
from  Port  Jackson,  and  found  that 
his  patient's  end  was  fast  approaching. 
After  he  had  revived,  Mr.  Crook  re- 
minded him,  that  though  he  was  a 
great  sinner,  the  Lord  Jesus  was  a 
great  Saviour,  and  he  alone  could  aid 
him  in  the  article  of  death.  The  dy- 
ing monarch  replied,  emphatically, 
Jesus  alone!  and  then  sank  into  a 
kind  of  stupor,  which  continued  tiU 
about  eight  o'clock,  when  his  spirit 
was  summoned  to  the  unseen  world. 

During  the  year  ending  May,  1823, 
the  number  baptized  at  Matavai,  in 
the  district  of  that  name,  was,  of 
adults  120,  of  children  100;  making 
a  total  of  the  former,  384,  of  the  lat- 
ter, 238  :  candidates  for  baptism,  IS  ; 
addition  to  the  communicants,  '33 : 
making  a  total  of  108.  Marriages 
during  the  same  period,  12. 

This  station  was  afterwards  named 
Waugh  Town.  Mr.  Hay  ward  was 
compelled,  by  Mrs.  H.'s  state  of 
health,  to  return  to  New  South  Wales, 
where  he  is  usefully  employed  ;  and 
his  devoted  coadjutor,  Mr.  Nott,  after 
a  diligent  and  faithful  service  in  the 
islands  of  nearly  30  years,  visited  his 
native  country. 

373 


TAH 


t 


TAH 


On  his  departure  for  Europie,  the 
care  of  the  stations  at  "Waugh  Town 
and  Hankey  City  devolved  upon  Mr. 
Wilson,  together  with  that  of  Wilks' 
Harbor,  until  the  removal  of  Mr. 
Pritchard  to  the  latter  in  November, 
1825.  The  number  baptized  by  Mr. 
Wilson,  from  May  in  that  year,  until 
the  period  of  Mr.  Pritchard  s  removal, 
was,  for  the  3  stations,  31  adults  and 
33  children.  Subsequent  to  the  set- 
tlement of  Mr.  Pritchard  at  Wilks' 
Harbor,  in  May,  182G,  the  number 
baptized,  belonging  to  the  districts  of 
Pare  and  Matavai,  was  14  adults  and 
32  children.  The  members  in  the 
churches  of  these  two  districts  a- 
mounted  at  that  time  to  about  400 ; 
candidates  for  communion,  87 ;  those 
for  baptism,  7 ;  couples  married  dur- 
ing the  year  1825-6, 11. 

Among  those  lately  baptized,  are 
several  young  persons,  who,  unhappi- 
ly, had  adopted  some  of  their  former 
pernicious  customs.  Some  who  were 
baptized  here  several  years  ago,  and 
wno  had  afterwards  relapsed  into  sin, 
have  renounced  their  evil  courses, 
and  resumed  their  attendance  on  the 
special  meetings  appointed  for  the 
baptized.  Some  church  members, 
who  had  fallen  unr'Ier  censure,  have, 
on  proof  of  repentance,  been  re-admit- 
ted to  communio'i. 

We  copy  the  following  general  re- 
marks of  the  committee  of  the  L.  M. 
S.  respecting  the  missions  in  the 
South  Seas.  Particular  notices  in  re- 
gard to  Tahiti  are  given  under  the  va- 
rious stations  on  that  island.  See 
Waugh  Town,  Griffi,n  Town,  Haweis 
Tozcn,  4-*c. 

"  The  stations  in  this  part  of  the 
world  have  been  again  assailed  by  the 
injurious  misrepresentations  of  un- 
friendly visitors ;  but  the  nature  of 
their  hostility  has  shown  more  dis- 
tinctly the  salutary  influence  of  the 
missions,  and  the  extent  and  impor- 
tance of  the  advantages  which  they 
have  conferred.  The  difference  be- 
tween those  among  the  natives,  who 
profess  religion  from  experience  of  its 
power  and  deliberate  attachment  to 
its  principles,  and  those  who  are  in- 
fluenced by  inferior  motives,  becomes 
every  year  more  strongly  marked ; 
and,  though  the  tares  and  the  wheat 
both  grow  together,  the  one  is  not  so 
likely  to  be  mistaken  for  the  other,  as 


during  the  periods  immediately  fol' 
lowing  the  general  profession  of 
Christianity, 

"  The  order  and  harmony  existing 
among  the  members  of  the  severiu 
churches — their  attachment  to  the 
Scriptures — the  additions  which  have 
been  made  to  their  number — the  un- 
wavering faith  and  unclouded  hope 
of  severS  who  have  departed  this  life, 
during  the  past  year — and  the  grate- 
ful and  decisive  testimony  which 
some,  who  had  for  a  series  of  years 
adorned  the  religion  of  the  Son  of 
God,  when  approaching  the  eternal 
world,  had  borne  to  its  blessedness 
and  power — cannot  fail  to  excite  re- 
newed thanksgiving  unto  him,  who 
was  manifested  to  deliver  from  the  fear 
of  death,  and  hath  brought  life  and 
immortality  to  light  by  his  gospel. 

"  The  return  of  several,  who  had 
deviated  from  Christian  purity,  or 
had  been  seduced  from  the  simplicity 
of  Christian  doctrine  by  visionary 
heresies,  and  the  penitence  and  Chris- 
tian deportment  of  many  who  were 
formerly  distinguished  principally  by 
their  wickedness,  are  sources  of  en- 
couragement; though  some  still  re- 
semble the  latter,  whose  r-ank  and  sta- 
tion cause  their  conduct  to  be  deeply 
deplored. 

"  The  general  attention  to  educa- 
tion, the  proficiency  of  the  natives  at 
some  of  the  stations  in  the  mechanic 
arts,  their  maritime  enterprise,  the 
increase  of  cultivation,  accumulating 
sources  of  comfort,  and  the  possession 
of  cattle  by  a  number  of  the  chiefs  and 
people,  indicate  an  advancement  in 
intelligence,  industry,  and  happiness. 
Their  improvement  is  less,  indeed, 
than  those,  who  are  accustomed  to 
form  their  anticipations  from  the  pro- 
gress of  society  in  an  enlightened  or 
organized  state,  expect  or  desire ;  but 
yet  such  as  to  prove  that  the  native 
nabits  of  inherent  and  almost  invete- 
rate indolence  are  yielding  to  those 
motives  to  industry,  which  have 
been  implanted  by  Christianity,  and 
strengthened  by  each  advance  in  civ- 
ilization. Their  infant  manufactures 
— their  cultivation  of  the  sugar-cane 
and  other  valuable  productions — the 
extent  of  the  villages — and  the  in- 
creasing number  of  ships  which  they 
furnish  with  refreshments,  are  evi- 
dences of  their  external  prosperity. 

374 


TAL 


TAN 


"Deeply  convinced  of  the  injury 
sustained  by  some  of  the  missionary 
stations,  from  the  visits  of  unprinci- 
pled or  profligate  mariners  from  pro- 
fessedly Christian  countries,  and  of 
the  salutary  influence  of  intelligent 
Christian  men,  the  directors  regard 
with  peculiar  satisfaction  the  institu- 
tions established  by  benevolent  and 
pious  individuals  in  several  British 
ports,  as  well  as  in  the  metropolis, 
and  also  in  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica and  other  parts  of  the  world,  for 
promoting  the  religious  improvement 
of  seamen;  and,  while  they  rejoice 
that  the  members  or  agents  of  such 
societies  are  often  enabled  to  place  on 
board  outward-bound  vessels,  persons 
whose  conversation  and  example  are 
not  less  beneficial  to  those  who  sail 
with  them  than  to  tne  inhabitants  of 
the  countries  which  they  visit,  it 
would  aflUrd  them  still  greater  plea- 
sure, if,  by  means  of  such  societies, 
chaplains  were  to  be  placed  in  tjie 
different  foreign  ports  to  which  Brit- 
ish seamen  resort,  for  the  purpose  of 
attending  to  their  moral  and  religious 
instruction.  Their  necessities,  in  this 
respect,  the  missionaries  at  the  sta- 
tions visited  by  shipping,  have  always 
endeavored  to  supply,  so  far  as  the 
claims  of  the  people  around  them 
would  admit;  and  accounts  of  very 
pleasing  instances  of  the  beneficial 
result  of  their  exertions  in  the  South 
Sea  Islands  have  been  communicated 
during  the  past  year." 

TALEISENKOTEI,  a  villa,ge  ^e- 
longing  to  the  Tinnevelly  mission,  in 
Southern  India,  where  a  catechist  of 
the  C.  M.  S.  resides. 

TANANARIVO,  the  station  of  the 
L.  J\i.  S.  in  Madagascar.  It  is  the 
capital  of  the  island,  and  the  residence 
of  the  royal  family,  300  m.  S.  W. 
from  Tamatave,  a  port  on  the  eastern 
side  of  the  island. 

TAN  J  ORE,  a  district  of  Southern 
India,  in  point  of  fertility  the  second 
territory  in  Hindoostan,  Burdwan  in 
Bengal  being  the  first.  On  the  N.  is 
the  Southern  Arcot,  on  the  E.  the 
Danish  settlement  of  Tranquebar,  a.iid 
on  the  W.  Trichinopoly.  The  river 
Cavery  flows  through  the  province. 
The  inhabitants  are  uncommonly  ex- 
pert in  husbandry.  In  1807,  they 
amounted  to  61,048.  The  territory 
was  t/ansferred  to  the  British  juris- 


diction in  1799.  Tanjore,  the  capital, 
E.  Ion.  79°  10',  N.  lat.  10°  46',  is  an 
ancient  city,  and  in  remote  ages,  was 
the  seat  of  great  learning.  Under  the 
Christian  Knowledge  Society,  Mr. 
Schwartz  labored  for  a  great  number 
of  years,  in  this  region,  with  extraor- 
dinary success.  He  reckoned  that 
2000  persons  had  been  converted  by 
his  means. 

Bishop  Heber  arrived  at  Tanjore 
on  the  25th  of  March,  1826 ;  and  it 
was  there,  in  the  institutions  of  the 
venerable  Schwartz,  in  the  labors  of 
the  excellent  men  who  have  succeed- 
ed him  in  the  same  field,  and  in.  the 
numerous  churches  of  native  Chris- 
tians which  they  have  founded  and 
built  up, — that  I  is  interest  was  most 
powerfully  excited,  and  the  energies 
of  his  mind  most  earnestly  employed. 
The  morning  after  his  arrival  (Easter- 
day,)  his  Lordship  preached  in  the 
mission  church  in  the  fort,  and  ad- 
ministered the  Lord's  Supper  to  53 
native  Christians,  using  (as  was  his 
constant  custom  in  all  native  congre- 
gations) the  words  of  administration 
in  their  own  language.  In  the  even- 
ing he  attended  the  Tamvl  service  in 
the  same  church ;  the  liturgy  being 
read  by  the  missionaries  present,  and 
the  sermon  preached  bv  T^r.  Cseme- 
rer,  of  Tranquebar;  ana  he  himself 
pronouncing  the  benediction  in  Ta- 
rmd.  "  Gladly,"  he  exclaimed  to  me, 
says  the  Rev.  T.  Robinson,  while  tak- 
ing oflT  his  robes,  *  gladly  would  I 
purchase  this  day  with  year&  of  exist- 
ence.' On  the  following  morning 
(Easter  Monday,)  he  confirmed  12  de- 
scendants of  Europeans,  and  50  na- 
tives in  the  same  church ;  and  in  the 
evening  of  the  same  day  he  attended 
divine  service  in  Tamm,  at  the  small 
chapel  in  the  mission  garden.  After 
the  sermon,  his  Lordship,  from  his 
seat  at  the  altar,  addressed  the  mis- 
sionaries who  were  present,  and  the 
native  teachers  by  whom  they  were 
attended.  He  exhorted  them  to  fidel- 
ity, diligence,  and  increasing  zeal,  pa- 
tience in  bearing  privations  and  neg- 
lect for  Christ's  sake,  looking  for  the 
recompense  of  reward,  to  earnest 
prayer  for  themselvei,  for  him,  for 
tlicir  flock,  and  for  the  Rajah,  who 
had  shown  such  kindness  to<  the 
church  of  Christ.  He  alluded  beau- 
tifully to  the  grave  of  Schwartz,  over 

876 


TAN 


•     TAN 


which  tlley  were  then  standing,  and 
charged  them  to  follow  his  bright  ex- 
ample. The  effect  produced  on  the 
minds  of  all  present  was  such  as  I 
never  witnessed — it  will  never  be  ob- 
literated." 

The  importance  of  this  station  will 
be  fully  apparent  from  another  quota- 
tion from  the  same  pen  : — 

*•  I  commend  the  Taniore  mission, 
with  all  its  important  labors,  to  the 
patronage  and  supj:  ,rt,  I  will  venture 
to  say  more, — to  the  affectionate  re- 
gard, of  the  Committee.  Most  richly 
do  they  deserve  all  the  nurture,  all 
the  assistance,  all  the  kindness,  that 
can  be  shown  them.  The  wisdom  of 
all  the  institutions  of  the  venerable 
Schwartz  (whose  name  is  yet  as  fresh 
in  every  town  and  village  of  the 
Christians,  as  if  his  eartlily  labors 
were  just  ended,  and  whose  memory 
is  held  in  such  deep  and  holy  venera- 
tion, as  we  are  accustomed  to  render 
to  apostles  only)  is  visible  to  all  who 
visit  that  most  interesting  country, 
and  leaves  no  doubt  on  the  mind,  that 
the  best  and  wisest  method  of  send- 
ing the  kingdom  of  Christ  to  this 
country,  is  to  strengthen  these  exist- 
ing establishments.  They  have  in 
them  a  principle  of  unlimited  self-ex- 
tension ;  and  if  in  the  last  20  years, 
with  many  and  great  discouragements, 
the  labors  of  those  venerable  men, 
who  have  trod  in  the  steps  of  Schwartz, 
have  effected  so  much,  what  may  we 
not  hope  from  the  same  men,  when 
their  means  of  usefulness  are  increas- 
ed by  your  bounty  ?  But,  alas  !  they 
have  a  still  stronger  claim  upon  vour 
Iiearts.  They  were  the  object  of  the 
deepest  interest  and  most  intense  anx- 
iety to  our  dear  lamented  bishop.  It 
would  be  hardly  too  much  to  say, 
that  his  blood  was  a  libation  on  the 
sacrifice  of  their  faith  j  for  he  died 
while  caring  for  their  welfare,  and  la- 
boring for  tneir  good.  He  had  seen 
every  part  of  India,  but  he  had  seen 
nothing  like  the  Societi/s  missions  at 
Tanjore.  Again  and  again  did  he  re- 
peat to  me,  *  Here  is  the  strength  of  the 
Christian  cause  in  India.  It  would 
indeed  be  a  grievous  and  heavy  sin,  if 
England,  and  all  the  agents  of  its  boun- 
ty, do  not  nourish  and  protect  these 
churches.' " 

On  the  receipt  of  this  communica- 
tion, a  desire  to  accomplish  as  far  at* 


possible  the  plans  of  the  lamented 
prelate  prevailed  in  every  bosom  ;  and 
at  a  special  general  meetmg,  although 
the  superintendance  of  the  missions 
had  been  transferred  to  the  Society  for 
the  propagation  of  the  Gospel  in  Fo- 
reign Parts,  it  was  resolved  to  carry 
the  recommendations  of  Bishop  Heber 
into  full  effect.  In  pursuance  of  this 
resolution,  it  was  determined  to  ex- 
pend the  sum  of  je4500,  partly  in 
building,  repairing,  and  enlarging 
churches,  chapels,  missionary  prem- 
ises, and  school-houses  in  the  Tanjore 
district,  partly  in  extending  the  mis- 
sion-press at  Vepery,  and  partly  in  the 
endowment  of  two  additional  scholar- 
ships at  Bishop's  College,  Calcutta, 
to  be  forever  called  Bishop  Heber's 
scholarships,  and  to  be  appropriated, 
in  compliance  with  his  earnest  wish 
and  recommendation,  to  the  mainte- 
nance and  education  of  members  of 
foreign  episcopal  churches  in  the 
East,  not  in  «ubordination  to  the  see 
of  Rome. 

The  following  interesting  intelli- 
gence was  recently  communicated  by 
Archdeacon  Robinson  of  Madras. 

"  The  Archdeacon  of  Madras,  in  a 
late  visit  to  the  province  of  Tanjore, 
found  an  earnest  desire,  on  the  part  of 
the  inhabitants  of  some  Roman  Cath- 
olic villages,  to  be  received  into  the 
communion  of  the  Protestant  church. 
While  lie  was  afterward 


en 


m 


the  visitation  of  the  western  coast,  he 
received  from  the.Rev.  L.  P.  Haubroe 
th«  result  of  observations  made  by  him 
in  the  course  of  two  journeys  which 
he  made  among  these  villages,  the 
narrative  of  which  is  here  subjoined. 

"  Having  separated  §tt  Adenjore,  7 
arrived,  on  the  morning  of  the  10th  of 
February  after  a  journey  of  about  ten 
miles,  at  Mootaputty,  in  the  Trichi- 
nopoly  district.  The  people  had  pre- 
pared for  my  reception  a  spacious 
pandall  of  cocoa-nut  leaves,  covered 
above  with  cloths,  to  screen  us  from 
the  sunbeams,  in  a  grove  adjoining 
the  village.  I  had  a  conference  with 
the  headman  of  tlie  village,  and  with 
deputies  sent  from  several  other  villa- 
ges, who  had  come  to  the  determina- 
tion of  renouncing  popery. 

"  I  endeavored  to  ascertain  the  con- 
dition of  the  people,  as  to  their  mode 
of  living,  and  the  state  of  religioik 
among  them. 

376 


TAN 


TAN 


in  a 


-mma- 


'■  They  form  a  parochial  district, 
extending  from  the  western  limits  of 
the  Tanjore  province  to  the  hills  be- 
yond Tricliinopoly,  about  20  miles  in 
length  :  Parattangoodi  is  the  chief  sta- 
tion, ten  miles  nortli-west  of  Trichi- 
nopoly,  where  a  priest  from  Goa  re- 
sides, who  is  always  nominated  by 
the  Bishop  of  Cranganore.  The  num- 
ber of  Roman  Catholic  families  con- 
nected witii  Parattangoodi  is  e.timat- 
ed  at  4000,  of  various  castes,  of  which 
the  Valliars  form  the  most  considera- 
ble class.  Every  annexed  village  has 
a  prayer-house,  which  is  a  thatched 
building  ;  but,  at  the  chief  station,  is 
a  large  brick  church,  where  christen- 
ings and  marriages  must  be  perform- 
ed, and  the  mass  held. 

'•I  have  just  returned  from  riy 
second  journey,  after  a  stay  of  ei jiit 
days  among  this  interesting  people  ; 
and  anticipate  the  pleasure,  at  your 
return  to  Tanjore,  of  giving  you  more 
detailed  accounts  of  my  proceedings, 
as  they  are  marked  down  in  my  dia- 
ry- 

"  I  must  content  myself  for  tliu 

present  to  say,  that  I  was  highly  de- 
lighted ;  and  trust  that  a  wide  door  is 
opened  to  the  spi-ead  of  the  gospel 
among  a  people  who  seem  ripened  for 
that  purer  form  of  worship  which  the 
gospel  dictates  to  mankind.  They 
appear  to  me,  on  the  whole,  an  indus- 
trious class  of  people  :  they  are,  gene- 
rally, of  a  robust  stature — tlieir  coun- 
tenance intelligent  and  manly — their 
conversation  open,  but  modest.  Tlieir 
civil  freedom  would  make  the  Protes- 
tant religion  more  accessible.  De- 
scendants of  a  warlike  race,  they  are 
not  so  much  subject  to  caste  preju- 
c'ices  as  their  neighbors :  they  allow 
their  widows  to  marry  again.  I  visit- 
ed nine  villages,  and  preached  in  ev- 
ery place  the  Word  of  God,  morning 
and  evening  ;  selecting  from  the  gos- 
pel such  portions  as  seemed  best  cal- 
culated to  awaken  their  attention,  and 
to  convey  an  idea  of  the  excellency  of 
the  Scriptures  to  a  people  that  hith- 
erto had  known  Christianity  only 
through  the  corrupted  form  of  poperv. 
Every  where  I  met  with  a  nriendly 
reception.  Two  villages  have  given 
over  their  chapels,  built  by  them- 
selves, to  the  mission,  viz.,  Moota- 
putty  and  Conaffoody:  300  families 
nave  enlisted  their  namjca  as  c^techa- 
•2« 


mens  ;  amon^  those,  two  of  their  own 
native  catechists." 

The  Archdeacon  write. 

'*  On  the  receipt  of  this  letter,  I  re- 
linquished my  intended  route  alonff 
the  western  coast ;  and  hastened  back 
from  Cochin,  by  a  more  direct  road 
to  Tanjore,  in  order  that  I  might  be 
able  to  judge,  from  my  own  observa- 
tion, of  the  actual  condition  of  the 
new  churches,  and  to  confer  with  the 
missionaries  on  the  wonderful  pros- 
pects of  increased  usefulness  thus 
opening  to  thc^^ 

"  Passing  through  Trichinopoly,  I 
took  wi;h  me  the  Rev.  Mr.  Schreyvo- 

fel ;  and  proceeded,  on  the  23a  of 
larch,  to  the  village  of  Mootaputty, 
where  Mr.  Haubroe  met  us,  by  ap- 
pointment, from  Tanjore.  It  lies  a 
tew  miles  off*  the  main  road ;  and  may 
be  15  miles  from  Tiichinopoly,  in 
that  Collectorate,  and  north  of  the 
Cavery  :  the  country  on  all  sides  is 
rich  and  beautiful,  and  the  houses  of 
the  village  have  a  great  appearance 
of  comfort :  the  ditch  and  the  ruins 
of  a  small  mud  fort  are  still  visible. 
The  people  ho^e  unanimously  come 
forward  to  renounce  popery,  to  the 
number  of  123;  and  those  of  the 
neighboring  village,  ore  mile  distant, 
to  me  number  of  100  :  they  have  giv- 
en up  their  chapel,  a  decent  mud 
building,  for  our  service  ;  where  they 
daily  attend,  for  the  instruction  of  the 
catechist,  and  for  morning  and  even- 
ing prayers.  A  small  school  had  been 
collected  in  the  last  few  days,  and 
contained  already  17  children.  Hith- 
erto they  have  never  received  the 
slightest  instruction  from  their  priests, 
whom,  indeed,  they  had  but  seldom 
seen.  The  altar  still  remains  in  its 
former  state ;  but  the  crucifix  and, 
images  had  been  removed,  and  thrown 
into  a  cupboard  underneath :  there 
was  a  large  image  of  the  Virgin,  and 
a  small  one  of  St.  Ij|[natius,  whicli 
have  been  sent  to  me  since  my  return 
to  Madras :  in  lieu  of  them,  I  hav6 
sent  them  some  copies  of  the  Scrip- 
tures and  the  prayer-book. 

<'  To  the  north,  and  a  little  to  the 
west,  there  is  a  cluster  of  villages — 
Calpalaim,  Gcnalu,  &c.y  in  whicli  are 
about  200  persons  under  instruction  : 
north-west  is  the  town  of  Parattan- 
goodi, where  the  Roman  GathoUo 
priest  4^  thfi  distnol,  ft  native  Portn- 

377 


i 


m 


TAN 


T        1 


Suese,  resides :  nothing  has  yet  been 
one  there  :  in  the  same  direction  is 
Eitcheniputty  :  to  the  north-east  is  a 
cluster  of  villages — Unagloor,  Colo- 
manikan,  and  Poodicottok — where 
there  are  about  200  Protestants  ;  near 
which  is  the  village  of  Govindakarut- 
zy,  where  there  are  five  families  of 
heathen  catechumens." 

**  Dr.  Scudder,  of  the  American 
mission  in  Ceylon,  visited  Tanjore  in 
August  of  last  year,  on  his  return 
from  the  Nilgherry  Hills,  where  he 
had  resided  some  time  for  the  restora- 
tion of  his  health.  In  reference  to 
this  awakening  among  the  Roman 
Catholics,  he  writes — 

"  Two  hundred  and  fifty-one  fam- 
ilies, or  about  1500  people,  have  re- 
nounced that  corrupt  faith,  and  en- 
rolled their  names  among  Protestant 
worshippers.  The  work  commenced 
in  a  Catnolic  village,  where  Schwartz 
built  a  church  50  years  ago,  but  which 
was  demolished  by  that  people. 

"  When  the  people  forsake  their 
faith  and  become  Protestants,  they 
deliver  up  their  images  to  the  mis- 
sionaries. I  witnessed  a  pleasing 
dight,  when  there.  A  company  of 
about  25  persons — men,  women,  and 
children — came  to  Mr.  Haubroe  's  with 
an  image  of  S'  Anthony  in  their 
hands,  and  delivered  it  to  him.  Two 
cooley -loads  of  images  have  been  sent 
to  Madras ;  and  a  number  of  others 
are  in  Mr.  Haubroe 's  possession.' 

'*  Near  Madras,  a  number  of  Ro- 
man Catholics  have  recently  desert- 
ed that  church.  Thfs  wap  effected 
through  the  instrumentality  of  a 
young  man,  who  formerly  was  with 
Mr.  RheniuB,  and  who  went  and  set- 
tled among  them  in  the  capacity  of  a 
physician. 

The  fbllowing  contains  the  most 
recent  intelligence;  from  this  mission. 

*'  The  society  has  been  deprived, 
by  death,  of  the  valuable  services  of 
the  Rev.  Peter  Laurence  Haubroe,  of 
this  mission.  A  new  church  in  the 
mission  garden,  built  under  the  sn- 

gerintenqance  of  the  late  Mr.  Hau- 
roe  and  highly  approved  by  engin- 
eers, was  opened  on  Christmas  day, 
1830,  in  the  presence  of  more  than 
800  people  :  the  tombs  of  Schwartz 
and  his  fellow-laborers  are  enclosed 
within  it9  eastern  walls.  Archdeacon 
Robinson  Htates  th&t  nine  youths,  in 


a  seminary  for  native  teachers,  mani- 
fested a  solid  acquaintance  with  Scrip- 
ture, and  a  correct  and  clear  view  of 
its  doctrines.  Of  an  excellent  plaa 
adopted  for  training  both  the  childrek 
and  their  native  teachers  to  habits  m 
uscfnl  occupation  the  Archdeacon 
gives  the  following  details  :  *  In  the 
mission  school  compound  I  saw  the 
several  classes  at  work  in  their  dif- 
ferent rooms.  The  catechists  and 
schoolmasters  of  the  congregation  are 
employed  in  carding  and  spinning 
cotton,  while  an  old  woman  reads  to 
them,  and  they  repeat  texts  of  Scrip- 
ture, &c. :  their  work  is  sold,  and  one 
half  is  given  to  them  for  clothes  and 
food  ;  the  other  is  appropriated  to  the 
pay  of  the  reader,  and  other  inciden- 
tal expenses :  they  receive,  besides, 
an  allowance  of  one,  or  one  and  a  half, 
rupees  per  month  :  the  cotton  which 
they  use  grows  on  the  ground  in  the 
enclosure.  In  the  outside  verandahs 
of  that  wing,  girls  are  employed  in 
preparing  the  thread  for  the  loom,  and 
an  old  weaver  teaches  the  boys  his 
trade  :  in  the  inside  verandah,  some 
boys  are  preparing  hemp,  and  making 
twine  ;  and  others  learning  to  be  tail- 
ors, or  doing  native  work  for  hire.  I 
need  not  point  out  to  the  committee 
the  excellence  of  these  several  ar- 
rangements, by  which  the  exemplary 
zeai  and  diligence  of  Mr.  Haubroe 
have  introduced  great  improvements 
into  the  general  system  of  the  institu- 
tion.' " 

TANNAH,  a  village  near  Bombay, 
where  the  missionaries  of  the  C.  M.  S. 
have  established  schools. 

TATTANMADAM,  a  village  in 
the  Tinnevelly  district,  Southern  In- 
dia, where  the  missionaries  of  the  C. 
M.  S.  occasionally  labor. 

TAUAI,  one  of  the  Sandwich  Is- 
lands, on  which  is  a  station  of  the  A. 
B.  C.  F.  M. 

In  Jan.  1824,  Mr.  Whitney  gives 
the  following  account  of  it : — 

'*  The  chiefs,  at  their  own  expense, 
have  built  us  a  very  convenient  house 
for  public  worship  j  in  which  I  have 
preached  regularly,  in  the  vernacular 
tongue,  for  8  months  past,  twice  every 
Sabbath,  and  occasionally  on  other 
days.  Our  meetings  are  generally 
well  attended,  and  many  of  the  peo- 
ple are  desirous  of  becoming  acquaint- 
ed with  the  ffospel.  Uncfer  our  im- 
•  378 


TAV 


TAV 


rs,  mani- 


mediate  inspection,  we  have  2  flour- 
ishing school*),  of  about  120  scholars  : 
there  are  other  schools  in  difi'erent 
parts  of  the  island.  Many  more  are 
anxious  to  learn;  but  lor  want  of 
books  and  teachers,  they  must,  for 
the  present,  be  denied  that  privilege. 
Orders  have  lately  been  given  out 
for  all  the  people,  without  exception, 
on  this  and  tne  neighboring  island, 
Niihau,to  observe  the  Sabbath  as  holy 
time,  devoted  to  the  service  of  Jeho- 
vah. Drunkenne&s  is  prohibited ;  and 
infanticide,  which  heretofore  has  been 
practised  to  no  inconsiderable  extent, 
is  now  punishable  with  death." 

On  June  24, 1825,  Mr.  W.  says  :— 

"  While  I  was  writing  this,  our 
Governor,  Kaikioeva,  came  in,  and 
inquired  to  whom  I  was  writing.  On 
being  informed ;  *  Give  them,'  said 
he,  with  much  warmth  of  expression, 
'my  affectionate  salutation.  Tell 
them  I  thank  them  much  for  the  good 
news  of  salvation  which  they  nave 
sent  us ;  that  learning  and  religion 
shall  be  the  business  of  my  life.'  He 
has  lately  built  a  new  church,  90  feet 
by  30,  which  is  probably  the  best 
house  thatever  was  erected  on  Tauai." 

TAVOY,  the  name  of  a  country, 
river,  and  town,  in  Birmah,  S.  of  Pegu, 
which  were  taken  from  Siam  by  the 
emperor  of  Birmah.  I'he  province, 
Tavoy,  is  now  in  the  possession  of 
the  British.  The  American  Baptist 
Board  maintain  a  station  at  Tavoy. 
From  the  last  report,  we  gather  the 
following  particulars. 

"  The  events  at  this  station  are  of  a 
highly  interesting  character.  It  has 
suffered  by  the  afflictions  and  neces- 


sary 


absence  of  its  missionaries,  but 


has  nevertlieless  experienced  an  un- 
equalled accession  to  the  church.  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Boardman  resided  here  with- 
out any  American  associates  from 
1828,  and  labored,  as  we  have  reason 
to  think,  with  unvarying  faithfulness. 
As  the  result,  a  number  of  Karens 
were  turned  to  God,  and  a  wide 
spread  spirit  of  inquiry  awakened  in 
that  interesting  people.  In  this  state 
of  things,  the  health  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Boardman  failed,  and  while  the  Ka- 
rens were  finding  their  way  to  them 
firom  numerous  villages,  to  ask  what 
they  should  do  to  be  saved,  both  were 
obliged  to  retire.  The  parting  scene 
"was  truly  affecting.    The  anxious  in- 


quirers were  loth  to  part  with  thosei 
to  whom  they  looked  for  direction  in 
the  path  to  heaven,  and  in  leturn,  the 
teachers  were  as  loth  to  leave.  Duty, 
however,  was  imperative,  and  all  ac- 
quiesced. 

"  What  occurred  in  their  absence  is 
worthy  of  particular  notice,  since  it 
serves  to  illustrate  the  character  of 
the  converts,^  and  the  faithfulness  of 
God  to  his  missionary  servants,  whom 
he  will  not  suffer  in  any  wise  to  lose 
their  reward.  We  have  seen  the  na- 
tive Christians  at  other  stations  ex- 
hibiting a  zeal  and  intrepidity  in  labors 
for  the  salvation  of  their  countrymen, 
scarcely  to  be  expected  especially  in 
the  absence  of  their  more  experienced 
leaders.  The  same  spirit  was  exem- 
plified by  those  at  Tavoy.  'Their 
Boardman, 


manner,'  says  Mrs. 


has 


been  such  as  to  remind  us  forcibly  of 
what  we  read  respecting  the  Apostles 
and  primitive  Christians.  The  chief, 
Moung  So,  and  Moung  Kyah,  have 
taken  such  parts  of  the  Scriptures  as 
we  could  give  them,  and  gone  from 
house  t^  house,  and  village  to' village, 
expounding  the  word,  exhorting  tks 
people,  and  uniting  with  their  exer- 
tions, frequent  ana  fervent  prayers.' 
Si'ch  a  course  of  means,  steadily  pur- 
sued, served  to  water  the  seed  sown, 
and  cau  c  it  to  vegetate  and  spring 
up,  and  bear  the  harvest  which  Mr.  B. 
on  ins  return,  was  allowed  to  gather  in. 
"It  was  not  till  December  1830, 
after  an  absence  of  seven  months,  that 
he  resumed  his  labors,  and  then  un- 
der the  pressure  of  great  weakness. 
He  took  with  him  Ko-Ing,  an  ordain- 
ed preacher,  and  Ko-Than-byoo.  No 
sooner  had  he  reached  Tavoy,  than  his 
faithful  Karens  gathered  about  him 
from  the  country,  bringing  with  them 
many  who  gave  evidence  of  true  con- 
version to  God,  and  wished  for  bap- 
tism. Successive  days  were  spent  in 
a  scrupulous  examination  of  the  can- 
didates, and  in  the  course  of  6  weeks 
the  best  satisfaction  was  obtained  of 
23,  who  were  admitted  to  the  rite. 
While  Mr.  B.  was  filled  with  joy  in 
beholding  such  trophies  of  redeeming 
love,  intelligence  was  brought,  that  a 
far  greater  number  in  remote  villages 
which  he  had  formerly  visited,  had 
obtained  like  precious  faith,  and  were 
desirous  to  give  the  same  proof  of 
their  attachment  to  Christ,  but  were 

379 


TAV 


TAV 


unable  to  come  to  town.  On  receiv- 
ing this  information,  together  with  an 
urgent  request  that  he  would  witliout 
delay  come  to  them,  he  consented, 
though  he  was  at  the  time  so  exhaust- 
ed by  sickness  as  to  be  unable  to  ride 
or  walk.  A  zayat  was  prepared  for 
him  at  a  distance  of  three  days  jour- 
ney, and  every  thing  was  made  ready 
for  him  to  commence  the  undertaking. 
It  was  at  this  juncture,  so  interesting 
and  important,  that  Mr.  Mason  arriv- 
ed. Nothing  could  be  more  in  time, 
if  we  consider  all  the  circumstances 
which  followed.  Nothing  could  be 
more  refreshing  to  Mr.  Boardman 
than  the  countenance  of  a  brother, 
sinking  as  he  was  under  accumu- 
lated weakness,  and  with  so  great  a 
work  just  before  him — a  brother  with 
whom  he  might  entrust  those  sheep 
in  the  wilderness,  for  whom  he 
had  cherished  so  great  solicitude,  and 
from  whom  it  was  plain  he  must  soon 
be  taken.  Nothing  could  have  been 
more  seasonable  to  Mrs.  Boardman, 
as  she  was  about  to  be  iereft  of  her 
husband,  and  lefl  a  solitary  widow, 
without  a  single  missionary  associate. 

''Mr.  Mason,  on  iirst  seeing  the 
emaciated  form  of  Mr.  Boardman, 
hesitated  respecting  his  contemplated 
journey,  but  when  he  perceived  the 
ardor  of  his  soul,  and  how  much  his 
heart  was  set  on  accomplishing  the 
work  proposed,  he  forebore  all  objec- 
tions, and  resolved  to  accompany  him. 
On  the  3l8tof  January,  1831,  they 
started,  Mrs.  B.  in  company,  and  Mr. 
B.  borne  on  a  cot. 

"  After  three  days  they  reached 
the  place,  without  any  very  sensible 
exhaustion.  *  During  our  stay,  how- 
ever,' says  Mr.  Mason,  'he  so  evi- 
dently lost  strength,  that  Mrs.  B.  on 
one  occasion  advised  him  to  return  ; 
to  which  he  replied  with  more  than 
common  animation,  '  The  cause  of 
God  is  of  more  importance  than  my 
health,  and  if  I  return  now,  our  whole 
object  will  be  defeated — I  want  to  see 
the  work  of  the  Lord  go  on.'  Wednes- 
day morning,  it  was  apparent,'  says 
Mr.  Mason, '  that  death  was  near.  He 
consented,  provided  the  examination 
and  baptism  of  the  candidates  could 
that  day  be  completed,  to  return.  Ac- 
cordingly a  little  before  sunset,  he 
was  carried  out  in  his  bed  to  the  wa- 
ter side,  where,  lifting  his  languid 


head  to  gaze  on  the  gratifying  sccno, 
1  had  the  pleasure  to  baptize  in  hi^ 
presence  34  individuals,  who  gave 
satisfactory  evidence  to  all,  that  they 
hnd  passed  from  death  unto  life.  Ailer 
this,  he  seemed  to  feel  that  his  work 
was  done,  and  said,  "  Lord  now  let- 
test  thou  thy  servant  depart  in  peace, 
for  mine  eyes  have  seen  thy  salva- 
tion." The  day  but  one  after,  while 
on  the  boat  that  was  to  bear  him  to 
Tavoy,  he  took  his  upward  flight.' 

"  Of  this  faithful  missionary,  much 
ought  to  be  said  ;  but  the  honor  which 
God  put  upon  him,  infinitely  out- 
weighs all  commendation  of  ours. 
His  death  resembles  a  triumph.  He 
fell,  but  it  was  at  his  post  and  in  the 
arms  of  victory.  His  name  will  be 
cherished  by  Karens  as  the  instru- 
ment of  introducing  to  them  the 
Christian  salvation,  and  will  be  trans- 
mitted to  coming  generations.  Mr. 
Mason  returned  with  the  bereaved 
family  of  our  brother,  and  took  upon 
himself  the  responsibility  of  the  sta- 
tion, which,  aided  by  the  native 
preachers,  he  has  fully  sustained. 
Flfleen  candidates  Iiavc  since  been 
examined  and  received  to  baptism. 
The  church  consists  of  89  members, 
spread  through  9  different  villages, 
diffiising  as  extensively  as  their  in- 
fluence goes,  the  savor,  of  a  pure  and 
undeflled  religion. 

"  The  state  of  the  Tavoy  schools, 
together  with  the  changes  which  have 
occurred  from  sickness  and  other 
causes,  will  be  best  described  in  the 
language  of  Mrs.  Boardman.  In  a 
letter  on  the  subject,  dated  April  29th, 
1831,  she  says  :  '  It  is  just  three  years 
since  our  removal  to  Tavoy,  during 
which  time  we  have  been  entirely 
alone;  the  station  has  been  twice 
broken  up  and  labors  suspended ; 
once  for  three  months,  and  afterwards 
for  six,  besides  frequent  excursions 
among  the  Karen  mountains  and  Ta- 
voy villages.  In  addition  to  this,  for 
two  years,  I  scarcely  knew  what  it 
was  to  have  a  well  day,  and  was  sev- 
eral times  brought  vp»"y  low  ;  and 
during  the  last  year,  a  disease  has 
been  preying  upon  my  husband,  the 
mournful  result  of  which  you  already 
know.  Under  these  circumstances, 
it  could  not  reasonably  be  expected 
much  would  be  done  in  the  way  of 
schools.    It  is  the  opinion  of  all  the 

380 


TEL 


THO 


ras  sev- 
and 
ase  has 
nd,  the 
already 
tances, 
pected 
way  of 
all  the 
0 


members  of  the  mission,  that  this  de- 

Eartmcnt  of  missionary  labor,  cannot 
e  conducted  with  much  success 
without  constant  and  undivided  at- 
tention. Still  we  have  tried  to  do 
something,  and  till  my  beloved  part- 
ner's heaftli  was  impaired,  we  had  a 
flourishing  boys'  school,  averaging 
frjm  20  to  30.  Our  removal  to  MauN 
mein,  nearly  broke  it  up,  and  when 
we  returned  to  Tavoy,  Mr.  Board- 
man's  health  prevented  his  doing 
what  would  otherwise  have  been  at- 
tempted. Besides,  our  house  was 
continually  thronged  with  inquiring 
Karens,  whose  instruction  occupied 
my  time.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mason  ar- 
rived on  the  11th,  and  have  taken 
charge  of  the  scholars,  excepting  an 
hour  in  the  morning,  when  they  come 
to  my  room  for  worship,  and  at  noon 
they  assemble  in  the  hall,  and  spend 
an  hour  in  reading  the  Scriptures 
and  in  religious  discourse." 

Tavoy  has  0000  inhabitants,  among 
whom  are  200  priests  of  Guadama. 

TELLICHERRY,  a  seaport  town 
of  a  province  of  the  same  name,  in 
Southern  India,  N.  lat.  11°  45'.  It 
is  N.  W.  of  Cochin.  It  was  long  the 
chief  English  settlement  on  this  coast, 
but  has  declined  since  the  company's 
commerce  was  removed  to  Man6. 
The  richest  natives  still  reside  here, 
and  the  inhabitants  are  far  more  civ- 
ilized than  in  the  rest  of  the  province. 
It  has  an  arsenal,  and  is  a  great  mart 
for  Malabaric  goods.  The  C.  M.  S. 
commenced  a  mission  here  in  1817. 
John  Baptist,  native  catechist,  with 
4  native  assistants.  Congregation  16, 
schools  2,  with  144  boys,  13  girls,  and 
28  youths  and  adults. 

THATTA  MOONSHEE,a  village 
connected  with  the  Pulicat  station, 
Southern  India,  where  there  is  a 
flourishing  school. 

THEOPOLIS,  a  station  of  the  L. 
M.  S.  in  South  Africa,  550  m.  E.  of 
Cape  Town.  Hpttentots  resident,  90 
men,  118  women,  with  1J)2  children  ; 
about  one  third  as  many  more  are  em- 
ployed by  the  neighboring  farmers, 
but  belong  to  the  station.  G.  Barker, 
Christopher  Sass,  missionaries.  Con- 
gregation on  Sundays,  150  to  300; 
on  week  days,  12  to  50.  Communi- 
cants 82.  Schools  ;  day  150 ;  attend- 
ance 40  to  50.  Adult,  Sunday,  30  to 
100.  '  ^' 


THOMAS  ST.  one  of  the  Little 
Antilles,  West  Indies,  belonging  to 
Denmark.  The  latitude  of  the  port 
is  la^  20'  N.,  Ion.  05^  3'  W.  It  is  an 
important  commercial  station.  The 
largest  harbor  may  hold  with  safety 
a  hundred  ships  of  war ;  the  store- 
houses are  loaded  with  merchandize 
brought  from  Europe  or  America. 

The  U.  B.  established  a  mission  on 
this  is'and  in  1732.  Mr.  Dober  com- 
menced the  mission. — the  earliest  of 
the  brethrens'  efforts  in  tJiat  quarter 
of  the  world.  We  copy  t;ie  following 
sentences  from  a  new  work  on  the 
Origin  and  History  of  Missu-ms : — 

"  During  the  year  1733,  niai>y  of  the 
inhabitants  of  St.  Thomas  wore  car- 
ried off  by  famine  and  contagious 
diseases ;  and  a  rebelliuii  of  the  ne- 
groes at  St.  Jan,  which  continued 
about  C  months,  and  was  marked  by 
a  series  of  horrid  atrocities,  spread 
terror  and  consternation  through  this 
and  the  adjacent  islands.  The  labors 
of  this  devoted  missionary  were,  of 
course,  rendered  doubly  difficult;  but, 
whilst  he  was  struggling  with  pover- 
ty, and  almost  sinking  beneath  his 
anxious  cares,  a  party  of  14  brethren 
and  4  sisters  were  on  their  way  from 
Europe,  partly  designed  to  aid  in  the 
instruction  of  the  slaves  at  St.  Thom- 
as, and  partly  destined  to  commence 
a  new  mission  in  the  island  of  St. 
Croix. 

'<  The  mission  in  St.  Thomas  h&d 
hitherto  met  with  no  opposition  from 
the  white  inhabitants  ;  but  now  that 
the  influence  of  gospel  truth  began  to 
spread  among  the  negroes,  the  prince 
of  darkness,  alarmed  at  the  invasion 
of  his  territory,  and  the  loss  of  his 
subjects,  resolving,  ifpossible,  to  check 
the  progress  of  a  work  so  completely 
subversive  of  his  own  interests.  The 
flend  of  persecution  was  accordingly 
let  loose.  Many  of  the  proprietors 
prohibited  their  negroes  from  attend- 
ing the  religious  meetings,  and  pun- 
ished with  the  whip  such  as  ventured 
to  obey  God  rather  than  man  ;  others 
endeavored  to  bring  the  gospel  into 
contempt,  by  seducing  its  converts  to 
sinful  practices ;  and  even  a  minister 
of  the  reformed  church,  who  had 
been  unhappily  prejudiced  against 
the  brethren,  presented  a  memorial 
to  the  Danish  government,  in  which 
he  called  in  question  the  validity  of 

381 


i 


THO 


THO 


Martin's  ordination,  and  cf  the  ordi- 
nances administered  bj^  him,  particu- 
larly of  a  marriage  which,  he  had  sol- 
emnized between  hisassisUintFrcund- 
lich,  and  a  mulatto  women,  who  had 
been  converted  to  Ghristi'^nity. 

"  These,  however,  weve  not  the 
only  trials  with  which  the  faith  and 
patience  of  tlie  missionaries  were  ex- 
ercised ;  but  in  the  month  of  October, 
1738,  both  Martin  and  Freundlich, 
with  the  wife  of  the  latter,  weie  in- 
carcerated in  a  prison,  without  having 
committed  or  participated  in  crime  of 
any  description.  The  facts,  as  stated 
hy  an  intelligent  and  respectable  wri- 
ter, were  these : — A  person  of  the 
name  of  Fredler,  who  had  been  origi- 
nally sent  out  as  a  missionary  to  tlie 
island  of  St.  Croix,  and  afterwards 
withdrawn  from  the  brethren,  had 
recently  taken  up  his  abode  in  St. 
Thomas,  with  a  view  to  the  improve- 
ment of  his  worldly  circumstances. 
The  differenco  in  his  conduct  and  that 
of  the  missionaries  was  so  obvious, 
that  even  the  converted  negroes  did 
not  consider  him  as  a  brother.  Martin, 
however,  did  not  entirely  withdraw 
from  him,  but  used  every  exertion  in 
his  power  to  recover  him  from  the 
snares  into  which  he  bad  unhappily 
fallen.  At  the  time  to  which  we  are 
now  alluding,Fredler  was  taken  up  and 
committed  to  prison,  on  the  charge  of 
having  stolen  and  secreted  in  his  chest 
various  articles  belonging  to  the  lord 
chamberlain  Pless,  to  the  value  of 
about  fifteen  rix  dollars.  It  was  now 
suggested  that  Martin  and  Freundlich 
must  have  had  some  knowledge  of 
this  robbery,  and  they  were  accord- 
ingly summoned  to  give  evidence 
upon  oath,  before  a  court  of  judica- 
ture, relative  to  this  transaction.  They 
were  now  placed  in  a  complete  dilem- 
ma, as  their  religious  principles  pre- 
cluded them  from  taking  the  oath  re- 
quired, and  their  offer  of  answering 
any  questions  with  the  strictest  ve- 
racity, and  as  in  the  presence  of  God, 
proved  unsatisfactory.  No  consid- 
eration, however,  could  induce  them 
to  violate  the  dictates  of  their  con- 
sciences ;  and  the  result  was,  that 
they  were  fined  thirty  rix  dollars, 
and,  in  consequence  of  their  inability 
to  raise  such  a  sum,  they  were  com- 
mitted to  prison,  with  the  wife  of 
Freundlich,  and,  in  that  situfttion, 


their  fine  was  increased,  first  to  sixty, 
and  afterwards  to  ninety  rix  dollaru. 

<<  Whilst  the  missionaries  remained 
in  confinement,  and  before  they  could 
convey  any  intelligence  of  their  mis- 
fortunes to  their  friends  in  Europe, 
Count  Zinzendorf  was  providentially 
led  to  visit  St.  Thomas,  and,  about 
the  end  of  January,  173S),  he  arrived 
in  that  island  with  two  brethren  and 
their  wives,  who  were  designed  to 
assist  in  the  instruction  of  the  negroes. 
He  immediately  waited  on  the  gov- 
ernor, and  obtained  the  liberation  of 
the  missionaries  ;  and  it  is  pleasing  to 
add,  that  Fredler  himself  was  subse- 
quently liberated  from  confinement, 
as  no  proof  could  be  brought  forward 
to  substantiate  the  foul  and  cruel 
charge  which  was  brought  against 
him. 

"  Count  Zinzendorf  wai  equally 
surprised  and  gratified  at  tiie  extent 
of  the  field  which  God  had  opened  to 
the  labors  of  the  brethren;  as,  at  this 
time,  the  negroes  who  regularly  at- 
tended the  preaching  of  the  gospel 
amounted  to  800.  These  persons  as- 
semble every  evening  as  soon  as  they 
had  finished  their  daily  labors,  and, 
on  several  occasions,  the  count  ad- 
dressed them  himself. 

''  The  mission  now  began  to  assume 
a  very  favorable  aspect,  and  Martin 
and  nis  faithful  colleagues  pursued 
their  labors  with  unremitted  assiduity ; 
as,  besides  preaching  on  their  own 
plantation,  the  proprietors  of  three 
other  estates  permitted  them  to  visit 
their  negroes,  to  instruct  them  in 
reading,  and  to  explain  to  them  the 
glad  tidings  of  salvation.  In  writing 
on  this  subject,  in  1740,  Mr.  Martin 
says  '  Scarcely  a  day  passes  but  some 
of  these  poor  creatures  call  upon  us, 
bemoaning  their  sin  and  misery^  and 
praying,  with  floods  of  tears,  for  divine 
grace.  When  we  walk  out,  we  fre- 
quently observe  one  and  another  pray- 
ing and  crying  to  the  Lord  Jesus,  to 
be  cleansed  from  their  sins  by  his 
precious  blood.  The  power  of  the 
word  of  atonement,  in  convincing 
them  of  their  sinful  state,  and  in  mag- 
nifying the  riches  of  divine  grace,  is 
truly  surprising.' 

*'  It  appears,  from  authentic  docu- 
ments, that  in  one  day  40,  and  on 
another  90,  negroes  were  admitted 
into  *he  church  by  the  solemn  rite  of 

388 


THO 


THO 


baptism ;  but,  wliilst  the  hearts  of  the 
missionaries  exulted  in  the  extension 
and  success  of  their  labors,  their  con- 
stitutions bc^an  to  sink,  and  breaches 
were  frequently  made  among;  them 
by  death.  In  the  Europeon  congre- 
gations, however,  persons  were  always 
found  possessing  sufficient  zeal  /or 
the  cause  of  Christ,  and  sufficient 
affection  for  the  souls  of  men,  to  in- 
duce them  to  supply  the  places  of 
those  who  had  entered  into  the  rest 
which  remaineth  for  the  people  of 
God. 

"  In  17G7,  the  number  of  commu- 
cants  in  this  island  had  so  considerably 
increased,  that  it  became  necensary 
to  administer  the  ordinance  of  the 
Lord's  Supper  not  only  at  New  Herrn- 
hut,  as  had  been  the  case  hitherto, 
but  also  at  Niesky,  where  a  new  and 
commodious  church  had  been  erect- 
ed. 

"In  1801,  hostilities  having  com- 
menced between  Great  Britain  and 
Denmark,  an  English  fleet  appeared 
off  the  coast  of  St.  Thomas,  and,  as 
resistance  was  impracticable  against 
such  superior  foice,  the  commandant 
was  under  the  necessiiy  of  capitulat- 
ing. An  effusion  of  human  blood 
was  thus  happily  prevented  ;  but  the 
price  of  provisions  was  considerably 
augmented ;  the  correspondenct  of 
the  brethren  with  their  friends  in 
Europe  was  cut  off;  and,  for  a  short 
time,  even  their  daily  meetings  for 
religious  instruction  were  suspended. 
The  sovereignty  of  St.  Thomas  and 
the  adjacent  isles,  however,  was  soon 
again  ceded  to  the  crown  of  Denmark, 
and  no  events  occurred,  for  several 
years,  ralative  to  the  mission,  worthy 
of  particular  notice. 

"  It  appears  that,  for  the  last  few 
years,  this  mission  has  been  advanc- 
ing. In  1825,  the  missionary  Hope 
gave  pleasing  statements  respecting 
the  prospects  in  the  Danish  islands 
as  to  the  grand  object,  viz.  *  the  bles- 
sing attending,  and  the  fruit  arising 
from  the  preaching  of  the  gospel.'  On 
the  12th  of  Feb.  1825,  there  was  a 
dreadful  conflagration  in  the  town  of 
St.  Thomas ;  the  mission  house  and 
church  were  spared ;  but  many  free 
negroes,  belonging  to  the  congrega- 
tion at  Niesky,  lost  their  all.  This 
year,  missionaries  were  sent  out,  both 
from  Europe  and  the  United  States. 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  Eberman  sailed  from 
Philadelphia,  in  the  brig  Seahorse, 
bound  to  St.  Thomas.  At  the  dis- 
tance of  about  2<>  miles  on  this  side 
of  the  Capes  of  Delaware,  the  vessel 
was  struck  by  u  violent  squall,  and 
instantly  thrown  on  her  side.  Brother 
Eberman,togeilier  with  other  passen- 
gers, and  the  captain  and  crew,  were 
enabled  to  support  themselves  above 
water  by  holding  fast  to  the  rigging. 
The  helpless  situation  of  sister  Eber- 
man  prevented  her,  nlone,  from  ex- 
tricating herself  from  the  baggage; 
which,  as  the  cabin  filled  with  water, 
was  drifling   about,   and  completely 

J'ammed  her  in.  Providentially,  she, 
►y  supporting  herself  on  the  floating 
trunks,  was  raised  up  into  the  most 
forward  birth  in  the  cabin  ;  so  that, 
although  she  was  up  to  the  chin  in 
the  water,  room  was  lefl  for  respira- 
tion. Notwithstanding  every  exer- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  captain  and 
crew,  it  ^vas  impossible  to  come  to 
her  assistance ;  nor  could  an  attempt 
be  made  to  cut  her  out,  every  thing 
moveable  having  been  washed  over- 
boaid.  But  it  pleased  God  to  send 
help  in  time.  About  half  an  hour 
afler  the  vessel  had  been  struck,  anoth- 
er outward-bound  vessel  approached ; 
and,  by  the  kind  and  judicious  exer- 
tions of  her  captain,  who  boarded  in 
a  boat,  and  brought  the  necessary 
tools,  a  hole  was  cut  through  the  side 
of  the  vessel,  just  above  the  head  of 
sister  Eberman ;  through  this  open- 
ing she  was  drawn  out,  before  life 
had  fit  1,  afler  she  had  remained  in. 
imminent  danger  of  death  for  near  an 
hour. 

"  Bishop  Hueffel,  in  his  journal, 
seems  to  have  been  much  gratified 
wi*h  the  various  settlements  on  this 
isk  nd.  At  New  Herrnhut,  he  says, 
'  The  burial  ground  is  approached  by 
a  shady  avenue  of  beautiful  trees,  and 
is  remarkable  for  the  tombs  of  a  num- 
ber of  faithful  -jervant^  and  handmaids 
of  the  Lord.  Afler  public  service, 
which  was  attended  by  a  great  num- 
ber of  hearers,  I  had  the  favor,  for  the 
first  time,  to  baptize  two  convorte 
from  among  the  heathen  :  one  couple 
were  then  married  according  to  the 
forms  of  our  church  ;  and,  in  the 
evening  meeting,  seven  persons,  bap- 
tized as  children,  were  received  into 
the  congregation.' 

383 


THO 


THY 


*'  In  18Si>,  the  new  mission  pretnis- 
et  at  Nieiky  were  completed,  and  the 
brethren  had  the  griititioatiun  to  oc- 
cupy them  upon  the  7th  of  July." 

THOMAS,  a  station  of  the  Am. 
Baptist  Hoard  fur  Foreijrn  MisHiuiiH 
among  the  OtawaH,or  Utawau  IndiaiiH, 
on  Grand  r.,  a  branch  of  Lake  Mich- 
igan in  the  Michigan  Territory.  It 
is  under  the  superintendancc  of  Mr. 
Leonard  Slater.    From  the  last  report 

ftresented,  April,   lb32,  we  take  the 
bllowing. 

"  The  mission  school  at  Thomas, 
is  committed  to  the  care  of  Mr.  Rain- 
say  D.  Potts,  and  has  been  alternately 
kept  on  the  mission  premises,  and 
at  a  village  about  one  mile  distant. 
This  measure  afl'orded  accommodation 
to  children  out  of  the  mission  family, 
and  has  probably  contributed  to  bring 
under  instruction,  some  who  would 
otherwise  have  grown  up  without  it. 
'*  Mr.  Slater  lias  devoted  himself 
principally  to  evangelical  labors,  and 
no  doubt  with  advantage  to  the  In- 
dians. He  has  acquired  their  lan- 
guage, and  can  address  them  without 
an  interpreter.  His  custom  is  to 
spend  a  part  of  every  week  at  their 
lodges,  and  press  on  their  attention 
the  subject  of  personal  religion.  Find- 
ing but  little  encouragen/ent,the  mem- 
bers of  the  mission  family,  early  in 
the  present  year,  resolved  to  set  apart 
a  day  for  fasting  and  special  prayer. 
In  accordance  with  this  purpose,  they 
met,  Jan.  13th,  and  at  the  close  of  the 
day,  found,  to  their  inexpressible  joy, 
that  they  had  not  sought  tlie  Lord  m 
vain.  A  hired  man,  who  lived  in  the 
family,  was  the  first  to  discover  the 
deep  conviction  of  his  soul,  that  as  a 
sinner  he  was  lost.  Afler  him  sever- 
al of  the  Indian  children,  members  of 
the  miesion  school,  and  finally  one  of 
the  chiefs,  became  much  distressed. 
Four  only  had  given  evidence  of  a 
hope  in  Christ,  at  the  date  of  our  last 
intelligence,  but  the  prospect  of  a 
considerable  work  was  no  way  dimin- 
ished. This  exhibition  of  mercy  to 
the  perishing  Indians,  is  the  more 
cheering,  from  the  fact,  that  all  pre- 
vious enbrts  for  their  salvation,  had 
proved  nearly  fruitless.  It  reflects, 
at  the  same  time,  great  honor  upon 
prayer,  and  teaches  the  absolute  de- 
pendence of  means  on  the  blessing  of 
God.    It  shows  that  no  faithful  ser- 


vant of  Jehovah  should  labor  in  des- 
pondency, while  he  cxt-cutes  the 
duties  of  his  situation  in  the  spirit  of 
prayer." 

TIIYATIRA.  a  town  in  ancient 
Lydia,  now  called  Jlihinnnr,  In  the 
pushalic  of  Suron  Kliiin,  a  prince  fo 
the  family  of  Kara  Osman,  who  for 
(JO  years,  has  reigned  over  this  coun- 
try almost  with  ubBolute  authority. 
Immense  crops  ot  the  finest  cotton 
enrich  Thyatira.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Jet- 
ter,  of  the  C.  M.  S.  who  is  at  Smyr- 
na, recently  received  a  petition  from 
Thyatira  tor  2  kcIiooIs.  We  copy  a 
translation  of  the  letter,  accompanied 
with  some  remarks  of  Mr.  Lewis,  a  mis- 
sionary of  the  London  Jews'  Society. 
'•  Three  hundred  and  fitly  families 
dwelling  in  the  town  of  Thyatira, 
having  250  male  nnd  :U)((  female  chil- 
dren,  beg  that  a  Hellenic  (Ancient 
Greek)  bchool,  and  a  school  for  mu- 
tual instruction,  might  be  established 
among  them,  that  both  boys  and  girls 
might  make  progress  in  learning. 

"  The  annual  expenses  are  as  fol- 
low— 3000  piastres  lor  the  salary  of  an 
Ancient  Greek  Master  ;  1200  for  the 
master  of  the  other  school ;  800  for 
sundry  expenses  for  the  Ancient,  and 
500  for  the  Modern  Greek  School: 
together,  5500  piastres  per  annum, 
for  salaries,  books,  &.c.  for  these  two 
proposed  schools." 

Signed  by  the  archbishop  of  Ephesas, 
and  three  others ;  and  by  three  of 
the  principal  inhabitants  of  Thy- 
atira. 
It  bears  date  June  25th  (Old  Stijle), 
1831. 
"  I  would  ask,  is  it  in  the  Society's 
plan  and  power  to  extend  their  mis- 
sionary operations  beyond  Smyrna 
and  its  immediate  neighborhood  .•' 
Have  you  any  missionaries  to  spare 
for  Asia  Minor  ?  T  must  say,  howev- 
er desirable  it  would  be  to  establish 
schools,  not  only  in  Thyatira,  but  in 
Pergamos  and  other  places  of  Asia 
Minor,  unless  a  missionary  could  live 
within  a  short  distance  of  them,  to 
superintend  them,  we  could  not  be 
mrc  that  the  money  would  be  laid  out 
altogether  to  the  Society's  wishes. 
Good  schoolmasters  are  indeed  very 
scarce  here  ;  for  we  want,  not  only 
some  knowledge,  but  also  piety,  in 
a  man  to  trust  one  or  two  schools  to 
his  care.    I  hear  that  the  arehbishop 

384 


TiL 


TIN 


of  Epheiua  is  a  very  liberal  man,  and 
much  wifhes  that  achools  might  he 
ratabliihcd  throughout  hit  large  Dio- 
cciie." 

TILLIPALLY,  a  parish  in  the  dis- 
trict of  Jaifna,  Ceylon,  7  or  8  m.  from 
Bntticotta,  t)  m.  N.  of  Jaffnapiitnm. 
This  station  was  occupied  by  the  Rev. 
Messrs.  Warren  and  Poor  of  the  Jt. 
B.  C.  F.  M.  in  ISUl  At  the  present 
time  (Ifi'Vi^)  this  station  is  supplied 
liy  Levi  Spaulding,  missionary,  Mrs. 
Spaulding,  Timothy  D  wight  and 
John  Codman,  teachersA^eth  Pay- 
son,  Azel  Bacicus,  Chanes  Ho<lge, 
Cyrus  Kingsbury,  and  others,  native 
assistants.  The  boarding  school  for 
boys  at  this  station  contams  between 
50  and  00  scholars. 

TINNEVELLY,  a  province  of 
Southern  India,  which  occupios<the 
extremities  of  the  Carnatic,  and  of 
the  whole  peninsula,  being  separated 
from  the  province  of  Travancorc  on 
the  west  coast  by  the  Travancore 
ridge  of  mountains,  a  cont'nuation  of 
the  western  Ghauts.  It  contains  some 
rivers  and  salt  marshes,  separated 
from  the  sea  by  high  sand-hills.  A 
fall  of  rain  is  always  expected  late  in 
January,  which  raises  the  rivers  and 
replenishes  the  tanks.  Great  effects 
have  resulted  from  the  preaching  of 
the  gospel  in  this  district,  ever  since 
the  days  of  Mr.  Schwartz.  We  here 
give  the  following^  general  notices  of 
a  recent  date.  They  relate  to  the 
missions  generally  of  the  C  M.  S.  in 
Southern  India. 

"  General  influence  of  the  mission 
on  the  natives.  Of  what  use  has  all 
preaching  and  teaching  been  hitherto  ? 
Thousands  of  rupees  have  been  spent, 
in  sending  out  missionaries,  in  estab- 
lishing schools,  in  printing  and  dis- 
tributing tracts  and  the  Scriptures. 
What  has  been  the  effect.' — Great 
every  way.  For  the  knowledge  of 
the  true  God,  of  His  will,  and  of 
true  morality,  has  been  diffused ; 
whereby  thousands  of  natives  see  and 
acknowledge  the  folly  and  vanity  of 
idolatry ;  and  have  become,  in  a  man- 
ner, ashamed  of  it.  Many,  indeed, 
remain  in  the  profession  of  heathen- 
ism, particularly,  the  rich  and  the 
wise  ampniff'them,  for  Very  obvious 
teaaons:  still,  their  better  knowledge, 
derived  from  the  sacred  Scriptures,  is 
not,  canndt  be  useless  to  them:  it 
2i 


will  find  its  way  into  their  heart* ; 
and  gradually  produce  an  ardent  de- 
sire for  d(>liverancp  from  the  chains 
of  sin  and  bad  habits,  with  which 
they  find  themselves  more  and  more 
to  bo  bound.  Without  thnt  knov 
edge,  how  will  tliey  arrive  at  f  n- : 
glorious  end?  Without  light,  K<.(.r 
will  they  know  what  darkness  . 
Knowk'dge  of  the  truth  is,  therefore, 
ofexcee<linggrcatimportonce  to  them. 
Besides,  it  is  not  without  an  actual 
improvement  in  their  manners  and 
conduct.  As  a  proof,  we  need  only 
state,  that  here,  in  Tinnevelly,  the 
gentlemen  in  authority  find  thoee 
heathens,  in  their  offices,  who  arc 
acquainted  with  Christianity,  more 
trust- worthy,  more  intelligent,  und 
more  diligent  servants,  than  those 
who  are  not.  A  poor  man,  who  can- 
not read,  observed  once  to  us :  "  Since 
the  spread  of  Christianity,  lying  has 
greatly  decreased  among  us :  and 
what  man  dares  tell  a  he,  who  really 
believes  that  there  is  an  omniscient 
and  holy  God  !"  Is  not  this  a  blessed 
effect  of  the  extension  of  Christiin 
knowledge  ?  And  is  not  this  an  ob- 
ject wortliy  of  our  most  assiduous  at- 
tention  .•• 

"  Great  extent  of  the  mission.  But 
the  good  effect  of  making  known  tlie 
gospel  in  this  district  has  not  stopped 
here  :  we  can  rejoice  in  still  greater 
things.  It  is  now  nearly  ten  years 
since  we  arrived  at  Palamcottah;  du- 
ring which  time  we  have  endeavored, 
in  dependence  on  the  divine  blessing, 
to  discharge  our  duties  towards  our 
fellow  men,  by  preaching,  by  estab- 
lishing Christian  schools,  by  prepar- 
ing and  circulating,  in  the  Tamtil 
dialect,  religious  tracts  and  the  Scrip- 
tures, by  forming  two  native  semina- 
ries, (male  and  female,)  where,  besides 
theology,  history,  and  geography,  the 
elements  of  astronomy,  ana  other  sci- 
ences are  taught.  When  we  came, 
we  had  no  congregation,  except  the 
people  of  our  households,  with  a  few 
persons  of  the  Tanjore  mission  ;  and 
no  Christian  schools,  but  six  or  seven 
heathen  schools,  which  the  philan- 
thropic exertions  of  the  fonner  chap- 
lain had  left  for  our  superintendance. 
And  how,  we  have  244  villages,  in 
each  of  which  tltere  is  a  nuinber  of 
Christian  families,  formed  into  64 
catechists'  stations;  containinsf,  in  ail, 

385 


I 


ijf  *  *  t 


TIN  '^ 

more  than  2000  families,  coniiating 
of  mere  than  7500  eouls,  instructed 
by  C4  native  catecluBt- teachers  or 
catechistitF->62  Christian  schools;  of 
which  38  are  taught  by  separate  mas- 
ters, and  24  by  the  cateehists,  In  which 
1300  children  (including  112  girls) 
njre  instructed — 36  native  youths  form 
a  seminary,  from  which  a  number 
have,  in  the  .  mrse  of  the  last  six 
y  'lars,  been  employed  in  the  congre- 
gttions  and  schools  There  are  in 
these  244  villages  at  least  150  cLureh- 
es  or  prayer-houses,  of  different  sizes 
and  quality — a  pretty  large  and  sub- 
stantial church  has' been  erected  at 
Mooroogenkooritchy,  near  the  fort  of 
Talamcottah,  our  mission  station — 
seven  or  et?rht  smaller  substantial 
chapels  havK  been  erected,  or  are 
erecting,  in  entirely  Christian  villa- 
ges belonging  to  the  mission :  many 
of  the  rest  are  old  heathen  temples, 
converted  by  the  people  into  Chris- 
tian prayer-houses.  We  have  said 
only  150  churches,  but  nearly  every 
one  of  tlie  244  villages  has  a  separate 
building  for  prayer  and  instruction. 

"  We  need  not  particularize  the 
gradual  steps  by  which  this  increase 
of  the  Christian  church  has  been 
brought  about :  they  have  been  annu- 
ally laid  before  the  public,  in  the  Ma- 
dras Committee's  reports,  and  in  the 
home  Society's  publications.  This 
summary  statement  will  suffice  to 
show  the  fruit  of  the  grace  of  God 
on  the  people,  in  the  course  of  *en 
years — small,  indeed,  when  compared 
with  the  mass  of  the  people  that  are 
still  in  heathenish  darkness !  but 
enough  to  rejoice  and  etocourage  our 
hearts,  and  to  silence  objections 
against  the  cause  of  missions.  In 
fulfilment  of  the  predictions  of  the 
word  of  God,  they  have  litervjUy  cast 
their  idola  to  the  moles  and  bnts,  (la. 
ii.  fi'J) :  they  have  come  and  said, 
"  W^e  wUl  be  the  Lord's;"  and  sub- 
scribed with  their  hands  unio  the  Lord, 
desiring  to  be  taught  in  His  ways,  aad 
to  walk  in  HispaOis.  (Is.  ii.  3.  xliv.  5.) 

"  Estimate  of  the  influence  of  the 
Gospel  on  the  native  Christians.  But, 
are  all  these  2000  families  true  Chris- 
tians ?  To  this  we  do  not  hesitate  to 
answer — -'No;  not  all."  They  are 
a  mixture,  as  our  Saviour  foretold 
that  His  church  would  be — 7%e  king- 
dom iff  heaven  is  like  unto  a  net,  that 


TIN 

was  cast  into  the  sea,  and  gathered  t(f 
every  kind,  (Matt.  xiii.  47.)  But 
ali  have  renounced  idolatry,  and  the 
service  of  devils  ;  and  put  themselves 
and  families  under  Christian  instruc- 
tion, to  learn  to  worship  God  in  spirit 
and  in  truth.  And  is  not  this  a  great 
blessing  to  them  ?  Is  an  exchange  of 
a  false,  childish.  i^:jpure,  filthy,  stu- 
pefying, degruding  ?;orship,  for  the 
reasonable,  holy,  enlightening,  exalt- 
ing, glorious  worship  of  the  true  God 
m  Clurist — is  an  exchange  of  the  ex- 
ecrable stories  of  wicked  gods  and 
men,  inculcating  and  encouraging  all 
kinds  of  vices,  for  the  blessed,  soul- 
converting,  enlightening  histories, 
and  holy  precepts  of  the  bcriptures,  a 
small  thing.'*  Will  the  people  get 
better,  so  long  as  they  think  that  their 
idols  are  gods,  their  lying  and  fight- 
ing gods  worthy  of  imitation,  and 
their  filthy  stories  pleasant  things  ? 
A  conviction  of  the  contrary,  a  re- 
nunciation of  them,  a  desire  to  know 
the  truth,  a  readiness  to  be  instructed 
.therein,  are  absolutely  necessary  to 
true  conversion :  they  are,  in  fact,  the 
beginning  of  it.  When,  therefore,  we 
say  that  they  are  not  yet  all  true 
Christians,  we  chiefly  mean,  that  they 
are  not  yet  all  high  in  the  attainment 
of  Christian  knowledge  and  experi- 
ence. Many  among  them  may  also 
have  embraced  Christianity,  in  the 
first  place,  merely  because  their  mas- 
ters or  friends  did  so;  and  others, 
because  they  saw  the  improved  con- 
dition of  the  native  Christians,  and 
desired  to  be  delivered  from  oppres- 
sion and  wrong.  But  even  among 
them  we  have  had  many  instances  of 
their  becoming,  by  degrees,  truly  en- 
lightened and  blameless  characters, 
wlio  would  endure  any  thing  for 
Christ's  sake,  and  are  an  iionor  to  the 
Christian  church. 

*'  Rapid  increase  of  congregations 
and  schools.  That  Christianity  actu- 
ally rises,  and  idolatry  falls,  in  the  es- 
timation of  all  classes  of  the  heathen 
in  general,  is  evidenced,  by  their  de- 
sire of  having  Christian  schools  es- 
tablished in  their  villages,  (even  Brah- 
mins do  not  now  hesitate  doing  so) ; 
by  several  individuals  among  them 
making,  novf  and  then,  preient*  of 
lands  to  the  mission ;  and  by  tlie 
steady  increabs  of  the  congregations. 
It  is  this  increase  of  congregitlionB 

386 


TOB 


TON 


«nd  schools  which  increases  our  ex- 
penditure nearly  every  month.  The 
present  expenditure  per  month  is — 

Rupees. 
For  Catechists,  350 

Schoolmasters,  '        228 

Battas  of  both,  on  their  jour- 
neys, Sec.  30 
The   Seminary,    including 

teachers,  200 

Young  men  preparing  for  the 
office  of  catechist  and  school- 
master, about  33 

"  This  is  independently  of  the  oc- 
casional assistance  rendered  to  the 
people  in  building  chapels,  schools, 
catechists'  dwellings,  &c.  There  is 
also  every  prospect  of  greater  increase. 
In  fact,  several  congregations  are  not 
yet  provided  with  catechists;  and 
several  applications  for  schools  are 
still  to  be  complied  with." 

TOBAGO,  the  most  southern  of 
the  Caribbee  Islands,  and  the  most 
eastern  except  Barbadoes.  It  is  27 
m.  long  and  8  broad ;  and  near  the 
N.  E.  extremity  is  little  Tobago, 
which  is  2  ra.  long.  The  climate  is 
not  so  hot  as  might  be  expected  from 
its  situation  so  near  the  equator; 
nor  is  it  visited  by  such  dreadfixl 
hurricanes  as  frequently  desolate  the 
other  islands.  It  is  diversified  with 
hills  and  vales,  and  equal  in  richness 
of  produce  to  any  island  in  these 
seas.  In  1748  it  was  declared  a  neu- 
tral island,  but  in  1763  was  ceded  to 
the  British.  It  was  taken  by  the 
French  in  1781,  and  confirmed  to 
them  in  1783.  In  1793  and  1803  it 
was  taken  by  the  British,  and  ceded 
to  them  in  1814.  The  principal  place 
is  Scarborough.  W.  long.  60°  30', 
N.  lat.  IF  16'.  The  number  of  in- 
habitants is  about  15,000. 

About  1808,  the  Rev.  R.  Elliott, 
from  the  L.  M.  S.,  commenced  a  mis- 
sion here.  A  chapel  was  erected  for 
Ills  accommodation  at  Scarborough, 
where  he  liad  a  small  congregation  of 
white  and  colored  people.  He  also 
labored  among  the  slaves  on  several 
estates ;  but  as  the  mission  was  at- 
tended with  much  expense  and  little 
success,  Mr.  Elliott  removed  to  Dem- 
arara,  about  1814. 

In  1816,  the  Rev.  Messrs.  Nelson 
and  Stephenson,  of  the  W.  M.  S.,  ar- 
rived, were  cordially  received,  and 


heard  with  attention.  Soon  afler,  in 
addition  to  preaching  at  Courland  and 
Scarborough,  they  visited  several  es- 
tates with  much  success.  Sabbath 
schools  were  also  established.  In 
1823,  there  •were  50  members  in  soci- 
ety. 

In  1826,  the  state  of  the  mission  is 
thus  reported  : — "  Our  congregations 
continue  genenlly  good,  both  in  the 
town  an«f  country,  and  are  serious 
and  attentive.  In  some  places  there 
is  a  peculiar  spirit  of  hearing  mani- 
fested. A  few  have  been  added  to 
our  society,  most  of  whom  give  g20<i 
evidence  of  a  change  of  heart,  xhe 
society  in  general  maintain  a  pious, 
circumspect,  and  consistent  walk  and 
conversation ;  and  though  most  are, 
as  3ret,  only  babes  in  Christ,  some 
have  attained  a  good  degree  of  stabil- 
i'h^ ,  and  are  our  rejoicing  in  the  Lord. 
Number  of  members — whites,  2;  free 
colored  and  black  persons,  57 ;  slaves, 
24.     Total,  83. 

Schools.  "  It  is  with  regret  that 
we  review  this  department  of  our  la- 
bor for  the  past  year.  At  its  com- 
mencement, our  school  at  Scarborough 
was  in  a  flourishing  condition,  but  we 
have  now  to  report  that  our  numbers 
are  reduced  one  half.  We  have,  how- 
ever, some  hope,  that  on  the  re-ap- 
pointment of  2  missionaries  to  this 
station,  it  will  revive,  and  again  be- 
come effective  and  well  attended. 
Those  children  who  have  continued, 
have  been  atteniive,  and  afford  us  en- 
couragement. 

''  The  negroes  that  we  have  been 
able  to  visit  and  instruct,  are  acquir- 
ing a  good  knowledge  of  the  cate- 
chism; and  we  entertain  the  hope, 
that  the  truths  thus  learned  will  be 
productive  of  the  happiest  effects. 
Scholars — 50  females  and  25  males. 
Total  75." 

This  station  has  since  been  aban- 
doned. 

TON  A  WAND  A,  a  station  of  the 
Am.  Bap.  Board  for  Foreign  Missions, 
among  tlie  Seneca  Indians  in  the 
State  of  New  York. 

The  following  is  a  report  of  the 
Executive  Committee  of  the  New 
York  Missionary  Convention  on  In- 
dian reform,  by  their  Secretary,  the 
Rev.  C.  G.  Carpenter. 

"  The  native  church  and  school  at 
Tonawanda,  are  in  a  pleasant  and 

387 


ii 


TOK 


TON 


prosperous  state.  The  lives,  und  with 
one  exception  the  health,  of  the  whole 
missionary  family  have  been  preserv- 
ed. The  teachers  are  happy  in  their 
employment.  The  scholars  make  ex- 
cellent proficiency  in  their  different 
branches,  and  in  general  are  submis- 
sive; the  present  number  is  thirty, 
and  there  is  a  good  prospect  of  con- 
siderable increase. 

"  The  church  has  lately  had  an  ac- 
cession of  I  -n,  three  of  whom  are  in- 
telligent yomg' men,  and  influential 
in  the  tribe.  The  members  appear  to 
grow  in  grace  and  in  the  knowledge 
of  Jesus  Christ ;  they  enjoy  good  har- 
mony, and  have  formed  u  temperance 
society  on  the  plan  of  entire  absti- 
nence. 

**  Measures  are  in  progress  to  ob- 
tain good  mechanics,  who  will  feel  an 
interest  in  the  welfare  of  the  station, 
and  who  will  be  able  not  only  to  sup- 
ply the  station  with  articles  in  their 
respective  brandies,  but  also  to  assist 
the  boys  in  acquiring-  such  trades  as 
will  anord  them  profitable  and  useful 
employment. 

"  The  amount  expended  the  past 
year  is  $1431  45,  the  largest  portion 
of  which  was  collected  expressly  for 
this  object.  Such  has  been  the  foster- 
ing care  of  Divine  Providence  over 
this  station,  as  to  demand  profound 
gratitude  and  praise.  In  view  of 
which  we  feel  encouraged,  believing 
there  are  still  greater  blessings  in 
store  for  this  benighfeti  people. 

TOKSHISH,  a  station  of  the  .4.  B. 
C.  F.  M.  among  the  Chickasaw  In- 
dians. It  is  near  the  34th  degree  of 
N.  lat.  about  46  m.  from  Mayhew,  in 
the  Choctaw  nation,  20  or  27  m.  from 
Cotton  Gin  Port  on  the  Tombeokby, 
and  2  m.  from  Monroe.  It  was  com- 
menced in  1825,  by  the  missionaries 
of  the  Synod  of  South  Carolina  and 
€reorgia.  It  was  transferi'ed  to  the 
^.  B.  C.  F.  M.  in  December,  1827. 
Rev.  Thos.  C.  Stuart^  missionary,  and 
Mrs.  Stuart;  now  reside  at  this  station. 
About  200  usually  attend  meeting. 
The  church  consists  of  about  90  mem- 
bers, all  of  whom  maintain  a  fair 
Christian  character.  The  destitute 
and  confused  state  of  the  Indians,  oc- 
casioned by  their  political  troubles, 
has  interposed  great  obstacles  in  the 
way  of  the  success  of  the  mission. 
We  give  the  following  extract  of  a 


letter  from  Mr.  Stuart,  dated  Monroe, 
March  23, 1832. 

*'  The  Presbytery  of  Tombeckby 
met  here  two  weeks  since.  It  was  an 
interesting  time.  The  congregations 
were  large  and  very  attentive.  An 
old  African  man  was  admitted  to  tlie 
communion.  Since  the  meeting  wk 
have  had  larger  congregations  tlian 
usual.  I  now  preach  three  times  on 
the  Sabbath,  and  have  good  attend- 
ance each  time.  The  members  of  the 
church,  I  hope,  are  a  little  waked  up. 
These  generally  stand  firm,  with  a 
few  exceptions.  At  the  late  meeting 
we  excommunicated  one,  suspended 
three,  and  restored  two.  We  have  a 
temperance  society,  which  numbers 
between  SO  and  KO  members.  1  have 
sent  or,  for  the  Journal  of  Humanity 
for  the  benefit  of  the  neighborhood. 
Our  school  is  increasing.  We  have 
also  a  Sabbath  school.  It  is  a  subject 
of  almost  daily  lamentation,  that  I 
cannot  extend  my  labors  more  among 
the  Indians.  I  earnestly  desire  to 
preach  more  to  them,  but  cannot  pro- 
cure a  suitable  interpreter.  Mr.  By- 
ington  has  appointed  a  two  days' 
meeting  here  the  third  Sabbath  in 
next  month,,  after  which  we  design 
taking  a  tour  among  the  Indians  on 
Tallahacchee.  With  regard  to  the 
present  state  of  the  -Indians,  I  believe 
they  are  generally  quiet,  and  are  rest- 
ing satisfied  that  the  treaty  will  not 
be  ratified,  it  being,  as  they  under- 
stand it,  a  conditional  one,  and  the 
conditions  not  having  been  fulfilled 
on  the  part  of  the  United  States. 

"  The  chiefs  have  been  making 
some  effort,  the  laws  of  Mississippi 
notwithstanding,  to  suppress  intcm- 

Eerancc  among  the  people.  Tliey 
ave  agreed  to  remove,  provided  a 
suitable  country  can  be  obtained  from 
the  Choctaws.  This,  tliey  believe, 
cannot  be  djne,  and  therefore  they 
have  strouff  hopes  of  staying  where 
they  are.  Inese  hopes,  I  fear,  are  vain." 
TONGA,  OR  TONGATABOO, 
the  principal  of  the  Friendly  Islands. 
21°  7'  S.  lat.,  175°  19'  W.  Ion.  This 
groupe  rank  nearly  the  first  in  the 
Archipelago  in  Polynesia  for  the  in- 
dustry of  the  inhabitants,  and  the  de- 
cree of  political  order,  which  prevails 
m  it.  Infanticide,  and  several  other 
Taheitan  institutions  are  unknown 
among  them.    Conjugal  infidelity  io 


TON 


TON 


naking' 
jissippi 
intein- 
They 
ided  a 
d  from 
elievc, 

tlu'y 
where 
vain." 
BOO, 
iknds. 

Tliis 
in  the 
lie  in- 
he  de- 
'e  vails 

other 


the  upper  classes  has  been  severely 
punislied.  Tliu  women  arc  in  a  state 
of  slavery.  Tonga  has  a  large  and 
excellent  harbor,  which  admits  of  be- 
ing fortified.  TJie  IV.  M.  S.  have  bad 
a  mission  on  these  islands  for  a  num- 
ber of  years.  The  following  particu- 
lars were  published  in  London  in 
1831.  They  are  from  a  communicar- 
tion  of  Mr.  Turner,  one  of  the  mis- 
sionaries. 

Baptism  of  fifteen  adults  in  Tonga- 
taboo.  "  Forever  praised  be  the  Lord 
for  this  blessed  day  !  At  nine  in  the 
morning,  the  chupel  was  uncommonly 
full :  not  less  than  500  persons  were 
present :  afler  singing  and  the  first 
prayer,  seven  men,  two  of  whom  are 
CHIEFS,  made  a  solemn  and  public  re- 
nunciation of  all  the  gods  of  Tonga, 
and  professed  their  mith  in  the  doc- 
trines of  our  holy  religion,  afler  which 
the  sacred  rite  of  baptism  was  admin- 
istered to  them.  The  chapel  was 
very  full  in  the  afternoon,  when  I 
baptized  eight  adult  females  ;  and 
three  children,  whose  parents  had 
been  previously  baptized. 

"  in  the  evening,  for  the  first  time 
in  the  Tonga  language,  we  celebrated 
the  Sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper : 
2G  natives  partook  with  us  of  the  sac- 
red emblems  of  the  body  and  blood  of 
Christ.  With  what  solemnity  of  soul 
did  they  draw  near  to  the  table  of  the 
Lord !  Relative  to  the  nature  and 
design  of  the  sacred  ordinance  we  had 
previously  instructed  them;  so  that 
we  were  satisfied  that  they  did  not 
rush  unthinkingly  into  the  presence 
of  the  Lord.  Many  of  them  have 
very  exalted  views  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ  and  of  his  atonement. 

"  Five  of  those  baptized  this  day 
belong  to  one  family  :  the  father  is  a 
man  of  rank,  a  chief  by  birth :  his 
name  was  Uhila,  "  Lightning :"  he  is 
a  very  wise,  thoughtful,  and  discern- 
ing man.  Previous  to  his  receiving 
the  gospel,  he  was  one  of  the  princi- 
pal priests  of  the  island,  and  a  great 
polygamist ;  but,  blessed  be  God ! 
the  gospel  has  brought  him  to  know 
that  he  is  not  a  ood,  but  a  man  and  a 
sinner :  under  its  influence  he  has 
cast  away  his  priesthood  and  his  sins ; 
yea,  his  right-eye  sin — his  ncmerocs 
wiTES-wsave  one.  We  have  baptized 
him  Zechariah ;  his  wife,  Elizabeth ; 
and  their  little  aon,  John." 
♦2i 


Of  the  next  day  he  says — 

"  Almost  all  Nukualofa  appears 
moved,  by  the  blessing  of  God  on  the 
labors  of  yesterday.  Learning  to  read, 
coming  to  class,  being  baptized,  and 
going  to  heaven,  are  now  the  princi- 
pal subjects  of  conversation." 

Promising  state  of  the  native  con- 
verts. **  Of  our  societies  we  observe, 
that,  when  proper  allowanc<!  is  made 
for  their  recent  formation  and  the 
great  ignorance  and  sjiiritual  degra- 
dation in  which  the  gospel  found 
them,  nothing  but  good  can  be  said 
concerning  them.  Of  course,  we  do 
not  present  the  wholk  of  this  number 
as  spiritually -enlightened  and  evan- 
gelically-converted souls ;  but  that 
there  are  such  among  them,  we  do 
not  for  a  moment  doubt.  We  can 
with  confidence  say,  with  regard  »o 
the  greater  part  of  them,  that  they 
have  not  only  totally  abandoned  thtir 
heathenish  and  wicKcd  practices,  but 
that  they  are  striving  to  become  ac- 
quainted with  the  will  of  God  in  or- 
der that  they  may  do  it.  Almost  the 
constant  language  of  some  of  them  is, 
""Teach  us  what  we  must  do — lead 
us  in  the  way  we  must  go — make 
known  unto  us  the  meaning  of  the 
book  which  Jehovah  has  given,  that 
we  may  be  wise :"  and,  so  far  as  the 
t>ee  may  be  judged  by  its  fruits,  we 
dare  pronounce  them  trees  of  right- 
eousness, the  planting  of  the  Lord,  that 
he  may  he  glorified. 

''  It  is  a  fixed  rule  with  us,  that  no 
adult  shall  be  baptized  who  does  not 
give  proof  of  his  sincere  desire  to  be- 
come savingly  acquainted  with  the 
religion  of  Jesus.  None  are  consider- 
ed by  us  as  members  who  have  not 
been  baptized ;  and  some  are  kept  on 
trial,  after  that  ordinance  has  been 
administered  :  these  are  cases,  in  gen- 
eral, affected  by  their  matrimonial 
connexions.  Had  it  not  been  for  our 
exercising  strict  discipline,  our  num> 
ber  of  baptisms  and  members  would 
have  been  considerably  more  than 
they  are.    Our  great  desire  and  dili- 

frent  core  is,  to  get  the  people  saving* 
y  converted  to  God. 

"  It  is  a  cause  of  great  thankfulness 
to  us,  that,  as  our  numbers  increase, 
the  Lord  is  raising  up  pious  men  and 
women  to  take  an  active  part  in  our 
classes.  Our  numbers  have  so  in- 
creased, that  it  has  become  absolutely 

389 


TOR 


TOR 


impossible  for  us  to  meet  them  indi- 
vidually ourselves:  we  have,  there- 
fore, commenced  introducing  that  part 
of  our  system  which  consists  in  se- 
lecting from  among  themselves  the 
most  pious  and  judicious,  and  ap- 
pointing them  as  leaders ;  at  the  same 
time  exercising  a  constant  and  vigi- 
lant watchfulness  over  them  our- 
selves, and  regularly  meeting  them 
once  a  week. 

"  Br.  and  Sr.  Thomas  are  still  with 
us,  waiting  for  a  favorable  opportuni- 
ty to  go  to  the  Habaia,  wnere  the 
prospect    seems  to   be    increasingly 

good.  We  have  heard  that  the  King 
as  taken  some  bold  sleps  towards  the 
destruction  of  their  idolatrous  system 
throughout  the  whole  of  these  islands ; 
and  that  the  way  is  now  perfectly 
open  to  the  whole  of  that  groupe,  for 
the  introduction  of  the  meliorating 
and  saving  doctrines  of  the  gospel.' 

TORTOLA,  the  principal  of  the 
Virgin  Islands,  in  the  West  Indies, 
12  miles  long  and  4  broad.  It  be- 
longed to  the  Dutch,  who  built  a 
strong  fort,  from  which  they  were  ex- 

Eelled  by  the  British  in  166G.  The 
arbor  is  at  the  east  end  of  the  island. 
W.  Ion.  64°  50',  N.  lat.  18°  28'.  The 
number  of  inhabitants,  in  1805,  was 
10,500,  of  whom  9000  were  slaves. 
The  population  has  considerably  de- 
creased. 

From  a  late  report  of  the  W.  M.  S. 
we  select  the  following  paragraphs. 
The  mission  was  commenced  by  Dr. 
Coke,  in  1788. 

"  There  is  a  net  increase  to  the  So- 
ciety of  102  members,  afler  covering 
the  loss  of  45  by  removals,  36  by 
death,  and  several  by  backelidings ; 
besides  75  who  remain  on  trial.  The 
number  of  marriages  is  75.  Some  of 
our  members  have  calmly  sunk  into 
the  arms  of  death,  or  with  holy  tri- 
umph have  waited  their  summons  to 
their  God  and  Saviour." 

Road-toum.  ''  The  wretched  state 
of  the  roads  has  prevented  the  breth- 
ren from  visiting  the  estates  as  for- 
merly, yet  many  of  the  slaven  in  this 
division  have  received  a  very  gratuous 
influence  from  above.  They  have 
assembled  together  for  prayer  afler 

and 


tiie  duties  of  the  day  were  over, 
many  young  and  some  old  sinners 
have  been  brought  to    God.     The 
members  in  town  are  becoming  more 


established,  and  are  walking  in  peace 
and  love.  The  number  in  society  is  -. 
28  whites ',  328  free  colored  and  black  ; 
832  slaves  :— Total,  1188." 

East-end.  *'  A  few  we  trust  are 
awake  to  their  best  interests,  but  we 
should  rejoice  to  see  a  deeper  concern 
for  salvation.  The  number  in  society 
is :  free  colored  and  black,  27 ',  slaves, 
30 :— Total,  57." 

Wegt'tnd.  '^  The  number  in  socie- 
ty is :  whites,  5 ;  free  colored  and 
black,  52 ;  sKves,  263  :— Total,  320." 
Jogs  Van  lyke's.  "  Here  is  a 
pleasing  ]\t>,L  society,  whose  mem- 
bers are  uniformly  devoted  to  God, 
and  successfully  prosecuting  the  great 
business  of  their  salvation ;  happily 
evincing  the  hallowing  influence  of 
religion  in  consistency  and  purity  of 
character.  The  number  in  society  : 
whites,  2 ;  free  colored  and  black,  64  ; 
slaves,  65  :— Total,  131." 

Peter' 8-island.  "  The  isolated  situ- 
ation of  this  society  militates  against 
their  prosperity.  The  number  is :  free 
colored  and  black,  4j  slaves,  7: — 
Total,  11." 

Spanish-town.  "  Prior  to  the  hur- 
ricane of  1819,  a  missionary  resided 
here,  but  that  awful  visitation  des- 
troyed the  chapel  and  dwelling-house. 
In  1824,  subscriptions  were  received 
towards  the  erection  of  another,  which 
were  afterwards  returned.  The  in- 
habitants however  are  not  discourag- 
ed, they  would  gladly  burn  lime  and 
furnish  stones,  besides  doing  all  they 
could  in  subscriptions,  and  are  long- 
ing indeed  for  measures  to  be  adopted, 
that  they  may  once  more  enjoy  Uiose 
means  they  have  never  ceased  to 
prize.  The  number  in  society  is :  free 
colored  and  black,  37  j  slaves,  26: — 
Total,  63." 

Anigada.  "  The  society  here  is  do- 
ing well.  Thev  attend  to  tlie  preach- 
ing of  the  woidi,  and  contribute  to  the 
support  of  the  work  of  God.  The 
number  is:  free  colored  and  black, 
13;  slaves,  6 :— Total,  19." 

Cane  Garden-Bay.  "  The  society 
here  is  composed  of  invalids,  who 
cannot  attend  worship  at  any  of  our 
chapels.  Several  o£^  these  enjoy,  in 
the  decline  of  life,  that  religion  which 
they  embraced  in  their  youth;  and 
concerning  the  rest  we  trust  they 
have  not  hewr<}  in  vain.  The  number 
in,  society  is :  fre^  colored  and  blaok, 

390 


TRA 


TRA 


peace 
ety  is  •- 
black ; 

lat  are 
but  we 
oncern 
society 
slaves, 

1  Bocie- 
ed   and 
1,  320." 
e    is    a 
;  mem- 
o  God  7 
iie  great 
happily 
lence  of 
(urity  of 
society  : 
ack,64> 

ted  sita- 

against 

r  is :  free 


es, 


7:- 


the  hur- 
r  resided 
ion  (jes- 
g-house. 
received 
r,  which 
The  in- 
[scourag- 
ime  and 

all  they 
ire  long- 
|adopted, 

»y  those 

[ased    to 

is:  free 

[S,26:— 

Ire  is  do- 

preach- 

to  the 

.    The 

black, 

society 

who 

of  our 

[»joy,  in 

which 

(h;  and 

St   they 

Inamber 

blaoky 


^s, 


3;  slaves,  19 :— Total,  22.  The  num- 
ber in  the  whole  is  :  whites,  35  ;  free, 
528  ;  slaves,  1248  :— Total,  1811." 

Road-toton.  *'  Many  who  were  once 
h  hulars  in  this  institution  are  now 
members  of  society  and  teachers  in 
the  school.  The  adult  school  is  com- 
posed chiefly  of  liberated  Africans, 
who  feel  much  pleasure  in  diligently 
improving  every  opportunity  for  ac- 
quiring the  art  of  reading. 

"  The  numbers  are :  boys,  83 ;  girls, 
106 :  free,  141 ;  slaves,  48 ;  adults,  1 
man;  7  women." 

East-end.  "  This  fohool  is  in 
want  of  competent  persons  to  teach." 

West-end.  "  The  Sunday  school 
here  has  only  two  female  teachers. 
Numbers:  W  ,  12;  girls,  78;  71  of 
whom  are  slaves  : — Total,  90. 

"  An  adult  school  of  a  very  inter- 
esting character  has  been  formed  dur- 
ing the  present  year;  5  who  knew 
their  letters  very  imperfectly  when 
they  entered  the  school,  now  read  the 
New  Testament.  All  take  great  plea- 
sure in  attending  for  instruction,  and 
our  hopes  concerning  them  are  very 
cheering.  Numbers:  males,  10;  fe- 
males, 41.  Many  of  these  are  slaves." 

"  Total  in  l^ortola,  including  59 
adults,  372." 

TRANQUEBAR,  a  Danish  settle- 
ment, in  Southern  Hindoostan,  E.  of 
Tanjore.  The  territory  is  of  small  ex- 
tent. The  fort  is  large,  aifd  filled 
with  a  population  both  European  and 
native.     In  1812,  the  pop.  of  Tran- 

?uebar,  and  its   16  villages,  was  as 
bllows : — 
Europeans,  487 

Mixed,  370 

Christian  natives,  601 

Mohammedans,  1,446 

Hindoos,  16,775 


19,679 
Since  1814,  when  it  was  restored 
to  the  Danes,  it  has  greatly  improved 
in  commerce  and  population. 
A  mission  was  commenced  in  Tran- 

Juebar,  in  1706,  by  Ziegenbalg  and 
'lutcho,  under  the  auspices  of  the 
king  of  Denmark.  The  labors  of 
Ziegenbalg  were  indefatigable,  and 
very  successful.  He  was  succeeded 
by  Orundler,  Schwartz,  John,  and 
others. 

The  Rev.   Mr.    Barenbruck    now 
^gttlarly  administers    the  word    of 


truth.  In  June,  1826,  he  reported 
that  the  total  number  of  children  at- 
tending the  schools,  which  are  33  in 
number, had  been,  during  the  preced- 
ing quarter,  1738-— being  an  increase 
of  86  on  former  attendances:  and 
that  the  number  during  the  current 
quarter  was  1749. 

In  the  Seminary  at  this  station  there 
are  14  youths,  of  whom  John  Dewas> 
agayam  makes  the  following  report  in 
October : — 

"  Since  our  last  report  of  the  Sem- 
inarists, in  October  last,  two  of  them 
have  been  promoted  ;  one  as  a  reader, 
and  another  as  an  assistant  to  the 
Seminarist  schoolmaster.  Both  of 
them  are  very  promising  youths,  and 
have  hitherto  given  us  satisfaction, 
by  their  good  behaviour  and  strict  at- 
tention to  their  respective  duties.  In 
the  daily  conduct  of  the  former  we 
frequently  witness  an  ardent  desire 
for  the  salvation  of  his  fellow-crea- 
tures, and  for  proclaiming  the  love  of 
God  in  giving  jts  his  only  begotten 
Son.  The  latter,  as  well  in  respect 
of  his  age  as  his  attainments,  is  qual- 
ified to  occupy  an  employment  as  an 
assistant  reader,  at  any  time.  Tlie 
other  Seminarists,  who  are  12  in 
number,  having  had  great  advantages 
since  our  settling  here,  under  Mr. 
Barenbruck's  instruction,  tiieir  pro- 
gress has  been  very  satisfactory." 

Many  pleasing  circumstances  have 
recently  occurred  at  this  station, 
which  evince  the  concern  of  the  na- 
tives for  tlie  instruction  of  their  off- 
spring, the  desire  and  gratitude  of 
the  children  themselves,  and  the  dis- 
position of  the  gentlemen  resident  in 
that  part  of  the  country  to  take  a 
warm  interest  in  the  school  establish- 
ment. 

TRAVANCORE,  a  very  populous 
country  on  the  S.  W.  coast  of  Hin- 
doostan, separated  from  the  southern 
Carnatic  by  the  Ghaut  Mountains, 
and  extending  from  Cape  Comorin, 
about  150  miles,  to  Cochin.    It  is  di- 


vided into  30  districts,  in  2  of  which 
only  the  Tamul  language  is  well 
known ;  the  Malayalim  is  generally 
spoken.  It  is  inhabited  by  various 
religious  denominations ;  Christians, 
Jews,  Mohammedans,  and  Hindoos, 
worship  according  to  their  diffiBrent 
creeds,  without  molestation  from  each 
other;    and    churches,    synagogues, 

391 


TRI 


TRI 


mosques,  and  pagodas,  are  intermin- 
gled. .Impediments  to  the  progress 
of  Christiunity,  it  is  tltought,  may  be 
expected  from  political  rather  than 
from  religious  jealousy. 

Travancore  is  chiefly  inhabited  by 
the  tribe  of  Nairs,  a  caste  next  to  tlie 
Brahmins  :  -they  are  the  nobility  of 
the  country,  and  the  strictest  of  all 
the  Hindoos  in  observing  the  rules  of 
their  caste. 

The  Rev.  Wm.  T.  Ringletaube,  of 
the  L.  M.  S.,  commenced  his  labors 
in  South  Travancore,  in  1805,  and 
continued  till  IrtiG.  He  was  station- 
ed at  Magilady.  He  preached  at  sev- 
eral neigboring  places,  and  occasioi;- 
ally  in  remote  districts ;  distributing 
Portuguese  and  Tanml  tracts,  and 
superintcMiding  schooFs. 

A  view  of  the  mission  in  Travan- 
core may  be  obtained  by  reference  to 
the  following  articles : — Mepie,  Co- 
tym,  J^agercod  and  Quilon. 

TRICHINOPOLY,  a  city  of  Hin- 
doostan,  in  the  Carnatic,  capital  of  a 
fertile  district,  which  was  formerly  a 
principality.  It  is  surrounded  by  a 
double  wall,  with  towers  and  a  ditch ; 
and  stands  on  the  south  side  of  the 
Cavery,  which  a  little  above  divides 
into  branches,  and  forms,  opposite 
the  city,  the  island  of  Seringham, 
on  which  are  two  magnificent  pago- 
das. It  is  27  m.  W.  by  N.  of  Tan- 
jore.  E.  long.  78°  50',  N.  lat.  10° 
50'. 

Mr.  Schwartz,  from  the  C.  K.  S., 
commenced  a  mission  here  in  1760. 
Rev.  Christian  Polile  succeeded  him. 

On  Sunday,  the  2d  of  April,  1826, 
the  morning  afler  his  arrival  at  Tri- 
chinpoly,  Bishop  Heber  preached  at 
St.  John's  church  (the  government 
church,  which  had  been  consecrated 
by  Bishop  Middleton)  with  all  his 
accustomed  animation;  and,  in  the 
evening  administered  confirmation  to 
42  candidates,  and  delivered  his 
charge  to  them  with  something  more 
than  nis  ordinary  impressiveness  and 
aflfection  of  manner.  On  the  follow- 
ing morning,  at  day-break,  he  attend- 
ed divine  service  in  the  Tamul  lan- 
ffuage,  at  the  mission  church  in  the 
fort,  and  confirmed  fifleen  natives,  in 
their  own  tongue.  He  inspected  the 
schools  and  the  mission  house,  and 
received  an  address  from  the  poor 
Christians,  earnestly  praying  that  he 


would  send  some  pastor  to  watch 
over  them  and  instruct  them.  He 
answered  them  with  all  that  gentle- 
ness and  kindness  (sf  manner  which 
never  failed  to  win  every  heart;  and 
assured  them  that  he  would  immedi- 
ately provide  for  their  wants. 

"  There  is  a  church  in  the  fort," 
says  the  Rev.  Thos.  Robinson,  in 
lbXJ(),  capable  of  "  containing  1500  or 
2000  persons,  but  requiring  consider- 
able repairs  ;  and  a  house  lor  the  res- 
idence of  the  missionary,  with  small 
school  rooms  for  Tamul  and  English. 
The  present  number  of  the  congre- 
{ gation  is  4U0  persons ;  and  it  is  mel- 
ancholy to  find  this  number  annually 
decreasing,  entirely  from  the  want  of 
a  resident  European  missionary,  and 
the  necessary  establishment  of  cate- 
chists  and  schoolmasters,  for  whicii 
the  funds  have  hitherto  been  utterly 
inadequate  ;  the  whole  income  of  the 
mission  appears  to  be  about  30  rupees 
per  month.  There  can  hardly  be  de- 
sired a  field  of  greater  promise  than 
this  interesting  congregation.  La- 
borers only  are  wanting  to  make  it 
realize,  to  its  fullest  extent,  the  hopes 
of  its  first  founder,  and  of  its  last 
friend,  (Bishop  Heber).  It  was  his 
lordship's  intention  to  place  here  a 
resident  missionary,  with  as  little  de- 
lay as  possible ;  and  to  make  other 
arrangements  for  its  future  prosper- 
ity." These  intentions,  it  appears, 
will  not  be  altogether  frustrated.  An 
appeal  made  by  Mr.  Robinson  to  the 
liberality  of  the  British  inhabitants  of 
Trichinopoly,  was  nobly  answered  oa 
the  following  morning,  when  a  meet- 
ing was  convened  at  the  church  for 
this  object. 

TRINCOMALEE,  the  most  im- 
portant station  on  the  coast  of  Ceylon, 
from  the  noble  and  commanding  har- 
bor, which  it  possesses,  capable  of 
affording  an  ample  protection  to  an 
extended  commerce.  It  is  8°  28'  N. 
lat.  It  is  better  situated  for  a  marina 
depot  than  any  other  station  in  India. 
It  has  a  great  variety  of  romantic  and 
sublime  prospects.  The  W.  M.  S. 
commenced  a  mission  here  in  1821. 
The  following  is  the  latest  intelli- 
gence. 

<<  In  tlie  last  year  we  have  experi- 
enced not  unexpectedly  a  little  oppo- 
sition from  both  heathens  and  Ro- 
manists '  two  or  three  promising  boys 

398 


TRI 


Till 


watch 
He 
jentle- 
which 
t ;  and 
nniedi- 

fort," 

ion,  in 

1500  or 

nsider- 

;he  rea- 

h  Binall 

Inglieh. 

congre- 
ie  inel- 

nnually 

want  of 

irv,  and 

of  cate- 

r  which 

I  utterly 

e  of  the 

I)  rupees 

y  be  de- 

lise  than 

n.      La- 
make  it 

he  hope* 
its  last 
was  his 

5  here  a 

little  de- 
e  other 
prosper- 
appears, 

ied.  An 
m  to  the 
•itants  of 
rered  oa 
a  meet- 
lurch  for 

lost  iin- 
I  Ceylon, 
\ing  har- 

oable  of 
bn  to  an 
1°  28'  N. 

,  marina 
|n  India. 
Intic  and 
M.   S. 

tin  1821. 
intelli- 

ezperi- 
lle  oppo- 
Vnd  Ro- 
Ing  boys 


belonging  to 
the 


the  former,  ailer  com- 
pleting their  education  in  those  bran- 
ches taught  in  our  schools,  have  been 
removed  by  their  parents  and  pre- 
vented even  an  attendance  upon 
divine  worship. 

''  A  few  months  ago,  Salvador  de 
Piedade  p<i.bliclv  announced,  that  all 
the  children  who  .attend  Protestant 
schools  will  go  to  hell,  and  that  the 
pai'onts  belonging  to  his  community 
should  immediately  withdraw  their 
children;  he  annexed  a  dreadful 
anathema  upon  all  persons  of  the 
Roman  Catholic  faith,  who  should  re- 
ceive any  part  of  the  Scriptures,  or 
Tracts  ofany  kind,  or  read  those  in  the 
possession  of  their  heretical  neigh- 
bors ;  and  added  that  if  any  persons, 
after  this  protestation,  should  contin- 
ue incorrigible,  they  would  be  ex- 
communicated from  the  church,  and 
from  the  kingdom  of  heaven  also. 
But  notwithstanding  these  little  in- 
terruptions,our  schools  have  prosper- 
ed and  still  continue  to  prosper." 

1 .  English  School.  "  30  boys  and 
1*2  girls ;  the  first  class  of  the  former 
are  twice  a  week  instructed  in  gram- 
mar and  occasionally  in  geography ; 
on  Friday  evenings  a  meeting  exclu- 
sively for  their  spiritual  improvement 
has  been  held.  Mrs.  G.  has  attended 
to  the  girls  as  long  as  her  health 
would  permit.  During  the  last  quar- 
ter, two  of  the  elder  boys  have  been 
admitted  into  the  English  class  on 
trial." 

2.  Cootookcarrahvade  (Tarntd school.) 
'•  50  boys ;  the  most  interesting  I  ever 
saw.  The  proficiency  which  some  of 
the  boys  have  made  in  learning  is 
truly  gratifying,  and  much  praise  is 
due  to  the  master,  John,  who  was 
baptized  by  Brother  Percival.  He  is 
a  most  exemplary  and  devoted  man, 
both  as  a  Christian  and  a  schoolmas- 
ter. If  I  go  to  his  school  early  in 
the  morning,  at  nov.n,  or  in  the  even- 
ing, at  all  times  he  is  at  his  post,  in 
which  he  takes  much  delight." 

3.  Peranthurro  (Tamul  school ) 
'•  45  boys." 

4 .  J^aicottanthurro.     ''  40  boys." 

''  In  all  the  schools  the  Scriptures 
are  daily  read,  and,  with  portions  of 
the  catechisms,  committed  to  mem- 
ory." 

TRINIDAD,  OR  TRINITY,  one 
of  th^  Great  Antilles,  West  Indies, 


situated  between  Tobago  and  the  con* 
tinent  of  S.  America,  from  which  it 
is  separated  by  the  gulf  of  Paria  and 
two  straits.  The  island  is  about  00  or 
70  m.  from  E.  to  W.,  and  nearly  50 
fiom  N.  to  S.  The  most  remarkable 
phenomenon  is  a  bituminous  lake, 
situated  on  the  western  coast.  Trin- 
idad was  colonized  by  persons  from 
diflerent  European  countries.  Tl'.e 
English  obtained  possession  of  it  by 
the  treaty  of  1801.  It  is  important 
on  account  of  its  fertility,  its  extent, 
and  its  position.  A  mission  was 
commenced  on  this  island  by  the  W. 
M.  S.  in  1788.  The  following  state- 
ments will  show  its  present  state. 

•'  The  congregations  are  two  in 
nuinbt-r,  one  in  Port  of  Spain,  and 
one  in  the  country.  The  former  is 
large,  and  considering  circumstances, 
it  is  also  regular.  Indeed,  the  scriou* 
attention  generally  manifested  by  all 
classes  of  our  hearers,  is  a  pleasing 
indication  of  a  consciousness  of  the 
value  of  that  word  which  is  able  to 
make  them  wise  unto  salvation.  In 
the  Society  we  are  fully  persuaded 
that  true  religion  has  continued  grad- 
ually and  steadily  to  increase.  Many 
of  the  elder  members  rank  witli  the 
excellent  of  the  earth ;  they  enjov 
their  Christian  privileges,  and  seek 
to  improve  in  the  knowledge  and 
practice  of  genuine  Christianity. 
Some  of  the  younger,  too,  are,  be- 
yond a  doubt,  the  subjects  of  a  work 
of  grace,  which  it  is  our  constant  en* 
deavor  to  cherish  and  mature.  Over 
the  levity  and  instability  of  several 
others,  both  old  and  young,  it  has 
been  our  painful  lot  to  mourn,  and 
towards  such  as  have  proved  incorri- 
gible to  exercise  discipline.  Four  of 
our  number  have  been  taken  from 
the  sorrows  of  this  life  to  the  joys  of 
the  kingdom  above,  leaving  a  satis- 
factory testimony,  that  in  sickness 
and  in  death  they  were  supported  and 
rendered  victorious  through  the  blood 
of  the  Lamb.  Seven  persons  con- 
nected with  us  have  during  the  year 
removed  from  the  colony.  Thirty-five 
have  been  added  to  the  Society,  \vho 
are  seeking,  or  have  found,  pardoning 
mercy  through  the  mediation  of  the 
Redeemer.  The  progress  of  the  work 
is  also  pleasingly  indicated  by  satis- 
factory attendance  on  the  social  and 
private  means  of  grace.    A  large  pro* 

393 


1:^ 

1   :j 


TRI 


TUL 


portion  of  our  members  arc  regular 
communicants,  and  thirty-Hve  meet 
in  band.  The  number  in  Society  iu  : 
12  whites,  Vil  free  colored  and  biucJi, 
05slaves:— Total,  J!)H. 

"  The  other  congregation  is  in  the 
Quarter  of  Jirimti,  upon  an  estate  at 
the  distance  of  about  sixteen  miles 
from  Town,  and  consists  ot  filly  or 
sixty  slaves,  adults  and  children. 
They  appear  to  value  and  reupect  the 
means  of  instruction ;  but  it  is,  per- 
haps, too  much  to  suppose  that  they 
can  be  greatly  profited,  unless  they 
are  brought  undei  our  salutary  disci- 
pline. In  ox^t  to  this  a  small  chap- 
el, in  a  central  situation,  is  absolutely 
indispensable.  In  the  same  place, 
the  slaves  formerly  instructed  in  the 
(Quarter  of  Tacariqua,  could  easily 
be  convened  ;  and  it  is  fully  believed 
that  a  Sabbath  congregation  might  be 
collected,  amounting  to  hundreds. 
To  this  measure  three  respectable  pro- 
prietors of  estates  have  recently  de- 
clared themselves  decidedly  favorable. 
With  regard  to  estate  preaching 
"  down  the  coast,"  we  sincerely  re- 
gret that  it  has  been  entirely  out  of 
our  power,  but  it  is  earnesily  hoped 
that  further  assistance  will  be  afforded 
us,  in  order  that  a  larger  portion  of 
the  benighted  and  destitute  slave  pop- 
ulatit^n  may  be  brought  under  the 
awakening  and  transturming  sound 
of  the  Gospel,  and  be  favored  with 
an  opportunity  of  embracing  the  solid 
enjoyments  it  so  liberally  offers,  and 
which  are  certainly  provided  for  ev- 
ery child  of  man." 

TRIPASORE,  an  outstation  of  the 
L.M.  S.yin  file  Madras  district.  South- 
ern Hindoostan. 

**  Thijj  outstation  is  frequently  vis- 
ited by  Mr.  Taylor.  The  congrega- 
tion consists  of  33  natives,  80  Euro- 
peans, and  country-born  adults,  and 
95  children.  The  number  of  com- 
municants is  at  present  i).  There  are 
two  schools,  one  for  boys,  containing 
15  scholars,  and  one  for  girls,  con- 
taining 20  scholars,  making  a  total 
of  35. 

"  The  church  members  are  steadfast. 
There  are  two  candidates  for  commun- 
ion. 

"  Mr.  Taylor,  anxious  to  do  some- 
thing for  the  natives  of  the  place,  has 
stationed  there  a  pious  native,  a  mem- 
ber and  deacon  of  the  native  church 


at  Madras,  by  whose  exertions  good 
hns  been  effected.  Eleven  natives, 
who  appear  to  he  under  the  influenca 
of  serious  religion,  are  proposed  for 
Christian  fellowship.  Mr.  Taylor, 
on  a  late  visit  at  this  place,  baptized  u 
native  female. 

"  This  nativ«?'a8siHtant  has  luou  vis- 
ited a  place  caUed  Nngalapurum,  a 
large  town,  40  miles  from  Madras. 
'The  inhabitants  heard  his  message 
gladly,  and  received  from  him  VJO 
portions  of  Scripture  and  tracts.  Thin 
visit  was  occasioned  by  an  applica- 
tion of  the  headmnn  of  the  place, 
that  a  school  might  be  establish- 
ed in  his  town,  and  that  the  people 
might  be  instructed  in  the  Christian 
religion. 

"  The  labors  of  the  native  assistant 
Jof!,  at  Neyvilley,  were  blessed  so 
far  as  to  lead  two  famili(>8  to  express 
a  desire  to  become  Christians.  But 
this  circumstance  excited  the  opposi- 
tion of  Brahmins  and  others,  and 
these  people  were  in  consequence 
expelled  from  their  village.  A  neigh- 
boring Zemindar,  however,  has  open- 
ed for  them  a  place  of  refuge  on  his 
land,  where  Mr.  Taylor  hopes  they 
will  be  settled. 

"  Thus  it  is  evident,  that  under  the 
Divine  blessing,  the  general  aspect 
of  the  mission  at  Madras  is  improving. 
Prayer-meetings  have  been  renewed 
amongst  missionaries  of  three  denoin- 
i nations.  An  attention  to  spiritual 
things  has  been  excited  amongst  the 
Indo-British  population  ;  and  there  is 
a  confident  waiting  for  the  out-pour- 
ing of  the  Spirit  on  the  word  preach- 
ed, that  it  may  prove  to  multitudes  a 
savor  of  life  unto  life." 

TULBAGH,  a  town  of  Cape  colo- 
ny.  South  Africa,  75  rn.  N.  E.  of 
Cape  Town.  Roy.  Arie  Vos,  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  missionary. 

"  Mr.  Vos  is  stiil  enabled  to  prose- 
cute his  interesting  and  important 
work  among  the  thousands  around 
him.  He  has  four  meetings  every 
week  at  Tulbagh.  The  attendance, 
consistin^r  v,f  Hottentots  and  slaves, 
is  increasing.  The  services  comprise 
preaching  and  catechizing.  Mr.  Vos 
has  a  catechetical  exercise  with  the 
people,  on  the  contents  of  the  Bible  ; 
going  through  the  sacred  volume 
from  the  beginning.     There  is  also  a 


prayer-meeting,  twice  a 


month,  for 
394 


onu  good 
nativoB, 
nfluenco 
[toBod  I'or 
Taylor, 
aptized  a 

I  lUBU  VJS- 

)uruni,  a 

MadraH. 

messngo 

him  ViO 
ictfl.  Thin 
\  applica- 
;he  place, 
esiublish- 
tlie  people 

ChrietiaB 

0  assiBtnnl 
blessed    so 
to  express 
ians.     But 
he  opposi- 
ithers,   and 
msequeuce 
!.  A  neigh- 
',  has  open- 
fuge  on  his 
hopes  they 

t  under  the 
enil  aspect 
improvinjr. 
.^n  renewed 
[ree  denoui- 
:o   spiritual 
imonjjst  the 
and  there  is 
\e  out-pour- 
3rd  preach- 
lultitudes  a 

1  Cape  colo- 
N.  E.  of 
^os,  of  the 

l«d  to  prose- 
n  important 
lids   around 
lings  every 
attendance, 
tnd  slaves, 
^8  comprise 
[.    Mr.  Vos 
Le  with  the 
Jthe  Bible; 
pd   volume 
te  is  also  a 
[month,  for 

394 


TUP 

the  spread  of  the  Gospel;  upon 
which  occasions  tlioso  wlio  arc  can- 
didates for  baptism,  or  Uie  Lord's 
Suppci,  are  specially  catechised.  Hv 
h>>.d  baptized  one  youth  and  three  chil- 
dren, and  there  are  three  adult  candi- 
dates for  baptism.  The  total  number 
baptized  is  ten  adults,  and  eight  chil- 
dren. One  adult  unii  three  children 
have  departed  this  life  in  the  course  of 
tite  past  year. 

**  But  Mr.  Vos  is  principally  cm- 
ployed  in  visiting  the  different  villa- 
ges and  faims  within  u  circuit  of 
about  240  miles.  He  is  in  the  habit 
of  making  two  tours  alternately,  and 
visiting  about  35  or  40  different  pla- 
ces each  tour,  preaching  to  about 
2000  or  3000  farmers,  Hottentots,  and 
slaves.  Twice  a  year  he  visits  tlie 
town  of  Worcester,  30  miles  from 
Tulbagh,  and  during  the  few  days  he 
remains,  each  time,  m  that  town,  he 
preaches  to  the  Hottentots  and  slaves, 
when  about  i)0  attend.  On  these  oc- 
casions he  also  has  divine  worship  in 
the  i>rison. 

**  Mr.  Vos  remarks,  that  he  former- 
ly met  with  much  prejudice  against 
his  instructing  the  heathen,  but  that 
now,  on  the  contrary,  he  experiences 
great  kindness  and  hospitality  from 
the  farmers  and  others  whom .  he 
visits,  and  whose  slaves  he  endeavors 
to  instruct.  And  we  are  happy  to 
add,  that  the  effects  of  his  labors,  in  a 
moral  and  religious  point  of  view, 
are  stated  to  be  obvious  and  encour- 

ing.      Intoxication,  to   which  the 


Hottentots  and  slaves  in  that  quarter 
were  greatly  addicted,  has  ceased  to 
be  prevalent ;  and  it  is  stated  to  be  a 
rare  circumstance  to  sec  a  person,  be- 
longing to  these  classes  of  society,  in 
this  quarter,  in  a  state  of  intoxica- 
tion. 

''  At  Tulbagh,  there  are  10  commu- 
nicants, whose  consistent  deportment 
adorns  their  Christian  profession.  The 
school  is  going  on  regularly,  and 
some  of  the  scholars  make  great  pro- 
gress in  reading,  &c.  Their  number 
IB  between  40  and  50.  Forty  Bibles 
and  Testaments  have  been  distributed 
among  the  slaves  and  Hottentots  who 
can  read." 

TUPUAI  OR  TUBUAI,  one  of  the 
Islands  of  Raivaivai,  situated  about 
500  m.  southward  of  Tahiti. 

The  names  of  the  teachers  of  the 


TVS 

L.  M.  S.  wlio  labor  here,  are  Haapani« 
and  tiunmela,  whom  Mr.  Davies 
found,  with  their  wives,  in  good 
health,  when  he  visited  this  place  in 
lb2G.  While  on  the  island,  he  preach* 
ed  twice  to  remarkably  attentive  and 
apparently  intelligent  congregationa, 
and  baptized  3H  adulUt,  with  whose 
prompt  and  appropriate  answers  to 
the  questions  proposed  to  them  on 
the  occasion  he  was  much  gratified. 
He  heard  both  of  the  principal  chiefs, 
Tamatoa  and  Tahuhu,  read  in  the 
Tahitian  Gospels,  and  speaks  highly 
of  the  manner  in  which  they  acquit- 
ted  themselves. 

The  two  native  teachers  have  re- 
turned  to  Tahiti,  and  their  place  is 
supplied  by  a  teacher  from  Waugh- 
Town. 

TUSCARORAS,  a  remnant  of  the 
Six  Nations  of  Indians  residing  about 
4  m.  from  Lewistown,  Niagara  Co., 
N.  Y.  The  New  York  Missionary 
Society  commenced  a  mission  among 
them  in  1800.  In  1621,  it  was.tranf* 
ferred  to  the  U.  F.  M.  S.,  and  in  1826 
to  the  ^.  B.  C.  F.  M.  John  Elliot  is 
now  the  missionary  ;  Mrs.  Elliot : 
Miss  Emily  Parker,  teacher.  In  1831, 
an  interesting  revival  of  religion  was  . 
enjoyed  at  this  station.  Mr.  Elliot 
thus  writes,  under  date  of  Dec.  14, 
1831. 

"The  revival  commenced  with 
power  on  Feb.  15th.  The  church  then 
consisted  of  15  members,  who,  with 
few  exceptions,  slumbered  and  slept. 
But  the  Lord  aid  rend  the  heaveni 
and  came  down,  the  mountains  did 
flow  down  at  his  presence.  The 
church  now  numbers  56  members,  in 
good  standing,  41  having  been  added 
since  the  15  of^  May  last ;  38  of  whom 
were  members  of  the  temperance  so- 
ciety. Our  church  is  now  a  temper- 
ance society  in  the  strict  sense  of  the 
term.  Since  the  commencement  of 
the  revival  there  have  been  14  mar- 
riages. All  efforts  to  effect  an  ac- 
knowledgement of  plighted  faith  in 
matrimonial  engagements  were  use- 
less, previous  to  the  awakening.  The 
reformation  has  had  a  powertui  ten- 
dency to  bring  order  out  of  confusion 
in  this  particular.  Within  the  last  6 
months  21  children  have  been  bap- 
tized, and  it  is  believed  the  parents  of 
these  children  feel  their  cwIigationB 
in  relation  to  their  offspring  to  a  de- 

395 


I 


iU 


TZA 


UIT 


gree  hitherto  unknown.  They  can 
now  find  time  to  incel  and  pray  f<jr 
their  conversion  to  God. 

"  This  work  of  grace  has  greatly 
checked  and  retarded  tiie  progress  of 
intemperance  out  of  the  churcii  an 
well  as  in  it.  There  are  now  in  tliis 
village  but  '^  or  4  habitual  drunkards. 
Wc  have  by  divine  assistance  given 
this  hydra  serpent,  intemperance,  a 
serious  blow.  But  he  yet  lives,  and 
has  recently  troubled  the  church. 
None  of  the  41  wiio  have  joined  by 
recent  profession  have  been  poisoned 
by  this  monster ;  but  2  who  had  been 
suspended  and  cut  off  for  years  fell 
into  this  beastly  sin  a  few  weeks  after 
they  were  restored.  We  hope  that 
all  the  rising  generation  will  be  saved 
from  the  iron  grasp  of  intemperance, 
31  have  joined  the  temperance  society 
within  a  few  months  past. 

'*  The  revival  has  had  an  important 
bcarinff  upon  the  industry  of  tlie  peo- 
ple. The  fact  that  they  have  erected 
and  finished  a  school-house  at  their 
own  expense  is  proof  of  this  state- 
ment. A  year  since  no  man  could 
have  persuaded  them  to  do  this. 
"  Again,  this  worlc  of  God  has  effected 
much  in  relation  to  the  Sabbath.  For- 
merly great  ignorance  and  stupidity 
prevailed  in  reference  to  the  sanctity 
of  the  Lord's  day.  Some  members  of 
the  church  could  converse  upon 
worldly  subjects,  and  haul  in  hay  and 
grain,  if  there  were  an  appearance  of 
rain.  This  they  have  acknowledged 
to  me  and  said  that  they  had  been 
encouraged  in  this  work  of  supposed 
necessity.  All  persons  in  this  village 
now  rest  from  labor  on  the  Sabba'h  ; 
no  trifling  conversation  is  allowed  by 
members  of  the  church,  and  no  visit- 
ing. The  young  men  used  to  meet 
on  Saturday  to  play  ball ;  but  this 
diversion  has  been  entirely  abandoned 
for  more  than  eight  months  past.  The 
same  season  is  now  consecrated  to 
prayer,  as  a  preparation  for  the  duties 
of  the  Sabbath. 

"  The  school-house  built  by  the  In- 
dians is  24  feet  by  20,  well  made, 
eomfortable  and  convenient.  It  was 
erected  without  the  use  of  ardent 
spirits,  and  entirely  at  their  expense, 
except  the  value  of  10  or  11  dollars 
furnished  by  the  mission." 

TZATZOE'S  KRAAL,  a  station 
of  ihe  L.  M.  S.  among  the  CafTres  of 


South  Africa,  near  the  BufTalo  river, 
i"'"?  mission  was  commenced  in  1820. 
John  Browniee,  and  G.  F'.  Kayser, 
M'i.-sionaries  ;  Jan  Tzatzoe,  native  as- 
sistant. It  is  sometimes  called  the 
Buffaloe  River  station.  The  directors 
thus  speak  in  their  last  report. 

"  Both  Mr.  Browniee  and  Mr.  Kay- 
ser continue  to  visit  the  neighboring 
Kraals.  The  attention  of  the  people 
is  increasing,  ond  the  interest  they 
take  in  the  subjects  of  religion  plcaH- 
ing.  The  knowledge  of  tlie  word  of 
God  is  extending.  Mr.  Kayser  has 
finished  the  translations  of  a  small 
English  chalochism  for  children,  and 
several  parts  of  the  gospels,  contain- 
ing our  Lord'fl  miracles,  which  he 
intends  to  get  printed  in  the  form  of 
tracts.  In  this  work  he  has  been  as- 
sisted by  Jan  Tzatzoe.  When  he  vis- 
its the  Kraals,  sometimes  8, 10  or  12 
in  a  day,  he  reads  from  these  transla- 
tions, which  the  people  understand. 
His  progress  in  the  language  has  now 
so  far  advanced,  as  to  enable  him  to 
communicate  with  the  CafTres  with- 
out an  interpreter.  Jan  Tzatzoe  con- 
tinues a  valuable  assistant  to  the  mis- 
sion, and  a  useful  laborer  among  hifi 
countrymen. 

"  The  children  in  the  school  go  on 
well ;  all  of  them  possess  considera- 
ble acquaintance  with  the  doctrines 
and  precepts  of  Christianity. 

**  Two  Caffre  Captains,  Wenna  and 
Hinza,  brothers  of  John  Tzatzoe,  and 
two  other  chiefs,  have,  with  their 
Kraals,  removed  nearer  the  station. 
The  former  has  begun  to  denounce 
the  errors  of  the  Caffre  doctors.  The 
commotions  which  have  lately  taken 
place  in  this  part  of  Africa,  have 
brought  a  greater  number  of  Caffres 
withm  the  sound  of  the  gospel.  Thus 
there  is  an  increasing  number  of  hear- 
ers, affording  a  larger  sphere  for  th« 
dissemination  of  the  gospel. 

"  Thirty  acres  of  ground  are  cxilti- 
vated,  and  planted  with  millet,  maize, 
JFrench-beans,  pumpkins,  and  water- 
melons." 


U. 


UITENHAGE,  an  outstation  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  near  Bethelsdorp,  S.  Africa. 
Mr.  Soss,  on  account  of  his  ill  health, 
has  been  obliged  to  retire  to  Theopo- 

396 


,lo  river, 
in  182(). 
Kayser, 
iitive  as- 
ill«'d  llio 
directors 
t. 

Mr.  Kay- 
ghboring 
le  peoplo 
rest  tiiey 
on  pleaw- 
«  word  of 
lyser  has 
'    a  small 
dren,  and 
,  contain- 
which  ho 
e  form  of 
,9  been  as- 
en  he  via- 
i,  10  or  12 
se  transla- 
nderstand. 
re  has  now 
lie  him   to 
ffres  with- 
zatzoe  con- 
to  the  mis- 
[among  his 

lool  go  on 
considera- 
doctrinee 

Venna  and 
latzoe,  and 
with   their 
he  station, 
denounce 
tors.    The 
Ltely  taken 
rica,  have 
of  Caifres 
pel.  Thus 
er  of  hear- 
re  for  the 

are  culti- 
ilet,  maize, 
Vnd  water- 


litionofthe 
S.  Africa, 
ill  health, 

Lo  Theopo- 
396 


2 

> 

n 

o 
a 


i 

8 

03 


% 


ill 


^■■■m 


t 


lit,  nnd  thifll 
cant.  Thel 
who  attend! 
9abbnth  is 
to  50  attend  I 
]y  prcachinl 
prison.  T( 
united  wi 
dorp. 

USSA, 
Danish  fort,  | 
Africa.  A 
here  in  1828,1 
Honckc,  Kif 
De  Hi' i nee, 
aionaries,  hcil 
once  to  prtvj 
language  ini 
in  tnat  quarti 

UNION,  a 
F.  M  among 
river  Missisa 
the  river  Noc 
son,  about  1( 
:W  m.  E.  of  t 
the  Arkansas 
in  the  territor 
removed  W.  ( 
F.  Vaill,  rniss 
dent,  Wm.  B. 


ary, 


Geo.    L. 


steward,  Abrt 
and  mechanic 
following  grti 
communicatee] 
Montgomery  i 
mony  stations, 
27,  1831,  to 
are  intersperse 
editor  of  the  IV 
"  In  the  Cn 
lion  to  hear,  v 
confined  chief] 
gradually  spr 
dians.  It  is  noi 
or  reputable  f( 
meeting ;  and 
attend  are  gen 
or  less  serious 
standing  Eno 
always  on  the 
Happily  this  i 
sions  us  no  tn 
half  a  dozen 
petent  and  w 
ciate.  Most  of  1 
great  readines 
the  habit  of  pi 
addressing  th( 
stores  of  uouj 


i; 


uss 


UNI 


lis,  and  this  Htation  is  at  present  va- 
cant. The  number  of  Hottentots, 
who  attend  divine  worship  on  the 
Sabbftth  is  from  80  to  150.  From  HO 
to  50  attend  the  schools  daily.  Week- 
ly preachini^  is  maintained  in  the 
prison.  The  communicants  are 
united  wi  '  the  church  at  Bethels- 
dorp. 

IJSSA,  negro  village  near  the 
Danish  fort,  Christiansburg,  Western 
AfVica.  A  mis.sion  was  commenced 
here  in  1828,  b^  the  G.  M.  S.  Messrs. 
Ilencke,  Kisling,  Jaeger,  Rds,  and 
De  Heinee,  missionaries.  The  mis- 
sionarie.^,  being  Danes,  will  be  able  at 
once  to  preach  to  the  negroes  in  a 
language  mtich  in  uaa  among  them 
in  tnat  quarter. 

UNION,  a  station  of  the  .i.  B.  C. 
F.  M  among  the  Osages,  W.  of  the 
river  Mississippi.  It  is  1  m  W.  of 
tlie  river  Neosho,  2G  N.  of  Fort  Gib- 
son, about  150  m.  N.  W,  of  Dwight, 
;i8  m.  E.  of  the  Western  boundary  of 
the  Arkansas  Territory.  It  falls  with- 
in the  territory  of  thf  Ciierokees  \yho 
removed  W.  of  the  Mississippi.  W. 
F.  Vaill,  missionary  and  superinten- 
dent, Wm.  B.  Montgomery,  mission- 
ary, Geo.  L.  Weed,  physician  and 
steward,  Abraham  Redfield,  teacher 
and  mechanic,  with  their  wives.  The 
following  gratifying  intelligence  is 
communicated  in  letters  from  Messrs. 
Montgomery  and  Jones  of  the  Har- 
mony stations,  bearing  date  from  Dec. 
27,  1831,  to  June  14,  ls32.  They 
are  interspersed  with  remarks  by  the 
editor  of  the  Missionary  Herald. 

"  In  the  Creek  country,  the  disposi- 
tion to  hear,  which  for  sometime  was 
confined  chiefly  to  the  blacks,  has  been 
gradually  spreading  among  the  In- 
dians. It  is  not,  however,  yet  popular, 
or  reputable  for  a  Creek  to  be  seen  at 
meeting ;  and,  therefore,  such  as  do 
attend  are  generally  found  to  be  more 
or  less  serious.  Few  of  them  under- 
standing English,  the  discourse  is 
always  on  their  account  interpreted. 
Happily  this  is  a  service  which  occa- 
sions us  no  trouble  here,  there  being 
half  a  dozen  young  men  who  are  com- 
petent and  who  would  cheerfully  offi- 
ciate. Most  of  tliese  young  men  possess 
great  readiness  of  speech,  and  are  in 
the  habit  of  praying  in  public,  and  of 
addressing  the  people  from  their  own 
stores  of  uiought,  sometimes  at  great 
2k 


length.  How  deeply  important  that 
they  be  duly  assisted  in  extending 
the  V.nowledge  of  tlie  Scriptures,  and 
in  forming  tlieir  religious  character. 
At  a  communion  season  in  October, 
15  persons  were  baptized.  The  church 
now  embraces  G3  members,  of  whom 
23  are  Creeks.  Last  spring  5  yuung 
men  of  nearly  equal  age,  none  of 
whom  could  speak  English,  or  wore 
the  American  dress,  presented  them- 
selves among  others  for  examination. 
Seldom  has  there  been  seen  in  wee- 
tern  missions  a  happier  fulfillment  of 
Grant's  beautiflil  anticipation': 

'  Unwonted  warmth  the  soflciied  saT* 

age  feel, 
Strange  clxiefs  admire,  and  turbaneU 

warriors  kneel.' 

"  While  the  Church  has  been  grad- 
ually enlarged,  we  think  there  haa 
been  a  perceptible  advance  in  knowl- 
edge and  spiritual  judgment  among 
many  of  the  members.  They  profes* 
to  prize  correct  Scriptural  instruction,; 
and  have  cheerfully  received  Watts' 
Psal  ms  and  Hy  mns ,  to  be  substituted  iii 
room  of  those  lighter  hymns  which 
were  previously  used.  In  one  important 
particular  they  exhibit  very  substan- 
tial evidence  of  a  desire  to  improve — 
a  disposition  to  learn  to  read.  After 
one  of  the  leaders  had  shown  that  it 
could  be  accomplished  without  any 
stated  instruction,  numbers  of  them 
commenced  with  spirit,  and  several 
have  already  become  able  to  read  in 
the  easier  parts  of  the  New  Testament, 
and  have  evidently  profited  much  al- 
ready by  their  new  attainment.  Last 
summer  the  disposition  pervaded  a 
considerable  portion  of  the  congrega- 
tion, and  frequently,  when  time  ad- 
mitted, previous  to  the  usual  service, 
they  were  attended  to  in  the  manner 
of  a  Sabbath  school.  The  example  of 
these  people  presents  another  proof 
of  the  efficacy  of  the  religious  princi- 
ple in  waking  up  the  powers  of  the 
mind,  in  creating  a  thirst  for  knowl- 
edge, and  in  producing  the  steadine"* 
of  application  which  is  requisite  in 
acquiring  the  art  of  reading.  None 
of  them  would,  in  their  circumstances, 
have  ever  thought  of  attempting  this 
attainment,  had  they  not  been  excited 
by  a  desire  to  become  acquainted  with 
the  Scriptures,  or,  at  least^  carried 
along  by  the  example  and  spirit  of  re- 

397 


<*■ : ' 


r  f 


UNI 


VAL 


ligiouB  asiociates.  In  the  state  of 
feeling  whiuh  at  present  prevails, 
nothing  appears  to  be  wanting  but  the 
steady  exertions  of  a  resident  mission- 
ary, in  order  to  convert  this  interest- 
ing congregation  into  a  reading  peo- 
ple." 

ExirM^  from  Letters  of  Mr.  Jones, 
vyritten  at  Harmony. 

'*  tender  date  of  Jan.  19,  Mr.  Jones 
Speaks  thus  of  the  school — 

''  The  average  number  of  Indian 
scholars  in  the  school,  for  the  last 
year,  was  from  36  to  40.  The  good 
order  which  has  prevailed  among 
them,  the  progress  they  have  made  in 
their  studies,  and  in  the  domestic 
arts  and  agriculture,  were  we  to  look 
no  farther  than  the  present,  is  highly 
flattering.  In  the  course  of  the  year, 
several  gentlemen  of  some  distinction 
have  visited  the  school,  and  have 
spoken  in  the  highest  terms  of  com- 
mendation, both  as  it  respects  the 
progress  tt.e  scholars  have  made  in 
their  studies,  and  their  general  ap- 
ptiarance.  One  gentlemen,  to  express 
his  good  will,  presented  us  with  a 
bell  for  the  benefit  of  the  school. 

"  Revival  of  religion  at- the  station. 
We  bless  God  that  a  brighter  day 
seems  to  be  drawing  upon  us.  Pres- 
ent appearances  favor  the  idea,  that 
the  great  Shepherd  of  Israel  is  about 
to  take  some  of  these  tender  Iambs 
under  his  own  charge,  by  gathering 
them  into  his  fold.  For  two  months 
past,  considerable  seriousness  has 
prevailed  among  the  youth  at  this  sta- 
tion. 

''  After  laboring  ten  years  on  this 
barren  heath,  you  may  well  suppose 
that  even  the  prospect  of  some  pre- 
cious fruits  would  have  aii  exhilerat- 
ing  effect  upon  our  spirits.     To  be 

ftermitted  merely  to  break  up  the  fal- 
ow  ground,  that  those  who  come 
afler  us  may  not  sow  among  thorns, 
is  a  high  privilege,  but  to  gather  in 
the  golden  grain  is  in  the  highest  de- 
gree encouraging. 

<'  June  4th.  Mr.  Jones  writes,  that 
13  were  admitted  to  the  church  on 
the  day  previous,  11  by  profession  and 
2  by  letter.  Two  of  these  were  Osa- 
ges,  two  were  Delawares,  and  two 
were  colored  persons  :  the  rest  were 
children  of  the  missionaries.  Most  of 
these  are  members  of  the  school,  and 


became  hopefully  pious  during  the 
month  of  March.  The  missionaries 
indulged  hopes  concerning  the  piety 
of  several  others,  while  the  spirit  of 
serious  inquiry  was  manifest  in  many 
more. 

''  Ten  days  later,  Mr.  Jones  writes 
that  there  was  a  prospect  of  a  still 
larger  accession  to  the  church  on  their 
next  communion,  than  was  witnessed 
on  the  3d  of  June. 

"  Eight  or  ten  were  hopefully  born 
into  tlie  kingdom  in  one  week.  What 
is  rather  surprizing,  all  except  two  or 
three  of  those  who  entertain  hope, 
have  either  been  or  are  still  members 
of  the  school.  This  fact  imparts  new 
courage  to  your  missionaries,  and  is 
a  proof  of  the  utility  of  the  schools. 
Were  you  here,  you  might  suffer  a 
similar  inconvenience  to  that  once 
experienced  by  missionaries  among 
the  Hottentots; — ^you  could  scarcely 
find  b.  place  for  secret  devotion .  Walk- 
ing out  morning  or  evening,  yon 
would  hear  the  voice  of  prayer  in  al- 
most every  direction." 


VALLEY  TOWNS,  a  station  of 
the  .4.  B.  B.  F.  M.  among  the 
Cherokee  Indians,  in  the  S.  E.  part 
of  Tennessee.  It  was  commenced  in 
1818.  We  find  the  following  state- 
ments, in  the  report  of  the  Board  for 
April,  1832. 

'<  This  station  is  on  the  Hiwassee 
river,  within  the  limits  of  North  Car- 
olina, and  is  under  the  care  of  the 
Rev.  Evan  Jones.  The  report  from 
the  station  a  year  ago  was  of  the  most 
animating  character,  and  it  will  be 
perceived,  by  what  we  have  to  com- 
municate, that  it  has  lost  none  of  its 
interest  since.  In  a  letter  dated  May 
11th,  Mr.  Jones  observes.  *  I  feel 
abased  and  astonished  at  the  goodness 
and  mercy  which  the  Lord  is  mani- 
festing to  us  at  this  place.  But  God 
will  destroy  the  wisdom  of  the  wise, 
and  bring  to  nothing  the  understand- 
ing of  the  prudent.  He  hath  chosen 
the  foolish  things  of  tlie  world  to  con- 
found the  wise ;  and  the  weak  things 
of  the  world  to  confound  the  things 
that  are  mighty, — that  no  flesh  should 
glory  in  his  presence  !  These  sayings 
are  signally  verified  at  this  station. 

398 


By  the 
the  Lon 
his  grac< 
a  steady 
which  w 
interest! 
speedy  ii 
lifFe  and 
useful ; 
opportun 
tion,  the 
aging  in 
Lord  is  d 
his  work 
think  th( 
knowledt 
rent  amoi 
dition  to 

"In 
adds,  '  T 
who  live 
numerous 
for  all  to 
munion  s 
dation  of 
stanced,  \ 
meeting  f 
turday  be 
or  20  mih 
the  beauti 
name  of  V 
the  nattor 
convenien 
covered  w 
except  tw 
cleared  a  i 
ley  river, 
for  the  coi 
ministratii 
ing  the  p 
Wickliffe 
ness  preva 
last  prayer 
affected, 
assembled 
Great  sole 
spectators, 
interested, 
three  malt 
baptized  ai 
sus.    The 
ed  to  view 
Valley,  th 
emblems  o 
and  chasir 
ages.     At 
vice,  I  per 
congregati 
breast  seei 
beort  over' 


VAL 


VEP 


mani- 
utGod 
ic  wise, 
trstaad- 
chosen 
to  con- 
things 
things 
should 
sayings 
station. 


By  the  very  feeblest  instrumentality, 
the  Lord  is  revealing  the  wonders  of 
his  grace.  The  work  moves  on  with 
a  steady  pace.  Every  portion  of  labor 
which  we  are  enabled  to  apply  to  this 
interesting  field,  surprises  us  by  a 
speedy  increase.  Brethren  John  Wick- 
lifFe  and  Dsulawe,  are  becoming  very 
useful ;  and  considering  their  slender 
opportunities  for  obtaining  informa- 
tion, they  are  making  very  encour- 
aging improvement.  I  believe  the 
Lord  is  deepening  as  well  as  widening 
his  work  among  the  Cherokees,  ana 
think  the  growth  in  grace  and  the 
knowledge  of  the  Saviour,  is  as  appa- 
rent among  the  profetssors,  as  the  ad- 
dition to  their  numbers. 

"  In  June  following,  Mr.  Jones 
adds,  '  The  members  of  the  church 
who  live  at  a  distance,  are  become  so 
numerous,  that  it  is  scarcely  possible 
for  all  to  attend  at  one  place  at  com- 
munion season.  For  the  accommo- 
dation of  those  who  were  thus  circum- 
stanced, we  appointed  a  sacramental 
meeting  for  last  Sabbath,  and  the  Sa- 
turday before  at  Desehdee,  about  18 
or  20  miles  from  hence ;  situated  in 
the  beautiful  valley,  which  gives  the 
name  of  Valley  Towns  to  this  part  of 
the  nation.  Our  brethren  erected  a 
convenient  shelter  for  the  occasion, 
covered  with  boards  and  railed  round, 
except  two  door-ways.  They  also 
cleared  a  place  at  the  side  of  the  Val- 
ley river,  to  go  down  to  baptize,  and 
for  the  congregation  to  view  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  ordinance.  Dur- 
ing the  preaching,  by  brother  John 
Wickliffe  and  myself,  much  serious- 
ness prevailed,  and  especially  in  the 
last  prayer ,  when  many  seemed  greatly 
affected.  Afler  a  short  interval,  we 
assembled  and  proceeded  to  the  river. 
Great  solemnity  prevailed  among  the 
spectators,  and  many  appeared  deeply 
interested,  while  the  six  candidates, 
three  males  and  three  females,  were 
baptized  as  disciples  of  the  Lord  Je- 
sus. The  whole  congregation  return- 
ed to  view  for  the  first  time,  in  this 
Valley,  the  light  beaming  from  the 
emblems  of  the  great  atoning  sacrifice, 
and  chasing  the  darkness  of  unknown 
ages.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  ser- 
vice, I  perceived  many  persons  in  the 
congregation  greatly  affected.  Every 
breast  seemea  to  be  full,  and  every 
iifiurt  oyetwhelm»d  with  vurioue  emo' 


tions.  Some  bowed  down  under  the 
guilt  of  past  sins,  some  hoping  in  the 
atoning  blood  of  Jesus,  while  many 
bosoms  swelled  with  gratitude  to  see 
their  parents,  wives,  husbands,  chil- 
dren, yielding  to  the  gentle  sway  of 
the  blessed  Saviour.  The  mourning 
penitents  weie  of  all  ages,  from  8  or 
9  to  upwards  of  80  years  of  age.' 

"  Among  the  subjects  of  this  exten- 
sive work,  were  three  of  Mr.  Jones' 
children,  so  that  in  delineating  the 
emotions  of  parents,  he  describes  his 
own.  There  seemed  to  be  but  little 
abatement  in  the  spirit  of  conviction 
which  prevailed  until  fall.  From 
thi^  time  the  correspondence  haB  been 
less  frequent,  and  no  baptisms  are 
mentioned  after  November,  till  March, 
when  13  full  Indians  were  admitted 
to  the  sacred  rite. 

"  The  church  embraces,  in  its  fel- 
lowship,  102  members,  91  of  whom 
are  Cherokees. 

"  The  converts  exhibit  characteris- 
tics of  decided  piety.  Two  of  them, 
John  Wickliffe  and  Dsulawe,  have 
been  approved  as  teachers,  and  spend 
much  or  their  time  in  the  service  of 
the  Board.  Their  labors,  together 
with  those  of  private  brethren,  have 
contributed  materially  to  the  exten- 
eion  of  the  revival. 

''  The  boarding  school  is  in  a  pros- 
perous state,  and  usually  contains  20 
scholars." 

VAN  DIEMAN'S  LAND,  a  fer- 
tile island  in  the  Southern  Ocean, 
separated  from  New  Holland  by  Bass's 
Straits.  It  is  176  m.  long  and  150  m. 
broad.  E.  Ion.  145'^— 148°,  S.  lat.  40° 
—43°.  The  W.  M.  S.  established  a 
missioKi  here  in  1820. 

VAVOU,  a  group  of  Islands  near 
the  Friendly.  W.  Cross,  of  the  W. 
M.  8.,  missionary. 

VELLORE,  a  station  of  the  G.  P. 
S.  belonging  to  the  Madras  mission. 
Peter  M.  Wessing,  missionary.  Na-> 
tive  congregation,  80. 

VEPERY,  a  village  near  Madras, 
Hindoostan,  where  the  C.  K.  S.  has 
labored  since  1727,  and  has  now  two 
missionaries. 

The  ann.  examination  of  the  schools 
took  place  Dec.  24,  1825 :  the  Tamul 
school  had  64  boys  and  47  girls  ;  the 
English  classes  consisted  of^l40  boys 
ancr77  girls.  The  examination  afford- 
ed great  satisfaction  to  those  present, 

399 


VER 


vijr 


among  whom  were  some  persons  of 
distinction. 

This  mission  was  commenced  in 
1727. 

"  J.  P.  Rottler,  D  D.,  J.  L.  Irion, 
John  Heavyside,  Godfrey,  catechiat, 
who  was  lately  appointed  from  Bish- 
op's College.  The  congregations  con- 
sist of  270  native  Christian  families, 
46  Portuguese  families,  and  57  fami- 
lies of  native  Christians  residing  at 
St.  Thomas's  Mount.  Divine  service 
is  performed  on  Sundays,  Fridays, 
and  the  festivals.  Baptisms  02,  of 
which  11  were  adults  :  communicants 
436.  The  superintendence  of  the 
press  has  greatly  occupied  the  un|i- 
sionaries  :  oesides  editions  of  the  Old 
and  New  Testaments  in  Tamul,  there 
were  in  the  press  or  had  been  recently 
issued  in  that  language  a  Church 
History,  a  Catechism  on  the  errors 
of  popery,  a  Collection  of  Sermons  for 
the  use  of  catechists,  Alphabets  and 
Lessons,  with  a  Tamul  English  Read- 
ings Book,  u  Tamul  and  English  Dic- 
tionary by  Dr.  Rottler,  and  another 
fe vised  by  Mr.  Haubroe." 

VERE,  a  station  of  the  B.  M.  S.  in 
Jamaica. 

VINCENT,  ST.  one  of  the  Carib- 
bee  Islands,  lying  55  m.  to  the  W.  of 
Barbadoes.  It  is  inhabited  by  Caribs, 
a  warlike  race  of  Indians,  between 
whom  and  the  aborigines  of  the  larger 
islands  there  is  a  manifest  distinction. 
They  are  conjectured  to  have  been 
originally  a  colony  from  North  Amer- 
ica ;  their  fierce  manners  approaching 
nearer  to  those  of  the  original  natives 
of  that  continent,  than  they  do  to  that 
of  South  America,  and  their  language 
also  having  some  affinity  to  that  spo- 
ken in  Florida.  St.  Vincent  was  long 
a  neutral  island  ;  but,  at  the  peace  of 
1763,  the  French  agreed  that  the  right 
to  it  should  be  vested  in  the  British. 
The  latter,  soon  afler,  engaged  in  a 
war  against  the  Caribs,  on  the  wind- 
ward side  of  the  island,  who  were 
obliged  to  consent  to  peace,  by  which 
they  ceded  a  large  tract  of  land  to  the 
crown.  The  consequence  of  this  was, 
that  in  1779,  they  greatly  contributed 
to  the  reduction  or  this  island  by  the 
French,  who,  however,  restored  it  in 
1783.  St.  Vincent  is  14  m.  long  and 
10  broad  i  a  ridge  of  mountains  passes 
along  the  middle  through  its  whole 
length,  the  highest  of  whiph,  called 


Soufiiier,  is  at  the  N.  extremity.  From 
this  mountain,  in  1812,  afler  the  lapse 
of  near  a  century,  proceeded  a  dread- 
ful eruption,  by  which  the  island  was 
enveloped  in  a  chaotic  gloom  for  3 
days,  and  wholly  covered  by  showers 
of  volcanic  matter.  Kini^ston  is  the 
capital. 

Before  1793,  a  mission  was  com- 
menced  on  this  island,  by  Mr.  Clark, 
of  the  W  M.  S.  From  a  late  report 
we  take         following  sentences. 

State  of  the  Mi.^  ion. — Kingston  Cir- 
cuit.— Kingstovn.  "  Although  the 
spiritual  stule  of  oar  societies  on  this 
island  does  not  appear  generally  to 
have  improved,  nor  their  numbers  to 
have  been  multiplied,  yet  we  have 
not  sustained  so  great  a  loss  as  we 
had  apprehended  from  very  frequent 
interruptions  in  consequence  of  sick- 
ness. 

"  Amidst  the  circumstances  to 
which  we  have  now  referred,  we  re- 
gard it  as  no  small  mercy  that  our 
Society  has  been  preserved.  Of  the 
candidates  who  have  presented  them- 
selves, not  a  small  proportion  have 
confessed  their  sinfulness  with  se- 
riousness and  tears,  giving  satisfacto- 
ry evidence  of  their  contrition.  We 
have  not  witnessed  all  that  intense 
and  lively  religious  feeling  which  has 
sometimes  afforded  us  so  great  en- 
couragement ;  but  we  have  seen  une- 
quivocal indications  of  good  effected 
among  the  inhabitants  generally  by 
our  united  ministrations.  Popular 
iniquity  appears  to  have  become  some- 
what less  shameless,  and  several  re- 
spectable young  colored  and  black 
persons  have  firmly  testified  their  ab- 
horrence of  a  prevailing  sin,  and  in 
the  most  sacred  of  domestic  relations, 
have  taken  an  honorable  stand  as 
members  of  humanized  society. 
These,  as  far  as  we  have  been  in- 
formed, have  all  been  members  of  our 
congregation  at  least, if  not  of  our  soci- 
ety .  Several  persons  of  considerable 
promise  have  had  classes  given  into 
their  charge.  And  we  have  been  grat- 
ified at  perceiving  in  the  most  influen- 
tial members  of  the  society,  continu- 
ed evidences  of  deep  an! settled  piety. 
One  of  our  most  valuabk  leaders  has 
died.  She  had  been  acti^'e  and  emi- 
nently Aiseful  for  many  y^ars.  On  a 
Sabbath  morning  early,  while  rising 
to  meet  her  class,  she  was  suddenly 

4QQ 


taken  sici 
work  and| 

Chateat 
great  imp^ 
uous  atter 
pelled,  bu^ 
pears  to  " 
the  knowld 
several  baJ 
apparently! 
three  miles 
Bellair    is 
which  we  l 
They  recei| 
most  high 
leave  them| 
affectionate 
return, 
material,  a 
their  labor 
chapel,  vvh( 
opportunity 
in  the  doctr 
'vhere  we  Ii 
will  bestow 
these  return 

"  Number 
331  free  cc 
slaves.    Tot 

Biabou  Ci 
the  instabilitj 
acter  of  the  li 
particularly 
want  of  ackn 
gation  to  abf 
on  the  Sabbat 
and  the  too 
sacred  ordin 
Plain  explani 
have,  howev( 
they  have  be 
us  to  make 
with  its  nati 
so  draw  nigh 
On  the  who 
have  set  our 
sincerity,  to 
character  of 
rigorous  disc 
preaching,  ai 

Kingstown 
hoB  not  been 
as  we  could  v 
yet  we  are  e 
lightful  pros] 
sent  opens, 
boys  of  the 

Eromoted  to 
ave  filled  th 
Many  of  the 


VIN 


VIZ 


en- 
une- 


soci- 

rable 

into 

gral- 

Juen- 

Itinu- 

}lety. 

has 

jmi- 


white ; 
;    1672 


taken  sick,  and  <  ceased  at  once  to 
work  and  live.' 

Chateau  Bellair, — "  is  a  place  of 
great  importance,  and  demands  assid- 
uous attention.  Some  have  heen  ex- 
pelled, but  the  society  generally  ap- 
pears to  be  gtowinff  in  grace,  and  in 
the  knowledge  and  love  oi  God,  while 
several  backsliders  have  returned,  on 
apparently  sincere  repentance.  About 
three  miles  to  the  leeward  of  Chateau 
Bellair  is  a  settlement  of  Caribs, 
which  we  have  occasionally  visited. 
They  receive  us  as  the  servants  of  the 
most  high  God,  nor  ever  suffer  us  to 
leave  them  without  demonstrations  of 
affectionate  regard,  and  invitations  to. 
return.  We  have  offered  them  some 
materiah,  and  they  have  volunteered 
their  labor  for  the  erection  of  a  small 
chapel,  where  we  may  meet  them  as 
opportunity  permits,  to  instruct  them 
in  the  doctrines  of  Christianity,  and 
where  we  hope  the  Father  of  spirits 
will  bestow  his  richest  benediction  on 
these  returning  heathens. 

"  Number?  m  society  :  12 
231  free  colored  and  black 
slaves.    Total,  1915. 

Biahou  Circuit.  "  Two  causes  of 
the  instability  and  low  religious  char- 
acter of  the  members  of  this  circuit  we 
particularly  notice :  the  almost  total 
want  of  acknowledgment  of  any  obli- 
gation to  abstain  from  profane  works 
on  the  Sabbath  day  or  to  keep  it  holy ; 
and  the  too  general  neglect  of  that 
sacred  ordinance,  the  Lord's  supper. 
Plain  explanations  of  this  sacrament 
have,  however,  been  given  them,  and 
they  have  been  earnestly  exhorted  by 
us  to  make  themselves  acquainted 
with  its  nature  and  obligations,  and 
so  draw  nigh  to  the  table  of  the  Lord. 
On  the  whole,  we  remark,  that  we 
have  set  ourselves,  we  trust  with  all 
sincerity,  to  improve  the  religious 
character  of  this  society,  by  a  justly 
rigorous  discipline,  plain  and  earnest 
preaching,  and  frequent  catechizing. 

Kingstown.  "  Although  our  school 
has  not  been  in  so  prosperous  a  state 
as  we  could  wish  during  the  past  year, 
yet  we  are  encouraged  with  the  de- 
lightful prospect  with  which  the  pre- 
sent opens.  Several  of  the  girls  and 
boys  of  the    Bible   class  have  been 

Eromoted  to  be  assistant  teachers,  and 
ave  filled  that  office  with  satisfactir  n. 
Many  of  the  elder  girls  have  been 


obliged  to  leave  the  school.  Some 
have  left  us  to  go  to  the  Roman  Cath- 
olic school,  but  are  returning  to  us 
again.  The  adult  class  of  females  is 
but  small.  The  public  examination 
took  place  on  new  year's  day,  in  the 
presence  of  a  large  congregation, 
when  the  childien  went  through  their 
exercises  with  great  satisfaction,  and 
were  rewarded  with  books,  &c.  Num* 
ber  of  male  scholars  is,  48  free  ;  69 
slaves : — total,  137.  Females,  102  free  j^ 
98  slaves :— total,  200.  Total  in  the 
island,  337." 

VIZAGAPATAM,  a  distri  it  and  a 
town,  on  the  Orissa  coast,  in  the  pro^ 
vince  of  the  Northern  Circars,  Hin» 
doostai..  The  city  is  483  m.  N.  E.  of 
Madras,  and  557  S.  W.  of  Calcutta. 
A  mission  was  commenced  in  this 
place  in  1805  by  the  L.  M.  S.  The 
Directors  thus  speak  in  their  lato  iC' 
port. 

''  Mr.  James  Gordon,  who,  accord- 
ing to  the  last  report,  acted  as  Mr. 
Dawson's  assistant  in  the  school  de- 
partment at  this  station,  is  at  present 
at  Madras,  under  a  course  of  educa- 
tion for  missionary  service. 

"  JYative  services— coniinvLe  as  stat- 
ed in  the  last  report.  Since  the  be- 
ginning of  the  year  1930,  six  meinbers 
have  Men  added  to  the  church,  of 
whom  two  are  natives,  and  one  IndO'^ 
Briton,  and  there  are  many  candi(i?.tes 
for  admission.  Some  young  men 
(natives,)  who  for  years  received 
Christian  instruction,  perceive  the 
folly  of  idolatry,  and  the  excellence 
of  the  religion  of  the  Bible,  which 
they  manifi^t  an  earnest  desire  to  uni 
derstand. 

"  English  services.  The  attendi 
ance  on  the  English  Sabbath  eveninc 
service  has  increased  to  from  50  to  70 
persons.  By  particular  request  of  the 
commanding  officer,  Mr.  Dawson  has 
for  some  time,  while  the  station  was 
destitute  of  a  ehaplain,  had  an  extra 
service  on  the  Sabbath,  in  the  Fort, 
on  which,  at  times,  300  persons  of  va- 
rious nations  and  tongues  have  at> 
tended. 

"  Church.  The  church,  which  at 
the  close  of  1829,  consisted  of  4  per* 
sons  only,  as  has  been  already  inti- 
mated. Had  an  accession  of  7  members, 
during  the  past  year.  There  are  also 
8  candidates  for  communion.  In  this 
church  Europeani,  Indo-Britons,  an4 

401 


vos 


WAI 


natives  are  united  in  harmony  and 
affection,  and  it  is  hoped  are  one  in 
Christ  Jesus. 

**  Schools.  These  are  V2  in  number, 
(five  of  which  are  entirely  supported 
by  the  society,)  and  are  in  general 
going  on  well.  In  most  of  them  the 
attendance  is  good. 

"  The  twelfm  school  was  begun  by 
Mrs.  Gordon  while  at  the  station. 
She  continues  to  defray  the  expenses 
thereof. 

"  Some  of  the  teachers  in  the  schools 
manifest  considerable  knowledge  of 
Christianity,  and  are  exemplary  in 
their  conduct.  They  are  diligent, 
and  feel  interested  in  their  work. 

''  The  Sunday  school  is  attended  by 
90  scholars,  of  different  castes.  Mr. 
Dawson  expounds  alternately  from 
the  Old  and  New  Testament  to  them . 

<'  Mrs.  Dawson's  daughter,  a  young 
female  friend,  and  Mr.  Dawson  s  son, 
William,  are  engaged ;  the  former  as 
Mrs.  DawBon^fl  assistant  in  the  girls' 
school ;  and  the  latter  in  daily  vis'V 
ing  the  schools  both  in  town  and 
country.  Mr.  Dawson's  eldest  son, 
who  is  sufficiently  acquainted  with 
Teioogoo,  acts  as  his  father's  assistant 
in  examining  the  schools.  The  mem- 
bers of  the  cnurch  have  formed  them- 
selves into  a  society  for  supporting 
the  native  schools,  by  monthly  contri- 
butions, and  there  is  reason  to  hope, 
that  this  endeavor  to  do  good  will,  in 
process  of  time,  become  more  effi- 
cient. 

"  Distribution  of  Scriptures,  ^c. 
The  Madras  Auxiliary  Bible  Society 
has  granted  to  Mr.  Dawson,  100  co- 
pies of  the  epistles  of  the  new  edition 
of  the  Teloogoo  Testament ;  and  the 
Religious  Tract  Society  at  Madras 
had  provided  him  with  1000  Teloogoo 
tracts.  Of  these  Scriptures  and  tracts 
he  has  put  in  circulation  many  hun- 
dreds among  the  people,  ana  they 
have  been  conveyed  in  almost  every 
direction.  In  these  labors,  Mr.  Daw- 
son i^  encouraged  by  many  instances 
of  Special  inquiry  for  books,  and  of 
their  great  usefulness  in  leading  their 
readers  to  fiirther  inquiry  after  the 
truth." 

VOSSANIE'S  TRIBE,  a  station 
pf  the  U.  B.  S.  in  South  Africa,  com- 
menced in  1830,  Richard  Haddy,  mis- 
sionary. Sunday  icholars,  66.  The 
Sunday  eongregationa  have  becwne 


large,  and  a  very  marked  change  for 
the  better  has  taken  olace. 


W. 

WAGENMAKER    VALLEY,    a 

station  of  the  French  Protestant  Mis- 
sionary Society,  in  South  Africa, 
commenced  in  1830.  Isaac  Bisseux, 
missionary.  The  Sabbath  congrega- 
tions are  usually  200.  An  increasing 
interest  in  the  word  is  apparent  among 
the  people.  Scholars,  25  to  30.  One 
young  female  slave  gives  evidence  of 
real  conversion  to  God.  Four  meet- 
ings are  held  weekly  for  the  slaves 
in  the  chapel,  and  others  in  private 
houses. 

WAIAKEA,  a  station  of  the  A.  B. 
C.  F.  M.  on  Hawaii.  It  is  on  the  N. 
E.  side  of  the  island.  Joseph  Good- 
rich, missionary;  Mrs.  Goodrich.  The 
following  extract  from  the  journal  of 
Mr.  Goodrich  describes  a  revival  of 
religion  which  took  place  in  1829  and 
1830. 

"About  a  year  has  now  elapsed 
since  the  attention  to  religion  com- 
menced here ;  and  the  spirit  of  inqui- 
ry has  extended  more  than  sixty  miles. 
Very  many  natives  have  left  their 
lands,  and  come  and  asked  permission 
to  settle  where  they  car  enjoy  relig- 
ious instruction.  Four  head  men,  re- 
siding front  six  to  eighteen  miles  dis- 
tant, have  come  and  settled  down 
near  us  in  order  to  partake  in  the 
worship  of  the  Sabbath  and  enjoy 
other  sanctuary  privileges.  Many  say 
that  they  have  obtainea  joyful  hearts, 
so  much  so  that  they  cannot  sleep  at 
night.  One  and  another  come  to  us 
with  the  inquiry,  Is  it  right  to  weep 
and  shed  tears .''  Sometimes,  say  thev, 
our  tears  run  down  our  cheeks  while 
thinking  of  God's  goodness;  some- 
times at  home,  at  otner  times  by  the 
way,  and  when  in  the  house  of  prayer, 
and  also  in  private  devotion.  They 
inquire.  What  can  be  the  meaning  of 
the  tears  running  so  freely  P  Can  it 
be  right  to  weep  so  mudi?  They 
freely  own,  that  Paul's  description 
of  the  vices  of  the  heathen,  in  the  first 
chapter  of  Romans,  is  a  correct  delin- 
eation of  theit  character,  and  say, 
How  eoold  he  have  known  it  so  well .'' 
Our  house  has  been  thronged  from 
moraing  till  night,  and  from  night  til) 


WAI 


WAl 


ige  for 


,EY,    a 

int  Mis- 
Africa, 
Sisseux, 
mgrega- 
jreasing; 
t  among 
0.  One 
dence  of 
ir  meet- 
e  slaves 
i  private 

he  ^.  B. 

1  the  N. 
h  Good- 
ich.  The 
turnal  of 
jvival  of 
1829  and 

elap£«d 
ion  cora- 
of  inqui- 
[ty  milew. 
eh  their 
irmission 
|oy  relig- 
men,  re- 
lies dis- 
'd   down 
in  the 
d   enjoy 
any  say 
il  hearts, 
sleep  at 
le  to  us 
to  weep 
lay  thev, 
'  ;s  while 
some- 
Is  by  the 
prayer, 
They 
.ning  of 
Can  it 
They 
iription 
Ithe  first 
t  delin- 
,d  sav, 
lo  well  ? 
d  from 
ht  till 


morning.  We  have  frequently  been 
called  up  at  midnight  to  converse 
with  those  who  are  anxious,  and  then 
again  at  daylight;  so  that  we  have 
little  or  no  time  of  our  own. 

*'  Our  labors  are  numerous  and 
much  varied.  We  have  public  wor- 
ship twice  on  the  Sabbath.  Mrs.  G. 
has  a  large  Sabbath  school  between 
meetings,  and  also  a  Bible  class  in  the 
afternoon,  and  she  also  meets  a  pray- 
ing circle  of  females  in  the  evening, 
and  a  school  likewise  in  the  week  of 
about  30  scholars.  The  above,  and 
the  continued  calls  of  the  natives,  oc- 
cupy most  of  our  time.  Monday  from 
two  o'clock,  P.  M.  till  nine  in  the 
evening,  our  house  is  thronged  with 
natives  who  attend  our  meeting  foi 
religious  inquiry.  Wednesday  after- 
noon we  have  a  public  lecture." 

WAILUKU,  a  branch  station  of 
the  v3.  B.  C.  F.  M.  on  the  island  Maui, 
one  of  the  Sandwich  Islands.  Its  ad- 
vantages are  thus  described,  in  Nov. 
1831. 

**  During  the  past  year  there  has 
been  preaching  there  eighteen  Sab- 
baths. According  to  ~:r  plan  there 
should  be  preaching  half  the  time. 
Various  obstacles,  however,  have 
hitherto,  and  will  doubtless  continue 
to  interrupt  fhat  regular  system  which 
we  wish  to  pursue.  Sometimes  the 
weather  prevents  us ;  sometimes  the 
people  are  away  on  business  for  the 
chiefs ;  and  sometimes  we  are  called 
by  othor  duties  to  other  places.  The 
longer  we  continue  our  labors  at  Wai- 
luku,  the  more  our  interest  in  the 
place  increases.  Il  is  of  greater  im- 
portance as  a  missionary  station  than 
the  one  at  Lahaina,  except  that  from 
Lahaina  we  can  have  easier  inter- 
course with  the  other  islands,  and 
thus  exert  a  greater  j[eneral  influence 
than  at  Wailuku.  But  our  local  in- 
fluence would  be  far  greater  at  the 
latter  place,  The  same  amount  of 
missionary  labor,  produces  much 
greatjr  enects  there  than  at  Lahaina ; 
and  ill  case  it  were  occupied  as  a  per- 
manent missionary  station,  the  prin- 
cess and  probably  other  chiefs  would 
immediately  take  up  their  residence 
there. 

"  Had  ye  not  already  laid  out  ex- 
pense in  buildings  at  Lahaina,  it  is 
questionable  whether  Wailuku  would 
not  be  the  place  for  the  permanent 


missionary  station  of  this  island.  The 
easy  access  to  the  eastern  peninsulti 
of  this  island,  would  nearly  balance 
the  advantage  which  Lahaina  enjoyw 
for  intercourse  with  the  neighboring 
islands. 

"  The  congregations  there  on  the 
Sabbath  have  much  increased.  The 
common  number  which  regularly  at- 
tends meeting  there  is  3,700,  and  often 
more. 

"  We  have  already  taken  steps  fbr 
the  organization  of  a  church  there. 
Eight  persons  from  that  place  are  now 
members  of  the  church  in  Lahaina. 
On  the  15th  of  October  last,  the  sao- 
rariient  of  the  Lord's  supper  was  ad- 
ministered there,  and  22  were  pro- 
pounded as  candidates  to  be  united 
with  a  new  church,  which  will  prob- 
ably be  organized  in  January.  The 
church  will  therefore  consist  of  30 
members  at  its  first  establishment. 

<<Auwae,  the  head  man,  is  now  cot 
looting  materials  for  a  good  stone  and 
lime  meeting-house.  The  stones  are 
already  hewn,  the  lime  is  burnt,  and 
the  timber  for  the  roof  is  on  the 
ground,  and  he  will  commence  the 
building  in  a  few  weeks.  The  peopte 
oflen  ask  with  weeping  eyes,  "  Who 
is  to  preach  in  it.^"  This  is  a  ques- 
tion which  we  cannot  answer. 

"  Mr.  Andrews  is  appointed,  by  the 
mission,  to  the  exclusive  business  of 
teaching  the  high  school,  on  the  hill 
back  of  Lahaina  He,  therefore,  ie 
no  longer  able  to  assist  in  supporting 
that  station.  Those  who  are  acquaint- 
ed with  the  laborious  duties  of  the 
station  at  Lahaina,  do  not  think  that 
one  man  can  possibly  perform  them, 
and  at  the  same  time  make  frequent 
visits  to  Wailuku.  Mr.  Richards, 
however,  will  continue  the  present 
Bvstem  for  a  season,  in  the  hope  that 
Providence  will  eventually  provide 
other  aid. 

<<  In  addition  to  the  labors  which 
we  have  bestowed  on  Wailuku,  we 
have  preached  at  other  places  nearer 
by,  where  congregations  of  from  liKK) 
to  2500  are  usually  collected." 

WAIMEA,  a  station  of  the  earns 
society  on  the  island  Hawaii.  Samiv 
el  Ruggles,  missionary  ;  Mrs.  Ru^ 
gles. 

WAIMEA  is  also  the  name  of 
another  station  of  the  name  Board,  on 
the  island  Tauai.    It  i»  on  the  soutk- 

403 


r   ■-' 

t  ;   V    t 

"".'■til 


WAS 


WHA 


nn  side  of  the  island.  The  mission 
was  commenced  in  18S0.  Samuel 
Whitney  and  Peter  J.  Gulick,  mis- 
sionaries^ and  their  wives.  For  fur- 
ther particulars  in  regard  to  the  last 
two  named  stations,  see  Sandwich  la- 
lands. 

WASHINGTON  ISLANDS,  or 
NORTHERN  MARQUESAS.  They 
are  3  in  number,  lying  between  8  and 
10  degrees  of  south  latitude,  and  about 
15  degrees  E.  of  the  meridian  of  the 
Sandwich  Islands.  The  pop.  is  esti- 
mated at  50,000. 

"  One  of  the  missionaries,  who  sail- 
ed for  the  Sandwich  Islands  in  De- 
cember, was  conditionally  instructed 
to  proceed  to  these  islands  ;  and  one, 
or  more,  of  a  company  of  missionaries 
soon  to  embark  for  the  Paci6c,  will 
probably  receive  the  same  destination. 

"  The  name  of  these  islands,  their 
having  been  discovered  by  one  of  our 
own  countrymen,  the  frequent  inter- 
course of  the  inhabitants  with  Amer- 
icans, and  their  superior  mental  ca- 
pacity to  the  common  average  of 
intellect  in  that  part  of  the  world,  and 
the  commanding  situation  of  the 
group  with  respect  to  some  of  the 
great  commercial  routes  in  that  ocean, 
— «re  all  circumstances  favorable  to 
the  speedy  commencement  of  a  mis- 
sion there." 

WAUGH-TOWN,  a  station  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  on  Tahiti,  one  of  the  Georg- 
ian Islands.  C.  Wilson,  missionary. 
From  the  report  of  1831,  we  take  the 
following  paragraphs. 

*'  In  the  report  of  this  station,  Mr. 
Wilson,  after  referring  to  the  general 
lukewarmness  of  the  people,  the  inju- 
rious effects  of  heresy,  and  of  the  im- 
portation of  ardent  spirits  by  foreign 
traders,  mentions  the  observance  of  a 
day  of  fasting  and  solemn  prayer,  by 
all  the  missionaries,  for  the  revival  of 
the  work  of  God  among  the  people, 
which  it  was  hoped  would  be  follow- 
ed by  a  more  abundant  measure  of 
divine  benediction.  The  usual  duties 
of  the  station  are  continued  through 
the  week.  The  attendance  of  the 
adult  school  is  regular ;  at  the  chil- 
dren's less  so  than  in  some  former 
years.  On  account  of  the  heresies  of 
tird  individuals  in  Tahiti,  who  pre- 
tended to  be  inspired  by  the  Spirit  of 
God,  and  empowered  to  work  mira- 
eles,  and  declared  there  was  "  no  sin 


here  nor  punishment  hereafter,"  sev- 
eral persons  were  seduced  from  the 
purity  and  soundness  of  the  faith,  and 
were  removed  from  Christian  fellow- 
ship ;  these  have  since  confessed  their 
sin  and  professed  repentance.  Two 
h&--e  been  re-united  to  the  church, 
and  others  are  waiting  for  admission. 
The  generalitv  of  the  people  attend 
the  means  of  religious  instruction, 
and  '  while  some  have  turned  back, 
others  are  coming  forward  desiring 
their  names  to  be  enrolled  ainngst 
the  followers  of  the  Lamb.'  " 

WELLINGTON,  a  town  of  hue- 
rated  negroes  in  the  colony  of  Sierra 
Leone,  Western  Africa.  [See  Sierra 
Lemie.jl 

WESLEYVILLE,  a  station  of  the 
W.  M.  in  South  Africa,  10  or  12  miles 
from  the  mouth  of  the  Kalumna  :  in 
Pato's  tribe  :  1823— S.  Young.  The 
congregations  continue  large :  many 
persons  are  obliged  to  remain  outside  : 
a  new  stone  chapel  is  in  progress. 
'  Notwithstanding,'  Mr.  Young  writes, 
"  the  great  distress  of  the  people,  aris- 
ing from  a  want  of  provisions  and  the 
Eolitical  agitations  with  which  they 
ave  been  disturbed,  yet  we  have  had 
several  gracious  manifestations  of  the 
influence  of  the»Holy  Spirit,  by  which 
the  stout-hearted  sinner  has  been 
humbled  and  the  Saviour  exalted. 
The  congregations  to  which  we  preach 
in  various  parts  of  the  tribe  are  in- 
creasingly encouraging."  Five  mem- 
bers have  left  the  station :  some  of 
them,  there  is  reason  to  fear,  from  a 
loss  of  religion.  Scholars :  boys  26^ 
girls  34,  adults  4 ;  being  a  decrease, 
m  consequence  of  the  removal  of  sev- 
eral large  families  from  the  vicinity  : 
the  schools,  however,  go  on  well. 

WHANGAROOA,  a  town  of  New 
Zealand,  on  the  E.  coast,  S.  of  the 
Bay  of  Islands.  Here  the  Wesleyan 
mission  was  commenced  in  June, 
1823.  It  was  established  in  a  beauti- 
ful and  fertile  valley,  now  denominat- 
ed Wesleydale,  and  situate  about  7 
m.  from  the  mouth  of  a  river,  which 
empties  itself  into  the  harbor  of  Whaiv- 
garooa,  and  about  20  W.  from  Kiddoe 
Kiddee,  the  nearest  settlement  of  the 
C.  M.  S.  in  the  Bay  of  Islands.  A 
substantial  and  commodious  dwelling- 
house,  together  with  &  bam,  carpen- 
ter's shop,  and  various  other  out- 
buildings,, had    been    erected.      An 

404 


WHA 


WHA 


"  eev- 
m  the 
:li,  and 
rellow- 
d  their 
Two 
;hurch, 
nsBion. 
attend 
uction, 
d  back, 
leeiring 
ir  ingB* 

of  hoe- 
[•  Sierra 
e  Sierra 

n  of  the 
12  miles 
nna :  in 
g.    The 
j;  many 
outside : 
)r  ogress, 
g  writes, 
pie,  aris- 
3  and  the 
ich  they 
jave  had 
Ins  of  the 
ly  which 
las    been 
exalted, 
e  preach 
are  in- 
e  mem- 
Isome  of 
I,  from  a 
(oys  26^ 
[ecrease, 
[1  of  sev- 
icinity : 
ell. 

of  New 
of  the 
[esleyan 
June, 
beauti- 
omhiat' 
labout  7 
I,  which 
Whan- 
iKiddtt 
Itoftlie 
ids.    A 
•elling- 
arpen- 
'X    out- 
An 


excellent  and  productive  garden  had 
been  formed ;  which,  with  a  plat, 
cultivated  for  wheat,  comprised  about 
4  acres.  The  whole  premises  were 
surrounded  by  a  good  fence ;  and 
constituted  a  respectable  specimen  of 
English  civilization  in  the  midst  of  a 
barbarous  people. 

The  natives  who  resided  in  the  val- 
ley amounted  to  near  200,  and  were 
called  the  Ngatehuru  tribe :  they 
were  headed  by  several  chiefs^  of 
whom  the  principal  was  Tepui.  At 
a  distance  of  5  miles  dwelt  another 
tribe,  called  the  Ngatepo ;  which  con- 
tained (;()0  or  700  souls.  To  these 
two  tribes  thu  missionaries  directed 
their  labors.  Having  made  some  pro- 
ficiency in  the  language,  they  regu- 
larly employed  the  Sabbath,  and  as 
much  of  their  time  on  the  other  days 
of  the  week  as  could  be  spared  from 
other  occupations,  in  communicating 
to  them  Christian  instruction.  A 
school  was  also  established,  which 
was  attended  daily  by  about  20  youths : 
8  of  these  had  learned  to  read  and 
vHe  their  vernacular  tongue;  and 
on  their  minds,  as  well  as  on  the 
minds  of  many  of  the  adult  popula- 
tion, the  truths  of  God  have  been  as- 
siduously inculcated,  and,  in  some 
cases,  received  with  much  apparent 
interest. 

"  We  began,"  say  the  missionaries, 
referring  to  these  results,  '*  to  be  great- 
ly encouraged  in  our  work ;  a  good 
deal  of  the  most  fatiguing  and  disa- 
greeable part  of  our  undertaking  had 
been  accomplished,  and  we  entertain- 
ed lively  hopes  of  increasing  and  per- 
manent prosperity.  This  cheering 
prospect  has,  however,  by  a  mysteri- 
ous dispensation  of  Providence,  been 
suddenly  darkened,  and  our  pleasing 
anticipations,  at  least  for  the  present, 
blighted." 

Shunghee,  it  appears,  had  been 
driven  dmost  to  a  state  of  desperation 
by  a  variety  of  circumstances,  and  he 
resolved  to  abandon  the  spot  which 
had  been  the  scene  of  them,  and  where 
he  was  perpetually  reminded  of  their 
occurrence.  Thus  chafed  and  irrita- 
ted, however,  there  was  much  reason 
to  dread,  that  wherever  he  might  re- 
move, there  war  and  bloodshed  would 
accompany  him.  In  Jan.  1827,  some 
men  of  his  tribe  came  to  the  station, 
paying,  on  their  buuness  being  ask 


ed — "  We  are  come  to  take  away 
your  things,  and  burn  down  your  pre- 
mises ;  for  your  place  is  deserted,  and 
you  are  a  broken  people."  The  work 
of  plunder  and  of  spoliation  soon  com- 
menced, and  was  carried  on  by  an  in- 
crease of  numbers ;  until  the  misaion- 
aries,  who  had  resolved  not  to  leave, 
but  at  the  last  extremity,  took  their 
departure,  and  with  heavy  hearts  di- 
rected their  course  towards  Kiddec 
Kiddee,  the  nearest  station  belonging 
to  the  Church  mission  ;  where,  after 
excessive  toils  and  appalling  dangers, 
they  at  length  found  a  friendly  asy- 
lum. They  subsequently  learnt,  that 
on  the  arrival  at  the  mission  settle- 
ment, of  the  Shukeangha  party, 
whom  they  had  actually  met  to  their 
great  alarm  when  fleeing  to  Kiddee 
Kiddee,  that  they  had  driven  away  the 
first  plunderers  who  belonged  to 
Shunghee's  party,  and  who  were  able 
to  carry  off  only  the  more  portable 
part  of  the  booty ;  and  that  they  had 
seized  the  remainder  themselves  ;  that 
they  had  returned  to  Shukeangha  the 
following  morning,  loaded  with  the 
spoils ;  that  the  mission  premises,  to- 
gether with  about  100  bushels  of  wheat 
in  the  straw,  which  had  just  been  de- 
posited in  the  barn,  were  completely 
burnt  to  ashes ;  that  the  cattle ,  of  whicn 
there  were  but  eight  head,  the  goats, 
poultry,  &c.  were  all  killed  ;  that  the 
heads  and  feet,  and  other  parts  of  the 
stock,  were  lying  strewed  about  upon 
the  ground,  mixed  with  other  articles 
which  the  robbers  did  not  think  worth 
their  while  to  carry  away  ;  that,  not 
content  with  what  they  found  above 

ground,  tliese  barbarians  had  dug  up 
le  body  of  Mr.  Turner's  child,  which 
had  been  interred  a  few  months  before, 
merely  for  the  sake  of  the  blanket,  in 
which  they  supposed  it  was  envelop- 
ed ;  and  that  they  had  left  the  corpse 
of  the  tender  babe  to  moulder  on  the 
surface  of  the  earth, — a  monument  of 
their  relentless  cruelty.  ''These  men  al- 
so informed  us,"  say  the  missionaries, 
''that  Shunghee  was  not  dead,  but 
that  he  had  been  shot  through  the 
body ;  that  the  ball,  having  broken 
his  collar  bone,  and  passed  in  an  ob- 
lique direction  through  the  right 
breast,  had  come  out  a  little  below  the 
shoulder  blade,  close  to  the  spine; 
and  that  ailer  his  return  from  pursu- 
ing the  Ngatepo,  his  principal  wife, 

405 


WHA 


WIL 


Turi,  whose  heroism  and  judgment 
were  much  admired,  and  whose  abili- 
ties in  war  were  so  siirpiising,  that 
notwithstanding  her  bhndness  and 
other  infirmities  of  age,  she  always 
accompanied  her  hnsband  in  his  fight- 
ing entcrprizes,  had  died  at  'Whanga- 
rooa.  On  the  19th,  some  natives  ar- 
rived at  Kiddee  Kiddee,  iu  a  canoe, 
from  the  S.  E.  part  of  the  island  ;  who 
reported  tliat  the  news  of  Shunghee's 
misfortunes  was  received  tiiere  with 
every  expression  of  joy  and  triumph, 
such  as  singing  and  dancing,  which 
were  kept  up  without  intermission 
night  r  *  .''ay;  and  that,  in  case  of 
his  dea  ;e,     'aige  body  might  be 

expected  the  h^y  of  Islands,  to  re- 
venge the  t  '.»ociou.  '■  iuries  which  he 
had  inflicted  upon  ti^on.  This  even- 
ing a  letter  was  received  by  the  Rev. 
Henry  Williams,  from  Capt.  Huid,  of 
the  New  Zealand  Company's  ship,  the 
Rosanna,  then  lying  at  Shukeangha, 
in  which  the  captain  very  kindly  ex- 
pressed the  deep  concern  that  he  felt 
on  hearing  of  our  disasters,  and  gen- 
erously offered  to  accommodate  us 
with  a  passage  to  Sydney,  and  to  len- 
der us  any  other  assistance  that  lay 
in  his  power ;  such  kindness,  mani- 
fested by  a  stranger,  under  circum- 
stances BO  peculiarly  trying  as  ours 
were,  excited  in  our  bosoms  the  live- 
liestemotions  of  gratitude  and  respect. ' ' 

*'  The  church  missionaries  consid- 
ered their  situation  in  New  Zealand 
as  so  precarious  that  they  shipped 
about  20  tons  of  goods  on  board  the 
Sisters,  to  be  conveyed  to  Sydney  ; 
and,  of  the  rest,  what  was  of  any  va- 
lue, and  not  required  for  immediate 
use,  they  either  buried  under  ground, 
or  deposited  on  board  a  vessel  in  the 
harbor.  They  adopted  these  precau- 
tionary measures,  to  secure  what 
might  be  requisite  for  their  voyage  : 
deeming  it  not  improbable  that  they 
should  be  compelled  to  fiee  to  Port 
Jackson  ;  and  fearing  that,  if  the  na- 
tives should  suddenly  come  upon 
them,  they  would,  like  us,  be  stripped 
of  every  thing." 

''On  Wednesday, the  24th,  a  letter 
was  received  from  Mr.  Clark,  of  Kid- 
dee Kiddee,  stating,  that  some  mes- 
sengers, who  had  been  sent  tr  Shung- 
hee,  had  brought  intelligence  of  his 
being  likely  to  recover,  and  of  his 
Jtaving  almost  utterly  destroyed  the 


Caitangata  tribe,  who  resided  on  the 
western  side  of  Wiiongarooa  harbor ; 
their  statement  was,  that  only  10  of 
the  unhappy  tribe  were  supposed  to 
have  escaped  ;  that  old  Matapo,  the 
chief,  who  was  the  principal  actor  in 
plundering  the  brig,  Mercury,  was 
uiiiong  the  slain ;  that  Shunghee's 
advice  to  the  missionaries  at  Kiddee 
Kiddee  was,  to  remain  on  their  sta- 
tion while  he  lives,  but  to  flee  to  their 
own  country  as  soon  as  he  dies  ;  that 
the  contest  in  tiiat  quarter  had  been 
brought  to  a  close ;  and  that  the  na- 
tives were  dispersing  to  their  respec- 
tive places  of  abode.  The  head  of 
Matapo  was,  a  few  days  afterwards, 
exhibited  on  a  pole  at  the  Bay  of  Is- 
lands, as  a  trophy  of  Shunghee's 
success. 

"  When  we  lefl  New  Zealand, 
which  was  on  the  2c'th  of  January,  a 
very  large,  party,  led  by  the  Chief 
Tarria,  was  lying  in  Kororadika  Bay, 
which  is  on  the  E.  sic^e  of  the  Bay  of 
Islands.  This  was  so  formidable  a 
body,  that  when  they  were  making 
toward  the  Sisters,  Captain  Duke 
thought  it  expedient  to  fire  two  6 
pounders  over  their  heads.to  deter  them 
from  approaching.  Their  real  views 
were  not  known;  but  their  leader, 
Tarria,  is  one  of  those  chiefs  who  had 
threatened  the  Pyhea  tribe  ;  consid- 
erable alarm  was,  therefore,  felt  in 
that  quarter. 

"  We  forbear  to  express  our  opin- 
ion as  to  what  may  be  the  result  of 
this  tumultuous  state  of  things  ;  tho' 
we  cannot  but  fear  that  the  immedi- 
ate consequences  will  be  disastrous. 
However,  we  beg  it  to  be  distinctly 
understood,  that  our  mission  to  New 
Zealand,  though  suspended,  is  by  no 
means  abandoned.  While  we  are  not 
blind  to  the  difficulties  which  at  pres- 
ent obstruct  its  progress,  we  are  con- 
vinced that  it  may  yet  be  prosecuted 
with  rational  hope  of  extensive  and 
lasting  usefulness." 

Mr.  Marsden  writes  on  the  7th  of 
March,  1827,  that  he  was  on  the  point 
of  sailing  from  port  Jackson,  in  H. 
M.  S.  Rainbow,  on  a  visit  to  New 
Zealand  ;  in  order  to  render  advice 
and  assistance  in  the  critical  state  of 
affairs.  [See  JVew  Zealand.] 

WILKS'  HARBOR,  a  mission 
station  of  the  L.  M.  S.,  on  the  N.  E. 
side  of  the  island  of  Tahiti. 

406 


Pi 

a 


Mr.   Prif 

nienccd  pre 

congregatit 

The  sever  a 

also,  in  gen 

English  ser 

seamen  bek 

bor,  is  conti 

tion  whicli 

sions  is  usu 

and  conin)o( 

sive  gallerie 

was  opened 

28thofDec( 

The  attcn 

the  school  is 

lar.     Mr.  ] 

an  English  . 

which  lie  ho 

ble  facilities 

latter  languai 

completinir  t 

good  dwelling 

ary. 

The  numb 

1825,  the  tim( 

tlement  here 

74.      Tlie   m. 

amounted,  at 

Of  the  baptiz 

of  entering  inl 

The  foUowii 

from  a  late  ref 

**  The  increi 

tion,  and  the  a 

ty  by  the  peop 

ment  in  civilizi 

ed  acquaintonc 

exposes  them  t 

and  much  distr 

these  circumstj 

tinue  to  proape 

boys  and  an  eq 

females,  have 

church.     The 

worship  is  und 

sons  have  been 

in  Christian  coi 

count  of  their  in 

ed  by  the    inoi 

spirits  brought 

been  excluded.  J 

convenient  acco: 

visiters,  a  small 

for  English  won 

ard  continued  to 

the  seamen  reso 

In  the  last  repoi 

that  Mr.  Pritcha 

institution  for  the 


WIL 


ZAK 


d  on  the 
I  harbor; 
nly  iOof 
ppoeed  to 


itapo 


the 


il  aclor  in 
;ury,  was 
liun^hee's 
It  Kiddee 

their  sta- 
ee  to  their 
dit's ;  that 

had  been 
at  the  na- 
eir  respec- 
le  head  of 
ifterwards, 

Bay  of  la- 
5hunghee'8 

ir   Zealand, 

January, a 

the  Chief 

radika  Bay, 

the  Bay  of 

irmidable  a 

ere  making 

>tain    Duke 

fire  two  6 

io  deter  them 

real  views 

heir   leader, 

efs  who  had 

ibe  ;  consid- 

fore,  felt   in 

Is  our  opin- 
|he  result  of 
.things )  tho' 
[he  immedi- 
disastrous. 
[e  distinctly 
«ion  to  New 
ied,  is  by  no 
[e  we  are  not 
lich  at  pres- 
|we  are  con- 
prosecuted 
jtensive  and 

the  7th  of 
>n  the  point 
ison,  in  H. 
tsit  to  New 
ider  advice 
loal  state  of 

h    .  . 

a    mission 
in  the  N.  E, 


ti. 


406 


Mr.  Pritchard  has  recently  com- 
menced preaching  in  Toliitian.  The 
congregation,  on  the  Sabbath,  is  large. 
The  several  week*day  meetings  ure 
also,  in  general,  well  attended.  Tlie 
English  service,  for  the  benefit  of  the 
seamen  belonging  to  ships  in  the  har- 
bor, is  continued,  and  the  congrega- 
tion which  assembles  on  those  occa- 
sions is  usually  considerable.  A  new 
and  commodious  chapel,  with  exten- 
sive galleries,  erected  at  this  station, 
was  opened  for  public  worship  on  the 
28th  of  December,  lt)2G. 

The  attendance  of  the  children  at 
the  school  is,  unhappily,  very  irregu- 
lar. Mr.  Pritchard  has  commenced 
an  English  and  Tahitiun  Dictionary, 
which  he  hopes  will  afford  considera- 
ble facilities  for  the  acquisition  of  tiie 
latter  language.  The  natives,  besides 
completing  tne  chapel,  have  built  a 
good  dwelling  house  for  the  mission- 
ary. 

The  number  baptized,  from  Nov. 
1825,  the  time  of  Mr.  Pritchard's  set- 
tlement here,  up  to  May,  182(i,  was 
74.  The  members  of  the  church 
amounted,  at  the  latter  period,  to  208. 
Of  the  baptized,  many  are  desirous 
of  entering  into  church  fellowship. 

The  following  particulars  we  take 
from  a  late  report  of  the  L.  M.  S. 

"  The  increase  of  traffic  at  this  sta- 
tion, and  the  accumulation  of  proper- 
ty by  the  people,  favor  their  advance- 
ment in  civilization,  and  more  enlarg- 
ed acquaintance  with  mankind,  but  it 
exposes  them  to  peculiar  temptations, 
Bad  much  distress.  Notwithstanding 
these  circumstance,  the  schools  con- 
tinue to  prosper.  Three  of  the  senior 
boys  and  an  equal  number  of  young 
females,  have  been  united  to  the 
church.  The  attendance  on  public 
worship  is  undiminished.  Ten  per- 
sons have  been  added  to  the  number 
in  Christian  communion ;  bat  on  ac- 
count of  their  intemperance,  occasion- 
ed by  the  inordinate  use  of  ardent 
spirits  brought  by  traders,  36  have 
been  excluded.  In  order  to  afford  more 
convenient  accommodation  to  foreign 
visiters,  a  small  chapel  was  erecting 
for  English  worship,  and  Mr.  Pritch- 
ard continued  to  preach  in  English  to 
the  seamen  resorting  to  the  harbor. 
In  the  last  report  it  was  mentioned 
that  Mr.  Pritchard  had  proposed  an 
institution  for  the  education  of  native 


teachers.  This  has  since  been  estab* 
lished,  and  the  missionaries  anticipate 
very  favorable  results  from  the  advan- 
tages its  members  will  receive.  The 
institution  was  commenced  with  five 
individuals,  of  which  number  one  was 
expelled  for  intemperance.  When 
tht  last  accounts  were  sent  away, the 
number  of  students  was  ten,  and  two 
more  were  expected.  Two  liad  died, 
and  one  had  been  sent  to  Tubuai." 

WILLSTOWN,  a  station  of  the  ^. 
B.  C.  F.  M.,  among  the  Cherokee 
Indians,  in  the  chartered  limits  of 
Alabama,  in  Will's  Valley,  about  10 
m.  from  the  Western  line  of  Georgia, 
and  40  m.  S.  of  the  Tennessee  r.  It 
was  commenced  in  1823.  William 
Chamber!  in  is  now  (18?*^*^  missionary, 
Sylvester  Ellis,  farm  ,  •.  'th  their 
wives.  Mrs.  Hoy t,  wido  .V  (  the  Rev. 
Asa  Hoyt,  John  Hus'  native  preachr 
er.  The  school  is  in  a  flourishing 
state. 


YOK  NOK-CHA-YA,  a  station  of 
the  A.  B.  C.  F.  ^f.  among  the  Choc- 
taw Indians.  Rev.  Cyrus  Byington^ 
missionary.  Mrs.  Byrinvton,  Missea 
Anna  Burnham  ana  Mary  Fostei, 
teachers.  The  communicants  belong 
to  the  Maybe w  church.  The  number 
of  scholars  is  26. 


ZAK  RIVER,  4  or  500  miles  N. 
E.  of  Cape  Town,  South  Africa,  on 
which  a  station  was  formed  b}'  tbo 
L.  M.  S. 

In  May,  1799,  Mr.  Kitcherer  and 
his  colleague,  Mr.  Edwards,  left  Cape 
Town,  and  arrived  on  the  6th  of  Au- 
gust, at  a  spot  near-  the  Zak  r.,  where 
they  agreed  to  take  up  their  abode. 
The  circuuijacent  country  was  bar- 
ren and  thinly  inhabited,  but  tbe 
place  at  which'  they  felt  inclined  to 
settle  was  evidently  adapted  for  cul- 
tivation, and  was  contiguous  to  tvM> 
fine  springs  of  water.  Here,  there- 
fore, they  began  to  prepare  a  plot  of 
ground  lor  a  garden,  and  to  erect  « 
hut  of  reeds,  no  timber  being  within 
their  reach.  To  this  humble  settle- 
ment they  gave  the  name  of  Happy 


ZAK 


ZAK  .'' 


Prospcft  Fountain,  and  solt'innly  de- 
voted both  the  place  and  theniHeiveti 
to  the  service  of  the  Lord. 

Of  the  natives  among  whom  the 
brethren  were  now  to  labor,  Mr.Kitch- 
erer  observes — *'  They  have  no  idea 
of  a  Supreme  Being,  and,  consequent- 
ly, thev  practice  no  Itind  of  worship. 
They  nave  a  superstitious  reverence, 
however,  for  an  insect  known  by  the 
name  of  the  creeping  leaf,  a  sight  of 
which  they  consider  as  an  indication 
of  something  fortunate,  and  to  kill  it 
they  suppose  will  bring  a  curse  upon 
the  perpetrator.  They  have,  also. 
some  notion  of  an  evil  ipirit,  which 
occasions  diseases  and  other  mischief; 
and  to  counteract  his  evil  purposes,  a 
certain  description  of  men  are  ap- 
pointed to  blow  with  a  humming  noise 
over  the  sick,  for  hours  together. 

"  Their  mode  of  life  is  extremely 
wretched  and  disgusting.  Utter  stran- 
gers to  cleanliness,  tlioy  never  wash 
their  flesh,  but  suffer  the  dirt  to  accu- 
mulate, till,  in  some  instances,  it  lit- 
erally hangs  from  their  elbows.  They 
dflight,  however,  in  smearing  their 
bodies  with  the  fat  of  animals,  min- 
gled with  a  powder  which  gives  them 
a  shining  appearance.  They  form 
their  huts  by  digging  a  hole  about  3 
feet  deep,  and  Uien  thatching  it  over 
with  reeds,  which  are  not,  however, 
impervious  to  the  rain.  Here  they 
lie  close  to  each  other,  like  pigs  in  a 
sty  ;  and  they  are  so  extremely  indo- 
lent, that  they  will  remain  for  days 
together  without  food,  rather  than 
take  the  pains  to  procure  it.  When 
constrained,  by  extreme  hunger,  to 
go  out  in  quest  of  provisions,  they 
evince  much  dexterity  in  destroying 
the  various  animals  with  which  their 
country  abounds ;  or,  if  they  do  not 
happen  to  procure  any  of  these,  they 
make  a  shift  to  live  upon  snakes, 
mice,  and  almost  any  thing  they  can 
find.  There  are,  also,  some  produc- 
tions of  the  earth,  of  the  bulbous  kind, 
which  they  occasionally  eat,  particu- 
larly the  Cameron,  which  is  as  large 
as  a  child's  head,  and  the  haroo,  about 
the  size  of  an  apple.  There  are, 
likewise,  some  little  berries,  which 
are  edible,  and  which  the  women  go 
out  to  gather;  but  the  men  are  too 
idle  to  do  this. 

"  The  men  have  several  wives,  but 
eonjugal  affection  is  little  known,  and 


they  are  total  strangers  to  domestic 
happiness.  They  t^e  little  rare  of 
their  children,  ond  when  thev  correct 
them,  they  almost  kill  them  by  sever- 
ity. In  fact,  they  will  destroy  their 
onspring  on  a  variety  of  occasions, 
as  when  they  are  in  want  of  food,  or 
obliged  to  tiee  from  the  farmers,  or 
when  an  infant  happens  to  be  ill- 
shaped,  (»r  when  the  father  has  for- 
saken the  mother.  In  any  of  these 
cases  they  will  strangle  them, smother 
them,  bury  them  alive,  or  cast  them 
away  in  the  desert.  There  are  even 
instances  of  parents  throwing  their 
tender  offspring  to  the  hungry  lion, 
which  stands  roaring  before  Uieir  cav- 
ern, refusing  to  depart  till  some  peace- 
offering  be  given  to  him.  In  general, 
the  children  cease  to  be  the  object  of 
maternal  care  as  soon  as  they  are  able 
to  crawl  in  the  field.  They  go  out 
every  morning ;  and,  when  they  re- 
turn in  the  evening,  a  little  milk,  or 
a  piece  of  meat,  and  an  old  sheep's 
skin  to  lie  upon,  are  all  they  have  to 
expect.  In  some  few  instances,  how- 
ever, a  spark  of  natural  affection  is  to 
be  met  with,  which  places  its  pos- 
sessor on  a  level  with  the  brute  crea- 
tion. 

'•  The  Bushmen  frequently  forsake 
their  aged  relations,  when  removing 
from  place  to  place,  for  the  sake  of 
hunting.  In  this  case,  they  leave  the 
old  person  with  a  piece  of  meat,  and 
an  ostrich  egg-shell  full  of  water. 
As  soon  as  this  little  stock  is  exhaust- 
ed, the  poor  devoted  creatures  must 
perish  by  hunger,  or  become  a  prey 
to  wild  beasts.' 

Soon  after  their  arrival  at  Zak  r., 
the  missionaries  were  visited  by  a 
party  of  about  30  Bushmen,  who 
were  anxious  to  understand  the  ob- 

iect  of  their  settlement.  At  first, 
lowever,  they  were  extremely  shy  ; 
and  in  consequence  of  some  base 
slanders,  which  had  been  propagated 
among  them,  they  were  induced  to 
fear  that  the  brethren  had  some  de- 
sign against  tlieir  liberty  or  their 
lives.  As  a  proof  of  their  mistrust,  it 
is  stated,  that  on  a  certain  occasion, 
Mr.  Kitcherer.  hoping  to  conciliate 
the  affections  of  these  wild  Hottentots, 
invited  a  number  of  them  to  partake 
of  a  little  repast  which  he  had  pro- 
vided. Having  cut  up  a  large  cake, 
he  presented  a  piece  to  each  of  the 

408 


Zakr. 


ZAK 

Bughmen,  bat  not  an  indiTidad  v»n* 
tared  to  taate  it.  On  perociviAg  thia, 
and  ffueaaing;  that  ihmy  wete  appre- 
henaiveof  poiaon,  the  iniaaionary  took 
a  slice  of  the  oake  hirtiaelf,  and  ate  it 
before  them.  He  tlien  itated,  that  he 
had  called  theiii '  together  to  aaaore 
them  of  hilt  friendship,  and  to  inform 
them  that,  as  they  were  all  invited  to 
eat  of  one  cake,  tliere  was  one  Sa- 
viour, called  tlie  bread  of  life,  of  whom 
Hottentots,  as  well  as  others,  might 
freely  partake,  in  order  to  obtain  cttnr- 
nal  liw.  This  explanation  remored 
every  evil  surmise,  and  Mr.  Kitoher- 
er's  token  of  love  was  received  by 
every  individual  with  evident  satis- 
faction. 

From  this  time  the  number  of  Bash- 
men  who  visited  the  missionaries  in- 
creased considerably ;  and  Mr.  Kitch* 
erer  observes,  that  he  felt  inexpres- 
sible pleasure  whiidt  attempting  to 
explain  to  these  poor  and  perisTiing 
creatures  the  infinite  grace  of  the  Lord 
Jesus ;  so  that  though  he  began  his 
work  with  a  heavy  heart,  he  fVvqnent- 
ly  concluded  it  with  joy  and  exulta- 
tion. When  the  Bushmen  were  first 
told  of  a  God,  and  of  the  resurrection 
of  the  dead,  they  knew  not  how  to 
express  their  astonishment  in  terms 
sufliciently  strong,  that  they  should 
have  remained  such  a  length  of  time 
without  one  idea  of  the  Creator  and 
Preserver  of  all  things.  Some  of  th^ 
people  now  began  to  pray  with  appa- 
rent earnestness,  and  with  the  most 
afiecting  simplicity,  "O  Lord  Jesns 
Christ,  they  would  say,  "  thou  hast 
made  the  sun,  the  moon,  the  hills, 
the  rivers,  and  the  bashes ;  therefore 
thou  hast  the  power  of  changing  my 
heart :  O,  be  pleased  to  make  it  en- 
tirely new!"  Some  of  them  assert, 
that  the  sorrow  which  they  felt  on 
account  of  their  sins  prevented  them 
from  sleeping  at  night,  and  constrain- 
ed them  to  rise  and  pour  out  their 
souls  in  supplication  before  the  Lord; 
and  they  declared  that  even  in  thoir 
hunting  expeditions  they  sometimes 
felt  an  irresistible  impulse  to  prostrate 
themselves  before  the  throne  of  grace, 
and  to  pray  for  a  renewed  neart. 
Some  of  them,  iiMeed,  seem  to  have 
kad  interested  views  in  their  profes- 
sions, and  to  have  displayed,  as  Mr. 
Kitoberer  expresses  it,  *'  maofa  pihar- 
knical  ostentation;''  bat^there  were 
2l 


ZAK 

some  others,  whose  language  was  «▼•* 
idently  that  of  Christian  experience, 
and  who  manifested,  by  theit  conduot 
and  conversation,  that  they  had  be* 
come  the  subjects  of  a  divine  chanffe. 

Soon  arfler  this  occurrence,  Mr. 
Kiteherer  was  invited  to  become  the 
ministt^r  of  the  Paarl,  a  rich  village 
near  the  Ca|M>,  with  a  handsome 
church.  Afler  mature  dehberation 
and  earnest  prayer,  however,  he  was 
led  to  consider  this  as  a  temptation 
to  divert  him  from  his  attention  to  the 
heathen,  rather  than  a  providential 
call'  to  a  station  of  greater  usefulness. 
And  from  this  time  his  labors  among 
the  Bushmen  were  crowned  with  such 
remarkable  success,  that  he  observes^ 
**  Many  persons,  whose  hearts  had 
been  harder  than  the  rocks  among 
which  they  lived,  becan  to  inquire 
what  they  must  do  to  oe  saved  ;  and 
it  frequently  happened  that  the  hills 
literally  resounded  with  their  loud 
complaints." 

Mr.  Kiteherer  had  for  some  time 
entertained  the  thoughts  of  visiting 
Europe,  partly  with  a  view  to  the 
settlement  of  some  domestic  concerns, 
and  also  with  tlie  design  of  consult* 
ing  the  directors  of  the  L.  M.  S.  on 
the  best  measures  to  be  adopted  in 
future.  Accordingly,  on  the  17th  of 
Janaary,  1803,  he  took  leave  of  his 
congregation,  with  an  assurance  that 
he  would  endeavor  to  return  in  abont 
12  months.  The  scene  exhibited  on 
this  occasion  was  deeply  afiecting ; 
some  of  the  people  expressed  an  ap* 
prehension  that  it  was  on  account  of 
their  guilt,  and  because  they  had  not 
sufficiently  prized  the  gospel,  that 
their  beloved  minister  was  now  to  be 
removed  from  them  ;  others,  eagerly 
grasping  his  hands  and  weeping  bit- 
terly, declared  they  found  it  impossi- 
ble to  consent  to  his  departure  ;  and 
those  who  were  in  some  degree  ena- 
bled te  restrain  the  external  marks  of 
their  grief,  declared  that  they  should 
unremittingly  pray  for  his  speedy  re- 
turn, under  a  conviction  that  they 
should  never  survive  the  total  loss  of 
such  a  friend  and  pastor. 

One  of  UU[  male  Hottentots,  named 
John,  an^t^females,  called  Mary  and 
Martha,  were  permitted  to  accompa- 
ny their  instructor  to  Europe  ;  and 
on  their  arrival  in  England,  they  af- 
folded,  high  gratification  to  the  friends 

409 


'< 


ZAK 


ZAN 


of  the  Redetfiner,  and  to  Turioaf  eon* 
grojietions,  by  the  deoided  teetimon? , 
which  (through  the  tnedium  of  Mr. 
Kitchercr,  «•  their  intarDreter,)  they 
were  enabled  to  bear  to  the  beneficial 
eflbctn  of  the  gospel  upon  their  own 
hearta,  and  upon  the  hearts  of  their 
long  neglected  and  benighted  coun- 
trymen. 

The  following  fiirewoll  addreie, 
which  Mary  deuvened  to  a  vaat  aa- 
■embly,  is  a  touching  apecimen  of 
natural  eloquence : — 

«  What  pity  tii,  what  ain  'tie,  that 
yon  have  so  many  year*  sot  that 
heavenly  bread,  and  hold  ii  for  your- 
selves, not  to  give  one  little  bit,  one 
crumb  to  poor  heathen  !  There  are 
so  many  millions  of  heathen,  and  you 
have  so  much  bread  ;  and  you  could 
depend  upon  you  should  not  have 
less  because  you  give  ;  but  that  Lord 
Jesus  would  give  his  blessing,  and 
you  should  have  the  more.  You  may 
not  think,  when  you  do  something 
for  poor  heathen,  you  should  have 
less  for  yourselves ; — that  contrary  : 
Lord  Jesus  fountain  always  full  :— 
thousand  afler  thousand  could  be 
helped :  He  always  the  same,  yester- 
day, to-day^  and  for  ever.  The  more 
we  do  for  others,  the  more  we  shall 
be  blessed,*— the  more  we  shall  have 
for  our  own  soul.  I  thank  every  in- 
dividual that  do  something  for  mis- 
sionary work  or  that  pray  for  it.  I 
thank  people  who  he^pj  but  must 
say,  same  time,  Lord  bring  Hottentot 
here  to  show,  that  he  will  Hess  means, 
save  sinner.  And  now  I  hope  and 
trust  every  man  will  go  on  to  spread 
Uus  gospel.  As  Lord  Jesus  so  good, 
wear  crown  of  prickles  for  us,  for  our 
sins,  let  us  work  more  and  more  in 
dust  at  his  feet,  to  put  on  his  head 
crown  of  glory.  O  when  you  know 
in  what  situation  Hottentot  were, 
then  you  will  have  more  compassion 
for  them ;  and  when  you  see  where- 
fore God  give  such  great  plenty  here, 
that  you  might  give  to  other  poor 
creature — help  and  assist  'them.  I 
thank  English  nation,  that  sent  mis- 
sionary to  us ;  but  pray  they  may 
neglect,  but  go  on  :  b^^uee  Lord 
open  door,  and  so  muNRthousands 
know  not  Lord  Jesus.  We  pray  for 
them,  and  do  all  we  can  to  help  Mis- 
sionary Society^  and  we  shall  see  the 
Itiord  will  bless  4t.    I  go  to  &r  laud, 


and  shall  never  see  this  neopltf  no 
more  in  this  world;  so  people  of  God, 
fiuewell.  1  shall  meet  you  again  be- 
fbre  the  throne  of  glory .  And  people 
that  know  not  God,  1  admonish  them 
to  come  to  Jesus ;  then  we  shall  all 
meet  at  right  hand  of  God,  Last 
thing  I  say — 0  prmy  fan  foor  Asa- 
lAcn"' 

Mr.  Kttcherer  now  paid  a  visit  to 
his  friends  in  Holland,  where  he  was 
detained  a  considerable  time.  On  the 
31st  of  October,  1804,  however,  he 
sailed  from  the  Texel  with  the  Hot- 
tentot converts  and  some  new  mis- 
sionaries, and  arrived  at  tlie  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  on  the  19th  of  January, 
1805. 

On  his  return  to  Zak  river,  Mr.  K. 
found  his  congregation  in  a  very 
dejected  and  wretched  situation,  in 
consequence  of  a  long  continued 
drought,  and  the  robberies  committed 
by  the  Bushmen.  "  Manv  of  the  peo- 
ple,' says  Mr.  K.,  "  had  been^already 
compelled  to  tsJie  refuge  in  another 
place,  and  the  remainder  seemed  rea- 
dy to  perish  for  want  of  every  neces- 
sary of  life.  We  used  our  utmost 
endeavors  to  keep  our  dear  congrega- 
tion together,  on  a  spot  which  had 
been  formerly  sO  much  blessed,  but 
all  our  efforts  were  in  vain,  and  our 
prospects  became  darker  and  darker ', 
so  that  neither  cattle  nor  corn,  conld 
be  procured  at  any  price,  and  it  was 
impracticable  to  send  to  a  distance 
fot  provisions,  on  account  of  the  plun- 
dering Bushmen,  who  had  already 
murdered  2  of  our  baptized  Hotten- 
tots." 

Whilst  the  concerned  of  the  settle- 
ment were  in  this  situation,  Mr.  K. 
was  providentially  appointed  to  the  liv- 
ing of  Graaf  Ray  net,  which  he  accept- 
ed on  conditiota  of  his  being  still  con- 
sidered as  a  miesionary  of  the  London 
Society ;  and  th^ber  he  was  followed 
by  the  greater  part  of  his  congrega- 
tion, who  either  took  up  their  abode 
in  the  village,  or  were  placed  with 
different  families  in  the  vicinity,  as 
servants  or  laborers;  so  that  they 
were  gradually  inured  to  habits  of 
indu'»try;  whilst  they  retained  the  im- 
portint  privilege  of  still  hearing  the 
g08pi>l  from  the  lips  of  their  beloved 
pastor. 

Z/iNTE,  the  largest  of  the  Ionian 
Ishui.'ls^  after  Corfu  and  Cephalonia, 

410 


OF   THE  \ 


A>B.v. 


illC 


It  it  about  Itt  miles  firom  Ophalonia, 
it  ii  SM  miles  in  length,  and  19  in 
bfvadth,  and  ia  inhabited  by  40,000 
Greeks.  They  retain,  in  a  oon«id> 
erable  drgree,  the  manners  and  oas- 
toini  of  UMir  illustrious  progenitors. 


The  W.  M.  S.  maintain  a  mission  on 
this  island.  W.  O.  Crnggon,  the 
missionary,  has  been  unwearied  in 
the  proHecution  of  his  work.  He  has 
qualified  a  number  of  youth  for  tne 
responsible  situation  of  teachers. 


APPENDIX. 


OF   THE  FOLLOWING  STATI6nS,    NO   >fOTICE  WAS   TAKEN 
IN  THE  APPROPRIATE  PLACES. 


Ionian 
haloiiia> 
10 


AKYAB,  an  outstation  of  the  Ser- 
amporo  BuptislH,  near  Arracon,  and 
about  450  in.  S.  S.  E.  of  Semmpore. 
It  in  an  island  in  the  Axracan  R.  Mr. 
J.  C.  Fink  lesiuua  Here  with  one  na- 
tive asitistartt. 

BALFOUR,  0  station  of  the  Glas^ 
gow  Missionary  Society,  in  South 
Africa,  among  the  CaiTres.  It  is  on 
the  bnnka  of  the  Queona  R. 

BOKONGUR,  an  outstation  of 
CalcuttJi,  belonging  to  tlie  B.  M.  S. 
where  the  Rev.  G.  Pearce  holds  reg- 
ulur  BcrviccB 

BOUDINOT,  a  station  of  the  ^.  B. 
C.  F.  M.,  among  tlio  Osage  Indians, 
DO  in.  N.  of  Union  (which  see),  Na- 
thaniel B.  Dodge,  missionary,  Mrs. 
Dodge.  A  tew  Osages  have  express- 
ed a"  desire  to  settl  ^  near  Boudinot, 
and  to  beconv   cultivators  of  the  soil. 

CARNARl  a  station  under  the 
care  of  the  Ciuiada  Conference  Mis- 
sionary Society,  established  in  1623. 
Number  of  memlwrs  18. 

CREEKS.  The  mission  of  the  v3. 
B.  B.  F.  M.  is  thus  noticed. 

**  For  the  last  year,  Mr.  John  Da- 
vis, a  native  Creek,  has  devoted  him- 
self to  labors  for  the  benefit  of  his 
countrymen  west  of  the  Mississippi, 
under  the  patronage  of  the  Board. 
He  was  amonv  the  converts  during 
the  ministry. of  Rev.  Lee  Compere, 
at  Withiagtofi,  ^xtd  comnoended  nim- 


sclf  to  the  affection  and  confidence  of 
his  pastor,  who  encouraged  him  to 
address  the  people  of  his  tribe,  on  the 
great  subject  ot  religion.  Believing 
that  he  could  be  must  useful  where 
he  now  is,  ho  removed  thither,  and 
has  continued  to  give  evidence,  that 
he  is  actuated  by  the  genuine  spirit 
of  missions,  which  is  no  other  tuan 
the  spirit  of  the  Gospel.  He  preach- 
es at  four  different  places  at  stated 
times — visits  and  converses  with  the 
Indians  at  their  homes,  and  three 
days  in  a  week  teaches  a  school  for 
the  benefit  of  children.  No  doubt 
can  exist,  that  this  system,  faithfully 
pursued,  will  be  productive  of  much 
good.  Whenever  the  Board  shall  en- 
large its  operations  in  that  country, 
which  we  trust  will  be  soon,  Mr.  Da- 
vis will  be  found  a  roost  useful  aux- 
iliary." 

HICKORY  LOG,  a  stotion  of  the 
A.  B.  B.  F.  M.,  ?imong  the  Cherokee 
Indians.  From  the  last  report  of  the 
Board  we  take  the  following. 

''In  .July  last,  the  Board  received 
notice,  through  its  venerable  Presi- 
dent, that  the  Cherokees  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  Hickory  Log,  iq  the  number  of 
about  eighty  families,  wejre  contem- 
plating a  r«%moval  to  Arkansas,  or 
west  of  it,  provided  their  beloved 
missionary,  thc'  Rev.  Duncan  O'Bri- 
apt,  might  be  allowed  to  accompany 

411 


v!'.  ■ 


.'til 


y.m 


HIK 


MAU 


them.  T«  this,'  of  courec,  there  was 
no  objection,  if  the  removal  of  Mr. 
O'B.  coHld  be  brought  abont,  without 
charge  to  our  funds. 

''  That  this  couki  be  done,  it  was 
though*  there  was  little  or  no  doubt, 
and  consequently  meabures  were  tak- 
en to  bring  the  school  in  its  existing 
^.ocation  to  a  close,  early  in  Novem- 
ber, and  prepare  for  a  removal. 

"  The  account  of  the  station  from 
its  origin,  as  then  submitted  by  Mr. 
O'Briant,  the  superintendant,  and  the 
Rev.  Littleton  Meeks,  who  had  for 
years  examined  it  quarterly,  will  fur- 
nish satisfuciory  evidence  of  the  ben- 
eficial results  of  missionary  labor. 

"  This  school,"  say  the  brethren, 
"  commenced  its  operations,  April 
30th,  1821 ,  at  the  Tins-a-wattee  Town, 
in  the  Cherokee  nation,  under  the. 
patronage  of  the  American  Baptist 
Board  tor  Foreign  Missions.  Since 
its  establishment,  about  200  children 
have  attended  to  receive  instruction, 
the  greater  part  of  whom  have  been 
enabled  to  read  the  word  of  life,  and 
to  write  a  fair  hand,  and  some  have 
been  made  acquainted  with  arithme- 
tic. Some  of  the  scholars  embraced 
religion  while  at  the  school,  and  a 
regular  Baptist  chyrch  was  organised, 
which  embraces  thirty-four  members. 
Besides  this,  there  has  been  a  general 
improrement  among  the  natives,  in 
morrJs,  agriculture  and  housewifery. 
Thii  church,  which  is  under  the  pas- 
toral care  of  brother  O'Briant,  now 
stands  dismissed  from  the  Association, 
to  remove  to  Arkansas.  A  public 
meeting  was  held  on  this  interesting 
occasion,  and  a  Sermon  delivered  by 
Rev.  Mr.  Meeks,  to  a  deeply  afiected 
audience,  from  Matthew  xx.  4.,  at 
thte  close  of  which  Rev.  Mr.  O'Briant, 
family  and  flock,  came  forward,  and 
were  commended  to  God  in  fervent 
prayer." 

HIK-A-SHUB-A-HA,  a  station  of 
the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  among  the  Choc- 
taw Indians.  No  missionary  resides 
here.  Miss  Burnham  teaches  the 
school.  The  number  of  scholars  is 
10. 

KAIRA,  an  outstation  cf  the  L.  M. 
S.  near  Surat,  Hindoostan.  Popula- 
tion 13,000,  chiefljr  Hindoos.  Mr. 
and  Mrs  W.  Fyvie  removed  to  this 
ftlace  on  the  30th  of  November,  1830. 
He  lives  with  £.  B.  Mills,  the  magis- 


trate of  the  district,  who  renders  th^ 
most  liberal  support  to  the  mission. 
Native  services  are  held  thric;  on  the 
Sabbath,  and  thrice  on  week-days. 
The  congregations  average  from  40 
to  lOU.  Two  schools,  i'.i  one  of  which 
arc  70  boys,  are  supported  by  Mr. 
Mills.  About  13,000  tracts  and  books 
were  distributed  in  the  surrounding 
country. 

KHAREE,    an   outstation   of  the 

B.  M.  S.  50  m.  S.  of  Calcutta.  It  is 
under  the  care  of  the  Rev.  W.  H. 
Pearce.  Five  persons  have  been  re- 
ceived into  communion  with  the  na- 
tive Christians,  of  whom  he  has 
chPTge.  More  than  100  persons  have 
embraced  the  prol'ession  of  Christian- 
ity. They  have  lost  all  reverence  for 
idols,  and  strictly  regard  the  Sabbath. 

KRUEDAY,  an  outstation  of  Ar- 
racan,  under  the  care  of  the  Serani- 
pore  Baptists,  450  m.  S.  S.  E.  of  Ser- 
afiipore. 

LAKE  SIMCOE,  a  lake  in  Upper 
Canada.  Upon  two  islands  in  this 
lake,  Yellow  Head  and  Snake,  the 
Canada  Methodist  Conference  estab- 
lished a  mission  in  ]H2().  A  branch 
of  the  Mississaugah  Indians  reside 
here.  The  whole  body  consist  of 
more  than  600  souls.  They  use  the 
Ojibevvay  language.  In  1820,  429  of 
the  natives  were  under  religious  in- 
struction, 350  of  whom  were  mem- 
bers of  the  church,  and  100  children 
were  taught  in  the  schools.  A  school 
house  and  parsonage  are  united  on 
Snake  Island,  and  a  mission  house 
on  Yellow  Head. 

LUCKYANTIFORE,  an  outsta- 
tion of  the  B.  M.  S.  35  m.  S.  of  Cal- 
cutta, under  Bl>e  care  of  Rev.  G-. 
Pearce.  Three  adults  have  been 
baptized.  Pix  families,  consisting  of 
about  40  individuals,  liave  declared 
themselves  Christians. 

MACKINAW,  an  island  in  the 
strait  connecting  Lake  Huron  and 
Lake  Michigan.  The  Canada  Meth- 
odist Conference  established  a  mis- 
sion here  in  1831 .  Number  of  Indian 
communicants  50. 

MAUMEE.  a  station  of  the  ^.  B. 

C.  F.  M.  in  Wood  Co.  Ohio,  about 
30  m.  from  the  mouth  of  Maumee  R. 
which  empties  into  the  upper  end  of 
lake  Erie.  It  was  commenced  by  the 
Western  Missionary  Society,  trans- 
ferred to  the  U.  F.  M.  S.  and  in  1837 

412 


MAU 


NEY 


tothe.i.  B.  C.  F.  M.  The  Indians 
are  the  Otawaa,  about  800  in  number. 
Their  land  is  in  Ave  reservations,  and 
comprises  60,500  acres.  Isaac  Van 
Tassel,  missionary  Mrs.  Van  Tas- 
sel ;  Misses  Sarah  Withiow  and 
Hannah  Riggs,  assistants.  Mr.  Van 
Tassel  gives  the  following  view  of  the 
mission  in  a  letter  dated  April  31. 
1832. 

**■  As  it  respects  the  concerns  of  this 
station,  the  family  are  enjoying  good 
health,  living  in  peace  and  harmony, 
and  all  manifest  a  disposition  to  press 
forward  in  the  path  of  duty.  I  have 
visited  the  Indians  some,  while  scat- 
tered on  their  hunting  grounds  in  the 
course  of  the  winter ;  but  not  so  much 
as  I  intended,  on  account  of  the  unfa- 
vorable season  for  travelling  in  the 
wilderness. 

"  When  at  home,  I  preach  every 
Sabbath  at  the  station,  attend  the 
Sabbath  school  and  Bible-class.  The 
CMigrogation  is  gradually  increasing, 
and  there  is  uniformly  good  attention. 
There  has  recently  been  tv.  o  additions 
to  this  little  church,  one  by  letter  and 
one  by  examination.  At  times  we 
have  had  some  tokens  of  the  Lord's 
presence  ;  so  that  we  were  encourag- 
ed to  hope  for  a  revival ;  but,  as  oflen 
before,  these  seasons  have  passed  like 
the  early  cloud  and  morning  dew. 

*'  In  my  last,  I  wrote  you  that  some 
of  the  Indians  had  agreed  to  go  west 
of  the  Mississippi.  I  think  now 
they  will  settle  down  with  the  others, 
and  remain  till  the  rest  of  their  land 
is  taken  from  them.  They  are  more 
willing  to  receive  instruction.  Three 
new  scholars  have  been  added  to  the 
bchool,  and  several  more  have  agreed 
to  send  their  children  this  spring. 

*'  Within  two  or  three  weeks,  the 
Indians  will  return  again  to  their  vil- 
lages. After  this,  myself  and  wife 
intend  to  spend  our  time  almost  ex- 
clusively amoiig  them." 

On  the  27th  of  June  Mr.  Van 
Tassel  states,  that  ihe  school  contain- 
ed 31  Indian  children — 14  boys,  from 
three  to  fifteen  years  of  age,  and  17 
girls,  from  five  to  twenty  yetrs  old. 
Ten  of  the  scholars  were  studying 
arithmetic  and  geography,  twelve 
were  attending  to  writing,  and  fifteen 
were  able  to  read  in  the  Bible.  The 
pupils  were  cheerful,  obedient,  and 
mond ',  and  the  cause  of  temperance 
♦2l 


was  gaining  ground,  both  among  the 
Indians  and  white  settlers  in  the 
neighborhood. 

NEYOOR,  head  quarters  of  the 
western  division  of  the  mission  of  the 
L.  M.  S.  in  South  Travancore,  Uin- 
doostan.  Commenced  in  1828.  C. 
Mead,  W.  Miller,  missionaries ;  Mr. 
Ashton,  assistant,  14  nat.  readers  and 
3  assist,  readers.  The  Directors  of 
the  Society,  in  their  report  for  1831, 
give  the  following  facts. 

"  The  Directors  are  happy  in  being 
enabled  to  state,  that  the  persecution 
which  lately  raged  against  those  who 
had  embraced  the  gospel  in  this  part 
of  Travancore,  has  subsided.  The 
only  violence  shown  by  the  adversa- 
ries, has  been  by  burning  a  house  at 
Pillypannem.  The  heathen  tlien»- 
selves  have  remarked  that  several 
of  the  persecutors  of  the  Christians 
liave  been  suddenly  removed  to  the 
eternal  world.  The  sutferers,  who 
bear  their  loss  with  patience,  have 
been  presented  with  a  donation  of  50 
rupees  from  the  members  of  the 
church  at  Black  Town  chapel,  at  Ma- 
dras. 

"  Congregations.  Neyoor  must  be 
considered  as  still  in  its  infancy.  The 
mission-house  was  nearly  completed, 
and  the  building  of  a  girls'  school- 
house  commenced  in  the  month  of 
July  last.  It  was  also  in  contempla- 
tion to  erect  a  place  of  worship,  to  be 
denominated  *'  Dartmouth  Chapel," 
towards  which  a  gentleman  in  Russia 
has  contributed  the  liberal  donation 
of  000  rupees.  Preparation  has  been 
made  for  commencing  the  work,  but 
several  causes  have  occasioned  a  de- 
lay, and  further  pecuniary  ri'?  is  need- 
ed to  complete  t.ie  building. 

"  The  Christian  village  connected 
with  the  mission  contains  25  families, 
consisting  of  75  persons,  who  are 
either  weavers  or  cultivators  of  th« 
Palmyra  tree.  Beside  these,  7  fami- 
lies amounting  to  25  persons  ^includ- 
ing children)  are  engaged  in  tne  mis- 
sion, or  connected  with  Mr.  Mead's 
family.  About  100  individuals,  ex- 
clusive of  the  children  in  the  schools 
at  the  station,  are  receiving  Christian 
instruction,  under  the  immediate  care 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mead. 

"  The  number  of  congregations  in 
connection  with  the  Neyoor  station, 
is  37,  with  an  aggregate  of  410  Chris- 


,  I 


f 


'■f.i 


li 


h\. 


NEY 

tian  families,  consisting  of  1,413  indi- 
viduals, who  are  all  regular  in  attend- 
ing instruction  and  Christian  worship 
on  the  Sabbath.  In  addition  to  these, 
«n  equal  number  have  forsaken  idola- 
try, but,  at  present,  decline  attending 
public  worship,  from  fear  of  exposing 
themselves  to  persecution.  Among 
those  who  openly  avow  their  attach- 
ment to  the  gospel,  there  is  an  evi- 
dent increase  of  pie'^y  and  intelli- 
gence. In  this  division,  olso,  the 
Sabbath  is  more  generally  regarded, 
and  the  attendance  on  public  worship 
more  uniform,  and  much  improved. 
The  efforts  made  by  many  adults,  who 
cannot  read,  to  commit  the  catechism 
and  scriptures  to  memory,  are  en- 
couraging and  important.  Several 
heathen  families  have  joined  tiie  con- 
gregations, ond  there  is  roii^on  to  be- 
Reve  that  a  number  have,  during  the 
past  year,  departed  this  life  in  the 
faith  and  hope  of  the^gospel. 

*'  JVative  Schools.  Two  new  schools 
have  been  opened  since  the  month  of 
July  last.  The  whole  number  now 
amounts  to  36,  with  932  children. 
Under  the  constant  and  efficient  su- 
perintendence of  Mr.  Ashton,  the 
schools  are  generally  improving,  A 
few  of  the  scliolars  are  Nairs,  Mo- 
hammedans, and  Roman  Catholics, 
but  most  of  them  are  heathen  chil- 
dren. The  schoolmasters  are  advanc- 
ing in  knowledge,  and,  with  one  or 
two  exceptions,  are  Christians  in  pro- 
fession. They  meet  once  a  week  at 
Neyoor  for  examination  and  to  make 
their  report,  when  an  address  is  de- 
livered to  them.  Two  young  men, 
trained  up  in  the  central  scTiooi  at 
Neyoor,  have  been  appointed  school- 
masters, and  give  much  satisfaction. 

"  The  girls'  school,  under  Mrs. 
Mead's  superintendanee,  contains  22 
children.  Several  donations  received 
from  Quilon,  through  Mr.  Miller,  and 
other  mediums,  for  the  promotion  of 
native  female  education,  have  con- 
tributed to  the  enlargement  of  this 
important  institution. 

"  In  the  orphan  school,  on  account 

only 


resources,  are 


ot  very  limited 
four  children 

•*  By  the  exertions  of  the  readers 
much  evangelical  knowledge  is  circu- 
lated, and  good  has  been  effected, 
both  among  the  heathen,  and  those 
who  have  embraced  ChriBtianity,  The 


readers  are  tliemsolves  imj)roving  in 
useful  knowledge,  and  thus  become 
more  efficient.  Every  Saturday  they 
assemble  at  the  mission-house,  deliv- 
er their  reports,  and  receive  instruc- 
tion and  advice  as  in  the  eastern  di- 
vision. 

*'  In  that  part  of  the  seminary  whicli 
has  been  provisionally  placed  under 
Mr.  Mead's  superintendance,  ten 
young  men  are  at  present  under  a 
course  of  education,  with  a  view  to 
become  native  readers. 

"  DiUribution  of  books.  A  great 
number  of  Tamil  scriptures  and  tracts 
have  been  circulated;  many  of  these 
were  supplied  by  the  liberality  of  the 
Madras  Auxiliary  Bible  and  Iract  So- 
cictiGs,*' 

SAUT  STE  MARIE,  a  station  of 
the  ^.  B.  B.  F.  M.  which  is  thus  no- 
ticed in  the  last  report. 

"  This  station  is  in  Michigan  Ter- 
ritory, and  is  under  the  superintend- 
ance of  Rev.  Abel  Bingham — Mr. 
Tanner,  interpreter — MissMacomber, 
school  teacher — Miss  Rice,  assistant 
to  Mrs.  Bingham. 

"  The  school  has  received  e\eTy  at- 
tention calculated  to  render  it  useful, 
and  besides  the  children  boarded  in 
the  mission  family,  has  been  attended 
by  many  from  the  neighborhood.  The 
average  number  of  scholars  is  from 
forty  to  sixty.  After  conducting  them 
through  the  week  in  their  ordinary 
studies.  Miss  Macomber  has  regularly 
met  them  at  suitable  hours  on  the 
Sabbath,  to  i«ach  them  the  great 
truths  of  religion.  In  this  service  she 
is  aided  by  two  ladies  from  the  fort, 
Mrs.  Hurlij;it  and  Mrs.  James,  who 
are  happily  qualified  for  the  under- 
taking. 

"  The  labors  of  Mr.  Bingham  have 
;  ren  almost  wholly  of  an  evangelical 
cnaracter,  and  divided  between  the 
Indian  and  white  population.  To  the 
former,  their  value  has  been  greatly 
enhanced  by  the  interpreting  of  Mr. 
Tanner,  who  is  pious,  and  enters  into 
the  spirit  of  every  address.  A  trans- 
lation of  a  part  of  the  New  Testament 
into  Chippewa  by  Dr.  James^  has 
also  been  useful,  and  should  it  be 
printed,  will  doubtless  prove  a  bless- 
mg  to  the  tribe. 

**  In  December,  it  became  apparent, 
that  the  word  preached  was  taking 
effect,  and  a  more  than  ordinary  in- 

414 


-1 


a 


tereat  was 
gion.  The 
ed,  and  ajj 
ried  for 
afler  the 

''  In  a  lit 
into  the  gar 
soldiers  bcc 
more   were 
do  to  be  su 
few  had  ma 
religion  nt 
last   let^r. 
baptism,  an 
which  now 
bera,  and  ot 
to  come  for 

"  This  sta 
affording  its 
portunities 
struction  to 
It  so  occuri 
Tequemenoi 
were  detaine 
weeks,  durin 
ed  that  she  I 
ed  with  the 

"  The  tern 
Bingham  ha 
Nearly  all  th 
are  united 
the  general  b 
SEEGEE] 


OF  THE  EI 


The  followi 
Herald,  and  ii 
was  taken  pa 
the  Brethren, 
stations,  contj 
1S32. 


SUMMARY. 


ving  in 
become 
lay  tbe y 
',  deliv- 
inslruc- 
tern  di- 

•y  which 
d  under 
ce,  ten 
under  a 
view  to 

A  great 
nd  tracts 
of  tlieee 
ty  of  the 
rract  So- 

jtation  of 
thus  no- 

igan  Ter- 
orintend- 
inm— Mr. 
iacomber, 
assistant 

every  at- 

it  useful, 

parded  in 

attended 

lood.  The 

s  is  from 

ing  them 

ordinary 

regularly 

s  on  the 

he    great 

rvice  she 

the  fort, 

nes,  who 

le  under- 

lam  have 

|r  angelical 

/een  the 

To  the 

greatly 

\g  of  Mr. 

iters  into 

A  trans- 

pestament 

les,  has 

lid  it  be 

a  bleas- 

aipparent, 
taking 
linarj  in- 
L14 


m 


? 


terest  was  felt  in  the  subject  of  reli- 
gion. The  nnuibcr  of  liearers  increas- 
ed, and  anxious  inquirers  often  tar- 
ried for  prayer  and  conversation, 
after  the  assemblies  were  dismissed. 

*'  In  a  little  time,  the  work  spread 
into  the  garrison,  and  several  of  the 
Boldiers  became  hopefully  pious.  Still 
more  were  asking,  *•  what  shall  we 
do  to  be  saved.'"  Of  the  converts, 
few  had  made  an  open  profession  of 
religion  v.i  the  date  of  Mr.  Bingh.Mn's 
last  let^pr.  Five  had  submitted  to 
baptism,  and  united  with  the  church, 
which  now  cor  sists  of  twelve  mciu- 
bera,  and  others  were  expected  sjan 
to  come  forward. 

"  This  station  has  the  advantage  of 
affording  its  missionary  frequent  op- 
portunities for  giving  religious  in- 
struction to  natives  from  the  interior. 
It  so  occurred  the  last  winter,  that  a 
Tequemenon  chief  and  his  daughter 
were  detained  at  the  place  for  several 
weeks,  during  which  time  it  was  hop- 
ed that  she  became  savingly  acquaint- 
ed with  the  truth. 

*'  The  temperance  messures  of  Mr. 
Bingham  have  been  very  successful. 
Nearly  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  place 
are  united  in  them,  and  partake  in 
the  general  benefit." 

SEEGEENG,   a  mission    of  the 


Canada  Methodist  Conference,  on  a 
river  of  the  same  name,  among  the 
Indians  of  Upper  Canada,  commenc- 
ed in  1831  ;  40  members  of  the 
church. 

SHAWNEES,  a  station  of  the  W. 
B  B.  F.  M.  among  the  Indians  of  the 
same  name,  within  the  limits  of  the 
state  of  Missouri,  thus  noticed  in  the 
last  report. 

"  Mr.  Johnston  Lykins,  who  was 
long  associated  with  Mr.  McCoy,  at 
the  Carey  station,  has  accepted  an 
appointment  by  the  Board  to  labor 
among  the  Shawnees,  within  the  lim- 
its of  Missouri,  where  he  arrived  with 
his  family  on  the  7th  of  July.  At  the 
date  of  our  last  intelligence  from  him, 
he  had  not  been  there  a  sufficient 
time  to  ascertain  accurately  the  pros- 
pects of  the  situation.  He  had  com- 
municated to  the  chiefs  and  the  prin- 
cipal people  individually,  the  object 
of  iiis  coming,  but  the  desolating 
prevalence  of  the  small  pox,  prevent 
ed  a  public  meeting  of  the  Indians. 
'  Till  the  malady  subsides,'  he  says, 
'  my  labors  must  be  confined  to  pri- 
vate visiting,  but  in  this  way  I  hope 
to  do  something  towards  the  promo- 
tion of  that  cause  which  we  so  ardent- 
ly desire  to  see  successful.'  " 


SUMMARY 


OF  THE   EFFORTS   OF  THE   PRINCIPAL  MISSIONARY   SOCIETIES. 


I.    MISSIONS  OF    THE  UNITED  BRETHREN. 

The  following  eammary  was  prepared  by  the  Editor  of  the  Misiionary 
Herald,  and  inserted  in  that,  publication,  in  the  number  for  May  1832.  It 
waa  taken  partly  from  the  annual  circular  of  the  synodicnl  committee  of 
the  Brethren,  dated  Oct.  24,  1831 ;  and  partly  from  a  list  of  missionaries  and 
stations,  contained  in  the  Missionary  Intelligencer  for  the  first  quarter  of 

1832. 

415 


ill 


t 


i  t  J 


SUMMARY. 


"Tlie  rec'ipts  during  the  year  1830  amounted  to  about  |(49,r3.    T,:e  d'f 
t>urseni<:i)t8  a  iittle  exceeded  that  sum. 

At  the  close  of  the  year  1830,  the  number  of  brethren  and  sis*  rs  erppl.oycrl 
m  forty-two  settlements  amounted  to  209,  of  whom  15  aae  newly  u^/)»oin'."d. 
Five  brethren  and  sisters  retired  from  service  within  the  year,  and  two  de- 
parted into  the  joy  of  their  Lord.  Twelve  of  those  employed  are  children 
of  uxissionaries. 

I.     Greknland. — Commenced  1733. 

4  Settlements. — New  Herrnhut,  Lichtenfels,  Lichtenau.  and  Fredericksthal 

23  Missionaries. — Married,  Eberle,  Grillich,  Ihrer,  Kleinschmidt,  I.  Koe- 

fel,  Lehrr.an,  Mchlrose,  Mueller;    unmarried,  Baus,  De   Fries,   Herbri.h, 
.und,  C.  Koegel,  Tietzen,  and  Ulbricht. 

Converts. — 1,750  C-reenlanders.  / 

The  mission  had  to  suffer  from  two  trying  circumstances ;  from  the  disper- 
sion of  the  members  of  the  congregations  by  order  of  the  Chamber  of 
Commerce  in  Copenhagen,  and  the  delay  in  sending  the  necessary  timber 
for  building  the  church  at  Fredericksthal :  but  the  state  of  the  mission  was 
encouraging,  and  the  two  southern  settlements  had  received  an  accession  of 
numbers  from  among  the  heathen.  In  Fredericksthal,  however,  upward  of 
thirty  natives  died  of  the  pleurisy. 

JI.     Labrador. — 1770. 

4  Settlements. — Nain,  Hopedale,  Okkak,  and  Hebron. 

28  Missionaries. — Married,  Henn,  Knaus,  Koerner,  Kunatli,  Lundberg, 
Meisner,  Morhardt,  Stock,  Stuerman,  Beck,  Glitsch,  Mentzel ;  unmarriea, 
Fritsche,  Hertzherg,  Kruth,  and  Freytag. 

Converts. — 800  Esquimaux. 

The  establishment  of  a  new  station,  called  Hebron,  has  been  groatly  as- 
sisted by  the  brethren's  society  for  the  furtherance  of  the  Gotpel  in  London, 
who  have  kindly  sent  materials  for  erecting  the  necessary  buildings.  A  de- 
sirable opportimity  of  hearing  the  Gospel  is  hereby  afforded  to  the  northern 
Esquimaux,  of  which  we  pray  that  they  may  be  disposed  to  avail  themselves, 
as  their  southern  brethren  have  done. 

III.  North  America. — 1734. 

3  Settlements. — New  Fairfield,  in  Upper  Canada ;  Spring-Place,  and  Oocl>- 
gelogy,  Cherokee  nation. 

10  Missionaries. — Married,  G.  Byhan,  Clauder,  Luckenbach,  Micksch ; 
widower,  Kaman  ;  widow,  Gambold. 

Converts. — About  273  Indians,  ch.i>..-f;  v  Delawares  and  Cherokees,  and  a 
few  negroes. 

The  congregation  of  believing  Delawares,  in  Upper  Canada,  consisting  of 
not  quite  300  persons,  is  diligently  attended  by  the  missionaries,  whose  la- 
bors have  been  productive  of  renewed  fruit.  The  same  may  be  said  of  the 
mission  among  the  Cherokees,  notwithstanding  the  many  difficulties  with 
which  it  in  encompassed,  owing  to  the  political  state  of  the  country. 

IV.  South  America. — 1735. 
1  Settlement. — Paramaribo. 

14  Missionaries. — Married,  Boehmer,  Graaff,  Hartman,  Passavant,  Schmidt, 
Voigt,  Treu. 

Converts. — 2,723  negroes. 

Brother  Passavant  has  been  appointed  superintendant  of  the  mission, 
which  proceeds  under  the  divine  blessing.  The  Society  for  promoting  Chris- 
tianity imong  the  heathen  population  affords  willing  assistance  ;  and  many 
plantaiiions  near  Voozorg  and  Fort  Amsterdam  are  visited  by  the  brethren. 

V      Danish  W.  Indies.— 1732. 

7  Settlements,  or  Sta  ■ons. — New  Herrnhut  and  Niesky,  in  St.  Thomas ; 
Fr'ftdpn8be;g,  Fiiedenathal,  and  Friedengfield,  in  St.  Croix;  Bethany  and 
Ec  wAUBy  w  St.  Jan. 

38  Missionaries. — Married,  Blitt,  Bonhof,  Damns,  Eder,  Junghans,  Keil, 
Kleint^  Klingenberg,  Meyer,  Mueller,  Plattner,  Popp,  Schmidt,  Schmitz, 
S3parmeyer,  otaude,  Sybrecht,  Wied,  Freytag. 

416 


5  Stations.- 


SUMMARY. 


r  ! 


CuTtcerts. —-Ahoxit  9,646  negroes. 

The  seven  congregations  of  believii.g  uegroee  in  'the  Danish  Weat-India 
Islands  have  continued  to  enjoy  outward  peace  and  innvty  spiritual  blessings 
from  the  Lord's  hand  ;  and,  at  Friedensthal,  a  new  mission-house  is  in  course 
of  erection. 

VT.    British  W.  Indies. 
(Jamaica. — 1754.) 
6  Stations. — Fairfield,  New  Eden,  Irwin-Hill,  New-Carmel,  New-Fulneck, 
Mesopotamia. 

16    Mistionarieg. — Married,    Ellis,   Light,   Pemsel,   Pfeifer,   Renkcwitz, 
Ricksecker,  Scholefield,  and  Zoi.i. 
Converts. — About  4,100  negr.  es. 

(Antigua.— 1756.) 

5  Stations. — St.  John's,  Grace-Hill,  Grace-bay,  Cedar-Hall,  and  Newfield. 
24  Missionaries. — iVfarried,  Bayne,  Brunner,  Coleman.  Coate&,  Ilarvpy, 

Newby,  Kochte,  Muntzer,  Simon,  Thraen,  Wright,  Zellner. 
Converts. — 15,087  negroes. 

(Barbadoes.— 1765.) 
2  Stations. — Sharon  and  Mount  Tabor. 

6  Missionaries. — Married,  Taylor,  Zippel,  Morrish. 
Converts. — 915  negroes. 

(St.  Kitts.— 1775.) 

2  Stations. — Basseterre  and  Bethesda. 

10  Missionaries. — Married,  Hoch,  Robbing,  Shick,  Seitz,  Ziegler. 

Converts. — 5,026  negroes. 

(Tobago.— 1790— renewed  1826.) 

1  Station. — Montgomery. 

4  Missionaries. — Married,  Eberman  and  Zelsche. 

Converts. — 572  negroes. 

The  missionaries  bestow  much  attention  on  the  work  of  negro  education  ; 
and  the  schools  increase  in  number  and  usefulness.  In  Jamaica,  a  new  set- 
tlement has  been  begun  in  St.  Elizabeth's  parish,  called  New  Fulnec  ;  and 
the  mission  at  Mesopotamia,  in  Westmoreland,  has  been  renewed.  In  An- 
tigua, many  changes  have  taken  place  among  tlie  missionaries,  owing  to  the 
lamented  decease  of  brother  Johanscn  :  there  are  five  settlements  in  that 
island  :  at  St.  John's,  the  spiritual  charge  of  nearly  7,000  negroes  is  attended 
with  much  labor  and  not  a  few  difficulties,  arising  from  various  causes.  In 
St  Kitt's  and  Barbadoes,  the  meetings  in  the  cTiurch  and  schools  are  well 
attended.  In  the  Island  of  Tobago,  where  a  mission  was  renewed  thre& 
years  ago,  from  500  to  600  negroes  attend  the  brethren's  ministry. 

VII.     South  Afkica.— 1736. 
After  being  relinquished  for  nearly  50  years,  the  mission  was  renewed  in 

175)2. 

6  Settlements. — Gnadenthal,  Groenekloof,  Enon,  Hemel-en-Aarde,  Elim, 
and  Shiloh  (on  the  Klipplaat.) 

36  Missionaries. — Married,  Clemens,  Fritsch,  Hallbeck.  Halter,  HolFman, 
Hornig,  Lehman,  Lemmertz,  Luttringshausen,  Meyt-r,  Nauhaus,  Sonder- 
man.  Stein,  Teutsch,  Tietze,  and  Genth.  Unmarried,  Shoppman  and  Bo- 
natz.     Widows,  Kohrhammer  and  Scultz. 

Cmiverts. — 2,732,  chiefly  Hottentots,  a  few  Caflres,  and  Tanibookies. 

We  have  here  six  settlements.  The  missionaries  are  diligently  employed, 
and  God's  grace  prevails  among  them  and  their  congregations.  At  Gnad- 
enthal, the  schools  flourish  more  o  lore.  At  Hemel-en-Arde,  brother  and 
lister  Tietze  were  eagerly  received  ►>_»'  the  poor  lepers,  as  successors  to  broth- 
er and  siff;"*  Leitner ;  and  their  labor  is  not  in  vain.  At  Elin).  the  number 
of  cotxvt  i-t>  ,  vis  well  as  of  residents,  is  on  the  increase.  The  greal  and  de- 
gtrucU\  a  d.'ov.giit  throughout  the  cape  colony  did  great  injury  to  Enon.  The 
missi".'!  inm  ,'(;  the  Tambookies,  at  Shiloh,  affVjrds  the  means  of  instruction 
to  many  sav-.Ag^^s  of  different  tribes;  and  numbered  113  inhabitants  at  the 
close  of  the  y^'xr,  whose  spiritual  and  temporal  welfare  the  brethren  seek  to 

417 


i 


'i 


nil' 


SUMMARY.- 


promote,  by  every  possible  means.    Brother  Hallbeck's  visit  was  productive 
of  many  useful  arrangements. 

Total.*— 7  missions^  41  stations,  209  missionaries,   and    about   43,600 
convert*." 


II.    BAPTIST  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY. 

The  following  table  was  inserted  in  the  London  Missionary  Register  for 
March  1831.  It  was  originally  published  by  the  Committee  of  the  Society, 
who  remark  upon  it :  '''"'* 

"  This  statement  is  the  most  correct  that  can  be  given  from  the  inforiiiii- 
tion  now  possessed  by  the  Secretary  :  there  are  many  blanks,  which  future 
communications  from  abroad,  will  probably  enable  him  to  fill  up-;  but  the  bare 
inspection  of  the  list  will  show  what  great  reason  we  have  for  thankfulness 
on  account  of  the  blessing  which  has  been  had  upon  our  imperfect  labors. 

'*  The  column  appropriated  to  schools  is  subdivided  into  three  ;  for  male, 
female,  and  Sabbath  schools.  In  the  next  column  is  inserted  the  nu|:nber  of 
individuals  added  to  the  respective  churches,  during  the  last  year  for  whicli 
the  accounts  have  been  furnished  :  those  fur  Jamaica  are  extracted  from  the 
minutes  of  the  Association  held  in  April  last :  but  scvsral  of  tiie  churches 
are  not  included  in  that  account,  and  not  a  few  of  the  stations  have  been 
subsequently  formed.  The  expenditure  is  calculated  on  the  average  of  the 
last  two  years ;  but  that  for  Jamaica  will,  in  all  probability,  be  considerably 
higher  this  year  than  before. 

"  From  each  hemispliere,  the  calls  for  more  laborers  are  loud  and  inces- 
sant :  more  has  been  and  will  shortly  be  done  to  meet  these  demands,  than 
was  ever  accomplished  before  in  an  equal  period  of  time  since  the  Society 
was  formed;  and  accounts  received  tliis  morning  (Feb  18)  from  Jamaica  ap- 
pear io  indicate,  that,  in  a  very  remarkable  manner,  desirable  helpers  will  be 
raised  up  on  the  spot.  These  circumstances  should  be  regarded  as  answers 
to  prayer  :  but  it  laust  not  be  forgotten,  that  they  will  unavoidably  cause  an 
increase  of  expenditure,  which  it  will  require  all  the  zeal  and  energy  of  our 
fi-iends  to  meet.  May  He,  who  has  conferred  upon  us  tins  grace,  to  prft'Lh. 
through  the  agency  of  i  tiiers,  the  unsearchable  riches  of  Christ  among  the 
GetUilcs,  inspire  us  with  every  disposition  appropriate  to  the  discharge  of  go 
holy  and  deli^h/ul  a  vocation,  and  enable  us  to  pursue  it  with  a  single  eye 
to  His  Glory  !    Amen." 


TABULAR  VIEW  OF  THE  BAPTIST  SOCIE'rY'S  MISSIONS. 


STA'I'IUNS. 

.Mission  A  KiEs.* 

Schools. 

AtUled 
last  yr. 

In- 
quirers 

Last  h!oa,:«- 

m.  r.    s. 

C 

William  Yales 

2  22     1 

8 

CalcuLidjCircuhr  Koail  < 

W.  \\.  iVnire 

/ 

Jainos  I't'iiiicy 

.    .     - 

- 

. 

Ditto,  Lul  Uaziiai    -  - 

\V.  Kol)iiis4>n 

... 

43 

. 

Poorj^aporc     -     -    -    - 

Heorgc  IVarce 

1    -    - 

- 

. 

Howiah      ..... 

James  Thomas 

.    .    . 

. 

. 

Bonstolhih 

l\'iv\a    .-•.-. 

W.  ("'firey,jun. 

.     4  - 

f) 

. 

Soory 

J.  Williamsoi). 

4     4  - 

4 

- 

Mem- 
bers. 


Annu"-! 
Kxpe..  •■ 


£.    s. 


49.5  0 

34G  0 

281  0 

29i  0 

asT)  in 

238  10 

*  Besides  die  mis^ionflries  named  ii,  this  column,  th«'  Sorif>ly  en  plojs  nntive  teach- 
ers, calechisis,  &c.,  where  suc^i  assista  its  can  l>i'  mtide  useful  .ind  suiiiiMe  |ifrsons  ob- 
tained. 'I'here  are  fouinjdive  teaclic  r»  at  (^alcuila,  the  same  immlK  r  at  8«mry,  two  at 
fthui^hyr,  &o.  'I'iiere  Hr.i  at  lea.>l t»o Itumlred  ottd  fi/iu leaders  attat  lied  to  the  vajious 
cliurclies,  \\\w  may  be  ivganlcl  a*  u-efuliv  perfoiining  ihe  work  ol'calecbi<*ts. 

418 


Belize,  Hondut 


)ductivc 
43,600 


jister  for 
Society, 

inforniii- 
:h  future 
the  bare 
tkfulnetw 
labors, 
for  male, 
u^uber  of 
'or  which 
from  the 
churchoa 
lave  been 
ge  of  the 
isidefably 

nd  inecs- 
ndB,  than 
e  Society 
inaica  ap- 
rs  will  be 
}  answers 
cause  an 
jy  of  our 
jir(Oi.k. 
nong  the 
rge  of  go 
ingle  eye 

S'H. 


Aiinu 

~1 

Kxpe.. 

c. 

£. 

s. 

495 

0 

34G 

U 

2iil 

U 

2911 

U 

32(; 

10 

230  10 

ve  »oa 

rli- 

Tson-* 

olv 

rv,  two  at 

>e  vaiious 

s. 

IS 

StTMMARYt 


Tabula*'  View  continued. 


Stations. 


Monjfhyr      -    • 

Digah  -  .  .  - 
Ajimere  •  -  - 
Ceyloii,  Columbo  • 
Ditto,    Hangwell 

Java 

Sumatra,  Padang 


•) 


Alissio.NARiES.  1  SchooU, 


Andrew  Luslie 
Willia^n  Mtjore 


Several 


Jabez  Carey 
Cbenezer  Dfiniel 
Hendrick  Siers. 
G.  Brucknet'* 
N.  M.  Ward. 
, 


Added 
last  yr. 

ti 

29 


In-    iMem- 

quirenjj  hers. 


Annual 
Expeaae. 


Several  supported  by  Government 

8     3-1         -I 


30G  10 
377    0 


Wkst  I.vbiES,  (Jamaica): 
Kingston,^.,  Queen-street 
Ditto,  Hanover-street 
tFa//(iAs.  19  miles  - 
Papine,  8  miles  •  - 
Port  lloyal  -  -  - 
Spanish  Town  -  - 
Garden  Hill. 
Passage  Fort. 
Kingswood. 
Old  Harbour  -  -  • 
Ebony,  Savannah. 
Hayes,  Vere. 
Mount  Charles  -  - 
SionHUl. 

Afontegn  Bay    -    -    ■ 

Shepherd's  Hall.  16  miles 
Putney,    -    -    -  18    — 
Gtttney's  Mount.  16    — 
Vyce's  Mount,   -  13    — 
Snortwood. 

CrooKed  Sprjnj?  -  -  - 
Savan  ih  la  Mar .  -  - 
Ridgeiand,  10  miles  -    - 

Falmouth 

Rio  Bueno,  16  miles  -    - 
Stewart's  Town,  18  miles 
Oxford  4*  Cambridge  8  ni 
Arcadia. 

Lucea     -    .    -    .    - 
Green  Island   -    -    - 


Port  Maria  -    -    -     - 
Ora  Cabeca     -     -     - 
Bray  Head,  1 1  miles 
16  miles 
Anotla  Bay      -     -     - 
Charles  Town, 
Buff  Bay     -     -    -    . 
St.  Ann's  Bay  -    -    - 
Ocho  Rias  -     -     -    - 
Brnwu's  Town, 
Maiichioiieal     -    -    - 
Beliise,  Honduras 


James  Couilart 
Joshua  7^inson 


John  Clarke 
J,  M.  Philippo 


H.  C.  Taylor 


Thomas  Burcholl 
Francis  (jiardner 


m.   f. 
1     1 


W.  W.  Gantlow 


William  Knibb 


Supplied  for  ilic 
present  by  Mom 
Burcholl.     Cant- 
low,  and  Knibb. 
Edward  Baylis 


Jamo  Flood 


-  I 'Samuel  NichoU 


Joseph  Burton. 
Joseph  Bourn 


67 


13 


242     3348 

-      1014 

.1      916 


10! 


33 


135 


82 


1224 
394 
184 

2847 
780 
716 


767  10 
250    0 


3526 
730 


171 
1100 


202 

319 
1227 

74 


644 
64 
90 

670 
60 
58 


£.    i. 


Ul45  0 


390 


482 

62 
26 
46 


2d4    0 


*  Mr.  Bruckner  is  now  at  Serampore,  superintending*  the  printing  of  the  JaTaaese 
New  Testasaput ;  but  is  anxious  to  return  tn  Java. 

t  The  «t«*K>n9  printed  in  italics  are  subordinate  to  those  which  precede  them.  The 
fie^ires  denote  the  distance. 

419 


.. '  I 


SUMMARY. 

III.    SERAMPORE  MISSIONS. 

In  1827,  the  brethien  at  Serampore  withdrew  from  their  friendi  in  Eng- 
land.  Some  misunderstanding  had  existed  between  them,  in  reference  to 
the  tenure  on  whicii  the  premises  at  Serampore  were  held,  the  college  which 
the  brethren  there  had  erected,  chiefly  for  literary  objects,  and  the  support 
required  for  tlie  outstations,  connected  witli  Serampore.  A  protracted  cor- 
respondence took  place  at  different  Umes.  In  March,  1827,  a  final  and  am- 
icable separation  took  place.  The  Serampore  brethren  have  now  13  stations, 
Serampore,  Duni-Duni,  Bnrripore,  Jcssore,  Burisaul,  Dacca,  Assam,  Chitta- 
gong,  Arrocan,  Dinagepore,  Benares,  Allahabad,  and  Delhi,  with  seven  sub- 
ordinate stations.  There  are  17  European  and  Indo-British  missionaries, 
and  15  native  preachers  ;  46  persons  were  received  into  commanion  in  1829. 
The  annual  expense  of  the  missions  is  about  15,000  rupees.  The  college  at 
Serampore  is  in  a  flourishing  stale.  Translations  of  the  Scriptures  into 
some  of  the  more  important  languages  of  the  East  have  been  made  by  the 
Serampore  missionaries. 

IV.    LONDON    MISSIONARY   SOCIETY. 

The  following  condensed  view  of  the  missions  of  this  Society  has  been 
published  recently  in  the  London  papers.  It  was  read  at  the  annual  meeting 
of  the  Society  in  May,  1832 

''  In  the  South  Seas,  a  knowledge  of  some  of  the  most  useful  mechanical 
arts,  and  improved  habits  of  life  are  advancing,  especially  among  the  Chris- 
tian portion  of  the  inhabitants.  Commerce  is  increasing,  and  a  knowledge 
of  the  art  of  building  vessels  is  in  great  estimation  among  the  people.  The 
schools  are  still  regularly  attended ;  though  the  missionaries  have  still  to 
co'iuolain  of  the  disaffection  of  a  number  of  the  young  to  the  precepts  and  re- 
strt  nits  of  the  gospel.  In  order  to  assist  the  missionaries  in  counteracting 
the  evils  arising  from  the  retail  of  ardent  spirits  among  the  people,  a  grant  of 
publications  from  the  British  and  Foreign  Temperance  Society  have  been 
forwarded  to  the  islands. 

"  For  some  years  after  their  establishment,  the  native  churches  enjoyed 
uninterrupted  rest ;  but  as  the  change,  with  the  mass  of  the  people,  was  as 
sudden  as  the  profession  of  Christianity  was  universal,  this  state  of  society 
could  not  be  expected  to  continue ;  and  though  none  are  known  to  have  returned 
to  idolatry,  a  separation  between  the  righteous  and  the  wicked  has  taken 
place.  That  such  a  separation  was  required  will  be  readily  admitted ;  that 
it  has  occurred,  and  that  a  state  of  society  analogous  to  that  which  prevails 
in  other  nominally  Christian  countries  should  now  exist,  need  excite  no  as- 
tonishment. During  the  last  year,  the  evils  of  civil  commotions  in  tlw 
Windward  and  Leeward  Islands  have  been  added  to  the  trials  of  the  people; 
but,  notwithstanding  the  hostilities  without,  and  the  defec.  jn  within,  the 
churches  furnish  full  evidence  that  they  are  bmlt  upon  that  Rock  against 
which  the  gates  of  hell  shall  not  prevail. 

"  In  the  Hervey  Islands,  where  there  are  two  European  missionaries,  and 
a  number  of  devoted  native  teachers,  although  the  people  have  been  severely 
afflicted  with  a  distressing  epidemic,  which  swept  off  vast  multitudes,  th« 
lives  of  tiie  missionaries  have  been  spared,  and  since  the  plague  has  been 
stayed,  their  labors  have  been  resumed,  and  appear  to  have  been  attended 
with  beneficial  results. 

**  The  missionary  cause  is  still  cherished  with  ardor  and  aflTection.  The 
settlement  of  native  missionaries  in  the  populous  islaads  of  Tavai  in  the 

420 


West,  wi 
field,  was 
stituents 
'quesas,  al 
been  esta 
ropean  mi 
"  Mr.  E 
ing  the  vc 
members, 
vavai,  74 
ously  unit 
"  In  the 
^00  inhal 
pestilence, 
was  forme 
al  benefit, 
the  same  v 
"In  the 
away,  32  t 
gregations 
taining  331 
"In  Ch 
Chinese  ai 
joy  in  the  ] 
distributint 
red  scriptui 
the  Directo 
have,  by  tii 
employed  ii 
for  which  t] 
"In  Mai 
became  moi 
educational 
the  divine  h 
"  In  the  1 
mission  in  6 
and  Chinese 
"InPena 
important  1: 
Mr.  Dyer  fn 
who  come  h 
"  Mr.  Bei^ 
ment,  with  i 
past  year,  1 
Scripture  Ca 
ture,  have  be 
"  In  Batai 
of  the  word, 
the  Scripture 
"  In  the  U 
a  native  assis 
There  have  b 
books.     Wor 
portions  of  i 

"In  India 
trials,  and  its 
missionaries  I 
devoted  breth 
and  succossfu 


SUMMARY. 

West,  with  the  request  of  six  European  missionaries  to  enter  this  important 
field,  was  stated  at  the  last  meeting ;  and  the  Directors  now  inform  their  con- 
stituents that  during  the  past  year  a  voyage  has  been  undertaken  to  the  Mar- 
quesas, about  1100  miles  to  tlie  northeast ;  that  five  additional  tpachers  have 
been  established  among  them,  and  an  encouraging  opening  presented  for  Eu- 
ropean missionaries. 

''  Mr.  Darling's  report  of  the  stations  in  the  Aui^itral  Islands,  visited  dur- 
ing the  voyage,  is  peculiarly  encouraging.  A  Christian  church,  uniting  32 
members,  was  formed  by  him  in  the  island  of  Tubni,  in  June  last.  At  Ra- 
vavai,  74  members  were  added  to  the  number  of  those  who  had  been  previ- 
ously united  to  the  Christian  fellowship. 

"In  the  interesting  island  of  Papa,  which  but  a  few  years  ago,  contrined 
■2300  inhabitants,  of  whom  only  700  remain,  l(jOO  having  been  swept  off  by  a 
pestilence,  Mr.  Darling  found  the  mission  prosperous.  Here  a  native  church 
was  formed,  in  which  110  individuals  united  to  promote  each  other's  spiritu- 
al benefit,  and  celebrated  the  most  sacred  observances  of  religion.  During 
the  same  visit,  147  adults  and  D5  children  were  baptized. 

"  In  the  South  Sea  Islands  there  were,  when  the  latest  accounts  went 
away,  32  stations  ;  14  missionaries;  4  artizans  ;  50  native  teachers;  39  con- 
gregations, the  average  attendance  at  which  w;is  2200;  20  churches,  con- 
taining 3371  members  ;  37  scliools,  and  7,000  scholars. 

"  In  China,  Dr.  Morrison  continues  his  important  labors  in  preaching,  in 
Chinese  and  English.  By  means  of  the  press,  and  his  fellow-laborers,  his 
joy  in  the  Lord,  and  the  first  fruits  of  China  unto  Christ — are  preparing  and 
distributing  the  silent  but  authentic  messengers  of  truth,  portions  of  the  sac- 
Ted  scriptures  and  Christian  books.  Since  their  last  Report  was  presented, 
the  Directors  have  had  the  satisfaction  to  learn,  that  three  natives  of  China 
have,  by  the  rite  of  baptism,  been  added  to  the  church.  Leangafa  has  been 
employed  in  superintending  the  printing  of  5000  copies  of  Scripture  Lessons, 
for  which  the  requisite  funds  were  raised  in  China. 

"  In  Malacca,  during  the  early  part  of  last  year,  the  state  of  the  mission 
became  more  decidedly  favorable,  and  the  labors  of  the  missionaries,  in  the 
educational  and  other  departments  of  service,  appeared  to  be  attended  with 
the  divine  blessing. 

"  In  the  month  of  June  last,  Mr.  Thomson  stated  that  the  aspect  of  the 
mission  in  Singapori?  was  encouraging,  and  Christian  books,  in  the  Malay 
and  Chinese  languages,  were  in  great  demand. 

"  In  Penang,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Dyer  continue,  with  fidelity  and  seal,  their 
important  labors  for  the  benefit  of  the  Chinese.  Besides  his  other  labors, 
Mr.  Dyer  frequently  has  the  pleasure  of  meeting  as  many  as  thirty  Chinese, 
who  come  for  conversation  on  religion,  and  to  receive  Christian  books. 

"  Mr.  Beighton  continues  his  indefatigable  exertions  in  the  Malay  depart- 
ment, with  more  encouraging  hopes  of  success  than  heretofore.  During  the 
past  year,  1051  Bibles,  Testaments,  and  portions  of  the  Scriptures;  771 
Scripture  Catechisms ;  1999  Tracts ;  and  4000  tickets  with  texts  of  Scrip- 
ture, have  been  put  into  circulation. 

"  In  Batavia,  the  divine  blessing  appears  to  have  attended  the  preaching 
of  the  word,  as  well  as  the  instruction  in  the  schools,  and  the  distribution  of 
the  Scriptures  in  the   anguages  of  Eastern  Asia. 

"  In  the  Ultra  Ganges  there  are  5  stations,  8  missionaries,  European,  and 
a  native  assistant,  25  schools  and  672  scholars,  and  2  printing  establishments. 
There  have  been  printed  500  Scripture  Lessons,  11,500  Tracts,  3008  school 
books.  Works  distributed  at  two  stations,  152  Bibles,  483  Testaments,  1570 
portions  of  Scripture,  10,999  Tracts,  and  10,071  Catechisms,  school  books, 
&c. 

"  In  India  the  Society  has,  during  the  year,  met  with  some  of  its  severest 
trials,  and  its  strongest  encouragements.  The  afflictive  mortalitv  among  its 
missionaries  has  been  painfully  felt  in  this  quarter  of  the  world,  where  six 
devoted  brethren  and  sisters  have  been  removed,  from  the  midst  of  delightful 
and  succossful  labor  on  earth,  to  the  rest  of  heaven.  On  the  other  liand, 
2m  421 


:'*■«'! 


'in  ■< 


SUMMARY. 


there  are  pleasing  indicationg  that  the  Lord  is  about  to  make  bare  his  holy 
arm,  and  add  the  nations  of  India  to  the  number  of  those  who  call  the  Re- 
deemer blesued.  The  foundations  of  the  popular  superBtition  nre  undi>rniin- 
ed  ;  the  opinions  of  the  people  undergoing  a  most  extensive  and  important 
change ;  and  the  Lord  is  removing  many  of  the  barriers  to  the  spread  of  the 
gospel  in  India. 

"  Among  other  encouraging  circumstances  connected  with  the  progress  of 
the  gospel  in  this  part  of  iTie  >vorld  the  Directors  notice,  with  unleigned 
thanKfulness,  the  active  service  of  native  converts,  and  the  incieasing  con- 
cern manifested  by  European  Christians,  and  others  resident  in  India,  for 
the  conversion  of  the  heathen.  The  effective  co-operation  of  many  of  thet,' 
with  the  missionary,  in  his  labors  of  love,  and  their  liberality  and  devoted- 
ness  to  the  cause  of  the  Redeemer,  are  peculiarly  adapted  to  strengthen  hib 
hands  and  animate  his  spirits. 

"  In  Neyoor,  one  of  the  three  stations  in  Travancore,  which  is  under  the 
care  of  Mr.  Mead,  a  number  of  families  in  13  villages  have  publicly  renounc- 
ed idolatry,  or  Mohammedanism,  during  the  post  year.  In  one  village,  the 
head  men  and  ten  families  have  renounced  idolatry,  and  fifty  other  individu- 
als are  inquiring.  The  native  government  officers,  by  whouj,  in  many  parts 
of  these  districts,  the  native  Christians  were  cruelly  persecuted  a  few  years 
ago,  now  manifest  a  very  friendly  disposition  to  the  converts  ;  and  though 
they  have  not  embraced  Christianity,  several  of  them  send  their  children  to 
the  mission  schools.  Catholic  families  in  other  parts  of  the  district  have  so- 
licited instruction.  Heathen  temples  in  some  of  the  villages  are  destroyed 
by  their  owners,  who  have  embraced  Christianity.  One  pagoda  of  celebrity 
is  abandoned,  and  the  ground  made  over  to  the  mission,  for  the  site  of  a 
Christian  school. 

"  In  the  three  stations  in  Travancore,  there  are  53  congregations ;  about 
6000  individuals  professing  Christianity  and  receiving  Christian  instruction ; 
108  schools,  containing  3704  scholars. 

'*  In  the  East  Indies  there  are  : — 32  stations  and  out-stations  ;  35  missiona- 
ries ;  5  European  assistants  j  C6  native  assistants ;  13  churches ;  239  com- 
municants ;  223  schools,  and  7,541  scholars ;  2  seminaries,  38  students ;  5 
printing  establishments,  at  2  of  which  have  been  printed  32,000  parts  of  the 
Old  and  New  Testaments,  43,000  Tracts,  0,000  school  books,  and  300  Hymn 
books.  Works  distributed  at  the  5  stations  : — 60  Bibles,  27  Testaments,  4961 
portions  of  Scripture,  and  57,161  Tracts. 

"  The  divine  blessing  continues  to  descend  on  the  labors  of  the  missiona- 
ries in  St.  Petersburg. 

**  In  the  Mediterranean  the  blessing  of  the  Most  High  continues  to  attend 
the  word.  Christian  books  are  gratefully  received  by  the  inhabitants.  Ed- 
ucation is  extended,  and  the  schools  are  prospering.  An  Auxiliary  Mission- 
ary Association  has  oeen  formed  at  Corfu. 

"  In  Malta  the  press  has  been  actively  and  advantageously  employed : 
11,900  books  have  been  printed  at  the  mission  press,  for  the  London  Mission- 
ary Society,  for  the  Religious  Tract  Society,  and  for  private  individuals; 
27,869  books  have  been  distributed  during  the  past  year. 

"  The  intelligence  which  the  Directors  have  received  from  South  Africa 
during  the  past  year,  has  been,  in  many  respects,  peculiarly  encouraging. 
The  infant  school  system  has  been  introduced  at  Cape  Town,  and  at  several 
missionary  stations,  with  pleasing  success  ;  and  among  the  increasing  facili- 
ties for  promoting  the  spread  of  the  gospel  among  the  inhabitants  of  South 
Africa,  the  Directors  have  heard  wiUi  pleasure  of  a  Temperance  Society — 
the  increase  of  literary,  scientific,  and  philanthropic  institutions — and  the 
establishment  of  a  college  at  Cape  Town,  under  the  superintendance  of  en- 
lightened and  Christian  professors. 

«  Within  the  colony  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  there  are  14  stations,  and 
beyond  its  boundaries  there  are  9.  At  Lattakoo,  the  most  remote  from  the 
Cape  where  the  missionary  lingered  long  in  hope,  almost  against  hope,  and 
where  it  has,  in  recent  years,  been  Uie  privilege  of  the  Directors  to  report 

422 


1  holy 
(•  Re- 
rniin- 
ortant 
if  the 

rcsB  of 
;igned 
g  con- 
lia,  for 
f  thei-' 
■voted- 
len  hib 

ler  the 
nounc- 
^re,  the 
fividu- 
y  parts 
V  years 
though 
dren  to 
lave  Bo- 
sstroyed 
elebrity 
Ac  of  a 

1 ;  about 
ruction ; 

iisBiona- 
39  com- 
lentBj  5 
of  the 
OHymn 
Its,  4961 

lissiona- 

o  attend 
ts.  Ed- 
[ieslon- 

iployed : 
lission- 
Ividuals ; 

Africa 
iraging. 

several 
kg  facili- 
If  South 
lociety — 
land  the 
ae  of  en- 
Ions,  and 
rom  the 

>pe,  and 
lo  report 

i2 


SUMMARY. 

that  many  had  been  dolivercd  from  the  power  of  darkness  and  translated 
into  tiic  kingdom  of  God's  dear  Son,  a  gracious  rcvivul  has  boon  experienced 
during  tiio  past  year.  The  pruacliing  of  the  gospel  is  wi'll  uttendt'd,  and  an 
additional  service  is  often  held  with  those  who  cannot  gain  adiiiittunce  to  a 
place  of  worship.  A  new  church,  twice  the  size  of  the  former,  is  now  erect- 
ing;— the  prayer-meet- «ig  is  crowded  to  excess.  The  voice  of  prayer  at 
morning,  evening,  and  midnight,  has  been  frequently  lieurd  in  every  direc- 
tion— from  the  habitations  oT  the  natives  or  the  bushes  whither  they  have 
retired  for  the  purpose  of  devotion.  For  days  successively  many  flocked  to 
the  habitations  of  the  missionaries  under  the  influence  of  feelings  that  urged 
them  to  inquire  what  they  must  do  to  be  saved ;  some  speaking  of  nothmg 
but  their  own  sinfulness  before  God ;  others  of  the  love  of  Christ.  The 
schools  are  well  attended.  Many  manifest  eagerness  to  learn,  and  a  number 
can  read  the  portions  of  the  Scriptures  which  nave  been  translated  into  their 
own  language.  The  press  is  established  and  in  active  operaticm.  School 
books  and  otiier  books  have  been  prepared  by  Mr.  Moffat.  Civilization  and 
industry  are  advancing — the  wilderness  is  gladdened. 

"  In  South  Africa  tiiere  are  : — '23  stations  and  out-stations ;  20  missiona- 
ries; 7  catechists  and  artizans ;  1  native  assistant;  14  churches;  G21  native 
church  members,  or  communicants ;  28  schools ;  2500  scholars  ;  and  1  print- 
ing press. 

"  In  Madagascar  the  darkness  of  superstition  and  error  is  breaking,  and 
the  true  light  is  dawning.  The  civil  and  political  commotions,  which  inter- 
rupted the  labors  of  the  press  are  ceased.  Besides  continuing  the  printing 
of  the  Old  Testament,  Mr.  Baker  has  printed  between  11,0«X)  and  18,000 
Catechisms,  Tracts,  and  other  elementary  books.  425  copies  of  the  New  Tes- 
tament have  been  put  into  circulation.  The  gospel  is  now  regularly  preach- 
ed at  three  different  places,  and  numbers  flock  to  hear.  Two  Christian 
churches  have  been  formed  during  the  past  year,  one  of  which  contained,  in 
the  month  of  November  last,  07  members  ;  of  whom  there  is,  from  the  cir- 
cumstances of  opposition  under  which  they  have  taken  up  the  cross,  reason 
to  hope  that  they  have  passed  from  death  unto  life. 

"  The  mission  at  the  Mauritius  appears  more  flourishing  than  formerly. 

"  There  were,  when  the  last  returns  were  sent  home,  in  the  African  is- 
lands, including  Madagascar  and  the  Lsle  of  Fiance  : — 4  stations;  6  mission- 
aries ;  10  European  and  native  assistants;  3 churches;  121  natll^e  members; 
G2  schools  ;  and  27!)0  scholars. 

*'  In  South  America  there  are  4  stations ;  3  missionaries ;  and  1  native  as- 
sistant ;  4  churches  containing  339  native  members;  and  4  schools,  in  which 
1308  scholars  receive  Christian  education. 

"  In  the  several  parts  of  the  world,  connected  with  the  Society's  opera- 
tions, of  which  an  outline  has  now  been  presented,  there  are — 


113  Stations  and  Out-stations, 

92  Missionaries, 

19  European  )  a  gg:gt-_ta 
133  Native       5  ^ssisunts, 

54  Churches, 
4,771  Members  or  Communicants, 
391  Schools, 
22,193  Scholars, 


Being  an  increase  during  the  year  of 
^  Branch  Stations, 
2  Missionaries, 
4  Churches, 
320  Members  or  Communicants, 
39  Schools, 
1,49G  Scholars. 


The  Society  has  13  Printing  Establishments,  at  eight  of  which  139,000 
books,  including  33,000  portions  of  Scripture,  have  been  printed,  and  from 
ninr  stations,  115,000  copies  of  books  have  been  put  into  circulation." 

From  the  Treasurer's  report  it  appeared  that  tlie  total  receipts  of  the  Soci- 
ety durinw  the  year  amounted  to  35,568i.  8s.  8d. ;  the  expenditures  to  39,240^ 
10*.  7rf.  The  receipts  were  6,250Z.  less  than  last  year — of  which  diminution 
2,7i0l.  was  in  legacies. 

433 


ir 


11 


^!i^^^< 


V^>. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


// 


^./ 


^  .*^ 


'ks 


fit 


/>>^ 

•  S' 

^ 


1.0 


1.1 


m  ^^"  MM 
itt  I2ii   122 


w 
u 


1*0 


^    ^> 


Hiotographic 

Sdences 

Corporalion 


23  WBT  MAIN  STIHT 

«VnSTn,N.Y.  USM 

(71*)S72-4S03 


■UMMARY. 

V.    WESLEYAN   MISSIONARY  SOCIETY. 

The  following  is  an  abstract  of  the  report  pregented  at  the  annual  meeting 

of  the  Society,  May  7, 1832. 

"  The  first  station  noticed  was  Ireland,  all  of  whose  evils  were  attributed 
to  the  want  of  evangelical  pieiy,  wliich  teaches  men  to  live  soberly,  right- 
eously, and  godly,  in  the  present  world.  In  continental  Europe,  and  the 
Mediterranean,  the  missions  were  generally  prospering.  In  Stockholm  and 
Sweden,  there  were  indications  of  considerable  good.  At  Wirtemburgh 
there  had  been  sinie  opposition,  but  there  were  upwards  of  100  members 
joined  in  Christian  fellowsiiip.  In  France  the  doctrines  of  God  our  Saviour 
were  widely  spreading,  and  various  new  openings  were  presenting  them- 
■elves  to  the  missionaries.  At  Gibraltar  the  mission  continued  highly  ser- 
viceable to  the  spiritual  interests  of  many  military  men  ;  and  these,  after  im- 
I  bibing  the  doctrines  of  truth  there,  carried  them  into  other  parts  of  the  world. 
Many  persons  came  thither  from  Spain  to  obtain  copies  of  the  Scriptures, 
although  they  were  in  this  exposing  themselves  to  loss  of  life.  In  this  way 
150  families  liad  been  supplied  with  tiie  word  of  God  in  the  Spanish  lan- 
guage. The  stations  at  Malta,  Zante,and  Corl'u,  were  flourishing.  In  con- 
tinental India  and  Calcutta  the  Gospel  was  still  being  preached  to  the  peo- 
Sle,  and  the  Scriptures  and  portions  of  thorn  being  circulated  amongst  them, 
[ew  places  of  worship  were  being  opened,  and  new  schools  erected,  through 
which  many,  both  adults  and  children,  were  received  into  the  church  by 
baptism.  In  the  south  of  Ceylon,  similar  circumstances  had  occurred.  At 
Neffomboo  a  missionary  had  received  under  his  care  a  w'lole  village.  He 
hao  taken  possession  of  their  church,  and  from  the  steps  of  the  altar  had 
preached  the  gospel  to  500  or  COO  persons.  The  idols  had  since  been  given 
to  the  flames.  One  very  important  circumstance  connected  witli  India  was, 
that  the  Scriptures  were  being  translated  into  the  native  language  of  the 
Budhists.  The  South  Sea  nussions  were  in  a  very  gratifying  state.  The 
recent  accounts  from  New  South  Wales  and  Van  Dieman's  Land — two  most 
important  stations,  in  relation  both  to  the  colony  and  the  mother  country,  in- 
dicated some  hnprovement.  In  New  Zealand,  two  missionaries  are  at  pre- 
sent employed  *,  one  in  a  new  district,  where  the  people  had  shown  them- 
selves more  friendly  than  at  the  old  station.  It  was  stated  as  a  lamentable 
fact  in  connection  with  this  mission,  that  the  increased  intercourse  of  the 
natives  with  Britisli  shipping  had  greatly  added  to  the  sum  of  vice  and  crime, 
and  interposed  great  ditiiculties  in  the  way  of  the  missionaries.  In  the 
Friendly  Islands,  the  nuiniier  of  lu;  members  in  society  at  the  last  returns 
was  about  GOO.  In  the  schools  there  were  565  males  and  54!)  females.  In 
Tonga  the  gospel  bad  spread  with  glorious  rapidity.  The  king,  who  had 
formerly  been  so  hostile  to  the  missionaries  had  become  their  warm  friend 
and  patron.  From  the  island  of  Arvon  the  accounts  were  still  more  extraor- 
dinary ;  upwards  of  1000  of  the  people  have  turned  to  the  true  God.  The 
chief  was  zealously  exerting  himself  to  suppress  idolatry  in  every  part  of  the 
island ;  and  had  during  three  days  burnt  to  the  ground  all  the  houses  of  the 
idols,  with  the  gods  in  tliem.  In  South  Africa  tiiere  were  13  stations  and  15 
missionaries  actively  employed,  besides  assistants,  and  the  cause  was  upon 
the  whole  going  on  well.  In  the  Mauritius,  the  state  of  the  mission  was  not 
encouraging.  One  missionary  had  died,  in  the  course  of  the  year,  and  the 
other  had  been  recalled.  At  Sierra  Leone  the  state  of  the  mission  was  better 
than  it  ever  had  before  been.  There  are  310  members  in  society,  and  45  ad- 
mitted upon  trial.  In  the  schools  there  are  upwards  of  200  children  and 
adults.  In  the  West  Indies  the  missionaries  had  to  contend  with  more  than 
ordinary  diiRculties,  in  consequence  of  the  degrading  influence  and  effects  of 
slavery  on  the  minds  of  the  negioes  and  people  of  color.  In  the  whole  of 
these  islands  there  are  (il  missionaries  employed ;  having  under  their  care 
33,021  members  in  society,  and  7110  children  and  adults  in  the  various 
schools.  In  British  North  America  the  missions  had  been  greatly  blessed, 
and  were  on  the  increase.  Since  the  last  report,  three  missionaries  had  died ; 

424 


SUMMARY. 


meeting 

ittributed 
ly,  right- 
,  and  the 
holm  and 
lemburgh 
menibero 
ir  Saviour 
na  thcm- 
liglily  ser- 
,  after  im- 
the  world, 
kriptures, 
I  thitt  way 
aniuh  lan- 
In  con- 
o  the  peo- 
ngst  ihcai. 
d,  through 
church  by 
urred.    At 
Uage.    He 
altar  had 
)een  given 
India  was, 
age  of  the 
jtate.    The 
two  most 
iountry,  in- 
are  at  pre- 
jwn  them- 
[lanientable 
irse  of  the 
and  crime, 
Is.     In  the 
last  returns 
males.     In 
[,  who  had 
rm  friend 
e  extraor- 
od.    The 
jart  of  the 
I8CS  of  the 
ins  and  15 
was  upon 
n  was  not 
,  and  the 
as  better 
nd  45  ad- 
[dren  and 
tore  than 
effects  of 
whole  of 
their  care 
various 
blessed, 
ad  died ; 

i24, 


and  Id,  some  of  them  having  wives,  had  been  sent  out  to  foreign  stations 
The  whole  number  now  employed  ia  220;  the  number  of  salaried  catechiste 
IGO,  and  the  number  of  gratuitous  teachers  and  catechists  l'l(M).  So  that  in- 
cluding the  wives  of  the  missionaries,  who  were  in  general  most  etRcient  la- 
borers m  the  field,  there  were  now  nearly  20UU  agents  engaged  in  the  mis- 
sionary iield  under  the  direction  of  the  society.  The  members  on  the  foreign 
stations  aduiittcd  into  society  were  42,743,  b(>ing  an  increase  over  the  pre- 
ceding year  of  1.j57  ;  and  the  total  number  of  children  in  the  schools  25,215. 
The  total  amount  of  the  contributions  during  the  year  had  been  £48,261)  13h. 
including,  among  other  sums  received  from  foreign  stations,  £210:}  from  the 
Hibernian  Missionary  Society  ;  £120!)  from  Jamaica;  £20 from  the  Shetland 
Islands;  £466  from  Nova  Scotia;  and  £200  from  Van  Dieman's  Land." 


VI.    GOSPEL  PROPAGATION  SOCIETY. 


We 


•  We  have  not  been  able  to  procure  a  recent  report  of  this  Society. 

can  give  only  a  brief  summary. 

''  This  Society  employs  in  the  North  American  colonies,  in  the  West  and 
East  Indies,  and  on  the  continent  of  Europe,  IGO  missionaries,  and  100  school- 
masters and  catechists.  It  supports  the  Codrington  College,  in  Barbadoes, 
at  an  expense  of  between  £80(H)  and  £!M)00  annually ;  a  college  in  Hungary, 
for  the  benefit  of  the  Vaudois  population,  at  an  expense  of  ^^500  or  ^(MX) ; 
Bishop's  College,  in  Calcutta,  at  an  expense  of  about  $11000 ;  and  KingV 
College,  in  Windsor,  Nova  Scotia,  at  a  cost  of  $500  per  annum." 

VII.    GENERAL  BAPTIST  MISSIONS. 

This  Society  is  supported  by  the  General  Baptists  in  Great  Britain.  They 
have  three  stations  in  India,  4  missionaries,  and  several  native  assistants. 
Considerable  success  has  followed  their  labors ;  at  one  station  are  18  com- 
municants and  450  scholars. 

VIII.    CHURCH  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY. 
We  have  compiled  the  following  summaries  from  the  report  of  1830-1 . 


Countries  and  Miss,  and   Sch's. 
Btationt.       Teachers. 

WEST  AFRICA. 

Freetown,             4  2 

Fourah  Bay,          2  1 

River  District,     10  3 

Mountain  Dist.    16  9 

MEDITERRANEAN. 

Malta,  5 

Greece,  6  9 

Egypt,  5  ^ 

AbTSsinia,  3 


Schr's. 


757 

11 

GIO 

993 


290 
60 


NORTH  INDIA. 

Calcutta,             35 

13 

638 

Culna,                 15 

6 

386 

Burdwan,           16 

11 

549 

•3m 

Cou'itries  and  Miss,  and 
Stations.        Teachers. 

Gorruckpore,  8 

Buxar,  1 

Benares,  17 

Chunar,  10 

Allahabad,  2 

Agra,  1 

Meerut,  2 

Kurnaul,  1 

Bareilly,  1 

SOUTH  INDIA. 


Sch's.    Bohr's. 


5 
1 
5 
6 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 


76 
15 
282 
9S 
46 
40 
40 
33 
40 


Madras, 

Pulicat, 

Mayaveram, 

Tinnevelly, 

Cottayam, 


44 

14 

40 

118 

64 


80        1301 
11  277 

30         1519 
63         1496 
43         1416 
435 


■ii 


!1 


If  ■ 


Allepie, 
Cochin, 

U 

5 

BUtun 

210 

Waimate,               7 

S4 

12 

447 

Tellicherry, 

5 

3 

218 

WEST  INDIES. 

Bellary, 

1 

3 

118 

Jamaica :  Papine, 
Cavaliers,               1 

2 
2 

37 

74 

WESTERN  INDIA. 

Montgom.  Cor.      1 

2 

131 

Bandora, 

15 

10 

414 

Coley, 

S 

2D 

Basaeen, 

1 

5 

Moore  Town,         1 
Port  Antonio,        ] 

120 
U2 

CEYLON. 

Charles  Town,      1 

40 

Cotta, 

S3 

13 

416 

Accoinpong  Tn.     1 

G9 

Kandy, 

10 

10 

221 

Salt  Savanna,        2 

60 

Baddagame, 

20 

13 

C02 

Anchovy  Valley, 

30 

Nellore, 

28 

18 

{H)3 

Retreat  Planta. 
Prospect,                 1 

17 
45 

AUSTRALASIA. 

Spanish  Town, 

120 

New  Holland, 

2 

Leguan  Island,      1 

69 

New  Zealand : 

Ranffihoua, 
Keri^eri, 

4 

1 

27 

N.  W.  AMERICA. 

7 

2 

70 

Red  River,             2 

4 

160 

Paihia, 

11 

2 

125 

Grand  Rapids,       2 

n(;mber  of 

1 

IfCMBER  or 

MISSIONS. 

v. 

a 
r. 

TEACHERS. 

• 

1 
CO 

SCHOLARS. 

Europeans. 

Natives. 

3 

'  -5 

B 

Clergy 

B 

O 

2 

J3 

»i 

• 

s 

a 

£ 

s 

*i 

1 

-€ 

' 

e 

Tc 

-S 

2» 

E 

e 

E 

P 

h 

b 
s 

"C 

3 

O 

:il 

9 

JS 

^ 

7^ 

^ 

H 

SS 

& 

w 

i^ 

H 

West  Africa 

'^ 

3 

3 

6 

G 

^ 

8 

(• 

32 

15 

1351 

778 

242 

2371 

Mediterranean 

4 

3 

7 

3 

3 

_ 

2 

1 

19 

5 

171 

179 

— 

350 

. 

North  India 

12 

5 

1 

7 

7 

1 

77 

1 

99 

53 

1999 

163 

73 

2236 

a 

South  India 

9 

9 

5 

3 

13 

3 

276 

2 

311 

2(X) 

3(i03 

832 

105 

6994 

Western  India 

2 

3 

— 

_ 

1 

— 

12 

_ 

16 

15 

388 

26 

414 

s 

Ceylon 

4 

8 

— 

I 

8 

— 

64 

_ 

8] 

54 

1861 

224 

67 

2142 

s 

Australasia 

6 

4 

1 

I"J 

13 

_ 

1 

_ 

31 

5 

150 

72 

— 

222 

li 

West  Indies 

14 

. 

— 

6 

1 

_ 

3 

.» 

10 

19 

136 

66 

79 

903 

OS 

N.  W.  America 

2 

2 

- 

- 

2 

- 

~i 

4 

4 

160 

— 

— 

160 

Missions,  9 

56 

37 

17 

^ 

54 

4 

445 

lo! 

f»3 

370 

9819 

2340 

563 

16791 

IX.    OTHER  EUROPEAN  MISSIONARY  SOCIETIES. 

The  Scottish  society  has  established  missions  at  Karays  and  Astrachan,  in 
Western  Asia;  at  Bombay,  Bankote,  and  Harnee,  Western  India;  and  one 
in  New  South  Waies.  About  3000  children  are  taught  in  the  schools,  and 
7  missionaries  are  employed.  The  Gloigow  society  has  3  stations  in  Caffre- 
land.  South  AfHca.  Rev.  Messrs.  Thomson,  Beanie,  and  Wier,  missiona* 
ries.  The  Rhenish  society  support  3  stations  in  Southern  Africa,  and  6 
missionaries.  The  French  ProtestaJti,  lately  formed,  has  sent  out  4  mission- 
aries into  South  Africa.  At  one  congregation,  the  hearers  are  200.  The 
Otrtnan  society  employs  6  missionaries  in  Western  Africa,  and  8  at  3  or  4 
fltations,  near  the  Caucasian  Mountains,  in  Western  Asia.    The  foUowiag 

426 


37 

74 

m 

99 
litO 
08 
40 
60 
00 
30 
17 
45 
120 
CD 


IGO 


ov 

RS. 

1 

1 
« 

1 

< 

I 

H 

1 

O 

.    H 

21  2371 

_   360 

3 

2236 

5 

G994 

414 

n 

2142 

-\    222 

9 

903 

160 

a 

16791 

ts. 

ichan,  in 
and  one 
sis,  and 

Caffre- 
lisslona* 
«,  and  6 
I  nuBsion- 
The 
[at  3  or  4 
tbUowiag 

S6 


SVMMAkY. 

itatements  will  sltuw  something  of  the  etTorts  of  a  benevolent  character, 
which  an?  mnde  in  Paris.  Thoy  are  from  a  late  nunil)er  of  the  Archives  du 
Christianisme.     They  describe  the  aniversaries  of  1831. 


hi 


*♦  Religiuus   Tract   Soriily 
Stapfer  in  the  chair.     The  recei 


This  institution,  as  usual,  led  the  way  ;  M. 
pipts  of  the  year  had  been  I!i,r)4»l  francs;  nnd 
the  payments,  including  the  discharge  of  a  previous  d»'bt,  had  exceeded  the 
receipts  by  VXi  francs.  Nearly  4.")0,(H)0  tracts  had  been  distributed  ;  being 
about  200,000  more  than  in  the  preceding  year.  M.  Martin,  Jun.,  of  Bour- 
deaux,  in  moving  the  acceptance  of  the  report,  greatly  atlected  tlie  meeting 
by  the  following  statement : — 

**  I  knew  a  man  who  was  an  enem^  of  the  society,  and  who  was  its  enemy 
because  he  did  not  lM>lieve  the  Divinity  of  Christ.  He  read  a  tract  on  this  sub* 
ject — your  tract  entitled,  '  Scriptural  Views  of  Jesus  Christ.'  This  reading, 
entered  on  in  eim-erily  and  as  in  the  presence  of  God,  was  the  means  of  his 
conversion.  He  now  adores  the  Saviour  us  his  Lord  nnd  his  CJnd.  This 
man  is  known  to  a  great  number  of  persons  here  present — it  is  his  happiness 
to  moke  this  confession  before  you — it  is  he  who  is  permitted  at  this  moment 
thus  to  address  you! 

**  Bible  Society.  The  twelfth  annual  meeting  was  held  on  the  I'.Uh  of  April, 
under  the  presidency  of  Admiral  Count  Ver-Huell.  The  receipts  had  amount- 
ed to  43,751  francs  ;  and  the  issues  to  4434  Dibles  and  4001  testaments.  One 
department,  that  of  the  Lower  Pyrenees,  has  set  the  example  of  furishing 
every  protestant  family  whh  a  Bible  ;  and,  with  the  aid  of  donations  of  500 
francs  each  from  the  Rev.  Daniel  Wilson  and  the  Rev.  Mark  Wilks,  the 
same  benefit  will  speedily  Ik;  conferred  on  the  department  of  the  Drome. 

"  Society  of  Christian  Alorals.  The  members  met  on  the  14th  of  April ; 
M.  Stapfer,  in  consequence  of  the  indisposition  of  the  Marquis  de  la  Roche- 
foucauld-Liancourt,  in  tlu;  chair.  The  society  having  made  but  little  pro- 
gress during  the  year,  the  Rev.  Mark  Wilks  stated,  that  he  did  not  consider 
this  as  sufficiently  accounted  for  by  the  political  circumstances  of  the  coun- 
try ;  but  ascribed  it,  in  part,  to  the  want  of  confidence  and  interest  in  the 
society:  many,  not  knowing  what  was  to  be  understood  by  the  '  Christian 
Morals,'  the  promotion  of  wTiich  was  its  professed  object,  declined  to  render 
it  the'~  assistance  :  he  added — 

**  It  lb  necessary  that  ll>e  society  should  define  in  what  consists  the  differ- 
ence of  Christian  Morals  from  all  other;  the  motive  of  nil  Christian  Morals 
:s,  that  love  of  God,  with  which  the  Christian  is  inspired  by  the  knowledge 
vhich  he  has  of  God's  love  to  man,  manifested  in  Christ  Jesus:  it  is  this 
v^'hich  disti^iwuishes  the  system  of  Christian  Morals  from  nil  the  systems  of 
Mufals  invented  by  man  :  it  is  this  love  to  God,  which  renders  the  Christian 
system  efficacious  and  powerful.  If  such  are  th?  views  of  the  committee, 
let  them  be  plainly  declared  ;  and  they  will  soon  find  themselves  supported 
by  the  o-operation  of  all  those  who  are  influenced  by  the  knowledge  of 
God's  infinite  love.  If  such  be  not  their  views,  let  that  be  stated  ;  in  order 
to  ascertain  whether  they  can  find  sufficient  support  from  such  as  may  be 
willing  to  associate  with  them  in  pursuit  of  their  different  objects  of  utility, 
without  ranging  themselves  howe\er  under  the  banner  of  Christianity.  Let 
the  society  clearly  state  what  are  the  views  which  it  entertains.  The  public 
have  a  right  to  require  this  at  its  hands. 

"  These  remarks  were  favorably  received ;  nnd  it  may  be  hoped  that  the 
committee  will  feel  the  necessity  of  seeking  for  a  living  principle  where  only 
it  can  be  found. 

"  Missionary  Society.  The  meeting  took  piace  on  the  15th  of  April ;  Adm. 
Count  Ver-Huell  in  the  chair.  The  receipts  had  been  23,(»0!»  francs,  and 
the  payments  26,403.  The  missionary  institution  has  six  students :  Mr. 
Firmin  Didot  has  admitted  one  of  them,  Mr.  Pelissier,  to  acquire  under  him 
the  knowledge  of  printing,  preparatory  to  his  proceeding  to  join  the  mission^ 
aries  in  South  Africa :  to  this  object  he  was  set  apai't  on  the  following  daji 

427 


) 


^' 


U 


SUMMAKY. 

the  Kith,  in  the  church  in  the  '  Rue  Saint  Antoino;"  on  which  occasion  M. 
Orand-i'iurrt',  the  director  ut'the  inutitutiou,  preiiclied  t'roni  2  Cor.  v.  16. 

"  Society  of  EltiniiUary  Instruclioit.  This  buciety,  wliich  han  been  lately 
formed  anionir  the  i'loti  staiitii,  c()ntiiio<l  itself,  ait  in  the  Preceding  year,  to  a 
more  private  meeting  ol'  bubbcriln  rt*,  held  un  the  KUh  oi  A]>ril,  not  wiHliing 
a  degree  of  uublicit^y  out  o(  |irii|inrtion  to  the  extent  of  its  preuent  labors : 
Marquiti  de  Jaticourt  wuh  in  the  chair.  The  8ttitt>  of  elenientury  inHtruction 
among  the  l'rot«>stauts  varieH  greatly  in  diihrent  pnrtu  of  France  :  in  Alsace, 
for  example,  there  is  .scaicelv  h  cuiinnune  without  itti  sciiool,  and  there  are 
few  uneducated  children ;  while,  in  the  depurtnientu  of  the  Ardcche  and  the 
Drome,  the  ignorance  \»  extreme.'' 

X.    AMERICAN    BOARD  OF   COMMISSIONERS   FOR    FOREIGN 

MISSIONS. 

The  following  paragraphs  are  taken  from  a  general  view  of  the  missions 
of  Uie  Board,  published  in  the  Missionary  Herald,  for  January,  lb32. 

Fi.vANCiAi.  Concerns  of  the  Board. 

"  At  the  close  of  the  year  ending  Au^.  31,  1830,  the  financial  prospects  of 
the  Board  were  perhaps  more  unprotnismg,  tl.an  tliey  had  ever  been  before. 
The  donations  and  legacies  fell  ^23,754  short  of  what  they  had  been  the  pre- 
vious year.  The  consequence  was,  that  the  Board  was  then  in  debt  to  the 
amount  of  $1!),.'>0().  The  case  was  rendered  alarming  by  the  fact,  that  dur- 
ing the  seven  first  months  of  the  year  now  under  review,  the  receipts  were 
only  $4(),I)(M) ;  and  were  they  to  be  in  the  same  proportion  for  the  remaining 
five  months,  the  income  of  the  entire  year  would  be  only  $7!),000; — $4,000 
less  than  the  year  before ;  whilst  not  less  than  $100,000  would  be  required 
to  meet  the  necessary  expenses  of  the  year,  and  pay  off  the  debt  of  the 
Board. 

"  There  were  some  other  circumstances,  which  imparted  a  lively  and  af- 
fecting interest  to  this  exigency  in  our  pecuniary  concerns.  Never  had  there 
been  so  urgent  a  call  for  laborers  froni  so  many  of  the  fields  occupied  by  the 
missions  of  the  Board.  According  to  the  most  moderate  estimate,  not  less 
that  twenty  new  missionaries  were  required  to  be  e>ent,  within  eighteen 
months,  to  a  portion  of  these  missions — even  if  our  object  were  merely  to 
secure  the  result  of  our  past  labors  and  expenditures,  and  to  make  a  small 
progress  on  the  whole  in  our  work.  Nothing  could  be  more  evident  than 
that  the  Providence  of  God  called  fr>r  this  additional  number  of  laborers. 

"  It  was  true,  also,  that  there  never  had  been  so  many  candidates  for  mis- 
sionary employment,  at  any  one  time,  who  had  offered  their  services  to  the 
committee  and  been  accepted.  Not  less  than  three-fourths  of  the  20  men 
required  had  actually  devoted  themselves  to  the  work,  and  come  into  con- 
nection with  the  Board,  and  either  were  ready  to  go  forth,  or  would  be  so  in 
a  very  few  months ;  and  some  of  them  were  urgent  in  their  entreaties  not  to 
be  delayed  in  their  departure. 

"  The  emergency  was  great ;  but,  fov  that  very  reason,  it  was  not  without 
hope.  It  was  too  great  to  be  disregarded  by  the  churches.  The  declining 
health  of  the  corresponding  secretary,  withdrawing  him  from  all  active  in- 
fluence at  that  critical  moment,  was  indeed  inauspicious.  But  the  jidiitened 
fields  abroad,  the  waiting  laborers  at  home,  the  prosperity  beginning  to  attend 
almost  every  kind  of  business,  and  the  glorious  effusions  of  the  Spirit  of  God 
upon  BO  many  hundreds  of  the  churches,  made  it  impossible  to  despond.  The 
committee,  therefore,  adopted  a  series  of  resolutions,  expressing  their  belief 
that  it  was  their  duty  to  enlarge  several  of  the  missions,  and  that  the  Chris- 
tian community  would  sustain  them  in  their  onward  progress ;  and  then 
directed  a  special  effort  to  be  made  to  awaken  the  attention  of  the  churches 
to  the  necessities  and  claims  of  the  missions  and  missionaries  under  their 
care. 

"  The  first  object  was  to  enlist  the  religious  newspapers  in  different  parts 

426 


SUMMARY. 


cnflion  M. 
V.  18. 
>eii   lately 
jt'ar,  to  a 
)t  witthing 
nt  labors : 
iiHtruction 
in  Alsace, 
.  there  are 
lie  and  llic 


OREIGN 

le  tnissioas 
32. 

irospects  of 
een  before, 
en  the  pre- 
(lebt  lo  the 
L,  that  dur- 
ceipts  were 
'  remaining 
0  •,—$4,000 
be  required 
debt  of  the 

rely  and  af- 
T  had  there 
pied  by  the 
,e,  not  less 
eighteen 
merely  to 
ke  a  small 
ident  than 
jorers. 
les  for  mis- 
iices  to  the 
the  20  men 
into  con- 
Id  be  so  in 
lities  not  to 

3t  without 

declining 

I  active  in- 

I  jv|iitened 

to  attend 
Irit  of  God 
)ond.  The 
leir  belief 
Ihe  Chris- 
I  and  then 

churches 
lider  their 

?nt  part* 
L28 


of  the  country ;  and  the  cheerful  co-operation  received  f'')ni  many  of  the 
editors  of  these  papers  is  sratefuHy  acknowledged  in  the  report.  A  series  of 
statements  in  relation  to  the  exigencies  of  the  J*oard  was  published  entire  in 
about  a  doxen  newspapers,  and  was  partly  copied  into  others.  Afterwards 
these  statements  were  embodied  in  a  pamphlet,  of  which  5IXM)  copies  were 
distributed  in  the  community.  These,  in  many  instances,  were  accompa- 
nied by  letters.  Visits  were  also  made  by  the  official  agents  of  the  Board,  to 
a  number  of  the  more  important  places  and  ecclesiastical  bodies  -,  and  the 
urgency  of  tlie  case  was  made  known  by  sermons  and  uddressos,  and  by  per- 
sonal conferences  with  numerous  individuals.  Nur  were  the  Inbors  of  other 
agents  neglected,  where  they  could  be  obtained,  which  was  tu  u  loss  extent 
than  was  desirable. 

*'  On  the  whole,  the  results  of  these  efforts,  through  the  blessing  of  God, 
exceeded  the  expectations  of  the  committee.  The  receipts  of  the  Board,  for 
the  year  ending  Aug.  31,  1831,  were  $100,034  09.  The  expenditures,  in- 
cluding the  debt  of  la^t  year,  which  hosbeen  paid,  were  $103,^<7G  (]2,  leaving 
a  balance  against  tlic  Board  of  only  $2,*.M1  53. 

*•  About  ft.')H,000  of  the  receipts  were  from  New  England,  contributed 
chiefly  by  friends  of  the  cause  in  the  Congregational  denomination ;  and 
about  $40,000  out  of  New  England,  contributi'd  almost  wholly  bv  friends  of 
the  cause  in  the  Presbyterian  and  Reformed  Dutch  churches.  The  receipts 
from  the  latter  source  are  estimated  at  nearly  $2000. 

Enlargkmknt  of  tiif.  Missions. 

"  Two  missionaries,  one  of  them  married,  have  been  sent  to  commence  a 
mission  among  the  OJibeways  of  Lake  Superior.  A  married  missionary  has 
been  sen*  to  the  Indians  in  New  York.  Eight  missionaries,  a  physician, and 
a  printer,  all  married  except  the  printer,  have  embarked  for  the  islands  of 
the  Pacific.  One  has  gone  on  a  mission  to  the  Jews  of  Turkey.  Anotlier 
has  received  an  appointment  for  liberated  Greece ;  another  for  Palestine ; 
and  two  others  at  Bombay ; — all  to  embark  for  their  respective  fields,  by 
leave  of  Providence,  before  many  months. 

Summary. 

"  The  Board  has  now  18  distinct  missions  under  its  care — 4  in  Asia,  3  in 
Europe,  10  among  the  Indian  cribes  of  North  America,  and  1  in  Polynesia. 
These  missions  embrace  54  stations,  and  are  composed  of  GO  preachers.  50 
lay-assistants,  and  136  femal6  helpers,  married  and  single  ; — in  all,  252.  The 
number  of  schools  is  1045,  containing  50,000  scholars.  There  are  4  printing 
establishments,  with  8  presses,  from  which  not  far  from  1,000,000  of  books, 
and  about  47,000,000  of  pages,  have  been  issued,  in  11  different  languages. 
Thirty-three  churches  have  been  organized,  and  contain  upwards  of  1300 
members  ;  and,  within  the  period  embraced  by  this  survey,  not  less  than  5 
of  the  missions  have  been  visited  with  copious  effusions  of  the  Spirit  of 
God. 


"  We  should  not  for  a  moment  lose  sight  of  the  vast  regions,  upon  which 
the  Sun  of  Righteousness  has  never  risen.  We  owe  them  a  most  solemn 
duty.  The  publication  of  the  gosjiel  in  all  countries  and  climes,  and  to  ev- 
ery creature,  ought  to  be  the  high  and  constant  aim  of  tin;  church.  It  ought 
to  be  published  so  that  all  men  may  have  full  opportunity  to  hear,  and  un- 
derstand, and  be  saved.  But  the  belief  is  not  to  be  encouraged,  that  the 
church  may  be  detained  in  any  one  place,  or  country,  until  all  men  have 
seen  fit  to  embrace  the  gospel.  The  faithful  jmhlication  of  it  is  aW  that 'la 
enjoined  upon  the  church;  and  if  men,  afler  having  full  opportunity  to  un- 
derstand it,  will  continue  to  be  heathens;  or,  renouncing  the  outward  forms 
of  heathenism,  if  they  will  not  cordially  receive  the  truth,  and  bow  their 
necks  to  the  easy  yoke  of  Christ; — no  matter  where  they  live,  they  are  not 
to  retard  us  in  our  work  as  heralds  of  the  Lord  Jesus.  We  are  to  advance 
to  others,  and  to  others  still,  through  all  the  habitations  of  men. 

"  It  is  surely  encumbent  on  us  to  enlarge  our  desires,  and  plans,  and  ex- 
pectations.   Rapidly  as  we  have  advanced  in  reference  to  the  anticipations 

429 


ii 


1^ 


.) 


■J 


SUMMARY. 

of  the  holy  iiipn  who  began  this  enlorprizt*,  wo  hnve  procccdod  Ml(»wly  in 
compariMoii  with  tht-  wnrit  tn  h<>  <liini>,iui(l  the  iiiniiiii'Ht  duly  of  the  rhurchi-H. 
Two-thirds  of  an  entiro  genfriition  liiivo  goni*  "Ul  of  tlie  wt;rld,  Binct*  tlio 
Board  was  (  lizrd,  and  uiillionH  on  millions  art*  hiirryini;  whcrt>  no  voice 
of  mercy  can  n'ach  them.  Li-t  tlu;  gospel  be  immrdiately  proclaimed  to 
them,  wliatever  it  may  cost  the  churches.  Kasc,  property,  fame,  even  life 
itself— let  all  be  sucriHced  for  un  object  of  such  amazing  importance." 

XI.    AMERICAN  BAPTIST  BOARD  FOR  FOREIGN  MISSIONS. 

The  following  sununury  has  lately  been  publiHlicd: 

*'  Mr.  Jiidson  has  translated  the  New  Testament,  Genesis,  the  first  20 
chapters  of  E.xodus.  Psalms,  Solomon's  Song,  Isaiah,  and  Daniel  into  Bur- 
man.  The  remainder  of  the  Old  Testament,  will  soon  i)e  added.  1  lie  nunj- 
ber  of  stations  is  3;  of  missionaries,  7  males  and  7  females.  Five  other  per- 
sons are  'eady  to  join  tliis  mission.  Since  the  establishment  of  the  mission 
'Mi^  have  been  baptized,  of  whom  1!>2  were  added  in  Iri'M.  In  the  same  time 
1 ,00(),(K)0  pages  of  tracts  were  (printed.  Four  printing  presses  will  soon  be 
in  operation.  The  schools  are  in  a  flourishing  state.  '  The  most  prominent 
feature  in  the  mission,'  says  Mr.  Judson,  *  is  the  surprizing  spirit  of  inquiry 
that  is  spreading  «'very  where,  through  the  length  and  breadth  of  the  land.' 
At  Liberia,  in  Africa,  Mr.  Waring,  one  of  the  missionaries,  remarks,  *  Mon- 
rovia may  be  said  so  be  a  Christian  comnnmity.'  Nearly  100  were  added  to 
the  church  in  tJ  months  Among  the  Nortli  American  Indians  the  Board 
have  7  missions,  and  about  15  laborers.  The  members  of  the  churches 
amount  to  between  150  to  900.  Some  of  the  stations  will  soon  be  discontin- 
ued on  account  of  the  removal  of  the  Indians.  More  than  $13,000  were  re- 
ceived by  this  Board  in  the  month  ending  on  the  JiOth  of  May,  1832." 

From  the  last  report  of  the  Board,  we  take  the  following  paragraphs. 

'^  From  the  preceding  report,  it  appears,  that  we  have  in  Burmah  14  mis- 
sionaries, 7  miles  and  7  females.  Three  other  brethren  and  2  sisters  are  now 
ready  to  embark  to  join  them.  Five  brethren,  whose  preparatory  studies  are 
expected  to  terminate  next  spring,  have  offered  their  services  to  the  Board, 
and  will  doubtless  be  accepted  to  sail  immediately  on  the  completion  of  their 
course.  These  together  will  constitute  an  effective  force  of  more  than  2(> 
laborers  in  that  interesting  field.  Such  an  addition  has  been  called  for  in 
the  language  of  earnest  intportunity  by  r.iissionaries  on  the  ground,  and  we 
rejoice  to  say,  that  the  general  sentiment  among  us  is  in  perfect  accordance 
with  it.  Individual  ana  collective  bodies  of  Christians  have  come  for\  ard 
more  extensively,  and  with  greater  liberality,  than  on  any  former  occasion, 
to  sustain  the  object.  Churclies  and  auxiliary  societies  in  many  instances, 
have  more  than  doubled  their  usual  subscriptions.  It  would  afford  us  pleas- 
ure to  record  pu.:'ticulars  in  illustration  of  this  remark,  were  it  proper  in  this 
place,  but  it  will  be  urnecessary  to  do  more  than  refer  to  the  treasurer's 
report. 

"  In  the  great  work  of  publishing  tho  Scriptures  in  Burinan,  the  American 
Bible  Society  proffer  their  assistance.  With  a  liberality  worthy  of  their 
Christian  institution,  the  directors  have  recently  appropriated  $5000  to  our 
use.  In  a  similar  spirit  of  fraterna'  benevolence,  the  executive  committee 
of  the  American  Tract  Society  havt  resolved  to  expend  $iO0O  in  the  print- 
ing and  distribution  of  the  Burman  tracts,  under  the  direction  of  this  Board." 


XII.    AMERICAN  EPISCOPAL  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY. 

"  This  society  have  eutablished  ;  nission  at  Green  Bay,  in  the  north  wes- 
tern part  of  the  United  States;  end  anothei  in  Greece.  The  Rev.  Messrs. 
J.  J.  Robertson,  and  J.  H.  Hill,  of  the  latter  mission,  have  established  them' 

430 


)wly  in 
iurcl»«'t«. 
inci"  the 
no  voice 
iiiincd  to 
veil  life 


5I0NS. 


«  first  20 
nlo  Bur- 
[  ii(>  nuin- 
other  por- 
,(•  inittHinn 
m'lie  time 
II  gnon  be 
[iroininent 
if  intiuiry 
the  land.' 
ks,  '  Mon- 
e  added  to 
the  Board 

churches 

discontin- 
)0  were  rc- 
32." 

iphs. 

ih  14  mis- 
ts are  now 
Ltudiea  are 
|the  Board, 
ioii  oftlieir 
jre  than  20 
failed  for  in 
id,  and  we 
.ccordancu 
le  for>  ard 
occasion, 
instances, 
_  us  pleas- 
ner  in  this 
[treasurer's 

I  American 
iy  of  their 
)00  to  our 
Icommittee 
the  print- 
lis  Board." 

iTY. 

lorth  wes- 

IV  ■  Messrs. 

led  them- 

130 


suMMAnr. 

■elves  at  Athens.  *Tiio  fnvor  of  Iho  people  at  larjyp,'  say  the  niissionarieii, 
'  is  ours.  The  clergy  jretierally  »eeni  friendly.  Kvery  wlwre  wo  meet  with 
civility,  and  facilities  are  otVen  ntlurded  us  by  those  in  uHice.'  At  the  last 
intelligence  tliey  had  o|»ened  a  hcIiooI." 

Xni.    AMKIIICAN    MKTIIOUIST    MISSIONARY    SOCIETY. 

From  the  report  presented  Muy,  I-'IW,  we  tak«'  the  following. 

"  Though  thcHe  niitsionH  are  not  iinder  the  inunedinte  care  of  this  society, 
yet  as  they  received  nomc  aid  from  its  fini'ln,  and  continue  to  "xcite  .i  lively 
interest  in  the  Chriritinn  coniiniiinty  in  thvK'  United  StatcN,  we  shall  give  a 
brief  notice  of  them  in  this  nnini.-il  report. 

"  There  are  ikiw  0  missionary  stations  among  the  rntives  of  I'pper  Canada, 
all  of  which,  according  to  the  last  report  of  the  Canada  Con.  Missionary  So- 
ciety, are  in  a  prosperous  state.  These  are  located  at  (Irape  Island,  Kivcr 
Credit,  Lake  Sime«te.  Rice  Lake,  Crand  River,  Majedusk,  Miincey  Town, 
Carnard,  and  Bay  of  Quinty,  in  '.-iieli  r>f  wliich  there  is  a  missionary  and  a 
school  teacher.  Mackinaw  and  Seegeeng  have  also  been  occasionally  visit- 
ed by  sonic  native  teachers.  In  all  the  so  several  places  Christian  instruction 
is  given  to  about  2000  adult  Indians,  and  to  not  less  than  400  youth,  in  11 
Bcliools.  There  are  in  the  communion  of  Oio  church  in  these  several  stations 
113<i,  150  of  whom  can  read  in  the  New  Testament. 

"  The  missionary  tour  of  John  Sunday,  and  some  native  exhorters,  among 
some  of  the  tribes  of  the  north-western  territory,  along  lake  Huron,  was  ac- 
companied with  most  happy  eiTects  among  the  natives,  so  that  a  way  seems 
to  be  opened  for  an  extended  al)original  mission  in  that  remote  region  uf 
country.  John  Sunday  met  with  a  kind  reception  from  the  Indian  agents 
on  botn  sides  of  th..  line  which  separates  the  territory  of  Michigan  from  Brit- 
ish America,  am'  was  listened  to  by  the  Indians  with  eager  and  profound 
attention  ;  a  considerable  numlier  were  seriously  awakened  to  a  sense  of 
their  condition,  and  anxiously  inquirer  what  they  should  do  to  be  saved.  It 
is  hoped,  therefore,  that  soon  a  jiermanent  mission  may  be  established  in 
these  parts,  for  the  special  benefit  of  those  lost  and  wandering  tribes. 

''  If  we  add  those  in  Upper  Canada  to  the  numbers  before  enumerated  in 
the  United  States,  the  whole  number  in  the  communion  of  the  church  will 
be  11,431  ;  namely,  0757  Indians,  and  4774  whites  and  colored  ;  showing  an 
increase  of  1440  during  the  past  year.  The  smallness  of  this  increase  is 
doubtless  owing  to  the  unsettled,  and  in  some  instances,  distracted  state  of 
many  of  the  Indian  tribes  in  the  United  States,  i-especting  their  removal  to 
the  west." 

431 


^1 


I 

1 


